Type:
Test Bank
Resource:
Intermediate Accounting
Edition:
10th Edition
Author(s):
David Spiceland Mark W. Nelson Wayne M. Thomas
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 1 Environment and Theoretical Structure of Financial Accounting 1) The primary function of financial accounting is to provide relevant financial information to parties external to business enterprises. 2) Accrual accounting attempts to measure revenues and expenses that occurred during accounting periods so they equal net operating cash flow. 3) The FASB is currently the public-sector organization responsible for setting accounting standards in the United States. 4) The FASB's due process invites various interested parties to indicate their opinions about whether financial accounting standards should be changed. 5) Accounting for stock-based compensation is an area in which the FASB has received little political interference. 6) The Public Reform and Investor Protection Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley) changed the entity responsible for setting standards for auditing public companies in the United States. 7) A rules-based approach to standard-setting stresses professional judgment as opposed to following a list of rules. 8) Under federal securities laws, the SEC has the authority to set accounting standards in the United States.
9) The primary responsibility for properly applying GAAP when communicating with investors and creditors through financial statements lies with a firm's auditors. 10) Auditors play an important role in the resource allocation process by adding credibility to financial statements. 11) The purpose of the conceptual framework is to provide a structure and framework for a consistent set of GAAP. 12) In the United States, the conceptual framework indicates GAAP when a more specific accounting standard does not apply. 13) Materiality can be affected by the dollar amount of an item, the nature of the item, or both. 14) According to the FASB's Statements of Financial Accounting Concepts, conservatism is a desired qualitative characteristic of accounting information. 15) Equity is a residual amount representing the owner's interest in the assets of the business. 1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
16) Revenues are inflows of assets or settlements of liabilities from activities that constitute the entity's ongoing operations. 17) Gains or losses result, respectively, from the disposition of business assets for greater than, or less than, their book values. 18) Comprehensive income is another term for net income. 19) The FASB's conceptual framework lists relevance and timeliness as the two fundamental qualitative characteristics of decision-useful information. 20) The monetary unit assumption requires that items in financial statements be measured in a particular monetary unit. 21) The periodicity assumption requires that present value calculations take into account the number of compounding periods in each year. 22) Determining fair value by calculating the present value of future cash flows is a level 1 type of input. 23) The FASB's framework for measuring fair value doesn't change the situations in which fair value is used under current GAAP. 24) The revenue/expense approach emphasizes determining the appropriate amounts of revenue and expense in each reporting period. 25) The asset/liability approach emphasizes matching to determine what assets and liabilities should be reflected on the balance sheet. 26) In IFRS, the conceptual framework indicates appropriate accounting when a more specific accounting standard does not apply. 27) Political pressure never affects the IFRS standard-setting process. 28) External decision makers would not look primarily to financial accounting information to assist them in making decisions on: A) Granting credit. B) Capital budgeting. C) Selecting stocks. D) Mergers and acquisitions.
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
29) The primary focus for financial accounting information is to provide information useful for:
a. b. c. d.
Investing decisions Yes Yes No No
Credit decisions Yes No Yes No
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d. 30) Which of the following groups is not among the external users for whom financial statements are prepared? A) Customers. B) Suppliers. C) Employees. D) Customers, suppliers, and employees are all external users of financial statements. 31) Which of the following is not true about net operating cash flow? A) It is the difference between cash receipts and cash disbursements from providing goods and services. B) It is a measure used in accrual accounting and is recognized as the best predictor of future operating cash flows. C) Over short periods, it may not be indicative of long-run cash-generating ability. D) It is easy to understand and all information required to measure it is factual. 32) Which of the following groups is not among financial intermediaries? A) Mutual fund managers. B) Financial analysts. C) CPAs. D) Credit rating organizations. 33) Which of the following was the first private-sector entity that set accounting standards in the United States? A) Accounting Principles Board. B) Committee on Accounting Procedure. C) Financial Accounting Standards Board. D) AICPA.
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
34) Which of the following does not provide guidance about GAAP for companies that are publicly listed on a stock exchange? A) FASB B) IASB C) GASB D) EITF 35) Porite Company recognizes revenue in the period in which it records an asset for the related account receivable, rather than in the period in which the account receivable is collected in cash. Porite's practice is an example of: A) Cash basis accounting. B) Accrual accounting. C) The matching principle. D) Economic entity. 36) Which of the following is not a potential benefit of accrual accounting, compared to cash-basis accounting? A) Timeliness. B) Better reflecting economic activity. C) Periodicity. D) Better matching of revenues and expenses. 37) In a recent annual report, Apple Computer reported the following in one of its disclosure notes: "Warranty Expense: The Company provides currently for the estimated cost for product warranties at the time the related revenue is recognized." This note exemplifies Apple's use of: A) Conservatism. B) Matching. C) Revenue recognition. D) Economic entity. 38) GAAP is an abbreviation for: A) Generally authorized accounting procedures. B) Generally applied accounting procedures. C) Generally accepted auditing practices. D) Generally accepted accounting principles. 39) The FASB issues accounting standards in the form of: A) Accounting Research Bulletins. B) Accounting Standards Updates. C) Financial Accounting Standards. D) Financial Technical Bulletins.
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
40) Pronouncements issued by the Committee on Accounting Procedures: A) Dealt with specific accounting and reporting problems. B) Were based on exposure drafts and public comment letters. C) Originated from congressional studies and SEC directives. D) Were the outcome of research studies and a theoretical framework. 41) The FASB's standard-setting process includes, in the correct order: A) Exposure draft, research, discussion paper, Accounting Standards Update. B) Research, exposure draft, discussion paper, Accounting Standards Update. C) Research, discussion paper, exposure draft, Accounting Standards Update. D) Discussion paper, research, exposure draft, Accounting Standards Update. 42) Which of the following is not a provision of the Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley)? The Act: A) Changed the entity responsible for setting auditing standards. B) Increased corporate executive responsibility for financial statements. C) Limited nonaudit services that can be performed by auditors for audit clients. D) Changed the entity responsible for setting accounting standards. 43) CPAs are licensed by: A) The AICPA. B) The SEC. C) The federal government. D) State governments. 44) Which of the following has the statutory authority to set accounting standards in the United States? A) FASB. B) IRS. C) SEC. D) AICPA. 45) When a registrant company submits its annual filing to the SEC, it uses: A) Form 10-A. B) Form 10-K. C) Form 10-Q. D) Form S-1. 46) The most likely important flaw leading to the demise of the APB was the perceived lack of: A) Confidence. B) Competence. C) Independence. D) Importance.
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
47) Accounting standard-setting has been characterized as: A) A political process. B) Using the scientific method. C) Pure deductive reasoning. D) Pure inductive reasoning. 48) The International Accounting Standards Board: A) Was the predecessor to the IASC. B) Can overrule the FASB when their policies disagree. C) Promotes the use of high-quality, understandable global accounting standards. D) Has its headquarters in Geneva. 49) Which of the following is a provision of the Public Company Accounting Reform and investor Protection Act of 2002? A) Corporate executive accountability. B) Auditor rotation. C) Retention of work papers. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 50) The primary professional organization for those accountants working in industry is the: A) AAA. B) AICPA. C) IIA. D) IMA. 51) Regarding convergence of accounting standards, the FASB and IASB: A) Have agreed to combine their organizations to form the BUSYB. B) Have achieved full convergence with respect to financial instruments. C) Do not intend to work together to achieve convergence where possible. D) Are not likely to achieve full convergence of accounting standards in the near future. 52) Which of the following is not a concern regarding IFRS adoption by the U.S.? A) Need for the U.S. to have strong influence on the standard-setting process and ensure that standards meet U.S. needs. B) Geographic dispersion of standard setters make it unlikely that boards can interact to achieve consensus. C) The high costs to companies of converting to IFRS. D) The fact that many laws, regulations and private contracts reference U.S. GAAP. 53) The most political issue in the FASB's most recent deliberations and amendments to GAAP on stock options was: A) The negative effects on earnings of companies in the tech industry if they had to recognize expenses associated with stock compensation. B) The negative effects on assets of recognizing stock options in equity. C) The disclosure of stock compensation expense in the notes. D) Accounting for stock options that have not yet been granted to employees. 6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
54) An important historical reason for the FASB reversing its positions when political pressures occur is: A) The cost of gathering data was prohibitive. B) The difficulties in measurement were too great. C) Companies withdraw financial support for the FASB. D) The SEC did not support the FASB position. 55) The most recent example of the political process at work in standard-setting is the heated debate that occurred on the issue of: A) Creation of the FASB. B) Accounting for stock compensation. C) Establishing the SEC. D) Accounting for fair values. 56) Independent auditors express an opinion on the: A) Fairness of financial statements. B) Ongoing access to capital markets for additional financing. C) Soundness of a company's future. D) Quality of a company's management. 57) The possibility that the capital markets' focus on periodic profits may tempt a company's management to bend or even break accounting rules to inflate reported net income is an example of: A) An ethical dilemma. B) An accounting theory issue. C) A technical accounting issue. D) An auditor's responsibility to inform the SEC. 58) One of the elements that many believe distinguishes a profession from other occupations is the acceptance of responsibility by its members for the interests of those it serves, which is often articulated in: A) Its conceptual framework. B) Its code of ethics. C) Federal laws. D) State laws. 59) SFAC 8 of the conceptual framework focuses on: A) Objective and qualitative characteristics. B) Presentation and disclosure. C) Recognition and measurement. D) Elements of financial statements.
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
60) The FASB's conceptual framework's qualitative characteristics of accounting information include: A) Historical cost. B) Realization. C) Faithful representation. D) Full disclosure. 61) The FASB's conceptual framework's qualitative characteristics of accounting information include: A) Full disclosure. B) Relevance. C) Going concern. D) Historical cost. 62) The conceptual framework's qualitative characteristic of relevance includes: A) Predictive value. B) Verifiability. C) Completeness. D) Neutrality. 63) The conceptual framework's qualitative characteristic of faithful representation includes: A) Predictive value. B) Neutrality. C) Confirmatory value. D) Timeliness. 64) SFAC No.5 focuses on: A) Objectives of financial reporting. B) Qualitative characteristics of accounting information. C) Recognition and measurement concepts in accounting. D) Elements of financial statements. 65) The main issue in the debate over accounting for employee stock options was: A) Which employees should receive options. B) The amount of compensation expense that a company should recognize. C) How many options should be granted to key executives. D) The tax consequences of employee stock options. 66) Confirmatory value is central to the concept of "earnings quality" because A) It helps investors predict a company's future earnings. B) It allows investors to verify or change their prior assessments of a company's performance. C) It helps investors predict a company's future cash flows. D) It allows investors to compare the performance of a company over time.
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
67) A firm's comprehensive income always: A) Is the same as its net income. B) Is greater than its net income. C) Is less than its net income. D) Could be greater than or less than net income. 68) Net income equals: A) Assets minus liabilities. B) Revenues minus cost of goods sold. C) Revenues minus expenses. D) Cash receipts minus cash payments. 69) Enhancing qualitative characteristics of accounting information include each of the following except: A) Timeliness. B) Materiality. C) Comparability. D) Verifiability. 70) The enhancing qualitative characteristic of understandability means that information should be understood by: A) Those who are experts in the interpretation of financial information. B) Those who have a reasonable understanding of business and economic activities. C) Financial analysts. D) CPAs. 71) Fundamental qualitative characteristics of accounting information are: A) Relevance and comparability. B) Comparability and consistency. C) Faithful representation and relevance. D) Neutrality and consistency. 72) Enhancing qualitative characteristics of accounting information include: A) Relevance and comparability. B) Comparability and timeliness. C) Understandability and relevance. D) Neutrality and consistency. 73) Gains are: A) Inflows from selling a product or service to a customer. B) Increases in equity resulting from transfers of assets to the company from owners. C) Increases in equity from peripheral transactions of an entity. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) When there is agreement between a measure or description and the phenomenon it purports to represent, information possesses which characteristic? A) Verifiability. B) Predictive value. C) Faithful representation. D) Timeliness. 75) Surefeet Corporation changed its inventory valuation method. Which characteristic is jeopardized by this change? A) Comparability. B) Representational faithfulness. C) Consistency. D) Feedback value. 76) Elements of financial statements do not include: A) Monetary unit. B) Investments by owners. C) Comprehensive income. D) Losses. 77) Which of the following is true regarding equity? A) It represents how much the owner profits from the business. B) It represents the owner's residual interest in the assets of the business. C) It represents the owner's return for investing in the business. D) It represents the accumulated earnings of the business over time. 78) Cash dividends are an example of which of the following elements? A) Distribution to owners B) Expenses C) Equity D) Investment by owners 79) The primary objective of financial accounting information is to provide useful information to: A) Management. B) Capital providers. C) Regulators. D) Academicians. 80) Of the following, the most important objective for financial reporting is to provide information useful for: A) Making decisions. B) Determining taxable income. C) Providing accountability. D) Increasing future profits.
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
81) Management has decided to change the estimated useful life of a machinery but fails to disclose this change in the financial statements. This violation of GAAP can cause the information to be misleading because it lacks A) Neutrality B) Timeliness C) Completeness D) Confirmatory value 82) Management has recently purchased new equipment but is uncertain about its useful life. For the initial year, management estimated a useful life of 10 years. However, due to a major accident during the first year, management is now uncertain about the equipment's functionality and has revised its estimate to 5 years and included a description of their uncertainty and of this change in estimated useful life in financial statement disclosures. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding this approach? A) Information contains error because management changed its estimates on the useful life of the equipment. B) Information contains error because the useful life of the equipment is uncertain. C) Information is free from error because management has provided enough disclosure regarding the uncertain estimate. D) Information is free from error because management made the correct decision in revising the estimated useful life of the equipment. 83) Roy Wilton is a CPA who recently made a poor investment. When researching the investment, Roy examined the financial statements of the firm, but did not read the accompanying footnotes, and therefore didn't comprehend the broader context underlying those financial statements. Which of the following is true with respect to the enhancing qualitative characteristic of understandability in this case? A) This demonstrates a violation of understandability, given that Roy did not comprehend all relevant information. B) This does not demonstrate a violation of understandability, as Roy did not bother to read the footnotes but could have understood them if he did so. C) This does not demonstrate a violation of understandability, but rather completeness, as Roy's understanding was incomplete. D) This demonstrates a violation of understandability, as CPAs should be able to rely on the financial statements alone. 84) A constraint on qualitative characteristics of accounting information is: A) Timeliness. B) Going concern. C) Neutrality. D) Cost-effectiveness.
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) According to the conceptual framework, verifiability implies: A) Legal evidence. B) Logic. C) Consensus. D) Legal verdict. 86) Maltec Corporation has started placing its quarterly financial statements on its web page, thereby reducing by 10 days the time to get information to investors and creditors. The qualitative concept improved is: A) Comparability. B) Consistency. C) Timeliness. D) Faithful representation. 87) Recognizing expected losses immediately, but deferring expected gains, is an example of: A) Materiality. B) Conservatism. C) Cost-effectiveness. D) Timeliness. 88) Change in equity from nonowner sources is: A) Comprehensive income. B) Revenues. C) Expenses. D) Gains and losses. 89) Which of the following Statements of Financial Accounting Concepts defines the 10 elements of financial statements? A) SFAC 4. B) SFAC 3. C) SFAC 5. D) SFAC 6. 90) Primecoat Corporation could disseminate its annual financial statements two days earlier if it shifted substantial human resources from other operations to the annual report project. Management decided the value of the earlier report was not worth the added commitment of resources. The concept demonstrated is: A) Timeliness. B) Materiality. C) Relevance. D) Cost-effectiveness.
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
91) Mega Loan Company has very stringent credit requirements and, accordingly, has negligible losses from uncollectible accounts. The company's independent accountants did not protest when, contrary to GAAP, the company recorded bad debt expense only when specific accounts were determined to be uncollectible, rather than use an allowance for uncollectible accounts. The concept demonstrated is: A) Comparability. B) Faithful representation. C) Cost-effectiveness. D) Materiality. 92) Four different competent accountants independently agree on the amount and method of reporting an economic event. The concept demonstrated is: A) Reliability. B) Comparability. C) Completeness. D) Verifiability. 93) An important argument in support of historical cost information is: A) Relevance. B) Predictive quality for future cash flows. C) Materiality. D) Verifiability. 94) The conceptual framework's recognition and measurement concepts recognize which one of the following as an assumption? A) Going concern. B) Historical cost. C) Full disclosure. D) Realization. 95) The assumption that in the absence of contrary information a business entity will continue indefinitely is the: A) Periodicity assumption. B) Entity assumption. C) Going concern assumption. D) Historical cost assumption. 96) If a company has declared bankruptcy, its financial statements likely violate: A) The fair value measurement approach. B) The present value measurement approach. C) The stable monetary unit assumption. D) The going concern assumption.
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
97) Which of the following is typically characterized as a principle, rather than an assumption? A) Periodicity. B) Monetary unit. C) Conservatism. D) Full disclosure. 98) Which of the following is not an identified valuation technique in GAAP regarding fair value measurement? A) Cost approach. B) Market approach. C) Cost-benefit approach. D) Income approach. 99) Disclosure notes to a company's financial statements: A) Are relatively unimportant facts that don't belong in the basic financial statements. B) Document the source of financial statement facts, like literary footnotes. C) Are an integral part of a company's financial statements. D) Are irrelevant facts that are immaterial in amount. 100) A cause-and-effect relationship is implicit in: A) Realization. B) Historical cost. C) Matching. D) The going concern assumption. 101) The full disclosure principle requires a balance between: A) Comparability and consistency. B) Relevance and cost-effectiveness. C) Reliability and neutrality. D) Timeliness and predictive value. 102) The recognition of which of the following expenses exemplifies the application of matching expenses with the revenues they produced? A) President's salary. B) Research and development. C) Cost of goods sold. D) Advertising. 103) Land was acquired in 2021 for a future building site at a cost of $40,000. The assessed valuation for tax purposes is $27,000, a qualified appraiser placed its value at $48,000, and a recent firm offer for the land was for a cash payment of $46,000. The land should be reported in the financial statements at: A) $40,000. B) $27,000. C) $46,000. D) $48,000. 14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) Revenue should not be recognized until: A) The seller has transferred goods or services to a customer. B) Contracts have been signed and payment has been received. C) Work has been performed and customer has been billed. D) Collection has been made and warrantees have expired. 105) Which of the following best demonstrates the full disclosure principle? A) The multi-step income statement. B) The auditors' report. C) The company's tax return. D) Disclosure notes to financial statements. 106) Matching is: A) A valuation method. B) A result of recognizing revenues and expenses that arise from the same transaction. C) A cash basis reporting principle. D) An asset classification procedure. 107) Which of the following best describes the additional information that companies use to meet the requirements of full disclosure in financial statements? A) Parenthetical comments or modifying comments placed on the face of the financial statements. B) Disclosure notes conveying additional insights about company operations, accounting principles, contractual agreements, and pending litigation. C) Supplemental schedules and tables that report more detailed information than is shown in the primary financial statements. D) Comments on the face of the financial statements, and schedules, tables, and narrative disclosures in notes to the financial statements. 108) Ford Motor Company purchases services from suppliers on account and sells its products to distributors on short-term credit. As a result, do each of these events affect net income faster than they affect net operating cash flows?
a. b. c. d.
Purchase Services Yes Yes No No
Sell Products Yes No Yes No
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d.
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) The revenue/expense approach emphasizes: A) Recognition of revenues. B) Recognition of expenses. C) The income statement. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 110) The asset/liability approach emphasizes: A) Whether amounts on the balance sheet meet the definitions of assets and liabilities. B) A close relation between the balance sheet and the statement of cash flows. C) The distinction between net assets and gross assets. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 111) Under IFRS, the role of the conceptual framework: A) Primarily involves guiding standard setters to make sure that standards are consistent with each other. B) Includes serving as a guide for practitioners when a specific standard does not apply. C) Is less important than in U.S. GAAP. D) Has resulted primarily from a convergence with U.S. GAAP. 112) Under IFRS, the conceptual framework: A) Emphasizes the overarching concept of the financial statements providing a "true and fair representation" of the company. B) Is not designed to provide guidance to standard setters, but rather only to practitioners. C) Is not designed to provide guidance to practitioners, but rather only to standard setters. D) Specifies a set of rules that determine what constitutes a true IFRS standard. 113) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct number code for the term.
TERM
PHRASE
1. Predictive value Information is useful in projecting cash flows. 2. Relevance Pertinent to the decision at hand. 3. Distribution to owners Information is available prior to the decision. 4. Confirmatory value Decrease in equity due to transfers to owners. 5. Timeliness Information confirms expectations.
Term number that matches the phrase. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct number code for the term.
TERM
PHRASE 1. Gain Along with relevance, a fundamental decision-specific quality. 2. Materiality Results if an asset is sold for more than book value. 3. Completeness Contains all information necessary for faithful representation. 4. Comprehensive income The change in equity from nonowner transactions. 5. Faithful representation Concerns the decision-making impact of both the amount and nature of an item.
Term number that matches the phrase. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
115) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct number code for the term.
TERM 1. Neutrality 2. Comparability 3. Consistency 4. Cost-effectiveness 5. Recognition
Term number that matches PHRASE the phrase. Important in analysis between firms. ____ Accounting information should be unbiased. ____ The decision to include an amount in the financial ____ statements. Applying the same accounting practices over ____ time. Considers the value of using information relative ____ to cost of providing it.
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) Listed below are five terms are followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize five of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct number code for the term.
TERM 1. Monetary unit assumption
PHRASE Implies consensus among different observers. 2. Verifiability Assumes all transactions can be identified with a particular entity. 3. Economic entity assumption Assumes an entity will continue to operate indefinitely. 4. Going concern assumption Requires reporting the financial life of an entity in discrete time frames. 5. Periodicity assumption Ignores the possibility of inflation.
Term number that matches the phrase. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
117) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct number code for the term.
TERM 1. Historical cost 2. Materiality 3. Revenue recognition 4. Full disclosure 5. Present value
Term number that matches PHRASE the phrase. Basis of measurement for fixed assets. ____ Discounts future cash flows. ____ Occurs when goods or services are transferred ____ to the customer. Reporting of all information that could affect ____ decisions. Application of GAAP sometimes avoided under ____ this constraint.
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
118) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct number code for the term.
TERM 1. Financial Accounting Standards Board 2. Accounting Principles Board 3. Conservatism 4. American Institute of CPAs (AICPA) 5. Securities and Exchange Commission
PHRASE
Term number that matches the phrase.
Undermines representational faithfulness by being inconsistent with neutrality. It established GAAP before the FASB.
____
Its EITF Issues are GAAP when entered in the Accounting Standards Codification. It has the authority to set U.S. accounting standards. It is the national organization for CPAs in the United States.
____
____
____ ____
119) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct number code for the term.
TERM 1. Expenses 2. Equity 3. Distributions to owners 4. Investments by owners 5. Liabilities
PHRASE Net assets. Outflows of resources to generate revenues. Cash dividends. Claims of creditors against the assets of a business. Transfers of resources in exchange for common and preferred stock.
Term number that matches the phrase. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
120) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct number code for the term.
TERM 1. Losses 2. Assets 3. Revenues 4. Comprehensive income 5. Gains
Term number that matches PHRASE the phrase. Net outflows from peripheral transactions. ____ Increases in equity from the sale of goods and/or ____ services. Results if an asset is sold for more than book ____ value. All changes in equity except owner transactions. ____ Probable future economic benefits controlled by an entity.
____
121) Listed below are 10 organizations followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the organizations. Match each phrase with the correct organization by placing the number designating the best term in the space provided by the phrase.
Term number that matches TERM PHRASE the phrase. 1. SEC Establishes auditing standards in the U.S for public companies. ____ 2. FASB Primary national organization of accountants working in ____ industry. 3. IASB Sets accounting standards in the United States. ____ 4. AICPA Provides timely responses to financial reporting issues. ____ 5. EITF The FASB's parent organization. ____ 6. PCAOB Advises the FASB. ____ 7. IMA FASB's predecessor. ____ 8. FASAC Regulates the financial reporting for public companies. ____ 9. APB National organization of certified public accountants. ____ 10. FAF Sets global accounting standards. ____
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Alpaca Corporation had revenues of $200,000 in its first year of operations. The company has not collected on $20,000 of its sales and still owes $25,000 on $70,000 of merchandise it purchased. The company had no inventory on hand at the end of the year. The company paid $15,000 in salaries. Owners invested $20,000 in the business and $20,000 was borrowed on a five-year note. The company paid $2,000 in interest that was the amount owed for the year, and paid $6,000 for a two-year insurance policy on the first day of business. Alpaca has an effective income tax rate of 40%. 122) Compute net income for the first year for Alpaca Corporation. 123) Compute the cash balance at the end of the first year for Alpaca Corporation. Use this information to answer the following questions: Tri Fecta, a partnership, had revenues of $360,000 in its first year of operations. The partnership has not collected on $35,000 of its sales and still owes $40,000 on $150,000 of merchandise it purchased. There was no inventory on hand at the end of the year. The partnership paid $25,000 in salaries. The partners invested $40,000 in the business and $25,000 was borrowed on a five-year note. The partnership paid $3,000 in interest that was the amount owed for the year and paid $8,000 for a two-year insurance policy on the first day of business. 124) Compute net income for the first year for Tri Fecta. 125) Compute the cash balance at the end of the first year for Tri Fecta. Use this information to answer the following questions: The following information ($ in millions) comes from a recent annual report of Amazon.com, Inc.: Net sales Total assets End of year balance in cash Total stockholders' equity Gross profit (Sales — Cost of Sales) Net increase in cash for the year Operating expenses Net operating cash flow Other income (expense), net
$10,711 4,363 1,022 431 2,456 9 2,067 702 (12)
126) Compute Amazon's balance in cash at the beginning of the year. 127) Compute Amazon's total liabilities at the end of the year. 128) Compute Amazon's cost of goods sold for the year. 21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) Compute the income before income tax for Amazon. 130) Compare net income (loss) for the year to net cash flow from operating activities. Why are these amounts different? Briefly explain. 131) For each of the following situations, state whether you agree or disagree with the financial reporting practice employed, and briefly explain the reason for your answer. 1. Cantor Corporation's accountant increased the book value of a patent from its original cost of $1 million to its recently appraised value of $6 million. 2. Stanton Corporation paid for the personal travel of its chief financial officer and charged travel expense. 3. At the end of its 2021 fiscal year, Dower, Inc., received an order from a customer for $60,000. The merchandise will ship early in 2022. Because the sale was made to a long-time customer and the invoice was paid in 2021, the controller recorded the sale in 2021. 4. In the middle of its 2021 fiscal year, Sanguinetti, Inc. paid $12,000 to its insurance company for one-year comprehensive insurance coverage. Sanguinetti recorded the entire expenditure as an expense in 2021. 5. The Churchill Pharmaceutical Company included a note in its financial statements that described a pending lawsuit against the company. 6. The Daily Corporation, a company whose securities are publicly traded, prepares monthly, quarterly, and annual financial statements for internal use but disseminates to external users only the annual financial statements. 132) Identify or define the following terms: economic entity, going concern. 133) List the four financial statements most frequently provided to external users. 134) Explain and show an example of how the FASB's conceptual framework is needed in formulating standards on controversial topics. 135) What is the SEC and how is it involved with accounting standard-setting? 136) What is the EITF and what is its purpose? 137) Accounting standard-setting has been characterized as a political process. Discuss this proposition giving an example. 138) What are the key provisions of the Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection (Sarbanes-Oxley) Act of 2002? 139) What is the value of a company having financial statements audited by an independent auditor?
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
140) What provisions did the Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection (Sarbanes-Oxley) Act of 2002 make for performance of nonaudit services by an audit firm? 141) Briefly describe how materiality is featured in the conceptual framework. 142) Give an example of a violation of the stable monetary unit assumption. How would it affect the quality of financial statement information? 143) Identify or define the following terms: periodicity, monetary unit. 144) Identify or define the following term: historical cost. 145) How does GAAP define fair value? 146) Over time, accounting standards have developed to reflect changes in the business world as well as changes in our ability to account for such changes. Using the example of marking assets and liabilities to their fair value, explain why you would expect accounting standards to change. 147) List and briefly describe the five measurement attributes used commonly in current GAAP. 148) List and briefly describe the three levels of inputs described in the fair-value measurement hierarchy. 149) Contrast the asset/liability and revenue/expense approaches to accounting standard setting. 150) Contrast the role of the conceptual framework in U.S. GAAP and IFRS.
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 1 Environment and Theoretical Structure of Financial Accounting 1) The primary function of financial accounting is to provide relevant financial information to parties external to business enterprises. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Environment of financial accounting and reporting Learning Objective: 01-01 Describe the function and primary focus of financial accounting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 2) Accrual accounting attempts to measure revenues and expenses that occurred during accounting periods so they equal net operating cash flow. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Cash versus accrual accounting Learning Objective: 01-02 Explain the difference between cash and accrual accounting. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3) The FASB is currently the public-sector organization responsible for setting accounting standards in the United States. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Development of accounting and reporting standards Learning Objective: 01-03 Define generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and discuss the historical development of accounting standards, including convergence between U.S. and international standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4) The FASB's due process invites various interested parties to indicate their opinions about whether financial accounting standards should be changed. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: GAAP―Standard-setting process Learning Objective: 01-04 Explain why establishing accounting standards is characterized as a political process. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 5) Accounting for stock-based compensation is an area in which the FASB has received little political interference. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: GAAP―Standard-setting process Learning Objective: 01-04 Explain why establishing accounting standards is characterized as a political process. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 6) The Public Reform and Investor Protection Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley) changed the entity responsible for setting standards for auditing public companies in the United States. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Encouraging high-quality financial reporting Learning Objective: 01-05 Explain factors that encourage high-quality financial reporting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 7) A rules-based approach to standard-setting stresses professional judgment as opposed to following a list of rules. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Encouraging high-quality financial reporting Learning Objective: 01-05 Explain factors that encourage high-quality financial reporting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
8) Under federal securities laws, the SEC has the authority to set accounting standards in the United States. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Development of accounting and reporting standards Learning Objective: 01-03 Define generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and discuss the historical development of accounting standards, including convergence between U.S. and international standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 9) The primary responsibility for properly applying GAAP when communicating with investors and creditors through financial statements lies with a firm's auditors. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Encouraging high-quality financial reporting Learning Objective: 01-05 Explain factors that encourage high-quality financial reporting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 10) Auditors play an important role in the resource allocation process by adding credibility to financial statements. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Encouraging high-quality financial reporting Learning Objective: 01-05 Explain factors that encourage high-quality financial reporting. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 11) The purpose of the conceptual framework is to provide a structure and framework for a consistent set of GAAP. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Conceptual framework―Purpose Learning Objective: 01-06 Explain the purpose of the conceptual framework. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
12) In the United States, the conceptual framework indicates GAAP when a more specific accounting standard does not apply. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Conceptual framework―Purpose Learning Objective: 01-06 Explain the purpose of the conceptual framework. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 13) Materiality can be affected by the dollar amount of an item, the nature of the item, or both. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 14) According to the FASB's Statements of Financial Accounting Concepts, conservatism is a desired qualitative characteristic of accounting information. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 15) Equity is a residual amount representing the owner's interest in the assets of the business. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Elements of financial statements Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
16) Revenues are inflows of assets or settlements of liabilities from activities that constitute the entity's ongoing operations. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Elements of financial statements Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 17) Gains or losses result, respectively, from the disposition of business assets for greater than, or less than, their book values. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Elements of financial statements Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 18) Comprehensive income is another term for net income. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Elements of financial statements Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 19) The FASB's conceptual framework lists relevance and timeliness as the two fundamental qualitative characteristics of decision-useful information. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
20) The monetary unit assumption requires that items in financial statements be measured in a particular monetary unit. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: GAAP―Underlying assumptions Learning Objective: 01-08 Describe the four basic assumptions underlying GAAP. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 21) The periodicity assumption requires that present value calculations take into account the number of compounding periods in each year. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: GAAP―Underlying assumptions Learning Objective: 01-08 Describe the four basic assumptions underlying GAAP. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 22) Determining fair value by calculating the present value of future cash flows is a level 1 type of input. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Recognition-Measurement-Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 23) The FASB's framework for measuring fair value doesn't change the situations in which fair value is used under current GAAP. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Recognition-Measurement-Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
24) The revenue/expense approach emphasizes determining the appropriate amounts of revenue and expense in each reporting period. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Evolving GAAP Learning Objective: 01-10 Contrast a revenue/expense approach and an asset/liability approach to accounting standard setting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 25) The asset/liability approach emphasizes matching to determine what assets and liabilities should be reflected on the balance sheet. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Evolving GAAP Learning Objective: 01-10 Contrast a revenue/expense approach and an asset/liability approach to accounting standard setting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 26) In IFRS, the conceptual framework indicates appropriate accounting when a more specific accounting standard does not apply. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: International Financial Reporting Standards Learning Objective: 01-11 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the development of accounting standards and the conceptual framework underlying accounting standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global / Keyboard Navigation
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
27) Political pressure never affects the IFRS standard-setting process. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: International Financial Reporting Standards Learning Objective: 01-11 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the development of accounting standards and the conceptual framework underlying accounting standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 28) External decision makers would not look primarily to financial accounting information to assist them in making decisions on: A) Granting credit. B) Capital budgeting. C) Selecting stocks. D) Mergers and acquisitions. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Environment of financial accounting and reporting Learning Objective: 01-01 Describe the function and primary focus of financial accounting. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management / Keyboard Navigation
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
29) The primary focus for financial accounting information is to provide information useful for:
a. b. c. d.
Investing decisions Yes Yes No No
Credit decisions Yes No Yes No
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Environment of financial accounting and reporting Learning Objective: 01-01 Describe the function and primary focus of financial accounting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 30) Which of the following groups is not among the external users for whom financial statements are prepared? A) Customers. B) Suppliers. C) Employees. D) Customers, suppliers, and employees are all external users of financial statements. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Environment of financial accounting and reporting Learning Objective: 01-01 Describe the function and primary focus of financial accounting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
31) Which of the following is not true about net operating cash flow? A) It is the difference between cash receipts and cash disbursements from providing goods and services. B) It is a measure used in accrual accounting and is recognized as the best predictor of future operating cash flows. C) Over short periods, it may not be indicative of long-run cash-generating ability. D) It is easy to understand and all information required to measure it is factual. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cash versus accrual accounting Learning Objective: 01-02 Explain the difference between cash and accrual accounting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 32) Which of the following groups is not among financial intermediaries? A) Mutual fund managers. B) Financial analysts. C) CPAs. D) Credit rating organizations. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Environment of financial accounting and reporting Learning Objective: 01-01 Describe the function and primary focus of financial accounting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 33) Which of the following was the first private-sector entity that set accounting standards in the United States? A) Accounting Principles Board. B) Committee on Accounting Procedure. C) Financial Accounting Standards Board. D) AICPA. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Development of accounting and reporting standards Learning Objective: 01-03 Define generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and discuss the historical development of accounting standards, including convergence between U.S. and international standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
34) Which of the following does not provide guidance about GAAP for companies that are publicly listed on a stock exchange? A) FASB B) IASB C) GASB D) EITF Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Development of accounting and reporting standards Learning Objective: 01-03 Define generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and discuss the historical development of accounting standards, including convergence between U.S. and international standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 35) Porite Company recognizes revenue in the period in which it records an asset for the related account receivable, rather than in the period in which the account receivable is collected in cash. Porite's practice is an example of: A) Cash basis accounting. B) Accrual accounting. C) The matching principle. D) Economic entity. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Cash versus accrual accounting Learning Objective: 01-02 Explain the difference between cash and accrual accounting. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
36) Which of the following is not a potential benefit of accrual accounting, compared to cashbasis accounting? A) Timeliness. B) Better reflecting economic activity. C) Periodicity. D) Better matching of revenues and expenses. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Cash versus accrual accounting Learning Objective: 01-02 Explain the difference between cash and accrual accounting. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 37) In a recent annual report, Apple Computer reported the following in one of its disclosure notes: "Warranty Expense: The Company provides currently for the estimated cost for product warranties at the time the related revenue is recognized." This note exemplifies Apple's use of: A) Conservatism. B) Matching. C) Revenue recognition. D) Economic entity. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Recognition-Measurement-Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
38) GAAP is an abbreviation for: A) Generally authorized accounting procedures. B) Generally applied accounting procedures. C) Generally accepted auditing practices. D) Generally accepted accounting principles. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Development of accounting and reporting standards Learning Objective: 01-03 Define generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and discuss the historical development of accounting standards, including convergence between U.S. and international standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 39) The FASB issues accounting standards in the form of: A) Accounting Research Bulletins. B) Accounting Standards Updates. C) Financial Accounting Standards. D) Financial Technical Bulletins. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Development of accounting and reporting standards Learning Objective: 01-03 Define generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and discuss the historical development of accounting standards, including convergence between U.S. and international standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
40) Pronouncements issued by the Committee on Accounting Procedures: A) Dealt with specific accounting and reporting problems. B) Were based on exposure drafts and public comment letters. C) Originated from congressional studies and SEC directives. D) Were the outcome of research studies and a theoretical framework. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Development of accounting and reporting standards Learning Objective: 01-03 Define generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and discuss the historical development of accounting standards, including convergence between U.S. and international standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 41) The FASB's standard-setting process includes, in the correct order: A) Exposure draft, research, discussion paper, Accounting Standards Update. B) Research, exposure draft, discussion paper, Accounting Standards Update. C) Research, discussion paper, exposure draft, Accounting Standards Update. D) Discussion paper, research, exposure draft, Accounting Standards Update. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: GAAP―Standard-setting process Learning Objective: 01-04 Explain why establishing accounting standards is characterized as a political process. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 42) Which of the following is not a provision of the Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley)? The Act: A) Changed the entity responsible for setting auditing standards. B) Increased corporate executive responsibility for financial statements. C) Limited nonaudit services that can be performed by auditors for audit clients. D) Changed the entity responsible for setting accounting standards. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Encouraging high-quality financial reporting Learning Objective: 01-05 Explain factors that encourage high-quality financial reporting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
43) CPAs are licensed by: A) The AICPA. B) The SEC. C) The federal government. D) State governments. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Encouraging high-quality financial reporting Learning Objective: 01-05 Explain factors that encourage high-quality financial reporting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 44) Which of the following has the statutory authority to set accounting standards in the United States? A) FASB. B) IRS. C) SEC. D) AICPA. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Development of accounting and reporting standards Learning Objective: 01-03 Define generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and discuss the historical development of accounting standards, including convergence between U.S. and international standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 45) When a registrant company submits its annual filing to the SEC, it uses: A) Form 10-A. B) Form 10-K. C) Form 10-Q. D) Form S-1. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Development of accounting and reporting standards Learning Objective: 01-03 Define generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and discuss the historical development of accounting standards, including convergence between U.S. and international standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
46) The most likely important flaw leading to the demise of the APB was the perceived lack of: A) Confidence. B) Competence. C) Independence. D) Importance. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Development of accounting and reporting standards Learning Objective: 01-03 Define generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and discuss the historical development of accounting standards, including convergence between U.S. and international standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 47) Accounting standard-setting has been characterized as: A) A political process. B) Using the scientific method. C) Pure deductive reasoning. D) Pure inductive reasoning. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: GAAP―Standard-setting process Learning Objective: 01-04 Explain why establishing accounting standards is characterized as a political process. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) The International Accounting Standards Board: A) Was the predecessor to the IASC. B) Can overrule the FASB when their policies disagree. C) Promotes the use of high-quality, understandable global accounting standards. D) Has its headquarters in Geneva. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Development of accounting and reporting standards; International Financial Reporting Standards Learning Objective: 01-03 Define generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and discuss the historical development of accounting standards, including convergence between U.S. and international standards.; 01-11 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the development of accounting standards and the conceptual framework underlying accounting standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 49) Which of the following is a provision of the Public Company Accounting Reform and investor Protection Act of 2002? A) Corporate executive accountability. B) Auditor rotation. C) Retention of work papers. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Encouraging high-quality financial reporting Learning Objective: 01-05 Explain factors that encourage high-quality financial reporting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) The primary professional organization for those accountants working in industry is the: A) AAA. B) AICPA. C) IIA. D) IMA. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Encouraging high-quality financial reporting Learning Objective: 01-05 Explain factors that encourage high-quality financial reporting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 51) Regarding convergence of accounting standards, the FASB and IASB: A) Have agreed to combine their organizations to form the BUSYB. B) Have achieved full convergence with respect to financial instruments. C) Do not intend to work together to achieve convergence where possible. D) Are not likely to achieve full convergence of accounting standards in the near future. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Development of accounting and reporting standards; International Financial Reporting Standards Learning Objective: 01-03 Define generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and discuss the historical development of accounting standards, including convergence between U.S. and international standards.; 01-11 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the development of accounting standards and the conceptual framework underlying accounting standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global / Keyboard Navigation
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
52) Which of the following is not a concern regarding IFRS adoption by the U.S.? A) Need for the U.S. to have strong influence on the standard-setting process and ensure that standards meet U.S. needs. B) Geographic dispersion of standard setters make it unlikely that boards can interact to achieve consensus. C) The high costs to companies of converting to IFRS. D) The fact that many laws, regulations and private contracts reference U.S. GAAP. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Development of accounting and reporting standards Learning Objective: 01-03 Define generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and discuss the historical development of accounting standards, including convergence between U.S. and international standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global / Keyboard Navigation 53) The most political issue in the FASB's most recent deliberations and amendments to GAAP on stock options was: A) The negative effects on earnings of companies in the tech industry if they had to recognize expenses associated with stock compensation. B) The negative effects on assets of recognizing stock options in equity. C) The disclosure of stock compensation expense in the notes. D) Accounting for stock options that have not yet been granted to employees. Answer: A Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: GAAP―Standard-setting process Learning Objective: 01-04 Explain why establishing accounting standards is characterized as a political process. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
54) An important historical reason for the FASB reversing its positions when political pressures occur is: A) The cost of gathering data was prohibitive. B) The difficulties in measurement were too great. C) Companies withdraw financial support for the FASB. D) The SEC did not support the FASB position. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: GAAP―Standard-setting process Learning Objective: 01-04 Explain why establishing accounting standards is characterized as a political process. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 55) The most recent example of the political process at work in standard-setting is the heated debate that occurred on the issue of: A) Creation of the FASB. B) Accounting for stock compensation. C) Establishing the SEC. D) Accounting for fair values. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: GAAP―Standard-setting process Learning Objective: 01-04 Explain why establishing accounting standards is characterized as a political process. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 56) Independent auditors express an opinion on the: A) Fairness of financial statements. B) Ongoing access to capital markets for additional financing. C) Soundness of a company's future. D) Quality of a company's management. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Encouraging high-quality financial reporting Learning Objective: 01-05 Explain factors that encourage high-quality financial reporting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Reporting / Keyboard Navigation 20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
57) The possibility that the capital markets' focus on periodic profits may tempt a company's management to bend or even break accounting rules to inflate reported net income is an example of: A) An ethical dilemma. B) An accounting theory issue. C) A technical accounting issue. D) An auditor's responsibility to inform the SEC. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Encouraging high-quality financial reporting Learning Objective: 01-05 Explain factors that encourage high-quality financial reporting. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Ethics AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 58) One of the elements that many believe distinguishes a profession from other occupations is the acceptance of responsibility by its members for the interests of those it serves, which is often articulated in: A) Its conceptual framework. B) Its code of ethics. C) Federal laws. D) State laws. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Encouraging high-quality financial reporting Learning Objective: 01-05 Explain factors that encourage high-quality financial reporting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Ethics AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 59) SFAC 8 of the conceptual framework focuses on: A) Objective and qualitative characteristics. B) Presentation and disclosure. C) Recognition and measurement. D) Elements of financial statements. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Conceptual framework―Purpose Learning Objective: 01-06 Explain the purpose of the conceptual framework. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
60) The FASB's conceptual framework's qualitative characteristics of accounting information include: A) Historical cost. B) Realization. C) Faithful representation. D) Full disclosure. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Recognition-Measurement-Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 61) The FASB's conceptual framework's qualitative characteristics of accounting information include: A) Full disclosure. B) Relevance. C) Going concern. D) Historical cost. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Recognition-Measurement-Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 62) The conceptual framework's qualitative characteristic of relevance includes: A) Predictive value. B) Verifiability. C) Completeness. D) Neutrality. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Recognition-Measurement-Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
63) The conceptual framework's qualitative characteristic of faithful representation includes: A) Predictive value. B) Neutrality. C) Confirmatory value. D) Timeliness. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Recognition-Measurement-Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 64) SFAC No.5 focuses on: A) Objectives of financial reporting. B) Qualitative characteristics of accounting information. C) Recognition and measurement concepts in accounting. D) Elements of financial statements. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Conceptual framework―Purpose Learning Objective: 01-06 Explain the purpose of the conceptual framework. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 65) The main issue in the debate over accounting for employee stock options was: A) Which employees should receive options. B) The amount of compensation expense that a company should recognize. C) How many options should be granted to key executives. D) The tax consequences of employee stock options. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: GAAP―Standard-setting process Learning Objective: 01-04 Explain why establishing accounting standards is characterized as a political process. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
66) Confirmatory value is central to the concept of "earnings quality" because A) It helps investors predict a company's future earnings. B) It allows investors to verify or change their prior assessments of a company's performance. C) It helps investors predict a company's future cash flows. D) It allows investors to compare the performance of a company over time. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 67) A firm's comprehensive income always: A) Is the same as its net income. B) Is greater than its net income. C) Is less than its net income. D) Could be greater than or less than net income. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Elements of financial statements Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 68) Net income equals: A) Assets minus liabilities. B) Revenues minus cost of goods sold. C) Revenues minus expenses. D) Cash receipts minus cash payments. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Elements of financial statements Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
69) Enhancing qualitative characteristics of accounting information include each of the following except: A) Timeliness. B) Materiality. C) Comparability. D) Verifiability. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 70) The enhancing qualitative characteristic of understandability means that information should be understood by: A) Those who are experts in the interpretation of financial information. B) Those who have a reasonable understanding of business and economic activities. C) Financial analysts. D) CPAs. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 71) Fundamental qualitative characteristics of accounting information are: A) Relevance and comparability. B) Comparability and consistency. C) Faithful representation and relevance. D) Neutrality and consistency. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
72) Enhancing qualitative characteristics of accounting information include: A) Relevance and comparability. B) Comparability and timeliness. C) Understandability and relevance. D) Neutrality and consistency. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 73) Gains are: A) Inflows from selling a product or service to a customer. B) Increases in equity resulting from transfers of assets to the company from owners. C) Increases in equity from peripheral transactions of an entity. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Elements of financial statements Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 74) When there is agreement between a measure or description and the phenomenon it purports to represent, information possesses which characteristic? A) Verifiability. B) Predictive value. C) Faithful representation. D) Timeliness. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
75) Surefeet Corporation changed its inventory valuation method. Which characteristic is jeopardized by this change? A) Comparability. B) Representational faithfulness. C) Consistency. D) Feedback value. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 76) Elements of financial statements do not include: A) Monetary unit. B) Investments by owners. C) Comprehensive income. D) Losses. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Elements of financial statements Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 77) Which of the following is true regarding equity? A) It represents how much the owner profits from the business. B) It represents the owner's residual interest in the assets of the business. C) It represents the owner's return for investing in the business. D) It represents the accumulated earnings of the business over time. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Elements of financial statements Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) Cash dividends are an example of which of the following elements? A) Distribution to owners B) Expenses C) Equity D) Investment by owners Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Elements of financial statements Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 79) The primary objective of financial accounting information is to provide useful information to: A) Management. B) Capital providers. C) Regulators. D) Academicians. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 80) Of the following, the most important objective for financial reporting is to provide information useful for: A) Making decisions. B) Determining taxable income. C) Providing accountability. D) Increasing future profits. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
81) Management has decided to change the estimated useful life of a machinery but fails to disclose this change in the financial statements. This violation of GAAP can cause the information to be misleading because it lacks A) Neutrality B) Timeliness C) Completeness D) Confirmatory value Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 82) Management has recently purchased new equipment but is uncertain about its useful life. For the initial year, management estimated a useful life of 10 years. However, due to a major accident during the first year, management is now uncertain about the equipment's functionality and has revised its estimate to 5 years and included a description of their uncertainty and of this change in estimated useful life in financial statement disclosures. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding this approach? A) Information contains error because management changed its estimates on the useful life of the equipment. B) Information contains error because the useful life of the equipment is uncertain. C) Information is free from error because management has provided enough disclosure regarding the uncertain estimate. D) Information is free from error because management made the correct decision in revising the estimated useful life of the equipment. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
83) Roy Wilton is a CPA who recently made a poor investment. When researching the investment, Roy examined the financial statements of the firm, but did not read the accompanying footnotes, and therefore didn't comprehend the broader context underlying those financial statements. Which of the following is true with respect to the enhancing qualitative characteristic of understandability in this case? A) This demonstrates a violation of understandability, given that Roy did not comprehend all relevant information. B) This does not demonstrate a violation of understandability, as Roy did not bother to read the footnotes but could have understood them if he did so. C) This does not demonstrate a violation of understandability, but rather completeness, as Roy's understanding was incomplete. D) This demonstrates a violation of understandability, as CPAs should be able to rely on the financial statements alone. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 84) A constraint on qualitative characteristics of accounting information is: A) Timeliness. B) Going concern. C) Neutrality. D) Cost-effectiveness. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) According to the conceptual framework, verifiability implies: A) Legal evidence. B) Logic. C) Consensus. D) Legal verdict. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 86) Maltec Corporation has started placing its quarterly financial statements on its web page, thereby reducing by 10 days the time to get information to investors and creditors. The qualitative concept improved is: A) Comparability. B) Consistency. C) Timeliness. D) Faithful representation. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 87) Recognizing expected losses immediately, but deferring expected gains, is an example of: A) Materiality. B) Conservatism. C) Cost-effectiveness. D) Timeliness. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) Change in equity from nonowner sources is: A) Comprehensive income. B) Revenues. C) Expenses. D) Gains and losses. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Elements of financial statements Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 89) Which of the following Statements of Financial Accounting Concepts defines the 10 elements of financial statements? A) SFAC 4. B) SFAC 3. C) SFAC 5. D) SFAC 6. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Elements of financial statements Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) Primecoat Corporation could disseminate its annual financial statements two days earlier if it shifted substantial human resources from other operations to the annual report project. Management decided the value of the earlier report was not worth the added commitment of resources. The concept demonstrated is: A) Timeliness. B) Materiality. C) Relevance. D) Cost-effectiveness. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management / Keyboard Navigation 91) Mega Loan Company has very stringent credit requirements and, accordingly, has negligible losses from uncollectible accounts. The company's independent accountants did not protest when, contrary to GAAP, the company recorded bad debt expense only when specific accounts were determined to be uncollectible, rather than use an allowance for uncollectible accounts. The concept demonstrated is: A) Comparability. B) Faithful representation. C) Cost-effectiveness. D) Materiality. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) Four different competent accountants independently agree on the amount and method of reporting an economic event. The concept demonstrated is: A) Reliability. B) Comparability. C) Completeness. D) Verifiability. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 93) An important argument in support of historical cost information is: A) Relevance. B) Predictive quality for future cash flows. C) Materiality. D) Verifiability. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Recognition-Measurement-Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 94) The conceptual framework's recognition and measurement concepts recognize which one of the following as an assumption? A) Going concern. B) Historical cost. C) Full disclosure. D) Realization. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: GAAP―Underlying assumptions Learning Objective: 01-08 Describe the four basic assumptions underlying GAAP. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
95) The assumption that in the absence of contrary information a business entity will continue indefinitely is the: A) Periodicity assumption. B) Entity assumption. C) Going concern assumption. D) Historical cost assumption. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: GAAP―Underlying assumptions Learning Objective: 01-08 Describe the four basic assumptions underlying GAAP. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 96) If a company has declared bankruptcy, its financial statements likely violate: A) The fair value measurement approach. B) The present value measurement approach. C) The stable monetary unit assumption. D) The going concern assumption. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: GAAP―Underlying assumptions Learning Objective: 01-08 Describe the four basic assumptions underlying GAAP. Bloom's: Create AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 97) Which of the following is typically characterized as a principle, rather than an assumption? A) Periodicity. B) Monetary unit. C) Conservatism. D) Full disclosure. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: GAAP―Underlying assumptions Learning Objective: 01-08 Describe the four basic assumptions underlying GAAP. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) Which of the following is not an identified valuation technique in GAAP regarding fair value measurement? A) Cost approach. B) Market approach. C) Cost-benefit approach. D) Income approach. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 99) Disclosure notes to a company's financial statements: A) Are relatively unimportant facts that don't belong in the basic financial statements. B) Document the source of financial statement facts, like literary footnotes. C) Are an integral part of a company's financial statements. D) Are irrelevant facts that are immaterial in amount. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 100) A cause-and-effect relationship is implicit in: A) Realization. B) Historical cost. C) Matching. D) The going concern assumption. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Recognition-Measurement-Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
101) The full disclosure principle requires a balance between: A) Comparability and consistency. B) Relevance and cost-effectiveness. C) Reliability and neutrality. D) Timeliness and predictive value. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Recognition-Measurement-Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 102) The recognition of which of the following expenses exemplifies the application of matching expenses with the revenues they produced? A) President's salary. B) Research and development. C) Cost of goods sold. D) Advertising. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Recognition-Measurement-Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
103) Land was acquired in 2021 for a future building site at a cost of $40,000. The assessed valuation for tax purposes is $27,000, a qualified appraiser placed its value at $48,000, and a recent firm offer for the land was for a cash payment of $46,000. The land should be reported in the financial statements at: A) $40,000. B) $27,000. C) $46,000. D) $48,000. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Recognition-Measurement-Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 104) Revenue should not be recognized until: A) The seller has transferred goods or services to a customer. B) Contracts have been signed and payment has been received. C) Work has been performed and customer has been billed. D) Collection has been made and warrantees have expired. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Recognition-Measurement-Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
105) Which of the following best demonstrates the full disclosure principle? A) The multi-step income statement. B) The auditors' report. C) The company's tax return. D) Disclosure notes to financial statements. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Recognition-Measurement-Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Create AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 106) Matching is: A) A valuation method. B) A result of recognizing revenues and expenses that arise from the same transaction. C) A cash basis reporting principle. D) An asset classification procedure. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Recognition-Measurement-Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) Which of the following best describes the additional information that companies use to meet the requirements of full disclosure in financial statements? A) Parenthetical comments or modifying comments placed on the face of the financial statements. B) Disclosure notes conveying additional insights about company operations, accounting principles, contractual agreements, and pending litigation. C) Supplemental schedules and tables that report more detailed information than is shown in the primary financial statements. D) Comments on the face of the financial statements, and schedules, tables, and narrative disclosures in notes to the financial statements. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Recognition-Measurement-Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 108) Ford Motor Company purchases services from suppliers on account and sells its products to distributors on short-term credit. As a result, do each of these events affect net income faster than they affect net operating cash flows?
a. b. c. d.
Purchase Services Yes Yes No No
Sell Products Yes No Yes No
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d. Answer: A Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cash versus accrual accounting; Concepts–Recognition-Measurement-Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-02 Explain the difference between cash and accrual accounting.; 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) The revenue/expense approach emphasizes: A) Recognition of revenues. B) Recognition of expenses. C) The income statement. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Evolving GAAP Learning Objective: 01-10 Contrast a revenue/expense approach and an asset/liability approach to accounting standard setting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 110) The asset/liability approach emphasizes: A) Whether amounts on the balance sheet meet the definitions of assets and liabilities. B) A close relation between the balance sheet and the statement of cash flows. C) The distinction between net assets and gross assets. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Evolving GAAP Learning Objective: 01-10 Contrast a revenue/expense approach and an asset/liability approach to accounting standard setting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 111) Under IFRS, the role of the conceptual framework: A) Primarily involves guiding standard setters to make sure that standards are consistent with each other. B) Includes serving as a guide for practitioners when a specific standard does not apply. C) Is less important than in U.S. GAAP. D) Has resulted primarily from a convergence with U.S. GAAP. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: International Financial Reporting Standards Learning Objective: 01-11 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the development of accounting standards and the conceptual framework underlying accounting standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global / Keyboard Navigation 41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
112) Under IFRS, the conceptual framework: A) Emphasizes the overarching concept of the financial statements providing a "true and fair representation" of the company. B) Is not designed to provide guidance to standard setters, but rather only to practitioners. C) Is not designed to provide guidance to practitioners, but rather only to standard setters. D) Specifies a set of rules that determine what constitutes a true IFRS standard. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: International Financial Reporting Standards Learning Objective: 01-11 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the development of accounting standards and the conceptual framework underlying accounting standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global / Keyboard Navigation
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
113) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct number code for the term.
TERM
PHRASE
1. Predictive value Information is useful in projecting cash flows. 2. Relevance Pertinent to the decision at hand. 3. Distribution to owners Information is available prior to the decision. 4. Confirmatory value Decrease in equity due to transfers to owners. 5. Timeliness Information confirms expectations.
Term number that matches the phrase. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM
1. Predictive value
PHRASE
Information is useful in projecting cash flows. 2. Relevance Pertinent to the decision at hand. 3. Distribution to Information is available prior to the owners decision. 4. Confirmatory value Decrease in equity due to transfers to owners. 5. Timeliness Information confirms expectations.
Term number that matches the phrase. 1 2 5 3 4
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Conceptual framework―Purpose; Concepts―Qualitative characteristics; Concepts―Elements of financial statements; GAAP―Underlying assumptions Learning Objective: 01-06 Explain the purpose of the conceptual framework.; 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements.; 01-08 Describe the four basic assumptions underlying GAAP. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct number code for the term. Term number that matches the TERM PHRASE phrase. 1. Gain Along with relevance, a fundamental decision____ specific quality. 2. Materiality Results if an asset is sold for more than book ____ value. 3. Completeness Contains all information necessary for faithful ____ representation. 4. Comprehensive income The change in equity from nonowner ____ transactions. 5. Faithful representation Concerns the decision-making impact of both ____ the amount and nature of an item.
Answer:
TERM 1. Gain 2. Materiality 3. Completeness 4. Comprehensive income 5. Faithful representation
PHRASE Along with relevance, a fundamental decision-specific quality. Results if an asset is sold for more than book value. Contains all information necessary for faithful representation. The change in equity from nonowner transactions. Concerns the decision-making impact of both the amount and nature of an item.
Term number that matches the phrase. 5 1 3 4 2
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Conceptual framework―Purpose; Concepts―Qualitative characteristics; Concepts―Elements of financial statements Learning Objective: 01-06 Explain the purpose of the conceptual framework.; 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
115) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct number code for the term.
TERM 1. Neutrality 2. Comparability 3. Consistency 4. Cost-effectiveness 5. Recognition
PHRASE Important in analysis between firms. Accounting information should be unbiased. The decision to include an amount in the financial statements. Applying the same accounting practices over time. Considers the value of using information relative to cost of providing it.
Term number that matches the phrase. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer:
TERM 1. Neutrality 2. Comparability 3. Consistency 4. Cost-effectiveness 5. Recognition
PHRASE Important in analysis between firms. Accounting information should be unbiased. The decision to include an amount in the financial statements. Applying the same accounting practices over time. Considers the value of using information relative to cost of providing it.
Term number that matches the phrase. 2 1 5 3 4
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Conceptual framework―Purpose; Concepts―Qualitative characteristics; Concepts―Recognition—Measurement—Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-06 Explain the purpose of the conceptual framework.; 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements.; 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) Listed below are five terms are followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize five of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct number code for the term.
TERM 1. Monetary unit assumption
PHRASE Implies consensus among different observers. 2. Verifiability Assumes all transactions can be identified with a particular entity. 3. Economic entity assumption Assumes an entity will continue to operate indefinitely. 4. Going concern assumption Requires reporting the financial life of an entity in discrete time frames. 5. Periodicity assumption Ignores the possibility of inflation.
Term number that matches the phrase. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer:
TERM 1. Monetary unit assumption 2. Verifiability 3. Economic entity assumption 4. Going concern assumption 5. Periodicity assumption
PHRASE Implies consensus among different observers. Assumes all transactions can be identified with a particular entity. Assumes an entity will continue to operate indefinitely. Requires reporting the financial life of an entity in discrete time frames. Ignores the possibility of inflation.
Term number that matches the phrase. 2 3 4 5 1
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics; GAAP―Underlying assumptions Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements.; 01-08 Describe the four basic assumptions underlying GAAP. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct number code for the term.
TERM 1. Historical cost 2. Materiality 3. Revenue recognition 4. Full disclosure 5. Present value
Term number that matches the PHRASE phrase. Basis of measurement for fixed assets. ____ Discounts future cash flows. ____ Occurs when goods or services are transferred ____ to the customer. Reporting of all information that could affect ____ decisions. Application of GAAP sometimes avoided ____ under this constraint.
Answer:
TERM 1. Historical cost 2. Materiality 3. Revenue recognition 4. Full disclosure 5. Present value
PHRASE Basis of measurement for fixed assets. Discounts future cash flows. Occurs when goods or services are transferred to the customer. Reporting of all information that could affect decisions. Application of GAAP sometimes avoided under this constraint.
Term number that matches the phrase. 1 5 3 4 2
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Conceptual framework―Purpose; Concepts―Qualitative characteristics; Concepts―Recognition—Measurement—Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-06 Explain the purpose of the conceptual framework.; 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements.; 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
118) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct number code for the term.
TERM 1. Financial Accounting Standards Board 2. Accounting Principles Board 3. Conservatism 4. American Institute of CPAs (AICPA) 5. Securities and Exchange Commission
PHRASE
Term number that matches the phrase.
Undermines representational faithfulness by being inconsistent with neutrality. It established GAAP before the FASB.
____
Its EITF Issues are GAAP when entered in the Accounting Standards Codification. It has the authority to set U.S. accounting standards. It is the national organization for CPAs in the United States.
____
____
____ ____
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer:
TERM 1. Financial Accounting Standards Board 2. Accounting Principle Board 3. Conservatism
4. American Institute of CPAs (AICPA) 5. Securities and Exchange Commission
PHRASE
Term number that matches the phrase.
Undermines representational faithfulness by being inconsistent with neutrality. It established GAAP before the FASB.
3
Its EITF Issues are GAAP when entered in the Accounting Standards Codification. It has the authority to set U.S. accounting standards. It is the national organization for CPAs in the United States.
1
2
5 4
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Development of accounting and reporting standards; Encouraging high-quality financial reporting; Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-03 Define generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and discuss the historical development of accounting standards, including convergence between U.S. and international standards.; 01-05 Explain factors that encourage high-quality financial reporting.; 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; BB Legal
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct number code for the term.
TERM 1. Expenses 2. Equity 3. Distributions to owners 4. Investments by owners 5. Liabilities
Term number that matches the phrase. ____ ____ ____ ____
PHRASE Net assets. Outflows of resources to generate revenues. Cash dividends. Claims of creditors against the assets of a business. Transfers of resources in exchange for common and preferred stock.
____
Answer:
TERM 1. Expenses 2. Equity 3. Distributions to owners 4. Investments by owners 5. Liabilities
PHRASE Net assets. Outflows of resources to generate revenues. Cash dividends. Claims of creditors against the assets of a business. Transfers of resources in exchange for common and preferred stock.
Term number that matches the phrase. 2 1 3 5 4
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Elements of financial statements Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
120) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct number code for the term.
TERM 1. Losses 2. Assets 3. Revenues 4. Comprehensive income 5. Gains
PHRASE Net outflows from peripheral transactions. Increases in equity from the sale of goods and/or services. Results if an asset is sold for more than book value. All changes in equity except owner transactions.
Term number that matches the phrase. ____ ____ ____ ____
Probable future economic benefits controlled by an entity.
____
Answer:
TERM 1. Losses 2. Assets 3. Revenues 4. Comprehensive income 5. Gains
PHRASE Net outflows from peripheral transactions. Increases in equity from the sale of goods and/or services. Results if an asset is sold for more than book value. All changes in equity except owner transactions. Probable future economic benefits controlled by an entity.
Term number that matches the phrase. 1 3 5 4 2
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Elements of financial statements Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
121) Listed below are 10 organizations followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the organizations. Match each phrase with the correct organization by placing the number designating the best term in the space provided by the phrase. Term number that matches the TERM PHRASE phrase. 1. SEC Establishes auditing standards in the U.S for public companies. ____ 2. FASB Primary national organization of accountants working in ____ industry. 3. IASB Sets accounting standards in the United States. ____ 4. AICPA Provides timely responses to financial reporting issues. ____ 5. EITF The FASB's parent organization. ____ 6. PCAOB Advises the FASB. ____ 7. IMA FASB's predecessor. ____ 8. FASAC Regulates the financial reporting for public companies. ____ 9. APB National organization of certified public accountants. ____ 10. FAF Sets global accounting standards. ____
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer:
TERM 1. SEC
PHRASE Establishes auditing standards in the U.S for public companies. 2. FASB Primary national organization of accountants working in industry. 3. IASB Sets accounting standards in the United States. 4. AICPA Provides timely responses to financial reporting issues. 5. EITF The FASB's parent organization. 6. PCAOB Advises the FASB. 7. IMA FASB's predecessor. 8. FASAC Regulates the financial reporting for public companies. 9. APB National organization of certified public accountants. 10. FAF Sets global accounting standards.
Term number that matches the phrase. 6 7 2 5 10 8 9 1 4 3
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Development of accounting and reporting standards; Encouraging high-quality financial reporting Learning Objective: 01-03 Define generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and discuss the historical development of accounting standards, including convergence between U.S. and international standards.; 01-05 Explain factors that encourage high-quality financial reporting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; BB Legal
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Alpaca Corporation had revenues of $200,000 in its first year of operations. The company has not collected on $20,000 of its sales and still owes $25,000 on $70,000 of merchandise it purchased. The company had no inventory on hand at the end of the year. The company paid $15,000 in salaries. Owners invested $20,000 in the business and $20,000 was borrowed on a five-year note. The company paid $2,000 in interest that was the amount owed for the year, and paid $6,000 for a two-year insurance policy on the first day of business. Alpaca has an effective income tax rate of 40%. 122) Compute net income for the first year for Alpaca Corporation. Answer: Revenues $200,000 Expenses: Cost of goods sold 70,000 Salaries 15,000 Interest 2,000 Insurance 3,000 90,000 Income before tax 110,000 Income tax at 40% 44,000 Net income $ 66,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cash versus accrual accounting Learning Objective: 01-02 Explain the difference between cash and accrual accounting. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
123) Compute the cash balance at the end of the first year for Alpaca Corporation. Answer: Cash receipts: Sales revenue $200,000 Less: Accounts receivable 20,000 $180,000 Owners' investments 20,000 Note payable 20,000 Total receipts 220,000 Cash disbursements: Purchases 70,000 Less: Accounts payable 25,000 $ 45,000 Salaries paid 15,000 Interest paid 2,000 Insurance paid 6,000 Estimated taxes paid 44,000 Total cash disbursements 112,000 Ending cash balance $108,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cash versus accrual accounting Learning Objective: 01-02 Explain the difference between cash and accrual accounting. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Tri Fecta, a partnership, had revenues of $360,000 in its first year of operations. The partnership has not collected on $35,000 of its sales and still owes $40,000 on $150,000 of merchandise it purchased. There was no inventory on hand at the end of the year. The partnership paid $25,000 in salaries. The partners invested $40,000 in the business and $25,000 was borrowed on a fiveyear note. The partnership paid $3,000 in interest that was the amount owed for the year and paid $8,000 for a two-year insurance policy on the first day of business. 124) Compute net income for the first year for Tri Fecta. Answer: Revenues $360,000 Expenses: Cost of goods sold $150,000 Salaries expense 25,000 Interest expense 3,000 Insurance expense 4,000 182,000 Net income $178,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cash versus accrual accounting Learning Objective: 01-02 Explain the difference between cash and accrual accounting. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) Compute the cash balance at the end of the first year for Tri Fecta. Answer: Cash receipts: Sales revenue $360,000 Less: Accounts receivable 35,000 $325,000 Owners' investments 40,000 Notes payable 25,000 Total receipts 390,000 Cash disbursements: Purchases 150,000 Less: Accounts payable 40,000 110,000 Salaries paid 25,000 Interest paid 3,000 Insurance paid 8,000 Total cash disbursements 146,000 Ending cash balance $244,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cash versus accrual accounting Learning Objective: 01-02 Explain the difference between cash and accrual accounting. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The following information ($ in millions) comes from a recent annual report of Amazon.com, Inc.: Net sales Total assets End of year balance in cash Total stockholders' equity Gross profit (Sales — Cost of Sales) Net increase in cash for the year Operating expenses Net operating cash flow Other income (expense), net
$10,711 4,363 1,022 431 2,456 9 2,067 702 (12)
126) Compute Amazon's balance in cash at the beginning of the year. Answer: Beginning balance in Cash + Net increase in Cash = Ending balance in Cash Therefore, Beginning balance in Cash = Ending balance in Cash — Net increase in Cash = $1,022 — 9 = $1,013 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cash versus accrual accounting Learning Objective: 01-02 Explain the difference between cash and accrual accounting. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 127) Compute Amazon's total liabilities at the end of the year. Answer: Total assets = Total liabilities + Total stockholders' equity Therefore, Total liabilities = Total assets — Total stockholders' equity = $4,363 — 431 = $3,932 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Cash versus accrual accounting Learning Objective: 01-02 Explain the difference between cash and accrual accounting. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) Compute Amazon's cost of goods sold for the year. Answer: Gross profit = Net sales — Cost of goods sold Therefore, Cost of goods sold = Net sales — Gross profit = $10,711 — 2,456 = $8,255 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Cash versus accrual accounting Learning Objective: 01-02 Explain the difference between cash and accrual accounting. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 129) Compute the income before income tax for Amazon. Answer: Net income = Gross profit — Operating expenses + Other income (expense), net = $2,456 — 2,067 + (12) = $377 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Cash versus accrual accounting Learning Objective: 01-02 Explain the difference between cash and accrual accounting. Bloom's: Apply AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 130) Compare net income (loss) for the year to net cash flow from operating activities. Why are these amounts different? Briefly explain. Answer: These amounts are different because of the differences between cash and accrual accounting. As opposed to cash flows from operations, net income includes both revenues and expenses the timing of which differs from the timing of certain cash receipts and payments. Examples would be credit sales in which the revenues are recorded before the collection of cash and cost of goods sold in which the expense often is recorded later than the cash payment to the supplier for the merchandise. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cash versus accrual accounting Learning Objective: 01-02 Explain the difference between cash and accrual accounting. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
131) For each of the following situations, state whether you agree or disagree with the financial reporting practice employed, and briefly explain the reason for your answer. 1. Cantor Corporation's accountant increased the book value of a patent from its original cost of $1 million to its recently appraised value of $6 million. 2. Stanton Corporation paid for the personal travel of its chief financial officer and charged travel expense. 3. At the end of its 2021 fiscal year, Dower, Inc., received an order from a customer for $60,000. The merchandise will ship early in 2022. Because the sale was made to a long-time customer and the invoice was paid in 2021, the controller recorded the sale in 2021. 4. In the middle of its 2021 fiscal year, Sanguinetti, Inc. paid $12,000 to its insurance company for one-year comprehensive insurance coverage. Sanguinetti recorded the entire expenditure as an expense in 2021. 5. The Churchill Pharmaceutical Company included a note in its financial statements that described a pending lawsuit against the company. 6. The Daily Corporation, a company whose securities are publicly traded, prepares monthly, quarterly, and annual financial statements for internal use but disseminates to external users only the annual financial statements. Answer: 1. Disagree. This is a violation of the historical cost (original transaction value) principle. 2. Disagree. This is a violation of the economic entity assumption. 3. Disagree. The seller has not satisfied its obligation to deliver goods. 4. Disagree. This is a violation of matching. 5. Agree. The company is conforming to the full disclosure principle. 6. Disagree. This is a violation of the periodicity assumption. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Recognition - Measurement - Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-08 Describe the four basic assumptions underlying GAAP. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 132) Identify or define the following terms: economic entity, going concern. Answer: Economic entity: All economic events can be identified with a particular economic entity. Going concern: In the absence of information to the contrary, it is anticipated that a business entity will continue to operate indefinitely. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: GAAP―Underlying assumptions Learning Objective: 01-08 Describe the four basic assumptions underlying GAAP. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
133) List the four financial statements most frequently provided to external users. Answer: Balance sheet, Income statement, Statement of cash flows, Statement of shareholders' equity. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Cash versus accrual accounting Learning Objective: 01-01 Describe the function and primary focus of financial accounting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 134) Explain and show an example of how the FASB's conceptual framework is needed in formulating standards on controversial topics. Answer: In order to provide consistency, a conceptual framework (a map clearly defining beliefs or structure) must be provided. This is the foundation for a strong, logical, and fair system. For example, in debating accounting for stock-based compensation, the FASB's conceptual framework explains the rationale for treating stock options as an expense. By relating the accounting for such compensation to the purpose of financial statements and their qualitative characteristics, the FASB can defend its positions without the bias inherent in such controversial issues. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Conceptual framework―Purpose Learning Objective: 01-06 Explain the purpose of the conceptual framework. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking 135) What is the SEC and how is it involved with accounting standard-setting? Answer: The Securities and Exchange Commission is a federal agency that has the authority to set accounting standards. However, the SEC has always relied on a private-sector body, such as the current FASB, to accomplish that task. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Development of accounting and reporting standards Learning Objective: 01-03 Define generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and discuss the historical development of accounting standards, including convergence between U.S. and international standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
136) What is the EITF and what is its purpose? Answer: The Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) acts as a filter for the FASB. It includes 15 individuals from public accounting and private industry along with a representative from the FASB and an SEC observer. The task force focuses on emerging issues and attempts to reach a consensus, speeding up the standard-setting process. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Development of accounting and reporting standards Learning Objective: 01-03 Define generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and discuss the historical development of accounting standards, including convergence between U.S. and international standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking 137) Accounting standard-setting has been characterized as a political process. Discuss this proposition giving an example. Answer: Changes in GAAP can have significant differential effects on companies, investors, creditors, and other interest groups. The FASB must gauge the economic consequences of a change in accounting standards. The process by which financial accounting standards are created includes public comment and sometimes hearings. Ultimately, a vote must be taken to pass a proposed change in GAAP. Accounting for stock-based compensations (options) and postretirement health care benefits are examples where accounting practices have been affected by political influences on GAAP. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: GAAP―Standard-setting process Learning Objective: 01-04 Explain why establishing accounting standards is characterized as a political process. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
138) What are the key provisions of the Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection (Sarbanes-Oxley) Act of 2002? Answer: The Act requires the regulation of auditors and the types of services they furnish to clients, increases accountability of corporate executives, addresses conflicts of interest for auditors and securities analysts, and requires that companies document and assess their internal controls. It also requires auditors to express an opinion on management's assessment of internal controls, and the auditors must also express their own opinion on company internal controls. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Encouraging high-quality financial reporting Learning Objective: 01-05 Explain factors that encourage high-quality financial reporting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal 139) What is the value of a company having financial statements audited by an independent auditor? Answer: Outside auditors add credibility to financial statements, increasing the confidence of capital market participants who rely on financial statements in making investment and credit decisions and recommendations. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Encouraging high-quality financial reporting Learning Objective: 01-05 Explain factors that encourage high-quality financial reporting. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking 140) What provisions did the Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection (Sarbanes-Oxley) Act of 2002 make for performance of nonaudit services by an audit firm? Answer: The law makes it unlawful for the auditors of public companies to perform a variety of nonaudit services for audit clients. Prohibited services include bookkeeping, internal audit outsourcing, appraisal or valuation services, and various other consulting services. Other nonaudit services, including tax services, require preapproval by the audit committee of the company being audited. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Encouraging high-quality financial reporting Learning Objective: 01-05 Explain factors that encourage high-quality financial reporting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Ethics AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal
63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) Briefly describe how materiality is featured in the conceptual framework. Answer: Materiality—Information is material if it can have an effect on a decision made by a user. Thus, materiality is an aspect of relevance. If an item is not material, GAAP need not be followed. For example, if a large corporation purchased a water cooler for one of its common areas for $120, the amount could be expensed rather than recorded as an asset even though the cooler will be useful for several years. Materiality is a judgment call. Materiality is concerned with both the dollar amount of an item and/or the nature of an item. It would probably be material if Microsoft received $1,000,000 in bribes from a Chinese company for its technology. A $1,000,000 write-off of old equipment would probably be immaterial for Microsoft. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-07 Identify the objective and qualitative characteristics of financial reporting information, and the elements of financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 142) Give an example of a violation of the stable monetary unit assumption. How would it affect the quality of financial statement information? Answer: If a country experiences severe inflation, this would violate the assumption that dollar amounts are constantly valued. This would limit the usefulness of adding numbers in financial statements, because (for instance) costs at different times are not comparable without adjusting for changes in purchasing power. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: GAAP―Underlying assumptions Learning Objective: 01-08 Describe the four basic assumptions underlying GAAP. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 143) Identify or define the following terms: periodicity, monetary unit. Answer: Periodicity—The life of a company can be divided into artificial periods to provide timely information to external users. Monetary unit—In the United States, financial statement elements should be measured in terms of the U.S. dollar. It assumes that the value of a dollar is stable over time. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: GAAP―Underlying assumptions Learning Objective: 01-08 Describe the four basic assumptions underlying GAAP. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
144) Identify or define the following term: historical cost. Answer: Historical cost—A measurement attribute under which asset and liability measurements are based on the amount given or received in an exchange transaction. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Concepts―Recognition - Measurement - Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 145) How does GAAP define fair value? Answer: Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell assets or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Recognition - Measurement - Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 146) Over time, accounting standards have developed to reflect changes in the business world as well as changes in our ability to account for such changes. Using the example of marking assets and liabilities to their fair value, explain why you would expect accounting standards to change. Answer: Historically, financial accounting relied on transaction amounts (historical cost) as the fundamental measurement approach for reporting assets and liabilities. As markets have matured, it is more relevant and feasible to report some assets and liabilities at their fair values, particularly if such items have a ready market that is active. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Concepts―Recognition - Measurement - Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
147) List and briefly describe the five measurement attributes used commonly in current GAAP. Answer: a. Historical cost: the amount given or received in an exchange transaction. b. Net realizable value: the net amount of cash into which an asset is expected to be converted in the ordinary course of business. c. Current cost: the cost that would be incurred to purchase or reproduce an asset. d. Present value: the sum of future cash flows discounted for the time value of money. e. Fair value: the price that would be received to sell assets or transfer liabilities in an orderly market transaction. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Concepts―Recognition - Measurement - Disclosure Learning Objective: 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 148) List and briefly describe the three levels of inputs described in the fair-value measurement hierarchy. Answer: a. Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. b. Inputs other than quoted prices that can be observed for the asset or liability. These inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active or inactive markets and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by market data that can be observed. c. Inputs that cannot be observed that reflect the entity's own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Concepts―Qualitative characteristics Learning Objective: 01-09 Describe the recognition, measurement, and disclosure concepts that guide accounting practice. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
149) Contrast the asset/liability and revenue/expense approaches to accounting standard setting. Answer: Under the revenue/expense approach, we emphasize principles for recognizing revenues and expenses, with some assets and liabilities recognized as necessary to make the balance sheet reconcile with the income statement. Much of our accounting for revenues and expenses follows this revenue/expense approach. Under the asset/liability approach, on the other hand, we first recognize and measure the assets and liabilities that exist at a balance sheet date and, secondly, recognize and measure the revenues, expenses, gains and losses needed to account for the changes in these assets and liabilities from the previous measurement date. Therefore, we should try to recognize and measure assets and liabilities appropriately, and as a result will also capture their inflows and outflows in a manner that provides relevant and representationally faithful information about revenues and expenses. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Evolving GAAP Learning Objective: 01-10 Contrast a revenue/expense approach and an asset/liability approach to accounting standard setting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 150) Contrast the role of the conceptual framework in U.S. GAAP and IFRS. Answer: The conceptual frameworks in U.S. GAAP and IFRS are very similar and are converging even more with ongoing efforts by the FASB and IASB. However, in U.S. GAAP, the conceptual framework primarily provides guidance to standard setters to help them develop high-quality standards. In IFRS the conceptual framework guides standard setting, but in addition it is supposed to provide a basis for practitioners to make accounting judgments when another IFRS standard does not apply. Also, IFRS emphasizes the overarching concept of the financial statements providing a "true and fair representation" of the company. U.S. GAAP does not include a similar requirement, but U.S. auditing standards require this consideration. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: International Financial Reporting Standards―IFRS Learning Objective: 01-11 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the development of accounting standards and the conceptual framework underlying accounting standards. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 2 Review of the Accounting Process 1) Owners' equity can be expressed as assets minus liabilities. 2) Debits increase asset accounts and decrease liability accounts. 3) Balance sheet accounts are referred to as temporary accounts because their balances are always changing. 4) After an unadjusted trial balance is prepared, the next step in the accounting processing cycle is the preparation of financial statements. 5) Adjusting journal entries are recorded at the end of any period when financial statements are prepared. 6) Accruals occur when the cash flow precedes either revenue or expense recognition. 7) The adjusted trial balance contains only permanent accounts. 8) The income statement summarizes the operating activity of a company at a particular point in time. 9) The balance sheet can be considered a change or flow statement. 10) The statement of cash flows summarizes transactions that caused cash to change during a reporting period. 11) The statement of shareholders' equity discloses the changes in the temporary shareholders' equity accounts. 12) The post-closing trial balance contains only permanent accounts. 13) The closing process brings all temporary accounts to a zero balance and updates the balance in the retained earnings account. 14) A reversing entry at the beginning of a period for salaries would include a debit to salaries expense. 15) The sale of merchandise on account would be recorded in a sales journal. 16) The payment of cash to a supplier would be recorded in a purchases journal.
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
17) The accounting equation can be stated as: A) A + L − OE = 0. B) A − L + OE = 0. C) −A + L − OE = 0. D) A − L − OE = 0. 18) Examples of external transactions include all of the following except: A) Paying employee salaries. B) Purchasing equipment. C) Depreciating equipment. D) Collecting a receivable. 19) Examples of internal transactions include all of the following except: A) Writing off an uncollectible account. B) Recording the expiration of prepaid insurance. C) Recording unpaid salaries. D) Paying salaries to company employees. 20) XYZ Corporation receives $100,000 from investors for issuing them shares of its stock. XYZ's journal entry to record this transaction would include a: A) Debit to investments. B) Credit to retained earnings. C) Credit to common stock. D) Credit to revenue. 21) Incurring an expense for advertising on account would be recorded by: A) Debiting liabilities. B) Crediting assets. C) Debiting an expense. D) Debiting assets. 22) A sale on account would be recorded by: A) Debiting revenue. B) Crediting assets. C) Crediting liabilities. D) Debiting assets.
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
23) The entry to record a sale on account would include: A) Debit Sales revenue No Cash Yes
Credit Yes No
B) Accounts receivable Sales revenue
Debit Yes Yes
Credit No No
Debit No Yes
Credit No No
Debit Yes No
Credit No Yes
C) Cash Accounts receivable D) Cash Sales revenue
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
24) Super Corporation receives $4,000,000 from investors when issuing them shares of its stock. Super's entry to record this transaction would include which of the following? A) Debit Credit Sales revenue No Yes Cash Yes No B) Cash Investments
Debit Yes No
Credit No Yes
Debit Yes No
Credit No Yes
Debit Yes No
Credit No Yes
C) Cash Common stock D) Cash Retained earnings
25) Mary Parker Co. invested $15,000 in ABC Corporation and received common stock in exchange. Mary Parker Co.'s journal entry to record this transaction would include a: A) Debit to investments. B) Credit to retained earnings. C) Credit to common stock. D) Debit to expense. 26) Hughes Aircraft sold a four-passenger airplane for $980,000, receiving a 12% note receivable. The journal entry to record this sale would include a: A) Credit to cash. B) Credit to interest revenue. C) Debit to notes receivable. D) Credit to notes receivable.
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
27) Boing Aircraft sold a four-passenger airplane for $2,800,000, receiving a $500,000 down payment and a 7% note for the balance. The entry to record this sale would include which of the following? A) Debit Credit Cash Yes No Cash discount Yes No B) Notes receivable Sales revenue
Debit No Yes
Credit Yes No
Debit Yes Yes
Credit No No
Debit Yes No
Credit No Yes
C) Cash Notes receivable D) Cash Cash discount
28) Somerset Leasing received $12,000 for 12 months' rent in advance. How should Somerset record this transaction? A) Prepaid rent 12,000 Rent expense 12,000 B) Cash
12,000 Deferred rent revenue
12,000
C) Interest expense Interest payable
12,000
D) Salaries expense Salaries payable
12,000
12,000
12,000
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
29) Davis Hardware Company uses a perpetual inventory system. How should Davis record the sale of merchandise, costing $620, and sold on account for $960? A) Inventory 620 Accounts receivable 620 Sales 960 Sales revenue 960 B) Accounts receivable Sales revenue Cost of goods sold Inventory C) Inventory Gain on sale Sales revenue D) Accounts receivable Sales revenue Gain on sale
960 960 620 620
620 340 960
960 620 340
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
30) Ace Bonding Company purchased merchandise inventory on account. The inventory costs $2,000 and is expected to sell for $3,000. How should Ace record the purchase? A) Inventory 2,000 Accounts payable 2,000 B) Cost of goods sold Deferred sales revenue Sales in advance
2,000 1,000
C) Cost of goods sold Inventory payable
2,000
D) Cost of goods sold Profit Sales payable
2,000 1,000
3,000
2,000
3,000
31) Which of the following accounts has a balance whereby debits normally exceed credits? A) Accounts payable. B) Accrued salaries. C) Accumulated depreciation. D) Advertising expense. 32) An example of a contra account is: A) Depreciation expense. B) Accounts receivable. C) Sales revenue. D) Accumulated depreciation. 33) Making insurance payments in advance is an example of: A) An accrued receivable transaction. B) An accrued liability transaction. C) A deferred revenue transaction. D) A prepaid expense transaction. 34) Recording revenue before it is collected is an example of: A) A prepaid expense transaction. B) A deferred revenue transaction. C) An accrued liability transaction. D) An accrued receivable transaction. 7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
35) When a magazine company collects cash for selling a subscription, it is an example of: A) An accrued liability transaction. B) An accrued receivable transaction. C) A prepaid expense transaction. D) A deferred revenue transaction. 36) On December 31, 2020, Coolwear, Inc. had a balance in its prepaid insurance account of $48,400. During 2021, $86,000 was paid for insurance. At the end of 2021, after adjusting entries were recorded, the balance in the prepaid insurance account was $42,000. Insurance expense for 2021 was: A) $6,400. B) $134,400. C) $86,000. D) $92,400. 37) Adjusting entries are needed primarily for: A) Cash basis accounting. B) Accrual accounting. C) Current value accounting. D) Manual accounting systems. 38) Prepayments occur when: A) Cash flow precedes expense recognition. B) Sales are delayed pending credit approval. C) Customers are unable to pay the full amount due when goods are delivered. D) Manufactured goods await quality control inspections. 39) Accruals occur when cash flows: A) Occur before expense recognition. B) Occur after revenue or expense recognition. C) Are uncertain. D) May be substituted for goods or services. 40) On December 31, 2021, the end of Larry's Used Cars' first year of operations, the accounts receivable was $53,600. The company estimates that $1,200 of the year-end receivables will not be collected. Accounts receivable in the 2021 balance sheet will be valued at: A) $53,600. B) $54,800. C) $52,400. D) $1,200.
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) Cal Farms reported supplies expense of $2,000,000 this year. The supplies account decreased by $200,000 during the year to an ending balance of $400,000. What was the cost of supplies the Cal Farms purchased during the year? A) $1,600,000. B) $1,800,000. C) $2,200,000. D) $2,400,000. 42) Which of the following is not an adjusting entry? A) Prepaid rent Rent expense B) Cash Deferred sales revenue C) Interest expense Interest payable D) Salaries expense Salaries payable
43) The adjusting entry required when amounts previously recorded as deferred revenues are recognized includes: A) A debit to a liability. B) A debit to an asset. C) A credit to a liability. D) A credit to an asset. 44) Which of the following accounts has a balance whereby credits normally exceed debits? A) Salaries expense. B) Interest payable. C) Land. D) Prepaid rent. 45) When a tenant makes an end-of-period adjusting entry credit to the "Prepaid rent" account: A) (S)he usually debits cash. B) (S)he usually debits an expense account. C) (S)he debits a liability account. D) (S)he credits an owners' equity account. 9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
46) When a business makes an end-of-period adjusting entry with a debit to supplies expense, the usual credit entry is made to: A) Accounts payable. B) Supplies. C) Cash. D) Retained earnings. 47) The adjusting entry required to record accrued expenses includes: A) A credit to cash. B) A debit to an asset. C) A credit to an asset. D) A credit to liability. 48) Carolina Mills purchased $270,000 in supplies this year. The supplies account increased by $10,000 during the year to an ending balance of $66,000. What was supplies expense for Carolina Mills during the year? A) $300,000. B) $280,000. C) $260,000. D) $240,000. 49) Yummy Foods purchased a two-year fire and extended coverage insurance policy on August 1, 2021, and charged the $4,200 premium to Insurance expense. At its December 31, 2021, year-end, Yummy Foods would record which of the following adjusting entries? A) Insurance expense 875 Prepaid insurance 875 B) Prepaid insurance Insurance expense
875
C) Insurance expense Prepaid insurance Insurance payable
875 3,325
D) Prepaid insurance Insurance expense
3,325
875
4,200
3,325
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) Tummy Foods purchased a two-year fire and extended coverage insurance policy on August 1, 2021, and charged the $4,200 premium to Prepaid insurance. At its December 31, 2021, year-end, Tummy Foods would record which of the following adjusting entries? A) Insurance expense 875 Prepaid insurance 875 B) Prepaid insurance Insurance expense
875
C) Insurance expense Prepaid insurance Insurance payable
875 3,325
D) Prepaid insurance Insurance expense
3,325
875
4,200
3,325
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) ILP Services purchased a three-year fire insurance policy on September 1, 2021, and charged the $72,000 premium to Prepaid insurance. At its December 31, 2021, year-end, ILP Services would record an adjusting entry that includes which of the following? A) Debit Credit Insurance expense Yes No Prepaid insurance No Yes B) Insurance expense Prepaid insurance
Debit No Yes
Credit Yes No
Debit Yes Yes
Credit No No
Debit No No
Credit Yes Yes
C) Insurance expense Prepaid insurance D) Insurance expense Prepaid insurance
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
52) The employees of Persoff Publications work Monday through Friday. Every other Friday the company issues payroll checks totaling $640,000. The current pay period ends on Friday, July 3. Persoff Publications is now preparing financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30. What is the adjusting entry to record accrued salaries at the end of June? A) Debit Credit Prepaid salaries No Yes Salaries payable Yes No B) Salaries expense Prepaid salaries Salaries payable
Debit Yes Yes No
Credit No No Yes
Debit Yes No
Credit No Yes
Debit Yes No
Credit No Yes
C) Prepaid salaries Salaries payable D) Salaries expense Salaries payable
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
53) The employees of Neat Clothes work Monday through Friday. Every other Friday the company issues payroll checks totaling $32,000. The current pay period ends on Friday, July 3. Neat Clothes is now preparing quarterly financial statements for the three months ended June 30. What is the adjusting entry to record accrued salaries at the end of June? A) Salaries expense 22,400 Prepaid salaries 9,600 Salaries payable 32,000 B) Salaries expense Salaries payable
6,400
C) Prepaid salaries Salaries payable
9,600
D) Salaries expense Salaries payable
22,400
6,400
9,600
22,400
54) On September 1, 2021, Fortune Magazine sold 600 one-year subscriptions for $81 each. The total amount received was credited to Deferred subscription revenue. What is the required adjusting entry at December 31, 2021? A) Deferred subscription revenue 48,600 Subscription revenue 16,200 Prepaid subscriptions 32,400 B) Deferred subscription revenue Subscription revenue
16,200
C) Deferred subscription revenue Subscription payable
16,200
D) Deferred subscription revenue Subscription revenue
32,400
16,200
16,200
32,400
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
55) Mama's Pizza Shoppe borrowed $8,000 at 9% interest on May 1, 2021, with principal and interest due on October 31, 2022. The company's fiscal year ends June 30, 2021. What adjusting entry is necessary on June 30, 2021? A) No entry. B) Interest expense 240 Interest payable 240 C) Interest expense Interest payable
120
D) Prepaid interest Interest payable
120
120
120
56) On September 15, 2021, Oliver's Mortuary received a $6,000, nine-month note bearing interest at an annual rate of 10% from the estate of Jay Hendrix for services rendered. Oliver's has a December 31 year-end. What adjusting entry will the company record on December 31, 2021? A) Interest receivable 175 Interest revenue 175 B) Interest receivable Interest revenue
230
C) Interest receivable Notes receivable
175
D) Interest receivable Interest revenue Cash
230
175
600 175 425
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
57) The debits and credits from the journal entries are posted to the general ledger accounts only for: A) transactions occurring during the reporting period. B) closing entries. C) adjusting entries and closing entries. D) all journal entries. 58) Eve's Apples opened its business on January 1, 2021, and paid for two insurance policies effective that date. The policy for equipment damage was $36,000 for 18 months, and the crop damage policy was $12,000 for a two-year term. What is the balance in Eve's prepaid insurance as of December 31, 2021? A) $9,000. B) $18,000. C) $30,000. D) $48,000. 59) Fink Insurance collected premiums of $18,000,000 from its customers during the current year. The adjusted balance in the Deferred premiums revenue account increased from $6 million to $8 million dollars during the year. What is Fink's revenue from insurance premiums recognized for the current year? A) $10,000,000. B) $16,000,000. C) $18,000,000. D) $20,000,000. 60) On November 1, 2021, Tim's Toys borrows $30,000,000 at 9% to finance the holiday sales season. The note is for a six-month term and both principal and interest are payable at maturity. What is the balance of interest payable for the loan as of December 31, 2021? A) $112,500. B) $225,000. C) $450,000. D) $1,350,000. 61) An economic resource of an entity is: A) A revenue. B) An asset. C) A liability. D) A contra asset until used. 62) Cost of goods sold is: A) An asset account. B) A revenue account. C) An expense account. D) A permanent equity account.
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
63) The balance in retained earnings at the end of the year is determined by retained earnings at the beginning of the year: A) Plus revenues, minus liabilities. B) Plus accruals, minus deferrals. C) Plus net income, minus dividends. D) Plus assets, minus liabilities. 64) The purpose of "posting" journal entries is A) provide a chronological record of all economic events affecting the firm. B) ensure that all accounts are up to date prior to preparing financial statements. C) ensure that debits equal credits in the trial balance. D) reflect the information in journal entries in ledger accounts. 65) Dave's Duds reported cost of goods sold of $2,000,000 this year. The inventory account increased by $200,000 during the year to an ending balance of $400,000. What was the cost of merchandise that Dave's purchased during the year? A) $1,600,000. B) $1,800,000. C) $2,200,000. D) $2,400,000. 66) Permanent accounts do not include: A) Interest expense. B) Salaries payable. C) Prepaid rent. D) Deferred sales revenue. 67) Permanent accounts do not include: A) Cost of goods sold. B) Inventory. C) Current liabilities. D) Accumulated depreciation. 68) The purpose of closing entries is to transfer: A) Accounts receivable to retained earnings when an account is fully paid. B) Balances in temporary accounts to a permanent account. C) Inventory to cost of goods sold when merchandise is sold. D) Assets and liabilities when operations are discontinued. 69) Temporary accounts do not include: A) Salaries payable. B) Depreciation expense. C) Supplies expense. D) Cost of goods sold.
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
70) When converting an income statement from a cash basis to an accrual basis, expenses: A) Exceed cash payments to suppliers. B) Equal cash payments to suppliers. C) Are less than cash payments to suppliers. D) May exceed or be less than cash payments to suppliers. 71) When the amount of revenue collected in advance decreases during an accounting period: A) Accrual-basis revenues exceed cash collections from customers. B) Accrual-basis net income exceeds cash-basis net income. C) Accrual-basis revenues are less than cash collections from customers. D) Accrual-basis net income is less than cash-basis net income. 72) When converting an income statement from a cash basis to an accrual basis, which of the following is incorrect? A) An adjustment for depreciation reduces net income. B) A decrease in salaries payable decreases net income. C) A reduction in prepaid expenses decreases net income. D) An increase in accrued payables decreases net income. 73) Molly's Auto Detailers maintains its records on the cash basis. During 2021, Molly's collected $72,000 from customers and paid $21,000 in expenses. Depreciation expense of $5,000 would have been recorded on the accrual basis. Over the course of the year, accounts receivable increased $4,000, prepaid expenses decreased $2,000, and accrued liabilities decreased $1,000. Molly's accrual-basis net income was: A) $38,000. B) $54,000. C) $49,000. D) $42,000. 74) Pat's Custom Tuxedo Shop maintains its records on the cash basis. During this past year Pat's collected $42,000 in tailoring fees, and paid $14,000 in expenses. Depreciation expense totaled $2,000. Accounts receivable increased $1,500, supplies increased $4,000, and accrued liabilities increased $2,500. Pat's accrual-basis net income was: A) $18,000. B) $34,000. C) $23,000. D) $29,000. 75) The Hamada Company sales for 2021 totaled $150,000 and purchases totaled $95,000. Selected January 1, 2021, balances were: accounts receivable, $18,000; inventory, $14,000; and accounts payable, $12,000. December 31, 2021, balances were: accounts receivable, $16,000; inventory, $15,000; and accounts payable, $13,000. Net cash flows from these activities were: A) $45,000. B) $55,000. C) $58,000. D) $74,000. 18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) When the amount of interest receivable decreases during an accounting period: A) Accrual-basis interest revenue exceeds cash collection from borrowers. B) Accrual-basis net income exceeds cash-basis net income. C) Accrual-basis interest revenue is less than cash collection from borrowers. D) Accrual-basis net income is less than cash-basis net income. 77) When converting an income statement from a cash basis to an accrual basis, cash received for services: A) Exceeds service revenue. B) May exceed or be less than service revenue. C) Is less than service revenue. D) Equals service revenue. 78) Compared to the accrual basis of accounting, the cash basis of accounting produces a higher amount of income by the net decrease during the accounting period of:
a. b. c. d.
Accounts Receivable Yes No Yes No
Accrued Liabilities No Yes Yes No
A) Option a B) Option b C) Option c D) Option d 79) On June 1, Royal Corp. began operating a service company with an initial cash investment by shareholders of $2,000,000. The company provided $6,400,000 of services in June and received full payment in July. Royal also incurred expenses of $3,000,000 in June that were paid in August. During June, Royal paid its shareholders cash dividends of $1,000,000. What was the company's income before income taxes for the two months ended July 31 under the following methods of accounting?
a. b. c. d.
$ $ $ $
Cash Basis 3,400,000 5,400,000 6,400,000 6,400,000
Accrual Basis $ 3,400,000 $ 2,400,000 $ 3,400,000 $ 2,400,000
A) Option a B) Option b C) Option c D) Option d 19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) When Castle Corporation pays insurance premiums, the transaction is recorded as a debit to prepaid insurance. Additional information for the year ended December 31 is as follows: Prepaid insurance at January 1 Insurance expense recognized during the year Prepaid insurance at December 31
$
52,500 218,750 61,250
What was the total amount of cash paid by Castle for insurance premiums during the year? A) $218,750 B) $166,250 C) $210,000 D) $227,500 81) The accounting processing cycle: A) Is a three-wheeled vehicle used to deliver audit papers to clients. B) deals only with internal transactions. C) Is the process of bringing the company's financial information up to date before preparing the financial statements. D) Is the process used to identify, analyze, record, and summarize transactions and prepare financial statements. 82) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term.
TERM 1. Prepayments 2. Post-closing trial balance 3. Accruals
4. Unadjusted trial balance 5. Adjusted trial balance
PHRASE Assets or liabilities created when recognition precedes cash flows. Assets or liabilities created when cash flows precede recognition. A list of accounts and balances containing the source data for preparation of financial statements. A list of accounts and their balances prepared before the effects of internal transactions are recorded. A list of only permanent accounts and their balances prepared to show that the accounting equation is in balance.
Number for term that matches the phrase. ____ ____ ____
____
____
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
83) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term.
TERM 1. Balance sheet 2. Adjusting entries 3. Expenses 4. Statement of cash flows 5. Post-closing trial balance
PHRASE Reports operating, investing, and financing activities. Records internal transactions not previously reported. Portrays financial position at a point in time. Represents outflows of resources incurred to generate revenues. The last step in the accounting processing cycle.
Number for term that matches the phrase. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
84) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term.
TERM
PHRASE
1. Periodic system
Recorded when there are dispositions of assets for consideration in excess of book values. Recorded when there are dispositions of assets for consideration less than book values. Requires adjusting entries to update the inventory account. Requires entries to cost of goods sold account when merchandise is sold. When cash flow precedes either expense or revenue recognition.
2. Prepayments 3. Perpetual system 4. Losses 5. Gains
Number for term that matches the phrase. ____
____ ____ ____ ____
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term.
TERM
PHRASE
1. General ledger 2. Credit
Refers to the right side of an account. Asset and expense accounts normally have this type of balance. Used to record any type of transaction in chronological order. Contains all the accounts of an entity. Used to reset temporary accounts to a zero balance.
3. General journal 4. Debit 5. Closing entries
Number for term that matches the phrase. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
86) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term.
TERM
PHRASE
1. Liabilities Transfer balances from journals to ledgers. 2. Retained earnings Record chronologically the effects of transactions in debit/credit form. 3. Journalize Refers to nonowner claims against the assets of a firm. 4. Post Represents the cumulative amount of net income, less distributions to shareholders. 5. Special journals Used to record repetitive types of transactions
Number for term that matches the phrase. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
87) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term.
TERM
PHRASE
Number for term that matches the phrase.
1. Source documents Refers to inflows of assets from the sale of goods and services. 2. Revenues Used to identify external transactions 3. Transaction Used to record repetitive types of transactions. analysis 4. Deferred revenues Liabilities created by a customer's prepayment. 5. Special journals Determines the effects of an event in terms of the accounting equation.
____ ____ ____ ____ ____
88) Listed below are 10 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term.
TERM
PHRASE
1. Unadjusted trial balance 2. Accrued receivables 3. Deferred revenues
Refers to inflows of assets from the sale of goods and services. Records the effects of internal transactions. Cash received from a customer in advance of providing a good or service. Last step in the accounting processing cycle. Changes in the retained earnings component of shareholders' equity. Collection of storage areas, called accounts. Asset recorded when an expense is paid for in advance. Revenue recognized before cash is received. A list of the general ledger accounts and their balances. Expenses incurred but not yet paid.
4. Temporary accounts 5. Accrued liabilities 6. Adjusting entries 7. Prepaid expense 8. General ledger 9. Revenues 10. Post-closing trial balance
Number for term that matches the phrase. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The account titles to be responded to are provided in no particular order. Assume that all accounts have normal balances according to whether the account is increased by a debit or increased by a credit. Required: In column A, indicate whether a debit will: 1. Increase the account balance, or 2. Decrease the account balance. In column B, classify each account according to the following scheme. For contra accounts, indicate the classification of the account to which it relates. 1. A current asset in the balance sheet. 2. A noncurrent asset in the balance sheet. 3. A current liability in the balance sheet. 4. A long-term liability in the balance sheet. 5. A permanent equity account in the balance sheet. 6. A revenue account in the income statement. 7. An expense account shown in the income statement. 8. Account does not appear in either the balance sheet or the income statement.
EXAMPLE: Advertising expense
A Effect of a debit on account
B Classification
1
7
89) Office equipment 90) Notes payable (short-term) 91) Cost of goods sold 92) Accounts receivable 93) Inventory 94) Deferred rent revenue 95) Salaries payable 96) Retained earnings 24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
97) Interest revenue 98) Supplies expense 99) Prepaid rent 100) Common stock
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: 1100 1120 1130 1140 1145 1150 1160 1200 1250 1260 1320 1325 2110 2120 2130 2140 2150 2160
Cash Short-term investments Notes receivable Accounts receivable Loan receivable Interest receivable Other accrued receivables Inventory Supplies Prepaid rent Buildings and equipment (B&E) Accumulated depreciation-B&E Notes payable (short-term) Interest payable Accounts payable Deferred service revenue Salaries payable Dividends payable
2170 2180 2200 3100 3200 5000 5300 6000 6200 6210 6220 6230 6240 6250 6260 6270 6400 6999
Property taxes payable Rent payable Notes payable (long-term) Common stock Retained earnings Sales revenue Interest revenue Cost of goods sold Advertising expense Miscellaneous expense Depreciation expense Insurance expense Property tax expense Rent expense Supplies expense Salaries expense Interest expense Dividends
Required: Using the chart of accounts provided, indicate by account number the account or accounts that would be debited and credited in the following transactions. Also enter the number 1, 2, or 3 to indicate the type of transaction as: (1) an external transaction, (2) an internal transaction recorded as an adjusting journal entry, or (3) a closing entry. The company uses a perpetual inventory system. All prepayments are initially recorded in permanent accounts. TRANSACTION
Account(s) debited
Account(s) credited
Transaction type
EXAMPLE: Sold $110,000,000 in common stock for cash.
1100
3100
1
101) Purchased building and equipment for $10,000,000, paying 20% cash and issuing a 30-year note for the balance. 102) Invested idle cash in short-term money market funds. 103) Purchased inventory on account. 104) Sold inventory on account. 105) Sold merchandise to a customer in exchange for a promissory note. 106) Accrued the interest recognized but not collected on notes receivable. 26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) Collected a note receivable at maturity, including the interest that had already been accrued. 108) Collected cash on account from customers. 109) Sold inventory for cash. 110) Received payment for services to be performed next year. 111) Salaries have been recognized but are unpaid at the end of an accounting period. 112) Closed the dividends account. 113) Accrued property taxes were paid. 114) Declared cash dividends on common stock that will be paid in the next month. 115) Paid rent for the next three months. 116) Rite Shoes was involved in the transactions described below. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entry for each transaction. If an entry is not required, state "No Entry." 1. Purchased $8,200 of inventory on account. 2. Paid weekly salaries, $920. 3. Recorded sales for the first week: Cash: $7,100; On account: $5,300. 4. Paid for inventory purchased in event (1). 5. Placed an order for $6,200 of inventory. 117) Prepare journal entries to record the following transactions of Daisy King Ice Cream Company. If an entry is not required, state "No Entry." 1. Started business by issuing 10,000 shares of common stock for $20,000. 2. Leased a building for three years at $500 per month and paid six months' rent in advance. 3. Purchased equipment for $5,400, signing a two-year, 10% note. 4. Purchased $1,800 of supplies on account. 5. Recorded cash sales of $800 for the first week. 6. Paid weekly salaries, $320. 7. Paid for supplies purchased in item (5). 8. Recorded depreciation on equipment, $50.
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
118) Flint Hills, Inc. has prepared a year-end 2021 trial balance. Certain accounts in the trial balance do not reflect all activities that have occurred. Required: Prepare adjusting journal entries, as needed, for the following items. 1. The Supplies account shows a balance of $540, but a count of supplies reveals only $210 on hand. 2. Flint Hills initially records the payments of all insurance premiums as expenses. The trial balance shows a balance of $420 in Insurance expense. A review of insurance policies reveals that $125 of insurance is unexpired. 3. Flint Hills employees work Monday through Friday, and salaries of $2,400 per week are paid each Friday. Flint Hills' year-end falls on Tuesday. 4. On December 31, 2021, Flint Hills received a utility bill for December electricity usage of $190 that will be paid in early January of 2022. 119) The following is selected financial information for D. Kay Dental Laboratories for 2020 and 2021:
Retained earnings, January 1 Net income Dividends declared and paid Common stock
2020 $53,000 37,000 15,000 70,000
2021 ? 42,000 18,000 ?
Kay issued 2,000 shares of additional common stock in 2021 for $20,000. There were no other shareholder transactions. Required: Prepare a statement of shareholders' equity for D. Kay Dental Laboratories for the year ended December 31, 2021.
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
120) The Yankel Corporation's controller prepares adjusting entries only at the end of the fiscal year. The following adjusting entries were prepared on December 31, 2021:
Interest expense Interest payable
Debit 1,800
Credit 1,800
Insurance expense Prepaid insurance
60,000
Interest receivable Interest revenue
3,000
60,000
3,000
Additional information: 1. The company borrowed $30,000 on June 30, 2021. Principal and interest are due on June 30, 2022. This note is the company's only interest-bearing debt. 2. Insurance for the year on the company's office buildings is $90,000. The insurance is paid in advance. 3. On August 31, 2021, Yankel lent money to a customer. The customer signed a note with principal and interest at 9% due in one year. Required: Determine the following: 1. What is the interest rate on the company's note payable? 2. The 2021 insurance payment was made at the beginning of which month? 3. How much did Yankel lend its customer on August 31?
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Suppose that Laramie Company's adjusted trial balance ignored the following information. For each item of information, indicate what effects, if any, these omissions would have on the stated components of Laramie Company's 2021 Income Statement and 12/31/2021 Balance Sheet. Assume no income taxes. Use the following code for your answers and be sure to include the dollar amounts of the effects next to the letter O or U: N = No Effect O = Overstated U = Understated 121) Additional Information $2,000 interest on a loan was not yet paid or recorded
12/31/2021 Assets
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
Additional 12/31/2021 Information Assets The estimated uncollectible accounts receivable is now zero and should be $25,000.
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
122)
123) Additional Information $10,000 of the paid and recorded rent expense pertains to the year 2022.
12/31/2021 Assets
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) Additional Information $20,000 in depreciation on some equipment was still unrecorded.
12/31/2021 Assets
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
Additional 12/31/2021 Information Assets $4,000 in cash dividends declared and paid in December 2021 were unrecorded.
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
125)
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: You are reviewing O'Brian Co.'s adjusted trial balance for the year ended 12/31/2021. You notice several omissions and incorrect items during your review, some of which are noted below. For each one, you are to determine what effect, if any, these items would have on the stated components of O'Brian Co.'s 2021 Income Statement and 12/31/2021 Balance Sheet if they are not corrected or updated. Assume no income taxes. Use the following code for your answers. Don't include dollar amounts. N = No Effect O = Overstated U = Understated 126) Additional 12/31/2021 Information Assets Uncollectible accounts of $7,000, as a percentage of sales, are estimated at the end of the year. The entry has not been recorded.
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
12/31/2021 Assets
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
12/31/2021 Assets
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
127) Additional Information The journal entry for depreciation on equipment for 2021 was recorded for $48,000. The amount should have been $66,000.
128) Additional Information Cash dividends declared and paid on December 15, 2021, were not recorded.
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) Additional 12/31/2021 Information Assets $10,000 of the rent revenue collected and recorded as revenue this year pertains to 2022.
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
12/31/2021 Assets
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
Additional 12/31/2021 Information Assets Supplies purchased during the year for $1,000 cash were recorded by a debit to Supplies Expense and a credit to Cash. Only $200 of supplies remain at the end of the year, but no further entries have been recorded.
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
130) Additional Information Interest recognized during the year on a note receivable was not yet collected or recorded.
131)
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The adjusted trial balance for China Tea Company at December 31, 2021, is presented below:
Cash Accounts receivable Prepaid rent Inventory Equipment Accumulated depreciation–equipment Accounts payable Notes payable–due in three months Salaries payable Interest payable Common stock Retained earnings Dividends Sales revenue Costs of goods sold Salaries expense Rent expense Depreciation expense Interest expense Advertising expense Totals
Debit 10,500 150,000 5,000 25,000 300,000
Credit
125,000 30,000 30,000 4,000 9,000 200,000 50,000 8,000 400,000 180,000 120,000 15,000 30,000 2,000 2,500 848,000
_______ 848,000
132) Prepare the closing entries for China Tea Company for the year ended December 31, 2021. 133) Prepare an income statement for China Tea Company for the year ended December 31, 2021. 134) Prepare a classified balance sheet for China Tea Company as of December 31, 2021.
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The following information, based on the 12/31/2021 Annual Report to Shareholders of Krafty Foods ($ in millions): Accounts payable Accounts receivable (net) Accrued liabilities Cash and cash equivalents Cost of goods sold Other current payables Current portion of long-term debt Other long-term liabilities Retained earnings as of 12/31/2021 Goodwill and other intangible assets (net) Salaries expense Interest and other debt expense, net Inventories Long-term debt Long-term notes payable Marketing, general and administration expenses Operating revenues Other current assets Other noncurrent assets Other shareholders' equity Common stock Property, plant and equipment (net) Short-term borrowings
1,897 3,131 4,105 162 17,531 1,652 540 10,311 2,391 35,957 1,565 1,437 3,026 8,134 5,000 11,460 33,875 687 3,726 (2,568) 23,655 9,109 681
135) Based on the information presented above, prepare the Income Statement for Krafty Foods for the year ended December 31, 2021. 136) Based on the information presented above, prepare the 12/31/2021 Balance Sheet for Krafty Foods.
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The December 31, 2021 (pre-closing) adjusted trial balance for Kline Enterprises was as follows: Account Title Accounts payable Accounts receivable Accumulated depreciation – equipment Common stock Cash Cost of goods sold Depreciation expense Equipment Interest expense Inventory Note payable (due in six months) Rent expense Retained earnings Salaries payable Sales revenue Salaries expense TOTALS
Debits
Credits 90,000
170,000 260,000 490,000 26,000 480,000 60,000 700,000 4,000 150,000 60,000 30,000 62,000 8,000 770,000 120,000 1,740,000
1,740,000
137) Assuming no income taxes, compute the following, and place your answer in the space provided: Kline's 2021 net income (or loss). 138) Assuming no income taxes, compute the following, and place your answer in the space provided: Kline's 12/31/2021 total current assets. 139) Assuming no income taxes, compute the following, and place your answer in the space provided. Kline's 12/31/2021 total current liabilities: 140) Assuming no income taxes, compute the following, and place your answer in the space provided: Kline's 12/31/2021 total shareholders' equity.
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) Presented below is income statement and dividend information of the Nebraska Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2021. Sales revenue Salaries expense Dividend revenue Miscellaneous expense Loss on sale of investments Dividends
$620,000 90,000 3,000 12,000 8,000 5,000
Cost of goods sold Insurance expense Depreciation expense Administrative expense Rent expense
$355,000 20,000 18,000 35,000 10,000
Required: Prepare the necessary closing entries at December 31, 2021.
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
142) Raintree Corporation maintains its records on a cash basis. At the end of each year the company's accountant obtains the necessary information to prepare accrual basis financial statements. The following cash flows occurred during the year ended December 31, 2021: Cash receipts: From customers Interest on note Issue of common stock Total cash receipts
$450,000 3,000 50,000 $503,000
Cash disbursements: Purchase of merchandise Annual insurance payment Payment of salaries Dividends paid to shareholders Annual rent payment Total cash disbursements
$220,000 9,000 180,000 6,000 12,000 $427,000
Selected balance sheet information:
Cash Accounts receivable Inventory Prepaid insurance Prepaid rent Interest receivable Note receivable Equipment Accumulated depreciation–equipment Accounts payable (for merchandise) Salaries payable Common stock Dividends
12/31/2020 12/31/2021 $25,000 $101,000 42,000 70,000 60,000 82,000 2,000 ? 7,000 ? 1,500 ? 50,000 50,000 150,000 150,000 (40,000) (55,000) 50,000 62,000 20,000 28,000 200,000 250,000 0 6,000
Additional information: 1. On June 30, 2020, Raintree lent a customer $50,000. Interest at 6% is payable annually on each June 30. Principal is due in 2024. 2. The annual insurance payment is made in advance on March 31. 3. Annual rent on the company's facilities is paid in advance on September 30.
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Required: 1. Prepare an accrual basis income statement for 2021 (ignore income taxes). 2. Determine the following balance sheet amounts on December 31, 2021: a. Interest receivable b. Prepaid insurance c. Prepaid rent 143) Silicon Chip Company's fiscal year-end is December 31. At the end of 2021, it owed employees $22,000 in salaries that will be paid on January 7, 2022. Required: 1. Prepare an adjusting entry to record accrued salaries, a reversing entry on January 1, 2022, and an entry to record the payment of salaries on January 7, 2022. 2. Prepare journal entries to record the accrued salaries on December 31, 2021 and the payment of salaries on January 7, 2022, assuming a reversing entry is not recorded. 144) Describe the difference between external events and internal events, and provide two examples of each. 145) Describe what is meant by deferred revenue and provide two examples. 146) Describe what is meant by prepaid expenses and provide two examples. 147) What is an accrued liability? 148) What is the difference between permanent accounts and temporary accounts, and why does an accounting system have both types of accounts? 149) What is the purpose of the statement of cash flows? List the three major categories of cash flows and give an example of a cash transaction for each category. 150) What is the purpose of the closing process?
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
151) Claymore Corporation maintains its book on a cash basis. During 2021, the company collected $825,000 in fees from its clients and paid $512,000 in expenses. You are able to determine the following information about accounts receivable, supplies, prepaid rent, salaries payable, and interest payable:
Accounts receivable Supplies Prepaid rent Salaries payable Interest payable
January 1, 2021 December 31, 2021 $110,000 $120,000 15,000 18,000 12,000 11,000 16,500 14,200 4,000 5,500
In addition, 2021 depreciation expense on office equipment is $55,000. Required: Determine accrual-basis net income for 2021. 152) The accounting system of Carlton and Sons consists of a general journal (GJ), a cash receipts journal (CR), a cash disbursements journal (CD), a sales journal (SJ), and a purchases journal (PJ). For each of the following, indicate which journal should be used to record the transaction. Transaction 1. Received interest on a loan. 2. Received cash for services to be provided next month. 3. Purchased equipment for cash. 4. Purchased merchandise on account. 5. Sold merchandise on credit (the sale only, not the cost of the merchandise). 6. Sold merchandise for cash (the sale only, not the cost of the merchandise). 7. Paid advertising bill. 8. Recorded accrued salaries payable. 9. Paid bill for utilities usage. 10. Recorded depreciation expense. 11. Sold equipment for cash. 12. Collected cash from customers on account. 13. Paid employee salaries. 14. Paid interest on a loan.
Journal ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 2 Review of the Accounting Process 1) Owners' equity can be expressed as assets minus liabilities. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Accounting equation Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 2) Debits increase asset accounts and decrease liability accounts. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Account relationships and records Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 3) Balance sheet accounts are referred to as temporary accounts because their balances are always changing. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Account relationships and records Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4) After an unadjusted trial balance is prepared, the next step in the accounting processing cycle is the preparation of financial statements. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Accounting processing cycle steps Learning Objective: 02-02 Describe the steps in the accounting processing cycle. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 5) Adjusting journal entries are recorded at the end of any period when financial statements are prepared. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Accounting processing cycle steps Learning Objective: 02-02 Describe the steps in the accounting processing cycle. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 6) Accruals occur when the cash flow precedes either revenue or expense recognition. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Analyze updating-Identify type of adjustment Learning Objective: 02-05 Identify and describe the different types of adjusting journal entries. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 7) The adjusted trial balance contains only permanent accounts. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Trial balance―Adjusted Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
8) The income statement summarizes the operating activity of a company at a particular point in time. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financial statement―Income Statement Learning Objective: 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 9) The balance sheet can be considered a change or flow statement. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financial statement―Balance sheet Learning Objective: 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 10) The statement of cash flows summarizes transactions that caused cash to change during a reporting period. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financial statement―Cash flow Learning Objective: 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 11) The statement of shareholders' equity discloses the changes in the temporary shareholders' equity accounts. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Financial statement―Shareholders equity Learning Objective: 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
12) The post-closing trial balance contains only permanent accounts. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: The closing process Learning Objective: 02-08 Explain the closing process. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 13) The closing process brings all temporary accounts to a zero balance and updates the balance in the retained earnings account. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: The closing process Learning Objective: 02-08 Explain the closing process. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 14) A reversing entry at the beginning of a period for salaries would include a debit to salaries expense. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Reversing entries Learning Objective: Appendix 2B Reversing Entries. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 15) The sale of merchandise on account would be recorded in a sales journal. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Subsidiary ledgers and Special journals Learning Objective: Appendix 2C Subsidiary Ledgers and Special Journals. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
16) The payment of cash to a supplier would be recorded in a purchases journal. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Subsidiary ledgers and Special journals Learning Objective: Appendix 2C Subsidiary Ledgers and Special Journals. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 17) The accounting equation can be stated as: A) A + L − OE = 0. B) A − L + OE = 0. C) −A + L − OE = 0. D) A − L − OE = 0. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Accounting equation Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 18) Examples of external transactions include all of the following except: A) Paying employee salaries. B) Purchasing equipment. C) Depreciating equipment. D) Collecting a receivable. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Account relationships and records; Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
19) Examples of internal transactions include all of the following except: A) Writing off an uncollectible account. B) Recording the expiration of prepaid insurance. C) Recording unpaid salaries. D) Paying salaries to company employees. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Account relationships and records; Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 20) XYZ Corporation receives $100,000 from investors for issuing them shares of its stock. XYZ's journal entry to record this transaction would include a: A) Debit to investments. B) Credit to retained earnings. C) Credit to common stock. D) Credit to revenue. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 21) Incurring an expense for advertising on account would be recorded by: A) Debiting liabilities. B) Crediting assets. C) Debiting an expense. D) Debiting assets. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
22) A sale on account would be recorded by: A) Debiting revenue. B) Crediting assets. C) Crediting liabilities. D) Debiting assets. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
23) The entry to record a sale on account would include: A) Debit Sales revenue No Cash Yes
Credit Yes No
B) Accounts receivable Sales revenue
Debit Yes Yes
Credit No No
Debit No Yes
Credit No No
Debit Yes No
Credit No Yes
C) Cash Accounts receivable D) Cash Sales revenue
Answer: C Explanation: Accounts receivable Sales revenue
xxx xxx
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
24) Super Corporation receives $4,000,000 from investors when issuing them shares of its stock. Super's entry to record this transaction would include which of the following? A) Debit Credit Sales revenue No Yes Cash Yes No B) Cash Investments
Debit Yes No
Credit No Yes
Debit Yes No
Credit No Yes
Debit Yes No
Credit No Yes
C) Cash Common stock D) Cash Retained earnings
Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
25) Mary Parker Co. invested $15,000 in ABC Corporation and received common stock in exchange. Mary Parker Co.'s journal entry to record this transaction would include a: A) Debit to investments. B) Credit to retained earnings. C) Credit to common stock. D) Debit to expense. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 26) Hughes Aircraft sold a four-passenger airplane for $980,000, receiving a 12% note receivable. The journal entry to record this sale would include a: A) Credit to cash. B) Credit to interest revenue. C) Debit to notes receivable. D) Credit to notes receivable. Answer: C Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
27) Boing Aircraft sold a four-passenger airplane for $2,800,000, receiving a $500,000 down payment and a 7% note for the balance. The entry to record this sale would include which of the following? A) Debit Credit Cash Yes No Cash discount Yes No B) Notes receivable Sales revenue
Debit No Yes
Credit Yes No
Debit Yes Yes
Credit No No
Debit Yes No
Credit No Yes
C) Cash Notes receivable D) Cash Cash discount
Answer: C Explanation: Cash Notes receivable Sales revenue
500,000 2,300,000 2,800,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
28) Somerset Leasing received $12,000 for 12 months' rent in advance. How should Somerset record this transaction? A) Prepaid rent 12,000 Rent expense 12,000 B) Cash Deferred rent revenue
12,000
C) Interest expense Interest payable
12,000
D) Salaries expense Salaries payable
12,000
12,000
12,000
12,000
Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
29) Davis Hardware Company uses a perpetual inventory system. How should Davis record the sale of merchandise, costing $620, and sold on account for $960? A) Inventory 620 Accounts receivable 620 Sales 960 Sales revenue 960 B) Accounts receivable Sales revenue Cost of goods sold Inventory C) Inventory Gain on sale Sales revenue D) Accounts receivable Sales revenue Gain on sale
960 960 620 620
620 340 960
960 620 340
Answer: B Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
30) Ace Bonding Company purchased merchandise inventory on account. The inventory costs $2,000 and is expected to sell for $3,000. How should Ace record the purchase? A) Inventory 2,000 Accounts payable 2,000 B) Cost of goods sold Deferred sales revenue Sales in advance
2,000 1,000
C) Cost of goods sold Inventory payable
2,000
D) Cost of goods sold Profit Sales payable
2,000 1,000
3,000
2,000
3,000
Answer: A Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
31) Which of the following accounts has a balance whereby debits normally exceed credits? A) Accounts payable. B) Accrued salaries. C) Accumulated depreciation. D) Advertising expense. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Account relationships and records; Determine account balance-Analyze entries Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance.; 0204 Post the effects of journal entries to general ledger accounts and prepare an unadjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 32) An example of a contra account is: A) Depreciation expense. B) Accounts receivable. C) Sales revenue. D) Accumulated depreciation. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Analyze updating-Identify type of adjustment Learning Objective: 02-05 Identify and describe the different types of adjusting journal entries. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 33) Making insurance payments in advance is an example of: A) An accrued receivable transaction. B) An accrued liability transaction. C) A deferred revenue transaction. D) A prepaid expense transaction. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Analyze updating-Identify type of adjustment; Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-05 Identify and describe the different types of adjusting journal entries.; 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
34) Recording revenue before it is collected is an example of: A) A prepaid expense transaction. B) A deferred revenue transaction. C) An accrued liability transaction. D) An accrued receivable transaction. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Analyze updating-Identify type of adjustment Learning Objective: 02-05 Identify and describe the different types of adjusting journal entries. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 35) When a magazine company collects cash for selling a subscription, it is an example of: A) An accrued liability transaction. B) An accrued receivable transaction. C) A prepaid expense transaction. D) A deferred revenue transaction. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Analyze updating-Identify type of adjustment; Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-05 Identify and describe the different types of adjusting journal entries.; 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
36) On December 31, 2020, Coolwear, Inc. had a balance in its prepaid insurance account of $48,400. During 2021, $86,000 was paid for insurance. At the end of 2021, after adjusting entries were recorded, the balance in the prepaid insurance account was $42,000. Insurance expense for 2021 was: A) $6,400. B) $134,400. C) $86,000. D) $92,400. Answer: D Explanation: Insurance expense = $48,400 + $86,000 − $42,000 = $92,400 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry; Determine account balance-Analyze entries Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance.; 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 37) Adjusting entries are needed primarily for: A) Cash basis accounting. B) Accrual accounting. C) Current value accounting. D) Manual accounting systems. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Analyze updating-Identify type of adjustment Learning Objective: 02-05 Identify and describe the different types of adjusting journal entries. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
38) Prepayments occur when: A) Cash flow precedes expense recognition. B) Sales are delayed pending credit approval. C) Customers are unable to pay the full amount due when goods are delivered. D) Manufactured goods await quality control inspections. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Identify type of adjustment Learning Objective: 02-05 Identify and describe the different types of adjusting journal entries. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 39) Accruals occur when cash flows: A) Occur before expense recognition. B) Occur after revenue or expense recognition. C) Are uncertain. D) May be substituted for goods or services. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Identify type of adjustment Learning Objective: 02-05 Identify and describe the different types of adjusting journal entries. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 40) On December 31, 2021, the end of Larry's Used Cars' first year of operations, the accounts receivable was $53,600. The company estimates that $1,200 of the year-end receivables will not be collected. Accounts receivable in the 2021 balance sheet will be valued at: A) $53,600. B) $54,800. C) $52,400. D) $1,200. Answer: C Explanation: Accounts receivable = $53,600 − $1,200 = $52,400 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Identify type of adjustment Learning Objective: 02-05 Identify and describe the different types of adjusting journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) Cal Farms reported supplies expense of $2,000,000 this year. The supplies account decreased by $200,000 during the year to an ending balance of $400,000. What was the cost of supplies the Cal Farms purchased during the year? A) $1,600,000. B) $1,800,000. C) $2,200,000. D) $2,400,000. Answer: B Explanation: Bal. Bal.
Supplies 600,000 ? 400,000
2,000,000
Supplies purchases: $400,000 + $2,000,000 − $600,000 = $1,800,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine account balance-Analyze entries Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance.; 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
42) Which of the following is not an adjusting entry? A) Prepaid rent Rent expense B) Cash Deferred sales revenue C) Interest expense Interest payable D) Salaries expense Salaries payable
Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 43) The adjusting entry required when amounts previously recorded as deferred revenues are recognized includes: A) A debit to a liability. B) A debit to an asset. C) A credit to a liability. D) A credit to an asset. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
44) Which of the following accounts has a balance whereby credits normally exceed debits? A) Salaries expense. B) Interest payable. C) Land. D) Prepaid rent. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Account relationships and records; Determine account balance-Analyze entries Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance.; 0204 Post the effects of journal entries to general ledger accounts and prepare an unadjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 45) When a tenant makes an end-of-period adjusting entry credit to the "Prepaid rent" account: A) (S)he usually debits cash. B) (S)he usually debits an expense account. C) (S)he debits a liability account. D) (S)he credits an owners' equity account. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
46) When a business makes an end-of-period adjusting entry with a debit to supplies expense, the usual credit entry is made to: A) Accounts payable. B) Supplies. C) Cash. D) Retained earnings. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 47) The adjusting entry required to record accrued expenses includes: A) A credit to cash. B) A debit to an asset. C) A credit to an asset. D) A credit to liability. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) Carolina Mills purchased $270,000 in supplies this year. The supplies account increased by $10,000 during the year to an ending balance of $66,000. What was supplies expense for Carolina Mills during the year? A) $300,000. B) $280,000. C) $260,000. D) $240,000. Answer: C Explanation: Bal. Bal.
Supplies 56,000 270,000 66,000
?
Supplies expense = $56,000 + $270,000 – $66,000 = $260,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine account balance-Analyze entries; Convert cash basis to accrual basis Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance.; 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
49) Yummy Foods purchased a two-year fire and extended coverage insurance policy on August 1, 2021, and charged the $4,200 premium to Insurance expense. At its December 31, 2021, yearend, Yummy Foods would record which of the following adjusting entries? A) Insurance expense 875 Prepaid insurance 875 B) Prepaid insurance Insurance expense
875
C) Insurance expense Prepaid insurance Insurance payable
875 3,325
D) Prepaid insurance Insurance expense
3,325
Answer: D Explanation: Entry on 8/1:
Insurance expense Cash
875
4,200
3,325
4,200 4,200
Unexpired at 12/31: $4,200 × 19/24 = $3,325 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry; Convert cash basis to accrual basis Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance.; 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) Tummy Foods purchased a two-year fire and extended coverage insurance policy on August 1, 2021, and charged the $4,200 premium to Prepaid insurance. At its December 31, 2021, yearend, Tummy Foods would record which of the following adjusting entries? A) Insurance expense 875 Prepaid insurance 875 B) Prepaid insurance Insurance expense
875
C) Insurance expense Prepaid insurance Insurance payable
875 3,325
D) Prepaid insurance Insurance expense
3,325
Answer: A Explanation: Entry on 8/1:
Prepaid insurance Cash
875
4,200
3,325
4,200 4,200
Expired at 12/31: $4,200 × 5/24 = $875 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry; Convert cash basis to accrual basis Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance.; 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) ILP Services purchased a three-year fire insurance policy on September 1, 2021, and charged the $72,000 premium to Prepaid insurance. At its December 31, 2021, year-end, ILP Services would record an adjusting entry that includes which of the following? A) Debit Credit Insurance expense Yes No Prepaid insurance No Yes B) Insurance expense Prepaid insurance
Debit No Yes
Credit Yes No
Debit Yes Yes
Credit No No
Debit No No
Credit Yes Yes
C) Insurance expense Prepaid insurance D) Insurance expense Prepaid insurance
Answer: A Explanation: Expired at 12/31: $72,000 × 4/36 = $8,000 Adjusting Entry on 12/31: Insurance expense Prepaid insurance
8,000 8,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry; Convert cash basis to accrual basis Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance.; 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
52) The employees of Persoff Publications work Monday through Friday. Every other Friday the company issues payroll checks totaling $640,000. The current pay period ends on Friday, July 3. Persoff Publications is now preparing financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30. What is the adjusting entry to record accrued salaries at the end of June? A) Debit Credit Prepaid salaries No Yes Salaries payable Yes No B) Salaries expense Prepaid salaries Salaries payable
Debit Yes Yes No
Credit No No Yes
Debit Yes No
Credit No Yes
Debit Yes No
Credit No Yes
C) Prepaid salaries Salaries payable D) Salaries expense Salaries payable
Answer: D Explanation: Amount accrued: $640,000 × 7/10 (7 days of 10 days to be paid) = $448,000 Adjusting Entry on 6/30:
Salaries expense Salaries payable
448,000 448,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
53) The employees of Neat Clothes work Monday through Friday. Every other Friday the company issues payroll checks totaling $32,000. The current pay period ends on Friday, July 3. Neat Clothes is now preparing quarterly financial statements for the three months ended June 30. What is the adjusting entry to record accrued salaries at the end of June? A) Salaries expense 22,400 Prepaid salaries 9,600 Salaries payable 32,000 B) Salaries expense Salaries payable
6,400
C) Prepaid salaries Salaries payable
9,600
D) Salaries expense Salaries payable
22,400
6,400
9,600
22,400
Answer: D Explanation: Amount accrued: $32,000 × 7/10 (7 days of 10 days to be paid) = $22,400 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
54) On September 1, 2021, Fortune Magazine sold 600 one-year subscriptions for $81 each. The total amount received was credited to Deferred subscription revenue. What is the required adjusting entry at December 31, 2021? A) Deferred subscription revenue 48,600 Subscription revenue 16,200 Prepaid subscriptions 32,400 B) Deferred subscription revenue Subscription revenue
16,200
C) Deferred subscription revenue Subscription payable
16,200
D) Deferred subscription revenue Subscription revenue
32,400
Answer: B Explanation: Entry on 9/1: Cash Deferred subscription revenue
16,200
16,200
32,400
48,600 48,600
Amount recorded as revenue: $48,600 × 4/12 (4 months expired) = $16,200 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
55) Mama's Pizza Shoppe borrowed $8,000 at 9% interest on May 1, 2021, with principal and interest due on October 31, 2022. The company's fiscal year ends June 30, 2021. What adjusting entry is necessary on June 30, 2021? A) No entry. B) Interest expense 240 Interest payable 240 C) Interest expense Interest payable
120
D) Prepaid interest Interest payable
120
120
120
Answer: C Explanation: Accrued interest expense: $8,000 × 9% × 2/12 = $120 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
56) On September 15, 2021, Oliver's Mortuary received a $6,000, nine-month note bearing interest at an annual rate of 10% from the estate of Jay Hendrix for services rendered. Oliver's has a December 31 year-end. What adjusting entry will the company record on December 31, 2021? A) Interest receivable 175 Interest revenue 175 B) Interest receivable Interest revenue
230
C) Interest receivable Notes receivable
175
D) Interest receivable Interest revenue Cash
230
175
600 175 425
Answer: A Explanation: Accrued interest revenue: $6,000 × 10% × 3.5/12 = $175 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
57) The debits and credits from the journal entries are posted to the general ledger accounts only for: A) transactions occurring during the reporting period. B) closing entries. C) adjusting entries and closing entries. D) all journal entries. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Post entries to ledger Learning Objective: 02-04 Post the effects of journal entries to general ledger accounts and prepare an unadjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 58) Eve's Apples opened its business on January 1, 2021, and paid for two insurance policies effective that date. The policy for equipment damage was $36,000 for 18 months, and the crop damage policy was $12,000 for a two-year term. What is the balance in Eve's prepaid insurance as of December 31, 2021? A) $9,000. B) $18,000. C) $30,000. D) $48,000. Answer: B Explanation: For remaining months on the policies: Prepaid equipment insurance: $36,000 × 6/18 Prepaid crop damage insurance: $12,000 × 12/24 Total prepaid insurance at 12/31/2021
$ 12,000 6,000 $ 18,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determine account balance-Analyze entries; Convert cash basis to accrual basis Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance.; 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
59) Fink Insurance collected premiums of $18,000,000 from its customers during the current year. The adjusted balance in the Deferred premiums revenue account increased from $6 million to $8 million dollars during the year. What is Fink's revenue from insurance premiums recognized for the current year? A) $10,000,000. B) $16,000,000. C) $18,000,000. D) $20,000,000. Answer: B Explanation: Cash collections Deduct increase in deferred premiums revenue Insurance premium revenue
$ 18,000,000 (2,000,000) $ 16,000,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine account balance-Analyze entries; Convert cash basis to accrual basis Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance.; 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 60) On November 1, 2021, Tim's Toys borrows $30,000,000 at 9% to finance the holiday sales season. The note is for a six-month term and both principal and interest are payable at maturity. What is the balance of interest payable for the loan as of December 31, 2021? A) $112,500. B) $225,000. C) $450,000. D) $1,350,000. Answer: C Explanation: Interest payable = $30,000,000 × 9% × 2/12 = $450,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry; Determine account balance-Analyze entries Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
61) An economic resource of an entity is: A) A revenue. B) An asset. C) A liability. D) A contra asset until used. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Account relationships and records Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 62) Cost of goods sold is: A) An asset account. B) A revenue account. C) An expense account. D) A permanent equity account. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 63) The balance in retained earnings at the end of the year is determined by retained earnings at the beginning of the year: A) Plus revenues, minus liabilities. B) Plus accruals, minus deferrals. C) Plus net income, minus dividends. D) Plus assets, minus liabilities. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Accounting equation; Financial statement–Shareholders equity Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
64) The purpose of "posting" journal entries is A) provide a chronological record of all economic events affecting the firm. B) ensure that all accounts are up to date prior to preparing financial statements. C) ensure that debits equal credits in the trial balance. D) reflect the information in journal entries in ledger accounts. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Post entries to ledger Learning Objective: 02-04 Post the effects of journal entries to general ledger accounts and prepare an unadjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 65) Dave's Duds reported cost of goods sold of $2,000,000 this year. The inventory account increased by $200,000 during the year to an ending balance of $400,000. What was the cost of merchandise that Dave's purchased during the year? A) $1,600,000. B) $1,800,000. C) $2,200,000. D) $2,400,000. Answer: C Explanation: Opening Bal. Purchases Ending Bal.
Inventory 200,000 2,000,000To cost of goods sold ? 400,000
Purchases = $2,000,000 – $200,000 + $400,000 = $2,200,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine account balance-Analyze entries Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries.; 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
66) Permanent accounts do not include: A) Interest expense. B) Salaries payable. C) Prepaid rent. D) Deferred sales revenue. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Account relationships and records; The closing process Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-08 Explain the closing process. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 67) Permanent accounts do not include: A) Cost of goods sold. B) Inventory. C) Current liabilities. D) Accumulated depreciation. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Account relationships and records; The closing process Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-08 Explain the closing process. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 68) The purpose of closing entries is to transfer: A) Accounts receivable to retained earnings when an account is fully paid. B) Balances in temporary accounts to a permanent account. C) Inventory to cost of goods sold when merchandise is sold. D) Assets and liabilities when operations are discontinued. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: The closing process Learning Objective: 02-08 Explain the closing process. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
69) Temporary accounts do not include: A) Salaries payable. B) Depreciation expense. C) Supplies expense. D) Cost of goods sold. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Account relationships and records; The closing process Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-08 Explain the closing process. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 70) When converting an income statement from a cash basis to an accrual basis, expenses: A) Exceed cash payments to suppliers. B) Equal cash payments to suppliers. C) Are less than cash payments to suppliers. D) May exceed or be less than cash payments to suppliers. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Convert cash basis to accrual basis Learning Objective: 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 71) When the amount of revenue collected in advance decreases during an accounting period: A) Accrual-basis revenues exceed cash collections from customers. B) Accrual-basis net income exceeds cash-basis net income. C) Accrual-basis revenues are less than cash collections from customers. D) Accrual-basis net income is less than cash-basis net income. Answer: A Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Convert cash basis to accrual basis Learning Objective: 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
72) When converting an income statement from a cash basis to an accrual basis, which of the following is incorrect? A) An adjustment for depreciation reduces net income. B) A decrease in salaries payable decreases net income. C) A reduction in prepaid expenses decreases net income. D) An increase in accrued payables decreases net income. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Convert cash basis to accrual basis Learning Objective: 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 73) Molly's Auto Detailers maintains its records on the cash basis. During 2021, Molly's collected $72,000 from customers and paid $21,000 in expenses. Depreciation expense of $5,000 would have been recorded on the accrual basis. Over the course of the year, accounts receivable increased $4,000, prepaid expenses decreased $2,000, and accrued liabilities decreased $1,000. Molly's accrual-basis net income was: A) $38,000. B) $54,000. C) $49,000. D) $42,000. Answer: C Explanation: Collections $ 72,000 Payments for expenses (21,000) Add: Increase in assets (accounts receivable) 4,000 Deduct: Decrease in assets (accumulated depreciation) (5,000) Decrease in assets (prepaid expenses) (2,000) Add: Decrease in liabilities (accrued liabilities) 1,000 Accrual-basis net income $ 49,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Convert cash basis to accrual basis Learning Objective: 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) Pat's Custom Tuxedo Shop maintains its records on the cash basis. During this past year Pat's collected $42,000 in tailoring fees, and paid $14,000 in expenses. Depreciation expense totaled $2,000. Accounts receivable increased $1,500, supplies increased $4,000, and accrued liabilities increased $2,500. Pat's accrual-basis net income was: A) $18,000. B) $34,000. C) $23,000. D) $29,000. Answer: D Explanation: Collections Payments for expenses Add: Increase in assets (accounts receivable) Increase in assets (supplies) Deduct: Decrease in assets (accumulated depreciation) Deduct: Increase in liabilities (accrued liabilities) Accrual-basis net income
$
42,000 (14,000) 1,500 4,000 (2,000) (2,500) $ 29,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Convert cash basis to accrual basis Learning Objective: 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 75) The Hamada Company sales for 2021 totaled $150,000 and purchases totaled $95,000. Selected January 1, 2021, balances were: accounts receivable, $18,000; inventory, $14,000; and accounts payable, $12,000. December 31, 2021, balances were: accounts receivable, $16,000; inventory, $15,000; and accounts payable, $13,000. Net cash flows from these activities were: A) $45,000. B) $55,000. C) $58,000. D) $74,000. Answer: C Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Convert cash basis to accrual basis Learning Objective: 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) When the amount of interest receivable decreases during an accounting period: A) Accrual-basis interest revenue exceeds cash collection from borrowers. B) Accrual-basis net income exceeds cash-basis net income. C) Accrual-basis interest revenue is less than cash collection from borrowers. D) Accrual-basis net income is less than cash-basis net income. Answer: C Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Convert cash basis to accrual basis Learning Objective: 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 77) When converting an income statement from a cash basis to an accrual basis, cash received for services: A) Exceeds service revenue. B) May exceed or be less than service revenue. C) Is less than service revenue. D) Equals service revenue. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Convert cash basis to accrual basis Learning Objective: 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) Compared to the accrual basis of accounting, the cash basis of accounting produces a higher amount of income by the net decrease during the accounting period of:
a. b. c. d.
Accounts Receivable Yes No Yes No
Accrued Liabilities No Yes Yes No
A) Option a B) Option b C) Option c D) Option d Answer: A Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Convert cash basis to accrual basis Learning Objective: 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
79) On June 1, Royal Corp. began operating a service company with an initial cash investment by shareholders of $2,000,000. The company provided $6,400,000 of services in June and received full payment in July. Royal also incurred expenses of $3,000,000 in June that were paid in August. During June, Royal paid its shareholders cash dividends of $1,000,000. What was the company's income before income taxes for the two months ended July 31 under the following methods of accounting?
a. b. c. d.
$ $ $ $
Cash Basis 3,400,000 5,400,000 6,400,000 6,400,000
Accrual Basis $ 3,400,000 $ 2,400,000 $ 3,400,000 $ 2,400,000
A) Option a B) Option b C) Option c D) Option d Answer: C Explanation: Collections Expenses incurred but not paid Accrual basis net income
$ 6,400,000 (Cash basis income) (3,000,000) $ 3,400,000
Investment by shareholders and dividends to shareholders do not affect net income for either basis of accounting. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Convert cash basis to accrual basis Learning Objective: 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) When Castle Corporation pays insurance premiums, the transaction is recorded as a debit to prepaid insurance. Additional information for the year ended December 31 is as follows: Prepaid insurance at January 1 Insurance expense recognized during the year Prepaid insurance at December 31
$
52,500 218,750 61,250
What was the total amount of cash paid by Castle for insurance premiums during the year? A) $218,750 B) $166,250 C) $210,000 D) $227,500 Answer: D Explanation: Beg. Bal. Cash paid Bal.
Prepaid Insurance 52,500 218,750Insurance expense ? 61,250
Cash paid for insurance = $218,750 – $52,500 + $ 61,250 = $ 227,500 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine account balance-Analyze entries Learning Objective: 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 81) The accounting processing cycle: A) Is a three-wheeled vehicle used to deliver audit papers to clients. B) deals only with internal transactions. C) Is the process of bringing the company's financial information up to date before preparing the financial statements. D) Is the process used to identify, analyze, record, and summarize transactions and prepare financial statements. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Accounting processing cycle steps Learning Objective: 02-02 Describe the steps in the accounting processing cycle. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
82) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term.
TERM 1. Prepayments 2. Post-closing trial balance 3. Accruals
4. Unadjusted trial balance 5. Adjusted trial balance
PHRASE Assets or liabilities created when recognition precedes cash flows. Assets or liabilities created when cash flows precede recognition. A list of accounts and balances containing the source data for preparation of financial statements. A list of accounts and their balances prepared before the effects of internal transactions are recorded. A list of only permanent accounts and their balances prepared to show that the accounting equation is in balance.
Number for term that matches the phrase. ____ ____ ____
____
____
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer:
TERM 1. Prepayments 2. Post-closing trial balance 3. Accruals
4. Unadjusted trial balance 5. Adjusted trial balance
PHRASE Assets or liabilities created when recognition precedes cash flows. Assets or liabilities created when cash flows precede recognition. A list of accounts and balances containing the source data for preparation of financial statements. A list of accounts and their balances prepared before the effects of internal transactions are recorded. A list of only permanent accounts and their balances prepared to show that the accounting equation is in balance.
Number for term that matches the phrase. 3 1 5
4
2
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Analyze updating-Identify type of adjustment; Trial balance―Adjusted; Trial balance―Unadjusted; The closing process Learning Objective: 02-04 Post the effects of journal entries to general ledger accounts and prepare an unadjusted trial balance.; 02-05 Identify and describe the different types of adjusting journal entries.; 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format; post entries; and prepare an adjusted trial balance.; 02-08 Explain the closing process. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
83) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term.
TERM 1. Balance sheet 2. Adjusting entries 3. Expenses 4. Statement of cash flows 5. Post-closing trial balance
PHRASE Reports operating, investing, and financing activities. Records internal transactions not previously reported. Portrays financial position at a point in time. Represents outflows of resources incurred to generate revenues. The last step in the accounting processing cycle.
Number for term that matches the phrase. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer:
TERM 1. Balance sheet 2. Adjusting entries 3. Expenses 4. Statement of cash flows 5. Post-closing trial balance
PHRASE Reports operating, investing, and financing activities. Records internal transactions not previously reported. Portrays financial position at a point in time. Represents outflows of resources incurred to generate revenues. The last step in the accounting processing cycle.
Number for term that matches the phrase. 4 2 1 3 5
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Analyze updating-Identify type of adjustment; Accounting processing cycle steps; Financial statement―Cash flow; Financial statement―Balance sheet; Accounting equation; The closing process Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-02 Describe the steps in the accounting processing cycle.; 02-05 Identify and describe the different types of adjusting journal entries.; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements.; 02-08 Explain the closing process. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking 46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
84) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. TERM
PHRASE
1. Periodic system
Recorded when there are dispositions of assets for consideration in excess of book values. Recorded when there are dispositions of assets for consideration less than book values. Requires adjusting entries to update the inventory account. Requires entries to cost of goods sold account when merchandise is sold. When cash flow precedes either expense or revenue recognition.
2. Prepayments 3. Perpetual system 4. Losses 5. Gains
Number for term that matches the phrase. ____
____ ____ ____ ____
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: TERM
PHRASE
1. Periodic system
Recorded when there are dispositions of assets for consideration in excess of book values. Recorded when there are dispositions of assets for consideration less than book values. Requires adjusting entries to update the inventory account. Requires entries to cost of goods sold account when merchandise is sold. When cash flow precedes either expense or revenue recognition.
2. Prepayments 3. Perpetual system 4. Losses 5. Gains
Number for term that matches the phrase. 5
4 1 3 2
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Accounting equation; Analyze transaction-Record journal entry; Analyze updatingIdentify type of adjustment Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries.; 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format; post entries; and prepare an adjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term.
TERM
PHRASE
1. General ledger 2. Credit
Refers to the right side of an account. Asset and expense accounts normally have this type of balance. Used to record any type of transaction in chronological order. Contains all the accounts of an entity. Used to reset temporary accounts to a zero balance.
3. General journal 4. Debit 5. Closing entries
Number for term that matches the phrase. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM
PHRASE
1. General ledger 2. Credit
Refers to the right side of an account. Asset and expense accounts normally have this type of balance. Used to record any type of transaction in chronological order. Contains all the accounts of an entity. Used to reset temporary accounts to a zero balance.
3. General journal 4. Debit 5. Closing entries
Number for term that matches the phrase. 2 4 3 1 5
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Account relationships and records; Accounting processing cycle steps; The closing process Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-02 Describe the steps in the accounting processing cycle.; 02-08 Explain the closing process. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
86) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term.
TERM
PHRASE
1. Liabilities Transfer balances from journals to ledgers. 2. Retained earnings Record chronologically the effects of transactions in debit/credit form. 3. Journalize Refers to nonowner claims against the assets of a firm. 4. Post Represents the cumulative amount of net income, less distributions to shareholders. 5. Special journals Used to record repetitive types of transactions
Number for term that matches the phrase. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM
PHRASE
1. Liabilities Transfer balances from journals to ledgers. 2. Retained earnings Record chronologically the effects of transactions in debit/credit form. 3. Journalize Refers to nonowner claims against the assets of a firm. 4. Post Represents the cumulative amount of net income, less distributions to shareholders. 5. Special journals Used to record repetitive types of transactions
Number for term that matches the phrase. 4 3 1 2 5
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Accounting processing cycle steps; Subsidiary ledger-Special journal—App C; Accounting equation Learning Objective: 02-02 Describe the steps in the accounting processing cycle.; 02-Appendix 2C Subsidiary Ledgers and Special Journals. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
87) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term.
TERM
PHRASE
1. Source documents
Refers to inflows of assets from the sale of goods and services. Used to identify external transactions Used to record repetitive types of transactions.
____
Liabilities created by a customer's prepayment. Determines the effects of an event in terms of the accounting equation.
____
2. Revenues 3. Transaction analysis 4. Deferred revenues 5. Special journals
Number for term that matches the phrase.
____ ____
____
Answer: TERM
PHRASE
1. Source documents
Refers to inflows of assets from the sale of goods and services. Used to identify external transactions Used to record repetitive types of transactions.
2
Liabilities created by a customer's prepayment. Determines the effects of an event in terms of the accounting equation.
4
2. Revenues 3. Transaction analysis 4. Deferred revenues 5. Special journals
Number for term that matches the phrase.
1 5
3
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Accounting processing cycle steps; Subsidiary ledger-Special journal—App C; Account relationships and records; Accounting equation Learning Objective: 02-02 Describe the steps in the accounting processing cycle.; 02-Appendix 2C Subsidiary Ledgers and Special Journals. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking 51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) Listed below are 10 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term.
TERM
PHRASE
1. Unadjusted trial balance 2. Accrued receivables 3. Deferred revenues
Refers to inflows of assets from the sale of goods and services. Records the effects of internal transactions. Cash received from a customer in advance of providing a good or service. Last step in the accounting processing cycle. Changes in the retained earnings component of shareholders' equity. Collection of storage areas, called accounts. Asset recorded when an expense is paid for in advance. Revenue recognized before cash is received. A list of the general ledger accounts and their balances. Expenses incurred but not yet paid.
4. Temporary accounts 5. Accrued liabilities 6. Adjusting entries 7. Prepaid expense 8. General ledger 9. Revenues 10. Post-closing trial balance
Number for term that matches the phrase. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer:
TERM
PHRASE
1. Unadjusted trial balance 2. Accrued receivables 3. Deferred revenues
Refers to inflows of assets from the sale of goods and services. Records the effects of internal transactions. Cash received from a customer in advance of providing a good or service. Last step in the accounting processing cycle. Changes in the retained earnings component of shareholders' equity. Collection of storage areas, called accounts. Asset recorded when an expense is paid for in advance. Revenue recognized before cash is received. A list of the general ledger accounts and their balances. Expenses incurred but not yet paid.
4. Temporary accounts 5. Accrued liabilities 6. Adjusting entries 7. Prepaid expense 8. General ledger 9. Revenues 10. Post-closing trial balance
Number for term that matches the phrase. 9 6 3 10 4 8 7 2 1 5
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Identify type of adjustment; Trial balance―Unadjusted; Accounting processing; cycle steps; Accounting equation; Account relationships and records; The closing process Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-02 Describe the steps in the accounting processing cycle.; 02-04 Post the effects of journal entries to general ledger accounts and prepare an unadjusted trial balance.; 02-05 Identify and describe the different types of adjusting journal entries.; 02-08 Explain the closing process. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The account titles to be responded to are provided in no particular order. Assume that all accounts have normal balances according to whether the account is increased by a debit or increased by a credit. Required: In column A, indicate whether a debit will: 1. Increase the account balance, or 2. Decrease the account balance. In column B, classify each account according to the following scheme. For contra accounts, indicate the classification of the account to which it relates. 1. A current asset in the balance sheet. 2. A noncurrent asset in the balance sheet. 3. A current liability in the balance sheet. 4. A long-term liability in the balance sheet. 5. A permanent equity account in the balance sheet. 6. A revenue account in the income statement. 7. An expense account shown in the income statement. 8. Account does not appear in either the balance sheet or the income statement.
EXAMPLE: Advertising expense
A Effect of a debit on account
B Classification
1
7
89) Office equipment Answer: Office equipment
Effect 1
Classification 2
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry; Accounting equation; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) Notes payable (short-term) Answer: Notes payable (short-term)
Effect 2
Classification 3
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry; Accounting equation; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 91) Cost of goods sold Answer: Cost of goods sold
Effect 1
Classification 7
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry; Accounting equation; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) Accounts receivable Answer: Accounts receivable
Effect 1
Classification 1
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry; Accounting equation; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 93) Inventory Answer: Inventory
Effect 1
Classification 1
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry; Accounting equation; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
94) Deferred rent revenue Answer: Deferred rent revenue
Effect 2
Classification 3
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry; Accounting equation; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 95) Salaries payable Answer: Salaries payable
Effect 2
Classification 3
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry; Accounting equation; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) Retained earnings Answer: Retained earnings
Effect 2
Classification 5
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry; Accounting equation; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 97) Interest revenue Answer: Interest revenue
Effect 2
Classification 6
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry; Accounting equation; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) Supplies expense Answer: Supplies expense
Effect 1
Classification 7
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry; Accounting equation; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 99) Prepaid rent Answer: Prepaid rent
Effect 1
Classification 1
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry; Accounting equation; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
100) Common stock Answer: Common stock
Effect 2
Classification 5
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry; Accounting equation; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts.; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: 1100 1120 1130 1140 1145 1150 1160 1200 1250 1260 1320 1325 2110 2120 2130 2140 2150 2160
Cash Short-term investments Notes receivable Accounts receivable Loan receivable Interest receivable Other accrued receivables Inventory Supplies Prepaid rent Buildings and equipment (B&E) Accumulated depreciation-B&E Notes payable (short-term) Interest payable Accounts payable Deferred service revenue Salaries payable Dividends payable
2170 2180 2200 3100 3200 5000 5300 6000 6200 6210 6220 6230 6240 6250 6260 6270 6400 6999
Property taxes payable Rent payable Notes payable (long-term) Common stock Retained earnings Sales revenue Interest revenue Cost of goods sold Advertising expense Miscellaneous expense Depreciation expense Insurance expense Property tax expense Rent expense Supplies expense Salaries expense Interest expense Dividends
Required: Using the chart of accounts provided, indicate by account number the account or accounts that would be debited and credited in the following transactions. Also enter the number 1, 2, or 3 to indicate the type of transaction as: (1) an external transaction, (2) an internal transaction recorded as an adjusting journal entry, or (3) a closing entry. The company uses a perpetual inventory system. All prepayments are initially recorded in permanent accounts. TRANSACTION
Account(s) debited
Account(s) credited
Transaction type
EXAMPLE: Sold $110,000,000 in common stock for cash.
1100
3100
1
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
101) Purchased building and equipment for $10,000,000, paying 20% cash and issuing a 30-year note for the balance. Answer: TRANSACTION Purchased building and equipment for $10,000,000, paying 20% cash and issuing a 30-year note for the balance.
Account(s) debited 1320
Account(s) credited 1100, 2200
Transaction type 1
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 102) Invested idle cash in short-term money market funds. Answer: TRANSACTION Invested idle cash in short-term investments.
Account(s) debited 1120
Account(s) credited 1100
Transaction type 1
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 103) Purchased inventory on account. Answer: TRANSACTION Purchased inventory on account.
Account(s) debited 1200
Account(s) credited 2130
Transaction type 1
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) Sold inventory on account. Answer: TRANSACTION Sold inventory on account.
Account(s) debited 1140, 6000
Account(s) credited 5000, 1200
Transaction type 1
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 105) Sold merchandise to a customer in exchange for a promissory note. Answer: TRANSACTION Sold merchandise to a customer in exchange for a promissory note.
Account(s) debited 1130, 6000
Account(s) credited 5000, 1200
Transaction type 1
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 106) Accrued the interest recognized but not collected on notes receivable. Answer: TRANSACTION Accrued the interest recognized but not collected on notes receivable.
Account(s) debited 1150
Account(s) credited 5300
Transaction type 2
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) Collected a note receivable at maturity, including the interest that had already been accrued. Answer: TRANSACTION Collected a note receivable at maturity, including the interest that had already been accrued.
Account(s) debited 1100
Account(s) credited 1130, 1150
Transaction type 1
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 108) Collected cash on account from customers. Answer: TRANSACTION Collected cash on account from customers.
Account(s) debited 1100
Account(s) credited 1140
Transaction type 1
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 109) Sold inventory for cash. Answer: TRANSACTION Sold inventory for cash.
Account(s) debited 1100, 6000
Account(s) credited 5000, 1200
Transaction type 1
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) Received payment for services to be performed next year. Answer: TRANSACTION Received payment for services to be performed next year.
Account(s) debited 1100
Account(s) credited 2140
Transaction type 1
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 111) Salaries have been recognized but are unpaid at the end of an accounting period. Answer: TRANSACTION Accrued salaries remaining unpaid at the end of an accounting period.
Account(s) debited 6270
Account(s) credited 2150
Transaction type 2
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 112) Closed the dividends account. Answer: Account(s) TRANSACTION debited Closed Dividends account, assuming 3200 there was a net income for the period.
Account(s) credited 6999
Transaction type 3
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: The closing process Learning Objective: 02-08 Explain the closing process. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
113) Accrued property taxes were paid. Answer: TRANSACTION Accrued property taxes were paid.
Account(s) debited 2170
Account(s) credited 1100
Transaction type 1
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 114) Declared cash dividends on common stock that will be paid in the next month. Answer: TRANSACTION Declared cash dividends on common stock that will be paid in the next month.
Account(s) debited 6999
Account(s) credited 2160
Transaction type 1
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 115) Paid rent for the next three months. Answer: TRANSACTION Paid rent for the next three months.
Account(s) debited 1260
Account(s) credited 1100
Transaction type 1
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) Rite Shoes was involved in the transactions described below. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entry for each transaction. If an entry is not required, state "No Entry." 1. Purchased $8,200 of inventory on account. 2. Paid weekly salaries, $920. 3. Recorded sales for the first week: Cash: $7,100; On account: $5,300. 4. Paid for inventory purchased in event (1). 5. Placed an order for $6,200 of inventory. Answer: 1. Inventory 8,200 Accounts payable 8,200 2. Salaries expense 920 Cash 920 3. Cash 7,100 Accounts receivable 5,300 Sales revenue 12,400 4. Accounts payable 8,200 Cash 8,200 5. No Entry. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Prepare journal entries to record the following transactions of Daisy King Ice Cream Company. If an entry is not required, state "No Entry." 1. Started business by issuing 10,000 shares of common stock for $20,000. 2. Leased a building for three years at $500 per month and paid six months' rent in advance. 3. Purchased equipment for $5,400, signing a two-year, 10% note. 4. Purchased $1,800 of supplies on account. 5. Recorded cash sales of $800 for the first week. 6. Paid weekly salaries, $320. 7. Paid for supplies purchased in item (5). 8. Recorded depreciation on equipment, $50. Answer: 1. Cash 20,000 Common stock 20,000 2. Prepaid rent 3,000 Cash 3,000 3. Equipment 5,400 Notes payable 5,400 4. Supplies inventory 1,800 Accounts payable 1,800 5. Cash 800 Sales revenue 800 6. Salaries expense 320 Cash 320 7. Accounts payable 1,800 Cash 1,800 8. Depreciation expense 50 Accumulated depreciation 50 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-03 Analyze and record transactions using journal entries. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
118) Flint Hills, Inc. has prepared a year-end 2021 trial balance. Certain accounts in the trial balance do not reflect all activities that have occurred. Required: Prepare adjusting journal entries, as needed, for the following items. 1. The Supplies account shows a balance of $540, but a count of supplies reveals only $210 on hand. 2. Flint Hills initially records the payments of all insurance premiums as expenses. The trial balance shows a balance of $420 in Insurance expense. A review of insurance policies reveals that $125 of insurance is unexpired. 3. Flint Hills employees work Monday through Friday, and salaries of $2,400 per week are paid each Friday. Flint Hills' year-end falls on Tuesday. 4. On December 31, 2021, Flint Hills received a utility bill for December electricity usage of $190 that will be paid in early January of 2022. Answer: 1. Supplies expense 330 Supplies 330 2. Prepaid insurance 125 Insurance expense 125 3. Salaries expense 960 Salaries payable 960 4. Utilities expense 190 Utilities payable 190 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) The following is selected financial information for D. Kay Dental Laboratories for 2020 and 2021:
Retained earnings, January 1 Net income Dividends declared and paid Common stock
2020 $53,000 37,000 15,000 70,000
2021 ? 42,000 18,000 ?
Kay issued 2,000 shares of additional common stock in 2021 for $20,000. There were no other shareholder transactions. Required: Prepare a statement of shareholders' equity for D. Kay Dental Laboratories for the year ended December 31, 2021. Answer:
Balance, January 1, 2021 Issue of common stock Net income for 2021 Less: Dividends Balance, December 31, 2021
D. Kay Dental Laboratories Statement of Shareholders' Equity For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Total Common Retained Shareholders' Stock Earnings Equity $70,000 $75,000* $145,000 20,000 20,000 42,000 _______ − 18,000 − 18,000 $ 90,000 $ 99,000 $189,000
* Beginning balance, Retained Earnings = Ending balance at December 31, 2020: $53,000 + $37,000 − $15,000 = $75,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Financial statement―Shareholders equity Learning Objective: 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
120) The Yankel Corporation's controller prepares adjusting entries only at the end of the fiscal year. The following adjusting entries were prepared on December 31, 2021:
Interest expense Interest payable
Debit 1,800
Credit 1,800
Insurance expense Prepaid insurance
60,000
Interest receivable Interest revenue
3,000
60,000
3,000
Additional information: 1. The company borrowed $30,000 on June 30, 2021. Principal and interest are due on June 30, 2022. This note is the company's only interest-bearing debt. 2. Insurance for the year on the company's office buildings is $90,000. The insurance is paid in advance. 3. On August 31, 2021, Yankel lent money to a customer. The customer signed a note with principal and interest at 9% due in one year. Required: Determine the following: 1. What is the interest rate on the company's note payable? 2. The 2021 insurance payment was made at the beginning of which month? 3. How much did Yankel lend its customer on August 31?
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. $1,800 represents six months of interest on a $30,000 note, or 50% of annual interest. $1,800 ÷ .50 = $3,600 in annual interest $3,600 ÷ $30,000 = 12% interest rate Or, Principal × Rate × Time = Interest $30,000 × Rate × 6/12 = $1,800 $1,800 ÷ $30,000 = .06 six-month rate To annualize the nine month rate: .06 × 12/6 =.12 or 12% 2. $90,000 ÷ 12 months = $7,500 per month in insurance $60,000 ÷ $7,500 = 8 months expired. The insurance was paid on May 1, eight months ago. 3. Principal × Rate × Time = Interest Principal × 9% × (4/12) = $3,000 Principal × 3% = $3,000 Principal = $100,000 Or $3,000 represents four months (September through December) in accrued interest, or $750 per month. $750 × 12 months = $9,000 in annual interest Principal × 9% = $9,000 Principal = $9,000 ÷ .09 = $100,000 note Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Analyze updating-Record adjusting entry; Determine account balance-Analyze entries Learning Objective: 02-05 Identify and describe the different types of adjusting journal entries.; 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format, post entries, and prepare an adjusted trial balance. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Suppose that Laramie Company's adjusted trial balance ignored the following information. For each item of information, indicate what effects, if any, these omissions would have on the stated components of Laramie Company's 2021 Income Statement and 12/31/2021 Balance Sheet. Assume no income taxes. Use the following code for your answers and be sure to include the dollar amounts of the effects next to the letter O or U: N = No Effect O = Overstated U = Understated 121) Additional Information $2,000 interest on a loan was not yet paid or recorded
12/31/2021 Assets
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
Answer: Additional 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 2021 Information Assets Liabilities Owners' Equity Net Income $2,000 interest on a N U2,000 O2,000 O2,000 loan was not yet paid or recorded Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine account balance-Analyze entries; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format; post entries; and prepare an adjusted trial balance; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) Additional 12/31/2021 Information Assets The estimated uncollectible accounts receivable is now zero and should be $25,000.
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
Answer: Additional 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 2021 Information Assets Liabilities Owners' Equity Net Income The estimated O25,000 N O25,000 O25,000 uncollectible accounts receivable is now zero and should be $25,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish among financial statements; Determine account balance-Analyze entries Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format; post entries; and prepare an adjusted trial balance; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
123) Additional Information $10,000 of the paid and recorded rent expense pertains to the year 2022.
Answer: Additional Information $10,000 of the paid and recorded rent expense pertains to the year 2022.
12/31/2021 Assets
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
12/31/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 2021 Assets Liabilities Owners' Equity Net Income U10,000 N U10,000 U10,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine account balance-Analyze entries; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format; post entries; and prepare an adjusted trial balance; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) Additional Information $20,000 in depreciation on some equipment was still unrecorded.
12/31/2021 Assets
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
Answer: Additional 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 2021 Information Assets Liabilities Owners' Equity Net Income $20,000 in O20,000 N O20,000 O20,000 depreciation on some equipment was still unrecorded. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish among financial statements; Determine account balance-Analyze entries Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format; post entries; and prepare an adjusted trial balance; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) Additional 12/31/2021 Information Assets $4,000 in cash dividends declared and paid in December 2021 were unrecorded.
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
Answer: Additional 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 2021 Information Assets Liabilities Owners' Equity Net Income $4,000 in cash O4,000 N O4,000 N dividends declared and paid in December 2021 were unrecorded. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine account balance-Analyze entries; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format; post entries; and prepare an adjusted trial balance; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: You are reviewing O'Brian Co.'s adjusted trial balance for the year ended 12/31/2021. You notice several omissions and incorrect items during your review, some of which are noted below. For each one, you are to determine what effect, if any, these items would have on the stated components of O'Brian Co.'s 2021 Income Statement and 12/31/2021 Balance Sheet if they are not corrected or updated. Assume no income taxes. Use the following code for your answers. Don't include dollar amounts. N = No Effect O = Overstated U = Understated 126) Additional 12/31/2021 Information Assets Uncollectible accounts of $7,000, as a percentage of sales, are estimated at the end of the year. The entry has not been recorded.
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
Answer: Additional 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 2021 Information Assets Liabilities Owners' Equity Net Income Uncollectible O N O O accounts of $7,000, as a percentage of sales, are estimated at the end of the year. The entry has not been recorded. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine account balance-Analyze entries; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format; post entries; and prepare an adjusted trial balance; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
127) Additional Information The journal entry for depreciation on equipment for 2021 was recorded for $48,000. The amount should have been $66,000.
12/31/2021 Assets
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
Answer: Additional 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 2021 Information Assets Liabilities Owners' Equity Net Income The journal entry for O N O O depreciation on equipment for 2021 was recorded for $48,000. The amount should have been $66,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish among financial statements; Determine account balance-Analyze entries Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format; post entries; and prepare an adjusted trial balance; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) Additional Information Cash dividends declared and paid on December 15, 2021, were not recorded.
Answer: Additional Information Cash dividends declared and paid on December 15, 2021, were not recorded.
12/31/2021 Assets
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
12/31/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 2021 Assets Liabilities Owners' Equity Net Income O N O N
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determine account balance-Analyze entries; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format; post entries; and prepare an adjusted trial balance; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) Additional 12/31/2021 Information Assets $10,000 of the rent revenue collected and recorded as revenue this year pertains to 2022.
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
Answer: Additional 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 2021 Information Assets Liabilities Owners' Equity Net Income $10,000 of the rent N U O O revenue collected and recorded as revenue this year pertains to 2022. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine account balance-Analyze entries; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format; post entries; and prepare an adjusted trial balance; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
130) Additional Information Interest recognized during the year on a note receivable was not yet collected or recorded.
Answer: Additional Information Interest recognized during the year on a note receivable was not yet collected or recorded.
12/31/2021 Assets
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
12/31/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 2021 Assets Liabilities Owners' Equity Net Income U N U U
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine account balance-Analyze entries; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format; post entries; and prepare an adjusted trial balance; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
131) Additional 12/31/2021 Information Assets Supplies purchased during the year for $1,000 cash were recorded by a debit to Supplies Expense and a credit to Cash. Only $200 of supplies remain at the end of the year, but no further entries have been recorded.
12/31/2021 Liabilities
12/31/2021 2021 Owners' Equity Net Income
Answer: Additional 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 2021 Information Assets Liabilities Owners' Equity Net Income Supplies purchased U N U U during the year for $1,000 cash were recorded by a debit to Supplies Expense and a credit to Cash. Only $200 of supplies remain at the end of the year, but no further entries have been recorded. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determine account balance-Analyze entries; Distinguish among financial statements Learning Objective: 02-06 Record adjusting journal entries in general journal format; post entries; and prepare an adjusted trial balance; 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The adjusted trial balance for China Tea Company at December 31, 2021, is presented below:
Cash Accounts receivable Prepaid rent Inventory Equipment Accumulated depreciation–equipment Accounts payable Notes payable–due in three months Salaries payable Interest payable Common stock Retained earnings Dividends Sales revenue Costs of goods sold Salaries expense Rent expense Depreciation expense Interest expense Advertising expense Totals
Debit 10,500 150,000 5,000 25,000 300,000
Credit
125,000 30,000 30,000 4,000 9,000 200,000 50,000 8,000 400,000 180,000 120,000 15,000 30,000 2,000 2,500 848,000
_______ 848,000
84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) Prepare the closing entries for China Tea Company for the year ended December 31, 2021. Answer: 1. Sales revenue Retained earnings 2. Retained earnings Cost of goods sold Salaries expense Rent expense Depreciation expense Interest expense Advertising expense 3. Retained earnings Dividends
400,000 400,000 349,500 180,000 120,000 15,000 30,000 2,000 2,500 8,000 8,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: The closing process Learning Objective: 02-08 Explain the closing process. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
133) Prepare an income statement for China Tea Company for the year ended December 31, 2021. Answer: China Tea Company Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Sales revenue $400,000 Cost of goods sold 180,000 Gross profit 220,000 Operating expenses: Salaries expense $120,000 Rent expense 15,000 Depreciation expense 30,000 Advertising expense 2,500 Total operating expenses 167,500 Operating income 52,500 Other expense: Interest expense (2,000) Net income $ 50,500 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Financial statement―Income Statement Learning Objective: 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
86 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) Prepare a classified balance sheet for China Tea Company as of December 31, 2021. Answer: China Tea Company Balance Sheet At December 31, 2021 Assets Current assets: Cash Accounts receivable Inventory Prepaid rent Total current assets Property and equipment: Equipment Less: Accumulated depreciation Total assets Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable Notes payable Salaries payable Interest payable Total current liabilities Shareholders' equity: Common stock Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$ 10,500 150,000 25,000 5,000 190,500 300,000 125,000
175,000 $365,500
$ 30,000 30,000 4,000 9,000 73,000 $200,000 92,500 292,500 $365,500
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Financial statement―Balance sheet Learning Objective: 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
87 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The following information, based on the 12/31/2021 Annual Report to Shareholders of Krafty Foods ($ in millions): Accounts payable Accounts receivable (net) Accrued liabilities Cash and cash equivalents Cost of goods sold Other current payables Current portion of long-term debt Other long-term liabilities Retained earnings as of 12/31/2021 Goodwill and other intangible assets (net) Salaries expense Interest and other debt expense, net Inventories Long-term debt Long-term notes payable Marketing, general and administration expenses Operating revenues Other current assets Other noncurrent assets Other shareholders' equity Common stock Property, plant and equipment (net) Short-term borrowings
1,897 3,131 4,105 162 17,531 1,652 540 10,311 2,391 35,957 1,565 1,437 3,026 8,134 5,000 11,460 33,875 687 3,726 (2,568) 23,655 9,109 681
88 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) Based on the information presented above, prepare the Income Statement for Krafty Foods for the year ended December 31, 2021. Answer: Krafty Foods Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 ($ in millions) Operating revenues Cost of goods sold Gross profit Salaries expense Marketing, general and administration expenses Operating income Interest and other debt expense, net Net income
$33,875 17,531 16,344 1,565 11,460 3,319 1,437 $ 1,882
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Financial statement―Income Statement Learning Objective: 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
89 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
136) Based on the information presented above, prepare the 12/31/2021 Balance Sheet for Krafty Foods. Answer: Krafty Foods Balance Sheet At December 31, 2021 ($ in millions) Assets Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents Accounts receivable (net) Inventories Other current assets Total current assets Property, plant and equipment (net) Goodwill and other intangible assets (net) Other noncurrent assets Total assets Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity Accounts payable Accrued liabilities Short-term borrowings Other current payables Current portion of long-term debt Total current liabilities Long-term debt Other long-term liabilities Long-term notes payable Total liabilities Common stock Retained earnings Other shareholders' equity Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$162 3,131 3,026 687 7,006 9,109 35,957 3,726 $55,798
$ 1,897 4,105 681 1,652 540 8,875 8,134 10,311 5,000 32,320 $23,655 2,391 (2,568) 23,478 $55,798
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Financial statement―Balance sheet Learning Objective: 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 90 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The December 31, 2021 (pre-closing) adjusted trial balance for Kline Enterprises was as follows: Account Title Accounts payable Accounts receivable Accumulated depreciation – equipment Common stock Cash Cost of goods sold Depreciation expense Equipment Interest expense Inventory Note payable (due in six months) Rent expense Retained earnings Salaries payable Sales revenue Salaries expense TOTALS
Debits
Credits 90,000
170,000 260,000 490,000 26,000 480,000 60,000 700,000 4,000 150,000 60,000 30,000 62,000 8,000 770,000 120,000 1,740,000
1,740,000
137) Assuming no income taxes, compute the following, and place your answer in the space provided: Kline's 2021 net income (or loss). Answer: Kline's 2021 net income (or loss) = $76,000 Computation: 770,000 − $480,000 − $60,000 − $4,000 − $30,000 − $120,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Financial statement―Income Statement Learning Objective: 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
91 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
138) Assuming no income taxes, compute the following, and place your answer in the space provided: Kline's 12/31/2021 total current assets. Answer: Kline's 12/31/2021 total current assets = $346,000 Computation: $26,000 + $170,000 + $150,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Financial statement―Balance sheet Learning Objective: 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 139) Assuming no income taxes, compute the following, and place your answer in the space provided. Kline's 12/31/2021 total current liabilities: Answer: Kline's 12/31/2021 total current liabilities = $158,000 Computation: $90,000 + $60,000 + $8,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Financial statement―Balance sheet Learning Objective: 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 140) Assuming no income taxes, compute the following, and place your answer in the space provided: Kline's 12/31/2021 total shareholders' equity. Answer: Kline's 12/31/2021 total owners' equity = $628,000 Computation: $490,000 + $62,000 + $76,000 (Net Income), (or Total Assets − Total Liabilities) Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Financial statement―Balance sheet Learning Objective: 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
92 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) Presented below is income statement and dividend information of the Nebraska Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2021. Sales revenue Salaries expense Dividend revenue Miscellaneous expense Loss on sale of investments Dividends
$620,000 90,000 3,000 12,000 8,000 5,000
Cost of goods sold Insurance expense Depreciation expense Administrative expense Rent expense
$355,000 20,000 18,000 35,000 10,000
Required: Prepare the necessary closing entries at December 31, 2021. Answer: December 31, 2021 Sales revenue Dividend revenue Retained earnings
620,000 3,000
Retained earnings Loss on sale of investments Salaries expense Miscellaneous expense Cost of goods sold Insurance expense Depreciation expense Administrative expense Rent expense
548,000
Retained earnings Dividends
623,000
8,000 90,000 12,000 355,000 20,000 18,000 35,000 10,000 5,000 5,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: The closing process Learning Objective: 02-08 Explain the closing process. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
93 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
142) Raintree Corporation maintains its records on a cash basis. At the end of each year the company's accountant obtains the necessary information to prepare accrual basis financial statements. The following cash flows occurred during the year ended December 31, 2021: Cash receipts: From customers Interest on note Issue of common stock Total cash receipts
$450,000 3,000 50,000 $503,000
Cash disbursements: Purchase of merchandise Annual insurance payment Payment of salaries Dividends paid to shareholders Annual rent payment Total cash disbursements
$220,000 9,000 180,000 6,000 12,000 $427,000
Selected balance sheet information:
Cash Accounts receivable Inventory Prepaid insurance Prepaid rent Interest receivable Note receivable Equipment Accumulated depreciation–equipment Accounts payable (for merchandise) Salaries payable Common stock Dividends
12/31/2020 12/31/2021 $25,000 $101,000 42,000 70,000 60,000 82,000 2,000 ? 7,000 ? 1,500 ? 50,000 50,000 150,000 150,000 (40,000) (55,000) 50,000 62,000 20,000 28,000 200,000 250,000 0 6,000
Additional information: 1. On June 30, 2020, Raintree lent a customer $50,000. Interest at 6% is payable annually on each June 30. Principal is due in 2024. 2. The annual insurance payment is made in advance on March 31. 3. Annual rent on the company's facilities is paid in advance on September 30.
94 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Required: 1. Prepare an accrual basis income statement for 2021 (ignore income taxes). 2. Determine the following balance sheet amounts on December 31, 2021: a. Interest receivable b. Prepaid insurance c. Prepaid rent Answer: 1. Sales revenue: Cash collected from customers Add: Increase in accounts receivable Sales revenue Interest revenue: Cash received Add: Amount accrued at the end of 2021 ($50,000 × .06 × 6/12) Deduct: Amount accrued at the end of 2020 Interest revenue Cost of goods sold: Cash paid for merchandise Add: Increase in accounts payable Purchases during 2021 Deduct: Increase in inventory Cost of goods sold Insurance expense: Cash paid Add: Prepaid insurance expired during 2021 Deduct: Prepaid insurance on 12/31/2021 ($9,000 × 3/12) Insurance expense Salaries expense: Cash paid Add: Increase in salaries payable Salaries expense Rent expense: Amount paid Add: Prepaid rent on 12/31/2020 expired during 2021 Deduct: Prepaid rent on 12/31/2021 ($12,000 × 9/12) Rent expense Depreciation expense: Increase in accumulated depreciation
$450,000 28,000 $478,000 $3,000 1,500 (1,500) $3,000
(a)
$220,000 12,000 232,000 (22,000) $210,000 $9,000 2,000 (2,250) $8,750
(b)
$180,000 8,000 $188,000 $12,000 7,000 (9,000) $10,000 $15,000
(c)
95 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Raintree Corporation Income statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Sales revenue Cost of goods sold Gross profit Operating expenses: Insurance Salaries Rent Depreciation Total operating expenses Operating income Other income (expense): Interest revenue Net income 2. a. b. c.
Interest receivable (1/2 year × 3,000) Prepaid insurance (1/4 year × 9,000) Prepaid rent (3/4 year × 12,000)
$478,000 210,000 268,000 $8,750 188,000 10,000 15,000 221,750 46,250 3,000 $49,250
$ 1,500 2,250 9,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Convert cash basis to accrual basis; Determine account balance―Analyze entries; Financial statement―Income Statement Learning Objective: 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements; 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
96 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) Silicon Chip Company's fiscal year-end is December 31. At the end of 2021, it owed employees $22,000 in salaries that will be paid on January 7, 2022. Required: 1. Prepare an adjusting entry to record accrued salaries, a reversing entry on January 1, 2022, and an entry to record the payment of salaries on January 7, 2022. 2. Prepare journal entries to record the accrued salaries on December 31, 2021 and the payment of salaries on January 7, 2022, assuming a reversing entry is not recorded. Answer: 1. December 31–adjusting entry Salaries expense Salaries payable
22,000 22,000
January 1–reversing entry Salaries payable Salaries expense
22,000
January 7–payment of salaries Salaries expense Cash
22,000
2. December 31–adjusting entry Salaries expense Salaries payable January 7–payment of salaries Salaries payable Cash
22,000
22,000
22,000 22,000
22,000 22,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Reversing entries―Appendix B Learning Objective: Appendix 2B Reversing Entries. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
97 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
144) Describe the difference between external events and internal events, and provide two examples of each. Answer: External events involve an exchange between the company and a separate economic entity. Examples include purchasing inventory on account or borrowing money from a bank. Internal events directly affect the financial position of the company but do not involve exchange transactions with another entity. Examples include depreciation of equipment or use of supplies. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Account relationships and records Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking 145) Describe what is meant by deferred revenue and provide two examples. Answer: Deferred revenue is created when a company receives cash from a customer for goods or services that will be provided in a future period. Examples include magazine subscriptions received in advance by a publishing company or rent received in advance by a property leasing company. A liability exists because of the obligation to provide the service. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Identify type of adjustment; Analyze transaction-Record journal entry Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts; 02-05 Identify and describe the different types of adjusting journal entries. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking 146) Describe what is meant by prepaid expenses and provide two examples. Answer: Prepaid expenses represent assets recorded when a cash disbursement creates benefits beyond the current period. Examples include insurance or rent paid in advance of use. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze transaction-Record journal entry; Analyze updating-Identify type of adjustment Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts; 02-05 Identify and describe the different types of adjusting journal entries. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
98 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
147) What is an accrued liability? Answer: An accrued liability results from an expense being incurred prior to cash payment. Examples include interest payable and salaries payable. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Analyze updating-Identify type of adjustment Learning Objective: 02-05 Identify and describe the different types of adjusting journal entries. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking 148) What is the difference between permanent accounts and temporary accounts, and why does an accounting system have both types of accounts? Answer: Permanent accounts represent assets, liabilities, and shareholders' equity at a point in time. Temporary accounts represent changes in retained earnings caused by dividend, revenue, expense, and gain and loss accounts. The temporary accounts are closed out annually to facilitate measuring income on an annual basis. Temporary accounts are a convenience to aid the preparation of financial statements by recording revenues and expenses in these accounts rather than directly into retained earnings. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Account relationships and records Learning Objective: 02-01 Understand routine economic events-transactions-and determine their effects on a company's financial position and on specific accounts. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking 149) What is the purpose of the statement of cash flows? List the three major categories of cash flows and give an example of a cash transaction for each category. Answer: The purpose of the statement of cash flows is to summarize the transactions that caused cash to change during the reporting period. The statement of cash flows summarizes cash flows in three categories: operating, investing, and financing. Operating activities include cash flows related to transactions entering into the determination of net income, such as cash collections from customers, payments for purchases, and other receipts, such as interest and dividends. Investing activities include purchasing and selling equipment or certain investment securities. Financing activities include borrowing or repaying loans, issuing stock, and payment of dividends. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Financial statement―Cash flow Learning Objective: 02-07 Describe the four basic financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking 99 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
150) What is the purpose of the closing process? Answer: The closing process serves a dual purpose: (1) the temporary accounts are reduced to a zero balance, ready to measure activity in the next accounting period, and (2) the balances of these temporary accounts are transferred to retained earnings to reflect the changes that have occurred in that account during the period. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: The closing process Learning Objective: 02-08 Explain the closing process. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
100 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
151) Claymore Corporation maintains its book on a cash basis. During 2021, the company collected $825,000 in fees from its clients and paid $512,000 in expenses. You are able to determine the following information about accounts receivable, supplies, prepaid rent, salaries payable, and interest payable:
Accounts receivable Supplies Prepaid rent Salaries payable Interest payable
January 1, 2021 December 31, 2021 $110,000 $120,000 15,000 18,000 12,000 11,000 16,500 14,200 4,000 5,500
In addition, 2021 depreciation expense on office equipment is $55,000. Required: Determine accrual-basis net income for 2021. Answer: Cash basis net income ($825,000 – 512,000) Add: Increase in accounts receivable ($120,000 – 110,000) Increase in supplies ($18,000 – 15,000) Decrease in salaries payable ($16,500 – 14,200) Deduct: Depreciation expense Decrease in prepaid rent ($12,000 – 11,000) Increase in interest payable ($5,500 – 4,000) Accrual-basis net income
$313,000 10,000 3,000 2,300 (55,000) (1,000) (1,500) $270,800
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Convert cash basis to accrual basis Learning Objective: 02-09 Convert from cash-basis net income to accrual-basis net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
101 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
152) The accounting system of Carlton and Sons consists of a general journal (GJ), a cash receipts journal (CR), a cash disbursements journal (CD), a sales journal (SJ), and a purchases journal (PJ). For each of the following, indicate which journal should be used to record the transaction. Transaction 1. Received interest on a loan. 2. Received cash for services to be provided next month. 3. Purchased equipment for cash. 4. Purchased merchandise on account. 5. Sold merchandise on credit (the sale only, not the cost of the merchandise). 6. Sold merchandise for cash (the sale only, not the cost of the merchandise). 7. Paid advertising bill. 8. Recorded accrued salaries payable. 9. Paid bill for utilities usage. 10. Recorded depreciation expense. 11. Sold equipment for cash. 12. Collected cash from customers on account. 13. Paid employee salaries. 14. Paid interest on a loan.
Journal ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________
102 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: Transaction 1.Received interest on a loan. 2.Received cash for services to be provided next month. 3.Purchased equipment for cash. 4.Purchased merchandise on account. 5.Sold merchandise on credit (the sale only, not the cost of the merchandise). 6.Sold merchandise for cash (the sale only, not the cost of the merchandise). 7. Paid advertising bill. 8. Recorded accrued salaries payable. 9. Paid bill for utilities usage. 10. Recorded depreciation expense. 11. Sold equipment for cash. 12. Collected cash from customers on account. 13. Paid employee salaries. 14. Paid interest on a loan.
Journal CR CR CD PJ SJ CR CD GJ CD GJ CR CR CD CD
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Subsidiary ledgers―Special journals―Appendix C Learning Objective: Appendix 2C Subsidiary Ledgers and Special Journals. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
103 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland)
Chapter 3
The Balance Sheet and Financial Disclosures
1) The balance sheet reports a company's financial position at a point in time. 2) A company's market value is generally less than its book value. 3) All current assets are either cash or assets that will be converted into cash or consumed within 12 months or the operating cycle, whichever is longer. 4) The balance of net receivables represents the amount expected to be collected. 5) Prepaid expenses are classified as current assets if the services purchased are expected to expire within 12 months or the operating cycle, whichever is longer. 6) Assets classified as property, plant, and equipment include machinery, equipment, and inventory. 7) Intangible assets usually are reported in the balance sheet as current assets. 8) Accrued salaries and wages in a balance sheet represent salaries that have been earned by employees but not yet paid. 9) The criteria for determining which items comprise cash equivalents often is disclosed in the summary of significant accounting policies. 10) Payment terms, interest rates, and other details of long-term liabilities usually are reported in disclosure notes. 11) Subsequent events are significant developments that take place after a company's year-end, and after the financial statements are issued or available to be issued. 12) The details of transactions between the company and its owners' family members do not need to be disclosed separately in the notes to the financial statements. 13) The ultimate responsibility for the financial statements lies with the auditors. 14) The compensation of top executives is disclosed in the proxy statement. 15) Horizontal analysis involves expressing each item in the financial statements as a percentage of an appropriate total, or base amount, within the same year. 16) Vertical analysis involves expressing each item in the financial statements as a percentage of an appropriate total, or base amount, within the same year.
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
17) An example of vertical analysis would be comparing inventory this year to inventory last year to calculate the percentage change in inventory. 18) An example of vertical analysis would be stating each individual asset as a percentage of total assets. 19) Liquidity refers to the riskiness of a company with regard to the amount of total assets in its capital structure. 20) A payment on account has no effect on working capital but will increase the current ratio if it is already greater than 1.0. 21) Balance sheets prepared under IFRS often report long-term items before current items. 22) Balance sheets prepared under IFRS often exclude a shareholders' equity section. 23) Segment reporting requires disclosure of each customer that accounts for more than 5% of total enterprise revenue. 24) The balance sheet reports: A) Net income at a point in time. B) Cash flows for a period of time. C) Assets and equities at a point in time. D) Assets and liabilities for a period of time. 25) Which financial statement provides information for a point in time only? A) Statement of cash flows. B) Income statement. C) Statement of shareholders' equity. D) Balance sheet. 26) A classified balance sheet: A) Shows only current assets and current liabilities. B) Shows changes in assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. C) Contains confidential information. D) Shows subtotals for current assets and current liabilities. 27) Which of the following is a primary reason a company's book value is less than its market value? A) Management recording errors. B) Many valuable resources of the company are not recorded as assets. C) Land and buildings are valued at their fair value. D) Investors tend to be too optimistic about a company's growth opportunities.
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
28) Which of the following potentially limit the usefulness of the balance sheet? A) Many valuable resources of the company are not recorded as assets. B) Many items in the balance sheet reflect estimates and judgments of management. C) Property, plant, and equipment are recorded at their book values rather than fair values. D) All of the other answers represent potential limitations. 29) Current assets include cash and all other assets expected to become cash or be consumed: A) Within one year. B) Within one operating cycle. C) Within one year or one operating cycle, whichever is shorter. D) Within one year or one operating cycle, whichever is longer. 30) A company would classify a six-month prepaid insurance policy as: A) Property, plant, and equipment. B) Investment. C) Current asset. D) Goodwill. 31) An asset that is generally not expected to be converted to cash or consumed within one year or the operating cycle, whichever is longer, is: A) Building. B) Accounts receivable. C) Inventory. D) Supplies. 32) Long-term solvency refers to: A) The efficiency with which a company manages its resources. B) The profitability of a company over a long-term period of time. C) The amount of current assets relative to long-term assets. D) The risk that a company will not be able to pay its long-term debt. 33) Which is a shareholders' equity account in the balance sheet? A) Accumulated depreciation. B) Paid-in capital. C) Salaries payable. D) Accounts receivable. 34) Rent collected in advance is: A) An asset account in the balance sheet. B) A liability account in the balance sheet. C) A shareholders' equity account in the balance sheet. D) A temporary account, not in the balance sheet at all.
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
35) Notes payable that are due in two years are: A) Current liabilities. B) Long-term intangible assets. C) Long-term liabilities. D) Long-term investments. 36) Which of the following is not a current liability account? A) Accrued payroll. B) Dividends payable. C) Prepaid rent. D) Subscriptions collected in advance from customers. 37) New Oaks Winery requires two months to make wine, two years to age it, one month to bottle it, two months to sell it, and one month to collect the receivable. Its operating cycle is: A) Twelve months. B) Thirty months. C) Six months. D) Three months. 38) Long-term assets generally include: A) Inventory held for sale. B) Prepaid rent. C) Accounts receivable. D) Land held for a possible future plant site. 39) Long-term productive assets used in the normal course of business are typically classified as: A) Current assets. B) Investments. C) Intangible assets. D) Property, plant and equipment. 40) Patents, copyrights, franchises, and trademarks are examples of: A) Current assets. B) Investments. C) Intangible assets. D) Property, plant and equipment.
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) The following information is provided for a company.
Accounts payable Buildings Cash Accounts receivable Salaries payable Retained earnings Supplies Notes payable (due in 18 months) Interest payable Common stock
$ 15,000 80,000 10,500 9,500 4,500 47,500 40,000 35,000 3,000 35,000
What is the amount of current assets, assuming the accounts above reflect normal activity? A) $20,000. B) $60,000. C) $140,000. D) $175,000. 42) The following information is provided for a company. All liabilities are due to be satisfied within one year unless stated otherwise.
Retained earnings Supplies Equipment Accounts receivable Deferred revenue Accounts payable Common stock Notes payable (due in 18 months) Interest payable Cash
$ 52,000 37,000 72,000 9,000 6,000 15,000 25,000 35,000 7,000 22,000
What is the amount of current liabilities? A) $63,000. B) $28,000. C) $46,000. D) $22,000.
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
43) The following information is provided for Sacks Company.
Cash Supplies Prepaid rent Salaries expense Equipment Service revenue Miscellaneous expenses Dividends Accounts payable Common stock Retained earnings
$ 12,000 4,500 2,000 4,500 65,000 30,000 20,000 3,000 5,000 68,000 8,000
What is the amount of total assets? A) $81,500. B) $82,500. C) $68,500. D) $83,500. 44) The following information is provided for Sacks Company.
Cash Supplies Prepaid rent Salaries expense Equipment Service revenue Miscellaneous expenses Dividends Accounts payable Common stock Retained earnings
$ 12,000 4,500 2,000 4,500 65,000 30,000 20,000 3,000 5,000 68,000 8,000
What is the amount of total liabilities? A) $5,000. B) $78,500. C) $68,500. D) $83,500.
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) The following information is provided for Sacks Company before closing entries.
Cash Supplies Prepaid rent Salaries expense Equipment Service revenue Miscellaneous expenses Dividends Accounts payable Common stock Retained earnings
$ 12,000 4,500 2,000 4,500 65,000 30,000 20,000 3,000 5,000 68,000 8,000
What is the amount of total shareholders' equity? A) $5,000. B) $78,500. C) $68,500. D) $83,500. 46) Consider the following items: • • • • • • • • • •
Land Accounts Receivable Notes Payable (due in three years) Accounts Payable Retained Earnings Prepaid Rent Deferred Revenue Buildings Notes Payable (due in six months) Equipment
How many of the items listed above are generally long-term assets? A) Two. B) Three. C) Four. D) Five.
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
47) Listed below are year-end account balances ($ in millions) taken from the records of Symphony Stores.
Accounts receivable Building and equipment Cash Interest receivable Inventory Land Notes receivable (long-term) Prepaid rent Supplies Trademark Accounts payable Accumulated depreciation Additional paid-in capital Dividends payable Common stock (at par) Income tax payable Notes payable (long-term) Retained earnings Deferred revenue TOTALS
Debit 710 920 39 30 16 150 450 20 8 40
2,383
Credit
560 80 485 30 15 65 800 308 40 2,383
What would Symphony report as total current assets? A) $823 million. B) $838 million. C) $863 million. D) $1,696 million.
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) Listed below are year-end account balances ($ in millions) taken from the records of Symphony Stores.
Accounts receivable Building and equipment Cash Interest receivable Inventory Land Notes receivable (long-term) Prepaid rent Supplies Trademark Accounts payable Accumulated depreciation Additional paid-in capital Dividends payable Common stock (at par) Income tax payable Notes payable (long-term) Retained earnings Deferred revenue TOTALS
Debit 710 920 39 30 16 150 450 20 8 40
2,383
Credit
560 80 485 30 15 65 800 308 40 2,383
What would Symphony report as total assets? A) $2,463 million. B) $2,383 million. C) $2,318 million. D) $2,303 million.
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
49) Listed below are year-end account balances ($ in millions) taken from the records of Symphony Stores.
Accounts receivable Building and equipment Cash Interest receivable Inventory Land Notes receivable (long-term) Prepaid rent Supplies Trademark Accounts payable Accumulated depreciation Additional paid-in capital Dividends payable Common stock (at par) Income tax payable Notes payable (long-term) Retained earnings Deferred revenue TOTALS
Debit 710 920 39 30 16 150 450 20 8 40
Credit
2,383
560 80 485 30 15 65 800 308 40 2,383
What would Symphony report as total shareholders' equity? A) $323 million. B) $808 million. C) $838 million. D) $928 million.
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) Listed below are year-end account balances ($ in millions) taken from the records of Symphony Stores.
Accounts receivable Building and equipment Cash Interest receivable Inventory Land Notes receivable (long-term) Prepaid rent Supplies Trademark Accounts payable Accumulated depreciation Additional paid-in capital Dividends payable Common stock (at par) Income tax payable Notes payable (long-term) Retained earnings Deferred revenue TOTALS
Debit 710 920 39 30 16 150 450 20 8 40
2,383
Credit
560 80 485 30 15 65 800 308 40 2,383
What is the amount of working capital for Symphony? A) $148 million. B) $158 million. C) $128 million. D) $113 million. 51) Assets do not include: A) Property, plant, and equipment. B) Investments. C) Paid-in capital. D) Nontrade receivables. 52) Cash equivalents would not include: A) Cash not available for current operations. B) Money market funds. C) U.S. treasury bills. D) Commercial paper.
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
53) Cash equivalents would include: A) Highly liquid investments that can be quickly converted to cash. B) Accounts receivable from customers. C) Cash restricted for special purposes such as to repay debt in the future. D) Prepaid expenses that were purchased with cash. 54) Accrued liabilities: A) Are generally paid in services rather than cash. B) Result from payment before services are received. C) Result from services received before payment is made. D) Are deferred charges to expense. 55) If a company records cash received for services to be provided in the future with a debit to Cash and a credit to Service Revenue, how will this error affect net income for the current period? A) Net income will be too low. B) Net income will be correct. C) Net income will be too high. D) Not possible to determine. 56) Janson Corporation Co.'s trial balance included the following account balances at December 31, 2021: Accounts receivable Inventory Patent Investments Prepaid insurance Notes receivable, due 2024
$ 12,000 40,000 12,000 30,000 6,000 50,000
Investments consist of treasury bills that were purchased in November, 2021, and mature in January, 2022. Prepaid insurance is for two years. What amount should be included in the current assets section of Janson's December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $88,000. B) $85,000. C) $55,000. D) $135,000.
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
57) Lanson Corporation Co.'s trial balance included the following account balances at December 31, 2021: Accounts payable Bonds payable, due 2030 Salaries payable Notes payable, due 2022 Notes payable, due 2026
$ 25,000 22,000 16,000 20,000 40,000
What amount should be included in the current liabilities section of Lanson's December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $63,000. B) $41,000. C) $61,000. D) $101,000. 58) The usual difference between accounts payable and notes payable is: A) Legally enforceable debt. B) Current–Long-term classification. C) Known payment terms. D) Explicitly stated interest. 59) Which of the following would be disclosed in the summary of significant accounting policies disclosure note?
a. b. c. d.
Composition of Long-term debt No Yes Yes No
Depreciation Method Yes No Yes No
A) Option a B) Option b C) Option c D) Option d 60) Which of the following is not a required disclosure for related-party transactions? A) The nature of the relationship. B) A description of the transactions. C) The amounts due from or to related parties. D) The impact of the transactions on current year's income.
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
61) Disclosure notes would not include: A) Depreciation methods used and estimated useful life. B) Definition of cash equivalents. C) Details of pension plans. D) Data to adjust the financial statements so that they are not misleading. 62) The principal concern with accounting for related-party transactions is: A) The size of the transactions. B) Differences between economic substance and legal form. C) The absence of legally binding contracts. D) The lack of accurate data to record transactions. 63) A subsequent event for an entity with a December 31, 2021, year-end would not include: A) A change in the estimated useful lives of equipment in January 2022. B) An issuance of bonds in January 2022. C) An acquisition of another company in January 2022. D) A major uncertainty at December 31, resolved in January 2022. 64) How are management's responsibility and the auditor's opinion on internal controls represented in the unqualified auditor's report?
a. b. c. d.
Management's Responsibility Not stated Stated Not stated Stated
Auditors' Responsibility Stated Stated Not stated Not stated
A) Option a B) Option b C) Option c D) Option d 65) Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting: A) Provides the auditor's opinion on the fairness of the financial statements. B) Contains personal certification of the financial statements by the company's executives. C) Contains a detailed description of compensation of the company's executives for the year. D) Provides a summary of significant accounting policies used to prepare financial statements. 66) The Management's Discussion and Analysis section of the annual report can best be described as: A) Frank but objective. B) Independent but precise. C) Legalistic and lengthy. D) Biased but informative. 14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
67) An example of fraud would be: A) Issuing a purchase order without first securing bids. B) Buying raw materials from an affiliated company. C) Knowingly classifying a material long-term receivable as a current receivable. D) Forgetting to accrue salaries payable. 68) An example of an error would be: A) Purchasing inventory from a related party. B) Counting an inventory item twice when taking a physical inventory. C) Holding back invoices so that accounts payable are understated. D) Receiving kickbacks in exchange for issuing a purchase order to a vendor. 69) An omission in the notes to the financial statements that is so serious that even a qualified opinion is not justified would result in: A) A disclaimer. B) An unqualified opinion. C) An adverse opinion. D) A consistency exception. 70) A company may compare the amount of receivables in the current year to the amount of receivables in the previous year to estimate a trend in the company's ability to collect cash from customers. This type of analysis is known as: A) Horizontal analysis. B) Time analysis. C) Vertical analysis. D) Turnover analysis. 71) To understand the components of a company's profitability, an analyst may compute the ratio of each major expense classification to total sales. This type of analysis is known as: A) Cost analysis. B) Horizontal analysis. C) Comparative analysis. D) Vertical analysis. 72) Which of the following would be an amount computed using horizontal analysis? A) The ratio of cost of goods sold to total sales for the current year. B) The percentage change in the cash balance from last year to this year. C) The difference between current assets and current liabilities at the end of the year. D) The ratio of inventory to total assets at the end of the year. 73) Liquidity refers to: A) The amount of cash on hand at a given time. B) The readiness of an asset to be converted to cash. C) The period until cash is used and refinancing becomes necessary. D) Financial leverage. 15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) Lack of long-term solvency refers to: A) Risk of nonpayment of both current and long-term liabilities. B) The length of time before long-term debt becomes due. C) The ability to refinance long-term debt when it becomes due. D) Long-term assets. 75) The current ratio is calculated as: A) Current assets divided by long-term assets. B) Current assets divided by total assets. C) Current assets divided by current liabilities. D) Current assets divided by total liabilities. 76) The acid-test ratio is also known as the: A) Current ratio. B) Debt to equity ratio. C) Times interest earned ratio. D) Quick ratio. 77) The quick ratio is typically computed as: A) The liquidity ratio divided by the equity ratio. B) Current assets minus inventory divided by current liabilities minus accounts payable. C) Current assets minus inventory and prepaid items divided by current liabilities. D) Cash divided by accounts payable. 78) Working capital is equal to: A) Current assets. B) Current liabilities. C) Current assets plus current liabilities. D) Current assets minus current liabilities. 79) Which of the following is not used when analyzing long-term solvency? A) Times interest earned ratio. B) Debt to equity ratio. C) Acid-test ratio. D) Total liabilities. 80) When a company pays its bill from a lawyer for previous services on account: A) Its debt to equity ratio always decreases. B) Its acid-test ratio always remains unchanged. C) Its current ratio always remains unchanged. D) Its working capital decreases.
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
81) When a company accrues salaries at the end of the accounting period: A) Its acid-test ratio increases. B) Its current ratio increases. C) Its debt to equity ratio decreases. D) Its debt to equity ratio increases. 82) Assume a company's liquidity ratios all are less than 1.0 before it purchases inventory on credit. When it makes the purchase: A) Its current ratio decreases. B) Its quick ratio decreases. C) Its current ratio remains unchanged. D) Its quick ratio remains unchanged. 83) When a company sells land for cash and recognizes a $25,000 gain: A) Its acid-test ratio decreases. B) Its current ratio decreases. C) Its debt to equity ratio decreases. D) Cannot determine from the given information. 84) The following partial balance sheet ($ in thousands) for Paisano Seafood Inc. is shown below. Assets Current assets: Cash Accounts receivable (net) Notes receivable Inventory Prepaid expenses Total current assets Equipment (net)
Total assets
$
60 170 50 200 25 505 255
$ 760
Liabilities and Equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable Other current liabilities Total current liabilities Long-term liabilities Total liabilities Shareholders' equity: Common stock Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and equity
$ 240 80 320 110 430 150 180 330 $ 760
The current ratio is (Round your answer to 2 decimal places.): A) 1.98. B) 1.58. C) 1.17. D) 0.66.
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) The following partial balance sheet ($ in thousands) for Paisano Seafood Inc. is shown below. Assets Current assets: Cash Accounts receivable (net) Notes receivable Inventory Prepaid expenses Total current assets Equipment (net)
Total assets
$
60 170 50 200 25 505 255
$ 760
Liabilities and Equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable Other current liabilities Total current liabilities Long-term liabilities Total liabilities Shareholders' equity: Common stock Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and equity
$ 240 80 320 110 430 150 180 330 $ 760
Working capital is: A) $505 thousand. B) $265 thousand. C) $185 thousand. D) $75 thousand. 86) The following partial balance sheet ($ in thousands) for Paisano Seafood Inc. is shown below. Assets Current assets: Cash Accounts receivable (net) Notes receivable Inventory Prepaid expenses Total current assets Equipment (net)
Total assets
$
60 170 50 200 25 505 255
$ 760
Liabilities and Equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable Other current liabilities Total current liabilities Long-term liabilities Total liabilities Shareholders' equity: Common stock Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and equity
$ 240 80 320 110 430 150 180 330 $ 760
Quick assets total: A) $60 thousand. B) $230 thousand. C) $280 thousand. D) $305 thousand.
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
87) The following partial balance sheet ($ in thousands) for Paisano Seafood Inc. is shown below. Assets Current assets: Cash Accounts receivable (net) Notes receivable Inventory Prepaid expenses Total current assets Equipment (net)
Total assets
$
60 170 50 200 25 505 255
$ 760
Liabilities and Equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable Other current liabilities Total current liabilities Long-term liabilities Total liabilities Shareholders' equity: Common stock Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and equity
$ 240 80 320 110 430 150 180 330 $ 760
The acid-test ratio is (Round your answer to 2 decimal places.): A) 0.25. B) 0.88. C) 1.17. D) 1.58. 88) Recent financial statement data for Harmony Health Foods (HHF) Inc. is shown below. Current liabilities 10% Bonds, long-term Total liabilities Shareholders' equity Common stock Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and equity
$
180 Income before interest and taxes 360 Interest expense 540 Income before tax Income tax 200 Net income 280 480 $ 1,020
$ 125 36 89 27 $ 62
HHF's debt to equity ratio is (Round your answer to 2 decimal places.): A) 0.75. B) 1.13. C) 0.53. D) 1.80.
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
89) Recent financial statement data for Harmony Health Foods (HHF) Inc. is shown below. Current liabilities 10% Bonds, long-term Total liabilities Shareholders' equity Common stock Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and equity
$
180 Income before interest and taxes 360 Interest expense 540 Income before tax Income tax 200 Net income 280 480 $ 1,020
$ 125 36 89 27 $ 62
HHF's times interest earned ratio is (Round your answer to 2 decimal places.): A) 3.47. B) 1.73. C) 2.47. D) 10.0. 90) Recent financial statement data for Harmony Health Foods (HHF) Inc. is shown below. Current liabilities 10% Bonds, long-term Total liabilities Shareholders' equity Common stock Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and equity
$
180 Income before interest and taxes 360 Interest expense 540 Income before tax Income tax 200 Net income 280 480 $ 1,020
$ 125 36 89 27 $ 62
HHF's long-term debt to equity ratio equity is: A) 133.3%. B) 75%. C) 180%. D) 0%. 91) Using borrowed funds to generate additional profits for shareholders is referred to as: A) Liquidity management. B) Operational expansion. C) Capital budgeting. D) Financial leverage.
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) A company that borrows funds at 6% and then generates a return on those funds of 9% typically has: A) Greater default risk. B) Favorable financial leverage. C) Higher return on equity. D) All of the other answers are true. 93) Which of the following features is typical of a balance sheet prepared under IFRS? A) A shareholders' equity section often is not included. B) Assets often are listed after liabilities. C) Long-term items often are listed before current items. D) Assets sometimes do not equal liabilities plus shareholders' equity. 94) For a balance sheet prepared under IFRS, long-term liabilities typically are listed: A) Just before the current assets section. B) In the shareholders' equity section. C) In the long-term asset section. D) Just before the current liabilities section. 95) Which of the following is not a required segment reporting disclosure according to U.S. GAAP? A) Segment profit or loss. B) Segment assets. C) Segment liabilities. D) General information about the operating segment. 96) Which of the following is not a required segment reporting disclosure according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)? A) Segment profit or loss. B) Segment assets. C) Segment liabilities. D) All are required disclosures. 97) Which of the following is not a characteristic that defines a reportable operating segment according to U.S. GAAP? A) Operating results are regularly reviewed by the enterprise's chief operating officer. B) Discrete financial information is available. C) Engages in business activities from which it may recognize revenues and incur expenses. D) Represents more than 20% of total company revenues, assets, or net income.
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. _____ 1. Unqualified opinion _____ 2. Disclaimer _____ 3. Auditor's report _____ 4. Qualified opinion
_____ 5. Adverse opinion
a. Independent and professional report about the fairness of the financial statements. b. Given by an auditor when there is a limitation of audit procedures or a departure from GAAP. c. Given by an auditor when financial statements are presented fairly in conformity with GAAP. d. Given by an auditor when there are substantial reporting errors and a qualified opinion is not appropriate. e. Given by an auditor when information is insufficient to express an opinion.
99) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. _____ 1. Current ratio _____ 2. Acid-test ratio _____ 3. Long-term solvency _____ 4. Liquidity _____ 5. Debt to equity ratio
a. Also known as the quick ratio. b. Refers to riskiness of a company with regard to the amount of liabilities in its capital structure. c. Relates to the amount of time before an asset is converted to cash or a liability is paid. d. If four to one, 80% of assets are debt-financed. e. Current assets divided by current liabilities.
100) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. _____ 1. Long-term liabilities _____ 2. Current liabilities _____ 3. Intangible asset _____ 4. Current assets _____ 5. Property, plant, and equipment
a. Obligations payable in more than one year or longer than the operating cycle. b. Ownership of an exclusive right. c. Items expected to be converted to cash or consumed within one year or the operating cycle. d. Obligations payable within one year or the operating cycle. e. Includes buildings and land used in operations.
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
101) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. _____ 1. Notes receivable _____ 2. Short-term investments _____ 3. Inventory _____ 4. Accounts receivable _____ 5. Prepaid expenses
a. Insurance premiums paid in advance. b. Goods to be sold in the ordinary course of business. c. Due from customers in the ordinary course of business. d. Formal agreement that specifies customer's payment terms. e. Liquid investments not classified as cash equivalents.
102) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. _____ 1. Subsequent events _____ 2. Proxy statement _____ 3. MD&A _____ 4. Auditor's report _____ 5. Summary of significant accounting policies
a. Management's views on its operations, liquidity, and capital resources. b. Includes disclosures of executive compensation. c. Independent and professional opinion about the fairness of the financial statements. d. Occurs after the fiscal year-end, but before the statements are issued. e. Information about the company's choices from among various alternative accounting methods.
103) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. _____ 1. Paid-in capital _____ 2. Prepaid expense _____ 3. Deferred revenue _____ 4. Operating cycle _____ 5. Retained earnings
a. Accumulated net income less dividends since the inception of the corporation. b. Cash received from a customer for goods or services to be provided in a future period. c. Converting cash to inventory to receivables to cash. d. Cash paid in advance for a cost of the company. e. Amounts invested by shareholders in the corporation.
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) Listed below are ten terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. _____ 1. Related-party transactions _____ 2. Deferred revenues _____ 3. Accounts receivable _____ 4. Inventory _____ 5. Accounts payable _____ 6. Prepaid expense _____ 7. Retained earnings _____ 8. Subsequent events _____ 9. MD&A _____ 10. Franchise
a. Material events that occur after the end of the fiscal year and before the statements are issued. b. Obligations to suppliers of merchandise or of services purchased on account. c. Transactions with owners, managers, and affiliated companies. d. Net income less dividends since inception of the corporation. e. Management's views on significant events. f. Amounts due from customers. g. Goods to be sold in the ordinary course of business. h. Asset recorded when an expense is paid for in advance. i. Cash received from a customer in advance of providing a good or service. j. An intangible asset.
105) Listed below are 4 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. _____ 1. Default risk _____ 2. Operational risk
_____ 3. Horizontal analysis
_____ 4. Vertical analysis
a. An indication of whether a company won't be able to pay its obligations when they come due. b. Each item in a financial statement is expressed as a percentage of that same item in the financial statements of another year (base amount). c. Each item in the financial statements is expressed as a percentage of an appropriate corresponding total, or base amount, but within the same year. d. An indication of how adept a company is at withstanding various events and circumstances that might impair its ability to earn profits.
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
106) Carter Appliances is preparing its annual report for the current fiscal year. The company's controller has asked for your help in determining how best to disclose information about the following items: 1. A subsequent event. 2. Inventory costing method. 3. Composition of accrued liabilities. 4. Useful lives of depreciable assets. 5. Information on long-term leases. 6. Allowance for uncollectible accounts. 7. Revenue recognition policy. 8. Pension plans. Required: Indicate whether the above items should be disclosed (a) in the summary of significant accounting policies note, (b) in a separate disclosure note, or (c) on the face of the balance sheet
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) As controller for Henderson, you are attempting to reconstruct and revise the following balance sheet prepared by a staff accountant. Henderson Manufacturing Company Balance Sheet At December 31, 2021 ($ in 000s) Assets Current assets: Cash Accounts receivable Allowance for uncollectible accounts Finished goods inventory Prepaid expenses Total current assets Long-term assets: Investments Raw materials and work in process inventory Equipment Accumulated depreciation–equipment Franchise Total assets
$ 1,600 4,300 (500) 5,000 2,400 12,800 2,000 3,200 18,000 (8,000) ________ ? $ ?
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable Notes payable Interest payable–note Deferred revenue Total current liabilities Long-term liabilities: Bonds payable Interest payable–bonds Shareholders' equity: Common stock Retained earnings Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$6,200 8,000 200 2,400 16,800 7,000 200 $ $
? ? ?
?
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Additional information ($ in 000s): 1. Certain records that included the account balances for the franchise and shareholders' equity items were lost. However, a complete, preliminary balance sheet prepared before the records were lost showed a debt to equity ratio of 1.5. That is, total liabilities are 150% of total shareholders' equity. Retained earnings at the beginning of the year was $4,300. Net income for 2021 was $2,500, and $800 in cash dividends were declared and paid to shareholders. 2. The investments represent treasury bills purchased in December 2021 that mature in January 2022. These are considered cash equivalents. 3. Interest on both the notes and the bonds is payable annually. 4. The notes payable account contains one note that is due in annual installments of $800 for each payment due. 5. Deferred revenue will be recognized equally over the next 18 months. 6. The common stock represents 500,000 shares of no par stock authorized, of which 300,000 shares are issued and outstanding. Required: Prepare a complete, corrected, classified balance sheet.
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
108) You recently joined the internal auditing department of Kaitlyn Sportswear Corporation. As one of your first assignments, you are examining a balance sheet prepared by a staff accountant. Kaitlyn Sportswear Corporation Balance Sheet At December 31, 2021 Assets Current assets: Cash Accounts receivable, net Notes receivable Inventory Prepaid expenses Total current assets Other assets: Land Buildings, net Equipment, net Investments Patent Total other assets Total assets Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable Salaries payable Interest payable Total current liabilities Long-term liabilities: Notes payable Bonds payable Deferred revenue Total long-term liabilities Total liabilities Shareholders' equity: Common stock Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$ 220,000 340,000 80,000 600,000 40,000 1,280,000 $ 500,000 2,200,000 400,000 50,000 60,000 3,156,000 $4,346,000
$ 165,000 75,000 45,000 285,000 $300,000 500,000 80,000 880,000 1,165,000 $2,000,000 1,181,000 3,181,000 $4,346,000
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
In the course of your examination you uncover the following information pertaining to the balance sheet: 1. The land and buildings represent the corporate headquarters and manufacturing facilities. 2. The notes receivable are due in 2023. The balance of $80,000 includes $5,000 of accrued interest. The next interest payment is due in July 2022. 3. The notes payable account is due in installments of $50,000 per year. Interest on both the notes and bonds is payable annually. 4. The company's investments consist of equity securities of other corporations. Management does not intend to liquidate any investments in the coming year. 5. Deferred revenue will be recognized ratably (equally) over the next two years. Required: Identify and explain the deficiencies in the statement prepared by the company's accountant. Include in your answer items that require additional disclosure, either on the face of the statement or in a note.
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) Presented below is a partial trial balance for the Messenger Corporation at December 31, 2021. Account Title Cash and cash equivalents Accounts receivable Raw materials inventory Notes receivable Interest receivable Interest payable Investments Land Buildings Accumulated depreciation–buildings Work in process inventory Finished goods inventory Equipment Accumulated depreciation–equipment Franchise (net of amortization) Prepaid insurance (for the next year) Deferred revenue Accounts payable Notes payable Salaries payable Allowance for uncollectible accounts Sales revenue Cost of goods sold Salaries expense
Debits 30,000 195,000 36,000 120,000 4,000
Credits
7,000 48,000 100,000 1,500,000 740,000 38,000 98,000 400,000 230,000 120,000 60,000 48,000 240,000 500,000 6,000 24,000 900,000 500,000 48,000
Additional information: 1. The notes receivable, along with any accrued interest, are due on November 1, 2022. 2. The notes payable are due in 2026. Interest is payable annually. 3. The investments consist of equity securities of other corporations. Management does not intend to sell any of the securities in the next year. 4. Deferred revenue will be recognized equally over the next 18 months. Required: Determine the company's working capital at December 31, 2021.
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) The December 31, 2021, post-closing trial balance ($ in thousands) for Libby Corporation is presented below:
Cash Investments (long-term) Accounts receivable Allowance for uncollectible accounts Prepaid insurance Inventory Land Buildings Accumulated depreciation—buildings Equipment Accumulated depreciation—equipment Patents (unamortized balance) Accounts payable Notes payable, due 2022 Interest payable Bonds payable, due 2031 Common stock (no par), 20,000 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding Retained earnings Totals
Debits 22,500 55,000 30,000
Credits
7,500 4,500 100,000 45,000 140,000 50,000 132,500 30,000 5,000 37,500 65,000 10,000 120,000
________ 534,500
150,000 64,500 534,500
Required: Prepare a classified balance sheet for Libby Corporation at December 31, 2021.
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The condensed balance sheet and income statement for Marjoram Company are presented below. Marjoram Company Balance Sheet At December 31, 2021 Cash Notes receivable (due August 15, 2022) Accounts receivable (net) Inventory Property, plant, and equipment (net) Intangible assets Total Assets
$ 19,000 35,000 48,400 70,600 250,000 12,400 $435,400
Current liabilities Bonds payable (11%) (long-term) Common stock Retained earnings Total liabilities and equity
$108,400 100,000 70,000 157,000 $435,400
Marjoram Company Income Statement For the Year ended December 31, 2021 Sales Cost of goods sold Gross profit Operating expenses Operating income Interest expense Income before income tax Income tax expense Net income
$704,000 422,400 $281,600 166,200 $115,400 11,000 $104,400 31,320 $ 73,080
111) Compute the current ratio for Marjoram Company. Round your answer to two decimal places. 112) Compute the acid-test ratio for Marjoram Company. Round your answer to two decimal places. 113) Compute the debt to equity ratio for Marjoram Company. Round your answer to two decimal places. 114) Compute the times interest earned ratio for Marjoram Company. Round your answer to two decimal places. 32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
115) Compute the return on shareholders' equity ratio for Marjoram Company. Round your answer to two decimal places. Use this information to answer the following questions: The balance sheet for Altoid Co. is shown below. Altoid Co. Balance Sheet At December 31, 2021 Cash Short-term investments Accounts receivable (net) Inventory Property, plant, and equipment (net) Total assets
Assets: $ 150 200 300 450 1,100 $2,200
Liabilities and shareholders' equity: Current liabilities Long-term liabilities Common stock Retained earnings Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$ 450 600 150 1,000 $2,200
Selected 2021 income statement information for Altoid Co. includes: Net sales Operating expenses Income before interest and tax Interest expense Income tax expense Net income
$7,700 7,110 590 90 150 350
Required: Compute the following financial statement ratios for 2021: 116) Altoid Co.'s current ratio. Round your answer to two decimal places. 117) Altoid Co.'s acid-test ratio. Round your answer to two decimal places. 118) Altoid Co.'s debt to equity ratio. Round your answer to two decimal places. 119) Altoid Co.'s times interest earned ratio. Round your answer to two decimal places. 120) Altoid Co.'s long term debt to equity ratio. Round your answer to two decimal places. 33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Bronco Electronics' current assets consist of cash, short-term investments, accounts receivable, and inventory. The following data were abstracted from a recent financial statement: Inventory Total assets Current ratio Acid-test ratio Debt to equity ratio
$150,000 $1,400,000 3 2.25 1.5
Required: Compute the following for Bronco: 121) Current assets 122) Shareholders' equity 123) Long-term assets 124) Long-term liabilities Use this information to answer the following questions: Spartan Sportswear's current assets consist of cash, short-term investments, accounts receivable, and inventory. The following data were abstracted from a recent financial statement: Inventory Total assets Current ratio Acid-test ratio Debt to equity ratio
$180,000 $720,000 2.75 1.5 1.4
Required: Compute the following for Spartan: 125) Current assets 126) Shareholders' equity 127) Long-term assets 128) Long-term liabilities
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) The following balance sheet information (in $ millions) comes from the Annual Report to Shareholders of Merry International Inc. for the 2021 fiscal year. Certain amounts have been replaced with question marks to test your understanding of balance sheets. In addition, you are provided with the following information from an analysis of Merry's financial position at the same date: Current ratio = 1.352259; Acid-test ratio = 0.5769692; Debt to equity ratio = 1.505718. Required: Compute the missing amounts (rounded to the nearest $ in millions) in the balance sheet. Assets Current assets Cash and cash equivalents Accounts and notes receivable Inventory Other Total current assets Property and equipment, net $1,307 Intangible assets, net ? Investments 250 Notes and other receivables, net 1,264 Other assets 1,137 Total long-term assets Total assets Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity Current liabilities Accounts payable Salaries payable Other payables Total current liabilities Long-term debt Other long-term liabilities Total long-term liabilities Total liabilities Shareholders' equity Common stock Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$505 ? ? 450 ?
____? ?
$ 634 692 1,175 2,501 ? 2,206 _____? ? 500 1,244 1,841 1,585 $8,983
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Indicate whether each of the actions listed below will immediately increase (I), decrease (D), or have no effect (N) on the ratios shown. Assume each ratio is greater than 1.0 before the action is taken. 130) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Prepay rent for 3 months
131) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Cash sale of land for a gain
132) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Purchase of inventory on account
133) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Collection of an Account Receivable
134) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Refinancing currently maturing debt for five more years
135) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Purchasing advertising on 30-day credit
136) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Payment of recently accrued income taxes
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
137) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Cash sale of inventory for a profit
138) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Purchase of a warehouse with a 6-month note
139) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Issuance of long-term debt for cash
140) Current ratio Acid-test ratio
Total debt to equity ratio
Record annual depreciation on office equipment
141) You are reviewing the December 31, 2021, financial statements of Ellie's Antiques. Ellie's management is considering an initial public offering of shares of its common stock. The following items come to your attention: a. Included in long-term investments are 10-year U.S. Treasury bonds that mature March 31, 2022. The bonds were purchased November 20, 2021. b. The property, plant, and equipment account is stated at cost, except that it includes a parcel of land purchased for investment purposes at a cost of $40,000. Because of rising land prices, the value of the land has been written up to $60,000. The company has an independent appraisal that attests to this amount. c. The accounts receivable account includes $20,000 due in three years from officers and employees, as well as a two-year, 8% note for $25,000 due from a customer. The loan enabled the customer to buy equipment needed to process materials purchased from Ellie's Antiques. Required: Determine the proper balance sheet presentation and amounts for the above items. 142) List the circumstances under which land would be classified under the following balance sheet classifications: 1. Current assets. 2. Investments (long-term). 3. Property, plant, and equipment. 4. Other long-term assets. 37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) You are the independent accountant assigned to the audit of Neophyte Company. The company's accountant, a graduate of Rival State University, has prepared financial statements that contained the following questionable items: a. The balance sheet reports land at $100,000. Included in this amount is a property held for speculation at a cost of $30,000. b. Current liabilities include $50,000 for long-term debt that is due in three months. The company has received a suitable firm commitment to refinance the debt for five years and intends to do so. c. Investments include $20,000 in short-term, high-grade commercial paper, which is a cash equivalent. Required. Describe the appropriate balance sheet presentation for the above items. 144) Provide an example of a liability that would not require the payment of cash. 145) Briefly explain the purpose of the disclosure note on significant accounting policies. Provide two examples of what might be found in this note. 146) Briefly explain what is meant by a subsequent event. Give two examples of subsequent events. 147) Explain how management's discussion and analysis of its operations and liquidity may be helpful to investors.
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) The following is the 2021 report of the independent registered public accounting firm that audited The Great Food Company, Inc., a large supermarket chain: In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' deficit and comprehensive loss, and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Great Food Company, Inc. and its subsidiaries (debtor-in-possession) at December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. However, the Company is currently operating pursuant to a Chapter 11 bankruptcy filing which, together with the uncertain outcomes of the matters discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for share lending arrangements during fiscal 2020.
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Required. Interpret the main points indicated in this report by Great Food’s auditors. 149) Using an example, discuss the techniques that analysts use to transform accounting numbers into more useful forms. 150) The current asset section of Seifert & Seifert, CPAs' balance sheet consists of cash, accounts receivable, investments, and prepaid expenses. The 2021 balance sheet reported the following: cash, $110,000; investments, $22,000; prepaid expenses, $18,000; long-term assets, $422,000; and shareholders' equity, $350,000. The current ratio at the end of the year was 1.6 and the debt to equity ratio was .8. Required: Determine the following 2021 amounts and ratios: 1. Current liabilities. 2. Long-term liabilities. 3. Accounts receivable. 4. The acid-test ratio. 151) The balance sheets of Callaway Foods list current assets followed by long-term assets and current liabilities before long-term liabilities. If Callaway Foods prepared its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards, what other approach might it take in preparing its balance sheet?
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 3 The Balance Sheet and Financial Disclosures 1) The balance sheet reports a company's financial position at a point in time. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Balance sheet―Usefulness - Limits - Elements Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 2) A company's market value is generally less than its book value. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Balance sheet―Usefulness - Limits - Elements Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3) All current assets are either cash or assets that will be converted into cash or consumed within 12 months or the operating cycle, whichever is longer. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Classify assets―Current assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 4) The balance of net receivables represents the amount expected to be collected. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Classify assets―Current assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
5) Prepaid expenses are classified as current assets if the services purchased are expected to expire within 12 months or the operating cycle, whichever is longer. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Classify assets―Current assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 6) Assets classified as property, plant, and equipment include machinery, equipment, and inventory. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Classify assets―Current assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 7) Intangible assets usually are reported in the balance sheet as current assets. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Classify assets―Current assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 8) Accrued salaries and wages in a balance sheet represent salaries that have been earned by employees but not yet paid. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Classify liabilities―Current liabilities Learning Objective: 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
9) The criteria for determining which items comprise cash equivalents often is disclosed in the summary of significant accounting policies. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disclosure―Notes to financial statements Learning Objective: 03-04 Explain the purpose of financial statement disclosures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 10) Payment terms, interest rates, and other details of long-term liabilities usually are reported in disclosure notes. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disclosure―Notes to financial statements Learning Objective: 03-04 Explain the purpose of financial statement disclosures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 11) Subsequent events are significant developments that take place after a company's year-end, and after the financial statements are issued or available to be issued. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disclosure―Notes to financial statements Learning Objective: 03-04 Explain the purpose of financial statement disclosures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 12) The details of transactions between the company and its owners' family members do not need to be disclosed separately in the notes to the financial statements. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disclosure―Notes to financial statements Learning Objective: 03-04 Explain the purpose of financial statement disclosures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
13) The ultimate responsibility for the financial statements lies with the auditors. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Audit and Auditor's report; Disclosure--Management - Directors - Executives Learning Objective: 03-06 Explain the purpose of an audit and describe the content of the audit report.; 03-05 Describe disclosures related to management's discussion and analysis, responsibilities, and compensation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal; FN Reporting / Keyboard Navigation 14) The compensation of top executives is disclosed in the proxy statement. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disclosure―Management - Directors - Executives Learning Objective: 03-05 Describe disclosures related to management's discussion and analysis, responsibilities, and compensation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 15) Horizontal analysis involves expressing each item in the financial statements as a percentage of an appropriate total, or base amount, within the same year. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Using information―Analysis and methods Learning Objective: 03-07 Describe the techniques used by financial analysts to transform financial information into forms more useful for analysis. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 16) Vertical analysis involves expressing each item in the financial statements as a percentage of an appropriate total, or base amount, within the same year. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Using information―Analysis and methods Learning Objective: 03-07 Describe the techniques used by financial analysts to transform financial information into forms more useful for analysis. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
17) An example of vertical analysis would be comparing inventory this year to inventory last year to calculate the percentage change in inventory. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Using information―Analysis and methods Learning Objective: 03-07 Describe the techniques used by financial analysts to transform financial information into forms more useful for analysis. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 18) An example of vertical analysis would be stating each individual asset as a percentage of total assets. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Using information―Analysis and methods Learning Objective: 03-07 Describe the techniques used by financial analysts to transform financial information into forms more useful for analysis. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 19) Liquidity refers to the riskiness of a company with regard to the amount of total assets in its capital structure. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Balance sheet―Usefulness - Limits - Elements; Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations.; 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
20) A payment on account has no effect on working capital but will increase the current ratio if it is already greater than 1.0. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 21) Balance sheets prepared under IFRS often report long-term items before current items. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS―Balance sheet presentation Learning Objective: 03-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the balance sheet, financial disclosures, and segment reporting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 22) Balance sheets prepared under IFRS often exclude a shareholders' equity section. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS―Balance sheet presentation Learning Objective: 03-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the balance sheet, financial disclosures, and segment reporting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 23) Segment reporting requires disclosure of each customer that accounts for more than 5% of total enterprise revenue. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Segment reporting - Appendix Learning Objective: 03-Appendix 3: Reporting Segment Information. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
24) The balance sheet reports: A) Net income at a point in time. B) Cash flows for a period of time. C) Assets and equities at a point in time. D) Assets and liabilities for a period of time. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Balance sheet―Usefulness - Limits - Elements Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 25) Which financial statement provides information for a point in time only? A) Statement of cash flows. B) Income statement. C) Statement of shareholders' equity. D) Balance sheet. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Balance sheet―Usefulness - Limits - Elements Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 26) A classified balance sheet: A) Shows only current assets and current liabilities. B) Shows changes in assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. C) Contains confidential information. D) Shows subtotals for current assets and current liabilities. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Balance sheet―Usefulness - Limits - Elements Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
27) Which of the following is a primary reason a company's book value is less than its market value? A) Management recording errors. B) Many valuable resources of the company are not recorded as assets. C) Land and buildings are valued at their fair value. D) Investors tend to be too optimistic about a company's growth opportunities. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Balance sheet―Usefulness - Limits - Elements Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 28) Which of the following potentially limit the usefulness of the balance sheet? A) Many valuable resources of the company are not recorded as assets. B) Many items in the balance sheet reflect estimates and judgments of management. C) Property, plant, and equipment are recorded at their book values rather than fair values. D) All of the other answers represent potential limitations. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Balance sheet―Usefulness - Limits - Elements Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 29) Current assets include cash and all other assets expected to become cash or be consumed: A) Within one year. B) Within one operating cycle. C) Within one year or one operating cycle, whichever is shorter. D) Within one year or one operating cycle, whichever is longer. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Classify assets―Current assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
30) A company would classify a six-month prepaid insurance policy as: A) Property, plant, and equipment. B) Investment. C) Current asset. D) Goodwill. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Classify assets―Current assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 31) An asset that is generally not expected to be converted to cash or consumed within one year or the operating cycle, whichever is longer, is: A) Building. B) Accounts receivable. C) Inventory. D) Supplies. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Classify assets―Long-term assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 32) Long-term solvency refers to: A) The efficiency with which a company manages its resources. B) The profitability of a company over a long-term period of time. C) The amount of current assets relative to long-term assets. D) The risk that a company will not be able to pay its long-term debt. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Balance sheet―Usefulness - Limits - Elements; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations.; 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
33) Which is a shareholders' equity account in the balance sheet? A) Accumulated depreciation. B) Paid-in capital. C) Salaries payable. D) Accounts receivable. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Classify shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 34) Rent collected in advance is: A) An asset account in the balance sheet. B) A liability account in the balance sheet. C) A shareholders' equity account in the balance sheet. D) A temporary account, not in the balance sheet at all. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Classify liabilities―Current liabilities Learning Objective: 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 35) Notes payable that are due in two years are: A) Current liabilities. B) Long-term intangible assets. C) Long-term liabilities. D) Long-term investments. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Classify liabilities―Long-term liabilities Learning Objective: 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
36) Which of the following is not a current liability account? A) Accrued payroll. B) Dividends payable. C) Prepaid rent. D) Subscriptions collected in advance from customers. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Classify liabilities―Current liabilities Learning Objective: 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 37) New Oaks Winery requires two months to make wine, two years to age it, one month to bottle it, two months to sell it, and one month to collect the receivable. Its operating cycle is: A) Twelve months. B) Thirty months. C) Six months. D) Three months. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Classify assets―Current assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 38) Long-term assets generally include: A) Inventory held for sale. B) Prepaid rent. C) Accounts receivable. D) Land held for a possible future plant site. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Classify assets―Long-term assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
39) Long-term productive assets used in the normal course of business are typically classified as: A) Current assets. B) Investments. C) Intangible assets. D) Property, plant and equipment. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Classify assets―Long-term assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 40) Patents, copyrights, franchises, and trademarks are examples of: A) Current assets. B) Investments. C) Intangible assets. D) Property, plant and equipment. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Classify assets―Long-term assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) The following information is provided for a company.
Accounts payable Buildings Cash Accounts receivable Salaries payable Retained earnings Supplies Notes payable (due in 18 months) Interest payable Common stock
$ 15,000 80,000 10,500 9,500 4,500 47,500 40,000 35,000 3,000 35,000
What is the amount of current assets, assuming the accounts above reflect normal activity? A) $20,000. B) $60,000. C) $140,000. D) $175,000. Answer: B Explanation: Total current assets: $10,500 + $9,500 + $40,000 = $60,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Classify assets―Current assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
42) The following information is provided for a company. All liabilities are due to be satisfied within one year unless stated otherwise.
Retained earnings Supplies Equipment Accounts receivable Deferred revenue Accounts payable Common stock Notes payable (due in 18 months) Interest payable Cash
$ 52,000 37,000 72,000 9,000 6,000 15,000 25,000 35,000 7,000 22,000
What is the amount of current liabilities? A) $63,000. B) $28,000. C) $46,000. D) $22,000. Answer: B Explanation: Total current liabilities: $6,000 + $15,000 + $7,000 = $28,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Classify liabilities―Current liabilities Learning Objective: 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
43) The following information is provided for Sacks Company.
Cash Supplies Prepaid rent Salaries expense Equipment Service revenue Miscellaneous expenses Dividends Accounts payable Common stock Retained earnings
$ 12,000 4,500 2,000 4,500 65,000 30,000 20,000 3,000 5,000 68,000 8,000
What is the amount of total assets? A) $81,500. B) $82,500. C) $68,500. D) $83,500. Answer: D Explanation: Total assets: $12,000 + $4,500 + $2,000 + $65,000 = $83,500 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Total assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
44) The following information is provided for Sacks Company.
Cash Supplies Prepaid rent Salaries expense Equipment Service revenue Miscellaneous expenses Dividends Accounts payable Common stock Retained earnings
$ 12,000 4,500 2,000 4,500 65,000 30,000 20,000 3,000 5,000 68,000 8,000
What is the amount of total liabilities? A) $5,000. B) $78,500. C) $68,500. D) $83,500. Answer: A Explanation: Total liabilities: $5,000 (Accounts Payable) Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Total liabilities Learning Objective: 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) The following information is provided for Sacks Company before closing entries.
Cash Supplies Prepaid rent Salaries expense Equipment Service revenue Miscellaneous expenses Dividends Accounts payable Common stock Retained earnings
$ 12,000 4,500 2,000 4,500 65,000 30,000 20,000 3,000 5,000 68,000 8,000
What is the amount of total shareholders' equity? A) $5,000. B) $78,500. C) $68,500. D) $83,500. Answer: B Explanation: Total shareholders' equity includes common stock plus (ending) retained earnings. Common stock is $68,000. Ending retained earnings = beginning retained earnings ($8,000) plus revenues ($30,000) less expenses ($24,500) less dividends ($3,000) = $10,500. Total shareholders' equity = $68,000 + $10,500 = $78,500. Alternatively, total stockholders' equity = total assets ($83,500) – total liabilities ($5,000). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Classify shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
46) Consider the following items: • • • • • • • • • •
Land Accounts Receivable Notes Payable (due in three years) Accounts Payable Retained Earnings Prepaid Rent Deferred Revenue Buildings Notes Payable (due in six months) Equipment
How many of the items listed above are generally long-term assets? A) Two. B) Three. C) Four. D) Five. Answer: B Explanation: Land, Buildings, and Equipment Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Classify assets―Long-term assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
47) Listed below are year-end account balances ($ in millions) taken from the records of Symphony Stores.
Accounts receivable Building and equipment Cash Interest receivable Inventory Land Notes receivable (long-term) Prepaid rent Supplies Trademark Accounts payable Accumulated depreciation Additional paid-in capital Dividends payable Common stock (at par) Income tax payable Notes payable (long-term) Retained earnings Deferred revenue TOTALS
Debit 710 920 39 30 16 150 450 20 8 40
2,383
Credit
560 80 485 30 15 65 800 308 40 2,383
What would Symphony report as total current assets? A) $823 million. B) $838 million. C) $863 million. D) $1,696 million. Answer: A Explanation: Total current assets: $710 + $39 + $30 + $16 + $20 + $8 = $823 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Classify assets―Current assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) Listed below are year-end account balances ($ in millions) taken from the records of Symphony Stores.
Accounts receivable Building and equipment Cash Interest receivable Inventory Land Notes receivable (long-term) Prepaid rent Supplies Trademark Accounts payable Accumulated depreciation Additional paid-in capital Dividends payable Common stock (at par) Income tax payable Notes payable (long-term) Retained earnings Deferred revenue TOTALS
Debit 710 920 39 30 16 150 450 20 8 40
2,383
Credit
560 80 485 30 15 65 800 308 40 2,383
What would Symphony report as total assets? A) $2,463 million. B) $2,383 million. C) $2,318 million. D) $2,303 million. Answer: D Explanation: Total assets: $710 + ($920 − $80) + $39 + $30 + $16 + $150 + $450 + $20 + $8 + $40 = $2,303 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Classify assets―Current assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
49) Listed below are year-end account balances ($ in millions) taken from the records of Symphony Stores.
Accounts receivable Building and equipment Cash Interest receivable Inventory Land Notes receivable (long-term) Prepaid rent Supplies Trademark Accounts payable Accumulated depreciation Additional paid-in capital Dividends payable Common stock (at par) Income tax payable Notes payable (long-term) Retained earnings Deferred revenue TOTALS
Debit 710 920 39 30 16 150 450 20 8 40
Credit
2,383
560 80 485 30 15 65 800 308 40 2,383
What would Symphony report as total shareholders' equity? A) $323 million. B) $808 million. C) $838 million. D) $928 million. Answer: B Explanation: Total shareholders' equity: $485 + $15 + $308 = $808 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Classify shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) Listed below are year-end account balances ($ in millions) taken from the records of Symphony Stores.
Accounts receivable Building and equipment Cash Interest receivable Inventory Land Notes receivable (long-term) Prepaid rent Supplies Trademark Accounts payable Accumulated depreciation Additional paid-in capital Dividends payable Common stock (at par) Income tax payable Notes payable (long-term) Retained earnings Deferred revenue TOTALS
Debit 710 920 39 30 16 150 450 20 8 40
2,383
Credit
560 80 485 30 15 65 800 308 40 2,383
What is the amount of working capital for Symphony? A) $148 million. B) $158 million. C) $128 million. D) $113 million. Answer: C Explanation: Current assets: $710 + $39 + $30 + $16 + $20 + $8 = Current liabilities: $560 + $30 + $65 + $40 = Working capital
$ 823 695 $ 128
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) Assets do not include: A) Property, plant, and equipment. B) Investments. C) Paid-in capital. D) Nontrade receivables. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Total assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 52) Cash equivalents would not include: A) Cash not available for current operations. B) Money market funds. C) U.S. treasury bills. D) Commercial paper. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Classify assets―Current assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 53) Cash equivalents would include: A) Highly liquid investments that can be quickly converted to cash. B) Accounts receivable from customers. C) Cash restricted for special purposes such as to repay debt in the future. D) Prepaid expenses that were purchased with cash. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Classify assets―Current assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
54) Accrued liabilities: A) Are generally paid in services rather than cash. B) Result from payment before services are received. C) Result from services received before payment is made. D) Are deferred charges to expense. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Classify liabilities―Current liabilities Learning Objective: 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 55) If a company records cash received for services to be provided in the future with a debit to Cash and a credit to Service Revenue, how will this error affect net income for the current period? A) Net income will be too low. B) Net income will be correct. C) Net income will be too high. D) Not possible to determine. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Classify liabilities―Current liabilities Learning Objective: 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
56) Janson Corporation Co.'s trial balance included the following account balances at December 31, 2021: Accounts receivable Inventory Patent Investments Prepaid insurance Notes receivable, due 2024
$ 12,000 40,000 12,000 30,000 6,000 50,000
Investments consist of treasury bills that were purchased in November, 2021, and mature in January, 2022. Prepaid insurance is for two years. What amount should be included in the current assets section of Janson's December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $88,000. B) $85,000. C) $55,000. D) $135,000. Answer: B Explanation: $12,000 + $40,000 + $30,000 + $3,000 (1/2 of prepaid insurance) = $85,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Classify assets―Current assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
57) Lanson Corporation Co.'s trial balance included the following account balances at December 31, 2021: Accounts payable Bonds payable, due 2030 Salaries payable Notes payable, due 2022 Notes payable, due 2026
$ 25,000 22,000 16,000 20,000 40,000
What amount should be included in the current liabilities section of Lanson's December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $63,000. B) $41,000. C) $61,000. D) $101,000. Answer: C Explanation: $25,000 + $16,000 + $20,000 = $61,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Classify liabilities―Current liabilities Learning Objective: 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 58) The usual difference between accounts payable and notes payable is: A) Legally enforceable debt. B) Current–Long-term classification. C) Known payment terms. D) Explicitly stated interest. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Classify liabilities―Long-term liabilities Learning Objective: 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
59) Which of the following would be disclosed in the summary of significant accounting policies disclosure note?
a. b. c. d.
Composition of Long-term debt No Yes Yes No
Depreciation Method Yes No Yes No
A) Option a B) Option b C) Option c D) Option d Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disclosure―Notes to financial statements Learning Objective: 03-04 Explain the purpose of financial statement disclosures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 60) Which of the following is not a required disclosure for related-party transactions? A) The nature of the relationship. B) A description of the transactions. C) The amounts due from or to related parties. D) The impact of the transactions on current year's income. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disclosure―Notes to financial statements Learning Objective: 03-04 Explain the purpose of financial statement disclosures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
61) Disclosure notes would not include: A) Depreciation methods used and estimated useful life. B) Definition of cash equivalents. C) Details of pension plans. D) Data to adjust the financial statements so that they are not misleading. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disclosure―Notes to financial statements Learning Objective: 03-04 Explain the purpose of financial statement disclosures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 62) The principal concern with accounting for related-party transactions is: A) The size of the transactions. B) Differences between economic substance and legal form. C) The absence of legally binding contracts. D) The lack of accurate data to record transactions. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disclosure―Notes to financial statements Learning Objective: 03-04 Explain the purpose of financial statement disclosures. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 63) A subsequent event for an entity with a December 31, 2021, year-end would not include: A) A change in the estimated useful lives of equipment in January 2022. B) An issuance of bonds in January 2022. C) An acquisition of another company in January 2022. D) A major uncertainty at December 31, resolved in January 2022. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disclosure―Notes to financial statements Learning Objective: 03-04 Explain the purpose of financial statement disclosures. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
64) How are management's responsibility and the auditor's opinion on internal controls represented in the unqualified auditor's report?
a. b. c. d.
Management's Responsibility Not stated Stated Not stated Stated
Auditors' Responsibility Stated Stated Not stated Not stated
A) Option a B) Option b C) Option c D) Option d Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Audit and Auditor's report Learning Objective: 03-06 Explain the purpose of an audit and describe the content of the audit report. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Reporting / Keyboard Navigation 65) Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting: A) Provides the auditor's opinion on the fairness of the financial statements. B) Contains personal certification of the financial statements by the company's executives. C) Contains a detailed description of compensation of the company's executives for the year. D) Provides a summary of significant accounting policies used to prepare financial statements. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disclosure―Management - Directors - Executives Learning Objective: 03-06 Explain the purpose of an audit and describe the content of the audit report. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal; FN Reporting / Keyboard Navigation
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
66) The Management's Discussion and Analysis section of the annual report can best be described as: A) Frank but objective. B) Independent but precise. C) Legalistic and lengthy. D) Biased but informative. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disclosure―Management - Directors - Executives Learning Objective: 03-05 Describe disclosures related to management's discussion and analysis, responsibilities, and compensation. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 67) An example of fraud would be: A) Issuing a purchase order without first securing bids. B) Buying raw materials from an affiliated company. C) Knowingly classifying a material long-term receivable as a current receivable. D) Forgetting to accrue salaries payable. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disclosure―Notes to financial statements Learning Objective: 03-04 Explain the purpose of financial statement disclosures. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Ethics AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 68) An example of an error would be: A) Purchasing inventory from a related party. B) Counting an inventory item twice when taking a physical inventory. C) Holding back invoices so that accounts payable are understated. D) Receiving kickbacks in exchange for issuing a purchase order to a vendor. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disclosure―Notes to financial statements Learning Objective: 03-04 Explain the purpose of financial statement disclosures. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
69) An omission in the notes to the financial statements that is so serious that even a qualified opinion is not justified would result in: A) A disclaimer. B) An unqualified opinion. C) An adverse opinion. D) A consistency exception. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Audit and Auditor's report Learning Objective: 03-06 Explain the purpose of an audit and describe the content of the audit report. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Reporting / Keyboard Navigation 70) A company may compare the amount of receivables in the current year to the amount of receivables in the previous year to estimate a trend in the company's ability to collect cash from customers. This type of analysis is known as: A) Horizontal analysis. B) Time analysis. C) Vertical analysis. D) Turnover analysis. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Using information―Analysis and methods Learning Objective: 03-07 Describe the techniques used by financial analysts to transform financial information into forms more useful for analysis. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
71) To understand the components of a company's profitability, an analyst may compute the ratio of each major expense classification to total sales. This type of analysis is known as: A) Cost analysis. B) Horizontal analysis. C) Comparative analysis. D) Vertical analysis. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Using information―Analysis and methods Learning Objective: 03-07 Describe the techniques used by financial analysts to transform financial information into forms more useful for analysis. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 72) Which of the following would be an amount computed using horizontal analysis? A) The ratio of cost of goods sold to total sales for the current year. B) The percentage change in the cash balance from last year to this year. C) The difference between current assets and current liabilities at the end of the year. D) The ratio of inventory to total assets at the end of the year. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Using information―Analysis and methods Learning Objective: 03-07 Describe the techniques used by financial analysts to transform financial information into forms more useful for analysis. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 73) Liquidity refers to: A) The amount of cash on hand at a given time. B) The readiness of an asset to be converted to cash. C) The period until cash is used and refinancing becomes necessary. D) Financial leverage. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Balance sheet―Usefulness - Limits - Elements; Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations.; 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) Lack of long-term solvency refers to: A) Risk of nonpayment of both current and long-term liabilities. B) The length of time before long-term debt becomes due. C) The ability to refinance long-term debt when it becomes due. D) Long-term assets. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Balance sheet―Usefulness - Limits - Elements; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations.; 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 75) The current ratio is calculated as: A) Current assets divided by long-term assets. B) Current assets divided by total assets. C) Current assets divided by current liabilities. D) Current assets divided by total liabilities. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 76) The acid-test ratio is also known as the: A) Current ratio. B) Debt to equity ratio. C) Times interest earned ratio. D) Quick ratio. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
77) The quick ratio is typically computed as: A) The liquidity ratio divided by the equity ratio. B) Current assets minus inventory divided by current liabilities minus accounts payable. C) Current assets minus inventory and prepaid items divided by current liabilities. D) Cash divided by accounts payable. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 78) Working capital is equal to: A) Current assets. B) Current liabilities. C) Current assets plus current liabilities. D) Current assets minus current liabilities. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 79) Which of the following is not used when analyzing long-term solvency? A) Times interest earned ratio. B) Debt to equity ratio. C) Acid-test ratio. D) Total liabilities. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) When a company pays its bill from a lawyer for previous services on account: A) Its debt to equity ratio always decreases. B) Its acid-test ratio always remains unchanged. C) Its current ratio always remains unchanged. D) Its working capital decreases. Answer: A Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 81) When a company accrues salaries at the end of the accounting period: A) Its acid-test ratio increases. B) Its current ratio increases. C) Its debt to equity ratio decreases. D) Its debt to equity ratio increases. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 82) Assume a company's liquidity ratios all are less than 1.0 before it purchases inventory on credit. When it makes the purchase: A) Its current ratio decreases. B) Its quick ratio decreases. C) Its current ratio remains unchanged. D) Its quick ratio remains unchanged. Answer: B Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
83) When a company sells land for cash and recognizes a $25,000 gain: A) Its acid-test ratio decreases. B) Its current ratio decreases. C) Its debt to equity ratio decreases. D) Cannot determine from the given information. Answer: C Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
84) The following partial balance sheet ($ in thousands) for Paisano Seafood Inc. is shown below. Assets Current assets: Cash Accounts receivable (net) Notes receivable Inventory Prepaid expenses Total current assets Equipment (net)
Total assets
$
60 170 50 200 25 505 255
$ 760
Liabilities and Equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable Other current liabilities Total current liabilities Long-term liabilities Total liabilities Shareholders' equity: Common stock Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and equity
$ 240 80 320 110 430 150 180 330 $ 760
The current ratio is (Round your answer to 2 decimal places.): A) 1.98. B) 1.58. C) 1.17. D) 0.66. Answer: B Explanation: Current ratio: $505/$320 = 1.58 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) The following partial balance sheet ($ in thousands) for Paisano Seafood Inc. is shown below. Assets Current assets: Cash Accounts receivable (net) Notes receivable Inventory Prepaid expenses Total current assets Equipment (net)
Total assets
$
60 170 50 200 25 505 255
$ 760
Liabilities and Equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable Other current liabilities Total current liabilities Long-term liabilities Total liabilities Shareholders' equity: Common stock Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and equity
$ 240 80 320 110 430 150 180 330 $ 760
Working capital is: A) $505 thousand. B) $265 thousand. C) $185 thousand. D) $75 thousand. Answer: C Explanation: Working capital: $505 − $320 = $185 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
86) The following partial balance sheet ($ in thousands) for Paisano Seafood Inc. is shown below. Assets Current assets: Cash Accounts receivable (net) Notes receivable Inventory Prepaid expenses Total current assets Equipment (net)
Total assets
$
60 170 50 200 25 505 255
$ 760
Liabilities and Equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable Other current liabilities Total current liabilities Long-term liabilities Total liabilities Shareholders' equity: Common stock Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and equity
$ 240 80 320 110 430 150 180 330 $ 760
Quick assets total: A) $60 thousand. B) $230 thousand. C) $280 thousand. D) $305 thousand. Answer: C Explanation: Quick assets: $505 − $200 − $25 = $280 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
87) The following partial balance sheet ($ in thousands) for Paisano Seafood Inc. is shown below. Assets Current assets: Cash Accounts receivable (net) Notes receivable Inventory Prepaid expenses Total current assets Equipment (net)
Total assets
$
60 170 50 200 25 505 255
$ 760
Liabilities and Equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable Other current liabilities Total current liabilities Long-term liabilities Total liabilities Shareholders' equity: Common stock Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and equity
$ 240 80 320 110 430 150 180 330 $ 760
The acid-test ratio is (Round your answer to 2 decimal places.): A) 0.25. B) 0.88. C) 1.17. D) 1.58. Answer: B Explanation: Acid-test ratio: ($505 − $200 − $25)/$320 = 0.88 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) Recent financial statement data for Harmony Health Foods (HHF) Inc. is shown below. Current liabilities 10% Bonds, long-term Total liabilities Shareholders' equity Common stock Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and equity
$
180 Income before interest and taxes 360 Interest expense 540 Income before tax Income tax 200 Net income 280 480 $ 1,020
$ 125 36 89 27 $ 62
HHF's debt to equity ratio is (Round your answer to 2 decimal places.): A) 0.75. B) 1.13. C) 0.53. D) 1.80. Answer: B Explanation: Debt to equity ratio: $540/$480 = 1.13 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
89) Recent financial statement data for Harmony Health Foods (HHF) Inc. is shown below. Current liabilities 10% Bonds, long-term Total liabilities Shareholders' equity Common stock Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and equity
$
180 Income before interest and taxes 360 Interest expense 540 Income before tax Income tax 200 Net income 280 480 $ 1,020
$ 125 36 89 27 $ 62
HHF's times interest earned ratio is (Round your answer to 2 decimal places.): A) 3.47. B) 1.73. C) 2.47. D) 10.0. Answer: A Explanation: Times interest earned ratio: ($62 + $27 + $36) = $125 for numerator. $125/$36 = 3.47 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) Recent financial statement data for Harmony Health Foods (HHF) Inc. is shown below. Current liabilities 10% Bonds, long-term Total liabilities Shareholders' equity Common stock Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and equity
$
180 Income before interest and taxes 360 Interest expense 540 Income before tax Income tax 200 Net income 280 480 $ 1,020
$ 125 36 89 27 $ 62
HHF's long-term debt to equity ratio equity is: A) 133.3%. B) 75%. C) 180%. D) 0%. Answer: B Explanation: Long-term debt to equity ratio: $360/$480 = 75% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 91) Using borrowed funds to generate additional profits for shareholders is referred to as: A) Liquidity management. B) Operational expansion. C) Capital budgeting. D) Financial leverage. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Using information―Return on equity Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) A company that borrows funds at 6% and then generates a return on those funds of 9% typically has: A) Greater default risk. B) Favorable financial leverage. C) Higher return on equity. D) All of the other answers are true. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Using information―Return on equity Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 93) Which of the following features is typical of a balance sheet prepared under IFRS? A) A shareholders' equity section often is not included. B) Assets often are listed after liabilities. C) Long-term items often are listed before current items. D) Assets sometimes do not equal liabilities plus shareholders' equity. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS―Balance sheet presentation Learning Objective: 03-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the balance sheet, financial disclosures, and segment reporting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 94) For a balance sheet prepared under IFRS, long-term liabilities typically are listed: A) Just before the current assets section. B) In the shareholders' equity section. C) In the long-term asset section. D) Just before the current liabilities section. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS―Balance sheet presentation Learning Objective: 03-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the balance sheet, financial disclosures, and segment reporting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
95) Which of the following is not a required segment reporting disclosure according to U.S. GAAP? A) Segment profit or loss. B) Segment assets. C) Segment liabilities. D) General information about the operating segment. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Segment reporting - Appendix Learning Objective: 03-Appendix 3: Reporting Segment Information. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 96) Which of the following is not a required segment reporting disclosure according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)? A) Segment profit or loss. B) Segment assets. C) Segment liabilities. D) All are required disclosures. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS―Segment Reporting - Appendix Learning Objective: 03-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the balance sheet, financial disclosures, and segment reporting.; 03-Appendix 3: Reporting Segment Information. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 97) Which of the following is not a characteristic that defines a reportable operating segment according to U.S. GAAP? A) Operating results are regularly reviewed by the enterprise's chief operating officer. B) Discrete financial information is available. C) Engages in business activities from which it may recognize revenues and incur expenses. D) Represents more than 20% of total company revenues, assets, or net income. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Segment reporting - Appendix Learning Objective: 03-Appendix 3: Reporting Segment Information. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. _____ 1. Unqualified opinion _____ 2. Disclaimer _____ 3. Auditor's report _____ 4. Qualified opinion
_____ 5. Adverse opinion
Answer: _c_ 1. Unqualified opinion _e_ 2. Disclaimer _a_ 3. Auditor's report
_b_ 4. Qualified opinion
_d_ 5. Adverse opinion
a. Independent and professional report about the fairness of the financial statements. b. Given by an auditor when there is a limitation of audit procedures or a departure from GAAP. c. Given by an auditor when financial statements are presented fairly in conformity with GAAP. d. Given by an auditor when there are substantial reporting errors and a qualified opinion is not appropriate. e. Given by an auditor when information is insufficient to express an opinion.
a. Independent and professional report about the fairness of the financial statements. b. Given by an auditor when there is a limitation of audit procedures or a departure from GAAP. c. Given by an auditor when financial statements are presented fairly in conformity with GAAP. d. Given by an auditor when there are substantial reporting errors and a qualified opinion is not appropriate. e. Given by an auditor when information is insufficient to express an opinion.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Audit and Auditor's report Learning Objective: 03-06 Explain the purpose of an audit and describe the content of the audit report. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Reporting
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
99) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. _____ 1. Current ratio _____ 2. Acid-test ratio _____ 3. Long-term solvency _____ 4. Liquidity _____ 5. Debt to equity ratio
Answer: _e_ 1. Current ratio _a_ 2. Acid-test ratio
_b_ 3. Long-term solvency _c_ 4. Liquidity _d_ 5. Debt to equity ratio
a. Also known as the quick ratio. b. Refers to riskiness of a company with regard to the amount of liabilities in its capital structure. c. Relates to the amount of time before an asset is converted to cash or a liability is paid. d. If four to one, 80% of assets are debt-financed. e. Current assets divided by current liabilities.
a. Also known as the quick ratio. b. Refers to riskiness of a company with regard to the amount of liabilities in its capital structure. c. Relates to the amount of time before an asset is converted to cash or a liability is paid. d. If four to one, 80% of assets are debt-financed. e. Current assets divided by current liabilities.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
100) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. _____ 1. Long-term liabilities _____ 2. Current liabilities _____ 3. Intangible asset _____ 4. Current assets _____ 5. Property, plant, and equipment
Answer: _a_ 1. Long-term liabilities _d_ 2. Current liabilities _b_ 3. Intangible asset
_c_ 4. Current assets _e_ 5. Property, plant, and equipment
a. Obligations payable in more than one year or longer than the operating cycle. b. Ownership of an exclusive right. c. Items expected to be converted to cash or consumed within one year or the operating cycle. d. Obligations payable within one year or the operating cycle. e. Includes buildings and land used in operations.
a. Obligations payable in more than one year or longer than the operating cycle. b. Ownership of an exclusive right. c. Items expected to be converted to cash or consumed within one year or the operating cycle. d. Obligations payable within one year or the operating cycle. e. Includes buildings and land used in operations.
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Classify assets―Current assets; Classify assets―Long-term assets; Classify liabilities―Current liabilities; Classify liabilities―Long-term liabilities Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications.; 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
101) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. _____ 1. Notes receivable _____ 2. Short-term investments _____ 3. Inventory _____ 4. Accounts receivable _____ 5. Prepaid expenses
Answer: _d_ 1. Notes receivable _e_ 2. Short-term investments _b_ 3. Inventory _c_ 4. Accounts receivable _a_ 5. Prepaid expenses
a. Insurance premiums paid in advance. b. Goods to be sold in the ordinary course of business. c. Due from customers in the ordinary course of business. d. Formal agreement that specifies customer's payment terms. e. Liquid investments not classified as cash equivalents.
a. Insurance premiums paid in advance. b. Goods to be sold in the ordinary course of business. c. Due from customers in the ordinary course of business. d. Formal agreement that specifies customer's payment terms. e. Liquid investments not classified as cash equivalents.
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Classify assets―Current assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
102) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. _____ 1. Subsequent events _____ 2. Proxy statement _____ 3. MD&A _____ 4. Auditor's report _____ 5. Summary of significant accounting policies
Answer: _d_ 1. Subsequent events _b_ 2. Proxy statement _a_ 3. MD&A _c_ 4. Auditor's report _e_ 5. Summary of significant accounting policies
a. Management's views on its operations, liquidity, and capital resources. b. Includes disclosures of executive compensation. c. Independent and professional opinion about the fairness of the financial statements. d. Occurs after the fiscal year-end, but before the statements are issued. e. Information about the company's choices from among various alternative accounting methods.
a. Management's views on its operations, liquidity, and capital resources. b. Includes disclosures of executive compensation. c. Independent and professional opinion about the fairness of the financial statements. d. Occurs after the fiscal year-end, but before the statements are issued. e. Information about the company's choices from among various alternative accounting methods.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disclosure―Notes to financial statements; Disclosure—Management-Directors-Executives; Audit and Auditor's report Learning Objective: 03-04 Explain the purpose of financial statement disclosures.; 03-05 Describe disclosures related to management's discussion and analysis, responsibilities, and compensation.; 03-06 Explain the purpose of an audit and describe the content of the audit report. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; BB Legal; FN Reporting; FN Measurement
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
103) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. _____ 1. Paid-in capital _____ 2. Prepaid expense _____ 3. Deferred revenue _____ 4. Operating cycle _____ 5. Retained earnings
Answer: _e_ 1. Paid-in capital _d_ 2. Prepaid expense _b_ 3. Deferred revenue _c_ 4. Operating cycle _a_ 5. Retained earnings
a. Accumulated net income less dividends since the inception of the corporation. b. Cash received from a customer for goods or services to be provided in a future period. c. Converting cash to inventory to receivables to cash. d. Cash paid in advance for a cost of the company. e. Amounts invested by shareholders in the corporation.
a. Accumulated net income less dividends since the inception of the corporation. b. Cash received from a customer for goods or services to be provided in a future period. c. Converting cash to inventory to receivables to cash. d. Cash paid in advance for a cost of the company. e. Amounts invested by shareholders in the corporation.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Classify assets―Current assets; Classify liabilities―Current liabilities; Classify shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations.; 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications.; 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) Listed below are ten terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. _____ 1. Related-party transactions _____ 2. Deferred revenues _____ 3. Accounts receivable _____ 4. Inventory _____ 5. Accounts payable _____ 6. Prepaid expense _____ 7. Retained earnings _____ 8. Subsequent events _____ 9. MD&A _____ 10. Franchise
a. Material events that occur after the end of the fiscal year and before the statements are issued. b. Obligations to suppliers of merchandise or of services purchased on account. c. Transactions with owners, managers, and affiliated companies. d. Net income less dividends since inception of the corporation. e. Management's views on significant events. f. Amounts due from customers. g. Goods to be sold in the ordinary course of business. h. Asset recorded when an expense is paid for in advance. i. Cash received from a customer in advance of providing a good or service. j. An intangible asset.
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: _c_ 1. Related-party transactions _i_ 2. Deferred revenues _f_ 3. Accounts receivable _g_ 4. Inventory _b_ 5. Accounts payable _h_ 6. Prepaid expense _d_ 7. Retained earnings _a_ 8. Subsequent events _e_ 9. MD&A _j_ 10. Franchise
a. Material events that occur after the end of the fiscal year and before the statements are issued. b. Obligations to suppliers of merchandise or of services purchased on account. c. Transactions with owners, managers, and affiliated companies. d. Net income less dividends since inception of the corporation. e. Management's views on significant events. f. Amounts due from customers. g. Goods to be sold in the ordinary course of business. h. Asset recorded when an expense is paid for in advance. i. Cash received from a customer in advance of providing a good or service. j. An intangible asset.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Classify assets―Current assets; Classify assets―Long-term assets; Classify liabilities―Current liabilities; Classify shareholders' equity; Disclosure―Notes to financial statements; Disclosure—Management-Directors-Executives Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations.; 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications.; 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications.; 03-04 Explain the purpose of financial statement disclosures.; 03-05 Describe disclosures related to management's discussion and analysis, responsibilities, and compensation. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
105) Listed below are 4 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. _____ 1. Default risk _____ 2. Operational risk
_____ 3. Horizontal analysis
_____ 4. Vertical analysis
Answer: _a_ 1. Default risk _d_ 2. Operational risk
_b_ 3. Horizontal analysis
_c_ 4. Vertical analysis
a. An indication of whether a company won't be able to pay its obligations when they come due. b. Each item in a financial statement is expressed as a percentage of that same item in the financial statements of another year (base amount). c. Each item in the financial statements is expressed as a percentage of an appropriate corresponding total, or base amount, but within the same year. d. An indication of how adept a company is at withstanding various events and circumstances that might impair its ability to earn profits.
a. An indication of whether a company won't be able to pay its obligations when they come due. b. Each item in a financial statement is expressed as a percentage of that same item in the financial statements of another year (base amount). c. Each item in the financial statements is expressed as a percentage of an appropriate corresponding total, or base amount, but within the same year. d. An indication of how adept a company is at withstanding various events and circumstances that might impair its ability to earn profits.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Using information―Analysis and methods Learning Objective: 03-07 Describe the techniques used by financial analysts to transform financial information into forms more useful for analysis. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
106) Carter Appliances is preparing its annual report for the current fiscal year. The company's controller has asked for your help in determining how best to disclose information about the following items: 1. A subsequent event. 2. Inventory costing method. 3. Composition of accrued liabilities. 4. Useful lives of depreciable assets. 5. Information on long-term leases. 6. Allowance for uncollectible accounts. 7. Revenue recognition policy. 8. Pension plans. Required: Indicate whether the above items should be disclosed (a) in the summary of significant accounting policies note, (b) in a separate disclosure note, or (c) on the face of the balance sheet Answer: 1. (b) in a separate disclosure note. 2. (a) in the summary of significant policies note. 3. (c) in a separate disclosure note or (a) on the face of the balance sheet. 4. (a) in the summary of significant policies note. 5. (b) in a separate disclosure note. 6. (a) on the face of the balance sheet. 7. (a) in the summary of significant policies note. 8. (b) in a separate disclosure note. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Disclosure―Notes to financial statements Learning Objective: 03-04 Explain the purpose of financial statement disclosures. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) As controller for Henderson, you are attempting to reconstruct and revise the following balance sheet prepared by a staff accountant. Henderson Manufacturing Company Balance Sheet At December 31, 2021 ($ in 000s) Assets Current assets: Cash Accounts receivable Allowance for uncollectible accounts Finished goods inventory Prepaid expenses Total current assets Long-term assets: Investments Raw materials and work in process inventory Equipment Accumulated depreciation–equipment Franchise Total assets
$ 1,600 4,300 (500) 5,000 2,400 12,800
$
2,000 3,200 18,000 (8,000) ________ ? ?
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable Notes payable Interest payable–note Deferred revenue Total current liabilities Long-term liabilities: Bonds payable Interest payable–bonds Shareholders' equity: Common stock Retained earnings Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$6,200 8,000 200 2,400 16,800 7,000 200 $ $
? ? ?
?
Additional information ($ in 000s): 1. Certain records that included the account balances for the franchise and shareholders' equity items were lost. However, a complete, preliminary balance sheet prepared before the records were lost showed a debt to equity ratio of 1.5. That is, total liabilities are 150% of total shareholders' equity. Retained earnings at the beginning of the year was $4,300. Net income for 2021 was $2,500, and $800 in cash dividends were declared and paid to shareholders. 56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2. The investments represent treasury bills purchased in December 2021 that mature in January 2022. These are considered cash equivalents. 3. Interest on both the notes and the bonds is payable annually. 4. The notes payable account contains one note that is due in annual installments of $800 for each payment due. 5. Deferred revenue will be recognized equally over the next 18 months. 6. The common stock represents 500,000 shares of no par stock authorized, of which 300,000 shares are issued and outstanding. Required: Prepare a complete, corrected, classified balance sheet. Answer: Solve for missing amounts: Liabilities ÷ Equity = 1.5 $24,000 ÷ Equity = 1.5 Equity = $24,000 ÷ 1.5 = $16,000 Beginning retained earnings + net income - dividends = Ending retained earnings $4,300 + $2,500 - $800 = $6,000 Total equity - retained earnings = Common stock $16,000 $6,000 = $10,000 Assets = Liabilities + equity Assets = $24,000 + $16,000
=
$40,000
$40,000 - all other assets = Franchise $40,000 $28,000 = $12,000
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Henderson Manufacturing Company Balance Sheet At December 31, 2021 ($ in 000s, except share data) Assets Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents* Accounts receivable, net of $500 allowance for uncollectible accounts Inventory: Raw materials and work in process Finished goods Prepaid expenses Total current assets Property, plant, and equipment: Equipment Less: Accumulated depreciation Net property, plant, and equipment
$ 3,600 3,800 $ 3,200 5,000
8,200 2,400 18,000
18,000 (8,000)
Intangibles: Franchise Total assets
10,000
12,000 $40,000 Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Current liabilities: Accounts payable Interest payable Deferred revenue** Current maturities of long-term debt Total current liabilities Long-term liabilities: Deferred revenue 800 Notes payable 7,200 Bonds payable 7,000 Total liabilities Shareholders' equity: Common stock (no par), 500,000 shares authorized, 300,000 shares issued and outstanding 10,000 Retained earnings 6,000 Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$ 6,200 400 1,600 800 9,000
15,000 24,000
16,000 $40,000
* Cash of $1,600 + treasury bills of $2,000 (cash equivalents) **($2,400 ÷ 18 months) × 12 months = $1,600 = current portion 58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Balance sheet―Usefulness-Limits-Elements; Total assets; Total liabilities; Classify shareholders' equity; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations.; 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications.; 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications.; 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
108) You recently joined the internal auditing department of Kaitlyn Sportswear Corporation. As one of your first assignments, you are examining a balance sheet prepared by a staff accountant. Kaitlyn Sportswear Corporation Balance Sheet At December 31, 2021 Assets Current assets: Cash Accounts receivable, net Notes receivable Inventory Prepaid expenses Total current assets Other assets: Land Buildings, net Equipment, net Investments Patent Total other assets Total assets
$ 220,000 340,000 80,000 600,000 40,000 1,280,000 $ 500,000 2,200,000 400,000 50,000 60,000 3,156,000 $4,346,000 Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Current liabilities: Accounts payable Salaries payable Interest payable Total current liabilities Long-term liabilities: Notes payable Bonds payable Deferred revenue Total long-term liabilities Total liabilities Shareholders' equity: Common stock Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$ 165,000 75,000 45,000 285,000 $300,000 500,000 80,000 880,000 1,165,000 $2,000,000 1,181,000 3,181,000 $4,346,000
In the course of your examination you uncover the following information pertaining to the balance sheet: 1. The land and buildings represent the corporate headquarters and manufacturing facilities. 60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2. The notes receivable are due in 2023. The balance of $80,000 includes $5,000 of accrued interest. The next interest payment is due in July 2022. 3. The notes payable account is due in installments of $50,000 per year. Interest on both the notes and bonds is payable annually. 4. The company's investments consist of equity securities of other corporations. Management does not intend to liquidate any investments in the coming year. 5. Deferred revenue will be recognized ratably (equally) over the next two years. Required: Identify and explain the deficiencies in the statement prepared by the company's accountant. Include in your answer items that require additional disclosure, either on the face of the statement or in a note. Answer: 1. Accounts receivable – if material, the allowance for uncollectible accounts should be disclosed, usually parenthetically on the face of the statement. 2. Notes receivable – only the interest receivable of $5,000 should be classified as a current asset. The $75,000 balance of notes receivable should be classified in the long-term investments category. 3. Inventory – the method used to measure inventory should be disclosed in a note. 4. Land, buildings, and equipment – should be classified in the long-term property, plant, and equipment category 5. Buildings and equipment, net – Original cost should be disclosed along with the accumulated depreciation to arrive at the net amount. Also, the method used to compute depreciation should be disclosed in a note. 6. Investments – should be classified in the long-term investments category. A description of the types of investments should be disclosed in a note. 7. Patent – should be classified in the intangibles category of long-term assets. 8. Notes payable – $50,000, the next installment, should be classified as a current liability as current maturities of long-term debt. Also, note disclosure is required for the notes and bonds payable that provides information such as payment terms, interest rates, and collateral pledged as security for the debt. 9. Deferred revenue – half of the balance, $40,000, should be classified as a current liability. 10. Common stock – the par value, if any, and the number of shares authorized, issued, and outstanding should be disclosed, usually on the face of the statement. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Balance sheet―Usefulness - Limits - Elements; Total assets; Total liabilities; Classify shareholders' equity; Disclosure―Notes to financial statements Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations.; 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications.; 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications.; 03-04 Explain the purpose of financial statement disclosures. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) Presented below is a partial trial balance for the Messenger Corporation at December 31, 2021. Account Title Cash and cash equivalents Accounts receivable Raw materials inventory Notes receivable Interest receivable Interest payable Investments Land Buildings Accumulated depreciation–buildings Work in process inventory Finished goods inventory Equipment Accumulated depreciation–equipment Franchise (net of amortization) Prepaid insurance (for the next year) Deferred revenue Accounts payable Notes payable Salaries payable Allowance for uncollectible accounts Sales revenue Cost of goods sold Salaries expense
Debits 30,000 195,000 36,000 120,000 4,000
Credits
7,000 48,000 100,000 1,500,000 740,000 38,000 98,000 400,000 230,000 120,000 60,000 48,000 240,000 500,000 6,000 24,000 900,000 500,000 48,000
Additional information: 1. The notes receivable, along with any accrued interest, are due on November 1, 2022. 2. The notes payable are due in 2026. Interest is payable annually. 3. The investments consist of equity securities of other corporations. Management does not intend to sell any of the securities in the next year. 4. Deferred revenue will be recognized equally over the next 18 months. Required: Determine the company's working capital at December 31, 2021.
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents Accounts receivable Less: allowance for uncollectible accounts Notes receivable Interest receivable Raw materials inventory Work in process inventory Finished goods inventory Prepaid insurance Total current assets Current liabilities: Deferred revenue (2/3 of $48,000) Accounts payable Salaries payable Interest payable Total current liabilities
$30,000 $195,000 (24,000)
171,000 120,000 4,000 36,000 38,000 98,000 60,000 $557,000
32,000 240,000 6,000 7,000 (285,000)
Working capital $272,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Classify assets―Current assets; Classify liabilities―Current liabilities; Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications.; 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications.; 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) The December 31, 2021, post-closing trial balance ($ in thousands) for Libby Corporation is presented below:
Cash Investments (long-term) Accounts receivable Allowance for uncollectible accounts Prepaid insurance Inventory Land Buildings Accumulated depreciation—buildings Equipment Accumulated depreciation—equipment Patents (unamortized balance) Accounts payable Notes payable, due 2022 Interest payable Bonds payable, due 2031 Common stock (no par), 20,000 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding Retained earnings Totals
Debits 22,500 55,000 30,000
Credits
7,500 4,500 100,000 45,000 140,000 50,000 132,500 30,000 5,000 37,500 65,000 10,000 120,000
________ 534,500
150,000 64,500 534,500
Required: Prepare a classified balance sheet for Libby Corporation at December 31, 2021.
64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer:
Libby Corporation Balance Sheet At December 31, 2021 ($ in thousands) Assets
Cash Accounts receivable Less: Allowance for uncollectible accounts Inventory Prepaid insurance Total current assets Investments Property, plant, and equipment: Land Buildings Equipment Less: Accumulated depreciation Net Property, plant, and equipment Intangibles: Patents Total assets
$22,500 $30,000 7,500
22,500 100,000 4,500 149,500 55,000
45,000 140,000 132,500 317,500 80,000 237,500 5,000 $447,000
65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable $37,500 Notes payable, due 2022 65,000 Interest payable 10,000 Total current liabilities 112,500 Long-term liabilities: Bonds payable, due 2031 120,000 Total liabilities 232,500 Shareholders' equity: Common stock (no par), 20,000 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding $150,000 Retained earnings 64,500 Total shareholders' equity $214,500 Total liabilities and shareholders' equity $447,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Balance sheet―Usefulness - Limits - Elements; Total assets; Total liabilities; Classify shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations.; 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications.; 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The condensed balance sheet and income statement for Marjoram Company are presented below. Marjoram Company Balance Sheet At December 31, 2021 Cash Notes receivable (due August 15, 2022) Accounts receivable (net) Inventory Property, plant, and equipment (net) Intangible assets Total Assets
$ 19,000 35,000 48,400 70,600 250,000 12,400 $435,400
Current liabilities Bonds payable (11%) (long-term) Common stock Retained earnings Total liabilities and equity
$108,400 100,000 70,000 157,000 $435,400
Marjoram Company Income Statement For the Year ended December 31, 2021 Sales Cost of goods sold Gross profit Operating expenses Operating income Interest expense Income before income tax Income tax expense Net income
$704,000 422,400 $281,600 166,200 $115,400 11,000 $104,400 31,320 $ 73,080
111) Compute the current ratio for Marjoram Company. Round your answer to two decimal places. Answer: ($19,000 + $35,000 + $48,400 + $70,600) /$108,400 = 1.60 Current ratio Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
112) Compute the acid-test ratio for Marjoram Company. Round your answer to two decimal places. Answer: ($19,000 + $35,000 + $48,400) /$108,400 = .94 Acid-test ratio Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis 113) Compute the debt to equity ratio for Marjoram Company. Round your answer to two decimal places. Answer: ($108,400 + $100,000) / ($70,000 + $157,000) = .92 Debt to equity ratio Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 114) Compute the times interest earned ratio for Marjoram Company. Round your answer to two decimal places. Answer: ($73,080 + $31,320 + $11,000) /$11,000 = 10.49 Times interest earned ratio Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis
68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
115) Compute the return on shareholders' equity ratio for Marjoram Company. Round your answer to two decimal places. Answer: $73,080 / ($70,000 + $157,000) = 32% Return on shareholders' equity Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Return on equity Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis
69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The balance sheet for Altoid Co. is shown below. Altoid Co. Balance Sheet At December 31, 2021 Cash Short-term investments Accounts receivable (net) Inventory Property, plant, and equipment (net) Total assets
Assets: $ 150 200 300 450 1,100 $2,200
Liabilities and shareholders' equity: Current liabilities Long-term liabilities Common stock Retained earnings Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$ 450 600 150 1,000 $2,200
Selected 2021 income statement information for Altoid Co. includes: Net sales Operating expenses Income before interest and tax Interest expense Income tax expense Net income
$7,700 7,110 590 90 150 350
Required: Compute the following financial statement ratios for 2021: 116) Altoid Co.'s current ratio. Round your answer to two decimal places. Answer: ($150 + $200 + $300 + $450) /$450 = 2.44 Current ratio Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis
70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Altoid Co.'s acid-test ratio. Round your answer to two decimal places. Answer: ($150 + $200 + $300) /$450 = 1.44 Acid-test ratio Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 118) Altoid Co.'s debt to equity ratio. Round your answer to two decimal places. Answer: ($450 + $600) /$(150 + $1,000) = .91 Debt to equity ratio Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 119) Altoid Co.'s times interest earned ratio. Round your answer to two decimal places. Answer: ($350 + $150 + $90) /$90 = 6.56 Times interest earned ratio Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 120) Altoid Co.'s long term debt to equity ratio. Round your answer to two decimal places. Answer: $600/$1,150 = .52 Long-term debt to equity Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Bronco Electronics' current assets consist of cash, short-term investments, accounts receivable, and inventory. The following data were abstracted from a recent financial statement: Inventory Total assets Current ratio Acid-test ratio Debt to equity ratio
$150,000 $1,400,000 3 2.25 1.5
Required: Compute the following for Bronco: 121) Current assets Answer: Current assets (CA/Current Liabilities (CL)) = 3; therefore, CA = 3CL Quick assets (QA/Current Liabilities) = 2.25; therefore, QA = 2.25CL QA = CA − Inventory = CA − $150,000 2.25CL = 3CL − $150,000 .75CL = $150,000 CL = $200,000 CA = 3CL = $600,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis 122) Shareholders' equity Answer: Total debt + Total equity = Total assets = $1,400,000 Debt/Equity = 1.5; therefore, Total debt = 1.5 Equity 1.5 Equity + 1 Equity = $1,400,000 2.5 Equity = $1,400,000; Shareholders' equity = $560,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Balance sheet―Usefulness - Limits - Elements; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations.; 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis
72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
123) Long-term assets Answer: Total assets = Current assets + Long-term assets Current assets (CA/Current Liabilities (CL)) = 3; therefore, CA = 3CL Quick assets (QA/Current Liabilities) = 2.25; therefore, QA = 2.25CL QA = CA − Inventory = CA − $150,000 2.25CL = 3CL − $150,000 .75CL = $150,000 CL = $200,000 CA = 3CL = $600,000 Total assets = $1,400,000 (given) $1,400,000 = $600,000 + Long-term assets Long-term assets = $800,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Total assets; Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications.; 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis
73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) Long-term liabilities Answer: Total debt and equity (1) Total equity (2) Total debt Current liabilities (3) Long-term liabilities
$1,400,000 560,000 $840,000 200,000 $640,000
(1) Total debt + Total equity = Total assets (given) = $1,400,000 (2) Debt/Equity = 1.5; therefore, Total debt = 1.5 Equity 1.5 Equity + 1 Equity = $1,400,000 2.5 Equity = $1,400,000; Total equity = $560,000 (3) Current assets (CA/Current Liabilities (CL)) = 3; therefore, CA = 3CL Quick assets (QA/Current Liabilities) = 2.25; therefore, QA = 2.25CL QA = CA − Inventory = CA − $150,000 2.25CL = 3CL − $150,000 .75CL = $150,000 CL = $200,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Balance sheet―Usefulness - Limits - Elements; Total assets; Total liabilities; Using information―Liquidity ratios; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations.; 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications.; 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications.; 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis
74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Spartan Sportswear's current assets consist of cash, short-term investments, accounts receivable, and inventory. The following data were abstracted from a recent financial statement: Inventory Total assets Current ratio Acid-test ratio Debt to equity ratio
$180,000 $720,000 2.75 1.5 1.4
Required: Compute the following for Spartan: 125) Current assets Answer: Current assets (CA/Current Liabilities (CL)) = 2.75; therefore, CA = 2.75CL Quick assets (QA/Current Liabilities) = 1.5; therefore, QA = 1.5CL QA = CA − Inventory = CA − $180,000 1.5CL = 2.75CL − $180,000 1.25CL = $180,000 CL = $144,000 CA = $396,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis 126) Shareholders' equity Answer: Total debt + Total equity = Total assets = $720,000 Debt/Equity = 1.4; therefore, Total debt = 1.4 Equity 1.4 Equity + 1 Equity = $720,000 2.4 Equity = $720,000; Shareholders' equity = $300,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Balance sheet―Usefulness - Limits - Elements; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations.; 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis 75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
127) Long-term assets Answer: Total assets = Current assets + Long-term assets Current assets (CA/Current Liabilities (CL)) = 2.75; therefore, CA = 2.75CL Quick assets (QA/Current Liabilities) = 1.5; therefore, QA = 1.5CL QA = CA — Inventory = CA − $180,000 1.5CL = 2.75CL — $180,000 1.25CL = $180,000 CL = $144,000 CA = $396,000 $720,000 (given) = $396,000 + Long-term assets Long-term assets = $324,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Total assets; Using information―Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications.; 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis
76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) Long-term liabilities Answer: Total debt and equity (1) Total equity (2) Total debt Current liabilities (3) Long-term liabilities
$720,000 300,000 $420,000 144,000 $276,000
(1) Total debt + Total equity = Total assets (given) = $720,000 (2) Debt/Equity = 1.4; therefore, Total debt = 1.4 Equity 1.4 Equity + 1 Equity = $720,000 2.4 Equity = $720,000; Shareholders' equity = $300,000 (3) Current assets (CA/Current Liabilities (CL)) = 2.75; therefore, CA = 2.75CL Quick assets (QA/Current Liabilities) = 1.5; therefore, QA = 1.5CL QA = CA — Inventory = CA − $180,000 1.5CL = 2.75CL — $180,000 (inventory) 1.25CL = $180,000 CL = $144,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Balance sheet―Usefulness - Limits - Elements; Total assets; Total liabilities; Using information―Liquidity ratios; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations.; 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications.; 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications.; 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis
77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) The following balance sheet information (in $ millions) comes from the Annual Report to Shareholders of Merry International Inc. for the 2021 fiscal year. Certain amounts have been replaced with question marks to test your understanding of balance sheets. In addition, you are provided with the following information from an analysis of Merry's financial position at the same date: Current ratio = 1.352259; Acid-test ratio = 0.5769692; Debt to equity ratio = 1.505718. Required: Compute the missing amounts (rounded to the nearest $ in millions) in the balance sheet. Assets Current assets Cash and cash equivalents Accounts and notes receivable Inventory Other Total current assets Property and equipment, net $1,307 Intangible assets, net ? Investments 250 Notes and other receivables, net 1,264 Other assets 1,137 Total long-term assets Total assets Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity Current liabilities Accounts payable Salaries payable Other payables Total current liabilities Long-term debt Other long-term liabilities Total long-term liabilities Total liabilities Shareholders' equity Common stock Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$505 ? ? 450 ?
____? ?
$ 634 692 1,175 2,501 ? 2,206 _____? ? 500 1,244 1,841 1,585 $8,983
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: The completed balance sheet is shown below. To solve the problem, students can start by using the debt to equity ratio to solve for total liabilities ($3,585 × 1.505718 = $5,398 in total liabilities). Then they can determine the other missing data in the bottom half of the balance sheet by subtraction. With total liabilities and shareholders' equity known, so are the total assets. The current assets can be computed by the current ratio ($2,501 × 1. 352259 = $3,382 in current assets). The quick assets can be found from the acid-test ratio ($2,501 × 0.5769692 = $1,443 in quick assets less $ 505 in cash and cash equivalents = $938 in accounts and notes receivable). With that known, students can compute the inventory balance ($3,382 − $505 − $938 − $450 = $1,489). Finally, with current and total assets determined, the long-term assets can be found, leading to the missing balance in intangible assets. Assets Current assets Cash and cash equivalents Accounts and notes receivable Inventory Other Total current assets Property and equipment, net Intangible assets, net Investments Notes and other receivables, net Other assets Total long-term assets Total assets
$505 938 1,489 450 3,382 $1,307 1,643 250 1,264 1,137 5,601 $8,983
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity Current liabilities Accounts payable $ 634 Salaries payable 692 Other payables 1,175 Total current liabilities 2,501 Long-term debt $2,091 Other long-term liabilities 806 Total long-term liabilities 2,897 Total liabilities 5,398 Shareholders' equity Common stock 500 Additional paid-in capital 1,244 Retained earnings 1,841 Total shareholders' equity 3,585 Total liabilities and shareholders' equity $8,983 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Balance sheet―Usefulness - Limits - Elements; Total assets; Total liabilities; Classify shareholders' equity; Using information―Liquidity ratios; Using information―Solvency ratios 79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Learning Objective: 03-01 Describe the purpose of the balance sheet and understand its usefulness and limitations.; 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications.; 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications.; 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis Use this information to answer the following questions: Indicate whether each of the actions listed below will immediately increase (I), decrease (D), or have no effect (N) on the ratios shown. Assume each ratio is greater than 1.0 before the action is taken. 130) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Prepay rent for 3 months
Answer:
Prepay rent for 3 months
Current ratio Acid-test ratio N D
Total debt to equity ratio N
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis
80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
131) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Cash sale of land for a gain
Answer:
Cash sale of land for a gain
Current ratio Acid-test ratio I I
Total debt to equity ratio D
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis 132) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Purchase of inventory on account
Answer: Current ratio Acid-test ratio Purchase of inventory on account
D
D
Total debt to equity ratio I
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis
81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
133) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Collection of an Account Receivable
Answer: Current ratio Acid-test ratio Collection of an Account Receivable
N
N
Total debt to equity ratio N
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis 134) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Refinancing currently maturing debt for five more years
Answer: Total debt to equity Current ratio Acid-test ratio ratio Refinancing currently maturing debt for five more years
I
I
N
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis
82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Purchasing advertising on 30-day credit
Answer: Current ratio Acid-test ratio Purchasing advertising on 30-day credit
D
D
Total debt to equity ratio I
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis 136) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Payment of recently accrued income taxes
Answer: Current ratio Acid-test ratio Payment of recently accrued income taxes
I
I
Total debt to equity ratio D
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis
83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
137) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Cash sale of inventory for a profit
Answer: Current ratio Acid-test ratio Cash sale of inventory for a profit
I
I
Total debt to equity ratio D
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis 138) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Purchase of a warehouse with a 6-month note
Answer: Current ratio Acid-test ratio Purchase of a warehouse with a 6-month note
D
D
Total debt to equity ratio I
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis
84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
139) Current ratio Acid-test ratio Total debt to equity ratio Issuance of long-term debt for cash
Answer: Current ratio Acid-test ratio Issuance of long-term debt for cash
I
I
Total debt to equity ratio I
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis 140) Current ratio Acid-test ratio
Total debt to equity ratio
Current ratio Acid-test ratio
Total debt to equity ratio
Record annual depreciation on office equipment
Answer:
Record annual depreciation on office equipment
N
N
I
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Using information―Liquidity ratios; Using information―Solvency ratios Learning Objective: 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis
85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) You are reviewing the December 31, 2021, financial statements of Ellie's Antiques. Ellie's management is considering an initial public offering of shares of its common stock. The following items come to your attention: a. Included in long-term investments are 10-year U.S. Treasury bonds that mature March 31, 2022. The bonds were purchased November 20, 2021. b. The property, plant, and equipment account is stated at cost, except that it includes a parcel of land purchased for investment purposes at a cost of $40,000. Because of rising land prices, the value of the land has been written up to $60,000. The company has an independent appraisal that attests to this amount. c. The accounts receivable account includes $20,000 due in three years from officers and employees, as well as a two-year, 8% note for $25,000 due from a customer. The loan enabled the customer to buy equipment needed to process materials purchased from Ellie's Antiques. Required: Determine the proper balance sheet presentation and amounts for the above items. Answer: a. These treasury bonds would typically be classified in current assets as short-term investments. If purchased within three months of their maturity, they could be classified as cash equivalents. b. The land should be reported in the long-term investments category at the original cost of $40,000. c. These receivables should be classified as nontrade receivables in the long-term investments category. Receivables from officers and employees require separate disclosure, if material. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Total assets; Disclosure―Notes to financial statements Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications.; 03-04 Explain the purpose of financial statement disclosures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
86 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
142) List the circumstances under which land would be classified under the following balance sheet classifications: 1. Current assets. 2. Investments (long-term). 3. Property, plant, and equipment. 4. Other long-term assets. Answer: 1. Land held for short-term speculation would be a short-term investment. Land could also be held as inventory by, for example, a real estate developer. 2. Land held for long-term speculation would be a long-term investment. 3. The most common use of land would be under this category when it is actively used in operations. 4. Land in idle use or held as a future building site could be included in this category. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Total assets Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 143) You are the independent accountant assigned to the audit of Neophyte Company. The company's accountant, a graduate of Rival State University, has prepared financial statements that contained the following questionable items: a. The balance sheet reports land at $100,000. Included in this amount is a property held for speculation at a cost of $30,000. b. Current liabilities include $50,000 for long-term debt that is due in three months. The company has received a suitable firm commitment to refinance the debt for five years and intends to do so. c. Investments include $20,000 in short-term, high-grade commercial paper, which is a cash equivalent. Required. Describe the appropriate balance sheet presentation for the above items. Answer: a. Land held for speculation should be listed under long-term investments. b. Debt to be refinanced under these circumstances should be classified as long-term liabilities. c. These items should be reported with cash under the category of cash and cash equivalents. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Total assets; Total liabilities Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications.; 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 87 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
144) Provide an example of a liability that would not require the payment of cash. Answer: One type of current liability that would not require the payment of cash is the deferred revenue liability created when payment is received before services are provided. Examples of deferred revenue include deferred airline fares, deferred subscription revenue, etc. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Total liabilities Learning Objective: 03-03 Identify and describe the various liability and shareholders' equity classifications. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 145) Briefly explain the purpose of the disclosure note on significant accounting policies. Provide two examples of what might be found in this note. Answer: There are many areas where management chooses from among equally acceptable alternative accounting methods. The summary of significant accounting policies conveys valuable information about the company's choices, which can significantly impact earnings and financial position. Examples include depreciation methods, inventory valuation methods, and revenue recognition methods. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disclosure―Notes to financial statements Learning Objective: 03-04 Explain the purpose of financial statement disclosures. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 146) Briefly explain what is meant by a subsequent event. Give two examples of subsequent events. Answer: A subsequent event is a significant event that takes place after an entity's fiscal year-end but before the financial statements have been issued or are available to be issued. Examples include issuance of debt or equity securities, mergers, discontinued operations, and the resolution of uncertainties that existed at the balance sheet date. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disclosure―Notes to financial statements Learning Objective: 03-04 Explain the purpose of financial statement disclosures. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
88 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
147) Explain how management's discussion and analysis of its operations and liquidity may be helpful to investors. Answer: Although the financial statement numbers give a partial picture of how well the company has been performing its operations and how liquid it is, management is in a better position to describe key factors that influence these measures and what risks and opportunities exist that may affect future operations and liquidity. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disclosure―Management - Directors - Executives Learning Objective: 03-05 Describe disclosures related to management's discussion and analysis, responsibilities, and compensation. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management
89 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) The following is the 2021 report of the independent registered public accounting firm that audited The Great Food Company, Inc., a large supermarket chain: In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' deficit and comprehensive loss, and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Great Food Company, Inc. and its subsidiaries (debtor-in-possession) at December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. However, the Company is currently operating pursuant to a Chapter 11 bankruptcy filing which, together with the uncertain outcomes of the matters discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for share lending arrangements during fiscal 2020. 90 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Required. Interpret the main points indicated in this report by Great Food’s auditors. Answer: 1. The accounting firm has conducted an audit of The Great Food Company's financial statements, using typical auditing standards and procedures. There is no limitation indicated in what they examined. Therefore, the auditor expressed a reasonable basis for forming the opinion on these statements. 2. The statements were judged to be fairly presented, meaning that they were within a material range of accuracy relative to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. 3. The Company is currently operating pursuant to a Chapter 11 bankruptcy filing, which, together with the uncertain outcomes of the matters, raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Therefore, the going concern assumption on which the financial statements are based is subject to substantial doubt in this situation. 4. The Great Food Company made a change in its accounting method for share lending arrangements. 5. The audit also has examined the effectiveness of Great Food's internal controls over financial reporting, in accordance with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board standards, and expressed an unqualified opinion about that effectiveness. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Audit and Auditor's report Learning Objective: 03-06 Explain the purpose of an audit and describe the content of the audit report. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement; FN Reporting; FN Risk Analysis
91 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
149) Using an example, discuss the techniques that analysts use to transform accounting numbers into more useful forms. Answer: Analysts convert accounting numbers into ratios in order to control for size differences over time and among companies. In addition, they use horizontal analysis, comparing changes in certain metrics over time, and vertical analysis, comparing each financial statement item to a base total, such as sales revenue. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Using information―Analysis and methods Learning Objective: 03-07 Describe the techniques used by financial analysts to transform financial information into forms more useful for analysis. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry
92 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
150) The current asset section of Seifert & Seifert, CPAs' balance sheet consists of cash, accounts receivable, investments, and prepaid expenses. The 2021 balance sheet reported the following: cash, $110,000; investments, $22,000; prepaid expenses, $18,000; long-term assets, $422,000; and shareholders' equity, $350,000. The current ratio at the end of the year was 1.6 and the debt to equity ratio was .8. Required: Determine the following 2021 amounts and ratios: 1. Current liabilities. 2. Long-term liabilities. 3. Accounts receivable. 4. The acid-test ratio. Answer: 1. Debt to equity ratio = Total liabilities ÷ Shareholders' equity = .8 Total liabilities ÷ $350,000 = .8 Shareholders' equity × .8 = total liabilities $350,000 × .8 = $280,000 = total liabilities Total liabilities + equity = total assets $280,000 + $350,000 = $630,000 = total assets Total assets — long-term assets = current assets $630,000 — $422,000 = $208,000 = current assets Current ratio = Current assets ÷ current liabilities 1.6 = $208,000 ÷ current liabilities Current liabilities = $208,000 ÷ 1.6 = $130,000 2. Total assets = total liabilities + shareholders' equity Total assets = current liabilities + long-term liabilities + shareholders' equity $630,000 = $130,000 + long-term liabilities + $350,000 Long-term liabilities = $150,000 3. Current assets = Cash + investments + accounts receivable + prepaid expenses $208,000 = $110,000 + $22,000 + accounts receivable + $18,000 Accounts receivable = $58,000 4. Acid-test ratio = Quick assets ÷ Current liabilities Quick assets = Cash + investments + accounts receivable Quick assets = $110,000 + $22,000 + $58,000 = 190,000 Acid-test ratio = $190,000 ÷ $130,000 = 1.46 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Liquidity ratios Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various asset classifications.; 03-08 Identify and calculate the common liquidity and solvency ratios used to assess risk. 93 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis 151) The balance sheets of Callaway Foods list current assets followed by long-term assets and current liabilities before long-term liabilities. If Callaway Foods prepared its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards, what other approach might it take in preparing its balance sheet? Answer: Under U.S. GAAP, we present current assets and liabilities before long-term assets and liabilities. IAS No. 1 doesn't prescribe the format of the balance sheet, but balance sheets prepared using IFRS often report long-term items first. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS―Balance sheet presentation Learning Objective: 03-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the balance sheet, financial disclosures, and segment reporting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
94 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 4 The Income Statement, Comprehensive Income, and the Statement of Cash Flows 1) Income from continuing operations sometimes includes gains from nonoperating activities. 2) Unlike the balance sheet, the income statement measures activity over a period of time. 3) The single-step format of the income statement first lists all the revenues and gains included in income from continuing operations. 4) The single-step format of the income statement does not separately report nonoperating gains in the revenues section of the income statement. 5) The multiple-step format of the income statement reports a series of intermediate subtotals such as gross profit, operating income, and income before taxes. 6) Revenues and expenses typically occur as a result of normal operating activity. 7) Gains and losses typically occur as a result of normal operating activity. 8) Income from continuing operations consists only of those items expected to be permanent components of earnings. 9) Interest expense typically is considered a temporary component of earnings. 10) One meaning of earnings quality is the ability of reported earnings to predict a company's future earnings. 11) Managers' income smoothing behavior results in reported earnings being manipulated higher in each year. 12) Classification shifting by managers leads to under-reporting of total expenses and over-statement of bottom-line net income. 13) Material restructuring costs are reported as an element of income from continuing operations. 14) Restructuring costs most often refer to costs associated with management's plans to materially change the scope of business operations or the manner in which they are conducted. 15) Intraperiod tax allocation is the process of associating income tax effects with the income statement components that create those effects. 16) Gains, but not losses, from discontinued operations must be separately reported in an income statement. 1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
17) A change in accounting principle that is implemented using the retrospective approach includes restating financial statements of all periods presented as if the new standard had been used in those periods. 18) A change in accounting principle that is implemented using the modified retrospective approach includes implementing the change in the current period only and not adjusting for the cumulative effects on prior periods. 19) Changes in estimates are accounted for using the prospective approach. 20) Material errors in prior periods' income statements are corrected by making an adjustment to the beginning balance of the current period's retained earnings. 21) Earnings per share disclosure is required only for income from continuing operations. 22) Comprehensive income reports an expanded version of income to include certain types of gains and losses not included in traditional income statements. 23) Comprehensive income is the total change in shareholders' equity that occurred during the period. 24) The direct and indirect methods of reporting the statement of cash flows present different information for investing and financing activities. 25) Income statements prepared according to either U.S. GAAP or International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) require the separate reporting of discontinued operations. 26) International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) require a company to classify expenses in an income statement by function. 27) In a statement of cash flows prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), interest received is most often classified as an operating cash flow. 28) In a statement of cash flows prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), interest paid is most often classified as a financing cash flow. 29) A decrease in the receivables turnover ratio indicates a decrease in the time between credit sales and cash collection. 30) The decomposition of return on assets illustrates why some companies with low profit margins can be very profitable if their asset turnover is high. 31) A company could improve its return on assets by increasing its income or by increasing its total assets.
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
32) Return on equity is increased if a firm can maintain its return on assets but increase its leverage. 33) The difference between single-step and multiple-step income statements is primarily an issue of: A) Consistency. B) Presentation. C) Measurement. D) Valuation. 34) Most real-world income statements are presented using which format? A) Income-step. B) Single-step. C) Magnitude-step. D) Multiple-step. 35) A primary advantage of the multiple-step format of the income statement over the single-step format is that the multiple-step format: A) classifies expenses by function. B) results in a higher amount of net income. C) separately lists income tax expense. D) lists revenues and expenses in order of their dollar amount. 36) Which of the following profit amounts usually will be listed in both the single-step and multiple-step formats of the income statement? A) Gross profit. B) Operating income. C) Income before taxes. D) Net nonoperating income. 37) The relationship between revenue from selling inventory and the cost of that inventory is measured as: A) Net income. B) Gross profit. C) Income before taxes. D) Operating income. 38) The measure of profit reported on a multiple-step income statement that represents the primary-revenue generating activities of the company is: A) Net income. B) Gross profit. C) Income before taxes. D) Operating income.
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
39) Popson Inc. incurred a material loss that was unusual in character. This loss should be reported as: A) a discontinued operation. B) a line item between income from continuing operations and income from discontinued operations. C) a line item within income from continuing operations. D) a line item in the retained earnings statement. 40) Provincial Inc. reported the following before-tax income statement items: Operating income Nonoperating losses
$
700,000 (100,000)
Provincial has a 25% income tax rate. Provincial would report the following amount of income tax expense as a separately stated line item in the income statement: A) $200,000. B) $150,000. C) $175,000. D) $160,000. 41) Freda's Florist reported the following before-tax income statement items for the year ended December 31, 2021: Operating income Income on discontinued operations
$ 200,000 80,000
All income statement items are subject to a 25% income tax rate. In its 2021 income statement, Freda's separately stated income tax expense and total income tax expense would be: A) $70,000 and $70,000, respectively. B) $70,000 and $50,000, respectively. C) $50,000 and $70,000, respectively. D) $50,000 and $50,000, respectively. 42) Earnings quality refers to: A) the ability of management to budget for expenditures in the following year. B) the ability of management to sell its inventory for a profit. C) the ability of management to quickly collect cash from customers. D) the ability of reported earnings to predict a company's future earnings.
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
43) Income smoothing refers to: A) the ability of management to report an earnings amount in each period less than actual earnings. B) the ability of management to use accruals to reduce the volatility of reported earnings over time. C) the ability of management to maintain sales to its current customers for several years. D) the ability of management to report an earnings amount in each period greater than actual earnings. 44) To accomplish income smoothing, managers could do which of the following? A) In a year net income is particularly high, estimate future bad debts for a higher amount. B) Report all revenues on a cash basis. C) In a year net income is particularly low, estimate future warranty costs for a higher amount. D) Report all expenses on a cash basis. 45) Managers may engage in classification shifting by: A) reporting sales to fictitious customers to inflate reported revenues. B) reducing estimates of accrued expenses to inflate reported net income. C) reporting operating expenses as nonoperating expenses to inflate reported operating income. D) increasing estimates of accrued expenses to inflate reported net income. 46) A likely method that managers use for classification shifting is to report certain operating expenses as: A) revenues. B) nonoperating expenses. C) income tax expense. D) assets. 47) Classification shifting by managers has the effects of increasing which level of profitability? A) Operating income. B) Net income. C) Income before taxes. D) All of the other answers are correct. 48) Financial statement users typically begin their assessment of permanent earnings with: A) sales revenue. B) income from continuing operations. C) net income. D) gross profit. 49) Temporary earnings are best characterized as: A) earnings that do not have corresponding cash flows. B) earnings from nonoperating activities. C) earnings that do not conform to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). D) earnings that arise from events that are not likely to recur in the foreseeable future.
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) Which of the following most likely would be classified as restructuring costs? A) Advertising costs to sell a product recently developed by a company. B) Severance pay for employee layoffs associated with facility closings. C) Brokerage fees from the issuance of additional shares of stock. D) Acquisition fees associated with the purchase of land and buildings. 51) Restructuring costs typically can be defined as: A) costs of external financing through issuance of debt or equity securities. B) costs associated safeguarding a company's assets and ensuring accuracy of financial reporting. C) costs associated with management's plans to materially change the scope of business operations or the manner in which they are conducted. D) costs of expenditures made on capital projects and executive compensation. 52) Non-GAAP earnings: A) could be considered management's view of permanent earnings. B) are needed for the correction of errors. C) are standardized under generally accepted accounting principles D) are useful to compare two different firms' performance. 53) A common component of income excluded from the calculation of non-GAAP earnings is: A) Interest expense. B) Income tax expense. C) Cost of goods sold. D) Restructuring costs. 54) The distinction between operating and nonoperating income relates to: A) continuity of income. B) primary activities of the reporting entity. C) consistency of income stream. D) reliability of measurements. 55) A company reports the following amounts at the end of the current year: Sales revenue Selling expense Gain on sale of investments Interest expense Cost of goods sold
$ 860,000 250,000 30,000 10,000 520,000
Under normal circumstances (ignoring tax effects), permanent earnings would be computed as: A) $90,000. B) $110,000. C) $80,000. D) $50,000.
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
56) Which of the following is most likely to be classified as discontinued operations? A) Sale of a small equity method investment in another company. B) Sale of a group of assets that represents a strategic shift in operations. C) Sale of undeveloped land due to lack of customer demand for additional store locations. D) All of the other answers would be classified as discontinued operations. 57) A company has decided to discontinue a component of its business and sells the component by the end of the year. The amount that the company would report as income from discontinued operations is (ignore tax effects): A) only income from operations for the year. B) only the gain or loss on the disposal of the component's assets. C) income from operations for the year and only a loss on the disposal of the component's assets. D) income from operations for the year and either a gain or loss on the disposal of the component's assets. 58) A company has decided to discontinue a component of its business but, when the reporting period ends, the component has not yet been sold. The amount that the company would report as income from discontinued operations is (ignore tax effects): A) income from operations for the year and the amount by which the component's fair value less cost to sell is greater than book value. B) income from operations for the year and the amount by which the component's fair value less cost to sell is less than book value. C) only the amount by which the component's fair value less cost to sell is less than book value. D) only the component's income from operations for the year. 59) The principal benefit of separately reporting discontinued operations is to enhance: A) predictive ability of future profitability. B) consistency in reporting. C) intraperiod continuity. D) comprehensive reporting. 60) Which of the following best explains why the taxes on discontinued operations are reported separately from taxes on continuing operations? A) The tax rate applied to discontinued operations typically is lower than that applied to continuing operations. B) The taxes on discontinued operations are not expected to recur in future years. C) The tax rate applied to discontinued operations typically is higher than that applied to continuing operations. D) Companies are allowed to delay tax payments for discontinued operations for up to five years. 61) Intraperiod income tax presentation is primarily a matter of: A) Valuation. B) Going concern. C) Periodicity. D) Allocation. 7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
62) The Claxton Company manufactures children's toys and also has a division that makes automobile parts. Due to a change in its strategic focus, the company sold the automobile parts division. The division qualifies as a component of the entity according to GAAP. How should Claxton report the sale in its income statement? A) Report it as restructuring costs. B) Report it as a discontinued operation. C) Report the income or loss from operations of the division in discontinued operations. D) Report it as a gain on sale of investments included in income from continuing operations. 63) On August 1, 2021, Rocket Retailers adopted a plan to discontinue its catalog sales division, which qualifies as a separate component of the business according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. The disposal of the division was expected to be concluded by June 30, 2022. On January 31, 2022, Rocket's fiscal year-end, the following information relative to the discontinued division was accumulated: Operating loss Feb. 1, 2021–Jan. 31, 2022 Estimated operating losses, Feb. 1–June 30, 2022 Impairment of division assets at Jan. 31, 2022
$ 115,000 80,000 10,000
In its income statement for the year ended January 31, 2022, Rocket would report a before-tax loss on discontinued operations of: A) $(115,000). B) $(195,000). C) $(65,000). D) $(125,000). 64) On November 1, 2021, Jamison Inc. adopted a plan to discontinue its barge division, which qualifies as a separate component of the business according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. The disposal of the division was expected to be concluded by April 30, 2022. On December 31, 2021, the company's year-end, the following information relative to the discontinued division was accumulated: Operating loss Jan. 1–Dec. 31, 2021 Estimated operating losses, Jan. 1 to April 30, 2022 Excess of fair value, less costs to sell, over book value at Dec. 31, 2021
$ 65 million 80 million 15 million
In its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, Jamison would report a before-tax loss on discontinued operations of: A) $65 million. B) $50 million. C) $130 million. D) $145 million.
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
65) On October 28, 2021, a company committed to a plan to sell a division that qualified as a component of the entity according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations and was properly classified as held for sale on December 31, 2021, the end of the company's fiscal year. The division's loss from operations for 2021 was $2,000,000. The division's book value and fair value less cost to sell on December 31 were $3,000,000 and $2,500,000, respectively. What before-tax amount(s) should the company report as loss on discontinued operations in its 2021 income statement? A) $2,000,000 loss. B) $2,500,000 loss. C) No loss would be reported. D) $500,000 impairment loss included in continuing operations and a $2,000,000 loss from discontinued operations. 66) On October 28, 2021, a company committed to a plan to sell a division that qualified as a component of the entity according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations and was properly classified as held for sale on December 31, 2021, the end of the company's fiscal year. The division's loss from operations for 2021 was $2,000,000. The division's book value and fair value less cost to sell on December 31 were $3,000,000 and $3,500,000, respectively. What before-tax amount(s) should the company report as loss on discontinued operations in its 2021 income statement? A) $2,000,000 loss. B) $2,500,000 loss. C) No loss would be reported. D) $500,000 gain included in continuing operations and a $2,000,000 loss from discontinued operations. 67) On May 1, Foxtrot Co. agreed to sell the assets of its Footwear Division to Albanese Inc. for $80 million. The sale was completed on December 31, 2021. The following additional facts pertain to the transaction: • • • •
The Footwear Division qualifies as a component of the entity according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. The book value of Footwear's assets totaled $48 million on the date of the sale. Footwear's operating income was a pre-tax loss of $10 million in 2021. Foxtrot's income tax rate is 25%.
In the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, Foxtrot Co. would report: A) Income (loss) on its total operations for the year without separation. B) Income (loss) on its continuing operation only. C) Income (loss) from its continuing and discontinued operations separately. D) Income and gains separately from losses.
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
68) On May 1, Foxtrot Co. agreed to sell the assets of its Footwear Division to Albanese Inc. for $80 million. The sale was completed on December 31, 2021. The following additional facts pertain to the transaction: • The Footwear Division qualifies as a component of the entity according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. • The book value of Footwear's assets totaled $48 million on the date of the sale. • Footwear's operating income was a pre-tax loss of $10 million in 2021. • Foxtrot's income tax rate is 25%. In the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, Foxtrot Co. would report: A) All income taxes combined into one line item. B) Income taxes separated for continuing and discontinued operations. C) Income taxes reported for income and gains only. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 69) On May 1, Foxtrot Co. agreed to sell the assets of its Footwear Division to Albanese Inc. for $80 million. The sale was completed on December 31, 2021. The following additional facts pertain to the transaction: • The Footwear Division qualifies as a component of the entity according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. • The book value of Footwear's assets totaled $48 million on the date of the sale. • Footwear's operating income was a pre-tax loss of $10 million in 2021. • Foxtrot's income tax rate is 25%. In the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, Foxtrot Co. would report income from discontinued operations of: A) $14.0 million. B) $16.5 million. C) $22.0 million. D) $24.5 million.
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
70) On May 1, Tango Co. agreed to sell the assets of its Formal Wear Division to Top Hat Inc. The following additional facts pertain to the transaction: • • • •
The Formal Wear Division qualifies as a component of the entity according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. The book value of Formal Wear's assets totaled $48 million on December 31, 2021. Formal Wear's operating income was a pre-tax loss of $10 million in 2021. Tango's income tax rate is 25%.
Suppose that the Formal Wear Division's assets had not been sold by December 31, 2021, but were considered held for sale. Assume that the fair value of these assets was $40 million at December 31, 2021. In the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, Tango Co. would report discontinued operations of: A) $7.5 million loss. B) $10.0 million loss. C) $13.5 million loss. D) $18.0 million loss. 71) On May 1, Tango Co. agreed to sell the assets of its Formal Wear Division to Top Hat Inc. The following additional facts pertain to the transaction: • • • •
The Formal Wear Division qualifies as a component of the entity according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. The book value of Formal Wear's assets totaled $48 million on December 31, 2021. Formal Wear's operating income was a pre-tax loss of $10 million in 2021. Tango's income tax rate is 25%.
Suppose that the Formal Wear Division's assets had not been sold by December 31, 2021, but were considered held for sale. Assume that the fair value of these assets was $80 million at December 31, 2021. In the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, Tango Co., would report discontinued operations of a: A) $7.5 million loss. B) $10.0 million loss. C) $16.5 million income. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 72) Major Co. reported 2021 income of $300,000 from continuing operations before income taxes and a before-tax loss on discontinued operations of $80,000. All income is subject to a 25% tax rate. In the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, Major Co. would show the following line-item amounts for income tax expense and net income: A) $55,000 and $165,000 respectively. B) $75,000 and $165,000 respectively. C) $75,000 and $145,000 respectively. D) $55,000 and $220,000 respectively. 11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
73) Howard Co.'s 2021 income from continuing operations before income taxes was $280,000. Howard Co. reported before-tax income on discontinued operations of $60,000. All tax items are subject to a 25% tax rate. In its income statement for 2021, Howard Co. would show the following line-item amounts for income tax expense and net income: A) $70,000 and $255,000 respectively. B) $55,000 and $220,000 respectively. C) $85,000 and $340,000 respectively. D) $85,000 and $255,000 respectively. 74) Misty Company reported the following before-tax items during the current year: Sales revenue Selling and administrative expenses Restructuring charges Loss on discontinued operations
$ 600 260 20 40
Misty's effective tax rate is 25%. What is Misty's income from continuing operations? A) $240. B) $255. C) $320. D) $450. 75) Misty Company reported the following before-tax items during the current year: Sales revenue Selling and administrative expenses Restructuring charges Loss on discontinued operations
$ 600 260 20 40
Misty's effective tax rate is 25%. What is Misty's net income for the current year? A) $280. B) $210. C) $240. D) $200.
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) Cendant Corporation's results for the year ended December 31, 2021, include the following material items: Sales revenue Cost of goods sold Selling and administrative expenses Loss on sale of investments Loss on discontinued operations Loss on impairment from continuing operations
$ 6,200,000 3,800,000 1,300,000 200,000 500,000 80,000
Cendant Corporation's income from continuing operations before income taxes for 2021 is: A) $900,000. B) $880,000. C) $820,000 D) $320,000. 77) A change in accounting principle that is implemented using the retrospective approach includes: A) implementing the change in the current period only and not adjusting for the cumulative effects on prior periods. B) applying the new standard to the adoption period only and recording the cumulative adjustment for prior periods to the beginning balance of retained earnings. C) restating financial statements of all periods presented as if the new standard had been used in those periods. D) not accounting for the change in the current period or prior periods. 78) A change in accounting principle that is implemented using the modified retrospective approach includes: A) implementing the change in the current period only and not adjusting for the cumulative effects on prior periods. B) applying the new standard to the adoption period only, and recording the cumulative adjustment for prior periods to the current period's beginning balance of retained earnings. C) restating financial statements of all periods presented as if the new standard had been used in those periods. D) not accounting for the change in the current period or prior periods. 79) Changes in estimates are accounted for using which approach? A) Prospective. B) Retrospective. C) Modified retrospective. D) Modified prospective.
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) When a material error is discovered in prior financial statements: A) prior financial statements are restated to their correct amounts. B) assets and liabilities in the current period are restated to their appropriate levels. C) prior income effects are adjusted to the current period's beginning balance of retained earnings. D) all of these answer choices are correct. 81) Which of the following is not true about EPS? A) It must be reported by all corporations whose stock is publicly traded. B) It must be reported separately for discontinued operations. C) It must be reported on operating income. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 82) The Maytag Corporation's income statement includes income from continuing operations and a loss on discontinued operations. Earnings per share information would be provided for: A) net income only. B) income from continuing operations and net income only. C) income from continuing operations, loss on discontinued operations, and net income only. D) none of these answer choices are correct. 83) Each of the following would be reported as items of other comprehensive income except: A) foreign currency translation adjustment. B) gain on projected pension benefit obligation. C) deferred gain from derivatives. D) gain from the sale of equipment. 84) Reporting comprehensive income can be accomplished by each of the following methods except: A) in the statement of shareholders' equity. B) a single, continuous statement of comprehensive income. C) in two separate, but consecutive statements. D) All of these answer choices are acceptable methods. 85) During the year, a company's investment in debt securities increases in fair value, resulting in an unrealized gain on the investment. The investment is not sold by the end of the year. The company is considering whether to report the unrealized gain as a component of net income or as a component of other comprehensive income. Under which reporting requirement would the company have a higher ending balance of total shareholders' equity? A) As a component of net income. B) As a component of other comprehensive income. C) Total shareholders' equity would be the same with either reporting requirement. D) None of the other answers are correct.
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
86) Consider the following two separate events for a company during the year: 1. Gain on sale of investments = $10. 2. Unrealized gain on investment from increase in fair value = $20. The company reports the unrealized gain as a component of other comprehensive income. By how much would these two events increase net income and comprehensive income, ignoring tax effects? A) Net income = $10; Comprehensive income = $20. B) Net income = $10; Comprehensive income = $30. C) Net income = $30; Comprehensive income = $30. D) Net income = $30; Comprehensive income = $20. 87) Consider the following two separate events for a company during the year: 1. Loss on sale of investments = $30. 2. Unrealized gain on investment from increase in fair value = $20. The company reports the unrealized gain as a component of other comprehensive income. By how much would these two events affect net income and comprehensive income, ignoring tax effects? A) Net income = $(30); Comprehensive income = $(10). B) Net income = $(30); Comprehensive income = $20. C) Net income = $0; Comprehensive income = $(10). D) Net income = $(10); Comprehensive income = $20. 88) Consider the following two separate events for a company during the year: 1. Loss on sale of investments = $20. 2. Unrealized gain on investment from increase in fair value = $30. The company reports the unrealized gain as a component of other comprehensive income. By how much would these two events affect the balance of retained earnings, ignoring tax effects? A) Increase of $30. B) Increase of $10. C) Decrease of $20. D) Decrease of $10. 89) Reporting comprehensive income according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) can be accomplished by each of the following methods except: A) in the statement of shareholders' equity. B) a combined statement of income and comprehensive income. C) in two separate statements. D) the entity may choose either a combined statement of income and comprehensive income or two separate statements.
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) Comprehensive income is the change in equity from: A) Owner transactions. B) Nonowner transactions. C) Owner and nonowner transactions. D) Capital transactions. 91) Financial statements that report changes over time include: A) statement of shareholders' equity, balance sheet, and statement of cash flows. B) balance sheet, statement of cash flows, and income statement. C) statement of cash flows, income statement, and statement of shareholders' equity. D) statement of shareholders' equity, balance sheet, and income statement. 92) For the statement of cash flows, investments in Treasury bills with very short maturity period would normally be included as: A) Operating activities. B) Investing activities. C) Financing activities. D) Cash equivalents. 93) In comparing the direct method with the indirect method of preparing the statement of cash flows: A) only operating activities are presented differently. B) only investing activities are presented differently. C) only financing activities are presented differently. D) all activities are presented differently. 94) The statement of cash flows reports cash flows from the activities of: A) operating, purchasing, and investing. B) borrowing, paying, and investing. C) financing, investing, and operating. D) using, investing, and financing. 95) Operating cash flows would not include: A) Interest received. B) Interest paid. C) Dividends paid. D) Dividends received. 96) Operating cash outflows would include: A) Purchase of investments. B) Purchase of equipment. C) Payment of cash dividends. D) Purchases of inventory.
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
97) Cash flows from investing do not include cash flows from: A) lending money to another corporation. B) the sale of equipment. C) borrowing. D) the purchase of other corporation's securities. 98) Cash flows from investing do not include cash flows from: A) lending money to another corporation. B) the purchase of equipment. C) the sale of a building. D) the purchase of a corporation's own securities. 99) Cash flows from financing activities include: A) Interest received. B) Interest paid. C) Dividends received. D) Dividends paid. 100) Cash flows from investing activities do not include: A) proceeds from issuing bonds. B) payment for the purchase of equipment. C) proceeds from the sale of marketable securities. D) cash outflows from acquiring land. 101) The FASB's stated preference for reporting operating cash flows is the: A) Indirect method. B) Direct method. C) Working capital method. D) All financial resources method. 102) In the operating activities section of the statement of cash flows, we start with net income: A) in the direct method. B) in the indirect method. C) in both the direct and the indirect methods. D) in neither the direct nor the indirect methods. 103) Which of the following is added to net income as an adjustment under the indirect method of preparing the statement of cash flows? A) Salaries payable decrease. B) Gain on the sale of land. C) Loss on the sale of equipment. D) Accounts receivable increase.
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) Schneider Inc. had salaries payable of $60,000 and $90,000 at the end of 2020 and 2021, respectively. During 2021, Schneider recorded $620,000 in salaries expense in its income statement. Cash outflows for salaries in 2021 were: A) $590,000. B) $620,000. C) $650,000. D) $530,000. 105) Howard Inc. had prepaid rent of $75,000 and $80,000 at the end of 2020 and 2021, respectively. During 2021, Howard recorded $240,000 in rent expense in its income statement. Cash outflows for rent in 2021 were: A) $235,000. B) $240,000. C) $245,000. D) $250,000. 106) Martel Co. had supplies of $24,000 and $33,000 at the end of 2020 and 2021, respectively. During 2021, Howard paid $128,000 for supplies. Supplies expense in the 2021 income statement was: A) $119,000. B) $128,000. C) $137,000. D) $110,000. 107) Stinley Co. paid utilities of $134,000 during 2021. At the end of 2021, utilities payable equals $17,000 and utilities expense equals $145,000. What was the balance of utilities payable at the beginning of 2021? A) $22,000. B) $6,000. C) $17,000. D) $11,000. 108) Tropical Tours reported revenue of $400,000 for its year ended December 31, 2021. Accounts receivable at December 31, 2020 and 2021, were $35,000 and $32,000, respectively. Using the direct method for reporting cash flows from operating activities, Tropical Tours would report cash collected from customers of: A) $400,000. B) $397,000. C) $403,000. D) $365,000.
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) Shively Mfg. Co. sold for $18,000 equipment that cost $40,000 and had a book value of $30,000. Shively would report: A) Operating cash inflows of $18,000. B) Operating cash inflows of $8,000. C) Financing cash inflows of $18,000. D) Investing cash inflows of $18,000. 110) Arrow Printers paid $2,000 interest on short-term notes payable, $10,000 interest on long-term bonds, and $6,000 in dividends on its common stock. Arrow would report cash outflows from activities, as follows: A) Operating, $2,000; financing, $16,000. B) Operating, $0; financing, $18,000. C) Operating, $12,000; financing, $6,000. D) Operating, $18,000; financing, $0. 111) Hong Kong Clothiers reported revenue of $5,000,000 for its year ended December 31, 2018. Accounts receivable at December 31, 2017 and 2018, were $320,000 and $355,000, respectively. Using the direct method for reporting cash flows from operating activities, Hong Kong Clothiers would report cash collected from customers of: A) $4,965,000. B) $5,000,000. C) $5,035,000. D) $5,045,000. 112) Lucia Ltd. reported net income of $135,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021. January 1 balances in accounts receivable and accounts payable were $29,000 and $26,000, respectively. Year-end balances in these accounts were $30,000 and $24,000, respectively. Assuming that all relevant information has been presented, Lucia's cash flows from operating activities would be: A) $132,000. B) $134,000. C) $136,000. D) $138,000. 113) Shady Lane's income tax payable account decreased from $14 million to $12 million during 2021. If its income tax expense was $80 million, what was shown as an operating cash flow under the direct method? A) A cash outflow of $12 million. B) A cash outflow of $78 million. C) A cash outflow of $80 million. D) A cash outflow of $82 million.
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) Bird Brain Co. reported net income of $45,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021. January 1 balances in accounts receivable and accounts payable were $23,000 and $26,000 respectively. Year-end balances in these accounts were $22,000 and $28,000, respectively. Assuming that all relevant information has been presented, Bird Brain's cash flows from operating activities would be: A) $48,000. B) $44,000. C) $46,000. D) $45,000. 115) Nevada Boot Co. reported net income of $216,000 for its year ended December 31, 2021. Purchases totaled $152,000. Accounts payable balances at the beginning and end of the year were $36,000 and $33,000, respectively. Beginning and ending inventory balances were $44,000 and $46,000, respectively. Assuming that all relevant information has been presented, Nevada Boot would report operating cash flows of: A) $155,000. B) $221,000. C) $211,000. D) $151,000. 116) Rowdy's Restaurants Cash Flow ($ in millions) Cash received from: Customers Interest on investments Sale of land Sale of Rowdy's common stock Issuance of debt securities Cash paid for: Interest on debt Income tax Debt principal reduction Purchase of equipment Purchase of inventory Dividends on common stock Operating expenses
$ 1,800 200 100 600 2,000
$
300 80 1,500 4,000 1,000 200 500
Rowdy's would report net cash inflows (outflows) from operating activities in the amount of: A) ($80) million. B) $120 million. C) $200 million. D) $420 million.
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Rowdy's Restaurants Cash Flow ($ in millions) Cash received from: Customers Interest on investments Sale of land Sale of Rowdy's common stock Issuance of debt securities Cash paid for: Interest on debt Income tax Debt principal reduction Purchase of equipment Purchase of inventory Dividends on common stock Operating expenses
$ 1,800 200 100 600 2,000
$
300 80 1,500 4,000 1,000 200 500
Rowdy's would report net cash inflows (outflows) from investing activities in the amount of: A) ($4,000) million. B) $100 million. C) ($3,900) million. D) ($1,900) million.
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
118) Rowdy's Restaurants Cash Flow ($ in millions) Cash received from: Customers Interest on investments Sale of land Sale of Rowdy's common stock Issuance of debt securities Cash paid for: Interest on debt Income tax Debt principal reduction Purchase of equipment Purchase of inventory Dividends on common stock Operating expenses
$ 1,800 200 100 600 2,000
$
300 80 1,500 4,000 1,000 200 500
Rowdy's would report net cash inflows (outflows) from financing activities in the amount of: A) $1,100 million. B) ($1,100) million. C) $820 million. D) $900 million. 119) Expenses in an income statement prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS): A) Must be classified by function. B) Must be classified by natural description. C) Can be classified either by function or by natural description. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 120) In a statement of cash flows prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), each of the following items is typically classified as a financing cash flow except: A) Interest paid. B) Dividends paid. C) Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt. D) Dividends received.
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
121) During its 2021 fiscal year, Jacobsen Corporation reported before-tax income of $620,000. This amount does not include the following two items, both of which are considered to be material in amount: Unusual gain Loss on discontinued operations
$ 200,000 ( 300,000)
The company's income tax rate is 25%. Jacobsen Corporation prepares its financial statements applying U.S. GAAP. In its 2021 income statement, Jacobsen would report income from continuing operations of: A) $391,500. B) $465,000. C) $615,000. D) $620,000. 122) During its 2021 fiscal year, Jacobsen Corporation reported before-tax income of $620,000. This amount does not include the following two items, both of which are considered to be material in amount: Unusual gain Loss on discontinued operations
$ 200,000 ( 300,000)
The company's income tax rate is 25%. Jacobsen Corporation prepares its financial statement applying International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). In its 2021 income statement, Jacobsen would report income from continuing operations of: A) $391,500. B) $465,000. C) $615,000. D) $620,000. 123) In the DuPont formula, return on assets equals: A) Gross margin on sales × Inventory turnover. B) Profit margin on sales × Inventory turnover. C) Gross margin on sales × Asset turnover. D) Profit margin on sales × Asset turnover. 124) A company is effectively leveraging when: A) the return on assets exceeds the return on equity. B) the return on equity exceeds the return on assets. C) the return on equity is increasing. D) the return on assets is increasing.
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) Excerpts from Dowling Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements and key ratios are presented below (all numbers are in millions):
Accounts receivable (net) Net sales Cost of goods sold Net income Inventory turnover Return on assets Equity multiplier
$ $ $ $
2021 20 115 60 20 5.22 10.3% 2.36
2020 $ 16 $ 100 $ 55 $ 17
Dowling's 2021 profit margin is (rounded): A) 17.4%. B) 18.5%. C) 18.0%. D) 16.5%. 126) Excerpts from Dowling Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements and key ratios are presented below (all numbers are in millions):
Accounts receivable (net) Net sales Cost of goods sold Net income Inventory turnover Return on assets Equity multiplier
$ $ $ $
2021 20 115 60 20 5.22 10.3% 2.36
2020 $ 16 $ 100 $ 55 $ 17
Dowling's 2021 average collection period is (rounded): A) 50 days. B) 63 days. C) 57 days. D) 51 days.
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
127) Excerpts from Dowling Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements and key ratios are presented below (all numbers are in millions):
Accounts receivable (net) Net sales Cost of goods sold Net income Inventory turnover Return on assets Equity multiplier
$ $ $ $
2021 20 115 60 20 5.22 10.3% 2.36
2020 $ 16 100 55 17
Dowling's return on equity for 2021 is (rounded): A) 22%. B) 24.3%. C) 17.4%. D) 9%. 128) Excerpts from Dowling Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements and key ratios are presented below (all numbers are in millions):
Accounts receivable (net) Net sales Cost of goods sold Net income Inventory turnover Return on assets Equity multiplier
$ $ $ $
2021 20 115 60 20 5.22 10.3% 2.36
2020 $ 16 100 55 17
Dowling's average total assets for 2021 is (rounded): A) 32. B) 210. C) 115. D) 194.
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) Excerpts from Dowling Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements and key ratios are presented below (all numbers are in millions):
Accounts receivable (net) Net sales Cost of goods sold Net income Inventory turnover Return on assets Equity multiplier
$ $
2021 20 115 60 20 5.22 10.3% 2.36
2020 $ 16 100 55 17
Dowling's average inventory balance for 2021 is (rounded): A) 11. B) 12. C) 11.5. D) 12.5. 130) Excerpts from Hulkster Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below:
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold Total assets Total shareholders' equity Net income
$ $
2021 40,000 28,000 190,000 114,000 425,000 240,000 32,500
$
2020 36,000 35,000 186,000 108,000 405,000 225,000 28,000
Hulkster's 2021 receivables turnover is: A) 2.85. B) 4.70. C) 5.00. D) 10.63.
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
131) Excerpts from Hulkster Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below:
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold Total assets Total shareholders' equity Net income
$ $
2021 40,000 28,000 190,000 114,000 425,000 240,000 32,500
$
2020 36,000 35,000 186,000 108,000 405,000 225,000 28,000
Hulkster's 2021 inventory turnover is (rounded): A) 3.62. B) 3.96. C) 4.07. D) 6.03. 132) Excerpts from Hulkster Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below:
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold Total assets Total shareholders' equity Net income
$ $
2021 40,000 28,000 190,000 114,000 425,000 240,000 32,500
$
2020 36,000 35,000 186,000 108,000 405,000 225,000 28,000
Hulkster's 2021 asset turnover is (rounded): A) 3.73. B) 2.79. C) 2.24. D) 0.46.
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
133) Excerpts from Hulkster Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below:
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold Total assets Total shareholders' equity Net income
$ $
2021 40,000 28,000 190,000 114,000 425,000 240,000 32,500
$
2020 36,000 35,000 186,000 108,000 405,000 225,000 28,000
Hulkster's 2021 average collection period is: A) 73 days. B) 104 days. C) 109 days. D) 128 days. 134) Excerpts from Hulkster Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below:
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold Total assets Total shareholders' equity Net income
$ $
2021 40,000 28,000 190,000 114,000 425,000 240,000 32,500
$
2020 36,000 35,000 186,000 108,000 405,000 225,000 28,000
Hulkster's 2021 average days in inventory is (rounded): A) 61 days. B) 92 days. C) 101 days. D) 90 days.
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) Excerpts from Hulkster Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below:
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold Total assets Total shareholders' equity Net income
$ $
2021 40,000 28,000 190,000 114,000 425,000 240,000 32,500
$
2020 36,000 35,000 186,000 108,000 405,000 225,000 28,000
Hulkster's 2021 profit margin is (rounded): A) 17.1%. B) 13.5%. C) 7.6%. D) 4.5%. 136) Excerpts from Hulkster Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below:
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold Total assets Total shareholders' equity Net income
$ $
2021 40,000 28,000 190,000 114,000 425,000 240,000 32,500
$
2020 36,000 35,000 186,000 108,000 405,000 225,000 28,000
Hulkster's 2021 return on assets is (rounded): A) 7.1%. B) 7.8%. C) 13.5%. D) 47.7%.
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
137) Excerpts from Hulkster Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below:
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold Total assets Total shareholders' equity Net income
$ $
2021 40,000 28,000 190,000 114,000 425,000 240,000 32,500
$
2020 36,000 35,000 186,000 108,000 405,000 225,000 28,000
Hulkster's 2021 return on shareholders' equity is (rounded): A) 17.1%. B) 14.0%. C) 12.6%. D) 7.1%. 138) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM PHRASE 1. Taxable income Also known as income tax expense. 2. Intraperiod tax allocation From transactions or events that are not likely to occur in the foreseeable future. 3. Prior period adjustment Associates tax with income statement items. 4. Provision for income tax Used as the base for computing taxes currently payable. 5. Temporary earnings Made to correct a material error.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
139) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM PHRASE 1. Operating activities (income Is directly related to the principal statement) revenue-generating activities.
NUMBER ____
2. Gains
Requires note disclosure, if material.
____
3. Income from continuing operations
Increases in equity from peripheral transactions.
____
4. Income from discontinued operations
Income from an identifiable component will cease.
____
5. Change in accounting estimate
More useful to analysts in predicting future income than current net income.
____
140) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Single-step income statement
PHRASE Not directly related to a firm's principal revenue-generating activities.
NUMBER ____
2. Financing activities
Likely to be discontinued within a year.
____
3. Held for sale component
Groups all revenues and gains.
____
4. Nonoperating activities (income statement)
Related to the acquisition and disposition of long-term assets.
____
5. Investing activities
Related to the external financing of the company.
____
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Comprehensive income
PHRASE NUMBER Reported in the nonoperating section of ____ the income statement.
2. Discontinued operations
Reported net of tax immediately after income from continuing operations.
____
3. Gain/loss from sale of investments
Total nonowner changes in equity for a reporting period.
____
4. Multiple-step income statement
Reports intermediate subtotals in arriving at net income.
____
5. Direct method
Reports the cash effects of each operating activity directly on the statement.
____
142) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Earnings per share 2. Indirect method
PHRASE NUMBER Required disclosure for publicly traded corporations. ____ If sold or held for sale, reported as a discontinued operation.
____
3. Restructuring costs 4. Earnings quality
Separately stated component of continuing operations.
____
Calculations work backward from net income to cash flow from operating activities.
____
5. Component of an entity
Ability of reported income to predict future earnings.
____
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Issuance of common stock
PHRASE NUMBER The acquisition of assets by issuing debt ____ or equity securities.
2. Operating activities on statement of cash flows
Costs incurred often relate to downsizing.
____
3. Restructuring costs
Total nonowner change in equity for a reporting period.
____
4. Noncash financing and investing activities
Financing activity on statement of cash flows.
____
5. Comprehensive income
When grouped together, essentially net income on a cash basis.
____
144) Listed below are 10 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Earnings per share
PHRASE Required disclosure for publicly traded corporations.
NUMBER ____
2. Comprehensive income
Component of the entity has been sold or will be sold.
____
3. Restructuring costs
Costs generally associated with downsizing.
____
4. Multiple-step income statement 5. Foreign currency translation adjustment 6. Change in estimate
Reports a series of intermediate subtotals.
____
Accounted for prospectively.
____
Tangentially related to normal operations.
____
7. Nonoperating income
Accounted for retrospectively by revising prior years' statements.
____
8. Change in accounting principle 9. Discontinued operations
Other comprehensive income item.
____
Total nonowner change in equity.
____
10. Earnings quality
Ability of reported income to predict future earnings.
____
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: On September 1, 2021, Jacob Furniture Mart enters into a tentative agreement to sell the assets of its Office Furniture division. This division qualifies as a component of the entity according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. The division's contribution to Jacob's operating income for 2021 was a $3 million loss before income tax. Jacob has an average tax rate of 25%. Required: Consider independently the appropriate accounting by Jacob under the three scenarios below. 145) Scenario 1: Assume that Jacob sold the division's assets on December 31, 2021, for $24 million. The book value of the division's assets was $19 million at that date. In this scenario, what would Jacob report in its 2021 income statement regarding the Office Furniture division? Explain where this information would be presented. 146) Scenario 2: Assume that Jacob had not yet sold the division's assets by the end of 2021. Further, assume that the fair value less cost to sell of the division's assets at December 31, 2021, was $24 million and was expected to remain the same when the assets are sold in 2022. The book value of the division's assets was $19 million at the end of 2021. 1) In this scenario, what would Jacob report in its 2021 income statement regarding the Office Furniture division? Explain where this information would be presented. 2) In this scenario, what would Jacob report in its 2021 balance sheet regarding the information provided for Office Furniture Division? Explain how this information would be classified in the balance sheet. 147) Scenario 3: Assume that Jacob had not yet sold the Office Furniture division by the end of 2021. Further, assume that the fair value less cost to sell of the division's assets at December 31, 2021, was $12 million and was expected to remain the same when the assets are sold in 2022. The book value of the division's assets was $19 million at the end of 2021. 1) In this scenario, what would Jacob report in its 2021 income statement regarding the Office Furniture division? Explain where this information would be presented. 2) In this scenario, what would Jacob report in its 2021 balance sheet regarding the information provided for the Office Furniture Division? Explain how this information would be classified in the balance sheet.
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) The Filzinger Corporation's December 31, 2021 year-end trial balance contained the following income statement items: Account Title Sales revenue Interest revenue Gain on sale of investments Cost of goods sold Selling expense General and administrative expense Interest expense Research and development expense Income tax expense
Debits
Credits 6,700,000 70,000 52,000
4,200,000 350,000 948,000 30,000 600,000 145,000
Required: Calculate the company's operating income for the year using a single-step income statement format. 149) Canton Corporation reported the following items in its adjusted trial balance for the year ended December 31, 2021: Income from continuing operations before income taxes Gain on disposal of discontinued component Loss from operations of discontinued component
$120,000 28,000 (60,000)
Canton is subject to a 25% tax rate. Required: Prepare the December 31, 2021, income statement for Canton Corporation, starting with income from continuing operations before income taxes.
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Plano Co. 12/31/2021 Partial Trial Balance Data Sales revenue Interest revenue Gain on sale of investments Cost of goods sold Selling expense Interest expense General and administrative expenses
Debits
Credits
700,000 60,000 110,000 500,000 150,000 40,000 100,000
Plano had 50,000 shares of stock outstanding throughout the year. Income tax expense has not yet been accrued. The effective tax rate is 25%. 150) Required: Prepare a single-step income statement with earnings per share disclosure. 151) Required: Prepare a multiple-step income statement with earnings per share disclosure. Use this information to answer the following questions: The trial balance of Kroeger Inc. included the following accounts as of December 31, 2021: Debits Sales revenue Interest revenue Gain on sale of investments Gain on debt securities Loss on projected benefit obligation Cost of goods sold Selling expense Goodwill impairment loss Interest expense General and administrative expense
Credits 8,200,000 60,000 120,000 140,000
160,000 6,100,000 600,000 500,000 30,000 500,000
The gain on debt securities represents the increase in the fair value of debt securities and is classified a component of other comprehensive income. Kroeger had 300,000 shares of stock outstanding throughout the year. Income tax expense has not yet been recorded. The effective tax rate is 25%. 152) Required: Prepare a 2021 multiple-step income statement for Kroeger Inc. with earnings per share disclosure. 153) Required: Prepare a 2021 separate statement of comprehensive income for Kroeger Inc. 36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
154) Required: Prepare a 2021 single, continuous statement of comprehensive income for Kroeger Inc. Use a multiple-step income statement format. 155) The following income statement items appeared on the adjusted trial balance of Foxworthy Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2021 ($ in 000s): sales revenue, $22,300; cost of goods sold, $14,500; selling expense, $2,300; general and administrative expense, $1,200; dividend revenue from investments, $200; interest expense, $300. Income taxes have not yet been accrued. The company's income tax rate is 25% on all items of income or loss. These revenue and expense items appear in the company's income statement every year. The company's controller, however, has asked for your help in determining the appropriate treatment of the following nonrecurring transactions that also occurred during 2021 ($ in 000s). All transactions are material in amount. 1. Investments were sold during the year at a loss of $300. Foxworthy also had an unrealized loss of $200 for the year on investments. The unrealized loss represents a decrease in the fair value of debt securities and is classified as part of other comprehensive income. 2. One of the company's factories was closed during the year. Restructuring costs incurred were $2,000. 3. During the year, Foxworthy completed the sale of one of its operating divisions that qualifies as a component of the entity according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. The division had incurred operating income of $800 in 2021 prior to the sale, and its assets were sold at a loss of $1,800. 4. A positive foreign currency translation adjustment for the year totaled $600. Required: Prepare Foxworthy's single, continuous statement of comprehensive income for 2021, including earnings per share disclosures. Use a multiple-step income statement format. Three million shares of common stock were outstanding throughout the year.
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The trial balance of Lakewood Inc. included the following accounts as of December 31, 2021: Debits Sales revenue Interest revenue Gain on sale of investments Cost of goods sold Selling expense Loss on inventory write-down Interest expense General and administrative expense
Credits 1,800,000 80,000 50,000
1,100,000 220,000 30,000 40,000 200,000
Lakewood Inc. had 100,000 shares of stock outstanding throughout the year. Income tax expense has not yet been accrued. The effective tax rate is 25%. 156) Required: Prepare a single-step income statement with earnings per share disclosure. 157) Required: Prepare a multiple-step income statement with earnings per share disclosure. Use this information to answer the following questions: The trial balance of Rollins Inc. included the following accounts as of December 31, 2021: Debits Sales revenue Interest revenue Loss on sale of investments Loss on debt investments Gain on projected benefit obligation Cost of goods sold Selling expense Restructuring costs Interest expense General and administrative expense
Credits 5,900,000 40,000
10,000 160,000 260,000 4,400,000 400,000 190,000 20,000 300,000
The loss on debt investments represents a decrease in the fair value of debt securities and is classified as part of other comprehensive income. Rollins had 100,000 shares of stock outstanding throughout the year. Income tax expense has not yet been accrued. The effective tax rate is 25%. 158) Required: Prepare a 2021 multiple-step income statement for Rollins Inc. with earnings per share disclosure. 159) Required: Prepare a 2021 separate statement of comprehensive income for Rollins Inc. 38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
160) Required: Prepare a 2021 single, continuous statement of comprehensive income for Rollins Inc. Use a multiple-step income statement format. 161) Calstone, Inc., prepares a single, continuous statement of comprehensive income. The following situations occurred during the company's 2021 fiscal year: 1. Land that had been held as an investment was sold and a gain was recognized. 2. There was a loss on projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2021. 3. Interest revenue was recognized. 4. A division was sold that qualifies as a separate component according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. 5. There was an unrealized loss on debt securities during the year. The unrealized loss represents a decrease in the fair value of debt securities as is classified as part of other comprehensive income. 6. Restructuring costs were incurred due to downsizing and reorganization of a manufacturing facility. Required: For each situation, identify the appropriate reporting treatment from the list below (consider each event to be material). a. As a component of operating income. b. As a nonoperating income item (other income or expense). c. As a discontinued operation. d. As an item of other comprehensive income. 162) The following information is for Redwood Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2021. Redwood had a balance for cash and cash equivalents of $5,200 on January 1, 2021. Cash received from: Customers Interest on investments Sale of land Issuance of common stock Issuance of debt securities Cash paid for: Interest on debt Income tax Debt principal reduction Purchase of equipment Purchase of inventory Dividends on common stock Operating expenses
$ 1,900 200 100 600 2,000
$
300 80 1,500 4,100 1,000 200 500
Required: Prepare a statement of cash flows for the year using the direct method for operating activities. 39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
163) The chief accountant for Julius Co. provides you with the company's most recent income statement and comparative balance sheets below. The accountant has asked for your help in preparing part of the company's 2021 statement of cash flows. 2021 Income Statement ($ in thousands) Sales revenue Depreciation expense
$5,000 280 3,720 4,000 1,000 300 $700
Selling & administrative expense Income before taxes Income tax expense Net income Balance Sheet (all $ in thousands) Cash Accounts receivable Property, plant & equipment Less: Accumulated depreciation
Accrued liabilities for selling & administration expense Income taxes payable Common stock Retained earnings
12/31/2021 $800 450 1,900 ( 800) $2,350
12/31/2020 $750 365 1,450 (520) $2,045
300 180 700 1,170 $2,350
325 130 700 890 $2,045
Required: In the space provided below, determine the cash flow from operating activities for Julius Co., using the direct method. 164) The accounting records of Rockness Company provided the data below ($ in 000s). Net income Depreciation expense Decrease in accounts receivable Increase in inventory Increase in prepaid insurance Increase in salaries payable Decrease in interest payable
$25,200 3,300 2,000 4,500 300 900 400
Required: Prepare a reconciliation of net income to net cash flows from operating activities.
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) The statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021, for Whiteside Incorporated is presented below. Whiteside Incorporated Statement of Cash Flows For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Cash flows from operating activities: Cash received from customers Interest on notes receivable Dividends received Purchase of inventory Payment of operating expenses Payment of interest on debt Net cash flows from operating activities
$420,000 12,000 4,500 (156,000) (83,000) (16,000)
Cash flows from investing activities: Sale of investments Purchase of equipment Net cash flows from investing activities
42,000 (180,000)
Cash flows from financing activities: Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt Reacquisition of common stock shares previously sold Dividends paid to shareholders Net cash flows from financing activities
$181,500
(138,000)
200,000 (140,000) (50,000) 10,000
Net increase in cash
53,500
Cash and cash equivalents, January 1
68,900
Cash and cash equivalents, December 31
$122,400
Required: Prepare the statement of cash flows assuming that Whiteside prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Where IFRS allows flexibility, use the classification used most often in IFRS financial statements.
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Missoula Inc. reported the following selected financial statement data:
Cash Accounts receivable (net) Inventory Plant assets (net) Total assets Liabilities Shareholders' equity Net sales Cost of goods sold Net income
Dec 31, 2020 $ 30,000 48,000 68,000 210,000 405,000 145,000 260,000 340,000 220,000 20,000
Dec 31, 2021 $ 32,000 52,000 72,000 218,000 395,000 145,000 250,000 400,000 280,000 25,000
166) Required: Compute the receivables turnover ratio for 2021. 167) Required: Compute the inventory turnover ratio for 2021. 168) Required: Compute the asset turnover ratio for 2021. 169) Required: Compute the average collection period (rounded to one decimal place) for 2021. 170) Required: Compute the average days in inventory for 2021. 171) Required: Compute the profit margin on sales for 2021. 172) Required: Compute the return on assets for 2021. 173) Required: Compute the return on equity for 2021. Round your answer to one decimal place, e.g., .1234 as 12.3%.
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The following information (in $ millions) comes from the Annual Report of Saratoga Springs Co. for the year ending 12/31/2021: Year ended 12/31/2021 7,949 4,767 1,909 416 857 458
Net sales Cost of goods sold Selling and administrative expense Interest expense Income before taxes Net income
Cash and cash equivalents Receivables, net Inventories Land, buildings and equipment at cost, net Total assets
12/31/2021 975 1,010 1,055 13,500 16,540
12/31/2020 64 664 519 3,844 5,091
Total current liabilities Long-term debt Total liabilities Total stockholders' equity
5,747 5,591 11,338 5,202
2,209 2,221 4,430 661
Required: Compute the following amounts for Saratoga Springs Co. 174) Its profit margin on sales for 2021. Round your answer to one decimal place, e.g., 0.1234 as 12.3%. 175) Its receivables turnover ratio for 2021. Round your answer to one decimal place. 176) Its inventory turnover ratio for 2021. Round your answer to one decimal place. 177) Its asset turnover ratio for 2021. Round your answer to two decimal places. 178) Its average collection period for 2021. Round your final answer to one decimal place. 179) Its average days in inventory for 2021. Round your final answer to one decimal place. 180) Its return on assets for 2021. Round your answer to one decimal place, e.g., 0.1234 as 12.3%. 181) Its return on equity for 2021. Round your answer to one decimal place, e.g., 0.1234 as 12.3%.
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
182) The following information is provided in the 2021 annual report to shareholders of paris-perfume.com:
Accounts receivable Inventory Other assets Total assets Total liabilities Total stockholders' equity
December 31, 2021 (E) $70 million (G) (A)
December 31, 2020 $100 million $30 million $170 million $300 million
(C) (B)
$100 million $200 million
Net sales Cost of goods sold Net income
For the year ended Dec. 31, 2021 (D) (F) $40 million
Return on assets Receivables turnover Inventory turnover Asset turnover Return on equity Profit margin on sales
10% 8.0 12.0 2.5 20% 4%
Required: Compute the missing amount in the paris-perfume.com financial statement information, and indicate your answers by marking them (A) to (G).
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
183) The following information is provided in the 2021 annual report to shareholders of The BizStore:
Accounts receivable Inventory Total assets Total stockholders' equity
December 31, 2021 (Y) $25 million $250 million (W)
Net sales Cost of Goods Sold Net income
$115 million (Z) (U)
Average collection period Average days in inventory Equity multiplier Return on equity Profit margin on sales ROA
December 31, 2020 $6 million $20 million (X) $130 million
22.2 days 104 days 1.9 16.0% 17.4% (V)
Required: Compute items U–Z in the table above. 184) Briefly explain when and why intraperiod tax allocation is necessary. 185) Briefly explain why the income statement is referred to as a change statement. 186) Net income, often referred to as "the bottom line," is not always a good predictor of future income. Explain this statement. 187) Explain, using an example, how a company can use earnings management and justify it by conservatism. 188) In a press release, Foot Locker Inc. reported that its fiscal first-quarter net income fell 46% due to losses related to discontinued operations, but earnings from continuing operations jumped 19% amid a modest increase in sales. The specialty athletic retailer said net income was $20 million for the quarter ended May 4, compared with net income of $37 million a year earlier. The latest results included a loss of $18 million from discontinued operations. Last year, the company had earnings of $5 million, or four cents a share, from discontinued operations. Foot Locker said earnings from continuing operations were $38 million, compared with $32 million a year earlier. Discuss how Foot Locker's press release relates to its earnings quality.
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
189) In a press release, Estée Lauder Co. reported "a fiscal fourth-quarter loss due to a restructuring charge but said it expects to see earnings growth in its fiscal second through fourth quarters." The New York skin care and cosmetics company reported a net loss of $25.4 million, or 13 cents a share, for the quarter ended June 30, compared with net income of $20.4 million, or six cents a share, a year earlier. Excluding the restructuring charge of $76.9 million, or 32 cents a share, the company said profit would have been $51.5 million, or 19 cents a share. Discuss how Estée Lauder's press release relates to its earnings quality. 190) Briefly define discontinued operations and explain how they are reported according to U.S. GAAP. 191) Presented below is an excerpt ($ in millions) from the 2016 annual report to shareholders of Microsoft Corporation. Explain how the shareholder should interpret the difference between the net income and total comprehensive income for Microsoft in 2016. Comprehensive Income: Net income Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: Net unrealized loss on derivatives Net unrealized loss on investments Translation adjustment and other Other comprehensive income (loss) Comprehensive income
$16,798
(238) (228) (519) (985) $15,813
192) Give an example of a major investing activity cash outflow that would be reported in the statement of cash flows for a manufacturing company. 193) List at least four operating activities that would be reported in the statement of cash flows for Walmart. Assume the use of the direct method. 194) Give an example of a noncash financing and investing activity and explain when and how it would be reported in the financial statements. 195) Briefly explain how you can determine if a company is effectively using leverage.
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The following table presents a summary of ratio analysis for McDonald's and averages for its peer group: McDonald's Profit margin Inventory turnover Asset turnover Equity multiplier Return on equity
8.0% 114.5 0.75 2 12.0%
Industry Peer Group 7.0% 99.6 1.22 2.5 21.3%
196) Using the information provided above, use the DuPont framework to briefly summarize the operating performance of McDonald's relative to its benchmark competitors. 197) Are differences between McDonald's and the industry likely driven by differences in size between McDonald's and the average company in its industry peer group? Explain briefly. 198) Besides size differences, what other differences between McDonald's and its industry peer group could limit your ability to make meaningful comparisons about the performance of McDonald's from the data above? 199) Based on this information, if you were going to advise McDonald's about how it could enhance return on equity, what would you suggest? Be as specific as possible in the operational or financial changes you would recommend.
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The following table presents a summary of ratio analysis for Uncle Joe's Coffee, based on the most recent 12 months and five-year comparisons of Uncle Joe's with averages in the restaurant industry and the services sector, respectively.
Return on assets Return on assets- 5 yr. avg. Return on equity Return on equity- 5 yr. avg. Receivable turnover Inventory turnover Asset turnover
Company 10.68% 8.23% 13.94% 11.28% 34.15 11.88 1.58
Industry 9.04% 8.37% 17.55% 15.69% 27.99 34.73 1.30
Sector 5.09% 6.78% 10.97% 15.76% 16.11 15.94 1.22
200) Using the information provided for Uncle Joe's and the industry and sector, briefly summarize the operating performance of Uncle Joe's relative to its benchmark competitors. 201) What limitations exist in drawing meaningful comparisons about the performance of Uncle Joe's from the data above?
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 4 The Income Statement, Comprehensive Income, and the Statement of Cash Flows 1) Income from continuing operations sometimes includes gains from nonoperating activities. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Continuing operations―Components Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 2) Unlike the balance sheet, the income statement measures activity over a period of time. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Continuing operations―Components Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3) The single-step format of the income statement first lists all the revenues and gains included in income from continuing operations. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Income statement―Single-step format Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4) The single-step format of the income statement does not separately report nonoperating gains in the revenues section of the income statement. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Income statement―Single-step format Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 5) The multiple-step format of the income statement reports a series of intermediate subtotals such as gross profit, operating income, and income before taxes. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Income statement―Multiple-step format Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 6) Revenues and expenses typically occur as a result of normal operating activity. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Continuing operations―Components Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 7) Gains and losses typically occur as a result of normal operating activity. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Continuing operations―Components Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
8) Income from continuing operations consists only of those items expected to be permanent components of earnings. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Earnings quality―Components Learning Objective: 04-02 Describe earnings quality and how it is impacted by management practices to alter reported earnings. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 9) Interest expense typically is considered a temporary component of earnings. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Earnings quality―Components Learning Objective: 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 10) One meaning of earnings quality is the ability of reported earnings to predict a company's future earnings. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Earnings quality―Components Learning Objective: 04-02 Describe earnings quality and how it is impacted by management practices to alter reported earnings. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 11) Managers' income smoothing behavior results in reported earnings being manipulated higher in each year. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Earnings quality―Management practices Learning Objective: 04-02 Describe earnings quality and how it is impacted by management practices to alter reported earnings. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Ethics AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
12) Classification shifting by managers leads to under-reporting of total expenses and over-statement of bottom-line net income. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Earnings quality―Management practices Learning Objective: 04-02 Describe earnings quality and how it is impacted by management practices to alter reported earnings. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Ethics AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 13) Material restructuring costs are reported as an element of income from continuing operations. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Earnings quality―Restructuring costs Learning Objective: 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 14) Restructuring costs most often refer to costs associated with management's plans to materially change the scope of business operations or the manner in which they are conducted. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Earnings quality―Restructuring costs Learning Objective: 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
15) Intraperiod tax allocation is the process of associating income tax effects with the income statement components that create those effects. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 16) Gains, but not losses, from discontinued operations must be separately reported in an income statement. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 17) A change in accounting principle that is implemented using the retrospective approach includes restating financial statements of all periods presented as if the new standard had been used in those periods. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Accounting changes and error corrections Learning Objective: 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS). Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
18) A change in accounting principle that is implemented using the modified retrospective approach includes implementing the change in the current period only and not adjusting for the cumulative effects on prior periods. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Accounting changes and error corrections Learning Objective: 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS). Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 19) Changes in estimates are accounted for using the prospective approach. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Accounting changes and error corrections Learning Objective: 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS). Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 20) Material errors in prior periods' income statements are corrected by making an adjustment to the beginning balance of the current period's retained earnings. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Accounting changes and error corrections Learning Objective: 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS). Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 21) Earnings per share disclosure is required only for income from continuing operations. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Earnings per share Learning Objective: 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS). Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
22) Comprehensive income reports an expanded version of income to include certain types of gains and losses not included in traditional income statements. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Comprehensive income―Components-Presentation Learning Objective: 04-06 Explain the difference between net income and comprehensive income and how we report components of the difference. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 23) Comprehensive income is the total change in shareholders' equity that occurred during the period. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Comprehensive income―Components-Presentation Learning Objective: 04-06 Explain the difference between net income and comprehensive income and how we report components of the difference. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 24) The direct and indirect methods of reporting the statement of cash flows present different information for investing and financing activities. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Statement of cash flows―Classify O-I-F Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
25) Income statements prepared according to either U.S. GAAP or International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) require the separate reporting of discontinued operations. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS―Income statement Learning Objective: 04-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the income statement, statement of comprehensive income, and statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 26) International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) require a company to classify expenses in an income statement by function. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS―Income statement Learning Objective: 04-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the income statement, statement of comprehensive income, and statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity; Global AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 27) In a statement of cash flows prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), interest received is most often classified as an operating cash flow. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS―Statement of cash flows Learning Objective: 04-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the income statement, statement of comprehensive income, and statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
28) In a statement of cash flows prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), interest paid is most often classified as a financing cash flow. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS―Statement of cash flows Learning Objective: 04-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the income statement, statement of comprehensive income, and statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 29) A decrease in the receivables turnover ratio indicates a decrease in the time between credit sales and cash collection. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 30) The decomposition of return on assets illustrates why some companies with low profit margins can be very profitable if their asset turnover is high. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 31) A company could improve its return on assets by increasing its income or by increasing its total assets. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
32) Return on equity is increased if a firm can maintain its return on assets but increase its leverage. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 33) The difference between single-step and multiple-step income statements is primarily an issue of: A) Consistency. B) Presentation. C) Measurement. D) Valuation. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Income statement―Single-step format; Income statement―Multiple-step format Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 34) Most real-world income statements are presented using which format? A) Income-step. B) Single-step. C) Magnitude-step. D) Multiple-step. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Income statement―Multiple-step format Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
35) A primary advantage of the multiple-step format of the income statement over the single-step format is that the multiple-step format: A) classifies expenses by function. B) results in a higher amount of net income. C) separately lists income tax expense. D) lists revenues and expenses in order of their dollar amount. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Income statement―Multiple-step format Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 36) Which of the following profit amounts usually will be listed in both the single-step and multiple-step formats of the income statement? A) Gross profit. B) Operating income. C) Income before taxes. D) Net nonoperating income. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Income statement―Multiple-step format Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
37) The relationship between revenue from selling inventory and the cost of that inventory is measured as: A) Net income. B) Gross profit. C) Income before taxes. D) Operating income. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Income statement―Multiple-step format Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 38) The measure of profit reported on a multiple-step income statement that represents the primary-revenue generating activities of the company is: A) Net income. B) Gross profit. C) Income before taxes. D) Operating income. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Income statement―Multiple-step format Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
39) Popson Inc. incurred a material loss that was unusual in character. This loss should be reported as: A) a discontinued operation. B) a line item between income from continuing operations and income from discontinued operations. C) a line item within income from continuing operations. D) a line item in the retained earnings statement. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Continuing operations―Components Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 40) Provincial Inc. reported the following before-tax income statement items: Operating income Nonoperating losses
$
700,000 (100,000)
Provincial has a 25% income tax rate. Provincial would report the following amount of income tax expense as a separately stated line item in the income statement: A) $200,000. B) $150,000. C) $175,000. D) $160,000. Answer: B Explanation: ($700,000 − $100,000) × 25% = $150,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Income tax―Separate line or Intraperiod Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) Freda's Florist reported the following before-tax income statement items for the year ended December 31, 2021: Operating income Income on discontinued operations
$ 200,000 80,000
All income statement items are subject to a 25% income tax rate. In its 2021 income statement, Freda's separately stated income tax expense and total income tax expense would be: A) $70,000 and $70,000, respectively. B) $70,000 and $50,000, respectively. C) $50,000 and $70,000, respectively. D) $50,000 and $50,000, respectively. Answer: C Explanation: Income tax expense stated separately ($200,000 × 25%) $50,000 Tax expense due to discontinued operations ($80,000 × 25%) 20,000 Total income tax expense $70,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Income tax―Separate line or Intraperiod Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 42) Earnings quality refers to: A) the ability of management to budget for expenditures in the following year. B) the ability of management to sell its inventory for a profit. C) the ability of management to quickly collect cash from customers. D) the ability of reported earnings to predict a company's future earnings. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Earnings quality―Management practices Learning Objective: 04-02 Describe earnings quality and how it is impacted by management practices to alter reported earnings. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
43) Income smoothing refers to: A) the ability of management to report an earnings amount in each period less than actual earnings. B) the ability of management to use accruals to reduce the volatility of reported earnings over time. C) the ability of management to maintain sales to its current customers for several years. D) the ability of management to report an earnings amount in each period greater than actual earnings. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Earnings quality―Management practices Learning Objective: 04-02 Describe earnings quality and how it is impacted by management practices to alter reported earnings. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Ethics AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 44) To accomplish income smoothing, managers could do which of the following? A) In a year net income is particularly high, estimate future bad debts for a higher amount. B) Report all revenues on a cash basis. C) In a year net income is particularly low, estimate future warranty costs for a higher amount. D) Report all expenses on a cash basis. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Earnings quality―Management practices Learning Objective: 04-02 Describe earnings quality and how it is impacted by management practices to alter reported earnings. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Ethics AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) Managers may engage in classification shifting by: A) reporting sales to fictitious customers to inflate reported revenues. B) reducing estimates of accrued expenses to inflate reported net income. C) reporting operating expenses as nonoperating expenses to inflate reported operating income. D) increasing estimates of accrued expenses to inflate reported net income. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Earnings quality―Management practices Learning Objective: 04-02 Describe earnings quality and how it is impacted by management practices to alter reported earnings. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Ethics AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 46) A likely method that managers use for classification shifting is to report certain operating expenses as: A) revenues. B) nonoperating expenses. C) income tax expense. D) assets. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Earnings quality―Management practices Learning Objective: 04-02 Describe earnings quality and how it is impacted by management practices to alter reported earnings. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Ethics AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 47) Classification shifting by managers has the effects of increasing which level of profitability? A) Operating income. B) Net income. C) Income before taxes. D) All of the other answers are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Earnings quality―Management practices Learning Objective: 04-02 Describe earnings quality and how it is impacted by management practices to alter reported earnings. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Ethics AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) Financial statement users typically begin their assessment of permanent earnings with: A) sales revenue. B) income from continuing operations. C) net income. D) gross profit. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Earnings quality―Components Learning Objective: 04-02 Describe earnings quality and how it is impacted by management practices to alter reported earnings. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Ethics AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 49) Temporary earnings are best characterized as: A) earnings that do not have corresponding cash flows. B) earnings from nonoperating activities. C) earnings that do not conform to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). D) earnings that arise from events that are not likely to recur in the foreseeable future. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Earnings quality―Components Learning Objective: 04-02 Describe earnings quality and how it is impacted by management practices to alter reported earnings. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 50) Which of the following most likely would be classified as restructuring costs? A) Advertising costs to sell a product recently developed by a company. B) Severance pay for employee layoffs associated with facility closings. C) Brokerage fees from the issuance of additional shares of stock. D) Acquisition fees associated with the purchase of land and buildings. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Earnings quality―Restructuring costs Learning Objective: 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) Restructuring costs typically can be defined as: A) costs of external financing through issuance of debt or equity securities. B) costs associated safeguarding a company's assets and ensuring accuracy of financial reporting. C) costs associated with management's plans to materially change the scope of business operations or the manner in which they are conducted. D) costs of expenditures made on capital projects and executive compensation. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Earnings quality―Restructuring costs Learning Objective: 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 52) Non-GAAP earnings: A) could be considered management's view of permanent earnings. B) are needed for the correction of errors. C) are standardized under generally accepted accounting principles D) are useful to compare two different firms' performance. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Earnings quality―Components; Earnings quality―Management practices Learning Objective: 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 53) A common component of income excluded from the calculation of non-GAAP earnings is: A) Interest expense. B) Income tax expense. C) Cost of goods sold. D) Restructuring costs. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Earnings quality―Components; Earnings quality―Restructuring costs Learning Objective: 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
54) The distinction between operating and nonoperating income relates to: A) continuity of income. B) primary activities of the reporting entity. C) consistency of income stream. D) reliability of measurements. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Continuing operations―Components; Earnings quality―Components Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 55) A company reports the following amounts at the end of the current year: Sales revenue Selling expense Gain on sale of investments Interest expense Cost of goods sold
$ 860,000 250,000 30,000 10,000 520,000
Under normal circumstances (ignoring tax effects), permanent earnings would be computed as: A) $90,000. B) $110,000. C) $80,000. D) $50,000. Answer: C Explanation: $860,000 − $520,000 − $250,000 − $10,000 = $80,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Earnings quality―Components Learning Objective: 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
56) Which of the following is most likely to be classified as discontinued operations? A) Sale of a small equity method investment in another company. B) Sale of a group of assets that represents a strategic shift in operations. C) Sale of undeveloped land due to lack of customer demand for additional store locations. D) All of the other answers would be classified as discontinued operations. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 57) A company has decided to discontinue a component of its business and sells the component by the end of the year. The amount that the company would report as income from discontinued operations is (ignore tax effects): A) only income from operations for the year. B) only the gain or loss on the disposal of the component's assets. C) income from operations for the year and only a loss on the disposal of the component's assets. D) income from operations for the year and either a gain or loss on the disposal of the component's assets. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
58) A company has decided to discontinue a component of its business but, when the reporting period ends, the component has not yet been sold. The amount that the company would report as income from discontinued operations is (ignore tax effects): A) income from operations for the year and the amount by which the component's fair value less cost to sell is greater than book value. B) income from operations for the year and the amount by which the component's fair value less cost to sell is less than book value. C) only the amount by which the component's fair value less cost to sell is less than book value. D) only the component's income from operations for the year. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 59) The principal benefit of separately reporting discontinued operations is to enhance: A) predictive ability of future profitability. B) consistency in reporting. C) intraperiod continuity. D) comprehensive reporting. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
60) Which of the following best explains why the taxes on discontinued operations are reported separately from taxes on continuing operations? A) The tax rate applied to discontinued operations typically is lower than that applied to continuing operations. B) The taxes on discontinued operations are not expected to recur in future years. C) The tax rate applied to discontinued operations typically is higher than that applied to continuing operations. D) Companies are allowed to delay tax payments for discontinued operations for up to five years. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 61) Intraperiod income tax presentation is primarily a matter of: A) Valuation. B) Going concern. C) Periodicity. D) Allocation. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Income tax―Separate line or Intraperiod Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
62) The Claxton Company manufactures children's toys and also has a division that makes automobile parts. Due to a change in its strategic focus, the company sold the automobile parts division. The division qualifies as a component of the entity according to GAAP. How should Claxton report the sale in its income statement? A) Report it as restructuring costs. B) Report it as a discontinued operation. C) Report the income or loss from operations of the division in discontinued operations. D) Report it as a gain on sale of investments included in income from continuing operations. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 63) On August 1, 2021, Rocket Retailers adopted a plan to discontinue its catalog sales division, which qualifies as a separate component of the business according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. The disposal of the division was expected to be concluded by June 30, 2022. On January 31, 2022, Rocket's fiscal year-end, the following information relative to the discontinued division was accumulated: Operating loss Feb. 1, 2021–Jan. 31, 2022 Estimated operating losses, Feb. 1–June 30, 2022 Impairment of division assets at Jan. 31, 2022
$ 115,000 80,000 10,000
In its income statement for the year ended January 31, 2022, Rocket would report a before-tax loss on discontinued operations of: A) $(115,000). B) $(195,000). C) $(65,000). D) $(125,000). Answer: D Explanation: $(115,000) + $(10,000) = $(125,000) Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
64) On November 1, 2021, Jamison Inc. adopted a plan to discontinue its barge division, which qualifies as a separate component of the business according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. The disposal of the division was expected to be concluded by April 30, 2022. On December 31, 2021, the company's year-end, the following information relative to the discontinued division was accumulated: Operating loss Jan. 1–Dec. 31, 2021 Estimated operating losses, Jan. 1 to April 30, 2022 Excess of fair value, less costs to sell, over book value at Dec. 31, 2021
$ 65 million 80 million 15 million
In its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, Jamison would report a before-tax loss on discontinued operations of: A) $65 million. B) $50 million. C) $130 million. D) $145 million. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
65) On October 28, 2021, a company committed to a plan to sell a division that qualified as a component of the entity according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations and was properly classified as held for sale on December 31, 2021, the end of the company's fiscal year. The division's loss from operations for 2021 was $2,000,000. The division's book value and fair value less cost to sell on December 31 were $3,000,000 and $2,500,000, respectively. What before-tax amount(s) should the company report as loss on discontinued operations in its 2021 income statement? A) $2,000,000 loss. B) $2,500,000 loss. C) No loss would be reported. D) $500,000 impairment loss included in continuing operations and a $2,000,000 loss from discontinued operations. Answer: B Explanation: $2,000,000 loss from discontinued operations and $500,000 impairment loss = $2,500,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
66) On October 28, 2021, a company committed to a plan to sell a division that qualified as a component of the entity according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations and was properly classified as held for sale on December 31, 2021, the end of the company's fiscal year. The division's loss from operations for 2021 was $2,000,000. The division's book value and fair value less cost to sell on December 31 were $3,000,000 and $3,500,000, respectively. What before-tax amount(s) should the company report as loss on discontinued operations in its 2021 income statement? A) $2,000,000 loss. B) $2,500,000 loss. C) No loss would be reported. D) $500,000 gain included in continuing operations and a $2,000,000 loss from discontinued operations. Answer: A Explanation: $2,000,000 loss from discontinued operations only. There is no impairment loss. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
67) On May 1, Foxtrot Co. agreed to sell the assets of its Footwear Division to Albanese Inc. for $80 million. The sale was completed on December 31, 2021. The following additional facts pertain to the transaction: • • • •
The Footwear Division qualifies as a component of the entity according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. The book value of Footwear's assets totaled $48 million on the date of the sale. Footwear's operating income was a pre-tax loss of $10 million in 2021. Foxtrot's income tax rate is 25%.
In the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, Foxtrot Co. would report: A) Income (loss) on its total operations for the year without separation. B) Income (loss) on its continuing operation only. C) Income (loss) from its continuing and discontinued operations separately. D) Income and gains separately from losses. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
68) On May 1, Foxtrot Co. agreed to sell the assets of its Footwear Division to Albanese Inc. for $80 million. The sale was completed on December 31, 2021. The following additional facts pertain to the transaction: • The Footwear Division qualifies as a component of the entity according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. • The book value of Footwear's assets totaled $48 million on the date of the sale. • Footwear's operating income was a pre-tax loss of $10 million in 2021. • Foxtrot's income tax rate is 25%. In the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, Foxtrot Co. would report: A) All income taxes combined into one line item. B) Income taxes separated for continuing and discontinued operations. C) Income taxes reported for income and gains only. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Income tax―Separate line or Intraperiod Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
69) On May 1, Foxtrot Co. agreed to sell the assets of its Footwear Division to Albanese Inc. for $80 million. The sale was completed on December 31, 2021. The following additional facts pertain to the transaction: • The Footwear Division qualifies as a component of the entity according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. • The book value of Footwear's assets totaled $48 million on the date of the sale. • Footwear's operating income was a pre-tax loss of $10 million in 2021. • Foxtrot's income tax rate is 25%. In the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, Foxtrot Co. would report income from discontinued operations of: A) $14.0 million. B) $16.5 million. C) $22.0 million. D) $24.5 million. Answer: B Explanation: 75% (i.e., 1 – tax rate) × $22 million ($32 million gain on asset sale – $10 million operating loss) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
70) On May 1, Tango Co. agreed to sell the assets of its Formal Wear Division to Top Hat Inc. The following additional facts pertain to the transaction: • • • •
The Formal Wear Division qualifies as a component of the entity according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. The book value of Formal Wear's assets totaled $48 million on December 31, 2021. Formal Wear's operating income was a pre-tax loss of $10 million in 2021. Tango's income tax rate is 25%.
Suppose that the Formal Wear Division's assets had not been sold by December 31, 2021, but were considered held for sale. Assume that the fair value of these assets was $40 million at December 31, 2021. In the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, Tango Co. would report discontinued operations of: A) $7.5 million loss. B) $10.0 million loss. C) $13.5 million loss. D) $18.0 million loss. Answer: C Explanation: 75% (i.e., 1 – tax rate) × $18 million loss ($8 million impairment loss on Formal Wear's assets + $10 million operating loss = $18 million pretax loss). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
71) On May 1, Tango Co. agreed to sell the assets of its Formal Wear Division to Top Hat Inc. The following additional facts pertain to the transaction: • • • •
The Formal Wear Division qualifies as a component of the entity according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. The book value of Formal Wear's assets totaled $48 million on December 31, 2021. Formal Wear's operating income was a pre-tax loss of $10 million in 2021. Tango's income tax rate is 25%.
Suppose that the Formal Wear Division's assets had not been sold by December 31, 2021, but were considered held for sale. Assume that the fair value of these assets was $80 million at December 31, 2021. In the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, Tango Co., would report discontinued operations of a: A) $7.5 million loss. B) $10.0 million loss. C) $16.5 million income. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Explanation: 75% (i.e., 1 – tax rate) × $10 million operating loss = $7.5 million pretax loss). There is no impairment of assets and only impairments are included if the assets are still held for sale. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
72) Major Co. reported 2021 income of $300,000 from continuing operations before income taxes and a before-tax loss on discontinued operations of $80,000. All income is subject to a 25% tax rate. In the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, Major Co. would show the following line-item amounts for income tax expense and net income: A) $55,000 and $165,000 respectively. B) $75,000 and $165,000 respectively. C) $75,000 and $145,000 respectively. D) $55,000 and $220,000 respectively. Answer: B Explanation: Income from continuing operations before income taxes Income tax expense Income from continuing operations Loss on discontinued operations (net of $20,000 tax benefit) Net income
$ 300,000 75,000 $ 225,000 (60,000) $ 165,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Discontinued operations; Net income after income tax expense Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
73) Howard Co.'s 2021 income from continuing operations before income taxes was $280,000. Howard Co. reported before-tax income on discontinued operations of $60,000. All tax items are subject to a 25% tax rate. In its income statement for 2021, Howard Co. would show the following line-item amounts for income tax expense and net income: A) $70,000 and $255,000 respectively. B) $55,000 and $220,000 respectively. C) $85,000 and $340,000 respectively. D) $85,000 and $255,000 respectively. Answer: A Explanation: Income from continuing operations before income taxes Income tax expense ($280,000 × 25%) Income from continuing operations Income on discontinued operations (net of $15,000 tax expense) Net income
$ 280,000 70,000 $ 210,000 45,000 $ 255,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Discontinued operations; Net income after income tax expense Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) Misty Company reported the following before-tax items during the current year: Sales revenue Selling and administrative expenses Restructuring charges Loss on discontinued operations
$ 600 260 20 40
Misty's effective tax rate is 25%. What is Misty's income from continuing operations? A) $240. B) $255. C) $320. D) $450. Answer: A Explanation: ($600 − $260 − $20) × (1 − 0.25) = $240 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Continuing operations―Components; Earnings quality―Restructuring costs Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
75) Misty Company reported the following before-tax items during the current year: Sales revenue Selling and administrative expenses Restructuring charges Loss on discontinued operations
$ 600 260 20 40
Misty's effective tax rate is 25%. What is Misty's net income for the current year? A) $280. B) $210. C) $240. D) $200. Answer: B Explanation: Income from continuing operations before taxes ($600 − $260 $ 320 − $20) Income tax expense ($320 × 25%) 80 Income from continuing operations $ 240 Loss on discontinued operations (net of $10 tax benefit) (30) Net income $ 210 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Earnings quality―Restructuring costs; Discontinued operations; Net income after income tax expense Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality.; 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) Cendant Corporation's results for the year ended December 31, 2021, include the following material items: Sales revenue Cost of goods sold Selling and administrative expenses Loss on sale of investments Loss on discontinued operations Loss on impairment from continuing operations
$ 6,200,000 3,800,000 1,300,000 200,000 500,000 80,000
Cendant Corporation's income from continuing operations before income taxes for 2021 is: A) $900,000. B) $880,000. C) $820,000 D) $320,000. Answer: C Explanation: $6,200,000 − $3,800,000 − $1,300,000 − $200,000 − $80,000 = $820,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Continuing operations―Components; Earnings quality―Components Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 77) A change in accounting principle that is implemented using the retrospective approach includes: A) implementing the change in the current period only and not adjusting for the cumulative effects on prior periods. B) applying the new standard to the adoption period only and recording the cumulative adjustment for prior periods to the beginning balance of retained earnings. C) restating financial statements of all periods presented as if the new standard had been used in those periods. D) not accounting for the change in the current period or prior periods. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Accounting changes and error corrections Learning Objective: 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS). Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) A change in accounting principle that is implemented using the modified retrospective approach includes: A) implementing the change in the current period only and not adjusting for the cumulative effects on prior periods. B) applying the new standard to the adoption period only, and recording the cumulative adjustment for prior periods to the current period's beginning balance of retained earnings. C) restating financial statements of all periods presented as if the new standard had been used in those periods. D) not accounting for the change in the current period or prior periods. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Accounting changes and error corrections Learning Objective: 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS). Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 79) Changes in estimates are accounted for using which approach? A) Prospective. B) Retrospective. C) Modified retrospective. D) Modified prospective. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Accounting changes and error corrections Learning Objective: 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS). Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) When a material error is discovered in prior financial statements: A) prior financial statements are restated to their correct amounts. B) assets and liabilities in the current period are restated to their appropriate levels. C) prior income effects are adjusted to the current period's beginning balance of retained earnings. D) all of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Accounting changes and error corrections Learning Objective: 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS). Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 81) Which of the following is not true about EPS? A) It must be reported by all corporations whose stock is publicly traded. B) It must be reported separately for discontinued operations. C) It must be reported on operating income. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Earnings per share Learning Objective: 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS). Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 82) The Maytag Corporation's income statement includes income from continuing operations and a loss on discontinued operations. Earnings per share information would be provided for: A) net income only. B) income from continuing operations and net income only. C) income from continuing operations, loss on discontinued operations, and net income only. D) none of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Earnings per share Learning Objective: 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS). Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
83) Each of the following would be reported as items of other comprehensive income except: A) foreign currency translation adjustment. B) gain on projected pension benefit obligation. C) deferred gain from derivatives. D) gain from the sale of equipment. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Comprehensive income―Components-Presentation Learning Objective: 04-06 Explain the difference between net income and comprehensive income and how we report components of the difference. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 84) Reporting comprehensive income can be accomplished by each of the following methods except: A) in the statement of shareholders' equity. B) a single, continuous statement of comprehensive income. C) in two separate, but consecutive statements. D) All of these answer choices are acceptable methods. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Comprehensive income―Components-Presentation Learning Objective: 04-06 Explain the difference between net income and comprehensive income and how we report components of the difference. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) During the year, a company's investment in debt securities increases in fair value, resulting in an unrealized gain on the investment. The investment is not sold by the end of the year. The company is considering whether to report the unrealized gain as a component of net income or as a component of other comprehensive income. Under which reporting requirement would the company have a higher ending balance of total shareholders' equity? A) As a component of net income. B) As a component of other comprehensive income. C) Total shareholders' equity would be the same with either reporting requirement. D) None of the other answers are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Comprehensive income―Components-Presentation Learning Objective: 04-06 Explain the difference between net income and comprehensive income and how we report components of the difference. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 86) Consider the following two separate events for a company during the year: 1. Gain on sale of investments = $10. 2. Unrealized gain on investment from increase in fair value = $20. The company reports the unrealized gain as a component of other comprehensive income. By how much would these two events increase net income and comprehensive income, ignoring tax effects? A) Net income = $10; Comprehensive income = $20. B) Net income = $10; Comprehensive income = $30. C) Net income = $30; Comprehensive income = $30. D) Net income = $30; Comprehensive income = $20. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Comprehensive income―Components-Presentation Learning Objective: 04-06 Explain the difference between net income and comprehensive income and how we report components of the difference. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
87) Consider the following two separate events for a company during the year: 1. Loss on sale of investments = $30. 2. Unrealized gain on investment from increase in fair value = $20. The company reports the unrealized gain as a component of other comprehensive income. By how much would these two events affect net income and comprehensive income, ignoring tax effects? A) Net income = $(30); Comprehensive income = $(10). B) Net income = $(30); Comprehensive income = $20. C) Net income = $0; Comprehensive income = $(10). D) Net income = $(10); Comprehensive income = $20. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Comprehensive income―Components-Presentation Learning Objective: 04-06 Explain the difference between net income and comprehensive income and how we report components of the difference. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 88) Consider the following two separate events for a company during the year: 1. Loss on sale of investments = $20. 2. Unrealized gain on investment from increase in fair value = $30. The company reports the unrealized gain as a component of other comprehensive income. By how much would these two events affect the balance of retained earnings, ignoring tax effects? A) Increase of $30. B) Increase of $10. C) Decrease of $20. D) Decrease of $10. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Comprehensive income―Components-Presentation Learning Objective: 04-06 Explain the difference between net income and comprehensive income and how we report components of the difference. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
89) Reporting comprehensive income according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) can be accomplished by each of the following methods except: A) in the statement of shareholders' equity. B) a combined statement of income and comprehensive income. C) in two separate statements. D) the entity may choose either a combined statement of income and comprehensive income or two separate statements. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS―Comprehensive income Learning Objective: 04-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the income statement, statement of comprehensive income, and statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 90) Comprehensive income is the change in equity from: A) Owner transactions. B) Nonowner transactions. C) Owner and nonowner transactions. D) Capital transactions. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Comprehensive income―Components-Presentation Learning Objective: 04-06 Explain the difference between net income and comprehensive income and how we report components of the difference. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 91) Financial statements that report changes over time include: A) statement of shareholders' equity, balance sheet, and statement of cash flows. B) balance sheet, statement of cash flows, and income statement. C) statement of cash flows, income statement, and statement of shareholders' equity. D) statement of shareholders' equity, balance sheet, and income statement. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Statement of cash flows―Content Learning Objective: 04-07 Describe the purpose of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) For the statement of cash flows, investments in Treasury bills with very short maturity period would normally be included as: A) Operating activities. B) Investing activities. C) Financing activities. D) Cash equivalents. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Statement of cash flows―Content Learning Objective: 04-07 Describe the purpose of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 93) In comparing the direct method with the indirect method of preparing the statement of cash flows: A) only operating activities are presented differently. B) only investing activities are presented differently. C) only financing activities are presented differently. D) all activities are presented differently. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Statement of cash flows―Content Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 94) The statement of cash flows reports cash flows from the activities of: A) operating, purchasing, and investing. B) borrowing, paying, and investing. C) financing, investing, and operating. D) using, investing, and financing. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Statement of cash flows―Classify O-I-F Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
95) Operating cash flows would not include: A) Interest received. B) Interest paid. C) Dividends paid. D) Dividends received. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Statement of cash flows―Classify O-I-F Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 96) Operating cash outflows would include: A) Purchase of investments. B) Purchase of equipment. C) Payment of cash dividends. D) Purchases of inventory. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Statement of cash flows―Classify O-I-F Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 97) Cash flows from investing do not include cash flows from: A) lending money to another corporation. B) the sale of equipment. C) borrowing. D) the purchase of other corporation's securities. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Statement of cash flows―Classify O-I-F Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) Cash flows from investing do not include cash flows from: A) lending money to another corporation. B) the purchase of equipment. C) the sale of a building. D) the purchase of a corporation's own securities. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Statement of cash flows―Classify O-I-F Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 99) Cash flows from financing activities include: A) Interest received. B) Interest paid. C) Dividends received. D) Dividends paid. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Statement of cash flows―Classify O-I-F Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 100) Cash flows from investing activities do not include: A) proceeds from issuing bonds. B) payment for the purchase of equipment. C) proceeds from the sale of marketable securities. D) cash outflows from acquiring land. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Statement of cash flows―Classify O-I-F Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
101) The FASB's stated preference for reporting operating cash flows is the: A) Indirect method. B) Direct method. C) Working capital method. D) All financial resources method. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Statement of cash flows―Content Learning Objective: 04-07 Describe the purpose of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 102) In the operating activities section of the statement of cash flows, we start with net income: A) in the direct method. B) in the indirect method. C) in both the direct and the indirect methods. D) in neither the direct nor the indirect methods. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Statement of cash flows―Indirect method Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 103) Which of the following is added to net income as an adjustment under the indirect method of preparing the statement of cash flows? A) Salaries payable decrease. B) Gain on the sale of land. C) Loss on the sale of equipment. D) Accounts receivable increase. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Statement of cash flows―Indirect method Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) Schneider Inc. had salaries payable of $60,000 and $90,000 at the end of 2020 and 2021, respectively. During 2021, Schneider recorded $620,000 in salaries expense in its income statement. Cash outflows for salaries in 2021 were: A) $590,000. B) $620,000. C) $650,000. D) $530,000. Answer: A Explanation: $620,000 − $30,000 increase in salaries payable = $590,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Statement of cash flows―Direct method Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 105) Howard Inc. had prepaid rent of $75,000 and $80,000 at the end of 2020 and 2021, respectively. During 2021, Howard recorded $240,000 in rent expense in its income statement. Cash outflows for rent in 2021 were: A) $235,000. B) $240,000. C) $245,000. D) $250,000. Answer: C Explanation: $240,000 + $5,000 increase in prepaid rent = $245,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Statement of cash flows―Direct method Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
106) Martel Co. had supplies of $24,000 and $33,000 at the end of 2020 and 2021, respectively. During 2021, Howard paid $128,000 for supplies. Supplies expense in the 2021 income statement was: A) $119,000. B) $128,000. C) $137,000. D) $110,000. Answer: A Explanation: $128,000 − $9,000 increase in supplies = $119,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Statement of cash flows―Direct method Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 107) Stinley Co. paid utilities of $134,000 during 2021. At the end of 2021, utilities payable equals $17,000 and utilities expense equals $145,000. What was the balance of utilities payable at the beginning of 2021? A) $22,000. B) $6,000. C) $17,000. D) $11,000. Answer: B Explanation: $17,000 − $145,000 utilities expense + $134,000 utilities paid = $6,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Statement of cash flows―Direct method Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
108) Tropical Tours reported revenue of $400,000 for its year ended December 31, 2021. Accounts receivable at December 31, 2020 and 2021, were $35,000 and $32,000, respectively. Using the direct method for reporting cash flows from operating activities, Tropical Tours would report cash collected from customers of: A) $400,000. B) $397,000. C) $403,000. D) $365,000. Answer: C Explanation: 12/31/2020 Sales 12/31/2021
Accounts Receivable 35,000 400,000 32,000
?
Cash collections = $35,000 + $400,000 − $32,000 = $403,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Statement of cash flows―Direct method Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 109) Shively Mfg. Co. sold for $18,000 equipment that cost $40,000 and had a book value of $30,000. Shively would report: A) Operating cash inflows of $18,000. B) Operating cash inflows of $8,000. C) Financing cash inflows of $18,000. D) Investing cash inflows of $18,000. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Statement of cash flows―Classify O-I-F Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) Arrow Printers paid $2,000 interest on short-term notes payable, $10,000 interest on long-term bonds, and $6,000 in dividends on its common stock. Arrow would report cash outflows from activities, as follows: A) Operating, $2,000; financing, $16,000. B) Operating, $0; financing, $18,000. C) Operating, $12,000; financing, $6,000. D) Operating, $18,000; financing, $0. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Statement of cash flows―Classify O-I-F Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 111) Hong Kong Clothiers reported revenue of $5,000,000 for its year ended December 31, 2018. Accounts receivable at December 31, 2017 and 2018, were $320,000 and $355,000, respectively. Using the direct method for reporting cash flows from operating activities, Hong Kong Clothiers would report cash collected from customers of: A) $4,965,000. B) $5,000,000. C) $5,035,000. D) $5,045,000. Answer: A Explanation: 12/31/2020 Sales 12/31/2021
Accounts Receivable 320,000 5,000,000 355,000
?
Cash collections = $320,000 + $5,000,000 − $355,000 = $4,965,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Statement of cash flows―Direct method Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
112) Lucia Ltd. reported net income of $135,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021. January 1 balances in accounts receivable and accounts payable were $29,000 and $26,000, respectively. Year-end balances in these accounts were $30,000 and $24,000, respectively. Assuming that all relevant information has been presented, Lucia's cash flows from operating activities would be: A) $132,000. B) $134,000. C) $136,000. D) $138,000. Answer: A Explanation: Net income Subtract increase in A/R Subtract decrease in A/P Cash flows from operating activities
$ 135,000 (1,000) (2,000) $ 132,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Statement of cash flows―Indirect method Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 113) Shady Lane's income tax payable account decreased from $14 million to $12 million during 2021. If its income tax expense was $80 million, what was shown as an operating cash flow under the direct method? A) A cash outflow of $12 million. B) A cash outflow of $78 million. C) A cash outflow of $80 million. D) A cash outflow of $82 million. Answer: D Explanation: Income taxes payable: $14 million + $80 million − x = $12 million. x = $82 million. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Statement of cash flows―Direct method Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) Bird Brain Co. reported net income of $45,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021. January 1 balances in accounts receivable and accounts payable were $23,000 and $26,000 respectively. Year-end balances in these accounts were $22,000 and $28,000, respectively. Assuming that all relevant information has been presented, Bird Brain's cash flows from operating activities would be: A) $48,000. B) $44,000. C) $46,000. D) $45,000. Answer: A Explanation: Net income Add decrease in A/R Add increase in A/P Cash flows from operating activities
$ 45,000 1,000 2,000 $ 48,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Statement of cash flows―Indirect method Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
115) Nevada Boot Co. reported net income of $216,000 for its year ended December 31, 2021. Purchases totaled $152,000. Accounts payable balances at the beginning and end of the year were $36,000 and $33,000, respectively. Beginning and ending inventory balances were $44,000 and $46,000, respectively. Assuming that all relevant information has been presented, Nevada Boot would report operating cash flows of: A) $155,000. B) $221,000. C) $211,000. D) $151,000. Answer: C Explanation: Net income Deduct increase in Inventory Deduct decrease in A/P Cash flows from operating activities
$ 216,000 (2,000) (3,000) $ 211,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Statement of cash flows―Indirect method Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) Rowdy's Restaurants Cash Flow ($ in millions) Cash received from: Customers Interest on investments Sale of land Sale of Rowdy's common stock Issuance of debt securities Cash paid for: Interest on debt Income tax Debt principal reduction Purchase of equipment Purchase of inventory Dividends on common stock Operating expenses
$ 1,800 200 100 600 2,000
$
300 80 1,500 4,000 1,000 200 500
Rowdy's would report net cash inflows (outflows) from operating activities in the amount of: A) ($80) million. B) $120 million. C) $200 million. D) $420 million. Answer: B Explanation: Customers Interest on investments Interest on debt Income tax Purchase of inventory Operating expenses Cash inflows from operating activities
$
1,800 200 (300 ) (80 ) (1,000) (500 ) $ 120
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Statement of cash flows―Direct method Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Rowdy's Restaurants Cash Flow ($ in millions) Cash received from: Customers Interest on investments Sale of land Sale of Rowdy's common stock Issuance of debt securities Cash paid for: Interest on debt Income tax Debt principal reduction Purchase of equipment Purchase of inventory Dividends on common stock Operating expenses
$ 1,800 200 100 600 2,000
$
300 80 1,500 4,000 1,000 200 500
Rowdy's would report net cash inflows (outflows) from investing activities in the amount of: A) ($4,000) million. B) $100 million. C) ($3,900) million. D) ($1,900) million. Answer: C Explanation: Sale of land Purchase of equipment Cash outflows from investing activities
$
100 (4,000) $ (3,900)
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Statement of cash flows―Classify O-I-F Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
118) Rowdy's Restaurants Cash Flow ($ in millions) Cash received from: Customers Interest on investments Sale of land Sale of Rowdy's common stock Issuance of debt securities Cash paid for: Interest on debt Income tax Debt principal reduction Purchase of equipment Purchase of inventory Dividends on common stock Operating expenses
$ 1,800 200 100 600 2,000
$
300 80 1,500 4,000 1,000 200 500
Rowdy's would report net cash inflows (outflows) from financing activities in the amount of: A) $1,100 million. B) ($1,100) million. C) $820 million. D) $900 million. Answer: D Explanation: Sale of common stock Issuance of debt securities Debt principal reduction Dividends on common stock Cash inflows from financing activities
$
600 2,000 (1,500 ) (200 ) $ 900
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Statement of cash flows―Classify O-I-F Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) Expenses in an income statement prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS): A) Must be classified by function. B) Must be classified by natural description. C) Can be classified either by function or by natural description. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS―Income statement Learning Objective: 04-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the income statement, statement of comprehensive income, and statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 120) In a statement of cash flows prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), each of the following items is typically classified as a financing cash flow except: A) Interest paid. B) Dividends paid. C) Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt. D) Dividends received. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS―Statement of cash flows Learning Objective: 04-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the income statement, statement of comprehensive income, and statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
121) During its 2021 fiscal year, Jacobsen Corporation reported before-tax income of $620,000. This amount does not include the following two items, both of which are considered to be material in amount: Unusual gain Loss on discontinued operations
$ 200,000 ( 300,000 )
The company's income tax rate is 25%. Jacobsen Corporation prepares its financial statements applying U.S. GAAP. In its 2021 income statement, Jacobsen would report income from continuing operations of: A) $391,500. B) $465,000. C) $615,000. D) $620,000. Answer: C Explanation: $620,000 + $200,000 = $820,000 × (1 − 0.25) = $615,000. The $200,000 gain is included in income from continuing operations. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Discontinued operations; Comprehensive income–Components-Presentation; Income tax–Separate line or Intraperiod Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) During its 2021 fiscal year, Jacobsen Corporation reported before-tax income of $620,000. This amount does not include the following two items, both of which are considered to be material in amount: Unusual gain Loss on discontinued operations
$ 200,000 ( 300,000 )
The company's income tax rate is 25%. Jacobsen Corporation prepares its financial statement applying International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). In its 2021 income statement, Jacobsen would report income from continuing operations of: A) $391,500. B) $465,000. C) $615,000. D) $620,000. Answer: C Explanation: $620,000 + $200,000 = $820,000 × (1 − 0.25) = $615,000. The $200,000 gain is included in income from continuing operations. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS―Income statement Learning Objective: 04-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the income statement, statement of comprehensive income, and statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Diversity; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 123) In the DuPont formula, return on assets equals: A) Gross margin on sales × Inventory turnover. B) Profit margin on sales × Inventory turnover. C) Gross margin on sales × Asset turnover. D) Profit margin on sales × Asset turnover. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) A company is effectively leveraging when: A) the return on assets exceeds the return on equity. B) the return on equity exceeds the return on assets. C) the return on equity is increasing. D) the return on assets is increasing. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 125) Excerpts from Dowling Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements and key ratios are presented below (all numbers are in millions):
Accounts receivable (net) Net sales Cost of goods sold Net income Inventory turnover Return on assets Equity multiplier
$ $ $ $
2021 20 115 60 20 5.22 10.3% 2.36
2020 $ 16 $ 100 $ 55 $ 17
Dowling's 2021 profit margin is (rounded): A) 17.4%. B) 18.5%. C) 18.0%. D) 16.5%. Answer: A Explanation: $20/$115 = 17.4% Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) Excerpts from Dowling Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements and key ratios are presented below (all numbers are in millions):
Accounts receivable (net) Net sales Cost of goods sold Net income Inventory turnover Return on assets Equity multiplier
$ $ $ $
2021 20 115 60 20 5.22 10.3% 2.36
2020 $ 16 $ 100 $ 55 $ 17
Dowling's 2021 average collection period is (rounded): A) 50 days. B) 63 days. C) 57 days. D) 51 days. Answer: C Explanation: Avg. collection period
= 365 / (accounts receivable turnover) = 365 / (net sales / {avg A/R}) = 365 / (115 /{20 + 16} /2) = 57.13 days = 57 days rounded
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
127) Excerpts from Dowling Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements and key ratios are presented below (all numbers are in millions):
Accounts receivable (net) Net sales Cost of goods sold Net income Inventory turnover Return on assets Equity multiplier
$ $ $ $
2021 20 115 60 20 5.22 10.3% 2.36
2020 $ 16 100 55 17
Dowling's return on equity for 2021 is (rounded): A) 22%. B) 24.3%. C) 17.4%. D) 9%. Answer: B Explanation: ROE = ROA × equity multiplier = 10.3% × 2.36 = 24.3% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) Excerpts from Dowling Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements and key ratios are presented below (all numbers are in millions):
Accounts receivable (net) Net sales Cost of goods sold Net income Inventory turnover Return on assets Equity multiplier
$ $ $ $
2021 20 115 60 20 5.22 10.3% 2.36
2020 $ 16 100 55 17
Dowling's average total assets for 2021 is (rounded): A) 32. B) 210. C) 115. D) 194. Answer: D Explanation: Return on assets = Net income / (Average assets), so Average assets = Net income / ROA = 20 / 0.103 = 194 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) Excerpts from Dowling Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements and key ratios are presented below (all numbers are in millions):
Accounts receivable (net) Net sales Cost of goods sold Net income Inventory turnover Return on assets Equity multiplier
$ $
2021 20 115 60 20 5.22 10.3% 2.36
2020 $ 16 100 55 17
Dowling's average inventory balance for 2021 is (rounded): A) 11. B) 12. C) 11.5. D) 12.5. Answer: C Explanation: Inventory turnover = Cost of goods sold / (Average inventory), so Average inventory = COGS / (Inventory turnover) = 60/5.22 = 11.5. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
130) Excerpts from Hulkster Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below:
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold Total assets Total shareholders' equity Net income
$ $
2021 40,000 28,000 190,000 114,000 425,000 240,000 32,500
$
2020 36,000 35,000 186,000 108,000 405,000 225,000 28,000
Hulkster's 2021 receivables turnover is: A) 2.85. B) 4.70. C) 5.00. D) 10.63. Answer: C Explanation: = 5.0
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
131) Excerpts from Hulkster Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below:
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold Total assets Total shareholders' equity Net income
$ $
2021 40,000 28,000 190,000 114,000 425,000 240,000 32,500
$
2020 36,000 35,000 186,000 108,000 405,000 225,000 28,000
Hulkster's 2021 inventory turnover is (rounded): A) 3.62. B) 3.96. C) 4.07. D) 6.03. Answer: A Explanation: = 3.62
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) Excerpts from Hulkster Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below:
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold Total assets Total shareholders' equity Net income
$ $
2021 40,000 28,000 190,000 114,000 425,000 240,000 32,500
$
2020 36,000 35,000 186,000 108,000 405,000 225,000 28,000
Hulkster's 2021 asset turnover is (rounded): A) 3.73. B) 2.79. C) 2.24. D) 0.46. Answer: D Explanation: = 0.46
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
133) Excerpts from Hulkster Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below:
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold Total assets Total shareholders' equity Net income
$ $
2021 40,000 28,000 190,000 114,000 425,000 240,000 32,500
$
2020 36,000 35,000 186,000 108,000 405,000 225,000 28,000
Hulkster's 2021 average collection period is: A) 73 days. B) 104 days. C) 109 days. D) 128 days. Answer: A Explanation: Receivable turnover =
= 5.0
Average collection period = 365/5.0 = 73 days Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) Excerpts from Hulkster Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below:
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold Total assets Total shareholders' equity Net income
$ $
2021 40,000 28,000 190,000 114,000 425,000 240,000 32,500
$
2020 36,000 35,000 186,000 108,000 405,000 225,000 28,000
Hulkster's 2021 average days in inventory is (rounded): A) 61 days. B) 92 days. C) 101 days. D) 90 days. Answer: C Explanation: Inventory turnover =
= 3.62
Average days in inventory = 365/3.62 = 100.8 days = 101 days rounded. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) Excerpts from Hulkster Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below:
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold Total assets Total shareholders' equity Net income
$ $
2021 40,000 28,000 190,000 114,000 425,000 240,000 32,500
$
2020 36,000 35,000 186,000 108,000 405,000 225,000 28,000
Hulkster's 2021 profit margin is (rounded): A) 17.1%. B) 13.5%. C) 7.6%. D) 4.5%. Answer: A Explanation: $32,500 / $190,000 = 17.1% Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
136) Excerpts from Hulkster Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below:
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold Total assets Total shareholders' equity Net income
$ $
2021 40,000 28,000 190,000 114,000 425,000 240,000 32,500
$
2020 36,000 35,000 186,000 108,000 405,000 225,000 28,000
Hulkster's 2021 return on assets is (rounded): A) 7.1%. B) 7.8%. C) 13.5%. D) 47.7%. Answer: B Explanation: = 7.8%
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
137) Excerpts from Hulkster Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below:
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold Total assets Total shareholders' equity Net income
$ $
2021 40,000 28,000 190,000 114,000 425,000 240,000 32,500
$
2020 36,000 35,000 186,000 108,000 405,000 225,000 28,000
Hulkster's 2021 return on shareholders' equity is (rounded): A) 17.1%. B) 14.0%. C) 12.6%. D) 7.1%. Answer: B Explanation: = 14.0%
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
138) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM PHRASE 1. Taxable income Also known as income tax expense. 2. Intraperiod tax allocation From transactions or events that are not likely to occur in the foreseeable future. 3. Prior period adjustment Associates tax with income statement items. 4. Provision for income tax Used as the base for computing taxes currently payable. 5. Temporary earnings Made to correct a material error.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM PHRASE 1. Taxable income Also known as income tax expense. 2. Intraperiod tax allocation From transactions or events that are not likely to occur in the foreseeable future. 3. Prior period adjustment Associates tax with income statement items. 4. Provision for income tax Used as the base for computing taxes currently payable. 5. Temporary earnings Made to correct a material error.
NUMBER 4 5 2 1 3
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Income tax―Separate line or Intraperiod; Earnings quality―Components; Accounting changes and error corrections Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality.; 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions.; 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS). Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
139) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Operating activities (income statement)
PHRASE Is directly related to the principal revenue-generating activities.
NUMBER ____
2. Gains
Requires note disclosure, if material.
____
3. Income from continuing operations
Increases in equity from peripheral transactions.
____
4. Income from discontinued operations
Income from an identifiable component will cease.
____
5. Change in accounting estimate
More useful to analysts in predicting future income than current net income.
____
Answer: TERM 1. Operating activities (income statement)
PHRASE Is directly related to the principal revenue-generating activities.
NUMBER 1
2. Gains
Requires note disclosure, if material.
5
3. Income from continuing operations
Increases in equity from peripheral transactions.
2
4. Income from discontinued operations
Income from an identifiable component will cease.
4
5. Change in accounting estimate
More useful to analysts in predicting future income than current net income.
3
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Continuing operations―Components; Accounting changes and error corrections; Discontinued operations; Statement of cash flows―Classify O-I-F Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions.; 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS).; 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
140) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Single-step income statement
PHRASE Not directly related to a firm's principal revenue-generating activities.
NUMBER ____
2. Financing activities
Likely to be discontinued within a year.
____
3. Held for sale component
Groups all revenues and gains.
____
4. Nonoperating activities (income statement)
Related to the acquisition and disposition of long-term assets.
____
5. Investing activities
Related to the external financing of the company.
____
Answer: TERM 1. Single-step income statement
PHRASE Not directly related to a firm's principal revenue-generating activities.
NUMBER 4
2. Financing activities
Likely to be discontinued within a year.
3
3. Held for sale component
Groups all revenues and gains.
1
4. Nonoperating activities (income statement)
Related to the acquisition and disposition of long-term assets.
5
5. Investing activities
Related to the external financing of the company.
2
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Income statement―Single-step format; Discontinued operations; Statement of cash flows―Classify O-I-F Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions.; 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Comprehensive income
PHRASE Reported in the nonoperating section of the income statement.
NUMBER ____
2. Discontinued operations
Reported net of tax immediately after income from continuing operations.
____
3. Gain/loss from sale of investments
Total nonowner changes in equity for a reporting period.
____
4. Multiple-step income statement
Reports intermediate subtotals in arriving at net income.
____
5. Direct method
Reports the cash effects of each operating activity directly on the statement.
____
76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: TERM 1. Comprehensive income
PHRASE NUMBER Reported in the nonoperating section of 3 the income statement.
2. Discontinued operations
Reported net of tax immediately after income from continuing operations.
2
3. Gain/loss from sale of investments
Total nonowner changes in equity for a reporting period.
1
4. Multiple-step income statement
Reports intermediate subtotals in arriving at net income.
4
5. Direct method
Reports the cash effects of each operating activity directly on the statement.
5
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Income statement―Multiple-step format; Discontinued operations; Comprehensive income—Components-Presentation; Statement of cash flows―Classify O-I-F; Statement of cash flows―Direct method Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions.; 04-06 Explain the difference between net income and comprehensive income and how we report components of the difference.; 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
142) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Earnings per share 2. Indirect method
PHRASE Required disclosure for publicly traded corporations. If sold or held for sale, reported as a discontinued operation.
NUMBER ____ ____
3. Restructuring costs Separately stated component of continuing operations.
____
4. Earnings quality
Calculations work backward from net income to cash flow from operating activities.
____
5. Component of an entity
Ability of reported income to predict future earnings.
____
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: TERM 1. Earnings per share
2. Indirect method
PHRASE Required disclosure for publicly traded corporations. If sold or held for sale, reported as a discontinued operation.
NUMBER 1
5
3. Restructuring costs Separately stated component of continuing operations.
3
4. Earnings quality
Calculations work backward from net income to cash flow from operating activities.
2
5. Component of an entity
Ability of reported income to predict future earnings.
4
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Earnings quality―Management practices; Earnings quality―Components; Discontinued operations; Earnings per share; Statement of cash flows―Indirect method Learning Objective: 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality.; 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions.; 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS).; 04-07 Describe the purpose of the statement of cash flows.; 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Issuance of common stock
PHRASE The acquisition of assets by issuing debt or equity securities.
NUMBER ____
2. Operating activities on statement of cash flows
Costs incurred often relate to downsizing.
____
3. Restructuring costs
Total nonowner change in equity for a reporting period.
____
4. Noncash financing and investing activities
Financing activity on statement of cash flows.
____
5. Comprehensive income
When grouped together, essentially net income on a cash basis.
____
Answer: TERM 1. Issuance of common stock
PHRASE The acquisition of assets by issuing debt or equity securities.
NUMBER 4
2. Operating activities on statement of cash flows
Costs incurred often relate to downsizing.
3
3. Restructuring costs
Total nonowner change in equity for a reporting period.
5
4. Noncash financing and investing activities
Financing activity on statement of cash flows.
1
5. Comprehensive income
When grouped together, essentially net income on a cash basis.
2
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Earnings quality―Restructuring costs; Comprehensive income―Components-Presentation; Statement of cash flows―Classify O-I-F Learning Objective: 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality.; 04-06 Explain the difference between net income and comprehensive income and how we report components of the difference.; 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
144) Listed below are 10 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Earnings per share
PHRASE Required disclosure for publicly traded corporations.
NUMBER ____
2. Comprehensive income
Component of the entity has been sold or will be sold.
____
3. Restructuring costs
Costs generally associated with downsizing.
____
4. Multiple-step income statement 5. Foreign currency translation adjustment 6. Change in estimate
Reports a series of intermediate subtotals.
____
Accounted for prospectively.
____
Tangentially related to normal operations.
____
7. Nonoperating income
Accounted for retrospectively by revising prior years' statements.
____
8. Change in accounting principle 9. Discontinued operations
Other comprehensive income item.
____
Total nonowner change in equity.
____
10. Earnings quality
Ability of reported income to predict future earnings.
____
81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: TERM 1. Earnings per share
PHRASE Required disclosure for publicly traded corporations.
NUMBER 1
2. Comprehensive income Component of the entity has been sold or will be sold.
9
3. Restructuring costs
3
Costs generally associated with downsizing.
4. Multiple-step income Reports a series of intermediate subtotals. statement 5. Foreign currency Accounted for prospectively. translation adjustment 6. Change in estimate Tangentially related to normal operations.
4
7. Nonoperating income
8
Accounted for retrospectively by revising prior years' statements.
6 7
8. Change in accounting Other comprehensive income item. principle 9. Discontinued operations Total nonowner change in equity.
5
10. Earnings quality
10
Ability of reported income to predict future earnings.
2
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Income statement―Multiple-step format; Continuing operations―Components; Earnings per share; Accounting changes and error corrections; Earnings quality―Management practices; Earnings quality―Components; Restructuring costs; Discontinued operations; Comprehensive income―Components-Presentation Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-02 Describe earnings quality and how it is impacted by management practices to alter reported earnings.; 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality.; 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions.; 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS).; 04-06 Explain the difference between net income and comprehensive income and how we report components of the difference. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: On September 1, 2021, Jacob Furniture Mart enters into a tentative agreement to sell the assets of its Office Furniture division. This division qualifies as a component of the entity according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. The division's contribution to Jacob's operating income for 2021 was a $3 million loss before income tax. Jacob has an average tax rate of 25%. Required: Consider independently the appropriate accounting by Jacob under the three scenarios below. 145) Scenario 1: Assume that Jacob sold the division's assets on December 31, 2021, for $24 million. The book value of the division's assets was $19 million at that date. In this scenario, what would Jacob report in its 2021 income statement regarding the Office Furniture division? Explain where this information would be presented. Answer: Scenario 1: Jacob would report $1.5 million as income from discontinued operations. This is a combination of operating loss and gain on disposal, net of tax. This income would be reported as a separate item between income from continuing operations and net income in Jacob's income statement. Calculation: $(3,000,000) Operating loss from operations of discontinued component — 5,000,000 Gain on disposal of assets of discontinued component 2,000,000 Discontinued operations before tax — 500,000 Income tax ($2,000,000 × 0.25) $ 1,500,000 Income on discontinued operations Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) Scenario 2: Assume that Jacob had not yet sold the division's assets by the end of 2021. Further, assume that the fair value less cost to sell of the division's assets at December 31, 2021, was $24 million and was expected to remain the same when the assets are sold in 2022. The book value of the division's assets was $19 million at the end of 2021. 1) In this scenario, what would Jacob report in its 2021 income statement regarding the Office Furniture division? Explain where this information would be presented. 2) In this scenario, what would Jacob report in its 2021 balance sheet regarding the information provided for Office Furniture Division? Explain how this information would be classified in the balance sheet. Answer: Scenario 2: 1) Jacob would report $2.25 million loss on discontinued operations which is the operating loss, net of tax. This loss would be reported as a separate item between income from continuing operations and net income in Jacob's income statement. Calculation: $(3,000,000) — 750,000 $(2,250,000)
Operating loss Income tax benefit ($3,000,000 × 0.25) Loss on discontinued operations
2) The assets of the component are reported at their book value of $19 million which is less than the $24 million fair value minus cost to sell. And, because the division's assets are no longer in use, and will be sold in the next year, the assets are separately classified as current assets held for sale. The assets are no longer reported as part of property, plant, and equipment and are not depreciated or amortized. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
147) Scenario 3: Assume that Jacob had not yet sold the Office Furniture division by the end of 2021. Further, assume that the fair value less cost to sell of the division's assets at December 31, 2021, was $12 million and was expected to remain the same when the assets are sold in 2022. The book value of the division's assets was $19 million at the end of 2021. 1) In this scenario, what would Jacob report in its 2021 income statement regarding the Office Furniture division? Explain where this information would be presented. 2) In this scenario, what would Jacob report in its 2021 balance sheet regarding the information provided for the Office Furniture Division? Explain how this information would be classified in the balance sheet. Answer: Scenario 3: 1) Jacob would report a $7.5 million loss on discontinued operations which is a combination of the operating loss and the impairment loss, net of tax. This loss would be reported as a separate item between income from continuing operations and net income in Jacob's income statement. Calculation: $(3,000,000) Operating loss — (7,000,000) Impairment loss (fair value less cost to sell is lower than book $12 million less $19 million)
value;
(10,000,000) Loss from discontinued operations 2,500,000) Income tax benefit ($10,000,000 × 0.25) $( 7,500,000) Loss on discontinued operations
—(
2) The assets of the component are reported at their fair value less cost to sell of $12 million which is less than the $19 million book value. And, because the division's assets are no longer in use, and will be sold in the next year, the assets are separately classified as current assets held for sale. The assets are no longer reported as part of property, plant, and equipment and are not depreciated or amortized. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) The Filzinger Corporation's December 31, 2021 year-end trial balance contained the following income statement items: Account Title Sales revenue Interest revenue Gain on sale of investments Cost of goods sold Selling expense General and administrative expense Interest expense Research and development expense Income tax expense
Debits
Credits 6,700,000 70,000 52,000
4,200,000 350,000 948,000 30,000 600,000 145,000
Required: Calculate the company's operating income for the year using a single-step income statement format. Answer: Sales revenue $6,700,000 Less operating expenses: Cost of goods sold $4,200,000 Selling expense 350,000 General and administrative expenses 948,000 Research and development expenses 600,000 6,098,000 Operating income $ 602,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Income statement―Single-step format; Continuing operations―Components Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
86 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
149) Canton Corporation reported the following items in its adjusted trial balance for the year ended December 31, 2021: Income from continuing operations before income taxes Gain on disposal of discontinued component Loss from operations of discontinued component
$120,000 28,000 (60,000)
Canton is subject to a 25% tax rate. Required: Prepare the December 31, 2021, income statement for Canton Corporation, starting with income from continuing operations before income taxes. Answer: Canton Corporation Partial Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Income from continuing operations before income taxes $120,000 Income tax expense 30,000 Income from continuing operations 90,000 Discontinued operations: Loss from operations of discontinued component (including gain on disposal of $28,000) $(32,000) Income tax benefit 8,000 Loss on discontinued operations (24,000) Net income $ 66,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Net income after income tax expense; Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
87 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Plano Co. 12/31/2021 Partial Trial Balance Data Sales revenue Interest revenue Gain on sale of investments Cost of goods sold Selling expense Interest expense General and administrative expenses
Debits
Credits
700,000 60,000 110,000 500,000 150,000 40,000 100,000
Plano had 50,000 shares of stock outstanding throughout the year. Income tax expense has not yet been accrued. The effective tax rate is 25%. 150) Required: Prepare a single-step income statement with earnings per share disclosure. Answer:
Plano Co. Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Revenues and gains: Sales revenue Gain on sale of investments Interest revenue Total revenues and gains Expenses: Cost of goods sold $500,000 Selling expense 150,000 General and administrative expense 100,000 Interest expense 40,000 Total expenses Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income
$700,000 110,000 60,000 870,000
790,000 80,000 20,000 $ 60,000
Earnings per share $1.20 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Income statement―Single-step format; Net income after income tax expense; Earnings per share Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS). Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 88 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
151) Required: Prepare a multiple-step income statement with earnings per share disclosure. Answer:
Plano Co. Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Sales revenue Cost of goods sold Gross profit Operating expenses: Selling expense $150,000 General and administrative expense 100,000 Total operating expenses Operating income (loss) Other income (expense): Gain on sale of investments 110,000 Interest revenue 60,000 Interest expense (40,000) Total other income, net Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income
$700,000 500,000 200,000
250,000 (50,000)
130,000 80,000 20,000 $ 60,000
Earnings per share $1.20 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Income statement―Multiple-step format; Net income after income tax expense; Earnings per share Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS). Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
89 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The trial balance of Kroeger Inc. included the following accounts as of December 31, 2021: Debits Sales revenue Interest revenue Gain on sale of investments Gain on debt securities Loss on projected benefit obligation Cost of goods sold Selling expense Goodwill impairment loss Interest expense General and administrative expense
Credits 8,200,000 60,000 120,000 140,000
160,000 6,100,000 600,000 500,000 30,000 500,000
The gain on debt securities represents the increase in the fair value of debt securities and is classified a component of other comprehensive income. Kroeger had 300,000 shares of stock outstanding throughout the year. Income tax expense has not yet been recorded. The effective tax rate is 25%.
90 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
152) Required: Prepare a 2021 multiple-step income statement for Kroeger Inc. with earnings per share disclosure. Answer:
Kroeger Inc. Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2021
Sales revenue Cost of goods sold Gross profit Operating expenses: Selling expense General and administrative expense Goodwill impairment loss Total operating expenses Operating income Other income (expense): Gain on sale of investments Interest revenue Interest expense Total other income, net Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income
$8,200,000 6,100,000 2,100,000 $600,000 500,000 500,000 1,600,000 500,000 120,000 60,000 (30,000) 150,000 650,000 162,500 $ 487,500
Earnings per share $1.625 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Income statement―Multiple-step format; Continuing operations―Components; Net income after income tax expense; Earnings quality―Components; Earnings per share Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality.; 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS). Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
91 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
153) Required: Prepare a 2021 separate statement of comprehensive income for Kroeger Inc. Answer:
Kroeger Inc. Statement of Comprehensive Income For the Year Ended December 31, 2021
Net income $487,500 Other comprehensive income (net of tax): Gain on debt securities 105,000 Loss on projected benefit obligation (120,000) Total other comprehensive income (loss) (15,000) Comprehensive income $472,500 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Comprehensive income―Components-Presentation Learning Objective: 04-06 Explain the difference between net income and comprehensive income and how we report components of the difference. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
92 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
154) Required: Prepare a 2021 single, continuous statement of comprehensive income for Kroeger Inc. Use a multiple-step income statement format. Answer:
Kroeger Inc. Statement of Comprehensive Income For the Year Ended December 31, 2021
Sales revenue Cost of goods sold Gross profit Operating expenses: Selling expense General and administrative expense Goodwill impairment loss Total operating expenses Operating income Other income (expense): Gain on sale of investments Interest revenue Interest expense Total other income, net Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income Other comprehensive income (net of tax): Gain on debt securities Loss on projected benefit obligation Total other comprehensive income (loss) Comprehensive income
$8,200,000 6,100,000 2,100,000 $600,000 500,000 500,000 1,600,000 500,000 120,000 60,000 (30,000) 150,000 650,000 162,500 487,500 105,000 (120,000) (15,000) $472,500
Earnings per share $1.625 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Income statement―Multiple-step format; Continuing operations―Components; Net income after income tax expense; Earnings quality―Components; Earnings per share; Comprehensive income―Components-Presentation Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality.; 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS).; 04-06 Explain the difference between net income and comprehensive income and how we report components of the difference. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
93 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
155) The following income statement items appeared on the adjusted trial balance of Foxworthy Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2021 ($ in 000s): sales revenue, $22,300; cost of goods sold, $14,500; selling expense, $2,300; general and administrative expense, $1,200; dividend revenue from investments, $200; interest expense, $300. Income taxes have not yet been accrued. The company's income tax rate is 25% on all items of income or loss. These revenue and expense items appear in the company's income statement every year. The company's controller, however, has asked for your help in determining the appropriate treatment of the following nonrecurring transactions that also occurred during 2021 ($ in 000s). All transactions are material in amount. 1. Investments were sold during the year at a loss of $300. Foxworthy also had an unrealized loss of $200 for the year on investments. The unrealized loss represents a decrease in the fair value of debt securities and is classified as part of other comprehensive income. 2. One of the company's factories was closed during the year. Restructuring costs incurred were $2,000. 3. During the year, Foxworthy completed the sale of one of its operating divisions that qualifies as a component of the entity according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. The division had incurred operating income of $800 in 2021 prior to the sale, and its assets were sold at a loss of $1,800. 4. A positive foreign currency translation adjustment for the year totaled $600. Required: Prepare Foxworthy's single, continuous statement of comprehensive income for 2021, including earnings per share disclosures. Use a multiple-step income statement format. Three million shares of common stock were outstanding throughout the year.
94 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: Foxworthy Manufacturing Corporation Statement of Comprehensive Income For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 ($ in 000s) Sales revenue Cost of goods sold Gross profit Operating expenses: Selling expense General and administrative expense Restructuring costs Total operating expenses Operating income Other income (expense): Loss on sale of investments Interest expense Dividend revenue Total other income, net Income from continuing operations before income taxes Income tax expense Income from continuing operations Discontinued operations: Loss from operations of discontinued component (including loss on disposal of $1,800) Income tax benefit Loss on discontinued operations Net income Other comprehensive income (net of tax): Loss on debt securities Foreign currency translation adjustment Total other comprehensive income Comprehensive income
$22,300 14,500 7,800 $2,300 1,200 2,000 5,500 2,300 (300) (300) 200 (400) 1,900 475 1,425
(1,000) 250 (750) 675 (150) 450 300 $ 975
Earnings per share: Income from continuing operations $0.475 Discontinued operations (0.250) Net income $0.225 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Income statement―Multiple-step format; Continuing operations―Components; Net income after income tax expense; Earnings quality―Restructuring costs; Discontinued operations; Earnings per share; Comprehensive income–Components-Presentation
95 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality.; 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions.; 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS).; 04-06 Explain the difference between net income and comprehensive income and how we report components of the difference. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
96 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The trial balance of Lakewood Inc. included the following accounts as of December 31, 2021: Debits Sales revenue Interest revenue Gain on sale of investments Cost of goods sold Selling expense Loss on inventory write-down Interest expense General and administrative expense
Credits 1,800,000 80,000 50,000
1,100,000 220,000 30,000 40,000 200,000
Lakewood Inc. had 100,000 shares of stock outstanding throughout the year. Income tax expense has not yet been accrued. The effective tax rate is 25%. 156) Required: Prepare a single-step income statement with earnings per share disclosure.
97 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: Lakewood Inc. Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Revenues and gains: Sales revenue Gain on sale of investments Interest revenue Total revenues and gains Expenses and losses: Cost of goods sold Selling expense General and administrative expense Interest expense Loss on inventory write-down Total expenses and losses Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income
$1,800,000 50,000 80,000 1,930,000 $1,100,000 220,000 200,000 40,000 30,000 1,590,000 340,000 85,000 255,000
Earnings per share: $2.55 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Income statement―Single-step format; Continuing operations―Components; Net income after income tax expense; Earnings quality―Components; Earnings per share Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality.; 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS). Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
98 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
157) Required: Prepare a multiple-step income statement with earnings per share disclosure. Answer: Lakewood Inc. Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Sales revenue Cost of goods sold Gross profit Operating expenses: Selling expense General and administrative expense Loss on inventory write-down Total operating expenses Operating income Other income (expense): Gain on sale of investments Interest revenue Interest expense Total other income, net Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income
$1,800,000 1,100,000 700,000 $220,000 200,000 30,000 450,000 250,000 50,000 80,000 (40,000) 90,000 340,000 _85,000 255,000
Earnings per share $2.55 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Income statement―Multiple-step format; Continuing operations―Components; Net income after income tax expense; Earnings quality―Components; Earnings per share Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality.; 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS). Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
99 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The trial balance of Rollins Inc. included the following accounts as of December 31, 2021: Debits Sales revenue Interest revenue Loss on sale of investments Loss on debt investments Gain on projected benefit obligation Cost of goods sold Selling expense Restructuring costs Interest expense General and administrative expense
Credits 5,900,000 40,000
10,000 160,000 260,000 4,400,000 400,000 190,000 20,000 300,000
The loss on debt investments represents a decrease in the fair value of debt securities and is classified as part of other comprehensive income. Rollins had 100,000 shares of stock outstanding throughout the year. Income tax expense has not yet been accrued. The effective tax rate is 25%. 158) Required: Prepare a 2021 multiple-step income statement for Rollins Inc. with earnings per share disclosure.
100 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: Rollins Inc. Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Sales revenue Cost of goods sold Gross profit Operating expenses: Selling General and administrative Restructuring costs Total operating expenses Operating income Other income (expense): Loss on sale of investments Interest revenue Interest expense Total other income, net Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income
$5,900,000 4,400,000 1,500,000 $400,000 300,000 190,000 890,000 610,000 (10,000) 40,000 (20,000) 10,000 620,000 155,000 $ 465,000
Earnings per share $4.65 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Income statement―Multiple-step format; Continuing operations―Components; Net income after income tax expense; Earnings quality―Components; Earnings per share Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality.; 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS). Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
101 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
159) Required: Prepare a 2021 separate statement of comprehensive income for Rollins Inc. Answer: Rollins Inc. Statement of Comprehensive Income For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Net income $465,000 Other comprehensive income (net of tax): Loss on debt investments (120,000) Gain on projected benefit obligation 195,000 Total other comprehensive income 75,000 Comprehensive income $540,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Comprehensive income―Components-Presentation Learning Objective: 04-06 Explain the difference between net income and comprehensive income and how we report components of the difference. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
102 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
160) Required: Prepare a 2021 single, continuous statement of comprehensive income for Rollins Inc. Use a multiple-step income statement format. Answer:
Rollins Inc. Statement of Comprehensive Income For the Year Ended December 31, 2021
Sales revenue Cost of goods sold Gross profit Operating expenses: Selling expense General and administrative expense Restructuring costs Total operating expenses Operating income Other income (expense): Loss on sale of investments Interest revenue Interest expense Total other income, net Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income Other comprehensive income (net of tax): Loss on debt investments Gain on projected benefit obligation Total other comprehensive income Comprehensive income
$5,900,000 4,400,000 1,500,000 $400,000 300,000 190,000 890,000 610,000 (10,000) 40,000 (20,000) 10,000 620,000 155,000 $ 465,000 (120,000) 195,000 75,000 $540,000
Earnings per share $4.65 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Income statement―Multiple-step format; Continuing operations―Components; Net income after income tax expense; Earnings quality―Components; Earnings per share; Comprehensive income―Components-Presentation Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality.; 04-05 Discuss additional reporting issues related to accounting changes, error corrections, and earnings per share (EPS).; 04-06 Explain the difference between net income and comprehensive income and how we report components of the difference. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
103 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
161) Calstone, Inc., prepares a single, continuous statement of comprehensive income. The following situations occurred during the company's 2021 fiscal year: 1. Land that had been held as an investment was sold and a gain was recognized. 2. There was a loss on projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2021. 3. Interest revenue was recognized. 4. A division was sold that qualifies as a separate component according to GAAP regarding discontinued operations. 5. There was an unrealized loss on debt securities during the year. The unrealized loss represents a decrease in the fair value of debt securities as is classified as part of other comprehensive income. 6. Restructuring costs were incurred due to downsizing and reorganization of a manufacturing facility. Required: For each situation, identify the appropriate reporting treatment from the list below (consider each event to be material). a. As a component of operating income. b. As a nonoperating income item (other income or expense). c. As a discontinued operation. d. As an item of other comprehensive income. Answer: 1. b. As a nonoperating income item. 2. d. As an item of other comprehensive income. 3. b. As a nonoperating income item. 4. c. As a discontinued operation. 5. d. As an item of other comprehensive income. 6. a. As a component of operating income. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Continuing operations―Components; Earnings quality―Components; Discontinued operations; Comprehensive income―Components-Presentation Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components.; 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality.; 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions.; 04-06 Explain the difference between net income and comprehensive income and how we report components of the difference. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
104 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
162) The following information is for Redwood Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2021. Redwood had a balance for cash and cash equivalents of $5,200 on January 1, 2021. Cash received from: Customers Interest on investments Sale of land Issuance of common stock Issuance of debt securities Cash paid for: Interest on debt Income tax Debt principal reduction Purchase of equipment Purchase of inventory Dividends on common stock Operating expenses
$ 1,900 200 100 600 2,000
$
300 80 1,500 4,100 1,000 200 500
Required: Prepare a statement of cash flows for the year using the direct method for operating activities.
105 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: REDWOOD INC. Statement of Cash Flows For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Cash flows from operating activities: Cash received from customers Interest on investments Interest on debt Payment of income tax Purchase of inventory Payment of operating expenses Net cash flows from operating activities
$
1,900 200 (300) (80) (1,000) (500) $220
Cash flows from investing activities Sale of land Purchase of equipment Net cash flows from investing activities
100 (4,100)
Cash flows from financing activities: Issuance of common stock Issuance of debt securities Payment on debt Dividends paid to shareholders Net cash flows from financing activities
600 2,000 (1,500) (200)
(4,000)
900
Net decrease in cash (2,880) Cash and cash equivalents, January 1 5,200 Cash and cash equivalents, December 31 $ 2,320 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Statement of cash flows―Direct method; Statement of cash flows―Classify O-I-F; Statement of cash flows―Content Learning Objective: 04-07 Describe the purpose of the statement of cash flows.; 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
106 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
163) The chief accountant for Julius Co. provides you with the company's most recent income statement and comparative balance sheets below. The accountant has asked for your help in preparing part of the company's 2021 statement of cash flows. 2021 Income Statement ($ in thousands) Sales revenue Depreciation expense
$5,000 280 3,720 4,000 1,000 300 $700
Selling & administrative expense Income before taxes Income tax expense Net income Balance Sheet (all $ in thousands) Cash Accounts receivable Property, plant & equipment Less: Accumulated depreciation
Accrued liabilities for selling & administration expense Income taxes payable Common stock Retained earnings
12/31/2021 $800 450 1,900 ( 800) $2,350
12/31/2020 $750 365 1,450 (520) $2,045
300 180 700 1,170 $2,350
325 130 700 890 $2,045
Required: In the space provided below, determine the cash flow from operating activities for Julius Co., using the direct method.
107 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: Cash flows from operating activities: Cash collected from customers Cash paid for selling & administrative costs Cash paid for income taxes Cash flows from operating activities
$ 4,915 * (3,745) ** (250) *** $920
*Accounts receivable (beg.) + Sales — Accounts receivable (end) $365 + $5,000 — $450 = $4,915 **Accrued S & A liabilities (beg.) + S & A. expense — Accrued S & A liabilities (end) $325 + $3,720 — $300 = $3,745 *** Income taxes payable (beg.) + Income tax expense — Income taxes payable (end) $130 + $300 — $180 = $250 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Statement of cash flows―Direct method Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
108 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
164) The accounting records of Rockness Company provided the data below ($ in 000s). Net income Depreciation expense Decrease in accounts receivable Increase in inventory Increase in prepaid insurance Increase in salaries payable Decrease in interest payable
$25,200 3,300 2,000 4,500 300 900 400
Required: Prepare a reconciliation of net income to net cash flows from operating activities. Answer: Cash flows from operating activities: Net income $25,200 Adjustments for noncash effects: Depreciation expense 3,300 Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Decrease in accounts receivable 2,000 Increase in inventory (4,500) Increase in prepaid insurance (300) Increase in salaries payable 900 Decrease in interest payable (400) Net cash flows from operating activities $26,200 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Statement of cash flows―Indirect method Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
109 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) The statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021, for Whiteside Incorporated is presented below. Whiteside Incorporated Statement of Cash Flows For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Cash flows from operating activities: Cash received from customers Interest on notes receivable Dividends received Purchase of inventory Payment of operating expenses Payment of interest on debt Net cash flows from operating activities
$420,000 12,000 4,500 (156,000) (83,000) (16,000)
Cash flows from investing activities: Sale of investments Purchase of equipment Net cash flows from investing activities
42,000 (180,000)
Cash flows from financing activities: Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt Reacquisition of common stock shares previously sold Dividends paid to shareholders Net cash flows from financing activities
$181,500
(138,000)
200,000 (140,000) (50,000) 10,000
Net increase in cash
53,500
Cash and cash equivalents, January 1
68,900
Cash and cash equivalents, December 31
$122,400
Required: Prepare the statement of cash flows assuming that Whiteside prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Where IFRS allows flexibility, use the classification used most often in IFRS financial statements.
110 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: Whiteside Incorporated Statement of Cash Flows For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Cash flows from operating activities: Cash received from customers Purchase of inventory Payment of operating expenses Net cash flows from operating activities
$420,000 (156,000) (83,000)
Cash flows from investing activities: Interest received Dividends received Sale of investments Purchase of equipment Net cash flows from investing activities
12,000 4,500 42,000 (180,000)
Cash flows from financing activities: Interest paid Issuance of long-term debt Transactions with owners Dividends paid Net cash flows from financing activities
(16,000) 200,000 (140,000) (50,000)
$181,000
(121,500)
(6,000)
Net increase in cash
53,500
Cash and cash equivalents, January 1
68,900
Cash and cash equivalents, December 31 $122,400 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS―Statement of cash flows Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows.; 04-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the income statement, statement of comprehensive income, and statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
111 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Missoula Inc. reported the following selected financial statement data:
Cash Accounts receivable (net) Inventory Plant assets (net) Total assets Liabilities Shareholders' equity Net sales Cost of goods sold Net income
Dec 31, 2020 $ 30,000 48,000 68,000 210,000 405,000 145,000 260,000 340,000 220,000 20,000
Dec 31, 2021 $ 32,000 52,000 72,000 218,000 395,000 145,000 250,000 400,000 280,000 25,000
166) Required: Compute the receivables turnover ratio for 2021. Answer: $400,000 / [($48,000 + $52,000)/2] = 8.0 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 167) Required: Compute the inventory turnover ratio for 2021. Answer: $280,000 / [($68,000 + $72,000)/2] = 4.0 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 168) Required: Compute the asset turnover ratio for 2021. Answer: $400,000 / [$405,000 + $395,000)/2] = 1.0 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 112 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
169) Required: Compute the average collection period (rounded to one decimal place) for 2021. Answer: 365 / 8.0 = 45.6 days Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 170) Required: Compute the average days in inventory for 2021. Answer: 365 / 4.0 = 91.25 days Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 171) Required: Compute the profit margin on sales for 2021. Answer: $25,000 / $400,000 = 6.25% Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 172) Required: Compute the return on assets for 2021. Answer: $25,000 / [($405,000 + $395,000)/2] = 6.25% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis
113 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
173) Required: Compute the return on equity for 2021. Round your answer to one decimal place, e.g., .1234 as 12.3%. Answer: $25,000 / [($260,000 + $250,000)/2] = 9.8% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis
114 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The following information (in $ millions) comes from the Annual Report of Saratoga Springs Co. for the year ending 12/31/2021: Year ended 12/31/2021 7,949 4,767 1,909 416 857 458
Net sales Cost of goods sold Selling and administrative expense Interest expense Income before taxes Net income
Cash and cash equivalents Receivables, net Inventories Land, buildings and equipment at cost, net Total assets
12/31/2021 975 1,010 1,055 13,500 16,540
12/31/2020 64 664 519 3,844 5,091
Total current liabilities Long-term debt Total liabilities Total stockholders' equity
5,747 5,591 11,338 5,202
2,209 2,221 4,430 661
Required: Compute the following amounts for Saratoga Springs Co. 174) Its profit margin on sales for 2021. Round your answer to one decimal place, e.g., 0.1234 as 12.3%. Answer: Its profit margin on sales for the year = $458/$7,949 = 5.8%. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis
115 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
175) Its receivables turnover ratio for 2021. Round your answer to one decimal place. Answer: Its receivables turnover ratio for the year = $7,949/[($1,010 + $664)/2] = 9.5. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 176) Its inventory turnover ratio for 2021. Round your answer to one decimal place. Answer: Its inventory turnover ratio for the year = $4,767/[($1,055 + $519)/2] = 6.1. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 177) Its asset turnover ratio for 2021. Round your answer to two decimal places. Answer: Its asset turnover ratio for the year = $7,949/[($16,540 + $5,091)/2] = 0.73. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 178) Its average collection period for 2021. Round your final answer to one decimal place. Answer: Its average collection period for the year = 365/9.5 = 38.4 days. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis
116 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
179) Its average days in inventory for 2021. Round your final answer to one decimal place. Answer: Its average days in inventory for the year = 365/6.1 = 59.8 days. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 180) Its return on assets for 2021. Round your answer to one decimal place, e.g., 0.1234 as 12.3%. Answer: Its return on assets for the year = $458/[($16,540 + $5,091)/2] = 4.2%. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 181) Its return on equity for 2021. Round your answer to one decimal place, e.g., 0.1234 as 12.3%. Answer: Its return on equity for the year = $458/[($5,202 + $661)/2] = 15.6%. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis
117 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
182) The following information is provided in the 2021 annual report to shareholders of paris-perfume.com:
Accounts receivable Inventory Other assets Total assets Total liabilities Total stockholders' equity
December 31, 2021 (E) $70 million (G) (A)
December 31, 2020 $100 million $30 million $170 million $300 million
(C) (B)
$100 million $200 million
Net sales Cost of goods sold Net income
For the year ended Dec. 31, 2021 (D) (F) $40 million
Return on assets Receivables turnover Inventory turnover Asset turnover Return on equity Profit margin on sales
10% 8.0 12.0 2.5 20% 4%
Required: Compute the missing amount in the paris-perfume.com financial statement information, and indicate your answers by marking them (A) to (G). Answer: (A) ROA = 10 % = $40/Ave. total assets; Ave. total assets = $400; 12/31/2021 TA = $500 million (B) ROE = 20% = $40/Ave. SE; Ave. SE = $200; 12/31/2021 SE = $200 million (C) 12/31/2021 Total liabilities = SE — TA = $500 — $200 = $300 million (D) Profit margin on sales = 4% = Net income/Sales; Sales = $40/4% = $1 billion (E) Receivables turnover = 8 = Sales/Ave. AR = $1 billion/Ave. AR; Therefore, Ave. AR = $125; 12/31/2021 AR = $150 million (F) Inventory turnover = 12 = CGS/Ave Inventory = CGS/$50; CGS = 12 × $50 = $600 million (G) 12/31/2021 Other Assets = Total assets — AR — Inventory = $500 — $150 — $70 = $280 million Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 118 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
183) The following information is provided in the 2021 annual report to shareholders of The BizStore:
Accounts receivable Inventory Total assets Total stockholders' equity
December 31, 2021 (Y) $25 million $250 million (W)
Net sales Cost of Goods Sold Net income
$115 million (Z) (U)
Average collection period Average days in inventory Equity multiplier Return on equity Profit margin on sales ROA
December 31, 2020 $6 million $20 million (X) $130 million
22.2 days 104 days 1.9 16.0% 17.4% (V)
Required: Compute items U–Z in the table above. Answer: • U: Profit margin = NI / sales, so NI = (Profit margin) x (Sales) = (.174)($115); U = $20. • V: ROE = ROA × Equity multiplier, so ROA = ROE/Equity multiplier = 0.16/1.9; V = 8.4% • W: ROE = 16% = Net income / Avg. equity = $20/{[W + $130]/2}; W = $120. • X: ROA = NI / Avg. assets, so 8.4% = $20/ {[$250 + X]/2; X = $226. • Y: Average collection period = 22.2 days = 365/AR turnover = 365/(Sales / Avg. AR). 22.2 = 365 / ($115 / {[Y + $6] / 2}); Y = $8. • Z: Average days in inventory = 104 days = 365 / Inventory turnover = 365 / (COGS / Avg. inventory). 104 = 365 / (Z / {[$25 + $20]/2}); Z = $79. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
119 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
184) Briefly explain when and why intraperiod tax allocation is necessary. Answer: Intraperiod tax allocation associates income tax expense with each component of income that causes it. It is required when a discontinued operation is reported. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Income tax―Separate line or Intraperiod Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 185) Briefly explain why the income statement is referred to as a change statement. Answer: The income statement is one of three primary financial statements that is a change statement. That is, it reports on activities over a distinct period of time that caused some element or elements of financial position to change. Specifically, the income statement reports periodic revenues, gains, expenses, and losses, that is, changes in the retained earnings component of shareholders' equity. A year is the longest time frame reported. Statements covering periods of less than a year are referred to as interim statements. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Income statement―Single-step format; Income statement―Multiple-step format Learning Objective: 04-01 Discuss the importance of income from continuing operations and describe its components. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 186) Net income, often referred to as "the bottom line," is not always a good predictor of future income. Explain this statement. Answer: Net income is of low quality when items such as discontinued operations or other unusual items are present. Income from continuing operations becomes more important when these items are present. Material items included in continuing operations, such as restructuring charges, may make income from continuing operations less predictable (in terms of its relation to future profitability) as well. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Earnings quality―Management practices Learning Objective: 04-02 Describe earnings quality and how it is impacted by management practices to alter reported earnings. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
120 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
187) Explain, using an example, how a company can use earnings management and justify it by conservatism. Answer: To comply with accrual accounting, companies must estimate various items that impact income. For example, the use of allowances for such items such as bad debts and warranties requires professional judgment for estimating appropriate amounts that will affect both the income statement and the balance sheet. These allowances are reviewed each period to make further adjustments to the respective allowance account. If a company was having a very good performance year and anticipated a more difficult year in the future, it might create a larger than usual allowance adjustment (expense) in the current year, justifying it by conservatism, that could lead to taking a smaller adjustment (expense) in a later period. By doing so, current income would be pushed into the future, thereby shifting earnings. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Earnings quality―Management practices Learning Objective: 04-02 Describe earnings quality and how it is impacted by management practices to alter reported earnings. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Ethics; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 188) In a press release, Foot Locker Inc. reported that its fiscal first-quarter net income fell 46% due to losses related to discontinued operations, but earnings from continuing operations jumped 19% amid a modest increase in sales. The specialty athletic retailer said net income was $20 million for the quarter ended May 4, compared with net income of $37 million a year earlier. The latest results included a loss of $18 million from discontinued operations. Last year, the company had earnings of $5 million, or four cents a share, from discontinued operations. Foot Locker said earnings from continuing operations were $38 million, compared with $32 million a year earlier. Discuss how Foot Locker's press release relates to its earnings quality. Answer: Separating the reported loss on the discontinued component of its operations allows users to assess the permanent (going forward) component of Foot Locker's earnings. By doing so, the reader will note that the company actually improved the performance of the continuing part of its operations, thereby suggesting an upward trend in future earnings. While this may not occur, it is likely to be a better predictor of future earnings than one based on bottom line net income. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Earnings quality―Components; Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality.; 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
121 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
189) In a press release, Estée Lauder Co. reported "a fiscal fourth-quarter loss due to a restructuring charge but said it expects to see earnings growth in its fiscal second through fourth quarters." The New York skin care and cosmetics company reported a net loss of $25.4 million, or 13 cents a share, for the quarter ended June 30, compared with net income of $20.4 million, or six cents a share, a year earlier. Excluding the restructuring charge of $76.9 million, or 32 cents a share, the company said profit would have been $51.5 million, or 19 cents a share. Discuss how Estée Lauder's press release relates to its earnings quality. Answer: Company management is pointing out that, in their opinion, the loss from the restructuring charge is temporary and should not be considered part of permanent earnings. In addition, by taking the charge now, future earnings seem likely to be on an upward trend. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Earnings quality―Components; Earnings quality―Management practices Learning Objective: 04-02 Describe earnings quality and how it is impacted by management practices to alter reported earnings.; 04-03 Discuss the components of operating and nonoperating income and their relationship to earnings quality. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Ethics; Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 190) Briefly define discontinued operations and explain how they are reported according to U.S. GAAP. Answer: A discontinued operation is defined as a component of an entity or a group of components. A component of an entity includes activities and cash flows that can be clearly distinguished, operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the company. A component could include an operating segment, a reporting unit, a subsidiary, or an asset group. A component or group of components that has been sold or disposed of in some other way, or is considered held for sale is reported as a discontinued operation if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has, or will have, a major effect on a company's operations and financial results. Discontinued operations are reported, net of tax, after income from continuing operations. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Discontinued operations Learning Objective: 04-04 Define what constitutes discontinued operations and describe the appropriate income statement presentation for these transactions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
122 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
191) Presented below is an excerpt ($ in millions) from the 2016 annual report to shareholders of Microsoft Corporation. Explain how the shareholder should interpret the difference between the net income and total comprehensive income for Microsoft in 2016. Comprehensive Income: Net income Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: Net unrealized loss on derivatives Net unrealized loss on investments Translation adjustment and other Other comprehensive income (loss) Comprehensive income
$16,798
(238) (228) (519) (985) $15,813
Answer: The $16,798 million in net income is the reported results of operations for the year, measured according to GAAP. In this measure, certain nonowner changes in equity are omitted, such as the effects of holding assets in foreign currencies that are subject to fluctuation, unrealized gains and losses on certain investments, and the effects of hedging derivative contracts. Although these events are not reported directly in the income statement, they are disclosed in the computation of comprehensive income. By disclosing them there, the company reports the entire nonowner change in equity for the year. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Comprehensive income―Components-Presentation Learning Objective: 04-06 Explain the difference between net income and comprehensive income and how we report components of the difference. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 192) Give an example of a major investing activity cash outflow that would be reported in the statement of cash flows for a manufacturing company. Answer: Purchases of property, plant, and equipment would typically be a major investing cash outflow for a manufacturing company. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Statement of cash flows―Classify O-I-F Learning Objective: 04-07 Describe the purpose of the statement of cash flows.; 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
123 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
193) List at least four operating activities that would be reported in the statement of cash flows for Walmart. Assume the use of the direct method. Answer: Typical operating cash inflows (Walmart) Cash collected from customers Typical operating cash outflows (Walmart) Payments of salaries and other operating expenses Payments to vendors for merchandise Payments of income taxes Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Statement of cash flows―Direct method Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 194) Give an example of a noncash financing and investing activity and explain when and how it would be reported in the financial statements. Answer: The purchase of land and building in exchange for a mortgage note would be one example of a noncash financing and investing activity. Such activities can either be reported in a separate schedule in the statement of cash flows or reported in a disclosure note. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Statement of cash flows―Classify O-I-F Learning Objective: 04-08 Identify and describe the various classifications of cash flows presented in a statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 195) Briefly explain how you can determine if a company is effectively using leverage. Answer: A company is successfully using leverage when the return on equity is greater than the return on assets. Successful leverage can be thought of as making money with someone else's money. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis
124 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The following table presents a summary of ratio analysis for McDonald's and averages for its peer group: McDonald's Profit margin Inventory turnover Asset turnover Equity multiplier Return on equity
8.0% 114.5 0.75 2 12.0%
Industry Peer Group 7.0% 99.6 1.22 2.5 21.3%
196) Using the information provided above, use the DuPont framework to briefly summarize the operating performance of McDonald's relative to its benchmark competitors. Answer: McDonald's has a slightly higher profit margin than its industry peer group, but much lower asset turnover and lower leverage. These combine to provide lower return on equity for McDonald's than for its industry peer group. McDonald's poor asset turnover is not due to its inventory management, since it turns over its inventory much more quickly than the industry average. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 197) Are differences between McDonald's and the industry likely driven by differences in size between McDonald's and the average company in its industry peer group? Explain briefly. Answer: No, differences are not likely to be driven by differences in size because ratios adjust for size. It is possible that larger companies enjoy economies of scale that enhance their profitability, but those sorts of advantages or disadvantages are relevant and so should be included in the analysis. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis
125 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
198) Besides size differences, what other differences between McDonald's and its industry peer group could limit your ability to make meaningful comparisons about the performance of McDonald's from the data above? Answer: The industry peer group might be broadly enough defined to include companies that are not McDonald's direct competitors. Ideally, the peer group would be based on other companies that serve the kind of food and beverage products that McDonald's serves (e.g., Wendy's, Burger King). Also, there could be differences in the accounting methods and estimates made by McDonald's and its competitors, which could weaken financial comparisons. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Create AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 199) Based on this information, if you were going to advise McDonald's about how it could enhance return on equity, what would you suggest? Be as specific as possible in the operational or financial changes you would recommend. Answer: The company's profit margin is already higher than the industry average. It is possible McDonald's could improve it further, but it may be reaching the maximum possible, given competitive pressures in the industry. Therefore, I would encourage McDonald's to increase its asset turnover and leverage. It could improve asset turnover by selling off poor performing stores or shifting from owning to leasing assets and by focusing on operational efficiency to make more sales with the existing asset base. McDonald's could also take on debt to buy back equity to enhance leverage. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Create AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis
126 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The following table presents a summary of ratio analysis for Uncle Joe's Coffee, based on the most recent 12 months and five-year comparisons of Uncle Joe's with averages in the restaurant industry and the services sector, respectively.
Return on assets Return on assets- 5 yr. avg. Return on equity Return on equity- 5 yr. avg. Receivable turnover Inventory turnover Asset turnover
Company 10.68% 8.23% 13.94% 11.28% 34.15 11.88 1.58
Industry 9.04% 8.37% 17.55% 15.69% 27.99 34.73 1.30
Sector 5.09% 6.78% 10.97% 15.76% 16.11 15.94 1.22
200) Using the information provided for Uncle Joe's and the industry and sector, briefly summarize the operating performance of Uncle Joe's relative to its benchmark competitors. Answer: Uncle Joe's shows efficient management of assets that is about average for its industry and better than others in the sector over the past five years. Further, its recent performance is on a significant upswing, both in absolute and relative terms. Uncle Joe's has a return on equity that is below industry averages, but is improving both in relative and absolute terms. Compared to peers, Uncle Joe's has very fast receivable and asset turnover, but lower than average inventory turnover. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication; Resource Management AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 201) What limitations exist in drawing meaningful comparisons about the performance of Uncle Joe's from the data above? Answer: There is a wide array of businesses in the benchmark industry and sector data. More meaningful comparisons could be drawn from data about companies that serve the kind of food and beverage products that Uncle Joe's does, if these data are available. Further, there may be differences in the accounting methods and estimates used by Uncle Joe's in comparisons with its competitors. These data do not reflect what the numbers would be if all companies used exactly the same methods and estimates in preparing financial statements. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Profitability analysis Learning Objective: 04-10 Identify and calculate the common ratios used to assess profitability. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 127 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 5 Time Value of Money Concepts 1) An uncle asks to borrow $500 today and promises to repay you $1,210 two years from now. To find the annual interest rate you would be agreeing to, you would search the second row in the: (PV of $1) A) future value of $1 table, for the factor closest to 0.82645. B) present value of $1 table, for the factor closest to 0.82645. C) present value of $1 table, for the factor closest to 1.21. D) present value of an ordinary annuity of $1 table, for the factor closest to 1.21. 2) You want to invest $20,000 today to accumulate $32,000 for graduate school. If you can invest at an interest rate of 10% compounded annually. To find how many years will it take to accumulate the required amount, you would search the 10% column in the: A) present value of $1 table, for the factor closest to 0.625. B) future value of $1 table, for the factor closest to 0.625. C) present value of $1 table, for the factor closest to 1.6. D) present value of an ordinary annuity of $1 table, for the factor closest to 1.6.
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
3) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
You want to invest $20,000 today to accumulate $22,500 to buy a car. If you can invest at an interest rate of 3% compounded annually, how many years will it take to accumulate the required amount? A) 3 years. B) 4 years. C) 5 years. D) 6 years. 4) You want to invest $6,000 annually beginning now in order to accumulate $33,300 for a down payment on a house in five years. To find the annual interest rate you would need to receive to accomplish this goal, you would search the fifth row in the: A) future value of an annuity due of $1 table, for the factor closest to 5.55. B) present value of an ordinary annuity of $1 table, for the factor closest to 0.1802. C) present value of an annuity due of $1 table, for the factor closest to 5.55. D) future value of an ordinary annuity of $1 table, for the factor closest to 0.1802.
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
5) Present and future value tables of $1 at 9% are presented below. N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
FVAD $1
PVA $1
PVAD $1
1
1.09000
0.91743
1.0000
1.0900
0.91743
1.00000
2
1.18810
0.84168
2.0900
2.2781
1.75911
1.91743
3
1.29503
0.77218
3.2781
3.5731
2.53129
2.75911
4
1.41158
0.70843
4.5731
4.9847
3.23972
3.53129
5
1.53862
0.64993
5.9847
6.5233
3.88965
4.23972
6
1.67710
0.59627
7.5233
8.2004
4.48592
4.88965
You want to invest $7,000 annually beginning now in order to accumulate $25,000 for a down payment on a house. If you can invest at an interest rate of 9% compounded annually, about how many years will it take to accumulate the required amount? A) 3 years. B) 4 years. C) 5 years. D) 6 years. 6) Compound interest includes interest earned on interest. 7) When interest is compounded, the stated rate of interest exceeds the effective rate of interest. 8) The calculation of future value requires the removal of interest. 9) The calculation of present value eliminates interest from future cash flows. 10) With an ordinary annuity, a payment is made or received on the date the agreement begins. 11) In the future value of an ordinary annuity, the last cash payment will not earn any interest. 12) An annuity consists of level principal payments plus interest on the unpaid balance. 13) With an annuity due, a payment is made or received on the date the agreement begins. 14) An annuity is a series of equal periodic payments. 15) Given identical current amounts owed and identical interest rates, annual payments of an ordinary annuity will be greater than annual payments of an annuity due. 16) Other things being equal, the present value of an annuity due will be less than the present value of an ordinary annuity. 17) A deferred annuity is one in which interest charges are deferred for a stated time period. 3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
18) Monetary assets include only cash and cash equivalents. 19) Most, but not all, liabilities are monetary liabilities. 20) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Today, Thomas deposited $100,000 in a three-year, 12% CD that compounds quarterly. What is the maturity value of the CD? A) $109,270. B) $119,410. C) $142,576. D) $309,090.
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
21) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Carol wants to invest money in a 6% CD account that compounds semiannually. Carol would like the account to have a balance of $50,000 five years from now. How much must Carol deposit to accomplish her goal? A) $35,069. B) $43,131. C) $37,205. D) $35,000.
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
22) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Shane wants to invest money in a 6% CD account that compounds semiannually. Shane would like the account to have a balance of $100,000 four years from now. How much must Shane deposit to accomplish his goal? A) $88,849. B) $78,941. C) $25,336. D) $22,510.
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
23) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Bill wants to give Maria a $500,000 gift in seven years. If money is worth 6% compounded semiannually, what is Maria's gift worth today? A) $66,110. B) $81,309. C) $406,545. D) $330,560.
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
24) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Monica wants to sell her share of an investment to Barney for $50,000 in three years. If money is worth 6% compounded semiannually, what would Monica accept today? A) $8,375. B) $41,874. C) $11,941. D) $41,000.
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
25) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
At the end of the next four years, a new machine is expected to generate net cash flows of $8,000, $12,000, $10,000, and $15,000, respectively. What are the (rounded) cash flows worth today if a 3% interest rate properly reflects the time value of money in this situation? A) $41,556. B) $39,982. C) $32,400. D) $38,100.
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
26) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
At the end of each quarter, Patti deposits $500 into an account that pays 12% interest compounded quarterly. How much will Patti have in the account in three years? A) $7,096. B) $7,213. C) $7,129. D) $8,880.
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
27) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Sondra deposits $2,000 in an IRA account on April 15, 2021. Assume the account will earn 3% annually. If she repeats this for the next nine years, how much will she have on deposit on April 14, 2031? A) $20,600. B) $20,928. C) $23,616. D) $24,715.
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
28) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Shelley wants to cash in her winning lottery ticket. She can either receive eight $100,000 semiannual payments starting today, or she can receive a single-amount payment today based on a 6% annual interest rate. What is the single-amount payment she can receive today? A) $853,020. B) $801,969. C) $744,090. D) $1,293,794.
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
29) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
On January 1, 2021, you are considering making an investment that will pay three annual payments of $10,000. The first payment is not expected until December 31, 2023. You are eager to earn 3%. What is the present value of the investment on January 1, 2021? A) $26,662. B) $27,462. C) $28,286. D) $29,135.
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
30) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
On January 1, 2021, you are considering making an investment that will pay three annual payments of $10,000. The first payment is not expected until December 31, 2024. You are eager to earn 3%. What is the present value of the investment on January 1, 2021? A) $28,286. B) $25,886. C) $26,662. D) $27,300.
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
31) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Rosie's Florist borrows $300,000 to be paid off in six years. The loan payments are semiannual with the first payment due in six months, and interest is at 6%. What is the amount of each payment? A) $25,750. B) $29,761. C) $30,139. D) $25,500.
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
32) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Jimmy has $255,906 accumulated in a 401K plan. The fund is earning a low, but safe, 3% per year. The withdrawals will take place at the end of each year starting a year from now. How soon will the fund be exhausted if Jimmy withdraws $30,000 each year? A) 11 years. B) 10 years. C) 8.5 years. D) 8.8 years.
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
33) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Debbie has $368,882 accumulated in a 401K plan. The fund is earning a low, but safe, 3% per year. The withdrawals will take place annually starting today. How soon will the fund be exhausted if Debbie withdraws $30,000 each year? A) 15 years. B) 16 years. C) 14 years. D) 12.3 years.
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
34) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Jose wants to cash in his winning lottery ticket. He can either receive five $5,000 annual payments starting today, or he can receive one lump-sum payment today based on a 3% annual interest rate. What would be the lump-sum payment? A) $23,586. B) $22,899. C) $21,565. D) $23,000.
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
35) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Micro Brewery borrows $300,000 to be repaid in equal installments over a period of three years. The loan payments are semiannual with the first payment due in six months, and interest is at 6%. What is the amount of each payment? A) $55,379. B) $106,059. C) $30,138. D) $60,276.
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
36) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
A firm leases equipment under a long-term finance lease (analogous to an installment purchase) that calls for 12 semiannual payments of $39,014.40. The first payment is due at the inception of the lease. The annual rate on the lease is 6%. What is the value of the leased asset at inception of the lease? A) $388,349. B) $400,000. C) $454,128. D) $440,082.
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
37) Below are excerpts from time value of money tables for the 8% rate. 1
2
3
4
5
6
1
1.000
1.000
0.926
1.080
1.080
0.926
2
1.926
2.080
0.857
2.246
1.166
1.783
3
2.783
3.246
0.794
3.506
1.260
2.577
4
3.577
4.506
0.735
4.867
1.360
3.312
Column 1 is an interest table for the: A) Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. B) Future value of an ordinary annuity of $1. C) Present value of an annuity due of $1. D) Future value of an annuity due of $1. 38) Below are excerpts from time value of money tables for the 8% rate. 1
2
3
4
5
6
1
1.000
1.000
0.926
1.080
1.080
0.926
2
1.926
2.080
0.857
2.246
1.166
1.783
3
2.783
3.246
0.794
3.506
1.260
2.577
4
3.577
4.506
0.735
4.867
1.360
3.312
Column 2 is an interest table for the: A) Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. B) Future value of an ordinary annuity of $1. C) Present value of an annuity due of $1. D) Future value of an annuity due of $1.
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
39) Below are excerpts from time value of money tables for the 8% rate. 1
2
3
4
5
6
1
1.000
1.000
0.926
1.080
1.080
0.926
2
1.926
2.080
0.857
2.246
1.166
1.783
3
2.783
3.246
0.794
3.506
1.260
2.577
4
3.577
4.506
0.735
4.867
1.360
3.312
Column 3 is an interest table for the: A) Present value of $1. B) Future value of $1. C) Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. D) Present value of an annuity due of $1. 40) Below are excerpts from time value of money tables for the 8% rate. 1
2
3
4
5
6
1
1.000
1.000
0.926
1.080
1.080
0.926
2
1.926
2.080
0.857
2.246
1.166
1.783
3
2.783
3.246
0.794
3.506
1.260
2.577
4
3.577
4.506
0.735
4.867
1.360
3.312
Column 4 is an interest table for the: A) Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. B) Future value of an ordinary annuity of $1. C) Present value of an annuity due of $1. D) Future value of an annuity due of $1.
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) Below are excerpts from time value of money tables for the 8% rate. 1
2
3
4
5
6
1
1.000
1.000
0.926
1.080
1.080
0.926
2
1.926
2.080
0.857
2.246
1.166
1.783
3
2.783
3.246
0.794
3.506
1.260
2.577
4
3.577
4.506
0.735
4.867
1.360
3.312
Column 5 is an interest table for the: A) Present value of $1. B) Future value of $1. C) Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. D) Present value of an annuity due of $1. 42) Below are excerpts from time value of money tables for the 8% rate. 1
2
3
4
5
6
1
1.000
1.000
0.926
1.080
1.080
0.926
2
1.926
2.080
0.857
2.246
1.166
1.783
3
2.783
3.246
0.794
3.506
1.260
2.577
4
3.577
4.506
0.735
4.867
1.360
3.312
Column 6 is an interest table for the: A) Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. B) Future value of an ordinary annuity of $1. C) Present value of an annuity due of $1. D) Future value of an annuity due of $1. 43) Reba wishes to know how much would be in her savings account if she deposits a given sum in an account and leaves it there at 6% interest for five years. She should use a table for the: A) Future value of an ordinary annuity of $1. B) Future value of $1. C) Future value of an annuity of $1. D) Present value of an annuity due of $1.
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
44) Present and future value tables of $1 at 9% are presented below. PV of $1
FV of $1
PVA of $1
FVAD of $1
FVA of $1
1
0.91743
1.09000
0.91743
1.0900
1.0000
2
0.84168
1.18810
1.75911
2.2781
2.0900
3
0.77218
1.29503
2.53129
3.5731
3.2781
4
0.70843
1.41158
3.23972
4.9847
4.5731
5
0.64993
1.53862
3.88965
6.5233
5.9847
6
0.59627
1.67710
4.48592
8.2004
7.5233
Ajax Company purchased a five-year certificate of deposit for its building fund in the amount of $220,000. How much should the certificate of deposit be worth at the end of five years if interest is compounded at an annual rate of 9%? A) $855,723. B) $142,985. C) $319,000. D) $338,496. 45) Present and future value tables of $1 at 9% are presented below. PV of $1
FV of $1
PVA of $1
FVAD of $1
FVA of $1
1
0.91743
1.09000
0.91743
1.0900
1.0000
2
0.84168
1.18810
1.75911
2.2781
2.0900
3
0.77218
1.29503
2.53129
3.5731
3.2781
4
0.70843
1.41158
3.23972
4.9847
4.5731
5
0.64993
1.53862
3.88965
6.5233
5.9847
6
0.59627
1.67710
4.48592
8.2004
7.5233
How much must be invested now at 9% interest to accumulate to $10,000 in five years? A) $9,176. B) $6,499. C) $5,500. D) $5,960.
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
46) Present and future value tables of $1 at 9% are presented below. PV of $1
FV of $1
PVA of $1
FVAD of $1
FVA of $1
1
0.91743
1.09000
0.91743
1.0900
1.0000
2
0.84168
1.18810
1.75911
2.2781
2.0900
3
0.77218
1.29503
2.53129
3.5731
3.2781
4
0.70843
1.41158
3.23972
4.9847
4.5731
5
0.64993
1.53862
3.88965
6.5233
5.9847
6
0.59627
1.67710
4.48592
8.2004
7.5233
How much must be deposited at the beginning of each year to accumulate to $10,000 in four years if interest is at 9%? A) $1,671. B) $2,570. C) $2,358. D) $2,006. 47) Present and future value tables of $1 at 9% are presented below. PV of $1
FV of $1
PVA of $1
FVAD of $1
FVA of $1
1
0.91743
1.09000
0.91743
1.0900
1.0000
2
0.84168
1.18810
1.75911
2.2781
2.0900
3
0.77218
1.29503
2.53129
3.5731
3.2781
4
0.70843
1.41158
3.23972
4.9847
4.5731
5
0.64993
1.53862
3.88965
6.5233
5.9847
6
0.59627
1.67710
4.48592
8.2004
7.5233
Claudine Corporation will deposit $5,000 into a money market sinking fund at the end of each year for the next five years. How much will accumulate by the end of the fifth and final payment if the sinking fund earns 9% interest? A) $32,617. B) $29,924. C) $27,250. D) $26,800.
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) Present and future value tables of $1 at 9% are presented below. PV of $1
FV of $1
PVA of $1
FVAD of $1
FVA of $1
1
0.91743
1.09000
0.91743
1.0900
1.0000
2
0.84168
1.18810
1.75911
2.2781
2.0900
3
0.77218
1.29503
2.53129
3.5731
3.2781
4
0.70843
1.41158
3.23972
4.9847
4.5731
5
0.64993
1.53862
3.88965
6.5233
5.9847
6
0.59627
1.67710
4.48592
8.2004
7.5233
Mustard's Inc. sold the rights to use one of its patented processes that will result in cash receipts of $2,500 at the end of each of the next four years and a lump sum receipt of $4,000 at the end of the fifth year. The total present value of these payments if interest is at 9% is: A) $10,699. B) $11,468. C) $12,100. D) $14,000. 49) An investment product promises to pay $42,000 at the end of 10 years. If an investor feels this investment should produce a rate of return of 12%, compounded annually, what's the most the investor should be willing to pay for the investment? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $15,146. B) $13,523. C) $42,000. D) $130,446. 50) LeAnn wishes to know how much she should invest now at 7% interest in order to accumulate a sum of $5,000 in four years. She should use a table for the: A) Present value of $1. B) Future value of $1. C) Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. D) Future value of an annuity due of $1.
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) Present and future value tables of $1 at 11% are presented below. PV of $1
FV of $1
PVA of $1
FVA of $1
1
0.90090
1.11000
0.90090
1.0000
2
0.81162
1.23210
1.71252
2.1100
3
0.73119
1.36763
2.44371
3.3421
4
0.65873
1.51807
3.10245
4.7097
5
0.59345
1.68506
3.69590
6.2278
6
0.53464
1.87041
4.23054
7.9129
Spielberg Inc. signed a $200,000 noninterest-bearing note due in five years from a production company eager to do business. Comparable borrowings have carried an 11% interest rate. What is the value of this debt at its inception? A) $200,000. B) $178,000. C) $118,690. D) $222,000. 52) Present and future value tables of $1 at 11% are presented below. PV of $1
FV of $1
PVA of $1
FVA of $1
1
0.90090
1.11000
0.90090
1.0000
2
0.81162
1.23210
1.71252
2.1100
3
0.73119
1.36763
2.44371
3.3421
4
0.65873
1.51807
3.10245
4.7097
5
0.59345
1.68506
3.69590
6.2278
6
0.53464
1.87041
4.23054
7.9129
On October 1, 2021, Justine Company purchased equipment from Napa Inc. in exchange for a noninterest-bearing note payable in five equal annual payments of $500,000, beginning Oct 1, 2022. Similar borrowings have carried an 11% interest rate. The equipment would be recorded at: A) $2,500,000. B) $2,225,000. C) $1,847,950. D) $2,115,270.
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
53) Present and future value tables of $1 at 11% are presented below. PV of $1
FV of $1
PVA of $1
FVA of $1
1
0.90090
1.11000
0.90090
1.0000
2
0.81162
1.23210
1.71252
2.1100
3
0.73119
1.36763
2.44371
3.3421
4
0.65873
1.51807
3.10245
4.7097
5
0.59345
1.68506
3.69590
6.2278
6
0.53464
1.87041
4.23054
7.9129
Titanic Corporation leased executive limousines under terms of $20,000 to be paid at the inception of the lease, and four equal annual payments of $30,000 to each be paid thereafter on the anniversary date of the lease. The interest rate implicit in the lease is 11%. The first year's interest expense would be: A) $13,200. B) $10,238. C) $33,200. D) $15,543. 54) Present and future value tables of 1 at 11% are presented below. PV of $1
FV of $1
PVA of $1
FVA of $1
1
0.90090
1.11000
0.90090
1.0000
2
0.81162
1.23210
1.71252
2.1100
3
0.73119
1.36763
2.44371
3.3421
4
0.65873
1.51807
3.10245
4.7097
5
0.59345
1.68506
3.69590
6.2278
6
0.53464
1.87041
4.23054
7.9129
Polo Publishers purchased a multi-color offset press with terms of $50,000 to be paid at the date of purchase, and a noninterest-bearing note requiring payment of $20,000 at the end of each year for five years. The interest rate implicit in the purchase contract is 11%. Polo would record the asset at: A) $73,918. B) $123,918. C) $130,000. D) $169,560.
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
55) Mary Alice just won the lottery and is trying to decide between the options of receiving the annual cash flow payment option of $250,000 per year for 25 years beginning today, or receiving one lump-sum amount today. Mary Alice can earn 6% investing this money. At what lump-sum payment amount would she be indifferent between the two alternatives? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $6,250,000. B) $3,195,840. C) $3,637,590. D) $3,387,590. 56) An investor purchases a 20-year, $1,000 par value bond that pays semiannual interest of $40. If the semiannual market rate of interest is 5%, what is the current market value of the bond? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $828. B) $1,686. C) $1,000. D) $893. 57) A series of equal periodic payments that starts more than one period after the agreement is called: A) An annuity due. B) An ordinary annuity. C) A future annuity. D) A deferred annuity. 58) A series of equal periodic payments in which the first payment is made one compounding period after the date of the contract is: A) A deferred annuity. B) An ordinary annuity. C) An annuity due. D) A delayed annuity. 59) Loan A has the same original principal, interest rate, and payment amount as Loan B. However, Loan A is structured as an annuity due, while Loan B is structured as an ordinary annuity. The maturity date of Loan A will be: A) Earlier than Loan B. B) Later than Loan B. C) The same as Loan B. D) Indeterminate with respect to Loan B.
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
60) To determine the future value factor for an annuity due for period n when given tables only for an ordinary annuity: A) Obtain the FVA factor for n + 1 and deduct 1. B) Obtain the FVA factor for n and deduct 1. C) Obtain the FVA factor for n - 1 and add 1. D) Obtain the FVA factor for n + 1 and add 1. 61) Yamaha Inc. hires a new chief financial officer and promises to pay him a lump-sum bonus four years after he joins the company. The new CFO insists that the company invest an amount of money at the beginning of each year in a 7% fixed rate investment fund to insure the bonus will be available. To determine the amount that must be invested each year, a computation must be made using the formula for: A) The future value of a deferred annuity. B) The future value of an ordinary annuity. C) The future value of an annuity due. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 62) Zulu Corporation hires a new chief executive officer and promises to pay her a signing bonus of $2 million per year for 10 years, starting five years after she joins the company. The liability for this bonus when the CEO is hired: A) Is the present value of a deferred annuity. B) Is the present value of an annuity due. C) Is $20 million. D) Is zero because no cash is owed for five years. 63) Which of the following must be known in order to compute the interest rate when financing an asset purchase with an annuity? A) Fair value of the asset purchased, number and dollar amount of the annuity payments. B) Present value of the annuity, dollar amount and timing of the annuity payments. C) Fair value of the asset and timing of the annuity payments. D) Number of annuity payments and future value of the annuity. 64) Davenport Inc. offers a new employee a single-sum signing bonus at the date of employment. Alternatively, the employee can receive $30,000 at the date of employment and another $50,000 two years later. Assuming the employee's time value of money is 8% annually, what single sum at the employment date would make her indifferent between the two options? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $60,000. B) $62,867. C) $72,867. D) $80,000.
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
65) Quaker State Inc. offers a new employee a single-sum signing bonus at the date of employment. Alternatively, the employee can receive $8,000 at the date of employment plus $20,000 at the end of each of his first three years of service. Assuming the employee's time value of money is 10% annually, what lump sum at employment date would make him indifferent between the two options? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $23,026. B) $57,737. C) $62,711. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 66) Garland Inc. offers a new employee a single-sum signing bonus at the date of employment, June 1, 2021. Alternatively, the employee can receive $39,000 at the date of employment plus $10,000 each June 1 for five years, beginning in 2025. Assuming the employee's time value of money is 9% annually, what single amount at the employment date would make the options equally desirable? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $44,035. B) $40,855. C) $69,035. D) $65,855. 67) On January 1, 2021, Glanville Company sold goods to Otter Corporation. Otter signed an installment note requiring payment of $15,000 annually for six years. The first payment was made on January 1, 2021. The prevailing rate of interest for this type of note at date of issuance was 8%. Glanville should record sales revenue in January 2021 of: (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $90,000. B) $69,343. C) $74,891. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 68) Loan C has the same principal amount, payment amount, and maturity date as Loan D. However, Loan C is structured as an annuity due, while Loan D is structured as an ordinary annuity. Loan C's interest rate is: A) Higher than Loan D. B) Less than Loan D. C) The same as Loan D. D) Indeterminate compared to Loan D.
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
69) Tammy wants to buy a car that costs $10,000 and wishes to know the amount of the monthly payments, which will be made at the first of the month, with interest of 12% on the unpaid balance. She should use a table for the: A) Present value of $1. B) Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. C) Present value of an annuity due of $1. D) Future value of an annuity due of $1. 70) George Jones is planning on a cruise for his 70th birthday party. He wants to know how much he should set aside at the beginning of each month at 6% interest to accumulate the sum of $4,800 in five years. He should use a table for the: A) Future value of an ordinary annuity of $1. B) Future value of an annuity due of $1. C) Future value of $1. D) Present value of an annuity due of $1. 71) Sandra won $5,000,000 in the state lottery, which she has elected to receive at the end of each month over the next 30 years. She will receive 7% interest on unpaid amounts. To determine the amount of her monthly check, she should use a table for the: A) Present value of an annuity due of $1. B) Future value of an annuity due of $1. C) Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. D) Future value of an ordinary annuity of $1. 72) First Financial Auto Loan Department wishes to know the payment required at the first of each month on a $10,500, 48-month, 11% auto loan. To determine this amount, First Financial would: A) Multiply $10,500 by the present value of $1. B) Divide $10,500 by the future value of an ordinary annuity of $1. C) Divide $10,500 by the present value of an annuity due of $1. D) Multiply $10,500 by the present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. 73) Koko Company pays $10 million at the beginning of each year for 10 years to Mocha Inc. in exchange for a building that now has a fair value of $75 million. What interest rate is Mocha earning on financing this land sale? (PV of $1 and PVAD of $1) A) Between 13% and 14%. B) Between 7% and 8%. C) Between 5.5% and 6%. D) Cannot be determined from the given information.
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) Kunkle Company wishes to earn 20% annually on its investments. If Kunkle makes an investment that equals or exceeds that rate, it considers it a success. Assume that Kunkle invests $2 million and gets $500,000 in return at the end of each year for X years. What is the minimum value of X (number of years) for which Kunkle will consider the investment a success? Assume that Kunkle can't invest for fractional parts of a year. (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) 4 years. B) 6 years. C) 7 years. D) 9 years. 75) Chancellor Ltd. sells an asset with a $1 million fair value to Sophie Inc. Sophie agrees to make six equal payments, each to be paid one year apart, commencing on the date of sale. The payments include principal and 6% annual interest. Compute the annual payments. (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $166,651. B) $135,252. C) $203,351. D) $191,852. 76) You borrow $20,000 to buy a boat. The loan is to be paid off in monthly installments over one year at 18% interest annually. The first payment is due one month from today. What is the amount of each monthly payment? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $1,667. B) $1,511. C) $1,834. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 77) Fenland Co. plans to retire $100 million in bonds in five years, so it wishes to fund a savings account at the beginning of each year during that period for which it expects to earn 8% annually. At the end of the five years, there will be enough money in the account to pay off the bonds. What amount does Fenland need to invest each year? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $15,783,077. B) $17,045,650. C) $23,190,400. D) Cannot be determined from the given information.
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Future value
PHRASE A dollar now is worth more than a dollar later.
NUMBER ___
2. Future value of an annuity due 3. Annuity
A series of equal periodic payments.
___
Accumulation of a series of equal payments with the last payment accruing interest.
___
4. Future value of an ordinary annuity
Accumulation of a series of equal payments with the last payment accruing no interest.
___
5. Time value of money
Accumulation of an amount with interest.
___
79) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Monetary asset
PHRASE Amount today equivalent to a specified future amount.
NUMBER ___
2. Present value of an annuity due
Its amount is not fixed or determinable.
___
3. Present value of a single amount
Based on initial investment only.
___
4. Simple interest
Claim to a fixed amount of cash.
___
5. Nonmonetary asset
Current worth of a series of equal payments received at the beginning of a period.
___
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Present value of an ordinary annuity
PHRASE Current worth of a series of equal payments received at the end of a period.
NUMBER ___
2. Effective yield
Current worth of future cash flow(s).
___
3. Monetary liability
Fixed obligation to pay an amount in cash.
___
4. Compound interest
Interest accumulates on interest.
___
5. Present value
The rate at which money will actually grow.
___
81) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Future value of a single amount
PHRASE Rent paid or received for the use of money.
NUMBER ___
2. Annuity due
Series of equal cash payments received at the beginning of each period.
___
3. Interest
Series of equal cash payments received at the end of each period.
___
4. Ordinary annuity
Series of equal cash payments with the first cash payment more than one period after the contract date.
___
5. Deferred annuity
The money to which an amount invested will grow over time.
___
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
82) Listed below are columns of time value of money tables for a 9% rate, followed by labels for five of the columns. Match the columns with their appropriate labels by placing the letter designating the column in the space provided by the label.
1 2 3
A 1.090 1.188 1.295
B 0.917 1.759 2.531
C 1.000 1.917 2.759
D 0.917 0.842 0.772
E 1.000 2.090 3.278
F 1.090 2.278 3.573
________ Present value of an annuity due of $1 ________ Future value of an annuity due of $1 ________ Present value of $1 ________ Future value of $1 ________ Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1 83) Listed below are 10 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Deferred annuity 2. Future value of an annuity due 3. Annuity 4. Monetary asset 5. Expected cash flow approach 6. Present value of a single amount 7. Future value of a single amount 8. Annuity due 9. Present value of an ordinary annuity 10. Interest
PHRASE Amount of money required today that is equivalent to a given future amount. The amount of money that a dollar will grow to.
NUMBER ____
First cash flow occurs on the first day of the agreement. Claim to a fixed amount of cash. Present value of equal-sized cash flows beginning at the end of the period. The first cash flow occurs more than one period after the date of the agreement. The rate to use is the risk-free rate of interest.
____
A series of equal-sized cash flows. Future value of equal-sized cash flows starting at the beginning of the period. Amount of money paid/received in excess of the amount borrowed/lent.
____ ____
____
____ ____ ____ ____
____
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The note about debt included in the financial statements of Healdsburg Company for the year ended December 31, 2020 disclosed the following: Debt. The following table summarizes the long-term debt of the Company at December 31, 2020. All of the notes were originally issued at their face (maturity) value and have been gradually repaid over time so that these amounts are the remaining balances at this date. 7.25% notes due 2021 7.75% notes due 2028 8% notes due 2035 7.63% notes due 2040 6.55% notes due 2022
$201,335,000 $345,154,000 $225,000,000 $200,000,000 $ 25,000,000
Required: Assuming that the notes pay interest annually and mature on December 31 of the respective years, compute the following: 84) The total cash interest payments in 2021 for these notes. 85) Suppose that Healdsburg wants to pay off the 7.75% notes on December 31, 2021, (i.e., five years early) when the going interest rate is 6%, thereby retiring the $345,154,000 in debt. How much would Healdsburg have to pay for the notes (principal only) on this date in order to satisfy the noteholders? 86) Suppose that Healdsburg renegotiates the 8% notes on December 31, 2026, when the going interest rate is 8%. Healdsburg agrees to make 12 equal annual installments, commencing on December 31, 2027, rather than pay the annual interest payments and the $225 million in a single amount at maturity. What would the annual payments be? 87) Suppose that Healdsburg enters into a sales contract with an auto manufacturer on January 1, 2021, to provide tires that cost Healdsburg $18 million to produce. The buyer offers Healdsburg $6 million in cash and agrees to take over only the principal payment on Healdsburg's 6.55% debt notes. Assume that the going market interest is 7% at the time. What would Healdsburg's gross profit be on the sale? 88) Touche Manufacturing is considering a rearrangement of its manufacturing operations. A consultant estimates that the rearrangement should result in cash savings of $6,000 the first year, $10,000 for the next two years, and $12,000 for the next two years. Interest is at 12%. Assume cash flows occur at the end of the year. Required: Calculate the total present value of the cash flows.
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
89) Price Mart is considering outsourcing its billing operations. A consultant estimates that outsourcing should result in cash savings of $9,000 the first year, $15,000 for the next two years, and $18,000 for the next two years. Interest is at 12%. Assume cash flows occur at the end of the year. Required: Calculate the total present value of the cash flows. 90) Baird Bros. Construction is considering the purchase of a machine at a cost of $125,000. The machine is expected to generate cash flows of $20,000 per year for 10 years and can be sold at the end of 10 years for $10,000. Interest is at 10%. Assume the machine purchase would be paid for on the first day of year one, but that all other cash flows occur at the end of the year. Ignore income tax considerations. Required: Determine whether Baird should purchase the machine. 91) Incognito Company is contemplating the purchase of a machine that provides it with cash savings of $80,000 per year for five years. Interest is 8%. Assume the cash savings occur at the end of each year. Required: Calculate the present value of the cash savings. 92) Under the NBA deferred compensation plan, payments made at the end of each year accumulate up to retirement and then retirees are given two options. Option 1 allows the retiree to select the amount of the annual payment to be received, and option 2 allows the retiree to specify over how many years payments are to be received. Assume Hardaway has had $6,000 deposited at the end of each year for 30 years, and that the long-term interest rate has been 8%. Required: a. How much has accumulated in Hardaway's deferred compensation account? b. How much will Hardaway be able to withdraw at the beginning of each year if he elects to receive payments for 15 years? c. How many years will Hardaway be able to receive payments if he chooses to receive $65,000 per year at the beginning of each year? 93) ABC Company will issue $5,000,000 in 6%, 10-year bonds when the market rate of interest is 8%. Interest is paid semiannually. Required: Determine how much cash ABC Company will realize from the bond issue.
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
94) Taylor's tractor-trailer rigs sell for $150,000. A customer wishes to buy a rig on a lease purchase plan over seven years, with the first payment to be made at the inception of the lease. Interest is at 12%. Required: a. Compute the amount of the annual lease payment and the gross amount (total payments) due under the lease. b. Compute the amount of interest income earned by Taylor's for the first year of the lease. 95) Titan Corporation has a defined benefit pension plan. One of its employees has vested benefits under the plan, which will pay her $30,000 annually for life starting with the first $30,000 payment on the day she retires at the age of 65. The employee has just reached the age of 45. Titan consulted standard mortality tables to come up with a life expectancy of 80 for this employee. The implicit interest rate under the plan is 9%. Required: a. What will be the present value of the pension obligation at the time of the employee's retirement? b. What is the present value of the pension obligation at the current time? 96) On September 30, 2021, Truckee Garbage leased equipment from a supplier and agreed to pay $125,000 annually for 15 years beginning September 30, 2022. Generally accepted accounting principles require that a liability be recorded for this lease agreement for the present value of scheduled payments. Accordingly, at inception of the lease, Truckee recorded a $1,214,031 lease liability Required: Determine the interest rate implicit in the lease agreement. 97) Determine the price of a $200,000 bond issue under each of the following independent assumptions:
1. 2. 3.
Maturity 10 years 10 years 20 years
Interest Paid annually semiannually semiannually
Stated Rate 10% 10% 12%
Effective Rate 12% 12% 12%
98) Determine the price of a $500,000 bond issue under each of the following independent assumptions:
1. 2. 3.
Maturity 10 years 10 years 20 years
Interest Paid annually semiannually semiannually
Stated Rate 10% 10% 12%
Effective Rate 12% 12% 10%
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
99) On January 1, 2021, Bishop Company issued 10% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. The bonds mature in 2031 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 100) On January 1, 2021, Mania Enterprises issued 12% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. The bonds mature in 2031 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 10%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 101) On January 1, 2021, Shirley Corporation purchased 10% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $10 million. The bonds mature in 2031 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 102) On January 1, 2021, Rare Bird Ltd. purchased 12% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. The bonds mature in 2031 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 10%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 103) Pockets lent $20,000 to Lego Construction on January 1, 2021. Lego signed a three-year, 5% installment note to be paid in three equal payments at the end of each year. Required: Calculate the amount of one installment payment. 104) Adam Baum Company borrowed $48,000 from B. A. Ware on January 1, 2021, and signed a three-year, 6% installment note to be paid in three equal payments at the end of each year. The present value of an ordinary annuity of $1 for 3 periods at 6% is 2.67301. Required: Calculate the amount of one installment payment.
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
105) Each of the independent situations below describes a finance lease in which annual lease payments are payable at the beginning of each year. The lessee is aware of the lessor's desired rate of return. Situation Lease term Lessor's desired rate of return Fair value of asset
1 10 yrs
2 20 yrs
10% $600,000
12% $400,000
For convenience, here are some table values: Periods; int. rate 10 periods, 10% 10 periods, 12% 20 periods, 10% 20 periods, 12%
PV, ordinary annuity 6.1446 5.6502 8.5136 7.4694
PV, annuity due 6.7590 6.3283 9.3649 8.3658
Required: For each situation determine the amount of the annual lease payment, as calculated by the lessor. 106) Diablo Company leased a machine from Juniper Corporation on January 1, 2021. The machine has a fair value of $20,000,000. The lease agreement calls for four equal payments at the end of each year. The useful life of the machine was expected to be four years with no residual value. The appropriate interest rate for this lease is 10%. Other information: PV of an ordinary annuity @10% for 4 periods: 3.16987 PV of an annuity due @ 10% for 4 periods: 3.48685 Required: Determine the amount of each lease payment.
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) Each of the independent situations below describes a finance lease in which annual lease payments are payable at the beginning of each year. The lessee is aware of the lessor's implicit interest rate.
Lease term Lessor's desired rate of return
Situation 1 10 yrs 10%
Situation 2 20 yrs 12%
For convenience, here are some table values: Periods; int. rate 10 periods, 10% 10 periods, 12% 20 periods, 10% 20 periods, 12%
PV, ordinary annuity 6.1446 5.6502 8.5136 7.4694
PV, annuity due 6.7590 6.3283 9.3649 8.3658
Required: For each situation determine the amount recorded as a liability by the lessee at the beginning of the lease. 108) Compute the future value of the following invested amounts at the specified periods and interest rates.
Item a. b. c.
Invested Amount $20,000 $30,000 $10,000
Interest Rate 8% 4% 12%
Number of Periods 10 8 15
109) Compute the present value of the following single amounts to be received at the end of the specified period at the given interest rate.
Item a. b. c.
Invested Amount $40,000 $20,000 $50,000
Interest Rate 7% 6% 11%
Number of Periods 20 25 10
110) DON Corp. is contemplating the purchase of a machine that will produce cash savings of $20,000 per year for five years. At the end of five years, the machine can be sold to realize cash flows of $5,000. Interest is 12%. Assume the cash flows occur at the end of each year. Required: Calculate the total present value of the cash savings.
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
111) Dobson Contractors is considering buying equipment at a cost of $75,000. The equipment is expected to generate cash flows of $15,000 per year for eight years and can be sold at the end of eight years for $5,000. Interest is at 12%. Assume the equipment purchase would be paid for on the first day of year one, but that all other cash flows occur at the end of the year. Ignore income tax considerations. Required: Determine whether Dobson should purchase the machine. 112) Hillsdale is considering two options for comparable computer software. Option A will cost $25,000 plus annual license renewals of $1,000 for three years, which includes technical support. Option B will cost $20,000 with technical support being an add-on charge. The estimated cost of technical support is $4,000 the first year, $3,000 the second year, and $2,000 the third year. Assume the software is purchased and paid for at the beginning of year one, but that technical support is paid for at the end of each year. Interest is at 8%. Ignore income taxes. Required: Determine which option should be chosen based on present value considerations. 113) Bison Mfg. is considering two options for purchasing comparable machinery. Machine 1 will cost $27,500 plus an annual maintenance fee of $1,500 per year for four years. Machine 2 will cost $25,000 with maintenance being an add-on charge. The estimated cost of maintenance is $1,000 the first year, $3,000 the second year, and $4,000 the third year and the fourth year. Assume the purchase cost is paid the same day as buying the machinery, but that maintenance is paid for at the end of each year. Interest is at 10%. Ignore income taxes and residual values. Required: Determine which machine should be chosen based on present value considerations. 114) On May 1, 2021, Bo Smith, proud father of newborn son Bobo, purchased $200,000 in zero-coupon bonds that mature on May 1, 2038. The bonds pay no interest during the period of time they are outstanding. The interest rate for such borrowings is at 9%. Interest compounds annually. Required: Calculate the price Bo paid for the bonds. 115) On February 1, 2021, Lynda Brown, proud mother of newborn daughter Goldie, purchased $600,000 in zero-coupon bonds that mature on February 1, 2041. The bonds pay no interest during the period of time they are outstanding. The interest rate for such borrowings is at 12%. Required: Calculate the price Lynda paid for the bonds.
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) On the last day of its fiscal year ending December 31, 2021, the Boatright Ship Builders completed two financing arrangements. The funds provided by these initiatives will allow the company to expand its operations. 1. Boatright issued 6% stated rate bonds with a face amount of $200 million. The bonds mature on December 31, 2038 (20 years). The market rate of interest for similar bond issues was 8% (4% semiannual rate). Interest is paid semiannually (3%) on June 30 and December 31, beginning on June 30, 2022. 2. The company leased two manufacturing facilities. Lease A requires 10 annual lease payments of $50,000 beginning on January 1, 2022. Lease B also is for 10 years, beginning January 1, 2022. Terms of the lease require seven annual lease payments of $60,000 beginning on January 1, 2025. Accounting standards require both leases to be recorded as liabilities for the present value of the scheduled payments. Assume that an 8% interest rate properly reflects the time value of money for the lease obligations. Required: What amounts will appear in Boatright's December 31, 2021, balance sheet for the bonds and for the leases? 117) White & Decker Corporation's 2021 financial statements included the following information in the long-term debt disclosure note: ($ in millions) 2021 Zero-coupon subordinated debentures, due 2033: $275 The disclosure note stated the debenture bonds were issued late in 2013 and have a maturity value of $500 million. The maturity value indicates the amount that White & Decker will pay bondholders in 2033. Each individual bond has a maturity value (face amount) of $1,000. Zero-coupon bonds pay no cash interest during the term to maturity. The company is "accreting" (gradually increasing) the issue price to maturity value using the bonds' effective interest rate computed on an annual basis. Required: 1. Determine the effective interest rate on the bonds. 2. Determine the issue price in late 2013 of a single, $1,000 maturity-value bond. 118) Samson Inc. is contemplating the purchase of a machine that will provide it with cash savings of $100,000 per year for eight years. Interest is 10%. Assume the cash savings occur at the end of each year. Required: Calculate the present value of the cash savings.
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) Under the MLB deferred compensation plan, payments made at the end of each year accumulate up to retirement and then retirees are given two options. Option 1 allows the retiree to select the amount of the annual payment to be received, and option 2 allows the retiree to specify over how many years payments are to be received. Assume Sosa has had $5,000 deposited at the end of each year for 40 years, and that the long-term interest rate has been 7%. Required: a. How much has accumulated in Sosa's deferred compensation account? b. How much will Sosa be able to withdraw at the beginning of each year if he elects to receive payments for 20 years? c. For how many years will Sosa be able to receive payments if he chooses to receive $115,000 per year at the beginning of each year? 120) DEF Company will issue $2,000,000 in 10%, 10-year bonds when the market rate of interest is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually. Required: Determine how much cash DEF Company should realize from the bond issue. 121) GHI Company will issue $2,000,000 in 8%, 10-year bonds when the market rate of interest is 6%. Interest is paid semiannually. Required: Determine how much cash GHI Company should realize from the bond issue. 122) JKL Company will issue $2,000,000 in 12%, 10-year bonds when the market rate of interest is 10%. Interest is paid semiannually. Required: Determine how much cash JKL Company should realize from the bond issue. 123) MBI Company's largest computer has a cash selling price of $200,000. A customer wishes to buy the computer on a lease purchase plan over five years, with the first payment to be made at the inception of the lease. Interest is at 10%. Required: a. Compute the amount of the annual lease payment and the gross amount due (total payments) under the lease. b. Compute the amount of interest income earned by MBI for the first year of the lease.
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) King Corporation has a defined benefit pension plan. One of its employees has vested benefits under the plan, which will pay him $30,000 annually for life starting with the first payment of $30,000 on the day he retires at the age of 65. The employee has just reached the age of 50. King consulted standard mortality tables to come up with a life expectancy of 80 for this employee. The implicit interest rate under the plan is 9%. Required: a. What will be the present value of the pension obligation at the time of the employee's retirement? b. What is the present value of the pension obligation at the current time? 125) On June 30, 2021, Gunderson Electronics issued 8% stated rate bonds with a face amount of $300 million. The bonds mature on June 30, 2038 (20 years). The market rate of interest for similar bond issues was 10% (5% semiannual rate). Interest is paid semiannually (4%) on June 30 and December 31, beginning on December 31, 2021. Required: a. Determine the price of the bonds on June 30, 2021. b. Calculate the interest expense Gunderson reports in 2021 for these bonds. 126) Briefly describe the difference between simple interest and compound interest. 127) Explain how you would compute the imputed interest on cash borrowed at 0% interest when the market rate of interest is 8%. 128) Two banks each have annual CD rates of 12%. Bank A compounds quarterly and Bank B compounds semiannually. Explain which bank offers the better CD. 129) Briefly describe the differences between an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. 130) Prepare a time diagram for the future value of an ordinary annuity with three payments of $300. Be sure to indicate the periods in which interest is added. 131) Prepare a time diagram for the future value of an annuity due with three payments of $400. Be sure to indicate the periods in which interest is added. 132) Briefly explain how you would arrive at the monthly payment for a 48-month loan where the first payment is due one month from the loan date. In your explanation, include the use of present or future value tables. 133) Provide two examples of the use of present value techniques in accounting.
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 5 Time Value of Money Concepts 1) An uncle asks to borrow $500 today and promises to repay you $1,210 two years from now. To find the annual interest rate you would be agreeing to, you would search the second row in the: (PV of $1) A) future value of $1 table, for the factor closest to 0.82645. B) present value of $1 table, for the factor closest to 0.82645. C) present value of $1 table, for the factor closest to 1.21. D) present value of an ordinary annuity of $1 table, for the factor closest to 1.21. Answer: B Explanation: The interest rate is the rate that will provide a present value of $1,000 when determining the present value of the $1,210 to be received in two years: $1,000 (present value) = $1,210 (future value) × ?* * Present value of $1: n = 2, i = ? Rearranging algebraically, we find that the present value table factor is 0.82645. $1,000 (present value) ÷ $1,210 (future value) = 0.82645* * Present value of $1: n = 2, i = ? When you consult the present value table, Table 2, you search row two (n = 2) for this value and find it in the 10% column. So the effective interest rate is 10%. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Solve for unknown amount Learning Objective: 05-04 Solve for either the interest rate or the number of compounding periods when present value and future value of a single amount are known. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2) You want to invest $20,000 today to accumulate $32,000 for graduate school. If you can invest at an interest rate of 10% compounded annually. To find how many years will it take to accumulate the required amount, you would search the 10% column in the: A) present value of $1 table, for the factor closest to 0.625. B) future value of $1 table, for the factor closest to 0.625. C) present value of $1 table, for the factor closest to 1.6. D) present value of an ordinary annuity of $1 table, for the factor closest to 1.6. Answer: A Explanation: The years it will take is the value of n that will provide a present value of $20,000 when finding the present value of $32,000 at a rate of 10%: $20,000 (present value) = $32,000 (future value) × ?* * Present value of $1; n = ?, i = 10% Rearranging algebraically, we find that the present value table factor is 0.625: $20,000 (present value) ÷ $32,000 (future value) = 0.625 When you consult the present value table, you search the 10% column (i = 10%) for this value and find 0.62092 in row five. So it would take approximately five years to accumulate $32,000 in the situation described. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Solve for unknown amount Learning Objective: 05-04 Solve for either the interest rate or the number of compounding periods when present value and future value of a single amount are known. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
3) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
You want to invest $20,000 today to accumulate $22,500 to buy a car. If you can invest at an interest rate of 3% compounded annually, how many years will it take to accumulate the required amount? A) 3 years. B) 4 years. C) 5 years. D) 6 years. Answer: B Explanation: The years it will take is the value of n that will provide a present value of $20,000 when finding the present value of $22,500 at a rate of 3%: $20,000 (present value) = $22,500 (future value) × ?* * Present value of $1; n = ?, i = 3% Rearranging algebraically, we find that the present value table factor is 0.88889: $20,000 (present value) ÷ $22,500 (future value) = 0.88889 When you consult the present value table (PV $1), you search the 3% column (i = 3%) for this value and find 0.88849 in row four. So it would take approximately four years to accumulate $22,500 in the situation described. 3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Solve for unknown amount Learning Objective: 05-04 Solve for either the interest rate or the number of compounding periods when present value and future value of a single amount are known. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 4) You want to invest $6,000 annually beginning now in order to accumulate $33,300 for a down payment on a house in five years. To find the annual interest rate you would need to receive to accomplish this goal, you would search the fifth row in the: A) future value of an annuity due of $1 table, for the factor closest to 5.55. B) present value of an ordinary annuity of $1 table, for the factor closest to 0.1802. C) present value of an annuity due of $1 table, for the factor closest to 5.55. D) future value of an ordinary annuity of $1 table, for the factor closest to 0.1802. Answer: A Explanation: The interest rate it will take is the value of i that will result in annual payments of $6,000 at the beginning of each year accumulating to $33,300 in five years. This is the future value of an annuity due. $6,000 (annuity payment) × ?* = $33,300 (future value of annuity due) * Future value of an annuity due of $1; n = 5, i = ? Rearranging algebraically, we find that the future value table factor is 5.55: $33,300 (future value of annuity due) ÷ $6,000 (annuity payment) = 5.55 When you consult the future value of annuity due table (FVAD $1), you search the fifth row (n = 5) for this value and find 5.5502 in the 3.5% column. So it would take a return of approximately 3.5% to accumulate $33,300 in the situation described. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Solve for unknown amount Learning Objective: 05-09 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
5) Present and future value tables of $1 at 9% are presented below. N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
FVAD $1
PVA $1
PVAD $1
1
1.09000
0.91743
1.0000
1.0900
0.91743
1.00000
2
1.18810
0.84168
2.0900
2.2781
1.75911
1.91743
3
1.29503
0.77218
3.2781
3.5731
2.53129
2.75911
4
1.41158
0.70843
4.5731
4.9847
3.23972
3.53129
5
1.53862
0.64993
5.9847
6.5233
3.88965
4.23972
6
1.67710
0.59627
7.5233
8.2004
4.48592
4.88965
You want to invest $7,000 annually beginning now in order to accumulate $25,000 for a down payment on a house. If you can invest at an interest rate of 9% compounded annually, about how many years will it take to accumulate the required amount? A) 3 years. B) 4 years. C) 5 years. D) 6 years. Answer: A Explanation: The years it will take is the value of n that will equate an annual payment of $7,000 at the beginning of each year with a future value of $25,000 when finding the present value of an annuity due at a rate of 9%: $7,000 (payments) × ?* = $25,000 (future value) * Future value of an annuity due of $1; n = ?, i = 9% Rearranging algebraically, we find that the future value table factor is 3.5714: $25,000 (future value) ÷ $7,000 (payments) = 3.57142 When you consult the future value table (FVAD $1), you search the 9% column (i = 9%) for this value and find 3.5731 in row three. So it would take approximately three years to accumulate $25,000 in the situation described. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Solve for unknown amount Learning Objective: 05-09 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
6) Compound interest includes interest earned on interest. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basics of interest―Simple versus compound Learning Objective: 05-01 Explain the difference between simple and compound interest. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 7) When interest is compounded, the stated rate of interest exceeds the effective rate of interest. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basics of interest―Simple versus compound Learning Objective: 05-01 Explain the difference between simple and compound interest. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 8) The calculation of future value requires the removal of interest. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Future value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-02 Compute the future value of a single amount. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 9) The calculation of present value eliminates interest from future cash flows. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Present value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
10) With an ordinary annuity, a payment is made or received on the date the agreement begins. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basics of ordinary annuity and annuity due Learning Objective: 05-06 Explain the difference between an ordinary annuity and an annuity due situation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 11) In the future value of an ordinary annuity, the last cash payment will not earn any interest. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basics of ordinary annuity and annuity due Learning Objective: 05-06 Explain the difference between an ordinary annuity and an annuity due situation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 12) An annuity consists of level principal payments plus interest on the unpaid balance. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basics of ordinary annuity and annuity due Learning Objective: 05-06 Explain the difference between an ordinary annuity and an annuity due situation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 13) With an annuity due, a payment is made or received on the date the agreement begins. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basics of ordinary annuity and annuity due Learning Objective: 05-06 Explain the difference between an ordinary annuity and an annuity due situation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
14) An annuity is a series of equal periodic payments. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basics of ordinary annuity and annuity due Learning Objective: 05-06 Explain the difference between an ordinary annuity and an annuity due situation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 15) Given identical current amounts owed and identical interest rates, annual payments of an ordinary annuity will be greater than annual payments of an annuity due. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basics of ordinary annuity and annuity due Learning Objective: 05-06 Explain the difference between an ordinary annuity and an annuity due situation. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 16) Other things being equal, the present value of an annuity due will be less than the present value of an ordinary annuity. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value of an ordinary annuity; Present value of an annuity due Learning Objective: 05-08 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 17) A deferred annuity is one in which interest charges are deferred for a stated time period. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Present value of a deferred annuity Learning Objective: 05-08 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
18) Monetary assets include only cash and cash equivalents. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Monetary assets and liabilities Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 19) Most, but not all, liabilities are monetary liabilities. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Monetary assets and liabilities Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
20) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Today, Thomas deposited $100,000 in a three-year, 12% CD that compounds quarterly. What is the maturity value of the CD? A) $109,270. B) $119,410. C) $142,576. D) $309,090. Answer: C Explanation: FV = $100,000 × 1.42576* = $142,576 *FV of $1: n = 12; i = 3% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Future value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-02 Compute the future value of a single amount. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
21) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Carol wants to invest money in a 6% CD account that compounds semiannually. Carol would like the account to have a balance of $50,000 five years from now. How much must Carol deposit to accomplish her goal? A) $35,069. B) $43,131. C) $37,205. D) $35,000. Answer: C Explanation: PV = $50,000 × 0.74409* = $37,205 *PV of $1: n = 10; i = 3% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
22) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Shane wants to invest money in a 6% CD account that compounds semiannually. Shane would like the account to have a balance of $100,000 four years from now. How much must Shane deposit to accomplish his goal? A) $88,849. B) $78,941. C) $25,336. D) $22,510. Answer: B Explanation: PV = $100,000 × 0.78941* = $78,941 *PV of $1: n = 8; i = 3% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
23) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Bill wants to give Maria a $500,000 gift in seven years. If money is worth 6% compounded semiannually, what is Maria's gift worth today? A) $66,110. B) $81,309. C) $406,545. D) $330,560. Answer: D Explanation: PV = $500,000 × 0.66112* = $330,560 *PV of $1: n = 14; i = 3% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
24) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Monica wants to sell her share of an investment to Barney for $50,000 in three years. If money is worth 6% compounded semiannually, what would Monica accept today? A) $8,375. B) $41,874. C) $11,941. D) $41,000. Answer: B Explanation: PV = $50,000 × 0.83748* = $41,874 *PV of $1: n = 6; i = 3% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
25) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
At the end of the next four years, a new machine is expected to generate net cash flows of $8,000, $12,000, $10,000, and $15,000, respectively. What are the (rounded) cash flows worth today if a 3% interest rate properly reflects the time value of money in this situation? A) $41,556. B) $39,982. C) $32,400. D) $38,100. Answer: A Explanation: ($8,000 × 0.97087) + ($12,000 × 0.94260) + ($10,000 × 0.91514) + ($15,000 × 0.88849) = $7,767 + $11,311 + $9,151 + $13,327 = $41,556 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
26) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
At the end of each quarter, Patti deposits $500 into an account that pays 12% interest compounded quarterly. How much will Patti have in the account in three years? A) $7,096. B) $7,213. C) $7,129. D) $8,880. Answer: A Explanation: FVA = $500 × 14.1920* = $7,096 *FVA of $1: n = 12; i = 3% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Future value of an ordinary annuity Learning Objective: 05-07 Compute the future value of both an ordinary annuity and an annuity due. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
27) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Sondra deposits $2,000 in an IRA account on April 15, 2021. Assume the account will earn 3% annually. If she repeats this for the next nine years, how much will she have on deposit on April 14, 2031? A) $20,600. B) $20,928. C) $23,616. D) $24,715. Answer: C Explanation: FVAD = $2,000 × 11.8078* = $23,616 *FVAD of $1: n = 10; i = 3% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Future value of an annuity due Learning Objective: 05-07 Compute the future value of both an ordinary annuity and an annuity due. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
28) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Shelley wants to cash in her winning lottery ticket. She can either receive eight $100,000 semiannual payments starting today, or she can receive a single-amount payment today based on a 6% annual interest rate. What is the single-amount payment she can receive today? A) $853,020. B) $801,969. C) $744,090. D) $1,293,794. Answer: D Explanation: PVAD = $100,000 × 12.93794* = $1,293,794 *PVAD of $1: n = 16; i = 3% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of an annuity due Learning Objective: 05-08 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
29) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
On January 1, 2021, you are considering making an investment that will pay three annual payments of $10,000. The first payment is not expected until December 31, 2023. You are eager to earn 3%. What is the present value of the investment on January 1, 2021? A) $26,662. B) $27,462. C) $28,286. D) $29,135. Answer: A Explanation: PVA = $10,000 × (4.57971* − 1.91347**) = $26,662 *PVA of $1: n = 5; i = 3% **PVA of $1: n = 2; i = 3% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a deferred annuity Learning Objective: 05-08 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
30) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
On January 1, 2021, you are considering making an investment that will pay three annual payments of $10,000. The first payment is not expected until December 31, 2024. You are eager to earn 3%. What is the present value of the investment on January 1, 2021? A) $28,286. B) $25,886. C) $26,662. D) $27,300. Answer: B Explanation: PVA = $10,000 × (5.41719* − 2.82861**) = $25,886 *PVA of $1: n = 6; i = 3% **PVA of $1: n = 3; i = 3% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a deferred annuity Learning Objective: 05-08 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
31) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Rosie's Florist borrows $300,000 to be paid off in six years. The loan payments are semiannual with the first payment due in six months, and interest is at 6%. What is the amount of each payment? A) $25,750. B) $29,761. C) $30,139. D) $25,500. Answer: C Explanation: $300,000 ÷ 9.95400* = $30,139 *PVA of $1: n = 12; i = 3% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Solve for unknown values--Annuity Learning Objective: 05-09 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
32) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Jimmy has $255,906 accumulated in a 401K plan. The fund is earning a low, but safe, 3% per year. The withdrawals will take place at the end of each year starting a year from now. How soon will the fund be exhausted if Jimmy withdraws $30,000 each year? A) 11 years. B) 10 years. C) 8.5 years. D) 8.8 years. Answer: B Explanation: $255,906 ÷ $30,000 = 8.5302 For PVA of $1 factor of 8.5302 and i of 3%, n = 10 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Solve for unknown values--Annuity Learning Objective: 05-09 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
33) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Debbie has $368,882 accumulated in a 401K plan. The fund is earning a low, but safe, 3% per year. The withdrawals will take place annually starting today. How soon will the fund be exhausted if Debbie withdraws $30,000 each year? A) 15 years. B) 16 years. C) 14 years. D) 12.3 years. Answer: A Explanation: $368,882 ÷ $30,000 = 12.29607 For PVAD of $1 factor of 12.29607 and i of 3%, n = 15 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Solve for unknown values--Annuity Learning Objective: 05-09 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
34) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Jose wants to cash in his winning lottery ticket. He can either receive five $5,000 annual payments starting today, or he can receive one lump-sum payment today based on a 3% annual interest rate. What would be the lump-sum payment? A) $23,586. B) $22,899. C) $21,565. D) $23,000. Answer: A Explanation: PVAD = $5,000 × 4.71710* = $23,586 *PVAD of $1: n = 5; i = 3% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value of an annuity due Learning Objective: 05-08 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
35) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
Micro Brewery borrows $300,000 to be repaid in equal installments over a period of three years. The loan payments are semiannual with the first payment due in six months, and interest is at 6%. What is the amount of each payment? A) $55,379. B) $106,059. C) $30,138. D) $60,276. Answer: A Explanation: $300,000 ÷ 5.41719* = $55,379 *PVA of $1: n = 6; i = 3% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Solve for unknown values--Annuity Learning Objective: 05-09 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
36) Present and future value tables of $1 at 3% are presented below: N
FV $1
PV $1
FVA $1
1
1.03000
0.97087
1.0000
2
1.06090
0.94260
3
1.09273
4
PVA $1
FVAD $1
PVAD $1
0.97087
1.0300
1.00000
2.0300
1.91347
2.0909
1.97087
0.91514
3.0909
2.82861
3.1836
2.91347
1.12551
0.88849
4.1836
3.71710
4.3091
3.82861
5
1.15927
0.86261
5.3091
4.57971
5.4684
4.71710
6
1.19405
0.83748
6.4684
5.41719
6.6625
5.57971
7
1.22987
0.81309
7.6625
6.23028
7.8923
6.41719
8
1.26677
0.78941
8.8923
7.01969
9.1591
7.23028
9
1.30477
0.76642
10.1591
7.78611
10.4639
8.01969
10
1.34392
0.74409
11.4639
8.53020
11.8078
8.78611
11
1.38423
0.72242
12.8078
9.25262
13.1920
9.53020
12
1.42576
0.70138
14.1920
9.95400
14.6178
10.25262
13
1.46853
0.68095
15.6178
10.63496
16.0863
10.95400
14
1.51259
0.66112
17.0863
11.29607
17.5989
11.63496
15
1.55797
0.64186
18.5989
11.93794
19.1569
12.29607
16
1.60471
0.62317
20.1569
12.56110
20.7616
12.93794
A firm leases equipment under a long-term finance lease (analogous to an installment purchase) that calls for 12 semiannual payments of $39,014.40. The first payment is due at the inception of the lease. The annual rate on the lease is 6%. What is the value of the leased asset at inception of the lease? A) $388,349. B) $400,000. C) $454,128. D) $440,082. Answer: B Explanation: PVAD = $39,014.40 × 10.25262 * = $400,000 *PVAD of $1: n = 12; i = 3% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value application―Leases Learning Objective: 05-10 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, installment notes, and pension obligations. 26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 37) Below are excerpts from time value of money tables for the 8% rate. 1
2
3
4
5
6
1
1.000
1.000
0.926
1.080
1.080
0.926
2
1.926
2.080
0.857
2.246
1.166
1.783
3
2.783
3.246
0.794
3.506
1.260
2.577
4
3.577
4.506
0.735
4.867
1.360
3.312
Column 1 is an interest table for the: A) Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. B) Future value of an ordinary annuity of $1. C) Present value of an annuity due of $1. D) Future value of an annuity due of $1. Answer: C Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of an annuity due Learning Objective: 05-08 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
38) Below are excerpts from time value of money tables for the 8% rate. 1
2
3
4
5
6
1
1.000
1.000
0.926
1.080
1.080
0.926
2
1.926
2.080
0.857
2.246
1.166
1.783
3
2.783
3.246
0.794
3.506
1.260
2.577
4
3.577
4.506
0.735
4.867
1.360
3.312
Column 2 is an interest table for the: A) Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. B) Future value of an ordinary annuity of $1. C) Present value of an annuity due of $1. D) Future value of an annuity due of $1. Answer: B Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Future value of an ordinary annuity Learning Objective: 05-07 Compute the future value of both an ordinary annuity and an annuity due. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
39) Below are excerpts from time value of money tables for the 8% rate. 1
2
3
4
5
6
1
1.000
1.000
0.926
1.080
1.080
0.926
2
1.926
2.080
0.857
2.246
1.166
1.783
3
2.783
3.246
0.794
3.506
1.260
2.577
4
3.577
4.506
0.735
4.867
1.360
3.312
Column 3 is an interest table for the: A) Present value of $1. B) Future value of $1. C) Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. D) Present value of an annuity due of $1. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
40) Below are excerpts from time value of money tables for the 8% rate. 1
2
3
4
5
6
1
1.000
1.000
0.926
1.080
1.080
0.926
2
1.926
2.080
0.857
2.246
1.166
1.783
3
2.783
3.246
0.794
3.506
1.260
2.577
4
3.577
4.506
0.735
4.867
1.360
3.312
Column 4 is an interest table for the: A) Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. B) Future value of an ordinary annuity of $1. C) Present value of an annuity due of $1. D) Future value of an annuity due of $1. Answer: D Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Future value of an annuity due Learning Objective: 05-07 Compute the future value of both an ordinary annuity and an annuity due. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) Below are excerpts from time value of money tables for the 8% rate. 1
2
3
4
5
6
1
1.000
1.000
0.926
1.080
1.080
0.926
2
1.926
2.080
0.857
2.246
1.166
1.783
3
2.783
3.246
0.794
3.506
1.260
2.577
4
3.577
4.506
0.735
4.867
1.360
3.312
Column 5 is an interest table for the: A) Present value of $1. B) Future value of $1. C) Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. D) Present value of an annuity due of $1. Answer: B Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Future value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-02 Compute the future value of a single amount. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
42) Below are excerpts from time value of money tables for the 8% rate. 1
2
3
4
5
6
1
1.000
1.000
0.926
1.080
1.080
0.926
2
1.926
2.080
0.857
2.246
1.166
1.783
3
2.783
3.246
0.794
3.506
1.260
2.577
4
3.577
4.506
0.735
4.867
1.360
3.312
Column 6 is an interest table for the: A) Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. B) Future value of an ordinary annuity of $1. C) Present value of an annuity due of $1. D) Future value of an annuity due of $1. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value of an ordinary annuity Learning Objective: 05-08 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 43) Reba wishes to know how much would be in her savings account if she deposits a given sum in an account and leaves it there at 6% interest for five years. She should use a table for the: A) Future value of an ordinary annuity of $1. B) Future value of $1. C) Future value of an annuity of $1. D) Present value of an annuity due of $1. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Future value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-02 Compute the future value of a single amount. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
44) Present and future value tables of $1 at 9% are presented below. PV of $1
FV of $1
PVA of $1
FVAD of $1
FVA of $1
1
0.91743
1.09000
0.91743
1.0900
1.0000
2
0.84168
1.18810
1.75911
2.2781
2.0900
3
0.77218
1.29503
2.53129
3.5731
3.2781
4
0.70843
1.41158
3.23972
4.9847
4.5731
5
0.64993
1.53862
3.88965
6.5233
5.9847
6
0.59627
1.67710
4.48592
8.2004
7.5233
Ajax Company purchased a five-year certificate of deposit for its building fund in the amount of $220,000. How much should the certificate of deposit be worth at the end of five years if interest is compounded at an annual rate of 9%? A) $855,723. B) $142,985. C) $319,000. D) $338,496. Answer: D Explanation: FV = $220,000 × 1.53862* = $338,496 *FV of $1: n = 5; i = 9% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Future value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-02 Compute the future value of a single amount. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) Present and future value tables of $1 at 9% are presented below. PV of $1
FV of $1
PVA of $1
FVAD of $1
FVA of $1
1
0.91743
1.09000
0.91743
1.0900
1.0000
2
0.84168
1.18810
1.75911
2.2781
2.0900
3
0.77218
1.29503
2.53129
3.5731
3.2781
4
0.70843
1.41158
3.23972
4.9847
4.5731
5
0.64993
1.53862
3.88965
6.5233
5.9847
6
0.59627
1.67710
4.48592
8.2004
7.5233
How much must be invested now at 9% interest to accumulate to $10,000 in five years? A) $9,176. B) $6,499. C) $5,500. D) $5,960. Answer: B Explanation: PV = $10,000 × 0.64993* = $6,499 *PV of $1: n = 5; i = 9% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
46) Present and future value tables of $1 at 9% are presented below. PV of $1
FV of $1
PVA of $1
FVAD of $1
FVA of $1
1
0.91743
1.09000
0.91743
1.0900
1.0000
2
0.84168
1.18810
1.75911
2.2781
2.0900
3
0.77218
1.29503
2.53129
3.5731
3.2781
4
0.70843
1.41158
3.23972
4.9847
4.5731
5
0.64993
1.53862
3.88965
6.5233
5.9847
6
0.59627
1.67710
4.48592
8.2004
7.5233
How much must be deposited at the beginning of each year to accumulate to $10,000 in four years if interest is at 9%? A) $1,671. B) $2,570. C) $2,358. D) $2,006. Answer: D Explanation: $10,000 ÷ 4.9847* = $2,006 *FVAD of $1: n = 4; i = 9% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Future value of an annuity due Learning Objective: 05-07 Compute the future value of both an ordinary annuity and an annuity due. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
47) Present and future value tables of $1 at 9% are presented below. PV of $1
FV of $1
PVA of $1
FVAD of $1
FVA of $1
1
0.91743
1.09000
0.91743
1.0900
1.0000
2
0.84168
1.18810
1.75911
2.2781
2.0900
3
0.77218
1.29503
2.53129
3.5731
3.2781
4
0.70843
1.41158
3.23972
4.9847
4.5731
5
0.64993
1.53862
3.88965
6.5233
5.9847
6
0.59627
1.67710
4.48592
8.2004
7.5233
Claudine Corporation will deposit $5,000 into a money market sinking fund at the end of each year for the next five years. How much will accumulate by the end of the fifth and final payment if the sinking fund earns 9% interest? A) $32,617. B) $29,924. C) $27,250. D) $26,800. Answer: B Explanation: FVA = $5,000 × 5.9847* = $29,924 *FVA of $1: n = 5; i = 9% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Future value of an ordinary annuity Learning Objective: 05-07 Compute the future value of both an ordinary annuity and an annuity due. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) Present and future value tables of $1 at 9% are presented below. PV of $1
FV of $1
PVA of $1
FVAD of $1
FVA of $1
1
0.91743
1.09000
0.91743
1.0900
1.0000
2
0.84168
1.18810
1.75911
2.2781
2.0900
3
0.77218
1.29503
2.53129
3.5731
3.2781
4
0.70843
1.41158
3.23972
4.9847
4.5731
5
0.64993
1.53862
3.88965
6.5233
5.9847
6
0.59627
1.67710
4.48592
8.2004
7.5233
Mustard's Inc. sold the rights to use one of its patented processes that will result in cash receipts of $2,500 at the end of each of the next four years and a lump sum receipt of $4,000 at the end of the fifth year. The total present value of these payments if interest is at 9% is: A) $10,699. B) $11,468. C) $12,100. D) $14,000. Answer: A Explanation: PVA = $2,500 × 3.23972 (n = 4) PV = $4,000 × 0.64993 (n = 5)
= =
$
8,099 2,600 $ 10,699
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of an ordinary annuity; Present value of an annuity due Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount.; 05-08 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
49) An investment product promises to pay $42,000 at the end of 10 years. If an investor feels this investment should produce a rate of return of 12%, compounded annually, what's the most the investor should be willing to pay for the investment? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $15,146. B) $13,523. C) $42,000. D) $130,446. Answer: B Explanation: $42,000 × 0.32197* = $13,523 (rounded) *PV of $1: n = 10; i = 12% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 50) LeAnn wishes to know how much she should invest now at 7% interest in order to accumulate a sum of $5,000 in four years. She should use a table for the: A) Present value of $1. B) Future value of $1. C) Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. D) Future value of an annuity due of $1. Answer: A Explanation: $5,000 × (PV of $1: n = 4, i = 7%) = Amount to Invest Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) Present and future value tables of $1 at 11% are presented below. PV of $1
FV of $1
PVA of $1
FVA of $1
1
0.90090
1.11000
0.90090
1.0000
2
0.81162
1.23210
1.71252
2.1100
3
0.73119
1.36763
2.44371
3.3421
4
0.65873
1.51807
3.10245
4.7097
5
0.59345
1.68506
3.69590
6.2278
6
0.53464
1.87041
4.23054
7.9129
Spielberg Inc. signed a $200,000 noninterest-bearing note due in five years from a production company eager to do business. Comparable borrowings have carried an 11% interest rate. What is the value of this debt at its inception? A) $200,000. B) $178,000. C) $118,690. D) $222,000. Answer: C Explanation: PV = $200,000 × 0.59345* = $118,690 *PV of $1: n = 5; i = 11% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value application―Notes Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
52) Present and future value tables of $1 at 11% are presented below. PV of $1
FV of $1
PVA of $1
FVA of $1
1
0.90090
1.11000
0.90090
1.0000
2
0.81162
1.23210
1.71252
2.1100
3
0.73119
1.36763
2.44371
3.3421
4
0.65873
1.51807
3.10245
4.7097
5
0.59345
1.68506
3.69590
6.2278
6
0.53464
1.87041
4.23054
7.9129
On October 1, 2021, Justine Company purchased equipment from Napa Inc. in exchange for a noninterest-bearing note payable in five equal annual payments of $500,000, beginning Oct 1, 2022. Similar borrowings have carried an 11% interest rate. The equipment would be recorded at: A) $2,500,000. B) $2,225,000. C) $1,847,950. D) $2,115,270. Answer: C Explanation: PVA = $500,000 × 3.69590* = $1,847,950 *PVA of $1: n = 5; i = 11% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value of an ordinary annuity; Present value application--Notes Learning Objective: 05-08 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity.; 05-10 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, installment notes, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
53) Present and future value tables of $1 at 11% are presented below. PV of $1
FV of $1
PVA of $1
FVA of $1
1
0.90090
1.11000
0.90090
1.0000
2
0.81162
1.23210
1.71252
2.1100
3
0.73119
1.36763
2.44371
3.3421
4
0.65873
1.51807
3.10245
4.7097
5
0.59345
1.68506
3.69590
6.2278
6
0.53464
1.87041
4.23054
7.9129
Titanic Corporation leased executive limousines under terms of $20,000 to be paid at the inception of the lease, and four equal annual payments of $30,000 to each be paid thereafter on the anniversary date of the lease. The interest rate implicit in the lease is 11%. The first year's interest expense would be: A) $13,200. B) $10,238. C) $33,200. D) $15,543. Answer: B Explanation: PVA = $30,000 × 3.10245* = $93,074 $93,074 × 11% = $10,238 *PVA of $1: n = 4; i = 11% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value application―Leases Learning Objective: 05-10 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, installment notes, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
54) Present and future value tables of 1 at 11% are presented below. PV of $1
FV of $1
PVA of $1
FVA of $1
1
0.90090
1.11000
0.90090
1.0000
2
0.81162
1.23210
1.71252
2.1100
3
0.73119
1.36763
2.44371
3.3421
4
0.65873
1.51807
3.10245
4.7097
5
0.59345
1.68506
3.69590
6.2278
6
0.53464
1.87041
4.23054
7.9129
Polo Publishers purchased a multi-color offset press with terms of $50,000 to be paid at the date of purchase, and a noninterest-bearing note requiring payment of $20,000 at the end of each year for five years. The interest rate implicit in the purchase contract is 11%. Polo would record the asset at: A) $73,918. B) $123,918. C) $130,000. D) $169,560. Answer: B Explanation: $50,000 + ($20,000 × 3.69590) = $123,918 *PVA of $1: n = 5; i = 11% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value application―Notes Learning Objective: 05-10 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, installment notes, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
55) Mary Alice just won the lottery and is trying to decide between the options of receiving the annual cash flow payment option of $250,000 per year for 25 years beginning today, or receiving one lump-sum amount today. Mary Alice can earn 6% investing this money. At what lump-sum payment amount would she be indifferent between the two alternatives? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $6,250,000. B) $3,195,840. C) $3,637,590. D) $3,387,590. Answer: D Explanation: $250,000 × 13.55036* = $3,387,590 *PVAD of $1: n = 25; i = 6% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of an annuity due Learning Objective: 05-08 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management / Keyboard Navigation
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
56) An investor purchases a 20-year, $1,000 par value bond that pays semiannual interest of $40. If the semiannual market rate of interest is 5%, what is the current market value of the bond? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $828. B) $1,686. C) $1,000. D) $893. Answer: A Explanation: $40 × 17.15909* $1,000 × 0.14205**
= =
$ 686 142 $ 828
*PVA of $1: n = 40; i = 5% **PV of $1: n = 40; i = 5% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value application―Bonds Learning Objective: 05-10 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, installment notes, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 57) A series of equal periodic payments that starts more than one period after the agreement is called: A) An annuity due. B) An ordinary annuity. C) A future annuity. D) A deferred annuity. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Present value of a deferred annuity Learning Objective: 05-08 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
58) A series of equal periodic payments in which the first payment is made one compounding period after the date of the contract is: A) A deferred annuity. B) An ordinary annuity. C) An annuity due. D) A delayed annuity. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basics of ordinary annuity and annuity due Learning Objective: 05-06 Explain the difference between an ordinary annuity and an annuity due situation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 59) Loan A has the same original principal, interest rate, and payment amount as Loan B. However, Loan A is structured as an annuity due, while Loan B is structured as an ordinary annuity. The maturity date of Loan A will be: A) Earlier than Loan B. B) Later than Loan B. C) The same as Loan B. D) Indeterminate with respect to Loan B. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basics of ordinary annuity and annuity due Learning Objective: 05-06 Explain the difference between an ordinary annuity and an annuity due situation. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
60) To determine the future value factor for an annuity due for period n when given tables only for an ordinary annuity: A) Obtain the FVA factor for n + 1 and deduct 1. B) Obtain the FVA factor for n and deduct 1. C) Obtain the FVA factor for n - 1 and add 1. D) Obtain the FVA factor for n + 1 and add 1. Answer: A Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basics of ordinary annuity and annuity due Learning Objective: 05-06 Explain the difference between an ordinary annuity and an annuity due situation. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 61) Yamaha Inc. hires a new chief financial officer and promises to pay him a lump-sum bonus four years after he joins the company. The new CFO insists that the company invest an amount of money at the beginning of each year in a 7% fixed rate investment fund to insure the bonus will be available. To determine the amount that must be invested each year, a computation must be made using the formula for: A) The future value of a deferred annuity. B) The future value of an ordinary annuity. C) The future value of an annuity due. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Future value of an annuity due Learning Objective: 05-07 Compute the future value of both an ordinary annuity and an annuity due. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
62) Zulu Corporation hires a new chief executive officer and promises to pay her a signing bonus of $2 million per year for 10 years, starting five years after she joins the company. The liability for this bonus when the CEO is hired: A) Is the present value of a deferred annuity. B) Is the present value of an annuity due. C) Is $20 million. D) Is zero because no cash is owed for five years. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value of a deferred annuity Learning Objective: 05-08 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 63) Which of the following must be known in order to compute the interest rate when financing an asset purchase with an annuity? A) Fair value of the asset purchased, number and dollar amount of the annuity payments. B) Present value of the annuity, dollar amount and timing of the annuity payments. C) Fair value of the asset and timing of the annuity payments. D) Number of annuity payments and future value of the annuity. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Solve for unknown values--Annuity Learning Objective: 05-09 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
64) Davenport Inc. offers a new employee a single-sum signing bonus at the date of employment. Alternatively, the employee can receive $30,000 at the date of employment and another $50,000 two years later. Assuming the employee's time value of money is 8% annually, what single sum at the employment date would make her indifferent between the two options? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $60,000. B) $62,867. C) $72,867. D) $80,000. Answer: C Explanation: The single-sum equivalent would be $30,000 + the present value of $50,000 where n = 2 and i = 8%. That is, $30,000 + ($50,000 × 0.85734 from PV of $1 table) = $72,867. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a deferred annuity Learning Objective: 05-08 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Decision Making / Keyboard Navigation 65) Quaker State Inc. offers a new employee a single-sum signing bonus at the date of employment. Alternatively, the employee can receive $8,000 at the date of employment plus $20,000 at the end of each of his first three years of service. Assuming the employee's time value of money is 10% annually, what lump sum at employment date would make him indifferent between the two options? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $23,026. B) $57,737. C) $62,711. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: The single-sum equivalent would be $8,000 + the present value of a $20,000 ordinary annuity where n = 3 and i = 10%. That is, $8,000 + ($20,000 × 2.48685 from PVA of $1 table) = $57,737. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a deferred annuity Learning Objective: 05-08 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Decision Making / Keyboard Navigation
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
66) Garland Inc. offers a new employee a single-sum signing bonus at the date of employment, June 1, 2021. Alternatively, the employee can receive $39,000 at the date of employment plus $10,000 each June 1 for five years, beginning in 2025. Assuming the employee's time value of money is 9% annually, what single amount at the employment date would make the options equally desirable? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $44,035. B) $40,855. C) $69,035. D) $65,855. Answer: C Explanation: The single-sum equivalent would be $39,000 + the present value of a $10,000 deferred annuity. The present value of the deferred annuity on June 1, 2025, is an annuity due with n = 5 and i = 9%. That is, ($10,000 × 4.23972 from PVAD of $1 table) = $42,397. To compute the equivalent of that amount at employment date, we take the present value of $42,397 where n = 4 and i = 9% from PV of $1 table, which is $42,397 × 0.70843 = $30,035. Therefore, the single-sum equivalent would be $39,000 + $30,035 = $69,035. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a deferred annuity Learning Objective: 05-08 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Decision Making / Keyboard Navigation
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
67) On January 1, 2021, Glanville Company sold goods to Otter Corporation. Otter signed an installment note requiring payment of $15,000 annually for six years. The first payment was made on January 1, 2021. The prevailing rate of interest for this type of note at date of issuance was 8%. Glanville should record sales revenue in January 2021 of: (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $90,000. B) $69,343. C) $74,891. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: $15,000 × 4.99271* = $74,891 (rounded) *PVAD of $1: n = 6; i = 8% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value of an annuity due; Present value application--Notes Learning Objective: 05-10 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, installment notes, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 68) Loan C has the same principal amount, payment amount, and maturity date as Loan D. However, Loan C is structured as an annuity due, while Loan D is structured as an ordinary annuity. Loan C's interest rate is: A) Higher than Loan D. B) Less than Loan D. C) The same as Loan D. D) Indeterminate compared to Loan D. Answer: A Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basics of ordinary annuity and annuity due Learning Objective: 05-06 Explain the difference between an ordinary annuity and an annuity due situation. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
69) Tammy wants to buy a car that costs $10,000 and wishes to know the amount of the monthly payments, which will be made at the first of the month, with interest of 12% on the unpaid balance. She should use a table for the: A) Present value of $1. B) Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. C) Present value of an annuity due of $1. D) Future value of an annuity due of $1. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Solve for unknown values--Annuity Learning Objective: 05-09 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 70) George Jones is planning on a cruise for his 70th birthday party. He wants to know how much he should set aside at the beginning of each month at 6% interest to accumulate the sum of $4,800 in five years. He should use a table for the: A) Future value of an ordinary annuity of $1. B) Future value of an annuity due of $1. C) Future value of $1. D) Present value of an annuity due of $1. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Solve for unknown values--Annuity Learning Objective: 05-09 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
71) Sandra won $5,000,000 in the state lottery, which she has elected to receive at the end of each month over the next 30 years. She will receive 7% interest on unpaid amounts. To determine the amount of her monthly check, she should use a table for the: A) Present value of an annuity due of $1. B) Future value of an annuity due of $1. C) Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. D) Future value of an ordinary annuity of $1. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Solve for unknown values--Annuity Learning Objective: 05-09 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 72) First Financial Auto Loan Department wishes to know the payment required at the first of each month on a $10,500, 48-month, 11% auto loan. To determine this amount, First Financial would: A) Multiply $10,500 by the present value of $1. B) Divide $10,500 by the future value of an ordinary annuity of $1. C) Divide $10,500 by the present value of an annuity due of $1. D) Multiply $10,500 by the present value of an ordinary annuity of $1. Answer: C Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Solve for unknown values--Annuity Learning Objective: 05-09 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
73) Koko Company pays $10 million at the beginning of each year for 10 years to Mocha Inc. in exchange for a building that now has a fair value of $75 million. What interest rate is Mocha earning on financing this land sale? (PV of $1 and PVAD of $1) A) Between 13% and 14%. B) Between 7% and 8%. C) Between 5.5% and 6%. D) Cannot be determined from the given information. Answer: B Explanation: The interest rate is the rate that will provide a present value of $75 million when finding the amount of the annuity. That is, the present value of a 10-year annuity due of $10 million is $75 million, when the present value factor (from Table 6) equals 7.5000. That point is between 7% and 8% in the table. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Solve for unknown values--Annuity Learning Objective: 05-09 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 74) Kunkle Company wishes to earn 20% annually on its investments. If Kunkle makes an investment that equals or exceeds that rate, it considers it a success. Assume that Kunkle invests $2 million and gets $500,000 in return at the end of each year for X years. What is the minimum value of X (number of years) for which Kunkle will consider the investment a success? Assume that Kunkle can't invest for fractional parts of a year. (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) 4 years. B) 6 years. C) 7 years. D) 9 years. Answer: D Explanation: The investment is successful when the present value of the ordinary annuity at 20% will be $2 million. This is when the PV factor (from PVA of $1 table) is at least 4.0, so that when the PV factor is multiplied by the $500,000 annual amount received, the result is at least $2 million. In PVA of $1 table, at i = 20%, the factor passes the 4.0 level in year 9. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Solve for unknown values--Annuity Learning Objective: 05-09 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
75) Chancellor Ltd. sells an asset with a $1 million fair value to Sophie Inc. Sophie agrees to make six equal payments, each to be paid one year apart, commencing on the date of sale. The payments include principal and 6% annual interest. Compute the annual payments. (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $166,651. B) $135,252. C) $203,351. D) $191,852. Answer: D Explanation: We compute the annual payments in the present value of an annuity due formula, where the present value is $1 million, n = 6 and i = 6%. The present value factor (from PVAD of $1 table) is 5.21236. Dividing $1 million by this factor gives payments of $191,852. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Solve for unknown values--Annuity Learning Objective: 05-09 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 76) You borrow $20,000 to buy a boat. The loan is to be paid off in monthly installments over one year at 18% interest annually. The first payment is due one month from today. What is the amount of each monthly payment? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $1,667. B) $1,511. C) $1,834. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: $20,000 ÷ 10.90751* = $1,834 (rounded) *PVA of $1: n = 12; i = 1.5% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Solve for unknown values--Annuity Learning Objective: 05-09 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
77) Fenland Co. plans to retire $100 million in bonds in five years, so it wishes to fund a savings account at the beginning of each year during that period for which it expects to earn 8% annually. At the end of the five years, there will be enough money in the account to pay off the bonds. What amount does Fenland need to invest each year? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $15,783,077. B) $17,045,650. C) $23,190,400. D) Cannot be determined from the given information. Answer: A Explanation: This is the amount in the future value of an annuity due formula, where $100 million = investment amount × factor from FVAD of $1 table where n = 5 and i = 8%. Thus, Investment amount = $100 million ÷ 6.3359 = $15,783,077. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Future value of an annuity due Learning Objective: 05-09 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value.; 05-07 Compute the future value of both an ordinary annuity and an annuity due. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Future value
PHRASE NUMBER A dollar now is worth more than a dollar later. ___
2. Future value of an annuity due 3. Annuity
A series of equal periodic payments.
___
Accumulation of a series of equal payments with the last payment accruing interest.
___
4. Future value of an ordinary annuity
Accumulation of a series of equal payments with the last payment accruing no interest.
___
5. Time value of money
Accumulation of an amount with interest.
___
Answer: TERM 1. Future value
PHRASE A dollar now is worth more than a dollar later.
NUMBER 5
2. Future value of an annuity due 3. Annuity
A series of equal periodic payments.
3
Accumulation of a series of equal payments with the last payment accruing interest.
2
4. Future value of an ordinary annuity
Accumulation of a series of equal payments with the last payment accruing no interest.
4
5. Time value of money Accumulation of an amount with interest.
1
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basics of interest―Simple versus compound; Basics of ordinary annuity and annuity due Learning Objective: 05-01 Explain the difference between simple and compound interest.; 05-05 Explain the difference between an ordinary annuity and an annuity due situation. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
79) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Monetary asset
PHRASE Amount today equivalent to a specified future amount.
2. Present value of an annuity due
Its amount is not fixed or determinable.
___
3. Present value of a single amount
Based on initial investment only.
___
4. Simple interest
Claim to a fixed amount of cash.
___
5. Nonmonetary asset
Current worth of a series of equal payments received at the beginning of a period.
___
Answer: TERM 1. Monetary asset
PHRASE Amount today equivalent to a specified future amount.
NUMBER ___
NUMBER 3
2. Present value of an annuity due
Its amount is not fixed or determinable.
5
3. Present value of a single amount
Based on initial investment only.
4
4. Simple interest
Claim to a fixed amount of cash.
1
5. Nonmonetary asset
Current worth of a series of equal payments received at the beginning of a period.
2
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basics of interest―Simple versus compound; Basics of ordinary annuity and annuity due; Monetary assets and liabilities Learning Objective: 05-01 Explain the difference between simple and compound interest.; 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount.; 05-05 Explain the difference between an ordinary annuity and an annuity due situation. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Present value of an ordinary annuity
PHRASE Current worth of a series of equal payments received at the end of a period.
NUMBER ___
2. Effective yield
Current worth of future cash flow(s).
___
3. Monetary liability
Fixed obligation to pay an amount in cash.
___
4. Compound interest
Interest accumulates on interest.
___
5. Present value
The rate at which money will actually grow.
___
Answer: TERM 1. Present value of an ordinary annuity
PHRASE NUMBER Current worth of a series of equal payments 1 received at the end of a period.
2. Effective yield
Current worth of future cash flow(s).
5
3. Monetary liability
Fixed obligation to pay an amount in cash.
3
4. Compound interest
Interest accumulates on interest.
4
5. Present value
The rate at which money will actually grow.
2
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basics of interest―Simple versus compound; Basics of ordinary annuity and annuity due; Monetary assets and liabilities Learning Objective: 05-01 Explain the difference between simple and compound interest.; 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount.; 05-05 Explain the difference between an ordinary annuity and an annuity due situation. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
81) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Future value of a single amount
PHRASE Rent paid or received for the use of money.
2. Annuity due
Series of equal cash payments received at the beginning of each period.
___
3. Interest
Series of equal cash payments received at the end of each period. Series of equal cash payments with the first cash payment more than one period after the contract date. The money to which an amount invested will grow over time.
___
4. Ordinary annuity
5. Deferred annuity
Answer: TERM 1. Future value of a single amount
NUMBER ___
___
___
PHRASE NUMBER Rent paid or received for the use of money. 3
2. Annuity due
Series of equal cash payments received at the beginning of each period.
2
3. Interest
Series of equal cash payments received at the end of each period. Series of equal cash payments with the first cash payment more than one period after the contract date. The money to which an amount invested will grow over time.
4
4. Ordinary annuity
5. Deferred annuity
5
1
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basics of interest―Simple versus compound; Future value of a single amount; Basics of ordinary annuity and annuity due; Present value of a deferred annuity Learning Objective: 05-01 Explain the difference between simple and compound interest.; 05-02 Compute the future value of a single amount.; 05-05 Explain the difference between an ordinary annuity and an annuity due situation.; 05-07 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking 59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
82) Listed below are columns of time value of money tables for a 9% rate, followed by labels for five of the columns. Match the columns with their appropriate labels by placing the letter designating the column in the space provided by the label.
1 2 3
A 1.090 1.188 1.295
B 0.917 1.759 2.531
C 1.000 1.917 2.759
D 0.917 0.842 0.772
E 1.000 2.090 3.278
F 1.090 2.278 3.573
________ Present value of an annuity due of $1 ________ Future value of an annuity due of $1 ________ Present value of $1 ________ Future value of $1 ________ Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1
Answer: C_ F D A B
Present value of an annuity due of $1 Future value of an annuity due of $1 Present value of $1 Future value of $1 Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Future value of a single amount; Present value of a single amount; Basics of ordinary annuity and annuity due; Future value of an annuity due; Present value of an ordinary annuity; Present value of an annuity due Learning Objective: 05-02 Compute the future value of a single amount.; 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount.; 05-05 Explain the difference between an ordinary annuity and an annuity due situation.; 05-06 Compute the future value of both an ordinary annuity and an annuity due.; 05-07 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
83) Listed below are 10 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Deferred annuity
PHRASE Amount of money required today that is equivalent to a given future amount.
NUMBER ____
2. Future value of an annuity due 3. Annuity
The amount of money that a dollar will grow to.
____
First cash flow occurs on the first day of the agreement.
____
4. Monetary asset
Claim to a fixed amount of cash.
____
5. Expected cash flow approach
Present value of equal-sized cash flows beginning at the end of the period.
____
6. Present value of a single amount
The first cash flow occurs more than one period after the date of the agreement.
____
7. Future value of a single amount
The rate to use is the risk-free rate of interest.
____
8. Annuity due
A series of equal-sized cash flows.
____
9. Present value of an ordinary annuity
Future value of equal-sized cash flows starting at the beginning of the period.
____
10. Interest
Amount of money paid/received in excess of the amount borrowed/lent.
____
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: TERM 1. Deferred annuity
PHRASE Amount of money required today that is equivalent to a given future amount.
NUMBER 6
2. Future value of an annuity due
The amount of money that a dollar will grow to.
7
3. Annuity
First cash flow occurs on the first day of the agreement.
8
4. Monetary asset
Claim to a fixed amount of cash.
4
5. Expected cash flow Present value of equal-sized cash flows approach beginning at the end of the period.
9
6. Present value of a single amount
The first cash flow occurs more than one period after the date of the agreement.
1
7. Future value of a single amount
The rate to use is the risk-free rate of interest.
5
8. Annuity due
A series of equal-sized cash flows.
3
9. Present value of an ordinary annuity
Future value of equal-sized cash flows starting at the beginning of the period.
2
10. Interest
Amount of money paid/received in excess of the amount borrowed/lent.
10
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basics of interest―Simple versus compound; Future value of a single amount; Basics of ordinary annuity and annuity due; Monetary assets and liabilities; Present value of an ordinary annuity; Present value of a deferred annuity; Present value application―Bonds; Present value application―Leases; Present value application―Pensions Learning Objective: 05-01 Explain the difference between simple and compound interest.; 05-02 Compute the future value of a single amount.; 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount.; 05-05 Explain the difference between an ordinary annuity and an annuity due situation.; 05-07 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity.; 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The note about debt included in the financial statements of Healdsburg Company for the year ended December 31, 2020 disclosed the following: Debt. The following table summarizes the long-term debt of the Company at December 31, 2020. All of the notes were originally issued at their face (maturity) value and have been gradually repaid over time so that these amounts are the remaining balances at this date. 7.25% notes due 2021 7.75% notes due 2028 8% notes due 2035 7.63% notes due 2040 6.55% notes due 2022
$201,335,000 $345,154,000 $225,000,000 $200,000,000 $ 25,000,000
Required: Assuming that the notes pay interest annually and mature on December 31 of the respective years, compute the following: 84) The total cash interest payments in 2021 for these notes. Answer: ($201,335,000 × 0.0725) + ($345,154,000 × 0.0775) + ($225,000,000 × 0.08) + ($200,000,000 × 0.0763) + ($25,000,000 × 0.0655) = $76, 243,723 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basics of interest―Simple versus compound Learning Objective: 05-01 Explain the difference between simple and compound interest. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 85) Suppose that Healdsburg wants to pay off the 7.75% notes on December 31, 2021, (i.e., five years early) when the going interest rate is 6%, thereby retiring the $345,154,000 in debt. How much would Healdsburg have to pay for the notes (principal only) on this date in order to satisfy the noteholders? Answer: Compute the PV of $345,154,000, where n = 5 and i = 6%. PV = $345,154,000 × 0.74726 = $257,919,778 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value application―Notes Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
86) Suppose that Healdsburg renegotiates the 8% notes on December 31, 2026, when the going interest rate is 8%. Healdsburg agrees to make 12 equal annual installments, commencing on December 31, 2027, rather than pay the annual interest payments and the $225 million in a single amount at maturity. What would the annual payments be? Answer: $225 million would be the PVA; n = 12 and i = 8%. Therefore, the payments would be $225 million ÷ 7.53608 = $29,856,371. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Solve for unknown values―Annuity; Present value application―Notes Learning Objective: 05-08 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value.; 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 87) Suppose that Healdsburg enters into a sales contract with an auto manufacturer on January 1, 2021, to provide tires that cost Healdsburg $18 million to produce. The buyer offers Healdsburg $6 million in cash and agrees to take over only the principal payment on Healdsburg's 6.55% debt notes. Assume that the going market interest is 7% at the time. What would Healdsburg's gross profit be on the sale? Answer: The revenue would be $6 million + the PV of the 6.55% note principal, where n = 2 and i = 7%. Revenue = $6 million + ($25 million × 0.87344) = $27,836,000. Therefore, Healdsburg's gross profit on the sale would be $27,836,000 — $18,000,000 = $9,836,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) Touche Manufacturing is considering a rearrangement of its manufacturing operations. A consultant estimates that the rearrangement should result in cash savings of $6,000 the first year, $10,000 for the next two years, and $12,000 for the next two years. Interest is at 12%. Assume cash flows occur at the end of the year. Required: Calculate the total present value of the cash flows. Answer: PV of future cash flows: Year 1 2 3 4 5
Cash Flow $ 6,000 10,000 10,000 12,000 12,000
PV 0.89286 0.79719 0.71178 0.63552 0.56743
Present Value $ 5,357 7,972 7,118 7,626 6,809 $34,882 Total PV of cash flows
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 89) Price Mart is considering outsourcing its billing operations. A consultant estimates that outsourcing should result in cash savings of $9,000 the first year, $15,000 for the next two years, and $18,000 for the next two years. Interest is at 12%. Assume cash flows occur at the end of the year. Required: Calculate the total present value of the cash flows. Answer: PV of future cash flows Year 1 2 3 4 5
Cash Flow $ 9,000 15,000 15,000 18,000 18,000
PV 0.89286 0.79719 0.71178 0.63552 0.56743
Present Value $ 8,036 11,958 10,677 11,439 10,214 $52,324 Total PV of cash savings
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) Baird Bros. Construction is considering the purchase of a machine at a cost of $125,000. The machine is expected to generate cash flows of $20,000 per year for 10 years and can be sold at the end of 10 years for $10,000. Interest is at 10%. Assume the machine purchase would be paid for on the first day of year one, but that all other cash flows occur at the end of the year. Ignore income tax considerations. Required: Determine whether Baird should purchase the machine. Answer: Present value of cash inflows: Annual cash flows: $20,000 × 6.14457 Residual value: $10,000 × 0.38554
$122,891 3,855
$126,746
Present value of cash outflows Net present value of cash flows
125,000 $ 1,746
Based on present value considerations, Baird Bros. Construction should buy the machine. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a single amount; Present value of an ordinary annuity Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount.; 05-07 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; FN Decision Making 91) Incognito Company is contemplating the purchase of a machine that provides it with cash savings of $80,000 per year for five years. Interest is 8%. Assume the cash savings occur at the end of each year. Required: Calculate the present value of the cash savings. Answer: PVA = $80,000 × 3.99271 = $319,417 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value of an ordinary annuity Learning Objective: 05-07 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) Under the NBA deferred compensation plan, payments made at the end of each year accumulate up to retirement and then retirees are given two options. Option 1 allows the retiree to select the amount of the annual payment to be received, and option 2 allows the retiree to specify over how many years payments are to be received. Assume Hardaway has had $6,000 deposited at the end of each year for 30 years, and that the long-term interest rate has been 8%. Required: a. How much has accumulated in Hardaway's deferred compensation account? b. How much will Hardaway be able to withdraw at the beginning of each year if he elects to receive payments for 15 years? c. How many years will Hardaway be able to receive payments if he chooses to receive $65,000 per year at the beginning of each year? Answer: a. Balance in fund = FVA = $6,000 × 113.2832 = $679,699 b. Option 2: $679,699 ÷ 9.24424* = $73,527 *PVAD of $1: n = 15; i = 8% c. Option 1: $679,699 ÷ $65,000 = 10.45691 Interpolation: PVAD n = 20, i = 8% PVAD n = 19, i = 8% Difference
10.60360 10.37189 0.23171
PVAD n = ?, i = 8% PVAD n = 19, i = 8% Difference
10.45691 10.37189 0.08502
0.08502 ÷ 0.23171 = .37 So Hardaway will be able to receive $65,000 per year for 19 years, with a partial payment in year 20 of approximately $65,000 × 37% = $24,050. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Future value of an ordinary annuity; Present value of a deferred annuity; Solve for unknown values―Annuity Learning Objective: 05-06 Compute the future value of both an ordinary annuity and an annuity due.; 05-07 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity.; 05-08 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
93) ABC Company will issue $5,000,000 in 6%, 10-year bonds when the market rate of interest is 8%. Interest is paid semiannually. Required: Determine how much cash ABC Company will realize from the bond issue. Answer: $5,000,000 × 3% = $150,000 n= 20; i = 4% PV: $5,000,000 × 0.45639 $2,281,950 PVA: $150,000 × 13.59033 2,038,550 Bond issue price $4,320,500 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value application―Bonds Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 94) Taylor's tractor-trailer rigs sell for $150,000. A customer wishes to buy a rig on a lease purchase plan over seven years, with the first payment to be made at the inception of the lease. Interest is at 12%. Required: a. Compute the amount of the annual lease payment and the gross amount (total payments) due under the lease. b. Compute the amount of interest income earned by Taylor's for the first year of the lease. Answer: a. Annual lease payment = $150,000 ÷ 5.11141* = $29,346 *PVAD of $1: n = 7; i = 12% Gross amount due = $29,346 × 7 years = $205,422 b.
Principal amount $150,000 Payment on signing lease 29,346 Unpaid balance 120,654 Interest rate 12% Interest income first year of lease $ 14,478 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value application―Leases Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
95) Titan Corporation has a defined benefit pension plan. One of its employees has vested benefits under the plan, which will pay her $30,000 annually for life starting with the first $30,000 payment on the day she retires at the age of 65. The employee has just reached the age of 45. Titan consulted standard mortality tables to come up with a life expectancy of 80 for this employee. The implicit interest rate under the plan is 9%. Required: a. What will be the present value of the pension obligation at the time of the employee's retirement? b. What is the present value of the pension obligation at the current time? Answer: a. 30,000 × 8.78615* =
$263,585
*PVAD of $1: n = 15; i = 9% b. 263,585 × .17843** =
$47,031
**PV of $1: n = 20; i = 9% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value application―Pensions Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) On September 30, 2021, Truckee Garbage leased equipment from a supplier and agreed to pay $125,000 annually for 15 years beginning September 30, 2022. Generally accepted accounting principles require that a liability be recorded for this lease agreement for the present value of scheduled payments. Accordingly, at inception of the lease, Truckee recorded a $1,214,031 lease liability Required: Determine the interest rate implicit in the lease agreement. Answer: PVA factor =
= 9.71225*
* Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 15, i = ? (from PVA of $1, i = 6%) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Solve for unknown values―Annuity; Present value application―Leases Learning Objective: 05-08 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value.; 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
97) Determine the price of a $200,000 bond issue under each of the following independent assumptions:
1. 2. 3.
Maturity 10 years 10 years 20 years
Interest Paid annually semiannually semiannually
Stated Rate 10% 10% 12%
Effective Rate 12% 12% 12%
Answer: 1. Interest Principal
$ 20,000 × 5.65022 = 200,000 × 0.32197 =
$113,004 64,394 $177,398
2. Interest Principal
$ 10,000 × 11.46992 = 200,000 × 0.31180 =
$114,699 62,360 $177,059
3. Since the stated rate and the effective rate are the same, the price is equal to the face amount $200,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value application―Bonds Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) Determine the price of a $500,000 bond issue under each of the following independent assumptions:
1. 2. 3.
Maturity 10 years 10 years 20 years
Answer: 1. Interest Principal
Interest Paid annually semiannually semiannually
Stated Rate 10% 10% 12%
Effective Rate 12% 12% 10%
$ 50,000 × 5.65022 = 500,000 × 0.32197 =
$282,511 160,985 $443,496
2.
Interest Principal
$25,000 × 11.46992 = 500,000 × 0.31180 =
$286,748 155,900 $442,648
3.
Interest Principal
$30,000 × 12.46221 = 500,000 × 0.37689 =
$373,866 188,445 $562,311
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value application―Bonds Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 99) On January 1, 2021, Bishop Company issued 10% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. The bonds mature in 2031 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. Answer: Interest Principal
$ 1,000,000 × 11.46992 = $20,000,000 × 0.31180 =
$11,469,920 6,236,000 $17,705,920
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value application―Bonds Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
100) On January 1, 2021, Mania Enterprises issued 12% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. The bonds mature in 2031 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 10%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. Answer: Interest Principal
$ 1,200,000 × 12.46221 = $20,000,000 × 0.37689 =
$14,954,652 7,537,800 $22,492,452
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value application―Bonds Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 101) On January 1, 2021, Shirley Corporation purchased 10% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $10 million. The bonds mature in 2031 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. Answer: Interest Principal
$ 500,000 × 11.46992 = $10,000,000 × 0.31180 =
$5,734,960 3,118,000 $8,852,960
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value application―Bonds Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
102) On January 1, 2021, Rare Bird Ltd. purchased 12% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. The bonds mature in 2031 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 10%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. Answer: Interest Principal
$ 1,200,000 × 12.46221 = $20,000,000 × 0.37689 =
$14,954,652 7,537,800 $22,492,452
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value application―Bonds Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 103) Pockets lent $20,000 to Lego Construction on January 1, 2021. Lego signed a three-year, 5% installment note to be paid in three equal payments at the end of each year. Required: Calculate the amount of one installment payment. Answer: Installment payment calculation $20,000 ÷ 2.72325 = $7,344 amount (from PVA of $1) installment of loan n = 3, i = 5% payment Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value application―Notes Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) Adam Baum Company borrowed $48,000 from B. A. Ware on January 1, 2021, and signed a three-year, 6% installment note to be paid in three equal payments at the end of each year. The present value of an ordinary annuity of $1 for 3 periods at 6% is 2.67301. Required: Calculate the amount of one installment payment. Answer: Installment payment calculation $48,000 ÷ 2.67301 = $17,957 amount (from PVA of $1) installment of loan n = 3, i = 6% payment Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value application―Notes Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
105) Each of the independent situations below describes a finance lease in which annual lease payments are payable at the beginning of each year. The lessee is aware of the lessor's desired rate of return. Situation Lease term Lessor's desired rate of return Fair value of asset
1 10 yrs
2 20 yrs
10% $600,000
12% $400,000
For convenience, here are some table values: Periods; int. rate 10 periods, 10% 10 periods, 12% 20 periods, 10% 20 periods, 12%
PV, ordinary annuity 6.1446 5.6502 8.5136 7.4694
PV, annuity due 6.7590 6.3283 9.3649 8.3658
Required: For each situation determine the amount of the annual lease payment, as calculated by the lessor. Answer: Situation 1: $600,000/6.7590 = $88,771 PVAD of $1, n = 10, i =10% Situation 2: $400,000/8.3658 = $47,814 PV of an annuity due of $1, n = 20, i = 12% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value application―Leases Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
106) Diablo Company leased a machine from Juniper Corporation on January 1, 2021. The machine has a fair value of $20,000,000. The lease agreement calls for four equal payments at the end of each year. The useful life of the machine was expected to be four years with no residual value. The appropriate interest rate for this lease is 10%. Other information: PV of an ordinary annuity @10% for 4 periods: 3.16987 PV of an annuity due @ 10% for 4 periods: 3.48685 Required: Determine the amount of each lease payment. Answer: $20,000,000/3.16987 = $6,309,407 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value application―Leases Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) Each of the independent situations below describes a finance lease in which annual lease payments are payable at the beginning of each year. The lessee is aware of the lessor's implicit interest rate.
Lease term Lessor's desired rate of return
Situation 1 10 yrs 10%
Situation 2 20 yrs 12%
For convenience, here are some table values: Periods; int. rate 10 periods, 10% 10 periods, 12% 20 periods, 10% 20 periods, 12%
PV, ordinary annuity 6.1446 5.6502 8.5136 7.4694
PV, annuity due 6.7590 6.3283 9.3649 8.3658
Required: For each situation determine the amount recorded as a liability by the lessee at the beginning of the lease. Answer: Situation 1: PV of an annuity due of $1, n = 10, i = 10% $600,000/6.7590 = $88,770 (rounded down) $88,770 × 6.7590 = $600,000 (rounded up) Asset and liability are recorded at fair value of $600,000. Situation 2: PV of an annuity due of $1, n = 20, i = 12% $400,000/8.3658 = $47,814. Then $47,814 × 9.3649 = $447,773 Asset and liability recorded at fair value of $447,773 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value application―Leases Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
108) Compute the future value of the following invested amounts at the specified periods and interest rates.
Item a. b. c.
Invested Amount $20,000 $30,000 $10,000
Interest Rate 8% 4% 12%
Number of Periods 10 8 15
Answer: a. FV = $20,000 × 2.15892 = $43,178 b. FV = 30,000 × 1.36857 = 41,057 c. FV = 10,000 × 5.47357 = 54,736 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Future value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-02 Compute the future value of a single amount. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 109) Compute the present value of the following single amounts to be received at the end of the specified period at the given interest rate.
Item a. b. c.
Invested Amount $40,000 $20,000 $50,000
Interest Rate 7% 6% 11%
Number of Periods 20 25 10
Answer: a. PV = $40,000 × 0.25842 = $10,337 b. PV = $20,000 × 0.23300 = $4,660 c. PV = $50,000 × 0.35218 = $17,609 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) DON Corp. is contemplating the purchase of a machine that will produce cash savings of $20,000 per year for five years. At the end of five years, the machine can be sold to realize cash flows of $5,000. Interest is 12%. Assume the cash flows occur at the end of each year. Required: Calculate the total present value of the cash savings. Answer: PVA = $20,000 × 3.60478 = $72,096 PF = 5,000 × 0.56743 = 2,837 PV of cash savings $74,933 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a single amount; Present value of an ordinary annuity Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount.; 05-07 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 111) Dobson Contractors is considering buying equipment at a cost of $75,000. The equipment is expected to generate cash flows of $15,000 per year for eight years and can be sold at the end of eight years for $5,000. Interest is at 12%. Assume the equipment purchase would be paid for on the first day of year one, but that all other cash flows occur at the end of the year. Ignore income tax considerations. Required: Determine whether Dobson should purchase the machine. Answer: Present value of cash inflows: Annual cash flows: $15,000 × 4.96764 Residual value: $5,000 × 0.40388 Present value of cash outflows Net present value of cash flows
$74,515 2,019
$76,534 75,000 $ 1,534
Based on present value considerations, Dobson Construction should buy the machine. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a single amount; Present value of an ordinary annuity Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount.; 05-07 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; FN Decision Making
80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
112) Hillsdale is considering two options for comparable computer software. Option A will cost $25,000 plus annual license renewals of $1,000 for three years, which includes technical support. Option B will cost $20,000 with technical support being an add-on charge. The estimated cost of technical support is $4,000 the first year, $3,000 the second year, and $2,000 the third year. Assume the software is purchased and paid for at the beginning of year one, but that technical support is paid for at the end of each year. Interest is at 8%. Ignore income taxes. Required: Determine which option should be chosen based on present value considerations. Answer: Option A. Year 0 1 2 3
Cash Flow $25,000 1,000 1,000 1,000
PV 1.00000 0.92593 0.85734 0.79383
Present Value $25,000 926 857 794 $27,577
Option B. Year 0 1 2 3
Cash Flow $20,000 4,000 3,000 2,000
PV 1.00000 0.92593 0.85734 0.79383
Present Value $20,000 3,704 2,572 1,588 $27,864
Option A should be chosen because it has the lower cost based on present value considerations. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; FN Decision Making
81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
113) Bison Mfg. is considering two options for purchasing comparable machinery. Machine 1 will cost $27,500 plus an annual maintenance fee of $1,500 per year for four years. Machine 2 will cost $25,000 with maintenance being an add-on charge. The estimated cost of maintenance is $1,000 the first year, $3,000 the second year, and $4,000 the third year and the fourth year. Assume the purchase cost is paid the same day as buying the machinery, but that maintenance is paid for at the end of each year. Interest is at 10%. Ignore income taxes and residual values. Required: Determine which machine should be chosen based on present value considerations. Answer: Option A. Year 0 1 2 3 4
Cash Flow $27,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500
PV 1.00000 0.90909 0.82645 0.75131 0.68301
Present Value $27,500 1,364 1,240 1,127 1,025 $32,256
Option B. Year 0 1 2 3 4
Cash Flow $25,000 1,000 3,000 4,000 4,000
PV 1.00000 0.90909 0.82645 0.75131 0.68301
Present Value $25,000 909 2,479 3,005 2,732 $34,125
Option A should be chosen because it has the lower cost based on present value considerations. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; FN Decision Making
82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) On May 1, 2021, Bo Smith, proud father of newborn son Bobo, purchased $200,000 in zero-coupon bonds that mature on May 1, 2038. The bonds pay no interest during the period of time they are outstanding. The interest rate for such borrowings is at 9%. Interest compounds annually. Required: Calculate the price Bo paid for the bonds. Answer: $200,000 × 0.17843* = $35,686 *PV of $1: n = 20; i = 9% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 115) On February 1, 2021, Lynda Brown, proud mother of newborn daughter Goldie, purchased $600,000 in zero-coupon bonds that mature on February 1, 2041. The bonds pay no interest during the period of time they are outstanding. The interest rate for such borrowings is at 12%. Required: Calculate the price Lynda paid for the bonds. Answer: $600,000 × 0.10367* = $62,202 *PV of $1: n = 20; i = 12% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value of a single amount Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) On the last day of its fiscal year ending December 31, 2021, the Boatright Ship Builders completed two financing arrangements. The funds provided by these initiatives will allow the company to expand its operations. 1. Boatright issued 6% stated rate bonds with a face amount of $200 million. The bonds mature on December 31, 2038 (20 years). The market rate of interest for similar bond issues was 8% (4% semiannual rate). Interest is paid semiannually (3%) on June 30 and December 31, beginning on June 30, 2022. 2. The company leased two manufacturing facilities. Lease A requires 10 annual lease payments of $50,000 beginning on January 1, 2022. Lease B also is for 10 years, beginning January 1, 2022. Terms of the lease require seven annual lease payments of $60,000 beginning on January 1, 2025. Accounting standards require both leases to be recorded as liabilities for the present value of the scheduled payments. Assume that an 8% interest rate properly reflects the time value of money for the lease obligations. Required: What amounts will appear in Boatright's December 31, 2021, balance sheet for the bonds and for the leases? Answer: Bond liability: PV = $6,000,0001 (19.79277*) + $200,000,000 (0.20829**) PV = $118,756,620 + 41,658,000 = $160,414,620 = initial bond liability 1 $200,000,000 × 3% = $6,000,000 *Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 40, i = 4% (from PVA of $1) **Present value of $1: n = 40, i = 4% (from PV of $1) Lease liability: Lease A: PVAD = $50,000 (7.24689*) = $362,345 = Liability *Present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 10, i = 8% (from PVAD of $1) Lease B: PVAD = $60,000 × 5.62288* = $337,373 *Present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 7, i = 8% (from PVAD of $1) PV = $337,373 × 0.79383** = $267,817 **Present value of $1: n = 3, i = 8% (from PV of $1)
84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Or, alternatively for Lease B: PVA = $60,000 × 5.20637* = $312,382 *Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 7, i = 8% (from PVA of $1) PV = $312,382 × 0.85734** = $267,818 (difference due to rounding) **Present value of $1: n = 2, i = 8% (from PV of $1) Or, alternatively for Lease B: PV = $60,000 (4.46363*)
= $267,818 (difference due to rounding)
From Table 4 (PVA of $1), PVA factor, n = 9, i = 8% = 6.24689 — PVA factor, n = 2, i = 8% = 1.78326 = PV factor for deferred annuity = 4.46363* The company's balance sheet would include a liability for bonds of $160,414,620 and a liability for leases of $630,162 ($362,345 + $267,817). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a single amount; Present value of an ordinary annuity; Present value of an annuity due; Present value of a deferred annuity; Present value application―Bonds; Present value application―Leases Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount.; 05-07 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity.; 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) White & Decker Corporation's 2021 financial statements included the following information in the long-term debt disclosure note: ($ in millions) 2021 Zero-coupon subordinated debentures, due 2033: $275 The disclosure note stated the debenture bonds were issued late in 2013 and have a maturity value of $500 million. The maturity value indicates the amount that White & Decker will pay bondholders in 2033. Each individual bond has a maturity value (face amount) of $1,000. Zero-coupon bonds pay no cash interest during the term to maturity. The company is "accreting" (gradually increasing) the issue price to maturity value using the bonds' effective interest rate computed on an annual basis. Required: 1. Determine the effective interest rate on the bonds. 2. Determine the issue price in late 2013 of a single, $1,000 maturity-value bond. Answer: 1. The effective interest rate can be determined by solving for the unknown present value of $1 factor for 15 annual periods (2021—2033): PV of $1 factor =
= 0.55*
*Present value of $1: n = 15, i = ? (from PV of $1, i = approximately 4%) In row 15 of Table 2 (PV of $1), the value 0.55526 is in the 4% column. So, 4% is the approximate effective semiannual interest rate. A financial calculator or Excel will produce the same rate. 2. Using a 4% effective annual rate and 20 periods: PV = $1,000 × 0.45639* = $456.39 *Present value of $1: n = 20, i = 4% (from PV of $1) The issue price of one, $1,000 maturity-value bond was $456.39. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a single amount; Solve for interest rate―Single amount; Present value application―Bonds Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount.; 05-04; 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 86 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
118) Samson Inc. is contemplating the purchase of a machine that will provide it with cash savings of $100,000 per year for eight years. Interest is 10%. Assume the cash savings occur at the end of each year. Required: Calculate the present value of the cash savings. Answer: PVA = $100,000 × 5.33493 = $533,493 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value of an ordinary annuity Learning Objective: 05-07 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
87 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) Under the MLB deferred compensation plan, payments made at the end of each year accumulate up to retirement and then retirees are given two options. Option 1 allows the retiree to select the amount of the annual payment to be received, and option 2 allows the retiree to specify over how many years payments are to be received. Assume Sosa has had $5,000 deposited at the end of each year for 40 years, and that the long-term interest rate has been 7%. Required: a. How much has accumulated in Sosa's deferred compensation account? b. How much will Sosa be able to withdraw at the beginning of each year if he elects to receive payments for 20 years? c. For how many years will Sosa be able to receive payments if he chooses to receive $115,000 per year at the beginning of each year? Answer: a. Balance in fund = FVA = $5,000 × 199.6351 = $998,176 b. Option 2: $998,176 ÷ 11.33560* = $88,057 *PVAD of $1: n = 20; i = 7% c. Option 1: $998,176 ÷ $115,000 = 8.67979 Interpolation: PVAD n = 13, i = 7% PVAD n = 12, i = 7% Difference
8.94269 8.49867 0.44402
PVAD n = ?, I = 7% PVAD n = 12, i = 7% Difference
8.67979 8.49867 0.18112
0.18112 ÷ 0.44402 = 0.41 So Sosa will be able to receive payments of $115,000 for 12 years, with a partial payment in year 13 of approximately $115,000 × 41% = $47,150. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Future value of an ordinary annuity; Present value of a deferred annuity; Solve for unknown values―Annuity Learning Objective: 05-06 Compute the future value of both an ordinary annuity and an annuity due.; 05-07 Compute the present value of an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity.; 05-08 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
88 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
120) DEF Company will issue $2,000,000 in 10%, 10-year bonds when the market rate of interest is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually. Required: Determine how much cash DEF Company should realize from the bond issue. Answer: $2,000,000 × 5% = $100,000 n = 20; i = 6% PV: $2,000,000 × 0.31180 $ 623,600 PVA: $100,000 × 11.46992 1,146,992 Bond issue price $1,770,592 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value application―Bonds Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 121) GHI Company will issue $2,000,000 in 8%, 10-year bonds when the market rate of interest is 6%. Interest is paid semiannually. Required: Determine how much cash GHI Company should realize from the bond issue. Answer: $2,000,000 × 4% = $80,000 n = 20; i = 3% $2,000,000 × 0.55368 $1,107,360 $80,000 × 14.87747 1,190,198 Bond issue price $2,297,558 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value application―Bonds Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
89 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) JKL Company will issue $2,000,000 in 12%, 10-year bonds when the market rate of interest is 10%. Interest is paid semiannually. Required: Determine how much cash JKL Company should realize from the bond issue. Answer: $2,000,000 × 6% = $120,000 n = 20; i = 5% PV: $2,000,000 × 0.37689 $ 753,780 PVA: $120,000 × 12.46221 1,495,465 Bond issue price $2,249,245 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value application―Bonds Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 123) MBI Company's largest computer has a cash selling price of $200,000. A customer wishes to buy the computer on a lease purchase plan over five years, with the first payment to be made at the inception of the lease. Interest is at 10%. Required: a. Compute the amount of the annual lease payment and the gross amount due (total payments) under the lease. b. Compute the amount of interest income earned by MBI for the first year of the lease. Answer: a. Annual lease payment = $200,000 ÷ 4.16987* = *PVAD of $1: n = 5; i =10% Gross amount due = $47,963 × 5 years =
$47,963 $239,815
b. Principal amount $200,000 Payment on signing lease 47,963 Unpaid balance 152,037 Interest rate 10% Interest income first year of lease $ 15,204 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value application―Leases Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 90 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) King Corporation has a defined benefit pension plan. One of its employees has vested benefits under the plan, which will pay him $30,000 annually for life starting with the first payment of $30,000 on the day he retires at the age of 65. The employee has just reached the age of 50. King consulted standard mortality tables to come up with a life expectancy of 80 for this employee. The implicit interest rate under the plan is 9%. Required: a. What will be the present value of the pension obligation at the time of the employee's retirement? b. What is the present value of the pension obligation at the current time? Answer: a. 30,000 × 8.78615* =
$263,585
*PVAD of $1: n = 15; i = 9% b. 263,585 × .27454** =
$72.365
**PV of $1: n = 15; i = 9% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value application―Pensions Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
91 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) On June 30, 2021, Gunderson Electronics issued 8% stated rate bonds with a face amount of $300 million. The bonds mature on June 30, 2038 (20 years). The market rate of interest for similar bond issues was 10% (5% semiannual rate). Interest is paid semiannually (4%) on June 30 and December 31, beginning on December 31, 2021. Required: a. Determine the price of the bonds on June 30, 2021. b. Calculate the interest expense Gunderson reports in 2021 for these bonds. Answer: a. To determine the price of the bonds, we calculate the present value of the 40-period annuity (40 semiannual interest payments of $12 million) and the lump-sum payment of 300 million paid at maturity using the semiannual market rate of interest of 5%. In equation form, PV = $12,000,0001 (17.15909*) + $300,000,000 (0.14205**) PV = $205,909,080 + $42,615,000 = $248,524,080 = price of the bonds 1 $300,000,000 × 4 % = $12,000,000 * Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 40, i = 5% (from PVA of $) ** Present value of $1: n = 40, i = 5% (from PV of $1) b. $248,524,080 × 5% = $12,426,204 Because the bonds were outstanding only for six months of the year, Gunderson reports only a half year's interest in 2021. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value application―Bonds Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
92 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) Briefly describe the difference between simple interest and compound interest. Answer: Simple interest is computed only on the initial principal amount. Compound interest includes not only interest on the initial principal, but also interest on the accumulated interest to date. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basics of interest―Simple versus compound Learning Objective: 05-01 Explain the difference between simple and compound interest. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking 127) Explain how you would compute the imputed interest on cash borrowed at 0% interest when the market rate of interest is 8%. Answer: Imputed interest on a 0% interest loan is a two-step process. First, compute the present value of the loan repayments by using an appropriate market rate of interest, 8% in this situation. Second, compare the loan amount to the lower present value computed in step one; the difference is the amount of imputed interest to be recognized over the term of the loan. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Present value of a single amount; Solve for interest rate―Single amount Learning Objective: 05-03 Compute the present value of a single amount.; 05-04 Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking 128) Two banks each have annual CD rates of 12%. Bank A compounds quarterly and Bank B compounds semiannually. Explain which bank offers the better CD. Answer: The yield on a CD increases with more frequent compounding periods. Therefore, since both CDs have the same stated rate of 12%, Bank A, which compounds quarterly, offers a better yield than Bank B with semiannual compounding. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basics of interest―Simple versus compound Learning Objective: 05-01 Explain the difference between simple and compound interest. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
93 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) Briefly describe the differences between an ordinary annuity, an annuity due, and a deferred annuity. Answer: An annuity is a series of equal cash flows occurring over equal periods. In an ordinary annuity, cash flows occur at the end of each period; in an annuity due, cash flows occur at the beginning of each period; and in a deferred annuity, cash flows begin more than one period beyond the date of the agreement. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basics of ordinary annuity and annuity due Learning Objective: 05-05 Explain the difference between an ordinary annuity and an annuity due situation. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking 130) Prepare a time diagram for the future value of an ordinary annuity with three payments of $300. Be sure to indicate the periods in which interest is added. Answer: TIME DIAGRAM FOR THE FUTURE VALUE OF AN ORDINARY ANNUITY WITH THREE PAYMENTS OF $300 PERIOD 1
PERIOD 2
PERIOD 3
1st $300 pmt
2nd $300 pmt
3rd $300 pmt
FVA
No interest 1st of 2 interest periods 2nd of 2 interest periods Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Future value of an ordinary annuity Learning Objective: 05-06 Compute the future value of both an ordinary annuity and an annuity due. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
94 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
131) Prepare a time diagram for the future value of an annuity due with three payments of $400. Be sure to indicate the periods in which interest is added. Answer: TIME DIAGRAM FOR THE FUTURE VALUE OF AN ANNUITY DUE WITH THREE PAYMENTS OF $400 PERIOD 1
PERIOD 2
PERIOD 3
1st $400 pmt
2nd $400 pmt
3rd $400 pmt
FVAD
1st of 3 interest 2nd of 3 interest 3rd of 3 interest periods periods periods Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Future value of an annuity due Learning Objective: 05-06 Compute the future value of both an ordinary annuity and an annuity due. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking 132) Briefly explain how you would arrive at the monthly payment for a 48-month loan where the first payment is due one month from the loan date. In your explanation, include the use of present or future value tables. Answer: The 48-month loan described is an ordinary annuity. Therefore, the appropriate table would be for the present value of an ordinary annuity (PVA). The annual stated interest rate would be divided by 12 to arrive at the periodic rate. Thus, an 18% annual rate yields a periodic rate of $1.5%. You would arrive at the monthly payment by dividing the known loan amount by the PVA factor at 1.5% for 48 periods. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Solve for unknown values―Annuity Learning Objective: 05-08 Solve for unknown values in annuity situations involving present value. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
95 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
133) Provide two examples of the use of present value techniques in accounting. Answer: This question asks for only two examples of the use of present value techniques in accounting. The chapter previews the use of PV techniques in accounting for long-term leases, installment notes, and in computing the pension obligation for defined benefit plans. The major emphasis in the chapter is accounting for interest-bearing obligations, such as determining the selling price of bonds, solving for the payment on an installment loan, and determining both future and present value amounts. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Present value application―Bonds; Present value application―Leases; Present value application―Notes; Present value application―Pensions Learning Objective: 05-09 Briefly describe how the concept of the time value of money is incorporated into the valuation of bonds, long-term leases, and pension obligations. Bloom's: Create AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
96 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 6 Revenue Recognition 1) Companies recognize revenue when goods or services are transferred to customers for the amount the company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. 2) Companies always recognize revenue when goods or services are transferred to customers for the amount the company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. 3) "Determine whether it is probable the seller will collect the consideration it is entitled to receive" is one of the five steps to applying the core revenue recognition principle. 4) Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101 was issued by the FASB to clarify its guidelines on revenue recognition. 5) A transfer of goods or services is complete when the customer has control over the goods or services. 6) Revenue always is recognized once the buyer has physical possession of goods. 7) Sellers should recognize revenue over time for a long-term contract in which the seller is receiving periodic payments for progress to date but may need to refund those payments in the event the contract is cancelled. 8) A common output method used to measure progress towards completion is to compare cost incurred to date to total costs estimated to complete the job. 9) Revenue should be recognized over time for the construction of an annex to a building that the customer owns, even if the seller will not receive payment until the annex is completed. 10) A common output method used to measure progress towards completion is to determine the proportion of promised goods or services that have been transferred to date. 11) No allocation of contract price is required if the transaction involves a performance obligation to be satisfied over time. 12) The transaction price should be allocated to the contract's performance obligations in proportion to the stand-alone selling prices of the performance obligations. 13) No allocation of contract price is required if the transaction involves multiple performance obligations that are satisfied at different points in time. 14) If the contract contains multiple performance obligations, revenue must be recognized in an amount equal to the fair value of each of the separate performance obligations.
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
15) The transaction price is only allocated to goods or services that are both capable of being distinct and that are separately identifiable. 16) Goods or services are distinct if they are either capable of being distinct or are separately identifiable. 17) A contract between a seller and a buyer need not be in writing to be enforceable. 18) If the contract is not in writing, revenue cannot be recognized, even though goods have been transferred and payment is expected to be received in exchange. 19) The probability that the customer will pay the seller does not affect whether a contract exists for purposes of revenue recognition. 20) A contract exists for purposes of revenue recognition if either the seller or customer has performed an obligation specified by the contract. 21) An option for a customer to purchase additional goods at a discount from list price is only a performance obligation if the discount is a material right that the customer would not receive otherwise. 22) A warranty that the customer can purchase separately and that covers a long period of time after the purchase date is likely to be a quality-assurance warranty. 23) If an option to purchase an extended warranty at a special discount is included with a product when the product is purchased, a portion of the contract price needs to be allocated to the option. 24) A fee for recording a new customer in the seller's information system should be treated as a separate performance obligation and should be recognized upon payment. 25) An option for a customer to purchase additional goods at a discount from list price is always a performance obligation, because it confers a material right. 26) Accounting for quality-assurance warranties includes a credit to warranty expense and a debit to contingent liability. 27) When a contract includes variable consideration, the probability-weighted amount must be used when there are different probabilities of occurrence. 28) To account for variable consideration using the most likely amount, the probability of each possible amount is multiplied by the possible amount to get an expected contract price. 29) If the estimate of a transaction price is revised, the price change is allocated entirely to the remaining performance obligations that are yet to be satisfied.
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
30) The amount of variable consideration that can be recognized is limited to the amount for which it is probable that there won't be a significant reversal of revenue recognized to date when uncertainty resolves in the future. 31) The right of return is a separate performance obligation, and a portion of the transaction price needs to be allocated to it for revenue recognition. 32) When the right of return exists, revenue can be recognized at the point of sale if the seller can make reliable estimates of future returns. 33) If the seller is a principal, the seller has primary responsibility for delivering a product or service. 34) If the seller is a principal, the seller typically is not vulnerable to risks associated with delivering the product or service. 35) If the seller is a principal, the seller typically is vulnerable to risks associated with returns of inventory from the customer. 36) If the seller is a principal, the seller should recognize gross revenue and cost of sales associated with the transaction. 37) If the seller is an agent, the seller typically is vulnerable to risk associated with delivering the product or service. 38) If the seller is an agent, the seller typically recognizes cost associated with the sale on its own line in the income statement. 39) The transaction price should be adjusted to reflect the time value of money for interest payable, but not for interest receivable. 40) Sellers are only required to adjust the transaction price to reflect the time value of money when the contract has a significant financing component. 41) If the seller is paid prior to delivery of goods or services and the time value of money is viewed as significant, the seller subsequently will recognize interest expense. 42) If the seller is paid after delivery of goods or services and the time value of money is viewed as significant, the seller subsequently will recognize interest expense. 43) If the time value of money is viewed as significant and the seller recognizes deferred revenue, the seller subsequently also will recognize interest expense. 44) If a seller makes payments to a customer to purchase goods or services, and those payments are equal to the stand-alone selling prices of those goods or services, part of those payments are a refund to the customer. 3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) The adjusted market assessment approach can be used to estimate the stand-alone selling price of a good or service. 46) The residual approach to estimate stand-alone selling prices is often used for goods or services that are sold separately and that have stable prices. 47) Revenue typically should not be recognized when payment is received but the goods are warehoused at the seller's facility. 48) In a bill-and-hold arrangement, revenue only can be recognized after the sale of the goods to the end user. 49) In franchise arrangements, the franchisor's performance obligations are not separately identifiable, so revenue must be recognized over time. 50) The same revenue recognition requirements always apply to franchise arrangements that apply to other selling arrangements. 51) In a consignment arrangement, revenue typically should not be recognized until sale to a third party occurs, even though there has been a physical transfer of goods to the consignee, because the consignor still retains legal title to the goods. 52) Sellers recognize revenue for gift cards at the point in time control of the gift card is transferred to the customer. 53) If a license is acquired to use intellectual property for a 5-year period, revenue always is recognized at the point in time the customer begins to benefit from the license. 54) If a licensee benefits from the seller's activity over the license period with respect to the licensed intellectual property, revenue should be recognized over time. 55) Under U.S. GAAP, if a license gives a customer access to symbolic intellectual property, revenue always should be recognized over time. 56) Under IFRS, if a license gives a customer access to symbolic intellectual property, revenue always should be recognized over time. 57) If a license gives a customer access to functional intellectual property, revenue always should be recognized at the point in time that the customer can begin using the intellectual property. 58) A license to use a company trademark should be viewed as an access right, with revenue recognized over the license period.
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
59) Contract liability, deferred revenue and unearned revenue are all ways to describe a liability that the seller recognizes with respect to unsatisfied performance obligations for which the seller has already been paid. 60) An account receivable is recognized if the seller has a conditional right to receive payment. 61) Disclosure notes to the financial statements regarding significant revenue recognition policies are only required when they will not reveal important information to competitors, suppliers or customers. 62) When recognizing revenue over time on a long-term contract, amounts billed and the cash actually received affect income recognition. 63) When recognizing revenue over time on a long-term contract, the percent complete is often estimated by comparing the cost incurred to date with the total estimated cost to complete. 64) Firms have free choice as to whether to recognize revenue over time or at a point in time to account for a long-term contract. 65) When revenue is recognized over time versus upon completion of the contract, different amounts of total profit or loss are recognized for a particular contract. 66) Estimated losses on long-term contracts are recognized as ratable over the contract term regardless of whether revenue is recognized over time or upon contract completion. 67) When a long-term contract does not qualify for revenue recognition over time, all gross profit and loss recognition occurs when the contract is completed. 68) Revenue is not recognized under the realization principle unless the earnings process is complete or virtually complete and there is reasonable certainty about the expected collection of the asset received. 69) Under IFRS, one of the conditions for revenue from product sales to be recognized is when the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the customer. 70) Use of the installment sales method requires that firms track the gross profit percentage associated with a particular sale. 71) When the expected collection of accounts receivable is difficult to estimate, companies must use the cost recovery method. 72) Use of the installment sales method indicates little uncertainty about collection of the receivable. 73) Over the life of a particular account receivable, the same total amount of gross profit is recognized under the installment sales method and the cost recovery method. 5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) When the right of return exists and a seller cannot make reliable estimates of future returns, the installment sales method can be used. 75) Under IFRS, firms have free choice as to whether they use the percentage-of-completion method or the cost recovery method to account for a long-term construction contract. 76) For long-term construction contracts, the cost recovery method under IFRS requires recognizing equal amounts of revenue and cost until all costs are recovered. 77) When the cost recovery method is used to account for a long-term construction contract under IFRS, an equal amount of cost and revenue is typically recognized during the early life of the contract, such that high initial gross profit is recognized in net income. 78) Under IFRS, firms typically use the cost recovery method if they conclude that the percentage-of-completion method is not appropriate to account for a long-term construction contract. 79) Revenue from the sale of computer software is always recognized at the point of sale. 80) Revenue on a multiple-element contract typically is allocated to independent parts of the contract based on their relative selling prices. 81) Vendor-specific objective evidence of separate sales prices is required for multiple-element software contracts, but estimated selling prices can be used for other multiple-element contracts under U.S. GAAP. 82) Recognition of franchise fee revenue is dependent on judgments of both substantial performance and expected collection of fees. 83) Initial franchise fees are always recognized on the date they are received. 84) When accounting for multiple-element software arrangements, the revenue for each element is based on the separate prices stated for each element in the software contract. 85) When accounting for multiple-element arrangements, GAAP indicates that sellers can separately record revenue for part of an arrangement even if the part does not have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. 86) IFRS provides detailed guidance concerning accounting for revenue with respect to multipleelement contracts.
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
87) Companies recognize revenue only when: A) A contract is reasonably likely to exist. B) A performance obligation is designated in a written contract. C) A written contract is in place and payment is variable. D) Control over goods or services has been transferred from the seller to the customer. 88) Which of the following is one of the steps for recognizing revenue? A) Identify the performance obligations of the contract. B) Determine whether bad debts can be reasonably estimated. C) Estimate the total transaction price of the contract based on fair value. D) Allocate all revenue to the performance obligation with the largest stand-alone selling price. 89) Which of the following is not one of the five steps for recognizing revenue? A) Recognize revenue when (or as) each performance obligation is satisfied. B) Determine the transaction price. C) Allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation. D) Estimate variable consideration. 90) Which one of the following is not one of the five steps for recognizing revenue? A) Identify the contract with a customer. B) Recognize revenue when all the performance obligations have been satisfied. C) Identify the separate performance obligation(s) in the contract. D) Allocate the transaction price to the separate performance obligations. 91) For a typical manufacturing company, the most common critical point for recognizing revenue is the date: A) An order is received. B) Production is completed. C) The product is delivered. D) Payment is received. 92) Stayman Associates has sold a good to a buyer and wants to recognize revenue. Which of the following is an indicator that control of a good has passed from Stayman to the buyer? A) Buyer has scheduled delivery. B) Buyer has a strong credit history, such that bad debts are reasonably estimable. C) Buyer has not scheduled delivery. D) Buyer has assumed the risk and rewards of ownership. 93) Which of the following is not an indicator that the customer is likely to have control over a good? A) Asset warehoused by seller-affiliated third party B) Accepted the asset C) Legal title to the asset D) Physical possession of the asset
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
94) On June 1st, Lucy & Bros received an order for 500 cupcakes. Lucy delivered the cupcakes to the client on June 25th. A $50 deposit was received on June 5th and the remaining $450 was paid on June 30th. Lucy likely would recognize revenue on: A) June 1st B) June 5th C) June 25th D) June 30th 95) The core revenue principle states that: A) Companies recognize revenue when the earnings process is virtually complete and it is probable that payments will be received. B) Companies recognize revenue when goods or services are transferred to customers for the amount the company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. C) Companies recognize revenue when goods or services are transferred to the customer and payments are received. D) Companies recognize revenue when the goods or services are transferred to the customer in an arm's length transaction. 96) Consider the following three scenarios: ABC Lawncare performed lawn maintenance services for Drake Inc. on June 1st, and received payment of $500 for those services. II. On June 1st, Melly Corp received payment for 100 pounds of raw material to be delivered to Drake Inc. in 6 months. III. Lodo, LLC collected cash on June 1st for services rendered on May 1st. I.
Given these scenarios, revenue cannot be recognized on June 1st for: A) I, II B) I only C) II, III only D) III only 97) Which of the following is not an indicator that revenue can be recognized over time? A) The seller is enhancing an asset that the buyer controls as the service is performed. B) The customer consumes the benefit of the seller's work as the seller performs the service. C) The seller is creating an asset that has an alternative use to the seller, and the seller can receive payment for its progress even if the customer cancels the contract. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 98) Revenue likely is recognized over time for all the following arrangements except for A) Bank earning interest on a long-term loan. B) Construction of a building. C) Providing a two-year gym membership. D) Manufacturing generally stocked items ordered by a favored customer.
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
99) On November 1, 2021, Taylor signed a one-year contract to provide handyman services on an as-needed basis to King Associates, with the contract to start immediately. King agreed to pay Taylor $4,800 for the one-year period. Taylor is confident that King will pay that amount, but payment is not scheduled to occur until 2022. Taylor should recognize revenue in 2021 in the amount of A) $0. B) $800. C) $2,400. D) $4,800. 100) Mary signed up and paid $1200 for a 6-month ceramics course on June 1st with Choplet Ceramics. As of August 1st, Choplet's accounting records would indicate: A) $400 of revenue, $800 of accounts receivable B) $400 of revenue, $800 of deferred revenue C) $1,200 of revenue, $1,200 of cash D) $800 of revenue, $400 of accounts receivable 101) On February 1st, H&B Bank originated a loan for $50,000 at an interest rate of 7.2%. On March 15th, an interest payment of $300 was received. Which of the following best describes when interest revenue should be recognized? A) At a point in time (February 1st) B) At a point in time (March 15th) C) At a point in time (March 31st) D) Over time 102) Rothbart Manufacturing agrees to manufacture bumper cars for 12 Banners Amusement Parks. Under the terms of the contract, 12 Banners will pay Rothbart a total of $60,000, and 12 Banners can cancel the contract if it so chooses but must pay Rothbart for work completed. Rothbart believes that, if 12 Banners cancelled the contract, Rothbart could sell the bumper cars to another amusement park and still make a profit. The manufacturing contract is expected to last six months, and as of December 31, 2021, the job is 80% complete. How much revenue should Rothbart recognize in 2021 for this contract? A) $0 B) $12,000 C) $48,000 D) $60,000 103) Which of the following is not a characteristic of a distinct good or service? A) It can be used on its own or in combination with other goods or services the seller could obtain elsewhere. B) It is not highly dependent on other goods or services in the contract. C) It has a stand-alone selling price. D) It is not interrelated with other goods or services in the contract.
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) For contracts that include more than one separate performance obligation: A) Revenue is recorded over time at the fair value of each performance obligation. B) Revenue is recognized in the amount of the contract price on the date the last separate performance obligation is satisfied. C) The contract price is allocated to each performance obligation in proportion to the obligations' stand-alone selling prices. D) Revenue is recognized in the amount of the contract price on the date the contract is signed. 105) Binz Company provides cleaning services and sells garbage bins to office clients. On June 1st, Binz delivered 100 garbage bins to a client, and also entered into a 5-year contract for Binz to provide cleaning services to that client. Which of the following is most likely to be true? A) Revenue for the garbage bins and the cleaning services must be recognized on June 1st. B) Revenue for the garbage bins is recognized on June 1st and no revenue will be recognized for the cleaning services until the end of the 5th year. C) Revenue for the garbage bins is recognized on June 1st and revenue for the cleaning service is recognized over the 5 years as those services are performed. D) Binz Company should not recognize any revenue until the end of the 5th year. 106) Goods or services are capable of being distinct if: A) The seller regularly sells the good or service separately. B) A buyer could use the good or service on its own. C) A buyer could use the good or service in combination with goods or services the buyer could obtain elsewhere. D) The seller regularly sells the good or service separately, or the buyer could use the good or service on its own, or the buyer could use the good or service in combination with goods or services the buyer could obtain elsewhere. 107) Minarski Electronics sells computers and provides hardware maintenance services. On April 1st, Minarski sold a package deal containing a computer and a one-year unlimited maintenance/repair service for the computer at a bundle price of $1,000. If sold separately, the computer costs $840 and the one-year unlimited maintenance/repair service costs $360. How much revenue does Minarski Electronics recognize for the month ended April 30th, assuming that revenue is accrued monthly? A) $1,000 B) $870 C) $725 D) $30
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
108) On July 15, 2021, Ortiz & Co. signed a contract to provide EverFresh Bakery with an ingredient-weighing system for a price of $90,000. The system included finely tuned scales that fit into EverFresh's automated assembly line, Ortiz's proprietary software modified to allow the weighing system to function in EverFresh's automated system, and a one-year contract to calibrate the equipment and software on an as-needed basis. (Ortiz competes with other vendors who offer ongoing calibration contracts for Ortiz's systems.) If Ortiz was to provide these goods or services separately, it would charge $60,000 for the scales, $10,000 for the software, and $30,000 for the calibration contract. Ortiz delivered and installed the equipment and software on August 1, 2021, and the calibration service commenced on that date. How many performance obligations exist in this contract? A) 0 B) 1 C) 2 D) 3 109) On July 15, 2021, Ortiz & Co. signed a contract to provide EverFresh Bakery with an ingredient-weighing system for a price of $90,000. The system included finely tuned scales that fit into EverFresh's automated assembly line, Ortiz's proprietary software modified to allow the weighing system to function in EverFresh's automated system, and a one-year contract to calibrate the equipment and software on an as-needed basis. (Ortiz competes with other vendors who offer ongoing calibration contracts for Ortiz's systems.) If Ortiz was to provide these goods or services separately, it would charge $60,000 for the scales, $10,000 for the software, and $30,000 for the calibration contract. Ortiz delivered and installed the equipment and software on August 1, 2021, and the calibration service commenced on that date. Assume that the scales, software and calibration service are all separate performance obligations. How much revenue will Ortiz recognize in 2021 for this contract? A) $0 B) $63,000 C) $74,250 D) $90,000
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) On July 15, 2021, Ortiz & Co. signed a contract to provide EverFresh Bakery with an ingredient-weighing system for a price of $90,000. The system included finely tuned scales that fit into EverFresh's automated assembly line, Ortiz's proprietary software modified to allow the weighing system to function in EverFresh's automated system, and a one-year contract to calibrate the equipment and software on an as-needed basis. (Ortiz competes with other vendors who offer ongoing calibration contracts for Ortiz's systems.) If Ortiz was to provide these goods or services separately, it would charge $60,000 for the scales, $10,000 for the software, and $30,000 for the calibration contract. Ortiz delivered and installed the equipment and software on August 1, 2021, and the calibration service commenced on that date. Assume that the scales, software and calibration service are viewed as one performance obligation. How much revenue will Ortiz recognize in 2021 for this contract? A) $0 B) $37,500 C) $63,000 D) $90,000 111) A contract does not exist for purposes of applying the revenue recognition principle in all of the following cases except for when: A) The seller believes it is not probable that it will collect the amount it's entitled to receive under the contract. B) The seller and buyer did not sign a formalized written contract. C) The seller and buyer can terminate the contract without penalty and neither has performed any obligations under the contract. D) The seller believes it is highly likely but not certain that the buyer will agree to the terms of the contract. 112) Which of the following is a characteristic of a contract for purposes of revenue recognition? A) Commercial substance. B) Nonverbal. C) Reasonable profit margin. D) Notarized within the company's state of incorporation. 113) Waldman Associates received a written, approved contract to deliver economic consulting services, with service and payment commencing in one month. The contract specifies the services that Waldman is to perform, and the payment terms. Waldman and the customer both can cancel the contract without penalty prior to commencing service. Does Waldman have a contract for purposes of revenue recognition on the day the contract is received? A) Yes, because Waldman has a written approved contract. B) No, because Waldman and the customer can cancel without penalty, and neither has performed an obligation under the contract. C) Maybe, depending on whether Waldman can estimate collectability of the receivable. D) There is insufficient data on which to base an answer.
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) What is the effect of bad debts on revenue recognition? A) The seller must believe it is probable it will collect the amounts it is entitled to collect. B) Bad debts must be of a remote likelihood in order to recognize revenue. C) Bad debts are deducted from revenue to calculate net revenue on the income statement, similar to sales returns. D) Bad debts are ignored when determining whether to recognize revenue, but recognized as an expense on the income statement. 115) Which of the following is considered a performance obligation? A) Up-front registration fees for a gym membership B) Extended warranties on electronic products C) Quality-assurance warranties on electronic products D) A processing fee to obtain a bank loan 116) Which of the following is not a performance obligation? A) A good that the seller could sell separately and that is separately identifiable from other goods or services in the contract. B) A right of return. C) An option for a customer to purchase goods under terms that are more advantageous than those enjoyed by other customers. D) An extended warranty. 117) Which of the following is an example of an extended warranty? A) Fancy Headphones, Inc. provides assurance that its headphones are defect-free after purchase. B) Azalea's Flowers assures clients that its flowers will stay fresh for at least a week. C) Mark Electronics offers a warranty at an affordable price that provides additional protection after the customer takes possession of the product. D) Erickson Electronics promises to make repairs or replace any product found to be defective within a week of purchase. 118) Orange Inc. offers a discount on an extended warranty on its oPhone when the warranty is purchased at the time the oPhone is purchased. The warranty normally has a price of $150, but Orange offers it for $120 when purchased along with an oPhone. Orange anticipates a 75% chance that a customer will purchase the extended warranty along with the oPhone. Assume Orange sells to 1,000 oPhones with the extended warranty discount offer. What is the total standalone selling price that Orange would use for the extended warranty discount option for purposes of allocating revenue among the performance obligations in those 1,000 oPhone contracts? A) $0 B) $22,500 C) $30,000 D) $120,000
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) In which of the following is the option described not a performance obligation? A) Customers accumulate points for every dollar spent at Madeline's Book Store. The points can be redeemed for books once certain levels are met. B) Customers can get 5% cash back for every $100 spent on eco-friendly products. C) Customers can "buy two, get one free" at a menswear store. D) Upon purchase of any name-brand TV, customers can purchase a 5-year extended warranty at a 25% discount. 120) Verma, Inc. sells office furniture. In 2021, it sold 200 desks for $500 each. For each desk sold, Verma distributed a 50% discount coupon for purchase of an office chair within one month. Based on historical experience, Verma expects that approximately 20% of the coupons will be utilized. The chairs purchased with the coupons are priced at $150 and normally discounted 10%. What would be the stand-alone sales price used by Verma for the coupon when allocating the $500 transaction price to performance obligations? A) $0 B) $12 C) $15 D) $75 121) Which of the following statement is most true? A) Variable consideration means that the transaction price is uncertain. B) Basing an estimate on the most likely amount is always superior to basing an estimate on the expected value. C) The most likely estimated amount is estimated by multiplying the possible amounts with their respective probability of occurrence. D) When the transaction price is uncertain, revenue should not be recognized. 122) Which of the following is an example of a variable consideration? A) John is expected to receive $100 for his tutoring services provided that he keeps track of his hours. B) Melody's Piano will get paid for the 50 pianos sold provided that the pianos are non-defective after the customer takes control. C) Cantankerous Computers gets paid a base amount for every repair plus an additional hourly fee of $10. D) Excellent Electronics has a 10% mail-in rebate program for the Model X-001 speaker system. The company sold $10,000 worth of systems and believes there is a 50% chance that rebates will be redeemed.
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
123) Which of the following is correct about changes in estimated variable consideration? A) Changes in estimated variable consideration should be recognized as an adjustment to revenue in the period the change in estimate is made. B) Changes in estimated variable consideration should be applied retroactively to all periods affected. C) Changes in estimated variable consideration should be allocated retrospectively to all prior periods. D) Changes in estimated variable consideration are not recognized in periods after transaction price is first estimated. 124) On April 1st, Bob the Builder entered into a contract of one-month duration to build a barn for Nolan. Bob is guaranteed to receive a base fee of $5,000 for his services in addition to a bonus depending on when the project is completed. Nolan created incentives for Bob to finish the barn as soon as he can without jeopardizing the structural integrity of the barn. Nolan offered to pay an additional 30% of the base fee if the project finished 2 weeks early and 10% if the project finished a week early. The probability of finishing 2 weeks early is 30% and the probability of finishing a week early is 60%. What is the expected transaction price with variable consideration estimated as the expected value? A) $4,750 B) $5,000 C) $5,500 D) $5,750 125) On April 1st, Bob the Builder entered into a contract of one-month duration to build a barn for Nolan. Bob is guaranteed to receive a base fee of $5,000 for his services in addition to a bonus depending on when the project is completed. Nolan created incentives for Bob to finish the barn as soon as he can without jeopardizing the structural integrity of the barn. Nolan offered to pay an additional 30% of the base fee if the project finished 2 weeks early and 10% if the project finished a week early. The probability of finishing 2 weeks early is 30% and the probability of finishing a week early is 60%. What is the expected transaction price with variable consideration estimated as the most likely amount? A) $4,750 B) $5,000 C) $5,500 D) $5,750
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) Sanjeev enters into a contract offering variable consideration. The contract pays him $1,000/month for six months of continuous consulting services. In addition, there is a 60% chance the contract will pay an additional $2,000 and a 40% chance the contract will pay an additional $3,000, depending on the outcome of the consulting contract. Sanjeev concludes that this contract qualifies for revenue recognition over time. Assume Sanjeev estimates variable consideration as the most likely amount. What is the amount of revenue Sanjeev would recognize for the first month of the contract? A) $1,000 B) $1,333 C) $1,400 D) $1,200 127) Sanjeev enters into a contract offering variable consideration. The contract pays him $1,000/month for six months of continuous consulting services. In addition, there is a 60% chance the contract will pay an additional $2,000 and a 40% chance the contract will pay an additional $3,000, depending on the outcome of the consulting contract. Sanjeev concludes that this contract qualifies for revenue recognition over time. Assume Sanjeev estimates variable consideration as the expected value. What is the amount of revenue Sanjeev would recognize for the first month of the contract? A) $1,000 B) $1,333 C) $1,400 D) $1,200 128) Sanjeev enters into a contract offering variable consideration. The contract pays him $1,000/month for six months of continuous consulting services. In addition, there is a 60% chance the contract will pay an additional $2,000 and a 40% chance the contract will pay an additional $3,000, depending on the outcome of the consulting contract. Sanjeev concludes that this contract qualifies for revenue recognition over time. Assume that Sanjeev estimates variable consideration as the most likely amount. After Sanjeev has recognized revenue for two months of the contract, he changes his assessment of the chance the contract will pay him $3,000 to 70%. What adjustment to revenue should Sanjeev recognize to account for that change in estimate? A) Debit of $1,000 B) Debit of $334 C) Credit of $1,000 D) Credit of $334
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) On June 1, 2021, Emmet Property Management entered into a 2-year contract to oversee leasing and maintenance for an apartment building. The contract starts on July 1, 2021. Under the terms of the contract, Emmet will be paid a fixed fee of $50,000 per year and will receive an additional 15% of the fixed fee at the end of each year provided that building occupancy exceeds 90%. Emmet estimates a 30% chance it will exceed the occupancy threshold, and concludes the revenue recognition over time is appropriate for this contract. Assume Emmet estimates variable consideration as the expected value. How much revenue should Emmet recognize on this contract in 2021? A) $25,000 B) $26,125 C) $28,750 D) $50,000 130) On June 1, 2021, Emmet Property Management entered into a 2-year contract to oversee leasing and maintenance for an apartment building. The contract starts on July 1, 2021. Under the terms of the contract, Emmet will be paid a fixed fee of $50,000 per year and will receive an additional 15% of the fixed fee at the end of each year provided that building occupancy exceeds 90%. Emmet estimates a 30% chance it will exceed the occupancy threshold, and concludes the revenue recognition over time is appropriate for this contract. Assume Emmet estimates variable consideration as the most likely amount. How much revenue should Emmet recognize on this contract in 2021? A) $25,000 B) $26,125 C) $28,750 D) $50,000 131) On June 1, 2021, Emmet Property Management entered into a 2-year contract to oversee leasing and maintenance for an apartment building. The contract starts on July 1, 2021. Under the terms of the contract, Emmet will be paid a fixed fee of $50,000 per year and will receive an additional 15% of the fixed fee at the end of each year provided that building occupancy exceeds 90%. Emmet estimates a 30% chance it will exceed the occupancy threshold, and concludes the revenue recognition over time is appropriate for this contract. Assume that Emmet accrues revenue each month, and estimates variable consideration as the most likely amount. On November 1, Emmet revises its estimate of the chance the building will exceed the 90% occupancy threshold to a 70% chance. What is the total amount of revenue Emmet should recognize on this contract in November of 2021? A) $3,125 B) $4,167 C) $4,792 D) $7,291
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) Which of the following is not an indicator that the constraint on recognizing variable consideration should be applied? A) Poor (limited) evidence on which to base an estimate B) A broad range of outcomes that could occur C) A short delay before uncertainty resolves D) A history of the seller changing payment terms on similar contracts 133) On January 1, 2021, Elite Advertising was contracted to run a marketing campaign for Pharm King's new dieting pills. In addition to getting a base fee of $150,000 for the 3-year campaign, Elite also may get an additional 5% of the base fee as a bonus if a targeted sales level is reached at the end of three years. Elite currently lacks sufficient information to make an estimate of the likelihood of the expected bonus, with the marketing director indicating that "If you forced me to make an estimate, I'd say we have a 50/50 chance. But don't quote me on that – it's really too early to tell." Elite concludes this contract qualifies for revenue recognition over time, and estimates variable consideration using the most likely amount. How much revenue should Elite recognize as of December 31, 2021? A) $50,000 B) $51,250 C) $52,500 D) $57,500 134) Boomerang Computer Company sells computers with an unconditional right to return the computer if the customer is not satisfied. Boomerang has a long history selling these computers under this returns policy and can provide precise estimates of the amount of returns associated with each sale. Boomerang most likely should recognize revenue: A) When Boomerang delivers a computer to a customer, ignoring potential returns. B) When Boomerang delivers a computer to a customer, in an amount that is reduced by the expected returns. C) When Boomerang receives cash from the customer. D) When a customer returns a computer. 135) Gunk Goblin sells vacuums and just launched a policy where customers have the right to return a vacuum during a three-year period following purchase. Gunk management has no experience under this sort of policy and does not believe it can accurately estimate returns. What is the longest period of time that Gunk may have to wait before recognizing revenue associated with one of these sales? A) No time delay, recognize revenue upon delivery. B) Gunk should recognize revenue as cash is received. C) Gunk should defer revenue recognition until costs are recovered. D) Three years, after the right of return has expired.
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
136) When a seller offers a right of return, which of the following is true? A) Sales are shown net of estimated returns in the income statement. B) Sales are shown net of only actual returns in the income statement. C) Sales are shown gross of returns, as returns are treated as an expense. D) Sales are shown gross of returns, as returns are ignored for purposes of income statement presentation. 137) CatManDoo sold 4,500 bags of kitty litter during the month of June at a price of $10/bag. The company offers a full refund to unsatisfied customers for any product returned within 30 days from the date of purchase. Based on historical experience, Aria expects that 2% of sales will be returned. How much revenue should CatManDoo recognize in June? A) $45,900 B) $45,000 C) $44,900 D) $44,100 138) Under which of the following circumstances is it most appropriate to use the residual method to estimate stand-alone selling prices? A) The seller hasn't previously sold the product and hasn't determined a price for it. B) The seller provides the product bundled with other goods or services. C) The seller does not have competitors from which to observe market prices of similar products. D) The seller is unable to accurately estimate variable consideration associated with the contract. 139) Which of the following is not an approach for estimating stand-alone selling prices? A) Adjusted market assessment approach B) Expected cost plus margin approach C) Residual approach D) Fair market appraisal approach 140) Wilson Links Products sells a product that involves two separate performance obligations: the SwingRight golf club weight and the SwingCoach teaching software. SwingRight has a stand-alone selling price of $150. Wilson sells both the SwingRight and the SwingCoach as a package deal for $200. The SwingCoach software is not sold separately. Wilson is aware that other vendors charge $100 for similar software, and Wilson's prices are generally 10% lower than what is charged by those vendors. Wilson estimates that it incurs approximately $65 of cost per copy of the software, and usually charges 50% above cost on similar products. Estimate the stand-alone selling price of the software using the adjusted market assessment approach. A) $50 B) $80 C) $90 D) $97.50
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) Wilson Links Products sells a product that involves two separate performance obligations: the SwingRight golf club weight and the SwingCoach teaching software. SwingRight has a stand-alone selling price of $150. Wilson sells both the SwingRight and the SwingCoach as a package deal for $200. The SwingCoach software is not sold separately. Wilson is aware that other vendors charge $100 for similar software, and Wilson's prices are generally 10% lower than what is charged by those vendors. Wilson estimates that it incurs approximately $65 of cost per copy of the software, and usually charges 50% above cost on similar products. Estimate the stand-alone selling price of the software using the expected cost plus margin approach. A) $50 B) $80 C) $90 D) $97.50 142) Wilson Links Products sells a product that involves two separate performance obligations: the SwingRight golf club weight and the SwingCoach teaching software. SwingRight has a stand-alone selling price of $150. Wilson sells both the SwingRight and the SwingCoach as a package deal for $200. The SwingCoach software is not sold separately. Wilson is aware that other vendors charge $100 for similar software, and Wilson's prices are generally 10% lower than what is charged by those vendors. Wilson estimates that it incurs approximately $65 of cost per copy of the software, and usually charges 50% above cost on similar products. Estimate the stand-alone selling price of the software using the residual approach. A) $50 B) $80 C) $90 D) $97.50 143) Which of the following does not apply to a seller who is a principal? A) Has control over goods or services B) Primarily responsible for providing goods or services to customer C) Exposed to risks associated with holding inventory D) Primary performance obligation is to facilitate the transfer of goods or services 144) Which of the following applies to a seller who is an agent? A) Warehouses inventory B) Liable for the delivery of goods or services to the client C) Charges a commission for each transaction D) Records revenue at full transaction price
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
145) Explodia.com sells fireworks over the Internet. Customers access Explodia's website and select particular products, and Explodia refers the customer order to a fireworks manufacturer who fulfills the order, ships to the customer, and pays Explodia a 20% commission. Which of the following is true about Explodia? A) Explodia is an agent in this transaction. B) Explodia is primarily responsible for providing the product to the customer. C) Explodia's income statement would report gross revenue and cost of sales associated with these transactions. D) Explodia warehouses inventory. 146) Jing Statistical Services operates a website that links experienced statisticians with businesses that need data analyzed. Statisticians post their rates, qualifications, and references on the website, and Jing receives 25% of the fee paid to the statisticians in exchange for identifying potential customers. VetMed Associates contacts Jing and arranges to pay a consultant $1,500 in exchange for analyzing some data. Jing's income statement would include the following with respect to this transaction: A) Revenue of $1,500 B) Revenue of $1,500, and cost of services of $1,125 C) Revenue of $375 D) Revenue of $1,875 and cost of services of $1,500 147) Assume a contract for the sale of goods specifies that payment is to be made four months after delivery of a product. The seller is likely to do which of the following, with respect to the time value of money over the life of the contract? A) Recognize interest expense. B) Recognize interest revenue. C) Recognize additional cost of goods sold. D) Ignore the time value of money. 148) Assume a contract for the sale of goods specifies that payment is to be made 15 months prior to delivery of a product. The seller is likely to do which of the following with respect to the time value of money over the life of the contract? A) Recognize interest expense. B) Recognize interest revenue. C) Recognize additional cost of goods sold. D) Ignore the time value of money. 149) Assume a contract for the sale of goods specifies that the seller will receive cash 20 months after delivery of a product. The seller is likely to do which of the following with respect to the time value of money over the life of the contract? A) Recognize interest expense. B) Recognize sales revenue for an amount that is less than the cash eventually received. C) Recognize additional cost of goods sold. D) Ignore the time value of money.
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
150) Gaur sells Jensen equipment under an arrangement whereby Gaur delivers the equipment on January 1, 2021 and receives payment on June 30, 2022. When delivery of the equipment occurs, Gaur will record a journal entry that includes: A) Debit to discount on notes receivable. B) Credit to sales revenue. C) Debit to cash. D) Credit to notes receivable. 151) Davis sells Weber equipment under an arrangement whereby Davis delivers the equipment on January 1, 2021 and receives payment on June 30, 2022. When subsequent payment occurs, Davis will record a journal entry that includes: A) Credit to discount on notes receivable. B) Credit to sales revenue. C) Credit to cash. D) Credit to interest revenue. 152) Assume a contract for the sale of goods specifies that cash is collected 19 months prior to delivery of a product. The seller is likely to do which of the following with respect to the time value of money? A) Recognize interest expense upon receipt of payment. B) Recognize sales revenue for an amount that is less than the cash received. C) Debit deferred revenue when delivery occurs. D) Debit notes receivable upon receipt of payment. 153) Doug sells Nina equipment under an arrangement whereby Doug receives cash on January 1, 2021 and delivers the equipment on June 30, 2023. When delivery of the equipment occurs, Doug will record a journal entry that includes: A) Credit to deferred revenue. B) Credit to interest revenue. C) Debit to cash. D) Credit to sales revenue. 154) Dana sells White equipment under an arrangement whereby Dana receives cash on February 23, 2021 and delivers the equipment on August 30, 2023. When the cash is received, Dana will record a journal entry that includes: A) Credit to deferred revenue. B) Credit to interest revenue. C) Debit to notes receivable. D) Credit to sales revenue.
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
155) Lewis sells goods to Dean in a transaction for which the time value of money is viewed as significant. The goods have a fair value of $10,000, and Lewis receives a total of $8,000 cash in full payment, consistent with the sales contract. From this information we can infer that: A) Lewis collected cash in advance of delivering the goods. B) Lewis collected cash after delivering the goods. C) Lewis is a very poor businessperson. D) Lewis suffered a default on an accounts receivable. 156) Heather sells goods to Chrissy in a transaction for which the time value of money is viewed as significant. The goods have a fair value of $3,000, and Heather receives a total of $4,000 cash in full payment, consistent with the sales contract. From this information we can infer that: A) Cash of $4,000 was debited upon delivery of the goods. B) Sales revenue of $3,000 was credited when payment was received. C) A discount of $1,000 on notes receivable was credited upon delivery of the goods. D) Heather must have received cash in advance of delivering the goods. 157) Johnson sells $100,000 of product to Robbins, and also purchases $10,000 of advertising services from Robbins. The advertising services have a fair value of $8,000. Johnson should recognize total revenue to account for these events of: A) $100,000 B) $98,000 C) $92,000 D) $90,000 158) Which of the following is not true? A) Licensing fees are recognized as revenue over time whenever the seller expects its ongoing activities to affect the benefits that the buyer receives from intellectual property. B) License fees are recognized as revenue over time for any license that is viewed as providing a right of access. C) License fees are recognized as revenue at a point in time if the buyer expects that the seller's future activities will not affect the benefit the buyer derives from the intellectual property. D) Licensing fees are recognized as revenue at the end of the license period, when the seller has completed its performance obligation to provide access to its intellectual property. 159) Which of the following is not true? A) Licenses for functional intellectual property typically have revenue recognized at a point in time. B) Licenses for symbolic intellectual property convey a right of use, and not a right of access. C) Licenses for functional intellectual property can be viewed as conveying an access right. D) Software and media are examples of functional intellectual property.
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
160) Maas LLP developed software that helps farmers to plow their fields in a manner that prevents erosion and maximizes the effectiveness of irrigation. Sunny Dale paid a licensing fee of $20,000 for a copy of the software. Although Sunny Dale can use the software as long as it wants, Maas expects that Sunny Dale will use the software for approximately 5 years. Maas does not anticipate any further interaction with Sunny Dale following transfer of the license. How much revenue should Maas recognize in the first year of the contract? A) $0 B) $4,000 C) $5,000 D) $20,000 161) The Ultimate Frisbee League (UFL) licenses its trademark to Tank-Skin Apparel. Under the license arrangement, Tank-Skin pays the UFL a $1 million initial license fee plus a bonus when annual sales of Tank-Skin merchandise reach a threshold. The license agreement is for 4 years. How much of the $1 million initial license fee should the UFL recognize as revenue in the first year of the contract? A) $0 B) $250,000 C) $1,000,000 D) Cannot tell from information given. 162) The Ultimate Frisbee League (UFL) licenses its trademark to Tank-Skin Apparel. Under the license arrangement, Tank-Skin pays the UFL a $1 million initial license fee plus a bonus when annual sales of Tank-Skin merchandise reach a threshold. The license agreement is for 4 years. Assume that the UFL anticipates that, in addition to receiving the $1 million license fee, it will receive a bonus of $2 million in year 1 of the contract and a bonus of $3 million in years 2-4 of the contract based on Tank-Skin's sales. Also assume that the UFL is convinced that it is probable there will not be a significant reversal of any revenue recognized with respect to the bonus in subsequent periods. At the inception of the contract, what is the amount of transaction price that the UFL would estimate with respect to this license arrangement? A) $0 B) $1,000,000 C) $3,000,000 D) $12,000,000
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
163) The Fremont (Ireland) Flyers were a semi-professional carriage racing team that competed up until the early 1930's. Mary Smith owns the Fremont Flyers' trademark, and recently licensed it to the Fremont (California) Flyers roller derby team. The license allows the roller derby team to use the trademark for five years for a total of $15,000. Under U.S. GAAP, how much revenue would Mary recognize in year 1 of the license? A) $0 B) $1,500 C) $3,000 D) $15,000 164) The Fremont (Ireland) Flyers were a semi-professional carriage racing team that competed up until the early 1930's. Mary Smith owns the Fremont Flyers' trademark, and recently licensed it to the Fremont (California) Flyers roller derby team. The license allows the roller derby team to use the trademark for five years for a total of $15,000. Under IFRS, how much revenue would Mary recognize in year 1 of the license? A) $0 B) $1,500 C) $3,000 D) $15,000 165) Which of the following is not true about accounting for revenue from franchise arrangements? A) Franchise arrangements often include a performance obligation for a license as well as for delivery of goods or services. B) Franchise arrangements typically include one or more performance obligations for which revenue is recognized at a point in time. C) Franchise arrangements typically include one or more performance obligations for which revenue is recognized over a period of time. D) Franchise arrangements typically include one performance obligation because the goods or services included in the arrangement are not separately identifiable. 166) Pita Pal sells fast-food franchises. Pita Pal receives $75,000 from a new franchisee for providing initial training, equipment, and furnishings that together have a stand-alone selling price of $75,000. Pita Pal also receives $36,000 per year for use of the Pita Pal name and for ongoing consulting services (starting on the date the franchise is purchased). Rachel became a Pita Pal franchisee on March 1, 2021, and on May 1, 2021 Rachel had completed training and was open for business. How much revenue in 2021 will Pita Pal recognize for its arrangement with Rachel? A) $75,000 B) $99,000 C) $105,000 D) $111,000
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
167) Which of the following is typically true for a bill-and-hold arrangement? A) Revenue is recognized at the point in time when the arrangement is made. B) Revenue is recognized at the point in time when goods are manufactured. C) Revenue is recognized at the point in time when the delivery of goods is made. D) Revenue is recognized at the point in time at which payment from the customer is received. 168) On June 1st, Joseph & Company received a $500 deposit for 80 cases of wine. On June 10th, the customer identified specific vintages that are included in Joseph's inventory, and asked that Joseph not ship the wine until June 20 so the customer could ready space to store the wine, so Joseph set those wines aside for the customer, boxed and ready for shipment to the customer. On June 20th the wine was shipped and delivered to the customer. Joseph likely would recognize revenue on A) June 20th. B) June 10th. C) June 1st. D) Upon consumption of the wine by the customer. 169) Which of the following is most true regarding consignment arrangements? A) Revenue is recognized at the point in time when the consignment arrangement is made. B) Revenue is recognized when goods are transferred to the consignee. C) Revenue is recognized upon sale by the consignee to an end customer. D) Revenue is never recognized because GAAP does not allow such arrangements. 170) Todd Sweeney is an artist who sells his work under consignment (he displays his work in local barbershops, and customers purchase his work there). Sweeney recently transferred a painting on consignment to a local barbershop. Sweeney most likely should recognize revenue when: A) He paints the painting, because the painting is produced while he works. B) He transfers the painting to a barbershop. C) The barbershop sells the painting. D) The barbershop's right of return expires. 171) Todd Sweeney is an artist who sells his work under consignment (he displays his work in local barbershops, and customers purchase his work there). Sweeney recently transferred a painting on consignment to a local barbershop. After Sweeney has transferred a painting to a barbershop, the painting: A) Should be counted in Sweeney's inventory until the barbershop sells it. B) Should be counted in the barbershop's inventory, as the barbershop now possesses it. C) Should be counted in either Sweeney's or the barbershop's inventory, depending on which incurred the cost of preparing the painting for display. D) We lack sufficient information to know who should carry the painting in inventory.
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
172) Bull'sEye sells gift cards redeemable for Bull'sEye products either in-store or online. During 2021, Bull'sEye sold $2,000,000 of gift cards, and $1,800,000 of the gift cards were redeemed for products. As of December 31, 2021, $150,000 of the remaining gift cards had passed the date at which Bull'sEye concludes that the cards will never be redeemed. How much gift card revenue should Bull'sEye recognize in 2021? A) $2,000,000 B) $1,950,000 C) $1,850,000 D) $1,800,000 173) Which of the following is not true about contract assets? A) Contract assets are recorded when payment depends on something other than the passage of time. B) Contract assets are recognized when the seller has a conditional right to receive payment. C) Contract assets are recognized when the seller has been paid in advance for at least partially fulfilling its performance obligations. D) Contract assets are not the same as accounts receivable. 174) Which of the following is not true about contract liabilities? A) Contract liabilities are only recognized when the seller has a conditional right to receive payment. B) Contract liabilities might be called deferred revenue. C) Contract liabilities are recognized when the seller has been paid in advance of satisfying its performance obligations. D) Contract liabilities may be shown on a separate line of the balance sheet. 175) Gupta Industries received a $300,000 prepayment from Packard Associates for the sale of new equipment. Gupta will bill Packard an additional $100,000 upon delivery of the equipment. Upon receipt of the $300,000 prepayment, how much should Gupta recognize for a contract asset, a contract liability, and accounts receivable? A) Contract asset: $0; contract liability: $300,000, accounts receivable, $0. B) Contract asset: $300,000; contract liability: $0, accounts receivable, $0. C) Contract asset: $0; contract liability: $300,000, accounts receivable, $100,000. D) Contract asset: $300,000; contract liability: $0, accounts receivable, $100,000. 176) Which of the following is not something that revenue recognition disclosures typically should help investors to understand? A) Timing of revenue and cash flows B) Outstanding performance obligations C) Significant judgments used to estimate transaction prices D) Significant fluctuations in long-term debt necessary to increase revenue in the future
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
177) Which of the following is not true about revenue recognition with respect to long-term construction contracts? A) Long-term construction contracts often are viewed as having a single performance obligation, because goods or services fail the "separately identifiable" criterion. B) Long-term construction contracts often satisfy the criteria for recognizing revenue over time. C) Long-term construction contracts require accounting for construction in progress as well as billings to customers. D) Long-term construction contracts typically include multiple performance obligations because of all the different types of goods or services included for each project. 178) Which of the following is least likely to be a reason why a long-term construction contract would qualify for revenue recognition over time? A) The customer consumes the benefit of the seller's work as it is performed. B) The customer controls the asset as it is created. C) The seller is creating an asset that has no alternative use to the seller, and the seller has the legal right to receive payment for progress to date. D) The seller is constructing an addition to property that is owned by the customer. 179) Which of the following is true about accounting for contract assets (CIP in excess of billings) in each balance sheet prior to completion of long-term construction contracts? A) Contract assets are likely to be larger if revenue is recognized over time than if revenue is recognized at a point in time. B) Contract assets are likely to be smaller if revenue is recognized over time than if revenue is recognized at a point in time. C) Contract assets are likely to be the same size regardless of whether revenue is recognized over time or at a point in time. D) There is no way to tell how revenue recognition timing will affect the size of contract assets without more information. 180) Which of the following is not true about accounting for long-term construction contracts? A) Long-term construction contracts could show a contract asset or contract liability, depending on the relation between construction in progress and billings. B) Billings on contracts in progress is a contra account to accounts receivable. C) Gross profit is debited to construction in progress. D) When a customer is billed for payment due, billings on contracts in progress is credited at the same time accounts receivable is debited. 181) A rationale for recognizing revenue over the life of a contract rather than at a single point in time is that: A) Results are more conservative. B) It provides a better measure of periodic accomplishment. C) It is a better match with legal ownership. D) It results in a lower income tax.
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
182) Revenue on a long-term contract should not be recognized according to the proportion of the performance obligation that has been completed if: A) Completion rates are certain. B) Profits are low. C) Projects are more than five years to completion. D) The arrangement does not qualify for revenue recognition over time. 183) With respect to delaying revenue recognition until completion of a long-term contract, it is the case that: A) Estimated losses on the overall contract are recognized before the contract is completed. B) Expenses are recognized each period, but revenue is only recognized when the contract is completed. C) Use of this approach is not permitted under generally accepted accounting principles. D) Neither gains nor losses are recognized until the contract is completed. 184) When accounting for revenue over time for a long-term contract, the percentage of completion used to recognize revenue in the first year usually is determined by measuring: A) Costs incurred in the first year, divided by estimated remaining costs to complete the project. B) Costs incurred in the first year, divided by estimated total costs for the completed project. C) Costs incurred in the first year, divided by estimated gross profit. D) Costs incurred in the first year, divided by estimated total costs to be incurred in the remaining years of the project.
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
185) Arizona Desert Homes (ADH) constructed a new subdivision during 2020 and 2021 under contract with Cactus Development Co. Relevant data are summarized below: Contract amount Cost: Gross profit: Contract billings:
2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021
$ 3,000,000 1,200,000 600,000 800,000 400,000 1,500,000 1,500,000
ADH recognizes revenue over time with respect to these contracts. What would be the journal entry made in 2020 to record revenue? A) Accounts receivable 1,500,000 Revenue from long-term contracts
1,500,000
B) Accounts receivable Gross profit Revenue from long-term contracts
800,000 1,500,000
2,300,000
C) Construction in progress Cost of construction Revenue from long-term contracts
800,000 1,200,000
D) Accounts receivable Billings in excess of cost Revenue for long-term contracts
1,500,000 300,000
2,000,000
1,800,000
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
186) Arizona Desert Homes (ADH) constructed a new subdivision during 2020 and 2021 under contract with Cactus Development Co. Relevant data are summarized below: Contract amount Cost: Gross profit: Contract billings:
2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021
$ 3,000,000 1,200,000 600,000 800,000 400,000 1,500,000 1,500,000
ADH recognizes revenue over time with respect to these contracts. In its December 31, 2020, balance sheet, ADH would report: A) The contract asset, cost and profits in excess of billings, of $500,000. B) The contract liability, billings in excess of cost, of $300,000. C) The contract asset, contract amount in excess of billings, of $1,500,000. D) The contract asset, deferred profit, of $400,000.
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
187) Arizona Desert Homes (ADH) constructed a new subdivision during 2020 and 2021 under contract with Cactus Development Co. Relevant data are summarized below: Contract amount Cost: Gross profit: Contract billings:
2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021
$ 3,000,000 1,200,000 600,000 800,000 400,000 1,500,000 1,500,000
ADH recognizes revenue over time with respect to these contracts. For 2021, what is the journal entry to record revenue? A) Accounts receivable 1,500,000 Revenue from long-term contracts
1,500,000
B) Construction in progress Cost of construction Revenue from long-term contracts
400,000 600,000 1,000,000
C) Cost of construction Gross profit Revenue from long-term contracts
2,000,000 1,000,000
D) Accounts receivable Cost of construction Gross profit Deferred revenue
3,000,000
1,500,000 600,000 600,000 300,000
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
188) Arizona Desert Homes (ADH) constructed a new subdivision during 2020 and 2021 under contract with Cactus Development Co. Relevant data are summarized below: Contract amount Cost: Gross profit: Contract billings:
2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021
$ 3,000,000 1,200,000 600,000 800,000 400,000 1,500,000 1,500,000
ADH recognizes revenue upon completion of the contract. For 2020, what is the journal entry to record revenue? A) Accounts receivable 1,500,000 Revenue from long-term contracts
1,500,000
B) Accounts receivable Gross profit Revenue from long-term contracts
800,000 1,500,000
C) Construction in progress Cost of construction Revenue from long-term contracts
2,300,000
800,000 1,200,000 2,000,000
D) No entry.
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
189) Arizona Desert Homes (ADH) constructed a new subdivision during 2020 and 2021 under contract with Cactus Development Co. Relevant data are summarized below: Contract amount Cost: Gross profit: Contract billings:
2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021
$ 3,000,000 1,200,000 600,000 800,000 400,000 1,500,000 1,500,000
ADH recognizes revenue upon completion of the contract. In its December 31, 2020, balance sheet, ADH would report: A) The contract asset, cost and profits in excess of billings, of $500,000. B) The contract liability, billings in excess of cost, of $300,000. C) The contract asset, contract amount in excess of billings, of $1,500,000. D) The contract asset, deferred profit, of $400,000.
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
190) Arizona Desert Homes (ADH) constructed a new subdivision during 2020 and 2021 under contract with Cactus Development Co. Relevant data are summarized below: Contract amount Cost: Gross profit: Contract billings:
2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021
$ 3,000,000 1,200,000 600,000 800,000 400,000 1,500,000 1,500,000
ADH recognizes revenue upon completion of the contract. What is the journal entry in 2021 to record revenue? A) Accounts receivable Revenue from long-term contracts
1,500,000 1,500,000
B) Construction in progress Cost of construction Revenue from long-term contracts
400,000 600,000
C) Cost of construction Gross profit Revenue from long-term contracts
2,000,000 1,000,000
D) Construction in progress Cost of construction Revenue from long-term contracts
1,200,000 1,800,000
1,000,000
3,000,000
3,000,000
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
191) JRE2 Inc. entered into a contract to install a pipeline for a fixed price of $2,200,000. JRE2 recognizes revenue upon contract completion.
2020 2021 2022
Cost incurred $ 250,000 1,600,000 450,000
Estimated Cost to Complete $ 1,550,000 500,000 0
In 2020, JRE2 would report (rounded to the nearest thousand) gross profit (loss) of: A) $0. B) $(100,000). C) $56,000. D) $73,000. 192) JRE2 Inc. entered into a contract to install a pipeline for a fixed price of $2,200,000. JRE2 recognizes revenue upon contract completion. Cost incurred 2020 2021 2022
$
250,000 1,600,000 450,000
Estimated Cost to Complete $ 1,550,000 500,000 0
In 2021, JRE2 would report gross profit (loss) of: A) $(223,000). B) $(150,000). C) $(206,000). D) $0. 193) JRE2 Inc. entered into a contract to install a pipeline for a fixed price of $2,200,000. JRE2 recognizes revenue upon contract completion. Cost incurred 2020 2021 2022
$
250,000 1,600,000 450,000
Estimated Cost to Complete $ 1,550,000 500,000 0
In 2022, JRE2 would report gross profit (loss) of: A) $(100,000). B) $50,000. C) $123,000. D) $2,000.
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
194) Indiana Co. began a construction project in 2021 with a contract price of $150 million to be received when the project is completed in 2023. During 2021, Indiana incurred $36 million of costs and estimates an additional $84 million of costs to complete the project. Indiana recognizes revenue over time and for this project recognizes revenue over time according to the percentage of the project that has been completed. Indiana: A) Recognized no gross profit or loss on the project in 2021. B) Recognized $6 million loss on the project in 2021. C) Recognized $9 million gross profit on the project in 2021. D) Recognized $36 million loss on the project in 2021. 195) Indiana Co. began a construction project in 2021 with a contract price of $150 million to be received when the project is completed in 2023. During 2021, Indiana incurred $36 million of costs and estimates an additional $84 million of costs to complete the project. Indiana recognizes revenue over time and for this project recognizes revenue over time according to the percentage of the project that has been completed. In 2022, Indiana incurred additional costs of $58.5 million and estimated an additional $40.5 million in costs to complete the project. Indiana: A) Recognized $15 million gross profit on the project in 2022. B) Recognized $13.5 million gross profit on the project in 2022. C) Recognized $6 million gross profit on the project in 2022. D) Recognized $1.5 million gross profit on the project in 2022. 196) Indiana Co. began a construction project in 2021 with a contract price of $150 million to be received when the project is completed in 2023. During 2021, Indiana incurred $36 million of costs and estimates an additional $84 million of costs to complete the project. Indiana recognizes revenue over time and for this project recognizes revenue over time according to the percentage of the project that has been completed. Suppose that, in 2022, Indiana incurred additional costs of $63.75 million and estimated an additional $42.75 million in costs to complete the project. Indiana: A) Recognized $3.75 million loss on the project in 2022. B) Recognized $5.25 million gross profit on the project in 2022. C) Recognized $7.5 million gross profit on the project in 2022. D) Recognized $1.5 million loss on the project in 2022.
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
197) In 2021, Cupid Construction Co. (CCC) began work on a two-year fixed price contract project. CCC recognizes revenue over time according to percentage of completion for this contract, and provides the following information (dollars in millions): Accounts receivable, 12/31/2021 (from construction progress billings) Actual construction costs incurred in 2021 Cash collected on project during 2021 Construction in progress, 12/31/2021 Estimated percentage of completion during 2021
$ 37.5 $ 135 $ 105 $ 207 60%
What is the amount of gross profit on the project recognized by CCC during 2021? A) $160 million. B) $72 million. C) $48 million. D) Cannot be determined from the given information. 198) In 2021, Cupid Construction Co. (CCC) began work on a two-year fixed price contract project. CCC recognizes revenue over time according to percentage of completion for this contract, and provides the following information (dollars in millions): Accounts receivable, 12/31/2021 (from construction progress billings) Actual construction costs incurred in 2021 Cash collected on project during 2021 Construction in progress, 12/31/2021 Estimated percentage of completion during 2021
$ 37.5 $ 135 $ 105 $ 207 60%
What are CCC's estimated remaining construction costs on the project at the end of 2021? A) $90 million. B) $135 million. C) $225 million. D) $0.
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
199) In 2021, Cupid Construction Co. (CCC) began work on a two-year fixed price contract project. CCC recognizes revenue over time according to percentage of completion for this contract, and provides the following information (dollars in millions): Accounts receivable, 12/31/2021 (from construction progress billings) Actual construction costs incurred in 2021 Cash collected on project during 2021 Construction in progress, 12/31/2021 Estimated percentage of completion during 2021
$ 37.5 $ 135 $ 105 $ 207 60%
What is the fixed contract price for CCC's project? A) $120 million. B) $225 million. C) $345 million. D) $349.5 million. 200) In 2021, Cupid Construction Co. (CCC) began work on a two-year fixed price contract project. CCC recognizes revenue over time according to percentage of completion for this contract, and provides the following information (dollars in millions): Accounts receivable, 12/31/2021 (from construction progress billings) Actual construction costs incurred in 2021 Cash collected on project during 2021 Construction in progress, 12/31/2021 Estimated percentage of completion during 2021
$ 37.5 $ 135 $ 105 $ 207 60%
What were the construction billings by CCC during 2021? A) $142.5 million. B) $67.5 million. C) $37.5 million. D) Cannot be determined from the given information.
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
201) In 2021, Cupid Construction Co. (CCC) began work on a two-year fixed price contract project. CCC recognizes revenue over time according to percentage of completion for this contract, and provides the following information (dollars in millions): Accounts receivable, 12/31/2021 (from construction progress billings) Actual construction costs incurred in 2021 Cash collected on project during 2021 Construction in progress, 12/31/2021 Estimated percentage of completion during 2021
$ 37.5 $ 135 $ 105 $ 207 60%
How much cash remains to be collected by CCC on the project? A) $70 million. B) $202.5 million. C) $240 million. D) Cannot be determined from the given information. 202) Summary data for Benedict Construction Co.'s (BCC) Job 1227, which was completed in 2021, are presented below: Bid price Contract cost:
$ 2020 2021
Gross profit:
450,000 (180,000) (195,000) 75,000
Estimated cost to complete: 12/31/2020 12/31/2021
$ 200,000 0
Assuming BCC recognizes revenue over time according to percentage of completion for this contract, the gross profit recognized in 2020 would be (rounded to the nearest thousand): A) $33,000. B) $36,000. C) $69,000. D) $30,000.
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
203) Summary data for Benedict Construction Co.'s (BCC) Job 1227, which was completed in 2021, are presented below: Bid price Contract cost:
$ 2020 2021
Gross profit:
450,000 (180,000) (195,000) 75,000
Estimated cost to complete: 12/31/2020 12/31/2021
$ 200,000 0
Assuming BCC recognizes revenue over time according to percentage of completion for this contract, the gross profit recognized in 2021 would be (rounded to the nearest thousand): A) $6,000. B) $39,000. C) $42,000. D) $45,000. 204) Summary data for Benedict Construction Co.'s (BCC) Job 1227, which was completed in 2021, are presented below: Bid price Contract cost:
2020 2021
Gross profit:
$ 450,000 (180,000) (195,000) 75,000
Estimated cost to complete: 12/31/2020 12/31/2021
$ 200,000 0
Assuming BCC recognizes revenue upon project completion, what would gross profit have been in 2020 and 2021 (rounded to the nearest thousand)?
a. b. c. d.
2020 $ 36,000 $ 30,000 $ 70,000 $ 0
2021 $ 39,000 $ 45,000 $ 5,000 $ 75,000
A) option a B) option b C) option c D) option d 41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
205) Under the realization principle, revenue should not be recognized until the earnings process is deemed virtually complete and: A) Revenue is realized. B) Any receivable is collected. C) Collection is reasonably certain. D) Collection is absolutely assured. 206) Under IFRS, which of the following is not a condition for recognizing revenue? A) The amount of revenue and costs associated with the transaction can be measured reliably. B) It is reasonably possible that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the seller. C) For sales of goods, the seller has transferred to the buyer the risks and rewards of ownership and doesn't effectively manage or control the goods. D) For sales of services, the stage of completion can be measured reliably. 207) Under IFRS, revenue for a product sale should occur when: A) Inventory production is complete. B) Warranty fulfillment is viewed as unlikely. C) The seller has transferred to the buyer the risks and rewards of ownership and doesn't effectively manage or control the goods. D) The buyer has paid a preponderance of installment amounts due. 208) Slick's Used Cars sells pre-owned cars on the installment basis and carries its own notes because its customers typically cannot qualify for a bank loan. Default rates tend to be high or unpredictable. However, in the event of nonpayment, Slick's can usually repossess the cars without loss. The revenue method Slick would use is the: A) Installment sales method. B) Point of sales method. C) Cost recovery method. D) Installment sales method or cost recovery method. 209) Bert's Meat Market sells quarters and sides of beef on the installment basis. Losses on receivables are very difficult to predict, and meat products cannot be repossessed. The revenue recognition method used by Bert would be: A) Point of sale. B) Installment sales. C) Cost recovery. D) Installment sales or cost recovery.
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
210) On December 15, 2021, Rigsby Sales Co. sold a tract of land that cost $3,600,000 for $4,500,000. Rigsby appropriately uses the installment sales method of accounting for this transaction. Terms called for a down payment of $500,000 with the balance in two equal annual installments payable on December 15, 2022, and December 15, 2023. Ignore interest charges. Rigsby has a December 31 year-end. In 2021, Rigsby would recognize realized gross profit of: A) $500,000. B) $0. C) $900,000. D) $100,000. 211) On December 15, 2021, Rigsby Sales Co. sold a tract of land that cost $3,600,000 for $4,500,000. Rigsby appropriately uses the installment sales method of accounting for this transaction. Terms called for a down payment of $500,000 with the balance in two equal annual installments payable on December 15, 2022, and December 15, 2023. Ignore interest charges. Rigsby has a December 31 year-end. In 2022, Rigsby would recognize realized gross profit of: A) $0. B) $450,000. C) $300,000. D) $400,000. 212) On December 15, 2021, Rigsby Sales Co. sold a tract of land that cost $3,600,000 for $4,500,000. Rigsby appropriately uses the installment sales method of accounting for this transaction. Terms called for a down payment of $500,000 with the balance in two equal annual installments payable on December 15, 2022, and December 15, 2023. Ignore interest charges. Rigsby has a December 31 year-end. In its December 31, 2021, balance sheet, Rigsby would report: A) Realized gross profit of $100,000. B) Deferred gross profit of $100,000. C) Installment receivables (net) of $3,200,000. D) Installment receivables (net) of $4,000,000.
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
213) On December 15, 2021, Rigsby Sales Co. sold a tract of land that cost $3,600,000 for $4,500,000. Rigsby appropriately uses the installment sales method of accounting for this transaction. Terms called for a down payment of $500,000 with the balance in two equal annual installments payable on December 15, 2022, and December 15, 2023. Ignore interest charges. Rigsby has a December 31 year-end. At December 31, 2022, Rigsby would report in its balance sheet: A) Realized gross profit of $500,000. B) Deferred gross profit of $400,000. C) Realized gross profit of $400,000. D) Cost of installment sales $1,600,000. 214) Reliable Enterprises sells distressed merchandise on extended credit terms. Collections on these sales are not reasonably assured, and bad debt losses cannot be reasonably predicted. It is unlikely that repossessed merchandise is in condition to be re-sold. Therefore, Reliable uses the cost recovery method. Merchandise costing $30,000 was sold for $55,000 in 2020. Collections on this sale were $20,000 in 2020, $15,000 in 2021, and $20,000 in 2022. In 2020, Reliable would recognize gross profit of: A) $0. B) $25,000. C) $8,090. D) $8,333. 215) Reliable Enterprises sells distressed merchandise on extended credit terms. Collections on these sales are not reasonably assured, and bad debt losses cannot be reasonably predicted. It is unlikely that repossessed merchandise is in condition to be re-sold. Therefore, Reliable uses the cost recovery method. Merchandise costing $30,000 was sold for $55,000 in 2020. Collections on this sale were $20,000 in 2020, $15,000 in 2021, and $20,000 in 2022. In 2021, Reliable would recognize gross profit of: A) $0. B) $6,000. C) $5,000. D) $10,000.
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
216) Reliable Enterprises sells distressed merchandise on extended credit terms. Collections on these sales are not reasonably assured, and bad debt losses cannot be reasonably predicted. It is unlikely that repossessed merchandise is in condition to be re-sold. Therefore, Reliable uses the cost recovery method. Merchandise costing $30,000 was sold for $55,000 in 2020. Collections on this sale were $20,000 in 2020, $15,000 in 2021, and $20,000 in 2022. In 2022, Reliable would recognize gross profit of: A) $0. B) $6,000. C) $8,000. D) $20,000. 217) Reliable Enterprises sells distressed merchandise on extended credit terms. Collections on these sales are not reasonably assured, and bad debt losses cannot be reasonably predicted. It is unlikely that repossessed merchandise is in condition to be re-sold. Therefore, Reliable uses the cost recovery method. Merchandise costing $30,000 was sold for $55,000 in 2020. Collections on this sale were $20,000 in 2020, $15,000 in 2021, and $20,000 in 2022. In its 2020 year-end balance sheet, Reliable would report installment receivables (net) of: A) $20,000. B) $35,000. C) $25,909. D) $10,000. 218) Reliable Enterprises sells distressed merchandise on extended credit terms. Collections on these sales are not reasonably assured, and bad debt losses cannot be reasonably predicted. It is unlikely that repossessed merchandise is in condition to be re-sold. Therefore, Reliable uses the cost recovery method. Merchandise costing $30,000 was sold for $55,000 in 2020. Collections on this sale were $20,000 in 2020, $15,000 in 2021, and $20,000 in 2022. In its 2021 year-end balance sheet, Reliable would report installment receivables (net) of: A) $0. B) $20,000. C) $4,000. D) $15,000.
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
219) Lake Power Sports sells jet skis and other powered recreational equipment. Customers pay one-third of the sales price of a jet ski when they initially purchase the ski, and then pay another one-third each year for the next two years. Because Lake has little information about the ability to collect these receivables, it uses the installment sales method for revenue recognition. In 2020, Lake began operations and sold jet skis with a total price of $900,000 that cost Lake $450,000. Lake collected $300,000 in 2020, $300,000 in 2021, and $300,000 in 2022 associated with those sales. In 2021, Lake sold jet skis with a total price of $1,500,000 that cost Lake $900,000. Lake collected $500,000 in 2021, $400,000 in 2022, and $400,000 in 2023 associated with those sales. In 2023, Lake also repossessed $200,000 of jet skis that were sold in 2021. Those jet skis had a fair value of $75,000 at the time they were repossessed. Total cash collections on installment sales during 2021 would be: A) $700,000. B) $300,000. C) $800,000. D) $0. 220) Lake Power Sports sells jet skis and other powered recreational equipment. Customers pay one-third of the sales price of a jet ski when they initially purchase the ski, and then pay another one-third each year for the next two years. Because Lake has little information about the ability to collect these receivables, it uses the installment sales method for revenue recognition. In 2020, Lake began operations and sold jet skis with a total price of $900,000 that cost Lake $450,000. Lake collected $300,000 in 2020, $300,000 in 2021, and $300,000 in 2022 associated with those sales. In 2021, Lake sold jet skis with a total price of $1,500,000 that cost Lake $900,000. Lake collected $500,000 in 2021, $400,000 in 2022, and $400,000 in 2023 associated with those sales. In 2023, Lake also repossessed $200,000 of jet skis that were sold in 2021. Those jet skis had a fair value of $75,000 at the time they were repossessed. In 2020, Lake would recognize realized gross profit of: A) $150,000. B) $0. C) $300,000. D) $450,000.
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
221) Lake Power Sports sells jet skis and other powered recreational equipment. Customers pay one-third of the sales price of a jet ski when they initially purchase the ski, and then pay another one-third each year for the next two years. Because Lake has little information about the ability to collect these receivables, it uses the installment sales method for revenue recognition. In 2020, Lake began operations and sold jet skis with a total price of $900,000 that cost Lake $450,000. Lake collected $300,000 in 2020, $300,000 in 2021, and $300,000 in 2022 associated with those sales. In 2021, Lake sold jet skis with a total price of $1,500,000 that cost Lake $900,000. Lake collected $500,000 in 2021, $400,000 in 2022, and $400,000 in 2023 associated with those sales. In 2023, Lake also repossessed $200,000 of jet skis that were sold in 2021. Those jet skis had a fair value of $75,000 at the time they were repossessed. In 2022, Lake would recognize realized gross profit of: A) $0. B) $450,000. C) $310,000. D) $700,000. 222) Lake Power Sports sells jet skis and other powered recreational equipment. Customers pay one-third of the sales price of a jet ski when they initially purchase the ski, and then pay another one-third each year for the next two years. Because Lake has little information about the ability to collect these receivables, it uses the installment sales method for revenue recognition. In 2020, Lake began operations and sold jet skis with a total price of $900,000 that cost Lake $450,000. Lake collected $300,000 in 2020, $300,000 in 2021, and $300,000 in 2022 associated with those sales. In 2021, Lake sold jet skis with a total price of $1,500,000 that cost Lake $900,000. Lake collected $500,000 in 2021, $400,000 in 2022, and $400,000 in 2023 associated with those sales. In 2023, Lake also repossessed $200,000 of jet skis that were sold in 2021. Those jet skis had a fair value of $75,000 at the time they were repossessed. In its December 31, 2021, balance sheet, Lake would report: A) Deferred gross profit of $700,000. B) Deferred gross profit of $1,050,000. C) Installment receivables (net) of $750,000. D) Installment receivables (net) of $900,000.
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
223) Lake Power Sports sells jet skis and other powered recreational equipment. Customers pay one-third of the sales price of a jet ski when they initially purchase the ski, and then pay another one-third each year for the next two years. Because Lake has little information about the ability to collect these receivables, it uses the installment sales method for revenue recognition. In 2020, Lake began operations and sold jet skis with a total price of $900,000 that cost Lake $450,000. Lake collected $300,000 in 2020, $300,000 in 2021, and $300,000 in 2022 associated with those sales. In 2021, Lake sold jet skis with a total price of $1,500,000 that cost Lake $900,000. Lake collected $500,000 in 2021, $400,000 in 2022, and $400,000 in 2023 associated with those sales. In 2023, Lake also repossessed $200,000 of jet skis that were sold in 2021. Those jet skis had a fair value of $75,000 at the time they were repossessed. In 2023, Lake would record a loss on repossession of: A) $45,000. B) $200,000. C) $120,000. D) $80,000. 224) Lake Power Sports sells jet skis and other powered recreational equipment. Customers pay one-third of the sales price of a jet ski when they initially purchase the ski, and then pay another one-third each year for the next two years. Because Lake has little information about the ability to collect these receivables, it uses the cost recovery method to recognize revenue on these installment sales. In 2020, Lake began operations and sold jet skis with a total price of $900,000 that cost Lake $450,000. Lake collected $300,000 in 2020, $300,000 in 2021, and $300,000 in 2022 associated with those sales. In 2021, Lake sold jet skis with a total price of $1,500,000 that cost Lake $900,000. Lake collected $500,000 in 2021, $400,000 in 2022, and $400,000 in 2023 associated with those sales. In 2023, Lake also repossessed $200,000 of jet skis that were sold in 2021. Those jet skis had a fair value of $75,000 at the time they were repossessed. In 2020, Lake would recognize realized gross profit of: A) $150,000. B) $0. C) $300,000. D) $450,000.
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
225) Lake Power Sports sells jet skis and other powered recreational equipment. Customers pay one-third of the sales price of a jet ski when they initially purchase the ski, and then pay another one-third each year for the next two years. Because Lake has little information about the ability to collect these receivables, it uses the cost recovery method to recognize revenue on these installment sales. In 2020, Lake began operations and sold jet skis with a total price of $900,000 that cost Lake $450,000. Lake collected $300,000 in 2020, $300,000 in 2021, and $300,000 in 2022 associated with those sales. In 2021, Lake sold jet skis with a total price of $1,500,000 that cost Lake $900,000. Lake collected $500,000 in 2021, $400,000 in 2022, and $400,000 in 2023 associated with those sales. In 2023, Lake also repossessed $200,000 of jet skis that were sold in 2021. Those jet skis had a fair value of $75,000 at the time they were repossessed. In 2022, Lake would recognize realized gross profit of: A) $0. B) $300,000. C) $310,000. D) $700,000. 226) Lake Power Sports sells jet skis and other powered recreational equipment. Customers pay one-third of the sales price of a jet ski when they initially purchase the ski, and then pay another one-third each year for the next two years. Because Lake has little information about the ability to collect these receivables, it uses the cost recovery method to recognize revenue on these installment sales. In 2020, Lake began operations and sold jet skis with a total price of $900,000 that cost Lake $450,000. Lake collected $300,000 in 2020, $300,000 in 2021, and $300,000 in 2022 associated with those sales. In 2021, Lake sold jet skis with a total price of $1,500,000 that cost Lake $900,000. Lake collected $500,000 in 2021, $400,000 in 2022, and $400,000 in 2023 associated with those sales. In 2023, Lake also repossessed $200,000 of jet skis that were sold in 2021. Those jet skis had a fair value of $75,000 at the time they were repossessed. In its December 31, 2021, balance sheet, Lake would report: A) Deferred gross profit of $700,000. B) Deferred gross profit of $600,000. C) Installment receivables (net) of $700,000. D) Installment receivables (net) of $400,000. 227) When using the cost recovery method of accounting for long-term construction contracts under IFRS: A) Estimated losses on the overall contract are recognized before the contract is completed. B) Expenses are recorded each period, but revenue is only recognized when the contract is completed. C) Companies can use the percentage-of-completion method if that is their preference. D) Neither gains nor losses are recognized until the contract is completed.
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
228) When using the cost recovery method of accounting for long-term construction contracts under IFRS, early in the life of the contract it is typically the case that: A) Expenses in excess of revenues are recognized. B) Revenues in excess of expenses are recognized. C) An equal amount of revenue and expense is recognized. D) There is no predictable pattern of revenue and expense. 229) The cost recovery method of accounting for long-term construction contracts under IFRS is sometimes referred to as the: A) "Sales-neutral approach." B) "Completed contract method." C) "Multi-step approach." D) "Zero profit method." 230) The percentage-of-completion method violates the general rule for revenue recognition that: A) Collection is reasonably assured. B) Costs are known or reasonably estimated. C) The earnings process is complete. D) Collections have been received.
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
231) Sahara Desert Homes (SDH) reports under IFRS and constructed a new subdivision during 2020 and 2021 under contract with Cactus Development Co. Relevant data are summarized below: Contract amount Cost: Gross profit: Contract billings:
2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021
$ 3,000,000 1,200,000 600,000 800,000 400,000 1,500,000 1,500,000
SDH uses the cost recovery method under IFRS to recognize revenue. What is the journal entry in 2020 to record revenue? A) Accounts receivable Revenue from long-term construction contracts B) Accounts receivable Gross profit Revenue from long-term construction contracts
1,500,000 1,500,000
2,300,000 800,000 1,500,000
C) Construction in progress Cost of construction Revenue from long-term construction contracts
800,000 1,200,000
D) Cost of construction Revenue from long-term construction contracts
1,200,000
2,000,000
1,200,000
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
232) Sahara Desert Homes (SDH) reports under IFRS and constructed a new subdivision during 2020 and 2021 under contract with Cactus Development Co. Relevant data are summarized below: Contract amount Cost: Gross profit: Contract billings:
2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021
$ 3,000,000 1,200,000 600,000 800,000 400,000 1,500,000 1,500,000
SDH uses the cost recovery method under IFRS to recognize revenue. In its December 31, 2020, balance sheet, SDH would report: A) The asset, cost and profits in excess of billings, of $500,000. B) The liability, billings in excess of cost, of $300,000. C) The asset, contract amount in excess of billings, of $1,500,000. D) The asset, deferred profit, of $400,000.
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
233) Sahara Desert Homes (SDH) reports under IFRS and constructed a new subdivision during 2020 and 2021 under contract with Cactus Development Co. Relevant data are summarized below: Contract amount Cost: Gross profit: Contract billings:
2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021
$ 3,000,000 1,200,000 600,000 800,000 400,000 1,500,000 1,500,000
SDH uses the cost recovery method under IFRS to recognize revenue. What is SDH's journal entry to record revenue in 2021? A) Accounts receivable 1,500,000 Revenue from long-term construction contracts
1,500,000
B) Construction in progress Cost of construction Revenue from long-term construction contracts
400,000 600,000 1,000,000
C) Cost of construction Gross profit Revenue from long-term construction contracts
2,000,000 1,000,000
D) Construction in progress Cost of construction Revenue from long-term construction contracts
1,200,000 600,000
3,000,000
1,800,000
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
234) Summary data for Benedict Construction Co.'s (BCC) Job 1227, which was completed in 2021, are presented below: Bid price Contract cost:
$ 2020 2021
Gross profit:
450,000 (180,000) (195,000) 75,000
Estimated cost to complete: 12/31/2020 12/31/2021
$ 200,000 0
Assuming BCC used the cost recovery method to recognize revenue under IFRS, what would gross profit have been in 2020 and 2021 (rounded to the nearest thousand)?
a. b. c. d.
2020 $ 36,000 $ 30,000 $ 70,000 $ 0
2021 $ 39,000 $ 45,000 $ 5,000 $ 75,000
A) Option a B) Option b C) Option c D) Option d 235) Flapper Jack's Pancake Restaurants Inc. sells franchises for an initial fee of $36,000 plus operating fees of $500 per month. The initial fee covers site selection, training, computer and accounting software, and on-site consulting and troubleshooting, as needed, over the first five years. On March 15, 2020, Tim Cruise signed a franchise contract, paying the standard $6,000 down with the balance due over five years with interest. Assuming that the initial services to be performed by Flapper Jack's subsequent to the signing are substantial and that collection of the receivable is reasonably assured, the journal entry required at signing would include a credit to: A) Deferred revenue for $36,000. B) Deferred revenue for $30,000. C) Franchise fee revenue for $36,000. D) Franchise fee revenue for $6,000.
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
236) Flapper Jack's Pancake Restaurants Inc. sells franchises for an initial fee of $36,000 plus operating fees of $500 per month. The initial fee covers site selection, training, computer and accounting software, and on-site consulting and troubleshooting, as needed, over the first five years. On March 15, 2020, Tim Cruise signed a franchise contract, paying the standard $6,000 down with the balance due over five years with interest. Assume that at the time of signing the contract, collection of the receivable was assured and that service obligations were substantial. However, by October 20, 2020, substantially all continuing obligations had been met. The journal entry required at October 20, 2020 would include a: A) Credit to franchise fee receivable for $27,000. B) Debit to deferred revenue for $36,000. C) Credit to franchise fee revenue for $9,000. D) Debit to deferred revenue for $27,000. 237) Flapper Jack's Pancake Restaurants Inc. sells franchises for an initial fee of $36,000 plus operating fees of $500 per month. The initial fee covers site selection, training, computer and accounting software, and on-site consulting and troubleshooting, as needed, over the first five years. On March 15, 2020, Tim Cruise signed a franchise contract, paying the standard $6,000 down with the balance due over five years with interest. Assume at March 15, 2020, the time of signing the contract, collection of the receivable was reasonably assured and there were no significant continuing obligations. The journal entry at signing would include a: A) Credit to franchise fee revenue for $36,000. B) Credit to franchise fee revenue for $9,000. C) Credit to deferred revenue for $36,000. D) Credit to deferred revenue for $27,000. 238) The Racquet Store (RS) sells franchise agreements in which it charges an up-front fee of $50,000 for assistance in setting up a store, and then a monthly fee of $1,000 for national advertising and administrative assistance. Steffi Hingis signs a franchise agreement with RS. Assume that Steffi paid the $50,000 in cash when she signed the agreement. RS can recognize revenue associated with the $50,000: A) When Steffi signs the agreement and pays the cash. B) As soon as RS has assisted Steffi in setting up the store. C) Gradually as RS provides advertising and administration services. D) Only after the store has operated long enough for the chance of business failure to be remote.
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
239) The Racquet Store (RS) sells franchise agreements in which it charges an up-front fee of $50,000 for assistance in setting up a store, and then a monthly fee of $1,000 for national advertising and administrative assistance. Steffi Hingis signs a franchise agreement with RS. Assume that Steffi signed a $50,000 installment note when she signed the franchise agreement. RS can recognize revenue associated with the $50,000: A) When Steffi signs the agreement, so long as RS has sufficient experience with similar arrangements to estimate uncollectible accounts. B) As soon as RS has assisted Steffi in setting up the store, so long as RS has sufficient experience with similar arrangements to estimate uncollectible accounts. C) Gradually as RS provides advertising and administration services. D) When RS receives installment payments from Steffi, so long as RS has sufficient experience with similar arrangements to estimate uncollectible accounts. 240) The Racquet Store (RS) sells franchise agreements in which it charges an up-front fee of $50,000 for assistance in setting up a store, and then a monthly fee of $1,000 for national advertising and administrative assistance. Steffi Hingis signs a franchise agreement with RS. Assume that Steffi signed a $50,000 installment note when she signed the franchise agreement. RS has no experience estimating uncollectible accounts associated with these sorts of notes. RS can recognize: A) $50,000 of revenue when Steffi signs the agreement. B) $50,000 of revenue as soon as it has assisted Steffi in setting up the store. C) Revenue under the installment sales method, starting when Steffi signs the agreement. D) Revenue under the installment sales method, as soon as it has assisted Steffi in setting up the store. 241) Sullivan Software sells packages of a software program and one year's worth of technical support for $500. Its packaging lists the $500 sales price as comprised of a software program at a price of $450 and technical support with a price of $100, with a $50 discount for the package deal. All of Sullivan's sales are for cash, and there are no returns. Sullivan sells the software program separately for $475 and offers a year of technical support separately for $75. Sullivan should recognize revenue for the two parts of the arrangement as follows: A) Recognize the entire $500 when the customer pays cash to buy the package. B) Recognize the portion of the $500 attributable to the software program when the customer pays cash to buy the package; defer the portion attributable to technical support and recognize over the support period. C) Defer the entire $500 and recognize over the support period. D) Recognize the entire $500 upon conclusion of the support period.
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
242) Sullivan Software sells packages of a software program and one year's worth of technical support for $500. Its packaging lists the $500 sales price as comprised of a software program at a price of $450 and technical support with a price of $100, with a $50 discount for the package deal. All of Sullivan's sales are for cash, and there are no returns. Sullivan sells the software program separately for $475 and offers a year of technical support separately for $75. The amount of revenue that GAAP, regarding software revenue recognition, would require Sullivan to attribute to the software program (as opposed to the technical support) is (rounded): A) $450. B) $475. C) $432. D) $400. 243) GAAP that covers revenue recognition for multiple-element arrangements requires that a seller recognize revenue for a particular part if: A) The part has value on a stand-alone basis. B) Customer acceptance of the part is not contingent on successful delivery of a later part. C) The part constitutes at least a "preponderance of the fair value" of the total arrangement. D) Both the part has value on stand-alone basis and customer acceptance of the part is not contingent on successful delivery of a later part are required. 244) Under GAAP, with respect to multiple-element arrangements, if the revenue for a particular part of a multiple-element arrangement does not qualify for separate recognition, it is: A) Never recognized. B) Recognized when the contract is signed or persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists. C) Recognized when revenue for the other parts is recognized. D) Recognized at the end of the contract. 245) "VSOE" stands for: A) "Vendor-specific objective evidence." B) "Vendor substantiation of earnings." C) "Value-specified operating earnings." D) "Variable set overhead earned." 246) "VSOE" is necessary to separately recognize revenue in multiple-element contracts for: A) All service contracts. B) All product contracts. C) All contracts that involve at least one non-software element. D) Software contracts.
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
247) Squeaky Shine provides car washing services in Jersey City, New Jersey. A three-month pass for automatic car wash sells for $60, which entitles the customer for an unlimited number of car washes during the contract period. Squeaky Shine estimates that pass holders wash their cars equally throughout the three-month period. On December 1st, customers purchased $1,260 of the three-month passes, with usage of the passes occurring evenly throughout the contract period. Required: 1) Prepare the journal entries that Squeaky Shine would record on December 1 and on December 31, 2021, with respect to this transaction. 2) State the account titles and amounts that will be included in Squeaky Shine's 2021 income statement and balance sheet. 248) Assume that a customer enrolls in AAA's Premier Membership, which provides 12 months of roadside assistance for $120. On August 1, 2021, a customer purchases a contract that runs from that date through July 31, 2022. Given that roadside assistance requests occur equally throughout the contract period, AAA uses "proportion of time" as its measure of progress toward completion. Required: 1) Prepare the journal entries that AAA would record on August 1 and on December 31, 2021, with respect to this transaction. 2) State the amounts included in relevant accounts in AAA's 2021 income statement and balance sheet. 249) Lux Hotels, Inc. has signed a service outsourcing contract with Deluxe Rooms, Inc. for $3 million, which was received in cash at contract inception. Under the agreement, Deluxe Rooms is obligated to clean and prepare over 5,000 hotels rooms managed by Lux Hotel on a daily basis from August 1, 2021 to July 31, 2022. Required: Prepare any journal entry that Deluxe would record: (1) at inception of the contract and (2) at the end of 2021 to recognize all revenue associated with this contract that should be recognized in 2021. 250) Poseidon Corporation, based in Greece, specializes in painting cargo ships. On December 1, 2021 Poseidon received $10 million in advance from Worldwide Shipping, Inc. to paint a 40,000-ton cargo vessel. The painting process is scheduled to begin on December 1, 2021, and the ship is to be returned to Worldwide in four months. Worldwide retains legal title to the ship during the contract period, and can sell the ship to another shipper during the contract period if it so chooses. Required: Assuming Poseidon uses "proportion of time" as its measure of progress toward completion, prepare any journal entry that Poseidon would record: (1) at inception of the contract 58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
(2) at the end of 2021 to recognize all revenue associated with this contract that should be recognized in 2021. Ignore any costs associated with providing the painting service. 251) Accorsi & Sons specializes in selling and installing upscale home theater systems. On March 1, 2021, Accorsi sold a premium home theater package that includes a projector, set of surround speakers, and high quality leather seats, along with complete installation service, for $32,500. If sold separately, each of these goods or services would have cost $15,000 (projector), $12,500 (speakers), $17,500 (seats), and $3,000 (installation), respectively. Required: How much of the transaction price would be allocated to the projector, the speakers, the leather seats, and the installation service, assuming that each of these four parts of the contract is a separate performance obligation? Show your work. 252) Baldi Piano manufactures customized pianos for concert halls. On July 1, 2021, Baldi signed a contract to deliver a concert piano for $150,000. Under the contract, Baldi is also obligated to provide a one-year maintenance service. If sold separately, the piano and the maintenance service would have cost $140,000 and $20,000, respectively. Required: How much of the transaction price would be allocated to the piano and the maintenance service, assuming they are separate performance obligations? Show your work. Use the information below to answer the following questions: The Rink offers annual $200 memberships that entitle members to unlimited use of ice-skating facilities and locker rooms. Each new membership also entitles the member to receive ten "20% off a $5 meal" coupons that are redeemable at the Rink's snack bar. The Rink estimates that approximately 80% of the coupons will be redeemed, and that, if the coupons weren't redeemed, $5 meals still would be discounted by 5% because of ongoing promotions. 253) Calculate how much of the transaction price should be allocated to each performance obligation in the contract. Show your work. 254) Prepare the journal entry to recognize the sale of a new membership. Clearly identify revenue or deferred revenue associated with each performance obligation.
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
255) Antonio's Car Services provides maintenance services for motorized vehicles. In March 2021, Rick placed an order for a new set of tires for $350. When a customer purchases goods or services in excess of $300, Antonio's gives the customer a 25% discount coupon for future purchases made in the next three months. Antonio's estimates that approximately 80% of customers utilize the coupon and that on average those customers will purchase goods or services that typically sell for $75. Required: (a) How many performance obligations are in Rick's contract? Explain the reasons for your answer. (b) Prepare a journal entry to record revenue for this transaction, assuming that Antonio's uses the residual method to estimate the stand-alone selling price of new tires sold without the discount coupon. 256) DGA Associates, Inc. sells computer workstations designed for architects. In 2021, it sold 120 workstations for $360,000. For each workstation sold, DGA distributed a 40% discount coupon for any additional future purchases made in the next 12 months. Based on historical experience, DGA expects that approximately 30% of the coupons will be utilized, and the goods purchased with the coupons would normally sell for $350. Required: (a) How many performance obligations are in a contract to purchase a computer workstation? Explain the reasons for your answer. (b) Prepare a journal entry to record revenue for the sale of 120 computer workstations, assuming that DGA uses the residual method to estimate the stand-alone selling price of the workstations sold without the discount coupon. 257) On February 12, 2021, Mohawk Home and Garden enters into contract with a local business to provide weekly grass-cutting services between May and September of that year, and receives $2,000 in advance. As part of a local business promotion, Mohawk offers a 50% discount on any barbecue grill with a list price in excess of $200. In the past, Mohawk charged the same amount ($2,000) for the same weekly grass-cutting service, but without the grill discount coupon. Based on historical experience with other clients, Mohawk estimates that about 40% of the coupons will be redeemed, purchasing grills with an average total list price of $400. Required: (a) How many performance obligations are in this contract? Explain the reasons for your answer. (b) Prepare the journal entry to account for the transaction as of February 12, 2021, clearly identifying the revenue or deferred revenue associated with each performance obligation.
60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
258) Mammoth Publishing, Inc. owns a weekly magazine called "Nova Health," and sells annual subscriptions for $96. Customers prepay their subscription fee and receive 52 issues starting in the following month. The company also offers new subscribers a 25% discount coupon on its other weekly magazine called "Fishing & Camping," which has a list price of $84 for an annual subscription. Mammoth estimates that approximately 10% of the discount coupons will be redeemed. Required: (a) How many performance obligations are in a single subscription contract? Explain the reasons for your answer. (b) Prepare the journal entry to account for one new subscription of "Nova Health," clearly identifying the revenue or deferred revenue associated with each performance obligation. Use this information to answer the following questions: On July 1, Wiggins Associates enters into a contract to provide consulting services to Pennsylvania University (PU). The contract is anticipated to last four months and is intended to achieve significant cost savings at the university. The contract stipulates that PU will pay Wiggins $25,000 at the end of each month, and, if total cost savings reach a specific target, PU will pay an additional $20,000 to Wiggins at the end of the contract. Wiggins estimates a 75% chance that cost savings will reach the target. 259) Assume that Wiggins estimates uncertain consideration as the most likely amount. Required: Do the following for Wiggins: a. Prepare the journal entry on July 31 to record the first month of revenue under the contract. b. Assuming total cost savings exceed the target, prepare the journal entry, if any, on October 31 to record receipt of the $20,000 bonus (ignore the normal October payment of $25,000). c. Assuming total cost savings do not reach the target, prepare the journal entry, if any, on October 31 to record failure to receive the $20,000 bonus (ignore the normal October payment of $25,000). 260) Assume that Wiggins estimates variable consideration as the expected value. Required: Prepare the journal entry on July 31 to record the first month of revenue under the contract.
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
261) Dr. Privacy, Inc. specializes in shredding office documents and destroying computer hard drives for various clients in the U.S. In June 2021, it enters into a contract with the U.S. government to properly discard computer hard drives. The contract specifies a fixed fee of $50,000 for the first 25,000 hard drives, and an additional $5,000 for each incremental 10,000 drives. The company estimates a 65% chance of handling 25,000 drives or fewer, 30% chance of handling more than 25,000 drives but fewer than 35,000 drives, and 5% chance of handling more than 35,000 drives but fewer than 45,000 drives. Required: Assuming that the company determines transaction price as the expected value of the consideration, what is Dr. Privacy's estimate of the transaction price for this contract? 262) In February 2021, Omnibus Interior Corporation enters into a contract with Pike Realty to remodel a 6-unit luxury condominium in New York City. Under the contract, the company is entitled to receive a fixed fee of $1 million, and an additional performance bonus of $500,000 if the property is sold during the same year. Required: Given a strong demand for housing, Omnibus estimates that the property would most likely be sold within the same year, and bases estimates of variable consideration on the most likely estimate. On what transaction price should Omnibus base revenue recognition? Use this information to answer the following questions: Brunetti Co. designed and installed customized signs for Di Antonio CPA, Inc. Brunetti's contract specifies that it will receive a flat fee of $150,000 for providing the customized signs, and an additional $10,000 if 30% of Di Antonio's new customers indicate they first learned of Di Antonio because of the signs. Based on historical experience, Brunetti estimates that there is a 90% chance it will achieve the threshold to receive a bonus. 263) Assuming Brunetti uses the most likely value to estimate the variable consideration, calculate the transaction price. 264) Assuming Brunetti determines transaction price as the "expected value" of the variable consideration, what would be the appropriate transaction price for this contract? 265) Assume Brunetti uses the "expected value" approach, but is very uncertain of that estimate due to a lack of experience with similar arrangements. What would be the appropriate transaction price?
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
266) Omni-Resistor, Inc. specializes in waterproofing homes, office buildings and other structures. Recently it completed a waterproofing renovation for a building at a local university. The contract specifies that Omni-Resistor will receive a flat lump sum of $100,000 for the renovation, and an additional $2,500 if there is no roof leaking through the roof within the first year after the renovation. The seller estimates that there is an 85% chance that no leakage will occur within the first year. Required: (a) Assuming Omni-Resistor uses the most likely value to estimate the variable consideration, calculate the transaction price. (b) Assuming Omni-Resistor determines transaction price as the "expected value" of the variable consideration, calculate the transaction price. (c) Assume Omni-Resistor uses the "expected value" approach, but is very uncertain of that estimate due to a lack of experience with similar renovations. Calculate the transaction price. Use this information to answer the following questions: Portelli Services provides room-cleaning arrangements for hotels in Pennsylvania. On April 1, Silvia Hotels & Resorts signed an agreement to outsource its room-cleaning functions to Portelli. The contract specifies the service fee to be $15,000 per month, and all payments are to be made shortly after the end of each quarter. It also specifies that Portelli will receive an additional quarterly bonus of $3,000 if, during that quarter, Silvia receives no more than five complaints from customers about room cleanliness. • On April 1, based on historical experience, Portelli estimated that there is a 75% chance that it will receive the quarterly bonus. • On May 5, Portelli learned that, during March, there were two complaints from customers related to room cleanliness. Based on this new information, Portelli revised its estimate downward to 40% that it would be entitled to receive the quarterly bonus. • On June 30, Silvia notified Portelli that, for the quarter ended, there were four complaints associated with room cleanliness, so Portelli would receive the bonus. Two days later, Portelli received all payments due for all services rendered in the second quarter, including the bonus. Portelli bases estimates of variable consideration on the most likely amount it expects to receive. 267) Prepare Portelli's April 30 journal entry to account for the revenue recognized in April. 268) Prepare Portelli's May 31 journal entry to record the revenue recognized in May, as well as any appropriate adjustments to the revenue that had been recognized in April. 269) Prepare Portelli's June 30 journal entry to record additional service revenue recognized, as well as the journal entry on July 2 to record the receipt of payment from Silvia.
63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Romano Services provides room cleaning arrangements for hotels in Ohio. On April 1, Silvia Hotels & Resorts signed an agreement to outsource its room-cleaning functions to Romano. The contract specifies the service fee to be $15,000 per month, and all payments are to be made shortly after the end of each quarter. It also specifies that Romano will receive an additional quarterly bonus of $3,000 if, during that quarter, Silvia receives no more than five complaints from customers about room cleanliness. • On April 1, based on historical experience, Romano estimated that there is a 75% chance that it will receive the quarterly bonus. • On May 5, Romano learned that, during March, there were two complaints from customers related to room cleanliness. Based on this new information, Romano revised its estimate downward to 40% that it would be entitled to receive the quarterly bonus. • On June 30, Silvia notified Romano that, for the quarter ended, there were four complaints associated with room cleanliness, so Romano would receive the bonus. Two days later, Romano received all payments due for all services rendered in the second quarter, including the bonus. Romano bases estimates of variable consideration on the expected value of the consideration it expects to receive. 270) Prepare Romano's April 30 journal entry to account for the revenue recognized in April. 271) Prepare Romano's May 30 journal entry to record the revenue recognized in May, as well as any appropriate adjustments to the revenue that had been recognized in April. 272) Prepare Romano's June 30 journal entry to record additional service revenue recognized, as well as and the journal entry on July 2 to record the receipt of payment from Silvia.
64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Veras Bus Transportation provides on-campus bus services for universities. On January 1, it enters into a one-year contract with Moose University to operate five bus lines traveling throughout the campus. Under the contract, Veras will be paid $100,000 on the last day of each month. In addition, Veras will receive an additional $120,000 at the end of each six-month period, provided it remains free of accidents. • On January 1, based on historical experience, Veras estimated that there is a 75% chance that it will remain free of accidents for the entire year. • On March 20, three of the most senior drivers at Veras abruptly left. As a result, Veras had to hire inexperienced drivers to fill the vacant positions. Consequently, Veras revised its estimate to a 30% chance that it would be entitled to receive the semiannual bonus and decided to continue this 30% probability estimate until its six-month review at the end of June. • On June 30, Moose confirmed that there was no accident between January and June, so Veras would be entitled to the semiannual bonus. Veras bases estimates of variable consideration on the most likely amount it expects to receive. 273) Prepare Veras' January 31 journal entry to account for the revenue recognized from January 1 – January 31. 274) Prepare Veras' March 31 journal entry to record the revenue recognized from March 1 – March 31, as well as any appropriate adjustments to the revenue already presumed to have been recorded from January 1 – February 28. 275) Prepare Veras' June 30 journal entry to account for cash received from Moose University. Include the revenue to be recognized for June 1 - June 30, as well as any necessary adjustments to revenue presumed to have been previously recorded.
65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Terra Bus Transportation provides on-campus bus services for universities. On January 1, it enters into a one-year contract with Moose University to operate five bus lines traveling throughout the campus. Under the contract, Terra will be paid $100,000 on the last day of each month. In addition, Terra will receive an additional $120,000 at the end of each six-month period, provided it remains free of accidents. • On January 1, based on historical experience, Terra estimated that there is a 75% chance that it will remain free of accidents for the entire year. • On March 20, three of the most senior drivers at Terra abruptly left. As a result, Terra had to hire inexperienced drivers to fill the vacant positions. Consequently, Terra revised its estimate to a 30% chance that it would be entitled to receive the semiannual bonus and decided to continue this 30% probability estimate until its six-month review at the end of June. • On June 30, Moose confirmed that there was no accident between January and June, so Terra would be entitled to the semiannual bonus. Terra bases estimates of variable consideration on the expected value it expects to receive. 276) Prepare Terra's January journal entry to account for the revenue recognized from January 1 - January 31. 277) Prepare Terra's March 31 journal entry to record the revenue recognized from March 1 March 31, as well as any appropriate adjustments to the revenue presumed already recorded from January 1 - February 28. 278) Prepare Terra's June 30 journal entry to account for cash received from Moose University. Include the revenue to be recognized for June 1 - June 30, as well as any necessary adjustments to revenue presumed to have been previously recorded. 279) Riker receives $30,000 from Troy as payment for a vehicle that has a fair value of $40,000. The $30,000 constitutes full payment for the vehicle as specified in the sales contract. Assume that the time value of money is viewed as significant for this contract. Required: (a) Did Troy pay Riker before or after delivery of the vehicle? (b) Prepare the journal entry Riker would make to record delivery of the vehicle, assuming no interest revenue or interest expense had been recorded previously. (c) Prepare the journal entry Riker would make to record receipt of Troy's payment, assuming no interest revenue or interest expense had been recorded previously.
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
280) Brenda receives $220,000 from Sandra as payment for goods that have a fair value of $190,000. The $220,000 constitutes full payment for the goods as specified in the sales contract. Assume that the time value of money is viewed as significant for this contract. Required: (a) Did Sandra pay Brenda before or after delivery of the goods? (b) Prepare the journal entry Brenda would make to record delivery of the goods, assuming no interest revenue or interest expense had been recorded previously. (c) Prepare the journal entry Brenda would make to record receipt of Sandra's payment, assuming no interest revenue or interest expense had been recorded previously. 281) Assume that GM signs a contract to deliver 10 buses to the Tompkins Consolidated Area Transit (TCAT), which provides transit service throughout Tompkins County, for $4 million. Under the contract, TCAT makes a cash payment of $4 million to GM, and the 10 buses are shipped immediately from GM's existing inventory. At the same time, GM obtains the right to advertise its products on all of TCAT buses for six months, and makes a cash payment of $20,000 to GM for the advertising service. The fair value of the advertising service is $18,000. Required: Prepare the journal entries GM should record to account for the sale of the buses and the purchase of the advertisements. Indicate the amount of revenue GM should recognize for its sale of buses to TCAT. 282) Typhoon Sons & Co. manufactures various types of golf clubs to third party vendors. On April 1, 2021, Typhoon delivers a large quantity of golf clubs to Resona Country Club. Under the sales agreement, Resona is obligated to pay Typhoon $200,000 within six months. On May 1, Typhoon purchases for cash the right to advertise its products during Resona's annual golf tournament event for $3,000. Resona normally charges $2,500 for such services. On August 15, Resona pays Typhoon all amounts owed. Required: Prepare the journal entries Typhoon should record to account for the transaction on April 1, May 1 and August 15. Indicate the amount of revenue that Typhoon should recognize on its sale of golf clubs to Resona.
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
283) AgriFoods, Inc. prepares and delivers agricultural products to industrial-scale kitchens and food service providers. One of its key customers is Home Kitchen & Co., which provides cafeteria solutions for corporations and universities. On January 1, 2021, AgriFoods obtained a one-year contract to supply a pre-specified amount of vegetables to Home Kitchen, and received $600,000 in cash. Then, on March 15, AgriFoods hired Home to run one of its employee cafeterias for a period of six months, from April to September, and paid $70,000 in cash. For similar arrangements, Home usually charged $50,000. Required: (a) Prepare the journal entries AgriFoods would record on January 1, 2021 and January 31, 2021 with respect to the sales contract. Assume revenue is accrued on a monthly basis. (b) Prepare the journal entry to account for AgriFoods' purchase of Home's services. Use this information to answer the following questions: Beaumont Company enters into a contract to provide a high quality diving-certification preparation package, including goggles, snorkels, air tanks, fins, a wetsuit, and 5 private lessons to get ready for diving certifications. The entire package sells for $2,500. 284) Other competing sellers in the same region charge an average of $250 for a set of goggles and $750 for the lessons, if sold separately. Beaumont Company usually sells at a 5% discount compared to other shops, since it is a bit farther away from the ocean. Required: What would be Beaumont's stand-alone selling price of the goggles and the lessons, based on adjusted market assessment approach? 285) Typically, Beaumont incurs $375 on compensation and other costs to provide the private lessons, and earns an average of 40% profit over cost on service offerings. Required: Assuming that the diving equipment and the certification lessons are separate performance obligations, estimate the stand-alone selling price of the certified lessons based on the expected cost plus margin approach. 286) Typically, if Beaumont were to sell the equipment only, it would ask for $2,000. Required: Assuming that the diving equipment and the certification lessons are separate performance obligations, estimate the stand-alone selling price of the lessons based on the residual approach.
68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
287) CompuLand Center sells a full assortment of computer parts, including motherboards, video cards, and cables, and also offers complementary computer assembly services. The assembly service is offered by other vendors for $100 on average, and CompuLand typically charges approximately 20% more than other vendors for similar services on a stand-alone basis. Required: Estimate the stand-alone selling price of the assembly service using the adjusted market assessment approach. 288) CompuValue Center sells a full assortment of computer parts, including motherboards, video cards, and cables, and also offers complementary computer assembly services. CompuValue estimates that it incurs $50 in labor and materials on average to complete one assembly order, with an average of 75% profit based on cost. Required: Assuming that computer parts and assembly service are separate performance obligations, estimate the stand-alone selling price of the assembly service based on the expected cost plus margin approach. 289) CompuTime Center sells a full assortment of computer parts, including motherboards, video cards, and cables. It also offers complementary computer assembly services. A customer places an order for an advanced workstation, and CompuTime asks for $3,500. If CompuTime were to sell only the parts in an advanced workstation, with no assembly, the price would be $3,300. Required: Assuming that computer parts and assembly service are separate performance obligations, estimate the stand-alone selling price of the assembly service based on the residual approach. 290) Bria Furniture sells bed frames and mattresses. One of its products is a premium therapeutic bed set produced by OmniSleep, which comes with a mattress and a bed frame. Bria offers a package consisting of the mattress, the frame, and on-site installation by its staff. All of these components can be sold separately, as often done by other vendors, so Bria concludes that these are separate performance obligations. Bria sells the OmniSleep package for $3,000. The mattress and the frame are sold separately for $2,000 and $900, respectively. Other vendors in the same area typically charge $200 for on-site installation. Bria does not sell on-site installation separately. On average, the prices charged by Bria are 10% higher than those of its competitors. Bria estimates that it incurs about $100 of compensation and other costs to provide the installation service. The profit margin over cost is estimated to be approximately 35%. Required: Estimate the stand-alone selling price of the installation service using (a) the adjusted market assessment approach, (b) the expected cost plus margin approach, and (c) the residual approach.
69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
291) Mahogany Billiards sells upscale pool tables and related supplies. It sells a premium package consisting of a pool table imported from Europe, a full set of cues and balls, and on-site installation by its staff. Mahogany determines that each of these components is a performance obligation. Mahogany sells the pool table separately for $3,000 and the set of cues and balls for $1,000. The entire package is sold at $4,500. Mahogany does not offer on-site installation separately, as part of company policy. It also estimates that it incurs about $350 of compensation and other costs per each installation. Other competing vendors sell on-site installation separately for $450, on average. Mahogany typically earns a profit margin of 40% over cost, and its prices are generally 5% lower than those charged by competitors. Required: Estimate the stand-alone selling price of the installation service using (a) the adjusted market assessment approach, (b) the expected cost plus margin approach, and (c) the residual approach. 292) Assume that, on April 1, 2021, a customer visits MicrosoftStore.com and purchases Microsoft Windows 14 Ultimate for $170. Windows 14 Ultimate comes in a DVD format which the customer can use permanently, and Microsoft does not expect that its actions subsequent to April 1, 2021 will affect the value the customer obtains from using the software. Required: How much revenue should Microsoft recognize in 2021 with respect to this particular transaction? 293) Smith & Sons is a CPA firm that provides proprietary software to its clients. One of its software packages sells for $150 and contains pre-programmed tutorials on basic accounting concepts. Another product sells for $3,000 and contains Smith & Sons' archive of accounting standards and articles, which Smith & Sons updates on a weekly basis and downloads to archive users for the two years following purchase of the product. Required: If a customer purchases both software packages on June 1, 2021, how much revenue should Smith & Sons recognize for the year? 294) Berry Farm produces organic tomatoes and strawberries. In June 2021, it transported 100 boxes of strawberries with a price of $20 per box to the Bay Farmers' Market. Berry Farm paid an upfront fee of $100 to present its products at the market for one week, and the market earns a 25% profit margin on each item sold, but Berry Farm is responsible for any items that remain unsold at the end of the week. Required: The market was able to sell 65 boxes of strawberries to customers. How much revenue should Berry Farm recognize with respect to this transaction?
70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
295) Holmgren Seafoods, Inc. catches and processes salmon and tuna caught off the coast of Maine. In May 2021, it placed 100 freshly caught wild salmon with a retail price of $75 each in Joe's Fish Shop. Holmgren's contract with the shop stipulates that the shop will earn a 15% commission on each salmon sold. Joe's is responsible for purchasing any fish that remain unsold at the end of a three-day period. Required: During the three-day period, Joe's Fish Shop was able to sell 88 of the 100 salmon. How much revenue should Holmgren recognize with respect to this transaction? 296) Colombo Coffee sells gift cards that can be used at its 55 branches. During 2020, customers purchased $25,000 of gift cards, of which $3,000 were redeemed during 2021. It is estimated that a balance of $1,500 of cards sold in 2020 remains unused as of the end of 2021, and Colombo determines that this amount will never be redeemed, based on historical experience. During 2021, Colombo further sold $32,000 of gift cards, of which $26,000 were redeemed and $6,000 remain unused but may be used by customer in 2022. Required: How much gift card revenue should Colombo recognize in 2021? 297) Moretti Department Store sells gift cards that expire three years from the date of purchase. During 2019, Moretti sold $50,000 of gift cards, of which $1,500 were redeemed during 2021. At the end of 2021, it is estimated that approximately $800 of the 2019 balance remains unused, and Moretti concludes that it will never be redeemed. Moretti sold another $55,000 of gift cards in 2020, of which $22,000 were redeemed in 2021, and $60,000 of gift cards in 2021, of which $40,000 were redeemed in 2021. Required: How much revenue with respect to gift cards should Moretti recognize in 2021?
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Beck Construction Company began work on a new building project on January 1, 2020. The project is to be completed by December 31, 2022, for a fixed price of $108 million. The following are the actual costs incurred and estimates of remaining costs to complete the project that were made by Beck's accounting staff: Years
Actual costs incurred in each year
2020 2021 2022
$30 million $45 million $35 million
Estimated remaining costs to complete the project (measured at Dec. 31 of each year) $60 million $45 million $0
298) What amount of gross profit (or loss) would Beck record on this project in each year, assuming that Beck recognizes revenue for this project upon completion of the project? Place answers in the spaces provided below and show supporting computations.
Years
Gross Profit (or Loss) recognized
Supporting computations
2020 2021 2022 299) What amount of gross profit (or loss) would Beck record on this project in each year, assuming that Beck recognizes revenue for this project over time according to percentage of completion? Place answers in the spaces provided below and show supporting computations.
Years
Gross Profit (or Loss) recognized
Supporting computations
2020 2021 2022
72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Beavis Construction Company was the low bidder on a construction project to build an earthen dam for $1,800,000. The project was begun in 2020 and completed in 2021. Cost and other data are presented below:
Costs incurred during the year Estimated costs to complete Billings during the year Cash collections during the year
2020 $ 450,000 1,050,000 400,000 300,000
2021 $1,100,000 0 1,400,000 1,500,000
300) Assume that Beavis recognizes revenue on this contract over time according to percentage of completion. Required: Compute the amount of gross profit recognized during 2020 and 2021. 301) Assume that Beavis recognizes revenue on this contract over time according to percentage of completion. Required: Prepare all journal entries to record costs, billings, collections, and profit recognition. 302) Assume that Beavis recognizes revenue upon completion of the project. Required: Compute the amount of gross profit recognized during 2020 and 2021. 303) Assume that Beavis recognizes revenue upon completion of the project. Required: Prepare all journal entries to record costs, billings, collections, and profit recognition.
73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
304) In 2021, Chicago Construction began work on a three-year construction project to build a new performing arts complex (the PAC). The PAC contract price is $150 million. Chicago recognizes revenue on this contract over time according to percentage of completion. At the end of 2021, the following financial statement information indicates the results to date for the PAC (missing items denoted by letter): INCOME STATEMENT: Revenue Cost of construction Gross profit BALANCE SHEET: Accounts receivable from construction billings Construction in progress Less: Billings on construction Net billings in excess of construction in progress
$ w million 35 million $ x million
$14 million $50 million ($y million)
CASH FLOW STATEMENT Cash collections
$z million
$46 million
Required: Compute the following, placing your answer in the spaces provided and showing supporting computations below: Item to compute Total revenue recognized during 2021 (w): Gross profit recognized during 2021 (x): Billings on construction (y): Net billings in excess of construction in progress (z): Calculate the percentage of PAC that was completed during 2021:
Answer
74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
305) In 2021, KP Building Inc. began work on a four-year construction project (called Cincy One). The contract price is $300 million. KP recognizes revenue on this contract over time according to percentage of completion. At the end of 2021, the following financial statement information indicates the results to date for Cincy One: INCOME STATEMENT: Gross profit (before-taxes) recognized in 2021 BALANCE SHEET: Accounts receivable from construction billings Construction in progress Less: Billings on construction Net billings in excess of construction in progress
$22 million
$10 million $66 million ($75 million) $9 million
Required: Compute the following, placing your answer in the spaces provided and showing supporting computations below. Item to compute Cash collected by KP on Cincy One during 2021 Actual costs incurred by KP on Cincy One during 2021 At 12/31/2021, the estimated remaining costs to complete Cincy One The percentage of Cincy One that was completed during 2021
Answer
Use this information to answer the following questions: McCombs Contractors received a contract to construct a mental health facility for $2,500,000. Construction was begun in 2020 and completed in 2021. Cost and other data are presented below:
Costs incurred during the year Estimated costs to complete Billings during the year Cash collections during the year
2020 $1,500,000 1,200,000 1,200,000 1,000,000
2021 $1,300,000 0 1,300,000 1,500,000
306) Assume that McCombs recognizes revenue on this contract over time according to percentage of completion. Required: Compute the amount of gross profit recognized during 2020 and 2021.
75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
307) Assume that McCombs recognizes revenue on this contract over time according to percentage of completion. Required: Prepare all journal entries to record costs, billings, collections, and profit (loss) recognition. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar. 308) Assume that McCombs recognizes revenue upon project completion. Required: Compute the amount of gross profit recognized by McCombs during 2020 and 2021. 309) Silica Corporation constructs highly specialized communication satellites. A customer in Hong Kong recently placed an order for a cable TV satellite at a price of $20 million. The order was placed in April 2021, and the satellite is to be delivered in one year. The customer has guaranteed to pay in full at the end of 2021, regardless of progress or cancellation. Silica uses "proportion of time" as its measure of progress toward completion. Required: When should Silica recognize revenue: at completion, or as the construction is performed? 310) Hans Cars & Trucks sells various types of used vehicles with a one-year warranty that covers any defects. When customers make a purchase, they also receive a coupon for 10 free engine oil changes and an option to change all of the tires for $50 after 30,000 miles. Typically, customers pay $25 for an oil change and $250 for a new set of tires. Required: (a) Given the information above, how many performance obligations exist in the contract to purchase a vehicle? (b) Assume the same contract but that it offers customers an option to change all of the tires for $250 after 30,000 miles. How many performance obligations exist in the contract to purchase a vehicle? 311) Lexikon Pianos sells customized concert pianos throughout the U.S. Its grand concert piano sells for $200,000, which includes delivery and installation. The product comes with a two-year warranty that covers any product defects, and customers can choose to add an extended threeyear warranty for maintenance and repair at a price of $2,000. Customers also get an option to upgrade traditional plastic keys to bone ones for an additional $20,000. The extended warranty would normally sell for $3,500, and the installation of bone keys carries a stand-alone price of $30,000. Required: (a) Given the information above, how many performance obligations exist in the contract to purchase a grand concert piano? (b) Now, assume that the stand-alone price of the extended warranty is $2,000, and that of the bone key upgrade is $20,000. How many performance obligations exist in the contract to 76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
purchase a grand concert piano? 312) Summerhill Construction builds luxury houses in remote areas. On June 1, 2021, the company signed a contract to build a house in an undeveloped section of a mountainside, and received $2 million in advance for the job. To complete the project, the company must construct a pathway leading to the building lot, clear a large hillside, and construct a wooden house. Normally, the company would charge $400,000, $1,400,000, and $500,000, respectively, for each of these tasks if done separately. Required: Given the information above, how many performance obligations are included in this contract? 313) Optimus Pools, Inc. constructs outdoor swimming pools for wealthy individuals. Recently it obtained an order to build a three-lane swimming pool of 25 yards in length in the customer's backyard. Under the contract, Optimus is also obligated to install a water heater and a filtration system, which are necessary to make a swimming pool fully functional. Total price for the construction was $55,000. Each of these smaller components would typically cost $40,000, $10,000, and 20,000 if installed separately. Required: Given the information above, how many performance obligations are included in this contract? 314) FlexMotors, Inc. manufactures a variety of electronic drills and grass cutters. Recently, it introduced a new line of handheld drills that generates much less noise and consumes much less energy, but carries a much higher price tag. The company is currently considering whether it should record $1.2 million of revenue upon shipment. Under the contract, FlexMotors is obligated to accept any products from the distributors if they are not sold within 6 months. The company is confident that the new model will sell, but is unable to accurately estimate returns, because it has never sold anything quite like it. Required: How much revenue should FlexMotors recognize upon shipment to distributors? 315) Horowitz Paint Shop sold $3,000 of paint to a local construction company for cash on June 25, 2021. Because of a flood in the area, the customer requested that Horowitz not ship the items from its warehouse until July 3, 2021, so Horowitz set aside the paint on June 25, packaged and ready to ship on July 3. Required: For the second quarter ending on June 30, how much revenue should Horowitz recognize for the sale to the local construction company? Explain your answer.
77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
316) On December 28, 2021, Omega Steel, Inc. sold $100,000 of steel sheets to a car manufacturer. Due to holidays, Omega was unable to find a truck driver to deliver the product. Delivery was finally made on January 5, 2022. Required: How much revenue should Omega recognize in 2021 for the sale to the car manufacturer? Explain your answer. 317) The following disclosure note appeared in a recent annual report to stockholders of Dell Inc., the computer manufacturer: "Net revenue includes sales of hardware, software and peripherals, and services (including extended service contracts and professional services). These products and services are sold either separately or as part of a multiple-element arrangement. Dell allocates fees from multiple-element arrangements to the elements based on the relative fair value of each element, which is generally based on the relative list price of each element. For sales of extended warranties with a separate contract price, Dell defers revenue equal to the separately stated price. Revenue associated with undelivered elements is deferred and recorded when delivery occurs. Product revenue is recognized, net of an allowance for estimated returns, when both title and risk of loss transfer to the customer, provided that no significant obligations remain. Revenue from extended warranty and service contracts, for which Dell is obligated to perform, is recorded as deferred revenue and subsequently recognized over the term of the contract or when the service is completed. Revenue from sales of third-party extended warranty and service contracts, for which Dell is not obligated to perform, is recognized on a net basis at the time of sale." Briefly explain why Dell Computer recognizes revenue at different times for (a) product sales, (b) extended warranty and service contracts for which Dell is obligated to perform, and (c) extended warranty and service contracts for which a third party is obligated to perform. 318) Are the following separate performance obligations: prepayments, quality-assurance warranty, extended warranty, right of return? For each, indicate yes or no, and explain. 319) Explain two approaches a seller can use to estimate variable consideration, and when each approach is likely to be more appropriate. 320) Are sellers ever constrained from including variable consideration in the transaction price used to estimate revenue? Explain, providing indicators of circumstances that could require that constraint. 321) Briefly describe at least two indicators that can be used to distinguish whether a seller is a principal or an agent according to GAAP. 322) Explain the differences between how a principal and agent would show a sale of a product that has gross revenues of $1,000, cost of goods sold of $750, and a commission paid by the principle of 10% of gross sales on their respective income statements.
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
323) Explain briefly how a company who sells to distributors with a right of return might manage earnings if the company was falling short of profit projections. What sort of ethical problems could result from that earnings management? 324) Many high-tech companies sell products with the opportunity for retailers to return the merchandise if it is unsold after a certain period. This reduces the retailer's risk of inventory obsolescence. Explain the implications on revenue recognition under this kind of policy. Include a specific example. 325) Briefly explain the circumstances in which license revenue is recognized over time versus at a point in time. Provide an example of each. 326) Briefly explain the circumstances that indicate the seller has a bill-and-hold sale and a consignment sale, and how that affects the timing of revenue recognition for each. 327) Briefly explain the difference between an account receivable, a contract asset, and a contract liability, with respect to balance sheet disclosure. 328) What is the objective of disclosures about revenue recognition? Indicate at least two common types of important revenue recognition disclosures. 329) Imagine that the Ace Construction Company (ACC) concludes that it must switch from recognizing revenue on long-term contracts over time according to percentage of completion to recognizing revenue upon completion of each contract. Assume that none of their construction projects are going to produce a loss. Is it possible that, in a particular year, ACC will show higher gross profit under the new approach (recognizing revenue upon contract completion) than they did under the old approach (recognizing revenue over time according to percentage of completion)? Explain. 330) Briefly explain how a company that recognized revenue over time by estimating percentage of completion using a cost-to-cost ratio could manage earnings upward to meet a profit projection. What sort of ethical problems could result from that earnings management? 331) Briefly explain how gross profit is recorded when revenue on long-term construction projects is recognized over time according to percentage of completion. 332) Under what circumstances can revenue on long-term construction contracts be recognized over time according to percentage of completion?
79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 6 Revenue Recognition 1) Companies recognize revenue when goods or services are transferred to customers for the amount the company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Core principle and 5 steps to apply it Learning Objective: 06-01 State the core revenue recognition principle and the five key steps in applying it. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 2) Companies always recognize revenue when goods or services are transferred to customers for the amount the company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Core principle and 5 steps to apply it Learning Objective: 06-01 State the core revenue recognition principle and the five key steps in applying it. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3) "Determine whether it is probable the seller will collect the consideration it is entitled to receive" is one of the five steps to applying the core revenue recognition principle. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Core principle and 5 steps to apply it Learning Objective: 06-01 State the core revenue recognition principle and the five key steps in applying it. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4) Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101 was issued by the FASB to clarify its guidelines on revenue recognition. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Core principle and 5 steps to apply it Learning Objective: 06-01 State the core revenue recognition principle and the five key steps in applying it. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Reporting / Keyboard Navigation 5) A transfer of goods or services is complete when the customer has control over the goods or services. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transfer of control and indicators Learning Objective: 06-02 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue at a single point in time. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 6) Revenue always is recognized once the buyer has physical possession of goods. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transfer of control and indicators Learning Objective: 06-02 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue at a single point in time. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
7) Sellers should recognize revenue over time for a long-term contract in which the seller is receiving periodic payments for progress to date but may need to refund those payments in the event the contract is cancelled. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Revenue over time―Criteria Learning Objective: 06-03 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue over a period of time. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 8) A common output method used to measure progress towards completion is to compare cost incurred to date to total costs estimated to complete the job. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Revenue over time―Progress to completion Learning Objective: 06-03 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue over a period of time. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 9) Revenue should be recognized over time for the construction of an annex to a building that the customer owns, even if the seller will not receive payment until the annex is completed. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Revenue over time―Criteria Learning Objective: 06-03 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue over a period of time. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
10) A common output method used to measure progress towards completion is to determine the proportion of promised goods or services that have been transferred to date. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Revenue over time―Progress to completion Learning Objective: 06-03 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue over a period of time. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 11) No allocation of contract price is required if the transaction involves a performance obligation to be satisfied over time. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Revenue over time―Progress to completion Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 12) The transaction price should be allocated to the contract's performance obligations in proportion to the stand-alone selling prices of the performance obligations. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Mult perf oblig―Allocate transact price Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
13) No allocation of contract price is required if the transaction involves multiple performance obligations that are satisfied at different points in time. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Mult perf oblig―Allocate transact price Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 14) If the contract contains multiple performance obligations, revenue must be recognized in an amount equal to the fair value of each of the separate performance obligations. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Mult perf oblig―Allocate transact price Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 15) The transaction price is only allocated to goods or services that are both capable of being distinct and that are separately identifiable. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Mult perf oblig―Identify the perf oblig Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
16) Goods or services are distinct if they are either capable of being distinct or are separately identifiable. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Mult perf oblig―Identify the perf oblig Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 17) A contract between a seller and a buyer need not be in writing to be enforceable. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Contract features―Identify the contract Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 18) If the contract is not in writing, revenue cannot be recognized, even though goods have been transferred and payment is expected to be received in exchange. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Contract features―Identify the contract Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 19) The probability that the customer will pay the seller does not affect whether a contract exists for purposes of revenue recognition. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Contract features―Identify the contract Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
20) A contract exists for purposes of revenue recognition if either the seller or customer has performed an obligation specified by the contract. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Contract features―Identify the contract Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 21) An option for a customer to purchase additional goods at a discount from list price is only a performance obligation if the discount is a material right that the customer would not receive otherwise. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Contract features―Customer options Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 22) A warranty that the customer can purchase separately and that covers a long period of time after the purchase date is likely to be a quality-assurance warranty. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Contract features―Warranties Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry / Keyboard Navigation
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
23) If an option to purchase an extended warranty at a special discount is included with a product when the product is purchased, a portion of the contract price needs to be allocated to the option. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Contract features―Warranties Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 24) A fee for recording a new customer in the seller's information system should be treated as a separate performance obligation and should be recognized upon payment. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Contract features―Prepayments Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 25) An option for a customer to purchase additional goods at a discount from list price is always a performance obligation, because it confers a material right. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Contract features―Customer options Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
26) Accounting for quality-assurance warranties includes a credit to warranty expense and a debit to contingent liability. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Contract features―Warranties Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 27) When a contract includes variable consideration, the probability-weighted amount must be used when there are different probabilities of occurrence. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Variable consideration Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 28) To account for variable consideration using the most likely amount, the probability of each possible amount is multiplied by the possible amount to get an expected contract price. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Variable consideration Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
29) If the estimate of a transaction price is revised, the price change is allocated entirely to the remaining performance obligations that are yet to be satisfied. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Variable consideration Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 30) The amount of variable consideration that can be recognized is limited to the amount for which it is probable that there won't be a significant reversal of revenue recognized to date when uncertainty resolves in the future. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Variable consid constraint Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 31) The right of return is a separate performance obligation, and a portion of the transaction price needs to be allocated to it for revenue recognition. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Right of return Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
32) When the right of return exists, revenue can be recognized at the point of sale if the seller can make reliable estimates of future returns. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Right of return Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 33) If the seller is a principal, the seller has primary responsibility for delivering a product or service. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Principal or agent Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 34) If the seller is a principal, the seller typically is not vulnerable to risks associated with delivering the product or service. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Principal or agent Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
35) If the seller is a principal, the seller typically is vulnerable to risks associated with returns of inventory from the customer. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Principal or agent Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 36) If the seller is a principal, the seller should recognize gross revenue and cost of sales associated with the transaction. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Principal or agent Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 37) If the seller is an agent, the seller typically is vulnerable to risk associated with delivering the product or service. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Principal or agent Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
38) If the seller is an agent, the seller typically recognizes cost associated with the sale on its own line in the income statement. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Principal or agent Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 39) The transaction price should be adjusted to reflect the time value of money for interest payable, but not for interest receivable. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Time value of money Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 40) Sellers are only required to adjust the transaction price to reflect the time value of money when the contract has a significant financing component. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Time value of money Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) If the seller is paid prior to delivery of goods or services and the time value of money is viewed as significant, the seller subsequently will recognize interest expense. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Time value of money Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 42) If the seller is paid after delivery of goods or services and the time value of money is viewed as significant, the seller subsequently will recognize interest expense. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Time value of money Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 43) If the time value of money is viewed as significant and the seller recognizes deferred revenue, the seller subsequently also will recognize interest expense. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transaction price―Time value of money Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
44) If a seller makes payments to a customer to purchase goods or services, and those payments are equal to the stand-alone selling prices of those goods or services, part of those payments are a refund to the customer. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Pay by seller to customer Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 45) The adjusted market assessment approach can be used to estimate the stand-alone selling price of a good or service. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Adjusted market approach Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 46) The residual approach to estimate stand-alone selling prices is often used for goods or services that are sold separately and that have stable prices. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Residual approach Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
47) Revenue typically should not be recognized when payment is received but the goods are warehoused at the seller's facility. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Timing of rev rec―Bill-and-hold Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 48) In a bill-and-hold arrangement, revenue only can be recognized after the sale of the goods to the end user. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Timing of rev rec―Bill-and-hold Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 49) In franchise arrangements, the franchisor's performance obligations are not separately identifiable, so revenue must be recognized over time. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Timing of rev rec―Franchises Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) The same revenue recognition requirements always apply to franchise arrangements that apply to other selling arrangements. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Timing of rev rec―Franchises Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 51) In a consignment arrangement, revenue typically should not be recognized until sale to a third party occurs, even though there has been a physical transfer of goods to the consignee, because the consignor still retains legal title to the goods. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Timing of rev rec―Consignment Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 52) Sellers recognize revenue for gift cards at the point in time control of the gift card is transferred to the customer. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Timing of rev rec―Gift cards Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
53) If a license is acquired to use intellectual property for a 5-year period, revenue always is recognized at the point in time the customer begins to benefit from the license. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Licenses Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 54) If a licensee benefits from the seller's activity over the license period with respect to the licensed intellectual property, revenue should be recognized over time. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Licenses Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 55) Under U.S. GAAP, if a license gives a customer access to symbolic intellectual property, revenue always should be recognized over time. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Licenses Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements.; 06-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to revenue recognition. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
56) Under IFRS, if a license gives a customer access to symbolic intellectual property, revenue always should be recognized over time. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS―Revenue recognition Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements.; 06-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to revenue recognition. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 57) If a license gives a customer access to functional intellectual property, revenue always should be recognized at the point in time that the customer can begin using the intellectual property. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Licenses Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 58) A license to use a company trademark should be viewed as an access right, with revenue recognized over the license period. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Licenses Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
59) Contract liability, deferred revenue and unearned revenue are all ways to describe a liability that the seller recognizes with respect to unsatisfied performance obligations for which the seller has already been paid. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disclosures―Balance sheet and Notes Learning Objective: 06-08 Understand the disclosures required for revenue recognition, accounts receivable, contract assets, and contract liabilities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 60) An account receivable is recognized if the seller has a conditional right to receive payment. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disclosures―Balance sheet and Notes Learning Objective: 06-08 Understand the disclosures required for revenue recognition, accounts receivable, contract assets, and contract liabilities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 61) Disclosure notes to the financial statements regarding significant revenue recognition policies are only required when they will not reveal important information to competitors, suppliers or customers. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disclosures―Balance sheet and Notes Learning Objective: 06-08 Understand the disclosures required for revenue recognition, accounts receivable, contract assets, and contract liabilities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
62) When recognizing revenue over time on a long-term contract, amounts billed and the cash actually received affect income recognition. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Long-term contracts―Accounting issues Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 63) When recognizing revenue over time on a long-term contract, the percent complete is often estimated by comparing the cost incurred to date with the total estimated cost to complete. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 64) Firms have free choice as to whether to recognize revenue over time or at a point in time to account for a long-term contract. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Long-term contracts―Accounting issues Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
65) When revenue is recognized over time versus upon completion of the contract, different amounts of total profit or loss are recognized for a particular contract. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Long-term contracts―Accounting issues Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 66) Estimated losses on long-term contracts are recognized as ratable over the contract term regardless of whether revenue is recognized over time or upon contract completion. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Long-term contracts―Loss on contract Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 67) When a long-term contract does not qualify for revenue recognition over time, all gross profit and loss recognition occurs when the contract is completed. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Accounting issues; Long-term contracts―Upon completion Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
68) Revenue is not recognized under the realization principle unless the earnings process is complete or virtually complete and there is reasonable certainty about the expected collection of the asset received. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―Realization principle Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 69) Under IFRS, one of the conditions for revenue from product sales to be recognized is when the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the customer. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―IFRS Revenue recognition Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 70) Use of the installment sales method requires that firms track the gross profit percentage associated with a particular sale. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―Installment sales method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
71) When the expected collection of accounts receivable is difficult to estimate, companies must use the cost recovery method. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―Installment sales method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 72) Use of the installment sales method indicates little uncertainty about collection of the receivable. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―Installment sales method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 73) Over the life of a particular account receivable, the same total amount of gross profit is recognized under the installment sales method and the cost recovery method. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Installment sales method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) When the right of return exists and a seller cannot make reliable estimates of future returns, the installment sales method can be used. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Chapter Supp―Installment sales method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 75) Under IFRS, firms have free choice as to whether they use the percentage-of-completion method or the cost recovery method to account for a long-term construction contract. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―IFRS Revenue recognition Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 76) For long-term construction contracts, the cost recovery method under IFRS requires recognizing equal amounts of revenue and cost until all costs are recovered. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―IFRS Revenue recognition Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
77) When the cost recovery method is used to account for a long-term construction contract under IFRS, an equal amount of cost and revenue is typically recognized during the early life of the contract, such that high initial gross profit is recognized in net income. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―IFRS Revenue recognition Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 78) Under IFRS, firms typically use the cost recovery method if they conclude that the percentage-of-completion method is not appropriate to account for a long-term construction contract. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―IFRS Revenue recognition Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 79) Revenue from the sale of computer software is always recognized at the point of sale. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―Software―Multiple-element Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) Revenue on a multiple-element contract typically is allocated to independent parts of the contract based on their relative selling prices. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―Software―Multiple-element Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 81) Vendor-specific objective evidence of separate sales prices is required for multiple-element software contracts, but estimated selling prices can be used for other multiple-element contracts under U.S. GAAP. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―Software―Multiple-element Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 82) Recognition of franchise fee revenue is dependent on judgments of both substantial performance and expected collection of fees. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Franchise sales Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
83) Initial franchise fees are always recognized on the date they are received. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Franchise sales Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 84) When accounting for multiple-element software arrangements, the revenue for each element is based on the separate prices stated for each element in the software contract. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Software―Multiple-element Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 85) When accounting for multiple-element arrangements, GAAP indicates that sellers can separately record revenue for part of an arrangement even if the part does not have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Software―Multiple-element Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
86) IFRS provides detailed guidance concerning accounting for revenue with respect to multipleelement contracts. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―IFRS Revenue recognition Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 87) Companies recognize revenue only when: A) A contract is reasonably likely to exist. B) A performance obligation is designated in a written contract. C) A written contract is in place and payment is variable. D) Control over goods or services has been transferred from the seller to the customer. Answer: D Explanation: The key to revenue recognition is transfer of control of goods or services from the seller to the customer. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Core principle and 5 steps to apply it Learning Objective: 06-01 State the core revenue recognition principle and the five key steps in applying it. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 88) Which of the following is one of the steps for recognizing revenue? A) Identify the performance obligations of the contract. B) Determine whether bad debts can be reasonably estimated. C) Estimate the total transaction price of the contract based on fair value. D) Allocate all revenue to the performance obligation with the largest stand-alone selling price. Answer: A Explanation: The second step requires identification of the performance obligations in the contract. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Core principle and 5 steps to apply it Learning Objective: 06-01 State the core revenue recognition principle and the five key steps in applying it. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
89) Which of the following is not one of the five steps for recognizing revenue? A) Recognize revenue when (or as) each performance obligation is satisfied. B) Determine the transaction price. C) Allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation. D) Estimate variable consideration. Answer: D Explanation: Estimating variable consideration is part of determining the transaction price. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Core principle and 5 steps to apply it Learning Objective: 06-01 State the core revenue recognition principle and the five key steps in applying it. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 90) Which one of the following is not one of the five steps for recognizing revenue? A) Identify the contract with a customer. B) Recognize revenue when all the performance obligations have been satisfied. C) Identify the separate performance obligation(s) in the contract. D) Allocate the transaction price to the separate performance obligations. Answer: B Explanation: The fifth step is to recognize revenue when (or as) each performance obligation is satisfied, not to wait until all have been satisfied. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Core principle and 5 steps to apply it Learning Objective: 06-01 State the core revenue recognition principle and the five key steps in applying it. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
91) For a typical manufacturing company, the most common critical point for recognizing revenue is the date: A) An order is received. B) Production is completed. C) The product is delivered. D) Payment is received. Answer: C Explanation: Control typically passes from the manufacturer to the customer when the product is delivered. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transfer of control and indicators Learning Objective: 06-02 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue at a single point in time. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 92) Stayman Associates has sold a good to a buyer and wants to recognize revenue. Which of the following is an indicator that control of a good has passed from Stayman to the buyer? A) Buyer has scheduled delivery. B) Buyer has a strong credit history, such that bad debts are reasonably estimable. C) Buyer has not scheduled delivery. D) Buyer has assumed the risk and rewards of ownership. Answer: D Explanation: One of the indicators that control has passed from a seller to a buyer is if the buyer has assumed the risk and rewards of ownership. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transfer of control and indicators Learning Objective: 06-02 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue at a single point in time. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
93) Which of the following is not an indicator that the customer is likely to have control over a good? A) Asset warehoused by seller-affiliated third party B) Accepted the asset C) Legal title to the asset D) Physical possession of the asset Answer: A Explanation: "Asset warehoused by seller-affiliated third party" is an indicator that control has not passed. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transfer of control and indicators Learning Objective: 06-02 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue at a single point in time. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 94) On June 1st, Lucy & Bros received an order for 500 cupcakes. Lucy delivered the cupcakes to the client on June 25th. A $50 deposit was received on June 5th and the remaining $450 was paid on June 30th. Lucy likely would recognize revenue on: A) June 1st B) June 5th C) June 25th D) June 30th Answer: C Explanation: Revenue should be recognized when control passes to the customer, which typically occurs upon delivery. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transfer of control and indicators Learning Objective: 06-02 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue at a single point in time. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
95) The core revenue principle states that: A) Companies recognize revenue when the earnings process is virtually complete and it is probable that payments will be received. B) Companies recognize revenue when goods or services are transferred to customers for the amount the company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. C) Companies recognize revenue when goods or services are transferred to the customer and payments are received. D) Companies recognize revenue when the goods or services are transferred to the customer in an arm's length transaction. Answer: B Explanation: Recognizing revenue when the earnings process is virtually complete and it is probably that payments will be received is incorrect because it includes the earnings process notion from the realization principle. Recognizing revenue when goods or services are transferred to the customer and payments are received is incorrect because it focuses on receipt of payment. Recognizing revenue when the goods or services are transferred to the customer in an arm's length transaction is incorrect because it focuses on arm's length transactions and doesn't consider the amount the company expects to be entitled to receive. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Core principle and 5 steps to apply it Learning Objective: 06-02 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue at a single point in time. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) Consider the following three scenarios: ABC Lawncare performed lawn maintenance services for Drake Inc. on June 1st, and received payment of $500 for those services. II. On June 1st, Melly Corp received payment for 100 pounds of raw material to be delivered to Drake Inc. in 6 months. III. Lodo, LLC collected cash on June 1st for services rendered on May 1st. I.
Given these scenarios, revenue cannot be recognized on June 1st for: A) I, II B) I only C) II, III only D) III only Answer: C Explanation: Revenue can be recognized for scenario I because the seller has satisfied a performance obligation. For scenario II, the seller must wait until raw material has been delivered. For scenario III, the seller should have recognized revenue on May 1st when the performance obligation was satisfied by rendering services. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transfer of control and indicators Learning Objective: 06-02 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue at a single point in time. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 97) Which of the following is not an indicator that revenue can be recognized over time? A) The seller is enhancing an asset that the buyer controls as the service is performed. B) The customer consumes the benefit of the seller's work as the seller performs the service. C) The seller is creating an asset that has an alternative use to the seller, and the seller can receive payment for its progress even if the customer cancels the contract. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: An indicator that revenue recognition over time is appropriate is that the seller is creating an asset that does not have an alternative use to the seller, and the seller can receive payment for its progress even if the customer cancels the contract. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Revenue over time―Criteria Learning Objective: 06-03 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue over a period of time. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) Revenue likely is recognized over time for all the following arrangements except for A) Bank earning interest on a long-term loan. B) Construction of a building. C) Providing a two-year gym membership. D) Manufacturing generally stocked items ordered by a favored customer. Answer: D Explanation: Manufacturing generally stocked items ordered by a favored customer does not meet any of the criteria for revenue recognition over time. The fact that the items are ordered by a favored customer doesn't matter, as they are generally stocked and therefore not specific to that customer. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Revenue over time―Criteria Learning Objective: 06-03 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue over a period of time. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 99) On November 1, 2021, Taylor signed a one-year contract to provide handyman services on an as-needed basis to King Associates, with the contract to start immediately. King agreed to pay Taylor $4,800 for the one-year period. Taylor is confident that King will pay that amount, but payment is not scheduled to occur until 2022. Taylor should recognize revenue in 2021 in the amount of A) $0. B) $800. C) $2,400. D) $4,800. Answer: B Explanation: This arrangement qualifies for revenue recognition over time because the customer consumes the benefit of the seller's service as the seller provides it. Therefore, Taylor would recognize revenue of $800 ($4,800 × 2/12 of the contract duration). Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Revenue over time―Criteria Learning Objective: 06-03 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue over a period of time. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
100) Mary signed up and paid $1200 for a 6-month ceramics course on June 1st with Choplet Ceramics. As of August 1st, Choplet's accounting records would indicate: A) $400 of revenue, $800 of accounts receivable B) $400 of revenue, $800 of deferred revenue C) $1,200 of revenue, $1,200 of cash D) $800 of revenue, $400 of accounts receivable Answer: B Explanation: This arrangement qualifies for revenue recognition over time because the customer consumes the benefit of the seller's service as the seller provides it. Therefore, Choplet would recognize revenue of $400 ($1,200 × 2/6 of the contract duration) and deferred revenue of $800 ($1,200 contract price paid in advance – $400 revenue recognized to date). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Revenue over time―Progress to completion Learning Objective: 06-03 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue over a period of time. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 101) On February 1st, H&B Bank originated a loan for $50,000 at an interest rate of 7.2%. On March 15th, an interest payment of $300 was received. Which of the following best describes when interest revenue should be recognized? A) At a point in time (February 1st) B) At a point in time (March 15th) C) At a point in time (March 31st) D) Over time Answer: D Explanation: This arrangement qualifies for revenue recognition over time because the customer consumes the benefit of the seller's service as the seller provides it. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Revenue over time―Progress to completion Learning Objective: 06-03 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue over a period of time. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
102) Rothbart Manufacturing agrees to manufacture bumper cars for 12 Banners Amusement Parks. Under the terms of the contract, 12 Banners will pay Rothbart a total of $60,000, and 12 Banners can cancel the contract if it so chooses but must pay Rothbart for work completed. Rothbart believes that, if 12 Banners cancelled the contract, Rothbart could sell the bumper cars to another amusement park and still make a profit. The manufacturing contract is expected to last six months, and as of December 31, 2021, the job is 80% complete. How much revenue should Rothbart recognize in 2021 for this contract? A) $0 B) $12,000 C) $48,000 D) $60,000 Answer: A Explanation: This arrangement does not qualify for revenue recognition over time, because the asset the seller is creating has an alternative use to it. Therefore, Rothbart must wait until completion of the contract before recognizing revenue. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Revenue over time―Progress to completion Learning Objective: 06-03 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue over a period of time. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 103) Which of the following is not a characteristic of a distinct good or service? A) It can be used on its own or in combination with other goods or services the seller could obtain elsewhere. B) It is not highly dependent on other goods or services in the contract. C) It has a stand-alone selling price. D) It is not interrelated with other goods or services in the contract. Answer: C Explanation: A good or service is distinct if it is both capable of being distinct, as in it can be used on its own or in combination with other goods or services the seller could obtain elsewhere, and it is separately identifiable, as in it is not interrelated with other goods or services in the contract. The good or service having a stand-alone selling price is not part of the definition of a distinct good or service. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Mult perf oblig―Identify the perf oblig Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) For contracts that include more than one separate performance obligation: A) Revenue is recorded over time at the fair value of each performance obligation. B) Revenue is recognized in the amount of the contract price on the date the last separate performance obligation is satisfied. C) The contract price is allocated to each performance obligation in proportion to the obligations' stand-alone selling prices. D) Revenue is recognized in the amount of the contract price on the date the contract is signed. Answer: C Explanation: Allocating the contract price to each performance obligation in proportion to the obligations' stand-alone selling prices is how companies apply the fourth step to recognizing revenue, "Allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation." Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Mult perf oblig―Allocate transact price Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 105) Binz Company provides cleaning services and sells garbage bins to office clients. On June 1st, Binz delivered 100 garbage bins to a client, and also entered into a 5-year contract for Binz to provide cleaning services to that client. Which of the following is most likely to be true? A) Revenue for the garbage bins and the cleaning services must be recognized on June 1st. B) Revenue for the garbage bins is recognized on June 1st and no revenue will be recognized for the cleaning services until the end of the 5th year. C) Revenue for the garbage bins is recognized on June 1st and revenue for the cleaning service is recognized over the 5 years as those services are performed. D) Binz Company should not recognize any revenue until the end of the 5th year. Answer: C Explanation: The garbage bins and cleaning services are two performance obligations, as they are both capable of being distinct and separately identifiable. The cleaning services qualify for revenue recognition over time, as the customer will consume those services as they are provided. The garbage bins do not qualify for revenue recognition over time, so revenue will be recognized at the point in time when control of the bins passes to the customer, which occurs upon delivery. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Mult perf oblig―Identify the perf oblig Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
106) Goods or services are capable of being distinct if: A) The seller regularly sells the good or service separately. B) A buyer could use the good or service on its own. C) A buyer could use the good or service in combination with goods or services the buyer could obtain elsewhere. D) The seller regularly sells the good or service separately, or the buyer could use the good or service on its own, or the buyer could use the good or service in combination with goods or services the buyer could obtain elsewhere. Answer: D Explanation: A good or service is capable of being distinct if the seller regularly sells the good or service separately, or the customer could use the good or service on its own or in combination with other goods or services it could obtain elsewhere. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Mult perf oblig―Identify the perf oblig Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) Minarski Electronics sells computers and provides hardware maintenance services. On April 1st, Minarski sold a package deal containing a computer and a one-year unlimited maintenance/repair service for the computer at a bundle price of $1,000. If sold separately, the computer costs $840 and the one-year unlimited maintenance/repair service costs $360. How much revenue does Minarski Electronics recognize for the month ended April 30th, assuming that revenue is accrued monthly? A) $1,000 B) $870 C) $725 D) $30 Answer: C Explanation: The computer and maintenance services are distinct, because they are both capable of being distinct and are separately identifiable. Therefore, they qualify as performance obligations. The total bundle price of $1,000 would be allocated to each of them, with $700 (computed as $1,000 × ($840 ÷ (840 + 360))) allocated to the computer, and $300 (computed as $1,000 × ($360 ÷ (840 + 360))) allocated to the maintenance contract. During April, Minarski has delivered the computer and one month of maintenance, so it should recognize revenue of $725 (computed as $700 + ($300 × 1/12 of the duration of the contract)). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Mult perf oblig―Allocate transact price; Mult perf oblig―Identify the perf oblig Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
108) On July 15, 2021, Ortiz & Co. signed a contract to provide EverFresh Bakery with an ingredient-weighing system for a price of $90,000. The system included finely tuned scales that fit into EverFresh's automated assembly line, Ortiz's proprietary software modified to allow the weighing system to function in EverFresh's automated system, and a one-year contract to calibrate the equipment and software on an as-needed basis. (Ortiz competes with other vendors who offer ongoing calibration contracts for Ortiz's systems.) If Ortiz was to provide these goods or services separately, it would charge $60,000 for the scales, $10,000 for the software, and $30,000 for the calibration contract. Ortiz delivered and installed the equipment and software on August 1, 2021, and the calibration service commenced on that date. How many performance obligations exist in this contract? A) 0 B) 1 C) 2 D) 3 Answer: C Explanation: Goods or services must be distinct to qualify as performance obligations. To be distinct, goods or services must be both capable of being distinct and separately identifiable. The scales and software appear capable of being distinct, as they could be sold separately, but they are not separately identifiable, as they are integrated with each other and not useable without each other. The one-year calibration contract is capable of being distinct and separately identifiable, as other vendors could provide similar services. Therefore, the contract has two performance obligations: the combination of the scales and software, and the calibration contract. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Mult perf oblig―Identify the perf oblig Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) On July 15, 2021, Ortiz & Co. signed a contract to provide EverFresh Bakery with an ingredient-weighing system for a price of $90,000. The system included finely tuned scales that fit into EverFresh's automated assembly line, Ortiz's proprietary software modified to allow the weighing system to function in EverFresh's automated system, and a one-year contract to calibrate the equipment and software on an as-needed basis. (Ortiz competes with other vendors who offer ongoing calibration contracts for Ortiz's systems.) If Ortiz was to provide these goods or services separately, it would charge $60,000 for the scales, $10,000 for the software, and $30,000 for the calibration contract. Ortiz delivered and installed the equipment and software on August 1, 2021, and the calibration service commenced on that date. Assume that the scales, software and calibration service are all separate performance obligations. How much revenue will Ortiz recognize in 2021 for this contract? A) $0 B) $63,000 C) $74,250 D) $90,000 Answer: C Explanation: The scales will be allocated $54,000 of transaction price (computed as $90,000 × ($60,000 ÷ ($60,000 + $10,000 + $30,000))). The software will be allocated $9,000 of transaction price (computed as $90,000 × ($10,000 ÷ ($60,000 + $10,000 + $30,000))). The calibration contract will be allocated $27,000 of transaction price (computed as $90,000 × ($30,000 ÷ ($60,000 + $10,000 + $30,000))). The revenue for the scales and software all would be recognized upon delivery on August 1, 2021. Since the calibration contract has a one-year duration and commenced on August 1, service revenue for five months has been recognized in 2021, equal to $11,250 (computed as $27,000 × 5/12). Therefore, total revenue recognized in 2021 is $74,250 (computed as $54,000 + $9,000 + $11,250). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Mult perf oblig―Allocate transact price; Mult perf oblig―When (or as) satisfied Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) On July 15, 2021, Ortiz & Co. signed a contract to provide EverFresh Bakery with an ingredient-weighing system for a price of $90,000. The system included finely tuned scales that fit into EverFresh's automated assembly line, Ortiz's proprietary software modified to allow the weighing system to function in EverFresh's automated system, and a one-year contract to calibrate the equipment and software on an as-needed basis. (Ortiz competes with other vendors who offer ongoing calibration contracts for Ortiz's systems.) If Ortiz was to provide these goods or services separately, it would charge $60,000 for the scales, $10,000 for the software, and $30,000 for the calibration contract. Ortiz delivered and installed the equipment and software on August 1, 2021, and the calibration service commenced on that date. Assume that the scales, software and calibration service are viewed as one performance obligation. How much revenue will Ortiz recognize in 2021 for this contract? A) $0 B) $37,500 C) $63,000 D) $90,000 Answer: B Explanation: If the contract has only one performance obligation, that revenue will be recognized over time as the Ortiz provides the combination of scales, software and calibration service. No revenue can be recognized upon delivery of the computer or software. Since the contract has a one-year duration and commenced on August 1, service revenue for five months has been recognized in 2021, equal to $37,500 (computed as $90,000 × 5/12). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Mult perf oblig―When (or as) satisfied Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
111) A contract does not exist for purposes of applying the revenue recognition principle in all of the following cases except for when: A) The seller believes it is not probable that it will collect the amount it's entitled to receive under the contract. B) The seller and buyer did not sign a formalized written contract. C) The seller and buyer can terminate the contract without penalty and neither has performed any obligations under the contract. D) The seller believes it is highly likely but not certain that the buyer will agree to the terms of the contract. Answer: B Explanation: The contract does not have to be written to exist for purposes of revenue recognition. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Contract features―General items Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 112) Which of the following is a characteristic of a contract for purposes of revenue recognition? A) Commercial substance. B) Nonverbal. C) Reasonable profit margin. D) Notarized within the company's state of incorporation. Answer: A Explanation: A contract must have commercial substance for revenue recognition to occur. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Contract features―General items Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
113) Waldman Associates received a written, approved contract to deliver economic consulting services, with service and payment commencing in one month. The contract specifies the services that Waldman is to perform, and the payment terms. Waldman and the customer both can cancel the contract without penalty prior to commencing service. Does Waldman have a contract for purposes of revenue recognition on the day the contract is received? A) Yes, because Waldman has a written approved contract. B) No, because Waldman and the customer can cancel without penalty, and neither has performed an obligation under the contract. C) Maybe, depending on whether Waldman can estimate collectability of the receivable. D) There is insufficient data on which to base an answer. Answer: B Explanation: If both parties can cancel without penalty and the contract is wholly unperformed, no contract exists for purposes of revenue recognition. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Contract features―General items Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 114) What is the effect of bad debts on revenue recognition? A) The seller must believe it is probable it will collect the amounts it is entitled to collect. B) Bad debts must be of a remote likelihood in order to recognize revenue. C) Bad debts are deducted from revenue to calculate net revenue on the income statement, similar to sales returns. D) Bad debts are ignored when determining whether to recognize revenue, but recognized as an expense on the income statement. Answer: A Explanation: A contract does not exist for purposes of applying the revenue recognition model if the seller believes it's not probable that it will collect the amount it's entitled to receive under the contract. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Contract features―General items Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
115) Which of the following is considered a performance obligation? A) Up-front registration fees for a gym membership B) Extended warranties on electronic products C) Quality-assurance warranties on electronic products D) A processing fee to obtain a bank loan Answer: B Explanation: An extended warranty represents a performance obligation. An up-front registration fee and processing fee are prepayments, and a quality-assurance warranty represents a promise to fulfill the performance obligation to provide goods of acceptable quality. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Contract features―Identify the contract Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 116) Which of the following is not a performance obligation? A) A good that the seller could sell separately and that is separately identifiable from other goods or services in the contract. B) A right of return. C) An option for a customer to purchase goods under terms that are more advantageous than those enjoyed by other customers. D) An extended warranty. Answer: B Explanation: A right of return regards the completion of the performance obligation to provide satisfactory goods in the first place, and so is not a separate performance obligation. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Contract features―Identify the contract Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Which of the following is an example of an extended warranty? A) Fancy Headphones, Inc. provides assurance that its headphones are defect-free after purchase. B) Azalea's Flowers assures clients that its flowers will stay fresh for at least a week. C) Mark Electronics offers a warranty at an affordable price that provides additional protection after the customer takes possession of the product. D) Erickson Electronics promises to make repairs or replace any product found to be defective within a week of purchase. Answer: C Explanation: Answer choices a, b, and d are examples of quality assurance warranties. They are promises to fulfill the performance obligation to provide goods of acceptable quality, rather than being performance obligations in their own right. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Contract features―Warranties Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 118) Orange Inc. offers a discount on an extended warranty on its oPhone when the warranty is purchased at the time the oPhone is purchased. The warranty normally has a price of $150, but Orange offers it for $120 when purchased along with an oPhone. Orange anticipates a 75% chance that a customer will purchase the extended warranty along with the oPhone. Assume Orange sells to 1,000 oPhones with the extended warranty discount offer. What is the total standalone selling price that Orange would use for the extended warranty discount option for purposes of allocating revenue among the performance obligations in those 1,000 oPhone contracts? A) $0 B) $22,500 C) $30,000 D) $120,000 Answer: B Explanation: The $30 discount has a 75% chance of being taken by a customer, so the standalone selling price associated with 1,000 oPhones is $22,500 (computed as $30 × 75% × 1,000 phones). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Contract features―Warranties; Transaction price―Variable consideration Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations.; 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) In which of the following is the option described not a performance obligation? A) Customers accumulate points for every dollar spent at Madeline's Book Store. The points can be redeemed for books once certain levels are met. B) Customers can get 5% cash back for every $100 spent on eco-friendly products. C) Customers can "buy two, get one free" at a menswear store. D) Upon purchase of any name-brand TV, customers can purchase a 5-year extended warranty at a 25% discount. Answer: B Explanation: 5% cash back is an adjustment of list price, and therefore must be considered when calculating the transaction price. It is not a performance obligation. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Contract features―Customer options Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 120) Verma, Inc. sells office furniture. In 2021, it sold 200 desks for $500 each. For each desk sold, Verma distributed a 50% discount coupon for purchase of an office chair within one month. Based on historical experience, Verma expects that approximately 20% of the coupons will be utilized. The chairs purchased with the coupons are priced at $150 and normally discounted 10%. What would be the stand-alone sales price used by Verma for the coupon when allocating the $500 transaction price to performance obligations? A) $0 B) $12 C) $15 D) $75 Answer: B Explanation: $150 × (50% − 10%) × 20% = $12. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Contract features―Customer options Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
121) Which of the following statement is most true? A) Variable consideration means that the transaction price is uncertain. B) Basing an estimate on the most likely amount is always superior to basing an estimate on the expected value. C) The most likely estimated amount is estimated by multiplying the possible amounts with their respective probability of occurrence. D) When the transaction price is uncertain, revenue should not be recognized. Answer: A Explanation: Consideration is variable because it depends on the future resolution of some uncertainty. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Variable consideration Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 122) Which of the following is an example of a variable consideration? A) John is expected to receive $100 for his tutoring services provided that he keeps track of his hours. B) Melody's Piano will get paid for the 50 pianos sold provided that the pianos are non-defective after the customer takes control. C) Cantankerous Computers gets paid a base amount for every repair plus an additional hourly fee of $10. D) Excellent Electronics has a 10% mail-in rebate program for the Model X-001 speaker system. The company sold $10,000 worth of systems and believes there is a 50% chance that rebates will be redeemed. Answer: D Explanation: The Excellent Electronics' example is correct because it describes consideration that has uncertainty that will be resolved by some future event. The example of John's tutoring services is not correct because it simply requires accurate records in order to be paid a certain fee. The Melody's Piano example is not correct because it describes a quality assurance warranty, which does not change consideration expected to be received. The Cantankerous Computers example is not correct because it indicates a fee that is certain given the number of hours of service provided. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Variable consideration Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
123) Which of the following is correct about changes in estimated variable consideration? A) Changes in estimated variable consideration should be recognized as an adjustment to revenue in the period the change in estimate is made. B) Changes in estimated variable consideration should be applied retroactively to all periods affected. C) Changes in estimated variable consideration should be allocated retrospectively to all prior periods. D) Changes in estimated variable consideration are not recognized in periods after transaction price is first estimated. Answer: A Explanation: Like other changes in estimate, changes in estimated variable consideration are applied prospectively, and should be recognized as an adjustment to revenue in the period the change in estimate is made. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Variable consideration Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) On April 1st, Bob the Builder entered into a contract of one-month duration to build a barn for Nolan. Bob is guaranteed to receive a base fee of $5,000 for his services in addition to a bonus depending on when the project is completed. Nolan created incentives for Bob to finish the barn as soon as he can without jeopardizing the structural integrity of the barn. Nolan offered to pay an additional 30% of the base fee if the project finished 2 weeks early and 10% if the project finished a week early. The probability of finishing 2 weeks early is 30% and the probability of finishing a week early is 60%. What is the expected transaction price with variable consideration estimated as the expected value? A) $4,750 B) $5,000 C) $5,500 D) $5,750 Answer: D Explanation: The expected value of the transaction price is $5,750, computed as [$5,000 plus (30% × $5,000 × 30%) + (10% × $5,000 × 60%) + (0% × $5,000 × 10%)], or $5,000 + $450 + $300 + $0. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Variable consideration; Transaction price―Expected value Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) On April 1st, Bob the Builder entered into a contract of one-month duration to build a barn for Nolan. Bob is guaranteed to receive a base fee of $5,000 for his services in addition to a bonus depending on when the project is completed. Nolan created incentives for Bob to finish the barn as soon as he can without jeopardizing the structural integrity of the barn. Nolan offered to pay an additional 30% of the base fee if the project finished 2 weeks early and 10% if the project finished a week early. The probability of finishing 2 weeks early is 30% and the probability of finishing a week early is 60%. What is the expected transaction price with variable consideration estimated as the most likely amount? A) $4,750 B) $5,000 C) $5,500 D) $5,750 Answer: C Explanation: The likelihood that the job is finished a week early = 60%, in which case it is more likely that Bob would be paid the bonus than to not receive the bonus. The total expected amount is $5,000 + ($5,000 × 10%) = $5,500. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Variable consideration; Transaction price―Most likely amount Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) Sanjeev enters into a contract offering variable consideration. The contract pays him $1,000/month for six months of continuous consulting services. In addition, there is a 60% chance the contract will pay an additional $2,000 and a 40% chance the contract will pay an additional $3,000, depending on the outcome of the consulting contract. Sanjeev concludes that this contract qualifies for revenue recognition over time. Assume Sanjeev estimates variable consideration as the most likely amount. What is the amount of revenue Sanjeev would recognize for the first month of the contract? A) $1,000 B) $1,333 C) $1,400 D) $1,200 Answer: B Explanation: The most likely outcome is that Sanjeev receives the $2,000 bonus (likelihood = 60%), in which case Sanjeev would be paid a total of ($1,000 × 6 months) + $2,000, or $8,000. Therefore, Sanjeev would recognize $8,000 ÷ 6 = $1,333 each month. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Variable consideration; Transaction price―Most likely amount Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
127) Sanjeev enters into a contract offering variable consideration. The contract pays him $1,000/month for six months of continuous consulting services. In addition, there is a 60% chance the contract will pay an additional $2,000 and a 40% chance the contract will pay an additional $3,000, depending on the outcome of the consulting contract. Sanjeev concludes that this contract qualifies for revenue recognition over time. Assume Sanjeev estimates variable consideration as the expected value. What is the amount of revenue Sanjeev would recognize for the first month of the contract? A) $1,000 B) $1,333 C) $1,400 D) $1,200 Answer: C Explanation: The expected value of the transaction price is $8,400, computed as $1,000 × 6 months + (60% × $2,000) + (40% × $3,000). Therefore, Sanjeev would recognize $8,400 ÷ 6 = $1,400 each month. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transaction price―Variable consideration; Transaction price―Expected value Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) Sanjeev enters into a contract offering variable consideration. The contract pays him $1,000/month for six months of continuous consulting services. In addition, there is a 60% chance the contract will pay an additional $2,000 and a 40% chance the contract will pay an additional $3,000, depending on the outcome of the consulting contract. Sanjeev concludes that this contract qualifies for revenue recognition over time. Assume that Sanjeev estimates variable consideration as the most likely amount. After Sanjeev has recognized revenue for two months of the contract, he changes his assessment of the chance the contract will pay him $3,000 to 70%. What adjustment to revenue should Sanjeev recognize to account for that change in estimate? A) Debit of $1,000 B) Debit of $334 C) Credit of $1,000 D) Credit of $334 Answer: D Explanation: In the first two months of the contract, the most likely outcome is that Sanjeev receives a $2,000 bonus (likelihood = 60%), in which case Sanjeev would be paid a total of ($1,000 × 6 months) + $2,000, or $8,000. Therefore, Sanjeev would recognize $8,000 ÷ 6 = $1,333 each month, and after two months would have recognized $2,666. Then Sanjeev concludes that the most likely outcome is that Sanjeev receives a $3,000 bonus (likelihood = 70%), in which case Sanjeev would be paid a total of ($1,000 × 6 months) + $3,000, or $9,000. Therefore, Sanjeev should have recognized $9,000 ÷ 6 = $1,500 each month, and after two months should have recognized $3,000. The amount of adjustment Sanjeev should record is a credit of $334, calculated as $3,000 − $2,666. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transaction price―Variable consideration; Transaction price―Most likely amount Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) On June 1, 2021, Emmet Property Management entered into a 2-year contract to oversee leasing and maintenance for an apartment building. The contract starts on July 1, 2021. Under the terms of the contract, Emmet will be paid a fixed fee of $50,000 per year and will receive an additional 15% of the fixed fee at the end of each year provided that building occupancy exceeds 90%. Emmet estimates a 30% chance it will exceed the occupancy threshold, and concludes the revenue recognition over time is appropriate for this contract. Assume Emmet estimates variable consideration as the expected value. How much revenue should Emmet recognize on this contract in 2021? A) $25,000 B) $26,125 C) $28,750 D) $50,000 Answer: B Explanation: The expected value of the transaction price is $52,250 for one year, computed as $50,000 + (30% × $50,000 × 15%). Since six months have elapsed, Emmet should recognize revenue of $52,250 × 6/12 = $26,125. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Variable consideration; Transaction price―Expected value Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
130) On June 1, 2021, Emmet Property Management entered into a 2-year contract to oversee leasing and maintenance for an apartment building. The contract starts on July 1, 2021. Under the terms of the contract, Emmet will be paid a fixed fee of $50,000 per year and will receive an additional 15% of the fixed fee at the end of each year provided that building occupancy exceeds 90%. Emmet estimates a 30% chance it will exceed the occupancy threshold, and concludes the revenue recognition over time is appropriate for this contract. Assume Emmet estimates variable consideration as the most likely amount. How much revenue should Emmet recognize on this contract in 2021? A) $25,000 B) $26,125 C) $28,750 D) $50,000 Answer: A Explanation: The most likely amount to be received by Emmet is $50,000 per year. Since there is a 30% chance of receiving an additional amount, there is a 70% (100% − 30%) chance of not receiving any additional amount. Therefore the most likely amount of an additional fee is zero. Since six months have elapsed, Emmet should recognize revenue of only the fixed fee for that period: $50,000 × 6/12 = $25,000. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Variable consideration; Transaction price―Most likely amount Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
131) On June 1, 2021, Emmet Property Management entered into a 2-year contract to oversee leasing and maintenance for an apartment building. The contract starts on July 1, 2021. Under the terms of the contract, Emmet will be paid a fixed fee of $50,000 per year and will receive an additional 15% of the fixed fee at the end of each year provided that building occupancy exceeds 90%. Emmet estimates a 30% chance it will exceed the occupancy threshold, and concludes the revenue recognition over time is appropriate for this contract. Assume that Emmet accrues revenue each month, and estimates variable consideration as the most likely amount. On November 1, Emmet revises its estimate of the chance the building will exceed the 90% occupancy threshold to a 70% chance. What is the total amount of revenue Emmet should recognize on this contract in November of 2021? A) $3,125 B) $4,167 C) $4,792 D) $7,291 Answer: D Explanation: In July, August, September, and October, Emmet would have based revenue recognition on the most likely amount of $50,000, and so would have recognized revenue of $50,000 × 4/12 = $16,667. Starting in November, Emmet believes the most likely amount is $50,000 + ($50,000 × 15%) = $57,500, such that by the end of November Emmet should have recognized revenue totaling $57,500 × 5/12 = $23,958. Therefore, the amount of revenue Emmet should recognize in November to revise its estimate is $7,291, calculated as $23,958 − $16,667. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transaction price―Variable consideration; Transaction price―Most likely amount Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) Which of the following is not an indicator that the constraint on recognizing variable consideration should be applied? A) Poor (limited) evidence on which to base an estimate B) A broad range of outcomes that could occur C) A short delay before uncertainty resolves D) A history of the seller changing payment terms on similar contracts Answer: C Explanation: A long delay before uncertainty resolves is an indicator that the constraint applies. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Variable consideration; Transaction price―Variable consid constraint Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 133) On January 1, 2021, Elite Advertising was contracted to run a marketing campaign for Pharm King's new dieting pills. In addition to getting a base fee of $150,000 for the 3-year campaign, Elite also may get an additional 5% of the base fee as a bonus if a targeted sales level is reached at the end of three years. Elite currently lacks sufficient information to make an estimate of the likelihood of the expected bonus, with the marketing director indicating that "If you forced me to make an estimate, I'd say we have a 50/50 chance. But don't quote me on that – it's really too early to tell." Elite concludes this contract qualifies for revenue recognition over time, and estimates variable consideration using the most likely amount. How much revenue should Elite recognize as of December 31, 2021? A) $50,000 B) $51,250 C) $52,500 D) $57,500 Answer: A Explanation: Elite would not include the bonus in its estimate of the transaction price, as it is not probable that the bonus revenue would not have to be reversed at a future date. Therefore, Elite would use a $150,000 transaction price, and since it provided advertising services for 1/3 of the duration of the contract, would recognize revenue of $50,000 = $150,000 × 1/3. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Variable consideration; Transaction price―Variable consid constraint Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) Boomerang Computer Company sells computers with an unconditional right to return the computer if the customer is not satisfied. Boomerang has a long history selling these computers under this returns policy and can provide precise estimates of the amount of returns associated with each sale. Boomerang most likely should recognize revenue: A) When Boomerang delivers a computer to a customer, ignoring potential returns. B) When Boomerang delivers a computer to a customer, in an amount that is reduced by the expected returns. C) When Boomerang receives cash from the customer. D) When a customer returns a computer. Answer: B Explanation: Boomerang can estimate returns reliably enough for the constraint on recognizing variable consideration to not apply, so Boomerang would adjust the transaction price for expected returns and recognize revenue in that amount upon delivery. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Right of return Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 135) Gunk Goblin sells vacuums and just launched a policy where customers have the right to return a vacuum during a three-year period following purchase. Gunk management has no experience under this sort of policy and does not believe it can accurately estimate returns. What is the longest period of time that Gunk may have to wait before recognizing revenue associated with one of these sales? A) No time delay, recognize revenue upon delivery. B) Gunk should recognize revenue as cash is received. C) Gunk should defer revenue recognition until costs are recovered. D) Three years, after the right of return has expired. Answer: D Explanation: If returns can't be estimated, the constraint on recognizing variable consideration applies, and revenue should be deferred until returns can be estimated or until the return of right expires. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Right of return Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
136) When a seller offers a right of return, which of the following is true? A) Sales are shown net of estimated returns in the income statement. B) Sales are shown net of only actual returns in the income statement. C) Sales are shown gross of returns, as returns are treated as an expense. D) Sales are shown gross of returns, as returns are ignored for purposes of income statement presentation. Answer: A Explanation: Sellers should estimate sales returns and reduce revenue by that amount in order to arrive at "net revenue," which would be the transaction price (the amount to be recorded as revenue on the seller's books). Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Right of return Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 137) CatManDoo sold 4,500 bags of kitty litter during the month of June at a price of $10/bag. The company offers a full refund to unsatisfied customers for any product returned within 30 days from the date of purchase. Based on historical experience, Aria expects that 2% of sales will be returned. How much revenue should CatManDoo recognize in June? A) $45,900 B) $45,000 C) $44,900 D) $44,100 Answer: D Explanation: Revenue Sales returns Net revenue
$ 45,000 ($10 × 4,500 bags) 900 ($45,000 × 2%) $ 44,100
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Right of return Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
138) Under which of the following circumstances is it most appropriate to use the residual method to estimate stand-alone selling prices? A) The seller hasn't previously sold the product and hasn't determined a price for it. B) The seller provides the product bundled with other goods or services. C) The seller does not have competitors from which to observe market prices of similar products. D) The seller is unable to accurately estimate variable consideration associated with the contract. Answer: A Explanation: The residual approach is allowed only if the stand-alone selling price is highly uncertain, either because the seller hasn't previously sold the good or service and hasn't yet determined a price for it, or because the seller provides the same good or service to different customers at substantially different prices. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Residual approach Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 139) Which of the following is not an approach for estimating stand-alone selling prices? A) Adjusted market assessment approach B) Expected cost plus margin approach C) Residual approach D) Fair market appraisal approach Answer: D Explanation: Fair market appraisal is not an approach for estimating stand-alone selling prices. The other three answers are the three methods indicated for assessing stand-alone selling prices. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Adjusted market approach; Transaction price―Residual approach; Transaction price―Expected cost plus margin Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
140) Wilson Links Products sells a product that involves two separate performance obligations: the SwingRight golf club weight and the SwingCoach teaching software. SwingRight has a stand-alone selling price of $150. Wilson sells both the SwingRight and the SwingCoach as a package deal for $200. The SwingCoach software is not sold separately. Wilson is aware that other vendors charge $100 for similar software, and Wilson's prices are generally 10% lower than what is charged by those vendors. Wilson estimates that it incurs approximately $65 of cost per copy of the software, and usually charges 50% above cost on similar products. Estimate the stand-alone selling price of the software using the adjusted market assessment approach. A) $50 B) $80 C) $90 D) $97.50 Answer: C Explanation: Under the adjusted market assessment approach, Wilson considers the prices charged by other vendors for similar goods and adjusts them as necessary. In this case, Wilson would start with $100 charged by other vendors, and subtract 10% to estimate its own standalone selling price, yielding an estimate of $90. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Adjusted market approach Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) Wilson Links Products sells a product that involves two separate performance obligations: the SwingRight golf club weight and the SwingCoach teaching software. SwingRight has a stand-alone selling price of $150. Wilson sells both the SwingRight and the SwingCoach as a package deal for $200. The SwingCoach software is not sold separately. Wilson is aware that other vendors charge $100 for similar software, and Wilson's prices are generally 10% lower than what is charged by those vendors. Wilson estimates that it incurs approximately $65 of cost per copy of the software, and usually charges 50% above cost on similar products. Estimate the stand-alone selling price of the software using the expected cost plus margin approach. A) $50 B) $80 C) $90 D) $97.50 Answer: D Explanation: Under the expected cost plus margin approach, Wilson considers its cost and then adds a normal margin. In this case, Wilson would start with its cost of $65 and add its margin of $65 × 50%, or $32.50, yielding an estimate of $97.50. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Expected cost plus margin Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
142) Wilson Links Products sells a product that involves two separate performance obligations: the SwingRight golf club weight and the SwingCoach teaching software. SwingRight has a stand-alone selling price of $150. Wilson sells both the SwingRight and the SwingCoach as a package deal for $200. The SwingCoach software is not sold separately. Wilson is aware that other vendors charge $100 for similar software, and Wilson's prices are generally 10% lower than what is charged by those vendors. Wilson estimates that it incurs approximately $65 of cost per copy of the software, and usually charges 50% above cost on similar products. Estimate the stand-alone selling price of the software using the residual approach. A) $50 B) $80 C) $90 D) $97.50 Answer: A Explanation: Under the residual approach, Wilson calculates the stand-alone selling price of the software by subtracting the known stand-alone selling prices of other goods or services in the contract from the total transaction price. In this case, Wilson would calculate a stand-alone selling price of $50 (calculated as $200 − $150). Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Residual approach Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 143) Which of the following does not apply to a seller who is a principal? A) Has control over goods or services B) Primarily responsible for providing goods or services to customer C) Exposed to risks associated with holding inventory D) Primary performance obligation is to facilitate the transfer of goods or services Answer: D Explanation: An agent's primary performance obligation is to facilitate the transfer of goods or services. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Principal or agent Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
144) Which of the following applies to a seller who is an agent? A) Warehouses inventory B) Liable for the delivery of goods or services to the client C) Charges a commission for each transaction D) Records revenue at full transaction price Answer: C Explanation: Agents recognize as revenue their commission for facilitating sales. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Principal or agent Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 145) Explodia.com sells fireworks over the Internet. Customers access Explodia's website and select particular products, and Explodia refers the customer order to a fireworks manufacturer who fulfills the order, ships to the customer, and pays Explodia a 20% commission. Which of the following is true about Explodia? A) Explodia is an agent in this transaction. B) Explodia is primarily responsible for providing the product to the customer. C) Explodia's income statement would report gross revenue and cost of sales associated with these transactions. D) Explodia warehouses inventory. Answer: A Explanation: Explodia has the characteristics of an agent. It does not have control of the fireworks that are purchased by customers, because it doesn't have primary responsibility for delivering the product, is not vulnerable to risks associated with holding inventory, and doesn't collect payment from the customer. Rather, Explodia is an agent, with its primary performance obligation being to facilitate transactions between fireworks customers and manufacturers. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Principal or agent Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) Jing Statistical Services operates a website that links experienced statisticians with businesses that need data analyzed. Statisticians post their rates, qualifications, and references on the website, and Jing receives 25% of the fee paid to the statisticians in exchange for identifying potential customers. VetMed Associates contacts Jing and arranges to pay a consultant $1,500 in exchange for analyzing some data. Jing's income statement would include the following with respect to this transaction: A) Revenue of $1,500 B) Revenue of $1,500, and cost of services of $1,125 C) Revenue of $375 D) Revenue of $1,875 and cost of services of $1,500 Answer: C Explanation: Jing is an agent. It doesn't have primary responsibility for delivering the statistics services and doesn't collect payment from the customer. Rather, Jing is an agent, with its primary performance obligation being to facilitate transactions between customers and statisticians. Therefore, Jing would recognize as revenue only its commission of $375 (computed as 25% × $1,500). Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Principal or agent Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 147) Assume a contract for the sale of goods specifies that payment is to be made four months after delivery of a product. The seller is likely to do which of the following, with respect to the time value of money over the life of the contract? A) Recognize interest expense. B) Recognize interest revenue. C) Recognize additional cost of goods sold. D) Ignore the time value of money. Answer: D Explanation: If the payment is made nine months after delivery, the seller is essentially loaning money to the buyer. However, since the payment is within one year of delivery, the financing component of the contract is viewed as insignificant, so the time value of money is ignored. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Time value of money Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) Assume a contract for the sale of goods specifies that payment is to be made 15 months prior to delivery of a product. The seller is likely to do which of the following with respect to the time value of money over the life of the contract? A) Recognize interest expense. B) Recognize interest revenue. C) Recognize additional cost of goods sold. D) Ignore the time value of money. Answer: A Explanation: If the payment is made fifteen months prior delivery, the contract includes a financing component whereby the seller is essentially borrowing money from the buyer. And, since the payment is outside one year of delivery, the financing component is viewed as significant, so interest expense is recognized. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Time value of money Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 149) Assume a contract for the sale of goods specifies that the seller will receive cash 20 months after delivery of a product. The seller is likely to do which of the following with respect to the time value of money over the life of the contract? A) Recognize interest expense. B) Recognize sales revenue for an amount that is less than the cash eventually received. C) Recognize additional cost of goods sold. D) Ignore the time value of money. Answer: B Explanation: If cash is collected 20 months after delivery, the contract includes a significant financing component whereby the seller is essentially loaning money to the buyer, so the seller will compute the present value of the amount eventually received to calculate sales revenue. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Time value of money Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
150) Gaur sells Jensen equipment under an arrangement whereby Gaur delivers the equipment on January 1, 2021 and receives payment on June 30, 2022. When delivery of the equipment occurs, Gaur will record a journal entry that includes: A) Debit to discount on notes receivable. B) Credit to sales revenue. C) Debit to cash. D) Credit to notes receivable. Answer: B Explanation: The structure of the journal entry is:
Notes receivable Discount on notes receivable Sales revenue
xxx xxx xxx
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Time value of money Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
151) Davis sells Weber equipment under an arrangement whereby Davis delivers the equipment on January 1, 2021 and receives payment on June 30, 2022. When subsequent payment occurs, Davis will record a journal entry that includes: A) Credit to discount on notes receivable. B) Credit to sales revenue. C) Credit to cash. D) Credit to interest revenue. Answer: D Explanation: The structure of the journal entry is:
Cash Discount on notes receivable Interest revenue Notes receivable
xxx xxx xxx xxx
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Time value of money Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 152) Assume a contract for the sale of goods specifies that cash is collected 19 months prior to delivery of a product. The seller is likely to do which of the following with respect to the time value of money? A) Recognize interest expense upon receipt of payment. B) Recognize sales revenue for an amount that is less than the cash received. C) Debit deferred revenue when delivery occurs. D) Debit notes receivable upon receipt of payment. Answer: C Explanation: The contract includes a significant financing component whereby the buyer is essentially loaning money to the seller. The seller will credit deferred revenue upon receipt of the prepayment, and then upon delivery will debit deferred revenue, debit interest expense, and credit sales revenue. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Time value of money Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
153) Doug sells Nina equipment under an arrangement whereby Doug receives cash on January 1, 2021 and delivers the equipment on June 30, 2023. When delivery of the equipment occurs, Doug will record a journal entry that includes: A) Credit to deferred revenue. B) Credit to interest revenue. C) Debit to cash. D) Credit to sales revenue. Answer: D Explanation: The structure of the journal entry is: Interest expense Deferred revenue Sales revenue
xxx xxx xxx
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Time value of money Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 154) Dana sells White equipment under an arrangement whereby Dana receives cash on February 23, 2021 and delivers the equipment on August 30, 2023. When the cash is received, Dana will record a journal entry that includes: A) Credit to deferred revenue. B) Credit to interest revenue. C) Debit to notes receivable. D) Credit to sales revenue. Answer: A Explanation: The structure of the journal entry is: Cash
xxx Deferred revenue
xxx
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Time value of money Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
155) Lewis sells goods to Dean in a transaction for which the time value of money is viewed as significant. The goods have a fair value of $10,000, and Lewis receives a total of $8,000 cash in full payment, consistent with the sales contract. From this information we can infer that: A) Lewis collected cash in advance of delivering the goods. B) Lewis collected cash after delivering the goods. C) Lewis is a very poor businessperson. D) Lewis suffered a default on an accounts receivable. Answer: A Explanation: When collection occurs prior to delivery, the amount of cash collected (and deferred revenue recorded) is less than the amount of sales revenue eventually recognized, because the seller incurs interest expense associated with the benefit of using the buyers money. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transaction price―Time value of money Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 156) Heather sells goods to Chrissy in a transaction for which the time value of money is viewed as significant. The goods have a fair value of $3,000, and Heather receives a total of $4,000 cash in full payment, consistent with the sales contract. From this information we can infer that: A) Cash of $4,000 was debited upon delivery of the goods. B) Sales revenue of $3,000 was credited when payment was received. C) A discount of $1,000 on notes receivable was credited upon delivery of the goods. D) Heather must have received cash in advance of delivering the goods. Answer: C Explanation: When collection occurs after delivery, the amount of cash collected is greater than the amount of sales revenue initially recognized, because the buyer pays the seller not only for the goods received but also for the benefit of using the seller's money. The initial journal entry to record delivery would be Notes receivable Discount on notes receivable Sales revenue
4,000 1,000 3,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transaction price―Time value of money Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
157) Johnson sells $100,000 of product to Robbins, and also purchases $10,000 of advertising services from Robbins. The advertising services have a fair value of $8,000. Johnson should recognize total revenue to account for these events of: A) $100,000 B) $98,000 C) $92,000 D) $90,000 Answer: B Explanation: Johnson is paying more for advertising services than the fair value of those services, so the excess of $2,000 (computed as $10,000 price paid − $8,000 fair value of the services) is viewed as a refund of part of the $100,000 sale. Therefore, Johnson records revenue of $98,000 (computed as $100,000 − $2,000). Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Pay by seller to customer Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 158) Which of the following is not true? A) Licensing fees are recognized as revenue over time whenever the seller expects its ongoing activities to affect the benefits that the buyer receives from intellectual property. B) License fees are recognized as revenue over time for any license that is viewed as providing a right of access. C) License fees are recognized as revenue at a point in time if the buyer expects that the seller's future activities will not affect the benefit the buyer derives from the intellectual property. D) Licensing fees are recognized as revenue at the end of the license period, when the seller has completed its performance obligation to provide access to its intellectual property. Answer: D Explanation: If the seller provides access to its intellectual property, revenue is recognized over the period of time for which access is provided, not deferred until the end of the license period. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Licenses Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
159) Which of the following is not true? A) Licenses for functional intellectual property typically have revenue recognized at a point in time. B) Licenses for symbolic intellectual property convey a right of use, and not a right of access. C) Licenses for functional intellectual property can be viewed as conveying an access right. D) Software and media are examples of functional intellectual property. Answer: B Explanation: Licenses for symbolic intellectual property convey a right of access. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Licenses Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 160) Maas LLP developed software that helps farmers to plow their fields in a manner that prevents erosion and maximizes the effectiveness of irrigation. Sunny Dale paid a licensing fee of $20,000 for a copy of the software. Although Sunny Dale can use the software as long as it wants, Maas expects that Sunny Dale will use the software for approximately 5 years. Maas does not anticipate any further interaction with Sunny Dale following transfer of the license. How much revenue should Maas recognize in the first year of the contract? A) $0 B) $4,000 C) $5,000 D) $20,000 Answer: D Explanation: Because Maas's ongoing activities will not affect the value of the license, the software has stand-alone functionality, and the license transfers a right of use. Therefore, all license revenue can be recognized upon transfer of control of the software to the customer. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Licenses Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
161) The Ultimate Frisbee League (UFL) licenses its trademark to Tank-Skin Apparel. Under the license arrangement, Tank-Skin pays the UFL a $1 million initial license fee plus a bonus when annual sales of Tank-Skin merchandise reach a threshold. The license agreement is for 4 years. How much of the $1 million initial license fee should the UFL recognize as revenue in the first year of the contract? A) $0 B) $250,000 C) $1,000,000 D) Cannot tell from information given. Answer: B Explanation: The license is for symbolic intellectual property, so the presumption is that the UFL's ongoing activities affect the value of the trademark to Tank-Skin, and the UFL should recognize revenue over time. Therefore, the amount of $1 million initial license fee that the NFL should recognize as revenue is $250,000 (computed as $1 million ÷ 4 years). Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Timing of rev rec―Licenses Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
162) The Ultimate Frisbee League (UFL) licenses its trademark to Tank-Skin Apparel. Under the license arrangement, Tank-Skin pays the UFL a $1 million initial license fee plus a bonus when annual sales of Tank-Skin merchandise reach a threshold. The license agreement is for 4 years. Assume that the UFL anticipates that, in addition to receiving the $1 million license fee, it will receive a bonus of $2 million in year 1 of the contract and a bonus of $3 million in years 2-4 of the contract based on Tank-Skin's sales. Also assume that the UFL is convinced that it is probable there will not be a significant reversal of any revenue recognized with respect to the bonus in subsequent periods. At the inception of the contract, what is the amount of transaction price that the UFL would estimate with respect to this license arrangement? A) $0 B) $1,000,000 C) $3,000,000 D) $12,000,000 Answer: B Explanation: Normally the UFL would include an estimate of variable consideration in its estimate of the transaction price, yielding an estimate of $12 million (computed as $1 million initial fee + $2 million year 1 bonus + ($3 million × 3 years for subsequent-year bonuses). However, ASU No. 2014-09 does not allow estimates of sales-based royalties on licenses to be included in the transaction price until that consideration is no longer variable, so those amounts would be excluded from the transaction price estimated at the inception of the contract, and the transaction price would only include the $1 million initial fee. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transaction price―Variable consideration; Timing of rev rec―Licenses Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price.; 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
163) The Fremont (Ireland) Flyers were a semi-professional carriage racing team that competed up until the early 1930's. Mary Smith owns the Fremont Flyers' trademark, and recently licensed it to the Fremont (California) Flyers roller derby team. The license allows the roller derby team to use the trademark for five years for a total of $15,000. Under U.S. GAAP, how much revenue would Mary recognize in year 1 of the license? A) $0 B) $1,500 C) $3,000 D) $15,000 Answer: C Explanation: A trademark is symbolic intellectual property, so U.S. GAAP requires recognizing revenue over time. $15,000 ÷ 5 years = $3,000 revenue recognized in year 1 of the license. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Licenses Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
164) The Fremont (Ireland) Flyers were a semi-professional carriage racing team that competed up until the early 1930's. Mary Smith owns the Fremont Flyers' trademark, and recently licensed it to the Fremont (California) Flyers roller derby team. The license allows the roller derby team to use the trademark for five years for a total of $15,000. Under IFRS, how much revenue would Mary recognize in year 1 of the license? A) $0 B) $1,500 C) $3,000 D) $15,000 Answer: D Explanation: Even though a trademark is symbolic intellectual property, IFRS requires the seller to focus on whether the seller is providing continuing service over the license period. Given that the old Fremont Flyers have not operated in almost 100 years, there are no ongoing activities associated with the trademark, so IFRS would view the license as conveying a right of use and recognize all $15,000 in the first year of the license. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS―Revenue recognition Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements.; 06-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to revenue recognition. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) Which of the following is not true about accounting for revenue from franchise arrangements? A) Franchise arrangements often include a performance obligation for a license as well as for delivery of goods or services. B) Franchise arrangements typically include one or more performance obligations for which revenue is recognized at a point in time. C) Franchise arrangements typically include one or more performance obligations for which revenue is recognized over a period of time. D) Franchise arrangements typically include one performance obligation because the goods or services included in the arrangement are not separately identifiable. Answer: D Explanation: Franchise arrangements typically include multiple performance obligations because the goods or services included in the arrangement are both capable of being distinct and are separately identifiable. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Franchises Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
166) Pita Pal sells fast-food franchises. Pita Pal receives $75,000 from a new franchisee for providing initial training, equipment, and furnishings that together have a stand-alone selling price of $75,000. Pita Pal also receives $36,000 per year for use of the Pita Pal name and for ongoing consulting services (starting on the date the franchise is purchased). Rachel became a Pita Pal franchisee on March 1, 2021, and on May 1, 2021 Rachel had completed training and was open for business. How much revenue in 2021 will Pita Pal recognize for its arrangement with Rachel? A) $75,000 B) $99,000 C) $105,000 D) $111,000 Answer: C Explanation: Because Rachel had completed training and was open for business on May 1, 2021, Pita Pal apparently has satisfied its performance obligation with respect to the initial training, equipment and furnishings, so it would recognize $75,000 of revenue in 2021. In addition, since Rachel was a franchisee and using the Pita Pal name and consulting services for the last ten months of 2021, Pita Pal should recognize 10 ÷ 12 of a yearly fee of $36,000, or $30,000. In total, Pita Pal recognizes revenue from Rachel of $75,000 + $30,000 = $105,000 in 2021. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Franchises Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 167) Which of the following is typically true for a bill-and-hold arrangement? A) Revenue is recognized at the point in time when the arrangement is made. B) Revenue is recognized at the point in time when goods are manufactured. C) Revenue is recognized at the point in time when the delivery of goods is made. D) Revenue is recognized at the point in time at which payment from the customer is received. Answer: C Explanation: Bill-and-hold arrangements normally do not qualify for revenue recognition until delivery is made to the customer. Prior to that point, control of goods is not viewed as having passed to the customer. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Timing of rev rec―Bill-and-hold Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
168) On June 1st, Joseph & Company received a $500 deposit for 80 cases of wine. On June 10th, the customer identified specific vintages that are included in Joseph's inventory, and asked that Joseph not ship the wine until June 20 so the customer could ready space to store the wine, so Joseph set those wines aside for the customer, boxed and ready for shipment to the customer. On June 20th the wine was shipped and delivered to the customer. Joseph likely would recognize revenue on A) June 20th. B) June 10th. C) June 1st. D) Upon consumption of the wine by the customer. Answer: B Explanation: Bill-and-hold arrangements normally do not qualify for revenue recognition until delivery is made to the customer. Prior to that point, control of goods is not viewed as having passed to the customer. However, sellers can recognize revenue prior to delivery if it is concluded that the customer controls the product (the customer specifically identified the goods), there is good reason for the bill-and-hold arrangement (the customer needed time to make space for the wine), and the product is specifically identified as belonging to the customer and is ready for shipment (Joseph has a good faith deposit, the customer selected the goods, the goods were prepared for shipment and set aside from regular goods for sale). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Timing of rev rec―Bill-and-hold Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 169) Which of the following is most true regarding consignment arrangements? A) Revenue is recognized at the point in time when the consignment arrangement is made. B) Revenue is recognized when goods are transferred to the consignee. C) Revenue is recognized upon sale by the consignee to an end customer. D) Revenue is never recognized because GAAP does not allow such arrangements. Answer: C Explanation: Consignment arrangements normally do not qualify for revenue recognition until delivery is made to the end customer. Prior to that point, control of goods is viewed as having been retained by the consignor, not by the consignee. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Timing of rev rec―Consignment Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) Todd Sweeney is an artist who sells his work under consignment (he displays his work in local barbershops, and customers purchase his work there). Sweeney recently transferred a painting on consignment to a local barbershop. Sweeney most likely should recognize revenue when: A) He paints the painting, because the painting is produced while he works. B) He transfers the painting to a barbershop. C) The barbershop sells the painting. D) The barbershop's right of return expires. Answer: C Explanation: Consignment arrangements normally do not qualify for revenue recognition until delivery is made to the end customer. Prior to that point, control of goods is viewed as having been retained by the consignor, not by the consignee. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Timing of rev rec―Consignment Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 171) Todd Sweeney is an artist who sells his work under consignment (he displays his work in local barbershops, and customers purchase his work there). Sweeney recently transferred a painting on consignment to a local barbershop. After Sweeney has transferred a painting to a barbershop, the painting: A) Should be counted in Sweeney's inventory until the barbershop sells it. B) Should be counted in the barbershop's inventory, as the barbershop now possesses it. C) Should be counted in either Sweeney's or the barbershop's inventory, depending on which incurred the cost of preparing the painting for display. D) We lack sufficient information to know who should carry the painting in inventory. Answer: A Explanation: Consignment arrangements normally do not qualify for revenue recognition until delivery is made to the end customer. Prior to that point, control of goods is viewed as having been retained by the consignor, not by the consignee, so the consignor retains the goods in the consignor's inventory. In this case, that means that Sweeney will retain the painting in its inventory until the painting is sold to an end customer. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Timing of rev rec―Consignment Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
172) Bull'sEye sells gift cards redeemable for Bull'sEye products either in-store or online. During 2021, Bull'sEye sold $2,000,000 of gift cards, and $1,800,000 of the gift cards were redeemed for products. As of December 31, 2021, $150,000 of the remaining gift cards had passed the date at which Bull'sEye concludes that the cards will never be redeemed. How much gift card revenue should Bull'sEye recognize in 2021? A) $2,000,000 B) $1,950,000 C) $1,850,000 D) $1,800,000 Answer: B Explanation: Sale of a gift card created deferred revenue, as it is a prepayment by a customer for goods or services to be delivered at a future date. Revenue is recognized when goods or services are delivered or when the likelihood of redemption is remote. In this case, $1,800,000 were redeemed and another $150,000 were viewed as expired, yielding total revenue of $1,950,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Gift cards Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 173) Which of the following is not true about contract assets? A) Contract assets are recorded when payment depends on something other than the passage of time. B) Contract assets are recognized when the seller has a conditional right to receive payment. C) Contract assets are recognized when the seller has been paid in advance for at least partially fulfilling its performance obligations. D) Contract assets are not the same as accounts receivable. Answer: C Explanation: Contract assets are recognized when the seller has at least partially fulfilled its performance obligations but not yet been paid, and payment depends on something other than the passage of time. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disclosures―Balance sheet and Notes Learning Objective: 06-08 Understand the disclosures required for revenue recognition, accounts receivable, contract assets, and contract liabilities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
174) Which of the following is not true about contract liabilities? A) Contract liabilities are only recognized when the seller has a conditional right to receive payment. B) Contract liabilities might be called deferred revenue. C) Contract liabilities are recognized when the seller has been paid in advance of satisfying its performance obligations. D) Contract liabilities may be shown on a separate line of the balance sheet. Answer: A Explanation: Contract liabilities are not conditional obligations. They are an obligation that arises due to a customer prepayment. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disclosures―Balance sheet and Notes Learning Objective: 06-08 Understand the disclosures required for revenue recognition, accounts receivable, contract assets, and contract liabilities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 175) Gupta Industries received a $300,000 prepayment from Packard Associates for the sale of new equipment. Gupta will bill Packard an additional $100,000 upon delivery of the equipment. Upon receipt of the $300,000 prepayment, how much should Gupta recognize for a contract asset, a contract liability, and accounts receivable? A) Contract asset: $0; contract liability: $300,000, accounts receivable, $0. B) Contract asset: $300,000; contract liability: $0, accounts receivable, $0. C) Contract asset: $0; contract liability: $300,000, accounts receivable, $100,000. D) Contract asset: $300,000; contract liability: $0, accounts receivable, $100,000. Answer: A Explanation: The $300,000 is a prepayment and so is a contract liability. The $100,000 owed upon delivery is neither a contract asset nor an account receivable, because Gupta has not fulfilled its performance obligation and so has neither a conditional nor an unconditional right to receive payment. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disclosures―Balance sheet and Notes Learning Objective: 06-08 Understand the disclosures required for revenue recognition, accounts receivable, contract assets, and contract liabilities. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
176) Which of the following is not something that revenue recognition disclosures typically should help investors to understand? A) Timing of revenue and cash flows B) Outstanding performance obligations C) Significant judgments used to estimate transaction prices D) Significant fluctuations in long-term debt necessary to increase revenue in the future Answer: D Explanation: Long-term debt fluctuations to finance future revenue increases are not specific to revenue recognition practices, so are least likely to appear with revenue recognition disclosures. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disclosures―Balance sheet and Notes Learning Objective: 06-08 Understand the disclosures required for revenue recognition, accounts receivable, contract assets, and contract liabilities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 177) Which of the following is not true about revenue recognition with respect to long-term construction contracts? A) Long-term construction contracts often are viewed as having a single performance obligation, because goods or services fail the "separately identifiable" criterion. B) Long-term construction contracts often satisfy the criteria for recognizing revenue over time. C) Long-term construction contracts require accounting for construction in progress as well as billings to customers. D) Long-term construction contracts typically include multiple performance obligations because of all the different types of goods or services included for each project. Answer: D Explanation: Long-term contracts include goods or services that are highly interrelated, so they are not viewed as separately identifiable and are combined into a single performance obligation. Long-term contracts often qualify for revenue recognition over time, either because the customer owns the seller's work in process, such that the seller is creating an asset that the customer controls as it is completed, or because the seller is creating an asset that is customized for the customer, so the seller has no other use for the asset and has the right to be paid for progress even if the customer cancels the contract. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Accounting issues Learning Objective: 06-08 Understand the disclosures required for revenue recognition, accounts receivable, contract assets, and contract liabilities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
178) Which of the following is least likely to be a reason why a long-term construction contract would qualify for revenue recognition over time? A) The customer consumes the benefit of the seller's work as it is performed. B) The customer controls the asset as it is created. C) The seller is creating an asset that has no alternative use to the seller, and the seller has the legal right to receive payment for progress to date. D) The seller is constructing an addition to property that is owned by the customer. Answer: A Explanation: A construction contract is least likely to be viewed as a service that the customer consumes as it is provided. Long-term contracts often qualify for revenue recognition over time for the other two reasons: either because the customer owns the seller's work in process, such that the seller is creating an asset that the customer controls as it is completed (which would be the case if the seller is constructing an addition to property that is owned by the customer), or because the seller is creating an asset that is customized for the customer, so the seller has no other use for the asset and has the right to be paid for progress even if the customer cancels the contract. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Long-term contracts―Accounting issues; Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-08 Understand the disclosures required for revenue recognition, accounts receivable, contract assets, and contract liabilities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
86 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
179) Which of the following is true about accounting for contract assets (CIP in excess of billings) in each balance sheet prior to completion of long-term construction contracts? A) Contract assets are likely to be larger if revenue is recognized over time than if revenue is recognized at a point in time. B) Contract assets are likely to be smaller if revenue is recognized over time than if revenue is recognized at a point in time. C) Contract assets are likely to be the same size regardless of whether revenue is recognized over time or at a point in time. D) There is no way to tell how revenue recognition timing will affect the size of contract assets without more information. Answer: A Explanation: Construction in progress includes both cost and gross profit (or overall contract loss) when revenue is recognized over time, but only cost (and overall contract loss) when revenue is recognized upon contract completion, so the contract asset is likely to be larger when revenue is recognized over time. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Long-term contracts―Accounting issues Learning Objective: 06-08 Understand the disclosures required for revenue recognition, accounts receivable, contract assets, and contract liabilities. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 180) Which of the following is not true about accounting for long-term construction contracts? A) Long-term construction contracts could show a contract asset or contract liability, depending on the relation between construction in progress and billings. B) Billings on contracts in progress is a contra account to accounts receivable. C) Gross profit is debited to construction in progress. D) When a customer is billed for payment due, billings on contracts in progress is credited at the same time accounts receivable is debited. Answer: B Explanation: Billings is contra to Construction in progress, not Accounts receivable. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Accounting issues Learning Objective: 06-08 Understand the disclosures required for revenue recognition, accounts receivable, contract assets, and contract liabilities. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
87 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
181) A rationale for recognizing revenue over the life of a contract rather than at a single point in time is that: A) Results are more conservative. B) It provides a better measure of periodic accomplishment. C) It is a better match with legal ownership. D) It results in a lower income tax. Answer: B Explanation: Recognizing revenue over time better conveys the benefit to the company of satisfying performance obligations over time. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Long-term contracts―Accounting issues; Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 182) Revenue on a long-term contract should not be recognized according to the proportion of the performance obligation that has been completed if: A) Completion rates are certain. B) Profits are low. C) Projects are more than five years to completion. D) The arrangement does not qualify for revenue recognition over time. Answer: D Explanation: The same three criteria for determining whether it is appropriate to recognize revenue over time apply to long-term contracts as apply to other contracts. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Long-term contracts―Accounting issues; Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
88 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
183) With respect to delaying revenue recognition until completion of a long-term contract, it is the case that: A) Estimated losses on the overall contract are recognized before the contract is completed. B) Expenses are recognized each period, but revenue is only recognized when the contract is completed. C) Use of this approach is not permitted under generally accepted accounting principles. D) Neither gains nor losses are recognized until the contract is completed. Answer: A Explanation: Even when revenue recognition over time is not appropriate, such that revenue recognition is delayed until the completion of a contract, estimated losses on the overall contract are recognized in the period in which the company realizes that those losses become evident. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Long-term contracts―Accounting issues; Long-term contracts―Upon completion Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 184) When accounting for revenue over time for a long-term contract, the percentage of completion used to recognize revenue in the first year usually is determined by measuring: A) Costs incurred in the first year, divided by estimated remaining costs to complete the project. B) Costs incurred in the first year, divided by estimated total costs for the completed project. C) Costs incurred in the first year, divided by estimated gross profit. D) Costs incurred in the first year, divided by estimated total costs to be incurred in the remaining years of the project. Answer: B Explanation: Use of a "cost-to-cost" ratio to estimate percentage of completion is typical. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
89 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
185) Arizona Desert Homes (ADH) constructed a new subdivision during 2020 and 2021 under contract with Cactus Development Co. Relevant data are summarized below: Contract amount Cost: Gross profit: Contract billings:
2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021
$ 3,000,000 1,200,000 600,000 800,000 400,000 1,500,000 1,500,000
ADH recognizes revenue over time with respect to these contracts. What would be the journal entry made in 2020 to record revenue? A) Accounts receivable 1,500,000 Revenue from long-term contracts
1,500,000
B) Accounts receivable Gross profit Revenue from long-term contracts
800,000 1,500,000
2,300,000
C) Construction in progress Cost of construction Revenue from long-term contracts
800,000 1,200,000
D) Accounts receivable Billings in excess of cost Revenue for long-term contracts
1,500,000 300,000
2,000,000
1,800,000
Answer: C Explanation: Percentage complete = $1,200,000 / ($1,200,000 + $600,000) = 2/3 Revenue recognized = 2/3 × $3,000,000 = $2,000,000 Cost recognized = $1,200,000 Gross profit recognized = $2,000,000 − $1,200,000 = $800,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. 90 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 186) Arizona Desert Homes (ADH) constructed a new subdivision during 2020 and 2021 under contract with Cactus Development Co. Relevant data are summarized below: Contract amount Cost: Gross profit: Contract billings:
2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021
$ 3,000,000 1,200,000 600,000 800,000 400,000 1,500,000 1,500,000
ADH recognizes revenue over time with respect to these contracts. In its December 31, 2020, balance sheet, ADH would report: A) The contract asset, cost and profits in excess of billings, of $500,000. B) The contract liability, billings in excess of cost, of $300,000. C) The contract asset, contract amount in excess of billings, of $1,500,000. D) The contract asset, deferred profit, of $400,000. Answer: A Explanation: Cost + profits: $1,200,000 + $800,000 = Billings: Excess:
$ 2,000,000 1,500,000 500,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
91 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
187) Arizona Desert Homes (ADH) constructed a new subdivision during 2020 and 2021 under contract with Cactus Development Co. Relevant data are summarized below: Contract amount Cost: Gross profit: Contract billings:
2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021
$ 3,000,000 1,200,000 600,000 800,000 400,000 1,500,000 1,500,000
ADH recognizes revenue over time with respect to these contracts. For 2021, what is the journal entry to record revenue? A) Accounts receivable 1,500,000 Revenue from long-term contracts
1,500,000
B) Construction in progress Cost of construction Revenue from long-term contracts
400,000 600,000 1,000,000
C) Cost of construction Gross profit Revenue from long-term contracts
2,000,000 1,000,000
D) Accounts receivable Cost of construction Gross profit Deferred revenue
3,000,000
1,500,000 600,000 600,000 300,000
Answer: B Explanation: Total revenue $3,000,000 − Revenue previously recognized $2,000,000 = Revenue to recognize this year $1,000,000. Cost recognized = $600,000 Gross profit recognized = $1,000,000 − $600,000 = $400,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete 92 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
93 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
188) Arizona Desert Homes (ADH) constructed a new subdivision during 2020 and 2021 under contract with Cactus Development Co. Relevant data are summarized below: Contract amount Cost: Gross profit: Contract billings:
2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021
$ 3,000,000 1,200,000 600,000 800,000 400,000 1,500,000 1,500,000
ADH recognizes revenue upon completion of the contract. For 2020, what is the journal entry to record revenue? A) Accounts receivable 1,500,000 Revenue from long-term contracts
1,500,000
B) Accounts receivable Gross profit Revenue from long-term contracts
800,000 1,500,000
C) Construction in progress Cost of construction Revenue from long-term contracts
2,300,000
800,000 1,200,000 2,000,000
D) No entry. Answer: D Explanation: When the contract revenue is recognized upon completion of the contract, no entry would be recorded. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Upon completion Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
94 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
189) Arizona Desert Homes (ADH) constructed a new subdivision during 2020 and 2021 under contract with Cactus Development Co. Relevant data are summarized below: Contract amount Cost: Gross profit: Contract billings:
2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021
$ 3,000,000 1,200,000 600,000 800,000 400,000 1,500,000 1,500,000
ADH recognizes revenue upon completion of the contract. In its December 31, 2020, balance sheet, ADH would report: A) The contract asset, cost and profits in excess of billings, of $500,000. B) The contract liability, billings in excess of cost, of $300,000. C) The contract asset, contract amount in excess of billings, of $1,500,000. D) The contract asset, deferred profit, of $400,000. Answer: B Explanation: Cost + profits: $1,200,000 + $0 = Billings: Excess:
$ 1,200,000 1,500,000 $ (300,000)
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Upon completion Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
95 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
190) Arizona Desert Homes (ADH) constructed a new subdivision during 2020 and 2021 under contract with Cactus Development Co. Relevant data are summarized below: Contract amount Cost: Gross profit: Contract billings:
2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021
$ 3,000,000 1,200,000 600,000 800,000 400,000 1,500,000 1,500,000
ADH recognizes revenue upon completion of the contract. What is the journal entry in 2021 to record revenue? A) Accounts receivable Revenue from long-term contracts
1,500,000 1,500,000
B) Construction in progress Cost of construction Revenue from long-term contracts
400,000 600,000
C) Cost of construction Gross profit Revenue from long-term contracts
2,000,000 1,000,000
D) Construction in progress Cost of construction Revenue from long-term contracts
1,200,000 1,800,000
1,000,000
3,000,000
3,000,000
Answer: D Explanation: When revenue is recognized at a point in time for long-term contracts, total revenue, total cost, and total gross profit are recognized at the completion of the contract. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Upon completion Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 96 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
191) JRE2 Inc. entered into a contract to install a pipeline for a fixed price of $2,200,000. JRE2 recognizes revenue upon contract completion.
2020 2021 2022
Cost incurred $ 250,000 1,600,000 450,000
Estimated Cost to Complete $ 1,550,000 500,000 0
In 2020, JRE2 would report (rounded to the nearest thousand) gross profit (loss) of: A) $0. B) $(100,000). C) $56,000. D) $73,000. Answer: A Explanation: Total estimated gross profit ($2,200,000 − $250,000 − $1,550,000 = $400,000), so don't need to recognize any contract loss. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Loss on contract; Long-term contracts―Upon completion Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
97 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
192) JRE2 Inc. entered into a contract to install a pipeline for a fixed price of $2,200,000. JRE2 recognizes revenue upon contract completion. Cost incurred 2020 2021 2022
$
250,000 1,600,000 450,000
Estimated Cost to Complete $ 1,550,000 500,000 0
In 2021, JRE2 would report gross profit (loss) of: A) $(223,000). B) $(150,000). C) $(206,000). D) $0. Answer: B Explanation: In 2021: $2,200,000 − ($250,000 + $1,600,000 + $500,000) = $(150,000) loss to recognize. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Long-term contracts―Loss on contract; Long-term contracts―Upon completion Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
98 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
193) JRE2 Inc. entered into a contract to install a pipeline for a fixed price of $2,200,000. JRE2 recognizes revenue upon contract completion. Cost incurred 2020 2021 2022
$
250,000 1,600,000 450,000
Estimated Cost to Complete $ 1,550,000 500,000 0
In 2022, JRE2 would report gross profit (loss) of: A) $(100,000). B) $50,000. C) $123,000. D) $2,000. Answer: B Explanation: In 2022: $2,200,000 − ($250,000 + $1,600,000 + $450,000) = $(100,000) $(100,000) − $(150,000) = $50,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Long-term contracts―Loss on contract; Long-term contracts―Upon completion Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
99 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
194) Indiana Co. began a construction project in 2021 with a contract price of $150 million to be received when the project is completed in 2023. During 2021, Indiana incurred $36 million of costs and estimates an additional $84 million of costs to complete the project. Indiana recognizes revenue over time and for this project recognizes revenue over time according to the percentage of the project that has been completed. Indiana: A) Recognized no gross profit or loss on the project in 2021. B) Recognized $6 million loss on the project in 2021. C) Recognized $9 million gross profit on the project in 2021. D) Recognized $36 million loss on the project in 2021. Answer: C Explanation: The project is expected to make a gross profit of $30 million (i.e., $150 million − $36 million − $84 million) and the % completed is 30% (i.e., $36 million/$120 million). Therefore, 30% × $30 million = $9 million. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
100 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
195) Indiana Co. began a construction project in 2021 with a contract price of $150 million to be received when the project is completed in 2023. During 2021, Indiana incurred $36 million of costs and estimates an additional $84 million of costs to complete the project. Indiana recognizes revenue over time and for this project recognizes revenue over time according to the percentage of the project that has been completed. In 2022, Indiana incurred additional costs of $58.5 million and estimated an additional $40.5 million in costs to complete the project. Indiana: A) Recognized $15 million gross profit on the project in 2022. B) Recognized $13.5 million gross profit on the project in 2022. C) Recognized $6 million gross profit on the project in 2022. D) Recognized $1.5 million gross profit on the project in 2022. Answer: D Explanation: The project is 70% complete after 2022 (i.e., $94.5 million costs to date / $135 million estimated total costs). The estimated gross profit is now $15 million (i.e., $150 million − $135 million), so gross profit to date is $10.5 million (70% × $15 million). $9 million was recognized in 2021, so $1.5 million more is recognized in 2022. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
101 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
196) Indiana Co. began a construction project in 2021 with a contract price of $150 million to be received when the project is completed in 2023. During 2021, Indiana incurred $36 million of costs and estimates an additional $84 million of costs to complete the project. Indiana recognizes revenue over time and for this project recognizes revenue over time according to the percentage of the project that has been completed. Suppose that, in 2022, Indiana incurred additional costs of $63.75 million and estimated an additional $42.75 million in costs to complete the project. Indiana: A) Recognized $3.75 million loss on the project in 2022. B) Recognized $5.25 million gross profit on the project in 2022. C) Recognized $7.5 million gross profit on the project in 2022. D) Recognized $1.5 million loss on the project in 2022. Answer: A Explanation: The project is 70% complete after 2022 (i.e., $99.75 million costs to date / $142.5 million estimated total costs). The estimated gross profit is now $7.5 million (i.e., $150 million − $142.5 million), so gross profit to date is $5.25 million. $9 million was recognized in 2021, so a $3.75 million loss is recognized in 2022. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete; Long-term contracts―Loss on contract Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
102 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
197) In 2021, Cupid Construction Co. (CCC) began work on a two-year fixed price contract project. CCC recognizes revenue over time according to percentage of completion for this contract, and provides the following information (dollars in millions): Accounts receivable, 12/31/2021 (from construction progress billings) Actual construction costs incurred in 2021 Cash collected on project during 2021 Construction in progress, 12/31/2021 Estimated percentage of completion during 2021
$ 37.5 $ 135 $ 105 $ 207 60%
What is the amount of gross profit on the project recognized by CCC during 2021? A) $160 million. B) $72 million. C) $48 million. D) Cannot be determined from the given information. Answer: B Explanation: Construction in progress = Actual costs incurred + Gross profit recognized; so $207 million = $135 million + X. Solve for X. X = $72 million. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
103 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
198) In 2021, Cupid Construction Co. (CCC) began work on a two-year fixed price contract project. CCC recognizes revenue over time according to percentage of completion for this contract, and provides the following information (dollars in millions): Accounts receivable, 12/31/2021 (from construction progress billings) Actual construction costs incurred in 2021 Cash collected on project during 2021 Construction in progress, 12/31/2021 Estimated percentage of completion during 2021
$ 37.5 $ 135 $ 105 $ 207 60%
What are CCC's estimated remaining construction costs on the project at the end of 2021? A) $90 million. B) $135 million. C) $225 million. D) $0. Answer: A Explanation: Percentage completion to date = 60 % = Actual costs to date of $135 million / Total estimated project costs of $X. Solve for X. Estimated total costs = $225 million; therefore, Estimated remaining costs of construction = $225 million − $135 million = $90 million. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
104 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
199) In 2021, Cupid Construction Co. (CCC) began work on a two-year fixed price contract project. CCC recognizes revenue over time according to percentage of completion for this contract, and provides the following information (dollars in millions): Accounts receivable, 12/31/2021 (from construction progress billings) Actual construction costs incurred in 2021 Cash collected on project during 2021 Construction in progress, 12/31/2021 Estimated percentage of completion during 2021
$ 37.5 $ 135 $ 105 $ 207 60%
What is the fixed contract price for CCC's project? A) $120 million. B) $225 million. C) $345 million. D) $349.5 million. Answer: C Explanation: Gross profit recognized in 2021 of $72 million = 60% of estimated gross project on the project. Therefore, total gross profit is estimated at $72 million/0.6 = $120 million. Since Gross profit = Contract price − Estimated total construction costs of $225 million, the Contract price = $120 million + $225 million = $345 million. Alternatively, construction in progress = cost to date + profit recognized to date = $207 million (given) = 60% of total project price. $207 million/0.6 = $345 million contract price. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
105 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
200) In 2021, Cupid Construction Co. (CCC) began work on a two-year fixed price contract project. CCC recognizes revenue over time according to percentage of completion for this contract, and provides the following information (dollars in millions): Accounts receivable, 12/31/2021 (from construction progress billings) Actual construction costs incurred in 2021 Cash collected on project during 2021 Construction in progress, 12/31/2021 Estimated percentage of completion during 2021
$ 37.5 $ 135 $ 105 $ 207 60%
What were the construction billings by CCC during 2021? A) $142.5 million. B) $67.5 million. C) $37.5 million. D) Cannot be determined from the given information. Answer: A Explanation: Billings − Cash collections = Accounts receivable, so Billings = Accounts receivable at year-end of $37.5 million + Cash collections of $105 million = $142.5 million. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
106 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
201) In 2021, Cupid Construction Co. (CCC) began work on a two-year fixed price contract project. CCC recognizes revenue over time according to percentage of completion for this contract, and provides the following information (dollars in millions): Accounts receivable, 12/31/2021 (from construction progress billings) Actual construction costs incurred in 2021 Cash collected on project during 2021 Construction in progress, 12/31/2021 Estimated percentage of completion during 2021
$ 37.5 $ 135 $ 105 $ 207 60%
How much cash remains to be collected by CCC on the project? A) $70 million. B) $202.5 million. C) $240 million. D) Cannot be determined from the given information. Answer: C Explanation: Total contract price of $345 million − cash collected to date of $105 million = $240 million remaining. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
107 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
202) Summary data for Benedict Construction Co.'s (BCC) Job 1227, which was completed in 2021, are presented below: Bid price Contract cost:
$ 2020 2021
Gross profit:
450,000 (180,000) (195,000) 75,000
Estimated cost to complete: 12/31/2020 12/31/2021
$ 200,000 0
Assuming BCC recognizes revenue over time according to percentage of completion for this contract, the gross profit recognized in 2020 would be (rounded to the nearest thousand): A) $33,000. B) $36,000. C) $69,000. D) $30,000. Answer: A Explanation: $180,000/($180,000 + $200,000) = 47.37% complete 47.37% × ($450,000 − $180,000 − $200,000) = $33,159 or $33,000 rounded. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
108 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
203) Summary data for Benedict Construction Co.'s (BCC) Job 1227, which was completed in 2021, are presented below: Bid price Contract cost:
$ 2020 2021
Gross profit:
450,000 (180,000) (195,000) 75,000
Estimated cost to complete: 12/31/2020 12/31/2021
$ 200,000 0
Assuming BCC recognizes revenue over time according to percentage of completion for this contract, the gross profit recognized in 2021 would be (rounded to the nearest thousand): A) $6,000. B) $39,000. C) $42,000. D) $45,000. Answer: C Explanation: 2021: Total profit = $450,000 − ($180,000 + $195,000) = $75,000 − $33,159 = $41,841 or $42,000 rounded. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
109 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
204) Summary data for Benedict Construction Co.'s (BCC) Job 1227, which was completed in 2021, are presented below: Bid price Contract cost:
2020 2021
Gross profit:
$ 450,000 (180,000) (195,000) 75,000
Estimated cost to complete: 12/31/2020 12/31/2021
$ 200,000 0
Assuming BCC recognizes revenue upon project completion, what would gross profit have been in 2020 and 2021 (rounded to the nearest thousand)?
a. b. c. d.
2020 $ 36,000 $ 30,000 $ 70,000 $ 0
2021 $ 39,000 $ 45,000 $ 5,000 $ 75,000
A) option a B) option b C) option c D) option d Answer: D Explanation: No revenue is recognized until completion of project in year 2021. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Long-term contracts―Upon completion Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
110 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
205) Under the realization principle, revenue should not be recognized until the earnings process is deemed virtually complete and: A) Revenue is realized. B) Any receivable is collected. C) Collection is reasonably certain. D) Collection is absolutely assured. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―Realization principle Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 206) Under IFRS, which of the following is not a condition for recognizing revenue? A) The amount of revenue and costs associated with the transaction can be measured reliably. B) It is reasonably possible that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the seller. C) For sales of goods, the seller has transferred to the buyer the risks and rewards of ownership and doesn't effectively manage or control the goods. D) For sales of services, the stage of completion can be measured reliably. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―IFRS Revenue recognition Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
111 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
207) Under IFRS, revenue for a product sale should occur when: A) Inventory production is complete. B) Warranty fulfillment is viewed as unlikely. C) The seller has transferred to the buyer the risks and rewards of ownership and doesn't effectively manage or control the goods. D) The buyer has paid a preponderance of installment amounts due. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―IFRS Revenue recognition Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 208) Slick's Used Cars sells pre-owned cars on the installment basis and carries its own notes because its customers typically cannot qualify for a bank loan. Default rates tend to be high or unpredictable. However, in the event of nonpayment, Slick's can usually repossess the cars without loss. The revenue method Slick would use is the: A) Installment sales method. B) Point of sales method. C) Cost recovery method. D) Installment sales method or cost recovery method. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Installment sales method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
112 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
209) Bert's Meat Market sells quarters and sides of beef on the installment basis. Losses on receivables are very difficult to predict, and meat products cannot be repossessed. The revenue recognition method used by Bert would be: A) Point of sale. B) Installment sales. C) Cost recovery. D) Installment sales or cost recovery. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Installment sales method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 210) On December 15, 2021, Rigsby Sales Co. sold a tract of land that cost $3,600,000 for $4,500,000. Rigsby appropriately uses the installment sales method of accounting for this transaction. Terms called for a down payment of $500,000 with the balance in two equal annual installments payable on December 15, 2022, and December 15, 2023. Ignore interest charges. Rigsby has a December 31 year-end. In 2021, Rigsby would recognize realized gross profit of: A) $500,000. B) $0. C) $900,000. D) $100,000. Answer: D Explanation: Gross profit % = ($4,500,000 − $3,600,000)/$4,500,000 = 20% 2021: 20% × $500,000 = $100,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Installment sales method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
113 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
211) On December 15, 2021, Rigsby Sales Co. sold a tract of land that cost $3,600,000 for $4,500,000. Rigsby appropriately uses the installment sales method of accounting for this transaction. Terms called for a down payment of $500,000 with the balance in two equal annual installments payable on December 15, 2022, and December 15, 2023. Ignore interest charges. Rigsby has a December 31 year-end. In 2022, Rigsby would recognize realized gross profit of: A) $0. B) $450,000. C) $300,000. D) $400,000. Answer: D Explanation: Gross profit % = ($4,500,000 − $3,600,000)/$4,500,000 = 20% 2021: 20% × $500,000 = $100,000 2022: 20% × [($4,500,000 − $500,000)/2] = $400,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Installment sales method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
114 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
212) On December 15, 2021, Rigsby Sales Co. sold a tract of land that cost $3,600,000 for $4,500,000. Rigsby appropriately uses the installment sales method of accounting for this transaction. Terms called for a down payment of $500,000 with the balance in two equal annual installments payable on December 15, 2022, and December 15, 2023. Ignore interest charges. Rigsby has a December 31 year-end. In its December 31, 2021, balance sheet, Rigsby would report: A) Realized gross profit of $100,000. B) Deferred gross profit of $100,000. C) Installment receivables (net) of $3,200,000. D) Installment receivables (net) of $4,000,000. Answer: C Explanation: Sale: Installment receivables Inventory Deferred gross profit Payment:
4,500,000 3,600,000 900,000
Cash Installment receivables
500,000
Deferred gross profit Realized gross profit
100,000
500,000
100,000
Balance sheet: Installment receivables $4,500,000 − $500,000 Deferred gross profit: $900,000 − $100,000 Installment receivables (net)
$ 4,000,000 800,000 $ 3,200,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Chapter Supp―Installment sales method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
115 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
213) On December 15, 2021, Rigsby Sales Co. sold a tract of land that cost $3,600,000 for $4,500,000. Rigsby appropriately uses the installment sales method of accounting for this transaction. Terms called for a down payment of $500,000 with the balance in two equal annual installments payable on December 15, 2022, and December 15, 2023. Ignore interest charges. Rigsby has a December 31 year-end. At December 31, 2022, Rigsby would report in its balance sheet: A) Realized gross profit of $500,000. B) Deferred gross profit of $400,000. C) Realized gross profit of $400,000. D) Cost of installment sales $1,600,000. Answer: B Explanation: 12/15/2022
Cash Installment receivables Deferred gross profit Realized gross profit
2,000,000 2,000,000 400,000 400,000
Balance sheet: Deferred gross profit: $800,000 − $400,000 = $400,000 Realized gross profit of $400,000 would be reported in the income statement. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Chapter Supp―Installment sales method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
116 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
214) Reliable Enterprises sells distressed merchandise on extended credit terms. Collections on these sales are not reasonably assured, and bad debt losses cannot be reasonably predicted. It is unlikely that repossessed merchandise is in condition to be re-sold. Therefore, Reliable uses the cost recovery method. Merchandise costing $30,000 was sold for $55,000 in 2020. Collections on this sale were $20,000 in 2020, $15,000 in 2021, and $20,000 in 2022. In 2020, Reliable would recognize gross profit of: A) $0. B) $25,000. C) $8,090. D) $8,333. Answer: A Explanation: Costs not yet recovered. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Cost recovery method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
117 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
215) Reliable Enterprises sells distressed merchandise on extended credit terms. Collections on these sales are not reasonably assured, and bad debt losses cannot be reasonably predicted. It is unlikely that repossessed merchandise is in condition to be re-sold. Therefore, Reliable uses the cost recovery method. Merchandise costing $30,000 was sold for $55,000 in 2020. Collections on this sale were $20,000 in 2020, $15,000 in 2021, and $20,000 in 2022. In 2021, Reliable would recognize gross profit of: A) $0. B) $6,000. C) $5,000. D) $10,000. Answer: C Explanation: Cost 2020 cost recovery Remaining cost
$
30,000 (20,000) $ 10,000
2021 payment Cost recovery Gross profit
$
15,000 (10,000) $ 5,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Cost recovery method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
118 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
216) Reliable Enterprises sells distressed merchandise on extended credit terms. Collections on these sales are not reasonably assured, and bad debt losses cannot be reasonably predicted. It is unlikely that repossessed merchandise is in condition to be re-sold. Therefore, Reliable uses the cost recovery method. Merchandise costing $30,000 was sold for $55,000 in 2020. Collections on this sale were $20,000 in 2020, $15,000 in 2021, and $20,000 in 2022. In 2022, Reliable would recognize gross profit of: A) $0. B) $6,000. C) $8,000. D) $20,000. Answer: D Explanation: Cost 2020 cost recovery 2021 cost recovery Remaining cost
$
30,000 (20,000) (10,000) 0
The entire $20,000 payment received in 2022 is recognized as gross profit. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Cost recovery method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
119 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
217) Reliable Enterprises sells distressed merchandise on extended credit terms. Collections on these sales are not reasonably assured, and bad debt losses cannot be reasonably predicted. It is unlikely that repossessed merchandise is in condition to be re-sold. Therefore, Reliable uses the cost recovery method. Merchandise costing $30,000 was sold for $55,000 in 2020. Collections on this sale were $20,000 in 2020, $15,000 in 2021, and $20,000 in 2022. In its 2020 year-end balance sheet, Reliable would report installment receivables (net) of: A) $20,000. B) $35,000. C) $25,909. D) $10,000. Answer: D Explanation: Sale: Installment receivables Inventory Deferred gross profit Payment: Cash Installment receivables
55,000 30,000 25,000 20,000 20,000
Balance sheet: Installment receivables $55,000 – $20,000 Deferred gross profit Installment receivables (net)
$
35,000 (25,000) $ 10,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Chapter Supp―Cost recovery method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
120 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
218) Reliable Enterprises sells distressed merchandise on extended credit terms. Collections on these sales are not reasonably assured, and bad debt losses cannot be reasonably predicted. It is unlikely that repossessed merchandise is in condition to be re-sold. Therefore, Reliable uses the cost recovery method. Merchandise costing $30,000 was sold for $55,000 in 2020. Collections on this sale were $20,000 in 2020, $15,000 in 2021, and $20,000 in 2022. In its 2021 year-end balance sheet, Reliable would report installment receivables (net) of: A) $0. B) $20,000. C) $4,000. D) $15,000. Answer: A Explanation: Sale: Installment receivables Inventory Deferred gross profit 2020: Cash Installment receivables 2021: Cash Installment receivables Deferred gross profit Realized gross profit
55,000 30,000 25,000 20,000 20,000 15,000 15,000 5,000 5,000
Balance sheet: Installment receivables Deferred gross profit Installment receivables (net)
$
20,000 (20,000) $ 0
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Chapter Supp―Cost recovery method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
121 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
219) Lake Power Sports sells jet skis and other powered recreational equipment. Customers pay one-third of the sales price of a jet ski when they initially purchase the ski, and then pay another one-third each year for the next two years. Because Lake has little information about the ability to collect these receivables, it uses the installment sales method for revenue recognition. In 2020, Lake began operations and sold jet skis with a total price of $900,000 that cost Lake $450,000. Lake collected $300,000 in 2020, $300,000 in 2021, and $300,000 in 2022 associated with those sales. In 2021, Lake sold jet skis with a total price of $1,500,000 that cost Lake $900,000. Lake collected $500,000 in 2021, $400,000 in 2022, and $400,000 in 2023 associated with those sales. In 2023, Lake also repossessed $200,000 of jet skis that were sold in 2021. Those jet skis had a fair value of $75,000 at the time they were repossessed. Total cash collections on installment sales during 2021 would be: A) $700,000. B) $300,000. C) $800,000. D) $0. Answer: C Explanation: $300,000 (2020 sales) + $500,000 (2021 sales) = $800,000 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―Installment sales method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
122 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
220) Lake Power Sports sells jet skis and other powered recreational equipment. Customers pay one-third of the sales price of a jet ski when they initially purchase the ski, and then pay another one-third each year for the next two years. Because Lake has little information about the ability to collect these receivables, it uses the installment sales method for revenue recognition. In 2020, Lake began operations and sold jet skis with a total price of $900,000 that cost Lake $450,000. Lake collected $300,000 in 2020, $300,000 in 2021, and $300,000 in 2022 associated with those sales. In 2021, Lake sold jet skis with a total price of $1,500,000 that cost Lake $900,000. Lake collected $500,000 in 2021, $400,000 in 2022, and $400,000 in 2023 associated with those sales. In 2023, Lake also repossessed $200,000 of jet skis that were sold in 2021. Those jet skis had a fair value of $75,000 at the time they were repossessed. In 2020, Lake would recognize realized gross profit of: A) $150,000. B) $0. C) $300,000. D) $450,000. Answer: A Explanation: Gross profit % = ($900,000 − $450,000)/$900,000 = 50% 2020: 50% × $300,000 = $150,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Installment sales method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
123 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
221) Lake Power Sports sells jet skis and other powered recreational equipment. Customers pay one-third of the sales price of a jet ski when they initially purchase the ski, and then pay another one-third each year for the next two years. Because Lake has little information about the ability to collect these receivables, it uses the installment sales method for revenue recognition. In 2020, Lake began operations and sold jet skis with a total price of $900,000 that cost Lake $450,000. Lake collected $300,000 in 2020, $300,000 in 2021, and $300,000 in 2022 associated with those sales. In 2021, Lake sold jet skis with a total price of $1,500,000 that cost Lake $900,000. Lake collected $500,000 in 2021, $400,000 in 2022, and $400,000 in 2023 associated with those sales. In 2023, Lake also repossessed $200,000 of jet skis that were sold in 2021. Those jet skis had a fair value of $75,000 at the time they were repossessed. In 2022, Lake would recognize realized gross profit of: A) $0. B) $450,000. C) $310,000. D) $700,000. Answer: C Explanation: 2020 sales: Gross profit % = ($900,000 − $450,000)/$900,000 = 50% 50% × $300,000 received in 2022 = $150,000 2021 sales: Gross profit % = ($1,500,000 − $900,000)/$1,500,000 = 40% 40% × $400,000 received in 2022 = $160,000 Total: $150,000 + $160,000 = $310,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Chapter Supp―Installment sales method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
124 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
222) Lake Power Sports sells jet skis and other powered recreational equipment. Customers pay one-third of the sales price of a jet ski when they initially purchase the ski, and then pay another one-third each year for the next two years. Because Lake has little information about the ability to collect these receivables, it uses the installment sales method for revenue recognition. In 2020, Lake began operations and sold jet skis with a total price of $900,000 that cost Lake $450,000. Lake collected $300,000 in 2020, $300,000 in 2021, and $300,000 in 2022 associated with those sales. In 2021, Lake sold jet skis with a total price of $1,500,000 that cost Lake $900,000. Lake collected $500,000 in 2021, $400,000 in 2022, and $400,000 in 2023 associated with those sales. In 2023, Lake also repossessed $200,000 of jet skis that were sold in 2021. Those jet skis had a fair value of $75,000 at the time they were repossessed. In its December 31, 2021, balance sheet, Lake would report: A) Deferred gross profit of $700,000. B) Deferred gross profit of $1,050,000. C) Installment receivables (net) of $750,000. D) Installment receivables (net) of $900,000. Answer: C Explanation: As of 12/31/2021, the installment receivable would be as follows: 2020 Sales: Installment receivables = $900,000 – $300,000 (2020 collections) – $300,000 (2021 collections) = $ Deferred gross profit = $450,000 – $150,000 (2020 collections) – $150,000 (2021 collections) = $ Net installment receivable for 2020 sales = 2021 Sales: Installment receivables = $1,500,000 – $500,000 (2021 collections) = Deferred gross profit = $600,000 – $200,000 (2021 collections) = Net installment receivable for 2021 = Total =
$
300,000
150,000 150,000
$ 1,000,000 $ $ $
400,000 600,000 750,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Chapter Supp―Installment sales method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 125 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
223) Lake Power Sports sells jet skis and other powered recreational equipment. Customers pay one-third of the sales price of a jet ski when they initially purchase the ski, and then pay another one-third each year for the next two years. Because Lake has little information about the ability to collect these receivables, it uses the installment sales method for revenue recognition. In 2020, Lake began operations and sold jet skis with a total price of $900,000 that cost Lake $450,000. Lake collected $300,000 in 2020, $300,000 in 2021, and $300,000 in 2022 associated with those sales. In 2021, Lake sold jet skis with a total price of $1,500,000 that cost Lake $900,000. Lake collected $500,000 in 2021, $400,000 in 2022, and $400,000 in 2023 associated with those sales. In 2023, Lake also repossessed $200,000 of jet skis that were sold in 2021. Those jet skis had a fair value of $75,000 at the time they were repossessed. In 2023, Lake would record a loss on repossession of: A) $45,000. B) $200,000. C) $120,000. D) $80,000. Answer: A Explanation: Installment receivable = $200,000 Deferred gross profit = $80,000 ($200,000 × 40%) Fair value = $75,000 Repossessed inventory Deferred gross profit Loss on repossession (plug) Installment receivable
75,000 80,000 45,000 200,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Chapter Supp―Installment sales method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
126 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
224) Lake Power Sports sells jet skis and other powered recreational equipment. Customers pay one-third of the sales price of a jet ski when they initially purchase the ski, and then pay another one-third each year for the next two years. Because Lake has little information about the ability to collect these receivables, it uses the cost recovery method to recognize revenue on these installment sales. In 2020, Lake began operations and sold jet skis with a total price of $900,000 that cost Lake $450,000. Lake collected $300,000 in 2020, $300,000 in 2021, and $300,000 in 2022 associated with those sales. In 2021, Lake sold jet skis with a total price of $1,500,000 that cost Lake $900,000. Lake collected $500,000 in 2021, $400,000 in 2022, and $400,000 in 2023 associated with those sales. In 2023, Lake also repossessed $200,000 of jet skis that were sold in 2021. Those jet skis had a fair value of $75,000 at the time they were repossessed. In 2020, Lake would recognize realized gross profit of: A) $150,000. B) $0. C) $300,000. D) $450,000. Answer: B Explanation: $450,000 cost − $300,000 collections = $150,000 unrecovered costs Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Cost recovery method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
127 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
225) Lake Power Sports sells jet skis and other powered recreational equipment. Customers pay one-third of the sales price of a jet ski when they initially purchase the ski, and then pay another one-third each year for the next two years. Because Lake has little information about the ability to collect these receivables, it uses the cost recovery method to recognize revenue on these installment sales. In 2020, Lake began operations and sold jet skis with a total price of $900,000 that cost Lake $450,000. Lake collected $300,000 in 2020, $300,000 in 2021, and $300,000 in 2022 associated with those sales. In 2021, Lake sold jet skis with a total price of $1,500,000 that cost Lake $900,000. Lake collected $500,000 in 2021, $400,000 in 2022, and $400,000 in 2023 associated with those sales. In 2023, Lake also repossessed $200,000 of jet skis that were sold in 2021. Those jet skis had a fair value of $75,000 at the time they were repossessed. In 2022, Lake would recognize realized gross profit of: A) $0. B) $300,000. C) $310,000. D) $700,000. Answer: B Explanation: 2020 sales: Cost = $450,000; $300,000 collected in each year 2020–2022. $300,000 of cost recovered in 2020, the other $150,000 of cost recovered in 2021, so $150,000 of gross profit recognized in 2021, leaving $300,000 recognized in 2022. 2021 sales: Cost = $900,000; $500,000 collected in 2021, $400,000 collected in 2022. $500,000 of cost recovered in 2021, the other $400,000 of cost recovered in 2021, so $0 of gross profit recognized in 2022. Total: $300,000 + $0 = $300,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Chapter Supp―Cost recovery method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
128 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
226) Lake Power Sports sells jet skis and other powered recreational equipment. Customers pay one-third of the sales price of a jet ski when they initially purchase the ski, and then pay another one-third each year for the next two years. Because Lake has little information about the ability to collect these receivables, it uses the cost recovery method to recognize revenue on these installment sales. In 2020, Lake began operations and sold jet skis with a total price of $900,000 that cost Lake $450,000. Lake collected $300,000 in 2020, $300,000 in 2021, and $300,000 in 2022 associated with those sales. In 2021, Lake sold jet skis with a total price of $1,500,000 that cost Lake $900,000. Lake collected $500,000 in 2021, $400,000 in 2022, and $400,000 in 2023 associated with those sales. In 2023, Lake also repossessed $200,000 of jet skis that were sold in 2021. Those jet skis had a fair value of $75,000 at the time they were repossessed. In its December 31, 2021, balance sheet, Lake would report: A) Deferred gross profit of $700,000. B) Deferred gross profit of $600,000. C) Installment receivables (net) of $700,000. D) Installment receivables (net) of $400,000. Answer: D Explanation: As of 12/31/2021, the installment receivable would be as follows: 2020 Sales: Installment receivables = $900,000 − $300,000 (2020 collections) − $300,000 (2021 collections) = $ 300,000 Deferred gross profit = $450,000 − $0 (all 2020 collections to cost recovery) – $150,000 ($150,000 of 2021 collections to cost recovery) = $ 300,000 Net installment receivable for 2020 sales = $ 0 2021 Sales: Installment receivables = $1,500,000 − $500,000 (2021 collections) = $ 1,000,000 Deferred gross profit = $600,000 − $0 (all 2021 collections to cost $ 600,000 recovery) = Net installment receivable for 2021 sales = $ 400,000 Total = $ 400,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Chapter Supp―Cost recovery method Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 129 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
227) When using the cost recovery method of accounting for long-term construction contracts under IFRS: A) Estimated losses on the overall contract are recognized before the contract is completed. B) Expenses are recorded each period, but revenue is only recognized when the contract is completed. C) Companies can use the percentage-of-completion method if that is their preference. D) Neither gains nor losses are recognized until the contract is completed. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―IFRS Revenue recognition Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 228) When using the cost recovery method of accounting for long-term construction contracts under IFRS, early in the life of the contract it is typically the case that: A) Expenses in excess of revenues are recognized. B) Revenues in excess of expenses are recognized. C) An equal amount of revenue and expense is recognized. D) There is no predictable pattern of revenue and expense. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―IFRS Revenue recognition Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
130 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
229) The cost recovery method of accounting for long-term construction contracts under IFRS is sometimes referred to as the: A) "Sales-neutral approach." B) "Completed contract method." C) "Multi-step approach." D) "Zero profit method." Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―IFRS Revenue recognition Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 230) The percentage-of-completion method violates the general rule for revenue recognition that: A) Collection is reasonably assured. B) Costs are known or reasonably estimated. C) The earnings process is complete. D) Collections have been received. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Realization principle Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
131 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
231) Sahara Desert Homes (SDH) reports under IFRS and constructed a new subdivision during 2020 and 2021 under contract with Cactus Development Co. Relevant data are summarized below: Contract amount Cost: Gross profit: Contract billings:
2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021
$ 3,000,000 1,200,000 600,000 800,000 400,000 1,500,000 1,500,000
SDH uses the cost recovery method under IFRS to recognize revenue. What is the journal entry in 2020 to record revenue? A) Accounts receivable Revenue from long-term construction contracts B) Accounts receivable Gross profit Revenue from long-term construction contracts
1,500,000 1,500,000
2,300,000 800,000 1,500,000
C) Construction in progress Cost of construction Revenue from long-term construction contracts
800,000 1,200,000
D) Cost of construction Revenue from long-term construction contracts
1,200,000
2,000,000
1,200,000
Answer: D Explanation: Under the IFRS cost recovery method, record equal amounts of revenue and cost until cost recovered. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―IFRS Revenue recognition Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Diversity; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 132 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
232) Sahara Desert Homes (SDH) reports under IFRS and constructed a new subdivision during 2020 and 2021 under contract with Cactus Development Co. Relevant data are summarized below: Contract amount Cost: Gross profit: Contract billings:
2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021
$ 3,000,000 1,200,000 600,000 800,000 400,000 1,500,000 1,500,000
SDH uses the cost recovery method under IFRS to recognize revenue. In its December 31, 2020, balance sheet, SDH would report: A) The asset, cost and profits in excess of billings, of $500,000. B) The liability, billings in excess of cost, of $300,000. C) The asset, contract amount in excess of billings, of $1,500,000. D) The asset, deferred profit, of $400,000. Answer: B Explanation: Cost + profits: $1,200,000 + $0 = Billings: Excess:
$ 1,200,000 1,500,000 $ (300,000)
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―IFRS Revenue recognition Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
133 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
233) Sahara Desert Homes (SDH) reports under IFRS and constructed a new subdivision during 2020 and 2021 under contract with Cactus Development Co. Relevant data are summarized below: Contract amount Cost: Gross profit: Contract billings:
2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021
$ 3,000,000 1,200,000 600,000 800,000 400,000 1,500,000 1,500,000
SDH uses the cost recovery method under IFRS to recognize revenue. What is SDH's journal entry to record revenue in 2021? A) Accounts receivable 1,500,000 Revenue from long-term construction contracts
1,500,000
B) Construction in progress Cost of construction Revenue from long-term construction contracts
400,000 600,000 1,000,000
C) Cost of construction Gross profit Revenue from long-term construction contracts
2,000,000 1,000,000
D) Construction in progress Cost of construction Revenue from long-term construction contracts
1,200,000 600,000
3,000,000
1,800,000
Answer: D Explanation: Under the IFRS cost recovery method, record equal amounts of revenue and cost until cost recovered, and then record gross profit. In 2020, recorded revenue and cost of $1,200,000, so record remaining cost of $600,000 and all gross profit of $1,200,000 in 2021. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Chapter Supp―IFRS Revenue recognition Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. 134 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Diversity; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 234) Summary data for Benedict Construction Co.'s (BCC) Job 1227, which was completed in 2021, are presented below: Bid price Contract cost:
$ 2020 2021
Gross profit:
450,000 (180,000) (195,000) 75,000
Estimated cost to complete: 12/31/2020 12/31/2021
$ 200,000 0
Assuming BCC used the cost recovery method to recognize revenue under IFRS, what would gross profit have been in 2020 and 2021 (rounded to the nearest thousand)?
a. b. c. d.
2020 $ 36,000 $ 30,000 $ 70,000 $ 0
2021 $ 39,000 $ 45,000 $ 5,000 $ 75,000
A) Option a B) Option b C) Option c D) Option d Answer: D Explanation: No revenue is recognized until completion of project in year 2021. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―IFRS Revenue recognition Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Diversity; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
135 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
235) Flapper Jack's Pancake Restaurants Inc. sells franchises for an initial fee of $36,000 plus operating fees of $500 per month. The initial fee covers site selection, training, computer and accounting software, and on-site consulting and troubleshooting, as needed, over the first five years. On March 15, 2020, Tim Cruise signed a franchise contract, paying the standard $6,000 down with the balance due over five years with interest. Assuming that the initial services to be performed by Flapper Jack's subsequent to the signing are substantial and that collection of the receivable is reasonably assured, the journal entry required at signing would include a credit to: A) Deferred revenue for $36,000. B) Deferred revenue for $30,000. C) Franchise fee revenue for $36,000. D) Franchise fee revenue for $6,000. Answer: A Explanation: Cash Notes receivable Deferred revenue
6,000 30,000 36,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Franchise sales Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
136 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
236) Flapper Jack's Pancake Restaurants Inc. sells franchises for an initial fee of $36,000 plus operating fees of $500 per month. The initial fee covers site selection, training, computer and accounting software, and on-site consulting and troubleshooting, as needed, over the first five years. On March 15, 2020, Tim Cruise signed a franchise contract, paying the standard $6,000 down with the balance due over five years with interest. Assume that at the time of signing the contract, collection of the receivable was assured and that service obligations were substantial. However, by October 20, 2020, substantially all continuing obligations had been met. The journal entry required at October 20, 2020 would include a: A) Credit to franchise fee receivable for $27,000. B) Debit to deferred revenue for $36,000. C) Credit to franchise fee revenue for $9,000. D) Debit to deferred revenue for $27,000. Answer: B Explanation: 10/20/2020: Deferred revenue Franchise fee revenue
36,000 36,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Franchise sales Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
137 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
237) Flapper Jack's Pancake Restaurants Inc. sells franchises for an initial fee of $36,000 plus operating fees of $500 per month. The initial fee covers site selection, training, computer and accounting software, and on-site consulting and troubleshooting, as needed, over the first five years. On March 15, 2020, Tim Cruise signed a franchise contract, paying the standard $6,000 down with the balance due over five years with interest. Assume at March 15, 2020, the time of signing the contract, collection of the receivable was reasonably assured and there were no significant continuing obligations. The journal entry at signing would include a: A) Credit to franchise fee revenue for $36,000. B) Credit to franchise fee revenue for $9,000. C) Credit to deferred revenue for $36,000. D) Credit to deferred revenue for $27,000. Answer: A Explanation: Cash Notes receivable Franchise fee revenue
6,000 30,000 36,000
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―Franchise sales Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
138 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
238) The Racquet Store (RS) sells franchise agreements in which it charges an up-front fee of $50,000 for assistance in setting up a store, and then a monthly fee of $1,000 for national advertising and administrative assistance. Steffi Hingis signs a franchise agreement with RS. Assume that Steffi paid the $50,000 in cash when she signed the agreement. RS can recognize revenue associated with the $50,000: A) When Steffi signs the agreement and pays the cash. B) As soon as RS has assisted Steffi in setting up the store. C) Gradually as RS provides advertising and administration services. D) Only after the store has operated long enough for the chance of business failure to be remote. Answer: B Explanation: Substantial performance has occurred. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―Franchise sales Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 239) The Racquet Store (RS) sells franchise agreements in which it charges an up-front fee of $50,000 for assistance in setting up a store, and then a monthly fee of $1,000 for national advertising and administrative assistance. Steffi Hingis signs a franchise agreement with RS. Assume that Steffi signed a $50,000 installment note when she signed the franchise agreement. RS can recognize revenue associated with the $50,000: A) When Steffi signs the agreement, so long as RS has sufficient experience with similar arrangements to estimate uncollectible accounts. B) As soon as RS has assisted Steffi in setting up the store, so long as RS has sufficient experience with similar arrangements to estimate uncollectible accounts. C) Gradually as RS provides advertising and administration services. D) When RS receives installment payments from Steffi, so long as RS has sufficient experience with similar arrangements to estimate uncollectible accounts. Answer: B Explanation: Substantial performance has occurred and can estimate bad debts. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Franchise sales Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
139 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
240) The Racquet Store (RS) sells franchise agreements in which it charges an up-front fee of $50,000 for assistance in setting up a store, and then a monthly fee of $1,000 for national advertising and administrative assistance. Steffi Hingis signs a franchise agreement with RS. Assume that Steffi signed a $50,000 installment note when she signed the franchise agreement. RS has no experience estimating uncollectible accounts associated with these sorts of notes. RS can recognize: A) $50,000 of revenue when Steffi signs the agreement. B) $50,000 of revenue as soon as it has assisted Steffi in setting up the store. C) Revenue under the installment sales method, starting when Steffi signs the agreement. D) Revenue under the installment sales method, as soon as it has assisted Steffi in setting up the store. Answer: D Explanation: Substantial performance has occurred but cannot estimate bad debts, so use the installment sales method. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Franchise sales Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 241) Sullivan Software sells packages of a software program and one year's worth of technical support for $500. Its packaging lists the $500 sales price as comprised of a software program at a price of $450 and technical support with a price of $100, with a $50 discount for the package deal. All of Sullivan's sales are for cash, and there are no returns. Sullivan sells the software program separately for $475 and offers a year of technical support separately for $75. Sullivan should recognize revenue for the two parts of the arrangement as follows: A) Recognize the entire $500 when the customer pays cash to buy the package. B) Recognize the portion of the $500 attributable to the software program when the customer pays cash to buy the package; defer the portion attributable to technical support and recognize over the support period. C) Defer the entire $500 and recognize over the support period. D) Recognize the entire $500 upon conclusion of the support period. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―Software―Multiple-element Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 140 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
242) Sullivan Software sells packages of a software program and one year's worth of technical support for $500. Its packaging lists the $500 sales price as comprised of a software program at a price of $450 and technical support with a price of $100, with a $50 discount for the package deal. All of Sullivan's sales are for cash, and there are no returns. Sullivan sells the software program separately for $475 and offers a year of technical support separately for $75. The amount of revenue that GAAP, regarding software revenue recognition, would require Sullivan to attribute to the software program (as opposed to the technical support) is (rounded): A) $450. B) $475. C) $432. D) $400. Answer: C Explanation: Per GAAP regarding software revenue recognition based on relative fair values, the amount attributable to the program is ($475 / {$475 + $75}) × $500 = $432. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Chapter Supp―Software―Multiple-element Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 243) GAAP that covers revenue recognition for multiple-element arrangements requires that a seller recognize revenue for a particular part if: A) The part has value on a stand-alone basis. B) Customer acceptance of the part is not contingent on successful delivery of a later part. C) The part constitutes at least a "preponderance of the fair value" of the total arrangement. D) Both the part has value on stand-alone basis and customer acceptance of the part is not contingent on successful delivery of a later part are required. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Software―Multiple-element Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
141 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
244) Under GAAP, with respect to multiple-element arrangements, if the revenue for a particular part of a multiple-element arrangement does not qualify for separate recognition, it is: A) Never recognized. B) Recognized when the contract is signed or persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists. C) Recognized when revenue for the other parts is recognized. D) Recognized at the end of the contract. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Chapter Supp―Software―Multiple-element Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 245) "VSOE" stands for: A) "Vendor-specific objective evidence." B) "Vendor substantiation of earnings." C) "Value-specified operating earnings." D) "Variable set overhead earned." Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―Software―Multiple-element Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 246) "VSOE" is necessary to separately recognize revenue in multiple-element contracts for: A) All service contracts. B) All product contracts. C) All contracts that involve at least one non-software element. D) Software contracts. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Chapter Supp―Software―Multiple-element Learning Objective: Supplement 6 Revenue Recognition in GAAP in Effect Prior to ASU No. 2014-09. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 142 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
247) Squeaky Shine provides car washing services in Jersey City, New Jersey. A three-month pass for automatic car wash sells for $60, which entitles the customer for an unlimited number of car washes during the contract period. Squeaky Shine estimates that pass holders wash their cars equally throughout the three-month period. On December 1st, customers purchased $1,260 of the three-month passes, with usage of the passes occurring evenly throughout the contract period. Required: 1) Prepare the journal entries that Squeaky Shine would record on December 1 and on December 31, 2021, with respect to this transaction. 2) State the account titles and amounts that will be included in Squeaky Shine's 2021 income statement and balance sheet. Answer: 1) December 1 Cash Deferred revenue
1,260 1,260
December 31 If the passes are used evenly throughout December, Squeaky should recognize 1/3 × $1,260 = $420 of revenue. Deferred revenue Sales Revenue
420 420
2) $420 is included as revenue in the income statement, $1,260 of cash is included in the balance sheet, and $840 is included as deferred revenue in the balance sheet. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Revenue over time―Progress to completion Learning Objective: 06-03 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue over a period of time. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
143 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
248) Assume that a customer enrolls in AAA's Premier Membership, which provides 12 months of roadside assistance for $120. On August 1, 2021, a customer purchases a contract that runs from that date through July 31, 2022. Given that roadside assistance requests occur equally throughout the contract period, AAA uses "proportion of time" as its measure of progress toward completion. Required: 1) Prepare the journal entries that AAA would record on August 1 and on December 31, 2021, with respect to this transaction. 2) State the amounts included in relevant accounts in AAA's 2021 income statement and balance sheet. Answer: 1) August 1 Cash Deferred revenue
120 120
December 31 5/12 of a year of service has been provided, so AAA should recognize 5/12 × $120 = $50 of revenue. Deferred revenue Sales Revenue
50 50
2) $50 is included as revenue in the income statement, and $70 is included in current liability section of the balance sheet. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Revenue over time―Progress to completion Learning Objective: 06-03 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue over a period of time. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
144 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
249) Lux Hotels, Inc. has signed a service outsourcing contract with Deluxe Rooms, Inc. for $3 million, which was received in cash at contract inception. Under the agreement, Deluxe Rooms is obligated to clean and prepare over 5,000 hotels rooms managed by Lux Hotel on a daily basis from August 1, 2021 to July 31, 2022. Required: Prepare any journal entry that Deluxe would record: (1) at inception of the contract and (2) at the end of 2021 to recognize all revenue associated with this contract that should be recognized in 2021. Answer: This service contract qualifies for revenue recognition over time, because the customer consumes the benefit of the seller's work as it is performed. Hence, at the end of 2021, Deluxe Rooms should recognize $3 million × 5/12 = $1.25 million of revenue. (1) August 1, 2021: Cash Deferred revenue
3,000,000 3,000,000
(2) December 31, 2021: Deferred revenue 1,250,000 Service revenue 1,250,000 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Revenue over time―Progress to completion Learning Objective: 06-03 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue over a period of time. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
145 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
250) Poseidon Corporation, based in Greece, specializes in painting cargo ships. On December 1, 2021 Poseidon received $10 million in advance from Worldwide Shipping, Inc. to paint a 40,000-ton cargo vessel. The painting process is scheduled to begin on December 1, 2021, and the ship is to be returned to Worldwide in four months. Worldwide retains legal title to the ship during the contract period, and can sell the ship to another shipper during the contract period if it so chooses. Required: Assuming Poseidon uses "proportion of time" as its measure of progress toward completion, prepare any journal entry that Poseidon would record: (1) at inception of the contract (2) at the end of 2021 to recognize all revenue associated with this contract that should be recognized in 2021. Ignore any costs associated with providing the painting service. Answer: This contract qualifies for revenue recognition over time, because the customer controls the asset as it is being worked on. Hence, Poseidon should recognize $10 million × 1/4 = $2.5 million of revenue. (1) December 1, 2021: Cash Deferred revenue
10,000,000 10,000,000
(2) December 31, 2021: Deferred revenue 2,500,000 Service revenue 2,500,000 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Revenue over time―Progress to completion Learning Objective: 06-03 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue over a period of time. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
146 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
251) Accorsi & Sons specializes in selling and installing upscale home theater systems. On March 1, 2021, Accorsi sold a premium home theater package that includes a projector, set of surround speakers, and high quality leather seats, along with complete installation service, for $32,500. If sold separately, each of these goods or services would have cost $15,000 (projector), $12,500 (speakers), $17,500 (seats), and $3,000 (installation), respectively. Required: How much of the transaction price would be allocated to the projector, the speakers, the leather seats, and the installation service, assuming that each of these four parts of the contract is a separate performance obligation? Show your work. Answer: Accorsi & Sons must identify each obligation's share of the sum of the stand-alone selling prices of all performance obligations: Projector:
= 31.25%
Surround speakers:
= 26.04%
Leather seats:
= 36.46%
Installation service:
=
6.25%
Accorsi & Sons would allocate the total selling price of $32,500 based on the stand-alone selling prices, as shown below: Projector:
$32,500 × 31.25%
=
$10,156.25
Surround speakers:
$32,500 × 26.04%
=
$8,463.00
Leather seats:
$32,500 × 36.46%
=
$11,849.50
Installation service:
$32,500 ×
=
$2,031.25
6.25%
Total: 100% $32,500.00 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Mult perf oblig―Allocate transact price Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application 147 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 252) Baldi Piano manufactures customized pianos for concert halls. On July 1, 2021, Baldi signed a contract to deliver a concert piano for $150,000. Under the contract, Baldi is also obligated to provide a one-year maintenance service. If sold separately, the piano and the maintenance service would have cost $140,000 and $20,000, respectively. Required: How much of the transaction price would be allocated to the piano and the maintenance service, assuming they are separate performance obligations? Show your work. Answer: Baldi must identify each performance obligation's share of the sum of the stand-alone selling prices of all performance obligations: Piano (including delivery):
=
87.50%
Maintenance service:
=
12.50%
Baldi would allocate the total selling price of $150,000 based on the stand-alone selling prices, as shown below: Piano (including delivery):
$150,000
× 87.50%
= $131,250
Maintenance service:
$150,000
× 12.50%
=
$18,750
Total: 100% $150,000 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Mult perf oblig―Allocate transact price Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
148 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the information below to answer the following questions: The Rink offers annual $200 memberships that entitle members to unlimited use of ice-skating facilities and locker rooms. Each new membership also entitles the member to receive ten "20% off a $5 meal" coupons that are redeemable at the Rink's snack bar. The Rink estimates that approximately 80% of the coupons will be redeemed, and that, if the coupons weren't redeemed, $5 meals still would be discounted by 5% because of ongoing promotions. 253) Calculate how much of the transaction price should be allocated to each performance obligation in the contract. Show your work. Answer: The discount coupon provides a material right to the customer that the customer would not receive otherwise (a 20% discount rather than a 5% discount). This discount coupon is both capable of being distinct, as it could be sold or provided separately, and it is separately identifiable, as it is not highly interrelated with the other performance obligation of providing membership access, so this contract has two performance obligations. To allocate the contract price to the performance obligation, we should first consider that the Rink would offer a 5% discount on $5 meals sold to all customers. So, a 20% discount provides a customer with an incremental value of 15% (20% — 5%). Thus, the estimated stand-alone selling price of the meal coupons is $6 (= 10 coupons × $5 base price of meal × 15% savings × 80% redeemed). Since the stand-alone selling price of the annual membership fee is $200, the Rink would allocate $5.83 {= $200 × [$6 ÷ ($6 + $200)]} of the $200 transaction price to the discount coupon and $194.17 {= $200 × [$200 ÷ ($6 + $200)]} of the $200 transaction price to use of iceskating facilities and locker rooms. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Mult perf oblig―Allocate transact price; Contract features―Prepayments; Contract features―Customer options Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations.; 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
149 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
254) Prepare the journal entry to recognize the sale of a new membership. Clearly identify revenue or deferred revenue associated with each performance obligation. Answer: Since the coupon represents a material right to receive a discount that the customer would not receive otherwise, it represents a performance obligation. Therefore, the Rink would recognize deferred revenue for the sale of the annual membership fee and deferred revenue for the sale of the discount coupon. Cash 200.00 Deferred revenue–membership fees 194.17 Deferred revenue–meal coupon 5.83 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Contract features―Customer options Learning Objective: 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
150 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
255) Antonio's Car Services provides maintenance services for motorized vehicles. In March 2021, Rick placed an order for a new set of tires for $350. When a customer purchases goods or services in excess of $300, Antonio's gives the customer a 25% discount coupon for future purchases made in the next three months. Antonio's estimates that approximately 80% of customers utilize the coupon and that on average those customers will purchase goods or services that typically sell for $75. Required: (a) How many performance obligations are in Rick's contract? Explain the reasons for your answer. (b) Prepare a journal entry to record revenue for this transaction, assuming that Antonio's uses the residual method to estimate the stand-alone selling price of new tires sold without the discount coupon. Answer: (a) Number of performance obligations in the contract: 2. The delivery and installation of new tires is one performance obligation. The discount coupon for additional future purchases is a second performance obligation, because it provides a material right to the customer that the customer would not receive otherwise. This discount option is both capable of being distinct, as it could be sold or provided separately, and it is separately identifiable, as it is not highly interrelated with the other performance obligation of delivering and installing new tires. Hence, the discount coupon is distinct and qualifies as a performance obligation. The seller's role is not to integrate and customize them to create one product. (b) Cash Sales revenue (to balance) Deferred revenue (discount option)*
350 335 15
*$75 average purchase price × 25% discount × 80% coupon utilization rate Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Mult perf oblig―Identify the perf oblig; Contract features―Customer options; Transaction price―Residual approach Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations.; 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations.; 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
151 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
256) DGA Associates, Inc. sells computer workstations designed for architects. In 2021, it sold 120 workstations for $360,000. For each workstation sold, DGA distributed a 40% discount coupon for any additional future purchases made in the next 12 months. Based on historical experience, DGA expects that approximately 30% of the coupons will be utilized, and the goods purchased with the coupons would normally sell for $350. Required: (a) How many performance obligations are in a contract to purchase a computer workstation? Explain the reasons for your answer. (b) Prepare a journal entry to record revenue for the sale of 120 computer workstations, assuming that DGA uses the residual method to estimate the stand-alone selling price of the workstations sold without the discount coupon. Answer: (a) Number of performance obligations in the contract: 2 The delivery of computer workstations is one performance obligation. The discount coupon for additional future purchases is a second performance obligation, because it provides a material right to the customer that the customer would not receive otherwise. This discount option is both capable of being distinct, as it could be sold or provided separately, and it is separately identifiable, as it is not highly interrelated with the other performance obligation of delivering computer workstations. Hence, the discount coupon is distinct and qualifies as a performance obligation. The seller's role is not to integrate and customize them to create one product. (b) Cash Sales revenue (to balance) Deferred revenue (discount option)*
360,000 354,960 5,040
*120 units × $350 average purchase price × 40% discount × 30% coupon utilization rate Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Mult perf oblig―Identify the perf oblig; Contract features―Customer options; Transaction price―Residual approach Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations.; 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations.; 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
152 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
257) On February 12, 2021, Mohawk Home and Garden enters into contract with a local business to provide weekly grass-cutting services between May and September of that year, and receives $2,000 in advance. As part of a local business promotion, Mohawk offers a 50% discount on any barbecue grill with a list price in excess of $200. In the past, Mohawk charged the same amount ($2,000) for the same weekly grass-cutting service, but without the grill discount coupon. Based on historical experience with other clients, Mohawk estimates that about 40% of the coupons will be redeemed, purchasing grills with an average total list price of $400. Required: (a) How many performance obligations are in this contract? Explain the reasons for your answer. (b) Prepare the journal entry to account for the transaction as of February 12, 2021, clearly identifying the revenue or deferred revenue associated with each performance obligation. Answer: (a) Number of performance obligations in the contract: 2. Performing the grass-cutting services is one performance obligation. The 50% discount coupon on any barbecue grill with a list price in excess of $200 qualifies as a second performance obligation. First, it is an option that conveys a material right to the recipient (as opposed to a general marketing offer), so it is a performance obligation. Second, it is both capable of being distinct, as it could be sold or provided separately, and it is separately identifiable, as it is not highly interrelated with the other performance obligation of delivering grass-cutting services, so it is distinct and qualifies as a performance obligation. Mohawk will record deferred revenue associated with the coupons, and recognize revenue when either the coupon is exercised or the company estimates that it will not be redeemed. (b) Mohawk must first establish stand-alone selling prices of each performance obligation: Value of the discount coupon: 50% discount × $400 average purchase price Estimated redemption
= ×
$200 40%
Stand-alone selling price of coupon Stand-alone selling price of grass-cutting service Total of stand-alone prices
$80 $2,000 $2,080
Mohawk should identify each performance obligation's share of the sum of the stand-alone selling prices of all deliverables: Grass-cutting services:
=
96.15%
Discount coupon for grills:
=
3.85%
153 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Mohawk would allocate the total selling price of $2,000 based on the stand-alone selling prices, as shown below: Grass-cutting services:
$2,000
×
96.15%
= $1,923
Discount coupon for grills: Total:
$2,000
×
3.85% = $77 100% $2,000
Upon receiving $2,000, the journal entry would be: Cash Deferred revenue (grass-cutting services) Deferred revenue (discount option)
2,000 1,923 77
Note: The amount of revenue Mohawk should recognize upon receipt of the service fee is $0. Mohawk has not delivered goods or services at the time of the payment, so it should be viewed as a prepayment for future delivery of goods or services. Hence, Mohawk should record deferred revenue (current liability). Later, when services are delivered, deferred revenue will be reduced and revenue would be recognized. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Mult perf oblig―Identify the perf oblig; Contract features―Prepayments; Contract features―Customer options Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations.; 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
154 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
258) Mammoth Publishing, Inc. owns a weekly magazine called "Nova Health," and sells annual subscriptions for $96. Customers prepay their subscription fee and receive 52 issues starting in the following month. The company also offers new subscribers a 25% discount coupon on its other weekly magazine called "Fishing & Camping," which has a list price of $84 for an annual subscription. Mammoth estimates that approximately 10% of the discount coupons will be redeemed. Required: (a) How many performance obligations are in a single subscription contract? Explain the reasons for your answer. (b) Prepare the journal entry to account for one new subscription of "Nova Health," clearly identifying the revenue or deferred revenue associated with each performance obligation. Answer: (a) Number of performance obligations in the contract: 2. Delivery of "Nova Health" magazines on a weekly basis is one performance obligation. The 25% discount coupon on an annual subscription of "Fishing & Camping" qualifies as a second performance obligation. First, it is an option that conveys a material right to the recipient (as opposed to a general marketing offer), so it is a performance obligation. Second, it is both capable of being distinct, as it could be sold or provided separately, and it is separately identifiable, as it is not highly interrelated with the other performance obligation of delivering "Nova Health" magazines, so it is distinct and qualifies as a performance obligation. Mammoth will record deferred revenue associated with the coupons, and recognize revenue when either the coupon is exercised or the company estimates that it will not be redeemed. (b) Mohawk must first establish stand-alone selling prices of each performance obligation: Value of the discount coupon: 25% discount × $84 for "Fishing & Camping" = $21 Estimated redemption × 10% Stand-alone selling price of coupon $2.10 Stand-alone selling price of annual subscription for "Nova Health" $96.00 Total of stand-alone prices $98.10 Mammoth should identify each performance obligation's share of the sum of the stand-alone selling prices of all deliverables: Nova Health subscription:
=
97.86%
Fishing & Camping subscription:
=
2.14%
155 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Mammoth would allocate the total selling price of $96 based on the stand-alone selling prices, as shown below: Nova Health subscription:
$96
×
97.86%
= $93.95
Fishing & Camping subscription:
$96
×
2.14%
=
Total:
100%
$2.05 $96.00
Upon receiving $96, the journal entry would be: Cash Deferred revenue (Nova Health) Deferred revenue (Fishing & Camping)
96.00 93.95 2.05
Note: The amount of revenue Mammoth should recognize upon receipt of the service fee is $0. Mammoth has not delivered goods or services at the time of the payment, so it should be viewed as a prepayment for future delivery of goods or services. Hence, Mammoth should record deferred revenue (current liability). Later, when services are delivered, deferred revenue will be reduced and revenue would be recognized. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Mult perf oblig―Identify the perf oblig; Contract features―Prepayments; Contract features―Customer options Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations.; 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
156 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: On July 1, Wiggins Associates enters into a contract to provide consulting services to Pennsylvania University (PU). The contract is anticipated to last four months and is intended to achieve significant cost savings at the university. The contract stipulates that PU will pay Wiggins $25,000 at the end of each month, and, if total cost savings reach a specific target, PU will pay an additional $20,000 to Wiggins at the end of the contract. Wiggins estimates a 75% chance that cost savings will reach the target. 259) Assume that Wiggins estimates uncertain consideration as the most likely amount. Required: Do the following for Wiggins: a. Prepare the journal entry on July 31 to record the first month of revenue under the contract. b. Assuming total cost savings exceed the target, prepare the journal entry, if any, on October 31 to record receipt of the $20,000 bonus (ignore the normal October payment of $25,000). c. Assuming total cost savings do not reach the target, prepare the journal entry, if any, on October 31 to record failure to receive the $20,000 bonus (ignore the normal October payment of $25,000). Answer: a. The most likely amount to be received under the contract is (4 × $25,000) + $20,000 = $120,000 (since there is a 75% chance that the $20,000 payment will be received). Therefore, each month Wiggins would recognize $30,000 ($120,000 ÷ 4) of revenue, using the following journal entry: Cash Bonus receivable Service revenue
25,000 5,000 30,000
b. After four months, the expected bonus receivable will have accumulated to $20,000 (4 × $5,000). If Wiggins receives the bonus, it will make the following entry: Cash Bonus receivable
20,000 20,000
c. After four months the expected bonus receivable will have accumulated to $20,000 (4 × $5,000). If Wiggins does not receive the bonus, it will make the following entry: Service revenue 20,000 Bonus receivable 20,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Most likely amount Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply 157 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 260) Assume that Wiggins estimates variable consideration as the expected value. Required: Prepare the journal entry on July 31 to record the first month of revenue under the contract. Answer: Wiggins would estimate the transaction price as follows: Possible Prices $120,000 ([$25,000 × 4] + $20,000) $100,000 ($25,000 × 4) Expected contract price at inception
Expected Probability
Consideration
75% 25%
$90,000 25,000 $115,000
Each month Wiggins would recognize $28,750 ($115,000 ÷ 4) of revenue, using the following journal entry: Cash 25,000 Bonus receivable 3,750 Service revenue 28,750 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Expected value Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
158 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
261) Dr. Privacy, Inc. specializes in shredding office documents and destroying computer hard drives for various clients in the U.S. In June 2021, it enters into a contract with the U.S. government to properly discard computer hard drives. The contract specifies a fixed fee of $50,000 for the first 25,000 hard drives, and an additional $5,000 for each incremental 10,000 drives. The company estimates a 65% chance of handling 25,000 drives or fewer, 30% chance of handling more than 25,000 drives but fewer than 35,000 drives, and 5% chance of handling more than 35,000 drives but fewer than 45,000 drives. Required: Assuming that the company determines transaction price as the expected value of the consideration, what is Dr. Privacy's estimate of the transaction price for this contract? Answer: The expected value would be calculated as follows: Possible amounts Probabilities Expected amounts $50,000 ($50,000 + $0 bonus) × 65% = $32,500 $55,000 ($50,000 + $5,000 bonus) × 30% = $16,500 $60,000 ($50,000 + $10,000 bonus) × 5% = $ 3,000 Expected contract price at inception = $52,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Expected value Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
159 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
262) In February 2021, Omnibus Interior Corporation enters into a contract with Pike Realty to remodel a 6-unit luxury condominium in New York City. Under the contract, the company is entitled to receive a fixed fee of $1 million, and an additional performance bonus of $500,000 if the property is sold during the same year. Required: Given a strong demand for housing, Omnibus estimates that the property would most likely be sold within the same year, and bases estimates of variable consideration on the most likely estimate. On what transaction price should Omnibus base revenue recognition? Answer: Based on the most likely amount, the transaction price is $1,000,000 + $500,000 = $1,500,000, because there is a greater chance of the property being sold within the year than not being sold. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Most likely amount Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
160 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Brunetti Co. designed and installed customized signs for Di Antonio CPA, Inc. Brunetti's contract specifies that it will receive a flat fee of $150,000 for providing the customized signs, and an additional $10,000 if 30% of Di Antonio's new customers indicate they first learned of Di Antonio because of the signs. Based on historical experience, Brunetti estimates that there is a 90% chance it will achieve the threshold to receive a bonus. 263) Assuming Brunetti uses the most likely value to estimate the variable consideration, calculate the transaction price. Answer: Based on the most likely amount, the transaction price is $150,000 + $10,000 = $160,000, because there is a greater chance of receiving the bonus than not receiving it. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Most likely amount Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 264) Assuming Brunetti determines transaction price as the "expected value" of the variable consideration, what would be the appropriate transaction price for this contract? Answer: Possible amounts $160,000 ($150,000 + $10,000 bonus) $150,000 ($150,000 + $0 bonus) Expected contract price at inception
Probabilities × 90% × 10%
Expected amounts = $144,000 = $15,000 = $159,000
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Expected value Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
161 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
265) Assume Brunetti uses the "expected value" approach, but is very uncertain of that estimate due to a lack of experience with similar arrangements. What would be the appropriate transaction price? Answer: Because the seller is very uncertain of its estimates, it cannot argue that it is probable that it will not have to reverse (adjust downward) a significant amount of revenue in the future due to a change in returns. Therefore, Brunetti should not include the variable consideration (bonus) in the transaction price. Hence, the transaction price at the time of contract inception would be $150,000. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Variable consid constraint Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
162 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
266) Omni-Resistor, Inc. specializes in waterproofing homes, office buildings and other structures. Recently it completed a waterproofing renovation for a building at a local university. The contract specifies that Omni-Resistor will receive a flat lump sum of $100,000 for the renovation, and an additional $2,500 if there is no roof leaking through the roof within the first year after the renovation. The seller estimates that there is an 85% chance that no leakage will occur within the first year. Required: (a) Assuming Omni-Resistor uses the most likely value to estimate the variable consideration, calculate the transaction price. (b) Assuming Omni-Resistor determines transaction price as the "expected value" of the variable consideration, calculate the transaction price. (c) Assume Omni-Resistor uses the "expected value" approach, but is very uncertain of that estimate due to a lack of experience with similar renovations. Calculate the transaction price. Answer: Part (a): Based on the most likely amount, the transaction price is $100,000 + $2,500 = $102,500, because there is a greater chance of finding a leak during the first year than otherwise. Part (b) Possible amounts $102,500 ($100,000 + $2,500 bonus) $100,000 ($100,000 + $0 bonus) Expected contract price at inception
Probabilities × 85% × 15%
Expected amounts = $87,125 = $15,000 = $102,125
Part (c): Because the seller is very uncertain of its estimates, it cannot argue that it is probable that it will not have to reverse (adjust downward) a significant amount of revenue in the future due to a change in returns. Therefore, Omni-Resistor, Inc. should not include the variable consideration (bonus) in the transaction price. Hence, the transaction price at the time of contract inception would be only $100,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Variable consid constraint; Transaction price―Expected value; Transaction price―Most likely amount Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
163 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Portelli Services provides room-cleaning arrangements for hotels in Pennsylvania. On April 1, Silvia Hotels & Resorts signed an agreement to outsource its room-cleaning functions to Portelli. The contract specifies the service fee to be $15,000 per month, and all payments are to be made shortly after the end of each quarter. It also specifies that Portelli will receive an additional quarterly bonus of $3,000 if, during that quarter, Silvia receives no more than five complaints from customers about room cleanliness. • On April 1, based on historical experience, Portelli estimated that there is a 75% chance that it will receive the quarterly bonus. • On May 5, Portelli learned that, during March, there were two complaints from customers related to room cleanliness. Based on this new information, Portelli revised its estimate downward to 40% that it would be entitled to receive the quarterly bonus. • On June 30, Silvia notified Portelli that, for the quarter ended, there were four complaints associated with room cleanliness, so Portelli would receive the bonus. Two days later, Portelli received all payments due for all services rendered in the second quarter, including the bonus. Portelli bases estimates of variable consideration on the most likely amount it expects to receive. 267) Prepare Portelli's April 30 journal entry to account for the revenue recognized in April. Answer: During the month of April, Portelli estimates a greater than 50% chance it will receive the bonus, so using the "most likely amount" approach, it assumes that the bonus will be achieved, and estimates its revenue for the month as $15,000 + ($3,000 × 1/3 of a quarter) = $16,000. Accounts receivable 15,000 Bonus receivable 1,000 Service revenue 16,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Most likely amount Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
164 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
268) Prepare Portelli's May 31 journal entry to record the revenue recognized in May, as well as any appropriate adjustments to the revenue that had been recognized in April. Answer: During the month of May, Portelli recognizes service revenue of another $15,000 for room-cleaning services performed the month. At this point, Portelli estimates that it will most likely not be able to receive the quarterly bonus, based on the trend in the number of customer complaints. Thus, Portelli must reduce its bonus receivable recorded in April to zero and record the offsetting adjustment in revenue. Accounts receivable 15,000 Service revenue 15,000 Service revenue 1,000 Bonus receivable 1,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Most likely amount Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 269) Prepare Portelli's June 30 journal entry to record additional service revenue recognized, as well as the journal entry on July 2 to record the receipt of payment from Silvia. Answer: At the end of June, Portelli recognizes service revenue of another $15,000 for roomcleaning services performed during the month, as well as the quarterly bonus of $3,000. Then, on July 2, it receives cash payment for the receivable balances. June 30 Accounts receivable Bonus receivable Service revenue
15,000 3,000 18,000
July 2 Cash 48,000 Accounts receivable 45,000 Bonus receivable 3,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Most likely amount Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
165 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Romano Services provides room cleaning arrangements for hotels in Ohio. On April 1, Silvia Hotels & Resorts signed an agreement to outsource its room-cleaning functions to Romano. The contract specifies the service fee to be $15,000 per month, and all payments are to be made shortly after the end of each quarter. It also specifies that Romano will receive an additional quarterly bonus of $3,000 if, during that quarter, Silvia receives no more than five complaints from customers about room cleanliness. • On April 1, based on historical experience, Romano estimated that there is a 75% chance that it will receive the quarterly bonus. • On May 5, Romano learned that, during March, there were two complaints from customers related to room cleanliness. Based on this new information, Romano revised its estimate downward to 40% that it would be entitled to receive the quarterly bonus. • On June 30, Silvia notified Romano that, for the quarter ended, there were four complaints associated with room cleanliness, so Romano would receive the bonus. Two days later, Romano received all payments due for all services rendered in the second quarter, including the bonus. Romano bases estimates of variable consideration on the expected value of the consideration it expects to receive. 270) Prepare Romano's April 30 journal entry to account for the revenue recognized in April. Answer: During the month of April, Romano recognizes the fixed monthly revenue of $15,000. In addition, Romano estimates a 75% chance it will receive the quarterly bonus of $3,000, so its estimate of the expected value of the bonus revenue in April is: Possible amounts Probabilities $1,000 ($3,000 bonus ÷ 3) × 75% $0 × 25% Expected bonus due as of April 30
= = =
Expected amounts $750 $0 $750
Romano's April 30 journal entry would be: Accounts receivable 15,000 Bonus receivable 750 Service revenue 15,750 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Expected value Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
166 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
271) Prepare Romano's May 30 journal entry to record the revenue recognized in May, as well as any appropriate adjustments to the revenue that had been recognized in April. Answer: During the month of May, Romano recognizes fixed service revenue of another $15,000 for room-cleaning services performed during the month. At this point, Romano believes there is a 40% chance that it will receive the quarterly bonus, based on the trend in the number of customer complaints. Thus, Romano must revise the expected value of the bonus revenue recognized to date: Possible amounts $2,000 ($3,000 bonus × 2 ÷ 3) × $0 × Expected bonus due as of May 30
Probabilities 40% 60%
Expected amounts = $800 = $0 = $800
Romano's May 30 journal entry would be: Accounts receivable 15,000 Bonus receivable ($800 - $750) 50 Service revenue 15,050 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transaction price―Expected value Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
167 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
272) Prepare Romano's June 30 journal entry to record additional service revenue recognized, as well as and the journal entry on July 2 to record the receipt of payment from Silvia. Answer: At the end of June, Romano recognizes service revenue of another $15,000 for roomcleaning services performed during the month, as well as the quarterly bonus of $3,000. Then, on July 2, it receives cash payment for the receivable balances. June 30 Accounts receivable Bonus receivable ($3,000 - $800) Service revenue
15,000 2,200 17,200
July 2 Cash 48,000 Accounts receivable 45,000 Bonus receivable 3,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transaction price―Expected value Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
168 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Veras Bus Transportation provides on-campus bus services for universities. On January 1, it enters into a one-year contract with Moose University to operate five bus lines traveling throughout the campus. Under the contract, Veras will be paid $100,000 on the last day of each month. In addition, Veras will receive an additional $120,000 at the end of each six-month period, provided it remains free of accidents. • On January 1, based on historical experience, Veras estimated that there is a 75% chance that it will remain free of accidents for the entire year. • On March 20, three of the most senior drivers at Veras abruptly left. As a result, Veras had to hire inexperienced drivers to fill the vacant positions. Consequently, Veras revised its estimate to a 30% chance that it would be entitled to receive the semiannual bonus and decided to continue this 30% probability estimate until its six-month review at the end of June. • On June 30, Moose confirmed that there was no accident between January and June, so Veras would be entitled to the semiannual bonus. Veras bases estimates of variable consideration on the most likely amount it expects to receive. 273) Prepare Veras' January 31 journal entry to account for the revenue recognized from January 1 – January 31. Answer: In January, Veras estimates a greater than 50% chance that it will receive the semiannual bonus, so using the "most likely amount" approach it assumes that the bonus will be achieved, and estimates its revenue for the month as $100,000 + ($120,000 × 1/6 of semiannual period) = $120,000. Cash 100,000 Bonus receivable 20,000 Service revenue 120,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Most likely amount Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
169 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
274) Prepare Veras' March 31 journal entry to record the revenue recognized from March 1 – March 31, as well as any appropriate adjustments to the revenue already presumed to have been recorded from January 1 – February 28. Answer: In March, Veras' recognizes monthly service revenue of $100,000. Veras also estimates that it will most likely not be able to achieve the semiannual bonus, based on employee turnover situation. Thus, Veras must reduce its bonus receivable accrued in January and February to zero and record the offsetting adjustment in revenue. Cash 100,000 Service revenue 100,000 Service revenue 40,000 Bonus receivable (2 × $20,000; Jan-Feb) 40,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transaction price―Most likely amount Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 275) Prepare Veras' June 30 journal entry to account for cash received from Moose University. Include the revenue to be recognized for June 1 - June 30, as well as any necessary adjustments to revenue presumed to have been previously recorded. Answer: At the end of June, Veras recognizes monthly service revenue of $100,000 as well as the achievement of the semiannual bonus of $120,000. There was no balance in the bonus receivable account at the end of May because the bonus receivable balance was reversed at the end of March and there was no further bonus accrual in April and May. June 30 Cash 220,000 Service revenue 220,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Most likely amount Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
170 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Terra Bus Transportation provides on-campus bus services for universities. On January 1, it enters into a one-year contract with Moose University to operate five bus lines traveling throughout the campus. Under the contract, Terra will be paid $100,000 on the last day of each month. In addition, Terra will receive an additional $120,000 at the end of each six-month period, provided it remains free of accidents. • On January 1, based on historical experience, Terra estimated that there is a 75% chance that it will remain free of accidents for the entire year. • On March 20, three of the most senior drivers at Terra abruptly left. As a result, Terra had to hire inexperienced drivers to fill the vacant positions. Consequently, Terra revised its estimate to a 30% chance that it would be entitled to receive the semiannual bonus and decided to continue this 30% probability estimate until its six-month review at the end of June. • On June 30, Moose confirmed that there was no accident between January and June, so Terra would be entitled to the semiannual bonus. Terra bases estimates of variable consideration on the expected value it expects to receive. 276) Prepare Terra's January journal entry to account for the revenue recognized from January 1 - January 31. Answer: In January, Terra recognizes the fixed monthly revenue of $100,000. In addition, Terra estimates a 75% chance that it will receive the semiannual bonus, so its estimate of the expected value of the bonus revenue to date is: Possible amounts $20,000 ($120,000 ÷ 6 months) $0 ($0 bonus ÷ 6 months) Expected bonus as of January 31
× ×
Probabilities 75% 25%
Expected amounts = $15,000 = $0 = $15,000
Terra's January 31 journal entry would be: Cash 100,000 Bonus receivable 15,000 Service revenue 115,000 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Expected value Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
171 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
277) Prepare Terra's March 31 journal entry to record the revenue recognized from March 1 March 31, as well as any appropriate adjustments to the revenue presumed already recorded from January 1 - February 28. Answer: In March, Terra's recognizes monthly service revenue of $100,000. Terra also estimates that it has a 30% chance to receive the semiannual bonus. Thus, the new estimate of the expected value of the bonus revenue to date is: Possible amounts $60,000 [3 × ($120,000 ÷ 6 months)] $0 (3 × $0 bonus ÷ 6 months)] Expected bonus as of March 31
× ×
Probabilities 30% 70%
Expected amounts = $18,000 = $0 = $18,000
Terra's March 31 journal entry would be as follows. As of the end of February, Terra would have accrued a bonus receivable of $30,000. At the end of March, this amount must now be downward revised to $18,000, which means Terra must have a $12,000 offset to revenue. Cash 100,000 Service revenue 100,000 Service revenue 12,000 Bonus receivable ($30,000 - $18,000) 12,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transaction price―Expected value Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
172 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
278) Prepare Terra's June 30 journal entry to account for cash received from Moose University. Include the revenue to be recognized for June 1 - June 30, as well as any necessary adjustments to revenue presumed to have been previously recorded. Answer: At the end of June, Terra recognizes monthly service revenue of $100,000 as well as the adjustment for the semiannual bonus of $120,000. At the end of March, bonus receivable has an outstanding balance of $18,000. For the next two months (April-May), Terra accrues bonus receivable at a rate of $6,000 per month. Hence, at the end of May, the balance in the bonus receivable is $18,000 + (2 × $6,000) = $30,000. Hence, when it is confirmed at the end of June that Terra is entitled to the full $120,000 semiannual bonus, and so will receive $220,000 of cash, Terra must recognize an additional $90,000 service revenue for the bonus (calculated as $120,000 total bonus - $30,000 revenue recognized through May for the estimated bonus revenue) and reduce its $30,000 bonus receivable to zero. The total service revenue recognized in June is thus $100,000 monthly revenue plus the additional $90,000 for the bonus adjustment. June 30 Cash 220,000 Bonus receivable 30,000 Service revenue 190,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transaction price―Expected value Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
173 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
279) Riker receives $30,000 from Troy as payment for a vehicle that has a fair value of $40,000. The $30,000 constitutes full payment for the vehicle as specified in the sales contract. Assume that the time value of money is viewed as significant for this contract. Required: (a) Did Troy pay Riker before or after delivery of the vehicle? (b) Prepare the journal entry Riker would make to record delivery of the vehicle, assuming no interest revenue or interest expense had been recorded previously. (c) Prepare the journal entry Riker would make to record receipt of Troy's payment, assuming no interest revenue or interest expense had been recorded previously. Answer: Part (a) Troy paid Riker before delivery. We can infer that because Riker must have received two benefits from Troy: the $30,000 payment and $10,000 of implicit interest expense associated with Riker using Troy's money, such that Riker received a total of $40,000 value from Troy. Part (b) To record delivery: Interest expense Deferred revenue Sales revenue
10,000 30,000 40,000
Part (c) To record receipt of Troy's payment: Cash 30,000 Deferred revenue 30,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Time value of money Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
174 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
280) Brenda receives $220,000 from Sandra as payment for goods that have a fair value of $190,000. The $220,000 constitutes full payment for the goods as specified in the sales contract. Assume that the time value of money is viewed as significant for this contract. Required: (a) Did Sandra pay Brenda before or after delivery of the goods? (b) Prepare the journal entry Brenda would make to record delivery of the goods, assuming no interest revenue or interest expense had been recorded previously. (c) Prepare the journal entry Brenda would make to record receipt of Sandra's payment, assuming no interest revenue or interest expense had been recorded previously. Answer: Part (a) Sandra paid Brenda after delivery. We can infer that because Sandra paid more than the fair value of the goods, implying that Sandra received the benefit of postponing payment as well as receiving the goods themselves. Part (b) To record delivery: Notes receivable Discount on notes receivable Sales revenue
220,000 30,000 190,000
Part (c) To record Sandra's payment: Cash 220,000 Discount on notes receivable 30,000 Interest revenue 30,000 Notes receivable 220,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Time value of money Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
175 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
281) Assume that GM signs a contract to deliver 10 buses to the Tompkins Consolidated Area Transit (TCAT), which provides transit service throughout Tompkins County, for $4 million. Under the contract, TCAT makes a cash payment of $4 million to GM, and the 10 buses are shipped immediately from GM's existing inventory. At the same time, GM obtains the right to advertise its products on all of TCAT buses for six months, and makes a cash payment of $20,000 to GM for the advertising service. The fair value of the advertising service is $18,000. Required: Prepare the journal entries GM should record to account for the sale of the buses and the purchase of the advertisements. Indicate the amount of revenue GM should recognize for its sale of buses to TCAT. Answer: GM makes an immediate payment of $20,000 to TCAT, which is $2,000 more than the fair value of such advertising services. Therefore, the original transaction price of bus sales ($4 million) should be reduced by the overpayment of $2,000. Hence, the amount of revenue that GM should recognize for sale of buses is $4,000,000 — $2,000 = $3,998,000. Recording the sale of buses: Cash Sales revenue
4,000,000 4,000,000
Recording the purchase of advertisements: Advertising expense 18,000 Sales revenue 2,000 Cash 20,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Pay by seller to customer Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
176 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
282) Typhoon Sons & Co. manufactures various types of golf clubs to third party vendors. On April 1, 2021, Typhoon delivers a large quantity of golf clubs to Resona Country Club. Under the sales agreement, Resona is obligated to pay Typhoon $200,000 within six months. On May 1, Typhoon purchases for cash the right to advertise its products during Resona's annual golf tournament event for $3,000. Resona normally charges $2,500 for such services. On August 15, Resona pays Typhoon all amounts owed. Required: Prepare the journal entries Typhoon should record to account for the transaction on April 1, May 1 and August 15. Indicate the amount of revenue that Typhoon should recognize on its sale of golf clubs to Resona. Answer: At the time of original sale (April 1, 2021), there was no indication that Typhoon would purchase a service from Resona at a price higher than its fair value. Hence, the original sale would be recorded based on the full transaction price of $200,000. Then, on May 1, Typhoon's overpayment of $500 for the services offered by the buyer (Resona) reduces the original transaction price by $500, so Typhoon should debited sales revenue as part of the transaction. Thus, Typhoon recognizes revenue of $200,000 - $500 = $199,500. April 1, 2021: Accounts receivable Sales revenue
200,000
May 1, 2021: Advertising expense Sales revenue Cash
2,500 500
200,000
3,000
August 15, 2021: Cash 200,000 Accounts receivable 200,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transaction price―Pay by seller to customer Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
177 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
283) AgriFoods, Inc. prepares and delivers agricultural products to industrial-scale kitchens and food service providers. One of its key customers is Home Kitchen & Co., which provides cafeteria solutions for corporations and universities. On January 1, 2021, AgriFoods obtained a one-year contract to supply a pre-specified amount of vegetables to Home Kitchen, and received $600,000 in cash. Then, on March 15, AgriFoods hired Home to run one of its employee cafeterias for a period of six months, from April to September, and paid $70,000 in cash. For similar arrangements, Home usually charged $50,000. Required: (a) Prepare the journal entries AgriFoods would record on January 1, 2021 and January 31, 2021 with respect to the sales contract. Assume revenue is accrued on a monthly basis. (b) Prepare the journal entry to account for AgriFoods' purchase of Home's services. Answer: Part (a) AgriFoods would record deferred revenue at contract inception, and then fully earn it by the end of the year. January 1 Cash Deferred revenue
600,000
January 31 Deferred revenue ($600,000 ÷ 12) Sales revenue
50,000
600,000
50,000
Part (b) The cafeteria service fee has a fair value of $50,000, and AgriFoods paid $70,000. The difference of $20,000 is viewed as a sales refund, reducing revenue for the year 2021 by that amount. Advertising expense 50,000 Sales revenue 20,000 Cash 70,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Revenue over time―Progress to completion; Transaction price―Pay by seller to customer Learning Objective: 06-03 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue over a period of time.; 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
178 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Beaumont Company enters into a contract to provide a high quality diving-certification preparation package, including goggles, snorkels, air tanks, fins, a wetsuit, and 5 private lessons to get ready for diving certifications. The entire package sells for $2,500. 284) Other competing sellers in the same region charge an average of $250 for a set of goggles and $750 for the lessons, if sold separately. Beaumont Company usually sells at a 5% discount compared to other shops, since it is a bit farther away from the ocean. Required: What would be Beaumont's stand-alone selling price of the goggles and the lessons, based on adjusted market assessment approach? Answer: Under the adjusted market assessment approach, Beaumont would base its estimate of the stand-alone selling price of the goggles and the lessons on the prices charged by other sellers for those goods, adjusted as necessary. Because Beaumont typically sells at a 5% discount, it would estimate the stand-alone selling price of the goggles and the lessons to be $250 × 95% = $237.50 and $750 × 95% = $712.50, respectively. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Adjusted market approach Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 285) Typically, Beaumont incurs $375 on compensation and other costs to provide the private lessons, and earns an average of 40% profit over cost on service offerings. Required: Assuming that the diving equipment and the certification lessons are separate performance obligations, estimate the stand-alone selling price of the certified lessons based on the expected cost plus margin approach. Answer: Under the expected cost plus margin approach, Beaumont would base its estimate of the stand-alone selling price of the private lessons on the $375 cost it incurs to provide the services, plus its normal margin of 40% × $375 = $150. Therefore, Beaumont would estimate the stand-alone selling price of the private lessons to be $375 + $150 = $525. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Expected cost plus margin Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 179 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
286) Typically, if Beaumont were to sell the equipment only, it would ask for $2,000. Required: Assuming that the diving equipment and the certification lessons are separate performance obligations, estimate the stand-alone selling price of the lessons based on the residual approach. Answer: Under the residual approach, Beaumont would base its estimate of the stand-alone selling price of the private lessons on the total selling price of the package ($2,500) minus the observable stand-alone selling price of equipment ($2,000). Therefore, Beaumont would estimate the stand-alone price of the lessons to be $2,500 - $2,000 = $500. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Residual approach Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 287) CompuLand Center sells a full assortment of computer parts, including motherboards, video cards, and cables, and also offers complementary computer assembly services. The assembly service is offered by other vendors for $100 on average, and CompuLand typically charges approximately 20% more than other vendors for similar services on a stand-alone basis. Required: Estimate the stand-alone selling price of the assembly service using the adjusted market assessment approach. Answer: Under the adjusted market assessment approach, CompuLand would base its estimate of the stand-alone selling price of the assembly service on the prices charged by other vendors for the same service, adjusted as necessary. Because CompuLand typically charges 20% more than competitors, it would estimate the stand-alone price of the assembly service to be $100 × 120% = $120. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Adjusted market approach Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
180 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
288) CompuValue Center sells a full assortment of computer parts, including motherboards, video cards, and cables, and also offers complementary computer assembly services. CompuValue estimates that it incurs $50 in labor and materials on average to complete one assembly order, with an average of 75% profit based on cost. Required: Assuming that computer parts and assembly service are separate performance obligations, estimate the stand-alone selling price of the assembly service based on the expected cost plus margin approach. Answer: Under the expected cost plus margin approach, CompuValue would base its estimate of the stand-alone selling price of the assembly service on the $50 cost it incurs, plus its normal margin of 75% × $50 = $37.50. Therefore, CompuValue would estimate the stand-alone selling price of the assembly service to be $50 + $37.50 = $87.50. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Expected cost plus margin Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 289) CompuTime Center sells a full assortment of computer parts, including motherboards, video cards, and cables. It also offers complementary computer assembly services. A customer places an order for an advanced workstation, and CompuTime asks for $3,500. If CompuTime were to sell only the parts in an advanced workstation, with no assembly, the price would be $3,300. Required: Assuming that computer parts and assembly service are separate performance obligations, estimate the stand-alone selling price of the assembly service based on the residual approach. Answer: Under the residual approach, CompuTime would base its estimate of the stand-alone selling price of the assembly service on the total selling price of the workstation ($3,500) minus the observable stand-alone selling price of parts ($3,300). Therefore, CompuTime would estimate the stand-alone price of the assembly to be $3,500 - $3,300 = $200. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Transaction price―Residual approach Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
181 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
290) Bria Furniture sells bed frames and mattresses. One of its products is a premium therapeutic bed set produced by OmniSleep, which comes with a mattress and a bed frame. Bria offers a package consisting of the mattress, the frame, and on-site installation by its staff. All of these components can be sold separately, as often done by other vendors, so Bria concludes that these are separate performance obligations. Bria sells the OmniSleep package for $3,000. The mattress and the frame are sold separately for $2,000 and $900, respectively. Other vendors in the same area typically charge $200 for on-site installation. Bria does not sell on-site installation separately. On average, the prices charged by Bria are 10% higher than those of its competitors. Bria estimates that it incurs about $100 of compensation and other costs to provide the installation service. The profit margin over cost is estimated to be approximately 35%. Required: Estimate the stand-alone selling price of the installation service using (a) the adjusted market assessment approach, (b) the expected cost plus margin approach, and (c) the residual approach. Answer: Part (a) Under the adjusted market assessment approach, Bria would base its estimate of the stand-alone selling price of the installation service on the prices charged by other vendors for the same or similar service, adjusted as necessary. Since Bria's selling prices are 10% higher on average, Bria would estimate the stand-alone selling price of the installation service to be $200 + ($200 × 10%) = $220. Part (b) Under the expected cost plus margin approach, Bria would base its estimate of the standalone selling price of the installation service on the $100 cost it incurs to provide the service, plus its mark-up of 35% × $100 = $35. Therefore, Bria would estimate the stand-alone selling price of the installation service to be $100 + $35 = $135. Part (c) Under the residual approach, Bria would base its estimate of the stand-alone selling price of the installation service on the total selling price of the package ($3,000) less the observable stand-alone selling prices of the OmniSleep mattress ($2,000) and the frame ($900). Therefore, Bria would estimate the stand-alone selling price of the installation service to be $3,000 ($2,000 + $900) = $100. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Adjusted market approach; Transaction price―Expected cost plus margin; Transaction price―Residual approach Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
182 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
291) Mahogany Billiards sells upscale pool tables and related supplies. It sells a premium package consisting of a pool table imported from Europe, a full set of cues and balls, and on-site installation by its staff. Mahogany determines that each of these components is a performance obligation. Mahogany sells the pool table separately for $3,000 and the set of cues and balls for $1,000. The entire package is sold at $4,500. Mahogany does not offer on-site installation separately, as part of company policy. It also estimates that it incurs about $350 of compensation and other costs per each installation. Other competing vendors sell on-site installation separately for $450, on average. Mahogany typically earns a profit margin of 40% over cost, and its prices are generally 5% lower than those charged by competitors. Required: Estimate the stand-alone selling price of the installation service using (a) the adjusted market assessment approach, (b) the expected cost plus margin approach, and (c) the residual approach. Answer: Part (a) Under the adjusted market assessment approach, Mahogany would base its estimate of the stand-alone selling price of the installation service on the prices charged by other vendors for the same or similar service, adjusted as necessary. Since Mahogany carries selling prices that are 5% lower on average, Mahogany would estimate the stand-alone selling price of the installation service to be $450 - ($450 × 5%) = $427.50. Part (b) Under the expected cost plus margin approach, Mahogany would base its estimate of the stand-alone selling price of the installation service on the $350 cost it incurs to provide the service, plus its mark-up of 40% × $350 = $140. Therefore, Mahogany would estimate the standalone selling price of the installation service to be $350 + $140 = $490. Part (c) Under the residual approach, Mahogany would base its estimate of the stand-alone selling price of the installation service on the total selling price of the package ($4,500) less the observable stand-alone selling prices of the pool table ($3,000) and the set of cues and balls ($1,000). Therefore, Mahogany would estimate the stand-alone selling price of the installation service to be $4,500 - ($3,000 + $1,000) = $500. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Residual approach; Transaction price―Expected cost plus margin; Transaction price―Adjusted market approach Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
183 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
292) Assume that, on April 1, 2021, a customer visits MicrosoftStore.com and purchases Microsoft Windows 14 Ultimate for $170. Windows 14 Ultimate comes in a DVD format which the customer can use permanently, and Microsoft does not expect that its actions subsequent to April 1, 2021 will affect the value the customer obtains from using the software. Required: How much revenue should Microsoft recognize in 2021 with respect to this particular transaction? Answer: The software license for Windows 14 Ultimate is a right of use for functional intellectual property. The customer does not expect Microsoft's subsequent activity to change the functionality of the software, so Microsoft can recognize the entire $170 upon transfer of the right. Microsoft recognizes revenue of $170 in 2021. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Timing of rev rec―Licenses Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
184 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
293) Smith & Sons is a CPA firm that provides proprietary software to its clients. One of its software packages sells for $150 and contains pre-programmed tutorials on basic accounting concepts. Another product sells for $3,000 and contains Smith & Sons' archive of accounting standards and articles, which Smith & Sons updates on a weekly basis and downloads to archive users for the two years following purchase of the product. Required: If a customer purchases both software packages on June 1, 2021, how much revenue should Smith & Sons recognize for the year? Answer: The software license for tutorials is a right of use for functional intellectual property. The customer does not expect for Smith & Sons' subsequent activity to change the functionality of the software, so Smith & Sons can recognize the entire $150 upon transfer of the right. However, the license to use the accounting archive is an access right, as the customer should expect that Smith & Sons' activity during the license period will affect the value of the software to the customer, so Smith & Sons should recognize revenue as that access is consumed over 24 months. Since the customer uses the archive software for seven months in 2021 (June through December), Smith & Sons should recognize revenue of 7 ÷ 24 = 7/24 of $3,000, or $875 for that access right in 2021. In total, Smith & Sons recognizes revenue of $150 + $875 = $1,025 in 2021. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Licenses Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
185 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
294) Berry Farm produces organic tomatoes and strawberries. In June 2021, it transported 100 boxes of strawberries with a price of $20 per box to the Bay Farmers' Market. Berry Farm paid an upfront fee of $100 to present its products at the market for one week, and the market earns a 25% profit margin on each item sold, but Berry Farm is responsible for any items that remain unsold at the end of the week. Required: The market was able to sell 65 boxes of strawberries to customers. How much revenue should Berry Farm recognize with respect to this transaction? Answer: 65 × $20 = $1,300. Berry Farm has a consignment arrangement with Bay Farmers' Market, so it should not recognize transfer of 100 boxes of strawberries as sales. Although the market has physical possession of the asset for the sales period, Berry Farm retains legal title to the asset as well as the risks and rewards of ownership for the goods placed on consignment. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Consignment Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 295) Holmgren Seafoods, Inc. catches and processes salmon and tuna caught off the coast of Maine. In May 2021, it placed 100 freshly caught wild salmon with a retail price of $75 each in Joe's Fish Shop. Holmgren's contract with the shop stipulates that the shop will earn a 15% commission on each salmon sold. Joe's is responsible for purchasing any fish that remain unsold at the end of a three-day period. Required: During the three-day period, Joe's Fish Shop was able to sell 88 of the 100 salmon. How much revenue should Holmgren recognize with respect to this transaction? Answer: 100 × $75 = $7,500. Holmgren Seafoods, Inc. has transferred control of the salmon to Joe's Fish Shop, because Joe's holds the risks and rewards of ownership. If a fish is unsold, Joe's must pay for it, so Holmgren is guaranteed to receive payment for all 100 fish. Therefore, Holmgren would view its transfer of fish to Joe's as a sale rather than as a consignment arrangement. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Consignment Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
186 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
296) Colombo Coffee sells gift cards that can be used at its 55 branches. During 2020, customers purchased $25,000 of gift cards, of which $3,000 were redeemed during 2021. It is estimated that a balance of $1,500 of cards sold in 2020 remains unused as of the end of 2021, and Colombo determines that this amount will never be redeemed, based on historical experience. During 2021, Colombo further sold $32,000 of gift cards, of which $26,000 were redeemed and $6,000 remain unused but may be used by customer in 2022. Required: How much gift card revenue should Colombo recognize in 2021? Answer: Colombo should not recognize revenue when it sells the gift cards, because it has not yet satisfied its performance obligation to provide goods upon redemption of the cards. Colombo should recognize revenue only to the extent gift cards are redeemed, plus the amount it estimates will never be redeemed. Hence, the revenue to be recognized for 2021 is $3,000 + $1,500 + $26,000 = $30,500. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Timing of rev rec―Gift cards Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 297) Moretti Department Store sells gift cards that expire three years from the date of purchase. During 2019, Moretti sold $50,000 of gift cards, of which $1,500 were redeemed during 2021. At the end of 2021, it is estimated that approximately $800 of the 2019 balance remains unused, and Moretti concludes that it will never be redeemed. Moretti sold another $55,000 of gift cards in 2020, of which $22,000 were redeemed in 2021, and $60,000 of gift cards in 2021, of which $40,000 were redeemed in 2021. Required: How much revenue with respect to gift cards should Moretti recognize in 2021? Answer: Moretti should recognize revenue only to the extent gift cards are redeemed, plus the amount it estimates will never be redeemed. Hence, the revenue to be recognized for 2021 is $1,500 + $800 + $22,000 + $40,000 = $64,300. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Gift cards Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
187 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Beck Construction Company began work on a new building project on January 1, 2020. The project is to be completed by December 31, 2022, for a fixed price of $108 million. The following are the actual costs incurred and estimates of remaining costs to complete the project that were made by Beck's accounting staff: Years
Actual costs incurred in each year
2020 2021 2022
$30 million $45 million $35 million
Estimated remaining costs to complete the project (measured at Dec. 31 of each year) $60 million $45 million $0
298) What amount of gross profit (or loss) would Beck record on this project in each year, assuming that Beck recognizes revenue for this project upon completion of the project? Place answers in the spaces provided below and show supporting computations.
Years
Gross Profit (or Loss) recognized
Supporting computations
2020 2021 2022 Answer: Years 2020
Gross Profit (or Loss) Supporting computations recognized $0 ($108 - $90) = $18 anticipated gross profit, so no need to recognize a gross loss
2021
($12 million)
Total loss is ($108 - $120) = ($12 million)
2022
$10 million
Total loss is ($108 - $110) = ($2 million) To date, $12 million loss was recorded; therefore, ($2 million) - ($12 million) = $10 million in 2022
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Loss on contract Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 188 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
299) What amount of gross profit (or loss) would Beck record on this project in each year, assuming that Beck recognizes revenue for this project over time according to percentage of completion? Place answers in the spaces provided below and show supporting computations.
Years
Gross Profit (or Loss) recognized
Supporting computations
2020 2021 2022 Answer: Gross Profit (or Loss) Years recognized Supporting computations 2020 $6 million ($108 - $90) × ($30 /$90) = $6 million 2021
($18 million)
Total loss is ($108 - $120) = ($12 million) To date, $6 million profit was recorded; therefore, ($12 million) - $6 million = ($18 million) in 2021
2022
$10 million
Total loss is ($108 - $110) = ($2 million) To date, $12 million loss was recorded; therefore, ($2 million) - ($12 million) = $10 million in 2022
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Long-term contracts―Loss on contract Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
189 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Beavis Construction Company was the low bidder on a construction project to build an earthen dam for $1,800,000. The project was begun in 2020 and completed in 2021. Cost and other data are presented below:
Costs incurred during the year Estimated costs to complete Billings during the year Cash collections during the year
2020 $ 450,000 1,050,000 400,000 300,000
2021 $1,100,000 0 1,400,000 1,500,000
300) Assume that Beavis recognizes revenue on this contract over time according to percentage of completion. Required: Compute the amount of gross profit recognized during 2020 and 2021. Answer: 2020: Contract price Actual costs to date Estimated costs to complete Total estimated project costs Estimated total gross profit Percentage of completion: $450,000/ $1,500,000 Gross profit recognized
$1,800,000 $ 450,000 1,050,000 1,500,000 300,000 30% $ 90,000
2021: Contract price $1,800,000 Costs incurred: 2020 $ 450,000 2021 1,100,000 Total cost 1,550,000 Total gross profit 250,000 Recognized in 2020 90,000 Recognized in 2021 $ 160,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 190 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
301) Assume that Beavis recognizes revenue on this contract over time according to percentage of completion. Required: Prepare all journal entries to record costs, billings, collections, and profit recognition. Answer: 2020: Construction in progress Cash, materials, etc.
450,000 450,000
Accounts receivable Billings on construction contract
400,000
Cash Accounts receivable
300,000
Construction in progress Cost of construction Revenue from long-term contracts
90,000 450,000
2021: Construction in progress Cash, materials, etc.
400,000
300,000
540,000
1,100,000 1,100,000
Accounts receivable Billings on construction contract
1,400,000
Cash Accounts receivable
1,500,000
Construction in progress Cost of construction Revenue from long-term contracts
160,000 1,100,000
1,400,000
1,500,000
1,260,000
Billings on construction contract 1,800,000 Construction in progress 1,800,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 191 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
302) Assume that Beavis recognizes revenue upon completion of the project. Required: Compute the amount of gross profit recognized during 2020 and 2021. Answer: 2020: 2021: Contract price Costs incurred:
$0 $1,800,000 2020 2021
$ 450,000 1,100,000
Total cost 1,550,000 Total gross profit $ 250,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Upon completion Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
192 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
303) Assume that Beavis recognizes revenue upon completion of the project. Required: Prepare all journal entries to record costs, billings, collections, and profit recognition. Answer: 2020: Construction in progress Cash, materials, etc.
450,000 450,000
Accounts receivable Billings on construction contract
400,000
Cash Accounts receivable
300,000
2021: Construction in progress Cash, materials, etc.
400,000
300,000
1,100,000 1,100,000
Accounts receivable Billings on construction contract
1,400,000
Cash Accounts receivable
1,500,000
Construction in progress Cost of construction Revenue from long-term contracts
250,000 1,550,000
1,400,000
1,500,000
1,800,000
Billings on construction contract 1,800,000 Construction in progress 1,800,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Upon completion Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
193 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
304) In 2021, Chicago Construction began work on a three-year construction project to build a new performing arts complex (the PAC). The PAC contract price is $150 million. Chicago recognizes revenue on this contract over time according to percentage of completion. At the end of 2021, the following financial statement information indicates the results to date for the PAC (missing items denoted by letter): INCOME STATEMENT: Revenue Cost of construction Gross profit BALANCE SHEET: Accounts receivable from construction billings Construction in progress Less: Billings on construction Net billings in excess of construction in progress
$ w million 35 million $ x million
$14 million $50 million ($y million) $z million
CASH FLOW STATEMENT Cash collections
$46 million
Required: Compute the following, placing your answer in the spaces provided and showing supporting computations below: Item to compute Total revenue recognized during 2021 (w): Gross profit recognized during 2021 (x): Billings on construction (y): Net billings in excess of construction in progress (z): Calculate the percentage of PAC that was completed during 2021: Answer: Item to compute Total revenue recognized during 2021 (w): CIP contains cost + gross profit = revenue, so w = $50 Gross profit recognized during 2021 (x): $50 − $35 = $15 Billings on construction (y): $14 + $46 = $60 Net billings in excess of construction in progress (z): Billings of $60 − CIP of $50 Calculate the percentage of PAC that was completed during 2021: $50/$150 = 33.33% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Long-term contracts―Upon completion
Answer
Answer $ 50 million $ 15 million $ 60 million $10 million 33.33%
194 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
195 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
305) In 2021, KP Building Inc. began work on a four-year construction project (called Cincy One). The contract price is $300 million. KP recognizes revenue on this contract over time according to percentage of completion. At the end of 2021, the following financial statement information indicates the results to date for Cincy One: INCOME STATEMENT: Gross profit (before-taxes) recognized in 2021 BALANCE SHEET: Accounts receivable from construction billings Construction in progress Less: Billings on construction Net billings in excess of construction in progress
$22 million
$10 million $66 million ($75 million) $9 million
Required: Compute the following, placing your answer in the spaces provided and showing supporting computations below. Item to compute Cash collected by KP on Cincy One during 2021 Actual costs incurred by KP on Cincy One during 2021 At 12/31/2021, the estimated remaining costs to complete Cincy One The percentage of Cincy One that was completed during 2021
Answer
Answer: Item to compute Answer Cash collected by KP on Cincy One during 2021. ($75 billings - $10 A/R) $ 65 million Actual costs incurred by KP on Cincy One during 2021 ($66 CIP - $22 gross profit) $ 44 million At 12/31/2021, the estimated remaining costs to complete Cincy One ($44/{$44 + x})($300 - {$44 + x}) = $22; x = $156 $156 million The percentage of Cincy One that was completed during 2021: 100 × ($44 / {$44 + $156}) 22% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
196 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: McCombs Contractors received a contract to construct a mental health facility for $2,500,000. Construction was begun in 2020 and completed in 2021. Cost and other data are presented below:
Costs incurred during the year Estimated costs to complete Billings during the year Cash collections during the year
2020 $1,500,000 1,200,000 1,200,000 1,000,000
2021 $1,300,000 0 1,300,000 1,500,000
306) Assume that McCombs recognizes revenue on this contract over time according to percentage of completion. Required: Compute the amount of gross profit recognized during 2020 and 2021. Answer: 2020: Contract price Actual cost to date Estimated costs to complete Total estimated project costs Estimated loss, recognized in 2020 2021: Contract price Cost incurred:
$2,500,000 $1,500,000 1,200,000 2,700,000 $ (200,000)
$2,500,000 in 2020…………… in 2021…………...
$1,500,000 1,300,000
Total cost 2,800,000 Total loss $ (300,000) Recognized in 2020 (200,000) Recognized in 2021 $ (100,000) Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Loss on contract Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
197 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
307) Assume that McCombs recognizes revenue on this contract over time according to percentage of completion. Required: Prepare all journal entries to record costs, billings, collections, and profit (loss) recognition. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar. Answer: 2020: Construction in progress Cash, materials, etc.
1,500,000 1,500,000
Accounts receivable Billings on construction contract
1,200,000
Cash Accounts receivable
1,000,000
Cost of construction Construction in progress (loss) Revenue from long-term contracts*
1,588,889
2021: Construction in progress Cash, materials, etc.
1,200,000
1,000,000
200,000 1,388,889
1,300,000 1,300,000
Accounts receivable Billings on construction contract
1,300,000
Cash Accounts receivable
1,500,000
Cost of construction Construction in progress (loss) Revenue from long-term contracts**
1,211,111
Billings on construction contract Construction in progress
2,500,000
1,300,000
1,500,000
100,000 1,111,111
2,500,000
*$2,500,000 × ($1,500,000/$2,700,000) ** $2,500,000 - $1,388,889 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Long-term contracts―Loss on contract Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. 198 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 308) Assume that McCombs recognizes revenue upon project completion. Required: Compute the amount of gross profit recognized by McCombs during 2020 and 2021. Answer: 2020: $(200,000) due to projected loss 2021: Contract price $2,500,000 Cost incurred: 2020 $1,500,000 2021 1,300,000 Total cost 2,800,000 Total loss on contract $ ( 300,000) Loss recognized in 2020 (200,000) Loss recognized in 2021 $ (100,000) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Long-term contracts―Loss on contract Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 309) Silica Corporation constructs highly specialized communication satellites. A customer in Hong Kong recently placed an order for a cable TV satellite at a price of $20 million. The order was placed in April 2021, and the satellite is to be delivered in one year. The customer has guaranteed to pay in full at the end of 2021, regardless of progress or cancellation. Silica uses "proportion of time" as its measure of progress toward completion. Required: When should Silica recognize revenue: at completion, or as the construction is performed? Answer: This contract qualifies for revenue recognition over time, because the seller is creating an asset that has no alternative use to the seller, and the seller can receive payment for its progress even if the customer cancels the contract. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Revenue over time―Criteria Learning Objective: 06-03 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue over a period of time. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 199 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
310) Hans Cars & Trucks sells various types of used vehicles with a one-year warranty that covers any defects. When customers make a purchase, they also receive a coupon for 10 free engine oil changes and an option to change all of the tires for $50 after 30,000 miles. Typically, customers pay $25 for an oil change and $250 for a new set of tires. Required: (a) Given the information above, how many performance obligations exist in the contract to purchase a vehicle? (b) Assume the same contract but that it offers customers an option to change all of the tires for $250 after 30,000 miles. How many performance obligations exist in the contract to purchase a vehicle? Answer: (a) In total, there are three performance obligations. We need to consider four aspects of the car purchase contract: delivery of the vehicle, the one-year quality-assurance warranty, the option to receive 10 oil changes for free, and the option to change the tires for $50. Delivery of the vehicle is a performance obligation. The one-year warranty that is included as part of the purchase (the quality-assurance warranty) is not a performance obligation, but rather is part of the obligation to provide the vehicle of appropriate quality. The option to receive oil changes for free is a performance obligation within the contract to purchase a vehicle, because (1) it provides a material right to the customer that the customer would not receive otherwise, and thus counts as a performance obligation; (2) the option is capable of being distinct, as the customer could purchase oil changes separately, and it is separately identifiable, as the vehicle itself could be sold without free oil changes. The option to change tires for $50 also constitutes a performance obligation, as it is (1) a material right to the customer that the customer would not receive otherwise, and thus counts as a performance obligation; (b) this option is capable of being distinct, as a new set of tires could be sold separately, and it is also separately identifiable, as the vehicle itself could be sold without a new set of tires. (b) There are two performance obligations. The option to change tires for $250 is not a performance obligation, because customers can purchase the tires for the same amount at other times, so the option itself does not present a material right. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Mult perf oblig―Identify the perf oblig; Contract features―Warranties Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations.; 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
200 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
311) Lexikon Pianos sells customized concert pianos throughout the U.S. Its grand concert piano sells for $200,000, which includes delivery and installation. The product comes with a two-year warranty that covers any product defects, and customers can choose to add an extended threeyear warranty for maintenance and repair at a price of $2,000. Customers also get an option to upgrade traditional plastic keys to bone ones for an additional $20,000. The extended warranty would normally sell for $3,500, and the installation of bone keys carries a stand-alone price of $30,000. Required: (a) Given the information above, how many performance obligations exist in the contract to purchase a grand concert piano? (b) Now, assume that the stand-alone price of the extended warranty is $2,000, and that of the bone key upgrade is $20,000. How many performance obligations exist in the contract to purchase a grand concert piano? Answer: (a) In total, there are three performance obligations. We need to consider four aspects of the piano purchase contract: delivery and installation of the piano, the two-year quality-assurance warranty, the option to purchase an extended three-year warranty for $2,000, and the option to upgrade to bone keys for $20,000. Delivery of the piano is a performance obligation. The twoyear quality-assurance warranty is not a performance obligation, but rather is part of the obligation to provide a piano of appropriate quality. The option to purchase the extended warranty is a performance obligation within the contract to purchase the piano, because it provides (1) a material right to the customer that the customer would not receive otherwise, and thus counts as a performance obligation; (2) the option is capable of being distinct, as the customer could purchase the extended warranty separately, and it is also separately identifiable, as the piano could be sold without an extended warranty. The option to upgrade to bone keys is also a performance obligation for the same reasons. (b) There is only one performance obligation. The option to purchase the extended warranty or the bone keys is no longer a material right, because customers can purchase them for the same amount at other times. Hence, the seller has only one performance obligation—delivery and installation of the piano itself. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Mult perf oblig―Identify the perf oblig; Contract features―Warranties Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations.; 06-05 Determine whether a contract exists, and whether some frequently encountered features of contracts qualify as performance obligations. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
201 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
312) Summerhill Construction builds luxury houses in remote areas. On June 1, 2021, the company signed a contract to build a house in an undeveloped section of a mountainside, and received $2 million in advance for the job. To complete the project, the company must construct a pathway leading to the building lot, clear a large hillside, and construct a wooden house. Normally, the company would charge $400,000, $1,400,000, and $500,000, respectively, for each of these tasks if done separately. Required: Given the information above, how many performance obligations are included in this contract? Answer: Number of performance obligations in the contract: 1. Summerhill enters into a contract to construct a house on difficult terrain. The components are not separately identifiable, because each component is highly interrelated with each other, as Summerhill is obligated to integrate the components into a combined final product for delivery to the customer. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Mult perf oblig―Identify the perf oblig; Long-term contracts―Accounting issues Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations.; 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
202 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
313) Optimus Pools, Inc. constructs outdoor swimming pools for wealthy individuals. Recently it obtained an order to build a three-lane swimming pool of 25 yards in length in the customer's backyard. Under the contract, Optimus is also obligated to install a water heater and a filtration system, which are necessary to make a swimming pool fully functional. Total price for the construction was $55,000. Each of these smaller components would typically cost $40,000, $10,000, and 20,000 if installed separately. Required: Given the information above, how many performance obligations are included in this contract? Answer: Number of performance obligations in the contract: 1. Optimus enters into a contract to construct a functioning swimming pool. The smaller components are not separately identifiable, because each component is highly interrelated with each other, as Optimus is obligated to integrate the components into a combined final product for delivery to the customer. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Mult perf oblig―Identify the perf oblig Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
203 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
314) FlexMotors, Inc. manufactures a variety of electronic drills and grass cutters. Recently, it introduced a new line of handheld drills that generates much less noise and consumes much less energy, but carries a much higher price tag. The company is currently considering whether it should record $1.2 million of revenue upon shipment. Under the contract, FlexMotors is obligated to accept any products from the distributors if they are not sold within 6 months. The company is confident that the new model will sell, but is unable to accurately estimate returns, because it has never sold anything quite like it. Required: How much revenue should FlexMotors recognize upon shipment to distributors? Answer: The seller should recognize $0 of revenue upon delivery to distributors. The seller should recognize revenue, for the amount it is entitled to receive, net of estimated returns, only to the extent it is probable that it will not have to reverse (adjust revenue downward) for estimated returns in the future. Here, the seller is uncertain about estimated returns, so it cannot plausibly assume it will not have to reverse (adjust downward) a significant amount of the $1.2 million revenue in the future due to a change in returns. Hence, the seller must postpone recognizing any revenue until the uncertainty about returns is resolved, which would occur when (a) it can better estimate returns, (b) sales to end consumers take place over time, or (c) distributors eventually return unsold amounts at the end of the 6-month period. At the point of shipment, the seller should treat the transaction as if it is placing those goods on consignment with independent distributors, since it cannot reasonably estimate returns. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Right of return Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
204 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
315) Horowitz Paint Shop sold $3,000 of paint to a local construction company for cash on June 25, 2021. Because of a flood in the area, the customer requested that Horowitz not ship the items from its warehouse until July 3, 2021, so Horowitz set aside the paint on June 25, packaged and ready to ship on July 3. Required: For the second quarter ending on June 30, how much revenue should Horowitz recognize for the sale to the local construction company? Explain your answer. Answer: $3,000. In a bill-and-hold arrangement, the key issue normally is that the customer does not have physical possession of the asset until the seller has delivered it. However, since the customer requested that Horowitz hold the goods, has been paid for the goods, and the goods are separated from Horowitz's inventory and ready for shipment, Horowitz likely would be viewed as shifting control to the customer in June. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Bill-and-hold Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 316) On December 28, 2021, Omega Steel, Inc. sold $100,000 of steel sheets to a car manufacturer. Due to holidays, Omega was unable to find a truck driver to deliver the product. Delivery was finally made on January 5, 2022. Required: How much revenue should Omega recognize in 2021 for the sale to the car manufacturer? Explain your answer. Answer: $0. In a bill-and-hold arrangement, the key issue is that the customer does not have physical possession of the asset until the seller has delivered it. The shipping delay was caused by Omega and was not in response to a customer request. Since the seller maintains control of the inventory prior to delivery, it should not recognize revenue. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Bill-and-hold Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
205 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
317) The following disclosure note appeared in a recent annual report to stockholders of Dell Inc., the computer manufacturer: "Net revenue includes sales of hardware, software and peripherals, and services (including extended service contracts and professional services). These products and services are sold either separately or as part of a multiple-element arrangement. Dell allocates fees from multiple-element arrangements to the elements based on the relative fair value of each element, which is generally based on the relative list price of each element. For sales of extended warranties with a separate contract price, Dell defers revenue equal to the separately stated price. Revenue associated with undelivered elements is deferred and recorded when delivery occurs. Product revenue is recognized, net of an allowance for estimated returns, when both title and risk of loss transfer to the customer, provided that no significant obligations remain. Revenue from extended warranty and service contracts, for which Dell is obligated to perform, is recorded as deferred revenue and subsequently recognized over the term of the contract or when the service is completed. Revenue from sales of third-party extended warranty and service contracts, for which Dell is not obligated to perform, is recognized on a net basis at the time of sale." Briefly explain why Dell Computer recognizes revenue at different times for (a) product sales, (b) extended warranty and service contracts for which Dell is obligated to perform, and (c) extended warranty and service contracts for which a third party is obligated to perform. Answer: (a) Dell recognizes revenue for products at the point in time it transfers control of the goods to buyers, which coincides with transfer of title and risk of loss to the customer. Because of the material possibility of product returns in the computer business, sales returns must be estimated and the sales price adjusted to reflect them in the period of sale. (b) Dell typically collects in advance for service and extended warranty contracts. On contracts that Dell is obligated to perform, it recognizes revenue over time as the customer consumes the benefit of the contract (coverage for warranty and service). (c) However, on contracts that it sells for which a third party is obligated to perform, Dell essentially acts as an agent, and it recognizes net revenue (basically its sales commission) at the time of sale. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transfer of control and indicators; Revenue over time―Progress to completion; Contract features―Warranties; Transaction price―Principal or agent; Disclosures―Balance sheet and Notes Learning Objective: 06-02 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue at a single point in time.; 06-03 Explain when it is appropriate to recognize revenue over a period of time.; 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations.; 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price.; 06-08 Understand the disclosures required for revenue recognition, accounts receivable, contract assets, and contract liabilities. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
206 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
318) Are the following separate performance obligations: prepayments, quality-assurance warranty, extended warranty, right of return? For each, indicate yes or no, and explain. Answer: • Prepayment: No, not a separate performance obligation. Rather, the upfront fee is an advance payment for future products or services and should be included in the transaction price. • Quality-assurance warranty: No, not a separate performance obligation. Rather, it is a cost of satisfying the performance obligation to provide products of acceptable quality. • Extended warranty: Yes, it is a separate performance obligation. It provides protection beyond the manufacturer's quality-assurance warranty, so it provides a material right. It is capable of being distinct, as it can be sold separately, and it is separately identifiable, as it is distinct in the context of the contract. • Right of return: No, not a separate performance obligation. Rather, it represents a potential failure to satisfy the original performance obligation to provide satisfactory goods to the customer. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Mult perf oblig―Identify the perf oblig Learning Objective: 06-04 Allocate a contract's transaction price to multiple performance obligations. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 319) Explain two approaches a seller can use to estimate variable consideration, and when each approach is likely to be more appropriate. Answer: A seller estimates variable consideration as either (a) the expected value (calculated as the sum of each possible amount multiplied by its probability), or (b) the most likely amount, depending on which estimation approach better predicts the amount that the seller will receive. If there are several possible outcomes, the expected value will be more appropriate. On the other hand, if only two outcomes are possible, the most likely amount might be the best indication of the amount the seller will likely receive. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Variable consideration Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
207 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
320) Are sellers ever constrained from including variable consideration in the transaction price used to estimate revenue? Explain, providing indicators of circumstances that could require that constraint. Answer: Sellers only include an estimate of variable consideration in the transaction price to the extent it is probable that a significant revenue reversal will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved. Indicators that a significant revenue reversal could occur include (a) poor evidence on which to base an estimate, (b) dependence of the estimate on factors outside the seller's control, (c) a history of the seller changing payment terms on similar contracts, (d) a broad range of outcomes that could occur, and (e) a long delay before uncertainty resolves. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Variable consid constraint Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 321) Briefly describe at least two indicators that can be used to distinguish whether a seller is a principal or an agent according to GAAP. Answer: Indicators that a company is a principal are: 1. Company has primary responsibility for delivering a product or service 2. Company is vulnerable to risks associated with a. holding inventory, b. delivering the product or service, and c. setting prices. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Principal or agent Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
208 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
322) Explain the differences between how a principal and agent would show a sale of a product that has gross revenues of $1,000, cost of goods sold of $750, and a commission paid by the principle of 10% of gross sales on their respective income statements. Answer: The principal would report revenue of $1,000, cost of goods sold of $750, and a commission expense of $100 for a gross profit of $250 and net income before taxes of $150. The agent reports commission revenue of $100. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Principal or agent Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 323) Explain briefly how a company who sells to distributors with a right of return might manage earnings if the company was falling short of profit projections. What sort of ethical problems could result from that earnings management? Answer: The most apparent way would be to change the percentage used to estimate returns. Additionally, a company could ship extra product to distributors and recognize sales to meet profit projections (this is commonly called "channel stuffing"). However, if the company is pushing product onto distributors (that is, it is borrowing sales from the next period), and/or if the company thinks the product will be returned but does not make allowance for that fact, the company is behaving unethically because it is manipulating how the accounting system portrays its underlying economic activity. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transaction price―Right of return Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Create AACSB: Ethics; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis
209 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
324) Many high-tech companies sell products with the opportunity for retailers to return the merchandise if it is unsold after a certain period. This reduces the retailer's risk of inventory obsolescence. Explain the implications on revenue recognition under this kind of policy. Include a specific example. Answer: Assume that the company allows the retailer up to one year to determine if it chooses to keep and sell the merchandise or return it with no questions asked. Allowing returns means that the transaction price includes variable consideration. The seller must estimate that variable consideration and only recognize revenue net of anticipated returns. The seller should only recognize revenue for the amount it is entitled to receive net of the estimate for returns, to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal of revenue will not occur in the future due to returns being higher than the seller anticipated. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transaction price―Right of return Learning Objective: 06-06 Understand how variable consideration and other aspects of contracts affect the calculation and allocation of the transaction price. Bloom's: Create; Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
210 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
325) Briefly explain the circumstances in which license revenue is recognized over time versus at a point in time. Provide an example of each. Answer: Some licenses transfer a right to use the seller's functional intellectual property as it exists when the license is granted. Functional intellectual property is viewed as having standalone functionality which is not affected by the seller's subsequent activity. If a license transfers such a right of use, revenue is recognized at the point in time the right is transferred. Examples include software like Microsoft Office, music CDs, and movie DVDs. For these licenses, subsequent activity by the seller doesn't affect the benefit that the customer receives. Other licenses provide the customer with access to the seller's symbolic intellectual property with the understanding that the seller will undertake ongoing activities during the license period that affect the benefit the customer receives. If a license provides such a right of access to the seller's symbolic intellectual property, the seller satisfies its performance obligation over time as the customer receives benefits of the seller's ongoing activities, so revenue is recognized over the period of time for which access is provided. Examples include licenses to use a company's brand or trademark. Sellers also will recognize revenue for functional intellectual property over time if the seller is expected to make changes to the intellectual property during the license period and the licensee has to use the changed intellectual property. An example is anti-virus software, for which frequent updates are key to its functionality. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Licenses Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Create; Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
211 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
326) Briefly explain the circumstances that indicate the seller has a bill-and-hold sale and a consignment sale, and how that affects the timing of revenue recognition for each. Answer: A bill-and-hold arrangement exists when a customer purchases goods but requests that the seller not ship the product until a later date. Sellers usually conclude that control has not been transferred and revenue should not be recognized until actual delivery to the customer occurs. Consistent with SEC guidance, sellers can recognize revenue prior to delivery only if (a) they conclude that the customer controls the product, (b) there is a good reason for the bill-and-hold arrangement, and (c) the product is specifically identified as belonging to the customer and is ready for shipment. A consignment arrangement exists when the seller (the "consignor") arranges for another company to sell its product, but the consignor retains legal title. The consignor still has title and retains many of the risks and rewards of ownership for goods it has placed on consignment. Therefore, it's likely that the consignor would be judged to retain control after transfer to the consignee and would postpone recognizing revenue until sale to an end customer occurs. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Timing of rev rec―Bill-and-hold; Timing of rev rec―Consignment Learning Objective: 06-07 Determine the timing of revenue recognition with respect to licenses, franchises, and other common arrangements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 327) Briefly explain the difference between an account receivable, a contract asset, and a contract liability, with respect to balance sheet disclosure. Answer: • An account receivable is recognized if the seller has an unconditional right to receive payment, which is the case if only the passage of time is required before the payment is due. • A contract asset is recognized if the seller satisfies a performance obligation but payment depends on something other than the passage of time. • A contract liability, such as deferred revenue, is recognized if a customer pays the seller before the seller has satisfied a performance obligation, or if the customer has been billed before work has been done. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disclosures―Balance sheet and Notes; Long-term contracts―Accounting issues Learning Objective: 06-08 Understand the disclosures required for revenue recognition, accounts receivable, contract assets, and contract liabilities.; 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
212 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
328) What is the objective of disclosures about revenue recognition? Indicate at least two common types of important revenue recognition disclosures. Answer: The objective of revenue recognition disclosures is to help users of financial statements understand the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. Examples of important disclosures are: • Categories of revenue, such as product lines, geographic regions, types of customers, or types of contracts. • Amounts included in revenue that were previously recognized as deferred revenue or that resulted from changes in transaction prices. • Description of outstanding performance obligations. • Discussion of how performance obligations typically are satisfied and important contractual provisions like payment terms and policies for refunds, returns, and warranties. • Any significant judgments used to estimate transaction prices, to allocate transaction prices to performance obligations, and to determine when performance obligations have been satisfied. • Explanations of significant changes in contract assets and contract liabilities that occurred during the period. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disclosures―Balance sheet and Notes Learning Objective: 06-08 Understand the disclosures required for revenue recognition, accounts receivable, contract assets, and contract liabilities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
213 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
329) Imagine that the Ace Construction Company (ACC) concludes that it must switch from recognizing revenue on long-term contracts over time according to percentage of completion to recognizing revenue upon completion of each contract. Assume that none of their construction projects are going to produce a loss. Is it possible that, in a particular year, ACC will show higher gross profit under the new approach (recognizing revenue upon contract completion) than they did under the old approach (recognizing revenue over time according to percentage of completion)? Explain. Answer: Yes. Under the old approach (recognition over time), a percentage of total profit is recognized each year, while under the new approach (recognition at the end of the contract), the total profit is recognized when the project is completed. Therefore, during the year the project is completed, the new approach will show higher gross profit for that year on the project than would be shown under the old approach. But both methods result in the same total amount of gross profit over the life of the contract. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Accounting issues Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 330) Briefly explain how a company that recognized revenue over time by estimating percentage of completion using a cost-to-cost ratio could manage earnings upward to meet a profit projection. What sort of ethical problems could result from that earnings management? Answer: A company could understate its total estimated cost to complete (thus overstating the cost-to-cost ratio by understating the denominator), thereby allowing it to recognize income sooner. The company also could requisition materials to the job sooner than they are needed and count those materials as costs (thus overstating the cost-to-cost ratio by overstating the numerator), thereby allowing it to recognize income sooner. Companies are supposed to adjust cost-to-cost ratios for such manipulation, but it might not be easy for an auditor or investor to detect. Each of these is an unethical, deceptive reporting practice because the company is manipulating how the accounting system portrays its underlying economic activity. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Accounting issues Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Ethics; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis
214 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
331) Briefly explain how gross profit is recorded when revenue on long-term construction projects is recognized over time according to percentage of completion. Answer: When revenue is recognized over time, gross profit for long-term construction projects is allocated to each period in which the earnings process occurs based on total estimated gross profit times the percentage of projected total cost incurred to date. This is also known as the costto-cost method. When an overall loss is projected, the loss should be recognized in the first period that the overall loss is anticipated. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 332) Under what circumstances can revenue on long-term construction contracts be recognized over time according to percentage of completion? Answer: Revenue recognition over time is required for long-term construction contracts under the same circumstances that apply to other contracts: 1. The customer consumes the benefit of the seller's work as it is performed, as when a company provides cleaning services to a customer for a period of time, or 2. The customer controls the asset as it is created, as when a contractor builds an extension onto a customer's existing building, or 3. The seller is creating an asset that has no alternative use to the seller, and the seller has the legal right to receive payment for progress to date. Most long-term contracts qualify for revenue recognition over time. Often the customer owns the seller's work in process, such that the seller is creating an asset that the customer controls as it is completed. Also, often the seller is creating an asset that is customized for the customer, so the seller has no other use for the asset and has the right to be paid for progress even if the customer cancels the contract. In either of those cases, the seller recognizes revenue over time. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term contracts―Percentage complete Learning Objective: 06-09 Demonstrate revenue recognition for long-term contracts, both at a point in time when the contract is completed and over a period of time according to the percentage completed. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
215 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 7 Cash and Receivables 1) Cash equivalents would include investments in marketable equity securities as long as management intends to sell the securities in the next three months. 2) From a financial accounting perspective, the main purposes of a system of internal control are to improve the accuracy and reliability of accounting information and to safeguard assets. 3) In a good system of internal control, the person who initiates a transaction should be allowed to effectively control the processing of the transaction through its final inclusion in the accounting records. 4) Depending on the circumstances, the classification of a compensating balance may be either current or noncurrent, and the arrangement should be disclosed in the notes. 5) Under IFRS, an overdraft in a cash account at one bank can be offset against a positive balance in the account at another bank for purposes of reporting cash on the company's balance sheet. 6) The net method of accounting for cash discounts requires adjusting entries for discounts taken. 7) Sales returns and sales discounts are both examples of variable consideration that must be accounted for when receivables are recognized. 8) Sales returns and trade discounts are both examples of variable consideration that must be accounted for when receivables are recognized. 9) Recognizing sales returns only when merchandise is returned could result in an overstatement of income in the period of the related sale. 10) If cash has been collected from a customer, recognizing estimated sales returns results in recognizing a refund liability. 11) If cash has not yet been collected from a customer, such that an account receivable is outstanding, recognizing estimated sales returns results in recognizing a refund liability. 12) The allowance method for estimating bad debts requires an adjusting entry at the end of the period to reduce receivables to their appropriate carrying value. 13) Under IFRS, accounts receivable can be accounted for at fair value whenever company management wants to do so. 14) Under IFRS, accounts receivable can be accounted for as "available for sale" if that approach is elected upon initial recognition of the receivable.
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
15) Using the balance sheet approach, bad debt expense is an indirect result of estimating the appropriate balance for the allowance for uncollectible accounts. 16) The income statement approach to calculating bad debt expense should not be used if it results in a carrying value of accounts receivable that is materially different from what would be obtained under a balance sheet approach. 17) The "income statement approach" and the "direct write-off method" are two ways to refer to the same method for recognizing bad debts expense. 18) Discounts on notes receivable are recognized as interest earned over the term of the related note. 19) Interest on interest-bearing notes is deducted from the face amount to determine cash proceeds at the inception of a note. 20) If a long-term noninterest-bearing note is received in exchange for merchandise sold, the amount of sales revenue recognized will be greater than the amount of the note. 21) Unless specific sales criteria are met, the factoring of accounts receivable with recourse is accounted for as a loan. 22) Securitization of receivables is a type of secured borrowing. 23) Under IFRS, transfer of risks and rewards of ownership, rather than transfer of control, is the primary factor determining whether a factored receivable can be treated as sold rather than as part of a secured borrowing. 24) The receivables turnover ratio provides a way for an analyst to assess the effectiveness of a company in managing its investment in receivables. 25) In a bank reconciliation, adjustments to the bank balance could include adding deposits in transit and deducting bank service charges. 26) In a bank reconciliation, adjustments to the book balance could include adding or subtracting company errors. 27) The journal entry to record the replenishment of a petty cash fund includes a credit to the petty cash fund. 28) When a creditor changes the original terms of a debt agreement in a troubled debt restructuring, the receivable is revalued based on the discounted present value of currently expected cash flows at the loan's original effective rate.
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
29) When assessing credit losses on estimated uncollectible notes receivable, the discounted cash flow technique is often used, discounting at the current interest rate in effect when the credit loss is estimated or re-estimated. 30) Under the CECL approach, credit losses are only recognized when it is probable that the receivable is uncollectible. 31) Under the CECL approach used in U.S. GAAP, bad debts are only recognized for losses that are expected to occur more than a year in the future when a receivable has deteriorated in credit quality. 32) Under the ECL approach used in IFRS, expected credit losses are only recognized for losses that occur more than a year in the future when a receivable has deteriorated in credit quality. 33) Under IFRS, bad debts related to accounts receivable are not recognized. 34) Important elements of an internal control system for cash disbursements include each of the following except: A) Only authorized personnel should sign checks. B) All expenditures should be authorized before a check is prepared. C) All disbursements, other than very small disbursements, should be made by check. D) The same person that prepares the check should also record it in the proper journal. 35) COSO defines internal control as a process, affected by an entity's board of directors, management, and other personnel, designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the achievement of objectives in: A) Effectiveness and efficiency of operations. B) Reliability of financial advice. C) Compliance with local ordinances. D) All of these answer choices are correct.
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
36) Cashmere Soap Corporation had the following items listed in its trial balance at 12/31/2021: Currency and coins Balance in checking account Customer checks waiting to be deposited Treasury bills, purchased on 11/1/2021, mature on 4/30/2022 Marketable equity securities Commercial paper, purchased on 11/1/2021, mature on 1/30/2022
$
650 2,600 1,200 3,000 10,200 5,000
What amount will Cashmere Soap include in its year-end balance sheet as cash and cash equivalents? A) $9,450. B) $12,450. C) $7,450. D) $19,650. 37) Cash equivalents do not include: A) Money market funds. B) High grade marketable equity securities. C) U.S. treasury bills. D) Commercial paper. 38) Cash may not include: A) Foreign currency. B) Money orders. C) Restricted cash. D) Undeposited customer checks. 39) Compensating balances represent: A) Cash in a bank account that can't be spent B) Balances in a payroll checking account. C) Accounts that are subject to bank service charges. D) Accounts on which banks pay interest, e.g., NOW accounts. 40) Cash that is restricted and not available for current operations is reported in the balance sheet as: A) Equity. B) Investments. C) Liabilities. D) A separate section between liabilities and equity.
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) Logistics Company had the following items listed in its trial balance at 12/31/2021: Balance in checking account, Bank of the East Treasury bills, purchased on 11/1/2021, mature on 1/30/2022 Loan payable, long-term, Bank of the East
$ 442,000 20,000 300,000
Included in the checking account balance is $50,000 of restricted cash that Bank of the East requires as a compensating balance for the $300,000 note. What amount will Logistics include in its year-end balance sheet as cash and cash equivalents? A) $412,000. B) $462,000. C) $392,000. D) $442,000. 42) Which of the following is true about reporting cash under IFRS? A) Cash accounts include loans made to customers, but not to related parties. B) Overdrafts typically cannot be offset against positive balance in other cash accounts on the balance sheet. C) Cash overdrafts are not allowed. D) Overdrafts typically are not shown as current liabilities on the balance sheet. 43) Wilson Company had the following cash balance items listed in its trial balance at 12/31/2021: Peterson Savings and Loan: Right Bank: Clinton County Trust Bank:
$ 50,000 (5,000) 10,000
If Wilson reports under IFRS, its 12/31/2021 balance sheet would show what cash balance? A) ($5,000). B) $55,000. C) $60,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 44) Wilson Company had the following cash balance items listed in its trial balance at 12/31/2021: Peterson Savings and Loan: Right Bank: Clinton County Trust Bank:
$ 50,000 (5,000) 10,000
If Wilson reports under U.S. GAAP, its 12/31/2021 balance sheet would show what cash balance? A) ($5,000). B) $55,000. C) $60,000. D) None these answer choices are correct. 5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) On November 10 of the current year, Flores Mills sold carpet to a customer for $8,000 with credit terms 2/10, n/30. Flores uses the gross method of accounting for sales discounts. What is the correct entry for Flores on November 10? A) Accounts receivable
7,840
Sales
7,840
B) Accounts receivable
8,000
Sales
8,000
C) Accounts receivable Sales discounts
7,840 160
Sales
8,000
D) Accounts receivable Sales discounts Sales
8,000 160 7,840
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
46) On November 10 of the current year, Flores Mills sold carpet to a customer for $8,000 with credit terms 2/10, n/30. Flores uses the gross method of accounting for sales discounts. What is the correct entry for Flores on November 17, assuming the correct payment was received on that date? A) Cash
7,840 Accounts receivable
7,840
B) Cash
7,840
Sales discounts
160
Accounts receivable
8,000
C) Cash
7,840
Sales
160 Accounts receivable
8,000
D) Cash
8,000
Sales discounts Accounts receivable Sales
160 8,000 160
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
47) On November 10 of the current year, Flores Mills sold carpet to a customer for $8,000 with credit terms 2/10, n/30. Flores uses the gross method of accounting for sales discounts. What is the correct entry for Flores on December 5, assuming the correct payment was received on that date? A) Cash
8,000 Accounts receivable
7,840
Sales discounts revenue
160
B) Cash
8,000 Accounts receivable
7,840
Interest revenue
160
C) Cash
8,160 Accounts receivable
8,000
Sales discounts forfeited
160
D) Cash
8,000 Accounts receivable
8,000
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) Oswego Clay Pipe Company sold $46,000 of pipe to Southeast Water District #45 on April 12 of the current year with terms 1/15, n/60. Oswego uses the gross method of accounting for sales discounts. What entry would Oswego make on April 12? A) Accounts receivable
46,000
Sales
46,000
B) Accounts receivable
46,000
Sales
45,540
Sales discounts
460
C) Accounts receivable
45,540
Sales
45,540
D) Accounts receivable Sales discounts Sales
45,540 460 46,000
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
49) Oswego Clay Pipe Company sold $46,000 of pipe to Southeast Water District #45 on April 12 of the current year with terms 1/15, n/60. Oswego uses the gross method of accounting for sales discounts. What entry would Oswego make on April 23, assuming the customer made the correct payment on that date? A) Cash
45,540
Sales
460 Accounts receivable
46,000
B) Cash
46,000
Sales discounts
460
Accounts receivable
46,000
Sales discounts forfeited
460
C) Cash
45,540
Sales discounts
460
Accounts receivable
46,000
D) Cash
46,000 Accounts receivable Sales
45,540 460
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) Oswego Clay Pipe Company sold $46,000 of pipe to Southeast Water District #45 on April 12 of the current year with terms 1/15, n/60. Oswego uses the gross method of accounting for sales discounts. What entry would Oswego make on June 10, assuming the customer made the correct payment on that date? A) Cash
46,000 Accounts receivable
45,540
Discounts receivable
460
B) Cash
46,000 Accounts receivable
45,540
Sales discounts forfeited
460
C) Cash
46,000 Accounts receivable
46,000
D) Cash
46,460 Accounts receivable Sales discounts forfeited
46,000 460
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) On November 10 of the current year, Cherokee Industries sold materials to a customer for $8,000 with credit terms 2/10, n/30. Cherokee uses the net method of accounting for sales discounts. What entry would Cherokee make on November 10? A) Accounts receivable
7,840
Sales
7,840
B) Accounts receivable
8,000
Sales
8,000
C) Accounts receivable Sales discounts
7,840 160
Sales
8,000
D) Accounts receivable Sales discounts Sales
8,000 160 7,840
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
52) On November 10 of the current year, Cherokee Industries sold materials to a customer for $8,000 with credit terms 2/10, n/30. Cherokee uses the net method of accounting for sales discounts. What entry would Cherokee make on November 17, assuming the correct payment was received on that date? A) Cash
7,840 Accounts receivable
7,840
B) Cash
7,840
Sales discounts
160
Accounts receivable
8,000
C) Cash
7,840
Sales
160 Accounts receivable
8,000
D) Cash
8,000
Sales discounts Accounts receivable Sales
160 8,000 160
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
53) On November 10 of the current year, Cherokee Industries sold materials to a customer for $8,000 with credit terms 2/10, n/30. Cherokee uses the net method of accounting for sales discounts. What entry would Cherokee make on December 10, assuming the correct payment was received on that date? A) Cash
8,000 Accounts receivable
7,840
Discounts revenue
160
B) Cash
8,000 Accounts receivable
7,840
Sales discounts forfeited
160
C) Cash
8,160 Accounts receivable
8,000
Sales discounts forfeited
160
D) Cash
8,000 Accounts receivable
8,000
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
54) Harvey's Wholesale Company sold supplies of $46,000 to Northeast Company on April 12 of the current year, with terms 1/15, n/60. Harvey uses the net method of accounting for sales discounts. What entry would Harvey's make on April 12? A) Accounts receivable
46,000
Sales
46,000
B) Accounts receivable
46,000
Sales
45,540
Sales discounts
460
C) Accounts receivable
45,540
Sales
45,540
D) Accounts receivable Sales discounts Sales
45,540 460 46,000
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
55) Harvey's Wholesale Company sold supplies of $46,000 to Northeast Company on April 12 of the current year, with terms 1/15, n/60. Harvey uses the net method of accounting for sales discounts. What entry would Harvey's make on April 23, assuming the customer made the correct payment on that date? A) Cash
45,540
Sales
460 Accounts receivable
46,000
B) Cash
46,000
Sales discounts
460
Accounts receivable
46,000
Sales discounts forfeited
460
C) Cash
45,540
Sales discounts
460
Accounts receivable
46,000
D) Cash
45,540 Accounts receivable
45,540
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
56) Harvey's Wholesale Company sold supplies of $46,000 to Northeast Company on April 12 of the current year, with terms 1/15, n/60. Harvey uses the net method of accounting for sales discounts. What entry would Harvey's make on June 10, assuming the customer made the correct payment on that date? A) Cash
46,000 Accounts receivable
45,540
Sales discounts revenue
460
B) Cash
46,000 Accounts receivable
45,540
Sales discounts forfeited
460
C) Cash
46,000 Accounts receivable
46,000
D) Cash
46,460 Accounts receivable Sales discounts forfeited
46,000 460
57) Gershwin Wallcovering Inc. shipped the wrong shade of paint to a customer. The customer agreed to keep the paint upon being offered a 15% price reduction. Gershwin would record this reduction by debiting sales returns and crediting: A) Sales. B) Sales discounts. C) Allowance for uncollectible accounts. D) Accounts receivable. 58) Tom's Textiles shipped the wrong material to a customer, who refused to accept the order. Upon receipt of the material, Tom's would credit accounts receivable and debit: A) Sales. B) Sales discount. C) Sales returns. D) Sales allowances. 17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
59) Memorex Disks sells computer disk drives with right-of-return privileges. Returns are material and reasonably predictable. Memorex should: A) Not record sales until the right to return has expired. B) Record a refund liability in the year of the sale. C) Debit sales returns in the period of the return. D) Debit sales in the period of the return. 60) During 2021, its first year of operations, Ashbaugh Industries recorded sales of $21,000,000 and experienced returns of $1,400,000. Returns are accounted for as they occur, with additional estimated returns accrued at the end of the period. Cost of goods sold totaled $12,600,000 (60% of sales). The company estimates that 8% of all sales will be returned. The year-end adjusting journal entry to account for anticipated sales returns would include a: A) Credit to sales returns of $280,000. B) Credit to refund liability of $280,000. C) Debit to sales returns of $1,680,000. D) Debit to cost of sales of $168,000. 61) Galaxy sells used video games for cash and provides a one-week return right. Returns are material and reasonably predictable. Galaxy should: A) Not record sales until the right to return has expired. B) Record a contra-receivable in the year of the sale. C) Recognize a refund liability associated with estimated returns. D) Credit sales in the period of the return. 62) False Value Hardware began 2021 with a credit balance of $32,000 in the refund liability account. Sales and cash collections from customers during the year were $650,000 and $610,000, respectively. False Value estimates that 6% of all sales will be returned. During 2021, customers returned merchandise for credit of $28,000 to their accounts. What is the balance in the refund liability account at the end of 2021? A) $11,000. B) $39,000. C) $43,000. D) $21,000. 63) False Value Hardware began 2021 with a credit balance of $32,000 in the refund liability account. Sales and cash collections from customers during the year were $650,000 and $610,000, respectively. False Value estimates that 6% of all sales will be returned. During 2021, customers returned merchandise for credit of $28,000 to their accounts. False Value Hardware's 2021 income statement would report net sales of: A) $622,000. B) $607,000. C) $646,000. D) $611,000. 18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
64) Rusty Hardware makes only cash sales. It began 2021 with a credit balance of $32,000 in the refund liability account. Sales during 2021 were $600,000. Rusty estimates that 6% of all sales will be returned. During 2021, customers returned merchandise for credit of $28,000 to their accounts. What is the balance in the refund liability account at the end of 2021? A) $32,000. B) $39,000. C) $43,000. D) $40,000. 65) Rusty Hardware makes only cash sales. It began 2021 with a credit balance of $32,000 in the refund liability account. Sales during 2021 were $600,000. Rusty estimates that 6% of all sales will be returned. During 2021, customers returned merchandise for credit of $28,000 to their accounts. Rusty's 2021 income statement would report net sales of: A) $600,000. B) $564,000. C) $568,000. D) $604,000. 66) Accounts receivable are normally reported at the: A) Present value of future cash receipts. B) Current value plus accrued interest. C) Expected amount to be collected. D) Current value less expected collection costs. 67) The allowance for uncollectible accounts is a: A) Deferred charge to expense. B) Contra asset account. C) Deferred revenue account. D) Quasi-liability account. 68) A company uses the allowance method to account for bad debts. What is the effect on each of the following accounts of the collection of an account previously written off?
a. b. c. d.
Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts Increase No effect Increase No effect
Accounts Receivable Decrease Decrease No effect No effect
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
69) Collection of accounts receivable that previously have been written off results in an increase in cash and an increase in: A) Accounts receivable. B) Allowance for uncollectible accounts. C) Bad debts expense. D) Retained earnings. 70) Which of the following does not reduce the balance in accounts receivable? A) Returns on credit sales. B) Collections from customers. C) Recognizing bad debts expense. D) Write-offs. 71) Chez Fred Bakery estimates the allowance for uncollectible accounts at 3% of the ending balance of accounts receivable. During 2021, Chez Fred's credit sales and collections were $125,000 and $131,000, respectively. What was the balance of accounts receivable on January 1, 2021, if $180 in accounts receivable were written off during 2021 and if the allowance account had a balance of $750 on December 31, 2021? A) $5,820. B) $31,000. C) $31,180. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 72) The following information relates to Halloran Co.'s accounts receivable for 2021: Accounts receivable balance, 1/1/2021 Credit sales for 2021 Accounts receivable written off during 2021 Collections from customers during 2021 Allowance for uncollectible accounts balance, 12/31/2021
$
840,000 3,300,000 70,000 3,100,000 210,000
What amount should Halloran report for accounts receivable, before allowances, at December 31, 2021? A) $1,040,000. B) $970,000. C) $760,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
73) Calistoga Produce estimates bad debt expense at 1/2% of credit sales. The company reported accounts receivable and allowance for uncollectible accounts of $471,000 and $1,650, respectively, at December 31, 2020. During 2021, Calistoga's credit sales and collections were $315,000 and $319,000, respectively, and $1,720 in accounts receivable were written off. Calistoga's accounts receivable at December 31, 2021, are: A) $467,000. B) $473,280. C) $465,280. D) $469,280. 74) Calistoga Produce estimates bad debt expense at 1/2% of credit sales. The company reported accounts receivable and allowance for uncollectible accounts of $471,000 and $1,650, respectively, at December 31, 2020. During 2021, Calistoga's credit sales and collections were $315,000 and $319,000, respectively, and $1,720 in accounts receivable were written off. Calistoga's 2021 bad debt expense is: A) $1,720. B) $1,650. C) $1,505. D) $1,575. 75) Calistoga Produce estimates bad debt expense at 1/2% of credit sales. The company reported accounts receivable and allowance for uncollectible accounts of $471,000 and $1,650, respectively, at December 31, 2020. During 2021, Calistoga's credit sales and collections were $315,000 and $319,000, respectively, and $1,720 in accounts receivable were written off. Calistoga's final balance in its allowance for uncollectible accounts at December 31, 2021, is: A) $1,575. B) $1,505. C) $1,650. D) $1,720. 76) The balance in accounts receivable at the beginning of 2021 was $300. During 2021, $1,600 of credit sales were recorded. If the ending balance in accounts receivable was $250 and $100 in accounts receivable were written off during the year, the amount of cash collected from customers during 2021 was: A) $1,600. B) $1,650. C) $1,550. D) $1,900.
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
77) In the balance sheet at the end of its first year of operations, Dinty Inc. reported an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $82,000. During the year, Dinty wrote off $32,000 of accounts receivable it had attempted to collect and failed. Credit sales for the year were $2,200,000, and cash collections from credit customers totaled $1,950,000. What bad debt expense would Dinty report in its first-year income statement? A) $50,000. B) $82,000. C) $114,000. D) Can't be determined from the given information 78) In the balance sheet at the end of its first year of operations, Dinty Inc. reported an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $82,000. During the year, Dinty wrote off $32,000 of accounts receivable it had attempted to collect and failed. Credit sales for the year were $2,200,000, and cash collections from credit customers totaled $1,950,000. What accounts receivable balance would Dinty report in its first year-end balance sheet? A) $196,000. B) $218,000. C) $230,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 79) In the balance sheet at the end of its first year of operations, Dinty Inc. reported an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $82,000. During the year, Dinty wrote off $32,000 of accounts receivable it had attempted to collect and failed. Credit sales for the year were $2,200,000, and cash collections from credit customers totaled $1,950,000. In Dinty's adjusting entry for bad debts at year-end, which of these would be included? A) Debit to bad debt expense for $114,000. B) Credit to allowance for uncollectible accounts for $82,000. C) Debit to accounts receivable for $32,000. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 80) For 2021, Rahal's Auto Parts estimates bad debt expense at 1% of credit sales. The company reported accounts receivable and an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $86,500 and $2,100, respectively, at December 31, 2020. During 2021, Rahal's credit sales and collections were $404,000 and $408,000, respectively, and $2,340 in accounts receivable were written off. Rahal's accounts receivable at December 31, 2021, are: A) $90,500. B) $88,160. C) $82,500. D) $80,160.
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
81) For 2021, Rahal's Auto Parts estimates bad debt expense at 1% of credit sales. The company reported accounts receivable and an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $86,500 and $2,100, respectively, at December 31, 2020. During 2021, Rahal's credit sales and collections were $404,000 and $408,000, respectively, and $2,340 in accounts receivable were written off. Rahal's 2021 bad debt expense is: A) $2,100. B) $2,340. C) $4,080. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 82) For 2021, Rahal's Auto Parts estimates bad debt expense at 1% of credit sales. The company reported accounts receivable and an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $86,500 and $2,100, respectively, at December 31, 2020. During 2021, Rahal's credit sales and collections were $404,000 and $408,000, respectively, and $2,340 in accounts receivable were written off. Rahal's final balance in its allowance for uncollectible accounts at December 31, 2021, is: A) $4,340. B) $4,100. C) $3,800. D) $4,040. 83) The following aging information pertains to Jacobsen Co.'s accounts receivable at December 31, 2021: Days Outstanding 0-30 31-60 61-120 Over 120
Amount $ 420,000 140,000 100,000 120,000
Estimated % Uncollectible 2% 5% 10% 20%
During 2021, Jacobsen wrote off $18,000 in receivables and recovered $6,000 that had been written off in prior years. Jacobsen's December 31, 2020, allowance for uncollectible accounts was $40,000. Using the balance sheet approach, what amount of allowance for uncollectible accounts should Jacobsen report at December 31, 2021? A) $55,400. B) $28,000. C) $49,400. D) $31,400.
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
84) When you use an aging schedule approach for estimating uncollectible accounts: A) Bad debts expense is measured indirectly, and the allowance for uncollectible accounts balance is measured directly. B) Bad debts expense is measured indirectly, and the allowance for uncollectible accounts balance is measured indirectly. C) Bad debts expense is measured directly, and the allowance for uncollectible accounts balance is measured directly. D) Bad debts expense is measured directly, and the allowance for uncollectible accounts balance is measured indirectly. 85) Which of the following is recorded by a credit to accounts receivable? A) Sale of inventory on account. B) Estimating the annual allowance for uncollectible accounts. C) Estimating annual sales returns. D) Write-off of bad debts. 86) If a company uses the balance sheet approach to estimate bad debt expense, bad debt expense for a period can be determined by: A) Multiplying net credit sales by the bad debt experience ratio. B) Adding the beginning balance in the allowance for uncollectible accounts to the provision for uncollectible accounts and deducting the desired ending balance in the allowance for uncollectible accounts. C) Multiplying ending accounts receivable in each age category by the expected loss ratio for each age category. D) Taking the difference between the unadjusted balance in the allowance account and the desired balance of the allowance account. 87) As of January 1, 2021, Farley Co. had a credit balance of $520,000 in its allowance for uncollectible accounts. Based on experience, 2% of Farley's credit sales have been uncollectible. During 2021, Farley wrote off $650,000 of accounts receivable. Credit sales for 2021 were $18,000,000. In its December 31, 2021, balance sheet, what amount should Farley report as allowance for uncollectible accounts? A) $230,000. B) $360,000. C) $590,000. D) $880,000.
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) As of January 1, 2021, Barley Co. had a credit balance of $520,000 in its allowance for uncollectible accounts. Based on experience, 2% of Barley's gross accounts receivable have been uncollectible. During 2021, Barley wrote off $650,000 of accounts receivable. Barley's gross accounts receivable as December 31, 2021 is $18,000,000. In its December 31, 2021, balance sheet, what amount should Barley report as allowance for uncollectible accounts? A) $230,000. B) $360,000. C) $490,000. D) $880,000. 89) As of January 1, 2021, Barley Co. had a credit balance of $520,000 in its allowance for uncollectible accounts. Based on experience, 2% of Barley's gross accounts receivable have been uncollectible. During 2021, Barley wrote off $650,000 of accounts receivable. Barley's gross accounts receivable as December 31, 2021 is $18,000,000. How much bad debt expense should Barley record for 2021? A) $230,000. B) $360,000. C) $490,000. D) $880,000.
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) San Mateo Company had the following account balances at December 31, 2021, before recording bad debt expense for the year: Accounts receivable Allowance for uncollectible accounts (credit balance) Credit sales for 2021
$ 1,400,000 22,000 1,950,000
San Mateo is considering the following approaches for estimating bad debts for 2021: • Based on 3% of credit sales • Based on 6% of year-end accounts receivable What amount should San Mateo charge to bad debt expense at the end of 2021 under each method?
a. b. c. d.
Percentage of credit sales $ 36,500 $ 58,500 $ 58,500 $ 117,000
Percentage of accounts receivable $ 62,000 $ 62,000 $ 84,000 $ 95,000
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 91) As of December 31, 2020, Gill Co. reported accounts receivable of $216,000 and an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $8,400. During 2021, accounts receivable increased by $22,000 (that change includes $7,800 of bad debts that were written off). An analysis of Gill Co.'s December 31, 2021, accounts receivable suggests that the allowance for uncollectible accounts should be 3% of accounts receivable. Bad debt expense for 2021 would be: A) $6,540. B) $7,800. C) $7,140. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 92) As of December 31, 2021, Amy Jo's Appliances had unadjusted account balances in accounts receivable of $311,000 and $970 in the allowance for uncollectible accounts, following 2021 write-offs of $6,450 in bad debts. An analysis of Amy Jo's December 31, 2021, accounts receivable suggests that the allowance for uncollectible accounts should be 2% of accounts receivable. Bad debt expense for 2021 should be: A) $6,220. B) $6,450. C) $5,250. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
93) Nontrade receivables do not include: A) Sales to customers. B) Loans to employees. C) Income tax refund receivable. D) Advances to affiliated companies. 94) Long-term notes receivable issued for noncash assets at an unrealistically low interest rate will be: A) Discounted at an imputed interest rate. B) Recorded at the contract amount. C) Recorded at an amount equal to the future cash flows. D) Accounted for on the installment basis. 95) Long-term interest-bearing notes receivable issued at an unrealistically low interest rate will be: A) Discounted at an imputed interest rate. B) Recorded at the contract amount. C) Recorded at an amount equal to the future cash flows. D) Accounted for on the installment basis. 96) A journal entry to record receipt of interest on an interest-bearing notes receivable will include a: A) credit to cash. B) credit to interest revenue. C) debit to notes receivable. D) debit to bad debt expense. 97) On June 1, Parson Assoc. sold equipment to Arleo and agreed to accept a 3-month, $50,000, 10% interest-bearing note in payment at a time when the prevailing rate of interest for similar transactions was 10%. When the note was collected upon maturity, Parson would recognize interest revenue of: A) $0 B) $1,250. C) $2,500. D) $3,750. 98) Priscilla's Exotic Pets discounted a note receivable without recourse and the sales criteria were met. The discounting is recorded as: A) A secured borrowing. B) Only note disclosure of the arrangement is required. C) A sale. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
99) Drebin Security Systems sold merchandise to a customer in exchange for a $50,000, five-year, noninterest-bearing note when an equivalent loan would carry 10% interest. Drebin would record sales revenue on the date of sale equal to: A) $50,000. B) Zero. C) The future value of $50,000 using a 10% interest rate. D) The present value of $50,000 using a 10% interest rate. 100) A note receivable Mild Max Cycles discounted with recourse was dishonored on its maturity date. Mild Max would debit: A) A loss on dishonored receivable. B) A receivable. C) Dishonored note expense. D) Interest expense. 101) Peecher accepted a three-year, noninterest-bearing note in exchange for merchandise sold. Which of the following is true? A) Peecher would credit a discount on notes receivable when recording the sale. B) Peecher would debit interest revenue over the life of the note. C) Peecher would debit notes receivable when the note is collected. D) Peecher would multiply sales revenue by the effective interest rate to determine interest revenue each period. 102) Baker Inc. acquired equipment from the manufacturer on 10/1/2021 and gave a noninterest-bearing note in exchange. Baker is obligated to pay $918,000 on 4/1/2022 to satisfy the obligation in full. If Baker accrued interest of $9,000 on the note in its 2021 year-end financial statements, what is its imputed annual interest rate? A) 2%. B) 4%. C) 6%. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 103) Frasquita acquired equipment from the manufacturer on 6/30/2021 and gave a noninterest-bearing note in exchange. Frasquita is obligated to pay $550,000 on 4/30/2022 to satisfy the obligation in full. If Frasquita accrued interest of $15,000 on the note in its 2021 year-end financial statements, what amount would it have recorded the equipment for on 6/30/2021? A) $500,000. B) $515,000. C) $550,000. D) $525,000.
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) Frasquita acquired equipment from the manufacturer on 6/30/2021 and gave a noninterest-bearing note in exchange. Frasquita is obligated to pay $550,000 on 4/30/2022 to satisfy the obligation in full. If Frasquita accrued interest of $15,000 on the note in its 2021 year-end financial statements, what would the manufacturer record in its 2021 income statement for this transaction? A) $15,000 of interest revenue. B) $25,000 of interest revenue. C) $15,000 of interest revenue and $525,000 of sales revenue. D) $550,000 of sales revenue. 105) Frankenstein Enterprises received two notes from customers for sales that Frankenstein made in 2021. The notes included: Note A: Dated 5/31/2021, principal of $120,000 and interest due 3/31/2022. Note B: Dated 7/1/2021, principal of $200,000 and interest at 8% annually, due on 4/1/2022. Frankenstein had accrued a total of $14,400 interest receivable from these notes in its 12/31/2021 balance sheet. The annual interest rate on Note A is closest to: A) 9.14%. B) 8%. C) 9.74%. D) 9.44%. 106) Frankenstein Enterprises received two notes from customers for sales that Frankenstein made in 2021. The notes included: Note A: Dated 5/31/2021, principal of $120,000 and interest due 3/31/2022. Note B: Dated 7/1/2021, principal of $200,000 and interest at 8% annually, due on 4/1/2022. Frankenstein had accrued a total of $14,400 interest receivable from these notes in its 12/31/2021 balance sheet. Assume Frankenstein views the financing component of these sales to be significant. What amount of interest revenue would Frankenstein earn on these notes during 2022? A) Above $12,000. B) Between $7,000 and 10,000. C) Less than $5,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) Plunder Inc. accepted a six-month noninterest-bearing note for $2,800 on January 1, 2021. The note was accepted as payment of a delinquent receivable of $2,500. What is the correct entry to record the note? A) Notes receivable
2,500
Accounts receivable
2,500
B) Notes receivable
2,800
Accounts receivable
2,500
Discount on notes receivable
300
C) Notes receivable
2,800
Reserve for delinquent accounts
2,500
Allowance for bad debts
300
D) Notes receivable Accounts receivable Gain on delinquent account
2,800 2,500 300
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
108) Plunder Inc. accepted a six-month noninterest-bearing note for $2,800 on January 1, 2021. The note was accepted as payment of a delinquent receivable of $2,500. The cash collection on July 1, 2021, would be recorded as: A) Discount on notes receivable
300
Interest revenue Cash
300 2,800
Note receivable
2,800
B) Cash
2,500 Note receivable
2,500
C) Cash
2,800 Accounts receivable
2,500
Interest revenue
300
D) Cash
2,500
Discount on notes receivable Note receivable
300 2,800
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) Chen Inc. accepted a two-year noninterest-bearing note for $605,000 on January 1, 2021. The note was accepted as payment for merchandise with a fair value of $500,000. The effective interest rate is 10%. What is the correct entry to record the note? A) Notes receivable
605,000
Accounts receivable
605,000
B) Notes receivable
500,000
Accounts receivable
500,000
C) Notes receivable
605,000
Discount on notes receivable
105,000
Sales revenue
500,000
D) Notes receivable
605,000
Interest revenue
105,000
Cost of sales
500,000
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) Chen Inc. accepted a two-year noninterest-bearing note for $605,000 on January 1, 2021. The note was accepted as payment for merchandise with a fair value of $500,000. The effective interest rate is 10%. The entry to record interest on December 31, 2021 would be: A) Cash
50,000 Interest receivable
50,000
B) Cash
50,000 Discount on notes receivable
50,000
C) Discount on notes receivable
50,000
Note receivable
50,000
D) Discount on notes receivable Interest revenue
50,000 50,000
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
111) Chen Inc. accepted a two-year noninterest-bearing note for $605,000 on January 1, 2021. The note was accepted as payment for merchandise with a fair value of $500,000. The effective interest rate is 10%. The cash collection on December 31, 2022, would be recorded as: A) Discount on notes receivable
55,000
Cash
605,000 Notes receivable
605,000
Interest revenue
55,000
B) Cash
605,000 Notes receivable
605,000
C) Cash
605,000 Notes receivable
500,000
Discount on notes receivable
105,000
D) Cash
605,000
Discount on notes receivable
105,000
Notes receivable
605,000
Interest revenue
105,000
112) Which of the following is considered a sale of receivables? A) Pledging receivables. B) Assigning receivables. C) Factoring receivables without recourse. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 113) The transferor is considered to have surrendered control over its receivables if: A) The transferred assets have been isolated from the transferor. B) Each transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the assets it received. C) The transferor does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through either repurchase or redemption agreements before maturity or the ability to cause the transferee to return the assets. D) All of these answer choices must occur. 34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) Accounting for the pledging of accounts receivable as collateral for a loan requires: A) Reporting the receivables net of the borrowed amount. B) Removal of the pledged receivables from current assets and including them with noncurrent investments. C) Disclosure of the arrangement in notes to the financial statements. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 115) In deciding whether financing with receivables is a secured borrowing or a sale under U.S. GAAP, the critical element is the extent to which: A) The transferee has received substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. B) The age of the receivables transferred differs from the average age of the receivables. C) The transferor of the receivable surrenders control over the assets transferred. D) The transferee relies on assets received from the transferor to maintain operations. 116) In deciding whether financing with receivables is a secured borrowing or a sale under IFRS, the critical element is the extent to which: A) The transferee has received substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. B) The age of the receivables transferred differs from the average age of the receivables. C) The transferor of the receivable surrenders control over the assets transferred. D) The transferee relies on assets received from the transferor to maintain operations. 117) The purpose of assigning accounts receivable is to: A) Satisfy a court order. B) Complete the legal prerequisites to record their sale. C) Comply with form and content rules of bankruptcy proceedings. D) Provide collateral for a loan. 118) Ireland Corporation obtained a $40,000 note receivable from a customer on June 30, 2021. The note, along with interest at 6%, is due on June 30, 2022. On September 30, 2021, Ireland discounted the note at Cloverdale bank. The bank's discount rate is 10%. What amount of cash did Ireland receive from Cloverdale Bank? A) $40,600. B) $36,000. C) $39,220. D) $36,820. 119) On April 1 of the current year, Troubled Company factored receivables with a carrying value of $85,000 for $60,000 in cash from Scrooge Lenders. The transfer was made without recourse. On April 1, Troubled would: A) Credit deferred interest expense for $25,000. B) Credit factored accounts receivable for $85,000. C) Debit discount on liability for $25,000. D) Debit loss on sale of receivables for $25,000.
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
120) If a company adopts an accounts receivable factoring program, and accounts for the factoring as a sale of receivables, which of the following is true in the period the company starts the program (all else equal)? A) The accounts receivable balance will increase. B) Cash flow from operations may increase. C) A retroactive restatement is necessary due to a change in accounting principle. D) The factoring arrangement needs to be with a consolidated entity to qualify for sale accounting. 121) Assume a company has been maintaining a receivables factoring program for the past five years and has been experiencing the same level of sales, factoring, and bad debts over that period. Customers typically pay their receivables within 60 days. Which of the following is true with respect to the current period (all else equal)? A) The accounts receivable balance will decrease. B) Cash flow from operations is stable. C) Net income is likely to decline. D) Accounts receivable payable within 60 days cannot be factored. 122) Which of the following is not true regarding accounting for transfers of receivables under IFRS? A) Transfers of receivables sometimes are treated as a sale of receivables. B) Transfers of receivables sometimes are treated as a secured borrowing. C) Transfers of receivables can be treated as a sale if the transferee is a QSPE. D) Transfer of substantially all the risk and rewards of ownership is an important consideration. 123) Trell Corporation transferred $50,000 of accounts receivable to a local bank. The transfer was made without recourse. The local bank remits 80% of the factored amount to Trell and retains the remaining 20%. When the bank collects the receivables, it will remit to Trell the retained amount less a fee equal to 3% of the total amount factored. Trell estimates a fair value of its 20% interest in the receivables of $8,000 (not including the 3% fee). Trell will show an amount receivable from factor of: A) $10,000. B) $8,500. C) $8,000. D) $6,500. 124) A company's investment in receivables is influenced by several variables, including: A) The level of sales. B) The nature of the product or service sold. C) The credit and collection policies. D) All of these answer choices are correct.
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) Excerpts from Huckabee Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below:
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold
$
2021 80,000 58,000 400,000 240,000
$
2020 72,000 72,000 372,000 220,000
Huckabee's 2021 receivables turnover (rounded) is: A) 3.69. B) 5.00. C) 5.26. D) 3.16. 126) Excerpts from Huckabee Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below:
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold
2021 $ 80,000 58,000 400,000 240,000
2020 $ 72,000 72,000 372,000 220,000
Huckabee's 2021 average collection period (rounded) is: A) 69 days. B) 116 days. C) 111 days. D) 73 days. 127) Alliance Software began 2021 with accounts receivable of $115,000. All sales are made on credit. Sales and cash collections from customers for the year were $780,000 and $700,000, respectively. Cost of goods sold for the year was $450,000. What was Alliance's receivables turnover ratio (rounded) for 2021? A) 4.00. B) 5.03. C) 2.90. D) 6.78.
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) On July 1, 2021, Cromartie Furniture established a $150 petty cash fund. A check for $150 was made out to the petty cash custodian. During July, the petty cash custodian paid the following bills from the petty cash fund: Office supplies Postage Delivery charges Bottled water Total
$
$
36 22 40 28 126
At the end of July the petty cash fund was replenished. The journal entry to establish the petty cash fund includes: A) A credit to petty cash and a debit to cash for $150. B) A debit to petty cash and a credit to cash for $150. C) A credit to cash and a debit to various expenses for $126. D) A credit to petty cash and a debit to various expenses for $126. 129) On July 1, 2021, Cromartie Furniture established a $150 petty cash fund. A check for $150 was made out to the petty cash custodian. During July, the petty cash custodian paid the following bills from the petty cash fund: Office supplies Postage Delivery charges Bottled water Total
$
$
36 22 40 28 126
At the end of July the petty cash fund was replenished. The journal entry to replenish the petty cash fund includes: A) A credit to petty cash and a debit to various expenses for $126. B) A debit to petty cash and a credit to cash for $150. C) A credit to cash and a debit to various expenses for $126. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 130) Hazelton Manufacturing prepares a bank reconciliation at the end of every month. At the end of May, the general ledger checking account showed a balance of $1,360 and the bank statement showed a bank balance of $1,445. Outstanding checks totaled $350 and deposits in transit were $150. The bank statement listed service charges of $30 and NSF checks totaling $85. The corrected cash balance is: A) $1,130. B) $1,160. C) $1,245. D) $1,445. 38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
131) Brockton Carpet Cleaning prepares a bank reconciliation at the end of every month. At the end of July, the balance in the general ledger checking account was $2,750 and the bank balance on the bank statement was $2,980. Outstanding checks totaled $680 and deposits in transited were $400. The bank statement revealed that a check written for $120 was incorrectly recorded by Brockton as a $220 disbursement. The bank statement listed service charges and NSF check charges totaling $150. The corrected cash balance is: A) $2,270. B) $2,550. C) $2,470. D) $2,700. 132) Which of the following is true about accounting for a troubled debt restructuring? A) If a receivable is expected to be uncollectible, it is remeasured at the discounted present value of the cash flows that were originally expected to be collected, but at a revised discount rate. B) Receivables are not remeasured; instead, fair values are obtained from reliable factors. C) If a receivable is continued, but with modified terms, a loss is typically recorded. D) Receivables are never settled outright at the time of a restructuring. 133) Brewer Inc. is owed $200,000 by Carol Co. under a 10% note with two years remaining to maturity. Due to financial difficulties Carol Co. did not pay the prior year's interest. Brewer agrees to settle the receivable (and accrued interest) in exchange for a cash payment of $150,000. The journal entry that Brewer would make to record this transaction would include a loss on troubled debt restructuring as bad debt expense in the amount of: A) $0. B) $20,000. C) $50,000. D) $70,000. 134) The O'Hara Group is owed $1,000,000 by Hilton Enterprises under an 8% note with three years remaining to maturity. The prior year of interest was unpaid. O'Hara agrees to restructure the note under terms that yield a present value of $880,000. The journal entry that O'Hara would make to record this transaction would include a loss on troubled debt restructuring as bad debt expense in the amount of: A) $0. B) $80,000. C) $200,000. D) $220,000.
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) The Nile Group is owed $1,000,000 by Scorpion Enterprises under an 8% note with three years remaining to maturity. The prior year of interest was unpaid. Nile estimates credit losses with respect to this receivable and calculates that it will only receive amounts equal to a present value of $880,000. The journal entry that O'Hara would make to record this transaction would include a credit loss as bad debt expense in the amount of: A) $0. B) $80,000. C) $200,000. D) $220,000. 136) The Salamander Company has evaluated its receivables, and has identified the following possible credit losses: • Note #1 has recently deteriorated in credit quality. For Note #1, Salamander estimates the present value of credit losses occurring in the next twelve months is $50,000, and the present value of credit losses occurring after twelve months is $20,000. • Note #2 has not deteriorated in credit quality. For Note #2, Salamander estimates the present value of credit losses occurring in the next twelve months is $5,000, and the present value of credit losses occurring after twelve months is $10,000. If Salamander is using the CECL model, it would recognize a bad debt expense of: A) $50,000. B) $55,000. C) $75,000. D) $85,000. 137) The Salamander Company has evaluated its receivables, and has identified the following possible credit losses: • Note #1 has recently deteriorated in credit quality. For Note #1, Salamander estimates the present value of credit losses occurring in the next twelve months is $50,000, and the present value of credit losses occurring after twelve months is $20,000. • Note #2 has not deteriorated in credit quality. For Note #2, Salamander estimates the present value of credit losses occurring in the next twelve months is $5,000, and the present value of credit losses occurring after twelve months is $10,000. If Salamander is reporting under IFRS and therefore uses the ECL model, it would recognize a bad debt expense of: A) $50,000. B) $55,000. C) $75,000. D) $85,000.
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
138) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Write-off of accounts receivable 2. Sales returns 3. Separation of duties 4. Balance sheet approach
5. Accounts receivable
PHRASE NUMBER Is of vital importance for good internal ____ control. Has no effect on net receivables when ____ using the allowance method. Is a contra revenue account. ____ Determines bad debt expense by ____ estimating the allowance for uncollectible accounts and adjusting the balance accordingly. Are reported at the amount expected to be ____ received.
139) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Interest-bearing note
PHRASE NUMBER The risk of uncollectibility is retained by the ____ seller. 2. Direct write-off method Requires payment of principal plus interest. ____ 3. Factoring with recourse Recognizes bad debts when accounts become ____ uncollectible. 4. Internal control Includes separation of duties. ____ 5. Income statement approach Bad debt expense is a percentage of credit sales. ____
140) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Sales discounts 2. Net method 3. Factoring 4. Allowance method 5. Pledging of accounts receivable
PHRASE Receivables used as collateral for debt. The sale of accounts receivable to a financial institution. Attempts to recognize bad debt expense in the same period as the related sale. Offered to induce prompt payment. Sales discount not taken increases net sales revenue.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Average collection period 2. Factoring 3. Trade discounts 4. Compensating balance 5. Discounting
PHRASE Deducted from list price. Average number of days that accounts receivable are outstanding. The sale of accounts receivable to a financial institution. The sale of a note receivable to a lender. An example of a restriction on cash.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
142) Listed below are 10 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Direct write-off method
PHRASE NUMBER Bad debt expense "plugged" by estimating ____ allowance for uncollectible accounts. 2. Cash discount Grouping accounts receivable depending on ____ the length of time outstanding. 3. Accounts receivable aging Reduces the amount paid by a credit ____ schedule customer if paid within a specified time. 4. Allowance method When merchandise is returned for credit. ____ 5. Sales returns An example of a restriction on cash. ____ 6. Balance sheet approach Buyer assumes the risk of uncollectibility. ____ 7. Income statement approach Bad debt expense is recorded when ____ receivables are written off. 8. Compensating balance Bad debt expense is a % of credit sales. ____ 9. Pledging Using receivables as collateral for a loan. ____ 10. Without recourse Reduces carrying value of accounts ____ receivable without knowing which specific customer accounts are bad debts.
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms with respect to accounting under IFRS. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Available for sale 2. Overdraft 3. Impairment 4. Risks and rewards 5. Control
PHRASE NUMBER Can be netted against positive cash balances ____ on the balance sheet. This accounting approach can be used for ____ receivables if elected upon initial recognition. Primary consideration for determining ____ whether transfer of a receivable is a sale. Secondary consideration for determining ____ whether transfer of a receivable is a sale. Can be recovered to increase income if fair ____ value increases.
144) Costa Co. has the following cash balances at local banks as of 12/31/2021: National Bank: K&P Bank: Insolvent Trust:
$100,000 25,000 (5,000)
Required: 1. Prepare the Current Assets and Current Liabilities section of Costa's 2021 balance sheet, assuming Parker reports under U.S. GAAP. 2. Prepare the Current Assets and Current Liabilities section of Costa's 2021 balance sheet, assuming Parker reports under IFRS. 145) On May 12, 2021, Falwell Computing sold five computers to Computing Plus for $10,000, subject to terms 3/10, n/30. Falwell uses the net method of accounting for sales discounts. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the sale. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on May 20, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on June 5, 2021.
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) On July 18, 2021, Philly Furniture Factory sold 20 reclining rockers to Dave's Discount Furniture for $8,000, subject to terms 2/10, n/30. Philly uses the net method of accounting for sales discounts. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the sale. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on July 26, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment assuming the correct amount was received on August 15, 2021. 147) On March 12, 2021, Admiral Electronics sold 20 fax machines to Cool Stuff Co. for $10,000, subject to terms 2/10, n/30. Admiral uses the gross method of accounting for sales discounts. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the sale. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on March 20, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on April 5, 2021. 148) On October 18, 2021, Flying Chicken sold 2,000 pounds of chicken to Healthier Grocery for $3,400, subject to terms 2/10, n/30. Flying Chicken uses the gross method of accounting for sales discounts. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the sale. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on October 26, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on November 15, 2021. 149) On June 14, 2021, Rumsfeld Company sold 100 air-conditioning units to Powell Heating and Cooling. The units list for $600 each, but Powell was granted a 25% trade discount. All of Rumsfeld's sales are subject to terms 2/10, n/30. Rumsfeld uses the gross method of accounting for sales discounts. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the sale. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on June 22, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on July 10, 2021.
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
150) On February 14, 2021, Prime Company sold 50 air-conditioning units to L&P Heating and Cooling. The units list for $700 each, but L&P was granted a 30% trade discount. All of Prime's sales are subject to terms 2/10, n/30. Prime uses the net method of accounting for sales discounts. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the sale. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on February 22, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on March 10, 2021.
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
151) Beethoven Music Company started business in March 2021. Sales for its first year were $400,000. Beethoven priced its merchandise to yield a 45% gross profit based on sales dollars. Industry statistics suggest that 10% of the merchandise sold to customers will be returned. Beethoven estimated its sales returns based on the industry average. During the year, customers returned $30,000 in sales. Beethoven uses a perpetual inventory system. Required: Prepare summary journal entries to record (1) sales, (2) sales returns, and (3) the year-end adjusting entry for estimated sales returns. Assume that cash has not yet been collected for merchandise that could yet be returned. Use this information to answer the following questions: The following note disclosure is taken from the 2021 annual report to shareholders of Winchester International Corporation. NOTE 5: ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES The allowance for loan loss is maintained at a level to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. This allowance is increased by provisions charged to operating expense and by recoveries on loans previously charged off, and reduced by charge-offs on loans. The following is a summary of the changes in the allowances for loan losses for three years: At December 31, (In thousands) Balance at beginning of year Allowances from purchase transactions Provisions charged to operations Subtotal Charge-offs Recoveries Net charge-offs Balance at end of year
2021
2020
2019
$ 91,809 1,851 14,400 108,060 (11,575) 1,822 (9,753) $ 98,307
73,658 10,980 11,800 96,438 (6,816) 2,187 (4,629) 91,809
66,201 3,647 9,000 78,848 (7,406) 2,216 (5,190) 73,658
Winchester also reported (in thousands) in its comparative balance sheet that it held Loans receivable, net, of $6,869,11 and $6,819,209 at December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively. 152) What kind of account is the Allowance for Loan Losses in Winchester's financial statements? 153) Using a T-account for the Allowance for Loan Losses, identify the changes in the account during 2021. 46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
154) How might a company with loan receivables like Winchester be able to manage earnings in applying generally accepted accounting principles? 155) Is there any evidence in Winchester's disclosures above that are consistent with earnings management? 156) For each posted entry in the Allowance account during 2021, indicate the remaining entry(ies) in other accounts. 157) If Winchester is using the balance sheet approach to determining loan losses and the Allowance account balance, what percentage did it use in 2021? Use this information to answer the following questions: The following information is taken from the 2015 annual report to shareholders of Hewlett-Packard (HP) Co.
Provision for doubtful accounts
Accounts receivable, net Accounts receivable, gross
For Fiscal 2015 $ 46 million
For Fiscal 2014 $25 million
At Fiscal Year-end 2015 13,363 million 13,552 million
At Fiscal Year-end 2014 13,832 million 14,064 million
158) What is the balance in HP's allowance for doubtful accounts at the end of the fiscal years 2015 and 2014, respectively? 159) What kind of account is the provision for doubtful accounts in HP's financial statements? 160) Using a T-account for the allowance for doubtful accounts, identify the changes in the account during fiscal year 2015. 161) How could a company with receivables like HP be able to manage earnings in applying generally accepted accounting principles? 162) Is there any evidence in HP's disclosures above that are consistent with earnings management? 163) If HP is using the balance sheet approach to determining bad debt expense, what percentage of year-end gross receivables did it use in 2015 and 2014, respectively? 164) For each posted entry in the allowance account during 2015, prepare the journal entry.
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) During Burns Company's first year of operations, credit sales totaled $140,000 and collections on credit sales totaled $105,000. Burns estimates that bad debt losses will be 1.5% of credit sales. By year-end, Burns had written off $300 of specific accounts as uncollectible. Required: 1. Prepare all appropriate journal entries relative to uncollectible accounts and bad debt expense. 2. Show the year-end balance sheet presentation for accounts receivable. 166) During Bricker Company's first year of operations, credit sales totaled $200,000 and collections on credit sales totaled $145,000. Bricker estimates that $1,000 of its ending accounts receivable balance will not be collected. By year-end, Bricker had written off $330 of specific accounts as uncollectible. Required: 1. Prepare all appropriate journal entries relative to uncollectible accounts and bad debt expense. 2. Show the year-end balance sheet presentation for accounts receivable. 167) A summary of Klugman Company's December 31, 2021, accounts receivable aging schedule is presented below along with the estimated percent uncollectible for each age group: Age Group 0-60 days 61-90 days 91-120 days Over 120 days
Amount $60,000 22,000 3,000 1,000
% .5 1.0 10.0 50.0
The allowance for uncollectible accounts had a balance of $1,400 on January 1, 2021. During the year, bad debts of $750 were written off. Required: Prepare all journal entries for 2021 with respect to bad debts and the allowance for uncollectible accounts.
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
168) A summary of London Fashion's December 31, 2021, accounts receivable aging schedule is presented below along with the estimated percent uncollectible for each age group: Age Group 0-60 days 61-90 days 91-120 days Over 120 days
Amount $40,000 15,000 2,000 800
% 0.5 1.5 15.0 80.0
The allowance for uncollectible accounts had a balance of $1,600 at January 1, 2021. During the year bad debts of $1,150 were written off. Required: Prepare all 2021 journal entries with respect to bad debts and the allowance for uncollectible accounts. 169) On December 31, 2020, Central Freight reported an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $15,300. During 2021, Central wrote off $17,000 in accounts receivable. Included in the write-off was Roskoff Corp.'s account in the amount of $750. Roskoff subsequently paid this balance. At December 31, 2021, an analysis of the accounts receivable aging schedule indicated the need for an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $14,900. Required: Prepare all implied journal entries relative to bad debt expense and the allowance for uncollectible accounts.
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) Cordova, Inc., reported the following receivables in its December 31, 2020, year-end balance sheet: Current assets: Accounts receivable, net of $52,000 in allowance for uncollectible accounts Interest receivable Notes receivable
$384,000 19,000 400,000
Additional information: 1. The notes receivable account consists of two notes, a $100,000 note and a $300,000 note. The $100,000 note is dated October 31, 2020, with principal and interest payable on October 31, 2021. The $300,000 note is dated March 31, 2020, with principal and 8% interest payable on March 31, 2021. 2. During 2021, sales revenue totaled $2,120,000, $1,980,000 cash was collected from customers, and $41,000 in accounts receivable were written off. All sales are made on a credit basis. Bad debt expense is recorded at year-end by adjusting the allowance account to an amount equal to 8% of year-end gross accounts receivable. Required: 1. In addition to sales revenue, what revenue and expense amounts related to receivables will appear in Cordova's 2021 income statement? 2. Calculate the receivables turnover ratio for 2021. 171) AT&T's financial statements for the 2015 and 2014 fiscal years contained the following information: Balance Sheets ($ in millions) Current assets: Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $704 and $454
2015
2014
$16,532
$14,527
Income Statements ($ in millions) Revenues
2015 $146,801
2014 $132,447
In addition, the statement of cash flows disclosed bad debt expense of $1,416 million in 2015 and $1,032 million in 2014. Required: 1. Determine the amount of actual bad debt write-offs made during 2015. 2. Determine the amount of cash collected from customers during 2015. 3. Compute the receivables turnover ratio for 2015.
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
172) Tokyo Imports received a six-month, noninterest-bearing note for $100,000 from Tall Mart in exchange for goods that have a fair value of $95,000. Tokyo uses a periodic inventory system, and views the financing component of this transaction to be significant. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the sale. 2. Compute the effective annual rate of interest. 173) Montana Minerals sold coal to Beta Electric, receiving a six-month, noninterest-bearing note for $200,000. The fair value of the goods sold to Beta is $192,000. Montana uses a periodic inventory system, and views the financing component of this transaction to be significant. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the sale. 2. Compute the effective annual rate of interest. 174) On January 1, 2021, Happy Tubs sold a hot tub to Monica, receiving a two-year, noninterest-bearing note in exchange for a hot tub that normally sells for $8,000. The note is for an amount that achieves an effective interest rate of 10% per year, and Happy Tubs views the financing component of this transaction to be significant. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the sale. 2. Prepare any adjusting entry necessary on December 31, 2021. 3. Prepare any adjusting entry necessary on December 31, 2022. 175) On December 1, 2021, General Mole borrowed $400,000 at 12% interest and pledged $500,000 in accounts receivable as collateral. Additionally, General Mole was charged a finance fee equal to 1% of the accounts receivable assigned. At the end of December, $300,000 of the assigned receivables were collected and remitted to the lender along with accrued interest. Required: Prepare journal entries to record the borrowing, the assignment of receivables, the collection on the receivables, and the recognition of interest expense. 176) On October 1, 2021, Watergate Hotels borrowed $400,000 at 12% interest and pledged $500,000 in accounts receivables as collateral. Additionally, Watergate was charged a finance fee equal to 1% of the accounts receivable assigned. At the end of December, $300,000 of the assigned receivables were collected and remitted to the lender along with accrued interest. Required: Prepare journal entries to record the borrowing, the assignment of receivables, the collection on the receivables, and the recognition of interest expense.
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
177) On February 1, 2021, Stealth Trucks sold a diesel rig to Kansas Transports for $250,000, receiving a $50,000 down payment and a 12-month, 10% note for the balance. Principal and interest are due at maturity, and the 10% interest rate reflected the market rate of interest at the time of sale. On August 1, 2021, Kansas Transports discounted the note without recourse at the First South Bank at 12% interest. Required: Prepare all required journal entries at August 1 to recognize interest revenue and the discounting of the note. 178) On June 30, 2021, Blondie Fixtures was considering alternatives to bolster its cash position. Option One called for transferring $400,000 in accounts receivable to Dogwood Finance Company without recourse for a 5% fee. Option Two calls for Blondie to transfer the $400,000 in receivables to Dogwood with recourse. Dogwood's charges a 4% fee for receivables factored with recourse. Option Two meets the conditions to be considered a sale, but Blondie estimates a $3,000 recourse liability. Under either option, Dogwood will immediately remit 90% of the factored receivables to Blondie, and retain 10%. When Dogwood collects the remaining receivables, it remits the amount, less the fee, to Blondie. Blondie estimates that the fair value of the final 10% of the receivables is $25,000 (ignoring the factoring fee). Required: 1. Prepare any necessary journal entry or entries if receivables are factored under Option One. 2. Prepare any necessary journal entry or entries if receivables are factored under Option Two.
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
179) The Fitzgerald Company maintains a checking account at the Bank of the North. The bank provides a bank statement along with canceled checks on the last day of each month. The October 31, 2021, bank statement included the following information: Balance, October 1, 2021
$ 32,690
Deposits Checks processed Service charges NSF checks Monthly loan payment deducted directly by bank from account (includes $400 in interest) Balance, October 31, 2021
86,000 (75,200) (350) (1,600)
(3,400) $ 38,140
The company's general ledger cash (checking) account had a balance of $42,544 at the end of October. Deposits outstanding totaled $4,224, and all checks written by the company were processed by the bank except for those totaling $5,620. In addition, a check for $500 for the purchase of office furniture was incorrectly recorded by the company as a $50 disbursement. The bank correctly processed the check during October. Required: 1. Prepare a bank reconciliation for the month of October. 2. Prepare the necessary journal entries at the end of October to adjust the general ledger cash account. 180) The petty cash fund of Western Glass Company contained the following items on November 30, 2021: Currency and coins Receipts for the following expenditures: Delivery charges Office supplies Restaurant receipt for entertaining a customer An I.O.U. from an employee Total
$ 23 $42 50 110
202 25 $250
The petty cash fund was established on November 1, 2021, with a transfer of $250 from cash to the petty cash account. Required: Prepare the journal entries to establish the petty cash account and to replenish the fund at the end of November.
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
181) Sarduchi Imports owes Radnor S&L $50 million under an 8% note with three years remaining to maturity. Due to financial difficulties of Sarduchi, the previous year's interest ($4 million) was not received. Radnor believes that the present value of all amounts it eventually will collect from Sarduchi is $25 million. Required: Compute the credit loss that the bank would record, and prepare a journal entry to record the credit loss as bad debt expense. 182) Belushi, Inc. owes Cusack County Trust $40 million under a 5% note with six years remaining to maturity. Due to financial difficulties of Belushi, the previous year's interest ($2.5 million) was not received. Cusack believes there is a 20% chance that Belushi will default on the note, and that, if Belushi defaults, the present value of all amounts Cusack eventually will collect is $22.5 million. Required: Compute the expected credit loss that Cusack would record as its bad debt expense. 183) Guido Properties owes First State Bank $60 million under a 7% note with two years remaining to maturity. Due to financial difficulties of Guido, the previous year's interest ($4.2 million) was not received. The bank agrees to settle the note receivable and accrued interest receivable in exchange for land having a fair value of $44 million. Assume that $5 million of bad debt expense has previously been accrued for this loan, resulting in a balance of $5 million in the allowance for uncollectible accounts before this settlement. Required: Compute the loss on troubled debt restructuring that the bank would record as its bad debt expense upon settlement of the note and interest. 184) Define what it is meant by internal control. 185) Describe some key elements of an internal control system for cash. 186) Cash is the most liquid of all assets but is not always reported under current assets. Explain this statement. 187) Although the net method is theoretically more sound, many companies use the gross method of accounting for sales discounts related to sales on account. Explain this statement. 188) Briefly explain the accounting treatment for estimated sales returns at the end of an accounting period for which accounts receivable remain outstanding. 189) Briefly explain the accounting treatment for estimated sales returns at the end of an accounting period. 190) Briefly explain why the direct write-off of uncollectible accounts is not permitted by GAAP if bad debts are material.
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
191) Last year, Simpson Company had a receivables turnover ratio of 12. Homer, Simpson's president, was delighted when the ratio went to 18 for this year. This year, Simpson's long-standing credit terms of net 30 were changed to net 10. Should Homer be happy? Explain. 192) You have recently been hired as the assistant controller for Clayton, Inc., a large, publicly held manufacturing company. Your immediate superior is the controller who, in turn, is responsible to the chief financial officer. The controller has assigned the task of preparing the year-end adjusting entry for bad debts to you. The allowance for uncollectible accounts has a credit balance of $86,000 before the year-end adjustment. Your analysis indicates that an appropriate balance for the allowance account is $210,000. After showing your analysis to the controller, she tells you to adjust the allowance account to $310,000. Tactfully, you ask the controller for an explanation for the amount and she tells you, "We are having a really good year. Let's bump up the allowance." Required: Discuss the ethical dilemma you face. Consider your options and responsibilities along with the possible consequences of any action you might take. 193) Briefly compare and contrast the income statement and balance sheet approaches to estimating bad debt expense. In your answer, indicate which approach, if either, is superior. 194) Companies can have accounts receivable from ordinary trade customers and from related parties (e.g., directors, employees or large shareholders). How does U.S. GAAP differ from IFRS in its requirements regarding separate disclosure of trade receivables and related-party receivables? Why might separate disclosure of related party receivables be useful? Use this information to answer the following questions: The following note disclosure appeared in a recent annual report of Halliburton: Our receivables are generally not collateralized. Included in notes and accounts receivable are notes with varying interest rates totaling $12 million at December 31. At December 31, 39% of our consolidated receivables related to our United States government contracts, primarily for projects in the Middle East. 195) Explain the reason that Halliburton indicates that its receivables include notes with varying interest rates totaling $12 million at December 31. What significance does this have to the reader? 196) Explain the reason that Halliburton indicates that its receivables are generally not collateralized. What significance does this have to the reader? 197) Explain the transactions that typically would affect the discount on notes receivable account. 198) A company's investment in receivables is affected by several related variables. Give an example of this interrelationship.
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
199) Explain how a company could manipulate cash flow from operations by changing the extent to which it factors accounts receivable and treats those factoring arrangements as sales of receivables. 200) Explain briefly how IFRS and U.S. GAAP differ in determining whether a transfer of an accounts receivable qualifies as a sale.
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 7 Cash and Receivables 1) Cash equivalents would include investments in marketable equity securities as long as management intends to sell the securities in the next three months. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Cash and cash equivalents Learning Objective: 07-01 Define what is meant by internal control and describe some key elements of an internal control system for cash receipts and disbursements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 2) From a financial accounting perspective, the main purposes of a system of internal control are to improve the accuracy and reliability of accounting information and to safeguard assets. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Internal control Learning Objective: 07-01 Define what is meant by internal control and describe some key elements of an internal control system for cash receipts and disbursements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3) In a good system of internal control, the person who initiates a transaction should be allowed to effectively control the processing of the transaction through its final inclusion in the accounting records. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Internal control Learning Objective: 07-01 Define what is meant by internal control and describe some key elements of an internal control system for cash receipts and disbursements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4) Depending on the circumstances, the classification of a compensating balance may be either current or noncurrent, and the arrangement should be disclosed in the notes. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Restricted cash and compensating balances Learning Objective: 07-02 Explain the possible restrictions on cash and their implications for classification in the balance sheet. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 5) Under IFRS, an overdraft in a cash account at one bank can be offset against a positive balance in the account at another bank for purposes of reporting cash on the company's balance sheet. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS—Cash and cash equivalents Learning Objective: 07-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to cash and receivables. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 6) The net method of accounting for cash discounts requires adjusting entries for discounts taken. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
7) Sales returns and sales discounts are both examples of variable consideration that must be accounted for when receivables are recognized. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Sales returns; Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts.; 07-04 Describe the accounting treatment for merchandise returns. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 8) Sales returns and trade discounts are both examples of variable consideration that must be accounted for when receivables are recognized. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Sales returns; Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts.; 07-04 Describe the accounting treatment for merchandise returns. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 9) Recognizing sales returns only when merchandise is returned could result in an overstatement of income in the period of the related sale. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales returns Learning Objective: 07-04 Describe the accounting treatment for merchandise returns. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 10) If cash has been collected from a customer, recognizing estimated sales returns results in recognizing a refund liability. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales returns Learning Objective: 07-04 Describe the accounting treatment for merchandise returns. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
11) If cash has not yet been collected from a customer, such that an account receivable is outstanding, recognizing estimated sales returns results in recognizing a refund liability. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales returns Learning Objective: 07-04 Describe the accounting treatment for merchandise returns. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 12) The allowance method for estimating bad debts requires an adjusting entry at the end of the period to reduce receivables to their appropriate carrying value. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 13) Under IFRS, accounts receivable can be accounted for at fair value whenever company management wants to do so. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS—Accounts and notes receivable Learning Objective: 07-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to cash and receivables. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 14) Under IFRS, accounts receivable can be accounted for as "available for sale" if that approach is elected upon initial recognition of the receivable. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS—Accounts and notes receivable Learning Objective: 07-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to cash and receivables. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
15) Using the balance sheet approach, bad debt expense is an indirect result of estimating the appropriate balance for the allowance for uncollectible accounts. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Balance sheet approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 16) The income statement approach to calculating bad debt expense should not be used if it results in a carrying value of accounts receivable that is materially different from what would be obtained under a balance sheet approach. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Income statement approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 17) The "income statement approach" and the "direct write-off method" are two ways to refer to the same method for recognizing bad debts expense. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable; Uncollectible accounts—Income statement approach Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable.; 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
18) Discounts on notes receivable are recognized as interest earned over the term of the related note. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Notes receivable—noninterest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 19) Interest on interest-bearing notes is deducted from the face amount to determine cash proceeds at the inception of a note. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Notes receivable—interest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 20) If a long-term noninterest-bearing note is received in exchange for merchandise sold, the amount of sales revenue recognized will be greater than the amount of the note. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Notes receivable—noninterest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 21) Unless specific sales criteria are met, the factoring of accounts receivable with recourse is accounted for as a loan. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financing with receivables—with recourse Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
22) Securitization of receivables is a type of secured borrowing. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financing with receivables Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 23) Under IFRS, transfer of risks and rewards of ownership, rather than transfer of control, is the primary factor determining whether a factored receivable can be treated as sold rather than as part of a secured borrowing. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS—Transfers of receivables Learning Objective: 07-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to cash and receivables. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 24) The receivables turnover ratio provides a way for an analyst to assess the effectiveness of a company in managing its investment in receivables. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Receivables management and ratios Learning Objective: 07-09 Describe the variables that influence a company's investment in receivables and calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor that investment. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 25) In a bank reconciliation, adjustments to the bank balance could include adding deposits in transit and deducting bank service charges. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Bank reconciliation—App A Learning Objective: Appendix 7A Cash Controls. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
26) In a bank reconciliation, adjustments to the book balance could include adding or subtracting company errors. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Bank reconciliation—App A Learning Objective: Appendix 7A Cash Controls. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 27) The journal entry to record the replenishment of a petty cash fund includes a credit to the petty cash fund. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Petty cash—App A Learning Objective: Appendix 7A Cash Controls. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 28) When a creditor changes the original terms of a debt agreement in a troubled debt restructuring, the receivable is revalued based on the discounted present value of currently expected cash flows at the loan's original effective rate. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Troubled debt restructuring—App B Learning Objective: Appendix 7B Accounting for a Troubled Debt Restructuring. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 29) When assessing credit losses on estimated uncollectible notes receivable, the discounted cash flow technique is often used, discounting at the current interest rate in effect when the credit loss is estimated or re-estimated. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: CECL model—Credit loss on receivables Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
30) Under the CECL approach, credit losses are only recognized when it is probable that the receivable is uncollectible. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: CECL model—Credit loss on receivables Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 31) Under the CECL approach used in U.S. GAAP, bad debts are only recognized for losses that are expected to occur more than a year in the future when a receivable has deteriorated in credit quality. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: CECL model—Credit loss on receivables Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 32) Under the ECL approach used in IFRS, expected credit losses are only recognized for losses that occur more than a year in the future when a receivable has deteriorated in credit quality. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS—Credit loss on receivables Learning Objective: 07-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to cash and receivables.; 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
33) Under IFRS, bad debts related to accounts receivable are not recognized. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS—Credit loss on receivables Learning Objective: 07-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to cash and receivables.; 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 34) Important elements of an internal control system for cash disbursements include each of the following except: A) Only authorized personnel should sign checks. B) All expenditures should be authorized before a check is prepared. C) All disbursements, other than very small disbursements, should be made by check. D) The same person that prepares the check should also record it in the proper journal. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Internal control Learning Objective: 07-01 Define what is meant by internal control and describe some key elements of an internal control system for cash receipts and disbursements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 35) COSO defines internal control as a process, affected by an entity's board of directors, management, and other personnel, designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the achievement of objectives in: A) Effectiveness and efficiency of operations. B) Reliability of financial advice. C) Compliance with local ordinances. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Internal control Learning Objective: 07-01 Define what is meant by internal control and describe some key elements of an internal control system for cash receipts and disbursements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
36) Cashmere Soap Corporation had the following items listed in its trial balance at 12/31/2021: Currency and coins Balance in checking account Customer checks waiting to be deposited Treasury bills, purchased on 11/1/2021, mature on 4/30/2022 Marketable equity securities Commercial paper, purchased on 11/1/2021, mature on 1/30/2022
$
650 2,600 1,200 3,000 10,200 5,000
What amount will Cashmere Soap include in its year-end balance sheet as cash and cash equivalents? A) $9,450. B) $12,450. C) $7,450. D) $19,650. Answer: A Explanation: $650 + 2,600 + 1,200 + 5,000 = $9,450 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cash and cash equivalents Learning Objective: 07-01 Define what is meant by internal control and describe some key elements of an internal control system for cash receipts and disbursements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 37) Cash equivalents do not include: A) Money market funds. B) High grade marketable equity securities. C) U.S. treasury bills. D) Commercial paper. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Cash and cash equivalents Learning Objective: 07-01 Define what is meant by internal control and describe some key elements of an internal control system for cash receipts and disbursements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
38) Cash may not include: A) Foreign currency. B) Money orders. C) Restricted cash. D) Undeposited customer checks. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Cash and cash equivalents; Restricted cash and compensating balances Learning Objective: 07-01 Define what is meant by internal control and describe some key elements of an internal control system for cash receipts and disbursements.; 07-02 Explain the possible restrictions on cash and their implications for classification in the balance sheet. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 39) Compensating balances represent: A) Cash in a bank account that can't be spent B) Balances in a payroll checking account. C) Accounts that are subject to bank service charges. D) Accounts on which banks pay interest, e.g., NOW accounts. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Restricted cash and compensating balances Learning Objective: 07-02 Explain the possible restrictions on cash and their implications for classification in the balance sheet. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 40) Cash that is restricted and not available for current operations is reported in the balance sheet as: A) Equity. B) Investments. C) Liabilities. D) A separate section between liabilities and equity. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Restricted cash and compensating balances Learning Objective: 07-02 Explain the possible restrictions on cash and their implications for classification in the balance sheet. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) Logistics Company had the following items listed in its trial balance at 12/31/2021: Balance in checking account, Bank of the East Treasury bills, purchased on 11/1/2021, mature on 1/30/2022 Loan payable, long-term, Bank of the East
$ 442,000 20,000 300,000
Included in the checking account balance is $50,000 of restricted cash that Bank of the East requires as a compensating balance for the $300,000 note. What amount will Logistics include in its year-end balance sheet as cash and cash equivalents? A) $412,000. B) $462,000. C) $392,000. D) $442,000. Answer: A Explanation: $442,000 − 50,000 + 20,000 = $412,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cash and cash equivalents Learning Objective: 07-01 Define what is meant by internal control and describe some key elements of an internal control system for cash receipts and disbursements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 42) Which of the following is true about reporting cash under IFRS? A) Cash accounts include loans made to customers, but not to related parties. B) Overdrafts typically cannot be offset against positive balance in other cash accounts on the balance sheet. C) Cash overdrafts are not allowed. D) Overdrafts typically are not shown as current liabilities on the balance sheet. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS—Cash and cash equivalents Learning Objective: 07-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to cash and receivables. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
43) Wilson Company had the following cash balance items listed in its trial balance at 12/31/2021: Peterson Savings and Loan: Right Bank: Clinton County Trust Bank:
$ 50,000 (5,000) 10,000
If Wilson reports under IFRS, its 12/31/2021 balance sheet would show what cash balance? A) ($5,000). B) $55,000. C) $60,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: $50,000 − 5,000 + 10,000 = $55,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS—Cash and cash equivalents Learning Objective: 07-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to cash and receivables. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Diversity; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
44) Wilson Company had the following cash balance items listed in its trial balance at 12/31/2021: Peterson Savings and Loan: Right Bank: Clinton County Trust Bank:
$ 50,000 (5,000) 10,000
If Wilson reports under U.S. GAAP, its 12/31/2021 balance sheet would show what cash balance? A) ($5,000). B) $55,000. C) $60,000. D) None these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: $50,000 + 10,000 = $60,000. The ($5,000) overdraft would be reported as a current liability. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cash and cash equivalents Learning Objective: 07-02 Explain the possible restrictions on cash and their implications for classification in the balance sheet. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) On November 10 of the current year, Flores Mills sold carpet to a customer for $8,000 with credit terms 2/10, n/30. Flores uses the gross method of accounting for sales discounts. What is the correct entry for Flores on November 10? A) Accounts receivable
7,840
Sales
7,840
B) Accounts receivable
8,000
Sales
8,000
C) Accounts receivable Sales discounts
7,840 160
Sales
8,000
D) Accounts receivable Sales discounts Sales
8,000 160 7,840
Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
46) On November 10 of the current year, Flores Mills sold carpet to a customer for $8,000 with credit terms 2/10, n/30. Flores uses the gross method of accounting for sales discounts. What is the correct entry for Flores on November 17, assuming the correct payment was received on that date? A) Cash
7,840 Accounts receivable
7,840
B) Cash
7,840
Sales discounts
160
Accounts receivable
8,000
C) Cash
7,840
Sales
160 Accounts receivable
8,000
D) Cash
8,000
Sales discounts Accounts receivable Sales
160 8,000 160
Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
47) On November 10 of the current year, Flores Mills sold carpet to a customer for $8,000 with credit terms 2/10, n/30. Flores uses the gross method of accounting for sales discounts. What is the correct entry for Flores on December 5, assuming the correct payment was received on that date? A) Cash
8,000 Accounts receivable
7,840
Sales discounts revenue
160
B) Cash
8,000 Accounts receivable
7,840
Interest revenue
160
C) Cash
8,160 Accounts receivable
8,000
Sales discounts forfeited
160
D) Cash
8,000 Accounts receivable
8,000
Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) Oswego Clay Pipe Company sold $46,000 of pipe to Southeast Water District #45 on April 12 of the current year with terms 1/15, n/60. Oswego uses the gross method of accounting for sales discounts. What entry would Oswego make on April 12? A) Accounts receivable
46,000
Sales
46,000
B) Accounts receivable
46,000
Sales
45,540
Sales discounts
460
C) Accounts receivable
45,540
Sales
45,540
D) Accounts receivable Sales discounts Sales
45,540 460 46,000
Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
49) Oswego Clay Pipe Company sold $46,000 of pipe to Southeast Water District #45 on April 12 of the current year with terms 1/15, n/60. Oswego uses the gross method of accounting for sales discounts. What entry would Oswego make on April 23, assuming the customer made the correct payment on that date? A) Cash
45,540
Sales
460 Accounts receivable
46,000
B) Cash
46,000
Sales discounts
460
Accounts receivable
46,000
Sales discounts forfeited
460
C) Cash
45,540
Sales discounts
460
Accounts receivable
46,000
D) Cash
46,000 Accounts receivable Sales
45,540 460
Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) Oswego Clay Pipe Company sold $46,000 of pipe to Southeast Water District #45 on April 12 of the current year with terms 1/15, n/60. Oswego uses the gross method of accounting for sales discounts. What entry would Oswego make on June 10, assuming the customer made the correct payment on that date? A) Cash
46,000 Accounts receivable
45,540
Discounts receivable
460
B) Cash
46,000 Accounts receivable
45,540
Sales discounts forfeited
460
C) Cash
46,000 Accounts receivable
46,000
D) Cash
46,460 Accounts receivable Sales discounts forfeited
46,000 460
Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) On November 10 of the current year, Cherokee Industries sold materials to a customer for $8,000 with credit terms 2/10, n/30. Cherokee uses the net method of accounting for sales discounts. What entry would Cherokee make on November 10? A) Accounts receivable
7,840
Sales
7,840
B) Accounts receivable
8,000
Sales
8,000
C) Accounts receivable Sales discounts
7,840 160
Sales
8,000
D) Accounts receivable Sales discounts Sales
8,000 160 7,840
Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
52) On November 10 of the current year, Cherokee Industries sold materials to a customer for $8,000 with credit terms 2/10, n/30. Cherokee uses the net method of accounting for sales discounts. What entry would Cherokee make on November 17, assuming the correct payment was received on that date? A) Cash
7,840 Accounts receivable
7,840
B) Cash
7,840
Sales discounts
160
Accounts receivable
8,000
C) Cash
7,840
Sales
160 Accounts receivable
8,000
D) Cash
8,000
Sales discounts Accounts receivable Sales
160 8,000 160
Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
53) On November 10 of the current year, Cherokee Industries sold materials to a customer for $8,000 with credit terms 2/10, n/30. Cherokee uses the net method of accounting for sales discounts. What entry would Cherokee make on December 10, assuming the correct payment was received on that date? A) Cash
8,000 Accounts receivable
7,840
Discounts revenue
160
B) Cash
8,000 Accounts receivable
7,840
Sales discounts forfeited
160
C) Cash
8,160 Accounts receivable
8,000
Sales discounts forfeited
160
D) Cash
8,000 Accounts receivable
8,000
Answer: B Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
54) Harvey's Wholesale Company sold supplies of $46,000 to Northeast Company on April 12 of the current year, with terms 1/15, n/60. Harvey uses the net method of accounting for sales discounts. What entry would Harvey's make on April 12? A) Accounts receivable
46,000
Sales
46,000
B) Accounts receivable
46,000
Sales
45,540
Sales discounts
460
C) Accounts receivable
45,540
Sales
45,540
D) Accounts receivable Sales discounts Sales
45,540 460 46,000
Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
55) Harvey's Wholesale Company sold supplies of $46,000 to Northeast Company on April 12 of the current year, with terms 1/15, n/60. Harvey uses the net method of accounting for sales discounts. What entry would Harvey's make on April 23, assuming the customer made the correct payment on that date? A) Cash
45,540
Sales
460 Accounts receivable
46,000
B) Cash
46,000
Sales discounts
460
Accounts receivable
46,000
Sales discounts forfeited
460
C) Cash
45,540
Sales discounts
460
Accounts receivable
46,000
D) Cash
45,540 Accounts receivable
45,540
Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
56) Harvey's Wholesale Company sold supplies of $46,000 to Northeast Company on April 12 of the current year, with terms 1/15, n/60. Harvey uses the net method of accounting for sales discounts. What entry would Harvey's make on June 10, assuming the customer made the correct payment on that date? A) Cash
46,000 Accounts receivable
45,540
Sales discounts revenue
460
B) Cash
46,000 Accounts receivable
45,540
Sales discounts forfeited
460
C) Cash
46,000 Accounts receivable
46,000
D) Cash
46,460 Accounts receivable Sales discounts forfeited
46,000 460
Answer: B Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
57) Gershwin Wallcovering Inc. shipped the wrong shade of paint to a customer. The customer agreed to keep the paint upon being offered a 15% price reduction. Gershwin would record this reduction by debiting sales returns and crediting: A) Sales. B) Sales discounts. C) Allowance for uncollectible accounts. D) Accounts receivable. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales returns Learning Objective: 07-04 Describe the accounting treatment for merchandise returns. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 58) Tom's Textiles shipped the wrong material to a customer, who refused to accept the order. Upon receipt of the material, Tom's would credit accounts receivable and debit: A) Sales. B) Sales discount. C) Sales returns. D) Sales allowances. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales returns Learning Objective: 07-04 Describe the accounting treatment for merchandise returns. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 59) Memorex Disks sells computer disk drives with right-of-return privileges. Returns are material and reasonably predictable. Memorex should: A) Not record sales until the right to return has expired. B) Record a refund liability in the year of the sale. C) Debit sales returns in the period of the return. D) Debit sales in the period of the return. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales returns Learning Objective: 07-04 Describe the accounting treatment for merchandise returns. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
60) During 2021, its first year of operations, Ashbaugh Industries recorded sales of $21,000,000 and experienced returns of $1,400,000. Returns are accounted for as they occur, with additional estimated returns accrued at the end of the period. Cost of goods sold totaled $12,600,000 (60% of sales). The company estimates that 8% of all sales will be returned. The year-end adjusting journal entry to account for anticipated sales returns would include a: A) Credit to sales returns of $280,000. B) Credit to refund liability of $280,000. C) Debit to sales returns of $1,680,000. D) Debit to cost of sales of $168,000. Answer: B Explanation: ($21,000,000 × 8%) − $1,400,000 = $280,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales returns Learning Objective: 07-04 Describe the accounting treatment for merchandise returns. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 61) Galaxy sells used video games for cash and provides a one-week return right. Returns are material and reasonably predictable. Galaxy should: A) Not record sales until the right to return has expired. B) Record a contra-receivable in the year of the sale. C) Recognize a refund liability associated with estimated returns. D) Credit sales in the period of the return. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales returns Learning Objective: 07-04 Describe the accounting treatment for merchandise returns. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
62) False Value Hardware began 2021 with a credit balance of $32,000 in the refund liability account. Sales and cash collections from customers during the year were $650,000 and $610,000, respectively. False Value estimates that 6% of all sales will be returned. During 2021, customers returned merchandise for credit of $28,000 to their accounts. What is the balance in the refund liability account at the end of 2021? A) $11,000. B) $39,000. C) $43,000. D) $21,000. Answer: C Explanation: $32,000 + ($650,000 × 6%) − $28,000 $32,000 + $39,000 − $28,000 = $43,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Sales returns Learning Objective: 07-04 Describe the accounting treatment for merchandise returns. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 63) False Value Hardware began 2021 with a credit balance of $32,000 in the refund liability account. Sales and cash collections from customers during the year were $650,000 and $610,000, respectively. False Value estimates that 6% of all sales will be returned. During 2021, customers returned merchandise for credit of $28,000 to their accounts. False Value Hardware's 2021 income statement would report net sales of: A) $622,000. B) $607,000. C) $646,000. D) $611,000. Answer: D Explanation: $650,000 − ($650,000 × 6%) $650,000 − $39,000 = $611,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Sales returns Learning Objective: 07-04 Describe the accounting treatment for merchandise returns. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
64) Rusty Hardware makes only cash sales. It began 2021 with a credit balance of $32,000 in the refund liability account. Sales during 2021 were $600,000. Rusty estimates that 6% of all sales will be returned. During 2021, customers returned merchandise for credit of $28,000 to their accounts. What is the balance in the refund liability account at the end of 2021? A) $32,000. B) $39,000. C) $43,000. D) $40,000. Answer: D Explanation: $32,000 + ($600,000 × 6%) − $28,000 $32,000 + $36,000 − $28,000 = $40,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Sales returns Learning Objective: 07-04 Describe the accounting treatment for merchandise returns. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 65) Rusty Hardware makes only cash sales. It began 2021 with a credit balance of $32,000 in the refund liability account. Sales during 2021 were $600,000. Rusty estimates that 6% of all sales will be returned. During 2021, customers returned merchandise for credit of $28,000 to their accounts. Rusty's 2021 income statement would report net sales of: A) $600,000. B) $564,000. C) $568,000. D) $604,000. Answer: B Explanation: $600,000 − ($600,000 × 6%) $600,000 − $36,000 = $564,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Sales returns Learning Objective: 07-04 Describe the accounting treatment for merchandise returns. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
66) Accounts receivable are normally reported at the: A) Present value of future cash receipts. B) Current value plus accrued interest. C) Expected amount to be collected. D) Current value less expected collection costs. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 67) The allowance for uncollectible accounts is a: A) Deferred charge to expense. B) Contra asset account. C) Deferred revenue account. D) Quasi-liability account. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
68) A company uses the allowance method to account for bad debts. What is the effect on each of the following accounts of the collection of an account previously written off?
a. b. c. d.
Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts Increase No effect Increase No effect
Accounts Receivable Decrease Decrease No effect No effect
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 69) Collection of accounts receivable that previously have been written off results in an increase in cash and an increase in: A) Accounts receivable. B) Allowance for uncollectible accounts. C) Bad debts expense. D) Retained earnings. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
70) Which of the following does not reduce the balance in accounts receivable? A) Returns on credit sales. B) Collections from customers. C) Recognizing bad debts expense. D) Write-offs. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 71) Chez Fred Bakery estimates the allowance for uncollectible accounts at 3% of the ending balance of accounts receivable. During 2021, Chez Fred's credit sales and collections were $125,000 and $131,000, respectively. What was the balance of accounts receivable on January 1, 2021, if $180 in accounts receivable were written off during 2021 and if the allowance account had a balance of $750 on December 31, 2021? A) $5,820. B) $31,000. C) $31,180. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: A/R 1/1/2021 Collections Write-offs Credit sales A/R 12/31/2021
? (131,000 ) (180 ) 125,000 [$750 = 3% of AR; so AR = $750 ÷ 0.03 = $ 25,000 $25,000]
Therefore, A/R, 1/1/2021 = $31,180 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
72) The following information relates to Halloran Co.'s accounts receivable for 2021: Accounts receivable balance, 1/1/2021 Credit sales for 2021 Accounts receivable written off during 2021 Collections from customers during 2021 Allowance for uncollectible accounts balance, 12/31/2021
$
840,000 3,300,000 70,000 3,100,000 210,000
What amount should Halloran report for accounts receivable, before allowances, at December 31, 2021? A) $1,040,000. B) $970,000. C) $760,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: $840,000 + $3,300,000 − $70,000 − $3,100,000 = $970,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
73) Calistoga Produce estimates bad debt expense at 1/2% of credit sales. The company reported accounts receivable and allowance for uncollectible accounts of $471,000 and $1,650, respectively, at December 31, 2020. During 2021, Calistoga's credit sales and collections were $315,000 and $319,000, respectively, and $1,720 in accounts receivable were written off. Calistoga's accounts receivable at December 31, 2021, are: A) $467,000. B) $473,280. C) $465,280. D) $469,280. Answer: C Explanation: A/R 1/1/2021 Credit sales Collections Write-offs A/R 12/31/2021
$ $
471,000 315,000 (319,000 ) (1,720 ) $ 465,280
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) Calistoga Produce estimates bad debt expense at 1/2% of credit sales. The company reported accounts receivable and allowance for uncollectible accounts of $471,000 and $1,650, respectively, at December 31, 2020. During 2021, Calistoga's credit sales and collections were $315,000 and $319,000, respectively, and $1,720 in accounts receivable were written off. Calistoga's 2021 bad debt expense is: A) $1,720. B) $1,650. C) $1,505. D) $1,575. Answer: D Explanation: Credit sales Expense
$ 315,000 × 0.5 % $ 1,575
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Income statement approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
75) Calistoga Produce estimates bad debt expense at 1/2% of credit sales. The company reported accounts receivable and allowance for uncollectible accounts of $471,000 and $1,650, respectively, at December 31, 2020. During 2021, Calistoga's credit sales and collections were $315,000 and $319,000, respectively, and $1,720 in accounts receivable were written off. Calistoga's final balance in its allowance for uncollectible accounts at December 31, 2021, is: A) $1,575. B) $1,505. C) $1,650. D) $1,720. Answer: B Explanation: Step 1 Credit sales
$ 315,000 0.5% $ 1,575
Expense Step 2 Allowance 12/31/2020 $ 1,650 Write-offs (1,720) Allowance $ (70) debit Step 3 ($70) + $1,575 = $ 1,505 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Income statement approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) The balance in accounts receivable at the beginning of 2021 was $300. During 2021, $1,600 of credit sales were recorded. If the ending balance in accounts receivable was $250 and $100 in accounts receivable were written off during the year, the amount of cash collected from customers during 2021 was: A) $1,600. B) $1,650. C) $1,550. D) $1,900. Answer: C Explanation: $300 + $1,600 − $100 − $250 = $1,550. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 77) In the balance sheet at the end of its first year of operations, Dinty Inc. reported an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $82,000. During the year, Dinty wrote off $32,000 of accounts receivable it had attempted to collect and failed. Credit sales for the year were $2,200,000, and cash collections from credit customers totaled $1,950,000. What bad debt expense would Dinty report in its first-year income statement? A) $50,000. B) $82,000. C) $114,000. D) Can't be determined from the given information Answer: C Explanation: Bad debts expense − Write-offs = Change in Allowance balance. So, Bad debts expense = Change in Allowance balance of $82,000 + Write-offs of $32,000 = $114,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) In the balance sheet at the end of its first year of operations, Dinty Inc. reported an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $82,000. During the year, Dinty wrote off $32,000 of accounts receivable it had attempted to collect and failed. Credit sales for the year were $2,200,000, and cash collections from credit customers totaled $1,950,000. What accounts receivable balance would Dinty report in its first year-end balance sheet? A) $196,000. B) $218,000. C) $230,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: Credit sales − Cash collections − Write-offs = Change in Accounts receivable So, $2,200,000 − $1,950,000 − $32,000 = $218,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 79) In the balance sheet at the end of its first year of operations, Dinty Inc. reported an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $82,000. During the year, Dinty wrote off $32,000 of accounts receivable it had attempted to collect and failed. Credit sales for the year were $2,200,000, and cash collections from credit customers totaled $1,950,000. In Dinty's adjusting entry for bad debts at year-end, which of these would be included? A) Debit to bad debt expense for $114,000. B) Credit to allowance for uncollectible accounts for $82,000. C) Debit to accounts receivable for $32,000. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Explanation: Bad debts expense − Write-offs = Change in Allowance balance. So, Bad debts expense = Change in Allowance balance of $82,000 + Write-offs of $32,000 = $114,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) For 2021, Rahal's Auto Parts estimates bad debt expense at 1% of credit sales. The company reported accounts receivable and an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $86,500 and $2,100, respectively, at December 31, 2020. During 2021, Rahal's credit sales and collections were $404,000 and $408,000, respectively, and $2,340 in accounts receivable were written off. Rahal's accounts receivable at December 31, 2021, are: A) $90,500. B) $88,160. C) $82,500. D) $80,160. Answer: D Explanation: A/R 12/31/2020 Credit sales Collections Write-offs A/R 12/31/2021
$
86,500 404,000 (408,000) (2,340) $ 80,160
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
81) For 2021, Rahal's Auto Parts estimates bad debt expense at 1% of credit sales. The company reported accounts receivable and an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $86,500 and $2,100, respectively, at December 31, 2020. During 2021, Rahal's credit sales and collections were $404,000 and $408,000, respectively, and $2,340 in accounts receivable were written off. Rahal's 2021 bad debt expense is: A) $2,100. B) $2,340. C) $4,080. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Explanation: The correct answer is: Credit sales Expense
$ 404,000 × 1.0% $ 4,040
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Income statement approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
82) For 2021, Rahal's Auto Parts estimates bad debt expense at 1% of credit sales. The company reported accounts receivable and an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $86,500 and $2,100, respectively, at December 31, 2020. During 2021, Rahal's credit sales and collections were $404,000 and $408,000, respectively, and $2,340 in accounts receivable were written off. Rahal's final balance in its allowance for uncollectible accounts at December 31, 2021, is: A) $4,340. B) $4,100. C) $3,800. D) $4,040. Answer: C Explanation: Step 1 Credit sales Expense Step 2 Allowance 12/31/2020 Write-offs Allowance Step 3
$ 404,000 1.0% $ 4,040 $
2,100 (2,340) $ (240) debit ($240) + $4,040 =
$
3,800
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Income statement approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
83) The following aging information pertains to Jacobsen Co.'s accounts receivable at December 31, 2021: Days Outstanding
Amount $ 420,000 140,000 100,000 120,000
0-30 31-60 61-120 Over 120
Estimated % Uncollectible 2% 5% 10% 20%
During 2021, Jacobsen wrote off $18,000 in receivables and recovered $6,000 that had been written off in prior years. Jacobsen's December 31, 2020, allowance for uncollectible accounts was $40,000. Using the balance sheet approach, what amount of allowance for uncollectible accounts should Jacobsen report at December 31, 2021? A) $55,400. B) $28,000. C) $49,400. D) $31,400. Answer: C Explanation: $420,000 × 2% $140,000 × 5% $100,000 × 10% $120,000 × 20% Total
= = = =
$
8,400 7,000 10,000 24,000 $ 49,400
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Balance sheet approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
84) When you use an aging schedule approach for estimating uncollectible accounts: A) Bad debts expense is measured indirectly, and the allowance for uncollectible accounts balance is measured directly. B) Bad debts expense is measured indirectly, and the allowance for uncollectible accounts balance is measured indirectly. C) Bad debts expense is measured directly, and the allowance for uncollectible accounts balance is measured directly. D) Bad debts expense is measured directly, and the allowance for uncollectible accounts balance is measured indirectly. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Balance sheet approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 85) Which of the following is recorded by a credit to accounts receivable? A) Sale of inventory on account. B) Estimating the annual allowance for uncollectible accounts. C) Estimating annual sales returns. D) Write-off of bad debts. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
86) If a company uses the balance sheet approach to estimate bad debt expense, bad debt expense for a period can be determined by: A) Multiplying net credit sales by the bad debt experience ratio. B) Adding the beginning balance in the allowance for uncollectible accounts to the provision for uncollectible accounts and deducting the desired ending balance in the allowance for uncollectible accounts. C) Multiplying ending accounts receivable in each age category by the expected loss ratio for each age category. D) Taking the difference between the unadjusted balance in the allowance account and the desired balance of the allowance account. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Balance sheet approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 87) As of January 1, 2021, Farley Co. had a credit balance of $520,000 in its allowance for uncollectible accounts. Based on experience, 2% of Farley's credit sales have been uncollectible. During 2021, Farley wrote off $650,000 of accounts receivable. Credit sales for 2021 were $18,000,000. In its December 31, 2021, balance sheet, what amount should Farley report as allowance for uncollectible accounts? A) $230,000. B) $360,000. C) $590,000. D) $880,000. Answer: A Explanation: Current year expense = $18,000,000 × 2% = $360,000; $360,000 + $520,000 − $650,000 = $230,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Income statement approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) As of January 1, 2021, Barley Co. had a credit balance of $520,000 in its allowance for uncollectible accounts. Based on experience, 2% of Barley's gross accounts receivable have been uncollectible. During 2021, Barley wrote off $650,000 of accounts receivable. Barley's gross accounts receivable as December 31, 2021 is $18,000,000. In its December 31, 2021, balance sheet, what amount should Barley report as allowance for uncollectible accounts? A) $230,000. B) $360,000. C) $490,000. D) $880,000. Answer: B Explanation: $18,000,000 × 2% = $360,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Balance sheet approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 89) As of January 1, 2021, Barley Co. had a credit balance of $520,000 in its allowance for uncollectible accounts. Based on experience, 2% of Barley's gross accounts receivable have been uncollectible. During 2021, Barley wrote off $650,000 of accounts receivable. Barley's gross accounts receivable as December 31, 2021 is $18,000,000. How much bad debt expense should Barley record for 2021? A) $230,000. B) $360,000. C) $490,000. D) $880,000. Answer: C Explanation: $520,000 – $650,000 + x = $360,000. x = $490,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Balance sheet approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) San Mateo Company had the following account balances at December 31, 2021, before recording bad debt expense for the year: Accounts receivable Allowance for uncollectible accounts (credit balance) Credit sales for 2021
$ 1,400,000 22,000 1,950,000
San Mateo is considering the following approaches for estimating bad debts for 2021: • Based on 3% of credit sales • Based on 6% of year-end accounts receivable What amount should San Mateo charge to bad debt expense at the end of 2021 under each method?
a. b. c. d.
Percentage of credit sales $ 36,500 $ 58,500 $ 58,500 $ 117,000
Percentage of accounts receivable $ 62,000 $ 62,000 $ 84,000 $ 95,000
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: B Explanation: $1,950,000 × 3% = $58,500 = Percentage of credit sales (Income statement) approach. $1,400,000 × 6% = $84,000 − $22,000 = $62,000 = Percentage of accounts receivable (Balance sheet) approach. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Balance sheet approach; Uncollectible accounts—Income statement approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
91) As of December 31, 2020, Gill Co. reported accounts receivable of $216,000 and an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $8,400. During 2021, accounts receivable increased by $22,000 (that change includes $7,800 of bad debts that were written off). An analysis of Gill Co.'s December 31, 2021, accounts receivable suggests that the allowance for uncollectible accounts should be 3% of accounts receivable. Bad debt expense for 2021 would be: A) $6,540. B) $7,800. C) $7,140. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Explanation: Step 1 A/R 12/31/2020 Increase A/R 12/31/2021 Uncollectible Step 2 Allowance 12/31/2020 Write-offs Allowance Step 3 $7,140 – $600 =
$ 216,000 22,000 $ 238,000 × 3% $ 7,140 $ $
8,400 (7,800) 600 $6,540 expense
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Balance sheet approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) As of December 31, 2021, Amy Jo's Appliances had unadjusted account balances in accounts receivable of $311,000 and $970 in the allowance for uncollectible accounts, following 2021 write-offs of $6,450 in bad debts. An analysis of Amy Jo's December 31, 2021, accounts receivable suggests that the allowance for uncollectible accounts should be 2% of accounts receivable. Bad debt expense for 2021 should be: A) $6,220. B) $6,450. C) $5,250. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: A/R 12/31/2021 Allowance balance required Pre-adjustment Allowance balance Bad debt expense
$ 311,000 × 2% $ 6,220 (970) $ 5,250
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Balance sheet approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 93) Nontrade receivables do not include: A) Sales to customers. B) Loans to employees. C) Income tax refund receivable. D) Advances to affiliated companies. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Notes receivable Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
94) Long-term notes receivable issued for noncash assets at an unrealistically low interest rate will be: A) Discounted at an imputed interest rate. B) Recorded at the contract amount. C) Recorded at an amount equal to the future cash flows. D) Accounted for on the installment basis. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Notes receivable Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 95) Long-term interest-bearing notes receivable issued at an unrealistically low interest rate will be: A) Discounted at an imputed interest rate. B) Recorded at the contract amount. C) Recorded at an amount equal to the future cash flows. D) Accounted for on the installment basis. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Notes receivable Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 96) A journal entry to record receipt of interest on an interest-bearing notes receivable will include a: A) credit to cash. B) credit to interest revenue. C) debit to notes receivable. D) debit to bad debt expense. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Notes receivable Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
97) On June 1, Parson Assoc. sold equipment to Arleo and agreed to accept a 3-month, $50,000, 10% interest-bearing note in payment at a time when the prevailing rate of interest for similar transactions was 10%. When the note was collected upon maturity, Parson would recognize interest revenue of: A) $0 B) $1,250. C) $2,500. D) $3,750. Answer: B Explanation: $50,000 × 10% × 3/12 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Notes receivable Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 98) Priscilla's Exotic Pets discounted a note receivable without recourse and the sales criteria were met. The discounting is recorded as: A) A secured borrowing. B) Only note disclosure of the arrangement is required. C) A sale. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financing with receivables—without recourse Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
99) Drebin Security Systems sold merchandise to a customer in exchange for a $50,000, five-year, noninterest-bearing note when an equivalent loan would carry 10% interest. Drebin would record sales revenue on the date of sale equal to: A) $50,000. B) Zero. C) The future value of $50,000 using a 10% interest rate. D) The present value of $50,000 using a 10% interest rate. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Notes receivable—noninterest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 100) A note receivable Mild Max Cycles discounted with recourse was dishonored on its maturity date. Mild Max would debit: A) A loss on dishonored receivable. B) A receivable. C) Dishonored note expense. D) Interest expense. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Financing with receivables—with recourse Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
101) Peecher accepted a three-year, noninterest-bearing note in exchange for merchandise sold. Which of the following is true? A) Peecher would credit a discount on notes receivable when recording the sale. B) Peecher would debit interest revenue over the life of the note. C) Peecher would debit notes receivable when the note is collected. D) Peecher would multiply sales revenue by the effective interest rate to determine interest revenue each period. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Notes receivable—noninterest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 102) Baker Inc. acquired equipment from the manufacturer on 10/1/2021 and gave a noninterest-bearing note in exchange. Baker is obligated to pay $918,000 on 4/1/2022 to satisfy the obligation in full. If Baker accrued interest of $9,000 on the note in its 2021 year-end financial statements, what is its imputed annual interest rate? A) 2%. B) 4%. C) 6%. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: $9,000 was interest for three months in 2021. The note lasts six months, so 2 × $9,000 = $18,000 is the total interest for six months; the rest is principal. $18,000/$900,000 = 2% for six months, or 4% annually. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Notes receivable—noninterest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
103) Frasquita acquired equipment from the manufacturer on 6/30/2021 and gave a noninterest-bearing note in exchange. Frasquita is obligated to pay $550,000 on 4/30/2022 to satisfy the obligation in full. If Frasquita accrued interest of $15,000 on the note in its 2021 year-end financial statements, what amount would it have recorded the equipment for on 6/30/2021? A) $500,000. B) $515,000. C) $550,000. D) $525,000. Answer: D Explanation: $15,000 was interest for 6 months in 2021. The note lasts 10 months, so 10/6 × $15,000 = $25,000 is the total interest for 10 months; the rest ($525,000) is principal, which is the cost of the equipment purchased. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Notes receivable—noninterest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 104) Frasquita acquired equipment from the manufacturer on 6/30/2021 and gave a noninterest-bearing note in exchange. Frasquita is obligated to pay $550,000 on 4/30/2022 to satisfy the obligation in full. If Frasquita accrued interest of $15,000 on the note in its 2021 year-end financial statements, what would the manufacturer record in its 2021 income statement for this transaction? A) $15,000 of interest revenue. B) $25,000 of interest revenue. C) $15,000 of interest revenue and $525,000 of sales revenue. D) $550,000 of sales revenue. Answer: C Explanation: $15,000 was interest for 6 months in 2021. The note lasts 10 months, so 10/6 × $15,000 = $25,000 is the total interest for 10 months; the rest ($525,000) is principal, which is the sales revenue for the manufacturer of the equipment. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Notes receivable—noninterest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
105) Frankenstein Enterprises received two notes from customers for sales that Frankenstein made in 2021. The notes included: Note A: Dated 5/31/2021, principal of $120,000 and interest due 3/31/2022. Note B: Dated 7/1/2021, principal of $200,000 and interest at 8% annually, due on 4/1/2022. Frankenstein had accrued a total of $14,400 interest receivable from these notes in its 12/31/2021 balance sheet. The annual interest rate on Note A is closest to: A) 9.14%. B) 8%. C) 9.74%. D) 9.44%. Answer: A Explanation: Note B accrued interest for six months during 2021: $200,000 × 0.08 × 6/12 = $8,000. The rest of the interest accrued, $6,400 was from Note A, which was held for seven months in 2021. So, we have the following: $120,000 × annual interest rate × 7/12 = $6,400. Thus, the annual interest rate on Note A would be ($6,400/120,000) × 12/7 = 9.14%. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Notes receivable—noninterest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
106) Frankenstein Enterprises received two notes from customers for sales that Frankenstein made in 2021. The notes included: Note A: Dated 5/31/2021, principal of $120,000 and interest due 3/31/2022. Note B: Dated 7/1/2021, principal of $200,000 and interest at 8% annually, due on 4/1/2022. Frankenstein had accrued a total of $14,400 interest receivable from these notes in its 12/31/2021 balance sheet. Assume Frankenstein views the financing component of these sales to be significant. What amount of interest revenue would Frankenstein earn on these notes during 2022? A) Above $12,000. B) Between $7,000 and 10,000. C) Less than $5,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Explanation: Note B accrued interest for six months during 2021: $200,000 × 0.08 × 6/12 = $8,000. The rest of the interest accrued, $6,400 was from Note A, which was held for seven months in 2021. So, we have the following: $120,000 × annual interest rate × 7/12 = $6,400. Thus, the annual interest rate on Note A would be ($6,400/120,000) × 12/7 = 9.14%. During 2022, Note A is held for three months, so it earns $120,000 × 0.0914 × 3/12 = $2,742. Note B also is held for three months and earns 8% annually, so $200,000 × 0.08 × 4/12 = $4,000. So the total interest revenue earned in 2022 is $6,742. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Notes receivable—noninterest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) Plunder Inc. accepted a six-month noninterest-bearing note for $2,800 on January 1, 2021. The note was accepted as payment of a delinquent receivable of $2,500. What is the correct entry to record the note? A) Notes receivable
2,500
Accounts receivable
2,500
B) Notes receivable
2,800
Accounts receivable
2,500
Discount on notes receivable
300
C) Notes receivable
2,800
Reserve for delinquent accounts
2,500
Allowance for bad debts
300
D) Notes receivable Accounts receivable Gain on delinquent account
2,800 2,500 300
Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Notes receivable—noninterest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
108) Plunder Inc. accepted a six-month noninterest-bearing note for $2,800 on January 1, 2021. The note was accepted as payment of a delinquent receivable of $2,500. The cash collection on July 1, 2021, would be recorded as: A) Discount on notes receivable
300
Interest revenue Cash
300 2,800
Note receivable
2,800
B) Cash
2,500 Note receivable
2,500
C) Cash
2,800 Accounts receivable
2,500
Interest revenue
300
D) Cash
2,500
Discount on notes receivable Note receivable
300 2,800
Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Notes receivable—noninterest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) Chen Inc. accepted a two-year noninterest-bearing note for $605,000 on January 1, 2021. The note was accepted as payment for merchandise with a fair value of $500,000. The effective interest rate is 10%. What is the correct entry to record the note? A) Notes receivable
605,000
Accounts receivable
605,000
B) Notes receivable
500,000
Accounts receivable
500,000
C) Notes receivable
605,000
Discount on notes receivable
105,000
Sales revenue
500,000
D) Notes receivable
605,000
Interest revenue
105,000
Cost of sales
500,000
Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Notes receivable—noninterest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) Chen Inc. accepted a two-year noninterest-bearing note for $605,000 on January 1, 2021. The note was accepted as payment for merchandise with a fair value of $500,000. The effective interest rate is 10%. The entry to record interest on December 31, 2021 would be: A) Cash
50,000 Interest receivable
50,000
B) Cash
50,000 Discount on notes receivable
50,000
C) Discount on notes receivable
50,000
Note receivable
50,000
D) Discount on notes receivable Interest revenue
50,000 50,000
Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Notes receivable—noninterest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
111) Chen Inc. accepted a two-year noninterest-bearing note for $605,000 on January 1, 2021. The note was accepted as payment for merchandise with a fair value of $500,000. The effective interest rate is 10%. The cash collection on December 31, 2022, would be recorded as: A) Discount on notes receivable
55,000
Cash
605,000 Notes receivable
605,000
Interest revenue
55,000
B) Cash
605,000 Notes receivable
605,000
C) Cash
605,000 Notes receivable
500,000
Discount on notes receivable
105,000
D) Cash
605,000
Discount on notes receivable
105,000
Notes receivable
605,000
Interest revenue
105,000
Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Notes receivable—noninterest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
112) Which of the following is considered a sale of receivables? A) Pledging receivables. B) Assigning receivables. C) Factoring receivables without recourse. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financing with receivables Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 113) The transferor is considered to have surrendered control over its receivables if: A) The transferred assets have been isolated from the transferor. B) Each transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the assets it received. C) The transferor does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through either repurchase or redemption agreements before maturity or the ability to cause the transferee to return the assets. D) All of these answer choices must occur. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financing with receivables Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) Accounting for the pledging of accounts receivable as collateral for a loan requires: A) Reporting the receivables net of the borrowed amount. B) Removal of the pledged receivables from current assets and including them with noncurrent investments. C) Disclosure of the arrangement in notes to the financial statements. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financing with receivables Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 115) In deciding whether financing with receivables is a secured borrowing or a sale under U.S. GAAP, the critical element is the extent to which: A) The transferee has received substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. B) The age of the receivables transferred differs from the average age of the receivables. C) The transferor of the receivable surrenders control over the assets transferred. D) The transferee relies on assets received from the transferor to maintain operations. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Financing with receivables Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Decision Making / Keyboard Navigation
64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) In deciding whether financing with receivables is a secured borrowing or a sale under IFRS, the critical element is the extent to which: A) The transferee has received substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. B) The age of the receivables transferred differs from the average age of the receivables. C) The transferor of the receivable surrenders control over the assets transferred. D) The transferee relies on assets received from the transferor to maintain operations. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS—Transfers of receivables Learning Objective: 07-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to cash and receivables. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; BB Resource Management; FN Decision Making / Keyboard Navigation 117) The purpose of assigning accounts receivable is to: A) Satisfy a court order. B) Complete the legal prerequisites to record their sale. C) Comply with form and content rules of bankruptcy proceedings. D) Provide collateral for a loan. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Financing with receivables Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
118) Ireland Corporation obtained a $40,000 note receivable from a customer on June 30, 2021. The note, along with interest at 6%, is due on June 30, 2022. On September 30, 2021, Ireland discounted the note at Cloverdale bank. The bank's discount rate is 10%. What amount of cash did Ireland receive from Cloverdale Bank? A) $40,600. B) $36,000. C) $39,220. D) $36,820. Answer: C Explanation: $ 40,000 2,400 42,400 3,180 $ 39,220
Face amount Interest to maturity ($40,000 × 6%) Maturity value Discount ($42,400 × 10% × 9/12) Proceeds
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Financing with receivables Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 119) On April 1 of the current year, Troubled Company factored receivables with a carrying value of $85,000 for $60,000 in cash from Scrooge Lenders. The transfer was made without recourse. On April 1, Troubled would: A) Credit deferred interest expense for $25,000. B) Credit factored accounts receivable for $85,000. C) Debit discount on liability for $25,000. D) Debit loss on sale of receivables for $25,000. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Financing with receivables—without recourse Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
120) If a company adopts an accounts receivable factoring program, and accounts for the factoring as a sale of receivables, which of the following is true in the period the company starts the program (all else equal)? A) The accounts receivable balance will increase. B) Cash flow from operations may increase. C) A retroactive restatement is necessary due to a change in accounting principle. D) The factoring arrangement needs to be with a consolidated entity to qualify for sale accounting. Answer: B Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Financing with receivables Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 121) Assume a company has been maintaining a receivables factoring program for the past five years and has been experiencing the same level of sales, factoring, and bad debts over that period. Customers typically pay their receivables within 60 days. Which of the following is true with respect to the current period (all else equal)? A) The accounts receivable balance will decrease. B) Cash flow from operations is stable. C) Net income is likely to decline. D) Accounts receivable payable within 60 days cannot be factored. Answer: B Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Financing with receivables Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) Which of the following is not true regarding accounting for transfers of receivables under IFRS? A) Transfers of receivables sometimes are treated as a sale of receivables. B) Transfers of receivables sometimes are treated as a secured borrowing. C) Transfers of receivables can be treated as a sale if the transferee is a QSPE. D) Transfer of substantially all the risk and rewards of ownership is an important consideration. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS—Transfers of receivables Learning Objective: 07-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to cash and receivables. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; BB Resource Management; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 123) Trell Corporation transferred $50,000 of accounts receivable to a local bank. The transfer was made without recourse. The local bank remits 80% of the factored amount to Trell and retains the remaining 20%. When the bank collects the receivables, it will remit to Trell the retained amount less a fee equal to 3% of the total amount factored. Trell estimates a fair value of its 20% interest in the receivables of $8,000 (not including the 3% fee). Trell will show an amount receivable from factor of: A) $10,000. B) $8,500. C) $8,000. D) $6,500. Answer: D Explanation: $8,000 – ($50,000 × 3%) = $6,500 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Financing with receivables—without recourse Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) A company's investment in receivables is influenced by several variables, including: A) The level of sales. B) The nature of the product or service sold. C) The credit and collection policies. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Receivables management and ratios Learning Objective: 07-09 Describe the variables that influence a company's investment in receivables and calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor that investment. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 125) Excerpts from Huckabee Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below: 2021 $ 80,000 58,000 400,000 240,000
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold
2020 $ 72,000 72,000 372,000 220,000
Huckabee's 2021 receivables turnover (rounded) is: A) 3.69. B) 5.00. C) 5.26. D) 3.16. Answer: C Explanation: = 5.26
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Receivables management and ratios Learning Objective: 07-09 Describe the variables that influence a company's investment in receivables and calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor that investment. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) Excerpts from Huckabee Company's December 31, 2021 and 2020, financial statements are presented below:
Accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Net sales Cost of goods sold
$
2021 80,000 58,000 400,000 240,000
$
2020 72,000 72,000 372,000 220,000
Huckabee's 2021 average collection period (rounded) is: A) 69 days. B) 116 days. C) 111 days. D) 73 days. Answer: A Explanation: = 5.26
Average collection period = 365/5.26 = 69 days Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Receivables management and ratios Learning Objective: 07-09 Describe the variables that influence a company's investment in receivables and calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor that investment. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
127) Alliance Software began 2021 with accounts receivable of $115,000. All sales are made on credit. Sales and cash collections from customers for the year were $780,000 and $700,000, respectively. Cost of goods sold for the year was $450,000. What was Alliance's receivables turnover ratio (rounded) for 2021? A) 4.00. B) 5.03. C) 2.90. D) 6.78. Answer: B Explanation: $115,000 + $780,000 − $700,000 = $195,000 = Ending accounts receivable = 5.03
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Receivables management and ratios Learning Objective: 07-09 Describe the variables that influence a company's investment in receivables and calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor that investment. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) On July 1, 2021, Cromartie Furniture established a $150 petty cash fund. A check for $150 was made out to the petty cash custodian. During July, the petty cash custodian paid the following bills from the petty cash fund: Office supplies Postage Delivery charges Bottled water Total
$
$
36 22 40 28 126
At the end of July the petty cash fund was replenished. The journal entry to establish the petty cash fund includes: A) A credit to petty cash and a debit to cash for $150. B) A debit to petty cash and a credit to cash for $150. C) A credit to cash and a debit to various expenses for $126. D) A credit to petty cash and a debit to various expenses for $126. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Petty cash—App A Learning Objective: Appendix 7A Cash Controls. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) On July 1, 2021, Cromartie Furniture established a $150 petty cash fund. A check for $150 was made out to the petty cash custodian. During July, the petty cash custodian paid the following bills from the petty cash fund: Office supplies Postage Delivery charges Bottled water Total
$
$
36 22 40 28 126
At the end of July the petty cash fund was replenished. The journal entry to replenish the petty cash fund includes: A) A credit to petty cash and a debit to various expenses for $126. B) A debit to petty cash and a credit to cash for $150. C) A credit to cash and a debit to various expenses for $126. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Petty cash—App A Learning Objective: Appendix 7A Cash Controls. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 130) Hazelton Manufacturing prepares a bank reconciliation at the end of every month. At the end of May, the general ledger checking account showed a balance of $1,360 and the bank statement showed a bank balance of $1,445. Outstanding checks totaled $350 and deposits in transit were $150. The bank statement listed service charges of $30 and NSF checks totaling $85. The corrected cash balance is: A) $1,130. B) $1,160. C) $1,245. D) $1,445. Answer: C Explanation: $1,360 − $30 − $85 = $1,245, or $1,445 − $350 + $150 = $1,245 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Bank reconciliation—App A Learning Objective: Appendix 7A Cash Controls. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
131) Brockton Carpet Cleaning prepares a bank reconciliation at the end of every month. At the end of July, the balance in the general ledger checking account was $2,750 and the bank balance on the bank statement was $2,980. Outstanding checks totaled $680 and deposits in transited were $400. The bank statement revealed that a check written for $120 was incorrectly recorded by Brockton as a $220 disbursement. The bank statement listed service charges and NSF check charges totaling $150. The corrected cash balance is: A) $2,270. B) $2,550. C) $2,470. D) $2,700. Answer: D Explanation: $2,750 + ($220 − $120) − $150 $2,750 + $100 − $150 = $2,700, or $2,980 − $680 + $400 = $2,700 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Bank reconciliation—App A Learning Objective: Appendix 7A Cash Controls. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 132) Which of the following is true about accounting for a troubled debt restructuring? A) If a receivable is expected to be uncollectible, it is remeasured at the discounted present value of the cash flows that were originally expected to be collected, but at a revised discount rate. B) Receivables are not remeasured; instead, fair values are obtained from reliable factors. C) If a receivable is continued, but with modified terms, a loss is typically recorded. D) Receivables are never settled outright at the time of a restructuring. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Troubled debt restructuring—App B Learning Objective: Appendix 7B Accounting for a Troubled Debt Restructuring. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
133) Brewer Inc. is owed $200,000 by Carol Co. under a 10% note with two years remaining to maturity. Due to financial difficulties Carol Co. did not pay the prior year's interest. Brewer agrees to settle the receivable (and accrued interest) in exchange for a cash payment of $150,000. The journal entry that Brewer would make to record this transaction would include a loss on troubled debt restructuring as bad debt expense in the amount of: A) $0. B) $20,000. C) $50,000. D) $70,000. Answer: D Explanation: Cash Bad debt expense (to balance) Interest receivable ($200,000)(10%) Notes receivable
150,000 70,000 20,000 200,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Troubled debt restructuring—App B Learning Objective: Appendix 7B Accounting for a Troubled Debt Restructuring. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) The O'Hara Group is owed $1,000,000 by Hilton Enterprises under an 8% note with three years remaining to maturity. The prior year of interest was unpaid. O'Hara agrees to restructure the note under terms that yield a present value of $880,000. The journal entry that O'Hara would make to record this transaction would include a loss on troubled debt restructuring as bad debt expense in the amount of: A) $0. B) $80,000. C) $200,000. D) $220,000. Answer: C Explanation: Bad debt expense (to balance)
200,000
Interest receivable ($1 million)(8%)
80,000
Notes receivable ($1 million – $880,000)
120,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Troubled debt restructuring—App B Learning Objective: Appendix 7B Accounting for a Troubled Debt Restructuring. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) The Nile Group is owed $1,000,000 by Scorpion Enterprises under an 8% note with three years remaining to maturity. The prior year of interest was unpaid. Nile estimates credit losses with respect to this receivable and calculates that it will only receive amounts equal to a present value of $880,000. The journal entry that O'Hara would make to record this transaction would include a credit loss as bad debt expense in the amount of: A) $0. B) $80,000. C) $200,000. D) $220,000. Answer: C Explanation: Bad debt expense (to balance)
200,000
Interest receivable ($1 million)(8%)
80,000
Notes receivable ($1 million – $880,000)
120,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Troubled debt restructuring—App B Learning Objective: Appendix 7B Accounting for a Troubled Debt Restructuring. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
136) The Salamander Company has evaluated its receivables, and has identified the following possible credit losses: • Note #1 has recently deteriorated in credit quality. For Note #1, Salamander estimates the present value of credit losses occurring in the next twelve months is $50,000, and the present value of credit losses occurring after twelve months is $20,000. • Note #2 has not deteriorated in credit quality. For Note #2, Salamander estimates the present value of credit losses occurring in the next twelve months is $5,000, and the present value of credit losses occurring after twelve months is $10,000. If Salamander is using the CECL model, it would recognize a bad debt expense of: A) $50,000. B) $55,000. C) $75,000. D) $85,000. Answer: D Explanation: Under the CECL model, Salamander would consider all expected credit losses, regardless of timing, whether or not a decline in credit quality had occurred. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: CECL model—Credit loss on receivables Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
137) The Salamander Company has evaluated its receivables, and has identified the following possible credit losses: • Note #1 has recently deteriorated in credit quality. For Note #1, Salamander estimates the present value of credit losses occurring in the next twelve months is $50,000, and the present value of credit losses occurring after twelve months is $20,000. • Note #2 has not deteriorated in credit quality. For Note #2, Salamander estimates the present value of credit losses occurring in the next twelve months is $5,000, and the present value of credit losses occurring after twelve months is $10,000. If Salamander is reporting under IFRS and therefore uses the ECL model, it would recognize a bad debt expense of: A) $50,000. B) $55,000. C) $75,000. D) $85,000. Answer: C Explanation: Under the ECL model, Salamander would consider all expected credit losses if credit quality had deteriorated, but would only consider twelve-month credit losses otherwise. Therefore, Salamander would consider $70,000 of credit losses for Note #1 ($50,000 + $20,000) but only $5,000 of credit losses for Note #2. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS—Credit loss on receivables Learning Objective: 07-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to cash and receivables.; 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
138) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Write-off of accounts receivable 2. Sales returns 3. Separation of duties 4. Balance sheet approach
5. Accounts receivable
PHRASE NUMBER Is of vital importance for good internal ____ control. Has no effect on net receivables when ____ using the allowance method. Is a contra revenue account. ____ Determines bad debt expense by ____ estimating the allowance for uncollectible accounts and adjusting the balance accordingly. Are reported at the amount expected to be ____ received.
Answer: TERM 1. Write-off of accounts receivable 2. Sales returns 3. Separation of duties 4. Balance sheet approach
5. Accounts receivable
PHRASE NUMBER Is of vital importance for good internal 3 control. Has no effect on net receivables when 1 using the allowance method. Is a contra revenue account. 2 Determines bad debt expense by 4 estimating the allowance for uncollectible accounts and adjusting the balance accordingly. Are reported at the amount expected to be 5 received.
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Internal control; Sales returns; Uncollectible accounts receivable; Uncollectible accounts—Balance sheet approach Learning Objective: 07-01 Define what is meant by internal control and describe some key elements of an internal control system for cash receipts and disbursements.; 07-04 Describe the accounting treatment for merchandise returns.; 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable.; 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
139) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Interest-bearing note
PHRASE NUMBER The risk of uncollectibility is retained by the ____ seller. 2. Direct write-off method Requires payment of principal plus interest. ____ 3. Factoring with recourse Recognizes bad debts when accounts become ____ uncollectible. 4. Internal control Includes separation of duties. ____ 5. Income statement approach Bad debt expense is a percentage of credit sales. ____
Answer: TERM 1. Interest-bearing note
PHRASE NUMBER The risk of uncollectibility is retained by the 3 seller. 2. Direct write-off method Requires payment of principal plus interest. 1 3. Factoring with recourse Recognizes bad debts when accounts become 2 uncollectible. 4. Internal control Includes separation of duties. 4 5. Income statement approach Bad debt expense is a percentage of credit 5 sales. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Internal control; Uncollectible accounts receivable; Uncollectible accounts—Income statement approach; Notes receivable—interest-bearing; Financing with receivables—with recourse Learning Objective: 07-01 Define what is meant by internal control and describe some key elements of an internal control system for cash receipts and disbursements.; 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable.; 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model.; 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable.; 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
140) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Sales discounts 2. Net method 3. Factoring 4. Allowance method 5. Pledging of accounts receivable
PHRASE Receivables used as collateral for debt. The sale of accounts receivable to a financial institution. Attempts to recognize bad debt expense in the same period as the related sale. Offered to induce prompt payment. Sales discount not taken increases net sales revenue.
NUMBER ____ ____
PHRASE Receivables used as collateral for debt. The sale of accounts receivable to a financial institution. Attempts to recognize bad debt expense in the same period as the related sale. Offered to induce prompt payment. Sales discount not taken increases net sales revenue.
NUMBER 5 3
____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Sales discounts 2. Net method 3. Factoring 4. Allowance method 5. Pledging of accounts receivable
4 1 2
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Sales discounts; Uncollectible accounts receivable; Financing with receivables Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts.; 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable.; 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Average collection period 2. Factoring 3. Trade discounts 4. Compensating balance 5. Discounting
PHRASE Deducted from list price. Average number of days that accounts receivable are outstanding. The sale of accounts receivable to a financial institution. The sale of a note receivable to a lender. An example of a restriction on cash.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Average collection period 2. Factoring 3. Trade discounts 4. Compensating balance 5. Discounting
PHRASE Deducted from list price. Average number of days that accounts receivable are outstanding. The sale of accounts receivable to a financial institution. The sale of a note receivable to a lender. An example of a restriction on cash.
NUMBER 3 1 2 5 4
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Restricted cash and compensating balances; Sales discounts; Financing with receivables; Receivables management and ratios Learning Objective: 07-02 Explain the possible restrictions on cash and their implications for classification in the balance sheet.; 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts.; 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale.; 07-09 Describe the variables that influence a company's investment in receivables and calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor that investment. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
142) Listed below are 10 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Direct write-off method
PHRASE NUMBER Bad debt expense "plugged" by estimating ____ allowance for uncollectible accounts. 2. Cash discount Grouping accounts receivable depending on ____ the length of time outstanding. 3. Accounts receivable aging Reduces the amount paid by a credit ____ schedule customer if paid within a specified time. 4. Allowance method When merchandise is returned for credit. ____ 5. Sales returns An example of a restriction on cash. ____ 6. Balance sheet approach Buyer assumes the risk of uncollectibility. ____ 7. Income statement approach Bad debt expense is recorded when ____ receivables are written off. 8. Compensating balance Bad debt expense is a % of credit sales. ____ 9. Pledging Using receivables as collateral for a loan. ____ 10. Without recourse Reduces carrying value of accounts ____ receivable without knowing which specific customer accounts are bad debts.
84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: TERM 1. Direct write-off method
PHRASE NUMBER Bad debt expense "plugged" by estimating 6 allowance for uncollectible accounts. 2. Cash discount Grouping accounts receivable depending 3 on the length of time outstanding. 3. Accounts receivable aging Reduces the amount paid by a credit 2 schedule customer if paid within a specified time. 4. Allowance method When merchandise is returned for credit. 5 5. Sales returns An example of a restriction on cash. 8 6. Balance sheet approach Buyer assumes the risk of uncollectibility. 10 7. Income statement approach Bad debt expense is recorded when 1 receivables are written off. 8. Compensating balance Bad debt expense is a % of credit sales. 7 9. Pledging Using receivables as collateral for a loan. 9 10. Without recourse Reduces carrying value of accounts 4 receivable without knowing which specific customer accounts are bad debts. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Restricted cash and compensating balances; Sales discounts; Sales returns; Uncollectible accounts receivable; Uncollectible accounts—Balance sheet approach; Uncollectible accounts—Income statement approach; Financing with receivables—without recourse Learning Objective: 07-02 Explain the possible restrictions on cash and their implications for classification in the balance sheet.; 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts.; 07-04 Describe the accounting treatment for merchandise returns.; 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable.; 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model.; 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms with respect to accounting under IFRS. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Available for sale 2. Overdraft 3. Impairment 4. Risks and rewards 5. Control
PHRASE NUMBER Can be netted against positive cash balances ____ on the balance sheet. This accounting approach can be used for ____ receivables if elected upon initial recognition. Primary consideration for determining ____ whether transfer of a receivable is a sale. Secondary consideration for determining ____ whether transfer of a receivable is a sale. Can be recovered to increase income if fair ____ value increases.
Answer: TERM 1. Available for sale 2. Overdraft
3. Impairment 4. Risks and rewards 5. Control
PHRASE NUMBER Can be netted against positive cash balances 2 on the balance sheet. This accounting approach can be used for 1 receivables if elected upon initial recognition. Primary consideration for determining 4 whether transfer of a receivable is a sale. Secondary consideration for determining 5 whether transfer of a receivable is a sale. Can be recovered to increase income if fair 3 value increases.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cash and cash equivalents; Internal control; Uncollectible accounts receivable; Financing with receivables; Troubled debt restructuring—App B; IFRS—Accounts and notes receivable; IFRS—Credit loss on receivables Learning Objective: 07-01 Define what is meant by internal control and describe some key elements of an internal control system for cash receipts and disbursements.; 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable.; 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale.; 07-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to cash and receivables.; Appendix 7B Accounting for a Troubled Debt Restructuring. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 86 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
144) Costa Co. has the following cash balances at local banks as of 12/31/2021: National Bank: K&P Bank: Insolvent Trust:
$100,000 25,000 (5,000)
Required: 1. Prepare the Current Assets and Current Liabilities section of Costa's 2021 balance sheet, assuming Parker reports under U.S. GAAP. 2. Prepare the Current Assets and Current Liabilities section of Costa's 2021 balance sheet, assuming Parker reports under IFRS. Answer: 1: U.S. GAAP Current Assets: Cash Current Liabilities: Bank Overdrafts
$125,000
$ 5,000
2: IFRS Current Assets: Cash
$120,000
(No current liabilities with respect to overdrafts.) Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cash and cash equivalents; IFRS—Cash and cash equivalents Learning Objective: 07-01 Define what is meant by internal control and describe some key elements of an internal control system for cash receipts and disbursements.; 07-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to cash and receivables. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Diversity; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
87 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
145) On May 12, 2021, Falwell Computing sold five computers to Computing Plus for $10,000, subject to terms 3/10, n/30. Falwell uses the net method of accounting for sales discounts. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the sale. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on May 20, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on June 5, 2021. Answer: 1. Accounts receivable Sales revenue
9,700
2.
9,700
Cash Accounts receivable
3.
9,700
9,700
Cash
10,000 Accounts receivable 9,700 Sales discounts forfeited 300 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
88 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) On July 18, 2021, Philly Furniture Factory sold 20 reclining rockers to Dave's Discount Furniture for $8,000, subject to terms 2/10, n/30. Philly uses the net method of accounting for sales discounts. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the sale. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on July 26, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment assuming the correct amount was received on August 15, 2021. Answer: 1. Accounts receivable Sales revenue
7,840
2.
7,840
Cash
7,840
Accounts receivable 3.
Cash
7,840 8,000
Accounts receivable 7,840 Sales discounts forfeited 160 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
89 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
147) On March 12, 2021, Admiral Electronics sold 20 fax machines to Cool Stuff Co. for $10,000, subject to terms 2/10, n/30. Admiral uses the gross method of accounting for sales discounts. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the sale. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on March 20, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on April 5, 2021. Answer: 1. Accounts receivable Sales revenue 2.
3.
10,000 10,000
Cash Sales discounts Accounts receivable
9,800 200
Cash
10,000
10,000
Accounts receivable 10,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
90 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) On October 18, 2021, Flying Chicken sold 2,000 pounds of chicken to Healthier Grocery for $3,400, subject to terms 2/10, n/30. Flying Chicken uses the gross method of accounting for sales discounts. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the sale. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on October 26, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on November 15, 2021. Answer: 1. Accounts receivable Sales revenue 2.
3.
Cash Sales discounts Accounts receivable
3,400 3,400 3,332 68 3,400
Cash
3,400 Accounts receivable 3,400 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
91 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
149) On June 14, 2021, Rumsfeld Company sold 100 air-conditioning units to Powell Heating and Cooling. The units list for $600 each, but Powell was granted a 25% trade discount. All of Rumsfeld's sales are subject to terms 2/10, n/30. Rumsfeld uses the gross method of accounting for sales discounts. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the sale. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on June 22, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on July 10, 2021. Answer: 1. Accounts receivable Sales revenue 2.
3.
45,000 45,000
Cash Sales discounts Accounts receivable
44,100 900
Cash
45,000
45,000
Accounts receivable 45,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
92 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
150) On February 14, 2021, Prime Company sold 50 air-conditioning units to L&P Heating and Cooling. The units list for $700 each, but L&P was granted a 30% trade discount. All of Prime's sales are subject to terms 2/10, n/30. Prime uses the net method of accounting for sales discounts. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the sale. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on February 22, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record receipt of the payment, assuming the correct amount was received on March 10, 2021. Answer: 1. Accounts receivable Sales revenue
24,010
2.
24,010
Cash
24,010
Accounts receivable 3.
Cash
24,010 24,500
Accounts receivable 24,010 Sales discounts forfeited 490 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
93 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
151) Beethoven Music Company started business in March 2021. Sales for its first year were $400,000. Beethoven priced its merchandise to yield a 45% gross profit based on sales dollars. Industry statistics suggest that 10% of the merchandise sold to customers will be returned. Beethoven estimated its sales returns based on the industry average. During the year, customers returned $30,000 in sales. Beethoven uses a perpetual inventory system. Required: Prepare summary journal entries to record (1) sales, (2) sales returns, and (3) the year-end adjusting entry for estimated sales returns. Assume that cash has not yet been collected for merchandise that could yet be returned. Answer: (1) Accounts receivable Sales revenue
(2)
(3)
400,000 400,000
Cost of goods sold Inventory
220,000
Sales returns Accounts receivable
30,000
Inventory Cost of goods sold
16,500
Sales returns ([$400,000 × 10%] - $30,000) Refund liability
10,000
220,000
30,000
16,500
10,000
Inventory-estimated returns 5,500 Cost of goods sold 5,500 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Sales returns Learning Objective: 07-04 Describe the accounting treatment for merchandise returns. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
94 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The following note disclosure is taken from the 2021 annual report to shareholders of Winchester International Corporation. NOTE 5: ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES The allowance for loan loss is maintained at a level to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. This allowance is increased by provisions charged to operating expense and by recoveries on loans previously charged off, and reduced by charge-offs on loans. The following is a summary of the changes in the allowances for loan losses for three years: At December 31, (In thousands) Balance at beginning of year Allowances from purchase transactions Provisions charged to operations Subtotal Charge-offs Recoveries Net charge-offs Balance at end of year
2021
2020
2019
$ 91,809 1,851 14,400 108,060 (11,575) 1,822 (9,753) $ 98,307
73,658 10,980 11,800 96,438 (6,816) 2,187 (4,629) 91,809
66,201 3,647 9,000 78,848 (7,406) 2,216 (5,190) 73,658
Winchester also reported (in thousands) in its comparative balance sheet that it held Loans receivable, net, of $6,869,11 and $6,819,209 at December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively. 152) What kind of account is the Allowance for Loan Losses in Winchester's financial statements? Answer: The Allowance for Loan Losses is a contra-asset account in Winchester's balance sheet, one that offsets Loans Receivable. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
95 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
153) Using a T-account for the Allowance for Loan Losses, identify the changes in the account during 2021. Answer: Allowance for Loan Losses Beg. Bal. 91,809 Charge-offs 11,575
Allowances from acquisitions 1,851 Provisions charged to operations 14,400 Recoveries 1,822
End. Bal. 98,307 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 154) How might a company with loan receivables like Winchester be able to manage earnings in applying generally accepted accounting principles? Answer: The Allowance method requires that firms estimate the loan losses charged to operations and the balance sheet valuation of the contra-asset account. In good times, firms might be extra conservative in estimating these amounts (i.e., charge more to the losses and allowances) because they can afford to do so. In later years, when they may need to increase earnings, they can "borrow" from the allowance, which was previously overestimated, thereby charging a smaller loss to operations of that period. This is a type of cookie jar reserve in earnings management parlance. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Receivables management and ratios Learning Objective: 07-09 Describe the variables that influence a company's investment in receivables and calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor that investment. Bloom's: Create AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis
96 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
155) Is there any evidence in Winchester's disclosures above that are consistent with earnings management? Answer: It appears that Winchester has an excessively large loan loss allowance relative to the loans written off ("charge-offs") in the years shown in the disclosure. This appears to have been happening over a long period, by charging more loan losses to operations each year that the net loans written off. A substantial reserve is available for the future. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Receivables management and ratios Learning Objective: 07-09 Describe the variables that influence a company's investment in receivables and calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor that investment. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis 156) For each posted entry in the Allowance account during 2021, indicate the remaining entry(ies) in other accounts. Answer: Receivables from acquisitions 1,851 (debit) Loan losses 14,400 (debit) Loans receivable 1,822 (debit) Loans receivable 11,575 (credit) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 157) If Winchester is using the balance sheet approach to determining loan losses and the Allowance account balance, what percentage did it use in 2021? Answer: Loans Receivable (net) = Loans Receivable (gross) - Allowance for Loan Losses Therefore, Loans Receivable (gross) = $6,869,911 + $98,307 = $6,968,218 Percentage used = $98,307 ÷ $6,968,218 = 1.41% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Balance sheet approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
97 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: The following information is taken from the 2015 annual report to shareholders of Hewlett-Packard (HP) Co.
Provision for doubtful accounts
Accounts receivable, net Accounts receivable, gross
For Fiscal 2015 $ 46 million
For Fiscal 2014 $25 million
At Fiscal Year-end 2015 13,363 million 13,552 million
At Fiscal Year-end 2014 13,832 million 14,064 million
158) What is the balance in HP's allowance for doubtful accounts at the end of the fiscal years 2015 and 2014, respectively? Answer: Allowance for doubtful accounts = Accounts receivable (gross) – accounts receivable (net) = $13,552 million – 13,363 million = $189 million in 2015; and $14,064 million – 13,832 million = $232 million in 2014. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 159) What kind of account is the provision for doubtful accounts in HP's financial statements? Answer: Provision for doubtful accounts is synonymous with bad debt expense; that is, the charge against income for estimated uncollectible accounts from credit sales in that period. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
98 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
160) Using a T-account for the allowance for doubtful accounts, identify the changes in the account during fiscal year 2015. Answer: Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Beg. Bal. 232 Accounts written off (net) Provision for doubtful 89 accounts 46 End. Bal. 189 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 161) How could a company with receivables like HP be able to manage earnings in applying generally accepted accounting principles? Answer: The allowance method requires that firms estimate bad debt expense charged to operations and the balance sheet valuation of the contra-asset account. In good times, firms might be extra conservative in estimating these amounts (i.e., charge more to the expense and allowance) because they can afford to do so. In later years, when they may need to increase earnings, they can "borrow" from the allowance, which was previously overestimated, thereby charging a smaller expense to operations of that period. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Receivables management and ratios Learning Objective: 07-09 Describe the variables that influence a company's investment in receivables and calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor that investment. Bloom's: Create AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis
99 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
162) Is there any evidence in HP's disclosures above that are consistent with earnings management? Answer: The provision for doubtful accounts increased from 2014 ($46 million from $25 million), which would have the effect of decreasing HP's income. However, this fluctuation is small, and could easily be explained by economic factors. It does not appear as if HP is engaging in significant earnings management through this account. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Receivables management and ratios Learning Objective: 07-09 Describe the variables that influence a company's investment in receivables and calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor that investment. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 163) If HP is using the balance sheet approach to determining bad debt expense, what percentage of year-end gross receivables did it use in 2015 and 2014, respectively? Answer: 2015: $189/$13,552 = 1.39%; 2014: $232/$14,064 = 1.65% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Balance sheet approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
100 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
164) For each posted entry in the allowance account during 2015, prepare the journal entry. Answer: Provision for doubtful accounts (bad debt expense) 46 Allowance of doubtful accounts 46 Allowance for doubtful accounts 89 Accounts receivable 89 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 165) During Burns Company's first year of operations, credit sales totaled $140,000 and collections on credit sales totaled $105,000. Burns estimates that bad debt losses will be 1.5% of credit sales. By year-end, Burns had written off $300 of specific accounts as uncollectible. Required: 1. Prepare all appropriate journal entries relative to uncollectible accounts and bad debt expense. 2. Show the year-end balance sheet presentation for accounts receivable. Answer: 1. Allowance for uncollectible accounts Accounts receivable Bad debt expense Allowance for uncollectible accounts
300 300 2,100 2,100
2. Partial balance sheet presentation: Accounts receivable $34,700 Less: Allowance for uncollectible accounts 1,800 $32,900 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
101 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
166) During Bricker Company's first year of operations, credit sales totaled $200,000 and collections on credit sales totaled $145,000. Bricker estimates that $1,000 of its ending accounts receivable balance will not be collected. By year-end, Bricker had written off $330 of specific accounts as uncollectible. Required: 1. Prepare all appropriate journal entries relative to uncollectible accounts and bad debt expense. 2. Show the year-end balance sheet presentation for accounts receivable. Answer: 1. Allowance for uncollectible accounts Accounts receivable To write off specific accounts receivable Bad debt expense Allowance for uncollectible accounts To adjust allowance for uncollectible accounts to $1,000
330 330
1,330 1,330
2. Partial balance sheet presentation: Accounts receivable $54,670 Less: Allowance for uncollectible accounts 1,000 $53,670 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
102 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
167) A summary of Klugman Company's December 31, 2021, accounts receivable aging schedule is presented below along with the estimated percent uncollectible for each age group: Age Group 0-60 days 61-90 days 91-120 days Over 120 days
Amount $60,000 22,000 3,000 1,000
% .5 1.0 10.0 50.0
The allowance for uncollectible accounts had a balance of $1,400 on January 1, 2021. During the year, bad debts of $750 were written off. Required: Prepare all journal entries for 2021 with respect to bad debts and the allowance for uncollectible accounts. Answer: Age 0-60 days 61-90 days 91-120 days Over 120 days
Amount $60,000 22,000 3,000 1,000
Estimated Allowance $ 300 220 300 500 $1,320
Loss Rate 0.005 0.010 0.100 0.500
Allowance for uncollectible accounts Accounts receivable To write off specific accounts
750 750
Bad debt expense 670 Allowance for uncollectible accounts 670 [$1,320 - ($1,400 - $750)] To adjust allowance for uncollectible accounts to $1,320 at year-end Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Balance sheet approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
103 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
168) A summary of London Fashion's December 31, 2021, accounts receivable aging schedule is presented below along with the estimated percent uncollectible for each age group: Age Group 0-60 days 61-90 days 91-120 days Over 120 days
Amount $40,000 15,000 2,000 800
% 0.5 1.5 15.0 80.0
The allowance for uncollectible accounts had a balance of $1,600 at January 1, 2021. During the year bad debts of $1,150 were written off. Required: Prepare all 2021 journal entries with respect to bad debts and the allowance for uncollectible accounts. Answer: Age 0-60 days 61-90 days 91-120 days Over 120 days
Amount $40,000 15,000 2,000 800
Loss Rate 0.005 0.015 0.150 0.800
Allowance for uncollectible accounts Accounts receivable To write off specific accounts
Estimated Allowance $ 200 225 300 640 $1,365
1,150 1,150
Bad debt expense 915 Allowance for uncollectible accounts 915 [$1,365 - ($1,600 - $1,150)] To adjust allowance for uncollectible accounts to $1,365 at year-end Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Balance sheet approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
104 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
169) On December 31, 2020, Central Freight reported an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $15,300. During 2021, Central wrote off $17,000 in accounts receivable. Included in the write-off was Roskoff Corp.'s account in the amount of $750. Roskoff subsequently paid this balance. At December 31, 2021, an analysis of the accounts receivable aging schedule indicated the need for an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $14,900. Required: Prepare all implied journal entries relative to bad debt expense and the allowance for uncollectible accounts. Answer: Allowance for uncollectible accounts Accounts receivable To write off specific accounts
17,000 17,000
Accounts receivable Allowance for uncollectible accounts To reinstate account previously written off
750
Bad debt expense Allowance for uncollectible accounts
15,850
750
15,850 [$14,900 - ($15,300 $17,000 + $750)]
To adjust allowance for uncollectible accounts to $14,900 at year-end Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Balance sheet approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
105 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) Cordova, Inc., reported the following receivables in its December 31, 2020, year-end balance sheet: Current assets: Accounts receivable, net of $52,000 in allowance for uncollectible accounts Interest receivable Notes receivable
$384,000 19,000 400,000
Additional information: 1. The notes receivable account consists of two notes, a $100,000 note and a $300,000 note. The $100,000 note is dated October 31, 2020, with principal and interest payable on October 31, 2021. The $300,000 note is dated March 31, 2020, with principal and 8% interest payable on March 31, 2021. 2. During 2021, sales revenue totaled $2,120,000, $1,980,000 cash was collected from customers, and $41,000 in accounts receivable were written off. All sales are made on a credit basis. Bad debt expense is recorded at year-end by adjusting the allowance account to an amount equal to 8% of year-end gross accounts receivable. Required: 1. In addition to sales revenue, what revenue and expense amounts related to receivables will appear in Cordova's 2021 income statement? 2. Calculate the receivables turnover ratio for 2021. Answer: 1. In addition to sales revenue of $2,120,000, the 2021 income statement will also include interest revenue and bad debt expense. Interest revenue $300,000 note: $300,000 × 8% × 3/12 = (1) $100,000 note: $100,000 × 6% × 10/12 = Total interest revenue
$ 6,000 5,000 $11,000
(1) The interest rate on the $100,000 note can be determined as follows:
Interest receivable in 12/31/2020 balance sheet = Less: Interest on $300,000 note: $300,000 × 8% × 9/12 = Interest on $100,000 note
$19,000 (18,000) $ 1,000
$1,000 represents interest for two months (November and December of 2020) or $500 per month. Annual interest is $500 × 12 = $6,000. $6,000 ÷ $100,000 = 6% interest rate.
106 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Bad debt expense Analysis of accounts receivable Beginning accounts receivable ($384,000 + $52,000) Add: Credit sales Less: Cash collections (1,980,000) Less: Write-offs (41,000) Ending accounts receivable Analysis of allowance for uncollectible accounts Beginning allowance Add: Bad debt expense Less: Write-offs Ending allowance(2)
$ 436,000 2,120,000
$ 535,000
$52,000 ? (41,000) $42,800
Therefore bad debt expense is $31,800 ($52,000 - $41,000 - $42,800) (2) $535,000 × 8% = $42,800
2. Accounts receivable turnover ratio: = 4.84 (3) ($384,000 + $492,200) ÷ 2 = $438,100
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable; Uncollectible accounts—Balance sheet approach; Notes receivable—interest-bearing; Receivables management and ratios Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable.; 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model.; 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable.; 07-09 Describe the variables that influence a company's investment in receivables and calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor that investment. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
107 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
171) AT&T's financial statements for the 2015 and 2014 fiscal years contained the following information: Balance Sheets ($ in millions) Current assets: Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $704 and $454
2015
2014
$16,532
$14,527
Income Statements ($ in millions) Revenues
2015 $146,801
2014 $132,447
In addition, the statement of cash flows disclosed bad debt expense of $1,416 million in 2015 and $1,032 million in 2014. Required: 1. Determine the amount of actual bad debt write-offs made during 2015. 2. Determine the amount of cash collected from customers during 2015. 3. Compute the receivables turnover ratio for 2015. Answer: ($ in millions) 1. Beginning balance in allowance account Add: Bad debt expense Deduct: Ending balance in allowance account Write-offs during 2015 2. Beginning accounts receivable ($14,527 + $454) Add: Revenues Deduct: Write-offs (from part 1) Deduct: Ending accounts receivable ($16,532 + $704) Cash collection during 2015
$ 454 1,416 (704) $ 1,166 $ 14,981 146,801 (1,166) (17,236) $143,380
3. $146,801 ÷ [($16,532 + $14,527) ÷ 2] = 9.45 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable; Receivables management and ratios Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable.; 07-09 Describe the variables that influence a company's investment in receivables and calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor that investment. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
108 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
172) Tokyo Imports received a six-month, noninterest-bearing note for $100,000 from Tall Mart in exchange for goods that have a fair value of $95,000. Tokyo uses a periodic inventory system, and views the financing component of this transaction to be significant. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the sale. 2. Compute the effective annual rate of interest. Answer: 1. Notes receivable Discount on notes receivable Sales revenue
100,000 5,000 95,000
2. Effective interest rate = ($5,000/$95,000) × 2 = 10.53% Note: This is a 6-month note. To annualize the interest rate, multiply the semi-annual interest by 2. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Notes receivable—noninterest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 173) Montana Minerals sold coal to Beta Electric, receiving a six-month, noninterest-bearing note for $200,000. The fair value of the goods sold to Beta is $192,000. Montana uses a periodic inventory system, and views the financing component of this transaction to be significant. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the sale. 2. Compute the effective annual rate of interest. Answer: 1. Notes receivable Discount on notes receivable Sales revenue
200,000 8,000 192,000
2. Effective interest = $8,000/$192,000 × 2 = 8.33% Note: This is a 6-month note. To annualize the interest rate, multiply the semi-annual interest by 2. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Notes receivable—noninterest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 109 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
174) On January 1, 2021, Happy Tubs sold a hot tub to Monica, receiving a two-year, noninterest-bearing note in exchange for a hot tub that normally sells for $8,000. The note is for an amount that achieves an effective interest rate of 10% per year, and Happy Tubs views the financing component of this transaction to be significant. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the sale. 2. Prepare any adjusting entry necessary on December 31, 2021. 3. Prepare any adjusting entry necessary on December 31, 2022. Answer: 1. Notes receivable Discount on notes receivable Sales revenue
9,680 1,680 8,000
To achieve an effective rate of interest of 10%, the note must have a face amount equal to $8,000 + (10% × $8,000 = $800) + (($8,000 + $800) × 10% = $880) = $9,680. 2. Discount on notes receivable Interest revenue (10% × $8,000)
800 800
3. Cash 9,680 Discount on notes receivable 880 Notes receivable 9,680 Interest revenue 880 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Notes receivable—noninterest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
110 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
175) On December 1, 2021, General Mole borrowed $400,000 at 12% interest and pledged $500,000 in accounts receivable as collateral. Additionally, General Mole was charged a finance fee equal to 1% of the accounts receivable assigned. At the end of December, $300,000 of the assigned receivables were collected and remitted to the lender along with accrued interest. Required: Prepare journal entries to record the borrowing, the assignment of receivables, the collection on the receivables, and the recognition of interest expense. Answer: Cash Finance charge expense Liability - financing arrangement Cash Accounts receivable
395,000 5,000 400,000 300,000 300,000
Interest expense 4,000 ($400,000 × 0.12 × 1/12) Liability - financing arrangement 300,000 Cash 304,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Financing with receivables Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
111 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
176) On October 1, 2021, Watergate Hotels borrowed $400,000 at 12% interest and pledged $500,000 in accounts receivables as collateral. Additionally, Watergate was charged a finance fee equal to 1% of the accounts receivable assigned. At the end of December, $300,000 of the assigned receivables were collected and remitted to the lender along with accrued interest. Required: Prepare journal entries to record the borrowing, the assignment of receivables, the collection on the receivables, and the recognition of interest expense. Answer: Cash Finance charge expense Liability - financing arrangement Cash Accounts receivable
395,000 5,000 400,000 300,000 300,000
Interest expense 12,000 ($400,000 × 0.12 × 3/12) Liability - financing arrangement 300,000 Cash 312,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Financing with receivables Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
112 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
177) On February 1, 2021, Stealth Trucks sold a diesel rig to Kansas Transports for $250,000, receiving a $50,000 down payment and a 12-month, 10% note for the balance. Principal and interest are due at maturity, and the 10% interest rate reflected the market rate of interest at the time of sale. On August 1, 2021, Kansas Transports discounted the note without recourse at the First South Bank at 12% interest. Required: Prepare all required journal entries at August 1 to recognize interest revenue and the discounting of the note. Answer: Accrue interest to discount date: Interest receivable 10,000 Interest revenue Face amount of note Interest to maturity Maturity value Discount Cash proceeds Discounting of note: Cash Loss on sale of notes receivable Notes receivable Interest receivable
10,000
$200,000 20,000 220,000 (13,200) $206,800
($200,000 × 10% × 6/12)
($220,000 × 12% × 6/12)
206,800 3,200 200,000 10,000
Accrued as of discount date–see JE above
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Financing with receivables Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
113 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
178) On June 30, 2021, Blondie Fixtures was considering alternatives to bolster its cash position. Option One called for transferring $400,000 in accounts receivable to Dogwood Finance Company without recourse for a 5% fee. Option Two calls for Blondie to transfer the $400,000 in receivables to Dogwood with recourse. Dogwood's charges a 4% fee for receivables factored with recourse. Option Two meets the conditions to be considered a sale, but Blondie estimates a $3,000 recourse liability. Under either option, Dogwood will immediately remit 90% of the factored receivables to Blondie, and retain 10%. When Dogwood collects the remaining receivables, it remits the amount, less the fee, to Blondie. Blondie estimates that the fair value of the final 10% of the receivables is $25,000 (ignoring the factoring fee). Required: 1. Prepare any necessary journal entry or entries if receivables are factored under Option One. 2. Prepare any necessary journal entry or entries if receivables are factored under Option Two. Answer: 1. Cash (90% × $400,000) Loss on sale of receivables (to balance) Receivable from factor (fair value of $25,000 — fee [5% × $400,000]) Accounts receivable
360,000 35,000 5,000 400,000
2. Cash (90% × $400,000) 360,000 Loss on sale of receivables (to balance) 34,000 Receivable from factor 9,000 (fair value of $25,000 − fee [4% × $400,000]) Recourse liability 3,000 Accounts receivable 400,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Financing with receivables—with recourse; Financing with receivables—without recourse Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
114 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
179) The Fitzgerald Company maintains a checking account at the Bank of the North. The bank provides a bank statement along with canceled checks on the last day of each month. The October 31, 2021, bank statement included the following information: Balance, October 1, 2021 Deposits Checks processed Service charges NSF checks Monthly loan payment deducted directly by bank from account (includes $400 in interest) Balance, October 31, 2021
$ 32,690 86,000 (75,200) (350) (1,600)
(3,400) $ 38,140
The company's general ledger cash (checking) account had a balance of $42,544 at the end of October. Deposits outstanding totaled $4,224, and all checks written by the company were processed by the bank except for those totaling $5,620. In addition, a check for $500 for the purchase of office furniture was incorrectly recorded by the company as a $50 disbursement. The bank correctly processed the check during October. Required: 1. Prepare a bank reconciliation for the month of October. 2. Prepare the necessary journal entries at the end of October to adjust the general ledger cash account. Answer: 1. Fitzgerald Company's Bank Reconciliation: Step 1:
Bank Balance to Corrected Balance
Balance per bank statement Add: Deposits outstanding Deduct: Checks outstanding Corrected cash balance Step 2:
$38,140 4,224 (5,620) $36,744
Book Balance to Corrected Balance
Balance per books Deduct: Error in recording check Service charges NSF checks Automatic monthly loan payment Corrected cash balance
$42,544 (450) (350) (1,600) (3,400) $36,744
115 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2. To correct error in recording cash disbursement. Office furniture Cash
450 450
To record credits to cash revealed by the bank reconciliation. Miscellaneous expense (bank service charges) Accounts receivable (NSF checks) Interest expense Note payable Cash
350 1,600 400 3,000 5,350
Note: Each of the adjustments to the book balance required journal entries. None of the adjustments to the bank balance require entries. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Bank reconciliation—App A Learning Objective: Appendix 7A Cash Controls. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
116 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
180) The petty cash fund of Western Glass Company contained the following items on November 30, 2021: Currency and coins Receipts for the following expenditures: Delivery charges Office supplies Restaurant receipt for entertaining a customer An I.O.U. from an employee Total
$ 23 $42 50 110
202 25 $250
The petty cash fund was established on November 1, 2021, with a transfer of $250 from cash to the petty cash account. Required: Prepare the journal entries to establish the petty cash account and to replenish the fund at the end of November. Answer: To establish the fund on November 1, 2021: Petty cash Cash (checking account) To replenish the fund on November 30, 2021: Delivery expense Office supplies expense Entertainment (Meal) expense Receivable from employee Cash (checking account) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Petty cash—App A Learning Objective: Appendix 7A Cash Controls. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
250 250
42 50 110 25 227
117 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
181) Sarduchi Imports owes Radnor S&L $50 million under an 8% note with three years remaining to maturity. Due to financial difficulties of Sarduchi, the previous year's interest ($4 million) was not received. Radnor believes that the present value of all amounts it eventually will collect from Sarduchi is $25 million. Required: Compute the credit loss that the bank would record, and prepare a journal entry to record the credit loss as bad debt expense. Answer: $29 million Bad debt expense 29 million Interest receivable (8% × $50 million) 4 million Notes receivable 25 million Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Troubled debt restructuring—App B Learning Objective: Appendix 7B Accounting for a Troubled Debt Restructuring. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 182) Belushi, Inc. owes Cusack County Trust $40 million under a 5% note with six years remaining to maturity. Due to financial difficulties of Belushi, the previous year's interest ($2.5 million) was not received. Cusack believes there is a 20% chance that Belushi will default on the note, and that, if Belushi defaults, the present value of all amounts Cusack eventually will collect is $22.5 million. Required: Compute the expected credit loss that Cusack would record as its bad debt expense. Answer: If Belushi defaults, Cusack will recognize a bad debt expense of $20 million, calculated as the sum of accrued interest of $2.5 million as well as principal of $17.5 million ($40 million owed - $22.5 million expected to be received). Given a 20% chance of loss, Cusack should record an expected credit loss (bad debt expense) of $4 million (calculated as 20% × $20 million). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Troubled debt restructuring—App B Learning Objective: Appendix 7B Accounting for a Troubled Debt Restructuring. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
118 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
183) Guido Properties owes First State Bank $60 million under a 7% note with two years remaining to maturity. Due to financial difficulties of Guido, the previous year's interest ($4.2 million) was not received. The bank agrees to settle the note receivable and accrued interest receivable in exchange for land having a fair value of $44 million. Assume that $5 million of bad debt expense has previously been accrued for this loan, resulting in a balance of $5 million in the allowance for uncollectible accounts before this settlement. Required: Compute the loss on troubled debt restructuring that the bank would record as its bad debt expense upon settlement of the note and interest. Answer: $20.2 million Land (fair value) 44.0 million Allowance for uncollectible accounts 5.0 million Bad debt expense (to balance) 15.2 million Interest receivable (7% × $60 million) 4.2 million Notes receivable 60.0 million Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Troubled debt restructuring—App B Learning Objective: Appendix 7B Accounting for a Troubled Debt Restructuring. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 184) Define what it is meant by internal control. Answer: Internal control is part of the overall control structure of an organization. It refers to a firm's plan to (a) encourage adherence to its policies and procedures, (b) promote operational efficiency, (c) minimize errors and theft, and (d) enhance the reliability and accuracy of accounting data. Although every unit of an organization should be concerned with overall internal control, the focus of financial accounting is on controls intended to improve the accuracy and reliability of accounting information and to safeguard the company's assets. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Internal control Learning Objective: 07-01 Define what is meant by internal control and describe some key elements of an internal control system for cash receipts and disbursements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis
119 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
185) Describe some key elements of an internal control system for cash. Answer: Separation of duties is essential to good internal control, especially in cash management. The text examples cover handling of mailed receipts and controls for cash disbursements. The bank reconciliation is very important in the control of cash. It is also common to use a lockbox to store petty cash. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Internal control Learning Objective: 07-01 Define what is meant by internal control and describe some key elements of an internal control system for cash receipts and disbursements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis 186) Cash is the most liquid of all assets but is not always reported under current assets. Explain this statement. Answer: Depending on the circumstances, restricted cash may sometimes be reported as either investments or other assets. Note disclosure is appropriate for material restrictions on cash regardless of balance sheet classification. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Restricted cash and compensating balances Learning Objective: 07-02 Explain the possible restrictions on cash and their implications for classification in the balance sheet. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 187) Although the net method is theoretically more sound, many companies use the gross method of accounting for sales discounts related to sales on account. Explain this statement. Answer: The net method is superior, in theory, since it neither overstates receivables nor overstates net sales. Both of these problems occur with the gross method. However, the gross method is more practical from a cost versus benefit view, and the difference between the two methods is usually immaterial. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales discounts Learning Objective: 07-03 Distinguish between the gross and net methods of accounting for cash discounts. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
120 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
188) Briefly explain the accounting treatment for estimated sales returns at the end of an accounting period for which accounts receivable remain outstanding. Answer: If estimated sales returns are material, a refund liability should be established for the estimated amount of returns, debiting "sales returns" (a contra revenue account) and crediting a refund liability account. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sales returns Learning Objective: 07-04 Describe the accounting treatment for merchandise returns. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 189) Briefly explain the accounting treatment for estimated sales returns at the end of an accounting period. Answer: If remaining estimated sales returns are material, a refund liability should be established, debiting "sales returns" (a contra revenue account) and crediting a refund liability account. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Sales returns Learning Objective: 07-04 Describe the accounting treatment for merchandise returns. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 190) Briefly explain why the direct write-off of uncollectible accounts is not permitted by GAAP if bad debts are material. Answer: The direct write-off method is not permitted by GAAP if bad debts are material because it overstates total assets, retained earnings, and net income. The direct write-off method may be used if bad debts are immaterial. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
121 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
191) Last year, Simpson Company had a receivables turnover ratio of 12. Homer, Simpson's president, was delighted when the ratio went to 18 for this year. This year, Simpson's long-standing credit terms of net 30 were changed to net 10. Should Homer be happy? Explain. Answer: Homer needs to compare the average collection periods and credit policies between last year and the current year. In Simpson's case that information is as follows:
Average collection period Credit terms
Prior year 30 (365/12) net 30
Current year 20 (365/18) net 10
There may be a dark cloud in Homer's silver lining. His customers are not complying with his new credit policy. Although his receivables turnover ratio has improved dramatically, he should examine other data carefully before concluding that the change in credit terms has been beneficial to the company. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis
122 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
192) You have recently been hired as the assistant controller for Clayton, Inc., a large, publicly held manufacturing company. Your immediate superior is the controller who, in turn, is responsible to the chief financial officer. The controller has assigned the task of preparing the year-end adjusting entry for bad debts to you. The allowance for uncollectible accounts has a credit balance of $86,000 before the year-end adjustment. Your analysis indicates that an appropriate balance for the allowance account is $210,000. After showing your analysis to the controller, she tells you to adjust the allowance account to $310,000. Tactfully, you ask the controller for an explanation for the amount and she tells you, "We are having a really good year. Let's bump up the allowance." Required: Discuss the ethical dilemma you face. Consider your options and responsibilities along with the possible consequences of any action you might take. Answer: Ethical Dilemma: You, as the assistant controller, have a responsibility to follow GAAP and make a reasonably accurate estimate of the allowance for uncollectible accounts. Is your responsibility to fairly present Clayton Inc.'s financial statements to external users greater than your obligation to manage the earnings of your employer? Alternative actions and consequences include: 1. Refuse to comply with the controller's request to increase the allowance. Positive consequences: a. Preservation of your honesty and integrity. b. Fair presentation of the carrying value of receivables. Negative consequences: a. Possible loss of your job. b. Higher market expectations for next year's earnings caused by inflated income this year could lead to lower stock price in the future. 2. Comply with the controller's suggestion to report the allowance for uncollectible accounts at $310,000. Positive consequences: a. Retention of your job. b. A more favorable net income in future years and perhaps higher stock price as great growth in earnings will be reported. Negative consequences: a. Endure guilt feelings. b. A lack of trust in you by other managers and employees. c. Possible litigation from investors and creditors.
123 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
3. Report the controller's suggestion to a higher level of management, the audit committee, or the auditors. If one of these parties corrects the controller and compels fair reporting of the allowance account, the consequences would be the same as in alternative 1 when you refuse to make the adjustment. Your job may still be in jeopardy due to the fact that management may consider whistle-blowing as indicative of employee disloyalty. If the reportee parties agree with the controller and report the incorrect amount of $310,000, the consequences will be similar to those for alternative 2, except that you run an even greater risk of losing your job. 4. Refuse to comply with the controller's request and resign as assistant controller. If you report the controller's suggestion to higher management, the audit committee, or the auditor, the positive and negative considerations are the same as for alternative 3. If you do not report the controller's request, then the consequences are the same as for alternative 2. In either case your job is not an issue since you have already resigned. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable. Bloom's: Create AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Ethics; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis 193) Briefly compare and contrast the income statement and balance sheet approaches to estimating bad debt expense. In your answer, indicate which approach, if either, is superior. Answer: The two ways to estimate bad debt expense are the income statement approach and balance sheet approach. The primary objective of the allowance method is to determine the appropriate carrying value of receivables. In this sense, the balance sheet approach is theoretically superior. This approach often uses an accounts receivable aging schedule to determine estimated bad debt expense. The income statement approach typically calculates bad debt expense as a percentage of credit sales. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncollectible accounts—Balance sheet approach; Uncollectible accounts—Income statement approach Learning Objective: 07-06 Describe how to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts and introduce the CECL model. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
124 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
194) Companies can have accounts receivable from ordinary trade customers and from related parties (e.g., directors, employees or large shareholders). How does U.S. GAAP differ from IFRS in its requirements regarding separate disclosure of trade receivables and related-party receivables? Why might separate disclosure of related party receivables be useful? Answer: U.S. GAAP requires that accounts receivable from related parties be disclosed separately from accounts receivable from ordinary trade customers. IFRS does not require that separate disclosure. Separate disclosure is useful because a receivable from a related party might not have the same collection pattern as a receivable from a trade customer. The related party could potentially get more extended terms, such that those receivables are collected slower. Alternatively, to make the company appear more effective in its collections, a related party might pay more quickly than necessary. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncollectible accounts receivable; IFRS—Accounts and notes receivable Learning Objective: 07-05 Describe the accounting treatment of anticipated uncollectible accounts receivable.; 07-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to cash and receivables. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement Use this information to answer the following questions: The following note disclosure appeared in a recent annual report of Halliburton: Our receivables are generally not collateralized. Included in notes and accounts receivable are notes with varying interest rates totaling $12 million at December 31. At December 31, 39% of our consolidated receivables related to our United States government contracts, primarily for projects in the Middle East. 195) Explain the reason that Halliburton indicates that its receivables include notes with varying interest rates totaling $12 million at December 31. What significance does this have to the reader? Answer: Halliburton is conveying to the reader the portion of the total receivables that are interest-bearing. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Notes receivable—interest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
125 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
196) Explain the reason that Halliburton indicates that its receivables are generally not collateralized. What significance does this have to the reader? Answer: Receivables that are collateralized are pledged against the company's loans and will not be available for use in the company's operations when they are collected. Halliburton's disclosure is telling the reader that, generally, its receivables are highly liquid and available for use or sale. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Financing with receivables Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Measurement 197) Explain the transactions that typically would affect the discount on notes receivable account. Answer: The discount on notes receivable would be initially credited for the "discount" when a noninterest-bearing note is issued. The "discount" really represents the total interest on the note over its term. The "discount" should be recognized as interest earned over the term of the loan in a series of adjusting entries: Discount on notes receivable Interest revenue
$XXX $XXX
These entries bring the discount account to zero on the maturity date. Prior to maturity, the unamortized balance in the discount account is reported in the balance sheet as a contra account to the related note receivable. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Notes receivable—noninterest-bearing Learning Objective: 07-07 Describe the accounting treatment of notes receivable. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
126 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
198) A company's investment in receivables is affected by several related variables. Give an example of this interrelationship. Answer: There are many such examples. For instance, a change in credit policies could affect sales. In fact, more liberal credit policies—allowing customers a longer time to pay or offering cash discounts for early payment—often are initiated with the specific objective of increasing sales volume. Also, management's choice of credit and collection policies often involves trade-offs. For example, offering cash discounts may increase sales volume, accelerate customer payment, and reduce bad debts. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Receivables management and ratios Learning Objective: 07-09 Describe the variables that influence a company's investment in receivables and calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor that investment. Bloom's: Create AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 199) Explain how a company could manipulate cash flow from operations by changing the extent to which it factors accounts receivable and treats those factoring arrangements as sales of receivables. Answer: Assume all else equal, and that the company treats cash collected from the factor as an operating cash flow. In the period in which a company increases the proportion of receivables that it factors, it will increase cash flow from operations (because cash flow from operations contains not only ordinary cash collections from prior receivables but also the cash collections associated with the factored receivables). The reverse is also true; in the period in which a company decreases the proportion of receivables that it factors, it will decrease cash flow from operations (because fewer receivables are being factored). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Financing with receivables Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis
127 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
200) Explain briefly how IFRS and U.S. GAAP differ in determining whether a transfer of an accounts receivable qualifies as a sale. Answer: U.S. GAAP focuses on whether control of assets has shifted from the transferor to the transferee. There are three primary sales criteria: 1. The transferred assets have been isolated from the transferor—beyond the reach of the transferor and its creditors. 2. Each transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the assets it received. 3. The transferor does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets. Effective control would exist, for example, if the transfer is structured such that the assets are likely to end up returned to the transferor. In contrast, IFRS requires a more complex decision process. The company has to have transferred the rights to receive the cash flows from the receivable, and then considers whether the company has transferred "substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership," as well as whether the company has transferred control. Under IFRS: 1. If the company transfers substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership, the transfer is treated as a sale. 2. If the company retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership, the transfer is treated as a secured borrowing. 3. If neither conditions 1 nor 2 hold, the company treats the transaction as a sale if it has transferred control, and as a secured borrowing if it has retained control. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Financing with receivables; IFRS—Transfers of receivables Learning Objective: 07-08 Differentiate between the use of receivables in financing arrangements accounted for as a secured borrowing and those accounted for as a sale.; 07-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to cash and receivables. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
128 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 8 Inventories: Measurement 1) Physical counts of inventory are never made with perpetual inventory systems. 2) The main difference between perpetual and periodic inventory systems is the timing of the allocation of costs between inventory and cost of goods sold. 3) Inventory shipped f.o.b. shipping point remains in the seller's accounting records during transit. 4) Inventory shipped f.o.b. destination is included the seller's inventory during transit. 5) Cost of goods on consignment is included in the consignee's inventory until sold. 6) Cost of goods on consignment is included in the consignor's inventory until sold. 7) A company includes in ending inventory the cost of merchandise sold that it anticipates will be returned. 8) Shipping charges on outgoing goods are included in either cost of goods sold or selling expenses. 9) Insurance during transit paid by the buyer is recorded by the buyer at the time of shipment. 10) Net purchases are reduced for discounts taken whether the net method is used or the gross method is used. 11) LIFO periodic and LIFO perpetual always produce the same dollar amounts for ending inventory. 12) FIFO periodic and FIFO perpetual always produce the same dollar amounts for cost of goods sold. 13) Periodic average cost and perpetual average cost always produce the same dollar amounts for ending inventory. 14) Inventory costing methods are merely means by which costs are allocated between ending inventory and cost of goods sold. 15) During periods of falling prices, LIFO ending inventory will be less than FIFO ending inventory. 16) The choice of cost flow assumption (FIFO, LIFO, or average) does not depend on the actual physical flow of the product. 17) LIFO usually provides a better match of revenue and expense than does FIFO. 1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
18) LIFO usually results in the reported amount of inventory better approximating the current cost of inventory than does FIFO. 19) The primary reason most companies choose LIFO is to reduce tax payments. 20) The LIFO conformity rules allow companies to report LIFO for tax purposes and any method other than FIFO for financial reporting purposes. 21) The LIFO reserve is the amount by which the current year's cost of goods sold differs between LIFO and FIFO. 22) In a year that the LIFO reserve increases, net income under LIFO is lower than it would have been under FIFO. 23) Cost of goods sold is credited for the amount of the decrease in the LIFO reserve. 24) LIFO liquidation refers to the reduction in reported profits from using LIFO in periods of rising inventory costs. 25) LIFO liquidation profits occur when inventory quantity declines and costs are rising. 26) Unit LIFO is more costly to implement than dollar-value LIFO. 27) The gross profit ratio is calculated by dividing gross profit by average inventory. 28) Dollar-value LIFO eliminates the risk of LIFO liquidations. 29) A company that prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) can use all of the same inventory valuation methods as a company that prepares its statements under U.S. GAAP. 30) In a perpetual inventory system, the cost of purchases is debited to: A) Purchases. B) Cost of goods sold. C) Inventory. D) Accounts payable. 31) In a periodic inventory system, the cost of purchases is debited to: A) Purchases. B) Cost of goods sold. C) Inventory. D) Accounts payable.
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
32) In a perpetual inventory system, the cost of inventory sold is: A) Debited to accounts receivable. B) Credited to cost of goods sold. C) Debited to cost of goods sold. D) Not recorded at the time goods are sold. 33) In a perpetual inventory system, which of the following is recorded at the time of the sale? A) Sales revenue only. B) Both sales revenue and cost of goods sold. C) Cost of goods sold only. D) Neither sales revenue nor cost of goods sold. 34) In a periodic inventory system, the cost of inventory sold is: A) Debited to accounts receivable. B) Credited to cost of goods sold. C) Debited to cost of goods sold. D) Not recorded at the time goods are sold. 35) One difference between periodic and perpetual inventory systems is: A) Cost of goods sold is not recorded under a perpetual system until the end of the period. B) Cost of goods sold is not recorded under a periodic system until the end of the period. C) Cost of goods sold is always significantly higher under a perpetual system. D) Cost of goods sold is always significantly higher under a periodic system. 36) The largest expense on a retailer's income statement is typically: A) Salaries and wages. B) Cost of goods sold. C) Income tax expense. D) Depreciation expense. 37) A company has decided that because it employs a perpetual system, a physical count of inventory at the end of the year is not needed. Which of the following choices most likely identifies a flaw with this decision? A) A physical count is needed because there is no record of units sold during the year. B) A physical count is needed to understand whether inventory costs have increased or decreased during the year. C) A physical count is needed because theft, breakage, and spoilage during the year likely have not been captured in a perpetual system. D) A physical count is needed to understand whether the selling prices of inventory have increased or decreased during the year.
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
38) Which of the following might explain why a company has switched from a periodic system to a perpetual system to record inventory transactions? A) An attempt by management to overstate performance and total assets in the year-end financial statements. B) The cost of inventory has increased during the year. C) The selling price of inventory has decreased during the year. D) The company has made several technological upgrades to its system for tracking inventory items. 39) The Mateo Corporation's inventory at December 31, 2021, was $325,000 based on a physical count priced at cost, and before any necessary adjustment for the following: • Merchandise costing $30,000, shipped f.o.b. shipping point from a vendor on December 30, 2021, was received on January 5, 2022. • Merchandise costing $22,000, shipped f.o.b. destination from a vendor on December 28, 2021, was received on January 3, 2022. • Merchandise costing $38,000 was shipped to a customer f.o.b. destination on December 28, arrived at the customer's location on January 6, 2022. • Merchandise costing $12,000 was being held on consignment by Traynor Company. What amount should Mateo Corporation report as inventory in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $367,000. B) $427,000. C) $405,000. D) $325,000. 40) Ending inventory is equal to the cost of items on hand plus: A) Items in transit sold f.o.b. shipping point. B) Purchases in transit f.o.b. destination. C) Items in transit sold f.o.b. destination. D) None of these answer choices is correct. 41) A company implements the following policy regarding inventory in transit: Goods purchased are included in inventory records, while goods sold are not included in inventory records. Management feels this policy is reasonable because it assigns inventory in transit to the party that initiated the transactions. Which of the following concepts is management not considering in implementing this policy? A) The likelihood that inventory purchased or sold will be returned. B) The quantity of the inventory involved in the transaction. C) The party who has title to the inventory while in transit. D) The materiality of shipping costs.
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
42) A company does not include in ending inventory any goods that have been shipped to consignees to be sold on consignment. The company has a policy of removing those goods from the inventory records at the time of shipment. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) The policy is correct if management believes it is probable the inventory will be sold within the next year. B) The policy is not correct because the company has title to consignment goods until those goods are sold to a third-party customer. C) The policy is correct if the current selling price of inventory is above its original purchase cost. D) The policy is not correct because inventory is recorded at fair value, and fair value is not known until those goods are sold. 43) Mogul Company ships merchandise to Ski Outfit in a consignment arrangement. The arrangement specifies that Ski Outfit will attempt to sell the merchandise, and in return, Mogul will pay to Ski Outfit a 20% sales commission on any merchandise sold. During the year, Mogul ships inventory with a cost of $80,000 to Ski Outfit. By the end of the year, $60,000 of the merchandise has been sold to customers for a total of $85,000. What amount of inventory will Mogul report at year end? A) $0. B) $5,000. C) $16,000. D) $20,000. 44) Mogul Company ships merchandise to Ski Outfit in a consignment arrangement. The arrangement specifies that Ski Outfit will attempt to sell the merchandise, and in return, Mogul will pay to Ski Outfit a commission of 20% of the selling price on any merchandise sold. During the year, Mogul ships inventory with a cost of $80,000 to Ski Outfit and pays shipping costs of $8,000. By the end of the year, $60,000 of the merchandise has been sold to customers for a total of $85,000. Mogul allocates $6,000 of the shipping costs to inventory sold and the other $2,000 to inventory not sold. Mogul also paid advertising costs during the year of $10,000. What amount of inventory will Mogul report at year end? A) $20,000. B) $22,000. C) $42,000. D) $52,000. 45) A company's estimate of merchandise that will be returned by customers should be: A) Included in inventory at an amount equal to the selling price of the merchandise. B) Included in inventory at an amount equal to the cost of the merchandise. C) Excluded from inventory but deducted from sales revenue and accounts receivable. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
46) The Constance Corporation's inventory at December 31, 2021, was $125,000 (at cost) based on a physical count of inventory on hand, before any necessary adjustment for the following: • Merchandise costing $15,000, shipped f.o.b. shipping point from a vendor on December 27, 2021, was received by Constance on January 5, 2022. • Merchandise costing $45,000 was shipped to a customer f.o.b. shipping point on December 28, 2021, arrived at the customer's location on January 6, 2022. • Merchandise costing $21,000 was being held on hand for Jess Company on consignment. • Estimated sales returns are 10% of annual sales. Sales revenue was $550,000 with a gross profit ratio of 25%. What amount should Constance Corporation report as inventory in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $160,250. B) $145,250. C) $187,250. D) $190,250. 47) Purchases equal the invoice amount: A) Plus freight-in, plus discounts lost. B) Less purchase returns, plus purchase allowances. C) Plus freight-in, less purchase discounts. D) Plus discounts, less purchase returns. 48) A company purchases inventory for $10,000, with terms 3/10, n/30. The company uses a perpetual system and the net method to record purchases. To record this transaction, the company debits the Inventory account for $9,970. Which of the following statements is correct? A) The company should instead credit Inventory. B) The company should instead debit Purchases. C) The recorded amount should instead be $9,700. D) Two of the other answers are correct. 49) Management adopts of policy of reporting all shipping costs (freight-in and freight-out) in an operating expense account—Shipping Expense—at the time those costs are incurred. The cost of the physical units sold are reported in the Cost of Goods Sold account at the time those units are sold. Management believes this policy better communicates its inventory decisions to financial statement users. Which of the following statements is correct? A) Management's policy is not correct because the cost of inventory includes all costs necessary to get the inventory ready for sale. B) Management's policy is not correct because freight-in should be expensed only when the inventory is sold. C) Management's policy is not correct because the cost of freight-out represents a reduction of revenue, not an expense. D) Two of the other answers are correct.
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) Using the gross method, purchase discounts lost are: A) Included in inventory purchased. B) Added to accounts payable. C) Included as a reduction to purchase returns. D) Deducted from discount income. 51) Inventory does not include: A) Materials used in the production of goods to be sold. B) Assets intended to be sold in the normal course of business. C) The cost of office equipment. D) Assets currently in production for normal sales. 52) Under the gross method, purchase discounts taken are: A) Deducted from purchase allowances. B) Added to net purchases. C) Added to interest income. D) Deducted from inventory purchased. 53) Alison's dress shop buys dresses from McGuire Manufacturing. Alison purchased dresses from McGuire on July 17 and received an invoice with a list price amount of $6,000 and payment terms of 2/10, n/30. Alison uses the net method to record purchases. Alison should record the purchase at: A) $5,940. B) $5,880. C) $6,000. D) $6,120. 54) Northwest Fur Co. started 2021 with $94,000 of merchandise inventory on hand. During 2021, $400,000 in merchandise was purchased on account with credit terms of 1/15, n/45. All discounts were taken. Purchases were all made f.o.b. shipping point. Northwest paid freight charges of $7,500. Merchandise with an invoice amount of $5,000 was returned for credit. Cost of goods sold for the year was $380,000. Northwest uses a perpetual inventory system. What is ending inventory assuming Northwest uses the gross method to record purchases? A) $112,490. B) $112,550. C) $116,500. D) $120,300.
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
55) Northwest Fur Co. started 2021 with $94,000 of merchandise inventory on hand. During 2021, $400,000 in merchandise was purchased on account with credit terms of 1/15, n/45. All discounts were taken. Purchases were all made f.o.b. shipping point. Northwest paid freight charges of $7,500. Merchandise with an invoice amount of $5,000 was returned for credit. Cost of goods sold for the year was $380,000. Northwest uses a perpetual inventory system. Assuming Northwest uses the gross method to record purchases, what is the cost of goods available for sale? A) $492,500. B) $496,500. C) $490,500. D) $492,550. 56) Cinnamon Buns Co. (CBC) started 2021 with $52,000 of merchandise on hand. During 2021, $280,000 in merchandise was purchased on account with credit terms of 2/10, n/30. All discounts were taken. Purchases were all made f.o.b. shipping point. CBC paid freight charges of $9,000. Merchandise with an invoice amount of $4,000 was returned for credit. Cost of goods sold for the year was $316,000. CBC uses a perpetual inventory system. Assuming CBC uses the gross method to record purchases, ending inventory would be: A) $6,480. B) $15,400. C) $15,480. D) $21,000. 57) Cinnamon Buns Co. (CBC) started 2021 with $52,000 of merchandise on hand. During 2021, $280,000 in merchandise was purchased on account with credit terms of 2/10, n/30. All discounts were taken. Purchases were all made f.o.b. shipping point. CBC paid freight charges of $9,000. Merchandise with an invoice amount of $4,000 was returned for credit. Cost of goods sold for the year was $316,000. CBC uses a perpetual inventory system. What is cost of goods available for sale, assuming CBC uses the gross method? A) $312,480. B) $326,000. C) $331,480. D) $337,000.
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
58) Cinnamon Buns Co. (CBC) started 2021 with $52,000 of merchandise on hand. During 2021, $280,000 in merchandise was purchased on account with credit terms of 2/10, n/30. All discounts were taken. Purchases were all made f.o.b. shipping point. CBC paid freight charges of $9,000. Merchandise with an invoice amount of $4,000 was returned for credit. Cost of goods sold for the year was $316,000. CBC uses a perpetual inventory system. Assume instead that (a) freight costs were paid by the vendor, (b) no discounts were taken, and (c) the merchandise on hand at the beginning of 2021 was determined by a physical count that failed to realize that $10,000 of merchandise was being held on consignment for Frosting R Us Inc. What is cost of goods available for sale, assuming CBC uses the gross method to record purchase discounts? A) $318,000. B) $327,000. C) $321,480. D) $337,000. 59) Cost of goods sold is given by: A) Beginning inventory − net purchases + ending inventory. B) Beginning inventory + accounts payable − net purchases. C) Net purchases + ending inventory − beginning inventory. D) Net Purchases + beginning inventory − ending inventory. 60) The inventory method that will always produce the same amount for cost of goods sold in a periodic inventory system as in a perpetual inventory system would be: A) FIFO. B) LIFO. C) Weighted average. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 61) In a perpetual average cost system: A) A new weighted-average unit cost is calculated each time additional units are purchased. B) The cost allocated to ending inventory is generally the same as it would be in a periodic inventory system. C) The moving-average unit cost is determined following each sale. D) The average is determined by dividing the total number of units sold by the cost of units purchased during the period. 62) In a period when costs are rising and inventory quantities are stable, the inventory method that would result in the highest ending inventory is: A) Weighted average. B) Moving average. C) FIFO. D) LIFO.
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
63) During periods when costs are rising and inventory quantities are stable, cost of goods sold will be: A) Higher under FIFO than LIFO. B) Higher under FIFO than average cost. C) Lower under average cost than LIFO. D) Lower under LIFO than FIFO. 64) During periods when costs are rising and inventory quantities are stable, ending inventory will be: A) Higher under LIFO than FIFO. B) Lower under average cost than LIFO. C) Higher under average cost than FIFO. D) Higher under FIFO than LIFO. 65) The use of LIFO during a long inflationary period can result in: A) A net increase in income tax expense. B) An inflated balance sheet. C) Significant cash flow advantages over FIFO. D) A reduction in inventory turnover over FIFO. 66) Which of the following is false regarding the FIFO inventory method? A) FIFO under a perpetual inventory system results in the same cost of goods sold as FIFO under a periodic inventory system. B) A company can choose to account for the flow of inventory using the FIFO method even if this doesn't match the actual flow of its inventory. C) Perishable goods often follow an actual physical flow that is consistent with the FIFO method assumptions. D) All of the other answer choices are true. 67) Company A is identical to Company B in every regard except that Company A uses FIFO and Company B uses LIFO. In an extended period of rising inventory costs, Company A's gross profit and inventory turnover ratio, compared to Company B's, would be:
a. b. c. d.
Gross Profit lower higher higher lower
Inventory Turnover lower higher lower higher
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
68) Company C is identical to Company D in every respect except that Company C uses LIFO and Company D uses average costs. In an extended period of rising inventory costs, Company C's gross profit and inventory turnover ratio, compared to Company D's, would be:
a. b. c. d.
Gross Profit higher higher lower lower
Inventory Turnover higher lower lower higher
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 69) A company uses the periodic average cost method to account for inventory. For the year, the company had the following beginning inventory and purchases: Beginning inventory on January 1 Purchase on March 1 Purchase on September 1
100 units 400 units 800 units
at at at
$ 2,800 per unit $ 3,000 per unit $ 3,200 per unit
Sales for the year totaled 1,000 units, leaving 300 units on hand at the end of the year. The company reported ending inventory for $900,000. Which of the following is correct? A) The amount reported for ending inventory is incorrect because management used a simple average instead of weighted-average to calculate the unit cost of inventory for the year. B) The amount reported for ending inventory cannot be determined with the information given because the amount depends on which of the 1,000 units were assumed to be sold. C) The amount reported for ending inventory is incorrect because the unit cost of ending inventory should be the average cost of the last 300 units purchased. D) The amount reported for ending inventory is correct.
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
70) A company uses the periodic FIFO method to account for inventory. For the year, the company had the following beginning inventory and purchases: Beginning inventory on January 1 Purchase on March 1 Purchase on September 1
100 units 400 units 800 units
at at at
$ 2,800 per unit $ 3,000 per unit $ 3,200 per unit
Sales for the year totaled 1,000 units, leaving 300 units on hand at the end of the year. The company reported cost of goods sold as $3,120,000 [(400 units @ $3,000) + (600 units @ $3,200)]. Which of the following is correct? A) The amount reported for cost of goods sold is incorrect because it assumes the units sold based on a perpetual system instead of a periodic system. B) The amount reported for cost of goods sold is incorrect because the units assumed sold would first include those in beginning inventory. C) The amount reported for cost of goods sold is incorrect because the units assumed sold would include all of those purchased on September 1. D) The amount reported for cost of goods sold is correct. 71) Fulbright Corp. uses the periodic inventory system. During its first year of operations, Fulbright made the following purchases (listed in chronological order of acquisition): • 40 units at $100 per unit • 70 units at $80 per unit • 170 units at $60 per unit Sales for the year totaled 270 units, leaving 10 units on hand at the end of the year. Ending inventory using the average cost method (rounded) is: A) $650. B) $1,000. C) $707. D) $600.
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
72) Fulbright Corp. uses the periodic inventory system. During its first year of operations, Fulbright made the following purchases (listed in chronological order of acquisition): • 40 units at $100 per unit • 70 units at $80 per unit • 170 units at $60 per unit Sales for the year totaled 270 units, leaving 10 units on hand at the end of the year. Ending inventory using the FIFO method is: A) $650. B) $1,000. C) $707. D) $600. 73) Fulbright Corp. uses the periodic inventory system. During its first year of operations, Fulbright made the following purchases (listed in chronological order of acquisition): • 40 units at $100 per unit • 70 units at $80 per unit • 170 units at $60 per unit Sales for the year totaled 270 units, leaving 10 units on hand at the end of the year. Ending inventory using the LIFO method is: A) $650. B) $1,000. C) $707. D) $600. 74) Fulbright Corp. uses the periodic inventory system. During its first year of operations, Fulbright made the following purchases (listed in chronological order of acquisition): • 40 units at $100 per unit • 70 units at $80 per unit • 170 units at $60 per unit Sales for the year totaled 270 units, leaving 10 units on hand at the end of the year. In comparing the ending inventory balances of FIFO and LIFO, the ending inventory value under FIFO less the ending inventory balance under LIFO results in a difference of: A) $400. B) $(400). C) $0. D) $50. 13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
75) Nu Company reported the following pretax data for its first year of operations.
Net sales Cost of goods available for sale Operating expenses Effective tax rate Ending inventories: If LIFO is elected If FIFO is elected
2,800 2,500 880 25% 820 1,060
What is Nu's net income if it elects FIFO? A) $480. B) $360. C) $1,360. D) $180. 76) Nu Company reported the following pretax data for its first year of operations.
Net sales Cost of goods available for sale Operating expenses Effective tax rate Ending inventories: If LIFO is elected If FIFO is elected
2,800 2,500 880 25% 820 1,060
What is Nu's net income if it elects LIFO? A) $288. B) $180. C) $240. D) $480.
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
77) Nu Company reported the following pretax data for its first year of operations.
Net sales Cost of goods available for sale Operating expenses Effective tax rate Ending inventories: If LIFO is elected If FIFO is elected
2,800 2,500 880 25% 820 1,060
What is Nu's gross profit ratio if it elects LIFO? A) 80%. B) 49%. C) 40%. D) 6.4%. 78) Nueva Company reported the following pretax data for its first year of operations.
Net sales Cost of goods available for sale Operating expenses Effective tax rate Ending inventories: If LIFO is elected If FIFO is elected
7,340 5,790 1,728 25% 618 798
What is Nueva's gross profit ratio (rounded) if it elects FIFO? A) 30%. B) 32%. C) 12.9%. D) 60%.
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
79) Nueva Company reported the following pretax data for its first year of operations.
Net sales Cost of goods available for sale Operating expenses Effective tax rate Ending inventories: If LIFO is elected If FIFO is elected
7,340 5,790 1,728 25% 618 798
What is Nueva's net income if it elects FIFO? A) $440. B) $330. C) $620. D) $465. 80) Nueva Company reported the following pretax data for its first year of operations.
Net sales Cost of goods available for sale Operating expenses Effective tax rate Ending inventories: If LIFO is elected If FIFO is elected
7,340 5,790 1,728 25% 618 798
What is Nueva's net income if it elects LIFO? A) $440. B) $330. C) $620. D) $465.
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
81) Nueva Company reported the following pretax data for its first year of operations.
Net sales Cost of goods available for sale Operating expenses Effective tax rate Ending inventories: If LIFO is elected If FIFO is elected
7,340 5,790 1,728 25% 618 798
How much more will Nueva report in income tax if it elects FIFO instead of LIFO? A) $135. B) $110. C) $155. D) $45. 82) Inventory records for Herb's Chemicals revealed the following: March 1, 2021, inventory: 1,000 gallons @ $7.20 per gallon = $7,200
Purchases: Mar. 10 Mar. 16 Mar. 23
600 gals 800 gals 600 gals
@ @ @
$ 7.25 $ 7.30 $ 7.35
Sales: Mar. 5 Mar. 14 Mar. 20 Mar. 26
400 gals 700 gals 500 gals 700 gals
Ending inventory assuming LIFO in a periodic inventory system would be: A) $5,040. B) $5,055. C) $5,075. D) $5,135.
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
83) Inventory records for Herb's Chemicals revealed the following: March 1, 2021, inventory: 1,000 gallons @ $7.20 per gallon = $7,200
Purchases: Mar. 10 Mar. 16 Mar. 23
600 gals 800 gals 600 gals
@ @ @
$ 7.25 $ 7.30 $ 7.35
Sales: Mar. 5 Mar. 14 Mar. 20 Mar. 26
400 gals 700 gals 500 gals 700 gals
Ending inventory assuming LIFO in a perpetual inventory system would be: A) $4,960. B) $5,060. C) $5,080. D) $5,140. 84) Inventory records for Herb's Chemicals revealed the following: March 1, 2021, inventory: 1,000 gallons @ $7.20 per gallon = $7,200
Purchases: Mar. 10 Mar. 16 Mar. 23
600 gals 800 gals 600 gals
@ @ @
$ 7.25 $ 7.30 $ 7.35
Sales: Mar. 5 Mar. 14 Mar. 20 Mar. 26
400 gals 700 gals 500 gals 700 gals
The ending inventory assuming FIFO is: A) $5,140. B) $5,080. C) $5,060. D) $5,050.
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) Inventory records for Herb's Chemicals revealed the following: March 1, 2021, inventory: 1,000 gallons @ $7.20 per gallon = $7,200
Purchases: Mar. 10 Mar. 16 Mar. 23
600 gals 800 gals 600 gals
@ @ @
$ 7.25 $ 7.30 $ 7.35
Sales: Mar. 5 Mar. 14 Mar. 20 Mar. 26
400 gals 700 gals 500 gals 700 gals
The ending inventory under a periodic inventory system assuming average cost (rounding unit cost to three decimal places) is: A) $5,087. B) $5,107. C) $5,077. D) $5,005. 86) Texas Petrochemical reported the following April activity for its VC-30 lubricant, which had a balance of 300 qts. @ $2.40 per quart on April 1.
Purchases: Apr. 10 Apr. 14 Apr. 20
500 qts 400 qts 400 qts
@ @ @
$ 2.50 $ 2.60 $ 2.65
Sales: Apr. 3 Apr. 12 Apr. 26
200 qts 500 qts 300 qts
The ending inventory assuming LIFO and a periodic inventory system is: (Round your final answer to nearest whole dollar amount.) A) $1,580. B) $1,510. C) $1,575. D) $1,470. 87) The LIFO Conformity Rule states that if LIFO is used for: A) One class of inventory, it must be used for all classes of inventory. B) Tax purposes, it must be used for financial reporting. C) One company in an affiliated group, it must be used by all companies in an affiliated group. D) Domestic companies, it must be used by foreign partners. 88) The use of LIFO in accounting for a firm's inventory: A) Usually matches the physical flow of goods through the business. B) Is usually used for internal management purposes. C) Usually provides a better match of expenses with revenues. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
89) In a period when costs are falling and inventory quantities are stable, the lowest taxable income would be reported by using the inventory method of: A) Weighted average. B) LIFO. C) Moving average. D) FIFO. 90) The primary reason for the popularity of LIFO is that it: A) Provides better matching of physical flow and cost flow. B) Saves income taxes currently. C) Simplifies recordkeeping. D) Provides a permanent reduction of income taxes. 91) Which of the following statements is/are true? A) In a period of rising costs and stable inventory levels, using the LIFO method leads to a lower taxable income and higher net income compared to the FIFO method. B) In a period of rising costs and stable inventory levels, using the FIFO method leads to a higher taxable income and higher net income compared to the LIFO method. C) In a period of falling costs and stable inventory levels, cost of goods sold is the same under LIFO and FIFO. D) All of the other answer choices are true. 92) In periods when costs are rising, LIFO liquidations: A) Can't occur. B) Are used to reduce tax liabilities. C) Are a source of off-balance-sheet financing. D) Distort the net income. 93) When reported in financial statements, a LIFO allowance account usually: A) Is shown in the firm's income statement. B) Is added to LIFO cost to indicate what the inventory would cost on a FIFO basis. C) Indicates the effect on income if LIFO were not used. D) Shows the current rate of inflation for that asset. 94) CMN Inc. uses LIFO and has experienced increasing costs since its founding. CMN disclosed that the LIFO reserve (also known as the LIFO allowance) at the end of 2021 was $3 million. The balance sheet showed ending inventory of $17 million at the end of 2021. What would the ending inventory have been if CMN had always used FIFO? A) $20 million. B) $17 million. C) $14 million. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
95) TNM Inc. uses LIFO and was founded in on January 1, 2020. At the end of 2020, TNM disclosed that the LIFO reserve was $1 million, indicating that the ending inventory balance would have been $1 million higher under FIFO. At the end of 2021, the LIFO reserve decreased to $0.5 million and inventory balances were relatively stable compared to 2020. Which of the following is true regarding TNM's costs? A) Costs have been increasing since TNM was founded because the LIFO reserve is greater than zero. B) Costs have been decreasing since TNM was founded because the LIFO reserve is greater than zero. C) Costs were increasing in 2021, but decreasing in 2020. D) Costs were decreasing in 2021, but increasing in 2020. 96) If a company uses LIFO, a LIFO liquidation causes a company's income taxes to increase: A) When inventory purchase costs are rising. B) When inventory purchase costs are declining. C) Whether inventory purchase costs are declining or rising. D) LIFO liquidations have no effect on a company's income taxes. 97) GG Inc. uses LIFO. GG disclosed that if FIFO had been used, inventory at the end of 2021 would have been $16 million higher than the difference between LIFO and FIFO at the end of 2020. Assuming GG has a 25% income tax rate: A) Its reported cost of goods sold for 2021 would have been $12 million higher if it had used FIFO rather than LIFO for its financial statements. B) Its reported cost of goods sold for 2021 would have been $16 million higher if it had used FIFO rather than LIFO for its financial statements. C) Its reported net income for 2021 would have been $12 million higher if it had used FIFO rather than LIFO for its financial statements. D) Its reported net income for 2021 would have been $16 million higher if it had used FIFO rather than LIFO for its financial statements. 98) A company has the following information related to its ending inventory:
12/31/2020 12/31/2021
FIFO $ 400,000 480,000
LIFO $ 300,000 350,000
The company makes an adjusting entry with a debit to Cost of Goods Sold and a credit to LIFO Reserve for $130,000 at the end of 2021 ($480,000 − $350,000). Which of the following statements is correct? A) The company should instead debit the LIFO Reserve. B) The adjusting entry should instead be made for $30,000. C) Cost of goods sold is higher under LIFO than under FIFO by $130,000 in 2021. D) Two of the other answers are correct.
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
99) A company has the following information related to its ending inventory:
12/31/2020 12/31/2021
FIFO $ 230,000 280,000
LIFO $ 200,000 260,000
The company's accountant informs the CEO that because the company reports using LIFO instead of FIFO, gross profit will be lower in 2021. Which of the following statements is correct? A) The accountant is incorrect because the LIFO reserve has increased in the current year. B) The accountant is correct. C) The accountant is incorrect because the choice of LIFO or FIFO does not affect gross profit. D) The accountant is incorrect because the LIFO reserve has decreased in the current year. 100) HH Company uses LIFO. HH disclosed that if FIFO had been used, inventory at the end of 2021 would have been $20 million lower than the difference between LIFO and FIFO at the end of 2020. Assuming HH has a 25% income tax rate: A) Its reported cost of goods for 2021 would have been $15 million less if it had used FIFO rather than LIFO for its financial statements. B) Its reported cost of goods for 2021 would have been $20 million less if it had used FIFO rather than LIFO for its financial statements. C) Its reported cost of goods sold for 2021 would have been $15 million higher if it had used FIFO rather than LIFO for its financial statements. D) Its reported cost of goods sold for 2021 would have been $20 million higher if it had used FIFO rather than LIFO for its financial statements. 101) During 2021, WW Inc. reduced its LIFO eligible inventory quantities due to a problem with its major supplier. The effect of this liquidation was to increase its cost of goods sold by approximately $40 million. WW has a 25% income tax rate. If WW had not experienced these supplier problems and the resulting liquidation: A) Its 2021 net income would have been $30 million lower because inventory purchase prices were rising. B) Its 2021 net income would have been $30 million lower because inventory purchase prices were declining. C) Its 2021 net income would have been $30 million higher because inventory purchase prices were rising. D) Its 2021 net income would have been $30 million higher because inventory purchase prices were declining.
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
102) Thompson TV and Appliance reported the following in its 2021 financial statements:
Sales Cost of goods sold: Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Goods available for sale Inventory, December 31 Cost of goods sold Gross profit
2021 $ 420,000 82,000 340,000 422,000 86,000 336,000 $ 84,000
Thompson's 2021 gross profit ratio is: A) 25%. B) 19%. C) 20%. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 103) Thompson TV and Appliance reported the following in its 2021 financial statements:
Sales Cost of goods sold: Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Goods available for sale Inventory, December 31 Cost of goods sold Gross profit
2021 $ 420,000 82,000 340,000 422,000 86,000 336,000 $ 84,000
Thompson's 2021 inventory turnover ratio is: A) 3.91. B) 4.00. C) 4.88. D) 5.00. 104) Robertson Corporation's inventory balance was $22,000 at the beginning of the year and $20,000 at the end. The inventory turnover ratio for the year was 6.0 and the gross profit ratio 40%. What were net sales for the year? A) $126,000. B) $200,000. C) $120,000. D) $210,000.
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
105) Anthony Thomas Candies (ATC) reported the following financial data for 2021 and 2020:
Sales Sales returns and allowances Net sales Cost of goods sold: Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Goods available for sale Inventory, December 31 Cost of goods sold Gross profit
2021 $ 305,000 9,000 $ 296,000
2020 $ 284,000 6,000 $ 278,000
43,000 152,000 195,000 57,000 138,000 $ 158,000
36,000 146,000 182,000 43,000 139,000 $ 139,000
ATC's gross profit ratio (rounded) in 2021 is: A) 53.4%. B) 51.9%. C) 50.3%. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 106) Anthony Thomas Candies (ATC) reported the following financial data for 2021 and 2020:
Sales Sales returns and allowances Net sales Cost of goods sold: Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Goods available for sale Inventory, December 31 Cost of goods sold Gross profit
2021 $ 305,000 9,000 $ 296,000
2020 $ 284,000 6,000 $ 278,000
43,000 152,000 195,000 57,000 138,000 $ 158,000
36,000 146,000 182,000 43,000 139,000 $ 139,000
ATC's inventory turnover ratio for 2021 is: A) 2.42. B) 2.76. C) 3.21. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) Anthony Thomas Candies (ATC) reported the following financial data for 2021 and 2020:
Sales Sales returns and allowances Net sales Cost of goods sold: Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Goods available for sale Inventory, December 31 Cost of goods sold Gross profit
2021 $ 305,000 9,000 $ 296,000
2020 $ 284,000 6,000 $ 278,000
43,000 152,000 195,000 57,000 138,000 $ 158,000
36,000 146,000 182,000 43,000 139,000 $ 139,000
The average days inventory for ATC (rounded) for 2021 is: A) Less than 100 days. B) 114 days. C) 132 days. D) 151 days. 108) Dollar-value LIFO: A) Starts with ending inventory measured at current costs and re-creates LIFO layers for measuring inventory costs. B) Increases the recordkeeping costs of LIFO. C) Only is allowed for internal reporting purposes. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 109) Compared to dollar-value LIFO, unit LIFO is: A) Less costly to implement. B) Less susceptible to LIFO liquidation. C) More costly to implement. D) More concerned with cost indexes. 110) A company uses the dollar-value LIFO method to report inventory. In the current year, the cost index for inventory has increased. If the company reports ending inventory at its year-end cost, which of the following statements is correct? A) Reported ending inventory is understated. B) Reported ending inventory is correct. C) Reported ending inventory is overstated. D) Cannot determine with the information given.
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
111) A company has the following information available that was used to report inventory using the dollar-value LIFO method. Year 12/31/2020 12/31/2021
Year-End Cost $ 250,000 259,000
Cost Index 1.00 1.06
For the year ended 12/31/2021, the company reported inventory of $274,540 ($259,000 × 1.06). Which of the following statements is correct? A) The amount reported for ending inventory should be calculated as $250,000 + ($9,000/1.06). B) The amount reported for ending inventory should be calculated as $250,000 + ($9,000 × 1.06). C) The amount reported for ending inventory should be calculated as $259,000/1.06. D) The amount reported for ending inventory is correct. 112) A company has the following information available that was used to report ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO method. Year 12/31/2020 12/31/2021
Year-End Cost $ 320,000 347,000
Cost Index 1.05 1.08
For the year ended 12/31/2021, the company reported ending inventory at its year-end cost of $347,000. Which of the following statements is correct? A) The company should have multiplied $347,000 by 1.08 to determine ending inventory. B) Most of the ending inventory should be reported at a cost index of 1.05, with the remainder at 1.08. C) The company should have divided $347,000 by 1.05 to determine ending inventory. D) Most of the ending inventory should be reported at a cost index of 1.08, with the remainder at 1.05.
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
113) Bond Company adopted the dollar-value LIFO inventory method on January 1, 2021. In applying the LIFO method, Bond uses internal cost indexes and the multiple-pools approach. The following data were available for Inventory Pool No. 3 for the two years following the adoption of LIFO:
Year 1/1/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2022
At Year-End $ 300,000 345,600 420,000
Ending Inventory At Base Year Cost $ 300,000 320,000 350,000
Cost Index 1.00 1.08 1.20
Under the dollar-value LIFO method, the inventory at December 31, 2022, should be A) $357,600. B) $350,000. C) $351,600. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 114) On January 1, 2021, Badger Inc. adopted the dollar-value LIFO method. The inventory cost on this date was $100,000. The ending inventory, valued at year-end costs, and the relative cost index for each of the next three years is below:
Year-end 2021 2022 2023
Ending inventory at year-end costs $ 126,000 143,000 153,600
Cost Index 1.05 1.10 1.20
What inventory balance should Badger report on its 12/31/2021 balance sheet? A) $126,000 B) $121,000 C) $120,000 D) $100,000
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
115) On January 1, 2021, Badger Inc. adopted the dollar-value LIFO method. The inventory cost on this date was $100,000. The ending inventory, valued at year-end costs, and the relative cost index for each of the next three years is below:
Year-end 2021 2022 2023
Ending inventory at year-end costs $ 126,000 143,000 153,600
Cost Index 1.05 1.10 1.20
In determining the inventory balance for Badger to report in its 12/31/2022 balance sheet: A) An additional layer of $23,000 is added to the 12/31/2021 balance. B) An additional layer of $22,000 is added to the 12/31/2021 balance. C) An additional layer of $11,000 is added to the 12/31/2021 balance. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 116) On January 1, 2021, Badger Inc. adopted the dollar-value LIFO method. The inventory cost on this date was $100,000. The ending inventory, valued at year-end costs, and the relative cost index for each of the next three years is below:
Year-end 2021 2022 2023
Ending inventory at year-end costs $ 126,000 143,000 153,600
Cost Index 1.05 1.10 1.20
What inventory balance would Badger report on its 12/31/2023 balance sheet? A) $128,000. B) $129,800. C) $153,600. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 117) Ramen Inc. adopted dollar-value LIFO (DVL) as of January 1, 2021, when it had a cost inventory of $600,000. Its inventory as of December 31, 2021, was $667,800 at year-end costs and the cost index was 1.06. What was DVL inventory on December 31, 2021? A) $630,000. B) $631,800. C) $636,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
118) Udon Inc. adopted dollar-value LIFO (DVL) as of January 1, 2021, when it had an inventory of $700,000. Its inventory as of December 31, 2021, was $777,000 at year-end costs and the cost index was 1.05. What was DVL inventory on December 31, 2021? A) $735,000. B) $740,000. C) $742,000. D) $777,000. 119) Linguini Inc. adopted dollar-value LIFO (DVL) as of January 1, 2021, when it had an inventory of $800,000. Its inventory as of December 31, 2021, was $811,200 at year-end costs and the cost index was 1.04. What was DVL inventory on December 31, 2021? A) $780,000. B) $800,000. C) $811,200. D) $832,000. 120) Buckeye Corporation adopted dollar-value LIFO on January 1, 2021, when the inventory value was $500,000 and the cost index was 1.0. On December 31, 2021, the inventory value at year-end costs was $535,000 and the cost index was 1.06. Buckeye would report a LIFO inventory of: A) $504,717. B) $530,000. C) $505,000. D) $533,019. 121) Tiger Inc. adopted dollar-value LIFO on January 1, 2021, when the inventory value was $360,000 and the cost index was 1.25. On December 31, 2021, the inventory was valued at year-end cost of $395,000 and the cost index was 1.30. Tiger would report a LIFO inventory of: A) $410,800. B) $374,400. C) $379,808. D) $380,600. 122) A company that prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) can use each of the following inventory valuation methods except: A) Average cost. B) FIFO. C) LIFO. D) All of these methods can be used.
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
123) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Periodic inventory system 2. LIFO conformity rule 3. Net purchases 4. Finished goods 5. Cost of Goods available for sale
PHRASE NUMBER Adjusts inventory at the end of the period. ____ Allocated between ending inventory and ____ cost of goods sold. Reduced by discounts taken under both ____ gross and net methods. Inventory ready for sale. ____ LIFO must be used for financial reporting ____ if elected for taxes.
124) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. LIFO liquidation 2. LIFO pools 3. Perpetual inventory system 4. Freight-in 5. Physical flow
PHRASE NUMBER Considered a product cost. ____ Continuously records changes in ____ inventory. Captured by FIFO for perishable products. ____ Reduces the quality of current period earnings information. Units grouped according to similarities.
____ ____
125) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Consignment 2. FIFO 3. LIFO 4. Average cost 5. Cost of goods sold
PHRASE NUMBER Goods are transferred to another party but title ____ remains with transferor. Cost of goods available for sale less ending ____ inventory. Items sold are assumed to come from a mixture of ____ goods purchased during the period. Items sold are assumed to be those purchased ____ first. Items sold are assumed to be those purchased last. ____
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. F.o.b. shipping point 2. Cost flow assumption 3. Inventory cut-off 4. F.o.b. destination 5. Specific identification method
PHRASE NUMBER Legal title passes when goods are delivered ____ to common carrier. Legal title passes when goods arrive at ____ customer location. Not required to correspond to actual product ____ flow. Making sure goods in transit are properly ____ accounted for. Not feasible for many types of products. ____
127) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Net method 2. Work-in-process 3. Gross method 4. FIFO 5. Gross profit ratio
PHRASE NUMBER Purchases are recorded for the full cost of the ____ inventory. Purchases are recorded for the inventory cost less ____ any possible discounts. ____ 1 - (Cost of goods sold ÷ Net sales). Products that are not yet complete. ____ Most recent purchases will be included in ending ____ inventory.
128) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Cost index
PHRASE NUMBER Most recent purchases will be included in cost of ____ goods sold. 2. Consumer Price Index Could be used instead of an internally generated ____ index in dollar-value LIFO computations. 3. Specific identification The cost of components purchased from other ____ manufacturers. 4. Raw materials Used to convert ending inventory at year-end cost ____ to base year cost. 5. LIFO Method not feasible for most inventories. ____
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) Listed below are 10 terms, followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM
PHRASE NUMBER Goods are transferred to another company but ____ title remains with transferor. 2. Average cost Legal title passes when goods arrive at ____ customer location. 3. Consignment Inventory is viewed as a quantity of value. ____ 4. F.o.b. shipping point Adjusts inventory at the end of the period. ____ 5. Dollar-value LIFO Items sold are those purchased last. ____ 6. Perpetual inventory system Legal title passes when goods are delivered to ____ common carrier. 7. LIFO Items sold come from a mixture of goods ____ purchased during the period. 8. Periodic inventory system Items sold are those purchased first. ____ 9. F.o.b. destination Continuously records changes in inventory. ____ 10. LIFO conformity rule If LIFO is used for income tax purposes, it ____ must be used for financial reporting. 1. FIFO
130) Bascomb Company purchased $420,000 in merchandise on account during the month of April, and merchandise costing $350,000 was sold on account for $425,000. Required: 1. Prepare journal entries to record the purchases and sales assuming Bascomb uses a perpetual inventory system. 2. Prepare journal entries to record the purchases and sales assuming Bascomb uses a periodic inventory system. 131) Meteor Co. purchased merchandise on March 4, 2021, at a price of $30,000, subject to credit terms of 2/10, n/30. Meteor uses the net method for recording purchases and uses a periodic inventory system. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the purchase. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the appropriate payment if the entire invoice is paid on March 11, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record the appropriate payment if the entire invoice is paid on April 2, 2021.
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) Slinky Company purchased merchandise on June 10, 2021, at a price of $20,000, subject to credit terms of 2/10, n/30. Slinky uses the net method for recording purchases and uses a perpetual inventory system. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the purchase. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the appropriate payment if the entire invoice is paid on June 18, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record the appropriate payment if the entire invoice is paid on July 8, 2021. 133) Bunker Auto Supply purchased merchandise on January 4, 2021, at a price of $70,000, subject to credit terms of 2/10, n/30. Bunker uses the gross method for recording purchases and uses a periodic inventory system. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the purchase. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the payment of one-half the invoice amount on January 11, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record the balance of the amount due on February 2, 2021. 134) Patty's Pet Store purchased merchandise on October 10, 2021, at a price of $35,000, subject to credit terms of 2/10, n/30. Patty's uses the gross method for recording purchases and uses perpetual inventory system. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the purchase. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the payment of one-half the invoice amount on October 18, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record the payment of the balance of the amount due on November 8, 2021. 135) Boston Dollar Store uses the gross method to record purchase discounts and uses a perpetual inventory system. Boston engaged in the following transactions during April: April 12 Purchased $15,000 in merchandise subject to terms of 2/10, n/30. The goods were shipped f.o.b. shipping point. April 13 Received a billing from Orange Freight Lines for $300 for the April 12 purchase. April 15 Returned $1,000 of merchandise from the April 12 purchase. April 20 Paid balances due from April 12 purchase. Required: Prepare journal entries to record the above transactions.
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
136) Hazelton Corporation uses a periodic inventory system and the LIFO method to value its inventory. The company began 2021 with $59,000 in inventory of its only product. The beginning inventory consisted of the following layers: 4,000 units at $6 per unit = $24,000 5,000 units at $7 per unit = 35,000 Total $59,000 During 2021, 6,000 units were purchased at $8 per unit and during 2022, 7,000 units were purchased at $9 per unit. Sales, in units, were 7,000 and 12,000 during 2021 and 2022, respectively. Required: 1. Calculate cost of goods sold for 2021 and 2022. 2. Disregarding income tax, determine the LIFO liquidation profit or loss, if any, for 2021 and 2022. 137) The Tucson Corporation's fiscal year ends on December 31. Tucson determines inventory quantity by a physical count of inventory on hand at the close of business on December 31. The company's controller has asked for your help in deciding if the following items should be included in the year-end inventory count. 1. Goods purchased from a vendor shipped f.o.b. shipping point on December 24 that arrived on January 4. 2. Goods shipped f.o.b. shipping point on December 27 arrived at the customer's location on January 4. 3. Goods purchased from a vendor shipped f.o.b. destination on December 27 that arrived on January 5. 4. Freight charges on goods purchased in item 1. 5. Merchandise held on consignment for Masterwear, Inc. 6. Goods shipped f.o.b. destination on December 29 that arrived at the customer's location on January 2. Required: Determine if each of the six items above should be included or excluded from the company's year-end inventory.
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: The following information is taken from the accounting records of Rapid Runner Inc. for the year 2021. Missing information has been left blank. Required: Compute the missing amounts. 138) Cost of goods sold 95
139) Cost of goods sold
Freight- Ending Gross Sales Purchase Beginning Gross Purchase in inventory Purchases discounts inventory profit returns 5
30
142) Cost of goods sold
8
12
206
200
15
60
54
27
Freight- Ending Gross Sales Purchase Beginning Gross Purchase in inventory Purchases discounts inventory profit returns 14
141) Cost of goods sold 237
20
Freight- Ending Gross Sales Purchase Beginning Gross Purchase in inventory Purchases discounts inventory profit returns 10
140) Cost of goods sold
6
83
270
304
20
90
30
Freight- Ending Gross Sales Purchase Beginning Gross Purchase in inventory Purchases discounts inventory profit returns 22
147
300
400
150
163
50
Freight- Ending Gross Sales Purchase Beginning Gross Purchase in inventory Purchases discounts inventory profit returns 33
239
350
511
36
220
213
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: The following information is taken from the accounting records of Madeline Inc. for the year 2021. Missing information has been left blank. Inventory is the only supply that Madeline purchases on credit. Required: Compute the missing amounts. 143) Jan. 1 Jan. 1 Dec. 31 Dec. 31 Cash paid to Cost of accounts inventory accounts inventory inventory goods sold payable payable suppliers 100
62
85
324
365
144) Jan. 1 Jan. 1 Dec. 31 Dec. 31 Cash paid to Cost of accounts inventory accounts inventory inventory goods sold payable payable suppliers 99
222
179
595
636
145) Jan. 1 Jan. 1 Dec. 31 Dec. 31 Cash paid to Cost of accounts inventory accounts inventory inventory goods sold payable payable suppliers 107
324
29
279
928
146) Jan. 1 Jan. 1 Dec. 31 Dec. 31 Cash paid to Cost of accounts inventory accounts inventory inventory goods sold payable payable suppliers 55
184
78
99
72
350
Net purchases
675
Net purchases
883
Net purchases
700
147) Jan. 1 Jan. 1 Dec. 31 Dec. 31 Cash paid to Cost of accounts inventory accounts inventory inventory goods sold payable payable suppliers 80
Net purchases
606
583
Net purchases
621
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) Shown below is activity for one of the products of Denver Office Equipment: January 1 balance, 500 units @ $55 per unit Purchases: January 10: 500 units @ $60 per unit January 20: 1,000 units @ $63 per unit
$27,500
Sales: January 12: 800 units January 28: 750 units Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Denver uses FIFO. 149) Shown below is activity for one of the products of Denver Office Equipment: January 1 balance, 500 units @ $55 per unit Purchases: January 10: 500 units @ $60 per unit January 20: 1,000 units @ $63 per unit
$27,500
Sales: January 12: 800 units January 28: 750 units Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Denver uses LIFO and a perpetual inventory system. 150) Shown below is activity for one of the products of Denver Office Equipment: January 1 balance, 500 units @ $55 per unit Purchases: January 10: 500 units @ $60 per unit January 20: 1,000 units @ $63 per unit Sales: January 12: 800 units January 28: 750 units
$27,500
Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Denver uses average cost and a periodic inventory system.
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
151) Shown below is activity for one of the products of Denver Office Equipment: January 1 balance, 500 units @ $55 per unit Purchases: January 10: 500 units @ $60 per unit January 20: 1,000 units @ $63 per unit Sales: January 12: 800 units January 28: 750 units
$27,500
Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Denver uses average cost and a perpetual inventory system. 152) Shown below is activity for one of the products of Denver Office Equipment: January 1 balance, 500 units @ $55 per unit Purchases: January 10: 500 units @ $60 per unit January 20: 1,000 units @ $63 per unit Sales: January 12: 800 units January 28: 750 units
$27,500
Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Denver uses LIFO and a periodic inventory system. 153) Shown below is the activity for one of the products of Random Creations: January 1 balance, 80 units @ $50 Purchases: January 18: 40 units @ $51 January 28: 40 units @ $52 Sales: January 12: 30 units January 22: 30 units January 31: 45 units
$4,000
Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Random Creations uses FIFO.
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
154) Shown below is the activity for one of the products of Random Creations: January 1 balance, 80 units @ $50 Purchases: January 18: 40 units @ $51 January 28: 40 units @ $52 Sales: January 12: 30 units January 22: 30 units January 31: 45 units
$4,000
Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Random Creations uses LIFO and perpetual inventory system. 155) Shown below is the activity for one of the products of Random Creations: January 1 balance, 80 units @ $50 Purchases: January 18: 40 units @ $51 January 28: 40 units @ $52 Sales: January 12: 30 units January 22: 30 units January 31: 45 units
$4,000
Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Random Creations uses LIFO and a periodic inventory system. 156) Shown below is the activity for one of the products of Random Creations: January 1 balance, 80 units @ $50 Purchases: January 18: 40 units @ $51 January 28: 40 units @ $52 Sales: January 12: 30 units January 22: 30 units January 31: 45 units
$4,000
Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Random Creations uses average cost and a periodic inventory system.
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
157) Shown below is the activity for one of the products of Random Creations: January 1 balance, 80 units @ $50 Purchases: January 18: 40 units @ $51 January 28: 40 units @ $52 Sales: January 12: 30 units January 22: 30 units January 31: 45 units
$4,000
Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Random Creations uses average cost and a perpetual inventory system. 158) Bettencourt Clothing Corporation uses a periodic inventory system and the LIFO cost method. The company began 2021 with the following inventory layers (listed in chronological order of acquisition): 5,000 units @ $10 per unit 8,000 units @ $12 per unit Beginning inventory
$50,000 96,000 $146,000
During 2021, 20,000 units were purchased for $15 per unit. Sales for the year totaled 30,000 units at various prices, leaving 3,000 units in ending inventory. Required: 1. Calculate cost of goods sold for 2021. 2. Determine the amount of LIFO liquidation profit that the company must report in a disclosure note to its 2021 financial statements, assuming the amount is material. Assume an income tax rate of 25%. 159) The Foxworthy Corporation uses a periodic inventory system and the LIFO inventory cost method for its one product. Beginning inventory of 40,000 units consisted of the following, listed in chronological order of acquisition: 24,000 units at a cost of $6.00 per unit = $144,000 16,000 units at a cost of $7.00 per unit = 112,000 During 2021, inventory quantity declined by 18,000 units. All units purchased during 2021 cost $8.00 per unit. Required: Calculate the before-tax LIFO liquidation profit or loss that the company would report in a disclosure note assuming the amount determined is material.
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
160) Modern Day Appliances, Inc. is a wholesaler of kitchen appliances. The company uses a periodic inventory system and the LIFO cost method. Modern Day's December 31, 2021, fiscal year-end inventory of its main product, double-door stainless steel refrigerators, consisted of the following (listed in chronological order of acquisition): Units 100 200 300
Unit Cost $750 800 850
The replacement cost of the refrigerators throughout 2022 was $900. Modern Day sold 5,000 of these refrigerators during 2022. The company's selling price throughout 2022 was $1,200. Required: 1. Compute the gross profit (sales minus cost of goods sold) and the gross profit ratio for 2022 assuming that Modern Day purchased 5,200 units during the year. 2. Repeat requirement 1 assuming that Modern Day purchased only 4,500 units. 3. For requirements 1 and 2, what amount of before-tax LIFO liquidation profit or loss would Modern Day report in its 2022 disclosure notes, if any, assuming any calculated amount is material? 161) Selected financial statement data from Western Colorado Stores is shown below.
Net sales Cost of goods sold Operating expenses Inventory
2021 $625,000 500,000 105,000 90,000
2020 $690,000 490,000 85,000 70,000
Required: 1. Compute the gross profit ratio for 2021. 2. Compute the inventory turnover ratio for 2021.
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
162) The inventories disclosure note in the 2017 financial statements for Publix Super Markets, a large grocery chain in the United States, included the following: "Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. The dollar value last-in, first-out (LIFO) method was used to determine the cost for 85% and 83% of inventories as of December 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The cost of the remaining inventories was determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. If all inventories were valued using the FIFO method, inventories and current assets would have been higher than reported by $464,888,000 and $441,860,000 as of December 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. " Cost of goods sold for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 was $ 25,129,717,000. Required: If Publix had used FIFO for all of its LIFO inventories, what would its cost of goods sold have been for 2017? 163) The following information comes from the 2017 Occidental Petroleum Corporation annual report to shareholders: NOTE 4 INVENTORIES Net carrying values of inventories valued under the LIFO method were approximately $172 million and $192 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Inventories consisted of the following: ($ in millions)
Raw materials Materials and supplies Finished goods LIFO reserve Total
2017 $ 66 447 776 1,289 (43) $1,246
2016 $ 65 446 395 906 (40) $ 866
The LIFO reserve indicates that inventories would have been $43 million and $40 million higher at the end of 2017 and 2016, respectively, if Occidental Petroleum had used FIFO to value its entire inventory. Required: If Occidental Petroleum had used FIFO to value its entire inventory how would its 2017 pre-tax income be affected?
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
164) The inventories disclosure note in the 2021 financial statements for Savers Market included the following: "During fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, inventory quantities in certain LIFO layers were reduced. These reductions resulted in a liquidation of LIFO inventory quantities carried at lower costs prevailing in prior years as compared with the cost of fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 purchases. As a result, cost of goods sold decreased by $14, $6 and $9 in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. All inventories are stated at the lower of cost or current market values. Cost for inventories at the majority of our operations is determined on a last-in, first-out ("LIFO") basis." Required: a. The disclosure note indicates an inventory liquidation during 2021, 2020, and 2019. By how much did net income in 2021 increase due to the liquidation? Assume an income tax of 25%. b. What additional income tax payments did the 2021 liquidation cost Savers Market? 165) Spando Apparel uses the LIFO inventory method for external reporting and for income tax purposes but maintains its internal records using FIFO. The following disclosure note was included in a recent annual report: Inventories ($ in millions): Total inventories LIFO reserve
2021 $625 (83) $542
2020 $604 (51) $ 553
The company's income statement reported cost of goods sold of $3,120 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. Required: 1. Spando adjusts the LIFO reserve at the end of its fiscal year. Prepare the December 31, 2021, adjusting entry to record the cost of goods sold adjustment. 2. If Spando had used FIFO to value its inventories, what would cost of goods sold have been for the 2021 fiscal year?
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
166) The table below contains selected financial information from recent financial statements of KBI Toys and Little Tikes Adventure Toys, Inc., two toy manufacturing companies ($ in thousands):
Net sales Cost of goods sold Year-end inventory
KBI Toys 12/31/2021 12/31/2020 $80,622 $72,120 58,900 53,800 7,400
6,900
Little Tikes 12/31/2021 12/31/2020 $63,480 $68,900 40,786 46,325 5,800
6,300
Required: Calculate the 2021 gross profit ratio, inventory turnover ratio, and the average days in inventory for the two companies (rounded). 167) On January 1, 2021, the National Furniture Company adopted the dollar-value LIFO method of computing inventory. An internal cost index is used to convert ending inventory to base year. Inventory on January 1 was $200,000. Year-end inventories at year-end costs and cost indexes for its one inventory pool were as follows:
Year Ended December 31 2021 2022 2023
Inventory at Year-end Costs $259,200 296,800 299,000
Cost Index (Relative to Base Year) 1.08 1.12 1.15
Required: Compute inventory amounts at the end of each year using the dollar-value LIFO method. 168) Appleton Inc. adopted dollar-value LIFO on January 1, 2021, when the inventory value was $1,200,000. The December 31, 2021, ending inventory at year-end costs was $1,430,000 and the cost index for the year is 1.1. Required: Compute the dollar-value LIFO inventory valuation for the December 31, 2021, inventory. 169) Chavez Inc. adopted dollar-value LIFO on January 1, 2021, when the inventory value was $850,000. The December 31, 2021, ending inventory at year-end cost was $950,000 and the cost index for the year is 1.08. Required: Compute the dollar-value LIFO inventory valuation (rounded) for the December 31, 2021, inventory.
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) Liquidated Corporation had a dollar-value LIFO (DVL) inventory of $800,000 at the beginning of the current year when it adopted DVL. Its year-end inventory at year-end prices was $850,000. The index for the current year was 1.08. Required: Compute the DVL inventory (rounded) to be reported at the end of the year. 171) On January 1, 2020, ECT Co. adopted the dollar-value LIFO method for its one inventory pool. The pool's value on this date was $600 million. The 2020 and 2021 ending inventory valued at year-end costs were $702 million and $840 million, respectively. The appropriate cost indexes are 1.08 for 2020 and 1.20 for 2021. Required: Calculate the inventory balance that ECT Co. would report on its year-end balance sheets for 2020 and 2021, using the dollar-value LIFO method. 172) On January 1, 2020, RAY Co. adopted the dollar-value LIFO method for its one inventory pool. The pool's value on this date was $300 million. The 12/31/2020 inventory valued at year-end costs was $385 million. The 12/31/2020 inventory, using dollar-value LIFO was $355 million. Required: Calculate 2020 cost index for RAY's inventory. 173) The Genworth Company adopted the dollar-value LIFO method on January 1, 2021 when the inventory value of its one inventory pool was $450,000. The company decided to use an external index, the Consumer Price Index (CPI), to adjust for changes in the cost level. On January 1, 2021, the CPI was 280. On December 31, 2021, inventory valued at year-end cost was $504,000 and the CPI was 294. Required: Calculate the inventory value at the end of 2021 using the dollar-value LIFO method. 174) Briefly describe why companies that use perpetual inventory systems must still perform physical inventories. 175) It is the end of the accounting period, and your boss asks you to help determine the inventory balance to place in the company's balance sheet. Explain which physical quantities of inventory that you will include and which you will exclude. 176) Briefly explain when there would be a tax benefit from electing LIFO rather than FIFO. 177) Briefly explain how companies that use LIFO can both increase and decrease reported earnings by "managing" ending inventories. 178) Costs and prices regularly fall every year in the microcomputer industry. Briefly indicate your recommendation and rationale for an inventory method for a firm about to enter this industry. 45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
179) Carmen Inc., producer of high-tech boating equipment, disclosed the following information in its 2021 annual report to shareholders: Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value with cost determined by the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method for inventories. Inventories at May 31 were as follows: (Dollars in thousands)
2021
2020
Raw materials and work in process Finished goods
$ 70,458 207,231
$ 66,175 168,135
Total inventories
$277,689
$234,310
If the inventory had been valued using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method, inventories would have been higher by $22,200 and $24,400 ($ in thousands) at the end of 2021 and 2020, respectively. How does the supplemental LIFO information indicating what the value of ending inventory would have been if measured using FIFO improve the quality of financial reporting by Carmen? 180) Briefly explain the advantages of dollar-value LIFO (DVL).
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 8 Inventories: Measurement 1) Physical counts of inventory are never made with perpetual inventory systems. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Perpetual inventory system Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 2) The main difference between perpetual and periodic inventory systems is the timing of the allocation of costs between inventory and cost of goods sold. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Periodic vs Perpetual inventory system Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3) Inventory shipped f.o.b. shipping point remains in the seller's accounting records during transit. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Included in inventory—Goods in transit Learning Objective: 08-02 Explain which physical units of goods should be included in inventory. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4) Inventory shipped f.o.b. destination is included the seller's inventory during transit. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Included in inventory—Goods in transit Learning Objective: 08-02 Explain which physical units of goods should be included in inventory. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 5) Cost of goods on consignment is included in the consignee's inventory until sold. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Included in inventory—Consignment Learning Objective: 08-02 Explain which physical units of goods should be included in inventory. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 6) Cost of goods on consignment is included in the consignor's inventory until sold. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Included in inventory—Consignment Learning Objective: 08-02 Explain which physical units of goods should be included in inventory. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 7) A company includes in ending inventory the cost of merchandise sold that it anticipates will be returned. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Included in inventory—Sales returns Learning Objective: 08-02 Explain which physical units of goods should be included in inventory. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
8) Shipping charges on outgoing goods are included in either cost of goods sold or selling expenses. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 9) Insurance during transit paid by the buyer is recorded by the buyer at the time of shipment. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 10) Net purchases are reduced for discounts taken whether the net method is used or the gross method is used. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 11) LIFO periodic and LIFO perpetual always produce the same dollar amounts for ending inventory. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Cost flow methods—LIFO Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
12) FIFO periodic and FIFO perpetual always produce the same dollar amounts for cost of goods sold. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Cost flow methods—FIFO Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 13) Periodic average cost and perpetual average cost always produce the same dollar amounts for ending inventory. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Cost flow methods—FIFO Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 14) Inventory costing methods are merely means by which costs are allocated between ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Cost flow in general Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
15) During periods of falling prices, LIFO ending inventory will be less than FIFO ending inventory. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Comparison of cost flow methods Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 16) The choice of cost flow assumption (FIFO, LIFO, or average) does not depend on the actual physical flow of the product. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Factors influencing method choice Learning Objective: 08-05 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 17) LIFO usually provides a better match of revenue and expense than does FIFO. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Factors influencing method choice Learning Objective: 08-05 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 18) LIFO usually results in the reported amount of inventory better approximating the current cost of inventory than does FIFO. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Factors influencing method choice Learning Objective: 08-05 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
19) The primary reason most companies choose LIFO is to reduce tax payments. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Factors influencing method choice Learning Objective: 08-05 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 20) The LIFO conformity rules allow companies to report LIFO for tax purposes and any method other than FIFO for financial reporting purposes. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Factors influencing method choice Learning Objective: 08-05 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 21) The LIFO reserve is the amount by which the current year's cost of goods sold differs between LIFO and FIFO. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LIFO reserves Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 22) In a year that the LIFO reserve increases, net income under LIFO is lower than it would have been under FIFO. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LIFO reserves Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Understand; Analyze AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
23) Cost of goods sold is credited for the amount of the decrease in the LIFO reserve. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LIFO reserves Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Understand; Analyze AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 24) LIFO liquidation refers to the reduction in reported profits from using LIFO in periods of rising inventory costs. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LIFO liquidations Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 25) LIFO liquidation profits occur when inventory quantity declines and costs are rising. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LIFO liquidations Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 26) Unit LIFO is more costly to implement than dollar-value LIFO. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
27) The gross profit ratio is calculated by dividing gross profit by average inventory. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Inventory management—Ratios Learning Objective: 08-07 Calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor a company's investment in inventories. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 28) Dollar-value LIFO eliminates the risk of LIFO liquidations. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 29) A company that prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) can use all of the same inventory valuation methods as a company that prepares its statements under U.S. GAAP. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS—Inventory cost flow assumptions Learning Objective: 08-09 Discuss the primary difference between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to determining the cost of inventory. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
30) In a perpetual inventory system, the cost of purchases is debited to: A) Purchases. B) Cost of goods sold. C) Inventory. D) Accounts payable. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Perpetual inventory system Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 31) In a periodic inventory system, the cost of purchases is debited to: A) Purchases. B) Cost of goods sold. C) Inventory. D) Accounts payable. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Periodic inventory system Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 32) In a perpetual inventory system, the cost of inventory sold is: A) Debited to accounts receivable. B) Credited to cost of goods sold. C) Debited to cost of goods sold. D) Not recorded at the time goods are sold. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Perpetual inventory system Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
33) In a perpetual inventory system, which of the following is recorded at the time of the sale? A) Sales revenue only. B) Both sales revenue and cost of goods sold. C) Cost of goods sold only. D) Neither sales revenue nor cost of goods sold. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Perpetual inventory system Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 34) In a periodic inventory system, the cost of inventory sold is: A) Debited to accounts receivable. B) Credited to cost of goods sold. C) Debited to cost of goods sold. D) Not recorded at the time goods are sold. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Periodic inventory system Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 35) One difference between periodic and perpetual inventory systems is: A) Cost of goods sold is not recorded under a perpetual system until the end of the period. B) Cost of goods sold is not recorded under a periodic system until the end of the period. C) Cost of goods sold is always significantly higher under a perpetual system. D) Cost of goods sold is always significantly higher under a periodic system. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Periodic vs Perpetual inventory system Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
36) The largest expense on a retailer's income statement is typically: A) Salaries and wages. B) Cost of goods sold. C) Income tax expense. D) Depreciation expense. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Types of inventory Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 37) A company has decided that because it employs a perpetual system, a physical count of inventory at the end of the year is not needed. Which of the following choices most likely identifies a flaw with this decision? A) A physical count is needed because there is no record of units sold during the year. B) A physical count is needed to understand whether inventory costs have increased or decreased during the year. C) A physical count is needed because theft, breakage, and spoilage during the year likely have not been captured in a perpetual system. D) A physical count is needed to understand whether the selling prices of inventory have increased or decreased during the year. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Perpetual inventory system Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
38) Which of the following might explain why a company has switched from a periodic system to a perpetual system to record inventory transactions? A) An attempt by management to overstate performance and total assets in the year-end financial statements. B) The cost of inventory has increased during the year. C) The selling price of inventory has decreased during the year. D) The company has made several technological upgrades to its system for tracking inventory items. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Periodic vs Perpetual inventory system Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 39) The Mateo Corporation's inventory at December 31, 2021, was $325,000 based on a physical count priced at cost, and before any necessary adjustment for the following: • Merchandise costing $30,000, shipped f.o.b. shipping point from a vendor on December 30, 2021, was received on January 5, 2022. • Merchandise costing $22,000, shipped f.o.b. destination from a vendor on December 28, 2021, was received on January 3, 2022. • Merchandise costing $38,000 was shipped to a customer f.o.b. destination on December 28, arrived at the customer's location on January 6, 2022. • Merchandise costing $12,000 was being held on consignment by Traynor Company. What amount should Mateo Corporation report as inventory in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $367,000. B) $427,000. C) $405,000. D) $325,000. Answer: C Explanation: $325,000 + $30,000 + $38,000 + $12,000 = $405,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Included in inventory—Goods in transit Learning Objective: 08-02 Explain which physical units of goods should be included in inventory. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
40) Ending inventory is equal to the cost of items on hand plus: A) Items in transit sold f.o.b. shipping point. B) Purchases in transit f.o.b. destination. C) Items in transit sold f.o.b. destination. D) None of these answer choices is correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Included in inventory—Goods in transit Learning Objective: 08-02 Explain which physical units of goods should be included in inventory. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 41) A company implements the following policy regarding inventory in transit: Goods purchased are included in inventory records, while goods sold are not included in inventory records. Management feels this policy is reasonable because it assigns inventory in transit to the party that initiated the transactions. Which of the following concepts is management not considering in implementing this policy? A) The likelihood that inventory purchased or sold will be returned. B) The quantity of the inventory involved in the transaction. C) The party who has title to the inventory while in transit. D) The materiality of shipping costs. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Included in inventory—Goods in transit Learning Objective: 08-02 Explain which physical units of goods should be included in inventory. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
42) A company does not include in ending inventory any goods that have been shipped to consignees to be sold on consignment. The company has a policy of removing those goods from the inventory records at the time of shipment. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) The policy is correct if management believes it is probable the inventory will be sold within the next year. B) The policy is not correct because the company has title to consignment goods until those goods are sold to a third-party customer. C) The policy is correct if the current selling price of inventory is above its original purchase cost. D) The policy is not correct because inventory is recorded at fair value, and fair value is not known until those goods are sold. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Included in inventory—Consignment Learning Objective: 08-02 Explain which physical units of goods should be included in inventory. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 43) Mogul Company ships merchandise to Ski Outfit in a consignment arrangement. The arrangement specifies that Ski Outfit will attempt to sell the merchandise, and in return, Mogul will pay to Ski Outfit a 20% sales commission on any merchandise sold. During the year, Mogul ships inventory with a cost of $80,000 to Ski Outfit. By the end of the year, $60,000 of the merchandise has been sold to customers for a total of $85,000. What amount of inventory will Mogul report at year end? A) $0. B) $5,000. C) $16,000. D) $20,000. Answer: D Explanation: $80,000 − $60,000 = $20,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Included in inventory—Consignment Learning Objective: 08-02 Explain which physical units of goods should be included in inventory. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
44) Mogul Company ships merchandise to Ski Outfit in a consignment arrangement. The arrangement specifies that Ski Outfit will attempt to sell the merchandise, and in return, Mogul will pay to Ski Outfit a commission of 20% of the selling price on any merchandise sold. During the year, Mogul ships inventory with a cost of $80,000 to Ski Outfit and pays shipping costs of $8,000. By the end of the year, $60,000 of the merchandise has been sold to customers for a total of $85,000. Mogul allocates $6,000 of the shipping costs to inventory sold and the other $2,000 to inventory not sold. Mogul also paid advertising costs during the year of $10,000. What amount of inventory will Mogul report at year end? A) $20,000. B) $22,000. C) $42,000. D) $52,000. Answer: B Explanation: Total cost of inventory: Less cost of goods sold: Ending inventory:
$80,000 (merchandise) $60,000 (merchandise) $20,000 (merchandise)
$8,000 (shipping) $6,000 + (shipping) $2,000 + (shipping) +
$88,000 (66,000) $22,000
The portion of shipping cost ($2,000) allocated to unsold inventory is added to the cost of unsold inventory ($20,000) to determine the reported amount of ending inventory ($22,000). The remaining shipping cost of $6,000 on inventory sold is expensed as part of cost of goods sold ($60,000 + $6,000). Sales commissions and advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Included in inventory—Consignment Learning Objective: 08-02 Explain which physical units of goods should be included in inventory. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) A company's estimate of merchandise that will be returned by customers should be: A) Included in inventory at an amount equal to the selling price of the merchandise. B) Included in inventory at an amount equal to the cost of the merchandise. C) Excluded from inventory but deducted from sales revenue and accounts receivable. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Included in inventory—Sales returns Learning Objective: 08-02 Explain which physical units of goods should be included in inventory. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 46) The Constance Corporation's inventory at December 31, 2021, was $125,000 (at cost) based on a physical count of inventory on hand, before any necessary adjustment for the following: • Merchandise costing $15,000, shipped f.o.b. shipping point from a vendor on December 27, 2021, was received by Constance on January 5, 2022. • Merchandise costing $45,000 was shipped to a customer f.o.b. shipping point on December 28, 2021, arrived at the customer's location on January 6, 2022. • Merchandise costing $21,000 was being held on hand for Jess Company on consignment. • Estimated sales returns are 10% of annual sales. Sales revenue was $550,000 with a gross profit ratio of 25%. What amount should Constance Corporation report as inventory in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $160,250. B) $145,250. C) $187,250. D) $190,250. Answer: A Explanation: $125,000 + $15,000 − $21,000 + [0.1 × (1 − 0.25) × $550,000] = $160,250 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Included in inventory—Goods in transit; Included in inventory—Sales returns; Inventory management—Ratios; Included in inventory—Goods on consignment Learning Objective: 08-02 Explain which physical units of goods should be included in inventory.; 08-07 Calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor a company's investment in inventories. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
47) Purchases equal the invoice amount: A) Plus freight-in, plus discounts lost. B) Less purchase returns, plus purchase allowances. C) Plus freight-in, less purchase discounts. D) Plus discounts, less purchase returns. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 48) A company purchases inventory for $10,000, with terms 3/10, n/30. The company uses a perpetual system and the net method to record purchases. To record this transaction, the company debits the Inventory account for $9,970. Which of the following statements is correct? A) The company should instead credit Inventory. B) The company should instead debit Purchases. C) The recorded amount should instead be $9,700. D) Two of the other answers are correct. Answer: C Explanation: Under the net method, purchases are recorded net of the purchase discount offered. The discount is calculated as 3% of $10,000 = $300. The net purchase cost is $10,000 − $300 = $9,700. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
49) Management adopts of policy of reporting all shipping costs (freight-in and freight-out) in an operating expense account—Shipping Expense—at the time those costs are incurred. The cost of the physical units sold are reported in the Cost of Goods Sold account at the time those units are sold. Management believes this policy better communicates its inventory decisions to financial statement users. Which of the following statements is correct? A) Management's policy is not correct because the cost of inventory includes all costs necessary to get the inventory ready for sale. B) Management's policy is not correct because freight-in should be expensed only when the inventory is sold. C) Management's policy is not correct because the cost of freight-out represents a reduction of revenue, not an expense. D) Two of the other answers are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 50) Using the gross method, purchase discounts lost are: A) Included in inventory purchased. B) Added to accounts payable. C) Included as a reduction to purchase returns. D) Deducted from discount income. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) Inventory does not include: A) Materials used in the production of goods to be sold. B) Assets intended to be sold in the normal course of business. C) The cost of office equipment. D) Assets currently in production for normal sales. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 52) Under the gross method, purchase discounts taken are: A) Deducted from purchase allowances. B) Added to net purchases. C) Added to interest income. D) Deducted from inventory purchased. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
53) Alison's dress shop buys dresses from McGuire Manufacturing. Alison purchased dresses from McGuire on July 17 and received an invoice with a list price amount of $6,000 and payment terms of 2/10, n/30. Alison uses the net method to record purchases. Alison should record the purchase at: A) $5,940. B) $5,880. C) $6,000. D) $6,120. Answer: B Explanation: $6,000 × 98% = $5,880 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
54) Northwest Fur Co. started 2021 with $94,000 of merchandise inventory on hand. During 2021, $400,000 in merchandise was purchased on account with credit terms of 1/15, n/45. All discounts were taken. Purchases were all made f.o.b. shipping point. Northwest paid freight charges of $7,500. Merchandise with an invoice amount of $5,000 was returned for credit. Cost of goods sold for the year was $380,000. Northwest uses a perpetual inventory system. What is ending inventory assuming Northwest uses the gross method to record purchases? A) $112,490. B) $112,550. C) $116,500. D) $120,300. Answer: B Explanation: Beginning inventory Inventory purchased Freight-in Merchandise returned Discounts [($400,000 − $5,000) × 1%)] Cost of goods available for sale Cost of goods sold Ending inventory
$
94,000 400,000 7,500 (5,000) (3,950) $ 492,550 380,000 $ 112,550
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
55) Northwest Fur Co. started 2021 with $94,000 of merchandise inventory on hand. During 2021, $400,000 in merchandise was purchased on account with credit terms of 1/15, n/45. All discounts were taken. Purchases were all made f.o.b. shipping point. Northwest paid freight charges of $7,500. Merchandise with an invoice amount of $5,000 was returned for credit. Cost of goods sold for the year was $380,000. Northwest uses a perpetual inventory system. Assuming Northwest uses the gross method to record purchases, what is the cost of goods available for sale? A) $492,500. B) $496,500. C) $490,500. D) $492,550. Answer: D Explanation: Beginning inventory Inventory purchased Freight-in Merchandise returned Discounts [($400,000 − $5,000) × 1%)] Cost of goods available for sale
$ 94,000 400,000 7,500 (5,000) (3,950) $ 492,550
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
56) Cinnamon Buns Co. (CBC) started 2021 with $52,000 of merchandise on hand. During 2021, $280,000 in merchandise was purchased on account with credit terms of 2/10, n/30. All discounts were taken. Purchases were all made f.o.b. shipping point. CBC paid freight charges of $9,000. Merchandise with an invoice amount of $4,000 was returned for credit. Cost of goods sold for the year was $316,000. CBC uses a perpetual inventory system. Assuming CBC uses the gross method to record purchases, ending inventory would be: A) $6,480. B) $15,400. C) $15,480. D) $21,000. Answer: C Explanation: Beginning inventory Inventory purchased Freight-in Merchandise returned Discounts [($280,000 − $4,000) × 2%)] Cost of goods available for sale Cost of goods sold Ending inventory
$ 52,000 280,000 9,000 (4,000) (5,520) $ 331,480 316,000 $ 15,480
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
57) Cinnamon Buns Co. (CBC) started 2021 with $52,000 of merchandise on hand. During 2021, $280,000 in merchandise was purchased on account with credit terms of 2/10, n/30. All discounts were taken. Purchases were all made f.o.b. shipping point. CBC paid freight charges of $9,000. Merchandise with an invoice amount of $4,000 was returned for credit. Cost of goods sold for the year was $316,000. CBC uses a perpetual inventory system. What is cost of goods available for sale, assuming CBC uses the gross method? A) $312,480. B) $326,000. C) $331,480. D) $337,000. Answer: C Explanation: Beginning inventory Inventory purchased Freight-in Merchandise returned Discounts [($280,000 − $4,000) × 2%)] Cost of goods available for sale
$ 52,000 280,000 9,000 (4,000) (5,520) $ 331,480
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
58) Cinnamon Buns Co. (CBC) started 2021 with $52,000 of merchandise on hand. During 2021, $280,000 in merchandise was purchased on account with credit terms of 2/10, n/30. All discounts were taken. Purchases were all made f.o.b. shipping point. CBC paid freight charges of $9,000. Merchandise with an invoice amount of $4,000 was returned for credit. Cost of goods sold for the year was $316,000. CBC uses a perpetual inventory system. Assume instead that (a) freight costs were paid by the vendor, (b) no discounts were taken, and (c) the merchandise on hand at the beginning of 2021 was determined by a physical count that failed to realize that $10,000 of merchandise was being held on consignment for Frosting R Us Inc. What is cost of goods available for sale, assuming CBC uses the gross method to record purchase discounts? A) $318,000. B) $327,000. C) $321,480. D) $337,000. Answer: A Explanation: Beginning inventory Inventory on consignment Inventory purchased Merchandise returned Cost of goods available for sale
$ 52,000 (10,000) 280,000 (4,000) $ 318,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases; Included in inventory—Goods on consignment Learning Objective: 08-02 Explain which physical units of goods should be included in inventory.; 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
59) Cost of goods sold is given by: A) Beginning inventory − net purchases + ending inventory. B) Beginning inventory + accounts payable − net purchases. C) Net purchases + ending inventory − beginning inventory. D) Net Purchases + beginning inventory − ending inventory. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Cost flow in general Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 60) The inventory method that will always produce the same amount for cost of goods sold in a periodic inventory system as in a perpetual inventory system would be: A) FIFO. B) LIFO. C) Weighted average. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cost flow methods—FIFO; Comparison of cost flow methods Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
61) In a perpetual average cost system: A) A new weighted-average unit cost is calculated each time additional units are purchased. B) The cost allocated to ending inventory is generally the same as it would be in a periodic inventory system. C) The moving-average unit cost is determined following each sale. D) The average is determined by dividing the total number of units sold by the cost of units purchased during the period. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cost flow methods—Average cost perpetual Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 62) In a period when costs are rising and inventory quantities are stable, the inventory method that would result in the highest ending inventory is: A) Weighted average. B) Moving average. C) FIFO. D) LIFO. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Comparison of cost flow methods Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
63) During periods when costs are rising and inventory quantities are stable, cost of goods sold will be: A) Higher under FIFO than LIFO. B) Higher under FIFO than average cost. C) Lower under average cost than LIFO. D) Lower under LIFO than FIFO. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Comparison of cost flow methods Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 64) During periods when costs are rising and inventory quantities are stable, ending inventory will be: A) Higher under LIFO than FIFO. B) Lower under average cost than LIFO. C) Higher under average cost than FIFO. D) Higher under FIFO than LIFO. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Comparison of cost flow methods Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 65) The use of LIFO during a long inflationary period can result in: A) A net increase in income tax expense. B) An inflated balance sheet. C) Significant cash flow advantages over FIFO. D) A reduction in inventory turnover over FIFO. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Comparison of cost flow methods Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
66) Which of the following is false regarding the FIFO inventory method? A) FIFO under a perpetual inventory system results in the same cost of goods sold as FIFO under a periodic inventory system. B) A company can choose to account for the flow of inventory using the FIFO method even if this doesn't match the actual flow of its inventory. C) Perishable goods often follow an actual physical flow that is consistent with the FIFO method assumptions. D) All of the other answer choices are true. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cost flow methods—FIFO Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 67) Company A is identical to Company B in every regard except that Company A uses FIFO and Company B uses LIFO. In an extended period of rising inventory costs, Company A's gross profit and inventory turnover ratio, compared to Company B's, would be:
a. b. c. d.
Gross Profit lower higher higher lower
Inventory Turnover lower higher lower higher
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Comparison of cost flow methods; Inventory management—Ratios Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold.; 0807 Calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor a company's investment in inventories. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
68) Company C is identical to Company D in every respect except that Company C uses LIFO and Company D uses average costs. In an extended period of rising inventory costs, Company C's gross profit and inventory turnover ratio, compared to Company D's, would be:
a. b. c. d.
Gross Profit higher higher lower lower
Inventory Turnover higher lower lower higher
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Comparison of cost flow methods; Inventory management—Ratios Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold.; 0807 Calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor a company's investment in inventories. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
69) A company uses the periodic average cost method to account for inventory. For the year, the company had the following beginning inventory and purchases: Beginning inventory on January 1 Purchase on March 1 Purchase on September 1
100 units 400 units 800 units
at at at
$ 2,800 per unit $ 3,000 per unit $ 3,200 per unit
Sales for the year totaled 1,000 units, leaving 300 units on hand at the end of the year. The company reported ending inventory for $900,000. Which of the following is correct? A) The amount reported for ending inventory is incorrect because management used a simple average instead of weighted-average to calculate the unit cost of inventory for the year. B) The amount reported for ending inventory cannot be determined with the information given because the amount depends on which of the 1,000 units were assumed to be sold. C) The amount reported for ending inventory is incorrect because the unit cost of ending inventory should be the average cost of the last 300 units purchased. D) The amount reported for ending inventory is correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cost flow methods—Average cost periodic Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
70) A company uses the periodic FIFO method to account for inventory. For the year, the company had the following beginning inventory and purchases: Beginning inventory on January 1 Purchase on March 1 Purchase on September 1
100 units 400 units 800 units
at at at
$ 2,800 per unit $ 3,000 per unit $ 3,200 per unit
Sales for the year totaled 1,000 units, leaving 300 units on hand at the end of the year. The company reported cost of goods sold as $3,120,000 [(400 units @ $3,000) + (600 units @ $3,200)]. Which of the following is correct? A) The amount reported for cost of goods sold is incorrect because it assumes the units sold based on a perpetual system instead of a periodic system. B) The amount reported for cost of goods sold is incorrect because the units assumed sold would first include those in beginning inventory. C) The amount reported for cost of goods sold is incorrect because the units assumed sold would include all of those purchased on September 1. D) The amount reported for cost of goods sold is correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cost flow methods—FIFO Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
71) Fulbright Corp. uses the periodic inventory system. During its first year of operations, Fulbright made the following purchases (listed in chronological order of acquisition): • 40 units at $100 per unit • 70 units at $80 per unit • 170 units at $60 per unit Sales for the year totaled 270 units, leaving 10 units on hand at the end of the year. Ending inventory using the average cost method (rounded) is: A) $650. B) $1,000. C) $707. D) $600. Answer: C Explanation: [(40 × $100) + (70 × $80) + (170 × $60)] = $19,800 ÷ 280 units = $70.71 per unit 10 units × $70.71 = $707 (rounded) Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cost flow methods—Average cost periodic Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
72) Fulbright Corp. uses the periodic inventory system. During its first year of operations, Fulbright made the following purchases (listed in chronological order of acquisition): • 40 units at $100 per unit • 70 units at $80 per unit • 170 units at $60 per unit Sales for the year totaled 270 units, leaving 10 units on hand at the end of the year. Ending inventory using the FIFO method is: A) $650. B) $1,000. C) $707. D) $600. Answer: D Explanation: 10 units × $60 = $600. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cost flow methods—FIFO Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
73) Fulbright Corp. uses the periodic inventory system. During its first year of operations, Fulbright made the following purchases (listed in chronological order of acquisition): • 40 units at $100 per unit • 70 units at $80 per unit • 170 units at $60 per unit Sales for the year totaled 270 units, leaving 10 units on hand at the end of the year. Ending inventory using the LIFO method is: A) $650. B) $1,000. C) $707. D) $600. Answer: B Explanation: 10 units × $100 = $1,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cost flow methods—LIFO periodic Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) Fulbright Corp. uses the periodic inventory system. During its first year of operations, Fulbright made the following purchases (listed in chronological order of acquisition): • 40 units at $100 per unit • 70 units at $80 per unit • 170 units at $60 per unit Sales for the year totaled 270 units, leaving 10 units on hand at the end of the year. In comparing the ending inventory balances of FIFO and LIFO, the ending inventory value under FIFO less the ending inventory balance under LIFO results in a difference of: A) $400. B) $(400). C) $0. D) $50. Answer: B Explanation: (10 last units × $60) less (10 first units × $100) = $(400). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Comparison of cost flow methods Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
75) Nu Company reported the following pretax data for its first year of operations. Net sales Cost of goods available for sale Operating expenses Effective tax rate Ending inventories: If LIFO is elected If FIFO is elected
2,800 2,500 880 25% 820 1,060
What is Nu's net income if it elects FIFO? A) $480. B) $360. C) $1,360. D) $180. Answer: B Explanation: Net sales Cost of goods sold ($2,500 − $1,060) Gross profit Operating expenses Income before taxes Income tax ($480 × 25%) Net income
$ 2,800 1,440 1,360 880 480 120 $ 360
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cost flow methods—FIFO; Factors influencing method choice Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold.; 0805 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) Nu Company reported the following pretax data for its first year of operations. Net sales Cost of goods available for sale Operating expenses Effective tax rate Ending inventories: If LIFO is elected If FIFO is elected
2,800 2,500 880 25% 820 1,060
What is Nu's net income if it elects LIFO? A) $288. B) $180. C) $240. D) $480. Answer: B Explanation: Net sales Cost of goods sold ($2,500 − $820) Gross profit Operating expenses Income before taxes Income tax ($240 × 25%) Net income
$ 2,800 1,680 1,120 880 240 60 $ 180
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cost flow methods—LIFO; Factors influencing method choice Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold.; 0805 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
77) Nu Company reported the following pretax data for its first year of operations. Net sales Cost of goods available for sale Operating expenses Effective tax rate Ending inventories: If LIFO is elected If FIFO is elected
2,800 2,500 880 25% 820 1,060
What is Nu's gross profit ratio if it elects LIFO? A) 80%. B) 49%. C) 40%. D) 6.4%. Answer: C Explanation: Net sales Cost of goods sold ($2,500 − $820) Gross profit
$ 2,800 1,680 $ 1,120
$1,120 ÷ $2,800 = 40% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Inventory management—Ratios Learning Objective: 08-07 Calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor a company's investment in inventories. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) Nueva Company reported the following pretax data for its first year of operations. Net sales Cost of goods available for sale Operating expenses Effective tax rate Ending inventories: If LIFO is elected If FIFO is elected
7,340 5,790 1,728 25% 618 798
What is Nueva's gross profit ratio (rounded) if it elects FIFO? A) 30%. B) 32%. C) 12.9%. D) 60%. Answer: B Explanation: Net sales Cost of goods sold ($5,790 − $798) Gross profit
$ 7,340 4,992 $ 2,348
$2,348 ÷ $7,340 = 32% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Inventory management—Ratios Learning Objective: 08-07 Calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor a company's investment in inventories. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
79) Nueva Company reported the following pretax data for its first year of operations. Net sales Cost of goods available for sale Operating expenses Effective tax rate Ending inventories: If LIFO is elected If FIFO is elected
7,340 5,790 1,728 25% 618 798
What is Nueva's net income if it elects FIFO? A) $440. B) $330. C) $620. D) $465. Answer: D Explanation: Net sales Cost of goods sold ($5,790 − $798) Gross profit Operating expenses Income before taxes Income tax Net income
$7,340 4,992 2,348 1,728 620 155 $ 465
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cost flow methods—FIFO; Factors influencing method choice Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold.; 0805 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) Nueva Company reported the following pretax data for its first year of operations. Net sales Cost of goods available for sale Operating expenses Effective tax rate Ending inventories: If LIFO is elected If FIFO is elected
7,340 5,790 1,728 25% 618 798
What is Nueva's net income if it elects LIFO? A) $440. B) $330. C) $620. D) $465. Answer: B Explanation: Net sales Cost of goods sold ($5,790 − $618) Gross profit Operating expenses Income before taxes Income tax Net income
$7,340 5,172 2,168 1,728 440 110 $ 330
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cost flow methods—LIFO; Factors influencing method choice Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold.; 0805 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
81) Nueva Company reported the following pretax data for its first year of operations. Net sales Cost of goods available for sale Operating expenses Effective tax rate Ending inventories: If LIFO is elected If FIFO is elected
7,340 5,790 1,728 25% 618 798
How much more will Nueva report in income tax if it elects FIFO instead of LIFO? A) $135. B) $110. C) $155. D) $45. Answer: D Explanation: Ending inventory under FIFO Ending inventory under LIFO Difference in inventory value Multiply by tax rate Difference in income tax
$ $ × $
798 618 180 25 % 45
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Comparison of cost flow methods; Factors influencing method choice Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold.; 0805 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
82) Inventory records for Herb's Chemicals revealed the following: March 1, 2021, inventory: 1,000 gallons @ $7.20 per gallon = $7,200 Purchases: Mar. 10 Mar. 16 Mar. 23
600 gals 800 gals 600 gals
@ @ @
$ 7.25 $ 7.30 $ 7.35
Sales: Mar. 5 Mar. 14 Mar. 20 Mar. 26
400 gals 700 gals 500 gals 700 gals
Ending inventory assuming LIFO in a periodic inventory system would be: A) $5,040. B) $5,055. C) $5,075. D) $5,135. Answer: A Explanation: Beginning inventory in gallons Gallons purchased (600 + 800 + 600) Gallons sold (400 + 700 + 500 + 700) Ending inventory gallons
1,000 2,000 (2,300) 700
Ending inventory is assumed to consist of 700 gallons from beginning inventory: 700 gallons × $7.20 = $5,040 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cost flow methods—LIFO periodic Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
83) Inventory records for Herb's Chemicals revealed the following: March 1, 2021, inventory: 1,000 gallons @ $7.20 per gallon = $7,200 Purchases: Mar. 10 Mar. 16 Mar. 23
600 gals 800 gals 600 gals
@ @ @
$ 7.25 $ 7.30 $ 7.35
Sales: Mar. 5 Mar. 14 Mar. 20 Mar. 26
400 gals 700 gals 500 gals 700 gals
Ending inventory assuming LIFO in a perpetual inventory system would be: A) $4,960. B) $5,060. C) $5,080. D) $5,140. Answer: B Explanation: Date Purchased Beg. Inv. 1,000 @ $7.20 = $7,200 Mar. 5 Mar. 10 600 @ $7.25 = $4,350 Mar. 14 Mar. 16
Mar. 26
400 @ $7.20 = $2,880
600 @ $7.25 100 @ $7.20 = $5,070 800 @ $7.30 = $5,840
Mar. 20 Mar. 23
Sold
500 @ $7.30 = $3,650 600 @ $7.35 = $4,410
600 @ $7.35 100 @ $7.30 = $5,140
Balance 1,000 @ $7.20 600 @ $7.20 600 @ $7.20 600 @ $7.25 500 @ $7.20
$7,200 $4,320 $8,670 $3,600
500 @ $7.20 800 @ $7.30 $9,440 500 @ $7.20 300 @ $7.30 $5,790 500 @ $7.20 300 @ $7.30 600 @ $7.35 $10,200 500 @ $7.20 200 @ $7.30 $5,060
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cost flow methods—LIFO perpetual Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
84) Inventory records for Herb's Chemicals revealed the following: March 1, 2021, inventory: 1,000 gallons @ $7.20 per gallon = $7,200
Purchases: Mar. 10 Mar. 16 Mar. 23
600 gals 800 gals 600 gals
@ @ @
$ 7.25 $ 7.30 $ 7.35
Sales: Mar. 5 Mar. 14 Mar. 20 Mar. 26
400 gals 700 gals 500 gals 700 gals
The ending inventory assuming FIFO is: A) $5,140. B) $5,080. C) $5,060. D) $5,050. Answer: A Explanation: Beginning inventory in gallons Gallons purchased (600 + 800 + 600) Gallons sold (400 + 700 + 500 + 700) Ending inventory gallons
1,000 2,000 (2,300) 700
Ending inventory is assumed to consist of 600 gallons from the Mar. 23 purchase (600 gallons × $7.35 = $4,410) and 100 gallons from the Mar. 16 purchase (100 × $7.30 = $730) = Ending inventory = $5,140. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cost flow methods—FIFO Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) Inventory records for Herb's Chemicals revealed the following: March 1, 2021, inventory: 1,000 gallons @ $7.20 per gallon = $7,200 Purchases: Mar. 10 Mar. 16 Mar. 23
600 gals 800 gals 600 gals
@ @ @
Sales: Mar. 5 Mar. 14 Mar. 20 Mar. 26
$ 7.25 $ 7.30 $ 7.35
400 gals 700 gals 500 gals 700 gals
The ending inventory under a periodic inventory system assuming average cost (rounding unit cost to three decimal places) is: A) $5,087. B) $5,107. C) $5,077. D) $5,005. Answer: A Explanation: 1,000 × $ 7.20 600 × $ 7.25 800 × $ 7.30 600 × $ 7.35 Available for sale: 3,000 gallons Average cost: $21,800 ÷ 3,000 gallons Ending inventory: $7.267 × 700 gallons
$
7,200 4,350 5,840 4,410 $ 21,800 $ 7.267/per gallon $ 5,087
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cost flow methods—Average cost periodic Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
86) Texas Petrochemical reported the following April activity for its VC-30 lubricant, which had a balance of 300 qts. @ $2.40 per quart on April 1. Purchases: Apr. 10 Apr. 14 Apr. 20
500 qts 400 qts 400 qts
@ @ @
$ 2.50 $ 2.60 $ 2.65
Sales: Apr. 3 Apr. 12 Apr. 26
200 qts 500 qts 300 qts
The ending inventory assuming LIFO and a periodic inventory system is: (Round your final answer to nearest whole dollar amount.) A) $1,580. B) $1,510. C) $1,575. D) $1,470. Answer: D Explanation: Beginning inventory in qts Quarts purchased (500 + 400 + 400) Quarts sold (200 + 500+ 300) Ending inventory quarts
300 1,300 (1,000) 600
Ending inventory: is assumed Beg. inventory 300 @ $2.40 April 10 purchase 300 @2.50 Ending inventory cost
$ 720 750 $ 1,470
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cost flow methods—LIFO periodic Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
87) The LIFO Conformity Rule states that if LIFO is used for: A) One class of inventory, it must be used for all classes of inventory. B) Tax purposes, it must be used for financial reporting. C) One company in an affiliated group, it must be used by all companies in an affiliated group. D) Domestic companies, it must be used by foreign partners. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Factors influencing method choice Learning Objective: 08-05 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 88) The use of LIFO in accounting for a firm's inventory: A) Usually matches the physical flow of goods through the business. B) Is usually used for internal management purposes. C) Usually provides a better match of expenses with revenues. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Factors influencing method choice Learning Objective: 08-05 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 89) In a period when costs are falling and inventory quantities are stable, the lowest taxable income would be reported by using the inventory method of: A) Weighted average. B) LIFO. C) Moving average. D) FIFO. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Factors influencing method choice Learning Objective: 08-05 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) The primary reason for the popularity of LIFO is that it: A) Provides better matching of physical flow and cost flow. B) Saves income taxes currently. C) Simplifies recordkeeping. D) Provides a permanent reduction of income taxes. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Factors influencing method choice Learning Objective: 08-05 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 91) Which of the following statements is/are true? A) In a period of rising costs and stable inventory levels, using the LIFO method leads to a lower taxable income and higher net income compared to the FIFO method. B) In a period of rising costs and stable inventory levels, using the FIFO method leads to a higher taxable income and higher net income compared to the LIFO method. C) In a period of falling costs and stable inventory levels, cost of goods sold is the same under LIFO and FIFO. D) All of the other answer choices are true. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Factors influencing method choice Learning Objective: 08-05 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) In periods when costs are rising, LIFO liquidations: A) Can't occur. B) Are used to reduce tax liabilities. C) Are a source of off-balance-sheet financing. D) Distort the net income. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LIFO liquidations Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 93) When reported in financial statements, a LIFO allowance account usually: A) Is shown in the firm's income statement. B) Is added to LIFO cost to indicate what the inventory would cost on a FIFO basis. C) Indicates the effect on income if LIFO were not used. D) Shows the current rate of inflation for that asset. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LIFO reserves Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
94) CMN Inc. uses LIFO and has experienced increasing costs since its founding. CMN disclosed that the LIFO reserve (also known as the LIFO allowance) at the end of 2021 was $3 million. The balance sheet showed ending inventory of $17 million at the end of 2021. What would the ending inventory have been if CMN had always used FIFO? A) $20 million. B) $17 million. C) $14 million. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Explanation: LIFO reserve is usually added to LIFO ending inventory balance to arrive at FIFO ending balance. So, $17 + $3 = $20 million. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LIFO reserves Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 95) TNM Inc. uses LIFO and was founded in on January 1, 2020. At the end of 2020, TNM disclosed that the LIFO reserve was $1 million, indicating that the ending inventory balance would have been $1 million higher under FIFO. At the end of 2021, the LIFO reserve decreased to $0.5 million and inventory balances were relatively stable compared to 2020. Which of the following is true regarding TNM's costs? A) Costs have been increasing since TNM was founded because the LIFO reserve is greater than zero. B) Costs have been decreasing since TNM was founded because the LIFO reserve is greater than zero. C) Costs were increasing in 2021, but decreasing in 2020. D) Costs were decreasing in 2021, but increasing in 2020. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LIFO reserves Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) If a company uses LIFO, a LIFO liquidation causes a company's income taxes to increase: A) When inventory purchase costs are rising. B) When inventory purchase costs are declining. C) Whether inventory purchase costs are declining or rising. D) LIFO liquidations have no effect on a company's income taxes. Answer: A Explanation: When costs are rising, a liquidation causes pre-tax income to rise and thus income taxes to rise. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LIFO liquidations Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 97) GG Inc. uses LIFO. GG disclosed that if FIFO had been used, inventory at the end of 2021 would have been $16 million higher than the difference between LIFO and FIFO at the end of 2020. Assuming GG has a 25% income tax rate: A) Its reported cost of goods sold for 2021 would have been $12 million higher if it had used FIFO rather than LIFO for its financial statements. B) Its reported cost of goods sold for 2021 would have been $16 million higher if it had used FIFO rather than LIFO for its financial statements. C) Its reported net income for 2021 would have been $12 million higher if it had used FIFO rather than LIFO for its financial statements. D) Its reported net income for 2021 would have been $16 million higher if it had used FIFO rather than LIFO for its financial statements. Answer: C Explanation: This is (1 − tax rate) × the pre-tax effect of $16 million. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: LIFO reserves Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) A company has the following information related to its ending inventory:
12/31/2020 12/31/2021
FIFO $ 400,000 480,000
LIFO $ 300,000 350,000
The company makes an adjusting entry with a debit to Cost of Goods Sold and a credit to LIFO Reserve for $130,000 at the end of 2021 ($480,000 − $350,000). Which of the following statements is correct? A) The company should instead debit the LIFO Reserve. B) The adjusting entry should instead be made for $30,000. C) Cost of goods sold is higher under LIFO than under FIFO by $130,000 in 2021. D) Two of the other answers are correct. Answer: B Explanation: There is an existing reserve of $100,000 at 12/31/2020 and the reserve needs to increase to $130,000 at the end of 2021. Thus, the adjusting entry to bring the LIFO reserve to the desired ending balance is a credit for $30,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LIFO reserves Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
99) A company has the following information related to its ending inventory:
12/31/2020 12/31/2021
FIFO $ 230,000 280,000
LIFO $ 200,000 260,000
The company's accountant informs the CEO that because the company reports using LIFO instead of FIFO, gross profit will be lower in 2021. Which of the following statements is correct? A) The accountant is incorrect because the LIFO reserve has increased in the current year. B) The accountant is correct. C) The accountant is incorrect because the choice of LIFO or FIFO does not affect gross profit. D) The accountant is incorrect because the LIFO reserve has decreased in the current year. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LIFO reserves Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 100) HH Company uses LIFO. HH disclosed that if FIFO had been used, inventory at the end of 2021 would have been $20 million lower than the difference between LIFO and FIFO at the end of 2020. Assuming HH has a 25% income tax rate: A) Its reported cost of goods for 2021 would have been $15 million less if it had used FIFO rather than LIFO for its financial statements. B) Its reported cost of goods for 2021 would have been $20 million less if it had used FIFO rather than LIFO for its financial statements. C) Its reported cost of goods sold for 2021 would have been $15 million higher if it had used FIFO rather than LIFO for its financial statements. D) Its reported cost of goods sold for 2021 would have been $20 million higher if it had used FIFO rather than LIFO for its financial statements. Answer: D Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: LIFO reserves Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
101) During 2021, WW Inc. reduced its LIFO eligible inventory quantities due to a problem with its major supplier. The effect of this liquidation was to increase its cost of goods sold by approximately $40 million. WW has a 25% income tax rate. If WW had not experienced these supplier problems and the resulting liquidation: A) Its 2021 net income would have been $30 million lower because inventory purchase prices were rising. B) Its 2021 net income would have been $30 million lower because inventory purchase prices were declining. C) Its 2021 net income would have been $30 million higher because inventory purchase prices were rising. D) Its 2021 net income would have been $30 million higher because inventory purchase prices were declining. Answer: D Explanation: The effect of WW's LIFO liquidation was a reduction in pre-tax income by $40 million and a reduction in net income by $30 million. This would have been avoided if the supplier problems had been avoided. The inventory prices were declining because the effect of using older inventory prices was to increase cost of goods sold. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: LIFO liquidations Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
102) Thompson TV and Appliance reported the following in its 2021 financial statements:
Sales Cost of goods sold: Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Goods available for sale Inventory, December 31 Cost of goods sold Gross profit
2021 $ 420,000 82,000 340,000 422,000 86,000 336,000 $ 84,000
Thompson's 2021 gross profit ratio is: A) 25%. B) 19%. C) 20%. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: $84,000 ÷ $420,000 = 20% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Inventory management—Ratios Learning Objective: 08-07 Calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor a company's investment in inventories. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
103) Thompson TV and Appliance reported the following in its 2021 financial statements:
Sales Cost of goods sold: Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Goods available for sale Inventory, December 31 Cost of goods sold Gross profit
2021 $ 420,000 82,000 340,000 422,000 86,000 336,000 $ 84,000
Thompson's 2021 inventory turnover ratio is: A) 3.91. B) 4.00. C) 4.88. D) 5.00. Answer: B Explanation: $336,000 ÷ [($82,000 + $86,000) ÷ 2] = 4.00 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Inventory management—Ratios Learning Objective: 08-07 Calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor a company's investment in inventories. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) Robertson Corporation's inventory balance was $22,000 at the beginning of the year and $20,000 at the end. The inventory turnover ratio for the year was 6.0 and the gross profit ratio 40%. What were net sales for the year? A) $126,000. B) $200,000. C) $120,000. D) $210,000. Answer: D Explanation: Average inventory = $21,000 × 6.0 = $126,000 = cost of goods sold $126,000 ÷ (1 − 0.40) = $210,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Inventory management—Ratios Learning Objective: 08-07 Calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor a company's investment in inventories. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
105) Anthony Thomas Candies (ATC) reported the following financial data for 2021 and 2020:
Sales Sales returns and allowances Net sales Cost of goods sold: Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Goods available for sale Inventory, December 31 Cost of goods sold Gross profit
2021 $ 305,000 9,000 $ 296,000
2020 $ 284,000 6,000 $ 278,000
43,000 152,000 195,000 57,000 138,000 $ 158,000
36,000 146,000 182,000 43,000 139,000 $ 139,000
ATC's gross profit ratio (rounded) in 2021 is: A) 53.4%. B) 51.9%. C) 50.3%. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Explanation: $158,000 ÷ $296,000 = 53.4% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Inventory management—Ratios Learning Objective: 08-07 Calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor a company's investment in inventories. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
106) Anthony Thomas Candies (ATC) reported the following financial data for 2021 and 2020:
Sales Sales returns and allowances Net sales Cost of goods sold: Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Goods available for sale Inventory, December 31 Cost of goods sold Gross profit
2021 $ 305,000 9,000 $ 296,000
2020 $ 284,000 6,000 $ 278,000
43,000 152,000 195,000 57,000 138,000 $ 158,000
36,000 146,000 182,000 43,000 139,000 $ 139,000
ATC's inventory turnover ratio for 2021 is: A) 2.42. B) 2.76. C) 3.21. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: $138,000 ÷ [($43,000 + $57,000) ÷ 2] = 2.76 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Inventory management—Ratios Learning Objective: 08-07 Calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor a company's investment in inventories. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) Anthony Thomas Candies (ATC) reported the following financial data for 2021 and 2020:
Sales Sales returns and allowances Net sales Cost of goods sold: Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Goods available for sale Inventory, December 31 Cost of goods sold Gross profit
2021 $ 305,000 9,000 $ 296,000
2020 $ 284,000 6,000 $ 278,000
43,000 152,000 195,000 57,000 138,000 $ 158,000
36,000 146,000 182,000 43,000 139,000 $ 139,000
The average days inventory for ATC (rounded) for 2021 is: A) Less than 100 days. B) 114 days. C) 132 days. D) 151 days. Answer: C Explanation: Inventory turnover = $138,000 ÷ [($43,000 + $57,000) ÷ 2] = 2.76 365 ÷ 2.76 = 132 days Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Inventory management—Ratios Learning Objective: 08-07 Calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor a company's investment in inventories. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
108) Dollar-value LIFO: A) Starts with ending inventory measured at current costs and re-creates LIFO layers for measuring inventory costs. B) Increases the recordkeeping costs of LIFO. C) Only is allowed for internal reporting purposes. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 109) Compared to dollar-value LIFO, unit LIFO is: A) Less costly to implement. B) Less susceptible to LIFO liquidation. C) More costly to implement. D) More concerned with cost indexes. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) A company uses the dollar-value LIFO method to report inventory. In the current year, the cost index for inventory has increased. If the company reports ending inventory at its year-end cost, which of the following statements is correct? A) Reported ending inventory is understated. B) Reported ending inventory is correct. C) Reported ending inventory is overstated. D) Cannot determine with the information given. Answer: C Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 111) A company has the following information available that was used to report inventory using the dollar-value LIFO method. Year 12/31/2020 12/31/2021
Year-End Cost $ 250,000 259,000
Cost Index 1.00 1.06
For the year ended 12/31/2021, the company reported inventory of $274,540 ($259,000 × 1.06). Which of the following statements is correct? A) The amount reported for ending inventory should be calculated as $250,000 + ($9,000/1.06). B) The amount reported for ending inventory should be calculated as $250,000 + ($9,000 × 1.06). C) The amount reported for ending inventory should be calculated as $259,000/1.06. D) The amount reported for ending inventory is correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
112) A company has the following information available that was used to report ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO method. Year 12/31/2020 12/31/2021
Year-End Cost $ 320,000 347,000
Cost Index 1.05 1.08
For the year ended 12/31/2021, the company reported ending inventory at its year-end cost of $347,000. Which of the following statements is correct? A) The company should have multiplied $347,000 by 1.08 to determine ending inventory. B) Most of the ending inventory should be reported at a cost index of 1.05, with the remainder at 1.08. C) The company should have divided $347,000 by 1.05 to determine ending inventory. D) Most of the ending inventory should be reported at a cost index of 1.08, with the remainder at 1.05. Answer: B Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
113) Bond Company adopted the dollar-value LIFO inventory method on January 1, 2021. In applying the LIFO method, Bond uses internal cost indexes and the multiple-pools approach. The following data were available for Inventory Pool No. 3 for the two years following the adoption of LIFO:
Year 1/1/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2022
At Year-End $ 300,000 345,600 420,000
Ending Inventory At Base Year Cost $ 300,000 320,000 350,000
Cost Index 1.00 1.08 1.20
Under the dollar-value LIFO method, the inventory at December 31, 2022, should be A) $357,600. B) $350,000. C) $351,600. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Explanation: Base layer: 2021 layer: 2022 layer:
$ 300,000 × 1.00 = $ 20,000 × 1.08 = $ 30,000 × 1.20 =
$ 300,000 21,600 36,000 $ 357,600
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) On January 1, 2021, Badger Inc. adopted the dollar-value LIFO method. The inventory cost on this date was $100,000. The ending inventory, valued at year-end costs, and the relative cost index for each of the next three years is below:
Year-end 2021 2022 2023
Ending inventory at year-end costs $ 126,000 143,000 153,600
Cost Index 1.05 1.10 1.20
What inventory balance should Badger report on its 12/31/2021 balance sheet? A) $126,000 B) $121,000 C) $120,000 D) $100,000 Answer: B Explanation: $126,000 ÷ 1.05 = $120,000. This includes two layers, the first at $100,000 and the second at $20,000. The second is then brought forward to 12/31/21 by $20,000 × 1.05 = $21,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
115) On January 1, 2021, Badger Inc. adopted the dollar-value LIFO method. The inventory cost on this date was $100,000. The ending inventory, valued at year-end costs, and the relative cost index for each of the next three years is below:
Year-end 2021 2022 2023
Ending inventory at year-end costs $ 126,000 143,000 153,600
Cost Index 1.05 1.10 1.20
In determining the inventory balance for Badger to report in its 12/31/2022 balance sheet: A) An additional layer of $23,000 is added to the 12/31/2021 balance. B) An additional layer of $22,000 is added to the 12/31/2021 balance. C) An additional layer of $11,000 is added to the 12/31/2021 balance. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: $143,000 ÷ 1.10 = $130,000. This includes the previous two layers, the first at $100,000 and the second at $20,000, plus another at $10,000. The third layer is added to the 12/31/2021 inventory balance as $10,000 × 1.10 = $11,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) On January 1, 2021, Badger Inc. adopted the dollar-value LIFO method. The inventory cost on this date was $100,000. The ending inventory, valued at year-end costs, and the relative cost index for each of the next three years is below:
Year-end 2021 2022 2023
Ending inventory at year-end costs $ 126,000 143,000 153,600
Cost Index 1.05 1.10 1.20
What inventory balance would Badger report on its 12/31/2023 balance sheet? A) $128,000. B) $129,800. C) $153,600. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: $153,600 ÷ 1.20 = $128,000. This includes the first two layers, the first at $100,000 and the second at $20,000, plus another at $8,000 from 2022. No additional layer is added in 2023 because the inventory in base year terms actually decreased in 2023 from $130,000 in 2022 to $128,000 in 2023. To get the 12/31/2023 balance, the three remaining layers are multiplied by their relative price indexes, ($100,000 × 1.00) + ($20,000 × 1.05) + ($8,000 × 1.10). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Ramen Inc. adopted dollar-value LIFO (DVL) as of January 1, 2021, when it had a cost inventory of $600,000. Its inventory as of December 31, 2021, was $667,800 at year-end costs and the cost index was 1.06. What was DVL inventory on December 31, 2021? A) $630,000. B) $631,800. C) $636,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: Step 1: Ending inventory at base year cost = $667,800/1.06 = $630,000 Step 2: Inventory layers at base year cost = $600,000 (base) + $30,000 (2021) Step 3: Inventory layers converted to acquisition year cost = ($600,000 × 1.00) + ($30,000 × 1.06) = $631,800 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 118) Udon Inc. adopted dollar-value LIFO (DVL) as of January 1, 2021, when it had an inventory of $700,000. Its inventory as of December 31, 2021, was $777,000 at year-end costs and the cost index was 1.05. What was DVL inventory on December 31, 2021? A) $735,000. B) $740,000. C) $742,000. D) $777,000. Answer: C Explanation: Step 1: Ending inventory at base year cost = $777,000/1.05 = $740,000 Step 2: Inventory layers at base year cost = $700,000 (base) + $40,000 (2021) Step 3: Inventory layers converted to acquisition year cost = ($700,000 × 1.00) + ($40,000 × 1.05) = $742,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) Linguini Inc. adopted dollar-value LIFO (DVL) as of January 1, 2021, when it had an inventory of $800,000. Its inventory as of December 31, 2021, was $811,200 at year-end costs and the cost index was 1.04. What was DVL inventory on December 31, 2021? A) $780,000. B) $800,000. C) $811,200. D) $832,000. Answer: A Explanation: Step 1: Ending inventory at base year cost = $811,200/1.04 = $780,000 Step 2: Inventory layers at base year cost = $780,000 (base*) Step 3: Inventory layers converted to acquisition year cost = $780,000 × 1.00 = $780,000 * Inventory at base year cost declined in 2021 (from $800,000 to $780,000), so there is no layer added in 2021. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
120) Buckeye Corporation adopted dollar-value LIFO on January 1, 2021, when the inventory value was $500,000 and the cost index was 1.0. On December 31, 2021, the inventory value at year-end costs was $535,000 and the cost index was 1.06. Buckeye would report a LIFO inventory of: A) $504,717. B) $530,000. C) $505,000. D) $533,019. Answer: C Explanation: Step 1: Ending inventory at base year cost = $535,000/1.06 = $504,717 Step 2: Inventory layers at base year cost = $500,000 (base) + $4,717 (2021) Step 3: Inventory layers converted to acquisition year cost = ($500,000 × 1.00) + ($4,717 × 1.06) = $505,000
Step 1
Step 2 Inventory Ending Inventory at Layers at Base Year Cost Base Year Cost
Date
Ending Inventory at Year-End Cost
1/1/2021
$500,000
= $500,000
$500,000
12/31/2021
$535,000
= $504,717
$500,000 $ 15,846
Date 1/1/2021 12/31/2021
Step 3 Inventory Layers Converted to Acquisition Year Cost $ 500,000 × 1.00 = $500,000 $ 500,000 × 1.00 = $500,000 $ 4,717 × 1.06 = $5,000
Ending Inventory at DVL Cost $500,000 $505,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
121) Tiger Inc. adopted dollar-value LIFO on January 1, 2021, when the inventory value was $360,000 and the cost index was 1.25. On December 31, 2021, the inventory was valued at yearend cost of $395,000 and the cost index was 1.30. Tiger would report a LIFO inventory of: A) $410,800. B) $374,400. C) $379,808. D) $380,600. Answer: D Explanation: Step 1: Ending inventory at base year cost = $395,000/1.30 = $303,846 Step 2: Inventory layers at base year cost = $288,000 (base*) + $15,846 (2021) Step 3: Inventory layers converted to acquisition year cost = ($288,000 × 1.25) + ($15,846 × 1.30) = $380,600 * Base year cost = $360,000/1.25 = $288,000. Step 1
Step 2 Inventory Ending Inventory at Layers at Base Year Cost Base Year Cost
Date
Ending Inventory at Year-End Cost
1/1/2021
$360,000
= $288,000
$288,000
12/31/2021
$395,000
= $303,846
$288,000 $ 15,846
Date 1/1/2021 12/31/2021
Step 3 Inventory Layers Converted to Acquisition Year Cost $ 288,000 × 1.25 = $360,000 $ 288,000 × 1.25 = $360,000 $ 15,846 × 1.30 = $20,600
Ending Inventory at DVL Cost $360,000 $380,600
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) A company that prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) can use each of the following inventory valuation methods except: A) Average cost. B) FIFO. C) LIFO. D) All of these methods can be used. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS—Inventory cost flow assumptions Learning Objective: 08-09 Discuss the primary difference between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to determining the cost of inventory. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
123) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Periodic inventory system 2. LIFO conformity rule 3. Net purchases 4. Finished goods 5. Cost of Goods available for sale
PHRASE NUMBER Adjusts inventory at the end of the ____ period. Allocated between ending inventory and ____ cost of goods sold. Reduced by discounts taken under both ____ gross and net methods. Inventory ready for sale. ____ LIFO must be used for financial reporting ____ if elected for taxes.
Answer: TERM 1. Periodic inventory system 2. LIFO conformity rule 3. Net purchases 4. Finished goods 5. Cost of Goods available for sale
PHRASE Adjusts inventory at the end of the period. Allocated between ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Reduced by discounts taken under both gross and net methods. Inventory ready for sale. LIFO must be used for financial reporting if elected for taxes.
NUMBER 1 5 3 4 2
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Periodic inventory system; Included in inventory—Net purchases; Factors influencing method choice Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system.; 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule.; 08-05 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. LIFO liquidation 2. LIFO pools
PHRASE Considered a product cost. Continuously records changes in inventory. 3. Perpetual inventory system Captured by FIFO for perishable products. 4. Freight-in Reduces the quality of current period earnings information. 5. Physical flow Units grouped according to similarities.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. LIFO liquidation 2. LIFO pools
PHRASE NUMBER Considered a product cost. 4 Continuously records changes in 3 inventory. 3. Perpetual inventory system Captured by FIFO for perishable products. 5 4. Freight-in Reduces the quality of current period 1 earnings information. 5. Physical flow Units grouped according to similarities. 2 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Types of inventory; Perpetual inventory system; Included in inventory—Net purchases; Cost flow in general; Factors influencing method choice; LIFO liquidations Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system.; 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule.; 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold.; 08-05 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Consignment 2. FIFO 3. LIFO 4. Average cost 5. Cost of goods sold
PHRASE Goods are transferred to another party but title remains with transferor. Cost of goods available for sale less ending inventory. Items sold are assumed to come from a mixture of goods purchased during the period. Items sold are assumed to be those purchased first. Items sold are assumed to be those purchased last.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Consignment 2. FIFO 3. LIFO
4. Average cost 5. Cost of goods sold
PHRASE Goods are transferred to another party but title remains with transferor. Cost of goods available for sale less ending inventory. Items sold are assumed to come from a mixture of goods purchased during the period. Items sold are assumed to be those purchased first. Items sold are assumed to be those purchased last.
NUMBER 1 5 4
2 3
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Included in inventory—Consignment; Cost flow in general Learning Objective: 08-02 Explain which physical units of goods should be included in inventory.; 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. F.o.b. shipping point 2. Cost flow assumption 3. Inventory cut-off 4. F.o.b. destination 5. Specific identification method
PHRASE NUMBER Legal title passes when goods are delivered ____ to common carrier. Legal title passes when goods arrive at ____ customer location. Not required to correspond to actual ____ product flow. Making sure goods in transit are properly ____ accounted for. Not feasible for many types of products. ____
Answer: TERM 1. F.o.b. shipping point 2. Cost flow assumption 3. Inventory cut-off 4. F.o.b. destination 5. Specific identification method
PHRASE Legal title passes when goods are delivered to common carrier. Legal title passes when goods arrive at customer location. Not required to correspond to actual product flow. Making sure goods in transit are properly accounted for. Not feasible for many types of products.
NUMBER 1 4 2 3 5
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Included in inventory—Goods in transit; Cost flow in general; Cost flow methods— Specific identification Learning Objective: 08-02 Explain which physical units of goods should be included in inventory.; 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
127) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Net method 2. Work-in-process 3. Gross method 4. FIFO 5. Gross profit ratio
PHRASE Purchases are recorded for the full cost of the inventory. Purchases are recorded for the inventory cost less any possible discounts. 1 - (Cost of goods sold ÷ Net sales). Products that are not yet complete. Most recent purchases will be included in ending inventory.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Net method 2. Work-in-process 3. Gross method 4. FIFO 5. Gross profit ratio
PHRASE Purchases are recorded for the full cost of the inventory. Purchases are recorded for the inventory cost less any possible discounts. 1 - (Cost of goods sold ÷ Net sales). Products that are not yet complete. Most recent purchases will be included in ending inventory.
NUMBER 1 3 5 2 4
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Types of inventory; Included in inventory—Net purchases; Cost flow in general; Inventory management—Ratios Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system.; 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule.; 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold.; 08-07 Calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor a company's investment in inventories. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Cost index 2. Consumer Price Index 3. Specific identification 4. Raw materials 5. LIFO
PHRASE NUMBER Most recent purchases will be included in cost of ____ goods sold. Could be used instead of an internally generated ____ index in dollar-value LIFO computations. The cost of components purchased from other ____ manufacturers. Used to convert ending inventory at year-end cost ____ to base year cost. Method not feasible for most inventories. ____
Answer: TERM 1. Cost index 2. Consumer Price Index
3. Specific identification 4. Raw materials 5. LIFO
PHRASE Most recent purchases will be included in cost of goods sold. Could be used instead of an internally generated index in dollar-value LIFO computations. The cost of components purchased from other manufacturers. Used to convert ending inventory at yearend cost to base year cost. Method not feasible for most inventories.
NUMBER 5 2
4 1 3
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Types of inventory; Cost flow in general; Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system.; 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold.; 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollarvalue LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) Listed below are 10 terms, followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM
PHRASE NUMBER Goods are transferred to another company but ____ title remains with transferor. 2. Average cost Legal title passes when goods arrive at ____ customer location. 3. Consignment Inventory is viewed as a quantity of value. ____ 4. F.o.b. shipping point Adjusts inventory at the end of the period. ____ 5. Dollar-value LIFO Items sold are those purchased last. ____ 6. Perpetual inventory system Legal title passes when goods are delivered to ____ common carrier. 7. LIFO Items sold come from a mixture of goods ____ purchased during the period. 8. Periodic inventory system Items sold are those purchased first. ____ 9. F.o.b. destination Continuously records changes in inventory. ____ 10. LIFO conformity rule If LIFO is used for income tax purposes, it ____ must be used for financial reporting. 1. FIFO
81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: TERM
PHRASE NUMBER Goods are transferred to another company 3 but title remains with transferor. 2. Average cost Legal title passes when goods arrive at 9 customer location. 3. Consignment Inventory is viewed as a quantity of value. 5 4. F.o.b. shipping point Adjusts inventory at the end of the period. 8 5. Dollar-value LIFO Items sold are those purchased last. 7 6. Perpetual inventory system Legal title passes when goods are delivered 4 to common carrier. 7. LIFO Items sold come from a mixture of goods 2 purchased during the period. 8. Periodic inventory system Items sold are those purchased first. 1 9. F.o.b. destination Continuously records changes in inventory. 6 10. LIFO conformity rule If LIFO is used for income tax purposes, it 10 must be used for financial reporting. 1. FIFO
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Periodic vs Perpetual inventory system; Included in inventory—Consignment; Included in inventory—Goods in transit; Cost flow in general; Factors influencing method choice; Dollarvalue LIFO Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system.; 08-02 Explain which physical units of goods should be included in inventory.; 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold.; 08-05 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method.; 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
130) Bascomb Company purchased $420,000 in merchandise on account during the month of April, and merchandise costing $350,000 was sold on account for $425,000. Required: 1. Prepare journal entries to record the purchases and sales assuming Bascomb uses a perpetual inventory system. 2. Prepare journal entries to record the purchases and sales assuming Bascomb uses a periodic inventory system. Answer: 1. Inventory Accounts payable
2.
420,000 420,000
Accounts receivable Sales revenue
425,000
Cost of goods sold Inventory
350,000
Purchases Accounts payable
420,000
Accounts receivable Sales revenue
425,000
425,000
350,000
420,000
425,000
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Periodic vs Perpetual inventory system Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
131) Meteor Co. purchased merchandise on March 4, 2021, at a price of $30,000, subject to credit terms of 2/10, n/30. Meteor uses the net method for recording purchases and uses a periodic inventory system. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the purchase. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the appropriate payment if the entire invoice is paid on March 11, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record the appropriate payment if the entire invoice is paid on April 2, 2021. Answer: 1. Purchases ($30,000 × 0.98) Accounts payable
29,400
2.
Accounts payable Cash
29,400
Accounts payable Purchase discounts lost Cash
29,400 600
3.
29,400
29,400
30,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Periodic inventory system; Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system.; 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) Slinky Company purchased merchandise on June 10, 2021, at a price of $20,000, subject to credit terms of 2/10, n/30. Slinky uses the net method for recording purchases and uses a perpetual inventory system. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the purchase. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the appropriate payment if the entire invoice is paid on June 18, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record the appropriate payment if the entire invoice is paid on July 8, 2021. Answer: 1. Inventory ($20,000 × 0.98) Accounts payable
19,600
2.
Accounts payable Cash
19,600
Accounts payable Inventory Cash
19,600 400
3.
19,600
19,600
20,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Perpetual inventory system; Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system.; 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
133) Bunker Auto Supply purchased merchandise on January 4, 2021, at a price of $70,000, subject to credit terms of 2/10, n/30. Bunker uses the gross method for recording purchases and uses a periodic inventory system. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the purchase. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the payment of one-half the invoice amount on January 11, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record the balance of the amount due on February 2, 2021. Answer: 1. Purchases Accounts payable
70,000
2.
Accounts payable Purchase discounts Cash ($35,000 × 0.98)
35,000
Accounts payable Cash
35,000
3.
70,000
700 34,300
35,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Periodic inventory system; Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system.; 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
86 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) Patty's Pet Store purchased merchandise on October 10, 2021, at a price of $35,000, subject to credit terms of 2/10, n/30. Patty's uses the gross method for recording purchases and uses perpetual inventory system. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the purchase. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the payment of one-half the invoice amount on October 18, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record the payment of the balance of the amount due on November 8, 2021. Answer: 1. Inventory Accounts payable
35,000
2.
Accounts payable Inventory Cash ($17,500 × 0.98)
17,500
Accounts payable Cash
17,500
3.
35,000
350 17,150
17,500
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system.; 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
87 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) Boston Dollar Store uses the gross method to record purchase discounts and uses a perpetual inventory system. Boston engaged in the following transactions during April: April 12 Purchased $15,000 in merchandise subject to terms of 2/10, n/30. The goods were shipped f.o.b. shipping point. April 13 Received a billing from Orange Freight Lines for $300 for the April 12 purchase. April 15 Returned $1,000 of merchandise from the April 12 purchase. April 20 Paid balances due from April 12 purchase. Required: Prepare journal entries to record the above transactions. Answer: Apr. 12
Apr. 13
Apr. 15
Apr. 20
Inventory Accounts payable
15,000
Inventory Accounts payable
300
Accounts payable Inventory
1,000
Accounts payable Inventory Cash ($14,000 × 0.98)
14,000
Accounts payable Cash
15,000
300
1,000
280 13,720 300 300
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Perpetual inventory system; Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system.; 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
88 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
136) Hazelton Corporation uses a periodic inventory system and the LIFO method to value its inventory. The company began 2021 with $59,000 in inventory of its only product. The beginning inventory consisted of the following layers: 4,000 units at $6 per unit = $24,000 5,000 units at $7 per unit = 35,000 Total $59,000 During 2021, 6,000 units were purchased at $8 per unit and during 2022, 7,000 units were purchased at $9 per unit. Sales, in units, were 7,000 and 12,000 during 2021 and 2022, respectively. Required: 1. Calculate cost of goods sold for 2021 and 2022. 2. Disregarding income tax, determine the LIFO liquidation profit or loss, if any, for 2021 and 2022. Answer: 1. Cost of goods sold: 2021: 1,000 × $7 = $ 7,000 6,000 × $8 = 48,000 $55,000 2022:
1,000 × $6 = $ 6,000 4,000 × $7 = 28,000 7,000 × $9 = 63,000 $97,000
2. LIFO liquidation before-tax profit or loss: 2021: 1,000 units × $1 ($8 – $7) = $1,000 profit 4,000 units × $2 ($9 – $7) = $ 8,000 +1,000 units × $3 ($9 – $6) = 3,000 Total $11,000 profit Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cost flow methods—LIFO periodic; LIFO liquidations Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold.; 0806 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 2022:
89 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
137) The Tucson Corporation's fiscal year ends on December 31. Tucson determines inventory quantity by a physical count of inventory on hand at the close of business on December 31. The company's controller has asked for your help in deciding if the following items should be included in the year-end inventory count. 1. Goods purchased from a vendor shipped f.o.b. shipping point on December 24 that arrived on January 4. 2. Goods shipped f.o.b. shipping point on December 27 arrived at the customer's location on January 4. 3. Goods purchased from a vendor shipped f.o.b. destination on December 27 that arrived on January 5. 4. Freight charges on goods purchased in item 1. 5. Merchandise held on consignment for Masterwear, Inc. 6. Goods shipped f.o.b. destination on December 29 that arrived at the customer's location on January 2. Required: Determine if each of the six items above should be included or excluded from the company's year-end inventory. Answer: 1. Included. 2. Excluded. 3. Excluded. 4. Included. 5. Excluded. 6. Included. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Included in inventory—Consignment; Included in inventory—Goods in transit; Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-02 Explain which physical units of goods should be included in inventory.; 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
90 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: The following information is taken from the accounting records of Rapid Runner Inc. for the year 2021. Missing information has been left blank. Required: Compute the missing amounts. 138) Cost of goods sold 95
Freight- Ending Gross Sales Purchase Beginning Gross Purchase in inventory Purchases discounts inventory profit returns
5
30
Cost of Freightgoods sold in 95 5
Ending inventory 30
6
20
Purchase discounts 6
Beginning inventory 20
8
12
Answer: Gross Purchases 118
Sales 103
Gross profit 8
Purchase returns 12
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
91 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
139) Cost of goods sold
Freight- Ending Gross Sales Purchase Beginning Gross Purchase in inventory Purchases discounts inventory profit returns
10
Answer: Cost of Freight-
206
200
15
60
54
27
in
Ending inventory
Gross Purchases
Sales
goods sold
Purchase discounts
Beginning inventory
Gross profit
Purchase returns
146
10
88
206
200
15
60
54
27
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 140) Cost of goods sold
Freight- Ending Gross Sales Purchase Beginning Gross Purchase in inventory Purchases discounts inventory profit returns
14
83
270
Cost of Freightgoods sold in 241 14
Ending inventory 83
Gross Purchases 270
304
20
90
30
Answer: Sales 304
Purchase discounts 20
Beginning inventory 90
Gross profit 63
Purchase returns 30
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
92 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) Cost of goods sold 237
Freight- Ending Gross Sales Purchase Beginning Gross Purchase in inventory Purchases discounts inventory profit returns
22
147
300
400
150
163
50
Cost of Freightgoods sold in
Ending inventory
Gross Purchases
Sales
Purchase discounts
Beginning inventory
Gross profit
Purchase returns
147
300
400
38
150
163
50
Answer:
237
22
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 142) Cost of goods sold
Freight- Ending Gross Sales Purchase Beginning Gross Purchase in inventory Purchases discounts inventory profit returns
33
239
350
511
36
220
213
Cost of Freightgoods sold in
Ending inventory
Gross Purchases
Sales
Purchase discounts
Beginning inventory
Gross profit
Purchase returns
239
350
511
36
220
213
30
Answer:
298
33
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
93 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: The following information is taken from the accounting records of Madeline Inc. for the year 2021. Missing information has been left blank. Inventory is the only supply that Madeline purchases on credit. Required: Compute the missing amounts. 143) Jan. 1 Jan. 1 Dec. 31 Dec. 31 Cash paid to Cost of Net purchases accounts inventory accounts inventory inventory goods sold payable payable suppliers 100
62
85
324
365
350
Answer: Jan. 1 Jan. 1 Dec. 31 Dec. 31 Cash paid to Cost of Net purchases accounts inventory accounts inventory inventory goods sold payable payable suppliers 36
100
62
85
324
365
350
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
94 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
144) Jan. 1 Jan. 1 Dec. 31 Dec. 31 Cash paid to Cost of Net purchases accounts inventory accounts inventory inventory goods sold payable payable suppliers 99
222
179
595
636
675
Answer: Jan. 1 Jan. 1 Dec. 31 Dec. 31 Cash paid to Cost of Net purchases accounts inventory accounts inventory inventory goods sold payable payable suppliers 99
222
179
261
595
636
675
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 145) Jan. 1 Jan. 1 Dec. 31 Dec. 31 Cash paid to Cost of Net purchases accounts inventory accounts inventory inventory goods sold payable payable suppliers 107
324
29
279
928
883
Answer: Jan. 1 Jan. 1 Dec. 31 Dec. 31 Cash paid to Cost of Net purchases accounts inventory accounts inventory inventory goods sold payable payable suppliers 107
324
29
279
961
928
883
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 95 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) Jan. 1 Jan. 1 Dec. 31 Dec. 31 Cash paid to Cost of Net purchases accounts inventory accounts inventory inventory goods sold payable payable suppliers 55
184
78
99
700
Answer: Jan. 1 Jan. 1 Dec. 31 Dec. 31 Cash paid to Cost of Net purchases accounts inventory accounts inventory inventory goods sold payable payable suppliers 55
184
78
99
700
808
723
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 147) Jan. 1 Jan. 1 Dec. 31 Dec. 31 Cash paid to Cost of Net purchases accounts inventory accounts inventory inventory goods sold payable payable suppliers 80
72
606
583
621
Answer: Jan. 1 Jan. 1 Dec. 31 Dec. 31 Cash paid to Cost of Net purchases accounts inventory accounts inventory inventory goods sold payable payable suppliers 80
34
95
72
606
583
621
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Included in inventory—Net purchases Learning Objective: 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 96 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) Shown below is activity for one of the products of Denver Office Equipment: January 1 balance, 500 units @ $55 per unit Purchases: January 10: 500 units @ $60 per unit January 20: 1,000 units @ $63 per unit
$27,500
Sales: January 12: 800 units January 28: 750 units Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Denver uses FIFO. Answer: FIFO Beginning inventory January 10 purchase January 20 purchase Total available Units sold (800 + 750) Ending inventory Cost of goods sold
500 500 1,000 2,000 1,550 450
@ @ @
$55 $60 $63
$27,500 30,000 63,000 120,500
@
$63
28,350 $92,150
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cost flow methods—FIFO Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
97 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
149) Shown below is activity for one of the products of Denver Office Equipment: January 1 balance, 500 units @ $55 per unit Purchases: January 10: 500 units @ $60 per unit January 20: 1,000 units @ $63 per unit
$27,500
Sales: January 12: 800 units January 28: 750 units Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Denver uses LIFO and a perpetual inventory system. Answer: Perpetual LIFO Date
Purchased
Beginning Inv. Jan. 10
500 @ $55 = $27,500 500 @ $60 = $30,000
Jan. 12
Jan. 20
Sold
Balance 500 @ $55 $27,500 500 @ $55 500 @ $60 $57,500
500 @ $60 + 300 @ $55 = $46,500 1,000 @ $63 = $63,000
Jan. 28 Total cost of goods sold
200 @ $55 $11,000 200 @ $55 1,000 @ $63 $74,000
750 @ $63 = $47,250
200 @ $55 250 @ $63 $26,750
$93,750
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cost flow methods—LIFO perpetual Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
98 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
150) Shown below is activity for one of the products of Denver Office Equipment: January 1 balance, 500 units @ $55 per unit Purchases: January 10: 500 units @ $60 per unit January 20: 1,000 units @ $63 per unit Sales: January 12: 800 units January 28: 750 units
$27,500
Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Denver uses average cost and a periodic inventory system. Answer: Periodic Average Cost
Date: Beginning inventory Jan. 10 Jan. 20 Total available Ending inventory Cost of goods sold
QTY 500 500 1,000 2,000 (450) 1,550
@ @ @ @ @
UNIT TOTAL COST COST $55 $27,500 $60 30,000 $63 63,000 $60.25 * 120,500 $60.25 (27,113) $93,387**
* $120,500 ÷ 2,000 = $60.25 ** rounded Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cost flow methods—Average cost periodic Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
99 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
151) Shown below is activity for one of the products of Denver Office Equipment: January 1 balance, 500 units @ $55 per unit Purchases: January 10: 500 units @ $60 per unit January 20: 1,000 units @ $63 per unit Sales: January 12: 800 units January 28: 750 units
$27,500
Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Denver uses average cost and a perpetual inventory system. Answer: Perpetual Average Cost Date
Purchased
Beginning Inv. Jan. 10
500 @ $55 = $27,500 500 @ $60 = $30,000
Jan. 12 Jan. 20
Sold
Balance 500 @ $55 $27,500 1,000 @ $57.50 $57,500
800 @ $57.50 = $46,000 1,000 @ $63 = $63,000
Jan. 28
1,200 @ $62.08 $74,500 750 @ $62.08 = $46,560
Total cost of goods sold
200 @ $57.50 $11,500
450 @ $62.08
$27,940*
$92,560
*rounded
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cost flow methods—Average cost perpetual Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
100 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
152) Shown below is activity for one of the products of Denver Office Equipment: January 1 balance, 500 units @ $55 per unit Purchases: January 10: 500 units @ $60 per unit January 20: 1,000 units @ $63 per unit Sales: January 12: 800 units January 28: 750 units
$27,500
Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Denver uses LIFO and a periodic inventory system. Answer: Date: Beginning inventory Jan. 10 purchase Jan. 20 purchase Total available Ending inventory Cost of goods sold
QTY 500 500 1,000 2,000 450
@ @ @
UNIT COST $55 $60 $63
@
$55
TOTAL COST 27,500 30,000 63,000 120,500 24,750 $95,750
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cost flow methods—LIFO periodic Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
101 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
153) Shown below is the activity for one of the products of Random Creations: January 1 balance, 80 units @ $50 Purchases: January 18: 40 units @ $51 January 28: 40 units @ $52 Sales: January 12: 30 units January 22: 30 units January 31: 45 units
$4,000
Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Random Creations uses FIFO. Answer: FIFO Beginning inventory January 18 purchase January 28 purchase Total available Units sold Ending units Cost of ending inventory: 40 × $52 15 × $51 Ending FIFO inventory Cost of goods sold
80 @ $50 40 @ $51 40 @ $52 160 (105) 55
$4,000 2,040 2,080 $8,120
$2,080 765 2,845 $5,275
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cost flow methods—FIFO Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
102 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
154) Shown below is the activity for one of the products of Random Creations: January 1 balance, 80 units @ $50 Purchases: January 18: 40 units @ $51 January 28: 40 units @ $52 Sales: January 12: 30 units January 22: 30 units January 31: 45 units
$4,000
Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Random Creations uses LIFO and perpetual inventory system. Answer: Perpetual LIFO Date Beginning Inv. Jan. 12 Jan. 18 Jan. 22 Jan. 28
Jan. 31
Purchased 80 @ $50 = $4,000
Sold
Balance 80 @ $50 30 @ $50 = $1,500 50 @ $50 40 @ $51 = $2,040 50 @ $50 40 @ $51 30 @ $51 = $1,530 50 @ $50 10 @ $51 40 @ $52 = $2,080 50 @ $50 10 @ $51 40 @ $52 40 @ $52 5 @ $51 = $2,235 50 @ $50 Total cost of goods sold $5,365 5 @ $51
$4,000 $2,500 $4,540 $3,010
$5,090
$2,755
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cost flow methods—LIFO perpetual Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
103 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
155) Shown below is the activity for one of the products of Random Creations: January 1 balance, 80 units @ $50 Purchases: January 18: 40 units @ $51 January 28: 40 units @ $52 Sales: January 12: 30 units January 22: 30 units January 31: 45 units
$4,000
Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Random Creations uses LIFO and a periodic inventory system. Answer: Periodic LIFO Beginning inventory January 18 purchase January 28 purchase Total available Units sold Ending units Cost of ending inventory: (55 × $50) Cost of goods sold
80 @ $50 40 @ $51 40 @ $52 160 (105) 55
$4,000 2,040 2,080 $8,120
2,750 $5,370
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cost flow methods—Average cost perpetual Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
104 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
156) Shown below is the activity for one of the products of Random Creations: January 1 balance, 80 units @ $50 Purchases: January 18: 40 units @ $51 January 28: 40 units @ $52 Sales: January 12: 30 units January 22: 30 units January 31: 45 units
$4,000
Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Random Creations uses average cost and a periodic inventory system. Answer: Periodic Average Cost
Date: Jan. 1 Jan. 18 Jan. 28 Total available Ending inventory Cost of goods sold
QTY 80 40 40 160 (55) 105
@ @ @ @ @ @
UNIT COST $50 $51 $52 $50.75* $50.75 $50.75
TOTAL COST $ 4,000 2,040 2,080 8,120 (2,791)** $5,329
* $8,120 160 = $50.75 **rounded Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cost flow methods—Average cost periodic Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
105 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
157) Shown below is the activity for one of the products of Random Creations: January 1 balance, 80 units @ $50 Purchases: January 18: 40 units @ $51 January 28: 40 units @ $52 Sales: January 12: 30 units January 22: 30 units January 31: 45 units
$4,000
Required: Compute the January 31 ending inventory and cost of goods sold for January, assuming Random Creations uses average cost and a perpetual inventory system. Answer: Perpetual Average Cost Date: Beginning Inv. Jan. 12 Jan. 18 Jan. 22 Jan. 28 Jan. 31
Purchased
Sold
Balance
80 @ $50 = $4,000 30 @ $50.00 = $1,500 40 @ $51 = $2,040 30 @ $50.44 = $1,513 40 @ $52 = $2,080
Total cost of goods sold *rounded
45 @ $51.07 = $2,298
80 @ $50 = $4,000 50 @ $50 = $2,500 90 @ $50.44 = $4,540 60 @ $50.44 = $3,027* 100 @ $51.07 = $5,107 55 @ $51.07 = $2,809
$5,311
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cost flow methods—Average cost perpetual Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
106 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
158) Bettencourt Clothing Corporation uses a periodic inventory system and the LIFO cost method. The company began 2021 with the following inventory layers (listed in chronological order of acquisition): 5,000 units @ $10 per unit 8,000 units @ $12 per unit Beginning inventory
$50,000 96,000 $146,000
During 2021, 20,000 units were purchased for $15 per unit. Sales for the year totaled 30,000 units at various prices, leaving 3,000 units in ending inventory. Required: 1. Calculate cost of goods sold for 2021. 2. Determine the amount of LIFO liquidation profit that the company must report in a disclosure note to its 2021 financial statements, assuming the amount is material. Assume an income tax rate of 25%. Answer: 1. Beginning inventory Purchases: 20,000 units @ $15 Cost of goods available for sale Less: Ending inventory (3,000 @ $10) Cost of goods sold
$ 146,000 300,000 446,000 (30,000) $ 416,000
2. Cost of goods sold assuming all units sold were purchased at the year 2021 price: 30,000 units × $15.00 = $450,000 Less: LIFO cost of goods sold (416,000) LIFO liquidation profit before tax 34,000 Multiplied by 1 – 0.25 × 0.75 LIFO liquidation profit $ 25,500 Or: 2,000 units × $5.00 ($15 – $10) = 8,000 units × $3.00 ($15– $12) =
$ 10,000 24,000 $ 34,000 × 0.75 $ 25,500
Multiplied by 1 – 0.25 LIFO liquidation profit Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cost flow methods—LIFO periodic; LIFO liquidations Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold.; 0806 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Apply 107 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 159) The Foxworthy Corporation uses a periodic inventory system and the LIFO inventory cost method for its one product. Beginning inventory of 40,000 units consisted of the following, listed in chronological order of acquisition: 24,000 units at a cost of $6.00 per unit = $144,000 16,000 units at a cost of $7.00 per unit = 112,000 During 2021, inventory quantity declined by 18,000 units. All units purchased during 2021 cost $8.00 per unit. Required: Calculate the before-tax LIFO liquidation profit or loss that the company would report in a disclosure note assuming the amount determined is material. Answer: Units liquidated 18,000 Units liquidated multiplied by the difference between their current cost and acquisition cost: 16,000 × ($8 – $7) = $16,000 2,000 × ($8 – $6) = 4,000 Before-tax LIFO liquidation profit $20,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LIFO liquidations Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold.; 0806 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
108 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
160) Modern Day Appliances, Inc. is a wholesaler of kitchen appliances. The company uses a periodic inventory system and the LIFO cost method. Modern Day's December 31, 2021, fiscal year-end inventory of its main product, double-door stainless steel refrigerators, consisted of the following (listed in chronological order of acquisition): Units 100 200 300
Unit Cost $750 800 850
The replacement cost of the refrigerators throughout 2022 was $900. Modern Day sold 5,000 of these refrigerators during 2022. The company's selling price throughout 2022 was $1,200. Required: 1. Compute the gross profit (sales minus cost of goods sold) and the gross profit ratio for 2022 assuming that Modern Day purchased 5,200 units during the year. 2. Repeat requirement 1 assuming that Modern Day purchased only 4,500 units. 3. For requirements 1 and 2, what amount of before-tax LIFO liquidation profit or loss would Modern Day report in its 2022 disclosure notes, if any, assuming any calculated amount is material? Answer: 1. Sales (5,000 units × $1,200) Less: Cost of goods sold (5,000 units × $900) Gross profit $1,500,000 Gross profit ratio = $1,500,000
$6,000,000 = 25%
2. Sales (5,000 units × $1,200) Less: Cost of goods sold* Gross profit $1,535,000 Gross profit ratio = $1,535,000 *Cost of goods sold: 4,500 units × $900 = 300 units × $850 = 200 units × $800 = 5,000 units
$6,000,000 (4,500,000)
$6,000,000 (4,465,000)
$6,000,000 = 26%
$4,050,000 255,000 160,000 $4,465,000
109 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
3. In requirement 1, there would be no LIFO liquidation profit or loss. In requirement 2, Modern Day would report a before-tax LIFO liquidation profit of $35,000, the difference in gross profit between requirements 1 and 2. If Modern Day purchases at least 5,000 units, there would be no LIFO liquidation. The LIFO liquidation profit also can be calculated as follows: 300 units × ($900 – $850) = 200 units × ($900 – $800) =
$15,000 20,000 $35,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cost flow methods—LIFO periodic; LIFO liquidations; Inventory management—Ratios Learning Objective: 08-04 Differentiate between the specific identification, FIFO, LIFO, and average cost methods used to determine the cost of ending inventory and cost of goods sold.; 0806 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income.; 08-07 Calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor a company's investment in inventories. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 161) Selected financial statement data from Western Colorado Stores is shown below.
Net sales Cost of goods sold Operating expenses Inventory
2021 $625,000 500,000 105,000 90,000
2020 $690,000 490,000 85,000 70,000
Required: 1. Compute the gross profit ratio for 2021. 2. Compute the inventory turnover ratio for 2021. Answer: Net sales Cost of goods sold Gross profit
$625,000 500,000 $125,000
1. Gross profit ratio = $125,000 ÷ $625,000 = 20.0% 2. Inventory turnover ratio = $500,000 ÷ [($90,000 + $70,000) ÷ 2] = 6.25 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Inventory management—Ratios Learning Objective: 08-07 Calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor a company's investment in inventories. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 110 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
162) The inventories disclosure note in the 2017 financial statements for Publix Super Markets, a large grocery chain in the United States, included the following: "Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. The dollar value last-in, first-out (LIFO) method was used to determine the cost for 85% and 83% of inventories as of December 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The cost of the remaining inventories was determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. If all inventories were valued using the FIFO method, inventories and current assets would have been higher than reported by $464,888,000 and $441,860,000 as of December 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. " Cost of goods sold for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 was $ 25,129,717,000. Required: If Publix had used FIFO for all of its LIFO inventories, what would its cost of goods sold have been for 2017? Answer: Cost of goods sold for 2017 would have been $23,028,000 ($464,888,000 – $441,860,000) lower had Publix used FIFO for its entire inventory. Therefore, cost of goods sold would have been $25,106,689,000 ($25,129,717,000 − $23,028,000). While beginning inventory would have been $441,860,000 higher, ending inventory also would have been higher by $464,888,000. An increase in beginning inventory causes an increase in cost of goods sold, but an increase in ending inventory causes a decrease in cost of goods sold. Purchases for the year are the same regardless of the inventory valuation method used. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: LIFO reserves Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
111 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
163) The following information comes from the 2017 Occidental Petroleum Corporation annual report to shareholders: NOTE 4 INVENTORIES Net carrying values of inventories valued under the LIFO method were approximately $172 million and $192 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Inventories consisted of the following: ($ in millions)
Raw materials Materials and supplies Finished goods LIFO reserve Total
2017 $ 66 447 776 1,289 (43) $1,246
2016 $ 65 446 395 906 (40) $ 866
The LIFO reserve indicates that inventories would have been $43 million and $40 million higher at the end of 2017 and 2016, respectively, if Occidental Petroleum had used FIFO to value its entire inventory. Required: If Occidental Petroleum had used FIFO to value its entire inventory how would its 2017 pre-tax income be affected? Answer: Cost of goods sold for 2017 would have been $3 million lower had Occidental Petroleum used FIFO for its entire inventory. While beginning inventory would have been $40 million higher, ending inventory also would have been higher by $43 million. An increase in beginning inventory causes an increase in cost of goods sold, but an increase in ending inventory causes a decrease in cost of goods sold. Purchases for the year are the same regardless of the inventory valuation method used. Therefore, pre-tax income would have been $3 million higher if FIFO had been used to value the entire inventory. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: LIFO reserves Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
112 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
164) The inventories disclosure note in the 2021 financial statements for Savers Market included the following: "During fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, inventory quantities in certain LIFO layers were reduced. These reductions resulted in a liquidation of LIFO inventory quantities carried at lower costs prevailing in prior years as compared with the cost of fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 purchases. As a result, cost of goods sold decreased by $14, $6 and $9 in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. All inventories are stated at the lower of cost or current market values. Cost for inventories at the majority of our operations is determined on a last-in, first-out ("LIFO") basis." Required: a. The disclosure note indicates an inventory liquidation during 2021, 2020, and 2019. By how much did net income in 2021 increase due to the liquidation? Assume an income tax of 25%. b. What additional income tax payments did the 2021 liquidation cost Savers Market? Answer: a. The effect (pre-tax) * (1 - 0.25 tax rate) = 0.75 After-tax effect on income Thus, $14 million × 0.75 = $10.5 million increase in net income. b. $14 million * 0.25 tax rate = $3.5 million. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: LIFO liquidations Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
113 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) Spando Apparel uses the LIFO inventory method for external reporting and for income tax purposes but maintains its internal records using FIFO. The following disclosure note was included in a recent annual report: Inventories ($ in millions): Total inventories LIFO reserve
2021 $625 (83) $542
2020 $604 (51) $ 553
The company's income statement reported cost of goods sold of $3,120 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. Required: 1. Spando adjusts the LIFO reserve at the end of its fiscal year. Prepare the December 31, 2021, adjusting entry to record the cost of goods sold adjustment. 2. If Spando had used FIFO to value its inventories, what would cost of goods sold have been for the 2021 fiscal year? Answer: ($ in millions) 1.
2.
Cost of goods sold ($83 – $51) LIFO reserve
32 32
$3,120 – $32 = $3,088
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: LIFO reserves Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
114 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
166) The table below contains selected financial information from recent financial statements of KBI Toys and Little Tikes Adventure Toys, Inc., two toy manufacturing companies ($ in thousands):
Net sales Cost of goods sold
KBI Toys 12/31/2021 12/31/2020 $80,622 $72,120 58,900 53,800
Year-end inventory
7,400
6,900
Little Tikes 12/31/2021 12/31/2020 $63,480 $68,900 40,786 46,325 5,800
6,300
Required: Calculate the 2021 gross profit ratio, inventory turnover ratio, and the average days in inventory for the two companies (rounded). Answer: ($ in thousands) KBI TOYS
LITTLE TIKES
Gross profit ratio
=
= 27%
= 36%
Inventory turnover
=
= 8.24
= 6.74
Average days in inventory =
= 44 days
= 54 days
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Inventory management—Ratios Learning Objective: 08-07 Calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor a company's investment in inventories. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis
115 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
167) On January 1, 2021, the National Furniture Company adopted the dollar-value LIFO method of computing inventory. An internal cost index is used to convert ending inventory to base year. Inventory on January 1 was $200,000. Year-end inventories at year-end costs and cost indexes for its one inventory pool were as follows:
Year Ended December 31 2021 2022 2023
Inventory at Year-end Costs $259,200 296,800 299,000
Cost Index (Relative to Base Year) 1.08 1.12 1.15
Required: Compute inventory amounts at the end of each year using the dollar-value LIFO method. Answer: Date 1/1/2021
12/31/2021
12/31/2022
12/31/2023
Ending Inventory at Base Year Cost
Inventory Layers at Base Year Cost
Inventory Layers Converted to Cost
Ending Inventory DVL Cost
$200,000 = $200,000 1.00
$200,000 (base)
$200,000 × 1.00 = $150,000
$200,000
$200,000 (base) 40,000 (2021)
$200,000 × 1.00 = $200,000 40,000 × 1.08 = 43,200
243,200
$200,000 (base) 40,000 (2021) 25,000 (2022)
$200,000 × 1.00 = $200,000 40,000 × 1.08 = 43,200 25,000 × 1.12 = 28,000
271,200
$200,000 (base) 40,000 (2021) 20,000 (2022)
$200,000 × 1.00 = $200,000 40,000 × 1.08 = 43,200 20,000 × 1.12 = 22,400
265,600
$259,200 = $240,000 1.08 $296,800 = $265,000 1.12
$299,000 = $260,000 1.15
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
116 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
168) Appleton Inc. adopted dollar-value LIFO on January 1, 2021, when the inventory value was $1,200,000. The December 31, 2021, ending inventory at year-end costs was $1,430,000 and the cost index for the year is 1.1. Required: Compute the dollar-value LIFO inventory valuation for the December 31, 2021, inventory. Answer: Inventory, December 31, 2021 2021 cost index
$1,430,000 1.1
Inventory, December 31, 2021 Inventory, January 1, 2021 2021 layer added – at base year cost
$1,300,000 1,200,000
Inventory, January 1, 2021 2021 layer – at base year cost 2021 cost index December 31, 2021, inventory at dollar-value LIFO
$1,200,000
at year-end costs
at base year cost ($1,430,0001.1)
$ 100,000
$100,000 × 1.1
110,000 $1,310,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
117 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
169) Chavez Inc. adopted dollar-value LIFO on January 1, 2021, when the inventory value was $850,000. The December 31, 2021, ending inventory at year-end cost was $950,000 and the cost index for the year is 1.08. Required: Compute the dollar-value LIFO inventory valuation (rounded) for the December 31, 2021, inventory. Answer: Inventory, December 31, 2021 2021 cost index Inventory, December 31, 2021, at base year cost Inventory, January 1, 2021 2021 layer added – at base year cost Inventory, January 1, 2021 2021 layer – at base year cost 2021 cost index December 31, 2021, inventory at dollarvalue LIFO
$950,000 1.08
(rounded)
$879,630 ($950,0001.08) 850,000 $ 29,630 $850,000
$29,630 × 1.08
32,000 $882,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
118 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) Liquidated Corporation had a dollar-value LIFO (DVL) inventory of $800,000 at the beginning of the current year when it adopted DVL. Its year-end inventory at year-end prices was $850,000. The index for the current year was 1.08. Required: Compute the DVL inventory (rounded) to be reported at the end of the year. Answer: DVL with a LIFO Liquidation 850,000 ÷ 1.08 $ 787,037 Year-end DVL inventory. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
119 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
171) On January 1, 2020, ECT Co. adopted the dollar-value LIFO method for its one inventory pool. The pool's value on this date was $600 million. The 2020 and 2021 ending inventory valued at year-end costs were $702 million and $840 million, respectively. The appropriate cost indexes are 1.08 for 2020 and 1.20 for 2021. Required: Calculate the inventory balance that ECT Co. would report on its year-end balance sheets for 2020 and 2021, using the dollar-value LIFO method. Answer: Inventory, December 31, 2020 2020 cost index
$702 1.08
at year-end costs
Inventory, December 31, 2020 Inventory, January 1, 2020 2020 layer added — at base year cost
$650 600 $ 50
at base year cost ($702/1.08)
Inventory, January 1, 2020 2020 layer — at base year cost 2020 cost index December 31, 2020, DVL inventory
$600 $50 × 1.08
54 $654
Inventory, December 31, 2021 2021 cost index
$840 1.2
at year-end costs
Inventory, December 31, 2021 Inventory, January 1, 2021 2021 layer added — at base year cost
$700 650 $ 50
at base year cost ($840/1.2)
Inventory, January 1, 2021 $654 2021 layer — at base year cost $50 2021 cost index × 1.2 60 December 31, 2021, DVL inventory $714 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
120 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
172) On January 1, 2020, RAY Co. adopted the dollar-value LIFO method for its one inventory pool. The pool's value on this date was $300 million. The 12/31/2020 inventory valued at yearend costs was $385 million. The 12/31/2020 inventory, using dollar-value LIFO was $355 million. Required: Calculate 2020 cost index for RAY's inventory. Answer: Inventory, December 31, 2020 2020 cost index Inventory, December 31, 2020 Inventory, January 1, 2020 2020 layer added — at base year cost Inventory, January 1, 2020 2020 layer — at base year cost 2020 cost index December 31, 2020, DVL inventory
$385 X $Y 300 $Y - $300
at year-end costs
at base year cost ($385/X)
$300 $Y - $300 × X
55 $355
Substituting back, we get: Y = $85/X and ($Y - $300) X = $55. Solving simultaneously, X = $385/$350 = 1.10 (2020 cost index) Verified: Inventory, December 31, 2020 2020 cost index
$385 1.10
at year-end costs
Inventory, December 31, 2020 Inventory, January 1, 2020 2020 layer added — at base year cost
$350 300 $50
at base year cost ($385/1.10)
Inventory, January 1, 2020 $300 2020 layer — at base year cost $50 2020 cost index × 1.10 55 December 31, 2020, DVL inventory $355 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
121 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
173) The Genworth Company adopted the dollar-value LIFO method on January 1, 2021 when the inventory value of its one inventory pool was $450,000. The company decided to use an external index, the Consumer Price Index (CPI), to adjust for changes in the cost level. On January 1, 2021, the CPI was 280. On December 31, 2021, inventory valued at year-end cost was $504,000 and the CPI was 294. Required: Calculate the inventory value at the end of 2021 using the dollar-value LIFO method. Answer: Set the base year, 1/1/2021, equal to 1.00. Cost index in layer year: 294 ÷ 280 = 1.05 Date 1/1/2021
Ending inventory Inventory Layers Inventory Layers Inventory At Base Year Cost at Base Year Cost Converted to Cost DVL Cost $450,000/1.00=$450,000 $450,000 (base) $450,000 × 1.00 = $450,000 $450,000
12/31/2021 $504,000/1.05=$480,000 $450,000 (base) $30,000 (2021)
$450,000 × 1.00 = $450,000 $ 30,000 × 1.05 = $ 31,500
$481,500
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 174) Briefly describe why companies that use perpetual inventory systems must still perform physical inventories. Answer: Perpetual inventory systems still require periodic physical inventories to verify the clerical accuracy of the data and to reflect changes in inventories that are not reflected in the accounting records. These include factors such as theft, product deterioration, and obsolescence. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Periodic vs Perpetual inventory system Learning Objective: 08-01 Explain the types of inventory and the differences between a perpetual inventory system and a periodic inventory system. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
122 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
175) It is the end of the accounting period, and your boss asks you to help determine the inventory balance to place in the company's balance sheet. Explain which physical quantities of inventory that you will include and which you will exclude. Answer: Taking a physical inventory is a necessary part of determining the balance sheet valuation. However, there are some items that may not be present that should nonetheless be included, such as goods in transit that are owned by the company. Also, some items that are present should be excluded, such as goods held on consignment. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Included in inventory—Consignment; Included in inventory—Goods in transit Learning Objective: 08-02 Explain which physical units of goods should be included in inventory.; 08-03 Account for transactions that affect net purchases and prepare a cost of goods sold schedule. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking 176) Briefly explain when there would be a tax benefit from electing LIFO rather than FIFO. Answer: In periods of rising costs, LIFO provides a tax benefit through the deferral of the payment of income taxes, which increases current cash inflows. Over a company's life, LIFO and FIFO produce the same cumulative gross profit, but LIFO results in lower income in the earlier periods. This is similar to the advantage provided by accelerated methods of depreciation. The opposite effect will occur in periods of deflation. An increase in tax rates in the future may also reduce or eliminate the tax benefit of the tax deferral. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Factors influencing method choice Learning Objective: 08-05 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
123 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
177) Briefly explain how companies that use LIFO can both increase and decrease reported earnings by "managing" ending inventories. Answer: A company that uses LIFO can manipulate income both up and down by simply controlling the timing of inventory purchases. Income can be increased by inducing a LIFO liquidation. For example, assume that a LIFO inventory of $100,000 goes to zero. If the product has a selling price of $220,000 and a normal replacement cost of, say, $180,000, then there would be a before-tax increase in income of $80,000. Any material effects of LIFO liquidations must be disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. On the down side, let's say the company replaced the product sold for $220,000 for $180,000, resulting in a gross profit of $40,000. Just before year-end, the product cost is, say, $200,000. The company using LIFO can decrease the profit by $20,000, simply by purchasing additional product at year-end at the $200,000 cost. Now gross profit would be only $20,000 since the most recent $200,000 cost would be matched against the $220,000 in sales. LIFO inventory management is just one of the methods used by companies to "manage earnings." Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Factors influencing method choice; Inventory management—Earnings quality Learning Objective: 08-05 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method.; 08-07 Calculate the key ratios used by analysts to monitor a company's investment in inventories. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Ethics; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 178) Costs and prices regularly fall every year in the microcomputer industry. Briefly indicate your recommendation and rationale for an inventory method for a firm about to enter this industry. Answer: The choice of accounting methods is both a management (political) and a financial decision. If the microcomputer company in the given situation wishes to minimize its initially reported taxable income, then it should use FIFO. This is because FIFO assigns the most recent costs to ending inventory and the older costs (which are higher) to cost of goods sold. On the other hand, if the company wants to maximize EPS and management bonuses the firm may choose LIFO, which would have the opposite effect on earnings. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Factors influencing method choice; Inventory management—Earnings quality Learning Objective: 08-05 Discuss the factors affecting a company's choice of inventory method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Ethics; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; BB Industry; FN Measurement
124 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
179) Carmen Inc., producer of high-tech boating equipment, disclosed the following information in its 2021 annual report to shareholders: Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value with cost determined by the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method for inventories. Inventories at May 31 were as follows: (Dollars in thousands)
2021
2020
Raw materials and work in process Finished goods
$ 70,458 207,231
$ 66,175 168,135
Total inventories
$277,689
$234,310
If the inventory had been valued using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method, inventories would have been higher by $22,200 and $24,400 ($ in thousands) at the end of 2021 and 2020, respectively. How does the supplemental LIFO information indicating what the value of ending inventory would have been if measured using FIFO improve the quality of financial reporting by Carmen? Answer: By providing this information, external decision makers can see the impact (e.g., tax deferral) of management's choice of inventory methods. Also, it allows users to convert the accounting numbers to FIFO for comparisons in case Carmen's competitors use FIFO to value inventories. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LIFO reserves Learning Objective: 08-06 Understand supplemental disclosures of LIFO reserves and the effect of LIFO liquidations on net income. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
125 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
180) Briefly explain the advantages of dollar-value LIFO (DVL). Answer: DVL is less costly to apply than unit LIFO or LIFO pools. This is because ending inventories need only be extended at year-end replacement costs. Thus, no references are needed to actual historical costs and unit flows. DVL also reduces the exposure to LIFO liquidations. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 08-08 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
126 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 9 Inventories: Additional Issues 1) For companies that use FIFO or average cost, inventory is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value at the end of the reporting period. 2) Net realizable value is selling price less costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. 3) The primary motivation behind the lower of cost or net realizable value rule is consistency. 4) Lower of cost or net realizable value can be applied to individual inventory items, to logical categories of inventory, or to the entire inventory. 5) Losses on reduction to NRV may be charged to either cost of goods sold or to a line item among operating expenses. 6) An inventory written down due to the lower of cost or net realizable value may be written back up if net realizable value increases. 7) For companies that use LIFO, inventory is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value at the end of the reporting period. 8) The market value for purposes of using the lower of cost or market (LCM) method is defined as replacement cost, subject to a ceiling and a floor. 9) The primary motivation behind the lower of cost or market (LCM) rule is conservatism. 10) A reduction in reported inventory due to market value falling below cost would reduce net income in the current period. 11) The gross profit method for estimating ending inventory relies on the historical relationship between sales revenue and cost of goods sold. 12) Under the LIFO retail method, the current period cost-to-retail percentage includes both net markdowns and net markups. 13) Purchase returns and purchase discounts are ignored when computing cost-to-retail ratios for the retail method. 14) The cost-to-retail percentage used in the retail method to approximate average cost incorporates both markdowns and markups. 15) The cost-to-retail percentage used in the LIFO retail method incorporates both markdowns and markups.
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
16) Net sales, for purposes of applying the retail inventory method, include sales returns but exclude sales discounts and employee discounts. 17) Normal shortages (such as spoilage and theft) reduce the retail amount used to calculate the cost-to-retail percentage. 18) Abnormal shortages (such as spoilage and theft) reduce both the cost and retail amounts used to calculate the cost-to-retail percentage. 19) The conventional retail method approximates the lower of average cost or market for reporting inventory. 20) The cost-to-retail percentage used in the conventional retail method incorporates both markdowns and markups. 21) For companies that have net markdowns, the cost-to-retail percentage used in the average cost retail method will be lower than the percentage used in the conventional retail method. 22) If the quantity of goods held in inventory decreased during the period, the dollar amount of ending inventory can't exceed the dollar amount of beginning inventory. 23) The dollar-value LIFO retail method reports ending inventory at base year costs. 24) For the dollar-value LIFO retail method, each layer year carries its unique retail price index and its unique cost-to-retail percentage. 25) When changing from the average cost method to FIFO, the current year's income includes the cumulative after-tax difference that would have resulted if the company had used FIFO in all prior years. 26) A change from LIFO to any other inventory method is accounted for retrospectively. 27) A change from FIFO to LIFO does not need to be accounted for retrospectively. 28) A change in inventory method that causes an increase to the balance of inventory would be recorded with a debit to inventory and a credit to cost of goods sold. 29) Overstating ending inventory in the current year causes net income in the current year to be overstated. 30) Understating ending inventory in the current year causes cost of goods sold in the current year to be understated. 31) An error in calculating ending inventory in the current year has no effect on retained earnings in the current year or next year. 2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
32) Understating ending inventory in the current year causes cost of goods sold in the next year to be understated. 33) Overstating ending inventory in the current year causes retained earnings in the next year to be overstated. 34) Overstating ending inventory in the current year causes retained earnings in the next year to be understated. 35) For a purchase commitment contained within a single fiscal year, if the market price is less than the contract price, the purchase is recorded at the contract price. 36) For a purchase commitment extending beyond the current fiscal year, if the market price on the purchase date declines from the previous year-end price, the purchase is recorded at the market price. 37) Under International Financial Reporting Standards, net realizable value is defined as inventory's replacement cost. 38) International Financial Reporting Standards allow the reversal of an inventory write-down. 39) For companies using FIFO or average cost, inventory is valued at: A) Net realizable value. B) Cost. C) Replacement cost. D) Lower of cost or net realizable value. 40) An argument against use of the lower of cost or net realizable value rule is its lack of: A) Relevance. B) Reliability. C) Consistency. D) Objectivity. 41) Management has adopted a policy of reporting its unsold inventory at the end of each year at the lower of FIFO cost or the most recent selling price of that inventory in the current year. Which of the following statements is correct? A) Management should instead choose the higher of the two amounts to report inventory. B) Management should instead compare the inventory's cost to an estimate of its selling price in the next year. C) Management's policy is acceptable. D) Management should instead report inventory at the lower of cost or market value based on replacement cost.
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
42) Management has adopted a policy of reporting its unsold inventory at the end of each year at the lower of LIFO cost or the estimated selling price of that inventory in the next year. Which of the following statements is correct? A) Management's policy is acceptable. B) Management should instead choose the higher of the two amounts to report inventory. C) Management also needs to consider the inventory's replacement cost. D) Management should instead report inventory at the lower of cost or the most recent selling price in the current year. 43) Montana Co. has determined its year-end inventory on a FIFO basis to be $600,000. Information pertaining to that inventory is as follows:
Selling price Costs to sell Replacement cost
$ 620,000 30,000 520,000
What should be the reported value of Montana's inventory? A) $600,000. B) $520,000. C) $590,000. D) $620,000. 44) Data related to the inventories of Costco Medical Supply are presented below:
Selling price Cost Costs to sell
Surgical Equipment $ 260 170 30
Surgical Supplies $ 100 90 15
Rehab Equipment $ 340 250 25
Rehab Supplies $ 165 162 10
In applying the lower of cost or net realizable value rule, the inventory of surgical equipment would be valued at: A) $230. B) $240. C) $170. D) $152.
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) Data related to the inventories of Costco Medical Supply are presented below:
Selling price Cost Costs to sell
Surgical Equipment $ 260 170 30
Surgical Supplies $ 100 90 15
Rehab Equipment $ 340 250 25
Rehab Supplies $ 165 162 10
In applying the lower of cost or net realizable value rule, the inventory of surgical supplies would be valued at: A) $100. B) $90. C) $85. D) $75. 46) Data related to the inventories of Costco Medical Supply are presented below:
Selling price Cost Costs to sell
Surgical Equipment $ 260 170 30
Surgical Supplies $ 100 90 15
Rehab Equipment $ 340 250 25
Rehab Supplies $ 165 162 10
In applying the lower of cost or net realizable value rule, the inventory of rehab equipment would be valued at: A) $315. B) $340. C) $225. D) $250. 47) Data related to the inventories of Costco Medical Supply are presented below:
Selling price Cost Costs to sell
Surgical Equipment $ 260 170 30
Surgical Supplies $ 100 90 15
Rehab Equipment $ 340 250 25
Rehab Supplies $ 165 162 10
In applying the lower of cost or net realizable value rule, the inventory of rehab supplies would be valued at: A) $165. B) $152. C) $162. D) $155.
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) Data related to the inventories of Alpine Ski Equipment and Supplies is presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Sales commission
Skis $ 180,000 128,000
Boots $ 140,000 133,000
Apparel $ 120,000 90,000
Supplies $ 60,000 45,000
120,000
130,000
110,000
41,000
10%
10%
10%
10%
In applying the lower of cost or net realizable value rule, the inventory of skis would be valued at: A) $162,000. B) $128,000. C) $120,000. D) $180,000. 49) Data related to the inventories of Alpine Ski Equipment and Supplies is presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Sales commission
Skis $ 180,000 128,000
Boots $ 140,000 133,000
Apparel $ 120,000 90,000
Supplies $ 60,000 45,000
120,000
130,000
110,000
41,000
10%
10%
10%
10%
In applying the lower of cost or net realizable value rule, the inventory of boots would be valued at: A) $140,000. B) $133,000. C) $126,000. D) $130,000.
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) Data related to the inventories of Alpine Ski Equipment and Supplies is presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Sales commission
Skis $ 180,000 128,000
Boots $ 140,000 133,000
Apparel $ 120,000 90,000
Supplies $ 60,000 45,000
120,000
130,000
110,000
41,000
10%
10%
10%
10%
In applying the lower of cost or net realizable value rule, the inventory of apparel would be valued at: A) $108,000. B) $90,000. C) $110,000. D) $99,000. 51) Data related to the inventories of Alpine Ski Equipment and Supplies is presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Sales commission
Skis $ 180,000 128,000
Boots $ 140,000 133,000
Apparel $ 120,000 90,000
Supplies $ 60,000 45,000
120,000
130,000
110,000
41,000
10%
10%
10%
10%
In applying the lower of cost or net realizable value rule, the inventory of supplies would be valued at: A) $45,000. B) $54,000. C) $41,000. D) $60,000. 52) For companies using LIFO, inventory is valued at: A) Net realizable value. B) Cost. C) Replacement cost. D) Lower of cost or market. 53) In applying LCM, market cannot be: A) Less than net realizable value. B) Greater than the normal profit. C) Less than the normal profit margin. D) Greater than net realizable value. 7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
54) In applying LCM, market cannot be: A) Less than net realizable value minus a normal profit margin. B) Net realizable value less reasonable completion and disposal costs. C) Greater than net realizable value reduced by an allowance for normal profit margin. D) Less than cost. 55) Masterlink Co., in applying the lower of cost or market method, reports its inventory at net realizable value. Which of the following statements is correct? A) NRV is greater than replacement cost. B) Cost is less than net realizable value. C) Cost is greater than net realizable value. D) Cost is less than NRV minus a normal profit margin. 56) Madison Co. has determined its year-end inventory on a LIFO basis to be $600,000. Information pertaining to that inventory is as follows:
Selling price Costs to sell Normal profit margin Replacement cost
$ 720,000 30,000 80,000 620,000
What should be the reported value of Madison's inventory? A) $600,000. B) $620,000. C) $690,000. D) $610,000. 57) Data related to the inventories of Kimzey Medical Supply are presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Costs to sell Normal gross profit ratio
Surgical Equipment $ 260 170 240 30 30%
Surgical Supplies $ 120 90 80 5 30%
Rehab Equipment $ 340 250 235 25 30%
Rehab Supplies $ 165 162 158 10 20%
In applying the lower of cost or market rule, the inventory of surgical equipment would be valued at: A) $230. B) $240. C) $170. D) $152.
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
58) Data related to the inventories of Kimzey Medical Supply are presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Costs to sell Normal gross profit ratio
Surgical Equipment $ 260 170 240 30 30%
Surgical Supplies $ 120 90 80 5 30%
Rehab Equipment $ 340 250 235 25 30%
Rehab Supplies $ 165 162 158 10 20%
In applying the lower of cost or market rule, the inventory of surgical supplies would be valued at: A) $100. B) $90. C) $80. D) $75. 59) Data related to the inventories of Kimzey Medical Supply are presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Costs to sell Normal gross profit ratio
Surgical Equipment $ 260 170 240 30 30%
Surgical Supplies $ 120 90 80 5 30%
Rehab Equipment $ 340 250 235 25 30%
Rehab Supplies $ 165 162 158 10 20%
In applying the lower of cost or market rule, the inventory of rehab equipment would be valued at: A) $315. B) $247. C) $150. D) $235.
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
60) Data related to the inventories of Kimzey Medical Supply are presented below: Surgical Equipment $ 260 170 240 30 30%
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Costs to sell Normal gross profit ratio
Surgical Supplies $ 120 90 80 5 30%
Rehab Equipment $ 340 250 235 25 30%
Rehab Supplies $ 165 162 158 10 20%
In applying the lower of cost or market rule, the inventory of rehab supplies would be valued at: A) $122. B) $158. C) $162. D) $155. 61) Data related to the inventories of Mountain Ski Equipment and Supplies is presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Sales commission Normal gross profit ratio
Skis $ 180,000 128,000
Boots $ 150,000 133,000
Apparel $ 120,000 90,000
Supplies $ 60,000 48,000
120,000
130,000
110,000
50,000
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
20%
15%
15%
In applying the lower of cost or market rule, the inventory of skis would be valued at: A) $162,000. B) $128,000. C) $120,000. D) $126,000.
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
62) Data related to the inventories of Mountain Ski Equipment and Supplies is presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Sales commission Normal gross profit ratio
Skis $ 180,000 128,000
Boots $ 150,000 133,000
Apparel $ 120,000 90,000
Supplies $ 60,000 48,000
120,000
130,000
110,000
50,000
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
20%
15%
15%
In applying the lower of cost or market rule, the inventory of boots would be valued at: A) $135,000. B) $133,000. C) $130,000. D) $105,000. 63) Data related to the inventories of Mountain Ski Equipment and Supplies is presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Sales commission Normal gross profit ratio
Skis $ 180,000 128,000
Boots $ 150,000 133,000
Apparel $ 120,000 90,000
Supplies $ 60,000 48,000
120,000
130,000
110,000
50,000
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
20%
15%
15%
In applying the lower of cost or market rule, the inventory of apparel would be valued at: A) $108,000. B) $90,000. C) $110,000. D) $115,000.
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
64) Data related to the inventories of Mountain Ski Equipment and Supplies is presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Sales commission Normal gross profit ratio
Skis $ 180,000 128,000
Boots $ 150,000 133,000
Apparel $ 120,000 90,000
Supplies $ 60,000 48,000
120,000
130,000
110,000
50,000
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
20%
15%
15%
In applying the lower of cost or market rule, the inventory of supplies would be valued at: A) $45,000. B) $54,000. C) $50,000. D) $48,000. 65) When using the gross profit method to estimate ending inventory, it is not necessary to know: A) Beginning inventory. B) Net purchases. C) Cost of goods sold. D) Net sales. 66) On July 8, a fire destroyed the entire merchandise inventory on hand of Larrenaga Wholesale Corporation. The following information is available:
Sales, January 1 through July 8 Inventory, January 1 Purchases, January 1 through July 8 Gross profit ratio
$ 700,000 130,000 640,000 30%
What is the estimated inventory on July 8 immediately prior to the fire? A) $192,000. B) $490,000. C) $510,000. D) $280,000.
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
67) California Inc., through no fault of its own, lost an entire plant due to an earthquake on May 1, 2021. In preparing its insurance claim on the inventory loss, the company developed the following data: Inventory January 1, 2021, $300,000; sales and purchases from January 1, 2021, to May 1, 2021, $1,300,000 and $875,000, respectively. California consistently reports a 40% gross profit. The estimated inventory on May 1, 2021, is: A) $302,500. B) $360,000. C) $395,000. D) $455,000. 68) Howard's Supply Co. suffered a fire loss on April 20, 2021. The company's last physical inventory was taken January 30, 2021, at which time the inventory totaled $220,000. Sales from January 30 to April 20 were $600,000 and purchases during that time were $450,000. Howard's consistently reports a 30% gross profit. The estimated inventory loss is: A) $490,000. B) $238,000. C) $250,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 69) Coastal Shores Inc. (CSI) was destroyed by Hurricane Fred on August 5, 2021. At January 1, CSI reported an inventory of $170,000. Sales from January 1, 2021, to August 5, 2021, totaled $480,000 and purchases totaled $195,000 during that time. CSI consistently marks up its products 60% over cost to arrive at a selling price. The estimated inventory loss due to Hurricane Fred would be: A) $131,175. B) $65,000. C) $69,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 70) Under the LIFO retail method, the denominator in the cost-to-retail percentage includes: A) Net markups and net markdowns. B) Neither net markups nor net markdowns. C) Net markups, but not net markdowns. D) Net markdowns, but not net markups. 71) Under the retail method, the denominator in the cost-to-retail percentage does not include: A) Purchases. B) Purchase returns. C) Abnormal shortages. D) Freight-in. 72) Under the retail method, the numerator in the cost-to-retail percentage includes: A) Beginning inventory. B) Purchases. C) Freight-in. D) All of the other choices are included in the numerator. 13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
73) Under the retail inventory method: A) A company measures inventory on its balance sheet by converting retail prices to cost. B) A company measures inventory on its balance sheet at current selling prices. C) A company measures inventory on its balance sheet on a LIFO basis. D) None of the other answer choices are correct. 74) Under the LIFO retail method, which of the following is used to calculate the denominator of the current-period cost-to-retail percentage? A) Beginning inventory. B) Employee discounts. C) Normal spoilage. D) None of the other answer choices are correct. 75) Under the retail method, in determining the cost-to-retail percentage for the current year: A) Net markups are included. B) Net markdowns are excluded. C) Beginning inventory is excluded. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 76) A company using the LIFO retail method has the following information for the current year's operations:
Beginning inventory Net purchases during the year Net sales
$
Cost 50,000 425,000
$
Retail 80,000 740,000 710,000
To convert ending inventory to cost, management calculates the cost-to-retail percentage as cost of $475,000 ($50,000 + $425,000) divided by retail of $820,000 ($80,000 + $740,000). Which of the following statements is correct? A) The retail amount used to calculate the cost-to-retail percentage should be $110,000 ($80,000 + $740,000 − $710,000). B) Only net purchases during the year are used to calculate the cost-to-retail percentage to convert ending inventory to cost. C) Separate cost-to-retail percentages for beginning inventory and net purchases are needed to convert ending inventory to cost. D) The calculation of the cost-to-retail percentage is correct.
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
77) A company has the following information for the current year's operations:
Beginning inventory Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $ 40,000 400,000
Retail $ 60,000 660,000 50,000 10,000 580,000
Management calculates the cost-to-retail percentage as 57.9%, equal to cost of $440,000 ($40,000 + $400,000) divided by retail of $760,000 ($60,000 + $660,000 + $50,000 − $10,000). Which application of the retail inventory method is the company using? A) Average cost. B) LIFO. C) Conventional. D) Dollar-value LIFO. 78) Fad City sells novel clothes that are subject to a great deal of price volatility. A recent item that cost $20 was marked up $12, marked down for a sale by $6 and then had a markdown cancellation of $3. The latest selling price is: A) $23. B) $26. C) $29. D) $35. 79) Harvey's Junk Jewelry started business January 1, 2021, and uses the LIFO retail method to estimate ending inventory. Listed below is data accumulated for the year ended December 31, 2021:
Beginning inventory Purchases Freight-in Purchase returns Net markups Net markdowns Net sales Employee discounts
Cost $ 15,000 49,000 2,500 1,700
Retail $ 23,000 78,000 2,600 2,000 4,100 70,600 700
The numerator for the current period's cost-to-retail percentage is: A) $64,800. B) $48,100. C) $47,700. D) $49,800.
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) Harvey's Junk Jewelry started business January 1, 2021, and uses the LIFO retail method to estimate ending inventory. Listed below is data accumulated for the year ended December 31, 2021:
Beginning inventory Purchases Freight-in Purchase returns Net markups Net markdowns Net sales Employee discounts
Cost $ 15,000 49,000 2,500 1,700
Retail $ 23,000 78,000 2,600 2,000 4,100 70,600 700
The denominator for the current period's cost-to-retail percentage is: A) $96,300. B) $73,300. C) $101,000. D) $81,500. 81) Harvey's Junk Jewelry started business January 1, 2021, and uses the LIFO retail method to estimate ending inventory. Listed below is data accumulated for the year ended December 31, 2021:
Beginning inventory Purchases Freight-in Purchase returns Net markups Net markdowns Net sales Employee discounts
Cost $ 15,000 49,000 2,500 1,700
Retail $ 23,000 78,000 2,600 2,000 4,100 70,600 700
The estimated ending inventory at retail is: A) $27,300. B) $25,000. C) $26,600. D) $26,400.
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
82) Harvey's Junk Jewelry started business January 1, 2021, and uses the LIFO retail method to estimate ending inventory. Listed below is data accumulated for the year ended December 31, 2021:
Beginning inventory Purchases Freight-in Purchase returns Net markups Net markdowns Net sales Employee discounts
Cost $ 15,000 49,000 2,500 1,700
Retail $ 23,000 78,000 2,600 2,000 4,100 70,600 700
To the nearest thousand, the estimated ending inventory at cost is (round cost-to-retail ratio to whole percentage): A) $16,000. B) $15,000. C) $13,000. D) $19,000. 83) Lacy's Linen Mart uses the average cost retail method to estimate inventories. Data for the first six months of 2021 include: beginning inventory at cost and retail were $60,000 and $120,000, net purchases at cost and retail were $312,000 and $480,000, and sales during the first six months totaled $490,000. The estimated inventory at June 30, 2021, would be: A) $68,200. B) $55,000. C) $71,500. D) $63,250. 84) Hawkeye Auto Parts uses the average cost retail method to estimate inventories. Data for the first six months of 2021 include: beginning inventory at cost and retail were $55,000 and $100,000, net purchases at cost and retail were $785,000 and $1,300,000, and sales during the first six months totaled $800,000. The estimated inventory at June 30, 2021, would be: A) $330,000. B) $360,000. C) $362,300. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) Marilee's Electronics uses a periodic inventory system and the average cost retail method to estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold. The following data is available from the company records for the month of June 2021:
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $ 80,000 261,000
Retail $ 130,000 500,000 25,000 35,000 520,000
The average cost-to-retail percentage is: A) 52.2%. B) 61.5%. C) 56.8%. D) 55%. 86) Marilee's Electronics uses a periodic inventory system and the average cost retail method to estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold. The following data is available from the company records for the month of June 2021:
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
$
Cost 80,000 261,000
Retail $ 130,000 500,000 25,000 35,000 520,000
To the nearest thousand, estimated ending inventory is: A) $55,000. B) $52,000. C) $57,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
87) Benny's Bed Co. uses a periodic inventory system and the average cost retail method to estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold. The following data is available from the company records for the month of September 2021.
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $ 30,000 125,000
Retail $ 50,000 220,000 15,000 6,000 208,000
The average cost-to-retail percentage (rounded) is: A) 74.5%. B) 55.6%. C) 57.4%. D) 58.7%. 88) Benny's Bed Co. uses a periodic inventory system and the average cost retail method to estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold. The following data is available from the company records for the month of September 2021.
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
$
Cost 30,000 125,000
$
Retail 50,000 220,000 15,000 6,000 208,000
To the nearest thousand, estimated ending inventory is: A) $41,000. B) $37,000. C) $51,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
89) Data below for the year ended December 31, 2021, relates to Houdini Inc. Houdini started business January 1, 2021, and uses the LIFO retail method to estimate ending inventory.
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
$
Cost 66,000 280,000
Retail $ 104,000 420,000 20,000 40,000 375,000
Current period cost-to-retail percentage is: A) 70.0%. B) 68.7%. C) 63.6%. D) 63.5%. 90) Data below for the year ended December 31, 2021, relates to Houdini Inc. Houdini started business January 1, 2021, and uses the LIFO retail method to estimate ending inventory.
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
$
Cost 66,000 280,000
Retail $ 104,000 420,000 20,000 40,000 375,000
Estimated ending inventory at retail is: A) $65,000. B) $169,600. C) $25,000. D) $129,000.
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
91) Data below for the year ended December 31, 2021, relates to Houdini Inc. Houdini started business January 1, 2021, and uses the LIFO retail method to estimate ending inventory.
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
$
Cost 66,000 280,000
Retail $ 104,000 420,000 20,000 40,000 375,000
Estimated ending inventory at cost is: A) $90,720. B) $83,500. C) $91,600. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 92) When computing the cost-to-retail percentage for the average cost retail method, included in the denominator are: A) Net markups and net markdowns. B) Neither net markups nor net markdowns. C) Net markups, but not net markdowns. D) Net markdowns, but not net markups. 93) The conventional retail inventory method is based on: A) Average cost. B) LIFO cost. C) Lower of average cost or market value. D) Lower of LIFO cost or market value. 94) Under the conventional retail method, the denominator in the cost-to-retail percentage includes: A) Net markups and net markdowns. B) Neither net markups nor net markdowns. C) Net markups, but not net markdowns. D) Net markdowns, but not net markups. 95) Under the conventional retail method, which of the following are not included in the denominator of the current period cost-to-retail conversion percentage? A) Purchase returns. B) Net markups. C) Purchases. D) Net markdowns.
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) A company using the conventional retail method has the following information for the current year's operations:
Beginning inventory Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $ 100,000 500,000
Retail $ 150,000 800,000 85,000 35,000 750,000
Management calculates the cost-to-retail percentage as 60%, equal to cost of $600,000 ($100,000 + $500,000) divided by retail of $1,000,000 ($150,000 + $800,000 + $85,000 − $35,000). Which of the following statements is correct? A) The cost-to-retail percentage should be calculated as cost of $600,000 divided by retail of $750,000 (Net sales). B) The retail amount should be $1,035,000, excluding net markdowns. C) The cost and retail amounts should not include beginning inventory of $100,000 and $150,000, respectively. D) The retail amount should be $950,000, excluding net markups and net markdowns. 97) A company using the conventional retail method has the following information for the current year's operations:
Beginning inventory Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $ 100,000 500,000
Retail $ 150,000 800,000 85,000 35,000 750,000
Management reports ending inventory in the balance sheet as $200,000 ($150,000 + $800,000 − $750,000). Which of the following statements is correct? A) The calculation of ending inventory should involve adding net markups. B) The calculation of ending inventory should involve subtracting net markdowns. C) The calculation of ending inventory should involve converting retail prices to cost. D) All of the other answer choices are correct.
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) Cloverdale, Inc., uses the conventional retail inventory method to account for inventory. The following information relates to current year's operations: Cost $ 313,500
Beginning inventory and purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Retail $ 540,000 30,000 20,000 480,000
What amount should be reported as cost of goods sold for the year? A) $273,600. B) $272,861. C) $275,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 99) Willie Nelson's Boots uses the conventional retail method to estimate ending inventory. Cost data for the most recent quarter is shown below:
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $ 46,000 154,000
Retail $ 63,000 215,000 22,000 35,000 220,000
The conventional cost-to-retail percentage (rounded) is: A) 82.6%. B) 66.7%. C) 71.9%. D) 75.5%. 100) Willie Nelson's Boots uses the conventional retail method to estimate ending inventory. Cost data for the most recent quarter is shown below:
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
$
Cost 46,000 154,000
$
Retail 63,000 215,000 22,000 35,000 220,000
To the nearest thousand, estimated ending inventory using the conventional retail method is: A) $37,000. B) $32,000. C) $34,000. D) $30,000. 23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
101) Clarabell Inc. uses the conventional retail method to estimate ending inventory. Cost data for the most recent quarter is shown below:
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $ 112,000 402,000
Retail $ 191,000 703,000 43,000 21,000 685,000
The conventional cost-to-retail percentage (rounded) is: A) 54.9%. B) 58.9%. C) 53.6%. D) 70.6%. 102) Clarabell Inc. uses the conventional retail method to estimate ending inventory. Cost data for the most recent quarter is shown below:
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $ 112,000 402,000
Retail $ 191,000 703,000 43,000 21,000 685,000
To the nearest thousand, estimated ending inventory using the conventional retail method is: A) $163,000. B) $124,000. C) $127,000. D) $136,000.
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
103) Portman Inc. uses the conventional retail inventory method. Expressed in millions of dollars, information about Portman's 2021 inventory account is expressed in the table below:
Beginning inventory Purchases Freight-in Purchase returns Net markups Net markdowns Normal spoilage Net sales
$
Cost 55 1,160 30 45
$
Retail 90 2,170 115 255 100 60 1,940
What is the value of Portman's inventory at 12/31/2021? A) $150 million. B) $252 million. C) $300 million. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 104) Using the dollar-value LIFO retail method for inventory: A) Is the same as dollar-value LIFO, except that the inventory is measured at retail, rather than at cost. B) Combines retail LIFO accounting with dollar-value LIFO accounting. C) Allows companies to report inventory on the balance sheet at retail prices. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 105) The first step, when using dollar-value LIFO retail method for inventory, is to: A) Determine the estimated ending inventory at current year retail prices. B) Determine the estimated cost of goods sold for the current year. C) Determine the cost-to-retail percentage for the current year transactions. D) Price index adjust the LIFO inventory layers. 106) The second step, when using dollar-value LIFO retail method for inventory, is to determine the estimated: A) Ending inventory at current year retail prices. B) Cost of goods sold for the current year. C) Ending inventory at cost. D) Ending inventory at base year retail prices.
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) Under the dollar-value LIFO retail method, to determine if the increase in the value of inventory was due to an increase in quantities: A) Compare beginning and ending inventory amounts at current year prices. B) Compare beginning and ending inventory amounts after adjusting both amounts to the average price level for the year. C) Inflate beginning inventory amount to end of year prices and compare to ending inventory amount. D) Deflate the ending inventory amount to beginning of year prices and compare to the beginning inventory amount. 108) Under the dollar-value LIFO retail method, to determine the value of a LIFO layer: A) Divide the LIFO layer by the layer-year price index and multiply by the layer-year cost-to-retail percentage. B) Multiply the LIFO layer by the base year price index and the current year cost-to-retail percentage. C) Multiply the LIFO layer by the layer-year price index and by the layer-year cost-to-retail percentage. D) Divide the LIFO layer by the layer-year cost-to-retail percentage and multiply by the layer-year price index. 109) Harlequin Co. has used the dollar-value LIFO retail method since it began operations in early 2020 (its base year). Its beginning inventory for 2021 was $36,000 at cost and $72,000 at retail prices. At the end of 2021, it computed its estimated ending inventory at retail to be $120,000. Assuming its cost-to-retail percentage for 2021 transactions was 60%, what is the inventory balance that Harlequin Co. would report in its 12/31/2021 balance sheet? A) $64,800. B) $72,000. C) $120,000. D) The balance can't be determined with the given information. 110) Harlequin Co. adopted the dollar-value LIFO retail method at the beginning of 2021 (its base year). Its beginning inventory for 2021 was $36,000 at cost and $72,000 at retail prices. At the end of 2021, it computed its estimated ending inventory at retail to be $110,000. Assuming its cost-to-retail percentage for 2021 transactions was 60%, and that the retail price index at the end of 2021 was 1.10, what is the inventory balance that Harlequin Co. would report in its 12/31/2021 balance sheet? A) $66,000. B) $54,480. C) $110,000. D) $60,000.
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
111) On January 1, 2021, the Coldstone Corporation adopted the dollar-value LIFO retail inventory method. Beginning inventory at cost and at retail were $180,000 and $282,000, respectively. Net purchases during the year at cost and at retail were $604,500 and $920,000, respectively. Markups during the year were $10,000. There were no markdowns. Net sales for 2021 were $900,000. The retail price index at the end of 2021 was 1.04. What is the inventory balance that Coldstone would report in its 12/31/2021 balance sheet? A) $195,000. B) $312,000. C) $192,168. D) $202,800. 112) Retrospective treatment of prior years' financial statements is required when there is a change from: A) Average cost to FIFO. B) FIFO to average cost. C) LIFO to average cost. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 113) When changing from the average cost method to FIFO, the company: A) Provides a disclosure note explaining why the change to FIFO is preferable. B) Revises comparative financial statements. C) Records a journal entry to adjust the book balances from their current amounts to what those balances would have been using FIFO. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 114) Which of the following would not require the company to account for the change retrospectively? A) From average cot to FIFO. B) From FIFO to LIFO. C) From LIFO to FIFO. D) From LIFO to average cost. 115) Sampress, Inc., reported inventory in the 2020 year-end balance sheet, using the average cost method, as $342,000. In 2021, the company decided to change its inventory method to FIFO. If the company had used the FIFO method in 2020, ending inventory would have been $367,000. What adjustment would Sampress make for this change in inventory method? A) Debit Inventory for $25,000; Credit Retained earnings for $25,000. B) Debit Inventory for $367,000; Credit Cost of goods sold for $367,000. C) Debit Cost of goods sold for $25,000; Credit Inventory for $25,000. D) No adjustment is necessary.
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) Nidal Company reported inventory in the 2020 year-end balance sheet, using the FIFO method, as $185,000. In 2021, the company decided to change its inventory method to average cost. If the company had used the average cost method in 2020, ending inventory would have been $171,000. What adjustment would Nidal make for this change in inventory method? A) Debit Inventory for $14,000; Credit Cost of goods sold for $14,000. B) Debit Retained earnings for $14,000; Credit Inventory for $14,000. C) Debit Retained earnings for $14,000; Credit Cost of goods sold for $14,000. D) No adjustment is necessary. 117) Connors Academy reported inventory in the 2020 year-end balance sheet, using the FIFO method, as $154,000. In 2021, the company decided to change its inventory method to LIFO. If the company had used the LIFO method in 2020, the company estimates that ending inventory would have been in the range $130,000-$135,000. What adjustment would Connors make for this change in inventory method? A) Debit Inventory for $21,500; Credit Cost of goods sold for $21,500. B) Debit Retained earnings for $24,000; Credit Inventory for $24,000. C) Debit Retained earnings for $19,000; Credit Cost of goods sold for $19,000. D) No adjustment is necessary. 118) Suppose a company overstates its ending inventory in the current year. What effect will this have on the reported amount of cost of goods sold in the current year? A) Overstate cost of goods sold. B) Understate cost of goods sold. C) No effect on cost of goods sold. D) Cannot be determined without knowing the amount of the error. 119) If a company overstates its ending balance of inventory in Year 1 and it reports inventory correctly in Year 2, which one of the following is true? A) Net income is overstated in Year 2. B) Cost of goods sold is overstated in Year 1. C) Net income is understated in Year 1. D) Retained earnings is overstated in Year 1. 120) If a company understates its ending balance of inventory in Year 1 and it reports inventory correctly in Year 2, which one of the following is true? A) Net income is overstated in Year 1. B) Cost of goods sold is understated in Year 2. C) Net income is understated in Year 2. D) Retained earnings is understated in Year 2. 121) If a company understates its count of ending inventory in Year 1 and it reports inventory correctly in Year 2, which of the following is true? A) Costs of goods sold is understated at the end of Year 1. B) Net income is correct in Year 2. C) The balance of retained earnings is overstated at the end of Year 1. D) The balance of retained earnings is correct at the end of Year 2. 28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) A company's correct ending balance for the inventory account at the end of Year 1 should be $57,000, but the company incorrectly reported it as $43,000. In Year 2, the company correctly recorded its ending balance of the inventory account. Which one of the following is true? A) Gross profit is overstated by $14,000 in Year 1. B) Retained earnings is understated by $14,000 in Year 2. C) Gross profit is overstated by $14,000 in Year 2. D) Cost of goods sold is understated by $14,000 in Year 1. 123) Prunedale Co. uses a periodic inventory system. Beginning inventory on January 1 was overstated by $32,000, and its ending inventory on December 31 was understated by $62,000. These errors were not discovered until the next year. As a result, Prunedale's cost of goods sold for this year was: A) Overstated by $94,000. B) Overstated by $30,000. C) Understated by $94,000. D) Understated by $30,000. 124) A company understated its ending inventory in Year 1 by $25,000 and also understated its ending inventory in Year 2 by $20,000. Neither error was discovered until Year 3. As a result, of these two errors, gross profit for Year 2 was: A) Overstated by $5,000. B) Understated by $45,000. C) Understated by $20,000. D) Overstated by $25,000. 125) A company overstated its ending inventory in Year 1 by $60,000. The error was not discovered until Year 3. No errors were made in Year 2. After finding the error in Year 3, management provides restated balance sheets for Year 1 and Year 2 by reducing the reported ending inventory in both Year 1 and Year 2 by $60,000. Which of the following statements is correct for Year 2? A) Only the amount reported for retained earnings in Year 2 needs to be decreased by $60,000. B) The amounts reported for both inventory and retained earnings in Year 2 should instead be increased by $60,000. C) The amount reported for inventory in Year 2 needs to be increased by $60,000, and the amount reported for retained earnings in Year 2 needs to be decreased by $60,000. D) No adjustments to the amounts reported for inventory or retained earnings are needed in Year 2.
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) Poppy Co. uses a periodic inventory system. Beginning inventory on January 1 was understated by $30,000, and its ending inventory on December 31 was understated by $17,000. In addition, a purchase of merchandise costing $20,000 was incorrectly recorded as a $2,000 purchase. None of these errors were discovered until the next year. As a result, Poppy's cost of goods sold for this year was: A) Overstated by $31,000. B) Overstated by $5,000. C) Understated by $31,000. D) Understated by $48,000. 127) On July 10, 2021, Johnson Corporation signed a purchase commitment to purchase inventory for $200,000 on or before February 15, 2022. The company's fiscal year-end is December 31. The contract was exercised on February 1, 2022, and the inventory was purchased for cash at the contract price. On the purchase date of February 1, the market price of the inventory was $210,000. The market price of the inventory on December 31, 2021, was $180,000. The company uses a perpetual inventory system. How much loss on purchase commitment will Johnson recognize in 2021? A) $10,000. B) $20,000. C) $30,000. D) None. 128) On July 10, 2021, Johnson Corporation signed a purchase commitment to purchase inventory for $200,000 on or before February 15, 2022. The company's fiscal year-end is December 31. The contract was exercised on February 1, 2022, and the inventory was purchased for cash at the contract price. On the purchase date of February 1, the market price of the inventory was $210,000. The market price of the inventory on December 31, 2021, was $180,000. The company uses a perpetual inventory system. At what amount will Johnson record the inventory purchased on February 1, 2022? A) $210,000. B) $200,000. C) $180,000. D) $190,000.
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) Sullivan Corporation has determined its year-end inventory on a FIFO basis to be $500,000. Information pertaining to that inventory is as follows: Selling price Costs to sell Replacement cost
$ 520,000 30,000 440,000
What should be the reported value of Sullivan's inventory? A) $500,000. B) $440,000. C) $470,000. D) $490,000. 130) Sullivan Corporation has determined its year-end inventory on a FIFO basis to be $500,000. Information pertaining to that inventory is as follows: Selling price Costs to sell Replacement cost
$ 520,000 30,000 440,000
What should be the reported value of Sullivan's inventory if the company prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)? A) $500,000. B) $440,000. C) $470,000. D) $490,000. 131) Under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), inventory is valued at the lower of cost and: A) Replacement cost. B) Net realizable value. C) Net realizable value reduced by a normal profit margin. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) Haskell Corporation has determined its year-end inventory on a FIFO basis to be $785,000. Information pertaining to that inventory is as follows: Selling price Costs to sell Replacement cost
$ 805,000 35,000 765,000
What should be the reported value of Haskell's inventory if the company prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)? A) $765,000. B) $785,000. C) $770,000. D) $750,000. 133) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Retrospective treatment 2. LIFO retail 3. Gross profit method 4. Net markup
5. Change from LIFO to FIFO
PHRASE NUMBER Estimates value of inventory based on ____ historical relationships. Requires retrospective treatment. ____ Added in arriving at ending inventory at retail. ____ Beginning inventory is not included in the ____ calculation of the current period's cost-to-retail percentage. Required for a change from FIFO to average ____ cost.
134) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Requires retrospective treatment 2. Normal spoilage
PHRASE Change from LIFO to FIFO.
Cost-to-retail percentage is determined for all goods available for sale. 3. Average cost retail method Always deducted after arriving at the calculation of the cost-to-retail percentage. 4. Net markdown Deducted in arriving at ending inventory at retail. 5. Cost-to-retail percentage Divide cost of goods available for sale by goods available at retail.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Retail inventory method 2. Markdown cancellation 3. Normal profit margin 4. Markup on cost 5. Gross profit ratio
PHRASE Elimination of a price reduction. Gross profit divided by sales. Gross profit divided by cost. Gross profit percentage times selling price. Ideal for high volume, low cost inventory.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
136) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Conventional retail method 2. Additional markup 3. Requires retrospective restatement 4. Lower of cost or NRV 5. Gross profit method
PHRASE Increase in selling price. Losses would be recognized when values decline. Markdowns are not in the calculation of the cost-to-retail percentage. Not GAAP for annual financial statements. Material inventory error discovered in a subsequent year.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
137) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Employee discounts 2. Net realizable value 3. Conventional retail method 4. Inventory error, example 5. Initial markup
PHRASE NUMBER Must be added to sales if sales are recorded net ____ of discounts. Selling price less costs to sell. ____ Original increase in selling price above cost. ____ Approximates lower of average cost or ____ market. Purchases are unrecorded. ____
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
138) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Change to LIFO from FIFO 2. Dollar-value LIFO retail method 3. Markdown 4. Costs to sell 5. NRV
PHRASE Reduction in selling price. Requires base year retail to be converted to layer year retail and then to cost. Deducted from selling price when calculating NRV. Selling price less costs to sell. Usually impossible to calculate the effect on prior years' financial statements.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
139) Listed below are 10 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM PHRASE NUMBER 1. Dollar-value LIFO retail Reduction in selling price below the original selling ____ price. 2. Cost-to-retail percentage Requires base year retail to be converted to layer ____ year retail and then to cost. 3. Conventional retail Accounting change requiring retrospective ____ method treatment. 4. Change from LIFO Selling price less costs to sell. ____ 5. Gross profit method Usually impossible to calculate the effect on prior ____ years' financial statements. 6. Net realizable value Lower of average cost or market. ____ 7. Markdown Not acceptable for the preparation of annual ____ financial statements. 8. Change to LIFO from Must be added to sales if sales are recorded net of ____ FIFO discounts. 9. Employee discounts Deducted in the retail column after the calculation ____ of the cost-to-retail percentage. 10. Normal spoilage Divide cost of goods available for sale by goods ____ available at retail.
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: Novelli's Nursery has developed the following data in order to calculate the lower of cost or net realizable value for its products. The individual products are listed within the categories of trees. Selling Price Broad leaf trees: Ash Beech Needle leaf trees: Cedar Fir Fruit trees: Apple Cherry
Cost
$1,800 2,200
$1,700 1,600
$2,500 3,600
$1,750 3,350
$1,800 2,300
$1,400 1,800
The costs to sell are 10% of selling price. 140) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or net realizable value rule is applied to individual trees. 141) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or net realizable value rule is applied to categories of trees. 142) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or net realizable value rule is applied to the total inventory.
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: Weldon Animal Feeds has developed the following data in order to calculate the lower of cost or net realizable value for its products (in thousands). The products are listed within their category of feed product. Selling Price Large animal feed: Cattle Horse Small animal feed: Cat Dog Exotic pet feed: Ferret Iguana
Cost
$320 400
$160 400
$360 120
$320 90
$140 70
$112 48
The costs to sell are 20% of selling price. 143) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or net realizable value rule is applied to individual types of feeds. 144) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or net realizable value rule is applied to categories of feeds. 145) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or net realizable value rule is applied to the total inventory.
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: Novelli's Nursery has developed the following data for lower of cost or market for its products. The individual types of trees are separated as to their categories: Selling Price Broad leaf trees: Ash Beech Needle leaf trees: Cedar Fir Fruit trees: Apple Cherry
Cost
Cost to Replace
$1,800 2,200
$1,000 1,600
$800 1,400
$2,500 3,600
$1,750 3,350
$1,800 3,200
$1,800 2,300
$1,400 1,800
$1,300 1,700
The costs to sell are 10% of the selling price, and the normal profit margin on all trees is 20% of the selling price. 146) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or market rule is applied to individual tree products. 147) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or market rule is applied to categories of trees. 148) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or market rule is applied to the total inventory.
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: Weldon Animal Feeds has developed the following data to calculate lower of cost or market for its products. The individual products are listed individually among their categories of feed (in thousands): Selling Price Large animals: Cattle Horse Small animals: Cat Dog Exotic pets: Ferret Iguana
Cost
Cost to Replace
$320 400
$160 400
$170 325
$360 120
$320 90
$280 40
$140 70
$112 48
$98 21
The disposal costs are 20% of the selling price and the normal profit margin on all feed is 25% of the selling price. 149) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or market rule is applied to individual animal feed products. 150) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or market rule is applied to categories of feed products. 151) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or market rule is applied to the total inventory.
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
152) Henderson Company uses the gross profit method to estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold when preparing monthly financial statements required by its bank. Inventory on hand at the end of July was $122,500. The following information for the month of August was available from company records: Purchases Freight-in Sales Sales returns Purchases returns
$219,000 5,200 350,000 9,000 4,300
In addition, the controller is aware of $10,000 of inventory that was stolen during August from one of the company's warehouses. Required: 1. Calculate the estimated inventory at the end of August, assuming a gross profit ratio of 30%. 2. Calculate the estimated inventory at the end of August, assuming a markup on cost of 25%. 153) On March 17, 2021, a flood destroyed the entire inventory of Beatty Co. The following information is available from its accounting records: Inventory, January 1, 2021 Purchases, Jan. 1 – Mar. 17 Sales, Jan. 1 – Mar. 17 Normal gross margin
$208,000 420,000 600,000 40%
Required: Compute the estimated cost of inventory lost in the flood. 154) On July 5, 2021, a fire destroyed the entire inventory of Kinard Music Mart. The following information is available from its accounting records: Inventory, January 1, 2021 Purchases, Jan. 1–July 5 Sales, Jan. 1–July 5 Normal gross margin
$211,000 500,000 900,000 30%
Required: Compute the estimated cost of inventory lost in the fire.
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
155) On August 31, 2021, Hurricane Chuck destroyed Bedford Craft Mart's entire inventory. The following information is available from its accounting records: Inventory, January 1, 2021 Purchases, Jan. 1–Aug. 31 Sales, Jan. 1–Aug. 31
$360,000 960,000 1,350,000
Required: Assuming that Bedford estimates the cost of destroyed inventory at $510,000, compute gross profit margin % that Bedford uses in estimating inventory. 156) Andover Stores uses the average cost retail method to estimate its ending inventory. Information as of June 30, 2021, is as follows:
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net sales
Cost Retail $ 45,000 $ 82,000 245,000 418,000 400,000
Required: Use the retail method to estimate the June 30, 2021, inventory. 157) DK Super Stores Inc. uses the average cost retail method to estimate its ending inventory. Information at June 30, 2021, is as follows: Cost Beginning inventory Net purchases Net sales Ending inventory
Retail $ 105,000 375,000 380,000
$64,000
Required: Compute the cost-to-retail percentage used by DK. 158) Trask Inc. uses the average cost retail method to estimate its ending inventory. Partial information at June 30, 2021, is as follows:
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net sales Ending inventory
Cost $ 62,000 238,000
Retail ??? 319,000 430,000
42,000
Required: Assuming Trask's cost-to-retail = 60%, compute Trask's beginning inventory at retail. 40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
159) Manila Bread Company uses the average cost retail method to estimate its ending inventories. The following data has been summarized for the year 2021:
Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $ 54,205 326,000
Retail $ 78,000 466,000 8,200 16,700 412,000
Required: Estimate the ending inventory as of December 31, 2021. 160) Penfold's Paints uses the average cost retail method to estimate its ending inventories. The following data has been summarized for the year 2021: Cost Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales Inventory, December 31
Retail $ 65,000 270,000 3,600 2,100 260,000
$55,080
Required: Compute the cost-to-retail percentage used by Penfold's Paints. 161) Murdock Industries uses a periodic inventory system and the LIFO retail method to estimate its ending inventories. The following data has been summarized for December 31, 2021:
Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $116,000 355,000
Retail $165,000 540,000 15,600 9,800 522,000
Required: Estimate the LIFO cost of ending inventory. Assume stable retail prices during the period.
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
162) Littleton Company uses a periodic inventory system and the LIFO retail method to estimate its ending inventories. The following partial data has been summarized for December 31, 2021:
Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales Inventory, Dec. 31
Cost $216,000
Retail $285,000 650,000 18,300 21,200 625,000
$232,730
Required: Determine the cost-to-retail percentage used by Littleton. Assume stable retail prices during the period. 163) Billingsly Products uses the conventional retail method to estimate its ending inventories. The following data has been summarized for the year 2021:
Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $ 53,000 322,360
Retail $ 78,000 466,000 8,000 16,700 392,000
Required: Estimate the ending inventory as of December 31, 2021. 164) New York Sales Inc. uses the conventional retail method to estimate its ending inventories. The following data has been summarized for December 31, 2021: Cost Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales Inventory, Dec. 31
Retail $160,000 538,000 12,000 9,100 582,000
$77,285
Required: Compute the cost-to-retail percentage used by New York Sales Inc.
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) Harley Inc. uses the conventional retail method to estimate its ending inventories. The following data has been summarized for December 31, 2021:
Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Normal spoilage Net sales
Cost Retail $208,000 $ 280,000 470,000 610,000 15,300 11,200 4,600 489,500
Required: Estimate the cost of ending inventory applying the conventional retail method. 166) Zanesville Pots Co. uses the conventional retail method to estimate ending inventories. The following data has been summarized for the year ended December 31, 2021:
Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Normal spoilage Net sales
Cost $ 88,000 163,000
Retail $ 132,000 240,000 10,100 9,200 43,200 213,000
Required: Estimate the cost of ending inventory applying the conventional retail method. 167) Cornhusker Can Co. uses the conventional retail method to estimate ending inventories. The following data has been summarized for year ended December 31, 2021:
Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Normal spoilage Employee discounts Net sales
Cost $ 80,000 166,000
Retail $ 126,000 244,000 9,100 8,200 13,200 15,600 238,000
Required: Estimate the cost of ending inventory applying the conventional retail method. Assume that sales are recorded net of employee discounts.
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
168) Cindy Lou Linens uses the conventional retail method to estimate its ending inventories. The company records sales net of employee discounts. The following partial data has been summarized for the year ended December 31, 2021:
Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Normal spoilage Employee discounts Net sales Inventory, Dec. 31
Cost $ 465,460 1,412,000
494,460
Retail $ 736,000 2,344,000 ??? 48,200 43,200 75,600 2,138,000 824,100
Required: Compute the net markups for Cindy Lou Linens during 2021. 169) Charleston Company has elected to use the dollar-value LIFO retail method to value its inventory. The following data has been accumulated from the accounting records:
Merchandise inventory, January 1, 2021 Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales Pertinent retail price indexes: January 1, 2021 December 31, 2021
Cost $320,000 670,000
Retail $ 500,000 1,020,000 14,000 4,000 650,000
1.00 1.10
Required: Estimate the ending inventory for December 31, 2021.
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) Green Acres Co. has elected to use the dollar-value LIFO retail method to value its inventory. The following data has been accumulated from the accounting records: Pertinent retail price indexes: Merchandise inventory, January 1, 2021 Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales January 1, 2021 December 31, 2021
Cost $240,000 505,000
Retail $375,000 765,000 10,500 3,000 570,000
1.00 1.10
Required: Estimate the cost of ending inventory for December 31, 2021. 171) Orlando Company has used the average cost method for inventory valuation since it began business in 2017, but has elected to change to the FIFO method starting in 2020. Year-end inventory valuations under each method are shown below:
Year 2017 2018 2019 2020
Average Cost FIFO $42,000 $47,000 53,000 61,000 59,000 68,000 62,000 72,000
Required: How would Orlando reflect the change in accounting principle in its financial statements (ignore income taxes)? 172) Ramsgate Company has used the FIFO method for inventory valuation since it began business in 2017, but has elected to change to the average cost method starting in 2020. Year-end inventory valuations under each method are shown below:
Year 2017 2018 2019 2020
Average FICO Cost $49,000 $46,000 55,000 48,000 57,000 51,000 61,000 53,000
Required: How, and when, would Ramsgate reflect the change in accounting principle in its financial statements (ignore income taxes)? 45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In the following questions, inventory errors are noted for 2021. Assume that the errors are not discovered until 2022, and that the company uses a periodic inventory system. Indicate the effect of the error, if any, on the accounts noted in the columns, using the following code: U = Understated; O = Overstated; NE = No effect 173) Error Double counted items in ending inventory
Cost of goods sold
Retained earnings
Cost of goods sold
Retained earnings
Cost of goods sold
Retained earnings
Cost of goods sold
Retained earnings
Error Cost of goods sold Recorded purchases for $523,000 that should have been $532,000.
Retained earnings
174) Error Unrecorded purchases
175) Error Understated beginning inventory
176) Error The company ignored its purchase of inventory that was bought FOB shipping point and was in transit at year end
177)
178) In 2021, the internal auditors of Blooper Inc. discovered that goods costing $12 million that were shipped f.o.b. shipping point in December of 2020 were in transit on December 31. The goods were recorded as a purchase in December of 2020 but were not included in the 2020 year-end inventory. Required: Prepare the journal entry needed in 2021 to correct the error. Also, briefly describe any other measures Blooper would take in connection with correcting the error. (Ignore income taxes.)
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
179) In the year 2021, the internal auditors of Goofy Co. discovered that goods costing $25 million that were purchased in December of 2020 were recorded for $20 million. The goods were properly measured in the December 31, 2020, ending physical inventory. Required: Prepare the journal entry needed in 2021 to correct the error. Also, briefly describe any other measures Goofy would take in connection with correcting the error. (Ignore income taxes.) 180) On September 5, 2021, Howard Corporation signed a purchase commitment to purchase inventory for $130,000 on or before March 31, 2022. The company's fiscal year-end is December 31. The contract was exercised on March 4, 2022, and the inventory was purchased for cash at the contract price. On the purchase date of March 4, the market price of the inventory was $116,000. The market price of the inventory on December 31, 2021, was $120,000. The company uses a perpetual inventory system. Required: 1. Prepare the necessary adjusting journal entry (if any is required) on December 31, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal to record the purchase on March 4, 2022. Use the following to answer the question(s) below: Memphis Wholesale Market applies the lower of cost or net realizable valuation to individual products and has collected the following data:
Selling price Cost Costs to sell
Product A $100 70 15
Product B $125 75 20
Product C $80 80 8
181) Determine the inventory book value for Products A, B, and C. 182) Determine the inventory carrying value for Products A, B, and C assuming that Memphis Wholesale Market prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). 183) Briefly explain how a material adjustment to inventory due to application of the lower of cost or net realizable value rule should be reported in the financial statements.
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
184) The following disclosure note appeared in the 2021 annual report to shareholders of Upton Systems Inc. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is computed using standard cost, which approximates actual cost, on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company provides inventory allowances based on excess and obsolete inventories. Another disclosure note in the annual report stated: The Company recorded a provision for inventory, including purchase commitments, totaling $1.40 billion during fiscal 2021, which included an additional excess inventory charge as previously discussed. This additional excess inventory charge was due to a sudden and significant decrease in demand for the Company's products and was calculated in accordance with the Company's accounting policy. A skeptic may conclude that Upton's policy and practices threaten earnings quality. Discuss how it may do so. 185) Briefly explain the differences between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) in the application of the lower of cost or net realizable value rule for valuing inventory. 186) Briefly explain what is meant by "market" in the lower of cost or market (LCM) approach to valuing inventory at the end of a reporting period. 187) Briefly explain how a material adjustment to inventory due to application of the lower of cost or market (LCM) rule should be reported in the financial statements. 188) Briefly outline the steps in the gross profit method of estimating ending inventory and indicate when the method might be used. 189) The gross profit method and retail method are both ways of estimating ending inventory. Briefly explain how the two methods differ. 190) Briefly explain the difference between the LIFO retail method and the dollar-value LIFO retail method. 191) Briefly explain the financial reporting required when a company changes to or from the LIFO inventory method. 192) Briefly explain the financial reporting required when material misstatements are found in previous years' financial statements that are included for comparative purposes in the current year's financial statements.
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
193) Symington and Cribbs (S&C) is a sporting goods distributor. S&C uses the FIFO inventory method to determine the cost of its ending inventory. Ending inventory quantities are determined by a physical count. For the fiscal year-end December 31, 2021, ending inventory was originally determined to be $67 million. However, in early January of 2022, the company's controller, Amy Grant, discovered that an error was made in the inventory count. The correct amount of ending inventory should be $87 million. The auditors did not discover the error and the financial statements are scheduled to be issued on February 26, 2022. S&C is a public company. Amy's first reaction was to communicate her finding to the auditors and to revise the financial statements before they are issued. However, she knows that this was a very good year for the company with profits far exceeding analysts' expectations. If the error is not corrected this year, it will self-correct next year as long as 2022 ending inventory is correctly stated. This will help future 2022 profits. On the other hand, her fellow workers' profit sharing plans are based on annual pretax earnings and if she revises the statements, everyone's profit sharing bonus will be higher this year. Required: 1. Is Amy correct by stating that the error will self-correct next year as long as 2022 ending inventory is correctly stated? If the error is not corrected in the current year, what will be the effect on 2021 and 2022 income before tax? 2. Discuss the ethical dilemma Amy faces.
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 9 Inventories: Additional Issues 1) For companies that use FIFO or average cost, inventory is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value at the end of the reporting period. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCNRV—Overview Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 2) Net realizable value is selling price less costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCNRV—Overview Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3) The primary motivation behind the lower of cost or net realizable value rule is consistency. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Accounting for inventory at end of period Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4) Lower of cost or net realizable value can be applied to individual inventory items, to logical categories of inventory, or to the entire inventory. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Accounting for inventory at end of period Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 5) Losses on reduction to NRV may be charged to either cost of goods sold or to a line item among operating expenses. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Accounting for inventory at end of period Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 6) An inventory written down due to the lower of cost or net realizable value may be written back up if net realizable value increases. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Accounting for inventory at end of period Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
7) For companies that use LIFO, inventory is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value at the end of the reporting period. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCM—Overview Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 8) The market value for purposes of using the lower of cost or market (LCM) method is defined as replacement cost, subject to a ceiling and a floor. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCM—Overview Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 9) The primary motivation behind the lower of cost or market (LCM) rule is conservatism. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Accounting for inventory at end of period Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 10) A reduction in reported inventory due to market value falling below cost would reduce net income in the current period. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Accounting for inventory at end of period Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
11) The gross profit method for estimating ending inventory relies on the historical relationship between sales revenue and cost of goods sold. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Gross profit method Learning Objective: 09-02 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the gross profit method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 12) Under the LIFO retail method, the current period cost-to-retail percentage includes both net markdowns and net markups. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method—LIFO retail Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 13) Purchase returns and purchase discounts are ignored when computing cost-to-retail ratios for the retail method. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method—Other issues Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
14) The cost-to-retail percentage used in the retail method to approximate average cost incorporates both markdowns and markups. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method—Average cost Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 15) The cost-to-retail percentage used in the LIFO retail method incorporates both markdowns and markups. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method—LIFO retail Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 16) Net sales, for purposes of applying the retail inventory method, include sales returns but exclude sales discounts and employee discounts. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—Other issues Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
17) Normal shortages (such as spoilage and theft) reduce the retail amount used to calculate the cost-to-retail percentage. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—Other issues Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 18) Abnormal shortages (such as spoilage and theft) reduce both the cost and retail amounts used to calculate the cost-to-retail percentage. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—Other issues Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 19) The conventional retail method approximates the lower of average cost or market for reporting inventory. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method—Conventional retail Learning Objective: 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
20) The cost-to-retail percentage used in the conventional retail method incorporates both markdowns and markups. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method—Conventional retail Learning Objective: 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 21) For companies that have net markdowns, the cost-to-retail percentage used in the average cost retail method will be lower than the percentage used in the conventional retail method. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—Average cost; Retail inventory method—Conventional retail Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods.; 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 22) If the quantity of goods held in inventory decreased during the period, the dollar amount of ending inventory can't exceed the dollar amount of beginning inventory. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method—Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 09-05 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO retail inventory method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
23) The dollar-value LIFO retail method reports ending inventory at base year costs. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method—Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 09-05 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO retail inventory method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 24) For the dollar-value LIFO retail method, each layer year carries its unique retail price index and its unique cost-to-retail percentage. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method—Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 09-05 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO retail inventory method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 25) When changing from the average cost method to FIFO, the current year's income includes the cumulative after-tax difference that would have resulted if the company had used FIFO in all prior years. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in inventory method Learning Objective: 09-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in inventory method is made. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 26) A change from LIFO to any other inventory method is accounted for retrospectively. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Change in inventory method Learning Objective: 09-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in inventory method is made. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
27) A change from FIFO to LIFO does not need to be accounted for retrospectively. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Change in inventory method—To LIFO Learning Objective: 09-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in inventory method is made. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 28) A change in inventory method that causes an increase to the balance of inventory would be recorded with a debit to inventory and a credit to cost of goods sold. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in inventory method Learning Objective: 09-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in inventory method is made. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 29) Overstating ending inventory in the current year causes net income in the current year to be overstated. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 30) Understating ending inventory in the current year causes cost of goods sold in the current year to be understated. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
31) An error in calculating ending inventory in the current year has no effect on retained earnings in the current year or next year. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 32) Understating ending inventory in the current year causes cost of goods sold in the next year to be understated. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 33) Overstating ending inventory in the current year causes retained earnings in the next year to be overstated. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
34) Overstating ending inventory in the current year causes retained earnings in the next year to be understated. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 35) For a purchase commitment contained within a single fiscal year, if the market price is less than the contract price, the purchase is recorded at the contract price. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Purchase commitments—Appendix Learning Objective: Appendix 9 Purchase Commitments. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 36) For a purchase commitment extending beyond the current fiscal year, if the market price on the purchase date declines from the previous year-end price, the purchase is recorded at the market price. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Purchase commitments—Appendix Learning Objective: Appendix 9 Purchase Commitments. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 37) Under International Financial Reporting Standards, net realizable value is defined as inventory's replacement cost. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS—Lower of cost or NRV Learning Objective: 09-08 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the lower of cost or net realizable value rule for valuing inventory. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
38) International Financial Reporting Standards allow the reversal of an inventory write-down. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS—Lower of cost or NRV Learning Objective: 09-08 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the lower of cost or net realizable value rule for valuing inventory. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 39) For companies using FIFO or average cost, inventory is valued at: A) Net realizable value. B) Cost. C) Replacement cost. D) Lower of cost or net realizable value. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCNRV—Overview Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 40) An argument against use of the lower of cost or net realizable value rule is its lack of: A) Relevance. B) Reliability. C) Consistency. D) Objectivity. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Accounting for inventory at end of period Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Decision Making; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) Management has adopted a policy of reporting its unsold inventory at the end of each year at the lower of FIFO cost or the most recent selling price of that inventory in the current year. Which of the following statements is correct? A) Management should instead choose the higher of the two amounts to report inventory. B) Management should instead compare the inventory's cost to an estimate of its selling price in the next year. C) Management's policy is acceptable. D) Management should instead report inventory at the lower of cost or market value based on replacement cost. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCNRV—Overview Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 42) Management has adopted a policy of reporting its unsold inventory at the end of each year at the lower of LIFO cost or the estimated selling price of that inventory in the next year. Which of the following statements is correct? A) Management's policy is acceptable. B) Management should instead choose the higher of the two amounts to report inventory. C) Management also needs to consider the inventory's replacement cost. D) Management should instead report inventory at the lower of cost or the most recent selling price in the current year. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCM—Overview Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
43) Montana Co. has determined its year-end inventory on a FIFO basis to be $600,000. Information pertaining to that inventory is as follows:
Selling price Costs to sell Replacement cost
$ 620,000 30,000 520,000
What should be the reported value of Montana's inventory? A) $600,000. B) $520,000. C) $590,000. D) $620,000. Answer: C Explanation: NRV = $590,000 which is less than cost. Replacement cost is not considered in the valuation. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCNRV—Determine NRV and apply LCNRV Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
44) Data related to the inventories of Costco Medical Supply are presented below:
Selling price Cost Costs to sell
Surgical Equipment $ 260 170 30
Surgical Supplies $ 100 90 15
Rehab Equipment $ 340 250 25
Rehab Supplies $ 165 162 10
In applying the lower of cost or net realizable value rule, the inventory of surgical equipment would be valued at: A) $230. B) $240. C) $170. D) $152. Answer: C Explanation: NRV = $260 − $30 = $230 $170 cost is less than the $230 net realizable value. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCNRV—Determine NRV and apply LCNRV Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) Data related to the inventories of Costco Medical Supply are presented below:
Selling price Cost Costs to sell
Surgical Equipment $ 260 170 30
Surgical Supplies $ 100 90 15
Rehab Equipment $ 340 250 25
Rehab Supplies $ 165 162 10
In applying the lower of cost or net realizable value rule, the inventory of surgical supplies would be valued at: A) $100. B) $90. C) $85. D) $75. Answer: C Explanation: NRV = $100 − $15 = $85 $85 net realizable value is less than $90 cost. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCNRV—Determine NRV and apply LCNRV Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
46) Data related to the inventories of Costco Medical Supply are presented below:
Selling price Cost Costs to sell
Surgical Equipment $ 260 170 30
Surgical Supplies $ 100 90 15
Rehab Equipment $ 340 250 25
Rehab Supplies $ 165 162 10
In applying the lower of cost or net realizable value rule, the inventory of rehab equipment would be valued at: A) $315. B) $340. C) $225. D) $250. Answer: D Explanation: NRV = $340 − $25 = $315 $250 cost is less than $315 net realizable value. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCNRV—Determine NRV and apply LCNRV Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
47) Data related to the inventories of Costco Medical Supply are presented below:
Selling price Cost Costs to sell
Surgical Equipment $ 260 170 30
Surgical Supplies $ 100 90 15
Rehab Equipment $ 340 250 25
Rehab Supplies $ 165 162 10
In applying the lower of cost or net realizable value rule, the inventory of rehab supplies would be valued at: A) $165. B) $152. C) $162. D) $155. Answer: D Explanation: NRV = $165 − $10 = $155 $155 net realizable value is less than $162 cost. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCNRV—Determine NRV and apply LCNRV Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) Data related to the inventories of Alpine Ski Equipment and Supplies is presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Sales commission
Skis $ 180,000 128,000
Boots $ 140,000 133,000
Apparel $ 120,000 90,000
Supplies $ 60,000 45,000
120,000
130,000
110,000
41,000
10%
10%
10%
10%
In applying the lower of cost or net realizable value rule, the inventory of skis would be valued at: A) $162,000. B) $128,000. C) $120,000. D) $180,000. Answer: B Explanation: NRV = $180,000 − ($180,000 × 10%) = $162,000 $128,000 cost is less than $162,000 net realizable value. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCNRV—Determine NRV and apply LCNRV Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
49) Data related to the inventories of Alpine Ski Equipment and Supplies is presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Sales commission
Skis $ 180,000 128,000
Boots $ 140,000 133,000
Apparel $ 120,000 90,000
Supplies $ 60,000 45,000
120,000
130,000
110,000
41,000
10%
10%
10%
10%
In applying the lower of cost or net realizable value rule, the inventory of boots would be valued at: A) $140,000. B) $133,000. C) $126,000. D) $130,000. Answer: C Explanation: NRV = $140,000 − ($140,000 × 10%) = $126,000 $126,000 net realizable value is less than $133,000 cost. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCNRV—Determine NRV and apply LCNRV Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) Data related to the inventories of Alpine Ski Equipment and Supplies is presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Sales commission
Skis $ 180,000 128,000
Boots $ 140,000 133,000
Apparel $ 120,000 90,000
Supplies $ 60,000 45,000
120,000
130,000
110,000
41,000
10%
10%
10%
10%
In applying the lower of cost or net realizable value rule, the inventory of apparel would be valued at: A) $108,000. B) $90,000. C) $110,000. D) $99,000. Answer: B Explanation: NRV = $120,000 − ($120,000 × 10%) = $108,000 $90,000 cost is less than net realizable value of $108,000. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCNRV—Determine NRV and apply LCNRV Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) Data related to the inventories of Alpine Ski Equipment and Supplies is presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Sales commission
Skis $ 180,000 128,000
Boots $ 140,000 133,000
Apparel $ 120,000 90,000
Supplies $ 60,000 45,000
120,000
130,000
110,000
41,000
10%
10%
10%
10%
In applying the lower of cost or net realizable value rule, the inventory of supplies would be valued at: A) $45,000. B) $54,000. C) $41,000. D) $60,000. Answer: A Explanation: NRV = $60,000 − ($60,000 × 10%) = $54,000 $45,000 cost is less than net realizable value of $54,000. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCNRV—Determine NRV and apply LCNRV Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 52) For companies using LIFO, inventory is valued at: A) Net realizable value. B) Cost. C) Replacement cost. D) Lower of cost or market. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCM—Overview Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
53) In applying LCM, market cannot be: A) Less than net realizable value. B) Greater than the normal profit. C) Less than the normal profit margin. D) Greater than net realizable value. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCM—Overview Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 54) In applying LCM, market cannot be: A) Less than net realizable value minus a normal profit margin. B) Net realizable value less reasonable completion and disposal costs. C) Greater than net realizable value reduced by an allowance for normal profit margin. D) Less than cost. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCM—Overview Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 55) Masterlink Co., in applying the lower of cost or market method, reports its inventory at net realizable value. Which of the following statements is correct? A) NRV is greater than replacement cost. B) Cost is less than net realizable value. C) Cost is greater than net realizable value. D) Cost is less than NRV minus a normal profit margin. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCM—Overview Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
56) Madison Co. has determined its year-end inventory on a LIFO basis to be $600,000. Information pertaining to that inventory is as follows:
Selling price Costs to sell Normal profit margin Replacement cost
$ 720,000 30,000 80,000 620,000
What should be the reported value of Madison's inventory? A) $600,000. B) $620,000. C) $690,000. D) $610,000. Answer: A Explanation: RC = $620,000. NRV = $720,000 − $30,000 = $690,000. NRV − Normal profit margin = $690,000 − $80,000 = $610,000. Designated market is replacement cost = $620,000 which is less than NRV and more than NRV minus normal profit margin. Cost = $600,000. Cost is less than market. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCM—Determine market and apply LCM Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
57) Data related to the inventories of Kimzey Medical Supply are presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Costs to sell Normal gross profit ratio
Surgical Equipment $ 260 170 240 30 30%
Surgical Supplies $ 120 90 80 5 30%
Rehab Equipment $ 340 250 235 25 30%
Rehab Supplies $ 165 162 158 10 20%
In applying the lower of cost or market rule, the inventory of surgical equipment would be valued at: A) $230. B) $240. C) $170. D) $152. Answer: C Explanation: RC = $240. NRV = $260 − $30 = $230. NRV − Normal profit margin = $230 − ($260 × 30%) = $152. Designated market = NRV = $230. Cost = $170. Cost is lower than market. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: LCM—Determine market and apply LCM Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
58) Data related to the inventories of Kimzey Medical Supply are presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Costs to sell Normal gross profit ratio
Surgical Equipment $ 260 170 240 30 30%
Surgical Supplies $ 120 90 80 5 30%
Rehab Equipment $ 340 250 235 25 30%
Rehab Supplies $ 165 162 158 10 20%
In applying the lower of cost or market rule, the inventory of surgical supplies would be valued at: A) $100. B) $90. C) $80. D) $75. Answer: C Explanation: RC = $80. NRV = $120 − $5 = $115. NRV − Normal profit margin = $115 − ($120 × 30%) = $79. Designated market = RC = $80. Cost = $90. Market is lower than cost. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: LCM—Determine market and apply LCM Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
59) Data related to the inventories of Kimzey Medical Supply are presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Costs to sell Normal gross profit ratio
Surgical Equipment $ 260 170 240 30 30%
Surgical Supplies $ 120 90 80 5 30%
Rehab Equipment $ 340 250 235 25 30%
Rehab Supplies $ 165 162 158 10 20%
In applying the lower of cost or market rule, the inventory of rehab equipment would be valued at: A) $315. B) $247. C) $150. D) $235. Answer: D Explanation: RC = $235. NRV = $340 − $25 = $315. NRV − Normal profit margin = $315 − ($340 × 30%) = $213. Designated market = RC = $235. Cost = $250. Market is lower than cost. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: LCM—Determine market and apply LCM Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
60) Data related to the inventories of Kimzey Medical Supply are presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Costs to sell Normal gross profit ratio
Surgical Equipment $ 260 170 240 30 30%
Surgical Supplies $ 120 90 80 5 30%
Rehab Equipment $ 340 250 235 25 30%
Rehab Supplies $ 165 162 158 10 20%
In applying the lower of cost or market rule, the inventory of rehab supplies would be valued at: A) $122. B) $158. C) $162. D) $155. Answer: D Explanation: RC = $158. NRV = $165 − $10 = $155. NRV − Normal profit margin = $155 − ($165 × 20%) = $122. Designated market = NRV = $155. Cost = $162. Market is lower than cost. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: LCM—Determine market and apply LCM Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
61) Data related to the inventories of Mountain Ski Equipment and Supplies is presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Sales commission Normal gross profit ratio
Skis $ 180,000 128,000
Boots $ 150,000 133,000
Apparel $ 120,000 90,000
Supplies $ 60,000 48,000
120,000
130,000
110,000
50,000
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
20%
15%
15%
In applying the lower of cost or market rule, the inventory of skis would be valued at: A) $162,000. B) $128,000. C) $120,000. D) $126,000. Answer: D Explanation: RC = $120,000. NRV = $180,000 − ($180,000 × 10%) = $162,000. NRV − Normal profit margin = $162,000 − ($180,000 × 20%) = $126,000. Designated market = NRV − Normal profit margin = $126,000. Cost = $128,000. Market is lower than cost. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: LCM—Determine market and apply LCM Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
62) Data related to the inventories of Mountain Ski Equipment and Supplies is presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Sales commission Normal gross profit ratio
Skis $ 180,000 128,000
Boots $ 150,000 133,000
Apparel $ 120,000 90,000
Supplies $ 60,000 48,000
120,000
130,000
110,000
50,000
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
20%
15%
15%
In applying the lower of cost or market rule, the inventory of boots would be valued at: A) $135,000. B) $133,000. C) $130,000. D) $105,000. Answer: C Explanation: RC = $130,000. NRV = $150,000 − ($150,000 × 10%) = $135,000. NRV − Normal profit margin = $135,000 − ($150,000 × 20%) = $105,000. Designated market = RC = $130,000. Cost = $133,000. Market is lower than cost. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: LCM—Determine market and apply LCM Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
63) Data related to the inventories of Mountain Ski Equipment and Supplies is presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Sales commission Normal gross profit ratio
Skis $ 180,000 128,000
Boots $ 150,000 133,000
Apparel $ 120,000 90,000
Supplies $ 60,000 48,000
120,000
130,000
110,000
50,000
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
20%
15%
15%
In applying the lower of cost or market rule, the inventory of apparel would be valued at: A) $108,000. B) $90,000. C) $110,000. D) $115,000. Answer: B Explanation: RC = $110,000. NRV = $120,000 − ($120,000 × 10%) = $108,000. NRV − Normal profit margin = $108,000 − ($120,000 × 15%) = $90,000. Designated market = NRV = $108,000. Cost = $90,000. Cost is lower than market. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: LCM—Determine market and apply LCM Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
64) Data related to the inventories of Mountain Ski Equipment and Supplies is presented below:
Selling price Cost Replacement cost Sales commission Normal gross profit ratio
Skis $ 180,000 128,000
Boots $ 150,000 133,000
Apparel $ 120,000 90,000
Supplies $ 60,000 48,000
120,000
130,000
110,000
50,000
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
20%
15%
15%
In applying the lower of cost or market rule, the inventory of supplies would be valued at: A) $45,000. B) $54,000. C) $50,000. D) $48,000. Answer: D Explanation: RC = $50,000. NRV = $60,000 − ($60,000 × 10%) = $54,000. NRV − Normal profit margin = $54,000 − ($60,000 × 15%) = $45,000. Designated market = RC = $50,000. Cost = $48,000. Cost is lower than market. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCM—Determine market and apply LCM Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
65) When using the gross profit method to estimate ending inventory, it is not necessary to know: A) Beginning inventory. B) Net purchases. C) Cost of goods sold. D) Net sales. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Gross profit method Learning Objective: 09-02 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the gross profit method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 66) On July 8, a fire destroyed the entire merchandise inventory on hand of Larrenaga Wholesale Corporation. The following information is available: Sales, January 1 through July 8 Inventory, January 1 Purchases, January 1 through July 8 Gross profit ratio
$ 700,000 130,000 640,000 30%
What is the estimated inventory on July 8 immediately prior to the fire? A) $192,000. B) $490,000. C) $510,000. D) $280,000. Answer: D Explanation: Beginning inventory plus purchases Less: Estimated cost of goods sold ($700,000 × [1 − 0.30]) Estimated ending inventory
$ 770,000 490,000 $ 280,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Gross profit method Learning Objective: 09-02 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the gross profit method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
67) California Inc., through no fault of its own, lost an entire plant due to an earthquake on May 1, 2021. In preparing its insurance claim on the inventory loss, the company developed the following data: Inventory January 1, 2021, $300,000; sales and purchases from January 1, 2021, to May 1, 2021, $1,300,000 and $875,000, respectively. California consistently reports a 40% gross profit. The estimated inventory on May 1, 2021, is: A) $302,500. B) $360,000. C) $395,000. D) $455,000. Answer: C Explanation: Beginning inventory Plus: Net purchases Goods available for sale Less: Cost of goods sold: Net sales Less: Estimated gross profit Estimated cost of goods sold Estimated ending inventory
$
300,000 875,000 1,175,000
$ 1,300,000 (520,000) $
(780,000) 395,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Gross profit method Learning Objective: 09-02 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the gross profit method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
68) Howard's Supply Co. suffered a fire loss on April 20, 2021. The company's last physical inventory was taken January 30, 2021, at which time the inventory totaled $220,000. Sales from January 30 to April 20 were $600,000 and purchases during that time were $450,000. Howard's consistently reports a 30% gross profit. The estimated inventory loss is: A) $490,000. B) $238,000. C) $250,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: Beginning inventory Plus: Net purchases Goods available for sale Less: Cost of goods sold: Net sales Less: Estimated gross profit Estimated cost of goods sold Estimated ending inventory
$
$
220,000 450,000 670,000
600,000 (180,000) (420,000) $ 250,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Gross profit method Learning Objective: 09-02 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the gross profit method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
69) Coastal Shores Inc. (CSI) was destroyed by Hurricane Fred on August 5, 2021. At January 1, CSI reported an inventory of $170,000. Sales from January 1, 2021, to August 5, 2021, totaled $480,000 and purchases totaled $195,000 during that time. CSI consistently marks up its products 60% over cost to arrive at a selling price. The estimated inventory loss due to Hurricane Fred would be: A) $131,175. B) $65,000. C) $69,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: Beginning inventory Plus: Net purchases Goods available for sale Less: Cost of goods sold: ($480,000 ÷ 160%) Estimated ending inventory
$
170,000 195,000 365,000 (300,000) $ 65,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Gross profit method Learning Objective: 09-02 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the gross profit method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 70) Under the LIFO retail method, the denominator in the cost-to-retail percentage includes: A) Net markups and net markdowns. B) Neither net markups nor net markdowns. C) Net markups, but not net markdowns. D) Net markdowns, but not net markups. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method—LIFO retail Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
71) Under the retail method, the denominator in the cost-to-retail percentage does not include: A) Purchases. B) Purchase returns. C) Abnormal shortages. D) Freight-in. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method—Other issues Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement; FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 72) Under the retail method, the numerator in the cost-to-retail percentage includes: A) Beginning inventory. B) Purchases. C) Freight-in. D) All of the other choices are included in the numerator. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method—Other issues Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 73) Under the retail inventory method: A) A company measures inventory on its balance sheet by converting retail prices to cost. B) A company measures inventory on its balance sheet at current selling prices. C) A company measures inventory on its balance sheet on a LIFO basis. D) None of the other answer choices are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) Under the LIFO retail method, which of the following is used to calculate the denominator of the current-period cost-to-retail percentage? A) Beginning inventory. B) Employee discounts. C) Normal spoilage. D) None of the other answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—LIFO retail; Retail inventory method—Other issues Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 75) Under the retail method, in determining the cost-to-retail percentage for the current year: A) Net markups are included. B) Net markdowns are excluded. C) Beginning inventory is excluded. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) A company using the LIFO retail method has the following information for the current year's operations:
Beginning inventory Net purchases during the year Net sales
$
Cost 50,000 425,000
$
Retail 80,000 740,000 710,000
To convert ending inventory to cost, management calculates the cost-to-retail percentage as cost of $475,000 ($50,000 + $425,000) divided by retail of $820,000 ($80,000 + $740,000). Which of the following statements is correct? A) The retail amount used to calculate the cost-to-retail percentage should be $110,000 ($80,000 + $740,000 − $710,000). B) Only net purchases during the year are used to calculate the cost-to-retail percentage to convert ending inventory to cost. C) Separate cost-to-retail percentages for beginning inventory and net purchases are needed to convert ending inventory to cost. D) The calculation of the cost-to-retail percentage is correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—LIFO retail Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
77) A company has the following information for the current year's operations:
Beginning inventory Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $ 40,000 400,000
Retail $ 60,000 660,000 50,000 10,000 580,000
Management calculates the cost-to-retail percentage as 57.9%, equal to cost of $440,000 ($40,000 + $400,000) divided by retail of $760,000 ($60,000 + $660,000 + $50,000 − $10,000). Which application of the retail inventory method is the company using? A) Average cost. B) LIFO. C) Conventional. D) Dollar-value LIFO. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—Average cost Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) Fad City sells novel clothes that are subject to a great deal of price volatility. A recent item that cost $20 was marked up $12, marked down for a sale by $6 and then had a markdown cancellation of $3. The latest selling price is: A) $23. B) $26. C) $29. D) $35. Answer: C Explanation: Cost Initial markup Markdown Markdown cancellation Selling price
$ 20 12 (6) 3 $ 29
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
79) Harvey's Junk Jewelry started business January 1, 2021, and uses the LIFO retail method to estimate ending inventory. Listed below is data accumulated for the year ended December 31, 2021:
Beginning inventory Purchases Freight-in Purchase returns Net markups Net markdowns Net sales Employee discounts
Cost $ 15,000 49,000 2,500 1,700
Retail $ 23,000 78,000 2,600 2,000 4,100 70,600 700
The numerator for the current period's cost-to-retail percentage is: A) $64,800. B) $48,100. C) $47,700. D) $49,800. Answer: D Explanation: Beginning inventory Plus: Purchases Freight-in Less: Purchases returns Plus: Net markups Less: Net markdowns Goods available for sale (excluding beginning inventory) Goods available for sale (including beginning inventory)
$ 15,000 49,000 2,500 (1,700)
$ 23,000 78,000
49,800
73,300
64,800
96,300
(2,600) 2,000 (4,100)
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—LIFO retail; Retail inventory method—Other issues Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) Harvey's Junk Jewelry started business January 1, 2021, and uses the LIFO retail method to estimate ending inventory. Listed below is data accumulated for the year ended December 31, 2021:
Beginning inventory Purchases Freight-in Purchase returns Net markups Net markdowns Net sales Employee discounts
Cost $ 15,000 49,000 2,500 1,700
Retail $ 23,000 78,000 2,600 2,000 4,100 70,600 700
The denominator for the current period's cost-to-retail percentage is: A) $96,300. B) $73,300. C) $101,000. D) $81,500. Answer: B Explanation: Beginning inventory Plus: Purchases Freight-in Less: Purchases returns Plus: Net markups Less: Net markdowns Goods available for sale (excluding beginning inventory) Goods available for sale (including beginning inventory)
$ 15,000 49,000 2,500 (1,700)
$ 23,000 78,000
49,800
73,300
64,800
96,300
(2,600) 2,000 (4,100)
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—LIFO retail; Retail inventory method—Other issues Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
81) Harvey's Junk Jewelry started business January 1, 2021, and uses the LIFO retail method to estimate ending inventory. Listed below is data accumulated for the year ended December 31, 2021: Cost $ 15,000 49,000 2,500 1,700
Beginning inventory Purchases Freight-in Purchase returns Net markups Net markdowns Net sales Employee discounts
Retail $ 23,000 78,000 2,600 2,000 4,100 70,600 700
The estimated ending inventory at retail is: A) $27,300. B) $25,000. C) $26,600. D) $26,400. Answer: B Explanation: Beginning inventory Plus: Purchases Freight-in Less: Purchases returns Plus: Net markups Less: Net markdowns Goods available for sale (excluding beginning inventory) Goods available for sale (including beginning inventory) Less: Sales Net sales Add back employee discount Estimated ending inventory at retail
$ 15,000 49,000 2,500 (1,700)
$
23,000 78,000 (2,600) 2,000 (4,100)
49,800
73,300
64,800
96,300
$ 70,600 700
(71,300) $ 25,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—LIFO retail; Retail inventory method—Other issues Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
82) Harvey's Junk Jewelry started business January 1, 2021, and uses the LIFO retail method to estimate ending inventory. Listed below is data accumulated for the year ended December 31, 2021:
Beginning inventory Purchases Freight-in Purchase returns Net markups Net markdowns Net sales Employee discounts
Cost $ 15,000 49,000 2,500 1,700
Retail $ 23,000 78,000 2,600 2,000 4,100 70,600 700
To the nearest thousand, the estimated ending inventory at cost is (round cost-to-retail ratio to whole percentage): A) $16,000. B) $15,000. C) $13,000. D) $19,000. Answer: A
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Explanation: The correct answer is $16,000 ($16,360 rounded to the nearest thousand). Beginning inventory Plus: Purchases Freight-in Less: Purchases returns Plus: Net markups Less: Net markdowns Goods available for sale (excluding beginning inventory) Goods available for sale (including beginning inventory)
$ 15,000 49,000 2,500 (1,700)
$
23,000 78,000 (2,600) 2,000 (4,100)
49,800
73,300
64,800
96,300
Cost-to-retail percentage = $49,800 ÷ $73,300 = 68% (rounded) Less: Sales Net sales Add back employee discount Estimated ending inventory at retail
Beginning inventory Current period's layer Total
$ 70,600 700
Retail $ 23,000 2,000× 68% $ 25,000
(71,300) $ 25,000
Cost $ 15,000 1,360 $ 16,360
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—LIFO retail Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
83) Lacy's Linen Mart uses the average cost retail method to estimate inventories. Data for the first six months of 2021 include: beginning inventory at cost and retail were $60,000 and $120,000, net purchases at cost and retail were $312,000 and $480,000, and sales during the first six months totaled $490,000. The estimated inventory at June 30, 2021, would be: A) $68,200. B) $55,000. C) $71,500. D) $63,250. Answer: A Explanation: Beginning inventory Plus: net purchase Goods available for sale
Cost $ 60,000 312,000 $ 372,000
Retail $ 120,000 480,000 $ 600,000
Cost-to-retail percentage = $372,000 ÷ $600,000 = 62% Less: Net sales Estimated ending inventory at retail Estimated ending inventory at cost (62% × $110,000)
(490,000) $ 110,000 $ 68,200
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—LIFO retail Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
84) Hawkeye Auto Parts uses the average cost retail method to estimate inventories. Data for the first six months of 2021 include: beginning inventory at cost and retail were $55,000 and $100,000, net purchases at cost and retail were $785,000 and $1,300,000, and sales during the first six months totaled $800,000. The estimated inventory at June 30, 2021, would be: A) $330,000. B) $360,000. C) $362,300. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: Beginning inventory Plus: net purchase Goods available for sale
Cost $ 55,000 785,000 $ 840,000
Retail $ 100,000 1,300,000 $ 1,400,000
Cost-to-retail percentage = $840,000 ÷ $1,400,000 = 60% Less: Net sales Estimated ending inventory at retail Estimated ending inventory at cost (60% × $600,000)
(800,000) $ 600,000 $ 360,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—LIFO retail Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) Marilee's Electronics uses a periodic inventory system and the average cost retail method to estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold. The following data is available from the company records for the month of June 2021: Cost $ 80,000 261,000
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Retail $ 130,000 500,000 25,000 35,000 520,000
The average cost-to-retail percentage is: A) 52.2%. B) 61.5%. C) 56.8%. D) 55%. Answer: D Explanation: Beginning inventory Plus: Net purchases Net markups Less: Net markdowns
$
Cost 80,000 261,000
Retail $ 130,000 500,000 25,000 (35,000)
Goods available for sale
$ 341,000
620,000
Cost-to-retail percentage = $341,000 ÷ $620,000 = 55% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—Average cost Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
86) Marilee's Electronics uses a periodic inventory system and the average cost retail method to estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold. The following data is available from the company records for the month of June 2021: Cost $ 80,000 261,000
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Retail $ 130,000 500,000 25,000 35,000 520,000
To the nearest thousand, estimated ending inventory is: A) $55,000. B) $52,000. C) $57,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Explanation: Beginning inventory Plus: Net purchases Net markups Less: Net markdowns Goods available for sale
$
Cost 80,000 261,000
$ 341,000
$
Retail 130,000 500,000 25,000 (35,000) 620,000
Cost-to-retail percentage = $341,000 ÷ $620,000 = 55% Less: Net sales Estimated ending inventory at retail Estimated ending inventory at cost (55% × $100,000)
(520,000) $ 100,000 $
55,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—Average cost Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
87) Benny's Bed Co. uses a periodic inventory system and the average cost retail method to estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold. The following data is available from the company records for the month of September 2021. Cost $ 30,000 125,000
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Retail $ 50,000 220,000 15,000 6,000 208,000
The average cost-to-retail percentage (rounded) is: A) 74.5%. B) 55.6%. C) 57.4%. D) 58.7%. Answer: B Explanation: Cost 30,000 125,000
Beginning inventory Plus: Net purchases Net markups Less: Net markdowns
$
Goods available for sale
$ 155,000
$
Retail 50,000 220,000 15,000 (6,000) 279,000
Cost-to-retail percentage = $155,000 ÷ $279,000 = 55.6% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—Average cost Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) Benny's Bed Co. uses a periodic inventory system and the average cost retail method to estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold. The following data is available from the company records for the month of September 2021.
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $ 30,000 125,000
Retail $ 50,000 220,000 15,000 6,000 208,000
To the nearest thousand, estimated ending inventory is: A) $41,000. B) $37,000. C) $51,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Explanation: The correct answer is $39,000 ($39,476 rounded to the nearest thousand).
Beginning inventory Plus: Net purchases Net markups Less: Net markdowns Goods available for sale
Cost $ 30,000 125,000
$ 155,000
Retail $ 50,000 220,000 15,000 (6,000) 279,000
Cost-to-retail percentage = $155,000 ÷ $279,000 = 55.6% Less: Net sales Estimated ending inventory at retail Estimated ending inventory at cost (55.6% × $71,000)
(208,000) $ 71,000 $ 39,476
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Average cost Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
89) Data below for the year ended December 31, 2021, relates to Houdini Inc. Houdini started business January 1, 2021, and uses the LIFO retail method to estimate ending inventory.
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
$
Cost 66,000 280,000
Retail $ 104,000 420,000 20,000 40,000 375,000
Current period cost-to-retail percentage is: A) 70.0%. B) 68.7%. C) 63.6%. D) 63.5%. Answer: A Explanation: Beginning inventory Plus: Net Purchases Net markups Less: Net markdowns Goods available for sale (excluding beginning inventory) Goods available for sale (including beginning inventory)
Cost $ 66,000 280,000
Retail $ 104,000 420,000 20,000 (40,000)
$ 280,000
$ 400,000
$ 346,000
$ 504,000
Cost-to-retail percentage = $280,000 ÷ $400,000 = 70% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—LIFO retail Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) Data below for the year ended December 31, 2021, relates to Houdini Inc. Houdini started business January 1, 2021, and uses the LIFO retail method to estimate ending inventory.
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
$
Cost 66,000 280,000
Retail $ 104,000 420,000 20,000 40,000 375,000
Estimated ending inventory at retail is: A) $65,000. B) $169,600. C) $25,000. D) $129,000. Answer: D Explanation: Beginning inventory Plus: Net Purchases Net markups Less: Net markdowns Goods available for sale (excluding beginning inventory) Goods available for sale (including beginning inventory) Less: Net sales Estimated ending inventory at retail
Cost $ 66,000 280,000
Retail 104,000 420,000 20,000 (40,000)
$
$ 280,000
$
400,000
$ 346,000
$
504,000
(375,000) $ 129,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—LIFO retail Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
91) Data below for the year ended December 31, 2021, relates to Houdini Inc. Houdini started business January 1, 2021, and uses the LIFO retail method to estimate ending inventory.
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
$
Cost 66,000 280,000
Retail $ 104,000 420,000 20,000 40,000 375,000
Estimated ending inventory at cost is: A) $90,720. B) $83,500. C) $91,600. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: Beginning inventory Plus: Net Purchases Net markups Less: Net markdowns Goods available for sale (excluding beginning inventory) Goods available for sale (including beginning inventory) Less: Net sales Estimated ending inventory at retail
Cost $ 66,000 280,000
Retail $ 104,000 420,000 20,000 (40,000)
$ 280,000
$
400,000
$ 346,000
$
504,000
(375,000) $ 129,000
Current period cost-to-retail percentage = $280,000 ÷ $400,000 = 70%
Beginning inventory Current period's layer Total
Retail $ 104,000 25,000× 70% $ 129,000
Cost $ 66,000 17,500 $ 83,500
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—LIFO retail Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) When computing the cost-to-retail percentage for the average cost retail method, included in the denominator are: A) Net markups and net markdowns. B) Neither net markups nor net markdowns. C) Net markups, but not net markdowns. D) Net markdowns, but not net markups. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method—Average cost Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 93) The conventional retail inventory method is based on: A) Average cost. B) LIFO cost. C) Lower of average cost or market value. D) Lower of LIFO cost or market value. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method—Conventional retail Learning Objective: 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 94) Under the conventional retail method, the denominator in the cost-to-retail percentage includes: A) Net markups and net markdowns. B) Neither net markups nor net markdowns. C) Net markups, but not net markdowns. D) Net markdowns, but not net markups. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method—Conventional retail Learning Objective: 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
95) Under the conventional retail method, which of the following are not included in the denominator of the current period cost-to-retail conversion percentage? A) Purchase returns. B) Net markups. C) Purchases. D) Net markdowns. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—Conventional retail Learning Objective: 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 96) A company using the conventional retail method has the following information for the current year's operations:
Beginning inventory Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $ 100,000 500,000
Retail $ 150,000 800,000 85,000 35,000 750,000
Management calculates the cost-to-retail percentage as 60%, equal to cost of $600,000 ($100,000 + $500,000) divided by retail of $1,000,000 ($150,000 + $800,000 + $85,000 − $35,000). Which of the following statements is correct? A) The cost-to-retail percentage should be calculated as cost of $600,000 divided by retail of $750,000 (Net sales). B) The retail amount should be $1,035,000, excluding net markdowns. C) The cost and retail amounts should not include beginning inventory of $100,000 and $150,000, respectively. D) The retail amount should be $950,000, excluding net markups and net markdowns. Answer: B Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Conventional retail Learning Objective: 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
97) A company using the conventional retail method has the following information for the current year's operations:
Beginning inventory Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $ 100,000 500,000
Retail $ 150,000 800,000 85,000 35,000 750,000
Management reports ending inventory in the balance sheet as $200,000 ($150,000 + $800,000 − $750,000). Which of the following statements is correct? A) The calculation of ending inventory should involve adding net markups. B) The calculation of ending inventory should involve subtracting net markdowns. C) The calculation of ending inventory should involve converting retail prices to cost. D) All of the other answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Conventional retail Learning Objective: 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) Cloverdale, Inc., uses the conventional retail inventory method to account for inventory. The following information relates to current year's operations: Cost $ 313,500
Beginning inventory and purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Retail $ 540,000 30,000 20,000 480,000
What amount should be reported as cost of goods sold for the year? A) $273,600. B) $272,861. C) $275,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: Beginning inventory plus purchases Net markups
Cost-to-retail percentage:
Less: Net markdown Goods available for sale Less: Net sales Estimated ending inventory at retail Estimated ending inventory at cost (55% × $70,000) Estimated cost of goods sold
Cost $ 313,500
Retail $ 540,000 30,000 570,000
________ 313,500
(20,000) 550,000 (480,000) $ 70,000
= 55%
(38,500) $ 275,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Conventional retail Learning Objective: 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
99) Willie Nelson's Boots uses the conventional retail method to estimate ending inventory. Cost data for the most recent quarter is shown below:
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
$
Cost 46,000 154,000
$
Retail 63,000 215,000 22,000 35,000 220,000
The conventional cost-to-retail percentage (rounded) is: A) 82.6%. B) 66.7%. C) 71.9%. D) 75.5%. Answer: B Explanation: Beginning inventory Plus: Net purchases Net markups
Cost $ 46,000 154,000 $ 200,000
Cost-to-retail percentage
Retail $ 63,000 215,000 22,000 $ 300,000
= 66.7% or 2/3
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—Conventional retail Learning Objective: 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
100) Willie Nelson's Boots uses the conventional retail method to estimate ending inventory. Cost data for the most recent quarter is shown below:
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
$
Cost 46,000 154,000
$
Retail 63,000 215,000 22,000 35,000 220,000
To the nearest thousand, estimated ending inventory using the conventional retail method is: A) $37,000. B) $32,000. C) $34,000. D) $30,000. Answer: D Explanation: Beginning inventory Plus: Net purchases Net markups
Cost-to-retail percentage:
Less: Net markdowns Goods available for sale Less: Net sales Estimated ending inventory at retail Estimated ending inventory at cost (2/3 × $45,000)
Cost $ 46,000 154,000
Retail $ 63,000 215,000 22,000 300,000
= 66.7%
_________ 200,000
(35,000) 265,000 (220,000) $ 45,000
$ 30,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Conventional retail Learning Objective: 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
101) Clarabell Inc. uses the conventional retail method to estimate ending inventory. Cost data for the most recent quarter is shown below:
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $ 112,000 402,000
Retail $ 191,000 703,000 43,000 21,000 685,000
The conventional cost-to-retail percentage (rounded) is: A) 54.9%. B) 58.9%. C) 53.6%. D) 70.6%. Answer: A Explanation: Beginning inventory Plus: Net purchases Net markups
Cost $ 112,000 402,000 $ 514,000
Cost-to-retail percentage
Retail $ 191,000 703,000 43,000 $ 937,000
= 54.9%
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Conventional retail Learning Objective: 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
102) Clarabell Inc. uses the conventional retail method to estimate ending inventory. Cost data for the most recent quarter is shown below:
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $ 112,000 402,000
Retail $ 191,000 703,000 43,000 21,000 685,000
To the nearest thousand, estimated ending inventory using the conventional retail method is: A) $163,000. B) $124,000. C) $127,000. D) $136,000. Answer: C Explanation: Beginning inventory Plus: Net purchases Net markups
Cost-to-retail percentage:
Cost $ 112,000 402,000 ________ 514,000
Retail $ 191,000 703,000 43,000 937,000
= 54.9%
Less: Net markdowns ________ (21,000) Goods available for sale 514,000 916,000 Less: Net sales (685,000) Estimated ending inventory at retail $ 231,000 Estimated ending inventory at cost (54.9% × $231,000) $ 126,819 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Conventional retail Learning Objective: 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
103) Portman Inc. uses the conventional retail inventory method. Expressed in millions of dollars, information about Portman's 2021 inventory account is expressed in the table below:
Beginning inventory Purchases Freight-in Purchase returns Net markups Net markdowns Normal spoilage Net sales
$
Cost 55 1,160 30 45
Retail 90 2,170
$
115 255 100 60 1,940
What is the value of Portman's inventory at 12/31/2021? A) $150 million. B) $252 million. C) $300 million. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Explanation: $150 million is correct. The following table shows the correct computations: (in millions of dollars) Beginning inventory Plus: Purchases Freight-in Less: Purchase returns Plus: Net markups
Cost $ 55 1,160 30 (45) 1,200
Cost-to-retail percentage: 1,200 ÷ 2,400 = 50% Less: Net markdowns Goods available for sale Less: Normal spoilage Less: Net sales Estimated ending inventory at retail Estimated ending inventory at cost (50% × 300)
Retail $ 90 2,170 (115) 255 2,400
(100) 2,300 (60) (1,940) 300 150
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Other issues; Retail inventory method—Conventional retail Learning Objective: 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) Using the dollar-value LIFO retail method for inventory: A) Is the same as dollar-value LIFO, except that the inventory is measured at retail, rather than at cost. B) Combines retail LIFO accounting with dollar-value LIFO accounting. C) Allows companies to report inventory on the balance sheet at retail prices. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method—Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 09-05 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO retail inventory method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 105) The first step, when using dollar-value LIFO retail method for inventory, is to: A) Determine the estimated ending inventory at current year retail prices. B) Determine the estimated cost of goods sold for the current year. C) Determine the cost-to-retail percentage for the current year transactions. D) Price index adjust the LIFO inventory layers. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method—Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 09-05 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO retail inventory method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 106) The second step, when using dollar-value LIFO retail method for inventory, is to determine the estimated: A) Ending inventory at current year retail prices. B) Cost of goods sold for the current year. C) Ending inventory at cost. D) Ending inventory at base year retail prices. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method—Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 09-05 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO retail inventory method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) Under the dollar-value LIFO retail method, to determine if the increase in the value of inventory was due to an increase in quantities: A) Compare beginning and ending inventory amounts at current year prices. B) Compare beginning and ending inventory amounts after adjusting both amounts to the average price level for the year. C) Inflate beginning inventory amount to end of year prices and compare to ending inventory amount. D) Deflate the ending inventory amount to beginning of year prices and compare to the beginning inventory amount. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 09-05 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO retail inventory method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 108) Under the dollar-value LIFO retail method, to determine the value of a LIFO layer: A) Divide the LIFO layer by the layer-year price index and multiply by the layer-year cost-to-retail percentage. B) Multiply the LIFO layer by the base year price index and the current year cost-to-retail percentage. C) Multiply the LIFO layer by the layer-year price index and by the layer-year cost-to-retail percentage. D) Divide the LIFO layer by the layer-year cost-to-retail percentage and multiply by the layer-year price index. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 09-05 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO retail inventory method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) Harlequin Co. has used the dollar-value LIFO retail method since it began operations in early 2020 (its base year). Its beginning inventory for 2021 was $36,000 at cost and $72,000 at retail prices. At the end of 2021, it computed its estimated ending inventory at retail to be $120,000. Assuming its cost-to-retail percentage for 2021 transactions was 60%, what is the inventory balance that Harlequin Co. would report in its 12/31/2021 balance sheet? A) $64,800. B) $72,000. C) $120,000. D) The balance can't be determined with the given information. Answer: D Explanation: You would need to know the retail price index for 2021 transactions relative to the base year to make this computation. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 09-05 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO retail inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 110) Harlequin Co. adopted the dollar-value LIFO retail method at the beginning of 2021 (its base year). Its beginning inventory for 2021 was $36,000 at cost and $72,000 at retail prices. At the end of 2021, it computed its estimated ending inventory at retail to be $110,000. Assuming its cost-to-retail percentage for 2021 transactions was 60%, and that the retail price index at the end of 2021 was 1.10, what is the inventory balance that Harlequin Co. would report in its 12/31/2021 balance sheet? A) $66,000. B) $54,480. C) $110,000. D) $60,000. Answer: B Explanation: $110,000 ÷ 1.10 = $100,000. $100,000 − $72,000 = $28,000 × 1.10 = 30,800 × 60% = $18,480 (2021 layer) + $36,000 (beginning inventory) = $54,480 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 09-05 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO retail inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
111) On January 1, 2021, the Coldstone Corporation adopted the dollar-value LIFO retail inventory method. Beginning inventory at cost and at retail were $180,000 and $282,000, respectively. Net purchases during the year at cost and at retail were $604,500 and $920,000, respectively. Markups during the year were $10,000. There were no markdowns. Net sales for 2021 were $900,000. The retail price index at the end of 2021 was 1.04. What is the inventory balance that Coldstone would report in its 12/31/2021 balance sheet? A) $195,000. B) $312,000. C) $192,168. D) $202,800. Answer: C Explanation: Inventory Jan. 1 Net purchases Net markups Subtotal Cost-to-retail: ($604,500 ÷ $930,000 = 65%) Goods available for sale Less Net sales Ending inventory at current year retail
COST $ 180,000 $ 604,500 $ 604,500
$ 784,500
RETAIL $ 282,000 $ 920,000 10,000 $ 930,000
$ 1,212,000 (900,000) $
312,000
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Ending Inventory Ending Inventory Inventory Layers Inventory Layers At Year-end at Base Year at Base Year Converted Retail Prices Retail Prices Retail Prices to Cost $312,000 ÷ 1.04 = $300,000 Beginning inventory ($282,000 retail) 2021 layer $18,000 × 1.04 × 0.65 Total ending inventory at dollar-value LIFO retail cost
$ 180,000 12,168 $ 192,168
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 09-05 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO retail inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
112) Retrospective treatment of prior years' financial statements is required when there is a change from: A) Average cost to FIFO. B) FIFO to average cost. C) LIFO to average cost. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Change in inventory method Learning Objective: 09-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in inventory method is made. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 113) When changing from the average cost method to FIFO, the company: A) Provides a disclosure note explaining why the change to FIFO is preferable. B) Revises comparative financial statements. C) Records a journal entry to adjust the book balances from their current amounts to what those balances would have been using FIFO. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in inventory method Learning Objective: 09-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in inventory method is made. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) Which of the following would not require the company to account for the change retrospectively? A) From average cot to FIFO. B) From FIFO to LIFO. C) From LIFO to FIFO. D) From LIFO to average cost. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in inventory method Learning Objective: 09-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in inventory method is made. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 115) Sampress, Inc., reported inventory in the 2020 year-end balance sheet, using the average cost method, as $342,000. In 2021, the company decided to change its inventory method to FIFO. If the company had used the FIFO method in 2020, ending inventory would have been $367,000. What adjustment would Sampress make for this change in inventory method? A) Debit Inventory for $25,000; Credit Retained earnings for $25,000. B) Debit Inventory for $367,000; Credit Cost of goods sold for $367,000. C) Debit Cost of goods sold for $25,000; Credit Inventory for $25,000. D) No adjustment is necessary. Answer: A Explanation: The adjustment records the increase in inventory of $25,000 ($367,000 − $342,000) and the increase in retained earnings, as if FIFO had been used in 2020. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in inventory method Learning Objective: 09-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in inventory method is made. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) Nidal Company reported inventory in the 2020 year-end balance sheet, using the FIFO method, as $185,000. In 2021, the company decided to change its inventory method to average cost. If the company had used the average cost method in 2020, ending inventory would have been $171,000. What adjustment would Nidal make for this change in inventory method? A) Debit Inventory for $14,000; Credit Cost of goods sold for $14,000. B) Debit Retained earnings for $14,000; Credit Inventory for $14,000. C) Debit Retained earnings for $14,000; Credit Cost of goods sold for $14,000. D) No adjustment is necessary. Answer: B Explanation: The adjustment records the decrease in inventory of $14,000 ($185,000 − $171,000) and the decrease in retained earnings, as if average cost had been used in 2020. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in inventory method Learning Objective: 09-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in inventory method is made. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 117) Connors Academy reported inventory in the 2020 year-end balance sheet, using the FIFO method, as $154,000. In 2021, the company decided to change its inventory method to LIFO. If the company had used the LIFO method in 2020, the company estimates that ending inventory would have been in the range $130,000-$135,000. What adjustment would Connors make for this change in inventory method? A) Debit Inventory for $21,500; Credit Cost of goods sold for $21,500. B) Debit Retained earnings for $24,000; Credit Inventory for $24,000. C) Debit Retained earnings for $19,000; Credit Cost of goods sold for $19,000. D) No adjustment is necessary. Answer: D Explanation: When a company changes from any inventory method to the LIFO method, retrospective application is not required. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in inventory method—To LIFO Learning Objective: 09-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in inventory method is made. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
118) Suppose a company overstates its ending inventory in the current year. What effect will this have on the reported amount of cost of goods sold in the current year? A) Overstate cost of goods sold. B) Understate cost of goods sold. C) No effect on cost of goods sold. D) Cannot be determined without knowing the amount of the error. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 119) If a company overstates its ending balance of inventory in Year 1 and it reports inventory correctly in Year 2, which one of the following is true? A) Net income is overstated in Year 2. B) Cost of goods sold is overstated in Year 1. C) Net income is understated in Year 1. D) Retained earnings is overstated in Year 1. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
120) If a company understates its ending balance of inventory in Year 1 and it reports inventory correctly in Year 2, which one of the following is true? A) Net income is overstated in Year 1. B) Cost of goods sold is understated in Year 2. C) Net income is understated in Year 2. D) Retained earnings is understated in Year 2. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 121) If a company understates its count of ending inventory in Year 1 and it reports inventory correctly in Year 2, which of the following is true? A) Costs of goods sold is understated at the end of Year 1. B) Net income is correct in Year 2. C) The balance of retained earnings is overstated at the end of Year 1. D) The balance of retained earnings is correct at the end of Year 2. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) A company's correct ending balance for the inventory account at the end of Year 1 should be $57,000, but the company incorrectly reported it as $43,000. In Year 2, the company correctly recorded its ending balance of the inventory account. Which one of the following is true? A) Gross profit is overstated by $14,000 in Year 1. B) Retained earnings is understated by $14,000 in Year 2. C) Gross profit is overstated by $14,000 in Year 2. D) Cost of goods sold is understated by $14,000 in Year 1. Answer: C Explanation: Understatement of ending inventory in Year 1 causes beginning inventory in Year 2 to be understated by $14,000 ($57,000 − $43,000). Understatement of beginning inventory causes understatement of cost of goods sold, which causes an overstatement of gross profit. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 123) Prunedale Co. uses a periodic inventory system. Beginning inventory on January 1 was overstated by $32,000, and its ending inventory on December 31 was understated by $62,000. These errors were not discovered until the next year. As a result, Prunedale's cost of goods sold for this year was: A) Overstated by $94,000. B) Overstated by $30,000. C) Understated by $94,000. D) Understated by $30,000. Answer: A Explanation: Overstatement of beginning inventory overstates cost of goods sold and the understatement of ending inventory overstates cost of goods sold: $32,000 + 62,000 = $94,000 overstatement of cost of goods sold Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) A company understated its ending inventory in Year 1 by $25,000 and also understated its ending inventory in Year 2 by $20,000. Neither error was discovered until Year 3. As a result, of these two errors, gross profit for Year 2 was: A) Overstated by $5,000. B) Understated by $45,000. C) Understated by $20,000. D) Overstated by $25,000. Answer: A Explanation: Explanation: The understatement of inventory in Year 1 causes an overstatement of gross profit by $25,000 in Year 2. This overstatement is offset by $20,000 for the understatement of inventory in Year 2. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) A company overstated its ending inventory in Year 1 by $60,000. The error was not discovered until Year 3. No errors were made in Year 2. After finding the error in Year 3, management provides restated balance sheets for Year 1 and Year 2 by reducing the reported ending inventory in both Year 1 and Year 2 by $60,000. Which of the following statements is correct for Year 2? A) Only the amount reported for retained earnings in Year 2 needs to be decreased by $60,000. B) The amounts reported for both inventory and retained earnings in Year 2 should instead be increased by $60,000. C) The amount reported for inventory in Year 2 needs to be increased by $60,000, and the amount reported for retained earnings in Year 2 needs to be decreased by $60,000. D) No adjustments to the amounts reported for inventory or retained earnings are needed in Year 2. Answer: D Explanation: The overstatement of inventory in Year 1 causes inventory and retained earnings to be overstated in Year 1. However, if no error is made in Year 2, the ending inventory is correctly stated at the end of Year 2. However, the ending inventory error in Year 1 caused an overstatement of beginning inventory in Year 2 which flowed to cost of goods sold in Year 2, and understated net income in Year 2. As a result, the overstatement of retained earnings in Year 1 is automatically corrected by the understatement of net income in Year 2. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) Poppy Co. uses a periodic inventory system. Beginning inventory on January 1 was understated by $30,000, and its ending inventory on December 31 was understated by $17,000. In addition, a purchase of merchandise costing $20,000 was incorrectly recorded as a $2,000 purchase. None of these errors were discovered until the next year. As a result, Poppy's cost of goods sold for this year was: A) Overstated by $31,000. B) Overstated by $5,000. C) Understated by $31,000. D) Understated by $48,000. Answer: C Explanation: Understatement of beginning inventory understates (−) cost of goods sold and the understatement of ending inventory overstates (+) cost of goods sold. Also, the understatement of purchases understates (−) cost of goods sold: −$30,000 + $17,000 − $18,000 ($20,000 − $2,000) = −$31,000 understatement of cost of goods sold Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 127) On July 10, 2021, Johnson Corporation signed a purchase commitment to purchase inventory for $200,000 on or before February 15, 2022. The company's fiscal year-end is December 31. The contract was exercised on February 1, 2022, and the inventory was purchased for cash at the contract price. On the purchase date of February 1, the market price of the inventory was $210,000. The market price of the inventory on December 31, 2021, was $180,000. The company uses a perpetual inventory system. How much loss on purchase commitment will Johnson recognize in 2021? A) $10,000. B) $20,000. C) $30,000. D) None. Answer: B Explanation: $200,000 − $180,000 = $20,000 loss Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Purchase commitments—Appendix Learning Objective: Appendix 9 Purchase Commitments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) On July 10, 2021, Johnson Corporation signed a purchase commitment to purchase inventory for $200,000 on or before February 15, 2022. The company's fiscal year-end is December 31. The contract was exercised on February 1, 2022, and the inventory was purchased for cash at the contract price. On the purchase date of February 1, the market price of the inventory was $210,000. The market price of the inventory on December 31, 2021, was $180,000. The company uses a perpetual inventory system. At what amount will Johnson record the inventory purchased on February 1, 2022? A) $210,000. B) $200,000. C) $180,000. D) $190,000. Answer: C Explanation: In 2021, loss of $20,000 recognized ($200,000 – $180,000) and liability established for the estimated loss on purchase commitment. When the inventory is purchased for $200,000, the following journal entry records the transaction: Inventory
180,000
Estimated liability on purchase commitment
20,000
Cash
200,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Purchase commitments—Appendix Learning Objective: Appendix 9 Purchase Commitments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) Sullivan Corporation has determined its year-end inventory on a FIFO basis to be $500,000. Information pertaining to that inventory is as follows: Selling price Costs to sell Replacement cost
$ 520,000 30,000 440,000
What should be the reported value of Sullivan's inventory? A) $500,000. B) $440,000. C) $470,000. D) $490,000. Answer: D Explanation: NRV = $520,000 − $30,000 = $490,000 Net realizable value = $490,000 which is less than $500,000 cost. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCNRV—Determine NRV and apply LCNRV Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
130) Sullivan Corporation has determined its year-end inventory on a FIFO basis to be $500,000. Information pertaining to that inventory is as follows: Selling price Costs to sell Replacement cost
$ 520,000 30,000 440,000
What should be the reported value of Sullivan's inventory if the company prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)? A) $500,000. B) $440,000. C) $470,000. D) $490,000. Answer: D Explanation: Under IFRS, inventory is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. NRV = $520,000 − $30,000 = $490,000 which is less than $500,000 cost. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS—Lower of cost or NRV Learning Objective: 09-08 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the lower of cost or net realizable value rule for valuing inventory. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 131) Under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), inventory is valued at the lower of cost and: A) Replacement cost. B) Net realizable value. C) Net realizable value reduced by a normal profit margin. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS—Lower of cost or NRV Learning Objective: 09-08 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the lower of cost or net realizable value rule for valuing inventory. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) Haskell Corporation has determined its year-end inventory on a FIFO basis to be $785,000. Information pertaining to that inventory is as follows: Selling price Costs to sell Replacement cost
$ 805,000 35,000 765,000
What should be the reported value of Haskell's inventory if the company prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)? A) $765,000. B) $785,000. C) $770,000. D) $750,000. Answer: C Explanation: Under IFRS, inventory is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. NRV = $805,000 − $35,000 = $770,000 which is less than $785,000 cost. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS—Lower of cost or NRV Learning Objective: 09-08 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the lower of cost or net realizable value rule for valuing inventory. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
133) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Retrospective treatment 2. LIFO retail 3. Gross profit method 4. Net markup
5. Change from LIFO to FIFO
PHRASE Estimates value of inventory based on historical relationships. Requires retrospective treatment. Added in arriving at ending inventory at retail. Beginning inventory is not included in the calculation of the current period's cost-to-retail percentage. Required for a change from FIFO to average cost.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____
____
Answer: TERM 1. Retrospective treatment 2. LIFO retail 3. Gross profit method 4. Net markup
5. Change from LIFO to FIFO
PHRASE NUMBER Estimates value of inventory based on 3 historical relationships. Requires retrospective treatment. 5 Added in arriving at ending inventory at 4 retail. Beginning inventory is not included in the 2 calculation of the current period's cost-to-retail percentage. Required for a change from FIFO to average 1 cost.
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Gross profit method; Retail inventory method; Retail inventory method—LIFO retail; Change in inventory method Learning Objective: 09-02 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the gross profit method.; 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods.; 09-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in inventory method is made. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Requires retrospective treatment 2. Normal spoilage
PHRASE Change from LIFO to FIFO.
Cost-to-retail percentage is determined for all goods available for sale. 3. Average cost retail method Always deducted after arriving at the calculation of the cost-to-retail percentage. 4. Net markdown Deducted in arriving at ending inventory at retail. 5. Cost-to-retail percentage Divide cost of goods available for sale by goods available at retail.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Requires retrospective treatment 2. Normal spoilage
PHRASE Change from LIFO to FIFO.
Cost-to-retail percentage is determined for all goods available for sale. 3. Average cost retail method Always deducted after arriving at the calculation of the cost-to-retail percentage. 4. Net markdown Deducted in arriving at ending inventory at retail. 5. Cost-to-retail percentage Divide cost of goods available for sale by goods available at retail.
NUMBER 1 3 2 4 5
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retail inventory method—Average cost; Retail inventory method—Other issues; Change in inventory method—To LIFO Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods.; 09-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in inventory method is made. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Retail inventory method 2. Markdown cancellation 3. Normal profit margin 4. Markup on cost 5. Gross profit ratio
PHRASE Elimination of a price reduction. Gross profit divided by sales. Gross profit divided by cost. Gross profit percentage times selling price. Ideal for high volume, low cost inventory.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Retail inventory method 2. Markdown cancellation 3. Normal profit margin 4. Markup on cost 5. Gross profit ratio
PHRASE Elimination of a price reduction. Gross profit divided by sales. Gross profit divided by cost. Gross profit percentage times selling price. Ideal for high volume, low cost inventory.
NUMBER 2 5 4 3 1
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Gross profit method; Retail inventory method; Retail inventory method—Other issues Learning Objective: 09-02 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the gross profit method.; 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
136) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM PHRASE 1. Conventional retail method Increase in selling price. 2. Additional markup Losses would be recognized when values decline. 3. Requires retrospective Markdowns are not in the calculation of the restatement cost-to-retail percentage. 4. Lower of cost or NRV Not GAAP for annual financial statements. 5. Gross profit method Material inventory error discovered in a subsequent year.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM PHRASE NUMBER 1. Conventional retail method Increase in selling price. 2 2. Additional markup Losses would be recognized when values 4 decline. 3. Requires retrospective Markdowns are not in the calculation of the 1 restatement cost-to-retail percentage. 4. Lower of cost or NRV Not GAAP for annual financial statements. 5 5. Gross profit method Material inventory error discovered in a 3 subsequent year. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCNRV—Overview; Gross profit method; Retail inventory method—Other issues; Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period.; 09-02 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the gross profit method.; 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods.; 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule.; 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
137) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Employee discounts 2. Net realizable value 3. Conventional retail method 4. Inventory error, example 5. Initial markup
PHRASE Must be added to sales if sales are recorded net of discounts. Selling price less costs to sell. Original increase in selling price above cost. Approximates lower of average cost or market. Purchases are unrecorded.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Employee discounts 2. Net realizable value 3. Conventional retail method 4. Inventory error, example 5. Initial markup
PHRASE NUMBER Must be added to sales if sales are recorded 1 net of discounts. Selling price less costs to sell. 2 Original increase in selling price above cost. 5 Approximates lower of average cost or 3 market. Purchases are unrecorded. 4
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCNRV—Overview; Retail inventory method; Retail inventory method—Other issues; Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period.; 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods.; 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule.; 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
86 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
138) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Change to LIFO from FIFO 2. Dollar-value LIFO retail method 3. Markdown 4. Costs to sell 5. NRV
PHRASE NUMBER Reduction in selling price. ____ Requires base year retail to be converted to ____ layer year retail and then to cost. Deducted from selling price when calculating ____ NRV. Selling price less costs to sell. ____ Usually impossible to calculate the effect on ____ prior years' financial statements.
Answer: TERM 1. Change to LIFO from FIFO 2. Dollar-value LIFO retail method 3. Markdown 4. Costs to sell 5. NRV
PHRASE NUMBER Reduction in selling price. 3 Requires base year retail to be converted to 2 layer year retail and then to cost. Deducted from selling price when calculating 4 NRV. Selling price less costs to sell. 5 Usually impossible to calculate the effect on 1 prior years' financial statements.
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: LCNRV—Overview; Retail inventory method; Retail inventory method—Dollar-value LIFO; Change in inventory method—To LIFO Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period.; 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods.; 09-05 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO retail inventory method.; 09-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in inventory method is made. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
87 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
139) Listed below are 10 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Dollar-value LIFO retail 2. Cost-to-retail percentage 3. Conventional retail method 4. Change from LIFO 5. Gross profit method 6. Net realizable value 7. Markdown 8. Change to LIFO from FIFO 9. Employee discounts 10. Normal spoilage
PHRASE NUMBER Reduction in selling price below the original selling ____ price. Requires base year retail to be converted to layer ____ year retail and then to cost. Accounting change requiring retrospective ____ treatment. Selling price less costs to sell. ____ Usually impossible to calculate the effect on prior ____ years' financial statements. Lower of average cost or market. ____ Not acceptable for the preparation of annual ____ financial statements. Must be added to sales if sales are recorded net of ____ discounts. Deducted in the retail column after the calculation ____ of the cost-to-retail percentage. Divide cost of goods available for sale by goods ____ available at retail.
88 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: TERM 1. Dollar-value LIFO retail 2. Cost-to-retail percentage 3. Conventional retail method 4. Change from LIFO 5. Gross profit method 6. Net realizable value 7. Markdown 8. Change to LIFO from FIFO 9.Employee discounts 10. Normal spoilage
PHRASE NUMBER Reduction in selling price below the original 7 selling price. Requires base year retail to be converted to 1 layer year retail and then to cost. Accounting change requiring retrospective 4 treatment. Selling price less costs to sell. 6 Usually impossible to calculate the effect on 8 prior years' financial statements. Lower of average cost or market 3 Not acceptable for the preparation of annual 5 financial statements. Must be added to sales if sales are recorded 9 net of discounts. Deducted in the retail column after the 10 calculation of the cost-to-retail percentage. Divide cost of goods available for sale by 2 goods available at retail.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCNRV—Overview; Gross profit method; Retail inventory method—Dollar-value LIFO; Change in inventory method; Change in inventory method—To LIFO Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period.; 09-02 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the gross profit method.; 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods.; 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule.; 09-05 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO retail inventory method.; 09-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in inventory method is made. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
89 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: Novelli's Nursery has developed the following data in order to calculate the lower of cost or net realizable value for its products. The individual products are listed within the categories of trees. Selling Price Broad leaf trees: Ash Beech Needle leaf trees: Cedar Fir Fruit trees: Apple Cherry
Cost
$1,800 2,200
$1,700 1,600
$2,500 3,600
$1,750 3,350
$1,800 2,300
$1,400 1,800
The costs to sell are 10% of selling price. 140) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or net realizable value rule is applied to individual trees. Answer: Individual Trees
Product Ash Beech Cedar Fir Apple Cherry Inventory value
Cost $ 1,700 1,600 1,750 3,350 1,400 1,800
NRV $ 1,620 1,980 2,250 3,240 1,620 2,070
Lower of Cost or NRV $ 1,620 1,600 1,750 3,240 1,400 1,800 $ 11,410
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCNRV—Determine NRV and apply LCNRV Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
90 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or net realizable value rule is applied to categories of trees. Answer: Categories of Inventory
Product
Cost
NRV
Lower of Cost or NRV
Ash Beech Broad leaf trees
$1,700 1,600 $3,300
$ 1,620 1,980 $3,600
$ 3,300
Cedar Fir Needle leaf trees
$1,750 3,350 $5,100
$ 2,250 3,240 $5,490
$ 5,100
Apple Cherry Fruit trees Inventory value
1,400 1,800 $3,200
$ 1,620 2,070 $3,690
$ 3,200 $11,600
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCNRV—Determine NRV and apply LCNRV Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
91 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
142) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or net realizable value rule is applied to the total inventory. Answer: Based on Total Inventory
Product Ash Beech Cedar Fir Apple Cherry Total Inventory Inventory value
Cost $1,700 1,600 1,750 3,350 1,400 1,800 $11,600
NRV
Lower of Cost or NRV
$1,620 1,980 2,250 3,240 1,620 2,070 $12,780 $ 11,600
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCNRV—Determine NRV and apply LCNRV Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
92 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: Weldon Animal Feeds has developed the following data in order to calculate the lower of cost or net realizable value for its products (in thousands). The products are listed within their category of feed product. Selling Price Large animal feed: Cattle Horse Small animal feed: Cat Dog Exotic pet feed: Ferret Iguana
Cost
$320 400
$160 400
$360 120
$320 90
$140 70
$112 48
The costs to sell are 20% of selling price. 143) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or net realizable value rule is applied to individual types of feeds. Answer: Individual Items
Product Cattle Horse Cat Dog Ferret Iguana Inventory value
Cost
NRV $160 400 320 90 112 48
$256 320 288 96 112 56
Lower of Cost or NRV $160 320 288 90 112 48 $1,018
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCNRV—Determine NRV and apply LCNRV Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
93 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
144) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or net realizable value rule is applied to categories of feeds. Answer: Categories of Inventory
Product
Cost
NRV
Lower of Cost or NRV
Cattle Horse Large animal feed
$160 400 $560
$256 320 $576
$560
Cat Dog Small animal feed
$320 90 $410
$288 96 $384
$384
Ferret Iguana Exotic pet feed Inventory value
$112 48 $160
$112 56 $168
$160 $1,104
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCNRV—Determine NRV and apply LCNRV Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
94 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
145) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or net realizable value rule is applied to the total inventory. Answer: Total Inventory
Product Cattle Horse Cat Dog Ferret Iguana
Cost
Lower of Cost or NRV
NRV
$160 400 320 90 112 48 $1,130
$256 320 288 96 112 56 $1,128
Inventory value
$1,128
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCNRV—Determine NRV and apply LCNRV Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement Use the following to answer the question(s) below: Novelli's Nursery has developed the following data for lower of cost or market for its products. The individual types of trees are separated as to their categories: Selling Price Broad leaf trees: Ash Beech Needle leaf trees: Cedar Fir Fruit trees: Apple Cherry
Cost
Cost to Replace
$1,800 2,200
$1,000 1,600
$800 1,400
$2,500 3,600
$1,750 3,350
$1,800 3,200
$1,800 2,300
$1,400 1,800
$1,300 1,700
The costs to sell are 10% of the selling price, and the normal profit margin on all trees is 20% of the selling price.
95 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or market rule is applied to individual tree products. Answer: Individual Trees
Product
Cost
RC
NRV
Ash Beech Cedar Fir Apple Cherry Inventory value
$ 1,000 1,600 1,750 3,350 1,400 1,800
$ 800 $ 1,620 1,400 1,980 1,800 2,250 3,200 3,240 1,300 1,620 1,700 2,070
Designated NRV-NPM Market $ 1,260 1,540 1,750 2,520 1,260 1,610
$ 1,260 1,540 1,800 3,200 1,300 1,700
Lower of Cost or Market $ 1,000 1,540 1,750 3,200 1,300 1,700 $ 10,490
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCM—Determine market and apply LCM Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
96 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
147) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or market rule is applied to categories of trees. Answer: Classes of Inventory
Product Ash Beech Broad leaf trees
Cost
RC
NRV
$ 1,000 $ 800 $ 1,620 1,600 1,400 1,980 $2,600 2,200 3,600
Lower of Designated Cost or NRV-NPM Market Market $ 1,260 1,540 2,800
$2,800
$2,600
Cedar 1,750 Fir 3,350 Needle Leaf Trees $5,100
1,800 3,200 5,000
2,250 3,240 5,490
1,750 2,520 4,270
$5,000
$5,000
Apple Cherry Fruit trees
1,300 1,700 3,000
1,620 2,070 3,690
1,260 1,610 2,870
$3,000
$3,000
Inventory value
1,400 1,800 $3,200
$10,600
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCM—Determine market and apply LCM Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
97 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or market rule is applied to the total inventory. Answer: Based on Total Inventory
Product
Cost
RC
NRV
Ash Beech Cedar Fir Apple Cherry
$ 1,000 1,600 1,750 3,350 1,400 1,800 $10,900
$ 800 $ 1,620 1,400 1,980 1,800 2,250 3,200 3,240 1,300 1,620 1,700 2,070 10,200 12,780
Designated NRV−NPM Market $ 1,260 1,540 1,750 2,520 1,260 1,610 9,940
$10,200
Lower of Cost or Market
$10,200
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCM—Determine market and apply LCM Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
98 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: Weldon Animal Feeds has developed the following data to calculate lower of cost or market for its products. The individual products are listed individually among their categories of feed (in thousands): Selling Price Large animals: Cattle Horse Small animals: Cat Dog Exotic pets: Ferret Iguana
Cost
Cost to Replace
$320 400
$160 400
$170 325
$360 120
$320 90
$280 40
$140 70
$112 48
$98 21
The disposal costs are 20% of the selling price and the normal profit margin on all feed is 25% of the selling price. 149) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or market rule is applied to individual animal feed products.
Answer: Individual Items
Product Cattle Horse Cat Dog Ferret Iguana Inventory value
Cost $160 400 320 90 112 48
RC
NRV
$170 325 280 40 98 21
$ 256 320 288 96 112 56
Designated NRV−NPM Market $176 220 198 66 77 38.5
$176 320 280 66 98 38.5
Lower of Cost or Market $160 320 280 66 98 38.5 $962.5
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCM—Determine market and apply LCM Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 99 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
150) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or market rule is applied to categories of feed products. Answer: Classes of Inventory
Product
Cost
RC
NRV
NRV−NPM
Demand Market
Lower of Cost or Market
Cattle Horse Large animals
$160 400 $560
$170 325 495
$ 256 320 576
$176 220 396
$495
$495
Cat Dog Small animals
320 90 $410
280 40 320
288 96 376
198 66 264
$320
$320
Ferret Iguana Exotic animals
112 48 $160
98 21 119
112 56 168
77 38.5 115.5
$119
$119
Inventory value
$944
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCM—Determine market and apply LCM Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
100 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
151) Required: Determine the reported inventory value assuming the lower of cost or market rule is applied to the total inventory. Answer: Total Inventory
Product Cattle Horse Cat Dog Ferret Iguana Inventory value
Cost
RC
NRV
$160 400 320 90 112 48 $1,130
$170 325 280 40 98 21 934
$ 256 320 288 96 112 56 1,128
Demand NRV−NPM Market $176 220 198 66 77 38.5 775.5
Lower of Cost or Market
$934 $934
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCM—Determine market and apply LCM Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
101 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
152) Henderson Company uses the gross profit method to estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold when preparing monthly financial statements required by its bank. Inventory on hand at the end of July was $122,500. The following information for the month of August was available from company records: Purchases Freight-in Sales Sales returns Purchases returns
$219,000 5,200 350,000 9,000 4,300
In addition, the controller is aware of $10,000 of inventory that was stolen during August from one of the company's warehouses. Required: 1. Calculate the estimated inventory at the end of August, assuming a gross profit ratio of 30%. 2. Calculate the estimated inventory at the end of August, assuming a markup on cost of 25%. Answer: 1. Beginning inventory (from records) Plus: Net purchases ($219,000 – $4,300) Freight-in (from records) Cost of goods available for sale Less: Cost of goods sold: Net sales ($350,000 – $9,000) Less: Estimated gross profit of 30% Estimated cost of goods sold Estimated cost of inventory before theft Less: Stolen inventory Estimated ending inventory
$122,500 214,700 5,200 342,400 $341,000 (102,300) (238,700) 103,700 (10,000) $ 93,700
102 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Beginning inventory (from records) Plus: Net purchases ($219,000 – $4,300) Freight-in (from records) Cost of goods available for sale Less: Cost of goods sold: Net sales ($350,000 – $9,000) Less: Estimated gross profit of 20%* Estimated cost of goods sold Estimated cost of inventory before theft Less: Stolen inventory Estimated ending inventory
$122,500 214,700 5,200 342,400 $341,000 (68,200) (272,800) 69,600 (10,000) $ 59,600
*Gross profit as a % of cost (1 + Gross profit as a % of cost) = Gross profit as a % of sales. 25% ÷ 125% = 20% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Gross profit method Learning Objective: 09-02 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the gross profit method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
103 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
153) On March 17, 2021, a flood destroyed the entire inventory of Beatty Co. The following information is available from its accounting records: Inventory, January 1, 2021 Purchases, Jan. 1 – Mar. 17 Sales, Jan. 1 – Mar. 17 Normal gross margin
$208,000 420,000 600,000 40%
Required: Compute the estimated cost of inventory lost in the flood. Answer: Gross Profit Method Inventory, January 1, 2021 Purchases (Jan. 1–Mar. 17) Goods available for sale Cost of goods sold Estimated inventory
$208,000 420,000 628,000 360,000* $268,000
*$600,000 × (1 – 0.40) Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Gross profit method Learning Objective: 09-02 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the gross profit method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
104 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
154) On July 5, 2021, a fire destroyed the entire inventory of Kinard Music Mart. The following information is available from its accounting records: Inventory, January 1, 2021 Purchases, Jan. 1–July 5 Sales, Jan. 1–July 5 Normal gross margin
$211,000 500,000 900,000 30%
Required: Compute the estimated cost of inventory lost in the fire. Answer: Gross Profit Method Inventory, January 1, 2021 Purchases (Jan. 1–May 5) Goods available for sale Cost of goods sold Estimated inventory
$211,000 500,000 711,000 630,000* $81,000
* $900,000 × (1 – 0.30) Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Gross profit method Learning Objective: 09-02 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the gross profit method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
105 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
155) On August 31, 2021, Hurricane Chuck destroyed Bedford Craft Mart's entire inventory. The following information is available from its accounting records: Inventory, January 1, 2021 Purchases, Jan. 1–Aug. 31 Sales, Jan. 1–Aug. 31
$360,000 960,000 1,350,000
Required: Assuming that Bedford estimates the cost of destroyed inventory at $510,000, compute gross profit margin % that Bedford uses in estimating inventory. Answer: Gross Profit Method Inventory, January 1, 2021
$
360,000
Purchases (Jan. 1–Aug. 31) Goods available for sale Estimated inventory lost Cost of goods sold
960,000 $1,320,000 510,000 $ 810,000 *
Gross profit = Sales – CGS = $1,350,000 – $810,000 = $540,000 Gross profit ÷ Sales = $540,000 ÷ $1,350,000 = 40% *$1,350,000 × (1 – 0.40) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Gross profit method Learning Objective: 09-02 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the gross profit method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
106 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
156) Andover Stores uses the average cost retail method to estimate its ending inventory. Information as of June 30, 2021, is as follows:
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net sales
Cost Retail $ 45,000 $ 82,000 245,000 418,000 400,000
Required: Use the retail method to estimate the June 30, 2021, inventory. Answer: Beginning inventory Net purchases Goods available for sale Cost-to-retail percentage: $290,000 ÷ $500,000 = 58% Net sales Ending inventory: at retail Ending inventory: at cost (58% × $100,000)
Cost $ 45,000 245,000 290,000
Retail $ 82,000 418,000 500,000
(400,000) $ 100,000 $58,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—Average cost Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
107 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
157) DK Super Stores Inc. uses the average cost retail method to estimate its ending inventory. Information at June 30, 2021, is as follows: Cost Beginning inventory Net purchases Net sales Ending inventory
Retail $ 105,000 375,000 380,000
$64,000
Required: Compute the cost-to-retail percentage used by DK. Answer: Cost Beginning inventory Net purchases Goods available for sale Net sales Ending inventory: at retail Ending inventory: at cost
Retail $ 105,000 375,000 480,000 (380,000) $100,000
$64,000
Cost-to-retail percentage = $64,000 ÷ $100,000 = 64% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Average cost Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
108 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
158) Trask Inc. uses the average cost retail method to estimate its ending inventory. Partial information at June 30, 2021, is as follows:
Beginning inventory Net purchases Net sales Ending inventory
Cost $ 62,000 238,000
Retail ??? 319,000 430,000
42,000
Required: Assuming Trask's cost-to-retail = 60%, compute Trask's beginning inventory at retail. Answer: Beginning inventory Net purchases Goods available for sale Cost-to-retail percentage: $300,000 ÷ $500,000 = 60% Net sales Ending inventory: at retail ($42,000 ÷ 0.60) Ending inventory: at cost
Cost $ 62,000 238,000 $300,000
Retail $181,000 319,000 $500,000 (430,000) $ 70,000
$42,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Average cost Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
109 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
159) Manila Bread Company uses the average cost retail method to estimate its ending inventories. The following data has been summarized for the year 2021:
Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $ 54,205 326,000
Retail $ 78,000 466,000 8,200 16,700 412,000
Required: Estimate the ending inventory as of December 31, 2021. Answer: Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Goods available for sale Cost-to-retail percentage: $380,205 ÷ $535,500 = 71% Net sales Ending inventory: at retail Ending inventory: at cost (71% × $123,500)
Cost $ 54,205 326,000 _______ 380,205
Retail $78,000 466,000 8,200 (16,700) 535,500 (412,000) $123,500
$ 87,685
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—Average cost Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
110 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
160) Penfold's Paints uses the average cost retail method to estimate its ending inventories. The following data has been summarized for the year 2021: Cost Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales Inventory, December 31
Retail $ 65,000 270,000 3,600 2,100 260,000
$55,080
Required: Compute the cost-to-retail percentage used by Penfold's Paints. Answer: Cost Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Goods available for sale Net sales Ending inventory: at retail Ending inventory: at cost
Retail $65,000 270,000 3,600 (2,100) 336,500 (260,000) $76,500
$55,080
Cost-to-retail percentage = $55,080 ÷ $76,500 = 72% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Average cost Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
111 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
161) Murdock Industries uses a periodic inventory system and the LIFO retail method to estimate its ending inventories. The following data has been summarized for December 31, 2021:
Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $116,000 355,000
Retail $165,000 540,000 15,600 9,800 522,000
Required: Estimate the LIFO cost of ending inventory. Assume stable retail prices during the period. Answer: Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Goods available for sale (excluding BI) Goods available for sale Cost-to-retail percentage: $355,000 ÷ $545,800 = 65.0%
Cost $116,000 355,000 ______ 355,000 471,000
Net sales Ending inventory: at retail
Retail $165,000 540,000 15,600 (9,800) 545,800 710,800 (522,000) $188,800
Estimated ending inventory at cost:
Beginning inventory Current period's layer Total
Retail $165,000 23,800 × 65% = $188,800
Cost $116,000 $ 15,470 $131,470
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—LIFO retail Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
112 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
162) Littleton Company uses a periodic inventory system and the LIFO retail method to estimate its ending inventories. The following partial data has been summarized for December 31, 2021:
Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales Inventory, Dec. 31
Cost $216,000
Retail $285,000 650,000 18,300 21,200 625,000
$232,730
Required: Determine the cost-to-retail percentage used by Littleton. Assume stable retail prices during the period. Answer: Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Goods available for sale (Excluding BI) Goods available for sale
Cost $216,000
Retail $285,000 650,000 18,300 (21,200) 647,100 932,100
Net sales Ending inventory: at retail
(625,000) 307,100
Total Beginning inventory Current period's layer (at cost)
Cost $232,730 $216,000 $ 16,730
Current period's layer (at retail) = $307,100 – $285,000 = $22,100 Cost-to-retail percentage = $16,730 ÷ $22,100 = 75.7% (rounded) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—LIFO retail Learning Objective: 09-03 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the retail inventory method, applying the various cost flow methods. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 113 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
163) Billingsly Products uses the conventional retail method to estimate its ending inventories. The following data has been summarized for the year 2021:
Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales
Cost $ 53,000 322,360
Retail $ 78,000 466,000 8,000 16,700 392,000
Required: Estimate the ending inventory as of December 31, 2021. Answer: Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Net markups
Cost $53,000 322,360 _______ 375,360
Cost-to-retail percentage: $375,360 ÷ $552,000 = 68% Net markdowns Sales Ending inventory: at retail Ending inventory: at cost (68% × $143,300)
Retail $78,000 466,000 8,000 552,000 (16,700) (392,000) $143,300
$97,444
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—Conventional retail Learning Objective: 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
114 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
164) New York Sales Inc. uses the conventional retail method to estimate its ending inventories. The following data has been summarized for December 31, 2021: Cost Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales Inventory, Dec. 31
Retail $160,000 538,000 12,000 9,100 582,000
$77,285
Required: Compute the cost-to-retail percentage used by New York Sales Inc. Answer: Cost Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales Ending inventory: at retail Ending inventory: at cost
Retail $160,000 538,000 12,000 710,000 (9,100) (582,000) $118,900
$77,285
Cost-to-retail percentage = $77,285 ÷ $119,800 = 65% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Conventional retail Learning Objective: 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
115 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) Harley Inc. uses the conventional retail method to estimate its ending inventories. The following data has been summarized for December 31, 2021:
Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Normal spoilage Net sales
Cost Retail $208,000 $ 280,000 470,000 610,000 15,300 11,200 4,600 489,500
Required: Estimate the cost of ending inventory applying the conventional retail method. Answer: Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Net markups
Cost $ 208,000 470,000 _______ 678,000
Cost-to-retail percentage: $678,000 ÷ $905,300 = 74.9% Net markdowns Goods available Normal Spoilage Net sales Ending inventory: at retail Ending inventory: at cost (74.9% × $400,000)
Retail $280,000 610,000 15,300 905,300 (11,200) 894,100 (4,600) (489,500) $400,000
$299,600
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Conventional retail; Retail inventory method—Other issues Learning Objective: 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
116 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
166) Zanesville Pots Co. uses the conventional retail method to estimate ending inventories. The following data has been summarized for the year ended December 31, 2021:
Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Normal spoilage Net sales
Cost $ 88,000 163,000
Retail $ 132,000 240,000 10,100 9,200 43,200 213,000
Required: Estimate the cost of ending inventory applying the conventional retail method. Answer: Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Net markups
Cost $ 88,000 163,000 _______ 251,000
Cost-to-retail percentage: $251,000 ÷ $382,100 = 65.7% Net markdowns Goods available Normal Spoilage Net sales Ending inventory: at retail Ending inventory: at cost (65.7% × $116,700)
Retail $132,000 240,000 10,100 382,100 (9,200) 372,900 (43,200) (213,000) $116,700
$76,672
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Conventional retail; Retail inventory method—Other issues Learning Objective: 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
117 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
167) Cornhusker Can Co. uses the conventional retail method to estimate ending inventories. The following data has been summarized for year ended December 31, 2021:
Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Normal spoilage Employee discounts Net sales
Cost $ 80,000 166,000
Retail $ 126,000 244,000 9,100 8,200 13,200 15,600 238,000
Required: Estimate the cost of ending inventory applying the conventional retail method. Assume that sales are recorded net of employee discounts. Answer: Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Net markups
Cost $ 80,000 166,000 _______ 246,000
Cost-to-retail percentage: $246,000 ÷ $379,100 = 64.9% Net markdowns Goods available Normal Spoilage Net sales plus employee discounts Ending inventory: at retail Ending inventory: at cost (64.9% × $104,100)
Retail $126,000 244,000 9,100 379,100 (8,200) 370,900 (13,200) (253,600) 104,100
$67,561
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Conventional retail; Retail inventory method—Other issues Learning Objective: 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
118 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
168) Cindy Lou Linens uses the conventional retail method to estimate its ending inventories. The company records sales net of employee discounts. The following partial data has been summarized for the year ended December 31, 2021:
Inventory, January 1 Purchases Net markups Net markdowns Normal spoilage Employee discounts Net sales Inventory, Dec. 31
Cost $ 465,460 1,412,000
494,460
Retail $ 736,000 2,344,000 ??? 48,200 43,200 75,600 2,138,000 824,100
Required: Compute the net markups for Cindy Lou Linens during 2021. Answer: Inventory, January 1 Net purchases Net markups
Cost $ 465,460 1,412,000 _________ $1,877,460
Net markdowns Goods available Normal spoilage Net sales plus employee discounts Ending inventory: at retail Ending inventory: at cost
Retail $736,000 2,344,000 49,100 $3,129,100 (48,200) 3,080,900 (43,200) (2,213,600) $824,100
$494,460
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retail inventory method—Other issues Learning Objective: 09-04 Explain how the retail inventory method can be made to approximate the lower of cost or market rule. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
119 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
169) Charleston Company has elected to use the dollar-value LIFO retail method to value its inventory. The following data has been accumulated from the accounting records:
Merchandise inventory, January 1, 2021 Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales Pertinent retail price indexes: January 1, 2021 December 31, 2021
Cost $320,000 670,000
Retail $ 500,000 1,020,000 14,000 4,000 650,000
1.00 1.10
Required: Estimate the ending inventory for December 31, 2021. Answer: Inventory Jan. 1 Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Subtotal Cost-to-retail: ($670,000 ÷ $1,030,000 = 65.0%) Goods available for sale Net sales Ending inventory at current year retail
Ending Inventory At Year-end Retail Prices $880,000 ÷ 1.10
Cost $ 320,000 $ 670,000 _______ $670,000 _______ $990,000
Retail $ 500,000 $1,020,000 14,000 (4,000) $1,030,000 ________ $1,530,000 (650,000) $ 880,000
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Ending Inventory Inventory Layers Inventory Layers at Base Year at Base Year Converted Retail Prices Retail Prices to Cost = $800,000
$500,000 × 1.00 × 0.64 300,000 × 1.10 × 0.65
$320,000 214,500
Total ending inventory at dollar-value LIFO retail cost
$534,500
120 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 09-05 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO retail inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
121 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) Green Acres Co. has elected to use the dollar-value LIFO retail method to value its inventory. The following data has been accumulated from the accounting records: Pertinent retail price indexes: Merchandise inventory, January 1, 2021 Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Net sales January 1, 2021 December 31, 2021
Cost $240,000 505,000
Retail $375,000 765,000 10,500 3,000 570,000
1.00 1.10
Required: Estimate the cost of ending inventory for December 31, 2021. Answer: Inventory Jan. 1 Net purchases Net markups Net markdowns Subtotal Cost-to-retail: ($505,000 ÷ $772,500 = 65.4%) Goods available for sale Net sales Ending inventory at current year
Ending Inventory At Year-end Retail Prices
Cost $ 240,000 $ 505,000 _______ $ 505,000 _______ $745,000
Step 1 Step 2 Ending Inventory Inventory Layers at Base Year at Base Year Retail Prices Retail Prices
Retail $ 375,000 $765,000 10,500 (3,000) $ 772,500 ________ $1,147,500 (570,000) $ 577,500
Step 3 Inventory Layers Converted to Cost
$577,500 ÷ 1.10 = $525,000 $375,000 × 1.00 × 0.64 150,000 × 1.10 × 0.654 Total ending inventory at dollar-value LIFO retail cost
$240,000 $107,910 $347,910
122 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 09-05 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO retail inventory method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 171) Orlando Company has used the average cost method for inventory valuation since it began business in 2017, but has elected to change to the FIFO method starting in 2020. Year-end inventory valuations under each method are shown below:
Year 2017 2018 2019 2020
Average Cost FIFO $42,000 $47,000 53,000 61,000 59,000 68,000 62,000 72,000
Required: How would Orlando reflect the change in accounting principle in its financial statements (ignore income taxes)? Answer: Orlando would revise prior years' financial statements. That is, for each year reported in the comparative statements, Orlando makes those statements appear as if the newly adopted accounting method (FIFO) had been applied all along. For example, had Orlando used FIFO all along, the Cost of Goods Sold for 2017 would have been $5,000 less ($47,000 in ending inventory, rather than $42,000) than what was previously reported using average cost. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in inventory method Learning Objective: 09-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in inventory method is made. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
123 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
172) Ramsgate Company has used the FIFO method for inventory valuation since it began business in 2017, but has elected to change to the average cost method starting in 2020. Year-end inventory valuations under each method are shown below:
Year 2017 2018 2019 2020
Average FICO Cost $49,000 $46,000 55,000 48,000 57,000 51,000 61,000 53,000
Required: How, and when, would Ramsgate reflect the change in accounting principle in its financial statements (ignore income taxes)? Answer: Ramsgate would revise prior years' financial statements. That is, for each year reported in the comparative statements, Ramsgate makes those statements appear as if the newly adopted accounting method (FIFO) had been applied all along. For example, had Ramsgate used average cost all along, the Cost of Goods Sold for 2017 would have been $3,000 more ($46,000 in ending inventory, rather than $49,000) than what was previously reported using FIFO. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in inventory method Learning Objective: 09-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in inventory method is made. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
124 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In the following questions, inventory errors are noted for 2021. Assume that the errors are not discovered until 2022, and that the company uses a periodic inventory system. Indicate the effect of the error, if any, on the accounts noted in the columns, using the following code: U = Understated; O = Overstated; NE = No effect 173) Error Double counted items in ending inventory
Cost of goods sold
Retained earnings
Answer: Error Double counted items in ending inventory
Cost of goods sold Retained earnings U O
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 174) Error Unrecorded purchases
Cost of goods sold
Retained earnings
Answer: Error Unrecorded purchases
Cost of goods sold Retained earnings U O
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
125 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
175) Error Understated beginning inventory
Cost of goods sold
Retained earnings
Answer: Error Understated beginning inventory
Cost of goods sold Retained earnings U O
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 176) Error The company ignored its purchase of inventory that was bought FOB shipping point and was in transit at year end
Cost of goods sold
Retained earnings
Answer: Error Cost of goods sold Retained earnings Ignored items purchased and owned that were still in transit at year-end NE NE Note: Both purchases and ending inventory are understated. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
126 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
177) Error Recorded purchases for $523,000 that should have been $532,000.
Cost of goods sold
Retained earnings
Answer: Error Recorded purchases for $523,000 that should have been $532,000.
Cost of goods sold Retained earnings U
O
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
127 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
178) In 2021, the internal auditors of Blooper Inc. discovered that goods costing $12 million that were shipped f.o.b. shipping point in December of 2020 were in transit on December 31. The goods were recorded as a purchase in December of 2020 but were not included in the 2020 year-end inventory. Required: Prepare the journal entry needed in 2021 to correct the error. Also, briefly describe any other measures Blooper would take in connection with correcting the error. (Ignore income taxes.) Answer: U = Understated O = Overstated Analysis: 2020 Beginning inventory Purchases Less: Ending inventory Cost of goods sold Revenues Less: Cost of goods sold Less: Other expenses Net income ⇓ Retained earnings
2021 Beginning inventory Purchases
U
U O
O U U ($ in millions)
Inventory Retained earnings
12 12
128 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
• The 2020 financial statements that were incorrect as a result of the error would be retroactively restated to reflect the correct cost of goods sold (income tax expense, if taxes are considered), net income, ending inventory, and retained earnings when those statements are reported again for comparative purposes in the 2021 annual report. • Because retained earnings is one of the accounts incorrect, the correction to that account is reported as a prior period adjustment to the 2021 retained earnings balance in the comparative statements of shareholders' equity. • Also, a disclosure note should describe the nature of the error and the impact of its correction on each year's net income, income before extraordinary items, and earnings per share. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
129 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
179) In the year 2021, the internal auditors of Goofy Co. discovered that goods costing $25 million that were purchased in December of 2020 were recorded for $20 million. The goods were properly measured in the December 31, 2020, ending physical inventory. Required: Prepare the journal entry needed in 2021 to correct the error. Also, briefly describe any other measures Goofy would take in connection with correcting the error. (Ignore income taxes.) Answer: U = Understated O = Overstated Analysis: 2020 Beginning inventory Purchases Less: Ending inventory
U
Cost of goods sold
U
Revenues Less: Cost of goods sold
U
Less: Other expenses Net income
O
⇓ Retained earnings
O
($ in millions) Retained earnings Accounts payable
5 5
130 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
• The 2020 financial statements that were incorrect as a result of the error would be retroactively restated to reflect the correct cost of goods sold, (income tax expense if taxes are considered), net income, accounts payable, and retained earnings when those statements are reported again for comparative purposes in the 2021 annual report. • Because retained earnings is one of the incorrect accounts, the correction to that account is reported as a prior period adjustment to the 2021 retained earnings balance in the comparative statements of shareholders' equity. • Also, a disclosure note should describe the nature of the error and the impact of its correction on each year's net income, income before extraordinary items, and earnings per share. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
131 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
180) On September 5, 2021, Howard Corporation signed a purchase commitment to purchase inventory for $130,000 on or before March 31, 2022. The company's fiscal year-end is December 31. The contract was exercised on March 4, 2022, and the inventory was purchased for cash at the contract price. On the purchase date of March 4, the market price of the inventory was $116,000. The market price of the inventory on December 31, 2021, was $120,000. The company uses a perpetual inventory system. Required: 1. Prepare the necessary adjusting journal entry (if any is required) on December 31, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal to record the purchase on March 4, 2022. Answer: 1. If market price at year-end is less than contract price for outstanding purchase commitments, a loss is recorded for the difference. December 31, 2021 Estimated loss on purchase commitment ($130,000 – $120,000) Estimated liability on purchase commitment
10,000 10,000
2. If market price on purchase date declines from year-end price, the purchase is recorded at market price. March 4, 2022 Inventory Loss on purchase commitment ($120,000 – $116,000) Estimated liability on purchase commitment Cash
116,000 4,000 10,000 130,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Purchase commitments—Appendix Learning Objective: Appendix 9 Purchase Commitments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
132 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: Memphis Wholesale Market applies the lower of cost or net realizable valuation to individual products and has collected the following data: Product A $100 70 15
Selling price Cost Costs to sell
Product B $125 75 20
Product C $80 80 8
181) Determine the inventory book value for Products A, B, and C. Answer: Product A B C
NRV* $85 105 72
Cost $70 75 80
Inventory Value** $70 75 72
* Selling price less costs to sell ** Lower of cost or NRV Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCNRV—Determine NRV and apply LCNRV Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
133 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
182) Determine the inventory carrying value for Products A, B, and C assuming that Memphis Wholesale Market prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Answer: Product A B C
NRV* $85 105 72
Cost $70 75 80
Inventory Value** $70 75 72
* Selling price less costs to sell ** Lower of cost or NRV Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS—Lower of cost or NRV Learning Objective: 09-08 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the lower of cost or net realizable value rule for valuing inventory. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement 183) Briefly explain how a material adjustment to inventory due to application of the lower of cost or net realizable value rule should be reported in the financial statements. Answer: Material lower of cost or net realizable value losses usually are included in cost of goods sold. However, when a write-down is substantial and unusual, GAAP requires that the loss be expressly disclosed. This could be accomplished with a disclosure note or, instead of including the loss in cost of goods sold, by reporting the loss in a separate line in the income statement, usually among operating expenses. Even with separate line-item reporting, a disclosure note still would be appropriate. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCNRV—Overview Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
134 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
184) The following disclosure note appeared in the 2021 annual report to shareholders of Upton Systems Inc. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is computed using standard cost, which approximates actual cost, on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company provides inventory allowances based on excess and obsolete inventories. Another disclosure note in the annual report stated: The Company recorded a provision for inventory, including purchase commitments, totaling $1.40 billion during fiscal 2021, which included an additional excess inventory charge as previously discussed. This additional excess inventory charge was due to a sudden and significant decrease in demand for the Company's products and was calculated in accordance with the Company's accounting policy. A skeptic may conclude that Upton's policy and practices threaten earnings quality. Discuss how it may do so. Answer: Two possibilities stand out: 1) By taking a large write-down for inventory in a period when the company is doing poorly, it clears the way for improvement in earnings in future periods. 2) By establishing a large allowance for inventory obsolescence, Upton could manage future earnings by systematic changes in the allowance estimates. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: LCNRV—Overview Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
135 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
185) Briefly explain the differences between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) in the application of the lower of cost or net realizable value rule for valuing inventory. Answer: IFRS specifies that if circumstances reveal that an inventory write-down is no longer appropriate, it must be reversed. Reversals are not permitted under U.S. GAAP. Under U.S. GAAP, the lower of cost or net realizable value rule can be applied to individual items, logical inventory categories, or the entire inventory. Using the international standard, the lower of cost or net realizable value assessment usually is applied to individual items, although using logical inventory categories is allowed under certain circumstances. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCNRV—Overview; IFRS—Lower of cost or NRV Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period.; 09-08 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the lower of cost or net realizable value rule for valuing inventory. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; BB Global; FN Measurement 186) Briefly explain what is meant by "market" in the lower of cost or market (LCM) approach to valuing inventory at the end of a reporting period. Answer: "Market" as used in the LCM rule is the number that is compared to cost in determining the LCM carrying value of inventories. Market is the middle number of replacement cost, NRV (the ceiling) and NRV less a normal profit margin (the floor). If replacement cost exceeds the ceiling, then ceiling becomes the market. If replacement cost is less than the floor, then the floor becomes market. The ceiling and floor limits are established to prevent profit distortion by limiting the amount of loss recognized when the value of inventory declines below its cost. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCM—Overview; LCNRV and LCM—Overview Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
136 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
187) Briefly explain how a material adjustment to inventory due to application of the lower of cost or market (LCM) rule should be reported in the financial statements. Answer: A material LCM loss should be reported as a separately stated item in the income statement in arriving at income from continuing operations. Including the loss as a component of cost of goods sold is another alternative, but if the write-down is material, this approach can distort the relationship between sales and cost of goods sold. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: LCM—Overview Learning Objective: 09-01 Understand and apply rules for measurement of inventory at the end of the reporting period. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 188) Briefly outline the steps in the gross profit method of estimating ending inventory and indicate when the method might be used. Answer: The gross profit method estimates cost of goods sold based on the historical gross profit percentage. The estimated cost of goods sold is subtracted from the total cost of goods available for sale to arrive at an estimated ending inventory. The method is not acceptable for the preparation of annual financial statements but it is used to estimate inventory and cost of goods sold for interim reports and to estimate losses of inventory. It is a good technique to test reasonableness of reported gross profit and ending inventories. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Gross profit method Learning Objective: 09-02 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the gross profit method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 189) The gross profit method and retail method are both ways of estimating ending inventory. Briefly explain how the two methods differ. Answer: Both the gross profit method and retail method rely on the relationship between cost of sales and net sales. The gross profit method uses historical gross profit data, while the retail method uses current data to develop the relationship of cost to net sales. Unlike the gross profit method, the retail method may be used for the preparation of annual financial statements. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Gross profit method Learning Objective: 09-02 Estimate ending inventory and cost of goods sold using the gross profit method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 137 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
190) Briefly explain the difference between the LIFO retail method and the dollar-value LIFO retail method. Answer: Dollar-value LIFO retail eliminates the stable price assumption of LIFO retail. It is a combination of dollar-value LIFO and LIFO retail. The ending retail inventories are deflated to base year prices using the appropriate DVL index. New current year layers are then inflated back to current year prices. The cost of the new layer is then determined by applying the LIFO retail cost-to-retail percentage for the current year. Estimated ending inventory is the sum of layers that have been converted to cost. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retail inventory method—Dollar-value LIFO Learning Objective: 09-05 Determine ending inventory using the dollar-value LIFO retail inventory method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 191) Briefly explain the financial reporting required when a company changes to or from the LIFO inventory method. Answer: change to the LIFO method simply requires note disclosure in the year of the change and use of LIFO from that point onward. The opening inventory in the year of the change becomes the initial LIFO base. No retrospective treatment of prior years' statements is made since it is typically impossible to determine the retroactive effect. A change from LIFO to any other method requires retrospective treatment of prior years' financial statements that are presented for comparative purposes in the year of the change. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in inventory method; Change in inventory method—To LIFO Learning Objective: 09-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in inventory method is made. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
138 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
192) Briefly explain the financial reporting required when material misstatements are found in previous years' financial statements that are included for comparative purposes in the current year's financial statements. Answer: Material errors in prior years require prior period adjustments in the current year and restatement of prior years' financial statements that are presented for comparative purposes in the year that the error was discovered. The beginning balance of retained earnings in the earliest balance sheet affected in the comparative financial statements is corrected net of any tax effect. The subsequent statements are then restated with the corrected information. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
139 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
193) Symington and Cribbs (S&C) is a sporting goods distributor. S&C uses the FIFO inventory method to determine the cost of its ending inventory. Ending inventory quantities are determined by a physical count. For the fiscal year-end December 31, 2021, ending inventory was originally determined to be $67 million. However, in early January of 2022, the company's controller, Amy Grant, discovered that an error was made in the inventory count. The correct amount of ending inventory should be $87 million. The auditors did not discover the error and the financial statements are scheduled to be issued on February 26, 2022. S&C is a public company. Amy's first reaction was to communicate her finding to the auditors and to revise the financial statements before they are issued. However, she knows that this was a very good year for the company with profits far exceeding analysts' expectations. If the error is not corrected this year, it will self-correct next year as long as 2022 ending inventory is correctly stated. This will help future 2022 profits. On the other hand, her fellow workers' profit sharing plans are based on annual pretax earnings and if she revises the statements, everyone's profit sharing bonus will be higher this year. Required: 1. Is Amy correct by stating that the error will self-correct next year as long as 2022 ending inventory is correctly stated? If the error is not corrected in the current year, what will be the effect on 2021 and 2022 income before tax? 2. Discuss the ethical dilemma Amy faces. Answer: 1. Yes, Amy is correct. If the error is not corrected in 2021, ending inventory will be $20 understated causing cost of goods sold to be $20 million overstated and income before tax to be $20 million understated. However, since beginning inventory for 2022 will be $20 million overstated, cost of goods sold will be overstated and income before tax will be $20 million understated. The error would cause an income shift from 2021 to 2022. 2. Should Amy recognize her obligation to disclose the inventory error to S&C shareholders, auditors, and taxing authorities or remain quiet thus enabling the company to manage its earnings and shift $20 million in before tax profits to the following year? If Amy remains quiet, she and other employees will receive lower year-end bonuses this year, but higher bonuses next year. If eventually discovered by the auditors in 2022, they will require the company to restate the 2021 financial statements to reflect the correct inventory amount. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Inventory errors Learning Objective: 09-07 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when an inventory error is discovered. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication; Ethics AICPA/Accessibility: FN Decision Making; FN Measurement
140 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 10
Property, Plant, and Equipment and Intangible Assets: Acquisition
1) Property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets are long-term, revenue-producing assets. 2) Sales tax paid on equipment acquired for use in the business is not capitalized. 3) Demolition costs to remove an old building from land purchased as a site for a new building are considered part of the cost of the new building. 4) The initial cost of property, plant, and equipment includes all the identifiable expenditures necessary to bring the asset to its desired condition and location for use. 5) Both land and land improvements are considered to have an indefinite life. 6) The initial valuation of natural resources can include (a) acquisition costs, (b) exploration costs, (c) development costs, and (d) restoration costs. 7) The initial valuation of a natural resource can include the expected cost of an asset retirement obligation to be settled at the end of the natural resource's useful life to the company. 8) An asset retirement obligation associated with a natural resource is recorded with a debit to the related asset and a credit to a liability for an amount equal to the undiscounted sum of expected cash outflows. 9) Costs incurred after discovery of a natural resource but before production begins are reported as expenses of the period in which the expenditures are made. 10) A distinguishing characteristic of intangible assets is that the extent and timing of their future benefits typically are highly uncertain. 11) Intangible assets generally represent exclusive rights that provide benefits to the owner. 12) The cost to purchase a patent is expensed in the period incurred. 13) Both patents and copyrights have legal lives of 20 years. 14) Trademarks can have either definite or indefinite useful lives. 15) The initial franchise fee plus the present value of estimated future fees paid to the franchisor for future services are capitalized at the beginning of the franchise period. 16) Goodwill represents the unique value of a company as a whole over and above its identifiable tangible and intangible assets, and can be recorded only when acquiring another company.
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
17) The amount of goodwill to record in a business acquisition is the excess of the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired over the consideration given. 18) A company can develop and record as an intangible asset any goodwill created through advertising and employee training. 19) The relative fair values of individual assets acquired in a lump-sum purchase are used to determine the valuation of each of those assets. 20) If the sum of the fair values of the assets acquired in a lump-sum purchase is greater than the consideration given, a gain is recorded. 21) If land, building, and equipment are acquired in a lump-sum purchase, the purchase price is allocated first based on the fair value of the building and then the fair value of the equipment, with any residual allocated to the land. 22) If an asset is acquired by issuing a note payable with a realistic stated interest rate, the asset's initial valuation equals the amount of the note. 23) If an asset is acquired by issuing a note payable with a realistic stated interest rate, the asset's initial valuation equals the amount of the note plus the present value of the future interest payments. 24) The initial valuation of an asset acquired with a $40,000 noninterest-bearing note that is payable in two years is $40,000. 25) The difference between the face amount of a noninterest-bearing note payable used to acquire an asset and the note's present value is initially recorded as a contra asset. 26) The difference between the face amount of a noninterest-bearing note payable used to acquire an asset and the note's present value represents interest expense over the life of the note. 27) The fair value of the asset, debt, or equity securities given in a noncash acquisition should determine the value of the consideration received. 28) The fixed-asset turnover ratio measures a company's effectiveness in managing property, plant, and equipment. 29) The fixed-asset turnover ratio equals net property, plant, and equipment divided by net sales. 30) A higher fixed-asset turnover ratio indicates management is more effective in managing its company's property, plant, and equipment. 31) Under current GAAP, fair value is used to measure the components of all nonmonetary exchanges. 2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
32) The gain or loss on a normal exchange of nonmonetary assets equals the difference between fair value and book value of the asset given up. 33) In a normal nonmonetary exchange of assets, a gain is recorded if the book value of the asset given is greater than its fair value. 34) If the fair values of the assets in a nonmonetary exchange cannot be determined, the asset received is valued at the book value of the asset given. 35) An exchange of nonmonetary assets that lacks commercial substance occurs when the assets being exchanged have different expected service lives. 36) If an exchange of nonmonetary assets lacks commercial substance, a loss can never be recorded. 37) Assets that qualify for interest capitalization during construction include (a) assets built for a company's own use as well as for (b) assets constructed as discrete projects for sale or lease. 38) The interest capitalization period for a self-constructed asset ends either when the asset is substantially complete and ready for use or when interest costs no longer are being incurred. 39) The amount of interest to capitalize for self-constructed assets includes interest on borrowed amounts since inception of the loan, regardless of when construction expenditures are made. 40) The FASB's required accounting treatment for research and development costs often understates both net income and assets. 41) Most companies are allowed to capitalize development costs but must expense research costs. 42) Research and development costs can include salaries, materials, and utilities but not depreciation on buildings. 43) The cost of research and development performed for others is expensed as incurred. 44) GAAP requires the capitalization of software development costs incurred after technological feasibility is established. 45) Costs incurred after technological feasibility but before the software is available for general release to customers are expensed as incurred. 46) The costs of cloud computing arrangements are capitalized if the customer has the right to take possession of the software and the customer could run the software on its own. 47) According to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), all research and development expenditures are expensed in the period incurred. 3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) A company that prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) accounts for a government grant by recognizing revenue for the amount of the grant. 49) The successful efforts method of accounting for oil and gas exploration costs allows costs incurred in searching for oil and gas within a large geographical area to be capitalized. 50) Property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets are: A) Created by the normal operation of the business and include accounts receivable. B) All assets except cash and cash equivalents. C) Current and long-term assets used in the production of either goods or services. D) Long-term revenue-producing assets. 51) The acquisition costs of property, plant, and equipment do not include: A) The ordinary and necessary costs to bring the asset to its desired condition and location for use. B) The net invoice price. C) Legal fees, delivery charges, installation, and any applicable sales tax. D) Maintenance costs during the first 30 days of use. 52) Goodwill is: A) Amortized over the greater of its estimated life or 40 years. B) Only recorded by the seller of a business. C) The excess of the fair value of a business over the fair value of all net identifiable assets. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 53) For financial reporting purposes, goodwill: A) May be recorded whenever a company achieves a level of net income that exceeds the industry average. B) Is amortized over its useful life. C) May be recorded when a company purchases another business. D) Must be expensed in the period it is recorded because benefits from goodwill are difficult to identify. 54) Which of the following is true concerning goodwill? A) Goodwill is recorded when the market value of a company exceeds the fair value of its identifiable net assets. B) Goodwill is recorded when a company is purchased for more than the fair value of its identifiable net assets. C) Goodwill is recorded as a revenue in the income statement. D) Two of the other answers are correct. 55) Productive assets that are physically consumed in operations are: A) Equipment. B) Land. C) Land improvements. D) Natural resources. 4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
56) An exclusive 20-year right to manufacture a product or use a process is a: A) Patent. B) Copyright. C) Trademark. D) Franchise. 57) A contractual arrangement under which one party grants another party the exclusive right to use a trademark or tradename is a: A) Patent. B) Copyright. C) Trademark. D) Franchise. 58) The exclusive right to benefit from a creative work, such as a film, is a: A) Patent. B) Copyright. C) Trademark. D) Franchise. 59) The exclusive right to display a symbol of product identification is a: A) Patent. B) Copyright. C) Trademark. D) Franchise. 60) The capitalized cost of equipment excludes: A) Maintenance. B) Sales tax. C) Shipping. D) Installation. 61) The capitalized cost of land excludes: A) The purchase price of the land. B) Title insurance paid at the time of purchase. C) Real estate commissions associated with the sale. D) Property taxes for the first year owned. 62) The cost of constructing a new parking lot at the company's office building would be recorded as: A) Land. B) Land improvement. C) Building. D) Equipment.
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
63) Asset retirement obligations: A) Increase the balance in the related asset account. B) Are measured at fair value in the balance sheet. C) Are liabilities associated with the restoration of a long-term asset. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 64) If a company incurs legal obligations associated with the retirement of a tangible long-lived asset as a result of acquiring the asset: A) The company recognizes the obligation at fair value when the asset is acquired. B) The company recognizes the obligation at fair value when the asset is retired. C) The company records the difference between the fair value of the asset and the obligation when the asset is acquired. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 65) Which of the following does not pertain to accounting for asset retirement obligations? A) They accrete (increase over time) at the company's credit-adjusted risk-free rate. B) They must be recognized according to GAAP. C) Statement of Financial Accounting Concepts No. 7 is applied when adjusting cash flow obligations for uncertainty. D) All of these answer choices pertain to accounting for asset retirement obligations. 66) Montana Mining Co. (MMC) paid $200 million for the right to explore and extract rare metals from land owned by the state of Montana. To obtain the rights, MMC agreed to restore the land to a suitable condition for other uses after its exploration and extraction activities. MMC incurred exploration and development costs of $60 million on the project. MMC has a credit-adjusted risk free interest rate is 7%. It estimates the possible cash flows for restoring the land, three years after its extraction activities begin, as follows: (PV of $1, PVA of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) Cash Outflow $ 10 million $ 30 million
Probability 60% 40%
The asset retirement obligation (rounded) that should be recognized by MMC at the beginning of the extraction activities is: A) $8.2 million. B) $14.7 million. C) $18 million. D) $30 million.
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
67) Montana Mining Co. (MMC) paid $200 million for the right to explore and extract rare metals from land owned by the state of Montana. To obtain the rights, MMC agreed to restore the land to a suitable condition for other uses after its exploration and extraction activities. MMC incurred exploration and development costs of $60 million on the project. MMC has a credit-adjusted risk free interest rate is 7%. It estimates the possible cash flows for restoring the land, three years after its extraction activities begin, as follows: (PV of $1, PVA of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) Cash Outflow $ 10 million $ 30 million
Probability 60% 40%
The asset retirement obligation (rounded) that should be reported on MMC's balance sheet one year after the extraction activities begin is: (Round intermediate calculations to one decimal place. Enter your answers in millions rounded to 1 decimal place.) A) $0. B) $14.7 million. C) $15.7 million. D) $19.3 million. 68) On March 1, 2021, Shipley Resources entered into an agreement with the state of Alaska to obtain the rights to operate a mineral mine for $6 million. The mine is expected to produce 100,000 tons of mineral. As part of the agreement, Shipley agrees to restore the land to its original condition after mining operations are completed in approximately five years. Management has provided the following possible outflows for the restoration costs that will occur five years from now: (PV of $1, PVA of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) Cash Outflow $ 300,000 400,000 500,000
Probability 25% 50% 25%
Shipley's credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate is 10%. During 2021, Shipley extracted 18,000 tons of ore from the mine. How much accretion expense will the company record in its income statement for the 2021 calendar year? A) $30,326. B) $20,697. C) $24,837. D) $27,294.
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
69) A company purchased land for $75,000 cash. Commissions of $4,500, property taxes of $5,000, and title insurance of $800 were also incurred. The $5,000 in property taxes includes $4,000 in back taxes paid by the company on behalf of the seller and $1,000 due for the current year after the purchase date. For what amount should the company record the land? A) $83,500. B) $84,300. C) $85,300. D) $75,000. 70) A company purchased a piece of equipment by paying $5,000 cash. A shipping cost of $400 to get the equipment to its factory was also incurred. The fair value of the equipment was $7,000 at the time of the purchase. For what amount should the company record the equipment? A) $5,000. B) $5,400. C) $7,000. D) $7,400. 71) A company purchased new equipment for $60,000. The company paid cash for the equipment. Other costs associated with the equipment were: transportation costs, $1,000; sales tax paid $3,000; and installation cost, $2,500. The cost recorded for the equipment was: A) $60,000. B) $61,000. C) $64,000. D) $66,500. 72) A company incurred the following costs associated with the purchase of a piece of land that it will use to re-build an office building:
Purchase price of the land Sale of salvaged parts already on the land Demolition of the old building Ground-breaking ceremony (food and supplies) Land preparation and leveling
$ 400,000 $ 20,000 $ 30,000 $ 1,500 $ 7,500
What amount should be recorded for the purchase of the land? A) $437,500. B) $417,500. C) $439,000. D) $419,000.
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
73) A company purchased a commercial dishwasher by paying cash of $8,000. The company incurred $600 transportation costs, $500 installation fees, and $300 annual insurance on the equipment. For what amount will the company record the dishwasher? A) $8,600. B) $8,000. C) $9,100. D) $9,400. 74) A company purchased a 3-acre tract of land for a building site for $350,000. The company demolished the old building at a cost of $12,000, but was able to sell scrap from the building for $1,500. The cost of title transfer was $900 and attorney fees for reviewing the contract was $500. Property taxes paid were $3,000, of which $250 covered the period after the purchase date. The capitalized cost of the land is: A) $366,400. B) $366,150. C) $364,650. D) $231,150. 75) Grab Manufacturing Co. purchased a 10-ton draw press at a cost of $180,000 with terms of 5/15, n/45. Payment was made within the discount period. Shipping costs were $4,600, which included $200 for insurance in transit. Installation costs totaled $12,000, which included $4,000 for taking out a section of a wall and rebuilding it because the press was too large for the doorway. The capitalized cost of the 10-ton draw press is: A) $171,000. B) $183,600. C) $187,600. D) $185,760. 76) Holiday Laboratories purchased a high-speed industrial centrifuge at a cost of $420,000. Shipping costs totaled $15,000. Foundation work to house the centrifuge cost $8,000. An additional water line had to be run to the equipment at a cost of $3,000. Labor and testing costs totaled $6,000. Materials used up in testing cost $3,000. The capitalized cost is: A) $455,000. B) $446,000. C) $437,000. D) $435,000. 77) Vijay Inc. purchased a three-acre tract of land for a building site for $320,000. On the land was a building with an appraised value of $120,000. The company demolished the old building at a cost of $12,000, but was able to sell scrap from the building for $1,500. The cost of title insurance was $900 and attorney fees for reviewing the contract were $500. Property taxes paid were $3,000, of which $250 covered the period subsequent to the purchase date. The capitalized cost of the land is: A) $336,400. B) $336,150. C) $334,650. D) $201,150. 9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) The balance sheet of Cattleman's Steakhouse shows assets of $86,400 and liabilities of $15,000. The fair value of the assets is $90,000 and the fair value of its liabilities is $15,000. Longhorn paid Cattleman's $95,000 to acquire all of its assets and liabilities. Longhorn should record goodwill on this purchase of: A) $3,600. B) $5,000. C) $20,000. D) $23,600. 79) Northern purchased the entire business of Southern including all its assets and liabilities for $600,000 on December 31, 2021. Below is information related to the two companies at that date:
Fair value of assets Fair value of liabilities Reported assets Reported liabilities Net Income for the year
Northern $ 1,050,000 575,000 800,000 500,000 60,000
Southern $ 800,000 300,000 650,000 250,000 50,000
How much goodwill did Northern pay for acquiring Southern? A) $100,000. B) $300,000. C) $200,000. D) $150,000. 80) Juliana Corporation purchased all of the outstanding stock of Caldwell Inc., paying $2,700,000 cash. Juliana assumed all of the liabilities of Caldwell. Book values and fair values of acquired assets and liabilities were:
Current assets (net) Property, plant, & equip. (net) Liabilities
Book Value $ 420,000 1,600,000 500,000
Fair Value 450,000 2,250,000 600,000
$
Juliana would record goodwill of: A) $1,180,000. B) $600,000. C) $880,000. D) $100,000.
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
81) Lake Incorporated purchased all of the outstanding stock of Huron Company paying $950,000 cash. Lake assumed all of the liabilities of Huron. Book values and fair values of acquired assets and liabilities were:
Current assets (net) Property, plant, equip. (net) Liabilities
Book Value $ 130,000 600,000 150,000
Fair Value $ 125,000 750,000 175,000
Lake would record goodwill of: A) $0. B) $75,000. C) $445,000. D) $250,000. 82) A company has the following expenditures during the year. Advertising Employee training Customer outreach and consultation
$ 100,000 80,000 50,000
The company believes that these efforts have increased the fair value of the entire company by $325,000. How much goodwill can the company recognize at the end of the year associated with these expenditures? A) $0. B) $80,000. C) $230,000. D) $325,000. 83) On July 1, 2021, Larkin Co. purchased a $400,000 tract of land that is intended to be the site of a new office complex. Larkin incurred additional costs and realized salvage proceeds during 2021 as follows: Demolition of existing building on site Legal and other fees to close escrow Proceeds from sale of demolition scrap
$ 75,000 12,000 10,000
What would be the balance in the land account as of December 31, 2021? A) $400,000. B) $475,000. C) $477,000. D) $487,000.
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
84) Assets acquired in a lump-sum purchase are valued based on: A) Their residual values. B) Their relative fair values. C) The present value of their future cash flows. D) Their cost plus the difference between their cost and fair values. 85) A company purchased land, a building, and equipment for one price of $800,000. The estimated fair values of the land, building, and equipment are $100,000, $700,000, and $200,000, respectively. At what amount would the company record the land? A) $80,000 B) $90,000 C) $100,000 D) $800,000 86) A company acquired an office building on three acres of land for a lump-sum price of $2,400,000. The building was completely equipped. According to independent appraisals, the fair values were $1,300,000, $780,000, and $520,000 for the building, land, and equipment, respectively. At what amount would the company record the building? A) $720,000. B) $1,320,000. C) $1,200,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 87) A company acquired an office building, land, and equipment in a single basket purchase. The fair values were $1,200,000, $600,000, and $200,000 for the building, land, and equipment, respectively. The company recorded the building for $1,080,000. What was the total purchase cost for all three assets? A) $1,600,000. B) $1,500,000. C) $2,000,000. D) $1,800,000.
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) Simpson and Homer Corporation acquired an office building on three acres of land for a lump-sum price of $2,400,000. The building was completely furnished. According to independent appraisals, the fair values were $1,300,000, $780,000, and $520,000 for the building, land, and furniture and fixtures, respectively. The initial values of the building, land, and furniture and fixtures would be:
a. b. c. d.
Building Land $ 1,300,000 $ 780,000 $ 1,200,000 $ 720,000 $ 720,000 $ 1,200,000 None of these answer choices are correct.
Fixtures $ 520,000 $ 480,000 $ 480,000
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 89) Cantor Corporation acquired a manufacturing facility on four acres of land for a lump-sum price of $8,000,000. The building included used but functional equipment. According to independent appraisals, the fair values were $4,500,000, $3,000,000, and $2,500,000 for the building, land, and equipment, respectively. The initial values of the building, land, and equipment would be:
a. b. c. d.
Building Land $ 4,500,000 $ 3,000,000 $ 4,500,000 $ 3,000,000 $ 3,600,000 $ 2,400,000 None of these answer choices are correct.
Equipment $ 2,500,000 $ 500,000 $ 2,000,000
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 90) Braxwell Corporation acquired the following assets associated with a manufacturing facility for a lump-sum price of $9,000,000. According to independent appraisals, the fair values were $4,000,000, $2,000,000, $3,000,000, and $1,000,000 for the building, patent, land, and equipment, respectively. The initial value of the patent would be: A) $2,000,000. B) $2,250,000. C) $1,800,000. D) $0.
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
91) Assets acquired under multi-year deferred payment contracts are: A) Valued at their fair value on the date of the final payment. B) Valued at the present value of the payments required by the contract. C) Valued at the sum of the payments required by the contract. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 92) An asset acquired using a long-term note payable always will be recorded at the face amount of the note under which scenario? A) The note payable explicitly requires the payment of interest at a realistic interest rate. B) The note is a noninterest-bearing note. C) The company expects to use the asset for its entire physical life. D) Interest on the note is not payable until the note is due. 93) An asset is acquired using a noninterest-bearing note payable for $100,000 due in two years. Management records the purchase with a debit to the asset for $100,000 and a credit to notes payable for $100,000. Which of the following statements is correct? A) Management has properly recorded the transaction. B) Management has not considered the present value of the note in recording the asset. C) Management should not record the asset until the note has been paid. D) Management should record the note for more than $100,000 to account for the underlying interest. 94) An asset is acquired using a noninterest-bearing note payable for $225,000 due in three years. Which of the following statements most likely is correct? A) The fair value of the asset is less than $225,000. B) No interest expense will be reported over the three-year note. C) The total amount paid for the asset will be less than $225,000. D) All of the other answer choices are correct. 95) On January 1, 2021, Laramie Inc. acquired land for $6.2 million. Laramie paid $1.2 in cash and signed a 6% note requiring the company to pay the remaining $5 million plus interest on December 31, 2022. An interest rate of 6% properly reflects the time value of money for this type of loan agreement. For what amount should Laramie record the purchase of land? A) $6.8 million. B) $5.0 million. C) $5.6 million. D) $6.2 million.
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) On July 1, 2021, Markwell Company acquired equipment. Markwell paid $160,000 in cash on July 1, 2021, and signed a $640,000 noninterest-bearing note for the remaining balance which is due on July 1, 2022. An interest rate of 5% reflects the time value of money for this type of loan agreement. (PV of $1, PVA of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) For what amount will Markwell record the purchase of equipment? A) $761,905. B) $769,523. C) $609,523. D) $800,000. 97) On July 1, 2021, Markwell Company acquired equipment. Markwell paid $160,000 in cash on July 1, 2021, and signed a $640,000 noninterest-bearing note for the remaining balance which is due on July 1, 2022. An interest rate of 5% reflects the time value of money for this type of loan agreement. (PV of $1, PVA of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) Which of the following should be included in the journal entry on July 1, 2021? (Round intermediate and final answer to nearest whole dollar amount.) A) Credit: Notes payable, $609,523. B) Debit: Equipment, $800,000. C) Debit: Discount on notes payable, $30,477. D) Credit: Notes payable, $609,523 and Debit: Discount on notes payable, $30,477. 98) On September 30, 2021, Corso Steel acquired a patent from Thermo Steel. The agreement specified that Corso will pay Thermo $1,000,000 immediately and then another $1,000,000 on September 30, 2023. An interest rate of 8% reflects the time value of money for this type of loan agreement. (PV of $1, PVA of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) Corso should record the acquisition of the patent on September 30, 2021, for what amount? A) $2,000,000. B) $1,912,385. C) $1,857,340. D) $1,714,678. 99) On September 30, 2021, Corso Steel acquired a patent from Thermo Steel. The agreement specified that Corso will pay Thermo $1,000,000 immediately and then another $1,000,000 on September 30, 2023. An interest rate of 8% reflects the time value of money for this type of loan agreement. (PV of $1, PVA of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) What amount of interest expense, if any, would Corso record on December 31, 2021, the company's fiscal year end? (Round your answer to nearest whole dollar amount.) A) $17,147. B) $20,000. C) $68,687. D) $80,000. 15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
100) On September 30, 2021, Corso Steel acquired a patent from Thermo Steel. The agreement specified that Corso will pay Thermo $1,000,000 immediately and then another $1,000,000 on September 30, 2023. An interest rate of 8% reflects the time value of money for this type of loan agreement. (PV of $1, PVA of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) What amount of interest expense, if any, would Corso record on December 31, 2022, the company's fiscal year end? (Round intermediate and final answer to nearest whole dollar amount.) A) $68,687. B) $60,000. C) $80,000. D) $69,959. 101) Assets acquired by the issuance of equity securities are valued based on: A) Their fair values. B) The fair value of the equity securities. C) The fair value of the assets acquired or the fair value of the equity securities, whichever is more reasonably determinable. D) The fair value of the assets acquired or the fair value of the equity securities, whichever is smaller. 102) On June 17, the Lattern Company issued 120,000 shares of its $0.10 par value common stock in exchange for land. On the date of the transaction, the fair value of the common stock, evidenced by its market price, was $10 per share. The journal entry to record this transaction includes: A) Debit: Land, $1,200,000. B) Credit: Cash, $1,200,000. C) Debit: Land, $12,000. D) No entry for this exchange. 103) Maltese is a privately-owned company. On September 3, Maltese exchanged 2,000 shares of its private common stock for equipment. There is no readily available estimate of the stock's fair value. The equipment currently is selling for $80,000. The journal entry to record this transaction includes: A) Credit: Stock revenue, $80,000. B) Credit: Cash, $80,000. C) Debit: Equipment, $80,000. D) No entry is recorded for this exchange. 104) Donated assets are recorded at: A) Zero (memo entry only). B) The donor's book value. C) The donee's stated value. D) Fair value.
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
105) A company receiving a donated asset will record: A) An increase in revenue. B) An increase in liabilities. C) A decrease in liabilities. D) An increase in revenue and a decrease in liabilities. 106) Savings Mart is a national retail chain. To entice the company to open a mega store in its jurisdiction, the city of Populationville donated a 20-acre tract of land to be used for construction. The land was originally purchased by the city for $250,000 three years ago. The appraisal value at the time of the donation was $300,000. For what amount should Savings Mart record the donated land? A) $250,000. B) $275,000. C) $300,000. D) $0; Donated assets are not recorded. 107) The fixed-asset turnover ratio provides: A) The rate of decline in asset lives. B) The rate of replacement of fixed assets. C) The amount of sales generated per dollar of fixed assets. D) The decline in book value of fixed assets compared to capital expenditures. 108) The balance sheets of Davidson Corporation reported net fixed assets of $320,000 at the end of 2021. The fixed-asset turnover ratio for 2021 was 4.0, and sales for the year totaled $1,480,000. Net fixed assets at the end of 2020 were: A) $470,000. B) $370,000. C) $420,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 109) The basic principle used to value an asset acquired in a nonmonetary exchange is to value it at: A) Fair value of the asset(s) given up. B) The book value of the asset given plus any cash or other monetary consideration received. C) Fair value or book value, whichever is smaller. D) Book value of the asset given. 110) In a nonmonetary exchange of equipment, if the exchange has commercial substance, a gain is recognized if: A) The fair value of the equipment received exceeds the book value of the equipment received. B) The book value of the equipment received exceeds the fair value of the equipment given up. C) The fair value of the equipment surrendered exceeds the book value of the equipment given up. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
111) Alamos Co. exchanged equipment and $18,000 cash for similar equipment. The book value and the fair value of the old equipment were $82,000 and $90,000, respectively. Assuming that the exchange has commercial substance, Alamos would record a gain/(loss) of: A) $26,000. B) $8,000. C) ($8,000). D) $0. 112) Alamos Co. exchanged equipment and $18,000 cash for similar equipment. The book value and the fair value of the old equipment were $82,000 and $90,000, respectively. Assuming that the exchange lacks commercial substance, Alamos would record a gain/(loss) on exchange of assets in the amount of: A) $26,000. B) $8,000. C) ($8,000). D) $0. 113) Horton Stores exchanged land and cash of $5,000 for similar land. The book value and the fair value of the land were $90,000 and $100,000, respectively. Assuming that the exchange has commercial substance, Horton would record land—new and a gain/(loss) on exchange of assets in the amounts of:
a. b. c. d.
Land $ 105,000 $ 105,000 $ 95,000 $ 95,000
Gain/(loss) $ 0 $ 10,000 $ 0 $ 10,000
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) Horton Stores exchanged land and cash of $5,000 for similar land. The book value and the fair value of the land were $90,000 and $100,000, respectively. Assuming that the exchange lacks commercial substance, Horton would record land—new and a gain/(loss) on exchange of assets in the amounts of:
a. b. c. d.
Land $ 105,000 $ 105,000 $ 95,000 $ 95,000
Gain/(loss) $ 0 $ 10,000 $ 0 $ 10,000
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 115) Bloomington Inc. exchanged land for equipment and $3,000 in cash. The book value and the fair value of the land were $104,000 and $90,000, respectively. Assuming that the exchange has commercial substance, Bloomington would record equipment and a gain/(loss) on exchange of assets in the amounts of:
a. b. c. d.
Equipment $ 87,000 $ 104,000 $ 87,000 None of these answer choices are correct.
Gain/(loss) $ 3,000 $ (5,000) $ (14,000)
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) P. Chang & Co. exchanged land and $9,000 cash for equipment. The book value and the fair value of the land were $106,000 and $90,000, respectively. Assuming that the exchange has commercial substance, Chang would record equipment and a gain/(loss) on exchange of assets in the amounts of:
a. b. c. d.
Equipment $ 99,000 $ 90,000 $ 108,000 $ 106,000
Gain/(loss) $ (16,000) $ (25,000) $ 16,000 $ (9,000)
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 117) Below is information relative to an exchange of similar assets by Grand Forks Corp. Assume the exchange has commercial substance.
Case A Case B
Old Equipment Book Value Fair Value $ 50,000 $ 60,000 $ 40,000 $ 35,000
Cash Paid $ 15,000 $ 8,000
In Case A, Grand Forks would record the new equipment at: A) $65,000. B) $75,000. C) $50,000. D) $60,000. 118) Below is information relative to an exchange of similar assets by Grand Forks Corp. Assume the exchange has commercial substance.
Case A Case B
Old Equipment Book Value Fair Value $ 50,000 $ 60,000 $ 40,000 $ 35,000
Cash Paid $ 15,000 $ 8,000
In Case B, Grand Forks would record a gain/(loss) on exchange of assets in the amount of: A) $5,000. B) $3,000. C) ($5,000). D) ($3,000).
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) Pensacola Inc. exchanged old equipment for new equipment in two exchange transactions. Each transaction has commercial substance.
Equipment A Equipment B
Old Equipment Book Value Fair Value $ 75,000 $ 80,000 $ 60,000 $ 56,000
Cash Received $ 12,000 $ 10,000
For Equipment A, Pensacola would record the new equipment at: A) $68,000. B) $63,750. C) $67,250. D) $80,000. 120) Pensacola Inc. exchanged old equipment for new equipment in two exchange transactions. Each transaction has commercial substance.
Equipment A Equipment B
Old Equipment Book Value Fair Value $ 75,000 $ 80,000 $ 60,000 $ 56,000
Cash Received $ 12,000 $ 10,000
For Equipment B, Pensacola would record a gain/(loss) of: A) $4,000. B) ($4,000). C) ($10,000). D) None of these answer choices are correct. 121) Interest may be capitalized: A) On routinely manufactured goods as well as self-constructed assets. B) On self-constructed assets from the date an entity formally adopts a plan to build a discrete project. C) Whether or not there is specific borrowing for the construction. D) Whether or not there are actual interest costs incurred. 122) Interest is eligible to be capitalized as part of an asset's cost, rather than being expensed immediately, when: A) The interest is incurred during the construction period of the asset. B) The asset is a discrete construction project for sale or lease. C) The asset is self-constructed, rather than acquired. D) All of these answer choices are correct.
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
123) In computing capitalized interest, average accumulated expenditures: A) Is the arithmetic mean of all construction expenditures. B) Is determined by time-weighting individual expenditures made during the asset construction period. C) Is multiplied by the company's most recent financing rates. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 124) Interest is not capitalized for: A) Assets that are constructed as discrete projects for sale or lease. B) Assets constructed for a company's own use. C) Inventories routinely and repetitively produced in large quantities. D) Interest is capitalized for all of these items. 125) Average accumulated expenditures: A) Is an approximation of the average debt a firm would have outstanding if it financed all construction through debt. B) Is computed as a simple average if all construction expenditures are made at the end of the period. C) Are irrelevant if the company's total outstanding debt is less than total costs of construction. D) All of these answer choices are true statements. 126) The cost of self-constructed fixed assets should: A) Include allocated indirect costs just as they are for production of products. B) Include only incremental indirect costs. C) Include only specifically identifiable indirect costs. D) Not include indirect costs.
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
127) On June 1, 2020, the Crocus Company began construction of a new manufacturing plant. The plant was completed on October 31, 2021. Expenditures on the project were as follows ($ in millions): July 1, 2020
54
October 1, 2020
22
February 1, 2021
30
April 1, 2021
21
September 1, 2021
20
October 1, 2021
6
On July 1, 2020, Crocus obtained a $70 million construction loan with a 6% interest rate. The loan was outstanding through the end of October, 2021. The company's only other interest-bearing debt was a long-term note for $100 million with an interest rate of 8%. This note was outstanding during all of 2020 and 2021. The company's fiscal year-end is December 31. What is the amount of interest that Crocus should capitalize in 2020, using the specific interest method? A) $1.90 million. B) $1.95 million. C) $2.96 million. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) On June 1, 2020, the Crocus Company began construction of a new manufacturing plant. The plant was completed on October 31, 2021. Expenditures on the project were as follows ($ in millions): July 1, 2020
54
October 1, 2020
22
February 1, 2021
30
April 1, 2021
21
September 1, 2021
20
October 1, 2021
6
On July 1, 2020, Crocus obtained a $70 million construction loan with a 6% interest rate. The loan was outstanding through the end of October, 2021. The company's only other interest-bearing debt was a long-term note for $100 million with an interest rate of 8%. This note was outstanding during all of 2020 and 2021. The company's fiscal year-end is December 31. In computing the capitalized interest for 2021, Crocus' average accumulated expenditures are: A) $46.30 million. B) $103.54 million. C) $122.30 million. D) $124.25 million.
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) On June 1, 2020, the Crocus Company began construction of a new manufacturing plant. The plant was completed on October 31, 2021. Expenditures on the project were as follows ($ in millions): July 1, 2020
54
October 1, 2020
22
February 1, 2021
30
April 1, 2021
21
September 1, 2021
20
October 1, 2021
6
On July 1, 2020, Crocus obtained a $70 million construction loan with a 6% interest rate. The loan was outstanding through the end of October, 2021. The company's only other interest-bearing debt was a long-term note for $100 million with an interest rate of 8%. This note was outstanding during all of 2020 and 2021. The company's fiscal year-end is December 31. What is the amount of interest that Crocus should capitalize in 2021, using the specific interest method? (Enter your answers to nearest whole dollar amount.) A) $7,248,000. B) $7,283,000. C) $8,740,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 130) On January 1, 2021, Kendall Inc. began construction of an automated cattle feeder system. The system was finished and ready for use on September 30, 2022. Expenditures on the project were as follows: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
$ $ $ $ $
200,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 200,000
Kendall borrowed $750,000 on a construction loan at 12% interest on January 1, 2021. This loan was outstanding throughout the construction period. The company had $4,500,000 in 9% bonds payable outstanding in 2021 and 2022. Average accumulated expenditures for 2021 was: A) $300,000. B) $350,000. C) $500,000. D) $400,000. 25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
131) On January 1, 2021, Kendall Inc. began construction of an automated cattle feeder system. The system was finished and ready for use on September 30, 2022. Expenditures on the project were as follows: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
$ $ $ $ $
200,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 200,000
Kendall borrowed $750,000 on a construction loan at 12% interest on January 1, 2021. This loan was outstanding throughout the construction period. The company had $4,500,000 in 9% bonds payable outstanding in 2021 and 2022. Interest (using the specific interest method) capitalized for 2021 was: A) $48,000. B) $42,000. C) $60,000. D) $36,000. 132) On January 1, 2021, Kendall Inc. began construction of an automated cattle feeder system. The system was finished and ready for use on September 30, 2022. Expenditures on the project were as follows: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
$ $ $ $ $
200,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 200,000
Kendall borrowed $750,000 on a construction loan at 12% interest on January 1, 2021. This loan was outstanding throughout the construction period. The company had $4,500,000 in 9% bonds payable outstanding in 2021 and 2022. Average accumulated expenditures for 2022 was: A) $536,000. B) $1,236,000. C) $1,200,000. D) $1,036,000.
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
133) On January 1, 2021, Kendall Inc. began construction of an automated cattle feeder system. The system was finished and ready for use on September 30, 2022. Expenditures on the project were as follows: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
$ $ $ $ $
200,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 200,000
Kendall borrowed $750,000 on a construction loan at 12% interest on January 1, 2021. This loan was outstanding throughout the construction period. The company had $4,500,000 in 9% bonds payable outstanding in 2021 and 2022. Interest (using the specific interest method) capitalized for 2022 was: A) $104,625. B) $86,805. C) $87,875. D) $67,500. 134) On January 1, 2021, Dreamworld Co. began construction of a new warehouse. The building was finished and ready for use on September 30, 2022. Expenditures on the project were as follows: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
$ $ $ $ $
300,000 450,000 450,000 450,000 300,000
Dreamworld had $5,000,000 in 12% bonds outstanding through both years. Dreamworld's average accumulated expenditures for 2021 was: A) $300,000. B) $450,000. C) $525,000. D) $600,000.
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) On January 1, 2021, Dreamworld Co. began construction of a new warehouse. The building was finished and ready for use on September 30, 2022. Expenditures on the project were as follows: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
$ $ $ $ $
300,000 450,000 450,000 450,000 300,000
Dreamworld had $5,000,000 in 12% bonds outstanding through both years. Dreamworld's capitalized interest in 2021 was: A) $72,000. B) $63,000. C) $54,000. D) $36,000. 136) On January 1, 2021, Dreamworld Co. began construction of a new warehouse. The building was finished and ready for use on September 30, 2022. Expenditures on the project were as follows: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
$ $ $ $ $
300,000 450,000 450,000 450,000 300,000
Dreamworld had $5,000,000 in 12% bonds outstanding through both years. The average accumulated expenditures for 2022 by the end of the construction period was: A) $1,950,000. B) $1,554,000. C) $1,254,000. D) $975,000.
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
137) On January 1, 2021, Dreamworld Co. began construction of a new warehouse. The building was finished and ready for use on September 30, 2022. Expenditures on the project were as follows: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
$ $ $ $ $
300,000 450,000 450,000 450,000 300,000
Dreamworld had $5,000,000 in 12% bonds outstanding through both years. What was the final cost of Dreamworld's warehouse? A) $2,154,480. B) $2,143,860. C) $1,950,000. D) $1,254,000. 138) Liddy Corp. began constructing a new warehouse for its operations during the current year. In the year Liddy incurred interest of $30,000 on a working capital loan, and interest on a construction loan for the warehouse of $60,000. Interest computed on the average accumulated expenditures for the warehouse construction was $50,000. What amount of interest should Liddy expense for the year? A) $30,000. B) $40,000. C) $90,000. D) $140,000. 139) Research and development costs for projects other than software development should be: A) Expensed in the period incurred. B) Expensed in the period they are determined to be unsuccessful. C) Deferred pending determination of success. D) Expensed if unsuccessful, capitalized if successful. 140) Research and development costs should be: A) Expensed in the period incurred. B) Expensed in the period they are determined to be unsuccessful. C) Deferred pending determination of success. D) Expensed if unsuccessful, capitalized if successful. 141) Research and development (R&D) costs: A) Generally pertain to activities that occur prior to the start of production. B) May be expensed or capitalized, at the option of the reporting entity. C) Must be capitalized and amortized. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
142) Research and development expense for a given period includes: A) The full cost of newly acquired equipment that has an alternative future use. B) Depreciation on a research and development facility. C) Research and development conducted on a contract basis for another entity. D) Patent filing and legal costs. 143) A company spends $50,000 this year in research and development for a new drug to cure liver damage. By the end of the year, management feels confident that the new drug will gain FDA approval and lead to higher future sales. What impact will the $50,000 spending have on this year's financial statements? A) Increase assets. B) Decrease revenues. C) Increase expenses. D) Increase revenues. 144) Suppose a company spends $100,000 on research and development in 2021. As a result of the products developed, additional revenue is generated over the next five years totaling $600,000. When is the cost of the research and development in 2021 recognized as an expense? A) Evenly over the period 2022-2026. B) Full amount in 2026. C) Evenly over the period 2021-2025. D) Full amount in 2021. 145) Aspen, Inc. attempted to create a new horse transport device and incurred research and development costs of $250,000 in the first half of the current year. Rather than continue with its own research, Aspen decided to purchase a patent for a similar design from Vail, Inc. and purchased the patent for $350,000 on October 1 of the current year. What are the total assets and expenses recorded for these costs with regard to the new transport device? A) Assets $600,000; Expenses $0. B) Assets $250,000; Expenses $350,000. C) Assets $350,000; Expenses $250,000. D) Assets $0; Expenses $600,000.
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) A company incurred the following costs related to research and development (R&D) for the current year: R&D salaries R&D supplies consumed Equipment used in R&D projects Payment for services to others for R&D projects Purchase of in-process R&D in a business acquisition
$ 120,000 240,000 600,000 160,000 80,000
The equipment will be used in other projects. Depreciation in the current year is $70,000. For what amount should the company report research and development expense? A) $430,000. B) $670,000. C) $1,200,000. D) $590,000. 147) A company incurred the follow costs related to research and development for the current year: Technology development (salaries and supplies) Engineering work performed by another company Purchase of equipment Testing new models Legal fees for patent application
$ 320,000 150,000 750,000 60,000 30,000
The equipment will be used in other projects. Depreciation in the current year is $90,000. For what amount should the company report research and development expense? A) $500,000. B) $620,000. C) $650,000. D) $470,000. 148) Software development costs are capitalized if they are incurred: A) Prior to the point at which technological feasibility has been established. B) After commercial production has begun. C) After technological feasibility has been established but prior to the product availability date. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 149) Which of the costs related to research and development would be capitalized? A) Development costs for software that has reached the point of technological feasibility. B) R&D performed by the company for sale to others. C) R&D purchased in a business acquisition. D) All of the other answers are costs to be capitalized.
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
150) Cebrex Software began a new development project in 2020. The project reached technological feasibility on June 30, 2021, and was available for release to customers at the beginning of 2022. Development costs incurred prior to June 30, 2021, were $3,200,000 and costs incurred from June 30 to the product release date were $1,400,000. The economic life of the software is estimated at four years. For what amount will software be capitalized in 2021? A) $0. B) $5,600,000. C) $1,400,000. D) $3,200,000. 151) A cloud computing arrangement involves: A) A company's internal development of software used to increase its operating efficiency. B) A company purchasing computer hardware for maintaining its own software. C) A company using software by accessing a vendor's or a third party's hardware. D) A company hiring a vendor or third-party to maintain its computerized recordkeeping. 152) Which of the following conditions must exist for a company to capitalize the cost of a cloud computing arrangement? A) The company has a contractual right to take possession of the software without significant penalty. B) The company agrees to a contract of at least five years and cannot cancel without significant penalty. C) The company does not have the ability to run the software on its own. D) Two of the other answers are correct. 153) Which of the following costs would not be capitalized in a cloud computing arrangement? A) Initial arrangement fee paid by the company to a vendor. B) Coding and integration with the company's own software. C) Customization of the software during implementation to fit the company's needs. D) Post-implementation operation. 154) A company entered into a two-year cloud computing arrangement by paying $50,000 immediately to a vendor and also incurring the following costs: Pre-implementation planning Integration of software Coding and customization of software Post-implementation operation
$ 10,000 45,000 80,000 25,000
Determine the amount the company should capitalize at the beginning of the arrangement. A) $50,000. B) $175,000. C) $185,000. D) $210,000.
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
155) The costs of research and development performed by the company for sale to others (but not yet sold) would be included in which of the following accounts? A) Research and development expense. B) Sales revenue. C) Inventory. D) Cost of goods sold. 156) When one company acquires another company, any acquired "developed technology" is recorded as: A) Finite-life intangible asset. B) Property, plant, and equipment. C) Research and development expense. D) Indefinite-life intangible asset. 157) When one company acquires another company, any acquired "in-process research and development" is recorded as: A) Finite-life intangible asset. B) Property, plant, and equipment. C) Research and development expense. D) Indefinite-life intangible asset. 158) Consider the following scenarios: Scenario 1:
Scenario 2:
In the current year, a kitchen appliance manufacturer spends $450,000 on R&D costs to develop internally a new heating element for conventional ovens. By the end of the year, the design for the new heating element has been patented. Legal and filing fees associated with the patent are $50,000. The patent has a fair value $600,000 and an estimated useful life of 10 years. In the current year, a kitchen appliance manufacturer purchases a patent for heating elements used in conventional ovens from a third-party for $600,000. The patent has an estimated useful life of 10 years.
Under which scenario would the company report greater research and development expense in the current year? A) Scenario 1. B) Scenario 2. C) The expense would be the same under each scenario. D) An expense is not recorded under either scenario. 159) Under International Financial Reporting Standards, research expenditures are: A) Expensed in the period incurred. B) Expensed in the period they are determined to be unsuccessful. C) Capitalized if certain criteria are met. D) Expensed if unsuccessful, capitalized if successful. 33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
160) Under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), development expenditures are: A) Expensed in the period incurred. B) Expensed in the period they are determined to be unsuccessful. C) Capitalized if certain criteria are met. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 161) Cromartie Ltd. prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards. During 2021 the company incurred $1,245,000 in research expenditures to develop a new product. An additional $756,000 in development expenditures were incurred after technological and commercial feasibility was established and after the future economic benefits were deemed probable. The project was successfully completed and the new product was patented before the end of the 2021 fiscal year. Sale of the product began in 2020. What amount of the above expenditures would Cromartie expense in its 2021 income statement? A) $2,001,000. B) $756,000. C) $1,245,000. D) $0. 162) In accounting for oil and gas exploration costs, companies: A) May not use the full-cost method. B) May use the successful efforts method. C) May use the slippery slope method. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 163) During 2021, the Longhorn Oil Company incurred $5,000,000 in exploration costs for each of 20 oil wells drilled in 2021 in west Texas. Of the 20 wells drilled, 14 were dry holes. Longhorn uses the successful efforts method of accounting. Assuming that none of the oil found is depleted in 2021, what oil exploration expense would Longhorn charge for this activity in its 2021 income statement? A) $0. B) $30 million. C) $70 million. D) $100 million. 164) During 2021, Prospect Oil Corporation incurred $4,000,000 in exploration costs for each of 15 oil wells drilled in 2021. Of the 15 wells drilled, 10 were dry holes. Prospect uses the successful efforts method of accounting. Assuming that Prospect depletes 30% of the oil discovered in 2021, what amount of these exploration costs would remain in its 12/31/2021 balance sheet? A) $6 million. B) $14 million. C) $20 million. D) $42 million.
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM PHRASE NUMBER 1. Average accumulated Account credited when assets are donated to ____ expenditures a corporation. 2. Revenue-donation of asset Approximation of average outstanding debt ____ if all construction funds were borrowed. 3. Exchange of nonmonetary Both the total amount and the amount ____ assets capitalized should be disclosed. 4. Interest cost Asset received is measured at fair value. ____ 5. Franchise Right granted to use a trademark or ____ tradename within a geographic area.
166) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Trademark
2. Patent 3. Copyright 4. Goodwill
5. Franchise
PHRASE NUMBER Payment for the exclusive right to use the ____ company's name and to sell its products within a specified geographical area. An exclusive right to manufacture a product ____ or to use a process. A word, slogan, or symbol that distinctively ____ identifies a company, product, or service. An exclusive right of protection given to the ____ creator of a published work such as a song, film, painting, photograph, book, or computer software. The purchase price of a company less the ____ fair value of the net assets acquired.
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
167) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Trademark 2. Noninterest-bearing note 3. Expected cash flow approach 4. R&D performed for others 5. Land
PHRASE NUMBER Exclusive right to display a word, symbol, or ____ emblem. Generates inventoriable costs. ____ Incorporates specific probabilities of cash ____ flows. Its cost includes filling, draining, and ____ removal of old structures. Valued at the fair value of the note or fair ____ value of the asset received in exchange.
168) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Cloud computing
PHRASE NUMBER Point in time to begin capitalization of ____ software development costs. 2. Research and development Expensed in the period incurred. ____ costs 3. Natural resources A company using software by accessing a ____ third party's hardware. 4. Technological feasibility The basic principle is to value assets acquired ____ using fair value of consideration given. 5. Nonmonetary exchange Wasting assets. ____
169) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Copyright
PHRASE NUMBER A measurement of efficiency in using ____ depreciable assets. 2. Asset retirement Exclusive right of protection given to the creator ____ obligations of a published work. 3. Land improvements Measured at fair value and recognized as a ____ liability. 4. Fixed asset turnover ratio The basic principle is to value assets acquired ____ using fair value of consideration given. 5. Nonmonetary exchange Includes parking lots, fences, and driveways, ____ lighting and sprinkler systems.
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Goodwill 2. Depreciation 3. Depletion 4. Patents 5. Intangible assets
PHRASE NUMBER Long-term assets that generally represent various types ____ of rights. Consideration given less fair value of net identifiable ____ assets. The cost allocation of equipment. ____ The allocation of cost of natural resources. ____ Protects against infringements on manufactured ____ products.
171) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Software development costs 2. Donated assets 3. Lump-sum purchase 4. Copyright 5. Restoration costs
PHRASE Costs to bring back an asset to its original condition. Revenue recorded upon receipt. Exclusive right of protection given to the creator of a published work. Capitalized between points of technological feasibility and date of product release. Price allocated in proportion to relative fair values.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
172) Listed below are ten terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Nonmonetary exchange 2. Copyright 3. Average accumulated expenditures 4. Patent 5. Goodwill 6. Start-up costs 7. Trademark 8. Lump-sum purchases 9. Expected cash flow approach 10. Land improvements
PHRASE NUMBER Expensed in the period incurred. ____ Exclusive right of protection given to the creator ____ of a published work. Incorporates cash flow probabilities into ____ analysis. The basic principle is to value assets acquired ____ using fair value of consideration given. Includes parking lots, fences, and driveways, ____ lighting and sprinkler systems. A unique intangible asset that is not separable ____ from the company. Weighted average of construction expenditures. ____ An exclusive right to display a word, slogan, ____ symbol or emblem. Exclusive 20-year right to manufacture a ____ product or use a process. Purchase price is allocated based on relative fair ____ values.
173) Soccer Wholesale purchased land and a warehouse for $800,000. In addition to the purchase price, Soccer Wholesale made the following expenditures related to the acquisition: broker's commission, $48,000; title insurance, $3,000; and miscellaneous closing costs, $8,000. The warehouse is immediately demolished at a cost of $80,000 in anticipation of building a new warehouse. Required: Determine the amount Soccer Wholesale should record as the cost of the land.
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
174) On July 1, 2021, Jekel & Hyde Inc. purchased land and incurred other costs relative to the construction of a new warehouse. A summary of economic activities is listed below: Purchase price Title insurance Legal fees to purchase land Cost of razing old building on lot Proceeds from sale of salvageable materials Property taxes, January 1, 2021–June 30, 2021 Cost of grading and filling building site Cost of building construction Interest on construction loan Cost of constructing driveway Cost of parking lot and fencing
$185,000 $1,500 $1,000 8,500 (1,200) 3,000 9,000 620,000 12,000 8,000 12,000
Required: Indicate the accounts that would be affected by the above transactions and the resulting balance in each account. Apply the interest on the construction loan to the cost of the building only. 175) Mad Hatter Enterprises purchased new equipment for $365,000, terms f.o.b. shipping point. Other costs connected with the purchase were as follows: State sales tax Freight costs Insurance while in transit Insurance after equipment placed in service Installation costs Insurance for the first year of operations Testing
29,200 5,600 800 1,200 2,000 2,400 700
Required: Determine the capitalized cost of the equipment.
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
176) Rockport Refinery acquired all the outstanding common stock of Stellman Corporation for $68,000 in cash. The book values and fair values of Stellman's assets and liabilities were as follows:
Current assets Property, plant, and equipment Other assets Current liabilities Long-term liabilities
Book Value Fair Value $24,000 $30,000 44,000 56,000 4,000 6,000 16,000 16,000 24,000 22,000
Required: Calculate the amount Rockport would record for goodwill. 177) During the current year, Brewer Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Miller Inc. paying $12,000,000 cash. The book values and fair values of Miller's assets and liabilities acquired are listed below:
Accounts receivable Inventories Property, plant, and equipment Accounts payable Bonds payable
Book Value $1,800,000 2,700,000 9,000,000 3,000,000 4,500,000
Fair Value $ 1,625,000 4,000,000 11,625,000 3,000,000 4,125,000
Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the acquisition by Brewer Company. 178) On August 15, 2021, Willis Inc. acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Bork Inc. paying $7,400,000 cash. The book values and fair values of Bork's assets and liabilities are listed below:
Accounts receivable Inventories Property, plant, and equipment Accounts payable Bonds payable
Book Value $1,080,000 1,620,000 5,400,000 1,800,000 2,700,000
Fair Value $ 975,000 2,400,000 6,975,000 1,800,000 2,475,000
Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the acquisition by Willis Inc.
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
179) Schefter Mining operates a copper mine in Wyoming. Acquisition, exploration, and development costs totaled $8.2 million. Extraction activities began on July 1, 2021. After the copper is extracted in approximately six years, Schefter is obligated to restore the land to its original condition, including constructing a park. The company's controller has provided the following three cash flow possibilities for the restoration costs:
1. 2. 3.
Cash Flow $700,000 800,000 900,000
Probability 30% 25% 45%
The company's credit-adjusted, risk-free rate of interest is 5%, and its fiscal year ends on December 31. Required: 1. What is the initial cost of the copper mine? (Round computations to nearest whole dollar.) 2. How much accretion expense will Schefter report in its 2021 income statement? 3. What is the book value of the asset retirement obligation that Schefter will report in its 2021 balance sheet? 4. Assume that actual restoration costs incurred in 2027 totaled $860,000. What amount of gain or loss will Schefter recognize on retirement of the liability? 180) Calegari Mining paid $2 million to obtain the rights to operate a coal mine in Tennessee. Costs of exploring for the coal deposit totaled $1,500,000, and development costs of $5 million were incurred in preparing the mine for extraction, which began on January 2, 2021. After the coal is extracted in approximately five years, Calegari is obligated to restore the land to its original condition. The company's controller has provided the following three cash flow possibilities for the restoration costs:
1. 2. 3.
Cash Flow $1,000,000 1,400,000 1,800,000
Probability 10% 60% 30%
The company's credit-adjusted, risk-free rate of interest is 7%, and its fiscal year ends on December 31. Required: 1. What is the initial cost of the coal mine? (Round computations to nearest whole dollar.) 2. How much accretion expense will Calegari report in its 2021 and 2022 income statements? 3. What is the book value of the asset retirement obligation that Calegari will report in its 2021 and 2022 balance sheets? 4. Assume that actual restoration costs incurred in 2026 totaled $1,370,000. What amount of gain or loss will Calegari recognize on retirement of the liability?
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
181) During the current year, Peterson Data Corporation acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Junior Jackson Inc. (JJI), paying $36 million in cash. Peterson recorded the assets acquired as follows: Accounts receivable Inventory Property, plant, and equipment Goodwill
$2,500,000 9,000,000 25,500,000 6,000,000
The book value of JJI's assets and owners' equity before the acquisition were $22 million and $18 million, respectively. Required: Compute the fair value of JJI's liabilities that Peterson assumed in the acquisition. 182) During the current year, Compton Crate Corporation acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Little Lacy Ltd. (LLL), paying $60 million in cash. Compton recorded the assets acquired as follows: Accounts receivable Inventory Property, plant, and equipment Goodwill
$5,500,000 18,000,000 45,500,000 22,000,000
The book value of LLL's assets and owners' equity before the acquisition were $50 million and $30 million, respectively. Required: Compute the fair value of LLL's liabilities that Compton assumed in the acquisition.
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
183) On January 3, 2021, Michelson & Sons acquired a tract of land just outside the city limits. The land and existing building were purchased for $2.4 million. Michelson paid $400,000 and signed a noninterest-bearing note requiring the company to pay the remaining $2,000,000 on December 31, 2022. An interest rate of 7% properly reflects the time value of money for this type of loan agreement. Transfer taxes, title insurance, and other costs totaling $24,000 were paid at closing. At the end of February the old building was demolished at a cost of $120,000, and an additional $100,000 was paid to clear and grade the land. Construction of a new building began on March 1 and was completed on October 30. Construction expenditures were as follows: March 30 June 30 July 30 September 1
$
800,000 1,200,000 1,200,000 600,000
Michelson did not borrow specifically for the construction project, but did have the following debt outstanding throughout 2021: $6,000,000, 8% long-term note payable $2,000,000, 5% long-term note payable In December, the company purchased equipment and office furniture and fixtures for a lump-sum price of $800,000. The fair values of the equipment and the furniture and fixtures were $540,000 and $360,000, respectively. In December, Michelson paid $340,000 for the construction of parking lots and landscaping. Required: 1. Determine the initial values of the various assets that Michelson acquired or constructed during 2021. 2. How much interest expense will Michelson report in its 2021 income statement? 184) Watson Company purchased assets of Holmes Ltd. at auction for $1,300,000. An independent appraisal of the fair value of the assets acquired is listed below: Land Building Equipment Inventories
$214,500 357,500 572,000 286,000
Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the purchase of the assets.
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
185) Eli Company purchased assets of Whitney Inc. at auction for $1,560,000. An independent appraisal of the fair value of the assets acquired is listed below: Land Building Equipment Inventories
$171,600 514,800 600,600 429,000
Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the purchase of the assets. 186) Cool Globe Inc. entered into two transactions, as follows: 1. Purchased equipment paying $20,000 at the date of purchase and signing a noninterest-bearing note requiring the balance to be paid in four annual installments of $20,000 on the anniversary date of the contract. Based on Cool Globe's 12% borrowing rate for such transactions, the implicit interest cost is $19,253. 2. Purchased a tract of land in exchange for $10,000 cash that was paid immediately and signed a noninterest-bearing note requiring five $10,000 annual payments. The first annual payment of the note is due in one year. The fair value of the land is $46,000. Required: Prepare the journal entries for these transactions. 187) Beacon Inc. received a gift of land and building in Twin Pines Park as an inducement to relocate. The land and buildings have fair values of $45,000 and $455,000. Required: Prepare journal entries to record the above transactions. 188) On March 15, 2021, Ellis Corporation issued 5,000 shares of its no-par common stock in exchange for a patent. On the date of the transaction, the market price of the common stock was $22 per share. Ellis also received a tract of land from the City of Montrose as an enticement to build a new office building on the site. The land had a fair value of $510,000 and Ellis was required to pay only $200,000 to secure title to the land. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entries to record the transactions under U.S. GAAP. 2. Prepare the entry to record the government grant assuming Ellis prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards. Prepare the entry according to each of the alternatives available under IFRS. 189) Kerry, Inc., exchanged land and cash of $8,000 for equipment. The land had a book value of $55,000 and a fair value of $60,000. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the exchange. Assume the exchange has commercial substance. 44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
190) Peanut Corporation exchanged land and cash of $6,500 for equipment. The land had a book value of $45,000 and a fair value of $34,000. Assume the exchange has commercial substance. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the exchange. 191) Ford Inc. exchanged land and $7,500 cash for material handling equipment. The land had a book value of $75,000 and a fair value of $105,000. Assume the exchange has commercial substance. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the exchange. 192) Walker Corporation exchanged land and $4,500 cash for material handling equipment. The land had a book value of $45,000 and a fair value of $58,000. Assume the exchange has commercial substance. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the exchange. 193) Champion Industries exchanged a dust-scrubbing piece of equipment for another version of the same type of equipment and received $12,000 cash. The old dust scrubber cost $76,200 and had a book value of $54,500. The new dust scrubber had a fair value of $58,500. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the exchange. Assume the exchange has commercial substance. 194) Montgomery Industries spent $600,000 in 2020 on a construction project to build a library. Montgomery also capitalized $30,000 of interest on the project in 2020. Montgomery financed 100% of the construction with a 10% construction loan. The project was completed on September 30, 2021. Additional expenditures in 2021 were as follows: Feb. 28 Apr. 30 Jul. 1 Sept. 30
$ 90,000 180,000 36,000 64,000
Required: Determine the completed cost of the library. Show supporting computations.
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
195) Wendell Corporation exchanged an old truck and $25,500 cash for a new truck. The old truck had a book value of $6,000 (original cost of $25,000 less $19,000 in accumulated depreciation) and a fair value of $7,700. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the exchange. Assume the exchange has commercial substance. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the exchange assuming that the exchange lacks commercial substance. 196) Agasse Industries began construction of a new facility and took out a $1,500,000, 8% construction loan on April 1, 2021. Agasse made payments to the general contractor of $400,000 on April 1, $900,000 on August 31, and $500,000 on December 31. Required: Compute the amount of interest that Agasse would capitalize in 2021. 197) Hawkins Corporation began construction of a motel on March 31, 2021. The project was completed on April 30, 2022. No new loans were required to fund construction. Hawkins does have the following two interest-bearing liabilities that were outstanding throughout the construction period: $ 4,000,000, 6% note $16,000,000, 10% bonds Construction expenditures incurred were as follows: March 31, 2021 June 30, 2021 November 30, 2021 February 28, 2022
$4,000,000 6,000,000 1,800,000 3,000,000
The company's fiscal year-end is December 31. Required: Calculate the amount of interest capitalized for 2021 and 2022.
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
198) On August 1, 2021, Reliable Software began developing a software program to allow individuals to customize their investment portfolios. Technological feasibility was established on January 31, 2022, and the program was available for release on March 31, 2022. Development costs were incurred as follows: August 1 through December 31, 2021 January 1 through January 31, 2022 February 1 through March 31, 2022
$6,300,000 1,200,000 1,600,000
Reliable expects a useful life of five years for the software and total revenues of $8,000,000 during that time. During 2022, revenue of $2,000,000 was recognized. Required: Prepare the journal entries to record the development costs in 2021 and 2022. 199) AstroTech Semiconductor incurred the following costs in 2021 related to a new product design: Research for new semiconductor design Development of the new product Legal and filing fees for a patent for the new design Total
$3,220,000 856,000 110,000 $4,186,000
The development costs were incurred after technological and commercial feasibility was established and after the future economic benefits were deemed probable. The project was successfully completed, and the new product was patented before the end of the 2021 fiscal year. Required: 1. Calculate the amount of research and development expense (R&D) AstroTech should report in its 2021 U.S. GAAP income statement related to this project. 2. Repeat Requirement 1 assuming that AstroTech prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). 200) Explain the appropriate accounting method used to account for lump-sum purchases of a group of long-term assets.
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
201) Casper Chemical recently acquired a building located on two acres of land for a lump-sum price of $3.2 million. In your job as assistant controller, you determined the allocation of the price using the relative fair values to be $1 million and $2.2 million for the land and building, respectively. When you reported these initial values to Jake Reese, the company's controller, he told you to change the allocation to $1.5 million for the land and $1.7 million for the building. When you asked him why the change, he explained that the company is having a difficult time meeting profitability goals and that his proposed allocation will help the bottom line for future years. Required: 1. How will the controller's proposed allocation help the bottom line in future years? 2. Discuss the ethical dilemma faced by the assistant controller. 202) How are donated assets recorded? 203) How are assets valued when they are acquired by issuing stock? 204) What disclosures are required relative to interest costs incurred during the year? 205) When is interest capitalized? Briefly describe how the amount to be capitalized is computed. 206) Why are software development costs treated differently than other types of R&D? 207) Briefly explain how R&D (research and development) is reported in financial statements. 208) It's not unusual for one company to buy another company in order to obtain technology that the acquired company has developed or is in the process of developing. Required: Explain the accounting treatment of purchased technology. 209) Briefly explain the differences between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) in accounting for research and development expenditures other than software development costs. 210) Why would an oil company argue to use the full-cost method of accounting for oil and gas exploration costs? 211) Briefly explain the differences between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) in accounting for government grants for the purchase of assets.
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 10 Property, Plant, and Equipment and Intangible Assets: Acquisition 1) Property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets are long-term, revenue-producing assets. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 2) Sales tax paid on equipment acquired for use in the business is not capitalized. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3) Demolition costs to remove an old building from land purchased as a site for a new building are considered part of the cost of the new building. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4) The initial cost of property, plant, and equipment includes all the identifiable expenditures necessary to bring the asset to its desired condition and location for use. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 5) Both land and land improvements are considered to have an indefinite life. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 6) The initial valuation of natural resources can include (a) acquisition costs, (b) exploration costs, (c) development costs, and (d) restoration costs. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 7) The initial valuation of a natural resource can include the expected cost of an asset retirement obligation to be settled at the end of the natural resource's useful life to the company. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
8) An asset retirement obligation associated with a natural resource is recorded with a debit to the related asset and a credit to a liability for an amount equal to the undiscounted sum of expected cash outflows. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 9) Costs incurred after discovery of a natural resource but before production begins are reported as expenses of the period in which the expenditures are made. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 10) A distinguishing characteristic of intangible assets is that the extent and timing of their future benefits typically are highly uncertain. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
11) Intangible assets generally represent exclusive rights that provide benefits to the owner. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 12) The cost to purchase a patent is expensed in the period incurred. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 13) Both patents and copyrights have legal lives of 20 years. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 14) Trademarks can have either definite or indefinite useful lives. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
15) The initial franchise fee plus the present value of estimated future fees paid to the franchisor for future services are capitalized at the beginning of the franchise period. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 16) Goodwill represents the unique value of a company as a whole over and above its identifiable tangible and intangible assets, and can be recorded only when acquiring another company. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 17) The amount of goodwill to record in a business acquisition is the excess of the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired over the consideration given. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
18) A company can develop and record as an intangible asset any goodwill created through advertising and employee training. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 19) The relative fair values of individual assets acquired in a lump-sum purchase are used to determine the valuation of each of those assets. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lump-sum purchases Learning Objective: 10-02 Determine the initial cost of individual property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired as a group for a lump-sum purchase price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 20) If the sum of the fair values of the assets acquired in a lump-sum purchase is greater than the consideration given, a gain is recorded. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lump-sum purchases Learning Objective: 10-02 Determine the initial cost of individual property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired as a group for a lump-sum purchase price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
21) If land, building, and equipment are acquired in a lump-sum purchase, the purchase price is allocated first based on the fair value of the building and then the fair value of the equipment, with any residual allocated to the land. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lump-sum purchases Learning Objective: 10-02 Determine the initial cost of individual property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired as a group for a lump-sum purchase price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 22) If an asset is acquired by issuing a note payable with a realistic stated interest rate, the asset's initial valuation equals the amount of the note. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments Learning Objective: 10-03 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for a deferred payment contract. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 23) If an asset is acquired by issuing a note payable with a realistic stated interest rate, the asset's initial valuation equals the amount of the note plus the present value of the future interest payments. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments Learning Objective: 10-03 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for a deferred payment contract. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
24) The initial valuation of an asset acquired with a $40,000 noninterest-bearing note that is payable in two years is $40,000. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments Learning Objective: 10-03 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for a deferred payment contract. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 25) The difference between the face amount of a noninterest-bearing note payable used to acquire an asset and the note's present value is initially recorded as a contra asset. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments Learning Objective: 10-03 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for a deferred payment contract. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 26) The difference between the face amount of a noninterest-bearing note payable used to acquire an asset and the note's present value represents interest expense over the life of the note. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments Learning Objective: 10-03 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for a deferred payment contract. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
27) The fair value of the asset, debt, or equity securities given in a noncash acquisition should determine the value of the consideration received. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments; Noncash acquisitions—Issuance of equity securities Learning Objective: 10-04 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for equity securities or through donation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 28) The fixed-asset turnover ratio measures a company's effectiveness in managing property, plant, and equipment. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Fixed—asset turnover ratio Learning Objective: 10-05 Calculate the fixed-asset turnover ratio used by analysts to measure how effectively managers use property, plant, and equipment. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 29) The fixed-asset turnover ratio equals net property, plant, and equipment divided by net sales. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Fixed—asset turnover ratio Learning Objective: 10-05 Calculate the fixed-asset turnover ratio used by analysts to measure how effectively managers use property, plant, and equipment. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
30) A higher fixed-asset turnover ratio indicates management is more effective in managing its company's property, plant, and equipment. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Fixed—asset turnover ratio Learning Objective: 10-05 Calculate the fixed-asset turnover ratio used by analysts to measure how effectively managers use property, plant, and equipment. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 31) Under current GAAP, fair value is used to measure the components of all nonmonetary exchanges. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 32) The gain or loss on a normal exchange of nonmonetary assets equals the difference between fair value and book value of the asset given up. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
33) In a normal nonmonetary exchange of assets, a gain is recorded if the book value of the asset given is greater than its fair value. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 34) If the fair values of the assets in a nonmonetary exchange cannot be determined, the asset received is valued at the book value of the asset given. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 35) An exchange of nonmonetary assets that lacks commercial substance occurs when the assets being exchanged have different expected service lives. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
36) If an exchange of nonmonetary assets lacks commercial substance, a loss can never be recorded. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 37) Assets that qualify for interest capitalization during construction include (a) assets built for a company's own use as well as for (b) assets constructed as discrete projects for sale or lease. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 38) The interest capitalization period for a self-constructed asset ends either when the asset is substantially complete and ready for use or when interest costs no longer are being incurred. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
39) The amount of interest to capitalize for self-constructed assets includes interest on borrowed amounts since inception of the loan, regardless of when construction expenditures are made. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 40) The FASB's required accounting treatment for research and development costs often understates both net income and assets. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 41) Most companies are allowed to capitalize development costs but must expense research costs. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
42) Research and development costs can include salaries, materials, and utilities but not depreciation on buildings. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 43) The cost of research and development performed for others is expensed as incurred. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 44) GAAP requires the capitalization of software development costs incurred after technological feasibility is established. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Software development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 45) Costs incurred after technological feasibility but before the software is available for general release to customers are expensed as incurred. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Software development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
46) The costs of cloud computing arrangements are capitalized if the customer has the right to take possession of the software and the customer could run the software on its own. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Software development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 47) According to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), all research and development expenditures are expensed in the period incurred. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS—Research and development Learning Objective: 10-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the acquisition of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 48) A company that prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) accounts for a government grant by recognizing revenue for the amount of the grant. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS—Government grants Learning Objective: 10-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the acquisition of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
49) The successful efforts method of accounting for oil and gas exploration costs allows costs incurred in searching for oil and gas within a large geographical area to be capitalized. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Oil and gas accounting—Appendix Learning Objective: Appendix 10 Oil and Gas Accounting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 50) Property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets are: A) Created by the normal operation of the business and include accounts receivable. B) All assets except cash and cash equivalents. C) Current and long-term assets used in the production of either goods or services. D) Long-term revenue-producing assets. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 51) The acquisition costs of property, plant, and equipment do not include: A) The ordinary and necessary costs to bring the asset to its desired condition and location for use. B) The net invoice price. C) Legal fees, delivery charges, installation, and any applicable sales tax. D) Maintenance costs during the first 30 days of use. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
52) Goodwill is: A) Amortized over the greater of its estimated life or 40 years. B) Only recorded by the seller of a business. C) The excess of the fair value of a business over the fair value of all net identifiable assets. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 53) For financial reporting purposes, goodwill: A) May be recorded whenever a company achieves a level of net income that exceeds the industry average. B) Is amortized over its useful life. C) May be recorded when a company purchases another business. D) Must be expensed in the period it is recorded because benefits from goodwill are difficult to identify. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
54) Which of the following is true concerning goodwill? A) Goodwill is recorded when the market value of a company exceeds the fair value of its identifiable net assets. B) Goodwill is recorded when a company is purchased for more than the fair value of its identifiable net assets. C) Goodwill is recorded as a revenue in the income statement. D) Two of the other answers are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 55) Productive assets that are physically consumed in operations are: A) Equipment. B) Land. C) Land improvements. D) Natural resources. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 56) An exclusive 20-year right to manufacture a product or use a process is a: A) Patent. B) Copyright. C) Trademark. D) Franchise. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
57) A contractual arrangement under which one party grants another party the exclusive right to use a trademark or tradename is a: A) Patent. B) Copyright. C) Trademark. D) Franchise. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 58) The exclusive right to benefit from a creative work, such as a film, is a: A) Patent. B) Copyright. C) Trademark. D) Franchise. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 59) The exclusive right to display a symbol of product identification is a: A) Patent. B) Copyright. C) Trademark. D) Franchise. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
60) The capitalized cost of equipment excludes: A) Maintenance. B) Sales tax. C) Shipping. D) Installation. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 61) The capitalized cost of land excludes: A) The purchase price of the land. B) Title insurance paid at the time of purchase. C) Real estate commissions associated with the sale. D) Property taxes for the first year owned. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 62) The cost of constructing a new parking lot at the company's office building would be recorded as: A) Land. B) Land improvement. C) Building. D) Equipment. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
63) Asset retirement obligations: A) Increase the balance in the related asset account. B) Are measured at fair value in the balance sheet. C) Are liabilities associated with the restoration of a long-term asset. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 64) If a company incurs legal obligations associated with the retirement of a tangible long-lived asset as a result of acquiring the asset: A) The company recognizes the obligation at fair value when the asset is acquired. B) The company recognizes the obligation at fair value when the asset is retired. C) The company records the difference between the fair value of the asset and the obligation when the asset is acquired. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
65) Which of the following does not pertain to accounting for asset retirement obligations? A) They accrete (increase over time) at the company's credit-adjusted risk-free rate. B) They must be recognized according to GAAP. C) Statement of Financial Accounting Concepts No. 7 is applied when adjusting cash flow obligations for uncertainty. D) All of these answer choices pertain to accounting for asset retirement obligations. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 66) Montana Mining Co. (MMC) paid $200 million for the right to explore and extract rare metals from land owned by the state of Montana. To obtain the rights, MMC agreed to restore the land to a suitable condition for other uses after its exploration and extraction activities. MMC incurred exploration and development costs of $60 million on the project. MMC has a credit-adjusted risk free interest rate is 7%. It estimates the possible cash flows for restoring the land, three years after its extraction activities begin, as follows: (PV of $1, PVA of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) Cash Outflow $ 10 million $ 30 million
Probability 60% 40%
The asset retirement obligation (rounded) that should be recognized by MMC at the beginning of the extraction activities is: A) $8.2 million. B) $14.7 million. C) $18 million. D) $30 million. Answer: B Explanation: The present value of the expected cash flows, that is, 0.81630 × [(0.60 × $10 million) + (0.40 × $30 million)], which is $14,693,400 or $14.7 million (rounded). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
67) Montana Mining Co. (MMC) paid $200 million for the right to explore and extract rare metals from land owned by the state of Montana. To obtain the rights, MMC agreed to restore the land to a suitable condition for other uses after its exploration and extraction activities. MMC incurred exploration and development costs of $60 million on the project. MMC has a credit-adjusted risk free interest rate is 7%. It estimates the possible cash flows for restoring the land, three years after its extraction activities begin, as follows: (PV of $1, PVA of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) Cash Outflow $ 10 million $ 30 million
Probability 60% 40%
The asset retirement obligation (rounded) that should be reported on MMC's balance sheet one year after the extraction activities begin is: (Round intermediate calculations to one decimal place. Enter your answers in millions rounded to 1 decimal place.) A) $0. B) $14.7 million. C) $15.7 million. D) $19.3 million. Answer: C Explanation: The present value of the expected cash flows, that is, 0.81630 × [(0.60 × $10 million) + (0.40 × $30 million)], which is $14,693,400 or $14.7 million (rounded). $14.7 million × 1.07 = $15.7 million (rounded). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
68) On March 1, 2021, Shipley Resources entered into an agreement with the state of Alaska to obtain the rights to operate a mineral mine for $6 million. The mine is expected to produce 100,000 tons of mineral. As part of the agreement, Shipley agrees to restore the land to its original condition after mining operations are completed in approximately five years. Management has provided the following possible outflows for the restoration costs that will occur five years from now: (PV of $1, PVA of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) Cash Outflow $ 300,000 400,000 500,000
Probability 25% 50% 25%
Shipley's credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate is 10%. During 2021, Shipley extracted 18,000 tons of ore from the mine. How much accretion expense will the company record in its income statement for the 2021 calendar year? A) $30,326. B) $20,697. C) $24,837. D) $27,294. Answer: B Explanation: $ 300,000 × 400,000 × 500,000 ×
25% 50% 25%
= = =
$
75,000 200,000 125,000 $ 400,000 ×
0.62092* = $248,368
(*Present value of $1, n = 5, i = 10%) 2021 accretion expense: $248,368 × 0.10 × 10/12 = $20,697 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
69) A company purchased land for $75,000 cash. Commissions of $4,500, property taxes of $5,000, and title insurance of $800 were also incurred. The $5,000 in property taxes includes $4,000 in back taxes paid by the company on behalf of the seller and $1,000 due for the current year after the purchase date. For what amount should the company record the land? A) $83,500. B) $84,300. C) $85,300. D) $75,000. Answer: B Explanation: $75,000 + $4,500 + $4,000 + $800 = $84,300. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 70) A company purchased a piece of equipment by paying $5,000 cash. A shipping cost of $400 to get the equipment to its factory was also incurred. The fair value of the equipment was $7,000 at the time of the purchase. For what amount should the company record the equipment? A) $5,000. B) $5,400. C) $7,000. D) $7,400. Answer: B Explanation: $5,000 + $400 = $5,400. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
71) A company purchased new equipment for $60,000. The company paid cash for the equipment. Other costs associated with the equipment were: transportation costs, $1,000; sales tax paid $3,000; and installation cost, $2,500. The cost recorded for the equipment was: A) $60,000. B) $61,000. C) $64,000. D) $66,500. Answer: D Explanation: $60,000 + $1,000 + $3,000 + $2,500 = $66,500. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 72) A company incurred the following costs associated with the purchase of a piece of land that it will use to re-build an office building:
Purchase price of the land Sale of salvaged parts already on the land Demolition of the old building Ground-breaking ceremony (food and supplies) Land preparation and leveling
$ 400,000 $ 20,000 $ 30,000 $ 1,500 $ 7,500
What amount should be recorded for the purchase of the land? A) $437,500. B) $417,500. C) $439,000. D) $419,000. Answer: B Explanation: $400,000 − $20,000 + $30,000 + $7,500 = $417,500. Proceeds from sale of the salvaged parts reduce the capitalized cost of the land. The $1,500 in costs for the ground-breaking ceremony should be expensed, as this is not necessary to get the land ready for use. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 73) A company purchased a commercial dishwasher by paying cash of $8,000. The company 26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
incurred $600 transportation costs, $500 installation fees, and $300 annual insurance on the equipment. For what amount will the company record the dishwasher? A) $8,600. B) $8,000. C) $9,100. D) $9,400. Answer: C Explanation: $8,000 + $600 + $500 = $9,100. The annual insurance on the equipment of $300 should be recorded as insurance expense over the first year of coverage. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 74) A company purchased a 3-acre tract of land for a building site for $350,000. The company demolished the old building at a cost of $12,000, but was able to sell scrap from the building for $1,500. The cost of title transfer was $900 and attorney fees for reviewing the contract was $500. Property taxes paid were $3,000, of which $250 covered the period after the purchase date. The capitalized cost of the land is: A) $366,400. B) $366,150. C) $364,650. D) $231,150. Answer: C Explanation: Purchase price Demolition costs Scrap sold Title insurance Legal fees Property taxes ($3,000 − $250) Total cost of land
$ 350,000 12,000 (1,500) 900 500 2,750 $ 364,650
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
75) Grab Manufacturing Co. purchased a 10-ton draw press at a cost of $180,000 with terms of 5/15, n/45. Payment was made within the discount period. Shipping costs were $4,600, which included $200 for insurance in transit. Installation costs totaled $12,000, which included $4,000 for taking out a section of a wall and rebuilding it because the press was too large for the doorway. The capitalized cost of the 10-ton draw press is: A) $171,000. B) $183,600. C) $187,600. D) $185,760. Answer: C Explanation: Purchase price ($180,000 × 95%) Shipping costs Installation costs Total cost of equipment
$ 171,000 4,600 12,000 $ 187,600
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) Holiday Laboratories purchased a high-speed industrial centrifuge at a cost of $420,000. Shipping costs totaled $15,000. Foundation work to house the centrifuge cost $8,000. An additional water line had to be run to the equipment at a cost of $3,000. Labor and testing costs totaled $6,000. Materials used up in testing cost $3,000. The capitalized cost is: A) $455,000. B) $446,000. C) $437,000. D) $435,000. Answer: A Explanation: Purchase price Shipping costs Foundation work Water line Labor and testing Materials used in testing Total cost of equipment
$ 420,000 15,000 8,000 3,000 6,000 3,000 $ 455,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
77) Vijay Inc. purchased a three-acre tract of land for a building site for $320,000. On the land was a building with an appraised value of $120,000. The company demolished the old building at a cost of $12,000, but was able to sell scrap from the building for $1,500. The cost of title insurance was $900 and attorney fees for reviewing the contract were $500. Property taxes paid were $3,000, of which $250 covered the period subsequent to the purchase date. The capitalized cost of the land is: A) $336,400. B) $336,150. C) $334,650. D) $201,150. Answer: C Explanation: Purchase price Demolition costs Scrap sold Title insurance Legal fees Property taxes ($3,000 − $250) Total cost of land
$ 320,000 12,000 (1,500) 900 500 2,750 $ 334,650
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) The balance sheet of Cattleman's Steakhouse shows assets of $86,400 and liabilities of $15,000. The fair value of the assets is $90,000 and the fair value of its liabilities is $15,000. Longhorn paid Cattleman's $95,000 to acquire all of its assets and liabilities. Longhorn should record goodwill on this purchase of: A) $3,600. B) $5,000. C) $20,000. D) $23,600. Answer: C Explanation: Purchase price Less: Fair value of net assets: Assets Less: Liabilities assumed Goodwill
$ $ 90,000 15,000
95,000
(75,000) $ 20,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
79) Northern purchased the entire business of Southern including all its assets and liabilities for $600,000 on December 31, 2021. Below is information related to the two companies at that date:
Fair value of assets Fair value of liabilities Reported assets Reported liabilities Net Income for the year
Northern $ 1,050,000 575,000 800,000 500,000 60,000
Southern $ 800,000 300,000 650,000 250,000 50,000
How much goodwill did Northern pay for acquiring Southern? A) $100,000. B) $300,000. C) $200,000. D) $150,000. Answer: A Explanation: Purchase price Less: Fair value of net assets: Assets Less: Liabilities assumed Goodwill
$ 600,000 $ 800,000 300,000
( 500,000 ) $ 100,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) Juliana Corporation purchased all of the outstanding stock of Caldwell Inc., paying $2,700,000 cash. Juliana assumed all of the liabilities of Caldwell. Book values and fair values of acquired assets and liabilities were:
Current assets (net) Property, plant, & equip. (net) Liabilities
Book Value $ 420,000 1,600,000 500,000
Fair Value $ 450,000 2,250,000 600,000
Juliana would record goodwill of: A) $1,180,000. B) $600,000. C) $880,000. D) $100,000. Answer: B Explanation: Consideration given Less: Fair value of net assets Assets ($450,000 + $2,250,000) Less: Liabilities assumed Goodwill
$ $ 2,700,000 (600,000)
2,700,000
(2,100,000) $ 600,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
81) Lake Incorporated purchased all of the outstanding stock of Huron Company paying $950,000 cash. Lake assumed all of the liabilities of Huron. Book values and fair values of acquired assets and liabilities were: Book Value $ 130,000 600,000 150,000
Current assets (net) Property, plant, equip. (net) Liabilities
Fair Value $ 125,000 750,000 175,000
Lake would record goodwill of: A) $0. B) $75,000. C) $445,000. D) $250,000. Answer: D Explanation: Consideration given Less: Fair value of net assets Assets ($125,000 + $750,000) Less: Liabilities assumed Goodwill
$ $
875,000 (175,000)
950,000
(700,000) $ 250,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
82) A company has the following expenditures during the year. Advertising Employee training Customer outreach and consultation
$ 100,000 80,000 50,000
The company believes that these efforts have increased the fair value of the entire company by $325,000. How much goodwill can the company recognize at the end of the year associated with these expenditures? A) $0. B) $80,000. C) $230,000. D) $325,000. Answer: A Explanation: These costs are expensed as incurred and are not capitalized as goodwill because they are costs of doing business and not associated with the acquisition of another business. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
83) On July 1, 2021, Larkin Co. purchased a $400,000 tract of land that is intended to be the site of a new office complex. Larkin incurred additional costs and realized salvage proceeds during 2021 as follows: Demolition of existing building on site Legal and other fees to close escrow Proceeds from sale of demolition scrap
$ 75,000 12,000 10,000
What would be the balance in the land account as of December 31, 2021? A) $400,000. B) $475,000. C) $477,000. D) $487,000. Answer: C Explanation: Purchase price Demolition costs Legal fees Sale of scrap Total cost of land
$ 400,000 75,000 12,000 (10,000) $ 477,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 84) Assets acquired in a lump-sum purchase are valued based on: A) Their residual values. B) Their relative fair values. C) The present value of their future cash flows. D) Their cost plus the difference between their cost and fair values. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lump-sum purchases Learning Objective: 10-02 Determine the initial cost of individual property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired as a group for a lump-sum purchase price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) A company purchased land, a building, and equipment for one price of $800,000. The estimated fair values of the land, building, and equipment are $100,000, $700,000, and $200,000, respectively. At what amount would the company record the land? A) $80,000 B) $90,000 C) $100,000 D) $800,000 Answer: A Explanation: $800,000 × [$100,000/($100,000 + $700,000 + $200,000)] = $80,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lump-sum purchases Learning Objective: 10-02 Determine the initial cost of individual property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired as a group for a lump-sum purchase price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 86) A company acquired an office building on three acres of land for a lump-sum price of $2,400,000. The building was completely equipped. According to independent appraisals, the fair values were $1,300,000, $780,000, and $520,000 for the building, land, and equipment, respectively. At what amount would the company record the building? A) $720,000. B) $1,320,000. C) $1,200,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: $2,400,000 × [$1,300,000/($1,300,000 + $780,000 + $520,000)] = $1,200,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lump-sum purchases Learning Objective: 10-02 Determine the initial cost of individual property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired as a group for a lump-sum purchase price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
87) A company acquired an office building, land, and equipment in a single basket purchase. The fair values were $1,200,000, $600,000, and $200,000 for the building, land, and equipment, respectively. The company recorded the building for $1,080,000. What was the total purchase cost for all three assets? A) $1,600,000. B) $1,500,000. C) $2,000,000. D) $1,800,000. Answer: D Explanation: $1,200,000/($1,200,000 + $600,000 + $200,000) = 60%. $1,080,000 purchase cost of building = 60% of total purchase cost. $1,080,000 purchase cost of building ÷ 60% = $1,800,000 total purchase cost. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lump-sum purchases Learning Objective: 10-02 Determine the initial cost of individual property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired as a group for a lump-sum purchase price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) Simpson and Homer Corporation acquired an office building on three acres of land for a lump-sum price of $2,400,000. The building was completely furnished. According to independent appraisals, the fair values were $1,300,000, $780,000, and $520,000 for the building, land, and furniture and fixtures, respectively. The initial values of the building, land, and furniture and fixtures would be:
a. b. c. d.
Building Land $ 1,300,000 $ 780,000 $ 1,200,000 $ 720,000 $ 720,000 $ 1,200,000 None of these answer choices are correct.
Fixtures $ 520,000 $ 480,000 $ 480,000
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: B Explanation:
Asset Building Land Furniture & fixtures
Fair Value $ 1,300,000 780,000 520,000 $ 2,600,000
Percent of Total Fair Value 50% 30
Initial Valuation (Percent × $2,400,000) $ 1,200,000 720,000
20 100%
480,000 $
2,400,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lump-sum purchases Learning Objective: 10-02 Determine the initial cost of individual property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired as a group for a lump-sum purchase price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
89) Cantor Corporation acquired a manufacturing facility on four acres of land for a lump-sum price of $8,000,000. The building included used but functional equipment. According to independent appraisals, the fair values were $4,500,000, $3,000,000, and $2,500,000 for the building, land, and equipment, respectively. The initial values of the building, land, and equipment would be:
a. b. c. d.
Building Land $ 4,500,000 $ 3,000,000 $ 4,500,000 $ 3,000,000 $ 3,600,000 $ 2,400,000 None of these answer choices are correct.
Equipment $ 2,500,000 $ 500,000 $ 2,000,000
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: C Explanation:
Asset Building Land Equipment
Fair Value $ 4,500,000 3,000,000 2,500,000 $ 10,000,000
Percent of Total Fair Value 45% 30 25 100%
Initial Valuation (Percent × $8,000,000) $ 3,600,000 2,400,000 2,000,000 $ 8,000,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lump-sum purchases Learning Objective: 10-02 Determine the initial cost of individual property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired as a group for a lump-sum purchase price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) Braxwell Corporation acquired the following assets associated with a manufacturing facility for a lump-sum price of $9,000,000. According to independent appraisals, the fair values were $4,000,000, $2,000,000, $3,000,000, and $1,000,000 for the building, patent, land, and equipment, respectively. The initial value of the patent would be: A) $2,000,000. B) $2,250,000. C) $1,800,000. D) $0. Answer: C Explanation: Relative fair value of patent = $2,000,000/$10,000,000 = 20%. Initial value = $9,000,000 × 20% = $1,800,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lump-sum purchases Learning Objective: 10-02 Determine the initial cost of individual property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired as a group for a lump-sum purchase price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 91) Assets acquired under multi-year deferred payment contracts are: A) Valued at their fair value on the date of the final payment. B) Valued at the present value of the payments required by the contract. C) Valued at the sum of the payments required by the contract. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments Learning Objective: 10-03 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for a deferred payment contract. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) An asset acquired using a long-term note payable always will be recorded at the face amount of the note under which scenario? A) The note payable explicitly requires the payment of interest at a realistic interest rate. B) The note is a noninterest-bearing note. C) The company expects to use the asset for its entire physical life. D) Interest on the note is not payable until the note is due. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments Learning Objective: 10-03 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for a deferred payment contract. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 93) An asset is acquired using a noninterest-bearing note payable for $100,000 due in two years. Management records the purchase with a debit to the asset for $100,000 and a credit to notes payable for $100,000. Which of the following statements is correct? A) Management has properly recorded the transaction. B) Management has not considered the present value of the note in recording the asset. C) Management should not record the asset until the note has been paid. D) Management should record the note for more than $100,000 to account for the underlying interest. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments Learning Objective: 10-03 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for a deferred payment contract. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
94) An asset is acquired using a noninterest-bearing note payable for $225,000 due in three years. Which of the following statements most likely is correct? A) The fair value of the asset is less than $225,000. B) No interest expense will be reported over the three-year note. C) The total amount paid for the asset will be less than $225,000. D) All of the other answer choices are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments Learning Objective: 10-03 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for a deferred payment contract. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 95) On January 1, 2021, Laramie Inc. acquired land for $6.2 million. Laramie paid $1.2 in cash and signed a 6% note requiring the company to pay the remaining $5 million plus interest on December 31, 2022. An interest rate of 6% properly reflects the time value of money for this type of loan agreement. For what amount should Laramie record the purchase of land? A) $6.8 million. B) $5.0 million. C) $5.6 million. D) $6.2 million. Answer: D Explanation: The note is interest-bearing and thus the land is recorded for the face amount of the note, plus the cash paid on January 1, 2021 = $5,000,000 + $1,200,000 = $6,200,000. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments Learning Objective: 10-03 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for a deferred payment contract. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) On July 1, 2021, Markwell Company acquired equipment. Markwell paid $160,000 in cash on July 1, 2021, and signed a $640,000 noninterest-bearing note for the remaining balance which is due on July 1, 2022. An interest rate of 5% reflects the time value of money for this type of loan agreement. (PV of $1, PVA of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) For what amount will Markwell record the purchase of equipment? A) $761,905. B) $769,523. C) $609,523. D) $800,000. Answer: B Explanation: Cash = ($800,000 × 20%) = $160,000. Borrowing = $800,000 − $160,000 = $640,000. Recorded amount = $160,000 + ($640,000 × 0.95238*) = $769,523. *PVn = 1, i = 5% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments Learning Objective: 10-03 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for a deferred payment contract. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
97) On July 1, 2021, Markwell Company acquired equipment. Markwell paid $160,000 in cash on July 1, 2021, and signed a $640,000 noninterest-bearing note for the remaining balance which is due on July 1, 2022. An interest rate of 5% reflects the time value of money for this type of loan agreement. (PV of $1, PVA of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) Which of the following should be included in the journal entry on July 1, 2021? (Round intermediate and final answer to nearest whole dollar amount.) A) Credit: Notes payable, $609,523. B) Debit: Equipment, $800,000. C) Debit: Discount on notes payable, $30,477. D) Credit: Notes payable, $609,523 and Debit: Discount on notes payable, $30,477. Answer: C Explanation: Present value of the noninterest-bearing note = ($640,000 × 0.95238*) = $609,523. Discount on notes payable = $640,000 − $609,523 = $30,477. Recorded amount of equipment = $160,000 + $609,523 = $769,523. *PVn = 1, i = 5% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments Learning Objective: 10-03 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for a deferred payment contract. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) On September 30, 2021, Corso Steel acquired a patent from Thermo Steel. The agreement specified that Corso will pay Thermo $1,000,000 immediately and then another $1,000,000 on September 30, 2023. An interest rate of 8% reflects the time value of money for this type of loan agreement. (PV of $1, PVA of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) Corso should record the acquisition of the patent on September 30, 2021, for what amount? A) $2,000,000. B) $1,912,385. C) $1,857,340. D) $1,714,678. Answer: C Explanation: Recorded amount = $1,000,000 cash + ($1,000,000 borrowing × 0.85734*) = $1,857,340. *PVn = 2, i = 8%
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments Learning Objective: 10-03 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for a deferred payment contract. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
99) On September 30, 2021, Corso Steel acquired a patent from Thermo Steel. The agreement specified that Corso will pay Thermo $1,000,000 immediately and then another $1,000,000 on September 30, 2023. An interest rate of 8% reflects the time value of money for this type of loan agreement. (PV of $1, PVA of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) What amount of interest expense, if any, would Corso record on December 31, 2021, the company's fiscal year end? (Round your answer to nearest whole dollar amount.) A) $17,147. B) $20,000. C) $68,687. D) $80,000. Answer: A Explanation: Present value of note payable = $1,000,000 × 0.85734* = $857,340. Interest expense = $857,340 × 8% × 3/12 = $17,147. *PVn = 2, i = 8% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments Learning Objective: 10-03 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for a deferred payment contract. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
100) On September 30, 2021, Corso Steel acquired a patent from Thermo Steel. The agreement specified that Corso will pay Thermo $1,000,000 immediately and then another $1,000,000 on September 30, 2023. An interest rate of 8% reflects the time value of money for this type of loan agreement. (PV of $1, PVA of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) What amount of interest expense, if any, would Corso record on December 31, 2022, the company's fiscal year end? (Round intermediate and final answer to nearest whole dollar amount.) A) $68,687. B) $60,000. C) $80,000. D) $69,959. Answer: D Explanation: Present value of note payable = $1,000,000 × 0.85734* = $857,340. Amortization of discount for 2021 = $857,340 × 8% × 3/12 = $17,147. Interest expense for 2022 = ($857,340 + $17,147) × 8% × 12/12 = $69,959. *PVn = 2, i = 8% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments Learning Objective: 10-03 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for a deferred payment contract. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 101) Assets acquired by the issuance of equity securities are valued based on: A) Their fair values. B) The fair value of the equity securities. C) The fair value of the assets acquired or the fair value of the equity securities, whichever is more reasonably determinable. D) The fair value of the assets acquired or the fair value of the equity securities, whichever is smaller. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Issuance of equity securities Learning Objective: 10-04 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for equity securities or through donation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
102) On June 17, the Lattern Company issued 120,000 shares of its $0.10 par value common stock in exchange for land. On the date of the transaction, the fair value of the common stock, evidenced by its market price, was $10 per share. The journal entry to record this transaction includes: A) Debit: Land, $1,200,000. B) Credit: Cash, $1,200,000. C) Debit: Land, $12,000. D) No entry for this exchange. Answer: A Explanation: The land is recorded at the fair value of the stock exchanged = 120,000 shares × $10 per share = $1,200,000. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Issuance of equity securities Learning Objective: 10-04 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for equity securities or through donation. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 103) Maltese is a privately-owned company. On September 3, Maltese exchanged 2,000 shares of its private common stock for equipment. There is no readily available estimate of the stock's fair value. The equipment currently is selling for $80,000. The journal entry to record this transaction includes: A) Credit: Stock revenue, $80,000. B) Credit: Cash, $80,000. C) Debit: Equipment, $80,000. D) No entry is recorded for this exchange. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Issuance of equity securities Learning Objective: 10-04 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for equity securities or through donation. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) Donated assets are recorded at: A) Zero (memo entry only). B) The donor's book value. C) The donee's stated value. D) Fair value. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Donated assets Learning Objective: 10-04 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for equity securities or through donation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 105) A company receiving a donated asset will record: A) An increase in revenue. B) An increase in liabilities. C) A decrease in liabilities. D) An increase in revenue and a decrease in liabilities. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Donated assets Learning Objective: 10-04 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for equity securities or through donation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
106) Savings Mart is a national retail chain. To entice the company to open a mega store in its jurisdiction, the city of Populationville donated a 20-acre tract of land to be used for construction. The land was originally purchased by the city for $250,000 three years ago. The appraisal value at the time of the donation was $300,000. For what amount should Savings Mart record the donated land? A) $250,000. B) $275,000. C) $300,000. D) $0; Donated assets are not recorded. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Donated assets Learning Objective: 10-04 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for equity securities or through donation. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 107) The fixed-asset turnover ratio provides: A) The rate of decline in asset lives. B) The rate of replacement of fixed assets. C) The amount of sales generated per dollar of fixed assets. D) The decline in book value of fixed assets compared to capital expenditures. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Fixed—asset turnover ratio Learning Objective: 10-05 Calculate the fixed-asset turnover ratio used by analysts to measure how effectively managers use property, plant, and equipment. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
108) The balance sheets of Davidson Corporation reported net fixed assets of $320,000 at the end of 2021. The fixed-asset turnover ratio for 2021 was 4.0, and sales for the year totaled $1,480,000. Net fixed assets at the end of 2020 were: A) $470,000. B) $370,000. C) $420,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: $1,480,000 ÷ Average fixed assets = 4.0 Average fixed assets = $370,000, therefore net fixed assets at the end of 2020 must be $420,000 [($320,000 + x) ÷ 2] = $370,000; $320,000 + x = $740,000; x = $420,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Fixed—asset turnover ratio Learning Objective: 10-05 Calculate the fixed-asset turnover ratio used by analysts to measure how effectively managers use property, plant, and equipment. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 109) The basic principle used to value an asset acquired in a nonmonetary exchange is to value it at: A) Fair value of the asset(s) given up. B) The book value of the asset given plus any cash or other monetary consideration received. C) Fair value or book value, whichever is smaller. D) Book value of the asset given. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) In a nonmonetary exchange of equipment, if the exchange has commercial substance, a gain is recognized if: A) The fair value of the equipment received exceeds the book value of the equipment received. B) The book value of the equipment received exceeds the fair value of the equipment given up. C) The fair value of the equipment surrendered exceeds the book value of the equipment given up. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 111) Alamos Co. exchanged equipment and $18,000 cash for similar equipment. The book value and the fair value of the old equipment were $82,000 and $90,000, respectively. Assuming that the exchange has commercial substance, Alamos would record a gain/(loss) of: A) $26,000. B) $8,000. C) ($8,000). D) $0. Answer: B Explanation: Equipment—new (FV of old + $18,000) Cash Equipment—old (book value) Gain on exchange of assets ($90,000 − $82,000)
108,000 18,000 82,000 8,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
112) Alamos Co. exchanged equipment and $18,000 cash for similar equipment. The book value and the fair value of the old equipment were $82,000 and $90,000, respectively. Assuming that the exchange lacks commercial substance, Alamos would record a gain/(loss) on exchange of assets in the amount of: A) $26,000. B) $8,000. C) ($8,000). D) $0. Answer: D Explanation: Equipment—new (BV of old + $18,000) Cash Equipment—old (book value)
100,000 18,000 82,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
113) Horton Stores exchanged land and cash of $5,000 for similar land. The book value and the fair value of the land were $90,000 and $100,000, respectively. Assuming that the exchange has commercial substance, Horton would record land—new and a gain/(loss) on exchange of assets in the amounts of:
a. b. c. d.
Land $ 105,000 $ 105,000 $ 95,000 $ 95,000
Gain/(loss) $ 0 $ 10,000 $ 0 $ 10,000
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: B Explanation: Land—new (FV of old land + $5,000) Cash Gain on exchange of assets ($100,000 − $90,000) Land—old (book value)
105,000 5,000 10,000 90,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) Horton Stores exchanged land and cash of $5,000 for similar land. The book value and the fair value of the land were $90,000 and $100,000, respectively. Assuming that the exchange lacks commercial substance, Horton would record land—new and a gain/(loss) on exchange of assets in the amounts of:
a. b. c. d.
Land $ 105,000 $ 105,000 $ 95,000 $ 95,000
Gain/(loss) $ 0 $ 10,000 $ 0 $ 10,000
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: C Explanation: Land—new (BV of old land + $5,000) Cash Land—old (book value)
95,000 5,000 90,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
115) Bloomington Inc. exchanged land for equipment and $3,000 in cash. The book value and the fair value of the land were $104,000 and $90,000, respectively. Assuming that the exchange has commercial substance, Bloomington would record equipment and a gain/(loss) on exchange of assets in the amounts of:
a. b. c. d.
Equipment $ 87,000 $ 104,000 $ 87,000 None of these answer choices are correct.
Gain/(loss) $ 3,000 $ (5,000) $ (14,000)
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: C Explanation: Equipment (FV of land – $3,000) Cash Loss on exchange of assets ($104,000 − $90,000) Land (book value)
87,000 3,000 14,000 104,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) P. Chang & Co. exchanged land and $9,000 cash for equipment. The book value and the fair value of the land were $106,000 and $90,000, respectively. Assuming that the exchange has commercial substance, Chang would record equipment and a gain/(loss) on exchange of assets in the amounts of:
a. b. c. d.
Equipment $ 99,000 $ 90,000 $ 108,000 $ 106,000
Gain/(loss) $ (16,000) $ (25,000) $ 16,000 $ (9,000)
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: A Explanation: Equipment (FV of land + $9,000) Loss on exchange of assets ($106,000 − $90,000) Cash Land (book value)
99,000 16,000 9,000 106,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Below is information relative to an exchange of similar assets by Grand Forks Corp. Assume the exchange has commercial substance.
Case A Case B
Old Equipment Book Value Fair Value $ 50,000 $ 60,000 $ 40,000 $ 35,000
Cash Paid $ 15,000 $ 8,000
In Case A, Grand Forks would record the new equipment at: A) $65,000. B) $75,000. C) $50,000. D) $60,000. Answer: B Explanation: Equipment—new ($60,000 + $15,000) Cash Equipment—old (book value) Gain on exchange of assets
75,000 15,000 50,000 10,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
118) Below is information relative to an exchange of similar assets by Grand Forks Corp. Assume the exchange has commercial substance.
Case A Case B
Old Equipment Book Value Fair Value $ 50,000 $ 60,000 $ 40,000 $ 35,000
Cash Paid $ 15,000 $ 8,000
In Case B, Grand Forks would record a gain/(loss) on exchange of assets in the amount of: A) $5,000. B) $3,000. C) ($5,000). D) ($3,000). Answer: C Explanation: Equipment—new ($35,000 + $8,000) Loss on exchange of assets ($40,000 − $35,000) Cash Equipment—old (book value)
43,000 5,000 8,000 40,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) Pensacola Inc. exchanged old equipment for new equipment in two exchange transactions. Each transaction has commercial substance.
Equipment A Equipment B
Old Equipment Book Value Fair Value $ 75,000 $ 80,000 $ 60,000 $ 56,000
Cash Received $ 12,000 $ 10,000
For Equipment A, Pensacola would record the new equipment at: A) $68,000. B) $63,750. C) $67,250. D) $80,000. Answer: A Explanation: Equipment—new ($80,000 − $12,000) Cash Equipment—old (book value) Gain on exchange of assets
68,000 12,000 75,000 5,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
120) Pensacola Inc. exchanged old equipment for new equipment in two exchange transactions. Each transaction has commercial substance.
Equipment A Equipment B
Old Equipment Book Value Fair Value $ 75,000 $ 80,000 $ 60,000 $ 56,000
Cash Received $ 12,000 $ 10,000
For Equipment B, Pensacola would record a gain/(loss) of: A) $4,000. B) ($4,000). C) ($10,000). D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: Equipment—new ($56,000 − $10,000) Cash Loss on exchange of assets Equipment—old (book value)
46,000 10,000 4,000 60,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 121) Interest may be capitalized: A) On routinely manufactured goods as well as self-constructed assets. B) On self-constructed assets from the date an entity formally adopts a plan to build a discrete project. C) Whether or not there is specific borrowing for the construction. D) Whether or not there are actual interest costs incurred. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) Interest is eligible to be capitalized as part of an asset's cost, rather than being expensed immediately, when: A) The interest is incurred during the construction period of the asset. B) The asset is a discrete construction project for sale or lease. C) The asset is self-constructed, rather than acquired. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 123) In computing capitalized interest, average accumulated expenditures: A) Is the arithmetic mean of all construction expenditures. B) Is determined by time-weighting individual expenditures made during the asset construction period. C) Is multiplied by the company's most recent financing rates. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 124) Interest is not capitalized for: A) Assets that are constructed as discrete projects for sale or lease. B) Assets constructed for a company's own use. C) Inventories routinely and repetitively produced in large quantities. D) Interest is capitalized for all of these items. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) Average accumulated expenditures: A) Is an approximation of the average debt a firm would have outstanding if it financed all construction through debt. B) Is computed as a simple average if all construction expenditures are made at the end of the period. C) Are irrelevant if the company's total outstanding debt is less than total costs of construction. D) All of these answer choices are true statements. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 126) The cost of self-constructed fixed assets should: A) Include allocated indirect costs just as they are for production of products. B) Include only incremental indirect costs. C) Include only specifically identifiable indirect costs. D) Not include indirect costs. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
127) On June 1, 2020, the Crocus Company began construction of a new manufacturing plant. The plant was completed on October 31, 2021. Expenditures on the project were as follows ($ in millions): July 1, 2020
54
October 1, 2020
22
February 1, 2021
30
April 1, 2021
21
September 1, 2021
20
October 1, 2021
6
On July 1, 2020, Crocus obtained a $70 million construction loan with a 6% interest rate. The loan was outstanding through the end of October, 2021. The company's only other interest-bearing debt was a long-term note for $100 million with an interest rate of 8%. This note was outstanding during all of 2020 and 2021. The company's fiscal year-end is December 31. What is the amount of interest that Crocus should capitalize in 2020, using the specific interest method? A) $1.90 million. B) $1.95 million. C) $2.96 million. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: Average expenditures for 2020: ($54 million × 6/6) + ($22 million × 3/6) = $65 million. The interest is: $65 million × 0.06 × 6/12 = $1.95 million. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) On June 1, 2020, the Crocus Company began construction of a new manufacturing plant. The plant was completed on October 31, 2021. Expenditures on the project were as follows ($ in millions): July 1, 2020
54
October 1, 2020
22
February 1, 2021
30
April 1, 2021
21
September 1, 2021
20
October 1, 2021
6
On July 1, 2020, Crocus obtained a $70 million construction loan with a 6% interest rate. The loan was outstanding through the end of October, 2021. The company's only other interest-bearing debt was a long-term note for $100 million with an interest rate of 8%. This note was outstanding during all of 2020 and 2021. The company's fiscal year-end is December 31. In computing the capitalized interest for 2021, Crocus' average accumulated expenditures are: A) $46.30 million. B) $103.54 million. C) $122.30 million. D) $124.25 million. Answer: D Explanation: The correct answer is: [from 2020 → ($77.95 million × 10/10) + ($30 million × 9/10) + ($21 million × 7/10) + ($20 million × 2/10) + ($6 million × 1/10) = $124.25 million. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) On June 1, 2020, the Crocus Company began construction of a new manufacturing plant. The plant was completed on October 31, 2021. Expenditures on the project were as follows ($ in millions): July 1, 2020
54
October 1, 2020
22
February 1, 2021
30
April 1, 2021
21
September 1, 2021
20
October 1, 2021
6
On July 1, 2020, Crocus obtained a $70 million construction loan with a 6% interest rate. The loan was outstanding through the end of October, 2021. The company's only other interest-bearing debt was a long-term note for $100 million with an interest rate of 8%. This note was outstanding during all of 2020 and 2021. The company's fiscal year-end is December 31. What is the amount of interest that Crocus should capitalize in 2021, using the specific interest method? (Enter your answers to nearest whole dollar amount.) A) $7,248,000. B) $7,283,000. C) $8,740,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Explanation: Average accumulated expenditures: [from 2020 → ($77.95 million × 10/10) + ($30 million × 9/10) + ($21 million × 7/10) + ($20 million × 2/10) + ($6 million × 1/10) = $124.25 million.] Of the $124.25 million, $70 million was financed at 6% for 10 months in 2021, and the remainder of $54.25 million was financed at 8% for that period. The total interest cost was: ($70 million × 0.06 × 10/12) + ($54.25 million × 0.08 × 10/12) = $7,117,000 (rounded). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
130) On January 1, 2021, Kendall Inc. began construction of an automated cattle feeder system. The system was finished and ready for use on September 30, 2022. Expenditures on the project were as follows: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
$ $ $ $ $
200,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 200,000
Kendall borrowed $750,000 on a construction loan at 12% interest on January 1, 2021. This loan was outstanding throughout the construction period. The company had $4,500,000 in 9% bonds payable outstanding in 2021 and 2022. Average accumulated expenditures for 2021 was: A) $300,000. B) $350,000. C) $500,000. D) $400,000. Answer: A Explanation: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021
$ 200,000 300,000 300,000 $ 800,000
× 12/12 = × 4/12 = × 0/12 =
$ 200,000 100,000 0 $ 300,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
131) On January 1, 2021, Kendall Inc. began construction of an automated cattle feeder system. The system was finished and ready for use on September 30, 2022. Expenditures on the project were as follows: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
$ $ $ $ $
200,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 200,000
Kendall borrowed $750,000 on a construction loan at 12% interest on January 1, 2021. This loan was outstanding throughout the construction period. The company had $4,500,000 in 9% bonds payable outstanding in 2021 and 2022. Interest (using the specific interest method) capitalized for 2021 was: A) $48,000. B) $42,000. C) $60,000. D) $36,000. Answer: D Explanation: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021
$ 200,000 300,000 300,000 $ 800,000
× 12/12 = × 4/12 = × 0/12 =
$ 200,000 100,000 0 $ 300,000
$300,000 × 12% = $36,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) On January 1, 2021, Kendall Inc. began construction of an automated cattle feeder system. The system was finished and ready for use on September 30, 2022. Expenditures on the project were as follows: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
$ $ $ $ $
200,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 200,000
Kendall borrowed $750,000 on a construction loan at 12% interest on January 1, 2021. This loan was outstanding throughout the construction period. The company had $4,500,000 in 9% bonds payable outstanding in 2021 and 2022. Average accumulated expenditures for 2022 was: A) $536,000. B) $1,236,000. C) $1,200,000. D) $1,036,000. Answer: D Explanation: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021
$ 200,000 300,000 300,000 $ 800,000
× 12/12 = × 4/12 = × 0/12 =
$ 200,000 100,000 0 $ 300,000
$300,000 × 12% = $36,000 Accumulated expenditures at 12/31/2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
$
836,000 300,000 200,000 $ 1,336,000
× 9/9 = × 6/9 = × 0/9 =
$
836,000 200,000 0 $ 1,036,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
133) On January 1, 2021, Kendall Inc. began construction of an automated cattle feeder system. The system was finished and ready for use on September 30, 2022. Expenditures on the project were as follows: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
$ $ $ $ $
200,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 200,000
Kendall borrowed $750,000 on a construction loan at 12% interest on January 1, 2021. This loan was outstanding throughout the construction period. The company had $4,500,000 in 9% bonds payable outstanding in 2021 and 2022. Interest (using the specific interest method) capitalized for 2022 was: A) $104,625. B) $86,805. C) $87,875. D) $67,500. Answer: B Explanation: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021
$ 200,000 300,000 300,000 $ 800,000
× 12/12 = × 4/12 = × 0/12 =
$ 200,000 100,000 0 $ 300,000
$300,000 × 12% = $36,000 Accumulated expenditures at 12/31/2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
Total Specific borrowing Excess Capitalized interest
$
836,000 300,000 200,000 $ 1,336,000
× 9/9 = × 6/9 = × 0/9 =
$
836,000 200,000 0 $ 1,036,000
$ 1,036,000
$
750,000
×
12%
×
9/12 =
$ 67,500
286,000
×
9%
×
9/12 =
19,305 $ 86,805
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 134) On January 1, 2021, Dreamworld Co. began construction of a new warehouse. The building was finished and ready for use on September 30, 2022. Expenditures on the project were as follows: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
$ $ $ $ $
300,000 450,000 450,000 450,000 300,000
Dreamworld had $5,000,000 in 12% bonds outstanding through both years. Dreamworld's average accumulated expenditures for 2021 was: A) $300,000. B) $450,000. C) $525,000. D) $600,000. Answer: B Explanation: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021
$
300,000 450,000 450,000 $ 1,200,000
× 12/12 = × 4/12 = × 0/12 =
$ 300,000 150,000 0 $ 450,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) On January 1, 2021, Dreamworld Co. began construction of a new warehouse. The building was finished and ready for use on September 30, 2022. Expenditures on the project were as follows: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
$ $ $ $ $
300,000 450,000 450,000 450,000 300,000
Dreamworld had $5,000,000 in 12% bonds outstanding through both years. Dreamworld's capitalized interest in 2021 was: A) $72,000. B) $63,000. C) $54,000. D) $36,000. Answer: C Explanation: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021
$
300,000 450,000 450,000 $ 1,200,000
× 12/12 = × 4/12 = × 0/12 =
$ 300,000 150,000 0 $ 450,000
$450,000 × 12% = $54,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
136) On January 1, 2021, Dreamworld Co. began construction of a new warehouse. The building was finished and ready for use on September 30, 2022. Expenditures on the project were as follows: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
$ $ $ $ $
300,000 450,000 450,000 450,000 300,000
Dreamworld had $5,000,000 in 12% bonds outstanding through both years. The average accumulated expenditures for 2022 by the end of the construction period was: A) $1,950,000. B) $1,554,000. C) $1,254,000. D) $975,000. Answer: B Explanation: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021
$
300,000 450,000 450,000 $ 1,200,000
× 12/12 = × 4/12 = × 0/12 =
$ 300,000 150,000 0 $ 450,000
× 9/9 = × 6/9 = × 0/9 =
$ 1,254,000 300,000 0 $ 1,554,000
$450,000 × 12% = $54,000 Accumulated expenditures at 12/31/2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
$ 1,254,000 450,000 300,000 $ 2,004,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
137) On January 1, 2021, Dreamworld Co. began construction of a new warehouse. The building was finished and ready for use on September 30, 2022. Expenditures on the project were as follows: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
$ $ $ $ $
300,000 450,000 450,000 450,000 300,000
Dreamworld had $5,000,000 in 12% bonds outstanding through both years. What was the final cost of Dreamworld's warehouse? A) $2,154,480. B) $2,143,860. C) $1,950,000. D) $1,254,000. Answer: B Explanation: January 1, 2021 September 1, 2021 December 31, 2021
$
300,000 450,000 450,000 $ 1,200,000
× 12/12 = × 4/12 = × 0/12 =
$ 300,000 150,000 0 $ 450,000
× 9/9 = × 6/9 = × 0/9 =
$ 1,254,000 300,000 0 $ 1,554,000
$450,000 × 12% = $54,000 Accumulated expenditures at 12/31/2021 March 31, 2022 September 30, 2022
$ 1,254,000 450,000 300,000 $ 2,004,000
Accumulated expenditures at 9/30/2022 before 2022 interest 2022 interest capitalized $1,554,000 × 12% × 9/12 Total capitalized cost
$ 2,004,000 139,860 $ 2,143,860
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
138) Liddy Corp. began constructing a new warehouse for its operations during the current year. In the year Liddy incurred interest of $30,000 on a working capital loan, and interest on a construction loan for the warehouse of $60,000. Interest computed on the average accumulated expenditures for the warehouse construction was $50,000. What amount of interest should Liddy expense for the year? A) $30,000. B) $40,000. C) $90,000. D) $140,000. Answer: B Explanation: Total interest cost incurred ($30,000 + $60,000) Interest capitalized Interest expense
$
90,000 (50,000) $ 40,000
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 139) Research and development costs for projects other than software development should be: A) Expensed in the period incurred. B) Expensed in the period they are determined to be unsuccessful. C) Deferred pending determination of success. D) Expensed if unsuccessful, capitalized if successful. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
140) Research and development costs should be: A) Expensed in the period incurred. B) Expensed in the period they are determined to be unsuccessful. C) Deferred pending determination of success. D) Expensed if unsuccessful, capitalized if successful. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 141) Research and development (R&D) costs: A) Generally pertain to activities that occur prior to the start of production. B) May be expensed or capitalized, at the option of the reporting entity. C) Must be capitalized and amortized. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 142) Research and development expense for a given period includes: A) The full cost of newly acquired equipment that has an alternative future use. B) Depreciation on a research and development facility. C) Research and development conducted on a contract basis for another entity. D) Patent filing and legal costs. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) A company spends $50,000 this year in research and development for a new drug to cure liver damage. By the end of the year, management feels confident that the new drug will gain FDA approval and lead to higher future sales. What impact will the $50,000 spending have on this year's financial statements? A) Increase assets. B) Decrease revenues. C) Increase expenses. D) Increase revenues. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 144) Suppose a company spends $100,000 on research and development in 2021. As a result of the products developed, additional revenue is generated over the next five years totaling $600,000. When is the cost of the research and development in 2021 recognized as an expense? A) Evenly over the period 2022-2026. B) Full amount in 2026. C) Evenly over the period 2021-2025. D) Full amount in 2021. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
145) Aspen, Inc. attempted to create a new horse transport device and incurred research and development costs of $250,000 in the first half of the current year. Rather than continue with its own research, Aspen decided to purchase a patent for a similar design from Vail, Inc. and purchased the patent for $350,000 on October 1 of the current year. What are the total assets and expenses recorded for these costs with regard to the new transport device? A) Assets $600,000; Expenses $0. B) Assets $250,000; Expenses $350,000. C) Assets $350,000; Expenses $250,000. D) Assets $0; Expenses $600,000. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 146) A company incurred the following costs related to research and development (R&D) for the current year: R&D salaries R&D supplies consumed Equipment used in R&D projects Payment for services to others for R&D projects Purchase of in-process R&D in a business acquisition
$ 120,000 240,000 600,000 160,000 80,000
The equipment will be used in other projects. Depreciation in the current year is $70,000. For what amount should the company report research and development expense? A) $430,000. B) $670,000. C) $1,200,000. D) $590,000. Answer: D Explanation: R&D expense = $120,000 + $240,000 + $70,000 + $160,000 = $590,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
147) A company incurred the follow costs related to research and development for the current year: Technology development (salaries and supplies) Engineering work performed by another company Purchase of equipment Testing new models Legal fees for patent application
$ 320,000 150,000 750,000 60,000 30,000
The equipment will be used in other projects. Depreciation in the current year is $90,000. For what amount should the company report research and development expense? A) $500,000. B) $620,000. C) $650,000. D) $470,000. Answer: B Explanation: R&D expense = $320,000 + $150,000 + $90,000 + $60,000 = $620,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 148) Software development costs are capitalized if they are incurred: A) Prior to the point at which technological feasibility has been established. B) After commercial production has begun. C) After technological feasibility has been established but prior to the product availability date. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Software development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
149) Which of the costs related to research and development would be capitalized? A) Development costs for software that has reached the point of technological feasibility. B) R&D performed by the company for sale to others. C) R&D purchased in a business acquisition. D) All of the other answers are costs to be capitalized. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Research and development; Software development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 150) Cebrex Software began a new development project in 2020. The project reached technological feasibility on June 30, 2021, and was available for release to customers at the beginning of 2022. Development costs incurred prior to June 30, 2021, were $3,200,000 and costs incurred from June 30 to the product release date were $1,400,000. The economic life of the software is estimated at four years. For what amount will software be capitalized in 2021? A) $0. B) $5,600,000. C) $1,400,000. D) $3,200,000. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Software development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
151) A cloud computing arrangement involves: A) A company's internal development of software used to increase its operating efficiency. B) A company purchasing computer hardware for maintaining its own software. C) A company using software by accessing a vendor's or a third party's hardware. D) A company hiring a vendor or third-party to maintain its computerized recordkeeping. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Software development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 152) Which of the following conditions must exist for a company to capitalize the cost of a cloud computing arrangement? A) The company has a contractual right to take possession of the software without significant penalty. B) The company agrees to a contract of at least five years and cannot cancel without significant penalty. C) The company does not have the ability to run the software on its own. D) Two of the other answers are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Software development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
153) Which of the following costs would not be capitalized in a cloud computing arrangement? A) Initial arrangement fee paid by the company to a vendor. B) Coding and integration with the company's own software. C) Customization of the software during implementation to fit the company's needs. D) Post-implementation operation. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Software development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 154) A company entered into a two-year cloud computing arrangement by paying $50,000 immediately to a vendor and also incurring the following costs: Pre-implementation planning Integration of software Coding and customization of software Post-implementation operation
$ 10,000 45,000 80,000 25,000
Determine the amount the company should capitalize at the beginning of the arrangement. A) $50,000. B) $175,000. C) $185,000. D) $210,000. Answer: B Explanation: $50,000 + $45,000 + $80,000 = $175,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Software development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
155) The costs of research and development performed by the company for sale to others (but not yet sold) would be included in which of the following accounts? A) Research and development expense. B) Sales revenue. C) Inventory. D) Cost of goods sold. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 156) When one company acquires another company, any acquired "developed technology" is recorded as: A) Finite-life intangible asset. B) Property, plant, and equipment. C) Research and development expense. D) Indefinite-life intangible asset. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
157) When one company acquires another company, any acquired "in-process research and development" is recorded as: A) Finite-life intangible asset. B) Property, plant, and equipment. C) Research and development expense. D) Indefinite-life intangible asset. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 158) Consider the following scenarios: Scenario 1:
Scenario 2:
In the current year, a kitchen appliance manufacturer spends $450,000 on R&D costs to develop internally a new heating element for conventional ovens. By the end of the year, the design for the new heating element has been patented. Legal and filing fees associated with the patent are $50,000. The patent has a fair value $600,000 and an estimated useful life of 10 years. In the current year, a kitchen appliance manufacturer purchases a patent for heating elements used in conventional ovens from a third-party for $600,000. The patent has an estimated useful life of 10 years.
Under which scenario would the company report greater research and development expense in the current year? A) Scenario 1. B) Scenario 2. C) The expense would be the same under each scenario. D) An expense is not recorded under either scenario. Answer: B Explanation: The expense in Scenario is $450,000. The expense in Scenario 2 is $600,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
159) Under International Financial Reporting Standards, research expenditures are: A) Expensed in the period incurred. B) Expensed in the period they are determined to be unsuccessful. C) Capitalized if certain criteria are met. D) Expensed if unsuccessful, capitalized if successful. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS—Research and development Learning Objective: 10-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the acquisition of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 160) Under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), development expenditures are: A) Expensed in the period incurred. B) Expensed in the period they are determined to be unsuccessful. C) Capitalized if certain criteria are met. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS—Research and development Learning Objective: 10-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the acquisition of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
86 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
161) Cromartie Ltd. prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards. During 2021 the company incurred $1,245,000 in research expenditures to develop a new product. An additional $756,000 in development expenditures were incurred after technological and commercial feasibility was established and after the future economic benefits were deemed probable. The project was successfully completed and the new product was patented before the end of the 2021 fiscal year. Sale of the product began in 2020. What amount of the above expenditures would Cromartie expense in its 2021 income statement? A) $2,001,000. B) $756,000. C) $1,245,000. D) $0. Answer: C Explanation: Under IFRS, only the $1,245,000 in research expenditures is expensed. The development costs are capitalized as an intangible asset. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS—Research and development Learning Objective: 10-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the acquisition of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Diversity; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 162) In accounting for oil and gas exploration costs, companies: A) May not use the full-cost method. B) May use the successful efforts method. C) May use the slippery slope method. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Oil and gas accounting—Appendix Learning Objective: Appendix 10 Oil and Gas Accounting. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
87 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
163) During 2021, the Longhorn Oil Company incurred $5,000,000 in exploration costs for each of 20 oil wells drilled in 2021 in west Texas. Of the 20 wells drilled, 14 were dry holes. Longhorn uses the successful efforts method of accounting. Assuming that none of the oil found is depleted in 2021, what oil exploration expense would Longhorn charge for this activity in its 2021 income statement? A) $0. B) $30 million. C) $70 million. D) $100 million. Answer: C Explanation: Expense the dry holes − $100 million × (14/20) = $70 million Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Oil and gas accounting—Appendix Learning Objective: Appendix 10 Oil and Gas Accounting. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 164) During 2021, Prospect Oil Corporation incurred $4,000,000 in exploration costs for each of 15 oil wells drilled in 2021. Of the 15 wells drilled, 10 were dry holes. Prospect uses the successful efforts method of accounting. Assuming that Prospect depletes 30% of the oil discovered in 2021, what amount of these exploration costs would remain in its 12/31/2021 balance sheet? A) $6 million. B) $14 million. C) $20 million. D) $42 million. Answer: B Explanation: Capitalize the wells that are not dry holes: 5 × $4 million = $20 million. Of this, 30% is depleted in 2021 and the rest remains on the balance sheet. Therefore, 70% of $20 million remains = $14 million. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Oil and gas accounting—Appendix Learning Objective: Appendix 10 Oil and Gas Accounting. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
88 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM PHRASE NUMBER 1. Average accumulated Account credited when assets are donated to ____ expenditures a corporation. 2. Revenue-donation of asset Approximation of average outstanding debt ____ if all construction funds were borrowed. 3. Exchange of nonmonetary Both the total amount and the amount ____ assets capitalized should be disclosed. 4. Interest cost Asset received is measured at fair value. ____ 5. Franchise Right granted to use a trademark or ____ tradename within a geographic area.
Answer: TERM 1. Average accumulated expenditures 2. Revenue-donation of asset 3. Exchange of nonmonetary assets 4. Interest cost 5. Franchise
PHRASE Account credited when assets are donated to a corporation. Approximation of average outstanding debt if all construction funds were borrowed. Both the total amount and the amount capitalized should be disclosed. Asset received is measured at fair value. Right granted to use a trademark or tradename within a geographic area.
NUMBER 2 1 4 3 5
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets; Noncash acquisitions—Donated assets; Exchanges; Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets.; 10-04 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for equity securities or through donation.; 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets.; 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
89 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
166) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Trademark
2. Patent 3. Copyright 4. Goodwill
5. Franchise
PHRASE NUMBER Payment for the exclusive right to use the ____ company's name and to sell its products within a specified geographical area. An exclusive right to manufacture a product ____ or to use a process. A word, slogan, or symbol that distinctively ____ identifies a company, product, or service. An exclusive right of protection given to the ____ creator of a published work such as a song, film, painting, photograph, book, or computer software. The purchase price of a company less the ____ fair value of the net assets acquired.
Answer: TERM 1. Trademark
2. Patent 3. Copyright 4. Goodwill
5. Franchise
PHRASE NUMBER Payment for the exclusive right to use the 2 company's name and to sell its products within a specified geographical area. An exclusive right to manufacture a product 3 or to use a process. A word, slogan, or symbol that distinctively 1 identifies a company, product, or service. An exclusive right of protection given to the 5 creator of a published work such as a song, film, painting, photograph, book, or computer software. The purchase price of a company less the fair 4 value of the net assets acquired.
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
90 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
167) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Trademark
PHRASE NUMBER Exclusive right to display a word, symbol, or ____ emblem. 2. Noninterest-bearing note Generates inventoriable costs. ____ 3. Expected cash flow Incorporates specific probabilities of cash ____ approach flows. 4. R&D performed for others Its cost includes filling, draining, and ____ removal of old structures. 5. Land Valued at the fair value of the note or fair ____ value of the asset received in exchange.
Answer: TERM 1. Trademark
PHRASE NUMBER Exclusive right to display a word, symbol, or 1 emblem. 2. Noninterest-bearing note Generates inventoriable costs. 4 3. Expected cash flow Incorporates specific probabilities of cash 3 approach flows. 4. R&D performed for others Its cost includes filling, draining, and 5 removal of old structures. 5. Land Valued at the fair value of the note or fair 2 value of the asset received in exchange. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Asset categories and types of assets; Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments; Exchanges; Research and development Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets.; 10-03 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for a deferred payment contract.; 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets.; 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
91 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
168) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Cloud computing 2. Research and development costs 3. Natural resources 4. Technological feasibility 5. Nonmonetary exchange
PHRASE Point in time to begin capitalization of software development costs. Expensed in the period incurred. A company using software by accessing a third party's hardware. The basic principle is to value assets acquired using fair value of consideration given. Wasting assets.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Cloud computing 2. Research and development costs 3. Natural resources 4. Technological feasibility 5. Nonmonetary exchange
PHRASE NUMBER Point in time to begin capitalization of software 4 development costs. Expensed in the period incurred. 2 A company's using software by accessing a third party's hardware. The basic principle is to value assets acquired using fair value of consideration given. Wasting assets.
1 5 3
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets; Costs to be capitalized; Exchanges; Research and development; Software development Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets.; 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets.; 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
92 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
169) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Copyright
PHRASE NUMBER A measurement of efficiency in using ____ depreciable assets. 2. Asset retirement Exclusive right of protection given to the creator ____ obligations of a published work. 3. Land improvements Measured at fair value and recognized as a ____ liability. 4. Fixed asset turnover ratio The basic principle is to value assets acquired ____ using fair value of consideration given. 5. Nonmonetary exchange Includes parking lots, fences, and driveways, ____ lighting and sprinkler systems.
Answer: TERM 1. Copyright
PHRASE NUMBER A measurement of efficiency in using 4 depreciable assets. 2. Asset retirement Exclusive right of protection given to the creator 1 obligations of a published work. 3. Land improvements Measured at fair value and recognized as a 2 liability. 4. Fixed asset turnover ratio The basic principle is to value assets acquired 5 using fair value of consideration given. 5. Nonmonetary exchange Includes parking lots, fences, and driveways, 3 lighting and sprinkler systems. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets; Costs to be capitalized; Fixed-asset turnover ratio; Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets.; 10-05 Calculate the fixed-asset turnover ratio used by analysts to measure how effectively managers use property, plant, and equipment.; 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
93 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Goodwill 2. Depreciation 3. Depletion 4. Patents 5. Intangible assets
Answer: TERM 1. Goodwill 2. Depreciation 3. Depletion 4. Patents 5. Intangible assets
PHRASE NUMBER Long-term assets that generally represent various types ____ of rights. Consideration given less fair value of net identifiable ____ assets. The cost allocation of equipment. ____ The allocation of cost of natural resources. ____ Protects against infringements on manufactured ____ products.
PHRASE NUMBER Long-term assets that generally represent various 5 types of rights. Consideration given less fair value of net identifiable 1 assets. The cost allocation of equipment. 2 The allocation of cost of natural resources. 3 Protects against infringements on manufactured 4 products.
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets; Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets.; 10-02 Determine the initial cost of individual property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired as a group for a lump-sum purchase price. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
94 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
171) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Software development costs 2. Donated assets 3. Lump-sum purchase 4. Copyright 5. Restoration costs
PHRASE Costs to bring back an asset to its original condition. Revenue recorded upon receipt. Exclusive right of protection given to the creator of a published work. Capitalized between points of technological feasibility and date of product release. Price allocated in proportion to relative fair values.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Software development costs 2. Donated assets 3. Lump-sum purchase 4. Copyright 5. Restoration costs
PHRASE NUMBER Costs to bring back an asset to its original 5 condition. Revenue recorded upon receipt. 2 Exclusive right of protection given to the 4 creator of a published work. Capitalized between points of technological 1 feasibility and date of product release. Price allocated in proportion to relative fair 3 values.
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets; Costs to be capitalized; Lump-sum purchases; Noncash acquisitions—Donated assets; Software development Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets.; 10-02 Determine the initial cost of individual property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired as a group for a lump-sum purchase price.; 10-04 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for equity securities or through donation.; 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
95 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
172) Listed below are ten terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM PHRASE NUMBER 1. Nonmonetary exchange Expensed in the period incurred. ____ 2. Copyright Exclusive right of protection given to the creator ____ of a published work. 3. Average accumulated Incorporates cash flow probabilities into ____ expenditures analysis. 4. Patent The basic principle is to value assets acquired ____ using fair value of consideration given. 5. Goodwill Includes parking lots, fences, and driveways, ____ lighting and sprinkler systems. 6. Start-up costs A unique intangible asset that is not separable ____ from the company. 7. Trademark Weighted average of construction expenditures. ____ 8. Lump-sum purchases An exclusive right to display a word, slogan, ____ symbol or emblem. 9. Expected cash flow Exclusive 20-year right to manufacture a ____ approach product or use a process. 10. Land improvements Purchase price is allocated based on relative fair ____ values.
96 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: TERM PHRASE NUMBER 1. Nonmonetary exchange Expensed in the period incurred. 6 2. Copyright Exclusive right of protection given to the 2 creator of a published work. 3. Average accumulated Incorporates cash flow probabilities into 9 expenditures analysis. 4. Patent The basic principle is to value assets acquired 1 using fair value of consideration given. 5. Goodwill Includes parking lots, fences, and driveways, 10 lighting and sprinkler systems. 6. Start-up costs A unique intangible asset that is not 5 separable from the company. 7. Trademark Weighted average of construction 3 expenditures. 8. Lump-sum purchases An exclusive right to display a word, slogan, 7 symbol or emblem. 9. Expected cash flow Exclusive 20-year right to manufacture a 4 approach product or use a process. 10. Land improvements Purchase price is allocated based on relative 8 fair values. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Asset categories and types of assets; Costs to be capitalized; Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments; Exchanges; Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets.; 10-02 Determine the initial cost of individual property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired as a group for a lump-sum purchase price.; 10-03 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for a deferred payment contract.; 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets.; 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
97 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
173) Soccer Wholesale purchased land and a warehouse for $800,000. In addition to the purchase price, Soccer Wholesale made the following expenditures related to the acquisition: broker's commission, $48,000; title insurance, $3,000; and miscellaneous closing costs, $8,000. The warehouse is immediately demolished at a cost of $80,000 in anticipation of building a new warehouse. Required: Determine the amount Soccer Wholesale should record as the cost of the land. Answer: Purchase price of land (and warehouse to be removed) Broker's Commission Title insurance Closing costs Cost of removing the warehouse Total cost of the land
$800,000 48,000 3,000 8,000 80,000 $939,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
98 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
174) On July 1, 2021, Jekel & Hyde Inc. purchased land and incurred other costs relative to the construction of a new warehouse. A summary of economic activities is listed below: Purchase price Title insurance Legal fees to purchase land Cost of razing old building on lot Proceeds from sale of salvageable materials Property taxes, January 1, 2021–June 30, 2021 Cost of grading and filling building site Cost of building construction Interest on construction loan Cost of constructing driveway Cost of parking lot and fencing
$185,000 $1,500 $1,000 8,500 (1,200) 3,000 9,000 620,000 12,000 8,000 12,000
Required: Indicate the accounts that would be affected by the above transactions and the resulting balance in each account. Apply the interest on the construction loan to the cost of the building only. Answer: Land: Purchase price Title insurance Legal fees Cost of razing old building Proceeds from sale of salvaged materials Property tax prior to June 30 Cost of grading and filling building site Total
$185,000 1,500 1,000 $8,500 (1,200)
7,300 3,000 9,000 $206,800
Building: Cost of building construction Interest on construction loan Total
$620,000 12,000 $632,000
Land improvements: Driveway Parking lot and fencing Total
$ 8,000 12,000 $ 20,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Costs to be capitalized; Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets.; 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Apply 99 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 175) Mad Hatter Enterprises purchased new equipment for $365,000, terms f.o.b. shipping point. Other costs connected with the purchase were as follows: State sales tax Freight costs Insurance while in transit Insurance after equipment placed in service Installation costs Insurance for the first year of operations Testing
29,200 5,600 800 1,200 2,000 2,400 700
Required: Determine the capitalized cost of the equipment. Answer: Purchase price Sales tax Freight Insurance while in transit Installation Testing Total cost of equipment
$365,000 29,200 5,600 800 2,000 700 $403,300
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
100 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
176) Rockport Refinery acquired all the outstanding common stock of Stellman Corporation for $68,000 in cash. The book values and fair values of Stellman's assets and liabilities were as follows:
Current assets Property, plant, and equipment Other assets Current liabilities Long-term liabilities
Book Value Fair Value $24,000 $30,000 44,000 56,000 4,000 6,000 16,000 16,000 24,000 22,000
Required: Calculate the amount Rockport would record for goodwill. Answer: Acquisition price Less: Fair value of assets acquired Less: fair value of liabilities assumed Fair value of identifiable net assets Goodwill
$68,000 92,000 (38,000) 54,000 $14,000
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
101 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
177) During the current year, Brewer Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Miller Inc. paying $12,000,000 cash. The book values and fair values of Miller's assets and liabilities acquired are listed below:
Accounts receivable Inventories Property, plant, and equipment Accounts payable Bonds payable
Book Value $1,800,000 2,700,000 9,000,000 3,000,000 4,500,000
Fair Value $ 1,625,000 4,000,000 11,625,000 3,000,000 4,125,000
Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the acquisition by Brewer Company. Answer: Accounts receivable Inventory Property, plant, and equipment Goodwill Accounts payable Bonds payable Cash
1,625,000 4,000,000 11,625,000 1,875,000 3,000,000 4,125,000 12,000,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
102 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
178) On August 15, 2021, Willis Inc. acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Bork Inc. paying $7,400,000 cash. The book values and fair values of Bork's assets and liabilities are listed below:
Accounts receivable Inventories Property, plant, and equipment Accounts payable Bonds payable
Book Value $1,080,000 1,620,000 5,400,000 1,800,000 2,700,000
Fair Value $ 975,000 2,400,000 6,975,000 1,800,000 2,475,000
Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the acquisition by Willis Inc. Answer: Accounts receivable Inventory Property, plant, and equipment Goodwill Accounts payable Bonds payable Cash
975,000 2,400,000 6,975,000 1,325,000 1,800,000 2,475,000 7,400,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
103 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
179) Schefter Mining operates a copper mine in Wyoming. Acquisition, exploration, and development costs totaled $8.2 million. Extraction activities began on July 1, 2021. After the copper is extracted in approximately six years, Schefter is obligated to restore the land to its original condition, including constructing a park. The company's controller has provided the following three cash flow possibilities for the restoration costs:
1. 2. 3.
Cash Flow $700,000 800,000 900,000
Probability 30% 25% 45%
The company's credit-adjusted, risk-free rate of interest is 5%, and its fiscal year ends on December 31. Required: 1. What is the initial cost of the copper mine? (Round computations to nearest whole dollar.) 2. How much accretion expense will Schefter report in its 2021 income statement? 3. What is the book value of the asset retirement obligation that Schefter will report in its 2021 balance sheet? 4. Assume that actual restoration costs incurred in 2027 totaled $860,000. What amount of gain or loss will Schefter recognize on retirement of the liability?
104 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. Cost of copper mine: Acquisition, exploration, and development Restoration costs † $700,000 × 30% = 800,000 × 25% = 900,000 × 45% =
$8,200,000 608,169 † $8,808,169
$210,000 200,000 405,000 $815,000 × 0.74622* = $608,169 *Present value of $1, n = 6, i = 5% (from Table 2)
2. 2021: $608,169 × 5% × 1/2 year = $15,204 = accretion expense 3. $608,169 + $15,204 = $623,373 = asset retirement obligation at the end of 2021. 4. Schefter will recognize a loss of $45,000 ($860,000 – $815,000). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
105 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
180) Calegari Mining paid $2 million to obtain the rights to operate a coal mine in Tennessee. Costs of exploring for the coal deposit totaled $1,500,000, and development costs of $5 million were incurred in preparing the mine for extraction, which began on January 2, 2021. After the coal is extracted in approximately five years, Calegari is obligated to restore the land to its original condition. The company's controller has provided the following three cash flow possibilities for the restoration costs:
1. 2. 3.
Cash Flow $1,000,000 1,400,000 1,800,000
Probability 10% 60% 30%
The company's credit-adjusted, risk-free rate of interest is 7%, and its fiscal year ends on December 31. Required: 1. What is the initial cost of the coal mine? (Round computations to nearest whole dollar.) 2. How much accretion expense will Calegari report in its 2021 and 2022 income statements? 3. What is the book value of the asset retirement obligation that Calegari will report in its 2021 and 2022 balance sheets? 4. Assume that actual restoration costs incurred in 2026 totaled $1,370,000. What amount of gain or loss will Calegari recognize on retirement of the liability? Answer: 1. Cost of coal mine: Acquisition Exploration Development Restoration costs † $1.000,000 × 10% = 1,400,000 × 60% = 1,800,000 × 30% =
$2,000,000 1,500,000 5,000,000 1,055,225 † $9,555,225 $100,000 840,000 540,000 $1,480,000 × 0.71299* = $1,055,225 *Present value of $1, n = 5, i = 7% (from Table 2)
106 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2. and 3. 2021: $1,055,225 × 7% = $73,866 = accretion expense $1,055,225 + $73,866 = $1,129,091 = asset retirement obligation at the end of 2021 2022: $1,129,091 × 7% = $79,036 = accretion expense $1,129,091 + $79,036 = $1,208,127 = asset retirement obligation at the end of 2022 4. Calegari will recognize a gain of $110,000 ($1,480,000 – $1,370,000). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 181) During the current year, Peterson Data Corporation acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Junior Jackson Inc. (JJI), paying $36 million in cash. Peterson recorded the assets acquired as follows: Accounts receivable Inventory Property, plant, and equipment Goodwill
$2,500,000 9,000,000 25,500,000 6,000,000
The book value of JJI's assets and owners' equity before the acquisition were $22 million and $18 million, respectively. Required: Compute the fair value of JJI's liabilities that Peterson assumed in the acquisition. Answer: Fair value of assets – Fair value of liabilities = Cash paid Therefore, Fair value of liabilities = Fair value of assets – Cash paid = $43 million – $36 million = $7 million. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 107 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
182) During the current year, Compton Crate Corporation acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Little Lacy Ltd. (LLL), paying $60 million in cash. Compton recorded the assets acquired as follows: Accounts receivable Inventory Property, plant, and equipment Goodwill
$5,500,000 18,000,000 45,500,000 22,000,000
The book value of LLL's assets and owners' equity before the acquisition were $50 million and $30 million, respectively. Required: Compute the fair value of LLL's liabilities that Compton assumed in the acquisition. Answer: Fair value of assets – Fair value of liabilities = Cash paid Therefore, Fair value of liabilities = Fair value of assets – Cash paid = $91 million – $60 million = $31 million. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Costs to be capitalized Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
108 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
183) On January 3, 2021, Michelson & Sons acquired a tract of land just outside the city limits. The land and existing building were purchased for $2.4 million. Michelson paid $400,000 and signed a noninterest-bearing note requiring the company to pay the remaining $2,000,000 on December 31, 2022. An interest rate of 7% properly reflects the time value of money for this type of loan agreement. Transfer taxes, title insurance, and other costs totaling $24,000 were paid at closing. At the end of February the old building was demolished at a cost of $120,000, and an additional $100,000 was paid to clear and grade the land. Construction of a new building began on March 1 and was completed on October 30. Construction expenditures were as follows: March 30 June 30 July 30 September 1
$
800,000 1,200,000 1,200,000 600,000
Michelson did not borrow specifically for the construction project, but did have the following debt outstanding throughout 2021: $6,000,000, 8% long-term note payable $2,000,000, 5% long-term note payable In December, the company purchased equipment and office furniture and fixtures for a lump-sum price of $800,000. The fair values of the equipment and the furniture and fixtures were $540,000 and $360,000, respectively. In December, Michelson paid $340,000 for the construction of parking lots and landscaping. Required: 1. Determine the initial values of the various assets that Michelson acquired or constructed during 2021. 2. How much interest expense will Michelson report in its 2021 income statement? Answer: 1. Land: Purchase price (determined below) Closing costs Removal of old building Clearing and grading
Purchase price of land: Cash paid Value of note†
$2,146,880 24,000 120,000 100,000 $2,390,880
$400,000 1,746,880 $2,146,880
109 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
† Present value of note payment: PV = $2,000,000 ×0.87344* = $1,746,880 *Present value of $1: n = 2, i = 7% (from Table 2) Land improvements: Parking lot and landscaping Building: Construction expenditures: May 1 July 30 September 1 October 1 Total expenditures Interest capitalized (determined below) Total cost of building Average accumulated expenditures: January 3, 2021* $2,170,880 ×10/10 = February 28, 2021* 220,000 ×8/10 = March 30, 2021 800,000 ×7/10 = June 30, 2021 1,200,000 × 4/10 = July 30, 2021 1,200,000 × 3/10 = September 1, 2021 600,000 × 2/10 =
Interest capitalized: $2,146,880 × 7% × 10/12 = 1,720,000 × 7.25% × 10/12 = $3,866,880
$340,000
$800,000 1,200,000 1,200,000 600,000 3,800,000 $229,152 $4,029,152
$ 2,170,880 176,000 560,000 480,000 360,000 120,000 $3,866,880
$125,235 103,917 $229,152
* According to ASC 835-20-15-8, “If activities are undertaken for the purpose of developing land for a particular use, the expenditures to acquire the land qualify for interest capitalization while those activities are in progress. The interest cost capitalized on those expenditures is a cost of acquiring the asset that results from those activities. If the resulting asset is a structure, such as a plant or a shopping center, interest capitalized on the land expenditures is part of the acquisition cost of the structure.” The amount on January 3 includes the immediate payment of cash for the land ($400,000), present value of the note ($1,746,880), and closing costs ($24,000). The amount on February 28 includes removal of the old building ($120,000) and clearing and grading of the land ($100,000).
110 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Equipment and furniture and fixtures:
Equipment Furniture & fixtures Totals
Fair Value $540,000 360,000 $900,000
Initial valuation: Equipment Furniture & fixtures
$480,000 320,000
Percent of Total Fair Value 60% 40% 100%
Initial Valuation % × $600,000 $480,000 320,000 $800,000
2. Interest expense: Note issued to purchase land and building, $1,746,880 × 7% $ 122,282 Long-term note, $6,000,000 × 8% 480,000 Long-term note, $2,000,000 × 5% 100,000 Total 702,282 Less: Interest capitalized (determined above) (229,152) Interest expense $473,130 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Costs to be capitalized; Lump-sum purchases; Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments; Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-01 Identify the various costs included in the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment, natural resources, and intangible assets.; 10-02 Determine the initial cost of individual property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired as a group for a lump-sum purchase price.; 10-03 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for a deferred payment contract.; 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
111 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
184) Watson Company purchased assets of Holmes Ltd. at auction for $1,300,000. An independent appraisal of the fair value of the assets acquired is listed below: Land Building Equipment Inventories
$214,500 357,500 572,000 286,000
Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the purchase of the assets. Answer:
Land Building Equipment Inventory
Land Building Equipment Inventory Cash
Fair Values $ 214,500 357,500 572,000 286,000 $1,430,000
Percent 15% 25 40 20 100%
Allocated Costs $ 195,000 325,000 520,000 260,000 $1,300,000
195,000 325,000 520,000 260,000 1,300,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lump-sum purchases Learning Objective: 10-02 Determine the initial cost of individual property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired as a group for a lump-sum purchase price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
112 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
185) Eli Company purchased assets of Whitney Inc. at auction for $1,560,000. An independent appraisal of the fair value of the assets acquired is listed below: Land Building Equipment Inventories
$171,600 514,800 600,600 429,000
Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the purchase of the assets. Answer:
Land Building Equipment Inventory
Land Building Equipment Inventory Cash
Fair Values $171,600 514,800 600,600 429,000 $1,716,000
Percent 10% 30 35 25 100%
Allocated Costs $156,000 468,000 546,000 390,000 $1,560,000
156,000 468,000 546,000 390,000 1,560,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lump-sum purchases Learning Objective: 10-02 Determine the initial cost of individual property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired as a group for a lump-sum purchase price. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
113 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
186) Cool Globe Inc. entered into two transactions, as follows: 1. Purchased equipment paying $20,000 at the date of purchase and signing a noninterest-bearing note requiring the balance to be paid in four annual installments of $20,000 on the anniversary date of the contract. Based on Cool Globe's 12% borrowing rate for such transactions, the implicit interest cost is $19,253. 2. Purchased a tract of land in exchange for $10,000 cash that was paid immediately and signed a noninterest-bearing note requiring five $10,000 annual payments. The first annual payment of the note is due in one year. The fair value of the land is $46,000. Required: Prepare the journal entries for these transactions. Answer: 1. Equipment Discount on notes payable Notes payable Cash 2.
Land Discount on notes payable Cash Notes payable
80,747 19,253 80,000 20,000 46,000 14,000 10,000 50,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Deferred payments Learning Objective: 10-03 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for a deferred payment contract. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
114 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
187) Beacon Inc. received a gift of land and building in Twin Pines Park as an inducement to relocate. The land and buildings have fair values of $45,000 and $455,000. Required: Prepare journal entries to record the above transactions. Answer: Land Buildings Revenue―donation of assets
45,000 455,000 500,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Donated assets Learning Objective: 10-04 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for equity securities or through donation. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
115 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
188) On March 15, 2021, Ellis Corporation issued 5,000 shares of its no-par common stock in exchange for a patent. On the date of the transaction, the market price of the common stock was $22 per share. Ellis also received a tract of land from the City of Montrose as an enticement to build a new office building on the site. The land had a fair value of $510,000 and Ellis was required to pay only $200,000 to secure title to the land. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entries to record the transactions under U.S. GAAP. 2. Prepare the entry to record the government grant assuming Ellis prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards. Prepare the entry according to each of the alternatives available under IFRS. Answer: 1. Patent Common stock (5,000 shares × $22) Land Revenue―donation of asset Cash 2. Land Cash
110,000 110,000 510,000 310,000 200,000 200,000 200,000
Or, Land 510,000 Cash 200,000 Deferred revenue 310,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Issuance of equity securities; Noncash acquisitions—Donated assets; IFRS—Government grants Learning Objective: 10-04 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for equity securities or through donation.; 10-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the acquisition of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
116 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
189) Kerry, Inc., exchanged land and cash of $8,000 for equipment. The land had a book value of $55,000 and a fair value of $60,000. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the exchange. Assume the exchange has commercial substance. Answer: Equipment Gain on exchange of assets Cash Land
68,000 5,000 8,000 55,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 190) Peanut Corporation exchanged land and cash of $6,500 for equipment. The land had a book value of $45,000 and a fair value of $34,000. Assume the exchange has commercial substance. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the exchange. Answer: Equipment 40,500 Loss on exchange of assets 11,000 Cash 6,500 Land 45,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
117 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
191) Ford Inc. exchanged land and $7,500 cash for material handling equipment. The land had a book value of $75,000 and a fair value of $105,000. Assume the exchange has commercial substance. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the exchange. Answer: Equipment Gain on exchange of assets Cash Land
112,500 30,000 7,500 75,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 192) Walker Corporation exchanged land and $4,500 cash for material handling equipment. The land had a book value of $45,000 and a fair value of $58,000. Assume the exchange has commercial substance. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the exchange. Answer: Equipment Gain on exchange of assets Cash Land
62,500 13,000 4,500 45,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
118 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
193) Champion Industries exchanged a dust-scrubbing piece of equipment for another version of the same type of equipment and received $12,000 cash. The old dust scrubber cost $76,200 and had a book value of $54,500. The new dust scrubber had a fair value of $58,500. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the exchange. Assume the exchange has commercial substance. Answer: Equipment―new Cash Accumulated depreciation Equipment―old Gain on exchange of assets
58,500 12,000 21,700 76,200 16,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
119 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
194) Montgomery Industries spent $600,000 in 2020 on a construction project to build a library. Montgomery also capitalized $30,000 of interest on the project in 2020. Montgomery financed 100% of the construction with a 10% construction loan. The project was completed on September 30, 2021. Additional expenditures in 2021 were as follows: Feb. 28 Apr. 30 Jul. 1 Sept. 30
$ 90,000 180,000 36,000 64,000
Required: Determine the completed cost of the library. Show supporting computations. Answer: Expenditures Accumulated expenditures Dec. 31, 2020 Feb. 28, 2021 Apr. 30, 2021 Jul. 1, 2021 Sept. 30, 2021 Average accumulated expenditures for 2021 Interest capitalized in 2021 ($812,000 × 10% × 9/12) Completed cost of the library
$630,000 × 9/9 = 90,000 × 7/9 = 180,000 × 5/9 = 36,000 × 3/9 = 64,000 × 0/9 =
$630,000 70,000 100,000 12,000 0 $812,000
60,9000 $1,060,900
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
120 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
195) Wendell Corporation exchanged an old truck and $25,500 cash for a new truck. The old truck had a book value of $6,000 (original cost of $25,000 less $19,000 in accumulated depreciation) and a fair value of $7,700. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the exchange. Assume the exchange has commercial substance. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the exchange assuming that the exchange lacks commercial substance. Answer: 1. The exchange has commercial substance Truck―new Accumulated depreciation Gain on exchange of assets Cash Truck―old 2. The exchange lacks commercial substance Truck―new Accumulated depreciation Cash Truck―old
33,200 19,000 1,700 25,500 25,000
31,500 19,000 25,500 25,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Exchanges Learning Objective: 10-06 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for other nonmonetary assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
121 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
196) Agasse Industries began construction of a new facility and took out a $1,500,000, 8% construction loan on April 1, 2021. Agasse made payments to the general contractor of $400,000 on April 1, $900,000 on August 31, and $500,000 on December 31. Required: Compute the amount of interest that Agasse would capitalize in 2021. Answer: April 1 August 31 December 31 Average accumulated expenditures for 2021 Interest capitalized in 2021: $800,000 × 8% × 9/12 =
Expenditures $400,000 × 9/9 = 900,000 × 4/9 = 500,000 × 0/9 =
$400,000 400,000 0 $800,000
$48,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
122 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
197) Hawkins Corporation began construction of a motel on March 31, 2021. The project was completed on April 30, 2022. No new loans were required to fund construction. Hawkins does have the following two interest-bearing liabilities that were outstanding throughout the construction period: $ 4,000,000, 6% note $16,000,000, 10% bonds Construction expenditures incurred were as follows: March 31, 2021 June 30, 2021 November 30, 2021 February 28, 2022
$4,000,000 6,000,000 1,800,000 3,000,000
The company's fiscal year-end is December 31. Required: Calculate the amount of interest capitalized for 2021 and 2022.
123 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: Average accumulated expenditures for 2021: March 31, 2021 June 30, 2021 November 30, 2021
$ 4,000,000 × 9/9 = 6,000,000 × 6/9 = 1,800,000 × 1/9 = $11,800,000
$ 4,000,000 4,000,000 200,000 $8,200,000
Interest capitalized in 2021: $8,200,000 × 9.2%* × 9/12 = $565,800 * Weighted-average rate of all debt: $ 4,000,000 16,000,000 $20,000,000
× 6% = × 10% =
$ 240,000 1,600,000 $1,840,000
= 9.2%
Average accumulated expenditures for 2022: January 1, 2022 ($11,800,000 + $565,800) February 28, 2022
$12,365,800 × 4/4 = 3,000,000 × 2/4 =
$12,365,800 1,500,000 $13,865,800
Interest capitalized in 2022: $13,865,800 × 9.2%* × 4/12 = $425,218 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
124 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
198) On August 1, 2021, Reliable Software began developing a software program to allow individuals to customize their investment portfolios. Technological feasibility was established on January 31, 2022, and the program was available for release on March 31, 2022. Development costs were incurred as follows: August 1 through December 31, 2021 January 1 through January 31, 2022 February 1 through March 31, 2022
$6,300,000 1,200,000 1,600,000
Reliable expects a useful life of five years for the software and total revenues of $8,000,000 during that time. During 2022, revenue of $2,000,000 was recognized. Required: Prepare the journal entries to record the development costs in 2021 and 2022. Answer: 2021: Research and development expense Cash
6,300,000 6,300,000
2022: Research and development expense 1,200,000 Software development costs 1,600,000 Cash 2,800,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Software development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
125 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
199) AstroTech Semiconductor incurred the following costs in 2021 related to a new product design: Research for new semiconductor design Development of the new product Legal and filing fees for a patent for the new design Total
$3,220,000 856,000 110,000 $4,186,000
The development costs were incurred after technological and commercial feasibility was established and after the future economic benefits were deemed probable. The project was successfully completed, and the new product was patented before the end of the 2021 fiscal year. Required: 1. Calculate the amount of research and development expense (R&D) AstroTech should report in its 2021 U.S. GAAP income statement related to this project. 2. Repeat Requirement 1 assuming that AstroTech prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Answer: 1. According to U.S. GAAP, the following costs would be expensed as R&D: Research for new semiconductor design Development of the new product Total
$3,220,000 856,000 $4,076,000
The legal and filing fees are capitalized as an intangible asset. 2. According to IFRS, only the $3,220,000 in research costs would be expensed as R&D. Both the development costs incurred after feasibility is established and the legal and filing fees are capitalized as intangible assets. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Research and development; IFRS—Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets.; 10-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the acquisition of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
126 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
200) Explain the appropriate accounting method used to account for lump-sum purchases of a group of long-term assets. Answer: Such purchases require that the lump-sum price be allocated among the assets acquired so that each may be accounted for individually in subsequent periods. To do so, the relative values of the assets acquired form a prorated allocation of the lump sum cost. The rationale is that there is an implicit discount for the lump-sum purchase that is divided among the individual items as a proportion of their own values. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lump-sum purchases Learning Objective: 10-02 Determine the initial cost of individual property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired as a group for a lump-sum purchase price. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 201) Casper Chemical recently acquired a building located on two acres of land for a lump-sum price of $3.2 million. In your job as assistant controller, you determined the allocation of the price using the relative fair values to be $1 million and $2.2 million for the land and building, respectively. When you reported these initial values to Jake Reese, the company's controller, he told you to change the allocation to $1.5 million for the land and $1.7 million for the building. When you asked him why the change, he explained that the company is having a difficult time meeting profitability goals and that his proposed allocation will help the bottom line for future years. Required: 1. How will the controller's proposed allocation help the bottom line in future years? 2. Discuss the ethical dilemma faced by the assistant controller. Answer: 1. The proposed allocation will increase future income because land is not a depreciable asset. Therefore, income before tax will be $500,000 higher over the estimated life of the building. 2. Is the assistant controller's responsibility to follow GAAP in allocating the lump-sum purchase price greater than the responsibility to assist the company in reported higher future profits? Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: PP&E Learning Objective: 10-02 Determine the initial cost of individual property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired as a group for a lump-sum purchase price. Bloom's: Create AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Ethics AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Decision Making
127 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
202) How are donated assets recorded? Answer: Debit the asset account for value based on available market price data or appraisal. Credit revenue from donation. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Donated assets Learning Objective: 10-04 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for equity securities or through donation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 203) How are assets valued when they are acquired by issuing stock? Answer: Record the asset at fair value of the asset or the security, whichever is more clearly evident. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Issuance of equity securities Learning Objective: 10-04 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for equity securities or through donation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 204) What disclosures are required relative to interest costs incurred during the year? Answer: Disclose the total amount of interest costs incurred and the amount of interest capitalized. Interest expense is reported in the income statement. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
128 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
205) When is interest capitalized? Briefly describe how the amount to be capitalized is computed. Answer: Interest is capitalized during the construction period for self-constructed assets and for assets constructed as discrete projects for sale or lease, but not for items that are routinely manufactured. The amount of interest capitalized is equal to the average accumulated expenditures multiplied by the appropriate interest rates, not to exceed the actual interest cost incurred. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Self-constructed assets Learning Objective: 10-07 Identify the items included in the cost of a self-constructed asset and determine the amount of capitalized interest. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 206) Why are software development costs treated differently than other types of R&D? Answer: The problem with attempting to capitalize R&D in most situations is the determination of a future benefit. With software development, a point of technological feasibility can be determined and a reasonable future benefit estimated. Also, it is easier to estimate the useful life of software than most other R&D situations because the life of software is relatively short. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Software development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 207) Briefly explain how R&D (research and development) is reported in financial statements. Answer: Most R&D costs are expensed in the periods incurred, and GAAP requires that total R&D expense incurred must be disclosed in a note or as a separate line item. R&D performed for others would be recorded as inventory and eventually would be included in cost of goods sold. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
129 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
208) It's not unusual for one company to buy another company in order to obtain technology that the acquired company has developed or is in the process of developing. Required: Explain the accounting treatment of purchased technology. Answer: When technology is involved, we distinguish between developed technology and in-process research and development (in-process R&D). To do that, we borrow a criterion used in accounting for software development costs and determine whether technological feasibility has been achieved. If so, the value of that technology is considered "developed," and we capitalize its fair value (record it as an asset) and amortize that amount over its useful life just like any other finite-life intangible asset. We treat in-process R&D differently. GAAP requires the capitalization of the fair value of in-process R&D. But, unlike developed technology, we view it as an indefinite-life intangible asset. As such, we monitor these assets and test them for impairment when required by GAAP. If the R&D project is completed successfully, we switch to the way we account for developed technology and amortize the capitalized amount over the estimated period the product or process developed will provide benefits. If the project instead is abandoned, we expense the entire balance immediately. Research and development costs incurred after the acquisition to complete the project are expensed as incurred, consistent with the treatment of any other R&D expenditure not acquired in an acquisition. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
130 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
209) Briefly explain the differences between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) in accounting for research and development expenditures other than software development costs. Answer: Other than software development costs incurred after technological feasibility has been established, U.S. GAAP requires all research and development expenditures to be expensed in the period incurred. IAS No. 38 draws a distinction between research activities and development activities. Research expenditures are expensed in the period incurred. However, development expenditures that meet specified criteria are capitalized as an intangible asset. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Research and development; IFRS—Research and development Learning Objective: 10-08 Explain the difference in the accounting treatment of costs incurred to purchase intangible assets versus the costs incurred to internally develop intangible assets.; 10-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the acquisition of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement 210) Why would an oil company argue to use the full-cost method of accounting for oil and gas exploration costs? Answer: Under the full-cost method, oil and gas exploration costs are capitalized, whether or not the specific well explored is successful in finding reserves. The basis for this is that the exploration program is the unit of investment, a portfolio of exploration efforts, and the success of the program, not individual wells, is the relevant basis for developing assets (reserves). The full-cost method tends to be favored by smaller companies. A small company has smaller numbers of explorations that naturally give it less diversification than a large company can generate by its larger exploration program. These companies argue that they are disadvantaged in the capital market by having to use the same accounting as the larger, more diversified companies. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Oil and gas accounting—Appendix Learning Objective: Appendix 10 Oil and Gas Accounting. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking; Critical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Decision Making
131 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
211) Briefly explain the differences between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) in accounting for government grants for the purchase of assets. Answer: Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS require that companies value donated assets at their fair values. For government grants, though, the way that value is recorded is different under the two sets of standards. Unlike U.S. GAAP, donated assets are not recorded as revenue under IFRS. IAS No. 20 requires that government grants be recognized in income over the periods necessary to match them on a systematic basis with the related costs that they are intended to compensate. For grants related to assets, companies can either (1) deduct the amount of the grant in determining the initial cost of the asset, or (2) record the grant as a liability, deferred income, in the balance sheet and recognize it in the income statement systematically over the asset's useful life. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash acquisitions—Donated assets; IFRS—Government grants Learning Objective: 10-04 Determine the initial cost of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets acquired in exchange for equity securities or through donation.; 10-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the acquisition of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
132 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 11 Property, Plant, and Equipment and Intangible Assets: Utilization and Disposition 1) The three factors in cost allocation of a depreciable asset are service life, allocation base, and allocation method. 2) The physical life of a depreciable asset is bounded by its service life. 3) An asset is depreciated over whichever is longer, the asset's service life or physical life. 4) An asset's residual value is the amount the company expects to receive for the asset at the end of its service life, less any anticipated disposal costs. 5) Any method of depreciation should be both systematic and rational. 6) Total depreciation is the same over the life of an asset regardless of the method of depreciation used. 7) Advocates of accelerated depreciation methods argue that their use tends to level out the total cost of ownership of an asset over its benefit period if one considers both depreciation and repair and maintenance costs. 8) An asset's book value is computed as its original cost minus residual value, less accumulated depreciation. 9) Activity-based methods of depreciation are appropriate for assets whose service life is a function of use rather than time. 10) Once it selects a depreciation method for existing assets, a company must consistently use the same method of depreciation for all subsequent fixed asset acquisitions. 11) As a planned depreciation schedule, a company may use double-declining-balance depreciation for approximately the first half of an asset's service life and then switch to the straight-line method for the remaining life of the asset. 12) A company must use the same depreciation method for both financial reporting and income tax reporting purposes. 13) A gain is recognized on the disposal of an asset when the asset's book value is greater than the consideration received. 14) A loss is recognized on the disposal of an asset when the asset's fair value is less than the consideration received. 15) A gain on the disposal of an asset indicates that the asset was sold for more than its fair value. 1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
16) A loss on the disposal of an asset indicates that management likely has not efficiently used the asset over its service life. 17) Property, plant, or equipment classified as held for sale is reported at whichever is lower, the asset's book value or the asset's fair value less cost to sell. 18) Under group and composite depreciation methods, gains and losses on the disposal of individual assets need not be computed. 19) Depletion of the cost of natural resources usually is determined using the units-of-production method. 20) Equipment that will be used to extract natural resources should be depreciated over its useful life or the life of the natural resource, whichever is shorter, assuming the equipment has no alternative use. 21) Depletion is treated as a period cost and expensed at the time the natural resource is extracted. 22) Statutory depletion is the maximum amount of depletion that may be reported in financial statements prepared according to GAAP. 23) The cost of an intangible asset with a finite useful life is amortized. 24) For intangible assets used in the manufacture of a product, amortization is a product cost and is included in the cost of inventory. 25) Software development costs are amortized based on the lesser of (a) the ratio of current revenues to current and anticipated revenues or (b) straight-line. 26) The capitalized cost of cloud computing arrangements is amortized over the software's expected useful life. 27) The cost of an intangible asset with an indefinite useful life is amortized over the lesser of the asset's legal life or 20 years. 28) A change in the estimated recoverable units used to compute depletion requires retroactive adjustments to the financial statements. 29) Changes in the estimates involved in depreciation, depletion, and amortization require retroactive restatement of financial statements. 30) Generally accepted accounting principles allow a company to change from one depreciation method to another if the company can justify the change. 31) A change from one depreciation method to another is accounted for retroactively. 2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
32) When an error in calculating depreciation in a prior year is discovered, prior years' financial statements are retrospectively restated. 33) An understatement of depreciation expense in a prior year is corrected by overstating depreciation expense in the current year by the same amount. 34) The correction for overstating depreciation expense in a prior year includes a prior period adjustment to increase the beginning balance of retained earnings in the current year. 35) Property, plant, and equipment and finite-life intangible assets must be tested for impairment at least once a year. 36) Property, plant, and equipment are considered impaired when the undiscounted sum of estimated future cash flows from the asset is less than the asset's book value. 37) An impairment loss for property, plant, and equipment is measured as the asset's book value less the undiscounted sum of estimated future cash flows from the asset. 38) Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives should be tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired. 39) For intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, estimated future cash flows generally are not used as part of the recoverability test. 40) A goodwill impairment loss is indicated when the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its book value. 41) A goodwill impairment loss in the current period can be recovered in a future period if events and circumstances indicate that factors associated with the impairment loss are no longer present. 42) Expenditures to repair, maintain, improve, or expand existing PPE are recorded as additional depreciation expense in the current period. 43) Expenditures made to maintain a given level of benefits provided by an asset typically are expensed as incurred. 44) The cost of additions made to existing PPE usually are capitalized if those additions are expected to increase future benefits. 45) Expenditures made to restructure assets without addition, replacement, or improvement are typically expensed as incurred. 46) The costs incurred to defend an intangible right should be capitalized, regardless of whether the defense is successful or not. 3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
47) International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) require goodwill to be tested for impairment at least annually. 48) According to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), property, plant, and equipment must be valued at cost less accumulated depreciation. 49) Component depreciation, required under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), is allowed but rarely used by U.S. companies. 50) A company that prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) must calculate amortization of capitalized software development costs in the same way as under U.S. GAAP. 51) Biological assets are valued at fair value less estimated costs to sell under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). 52) According to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), an impairment loss for property, plant, and equipment is required only when an asset's book value exceeds the undiscounted sum of the asset's estimated future cash flows. 53) According to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), the impairment loss for an indefinite-life intangible asset other than goodwill is the difference between book value and the recoverable amount. 54) According to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), the costs to successfully defend an intangible right normally are capitalized and amortized. 55) MACRS (modified accelerated cost recovery system) depreciation is equivalent to sum-of-the-years'-digits depreciation. 56) By the replacement depreciation method, depreciation is recorded when assets are replaced. 57) The factors that need to be determined to compute depreciation are an asset's: A) Cost, residual value, and physical life. B) Cost, replacement value, and service life. C) Fair value, residual value, and economic life. D) Cost, residual value, and service life. 58) The allocation base for an asset is: A) Its service life. B) The excess of its cost over residual value. C) The difference between its replacement value and cost. D) The amount allowable under MACRS.
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
59) An asset that has an estimated physical life of six years and an estimated service life of four years should be depreciated over: A) Four years. B) Five years. C) Six years. D) Any of these choices can be chosen by management. 60) Depreciation, depletion, and amortization: A) All refer to the process of allocating the cost of long-term assets used in the business over future periods. B) All generally use the same methods of cost allocation. C) Are all handled the same in arriving at taxable income. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 61) Which of the following typically refers to the process of allocating the cost of long-term intangible assets used in the business over future periods? A) Depreciation. B) Amortization. C) Depletion. D) Impairment. 62) Which of the following typically would cause the service life of an asset to be less than its physical life? A) The company no longer provides the products or services associated with the use of the asset. B) Suppliers may develop new technologies that are more efficient. C) The expected rate of technological change may shorten service life. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 63) The allocation base of an asset refers to which of the following? A) The asset's initial capitalized cost. B) The number of years over which the asset's cost will be allocated. C) The asset's initial capitalized cost minus residual value. D) The method used to allocate the asset's cost across years. 64) The overriding principle for all depreciation methods is that the method must be: A) Conservative and economic. B) Systematic and rational. C) Consistent and conservative. D) Significant and material. 65) Depreciation: A) Is always considered a period cost. B) Could be a product cost or a period cost depending on the use of the asset. C) Is usually based on the declining-balance method. D) Per books is usually higher than MACRS in the early years of an asset's life. 5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
66) Assuming an asset is used evenly over a four-year service life, which method of depreciation will always result in the largest amount of depreciation in the first year? A) Straight-line. B) Units-of-production. C) Double-declining-balance. D) Sum-of-the-years'-digits. 67) In the first year of an asset's life, which of the following methods has the smallest depreciation? A) Straight-line. B) Declining-balance. C) Sum-of-the-years'-digits. D) All of the other choices result in the same amount of depreciation. 68) Cutter Enterprises purchased equipment for $72,000 on January 1, 2021. The equipment is expected to have a five-year life and a residual value of $6,000. Using the straight-line method, depreciation for 2021 would be: A) $13,200. B) $14,400. C) $72,000. D) None of the other answer choices are correct. 69) Cutter Enterprises purchased equipment for $72,000 on January 1, 2021. The equipment is expected to have a five-year life and a residual value of $6,000. Using the straight-line method, the book value at December 31, 2021, would be: A) $57,600. B) $51,600. C) $58,800. D) $52,800. 70) Cutter Enterprises purchased equipment for $72,000 on January 1, 2021. The equipment is expected to have a five-year life and a residual value of $6,000. Using the straight-line method, depreciation for 2022 and the equipment's book value at December 31, 2022, would be: A) $14,400 and $43,200 respectively. B) $28,800 and $37,200 respectively. C) $13,200 and $39,600 respectively. D) $13,200 and $45,600 respectively.
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
71) Cutter Enterprises purchased equipment for $72,000 on January 1, 2021. The equipment is expected to have a five-year life and a residual value of $6,000. Using the double-declining-balance method, depreciation for 2021 and the book value at December 31, 2021, would be: A) $26,400 and $45,600 respectively. B) $28,800 and $43,200 respectively. C) $28,800 and $37,200 respectively. D) $26,400 and $39,600 respectively. 72) Cutter Enterprises purchased equipment for $72,000 on January 1, 2021. The equipment is expected to have a five-year life and a residual value of $6,000. Using the double-declining-balance method, depreciation for 2022 would be: A) $28,800. B) $18,240. C) $17,280. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 73) Cutter Enterprises purchased equipment for $72,000 on January 1, 2021. The equipment is expected to have a five-year life and a residual value of $6,000. Using the double-declining-balance method, the book value at December 31, 2022, would be: A) $14,400. B) $24,960. C) $27,360. D) $25,920. 74) Cutter Enterprises purchased equipment for $72,000 on January 1, 2021. The equipment is expected to have a five-year life and a residual value of $6,000. Using the sum-of-the-years'-digits method, depreciation for 2021 and book value at December 31, 2021, would be: (Do not round depreciation rate per year) A) $22,000 and $44,000 respectively. B) $22,000 and $50,000 respectively. C) $24,000 and $48,000 respectively. D) $24,000 and $42,000 respectively.
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
75) Cutter Enterprises purchased equipment for $72,000 on January 1, 2021. The equipment is expected to have a five-year life and a residual value of $6,000. Using the sum-of-the-years'-digits method, depreciation for 2022 and book value at December 31, 2022, would be: (Do not round depreciation rate per year) A) $19,200 and $30,800 respectively. B) $17,600 and $26,400 respectively. C) $19,200 and $28,800 respectively. D) $17,600 and $32,400 respectively. 76) On June 30, 2021, Prego Equipment purchased a precision laser-guided steel punch that has an expected capacity of 300,000 units and no residual value. The cost of the machine was $450,000 and is to be depreciated using the units-of-production method. During the six months of 2021, 24,000 units of product were produced. At the beginning of 2022, engineers estimated that the machine can realistically be used to produce only another 230,000 units. During 2022, 70,000 units were produced. Prego would report depreciation in 2021 of: A) $36,000. B) $43,900. C) $18,000. D) $21,950. 77) On June 30, 2021, Prego Equipment purchased a precision laser-guided steel punch that has an expected capacity of 300,000 units and no residual value. The cost of the machine was $450,000 and is to be depreciated using the units-of-production method. During the six months of 2021, 24,000 units of product were produced. At the beginning of 2022, engineers estimated that the machine can realistically be used to produce only another 230,000 units. During 2022, 70,000 units were produced. Prego would report depreciation in 2022 of: A) $135,230. B) $126,000. C) $108,000. D) $105,000. 78) Archie Co. purchased a framing machine for $45,000 on January 1, 2021. The machine is expected to have a four-year life, with a residual value of $5,000 at the end of four years. Using the straight-line method, depreciation for 2021 and book value at December 31, 2021, would be: A) $10,000 and $30,000 respectively. B) $11,250 and $28,750 respectively. C) $10,000 and $35,000 respectively. D) $11,250 and $33,750 respectively. 8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
79) Archie Co. purchased a framing machine for $45,000 on January 1, 2021. The machine is expected to have a four-year life, with a residual value of $5,000 at the end of four years. Using the straight-line method, depreciation for 2022 and book value at December 31, 2022, would be: A) $10,000 and $20,000 respectively. B) $10,000 and $25,000 respectively. C) $11,250 and $17,500 respectively. D) $11,250 and $22,500 respectively. 80) Archie Co. purchased a framing machine for $45,000 on January 1, 2021. The machine is expected to have a four-year life, with a residual value of $5,000 at the end of four years. Using the double-declining-balance method, depreciation for 2021 and book value at December 31, 2021, would be: A) $22,500 and $22,500 respectively. B) $22,500 and $17,500 respectively. C) $20,000 and $25,000 respectively. D) $20,000 and $20,000 respectively. 81) Archie Co. purchased a framing machine for $45,000 on January 1, 2021. The machine is expected to have a four-year life, with a residual value of $5,000 at the end of four years. Using the double-declining-balance method, depreciation for 2022 and book value at December 31, 2022, would be: A) $10,000 and $5,000 respectively. B) $10,000 and $10,000 respectively. C) $11,250 and $6,250 respectively. D) $11,250 and $11,250 respectively. 82) Archie Co. purchased a framing machine for $45,000 on January 1, 2021. The machine is expected to have a four-year life, with a residual value of $5,000 at the end of four years. Using the sum-of-the-years'-digits method, depreciation for 2021 and book value at December 31, 2021, would be: A) $18,000 and $27,000 respectively. B) $16,000 and $29,000 respectively. C) $16,000 and $24,000 respectively. D) $18,000 and $22,000 respectively.
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
83) Archie Co. purchased a framing machine for $45,000 on January 1, 2021. The machine is expected to have a four-year life, with a residual value of $5,000 at the end of four years. Using the sum-of-the years'-digits method, depreciation for 2022 and book value at December 31, 2022, would be: A) $13,500 and $13,500 respectively. B) $13,500 and $8,500 respectively. C) $12,000 and $17,000 respectively. D) $12,000 and $12,000 respectively. 84) On September 30, 2021, Bricker Enterprises purchased a machine for $200,000. The estimated service life is 10 years with a $20,000 residual value. Bricker records partial-year depreciation based on the number of months in service. Depreciation for 2021 using the straight-line method is: A) $13,500. B) $15,000. C) $4,500. D) $5,000. 85) On September 30, 2021, Bricker Enterprises purchased a machine for $200,000. The estimated service life is 10 years with a $20,000 residual value. Bricker records partial-year depreciation based on the number of months in service. Depreciation for 2021, using the double-declining-balance method, would be: A) $40,000. B) $10,000. C) $36,000. D) $9,000. 86) On September 30, 2021, Bricker Enterprises purchased a machine for $200,000. The estimated service life is 10 years with a $20,000 residual value. Bricker records partial-year depreciation based on the number of months in service. Depreciation for 2022, using the double-declining-balance method, would be: A) $32,000. B) $34,000. C) $38,000. D) $40,000.
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
87) On September 30, 2021, Bricker Enterprises purchased a machine for $200,000. The estimated service life is 10 years with a $20,000 residual value. Bricker records partial-year depreciation based on the number of months in service. Depreciation (to the nearest dollar) for 2021, using sum-of-the-years'-digits method, would be: A) $9,091. B) $24,545. C) $27,273. D) $8,182. 88) On September 30, 2021, Bricker Enterprises purchased a machine for $200,000. The estimated service life is 10 years with a $20,000 residual value. Bricker records partial-year depreciation based on the number of months in service. Depreciation (to the nearest dollar) for 2022, using sum-of-the-years'-digits method, would be: A) $31,909. B) $29,455. C) $35,456. D) $54,000. 89) Jennings Advertising, Inc. reported the following in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet: Equipment Less: Accumulated depreciation—equipment
$ 500,000 $ 135,000
In a disclosure note, Jennings indicates that it uses straight-line depreciation over 10 years and estimates salvage value at 10% of cost. What is the average age of the equipment owned by Jennings? A) 2.7 years. B) 3 years. C) 7 years. D) 7.3 years. 90) Gulf Consulting Co. reported the following on its December 31, 2021, balance sheet: Equipment (at cost) $700,000 In a disclosure note, Gulf indicates that it uses straight-line depreciation over five years and estimates salvage value as 10% of cost. Gulf's equipment averages 3.5 years at December 31, 2021. What is the book value of Gulf's equipment at December 31, 2021? A) $490,000. B) $441,000. C) $259,000. D) $210,000.
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
91) Asset C3PO has a depreciable base of $16.5 million and a service life of 10 years. What would the accumulated depreciation be at the end of year five under the sum-of-the-years'-digits method? A) $4.5 million. B) $8.25 million. C) $12 million. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 92) When selling property, plant, and equipment for cash: A) The seller recognizes a gain or loss for the difference between the cash received and the fair value of the asset sold. B) The seller recognizes a gain or loss for the difference between the cash received and the book value of the asset sold. C) The seller recognizes losses, but not gains. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 93) Gains on the cash sales of property, plant, and equipment: A) Are the excess of the book value over the cash proceeds. B) Are part of cash flows from operations. C) Are reported on a net-of-tax basis if material. D) Are the excess of the cash proceeds over the book value of the assets sold. 94) Losses on the cash sales of property, plant, and equipment: A) Are the excess of the book value over the cash proceeds. B) Are part of cash flows from operations. C) Are reported on a net-of-tax basis if material. D) Are the excess of the cash proceeds over the book value of the assets sold. 95) When a company reports a gain on the sale of a depreciable asset, which of the following is always true? A) The company sold the asset for more than its fair value. B) The company sold the asset for more than its book value. C) The company sold the asset before its useful life was over. D) The company sold the asset for more than it was worth. 96) When a company reports a loss on the sale of a depreciable asset, which of the following is always true? A) The company sold the asset for less than accumulated depreciation. B) The company sold the asset for less than fair value. C) The company sold the asset for less than book value. D) The company sold the asset before the useful life was over.
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
97) A company decides to sell equipment it has owned and operated for the past five years. The equipment's original estimated useful life was eight years. Management calculates the loss on the sale as the equipment's original purchase price minus its selling price. Which of the following statements is correct? A) Management should calculate the loss as the present value of expected decrease in cash flows from selling the equipment. B) Management should subtract the equipment's accumulated depreciation from the original purchase price before calculating any loss. C) Management should not record any loss on the sale of equipment if that equipment has been used in operations. D) Management's calculation is correct. 98) An asset was acquired on January 1, 2021, for $15,000 with an estimated four-year life and $1,000 residual value. The company uses straight-line depreciation. Calculate the gain or loss if the asset was sold on December 31, 2023, for $5,000. A) $500 gain. B) $3,000 loss. C) $1,500 gain. D) $500 loss.
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
99) Equipment was acquired on January 1, 2021, for $15,000 with an estimated four-year life and $1,000 residual value. The company uses straight-line depreciation. Record the gain or loss if the equipment was sold on December 31, 2023, for $5,000. A) Cash
$5,000
Accumulated Depreciation
$10,500
Equipment
$15,000
Gain
$500
B) Cash
$5,000 Equipment
$4,500
Gain
$500
C) Cash
$5,000 Equipment
$3,500
Gain
$1,500
D) Cash
$5,000
Accumulated Depreciation
$7,000
Loss
$3,000 Equipment
$15,000
100) An asset was acquired on August 1, 2021, for $22,000 with an estimated five-year life and $2,000 residual value. The company uses straight-line depreciation. Calculate the gain or loss if the asset was sold on April 30, 2023, for $13,000. Partial-year depreciation is calculated based on the number of months the asset is in service. A) $3,000 gain. B) $2,000 loss. C) $6,000 gain. D) $4,000 loss.
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
101) An asset was acquired on October 1, 2021, for $78,000 with an estimated five-year life and $13,000 residual value. The company uses units-of-production depreciation and expects the asset to produce 20,000 units. Calculate the gain or loss if the asset was sold on March 31, 2024, for $58,000. Actual production was: 2021 = 500 units; 2022 = 3,000 units; 2023 = 3,500 units; 2024 = 1,000 units. A) $11,200 gain. B) $19,000 gain. C) $6,000 gain. D) $12,500 gain. 102) An asset was acquired on September 30, 2021, for $100,000 with an estimated five-year life and $20,000 residual value. The company uses double-declining-balance depreciation. Calculate the gain or loss if the asset was sold on December 31, 2022, for $50,000. Partial-year depreciation is to be calculated. A) $1,200 gain. B) $14,000 gain. C) $16,000 loss. D) $4,000 loss.
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
103) An asset acquired January 1, 2021, for $15,000 with an estimated 10-year life and no residual value is being depreciated in an equipment group asset account that has an average service life of eight years. The asset is sold on December 31, 2022, for $6,000. The entry to record the sale would be: A) Cash
$6,000
Loss on sale of equipment
$9,000
Equipment
$15,000
B) Cash
$6,000 Equipment
$6,000
C) Cash
$6,000
Accumulated depreciation
$3,750
Loss on sale of equipment
$5,250
Equipment
$15,000
D) Cash
$6,000
Accumulated depreciation
$9,000
Equipment
$15,000
104) The process of allocating the cost of natural resources over their useful life is known as: A) Depreciation. B) Depletion. C) Amortization. D) Consumption. 105) An activity-based method is most often used to allocate the cost of a natural resource over its useful life because: A) This method generally results in the highest amount of assets in the earlier years. B) This is the simplest method, and natural resource activity is hard to estimate. C) The usefulness of natural resources generally is directly related to the amount of the resources extracted. D) This method generally results in the highest amount of assets in the later years.
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
106) The cost of natural resources is expensed in the period: A) The resource is harvested and becomes ready for sale. B) The resource is acquired. C) The resource is sold. D) The resource is paid for. 107) Natural resources that have been harvested but not yet sold are accounted for as: A) Property, plant, and equipment. B) Cost of goods sold. C) Operating expense. D) Inventory. 108) Clark Oil and Gas incurred costs of $15.3 million for the rights to extract resources from a natural gas deposit. The company expects to extract 8 million cubic feet of natural gas during a six-year period. Natural gas extracted during years 1 and 2 were 800,000 and 1,600,000 cubic feet, respectively. What was total depletion for year 1 and year 2, assuming the company uses the units-of-production method? A) $5.10 million. B) $3.06 million. C) $8.00 million. D) $4.59 million. 109) On March 31, 2021, M. Belotti purchased the right to remove gravel from an old rock quarry. The gravel is to be sold as roadbed for highway construction. The cost of the quarry rights was $164,000, with estimated salable rock of 20,000 tons. During 2021, Belotti loaded and sold 4,000 tons of rock and estimated that 16,000 tons remained at December 31, 2021. At January 1, 2022, Belotti estimated that 20,000 tons still remained. During 2022, Belotti loaded and sold 8,000 tons. Belotti uses the units-of-production method. Belotti would record depletion in 2021 of: A) $41,000. B) $32,800. C) $30,750. D) $24,600.
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) On March 31, 2021, M. Belotti purchased the right to remove gravel from an old rock quarry. The gravel is to be sold as roadbed for highway construction. The cost of the quarry rights was $164,000, with estimated salable rock of 20,000 tons. During 2021, Belotti loaded and sold 4,000 tons of rock and estimated that 16,000 tons remained at December 31, 2021. At January 1, 2022, Belotti estimated that 20,000 tons still remained. During 2022, Belotti loaded and sold 8,000 tons. Belotti uses the units-of-production method. Belotti would record depletion in 2022 of: A) $54,667. B) $65,600. C) $52,480. D) $55,760. 111) On February 12, 2021, Forest Incorporated purchased the right to remove timber from a 10,000-acre tract of land over the next three years, and the company estimates no residual value. The timber is to be sold as lumber for new home construction. The cost of the timber rights was $240,000, with estimated salable timber feet of 750,000. During 2021 and 2022, Forest harvested and sold 600,000 feet of timber. What is the book value of the timber rights at the end of 2022, assuming the company uses the units-of-production method? A) $48,000. B) $80,000. C) $160,000. D) $192,000. 112) A company purchased land containing mineral deposits for $6,400,000 on January 1, 2021. The company expects to mine 1,600,000 tons of mineral over the next six years. The company has also purchased mining equipment for $800,000. The equipment has an estimated residual value of $160,000 and an expected life of 10 years and can be used at other mining sites. By the end of 2021, the company has mined and sold 240,000 tons. Management calculates depreciation of the equipment to be $96,000 [($800,000 − $160,000) × (240,000 tons/1,600,000 tons)]. Which of the following statements is correct? A) Management should depreciate the equipment evenly over six years. B) Management should not subtract the residual value in calculating depreciation. C) Management should depreciate the equipment over 10 years. D) Management's calculation is correct.
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
113) Foreman Mining purchased land containing a copper deposit for $2,300,000 on January 7, 2021. The company expects to mine 600,000 tons of copper over the next 10 years, and the land is expected to have a residual value of $1,400,000. The company has also purchased mining equipment for $400,000 that will be used only at this site over the 10 years with an estimated residual value of $52,000. By the end of the first year, the company has mined and sold 50,000 tons of copper. What is the cost attributed to copper inventory for 2021, assuming the company uses the units-of-production method? A) $109,800. B) $124,800. C) $104,000. D) $75,000. 114) On April 23, 2021, Trevors Mining entered into an agreement with the state of California to obtain the rights to operate a mineral mine in California for $12 million. Additional costs and purchases included the following: Preparation of site for excavation Mining equipment Construction of various structures on site
$ 4,800,000 360,000 240,000
After the minerals are removed from the mine, the equipment will be sold for an estimated residual value of $60,000. The structures will be torn down. The mine is expected to produce 1,400,000 tons of ore. After the ore is removed, the land will revert back to the state of California. During 2021, Trevors extracted 210,000 tons of ore from the mine. What total amount would be charged to depletion of the mine and depreciation of the mining equipment and structures for 2021, assuming that Trevors uses the units-of-production method for both depletion and depreciation? (Round your final calculations to the nearest whole thousand dollars.) A) $2,601,000. B) $2,520,000. C) $2,610,000. D) $2,565,000. 115) The legal life of a patent is: A) 40 years. B) 20 years. C) Life of the inventor plus 50 years. D) Indefinite. 116) If an intangible asset has a legal life of eight years but contractually the usefulness is limited to six years, a company will amortize the cost over: A) Eight years. B) Six years. C) Seven years. D) Either six or eight years is allowed.
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life: A) Are those with no foreseeable limit on the period of time over which the asset is expected to contribute to the cash flows of the entity. B) Are those with no legal, contractual, or economic factors that are expected to limit their useful life to a company. C) Are those whose acquisition costs are not amortized over their useful life. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 118) Amortization of capitalized computer software costs is: A) Either the percentage-of-revenue method or the straight-line method at the company's option. B) The greater of the percentage-of-revenue method or the straight-line method. C) The lesser of the percentage-of-revenue method or the straight-line method. D) Based on neither the percentage-of-revenue nor the straight-line method. 119) Axcel Software began a new development project in 2020. The project reached technological feasibility on June 30, 2021, and was available for release to customers at the beginning of 2022. Development costs incurred prior to June 30, 2021, were $3,200,000, and costs incurred from June 30 to the product release date were $1,400,000. The 2022 revenues from the sale of the new software were $4,000,000, and the company anticipates additional revenues of $6,000,000. The economic life of the software is estimated at four years. Amortization of the software development costs for the year 2022 would be: A) $0. B) $350,000. C) $1,840,000. D) $560,000. 120) Micropolis Technology began a new development project in 2020. The project reached technological feasibility on September 1, 2021, and was available for release to customers at the beginning of 2022. Development costs incurred prior to September 1, 2021, were $4,200,000, and costs incurred from June 30 to the product release date were $1,800,000. The 2022 revenues from the sale of the new software were $3,000,000, and the company anticipates additional revenues of $12,000,000. The economic life of the software is estimated at three years. Amortization of the software development costs for the year 2022 would be: A) $1,400,000. B) $360,000. C) $600,000. D) $2,000,000. 121) Short Corporation acquired Hathaway, Inc., for $52,000,000. The fair value of all Hathaway's identifiable tangible and intangible assets was $48,000,000. Short will amortize any goodwill over the maximum number of years allowed. What is the annual amortization of goodwill for this acquisition? A) $100,000. B) $400,000. C) $200,000. D) $0. 20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) Brad Corporation acquired Lail Inc. As part of the acquisition, Brad records goodwill of $4,000,000. Brad estimates that this goodwill can be attributed to acquisition of trained employees ($800,000), loyal customers ($1,200,000), company location ($500,000), and synergies with Brad's existing operations ($1,500,000). Brad expects these benefits to be realized over the next 10 years. At the end of the first year, management calculates amortization of the goodwill to be $400,000 ($4,000,000 ÷ 10 years). Which of the following statements is correct? A) Management should not amortize any goodwill. B) Management should calculate amortization based only on the value of trained employees and loyal customers. C) Management should calculate amortization based only on company location and synergies with existing operations. D) Management's calculation is correct. 123) Granite Enterprises acquired a patent from Southern Research Corporation on January 1, 2021, for $4 million. The patent will be used for five years, even though its legal life is 20 years. Rocky Corporation has made a commitment to purchase the patent from Granite for $200,000 at the end of five years. Compute Granite's patent amortization for 2021, assuming the straight-line method is used. A) $380,000. B) $400,000. C) $760,000. D) $800,000. 124) At the beginning of the year, a company purchases a patent for $2,400,000. The remaining legal life of the patent is 12 years, but management estimates that the patent will generate additional revenue for the next 16 years because there are currently no known competitors. At the end of the first year, management calculates straight-line amortization to be $150,000 ($2,400,000 ÷ 16 years). Which of the following statements is correct? A) Management should amortize the asset over 20 years. B) Management should amortize the asset over 12 years. C) Management should not amortize the asset until its useful life becomes more evident. D) Management's calculation is correct. 125) In January 2021, Vega Corporation purchased a patent at a cost of $200,000. Legal and filing fees of $50,000 were paid to acquire the patent. The company estimated a 10-year useful life for the patent and uses the straight-line amortization method for all intangible assets. In January 2024, Vega spent $40,000 in legal fees for an unsuccessful defense of the patent and the patent is no longer usable. The amount charged to income (expense and loss) in 2024 related to the patent should be: A) $40,000. B) $65,000. C) $215,000. D) $25,000.
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) On January 1, 2021, Tabitha Designs purchased a patent for $240,000 giving it exclusive rights to manufacture a new type of synthetic clothing. While the patent had a remaining legal life of 15 years at the time of purchase, Tabitha expects the useful life to be only eight more years. In addition, Tabitha purchased equipment related to production of the new clothing for $140,000. The equipment has a physical life of 10 years, but Tabitha plans to use the equipment only over the patent's service life and then sell it for an estimated $20,000. Tabitha uses straight-line for all long-term assets. The amount to expense in 2024 related to the patent and equipment should be: A) $40,000. B) $38,000. C) $45,000. D) $31,000. 127) Russell Enterprises acquired a franchise from Michael Incorporated for $300,000. The franchise agreement is for a period of six years. Russell uses straight-line to amortize all intangible assets. What would be the reported book value of the franchise two years after the purchase? A) $300,000. B) $250,000. C) $200,000. D) $100,000. 128) On January 3, 2021, Tracer Incorporated purchased a patent for $450,000 to manufacture a new type of chair. The patent has a remaining legal life of 12 years. Tracer plans to manufacture the chair for eight years and then sell the patent for $50,000. The company amortizes intangible assets using the straight-line method. On December 29, 2023, Tracer decides to sell the patent for $325,000. Assuming the company has a December 31 year-end, what is the gain or loss recorded on the sale of the patent? A) $12,500 gain. B) $25,000 gain. C) $58,333 loss. D) $25,000 loss. 129) On June 2, 2021, Tabitha Co. purchased a franchise for $560,000 by signing a five-year contract. At the end of the five years, the franchise right reverts back to the seller. On September 1, 2023, Tabitha decides to sell the franchise right for $323,000. The company amortizes intangible assets using the straight-line method and records partial-year amortization based on the number of months in service. Assuming the company has a December 31 year-end, what is the gain or loss recorded on the sale of the patent? A) $15,000 gain. B) $13,000 loss. C) $237,000 loss. D) $99,000 gain.
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
130) Accounting for a change in the estimated service life of equipment: A) Is handled prospectively. B) Requires retroactive restatement of prior year's financial statements. C) Requires a prior period adjustment. D) Is handled currently as a change in accounting principle. 131) A change in the estimated useful life and residual value of machinery in the current year is handled as: A) A retrospective change back to the date of acquisition as though the current estimated life and residual value had been used all along. B) A prospective change from the current year through the remainder of its useful life, using the new estimates. C) A cumulative adjustment to income in the current year for the difference in depreciation under the new versus old estimates. D) All of these answer choices are incorrect. 132) Tatsuo Corporation purchased farm equipment on January 1, 2019, for $280,000. In 2019 and 2020, Tatsuo depreciated the asset on a straight-line basis with an estimated useful life of five years and a $90,000 residual value. In 2021, due to changes in technology, Tatsuo revised the residual value to $30,000 but still plans to use the equipment for the full five years. What depreciation would Tatsuo record for the year 2021 on this equipment? A) $52,000. B) $58,000. C) $50,000. D) $28,000. 133) Herman Apparel has purchased equipment on January 1, 2018, for $560,000. In 2018–2020, Herman depreciated the asset on a straight-line basis with an estimated useful life of eight years and an $80,000 residual value. In 2021, Herman has started to change its business strategy and now believes that the equipment will be used for only another two years (five years total) but does not believe the residual value has changed. What depreciation would Herman record for the year 2021 on this equipment? A) $150,000. B) $175,000. C) $124,000. D) $96,000. 134) Nanki Corporation purchased equipment on January 1, 2019, for $650,000. In 2019 and 2020, Nanki depreciated the asset on a straight-line basis with an estimated useful life of eight years and a $10,000 residual value. In 2021, due to changes in technology, Nanki revised the useful life to a total of six years with no residual value. What depreciation would Nanki record for the year 2021 on this equipment? A) $108,333. B) $106,667. C) $122,500. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) Fellingham Corporation purchased equipment on January 1, 2019, for $200,000. The company estimated the equipment would have a useful life of 10 years with a $20,000 residual value. Fellingham uses the straight-line depreciation method. Early in 2021, Fellingham reassessed the equipment's condition and determined that its total useful life would be only six years in total and that it would have no salvage value. How much would Fellingham report as depreciation on this equipment for 2021? A) $24,000. B) $27,333. C) $36,000. D) $41,000. 136) A change from the straight-line method to the double-declining-balance method of depreciation is handled as: A) A retrospective change back to the date of acquisition as though the current estimated life had been used all along. B) A cumulative adjustment to income in the current year for the difference in depreciation under the new versus old useful life estimates. C) A prospective change from the current year through the remainder of its useful life. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 137) Murgatroyd Co. purchased equipment on January 1, 2019, for $900,000, estimating a five-year useful life and $100,000 residual value. In 2019 and 2020, Murgatroyd depreciated the asset using the double-declining-balance method. In 2021, Murgatroyd changed to straight-line depreciation for this equipment. What depreciation would Murgatroyd record for the year 2021 on this equipment? A) $74,667. B) $108,000. C) $92,333. D) $160,000. 138) Broadway Ltd. purchased equipment on January 1, 2019, for $800,000, estimating a five-year useful life and no residual value. In 2019 and 2020, Broadway depreciated the asset using the straight-line method. In 2021, Broadway changed to sum-of-years'-digits depreciation for this equipment. What depreciation would Broadway record for the year 2021 on this equipment? A) $120,000. B) $160,000. C) $200,000. D) $240,000.
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
139) On January 1, 2019, Al's Sporting Goods purchased store fixtures at a cost of $180,000. The anticipated service life was 10 years with no residual value. Al's has been using the double-declining-balance method, but in 2021 adopted the straight-line method because the company believes it provides a better measure of income. Al's has a December 31 year-end. The journal entry to record depreciation for 2021 is: A) Depreciation expense
$23,040
Accumulated depreciation
$23,040
B) Depreciation expense
$14,400
Accumulated depreciation
$14,400
C) Accumulated depreciation Retained earnings
$28,800 $28,800
D) No entry 140) A major addition to equipment should have been capitalized in the year 2021 but was incorrectly expensed. Which of the following is (are) true? A) Income in 2021 is understated. B) Income in future years is overstated. C) Assets in 2021 are understated. D) All of these answer choices are true. 141) If a material error is discovered in an accounting period subsequent to the period in which the error is made: A) No adjustments are made. B) No prior years' financial statements are restated, but corrections are made in future years. C) Any previous years' financial statements are retrospectively restated to reflect the correction. D) No prior years' financial statements are restated, but prior effects are corrected in the current balance of retained earnings. 142) An asset should be written down if there has been an impairment of value that is: A) Relevant and objectively determined. B) Material and market driven. C) Unplanned and sudden. D) Significant.
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) Recognition of impairment for property, plant, and equipment is required if book value exceeds: A) Fair value. B) Present value of expected cash flows. C) Undiscounted expected cash flows. D) Accumulated depreciation. 144) Which of the following represents an event that indicates an asset's book value may not be recoverable? A) A significant adverse change in how the asset is being used or in its physical condition. B) A significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate. C) A realization that the asset will be disposed of significantly before the end of its estimated useful life. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 145) The amount of impairment loss is the excess of book value over: A) Amortized cost. B) Undiscounted future cash flows. C) Fair value. D) Future revenues. 146) Accounting for impairment losses that involve recoverability: A) Involves a two-step process for recoverability and measurement. B) Applies to depreciable assets. C) Applies to assets with finite lives. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 147) In testing for recoverability of property, plant, and equipment, an impairment loss is required if the: A) Asset's book value exceeds the undiscounted sum of expected future cash flows. B) Undiscounted sum of its expected future cash flows exceeds the asset's book value. C) Present value of expected future cash flows exceeds its book value. D) All of these answer choices are incorrect. 148) An impairment loss has the effect of: A) Reducing total assets. B) Increasing liabilities. C) Reducing total revenues. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
149) At the end of its 2021 fiscal year, a triggering event caused Janero Corporation to perform an impairment test for one of its manufacturing facilities. The following information is available: Book value Estimated undiscounted future cash flows Fair value
$ 65million 60million 50million
The manufacturing facility is: A) Impaired because its book value exceeds undiscounted future cash flows. B) Not impaired because its book value exceeds undiscounted future cash flows. C) Not impaired because it continues to produce revenue. D) Impaired because its book value exceeds fair value. 150) Fryer Inc. owns equipment for which it paid $90 million. At the end of 2021, it had accumulated depreciation on the equipment of $27 million. Due to adverse economic conditions, Fryer's management determined that it should assess whether an impairment loss should be recognized for the equipment. The estimated undiscounted future cash flows to be provided by the equipment total $60 million, and the equipment's fair value at that point is $40 million. Under these circumstances, Fryer: A) Would record no impairment loss on the equipment. B) Would record a $3 million impairment loss on the equipment. C) Would record a $23 million impairment loss on the equipment. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 151) Wilson Inc. owns equipment for which it paid $70 million. At the end of 2021, it had accumulated depreciation on the equipment of $12 million. Due to adverse economic conditions, Wilson's management determined that it should assess whether an impairment loss should be recognized for the equipment. The estimated undiscounted future cash flows to be provided by the equipment total $60 million, and the equipment's fair value at that point is $50 million. Under these circumstances, Wilson: A) Would record no impairment loss on the equipment. B) Would record an $8 million impairment loss on the equipment. C) Would record a $20 million impairment loss on the equipment. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
152) Alou Corporation reported the following information at year-end:
Building Patent Copyright Machine
Book Value $ 500,000 $ 35,000 $ 40,000 $ 100,000
Estimated Cash Flows $ 380,000 $ 40,000 $ 38,000 $ 120,000
Fair Value $ 360,000 $ 38,000 $ 39,000 $ 85,000
Based on the above information, what is the total amount of impairment loss that Alou should record at year-end? A) $141,000. B) $126,000. C) $123,000. D) $122,000. 153) Oak Inc. has the following information regarding its assets:
Equipment Building Patent
Book Value $ 35,000 $ 68,000 $ 30,000
Estimated Cash Flows $ 30,000 $ 70,000 $ 34,000
Fair Value $ 28,000 $ 65,000 $ 32,000
What amount of loss should be recorded due to asset impairments? A) $10,000. B) $9,000. C) $8,000. D) $7,000. 154) Jung Inc. owns a patent for which it paid $66 million. At the end of 2021, it had accumulated amortization on the patent of $16 million. Due to adverse economic conditions, Jung's management determined that it should assess whether an impairment loss should be recognized for the patent. The estimated undiscounted future cash flows to be provided by the patent total $43 million, and the patent's fair value at that point is $35 million. Under these circumstances, Jung: A) Would record no impairment loss on the patent. B) Would record a $7 million impairment loss on the patent. C) Would record a $15 million impairment loss on the patent. D) Would record a $31 million impairment loss on the patent.
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
155) In 2020, Antle Inc. had acquired Demski Co. and recorded goodwill of $245 million as a result. The net assets (including goodwill) from Antle's acquisition of Demski Co. had a 2021 year-end book value of $580 million. Antle assessed the fair value of Demski reporting unit at this date to be $700 million, while the fair value of all of Demski's identifiable tangible and intangible assets (excluding goodwill) was $550 million. The amount of the impairment loss that Antle would record for goodwill at the end of 2021 is: A) $150 million. B) $120 million. C) $95 million. D) $0. 156) In 2018, Martin Corp. acquired Glynco and recorded goodwill of $100 million. Martin considers Glynco a separate reporting unit. By the end of 2021, the net assets (including goodwill) of Glynco are $320 million and its estimated fair value is $260 million. The amount of the impairment loss that Martin would record for goodwill at the end of 2021 is: A) $0. B) $60 million. C) $40 million. D) $160 million. 157) In 2018, Martin Corp. acquired Glynco and recorded goodwill of $45 million. Martin considers Glynco a separate reporting unit. By the end of 2021, the net assets (including goodwill) of Glynco are $320 million and its estimated fair value is $260 million. The amount of the impairment loss that Martin would record for goodwill at the end of 2021 is: A) $0. B) $60 million. C) $45 million. D) $15 million. 158) Which of the following types of subsequent expenditures normally is capitalized? A) Additions. B) Improvements. C) Rearrangements. D) All of these answer choices are normally capitalized. 159) Which of the following types of subsequent expenditures normally is capitalized? A) An extension of the useful life of the asset. B) An increase in the operating efficiency of the asset. C) An increase in the quality of the goods or services produced by the asset. D) All of these answer choices are normally capitalized.
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
160) A major expenditure increased a truck's life beyond the original estimate of life. GAAP permits the expenditure to be debited to: A) Repairs. B) Accumulated depreciation. C) Major repairs. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 161) Adding a refrigeration unit to a delivery truck that previously did not have this capability is an example of: A) Repairs and maintenance. B) Improvement. C) Rearrangement. D) Addition. 162) The replacement of a major component increased the productive capacity of production equipment from 10 units per hour to 18 units per hour. The expenditure should be debited to: A) Repairs expense. B) Maintenance expense. C) Equipment. D) Gain from repairs 163) The cost of an engine tune-up is an example of which of the following expenditures taking place after acquisition of the asset: A) Additions. B) Improvements. C) Maintenance. D) Rearrangements. 164) Ryan Company purchased a building on January 1, 2021, for $250,000. In addition, during 2021 the following costs related to the building have been incurred: Utilities Property tax Expansion of the building New air-conditioning system General maintenance
$ 12,000 4,000 53,000 28,000 $ 19,000
The amount of expenditures to capitalize for the year (not including the initial purchase of the building) is: A) $35,000. B) $85,000. C) $81,000. D) $72,000.
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) A company purchased equipment on January 1, 2021, for $70,000. In addition, throughout 2021 the following costs related to the equipment have been incurred: Routine maintenance Employee operating costs Utilities cost
$
4,500 14,800 3,300
The amount of expenditures to capitalize for the year is: A) $70,000. B) $74,500. C) $84,800. D) $92,600. 166) In 2021, a company purchased two patents. Related information follows:
Purchase price Legal and filing fees
Patent 1 $ 500,000 25,000
Patent 2 $ 200,000 20,000
In addition, near the end of 2021, the legality of both patents was challenged. The company paid $50,000 to defend Patent 1, and the defense was successful. The company paid $40,000 to defend Patent 2, but the defense was not successful and the patent was determined to have no value. Ignoring any amortization in 2021, the amount of expenditures to capitalize at the end of the year is: A) $795,000. B) $575,000. C) $745,000. D) $615,000. 167) Calloway Shoes purchased a delivery truck on September 30, 2021, for $32,000. The estimated useful life of the truck is 10 years with no residual value. After five years, the refrigeration unit will need to be replaced. The $8,000 cost of the unit is included in the cost of the truck. Calloway uses the straight-line depreciation method. Depreciation for 2021 under U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), respectively, is:
a. b. c. d.
U.S.GAAP $ 3,200 $ 800 $ 800 $ 3,200
IFRS $ 3,200 $ 800 $ 1,000 $ 4,000
A) option A. B) option B. C) option C. D) option D. 31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
168) Robertson Inc. prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). At the end of its 2021 fiscal year, the company chooses to revalue its equipment. The equipment cost $540,000, had accumulated depreciation of $240,000 at the end of the year after recording annual depreciation, and had a fair value of $330,000. After the revaluation, the accumulated depreciation account will have a balance of: A) $240,000. B) $264,000. C) $270,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 169) Rice Industries owns a manufacturing plant in a foreign country. Political unrest in the country indicates that Rice should investigate for possible impairment. Below is information related to the plant's assets ($ in millions): Book value Undiscounted sum of future estimated cash flows Present value of future cash flows Fair value less cost to sell (determined by appraisal)
$ 190 210 175 180
The amount of impairment loss that Rice should recognize according to U.S. GAAP and IFRS, respectively, is:
a. b. c. d.
U.S.GAAP IFRS $ 10 million $ 10 million $ 15 million $ 15 million $ 0 $ 10 million There is no impairment under both U.S. GAAP and IFRS.
A) option A. B) option B. C) option C. D) option D.
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) Kingston Corporation has $95 million of goodwill on its books from the 2019 acquisition of Reliant Motors. At the end of its 2021 fiscal year, management has provided the following information for its required goodwill impairment test ($ in millions): Fair value of Reliant (approximates fair value less costs to sell) Fair value of Reliant's net assets (excluding goodwill) Book value of Reliant's net assets (including goodwill) Present value of estimated future cash flows
$ 655 600 700 670
Assuming that Reliant is considered a reporting unit for U.S. GAAP and a cash-generating unit for IFRS, the amount of goodwill impairment loss that Kingston should recognize according to U.S. GAAP and IFRS, respectively, is:
a. b. c. d.
U.S.GAAP $ 45million $ 55million $ 0 $ 40million
IFRS $ 45million $ 45million $ 30million $ 30million
A) option A. B) option B. C) option C. D) option D. 171) According to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), the revaluation of equipment when fair value exceeds book value results in: A) An increase in net income. B) A decrease in net income. C) An increase in other comprehensive income. D) A decrease in other comprehensive income. 172) According to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), biological assets are valued at: A) Cost less accumulated depreciation. B) Fair value less estimated costs to sell. C) Cost less accumulated depletion. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 173) According to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), the impairment loss for property, plant, and equipment is the difference between book value and: A) The undiscounted sum of estimated future cash flows. B) The present value of future cash flows. C) Fair value less costs to sell. D) The higher of the present value of estimated future cash flows and the fair value less costs to sell. 33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
174) According to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), the level of testing for goodwill impairment is the: A) Reporting unit. B) Subsidiary companies. C) Cash-generating unit. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 175) The normal treatment of litigation costs to successfully defend an intangible right under U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), respectively, is:
a. b. c. d.
U.S. GAAP Capitalize Capitalize Expense Expense
IFRS Expense Capitalize Capitalize Expense
A) option A. B) option B. C) option C. D) option D. 176) Canliss Mining uses the retirement method to determine depreciation on its office equipment. During 2019, its first year of operations, office equipment was purchased at a cost of $14,000. Useful life of the equipment averages four years and no salvage value is anticipated. In 2021, equipment costing $5,000 was sold for $600 and replaced with new equipment costing $6,000. Canliss would record 2021 depreciation of: A) $3,500. B) $4,400. C) $5,400. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 177) Canliss Mining uses the replacement method to determine depreciation on its office equipment. During 2019, its first year of operations, office equipment was purchased at a cost of $14,000. Useful life of the equipment averages four years and no salvage value is anticipated. In 2021, equipment costing $5,000 was sold for $600 and replaced with new equipment costing $6,000. Canliss would record 2021 depreciation of: A) $3,500. B) $4,400. C) $5,400. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
178) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Write-down of asset 2. Straight-line method 3. Composite method 4. Double-declining-balance 5. Activity-based method
PHRASE NUMBER Occurs with a significant decline in value. ____ Estimates service life in units of output. ____ Does not subtract residual value from cost ____ when calculating depreciation. Aggregates assets that are physically dissimilar ____ when calculating depreciation. Produces a level amount of annual ____ depreciation.
179) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize five of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Book value 2. Date placed in service 3.Percentage depletion 4. Rearrangements 5. Improvements
PHRASE NUMBER Only used for tax purposes. ____ Cost less accumulated depreciation. ____ Three methods are employed to record these costs. ____ Expenditures made to restructure an asset without ____ addition, replacement, or improvement. Triggers commencement of depreciation. ____
180) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Depletion 2. Change in depreciation method 3. Service life 4. Allocation base 5. Amortization
PHRASE Cost allocation for a natural resource. Amount of use expected from plant and equipment asset. Cost less residual value. Treated prospectively like a change in estimate. Cost allocation for an intangible asset.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
181) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Depreciation
PHRASE NUMBER Generate declining amounts of depreciation ____ over time. 2. Prior period adjustment Allocation of cost for plant and equipment. ____ 3. Accelerated methods Expenditures made to maintain a given level of ____ benefits from an asset. 4. Change in useful life Results from subsequent year correction of a ____ material error. 5. Repairs and maintenance Is a change in accounting estimate. ____
182) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Indefinite life 2. Group method 3. Depreciation 4. Time-based method 5. Sum-of-the-years'-digits method
PHRASE The reason for not amortizing goodwill. Cost allocation for plant and equipment. Aggregates assets that are similar. Estimates service life in years. Results in depreciation declining by the same amount in subsequent years.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
183) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Rearrangements 2. Additions 3. Impairment 4. Residual value 5. Cost of defending intangible rights
PHRASE Estimate of recoverable cost at end of an asset's life. Should be capitalized since they provide future benefits. Capitalize unless unsuccessful. Considered if indicated that book value may not be recoverable. Should be expensed unless they are material and provide a future benefit.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
184) Listed below are 10 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Improvements
PHRASE NUMBER Can be expressed in units of time or in units of ____ activity. 2. Service life The amount the company expects to receive for the ____ asset at the end of its life. 3. Amortization Cost allocation for an intangible asset. ____ 4. Straight-line method The replacement of a major component of plant ____ and equipment asset. 5. Double-declining-balance Allocates an equal amount of depreciable base to ____ each period. 6. Activity-based method Adding a new major component to existing plant ____ and equipment. 7. Residual value The difference between cost and residual value. ____ 8. Depletion Multiplies book value by twice the straight-line ____ rate. 9. Additions Cost allocation for natural resources. ____ 10. Allocation base Estimates service life in terms of a measure of ____ activity.
185) Ellen's Antiques reported the following in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet: Equipment Accumulated depreciation—equipment
$4,000,000 $3,150,000
In a disclosure note, Ellen's indicates that it uses straight-line depreciation over eight years and estimates salvage value at 10% of cost. Required: Compute the average age of Ellen's equipment at 12/31/2020. 186) Comet Cleaning Co. reported the following on its December 31, 2021, balance sheet: Equipment (at cost)
$3,000,000
In a disclosure note, Comet indicates that it uses straight-line depreciation over six years and estimates salvage value as 10% of cost. Comet's equipment averages 4.5 years at December 31, 2021. Required: What is the book value of Comet's equipment at December 31, 2021?
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: On January 1, 2021, Hobart Mfg. Co. purchased a drill press at a cost of $36,000. The drill press is expected to last 10 years and has a residual value of $6,000. During its 10-year life, the equipment is expected to produce 500,000 units of product. In 2021 and 2022, 25,000 and 84,000 units, respectively, were produced. 187) Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the drill press at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming the straight-line method is used. 188) Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the drill press at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming the double-declining-balance method is used. 189) Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the drill press at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming the sum-of-the-years'-digits method is used. 190) Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the drill press at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming the units-of-production method is used. Use the following to answer the question(s) below: On January 1, 2021, Morrow Inc. purchased a spooler at a cost of $40,000. The equipment is expected to last eight years and have a residual value of $4,000. During its eight-year life, the equipment is expected to produce 250,000 units of product. In 2021 and 2022, 42,000 and 76,000 units, respectively, were produced. 191) Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the spooler at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming the straight-line method is used. 192) Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the spooler at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming the double-declining-balance method is used. 193) Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the spooler at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming the sum-of-the-years'-digits method is used. 194) Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the spooler at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming the units-of-production method is used. 38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
195) Nature Power Company uses the composite method and straight-line depreciation for its power plant equipment. Its Apple River plant, which began generating electricity January 1, 2021, had the following equipment:
Equipment Turbines Steam pipes Furnace
Life (Years) 25 15 20
Estimated Cost $4,500,000 3,000,000 6,000,000
Residual Value $500,000 300,000 0
Required: 1. Compute the composite depreciation rate. 2. Compute the average service life. 3. Compute 2021 depreciation. Use the following to answer the question(s) below: On April 1, 2021, Parks Co. purchased machinery at a cost of $42,000. The machinery is expected to last 10 years and to have a residual value of $6,000. 196) Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the machinery at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming the sum-of-the-years'-digits method is used. 197) Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the machinery at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming double-declining-balance method is used. 198) On September 30, 2021, Sternberg Company sold office equipment for $12,000. The equipment was purchased on March 31, 2018, for $24,000. The asset was being depreciated over a five-year life using the straight-line method, with depreciation based on months in service. No residual value was anticipated. Required: Prepare the journal entries to record 2021 depreciation and the sale of the equipment.
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
199) The table below contains data on depreciation for equipment. Required: Fill in the missing data in the table. Acquisition date 1/1/2019 Cost $100,000 Accumulated depreciation, 2/31/2021 Depreciation, 2020 $10,000 Depreciation, 2021 $10,000 Book value, 12/31/2020 Book value, 12/31/2021 $70,000 Estimated service life Estimated salvage value 0
Depreciation method
1/1/2019
1/1/2019 $100,000
1/1/2020 $330,000
$27,000 $18,000
$80,000
1/1/2020
$90,000
$140,000
$37,000
6
4
$200,000
$300,000
5
5
Sum-ofYears'-Digits
0 DoubleDecliningBalance
$10,000 StraightLine
200) Cheney Company sold a 20-ton mechanical draw press (equipment) for $60,000. The old draw press cost $77,000 and had a book value of $55,000. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the disposition. 201) McLean Mfg. Company sold a three-speed lathe (equipment) for $24,000 cash. The lathe cost $66,200 and had a book value of $23,200. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the sale.
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Buffalo Burgers Company, Inc., included the following in a disclosure note: E. Property, Plant, and Equipment Property, plant, and equipment for the years ended December 28, 2021, and December 29, 2020, consisted of the following ($ in thousands):
Machinery and plant equipment Kegs Land Building and building improvements Office equipment and furniture Leasehold improvements Less: accumulated depreciation
2021 $259,664 60,350 23,260 44,234 14,581 7,600 409,689 143,131 $266,558
2020 $183,828 46,899 24,515 36,667 12,580 6,193 310,682 120,734 $189,948
The Company recorded depreciation related to these assets of $23,565 in the 2021 fiscal year. Also, Buffalo Burgers reported the following information in the annual report ($ in thousands):
Cash flows for investing activities: Purchases of property, plant, and equipment Proceeds on disposal of property, plant, and equipment
Years ended 12/28/2021
12/29/2020
$(100,655)
$(66,010)
$18
$41
202) Use a T-account to show the balances and changes during 2021 in Buffalo Burgers' Property, Plant, and Equipment account and its Accumulated Depreciation—Property, Plant, and Equipment account. 203) Prepare the journal entry to record Buffalo Burgers' sale of property, plant, and equipment during 2021.
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Plank Breweries included the following note: Property, Plant, and Equipment Property, plant, and equipment consist of the following ($ in thousands):
Brewery and retail Equipment Furniture and fixtures Leasehold improvements Construction in progress Assets held for sale Less accumulated depreciation
December 31, 2021 2020 $ 14,465 $ 14,246 918 13,808 584 ________ 29,775 (9,555) $ 20,220
772 13,563 165 4 28,750 (7,625) $ 21,125
Total depreciation expense was approximately $2.121 million and $2.179 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Also, Plank Breweries reported the following information in its annual report (in $ thousands):
Acquisition of property, plant, and equipment Proceeds from sale of property, plant, and equipment
Years Ended December 31, 2021 2020 1,279 808 15
157
204) Required: Use a T-account to show the balances and changes during 2021 in Plank Breweries: Property, Plant, and Equipment account and Accumulated Depreciation—Property, Plant, and Equipment (PPE) account ($ in thousands). 205) Prepare the journal entry to record Plank's disposal of the property, plant, and equipment during 2021.
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
206) In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Custard Cup Inc. included the following note: Note 4 Property, Plant, and Equipment Property, plant, and equipment (PPE) at December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, consisted of the following:
(In millions) Machinery and equipment Buildings and improvements Office furniture and fixtures Less: Accumulated depreciation and Amortization Land Construction in progress
2021
2020
$244 90 _ _6 340
$237 89 ___6 332
183 157 15 24 $196
165 167 15 6 $188
Depreciation expense for property, plant and equipment was $26 million in 2021. Required: Compute the accumulated depreciation on PPE disposed of by Custard Cup during 2021. 207) The table below contains data on depreciation for machinery. Required: Fill in the missing data in the table. Acquisition date Cost Accumulated depreciation, 12/31/2021 Depreciation, 2020 Depreciation, 2021 Book value, 12/31/2020 Book value, 12/31/2021 Estimated service life Estimated salvage value Depreciation method
1/1/2019 $250,000
1/1/2019
6/30/2019 $320,000
$120,000 $40,000 $32,000 $160,000
0
$240,000
0 Straight-line
$90,000 $70,000 $180,000 5 $20,000
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
208) In 2021, the internal auditors of KJI Manufacturing discovered the following material errors made in prior years: 1. Equipment was purchased on June 30, 2019, for $100,000. The purchase was incorrectly recorded as a debit to repair and maintenance expense. The equipment has a useful life of five years and no residual value. 2. On March 31, 2020, $50,000 was paid to a contractor to landscape the area around a manufacturing plant, including the installation of a sprinkler system. The expenditure was debited to the Land account. The landscaping is expected to have a 20-year useful life and no residual value. KJI uses the straight-line method of depreciation for all depreciable assets. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entries at December 31, 2021, to correct the errors (ignore income taxes). 2. Prepare the journal entries to record 2021 depreciation for any assets recorded in requirement. 209) Zvinakis Mining Company paid $200,000 for the rights to mine lead in southeast Missouri. The cost to drill and erect a mine shaft was $2,400,000, and equipment to process the lead ore before shipment to the smelter was $1,800,000. The mine is expected to yield 2,000,000 tons of ore during the five years it is expected to be operating. The equipment has an estimated residual value of $150,000 when mining is concluded. The mine started operations on April 30, 2021. In 2021, 300,000 tons of ore were extracted, and in 2022, 700,000 tons were mined. Required: 1. Compute the depletion rate and the units-of-production depreciation rate. 2. Compute depletion and depreciation for 2021 and 2022. 210) On February 20, 2021, Genoa Mining Company incurred costs of $3,600,000 to acquire and prepare to extract an estimated 4,000,000 tons of mineral deposits. In 2021, 450,000 tons of ore were mined. At the beginning of 2022, Genoa geologists estimated that 3,900,000 tons of ore still remained. In 2022, 700,000 tons of ore were mined. Required: Compute depletion for 2021 and 2022.
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
211) On August 1, 2021, Reliable Software began developing a software program to allow individuals to customize their investment portfolios. Technological feasibility was established on January 31, 2022, and the program was available for release on March 31, 2022. Development costs were incurred as follows: August 1 through December 31, 2021 January 1 through January 31, 2022 February 1 through March 31, 2022
$6,300,000 1,200,000 1,600,000
Reliable expects a useful life of five years for the software and total revenues of $8,000,000 during that time. During 2022, revenue of $2,000,000 was recognized. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entries to record the development costs in 2021 and 2022. 2. Calculate the required amortization for 2022. 212) On September 30, 2021, Morgan, Inc., acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Pathways, Inc., for $100 million. In addition to tangible assets, Morgan recorded the following assets as a result of the acquisition: Patent Developed technology In-process research & development Goodwill
$6 million 3 million 2 million 7 million
Morgan's policy is to amortize intangible assets using the straight-line method, no residual value, and a six-year useful life. Required: What is the total amount of expenses that would appear in Morgan's income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, related to these items? 213) Meca Concrete purchased a mixer on January 1, 2019, at a cost of $45,000. Straight-line depreciation for 2019 and 2020 was based on an estimated eight-year life and $3,000 estimated residual value. In 2021, Meca revised its estimate and now believes the mixer will have a total service life of only six years, and that the residual value will be only $2,000. Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022.
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
214) Eckland Manufacturing Co. purchased equipment on January 1, 2019, at a cost of $90,000. Straight-line depreciation for 2019 and 2020 was based on an estimated eight-year life and $2,000 estimated residual value. In 2021, Eckland revised its estimate and now believes the equipment will have a total service life of only six years, while the residual value remains the same. Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022. 215) Weaver Textiles Inc. has used the straight-line method to depreciate its equipment since it started business in 2017. At the beginning of 2021, the company decided to change to the double-declining-balance (DDB) method. Depreciation as reported and as it would have been reported if the company had always used DDB is listed below: Year 2017 2018 2019 2020
Straight-Line $22,500 25,000 28,000 28,000
DDB $45,000 40,000 38,000 32,000
Required: What journal entry, if any, should Weaver make to record the effect of the accounting change (ignore income taxes)? Explain. 216) Gonzaga Company has used the double-declining-balance method for depreciation since it started business in 2017. At the beginning of 2021, the company decided to change to the straight-line method. Depreciation as reported and how it would have been reported if the company had always used straight-line is listed below:
Year 2017 2018 2019 2020
StraightLine $32,000 35,000 39,000 39,000
DDB $64,000 50,000 58,000 48,000
Required: What journal entry, if any, should Gonzaga make to record the effect of the accounting change (ignore income taxes)? Explain. 217) In December of 2021, XL Computer's internal auditors discovered that office equipment costing $800,000 was charged to expense in 2019. The asset had an expected life of 10 years with no residual value. XL would have recorded a half year of depreciation in 2019. Required: Prepare the necessary correcting entry that would be made in 2021 (ignore income taxes), and the entry to record depreciation for 2021. 46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: El Dorado Foods Inc. owns a chain of specialty stores in the Pacific Northwest. Recently, four of the stores have experienced declining profits due to market saturation in the area. As a result, management gathered data about possible impairment of the assets of the stores. The information gathered was as follows: Book value: $17.5 million Fair value: $14.9 million Undiscounted sum of future cash flows: $16.5 million 218) Required: Determine the amount, if any, of the impairment loss that El Dorado must recognize on these assets. 219) Required: Assume that the undiscounted sum of future cash flows is $18.2 million, instead of $16.5 million. Determine the amount, if any, of the impairment loss that El Dorado must recognize on these assets. Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In 2020, Dooling Corporation acquired Oxford Inc. for $250 million, of which $50 million was attributed to goodwill. At the end of 2021, Dooling's accountants derive the following information for a required goodwill impairment test: Book value of Oxford (including goodwill): Fair value of Oxford's tangible and intangible assets (excluding goodwill): Fair value of Oxford (the reporting unit):
$234.5 million $204.9 million $260.0 million
220) Required: Determine the amount, if any, of the goodwill impairment loss that Dooling must recognize on these assets. 221) Assume the same facts as above, except that the fair value of Oxford (the reporting unit) is $225 million. Required: 1. Determine the amount, if any, of the goodwill impairment loss that Dooling must recognize on these assets. 2. Determine the proper balance of goodwill in Dooling's records at the end of 2021.
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
222) Wicker Corporation operates a manufacturing plant in California. Due to a change in business climate, an impairment test is deemed appropriate. Management has acquired the following information for the assets at the plant: Cost Accumulated depreciation Wicker's estimate of the total cash flows to be generated by selling the products manufactured at its California plant, not discounted to present value
$58,500,000 26,400,000
30,000,000
The fair value of the California plant is estimated to be $24,000,000. Required: 1. Determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. 2. If a loss is indicated, where would it appear in Wicker's multiple-step income statement? 3. If a loss is indicated, prepare the entry to record the loss. 4. Repeat requirement 1, assuming that the estimated undiscounted sum of future cash flows is $27,000,000 instead of $30,000,000. 5. Repeat requirement 1, assuming that the estimated undiscounted sum of future cash flows is $34,000,000 instead of $30,000,000. 223) (Note: The following problem requires students to determine the amount of goodwill in a business acquisition, a Chapter 10 topic.) In 2019, Quasar Ltd. acquired all of the common stock of Penlight Laser for $124 million. The fair value of Penlight's identifiable tangible and intangible assets totaled $205 million, and the fair value of liabilities assumed by Quasar was $95 million. Quasar performed a required goodwill impairment test at the end of its fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. Management has provided the following information: Fair value of Penlight (reporting unit) $115 million Fair value of Penlight's net assets (excluding goodwill) 107 million Book value of Penlight's net assets (including goodwill) 125 million Required: 1. Determine the amount of goodwill that resulted from the Penlight acquisition. 2. Determine the amount of goodwill impairment loss that Quasar should recognize at the end of 2021, if any. 3. If an impairment loss is required, prepare the journal entry to record the loss.
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
224) Atlas Trucking incurred the following costs during 2021: 1. Spent $15,000 on a major overhaul for a tractor trailer rig. The overhaul is expected to increase the service life of the rig by three years. 2. Repaired the air-conditioning system for $3,000. 3. Rearranged and reconfigured the maintenance, loading, and unloading facilities at a cost of $75,000. The rearrangement is expected to result in substantial cost savings and increased efficiency over the next several years. Required: Prepare journal entries to record the above costs. 225) A company made the following expenditures related to its restaurant: 1. Replaced the heating and air-conditioning equipment at a cost of $15,000. 2. Remodeled the restaurant building. The total cost of the project was $150,000. 3. Performed annual building maintenance at a cost of $47,000. 4. Paid annual insurance premium on the property for the coming year, $7,700. 5. Purchased a new delivery truck, $22,500. 6. Landscaped the property and added outdoor lights, $9,000. Required: Assume the company credits cash for each of these expenditures. Indicate the account to be debited for each of these expenditures. 226) A company had the following expenditures related to developing its trademark. General advertising costs Advertising specifically focused on trademark development Legal fees to register trademark Registration fees for the trademark Legal fees for successful defense of the new trademark Total
$300,000 120,000 52,000 38,000 33,000 $543,000
During your year-end review of the accounts related to intangibles, you discover that the company has capitalized all the above as costs of the trademark. Management contends that all of the costs increase the value of the trademark; therefore, all the costs should be capitalized. Required: 1. Which of the above costs should the company capitalize to the Trademark account in the balance sheet? 2. Which of the above costs should the company report as expense in the income statement?
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
227) On March 30, 2021, Calvin Exploration purchased a drilling machine for $840,000. The estimated useful life of the machine is 10 years and no residual value is anticipated. An important component of the machine is the drill housing component that will need to be replaced in five years. The $200,000 cost of the drill housing component is included in the $840,000 cost of the machine. Calvin uses the straight-line depreciation method for all machinery. The company's fiscal year ends on December 31. Required: 1. Calculate depreciation on the drilling machine for 2021 and 2022, applying the typical U.S. GAAP treatment. 2. Repeat requirement 1, applying IFRS. 228) Synthetic Fuels Corporation prepares its financial statements according to IFRS. On June 30, 2021, the company purchased equipment for $350,000. The equipment is expected to have a seven-year useful life with no residual value. Synthetic uses the straight-line depreciation method for all depreciable assets. On December 31, 2021, the end of the company's fiscal year, Synthetic chooses to revalue the machinery to its fair value of $299,000. Required: 1. Calculate depreciation for 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry at the end of 2021 to record the revaluation of the equipment. 3. Calculate depreciation for 2022. 4. Repeat requirement 2, assuming that the fair value of the equipment at the end of 2021 is $338,000. 229) Smithson Ltd. prepares its financial statements according to IFRS. On March 30, 2021, the company purchased a franchise for $3,000,000. The franchise has a 10-year contractual life with no residual value. Smithson uses the straight-line amortization method for all intangible assets. On December 31, 2021, the end of the company's fiscal year, Smithson chooses to revalue the franchise. There is an active market for this particular franchise, and its fair value on December 31 is $2,860,000. Required: 1. Calculate amortization for 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the revaluation of the patent. 3. Calculate amortization for 2022.
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
230) Sanders Corporation operates a factory in Arizona. Due to a change in business climate, an impairment test is deemed appropriate. Management has acquired the following information for the assets at the plant: Cost Accumulated depreciation Estimate of the total cash flows to be generated by selling the products manufactured at the Arizona factory, not discounted to present value Present value of estimated future cash flows Estimated fair value of the Arizona factory determined by appraisal
$243,000,000 122,000,000 110,000,000 94,000,000 90,000,000
Required: 1. Determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. 2. If a loss is indicated, prepare the entry to record the loss. 3. Repeat requirement 1, assuming that Sanders prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Also assume that the estimated fair value of the factory approximates fair value less costs to sell. 231) Kentfield Corporation has $260 million of goodwill on its book from the 2018 acquisition of Seaford Shipping. At the end of its 2021 fiscal year, management has provided the following information for a required goodwill impairment test ($ in millions): Fair value of Seaford (approximates fair value less costs to sell) $ 810 Fair value of Seaford's net assets (excluding goodwill) 650 Book value of Seaford's net assets (including goodwill) 850 Present value of estimated future cash flows 825 Required: Assuming that Seaford is considered a reporting unit for U.S. GAAP and a cash-generating unit for IFRS, determine the amount of goodwill impairment loss that Kentfield should recognize according to U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). 232) On June 30, 2019, Mobley Corporation acquired a patent for $4 million. The patent was estimated to have an eight-year life and no residual value. Mobley uses the straight-line method of amortization for intangible assets. At the beginning of January 2021, Mobley successfully defended its patent against infringement. Litigation costs totaled $650,000. Required: 1. Calculate patent amortization for 2019 and 2020. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the 2021 litigation costs. 3. Calculate amortization for 2021. 4. Repeat requirements 2 and 3, assuming that Mobley prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
233) Notsofast Inc. acquired land for $500,000 on July 1, 2020. It erroneously recorded the full amount as an expense. Explain what Notsofast must do when it discovers the error in 2021. 234) Briefly explain the following statement. Depreciation is a process of cost allocation, not valuation. 235) Briefly discuss the factors that determine the service life of a depreciable asset. 236) Briefly explain the differences between the terms depreciation, depletion, and amortization. 237) Briefly explain the disclosures that are required relative to depreciable assets. 238) Briefly differentiate between activity-based and time-based allocation methods. 239) Briefly discuss why straight-line is the most common depreciation method used in practice. 240) Which depreciation method is most common for financial reporting? Which depreciation method is most common for tax reporting? Why do companies choose these methods? 241) Why is land not depreciated? What are land improvements? Why do we record land and land improvements separately? 242) Kelly Company and its subsidiaries are engaged in the manufacture and marketing of ready-to-eat cereal and convenience foods. In its annual report to shareholders, Kelly disclosed the following: DISPOSITIONS Last year, the Company sold certain assets and liabilities of the Leader's Bagels business to Aura Foods Inc. for $275 million in cash. As a result of this transaction, the Company recorded a pretax charge of $178.9 million ($119.3 million after tax or $.29 per share). This charge included approximately $57 million for disposal of other assets associated with the Leader's business, which were not purchased by Aura. Disposal of these other assets was completed during the current year. The original reserve of $57 million exceeded actual losses from asset sales and related disposal costs by approximately $9 million. This amount was recorded as a credit to other income (expense) net during the current year. Required: Explain how the Kelly transactions described could be interpreted as an example of earnings management. 243) Briefly explain how to account for a change in depreciation method.
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
244) Qualcomm Inc. engages in the development, design, manufacture, and marketing of digital wireless telecommunications products and services. In a recent income statement the company reported a $114 million goodwill impairment loss. The loss related to the goodwill of its Firethorn reporting unit. Required: 1. Why did Qualcomm conduct an impairment test of the goodwill of this reporting unit? 2. Describe how Qualcomm would measure the impairment loss. 3. Where would the impairment loss be shown in the company's income statement?
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 11 Property, Plant, and Equipment and Intangible Assets: Utilization and Disposition 1) The three factors in cost allocation of a depreciable asset are service life, allocation base, and allocation method. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 2) The physical life of a depreciable asset is bounded by its service life. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3) An asset is depreciated over whichever is longer, the asset's service life or physical life. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4) An asset's residual value is the amount the company expects to receive for the asset at the end of its service life, less any anticipated disposal costs. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 5) Any method of depreciation should be both systematic and rational. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 6) Total depreciation is the same over the life of an asset regardless of the method of depreciation used. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
7) Advocates of accelerated depreciation methods argue that their use tends to level out the total cost of ownership of an asset over its benefit period if one considers both depreciation and repair and maintenance costs. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Depreciation—Basics and compare methods Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 8) An asset's book value is computed as its original cost minus residual value, less accumulated depreciation. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Depreciation—Basics and compare methods Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 9) Activity-based methods of depreciation are appropriate for assets whose service life is a function of use rather than time. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Depreciation—Basics and compare methods Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
10) Once it selects a depreciation method for existing assets, a company must consistently use the same method of depreciation for all subsequent fixed asset acquisitions. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Depreciation—Basics and compare methods Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 11) As a planned depreciation schedule, a company may use double-declining-balance depreciation for approximately the first half of an asset's service life and then switch to the straight-line method for the remaining life of the asset. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Basics and compare methods Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 12) A company must use the same depreciation method for both financial reporting and income tax reporting purposes. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Depreciation—Basics and compare methods Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
13) A gain is recognized on the disposal of an asset when the asset's book value is greater than the consideration received. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 14) A loss is recognized on the disposal of an asset when the asset's fair value is less than the consideration received. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 15) A gain on the disposal of an asset indicates that the asset was sold for more than its fair value. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
16) A loss on the disposal of an asset indicates that management likely has not efficiently used the asset over its service life. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 17) Property, plant, or equipment classified as held for sale is reported at whichever is lower, the asset's book value or the asset's fair value less cost to sell. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 18) Under group and composite depreciation methods, gains and losses on the disposal of individual assets need not be computed. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Depreciation—Group and composite methods Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 19) Depletion of the cost of natural resources usually is determined using the units-of-production method. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Depletion of natural resources Learning Objective: 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
20) Equipment that will be used to extract natural resources should be depreciated over its useful life or the life of the natural resource, whichever is shorter, assuming the equipment has no alternative use. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Depletion of natural resources Learning Objective: 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 21) Depletion is treated as a period cost and expensed at the time the natural resource is extracted. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Depletion of natural resources Learning Objective: 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 22) Statutory depletion is the maximum amount of depletion that may be reported in financial statements prepared according to GAAP. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Depletion of natural resources Learning Objective: 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 23) The cost of an intangible asset with a finite useful life is amortized. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Intangible assets subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
24) For intangible assets used in the manufacture of a product, amortization is a product cost and is included in the cost of inventory. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Intangible assets subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 25) Software development costs are amortized based on the lesser of (a) the ratio of current revenues to current and anticipated revenues or (b) straight-line. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Intangible assets subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 26) The capitalized cost of cloud computing arrangements is amortized over the software's expected useful life. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Intangible assets subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 27) The cost of an intangible asset with an indefinite useful life is amortized over the lesser of the asset's legal life or 20 years. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Intangible assets subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
28) A change in the estimated recoverable units used to compute depletion requires retroactive adjustments to the financial statements. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Changes in estimates Learning Objective: 11-05 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change is made in the service life or residual value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 29) Changes in the estimates involved in depreciation, depletion, and amortization require retroactive restatement of financial statements. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Changes in estimates Learning Objective: 11-05 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change is made in the service life or residual value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 30) Generally accepted accounting principles allow a company to change from one depreciation method to another if the company can justify the change. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Changes in depreciation method Learning Objective: 11-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in depreciation, amortization, or depletion method is made. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
31) A change from one depreciation method to another is accounted for retroactively. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Changes in depreciation method Learning Objective: 11-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in depreciation, amortization, or depletion method is made. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 32) When an error in calculating depreciation in a prior year is discovered, prior years' financial statements are retrospectively restated. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 11-07 Explain the appropriate treatment required when an error in accounting for property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets is discovered. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 33) An understatement of depreciation expense in a prior year is corrected by overstating depreciation expense in the current year by the same amount. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 11-07 Explain the appropriate treatment required when an error in accounting for property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets is discovered. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 34) The correction for overstating depreciation expense in a prior year includes a prior period adjustment to increase the beginning balance of retained earnings in the current year. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 11-07 Explain the appropriate treatment required when an error in accounting for property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets is discovered. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
35) Property, plant, and equipment and finite-life intangible assets must be tested for impairment at least once a year. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 36) Property, plant, and equipment are considered impaired when the undiscounted sum of estimated future cash flows from the asset is less than the asset's book value. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 37) An impairment loss for property, plant, and equipment is measured as the asset's book value less the undiscounted sum of estimated future cash flows from the asset. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
38) Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives should be tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Impairment—Indefinite-life intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 39) For intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, estimated future cash flows generally are not used as part of the recoverability test. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Impairment—Indefinite-life intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 40) A goodwill impairment loss is indicated when the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its book value. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Impairment—Indefinite-life intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) A goodwill impairment loss in the current period can be recovered in a future period if events and circumstances indicate that factors associated with the impairment loss are no longer present. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Impairment—Indefinite-life intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 42) Expenditures to repair, maintain, improve, or expand existing PPE are recorded as additional depreciation expense in the current period. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Subsequent expenditures—PPE Learning Objective: 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 43) Expenditures made to maintain a given level of benefits provided by an asset typically are expensed as incurred. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Subsequent expenditures—PPE Learning Objective: 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
44) The cost of additions made to existing PPE usually are capitalized if those additions are expected to increase future benefits. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Subsequent expenditures—PPE Learning Objective: 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 45) Expenditures made to restructure assets without addition, replacement, or improvement are typically expensed as incurred. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Subsequent expenditures—PPE Learning Objective: 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 46) The costs incurred to defend an intangible right should be capitalized, regardless of whether the defense is successful or not. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Subsequent expenditures—Intangible rights Learning Objective: 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
47) International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) require goodwill to be tested for impairment at least annually. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS Impairment—PPE-Intangibles-Goodwill Learning Objective: 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 48) According to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), property, plant, and equipment must be valued at cost less accumulated depreciation. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS valuation—PPE and intangibles Learning Objective: 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 49) Component depreciation, required under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), is allowed but rarely used by U.S. companies. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS—Depreciation Learning Objective: 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) A company that prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) must calculate amortization of capitalized software development costs in the same way as under U.S. GAAP. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles Learning Objective: 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 51) Biological assets are valued at fair value less estimated costs to sell under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles Learning Objective: 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 52) According to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), an impairment loss for property, plant, and equipment is required only when an asset's book value exceeds the undiscounted sum of the asset's estimated future cash flows. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS Impairment—PPE-Intangibles-Goodwill Learning Objective: 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
53) According to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), the impairment loss for an indefinite-life intangible asset other than goodwill is the difference between book value and the recoverable amount. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS Impairment—PPE-Intangibles-Goodwill Learning Objective: 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 54) According to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), the costs to successfully defend an intangible right normally are capitalized and amortized. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS—Cost of defending intangible rights Learning Objective: 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 55) MACRS (modified accelerated cost recovery system) depreciation is equivalent to sum-of-the-years'-digits depreciation. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Tax depreciation—MACRS—Chap App A Learning Objective: Appendix 11A Comparison with MACRS (Tax Depreciation). Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 56) By the replacement depreciation method, depreciation is recorded when assets are replaced. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retirement and replacement—Chap App B Learning Objective: Appendix 11B Retirement and Replacement Methods of Depreciation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
57) The factors that need to be determined to compute depreciation are an asset's: A) Cost, residual value, and physical life. B) Cost, replacement value, and service life. C) Fair value, residual value, and economic life. D) Cost, residual value, and service life. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 58) The allocation base for an asset is: A) Its service life. B) The excess of its cost over residual value. C) The difference between its replacement value and cost. D) The amount allowable under MACRS. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 59) An asset that has an estimated physical life of six years and an estimated service life of four years should be depreciated over: A) Four years. B) Five years. C) Six years. D) Any of these choices can be chosen by management. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
60) Depreciation, depletion, and amortization: A) All refer to the process of allocating the cost of long-term assets used in the business over future periods. B) All generally use the same methods of cost allocation. C) Are all handled the same in arriving at taxable income. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 61) Which of the following typically refers to the process of allocating the cost of long-term intangible assets used in the business over future periods? A) Depreciation. B) Amortization. C) Depletion. D) Impairment. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
62) Which of the following typically would cause the service life of an asset to be less than its physical life? A) The company no longer provides the products or services associated with the use of the asset. B) Suppliers may develop new technologies that are more efficient. C) The expected rate of technological change may shorten service life. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 63) The allocation base of an asset refers to which of the following? A) The asset's initial capitalized cost. B) The number of years over which the asset's cost will be allocated. C) The asset's initial capitalized cost minus residual value. D) The method used to allocate the asset's cost across years. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 64) The overriding principle for all depreciation methods is that the method must be: A) Conservative and economic. B) Systematic and rational. C) Consistent and conservative. D) Significant and material. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
65) Depreciation: A) Is always considered a period cost. B) Could be a product cost or a period cost depending on the use of the asset. C) Is usually based on the declining-balance method. D) Per books is usually higher than MACRS in the early years of an asset's life. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Measuring cost allocation Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 66) Assuming an asset is used evenly over a four-year service life, which method of depreciation will always result in the largest amount of depreciation in the first year? A) Straight-line. B) Units-of-production. C) Double-declining-balance. D) Sum-of-the-years'-digits. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Basics and compare methods Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 67) In the first year of an asset's life, which of the following methods has the smallest depreciation? A) Straight-line. B) Declining-balance. C) Sum-of-the-years'-digits. D) All of the other choices result in the same amount of depreciation. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Basics and compare methods Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
68) Cutter Enterprises purchased equipment for $72,000 on January 1, 2021. The equipment is expected to have a five-year life and a residual value of $6,000. Using the straight-line method, depreciation for 2021 would be: A) $13,200. B) $14,400. C) $72,000. D) None of the other answer choices are correct. Answer: A Explanation: ($72,000 − $6,000) ÷ 5 = $13,200 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Depreciation—Straight-line method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 69) Cutter Enterprises purchased equipment for $72,000 on January 1, 2021. The equipment is expected to have a five-year life and a residual value of $6,000. Using the straight-line method, the book value at December 31, 2021, would be: A) $57,600. B) $51,600. C) $58,800. D) $52,800. Answer: C Explanation: ($72,000 − $6,000) ÷ 5 = $13,200 $72,000 − $13,200 = $58,800 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Straight-line method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
70) Cutter Enterprises purchased equipment for $72,000 on January 1, 2021. The equipment is expected to have a five-year life and a residual value of $6,000. Using the straight-line method, depreciation for 2022 and the equipment's book value at December 31, 2022, would be: A) $14,400 and $43,200 respectively. B) $28,800 and $37,200 respectively. C) $13,200 and $39,600 respectively. D) $13,200 and $45,600 respectively. Answer: D Explanation: Depreciation, 2022 = ($72,000 − $6,000) ÷ 5 = $13,200 Book value, 12/31/22 = $72,000 − (2 × $13,200) = $45,600 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Straight-line method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 71) Cutter Enterprises purchased equipment for $72,000 on January 1, 2021. The equipment is expected to have a five-year life and a residual value of $6,000. Using the double-declining-balance method, depreciation for 2021 and the book value at December 31, 2021, would be: A) $26,400 and $45,600 respectively. B) $28,800 and $43,200 respectively. C) $28,800 and $37,200 respectively. D) $26,400 and $39,600 respectively. Answer: B Explanation: Depreciation, 2021 = $72,000 × 40% = $28,800 Book value, 12/31/21 = $72,000 − 28,800 = $43,200 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Declining-balance method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
72) Cutter Enterprises purchased equipment for $72,000 on January 1, 2021. The equipment is expected to have a five-year life and a residual value of $6,000. Using the double-declining-balance method, depreciation for 2022 would be: A) $28,800. B) $18,240. C) $17,280. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: Depreciation, 2022 = [$72,000 − ($72,000 × 40%)] × 40% = $17,280 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Declining-balance method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 73) Cutter Enterprises purchased equipment for $72,000 on January 1, 2021. The equipment is expected to have a five-year life and a residual value of $6,000. Using the double-declining-balance method, the book value at December 31, 2022, would be: A) $14,400. B) $24,960. C) $27,360. D) $25,920. Answer: D Explanation: Depreciation, 2021 = $72,000 × 40% = $28,800 Depreciation, 2022 = [$72,000 − ($72,000 × 40%)] × 40% = $17,280 Book value, 12/31/2022 = $72,000 − $28,800 − 17,280 = $25,920 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Declining-balance method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) Cutter Enterprises purchased equipment for $72,000 on January 1, 2021. The equipment is expected to have a five-year life and a residual value of $6,000. Using the sum-of-the-years'-digits method, depreciation for 2021 and book value at December 31, 2021, would be: (Do not round depreciation rate per year) A) $22,000 and $44,000 respectively. B) $22,000 and $50,000 respectively. C) $24,000 and $48,000 respectively. D) $24,000 and $42,000 respectively. Answer: B Explanation: Depreciation, 2021 = ($72,000 − $6,000) × 5/15 = $22,000 Book value, 12/31/2021 = $72,000 − $22,000 = $50,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Sum-of-the-years'-digits method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 75) Cutter Enterprises purchased equipment for $72,000 on January 1, 2021. The equipment is expected to have a five-year life and a residual value of $6,000. Using the sum-of-the-years'-digits method, depreciation for 2022 and book value at December 31, 2022, would be: (Do not round depreciation rate per year) A) $19,200 and $30,800 respectively. B) $17,600 and $26,400 respectively. C) $19,200 and $28,800 respectively. D) $17,600 and $32,400 respectively. Answer: D Explanation: Depreciation, 2021 = ($72,000 − $6,000) × 5/15 = $22,000 Depreciation, 2022 = ($72,000 − $6,000) × 4/15 = $17,600 Book value, 12/31/2022 = $72,000 − $22,000 − 17,600 = $32,400 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Sum-of-the-years'-digits method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) On June 30, 2021, Prego Equipment purchased a precision laser-guided steel punch that has an expected capacity of 300,000 units and no residual value. The cost of the machine was $450,000 and is to be depreciated using the units-of-production method. During the six months of 2021, 24,000 units of product were produced. At the beginning of 2022, engineers estimated that the machine can realistically be used to produce only another 230,000 units. During 2022, 70,000 units were produced. Prego would report depreciation in 2021 of: A) $36,000. B) $43,900. C) $18,000. D) $21,950. Answer: A Explanation: Depreciation in 2021 = ($450,000 ÷ 300,000) = $1.50 per unit × 24,000 = $36,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Units-of-production method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
77) On June 30, 2021, Prego Equipment purchased a precision laser-guided steel punch that has an expected capacity of 300,000 units and no residual value. The cost of the machine was $450,000 and is to be depreciated using the units-of-production method. During the six months of 2021, 24,000 units of product were produced. At the beginning of 2022, engineers estimated that the machine can realistically be used to produce only another 230,000 units. During 2022, 70,000 units were produced. Prego would report depreciation in 2022 of: A) $135,230. B) $126,000. C) $108,000. D) $105,000. Answer: B Explanation: Depreciation in 2022 = [($450,000 − $36,000) ÷ (230,000)] = $1.80 per unit × 70,000 = $126,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Changes in estimates; Depreciation—Units-of-production method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions.; 11-05 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change is made in the service life or residual value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) Archie Co. purchased a framing machine for $45,000 on January 1, 2021. The machine is expected to have a four-year life, with a residual value of $5,000 at the end of four years. Using the straight-line method, depreciation for 2021 and book value at December 31, 2021, would be: A) $10,000 and $30,000 respectively. B) $11,250 and $28,750 respectively. C) $10,000 and $35,000 respectively. D) $11,250 and $33,750 respectively. Answer: C Explanation: Depreciation in 2021 = ($45,000 − $5,000) ÷ 4 = $10,000 Book value, 12/31/2021 = $45,000 − $10,000 = $35,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Straight-line method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 79) Archie Co. purchased a framing machine for $45,000 on January 1, 2021. The machine is expected to have a four-year life, with a residual value of $5,000 at the end of four years. Using the straight-line method, depreciation for 2022 and book value at December 31, 2022, would be: A) $10,000 and $20,000 respectively. B) $10,000 and $25,000 respectively. C) $11,250 and $17,500 respectively. D) $11,250 and $22,500 respectively. Answer: B Explanation: Depreciation in 2022 = ($45,000 − $5,000) ÷ 4 = $10,000 Book value, 12/31/2022 = $45,000 − (2 × $10,000) = $25,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Straight-line method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) Archie Co. purchased a framing machine for $45,000 on January 1, 2021. The machine is expected to have a four-year life, with a residual value of $5,000 at the end of four years. Using the double-declining-balance method, depreciation for 2021 and book value at December 31, 2021, would be: A) $22,500 and $22,500 respectively. B) $22,500 and $17,500 respectively. C) $20,000 and $25,000 respectively. D) $20,000 and $20,000 respectively. Answer: A Explanation: Depreciation in 2021 = $45,000 × 50% = $22,500 Book value, 12/31/2021 = $45,000 − $22,500 = $22,500 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Declining-balance method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 81) Archie Co. purchased a framing machine for $45,000 on January 1, 2021. The machine is expected to have a four-year life, with a residual value of $5,000 at the end of four years. Using the double-declining-balance method, depreciation for 2022 and book value at December 31, 2022, would be: A) $10,000 and $5,000 respectively. B) $10,000 and $10,000 respectively. C) $11,250 and $6,250 respectively. D) $11,250 and $11,250 respectively. Answer: D Explanation: Depreciation in 2022 = [$45,000 − ($45,000 × 50%)] × 50% = $11,250 Book value, 12/31/2022 = $45,000 − $22,500 − $11,250 = $11,250 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Declining-balance method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
82) Archie Co. purchased a framing machine for $45,000 on January 1, 2021. The machine is expected to have a four-year life, with a residual value of $5,000 at the end of four years. Using the sum-of-the-years'-digits method, depreciation for 2021 and book value at December 31, 2021, would be: A) $18,000 and $27,000 respectively. B) $16,000 and $29,000 respectively. C) $16,000 and $24,000 respectively. D) $18,000 and $22,000 respectively. Answer: B Explanation: Depreciation in 2021 = ($45,000 − $5,000) × 4/10 = $16,000 Book value, 12/31/2021 = $45,000 − $16,000 = $29,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Sum-of-the-years'-digits method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 83) Archie Co. purchased a framing machine for $45,000 on January 1, 2021. The machine is expected to have a four-year life, with a residual value of $5,000 at the end of four years. Using the sum-of-the years'-digits method, depreciation for 2022 and book value at December 31, 2022, would be: A) $13,500 and $13,500 respectively. B) $13,500 and $8,500 respectively. C) $12,000 and $17,000 respectively. D) $12,000 and $12,000 respectively. Answer: C Explanation: Depreciation in 2022 = ($45,000 − $5,000) × 3/10 = $12,000 Book value, 12/31/2022 = $45,000 − $16,000 − $12,000 = $17,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Sum-of-the-years'-digits method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
84) On September 30, 2021, Bricker Enterprises purchased a machine for $200,000. The estimated service life is 10 years with a $20,000 residual value. Bricker records partial-year depreciation based on the number of months in service. Depreciation for 2021 using the straight-line method is: A) $13,500. B) $15,000. C) $4,500. D) $5,000. Answer: C Explanation: ($200,000 – $20,000) ÷ 10 × 3/12 = $4,500 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Straight-line method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 85) On September 30, 2021, Bricker Enterprises purchased a machine for $200,000. The estimated service life is 10 years with a $20,000 residual value. Bricker records partial-year depreciation based on the number of months in service. Depreciation for 2021, using the double-declining-balance method, would be: A) $40,000. B) $10,000. C) $36,000. D) $9,000. Answer: B Explanation: $200,000 × 20% × 3/12 = $10,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Declining-balance method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
86) On September 30, 2021, Bricker Enterprises purchased a machine for $200,000. The estimated service life is 10 years with a $20,000 residual value. Bricker records partial-year depreciation based on the number of months in service. Depreciation for 2022, using the double-declining-balance method, would be: A) $32,000. B) $34,000. C) $38,000. D) $40,000. Answer: C Explanation: Depreciation for 2022 = [$200,000 – ($200,000 × 20% × 3/12)] × 20% = $38,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Declining-balance method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 87) On September 30, 2021, Bricker Enterprises purchased a machine for $200,000. The estimated service life is 10 years with a $20,000 residual value. Bricker records partial-year depreciation based on the number of months in service. Depreciation (to the nearest dollar) for 2021, using sum-of-the-years'-digits method, would be: A) $9,091. B) $24,545. C) $27,273. D) $8,182. Answer: D Explanation: ($200,000 − $20,000) × 10/55 × 3/12 = $8,182 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Sum-of-the-years'-digits method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) On September 30, 2021, Bricker Enterprises purchased a machine for $200,000. The estimated service life is 10 years with a $20,000 residual value. Bricker records partial-year depreciation based on the number of months in service. Depreciation (to the nearest dollar) for 2022, using sum-of-the-years'-digits method, would be: A) $31,909. B) $29,455. C) $35,456. D) $54,000. Answer: A Explanation: ($200,000 − $20,000) × 10/55 × 9/12 + ($200,000 − $20,000) × 9/55 × 3/12 = $31,909 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Sum-of-the-years'-digits method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 89) Jennings Advertising, Inc. reported the following in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet: Equipment Less: Accumulated depreciation—equipment
$ 500,000 $ 135,000
In a disclosure note, Jennings indicates that it uses straight-line depreciation over 10 years and estimates salvage value at 10% of cost. What is the average age of the equipment owned by Jennings? A) 2.7 years. B) 3 years. C) 7 years. D) 7.3 years. Answer: B Explanation: Annual depreciation is ($500,000 – $50,000) ÷ 10 = $45,000 Accumulated depreciation ÷ Annual depreciation = $135,000 ÷ $45,000 = 3 years Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Straight-line method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) Gulf Consulting Co. reported the following on its December 31, 2021, balance sheet: Equipment (at cost) $700,000 In a disclosure note, Gulf indicates that it uses straight-line depreciation over five years and estimates salvage value as 10% of cost. Gulf's equipment averages 3.5 years at December 31, 2021. What is the book value of Gulf's equipment at December 31, 2021? A) $490,000. B) $441,000. C) $259,000. D) $210,000. Answer: C Explanation: Annual depreciation is ($700,000 – $70,000) ÷ 5 = $126,000 Depreciation for 3.5 years is $126,000 × 3.5 = $441,000 Book value = $700,000 – $441,000 = $259,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Straight-line method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 91) Asset C3PO has a depreciable base of $16.5 million and a service life of 10 years. What would the accumulated depreciation be at the end of year five under the sum-of-the-years'-digits method? A) $4.5 million. B) $8.25 million. C) $12 million. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: $16.5 million × [(10 + 9 + 8 + 7 + 6)/55] = $12 million Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Sum-of-the-years'-digits method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) When selling property, plant, and equipment for cash: A) The seller recognizes a gain or loss for the difference between the cash received and the fair value of the asset sold. B) The seller recognizes a gain or loss for the difference between the cash received and the book value of the asset sold. C) The seller recognizes losses, but not gains. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 93) Gains on the cash sales of property, plant, and equipment: A) Are the excess of the book value over the cash proceeds. B) Are part of cash flows from operations. C) Are reported on a net-of-tax basis if material. D) Are the excess of the cash proceeds over the book value of the assets sold. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 94) Losses on the cash sales of property, plant, and equipment: A) Are the excess of the book value over the cash proceeds. B) Are part of cash flows from operations. C) Are reported on a net-of-tax basis if material. D) Are the excess of the cash proceeds over the book value of the assets sold. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
95) When a company reports a gain on the sale of a depreciable asset, which of the following is always true? A) The company sold the asset for more than its fair value. B) The company sold the asset for more than its book value. C) The company sold the asset before its useful life was over. D) The company sold the asset for more than it was worth. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 96) When a company reports a loss on the sale of a depreciable asset, which of the following is always true? A) The company sold the asset for less than accumulated depreciation. B) The company sold the asset for less than fair value. C) The company sold the asset for less than book value. D) The company sold the asset before the useful life was over. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
97) A company decides to sell equipment it has owned and operated for the past five years. The equipment's original estimated useful life was eight years. Management calculates the loss on the sale as the equipment's original purchase price minus its selling price. Which of the following statements is correct? A) Management should calculate the loss as the present value of expected decrease in cash flows from selling the equipment. B) Management should subtract the equipment's accumulated depreciation from the original purchase price before calculating any loss. C) Management should not record any loss on the sale of equipment if that equipment has been used in operations. D) Management's calculation is correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 98) An asset was acquired on January 1, 2021, for $15,000 with an estimated four-year life and $1,000 residual value. The company uses straight-line depreciation. Calculate the gain or loss if the asset was sold on December 31, 2023, for $5,000. A) $500 gain. B) $3,000 loss. C) $1,500 gain. D) $500 loss. Answer: A Explanation: Depreciation = ($15,000 − $1,000)/4 years = $3,500/year. Accumulated depreciation = $3,500 × 3 years = $10,500. Book value = $15,000 − $10,500 = $4,500. Gain = $5,000 − $4,500 = $500. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets; Depreciation—Straight-line method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
99) Equipment was acquired on January 1, 2021, for $15,000 with an estimated four-year life and $1,000 residual value. The company uses straight-line depreciation. Record the gain or loss if the equipment was sold on December 31, 2023, for $5,000. A) Cash
$5,000
Accumulated Depreciation
$10,500
Equipment
$15,000
Gain
$500
B) Cash
$5,000 Equipment
$4,500
Gain
$500
C) Cash
$5,000 Equipment
$3,500
Gain
$1,500
D) Cash
$5,000
Accumulated Depreciation
$7,000
Loss
$3,000 Equipment
$15,000
Answer: A Explanation: Depreciation = ($15,000 − $1,000)/4 years = $3,500/year. Accumulated depreciation = $3,500 × 3 years = $10,500. Book value = $15,000 − $10,500 = $4,500. Gain = $5,000 − $4,500 = $500. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets; Depreciation—Straight-line method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
100) An asset was acquired on August 1, 2021, for $22,000 with an estimated five-year life and $2,000 residual value. The company uses straight-line depreciation. Calculate the gain or loss if the asset was sold on April 30, 2023, for $13,000. Partial-year depreciation is calculated based on the number of months the asset is in service. A) $3,000 gain. B) $2,000 loss. C) $6,000 gain. D) $4,000 loss. Answer: B Explanation: Depreciation = ($22,000 − $2,000)/60 months = $333.33/month. Accumulated depreciation = $333.33 × 21 months = $7,000. [Alternatively, depreciation is ($22,000 − $2,000)/5 years = $4,000/year, and 1.75 years have passed = $7,000 accumulated depreciation.] Book value = $22,000 − $7,000 = $15,000. Loss = $13,000 − $15,000 = ($2,000). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets; Depreciation—Straight-line method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 101) An asset was acquired on October 1, 2021, for $78,000 with an estimated five-year life and $13,000 residual value. The company uses units-of-production depreciation and expects the asset to produce 20,000 units. Calculate the gain or loss if the asset was sold on March 31, 2024, for $58,000. Actual production was: 2021 = 500 units; 2022 = 3,000 units; 2023 = 3,500 units; 2024 = 1,000 units. A) $11,200 gain. B) $19,000 gain. C) $6,000 gain. D) $12,500 gain. Answer: C Explanation: Depreciation = ($78,000 − $13,000)/20,000 units = $3.25/unit. Accumulated depreciation = $3.25/unit × 8,000 units = $26,000. Book value = $78,000 − $26,000 = $52,000. Gain = $58,000 − $52,000 = $6,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets; Depreciation—Units-of-production method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
102) An asset was acquired on September 30, 2021, for $100,000 with an estimated five-year life and $20,000 residual value. The company uses double-declining-balance depreciation. Calculate the gain or loss if the asset was sold on December 31, 2022, for $50,000. Partial-year depreciation is to be calculated. A) $1,200 gain. B) $14,000 gain. C) $16,000 loss. D) $4,000 loss. Answer: D Explanation: Total time period the asset is held is one year and three months = 1.25 years. Accumulated depreciation for 1/4 of 2021 and all of 2022 = ($100,000 × 40% × 1/4) + [($100,000 − $10,000) × 40%] = $46,000. Book value = $100,000 − $46,000 = $54,000. Loss = $50,000 − $54,000 = $(4,000). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets; Depreciation—Declining-balance method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
103) An asset acquired January 1, 2021, for $15,000 with an estimated 10-year life and no residual value is being depreciated in an equipment group asset account that has an average service life of eight years. The asset is sold on December 31, 2022, for $6,000. The entry to record the sale would be: A) Cash
$6,000
Loss on sale of equipment
$9,000
Equipment
$15,000
B) Cash
$6,000 Equipment
$6,000
C) Cash
$6,000
Accumulated depreciation
$3,750
Loss on sale of equipment
$5,250
Equipment
$15,000
D) Cash
$6,000
Accumulated depreciation
$9,000
Equipment
$15,000
Answer: D Explanation: Under the group depreciation method, it is assumed that the book value of a disposed item exactly equals any proceeds received, and no gain or loss is recorded. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Group and composite methods Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) The process of allocating the cost of natural resources over their useful life is known as: A) Depreciation. B) Depletion. C) Amortization. D) Consumption. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Depletion of natural resources Learning Objective: 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 105) An activity-based method is most often used to allocate the cost of a natural resource over its useful life because: A) This method generally results in the highest amount of assets in the earlier years. B) This is the simplest method, and natural resource activity is hard to estimate. C) The usefulness of natural resources generally is directly related to the amount of the resources extracted. D) This method generally results in the highest amount of assets in the later years. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depletion of natural resources Learning Objective: 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 106) The cost of natural resources is expensed in the period: A) The resource is harvested and becomes ready for sale. B) The resource is acquired. C) The resource is sold. D) The resource is paid for. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Depletion of natural resources Learning Objective: 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) Natural resources that have been harvested but not yet sold are accounted for as: A) Property, plant, and equipment. B) Cost of goods sold. C) Operating expense. D) Inventory. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Depletion of natural resources Learning Objective: 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 108) Clark Oil and Gas incurred costs of $15.3 million for the rights to extract resources from a natural gas deposit. The company expects to extract 8 million cubic feet of natural gas during a six-year period. Natural gas extracted during years 1 and 2 were 800,000 and 1,600,000 cubic feet, respectively. What was total depletion for year 1 and year 2, assuming the company uses the units-of-production method? A) $5.10 million. B) $3.06 million. C) $8.00 million. D) $4.59 million. Answer: D Explanation: Depletion rate = $15.3 million ÷ 8 million cubic feet = $1.9125/cubic foot. Total depletion = (800,000 + 1,600,000) cubic feet × $1.9125 = $4.59 million. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Depletion of natural resources Learning Objective: 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) On March 31, 2021, M. Belotti purchased the right to remove gravel from an old rock quarry. The gravel is to be sold as roadbed for highway construction. The cost of the quarry rights was $164,000, with estimated salable rock of 20,000 tons. During 2021, Belotti loaded and sold 4,000 tons of rock and estimated that 16,000 tons remained at December 31, 2021. At January 1, 2022, Belotti estimated that 20,000 tons still remained. During 2022, Belotti loaded and sold 8,000 tons. Belotti uses the units-of-production method. Belotti would record depletion in 2021 of: A) $41,000. B) $32,800. C) $30,750. D) $24,600. Answer: B Explanation: Depletion in 2021 = ($164,000 ÷ 20,000 tons) = $8.20 per ton × 4,000 tons = $32,800 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depletion of natural resources Learning Objective: 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) On March 31, 2021, M. Belotti purchased the right to remove gravel from an old rock quarry. The gravel is to be sold as roadbed for highway construction. The cost of the quarry rights was $164,000, with estimated salable rock of 20,000 tons. During 2021, Belotti loaded and sold 4,000 tons of rock and estimated that 16,000 tons remained at December 31, 2021. At January 1, 2022, Belotti estimated that 20,000 tons still remained. During 2022, Belotti loaded and sold 8,000 tons. Belotti uses the units-of-production method. Belotti would record depletion in 2022 of: A) $54,667. B) $65,600. C) $52,480. D) $55,760. Answer: C Explanation: Depletion in 2021 = ($164,000 / 20,000) = $8.2 per ton × 4,000 = $32,800 Depletion in 2022 = [($164,000 − $32,800) ÷ (20,000 tons)] = $6.56 per ton × 8,000 tons = $52,480 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depletion of natural resources; Changes in estimates Learning Objective: 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource.; 11-05 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change is made in the service life or residual value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
111) On February 12, 2021, Forest Incorporated purchased the right to remove timber from a 10,000-acre tract of land over the next three years, and the company estimates no residual value. The timber is to be sold as lumber for new home construction. The cost of the timber rights was $240,000, with estimated salable timber feet of 750,000. During 2021 and 2022, Forest harvested and sold 600,000 feet of timber. What is the book value of the timber rights at the end of 2022, assuming the company uses the units-of-production method? A) $48,000. B) $80,000. C) $160,000. D) $192,000. Answer: A Explanation: Depletion rate = ($240,000 ÷ 750,000 timber feet) = $0.32/timber foot. Depletion in 2021 and 2022 = $0.32/timber foot × 600,000 timber feet = $192,000. Book value = $240,000 − $192,000 = $48,000. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Depletion of natural resources Learning Objective: 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource.; 11-05 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change is made in the service life or residual value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 112) A company purchased land containing mineral deposits for $6,400,000 on January 1, 2021. The company expects to mine 1,600,000 tons of mineral over the next six years. The company has also purchased mining equipment for $800,000. The equipment has an estimated residual value of $160,000 and an expected life of 10 years and can be used at other mining sites. By the end of 2021, the company has mined and sold 240,000 tons. Management calculates depreciation of the equipment to be $96,000 [($800,000 − $160,000) × (240,000 tons/1,600,000 tons)]. Which of the following statements is correct? A) Management should depreciate the equipment evenly over six years. B) Management should not subtract the residual value in calculating depreciation. C) Management should depreciate the equipment over 10 years. D) Management's calculation is correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depletion of natural resources; Depreciation—Units-of-production method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions.; 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
113) Foreman Mining purchased land containing a copper deposit for $2,300,000 on January 7, 2021. The company expects to mine 600,000 tons of copper over the next 10 years, and the land is expected to have a residual value of $1,400,000. The company has also purchased mining equipment for $400,000 that will be used only at this site over the 10 years with an estimated residual value of $52,000. By the end of the first year, the company has mined and sold 50,000 tons of copper. What is the cost attributed to copper inventory for 2021, assuming the company uses the units-of-production method? A) $109,800. B) $124,800. C) $104,000. D) $75,000. Answer: C Explanation: Depletion rate = ($2,300,000 − $1,400,000)/600,000 tons = $1.50/ton. Depletion in 2021 = $1.50/ton × 50,000 tons = $75,000. Depreciation rate = ($400,000 − $52,000)/600,000 tons = $0.58/ton. Depreciation in 2021 = $0.58/ton × 50,000 tons = $29,000. Total depletion = $75,000 + $29,000 = $104,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depletion of natural resources; Depreciation—Units-of-production method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions.; 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) On April 23, 2021, Trevors Mining entered into an agreement with the state of California to obtain the rights to operate a mineral mine in California for $12 million. Additional costs and purchases included the following: Preparation of site for excavation Mining equipment Construction of various structures on site
$ 4,800,000 360,000 240,000
After the minerals are removed from the mine, the equipment will be sold for an estimated residual value of $60,000. The structures will be torn down. The mine is expected to produce 1,400,000 tons of ore. After the ore is removed, the land will revert back to the state of California. During 2021, Trevors extracted 210,000 tons of ore from the mine. What total amount would be charged to depletion of the mine and depreciation of the mining equipment and structures for 2021, assuming that Trevors uses the units-of-production method for both depletion and depreciation? (Round your final calculations to the nearest whole thousand dollars.) A) $2,601,000. B) $2,520,000. C) $2,610,000. D) $2,565,000. Answer: A Explanation: Depletion rate = ($12,000,000 + $4,800,000) ÷ 1,400,000 tons = $12/ton. Depletion for 2021 = $12/ton × 210,000 tons = $2,520,000. Depreciation rate-equipment = ($360,000 − $60,000) ÷ 1,400,000 tons = $0.2143/ton. Depreciation-equipment for 2021 = $0.2143/ton × 210,000 tons = $45,000 (rounded to nearest whole thousand dollars). Depreciation rate-structures = $240,000 ÷ 1,400,000 tons = $0.1714/ton. Depreciation-structures for 2021 = $0.1714/ton × 210,000 tons = $36,000 (rounded to the nearest whole thousand dollars). Total depletion and depreciation = $2,520,000 + $45,000 + $36,000 = $2,601,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depletion of natural resources; Depreciation—Units-of-production method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions.; 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
115) The legal life of a patent is: A) 40 years. B) 20 years. C) Life of the inventor plus 50 years. D) Indefinite. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Intangible assets subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 116) If an intangible asset has a legal life of eight years but contractually the usefulness is limited to six years, a company will amortize the cost over: A) Eight years. B) Six years. C) Seven years. D) Either six or eight years is allowed. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Intangible assets subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 117) Intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life: A) Are those with no foreseeable limit on the period of time over which the asset is expected to contribute to the cash flows of the entity. B) Are those with no legal, contractual, or economic factors that are expected to limit their useful life to a company. C) Are those whose acquisition costs are not amortized over their useful life. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Intangible assets not subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
118) Amortization of capitalized computer software costs is: A) Either the percentage-of-revenue method or the straight-line method at the company's option. B) The greater of the percentage-of-revenue method or the straight-line method. C) The lesser of the percentage-of-revenue method or the straight-line method. D) Based on neither the percentage-of-revenue nor the straight-line method. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Intangible assets subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 119) Axcel Software began a new development project in 2020. The project reached technological feasibility on June 30, 2021, and was available for release to customers at the beginning of 2022. Development costs incurred prior to June 30, 2021, were $3,200,000, and costs incurred from June 30 to the product release date were $1,400,000. The 2022 revenues from the sale of the new software were $4,000,000, and the company anticipates additional revenues of $6,000,000. The economic life of the software is estimated at four years. Amortization of the software development costs for the year 2022 would be: A) $0. B) $350,000. C) $1,840,000. D) $560,000. Answer: D Explanation: Percentage-of-revenue method: $4,000,000 ÷ ($4,000,000 + $6,000,000) = 40% Straight-line method: ¼ or 25% Amortization = $1,400,000 × 40% = $560,000 The percentage-of-revenue method is used because it produces the greater amortization, $560,000 (amortization calculated on the basis of percentage-of-revenue method). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Intangible assets subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
120) Micropolis Technology began a new development project in 2020. The project reached technological feasibility on September 1, 2021, and was available for release to customers at the beginning of 2022. Development costs incurred prior to September 1, 2021, were $4,200,000, and costs incurred from June 30 to the product release date were $1,800,000. The 2022 revenues from the sale of the new software were $3,000,000, and the company anticipates additional revenues of $12,000,000. The economic life of the software is estimated at three years. Amortization of the software development costs for the year 2022 would be: A) $1,400,000. B) $360,000. C) $600,000. D) $2,000,000. Answer: C Explanation: Percentage-of-revenue method: $3,000,000 ÷ ($3,000,000 + $12,000,000) = 20% Straight-line method: 1/3 or 33.33% Amortization = $1,800,000 × 33.33% = $600,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Intangible assets subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 121) Short Corporation acquired Hathaway, Inc., for $52,000,000. The fair value of all Hathaway's identifiable tangible and intangible assets was $48,000,000. Short will amortize any goodwill over the maximum number of years allowed. What is the annual amortization of goodwill for this acquisition? A) $100,000. B) $400,000. C) $200,000. D) $0. Answer: D Explanation: Goodwill is not amortized. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Intangible assets not subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) Brad Corporation acquired Lail Inc. As part of the acquisition, Brad records goodwill of $4,000,000. Brad estimates that this goodwill can be attributed to acquisition of trained employees ($800,000), loyal customers ($1,200,000), company location ($500,000), and synergies with Brad's existing operations ($1,500,000). Brad expects these benefits to be realized over the next 10 years. At the end of the first year, management calculates amortization of the goodwill to be $400,000 ($4,000,000 ÷ 10 years). Which of the following statements is correct? A) Management should not amortize any goodwill. B) Management should calculate amortization based only on the value of trained employees and loyal customers. C) Management should calculate amortization based only on company location and synergies with existing operations. D) Management's calculation is correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Intangible assets not subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 123) Granite Enterprises acquired a patent from Southern Research Corporation on January 1, 2021, for $4 million. The patent will be used for five years, even though its legal life is 20 years. Rocky Corporation has made a commitment to purchase the patent from Granite for $200,000 at the end of five years. Compute Granite's patent amortization for 2021, assuming the straight-line method is used. A) $380,000. B) $400,000. C) $760,000. D) $800,000. Answer: C Explanation: The $200,000 purchase commitment is treated as the residual value of the patent. Amortization is as follows: ($4,000,000 − $200,000) ÷ 5 years = $760,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Intangible assets subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) At the beginning of the year, a company purchases a patent for $2,400,000. The remaining legal life of the patent is 12 years, but management estimates that the patent will generate additional revenue for the next 16 years because there are currently no known competitors. At the end of the first year, management calculates straight-line amortization to be $150,000 ($2,400,000 ÷ 16 years). Which of the following statements is correct? A) Management should amortize the asset over 20 years. B) Management should amortize the asset over 12 years. C) Management should not amortize the asset until its useful life becomes more evident. D) Management's calculation is correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Intangible assets subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) In January 2021, Vega Corporation purchased a patent at a cost of $200,000. Legal and filing fees of $50,000 were paid to acquire the patent. The company estimated a 10-year useful life for the patent and uses the straight-line amortization method for all intangible assets. In January 2024, Vega spent $40,000 in legal fees for an unsuccessful defense of the patent and the patent is no longer usable. The amount charged to income (expense and loss) in 2024 related to the patent should be: A) $40,000. B) $65,000. C) $215,000. D) $25,000. Answer: C Explanation: Initial value of patent: $200,000 + $50,000 =
$ 250,000
Less: Amortization for three years
(75,000)
Book value in 2024 Plus: Legal fees for unsuccessful defense Total expense and loss
$ 175,000
[($250,000 ÷ 10) × 3 = $75,000]
40,000 $ 215,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Intangible assets subject to amortization; Subsequent expenditures – Intangible rights Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset.; 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) On January 1, 2021, Tabitha Designs purchased a patent for $240,000 giving it exclusive rights to manufacture a new type of synthetic clothing. While the patent had a remaining legal life of 15 years at the time of purchase, Tabitha expects the useful life to be only eight more years. In addition, Tabitha purchased equipment related to production of the new clothing for $140,000. The equipment has a physical life of 10 years, but Tabitha plans to use the equipment only over the patent's service life and then sell it for an estimated $20,000. Tabitha uses straight-line for all long-term assets. The amount to expense in 2024 related to the patent and equipment should be: A) $40,000. B) $38,000. C) $45,000. D) $31,000. Answer: C Explanation: For patent: ($240,000/8 years) = $30,000. For equipment: ($140,000 − $20,000)/8 years = $15,000. Total expense = $30,000 + $15,000 = $45,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Intangible assets subject to amortization; Depreciation–Straight-line method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions.; 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 127) Russell Enterprises acquired a franchise from Michael Incorporated for $300,000. The franchise agreement is for a period of six years. Russell uses straight-line to amortize all intangible assets. What would be the reported book value of the franchise two years after the purchase? A) $300,000. B) $250,000. C) $200,000. D) $100,000. Answer: C Explanation: $300,000 − [($300,000/6 years) × 2 years] = $200,000. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Intangible assets subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) On January 3, 2021, Tracer Incorporated purchased a patent for $450,000 to manufacture a new type of chair. The patent has a remaining legal life of 12 years. Tracer plans to manufacture the chair for eight years and then sell the patent for $50,000. The company amortizes intangible assets using the straight-line method. On December 29, 2023, Tracer decides to sell the patent for $325,000. Assuming the company has a December 31 year-end, what is the gain or loss recorded on the sale of the patent? A) $12,500 gain. B) $25,000 gain. C) $58,333 loss. D) $25,000 loss. Answer: B Explanation: Amortization = [($450,000 − $50,000)/8 years × 3 years = $150,000 amortization. Book value = $450,000 − $150,000 = $300,000. Gain = $325,000 consideration received − $300,000 book value of asset sold = $25,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets; Intangible assets subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions.; 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) On June 2, 2021, Tabitha Co. purchased a franchise for $560,000 by signing a five-year contract. At the end of the five years, the franchise right reverts back to the seller. On September 1, 2023, Tabitha decides to sell the franchise right for $323,000. The company amortizes intangible assets using the straight-line method and records partial-year amortization based on the number of months in service. Assuming the company has a December 31 year-end, what is the gain or loss recorded on the sale of the patent? A) $15,000 gain. B) $13,000 loss. C) $237,000 loss. D) $99,000 gain. Answer: A Explanation: Amortization = ($560,000/5 years) = $112,000 / year. $112,000 × 2.25 years = $252,000. Book value = $560,000 − $252,000 = $308,000. Gain = $323,000 Consideration received − $308,000 book value = $15,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets; Intangible assets subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions.; 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 130) Accounting for a change in the estimated service life of equipment: A) Is handled prospectively. B) Requires retroactive restatement of prior year's financial statements. C) Requires a prior period adjustment. D) Is handled currently as a change in accounting principle. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Changes in estimates Learning Objective: 11-05 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change is made in the service life or residual value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
131) A change in the estimated useful life and residual value of machinery in the current year is handled as: A) A retrospective change back to the date of acquisition as though the current estimated life and residual value had been used all along. B) A prospective change from the current year through the remainder of its useful life, using the new estimates. C) A cumulative adjustment to income in the current year for the difference in depreciation under the new versus old estimates. D) All of these answer choices are incorrect. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Changes in estimates Learning Objective: 11-05 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change is made in the service life or residual value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 132) Tatsuo Corporation purchased farm equipment on January 1, 2019, for $280,000. In 2019 and 2020, Tatsuo depreciated the asset on a straight-line basis with an estimated useful life of five years and a $90,000 residual value. In 2021, due to changes in technology, Tatsuo revised the residual value to $30,000 but still plans to use the equipment for the full five years. What depreciation would Tatsuo record for the year 2021 on this equipment? A) $52,000. B) $58,000. C) $50,000. D) $28,000. Answer: B Explanation: The depreciation for 2019 and 2020 was 2 × [($280,000 − $90,000) ÷ 5] = $76,000. This leaves a book value of $204,000 (i.e., $280,000 − $76,000). The revised residual value is $30,000, and three years remain, so the depreciation in 2021 would be ($204,000 − $30,000) ÷ 3 = $58,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Changes in estimates Learning Objective: 11-05 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change is made in the service life or residual value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
133) Herman Apparel has purchased equipment on January 1, 2018, for $560,000. In 2018–2020, Herman depreciated the asset on a straight-line basis with an estimated useful life of eight years and an $80,000 residual value. In 2021, Herman has started to change its business strategy and now believes that the equipment will be used for only another two years (five years total) but does not believe the residual value has changed. What depreciation would Herman record for the year 2021 on this equipment? A) $150,000. B) $175,000. C) $124,000. D) $96,000. Answer: A Explanation: The depreciation for 2018−2020 was 3 × [($560,000 − $80,000) ÷ 8] = $180,000. This leaves a book value of $380,000 (i.e., $560,000 − $180,000). The residual value is $80,000 and two years remain, so the depreciation in 2021 would be ($380,000 − $80,000) ÷ 2 = $150,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Changes in estimates Learning Objective: 11-05 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change is made in the service life or residual value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) Nanki Corporation purchased equipment on January 1, 2019, for $650,000. In 2019 and 2020, Nanki depreciated the asset on a straight-line basis with an estimated useful life of eight years and a $10,000 residual value. In 2021, due to changes in technology, Nanki revised the useful life to a total of six years with no residual value. What depreciation would Nanki record for the year 2021 on this equipment? A) $108,333. B) $106,667. C) $122,500. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: The depreciation for 2019 and 2020 was 2 × [($650,000 − $10,000) ÷ 8] = $160,000. This leaves a book value of $490,000 (i.e., $650,000 − $160,000). The revised life is six years and two have passed, so the new depreciation would be based on four remaining years = $122,500 (i.e., $490,000 ÷ 4). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Changes in estimates Learning Objective: 11-05 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change is made in the service life or residual value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) Fellingham Corporation purchased equipment on January 1, 2019, for $200,000. The company estimated the equipment would have a useful life of 10 years with a $20,000 residual value. Fellingham uses the straight-line depreciation method. Early in 2021, Fellingham reassessed the equipment's condition and determined that its total useful life would be only six years in total and that it would have no salvage value. How much would Fellingham report as depreciation on this equipment for 2021? A) $24,000. B) $27,333. C) $36,000. D) $41,000. Answer: D Explanation: This is a change in estimate, so the remaining depreciation will be spread over the remaining useful life. Accumulated depreciation at 12/31/2020 = 2 × [($200,000 − $20,000) ÷ 10] = $36,000 Book value at 12/31/2020 = $200,000 − $36,000 = $164,000. The revised life is six years and two have passed, leaving four remaining years. Annual depreciation after change in estimate = $164,000 ÷ 4 = $41,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Changes in estimates Learning Objective: 11-05 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change is made in the service life or residual value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 136) A change from the straight-line method to the double-declining-balance method of depreciation is handled as: A) A retrospective change back to the date of acquisition as though the current estimated life had been used all along. B) A cumulative adjustment to income in the current year for the difference in depreciation under the new versus old useful life estimates. C) A prospective change from the current year through the remainder of its useful life. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Changes in depreciation method Learning Objective: 11-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in depreciation, amortization, or depletion method is made. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
137) Murgatroyd Co. purchased equipment on January 1, 2019, for $900,000, estimating a five-year useful life and $100,000 residual value. In 2019 and 2020, Murgatroyd depreciated the asset using the double-declining-balance method. In 2021, Murgatroyd changed to straight-line depreciation for this equipment. What depreciation would Murgatroyd record for the year 2021 on this equipment? A) $74,667. B) $108,000. C) $92,333. D) $160,000. Answer: A Explanation: The depreciation for 2019 was $900,000 × 2/5 = $360,000. The depreciation for 2020 was ($900,000 − $360,000) × 2/5 = $216,000. This leaves a book value of $324,000 ($900,000 − $360,000 − $216,000). There are three years of useful life remaining and residual value is used for the straight-line calculation, so the new depreciation would be $74,667 = ($324,000 − $100,000) ÷ 3. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Changes in depreciation method Learning Objective: 11-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in depreciation, amortization, or depletion method is made. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
138) Broadway Ltd. purchased equipment on January 1, 2019, for $800,000, estimating a five-year useful life and no residual value. In 2019 and 2020, Broadway depreciated the asset using the straight-line method. In 2021, Broadway changed to sum-of-years'-digits depreciation for this equipment. What depreciation would Broadway record for the year 2021 on this equipment? A) $120,000. B) $160,000. C) $200,000. D) $240,000. Answer: D Explanation: The depreciation for 2019 and 2020 was: $800,000 ÷ 5 = $160,000/year. This leaves a book value of $480,000 ($800,000 − 320,000), and three years remain in the asset's life. Under SYD, the remaining depreciable base would be multiplied by 3 ÷ (1 + 2 + 3) for 2021, or 3/6 × $480,000 = $240,000 in depreciation. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Changes in depreciation method Learning Objective: 11-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in depreciation, amortization, or depletion method is made. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
139) On January 1, 2019, Al's Sporting Goods purchased store fixtures at a cost of $180,000. The anticipated service life was 10 years with no residual value. Al's has been using the double-declining-balance method, but in 2021 adopted the straight-line method because the company believes it provides a better measure of income. Al's has a December 31 year-end. The journal entry to record depreciation for 2021 is: A) Depreciation expense
$23,040
Accumulated depreciation
$23,040
B) Depreciation expense
$14,400
Accumulated depreciation
$14,400
C) Accumulated depreciation
$28,800
Retained earnings
$28,800
D) No entry Answer: B Explanation: A change in depreciation method is handled prospectively. DDB 2019: $180,000 × 20% = 2020: ($180,000 – $36,000) × 20% = 2021: Straight-Line ($180,000 – $64,800) ÷ 8 =
$ 36,000 28,800 $ 64,800 $ 14,400
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Changes in depreciation method Learning Objective: 11-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in depreciation, amortization, or depletion method is made. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
140) A major addition to equipment should have been capitalized in the year 2021 but was incorrectly expensed. Which of the following is (are) true? A) Income in 2021 is understated. B) Income in future years is overstated. C) Assets in 2021 are understated. D) All of these answer choices are true. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 11-07 Explain the appropriate treatment required when an error in accounting for property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets is discovered. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 141) If a material error is discovered in an accounting period subsequent to the period in which the error is made: A) No adjustments are made. B) No prior years' financial statements are restated, but corrections are made in future years. C) Any previous years' financial statements are retrospectively restated to reflect the correction. D) No prior years' financial statements are restated, but prior effects are corrected in the current balance of retained earnings. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 11-07 Explain the appropriate treatment required when an error in accounting for property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets is discovered. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
142) An asset should be written down if there has been an impairment of value that is: A) Relevant and objectively determined. B) Material and market driven. C) Unplanned and sudden. D) Significant. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles; Impairment—Indefinite-life intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 143) Recognition of impairment for property, plant, and equipment is required if book value exceeds: A) Fair value. B) Present value of expected cash flows. C) Undiscounted expected cash flows. D) Accumulated depreciation. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
144) Which of the following represents an event that indicates an asset's book value may not be recoverable? A) A significant adverse change in how the asset is being used or in its physical condition. B) A significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate. C) A realization that the asset will be disposed of significantly before the end of its estimated useful life. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 145) The amount of impairment loss is the excess of book value over: A) Amortized cost. B) Undiscounted future cash flows. C) Fair value. D) Future revenues. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles; Impairment—Indefinite-life intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) Accounting for impairment losses that involve recoverability: A) Involves a two-step process for recoverability and measurement. B) Applies to depreciable assets. C) Applies to assets with finite lives. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 147) In testing for recoverability of property, plant, and equipment, an impairment loss is required if the: A) Asset's book value exceeds the undiscounted sum of expected future cash flows. B) Undiscounted sum of its expected future cash flows exceeds the asset's book value. C) Present value of expected future cash flows exceeds its book value. D) All of these answer choices are incorrect. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) An impairment loss has the effect of: A) Reducing total assets. B) Increasing liabilities. C) Reducing total revenues. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles; Impairment—Indefinite-life intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 149) At the end of its 2021 fiscal year, a triggering event caused Janero Corporation to perform an impairment test for one of its manufacturing facilities. The following information is available: Book value Estimated undiscounted future cash flows Fair value
$ 65million 60million 50million
The manufacturing facility is: A) Impaired because its book value exceeds undiscounted future cash flows. B) Not impaired because its book value exceeds undiscounted future cash flows. C) Not impaired because it continues to produce revenue. D) Impaired because its book value exceeds fair value. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
150) Fryer Inc. owns equipment for which it paid $90 million. At the end of 2021, it had accumulated depreciation on the equipment of $27 million. Due to adverse economic conditions, Fryer's management determined that it should assess whether an impairment loss should be recognized for the equipment. The estimated undiscounted future cash flows to be provided by the equipment total $60 million, and the equipment's fair value at that point is $40 million. Under these circumstances, Fryer: A) Would record no impairment loss on the equipment. B) Would record a $3 million impairment loss on the equipment. C) Would record a $23 million impairment loss on the equipment. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: The book value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, so an impairment is required. The fair value ($40 million) is $23 million less than the book value ($63 million). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 151) Wilson Inc. owns equipment for which it paid $70 million. At the end of 2021, it had accumulated depreciation on the equipment of $12 million. Due to adverse economic conditions, Wilson's management determined that it should assess whether an impairment loss should be recognized for the equipment. The estimated undiscounted future cash flows to be provided by the equipment total $60 million, and the equipment's fair value at that point is $50 million. Under these circumstances, Wilson: A) Would record no impairment loss on the equipment. B) Would record an $8 million impairment loss on the equipment. C) Would record a $20 million impairment loss on the equipment. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Explanation: The undiscounted cash flows ($60 million) exceed the book value ($58 million), so no impairment is required. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
152) Alou Corporation reported the following information at year-end:
Building Patent Copyright Machine
Book Value $ 500,000 $ 35,000 $ 40,000 $ 100,000
Estimated Cash Flows $ 380,000 $ 40,000 $ 38,000 $ 120,000
Fair Value $ 360,000 $ 38,000 $ 39,000 $ 85,000
Based on the above information, what is the total amount of impairment loss that Alou should record at year-end? A) $141,000. B) $126,000. C) $123,000. D) $122,000. Answer: A Explanation: The building and the copyright are impaired since their estimated future cash flows are less than book value. The impairment loss is calculated as the difference between the book value and the fair value: Building ($500,000 − $360,000) = $140,000 and Copyright ($40,000 − $39,000) = $1,000. Total impairment loss is ($140,000 + $1,000) = $141,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
153) Oak Inc. has the following information regarding its assets:
Equipment Building Patent
Book Value $ 35,000 $ 68,000 $ 30,000
Estimated Cash Flows $ 30,000 $ 70,000 $ 34,000
Fair Value $ 28,000 $ 65,000 $ 32,000
What amount of loss should be recorded due to asset impairments? A) $10,000. B) $9,000. C) $8,000. D) $7,000. Answer: D Explanation: Only the equipment is impaired since its estimated future cash flows are less than book value. The impairment loss is calculated as the difference between the book value and the fair value ($35,000 − $28,000) = $7,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
154) Jung Inc. owns a patent for which it paid $66 million. At the end of 2021, it had accumulated amortization on the patent of $16 million. Due to adverse economic conditions, Jung's management determined that it should assess whether an impairment loss should be recognized for the patent. The estimated undiscounted future cash flows to be provided by the patent total $43 million, and the patent's fair value at that point is $35 million. Under these circumstances, Jung: A) Would record no impairment loss on the patent. B) Would record a $7 million impairment loss on the patent. C) Would record a $15 million impairment loss on the patent. D) Would record a $31 million impairment loss on the patent. Answer: C Explanation: The patent fails the recoverability test, and the impairment is measured by the difference between its fair value of $35 million and its book value of $50 million ($66 million − $16 million). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
155) In 2020, Antle Inc. had acquired Demski Co. and recorded goodwill of $245 million as a result. The net assets (including goodwill) from Antle's acquisition of Demski Co. had a 2021 year-end book value of $580 million. Antle assessed the fair value of Demski reporting unit at this date to be $700 million, while the fair value of all of Demski's identifiable tangible and intangible assets (excluding goodwill) was $550 million. The amount of the impairment loss that Antle would record for goodwill at the end of 2021 is: A) $150 million. B) $120 million. C) $95 million. D) $0. Answer: D Explanation: An impairment loss must be recognized if the fair value of the reporting unit acquired is less than its book value, including goodwill. In this case, the fair value is greater, so there is no impairment loss on goodwill. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Impairment—Indefinite-life intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 156) In 2018, Martin Corp. acquired Glynco and recorded goodwill of $100 million. Martin considers Glynco a separate reporting unit. By the end of 2021, the net assets (including goodwill) of Glynco are $320 million and its estimated fair value is $260 million. The amount of the impairment loss that Martin would record for goodwill at the end of 2021 is: A) $0. B) $60 million. C) $40 million. D) $160 million. Answer: B Explanation: An impairment loss must be recognized if the fair value of the reporting unit acquired is less than its book value. In this case, the fair value ($260 million) is less than book value $320 million, so the difference of $60 million is reported as the impairment loss on goodwill. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Impairment—Indefinite-life intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
157) In 2018, Martin Corp. acquired Glynco and recorded goodwill of $45 million. Martin considers Glynco a separate reporting unit. By the end of 2021, the net assets (including goodwill) of Glynco are $320 million and its estimated fair value is $260 million. The amount of the impairment loss that Martin would record for goodwill at the end of 2021 is: A) $0. B) $60 million. C) $45 million. D) $15 million. Answer: C Explanation: An impairment loss must be recognized if the fair value of the reporting unit acquired is less than its book value. In this case, the fair value ($260 million) is less than book value ($320 million), so an impairment loss for the difference is $60 million. However, the amount of the impairment loss is limited to the book value of goodwill, so an impairment loss of only $45 million is recognized. This reduces the book value of goodwill to $0. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Impairment—Indefinite-life intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 158) Which of the following types of subsequent expenditures normally is capitalized? A) Additions. B) Improvements. C) Rearrangements. D) All of these answer choices are normally capitalized. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Subsequent expenditures—PPE Learning Objective: 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
159) Which of the following types of subsequent expenditures normally is capitalized? A) An extension of the useful life of the asset. B) An increase in the operating efficiency of the asset. C) An increase in the quality of the goods or services produced by the asset. D) All of these answer choices are normally capitalized. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Subsequent expenditures—PPE Learning Objective: 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 160) A major expenditure increased a truck's life beyond the original estimate of life. GAAP permits the expenditure to be debited to: A) Repairs. B) Accumulated depreciation. C) Major repairs. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Subsequent expenditures—PPE Learning Objective: 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
161) Adding a refrigeration unit to a delivery truck that previously did not have this capability is an example of: A) Repairs and maintenance. B) Improvement. C) Rearrangement. D) Addition. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Subsequent expenditures—PPE Learning Objective: 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 162) The replacement of a major component increased the productive capacity of production equipment from 10 units per hour to 18 units per hour. The expenditure should be debited to: A) Repairs expense. B) Maintenance expense. C) Equipment. D) Gain from repairs Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Subsequent expenditures—PPE Learning Objective: 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
163) The cost of an engine tune-up is an example of which of the following expenditures taking place after acquisition of the asset: A) Additions. B) Improvements. C) Maintenance. D) Rearrangements. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Subsequent expenditures—PPE Learning Objective: 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 164) Ryan Company purchased a building on January 1, 2021, for $250,000. In addition, during 2021 the following costs related to the building have been incurred: Utilities Property tax Expansion of the building New air-conditioning system General maintenance
$ 12,000 4,000 53,000 28,000 $ 19,000
The amount of expenditures to capitalize for the year (not including the initial purchase of the building) is: A) $35,000. B) $85,000. C) $81,000. D) $72,000. Answer: C Explanation: $53,000 + $28,000 = $81,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Subsequent expenditures—PPE Learning Objective: 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) A company purchased equipment on January 1, 2021, for $70,000. In addition, throughout 2021 the following costs related to the equipment have been incurred: Routine maintenance Employee operating costs Utilities cost
$
4,500 14,800 3,300
The amount of expenditures to capitalize for the year is: A) $70,000. B) $74,500. C) $84,800. D) $92,600. Answer: A Explanation: The costs during the year would be expensed as incurred because these expenditures recur each year. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Subsequent expenditures—PPE Learning Objective: 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
166) In 2021, a company purchased two patents. Related information follows:
Purchase price Legal and filing fees
Patent 1 $ 500,000 25,000
Patent 2 $ 200,000 20,000
In addition, near the end of 2021, the legality of both patents was challenged. The company paid $50,000 to defend Patent 1, and the defense was successful. The company paid $40,000 to defend Patent 2, but the defense was not successful and the patent was determined to have no value. Ignoring any amortization in 2021, the amount of expenditures to capitalize at the end of the year is: A) $795,000. B) $575,000. C) $745,000. D) $615,000. Answer: B Explanation: Patent 1 = $500,000 + $25,000 + $50,000 = $575,000. For Patent 2, the cost of the unsuccessful defense would be expensed, and the acquisition costs ($200,000 + $20,000) are also expensed when the patent is written down to its net realizable value of $0. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Subsequent expenditures—Intangible rights Learning Objective: 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
167) Calloway Shoes purchased a delivery truck on September 30, 2021, for $32,000. The estimated useful life of the truck is 10 years with no residual value. After five years, the refrigeration unit will need to be replaced. The $8,000 cost of the unit is included in the cost of the truck. Calloway uses the straight-line depreciation method. Depreciation for 2021 under U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), respectively, is:
a. b. c. d.
U.S.GAAP $ 3,200 $ 800 $ 800 $ 3,200
$ $ $ $
IFRS 3,200 800 1,000 4,000
A) option A. B) option B. C) option C. D) option D. Answer: C Explanation: U.S. GAAP: $32,000 ÷ 10 × 3/12 = $800 IFRS: $32,000 – $8,000 = $24,000 ÷ 10 × 3/12 = + $8,000 ÷ 5 = $1,600 × 3/12 = Total
$
600 400 $ 1,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS—Depreciation Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions.; 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Diversity; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
168) Robertson Inc. prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). At the end of its 2021 fiscal year, the company chooses to revalue its equipment. The equipment cost $540,000, had accumulated depreciation of $240,000 at the end of the year after recording annual depreciation, and had a fair value of $330,000. After the revaluation, the accumulated depreciation account will have a balance of: A) $240,000. B) $264,000. C) $270,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: $240,000 × ($330,000/$300,000) = $264,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS valuation—PPE and intangibles Learning Objective: 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Diversity; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
169) Rice Industries owns a manufacturing plant in a foreign country. Political unrest in the country indicates that Rice should investigate for possible impairment. Below is information related to the plant's assets ($ in millions): Book value Undiscounted sum of future estimated cash flows Present value of future cash flows Fair value less cost to sell (determined by appraisal)
$ 190 210 175 180
The amount of impairment loss that Rice should recognize according to U.S. GAAP and IFRS, respectively, is:
a. b. c. d.
U.S.GAAP IFRS $ 10 million $ 10 million $ 15 million $ 15 million $ 0 $ 10 million There is no impairment under both U.S. GAAP and IFRS.
A) option A. B) option B. C) option C. D) option D. Answer: C Explanation: Under U.S. GAAP there is no impairment because the sum of future estimated cash flows exceeds book value. Under IFRS, the impairment loss is the difference between book value of $190 million and the recoverable amount of $180 million (the higher of the present value of future cash flows and fair value less costs to sell). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS Impairment—PPE-Intangibles-Goodwill Learning Objective: 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Diversity; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) Kingston Corporation has $95 million of goodwill on its books from the 2019 acquisition of Reliant Motors. At the end of its 2021 fiscal year, management has provided the following information for its required goodwill impairment test ($ in millions): Fair value of Reliant (approximates fair value less costs to sell) Fair value of Reliant's net assets (excluding goodwill) Book value of Reliant's net assets (including goodwill) Present value of estimated future cash flows
$ 655 600 700 670
Assuming that Reliant is considered a reporting unit for U.S. GAAP and a cash-generating unit for IFRS, the amount of goodwill impairment loss that Kingston should recognize according to U.S. GAAP and IFRS, respectively, is:
a. b. c. d.
U.S.GAAP $ 45million $ 55million $ 0 $ 40million
IFRS $ 45million $ 45million $ 30million $ 30million
A) option A. B) option B. C) option C. D) option D. Answer: D Explanation: U.S. GAAP: Since the fair value of Reliant is less than its book value, there is an impairment loss. The loss is $45 million, the difference between fair value ($655 million) and book value ($700 million). IFRS: The impairment loss is $30 million, the difference between book value of Reliant of $700 million and the recoverable amount of $670 million. The recoverable amount is the greater of either fair value less costs to sell ($655 million) or the present value of estimated future cash flows ($670 million). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS Impairment—PPE-Intangibles-Goodwill Learning Objective: 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Diversity; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
171) According to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), the revaluation of equipment when fair value exceeds book value results in: A) An increase in net income. B) A decrease in net income. C) An increase in other comprehensive income. D) A decrease in other comprehensive income. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS valuation—PPE and intangibles Learning Objective: 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 172) According to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), biological assets are valued at: A) Cost less accumulated depreciation. B) Fair value less estimated costs to sell. C) Cost less accumulated depletion. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS valuation—PPE and intangibles Learning Objective: 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
173) According to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), the impairment loss for property, plant, and equipment is the difference between book value and: A) The undiscounted sum of estimated future cash flows. B) The present value of future cash flows. C) Fair value less costs to sell. D) The higher of the present value of estimated future cash flows and the fair value less costs to sell. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS Impairment—PPE-Intangibles-Goodwill Learning Objective: 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 174) According to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), the level of testing for goodwill impairment is the: A) Reporting unit. B) Subsidiary companies. C) Cash-generating unit. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS Impairment—PPE-Intangibles-Goodwill Learning Objective: 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
86 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
175) The normal treatment of litigation costs to successfully defend an intangible right under U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), respectively, is:
a. b. c. d.
U.S. GAAP Capitalize Capitalize Expense Expense
IFRS Expense Capitalize Capitalize Expense
A) option A. B) option B. C) option C. D) option D. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS—Cost of defending intangible rights Learning Objective: 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 176) Canliss Mining uses the retirement method to determine depreciation on its office equipment. During 2019, its first year of operations, office equipment was purchased at a cost of $14,000. Useful life of the equipment averages four years and no salvage value is anticipated. In 2021, equipment costing $5,000 was sold for $600 and replaced with new equipment costing $6,000. Canliss would record 2021 depreciation of: A) $3,500. B) $4,400. C) $5,400. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: Cost of equipment sold of $5,000 less proceeds of $600 = $4,400. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retirement and replacement—Chap App B Learning Objective: Appendix 11B Retirement and Replacement Methods of Depreciation. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
87 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
177) Canliss Mining uses the replacement method to determine depreciation on its office equipment. During 2019, its first year of operations, office equipment was purchased at a cost of $14,000. Useful life of the equipment averages four years and no salvage value is anticipated. In 2021, equipment costing $5,000 was sold for $600 and replaced with new equipment costing $6,000. Canliss would record 2021 depreciation of: A) $3,500. B) $4,400. C) $5,400. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: Cost of replacement equipment of $6,000 less proceeds of $600 = $5,400. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Retirement and replacement—Chap App B Learning Objective: Appendix 11B Retirement and Replacement Methods of Depreciation. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
88 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
178) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Write-down of asset 2. Straight-line method 3. Composite method
PHRASE NUMBER Occurs with a significant decline in value. ____ Estimates service life in units of output. ____ Does not subtract residual value from cost ____ when calculating depreciation. 4. Double-declining-balance Aggregates assets that are physically dissimilar ____ when calculating depreciation. 5. Activity-based method Produces a level amount of annual ____ depreciation.
Answer: TERM 1. Write-down of asset 2. Straight-line method 3. Composite method
PHRASE Occurs with a significant decline in value. Estimates service life in units of output. Does not subtract residual value from cost when calculating depreciation. 4. Double-declining-balance Aggregates assets that are physically dissimilar when calculating depreciation. 5. Activity-based method Produces a level amount of annual depreciation.
NUMBER 1 5 4 3 2
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Depreciation—Basics and compare methods; Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions.; 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
89 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
179) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize five of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM PHRASE NUMBER 1. Book value Only used for tax purposes. ____ 2. Date placed in service Cost less accumulated depreciation. ____ 3.Percentage depletion Three methods are employed to record these ____ costs. 4. Rearrangements Expenditures made to restructure an asset without ____ addition, replacement, or improvement. 5. Improvements Triggers commencement of depreciation. ____
Answer: TERM PHRASE 1. Book value Only used for tax purposes. 2. Date placed in service Cost less accumulated depreciation. 3. Percentage depletion Three methods are employed to record these costs. 4. Rearrangements Expenditures made to restructure an asset without addition, replacement, or improvement. 5. Improvements Triggers commencement of depreciation.
NUMBER 3 1 5 4
2
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation; Depletion of natural resources; Subsequent expenditures—PPE Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets.; 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource.; 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
90 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
180) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Depletion 2. Change in depreciation method 3. Service life 4. Allocation base 5. Amortization
PHRASE Cost allocation for a natural resource. Amount of use expected from plant and equipment asset. Cost less residual value. Treated prospectively like a change in estimate. Cost allocation for an intangible asset.
NUMBER ____ ____
PHRASE Cost allocation for a natural resource. Amount of use expected from plant and equipment asset. Cost less residual value. Treated prospectively like a change in estimate. Cost allocation for an intangible asset.
NUMBER 1 3
____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Depletion 2. Change in depreciation method 3. Service life 4. Allocation base 5. Amortization
4 2 5
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation; Depletion of natural resources; Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets.; 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource.; 11-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in depreciation, amortization, or depletion method is made. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
91 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
181) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Depreciation
PHRASE NUMBER Generate declining amounts of depreciation ____ over time. 2. Prior period adjustment Allocation of cost for plant and equipment. ____ 3. Accelerated methods Expenditures made to maintain a given level of ____ benefits from an asset. 4. Change in useful life Results from subsequent year correction of a ____ material error. 5. Repairs and maintenance Is a change in accounting estimate. ____
Answer: TERM 1. Depreciation
PHRASE NUMBER Generate declining amounts of depreciation 3 over time. 2. Prior period adjustment Allocation of cost for plant and equipment. 1 3. Accelerated methods Expenditures made to maintain a given level 5 of benefits from an asset. 4. Change in useful life Results from subsequent year correction of a 2 material error. 5. Repairs and maintenance Is a change in accounting estimate. 4 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation; Depreciation—Basics and compare methods; Changes in estimates; Error correction; Subsequent expenditures—PPE Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets.; 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions.; 11-05 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change is made in the service life or residual value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets.; 11-07 Explain the appropriate treatment required when an error in accounting for property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets is discovered.; 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
92 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
182) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Indefinite life 2. Group method 3. Depreciation 4. Time-based method 5. Sum-of-the-years'-digits method
PHRASE The reason for not amortizing goodwill. Cost allocation for plant and equipment. Aggregates assets that are similar. Estimates service life in years. Results in depreciation declining by the same amount in subsequent years.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
PHRASE The reason for not amortizing goodwill. Cost allocation for plant and equipment. Aggregates assets that are similar. Estimates service life in years. Results in depreciation declining by the same amount in subsequent years.
NUMBER 1 3 2 4 5
Answer: TERM 1. Indefinite life 2. Group method 3. Depreciation 4. Time-based method 5. Sum-of-the-years'-digits method
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation; Depreciation—Basics and compare methods; Intangible assets not subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets.; 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions.; 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
93 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
183) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Rearrangements 2. Additions 3. Impairment 4. Residual value 5. Cost of defending intangible rights
PHRASE Estimate of recoverable cost at end of an asset's life. Should be capitalized since they provide future benefits. Capitalize unless unsuccessful. Considered if indicated that book value may not be recoverable. Should be expensed unless they are material and provide a future benefit.
NUMBER ____
PHRASE Estimate of recoverable cost at end of an asset's life. Should be capitalized since they provide future benefits. Capitalize unless unsuccessful. Considered if indicated that book value may not be recoverable. Should be expensed unless they are material and provide a future benefit.
NUMBER 4
____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Rearrangements 2. Additions 3. Impairment 4. Residual value 5. Cost of defending intangible rights
2 5 3 1
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation; Depreciation—Basics and compare methods; Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles; Subsequent expenditures—PPE; Subsequent expenditures—Intangible rights Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets.; 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions.; 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures.; 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
94 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
184) Listed below are 10 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Improvements 2. Service life 3. Amortization 4. Straight-line method 5. Double-declining-balance 6. Activity-based method 7. Residual value 8. Depletion 9. Additions 10. Allocation base
PHRASE Can be expressed in units of time or in units of activity. The amount the company expects to receive for the asset at the end of its life. Cost allocation for an intangible asset. The replacement of a major component of plant and equipment asset. Allocates an equal amount of depreciable base to each period. Adding a new major component to existing plant and equipment. The difference between cost and residual value. Multiplies book value by twice the straight-line rate. Cost allocation for natural resources. Estimates service life in terms of a measure of activity.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
95 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: TERM 1. Improvements 2. Service life 3. Amortization 4. Straight-line method 5. Double-declining-balance 6. Activity-based method 7. Residual value 8. Depletion 9. Additions 10. Allocation base
PHRASE NUMBER Can be expressed in units of time or in 2 units of activity. The amount the company expects to 7 receive for the asset at the end of its life. Cost allocation for an intangible asset. 3 The replacement of a major component of 1 plant and equipment asset. Allocates an equal amount of depreciable 4 base to each period. Adding a new major component to existing 9 plant and equipment. The difference between cost and residual 10 value. Multiplies book value by twice the 5 straight-line rate. Cost allocation for natural resources. 8 Estimates service life in terms of a 6 measure of activity.
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Measuring cost allocation; Depreciation—Basics and compare methods; Depletion of natural resources; Subsequent expenditures—PPE Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets.; 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions.; 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource.; 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
96 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
185) Ellen's Antiques reported the following in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet: Equipment Accumulated depreciation—equipment
$4,000,000 $3,150,000
In a disclosure note, Ellen's indicates that it uses straight-line depreciation over eight years and estimates salvage value at 10% of cost. Required: Compute the average age of Ellen's equipment at 12/31/2020. Answer: Annual depreciation is ($4,000,000 – $400,000) ÷ 8 = $450,000 Accumulated depreciation ÷ Annual depreciation = $3,150,000 ÷ $450,000 = 7 years Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Straight-line method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 186) Comet Cleaning Co. reported the following on its December 31, 2021, balance sheet: Equipment (at cost)
$3,000,000
In a disclosure note, Comet indicates that it uses straight-line depreciation over six years and estimates salvage value as 10% of cost. Comet's equipment averages 4.5 years at December 31, 2021. Required: What is the book value of Comet's equipment at December 31, 2021? Answer: Annual depreciation is ($3,000,000 – $300,000) ÷ 6 = $450,000. Depreciation for 4.5 years is $450,000 × 4.5 = $2,025,000. Book value = $3,000,000 – $2,025,000 = $975,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Straight-line method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
97 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: On January 1, 2021, Hobart Mfg. Co. purchased a drill press at a cost of $36,000. The drill press is expected to last 10 years and has a residual value of $6,000. During its 10-year life, the equipment is expected to produce 500,000 units of product. In 2021 and 2022, 25,000 and 84,000 units, respectively, were produced. 187) Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the drill press at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming the straight-line method is used. Answer: Cost Less: Residual value Depreciable base Estimated life (years) Annual depreciation
Year 2021 2022
Cost $36,000 36,000
$36,000 6,000 $30,000 ÷ 10 $ 3,000
Deprec. $3,000 3,000
Accum. Dec. 31 Deprec. Book Value $3,000 $33,000 6,000 30,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Straight-line method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
98 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
188) Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the drill press at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming the double-declining-balance method is used. Answer: Straight-line rate = 1/10 years = 10%. DDB = 2 × 10% = 20% Cost, January 1, 2021 2021 depreciation (20%) Book value, December 31, 2021 2022 depreciation (20%) Book value, December 31, 2022
$36,000 7,200 28,800 5,760 $23,040
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Declining-balance method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 189) Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the drill press at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming the sum-of-the-years'-digits method is used. Answer: Denominator = n(n + 1) ÷ 2 = (10 × 11) ÷ 2 = 55 Depreciable base = $36,000 – $6,000 = $30,000 2021 depreciation: 10/55 × $30,000 = $5,455 2022 depreciation: 9/55 × $30,000 = $4,909
Year 2021 2022
Cost $36,000 36,000
Deprec. $5,455 4,909
Accum. Dec. 31 Deprec. Book Value $5,455 $30,545 10,364 25,636
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Sum-of-the-years'-digits method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
99 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
190) Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the drill press at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming the units-of-production method is used. Answer: Depreciable base = $36,000 – $6,000 = Estimated production (units) Depreciation per unit
$30,000 ÷ 500,000 $.06
2021 depreciation: $.06 × 25,000 = $1,500 2022 depreciation: $.06 × 84,000 = $5,040
Year 2021 2022
Cost $36,000 36,000
Deprec. $1,500 5,040
Accum. Dec. 31 Deprec. Book Value $1,500 $34,500 6,540 29,460
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Units-of-production method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement Use the following to answer the question(s) below: On January 1, 2021, Morrow Inc. purchased a spooler at a cost of $40,000. The equipment is expected to last eight years and have a residual value of $4,000. During its eight-year life, the equipment is expected to produce 250,000 units of product. In 2021 and 2022, 42,000 and 76,000 units, respectively, were produced.
100 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
191) Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the spooler at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming the straight-line method is used. Answer: Cost Residual value Depreciable base Estimated life (years) Annual depreciation
Year 2021 2022
Cost $40,000 40,000
$40,000 4,000 $36,000 ÷8 $ 4,500
Deprec. $4,500 4,500
Accum. Dec. 31 Deprec. Book Value $4,500 $35,500 9,000 31,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Straight-line method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 192) Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the spooler at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming the double-declining-balance method is used. Answer: Straight-line rate = 1/8 years = 12.5%. DDB = 2 × 12.5% = 25% Cost, January 1, 2021 2021 depreciation (25%) Book value, December 31, 2021 2022 depreciation (25%) Book value, December 31, 2022
$40,000 10,000 30,000 7,500 $22,500
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Declining-balance method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 101 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
193) Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the spooler at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming the sum-of-the-years'-digits method is used. Answer: Denominator = n(n+1) ÷ 2 = (8 × 9) ÷ 2 = 36 Depreciable base = $40,000 – $4,000 = $36,000 2021 depreciation: 8/36 × $36,000 = $8,000 2022 depreciation: 7/36 × 36,000 = $7,000
Year 2021 2022
Cost $40,000 40,000
Deprec. $8,000 7,000
Accum. Dec. 31 Deprec. Book Value $ 8,000 $32,000 15,000 25,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Sum-of-the-years'-digits method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
102 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
194) Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the spooler at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming the units-of-production method is used. Answer: Depreciable base = $40,000 – $4,000 = Estimated production (units) Depreciation per unit
$ 36,000 ÷ 250,000 $.144
2021 depreciation: $.144 × 42,000 = $6,048 2022 depreciation: $.144 × 76,000 = $10,944
Year 2021 2022
Cost $40,000 40,000
Deprec. $6,048 10,944
Accum. Dec. 31 Deprec. Book Value $ 6,048 $33,952 16,992 23,008
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Sum-of-the-years'-digits method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
103 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
195) Nature Power Company uses the composite method and straight-line depreciation for its power plant equipment. Its Apple River plant, which began generating electricity January 1, 2021, had the following equipment:
Equipment Turbines Steam pipes Furnace
Life (Years) 25 15 20
Estimated Cost $4,500,000 3,000,000 6,000,000
Residual Value $500,000 300,000 0
Required: 1. Compute the composite depreciation rate. 2. Compute the average service life. 3. Compute 2021 depreciation. Answer: Equipment Turbines Steam pipes Furnace
Residual Depreciable Straight-Line Cost Value Base Life (yrs) Deprec. $4,500,000 $500,000 $4,000,000 25 $160,000 3,000,000 300,000 2,700,000 15 180,000 6,000,000 $13,500,000
0
6,000,000 $12,700,000
20
300,000 $640,000
1. Composite depreciation rate = $640,000 ÷ $13,500,000 = 4.74% 2. Average service life = $12,700,000 ÷ $640,000 = 19.8 years 3. Depreciation = .0474 × $13,500,000 = $639,900 or $640,000 (rounded) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Group and composite methods Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement Use the following to answer the question(s) below: On April 1, 2021, Parks Co. purchased machinery at a cost of $42,000. The machinery is expected to last 10 years and to have a residual value of $6,000.
104 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
196) Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the machinery at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming the sum-of-the-years'-digits method is used. Answer: Denominator = n(n+1) ÷ 2 = (10 × 11) ÷ 2 = 55 Depreciable base = $42,000 – $6,000 = $36,000 2021 depreciation: 10/55 × $36,000 × 9/12= $4,909 2022 depreciation: (9/55 × $36,000 × 9/12) + (10/55 × $36,000 × 3/12) = $6,054
Year 2021 2022
Cost $42,000 42,000
Deprec. $4,909 6,054
Accum. Dec. 31 Deprec. Book Value $4,909 $37,091 10,963 31,037
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Sum-of-the-years'-digits method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 197) Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022 and the book value of the machinery at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, assuming double-declining-balance method is used. Answer: Straight-line rate = 1/10 years = 10%. DDB = 2 × 10% = 20% Cost, April 1, 2021 2021 depreciation (20% × 9/12) Book value, December 31, 2021 2022 depreciation (20%) Book value, December 31, 2022
$42,000 6,300 35,700 7,140 $28,560
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Declining-balance method Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
105 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
198) On September 30, 2021, Sternberg Company sold office equipment for $12,000. The equipment was purchased on March 31, 2018, for $24,000. The asset was being depreciated over a five-year life using the straight-line method, with depreciation based on months in service. No residual value was anticipated. Required: Prepare the journal entries to record 2021 depreciation and the sale of the equipment. Answer: Cost Service life (years) Depreciation per year Years in service (Mar. 31, 2018—Sep. 30, 2021) Accumulated depreciation (2021 depreciation expense) Depreciation expense ($4,800 × 0.75 years) Accumulated depreciation Cash Accumulated depreciation Equipment Gain on sale of equipment
$24,000 ÷5 $4,800 × 3.5 $16,800
$3,600 $3,600 $12,000 $16,800 $24,000 $4,800
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Straight-line method; Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
106 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
199) The table below contains data on depreciation for equipment. Required: Fill in the missing data in the table. Acquisition date 1/1/2019 Cost $100,000 Accumulated depreciation, 2/31/2021 Depreciation, 2020 $10,000 Depreciation, 2021 $10,000 Book value, 12/31/2020 Book value, 12/31/2021 $70,000 Estimated service life Estimated salvage value 0
Depreciation method
1/1/2019
1/1/2019 $100,000
1/1/2020 $330,000
$27,000 $18,000
$80,000
1/1/2020
$90,000
$140,000
$37,000
6
4
$200,000
$300,000
5
5
Sum-ofYears'-Digits
0 DoubleDecliningBalance
$10,000 StraightLine
107 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: Acquisition date 1/1/2019 1/1/2019 Cost $100,000 $200,000 Accumulated depreciation, 12/31/2021 $30,000 $90,000 Depreciation, 2020 $10,000 $30,000 Depreciation, 2021 $10,000 $30,000 Book value, 12/31/2020 $80,000 $140,000 Book value, 12/31/2021 $70,000 $110,000 Estimated service life 10 6 Estimated salvage value 0 $20,000 StraightDepreciation method Line
StraightLine
1/1/2019 $100,000
1/1/2019 $330,000
1/1/2019 $500,000
$81,000 $27,000 $18,000
$180,000 $100,000 $80,000
$320,000 $200,000 $120,000
$37,000
$230,000
$300,000
$19,000 4
$150,000 5
$180,000 5
$10,000 Sum-ofYears'Digits
$30,000 Sum-ofYears'Digits
0 DoubleDecliningBalance
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Basics and compare methods Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
108 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
200) Cheney Company sold a 20-ton mechanical draw press (equipment) for $60,000. The old draw press cost $77,000 and had a book value of $55,000. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the disposition. Answer: Cash Accumulated depreciation Equipment Gain on sale of equipment
$60,000 $22,000 $77,000 $5,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 201) McLean Mfg. Company sold a three-speed lathe (equipment) for $24,000 cash. The lathe cost $66,200 and had a book value of $23,200. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the sale. Answer: Cash Accumulated depreciation Equipment Gain on sale of equipment
$24,000 $43,000 $66,200 $800
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
109 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Buffalo Burgers Company, Inc., included the following in a disclosure note: E. Property, Plant, and Equipment Property, plant, and equipment for the years ended December 28, 2021, and December 29, 2020, consisted of the following ($ in thousands):
Machinery and plant equipment Kegs Land Building and building improvements Office equipment and furniture Leasehold improvements Less: accumulated depreciation
2021 $259,664 60,350 23,260 44,234 14,581 7,600 409,689 143,131 $266,558
2020 $183,828 46,899 24,515 36,667 12,580 6,193 310,682 120,734 $189,948
The Company recorded depreciation related to these assets of $23,565 in the 2021 fiscal year. Also, Buffalo Burgers reported the following information in the annual report ($ in thousands):
Cash flows for investing activities: Purchases of property, plant, and equipment Proceeds on disposal of property, plant, and equipment
Years ended 12/28/2021
12/29/2020
$(100,655)
$(66,010)
$18
$41
110 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
202) Use a T-account to show the balances and changes during 2021 in Buffalo Burgers' Property, Plant, and Equipment account and its Accumulated Depreciation—Property, Plant, and Equipment account. Answer: ($ in thousands)
Beg. Balance Purchases End. Balance
Property Plant & Equipment 310,682 100,655 Disposals
1,648
409,689
Accumulated Depreciation 120,734 Acc. Depreciation 1,168 23,565 on disposals 143,131
Beg. Balance Depreciation Exp. End. Balance
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Basics and compare methods; Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 203) Prepare the journal entry to record Buffalo Burgers' sale of property, plant, and equipment during 2021. Answer: Cash Accumulated depreciation Loss on sale of property, plant, and equipment Property, plant, and equipment
$18 $1,168 $462 $1,648
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
111 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Plank Breweries included the following note: Property, Plant, and Equipment Property, plant, and equipment consist of the following ($ in thousands):
Brewery and retail Equipment Furniture and fixtures Leasehold improvements Construction in progress Assets held for sale Less accumulated depreciation
December 31, 2021 2020 $ 14,465 $ 14,246 918 13,808 584 ________ 29,775 (9,555) $ 20,220
772 13,563 165 4 28,750 (7,625) $ 21,125
Total depreciation expense was approximately $2.121 million and $2.179 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Also, Plank Breweries reported the following information in its annual report (in $ thousands):
Acquisition of property, plant, and equipment Proceeds from sale of property, plant, and equipment
Years Ended December 31, 2021 2020 1,279 808 15
157
112 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
204) Required: Use a T-account to show the balances and changes during 2021 in Plank Breweries: Property, Plant, and Equipment account and Accumulated Depreciation—Property, Plant, and Equipment (PPE) account ($ in thousands). Answer: Beg. Balance Purchases End. Balance
Property Plant & Equipment 28,750 1,279 Disposals
54
29,775
Accumulated Dep.—PPE 7,625 Acc. Depreciation 2,121 on disposals 191 9,555
Beg. Balance Depreciation Exp. End. Balance
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Basics and compare methods; Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 205) Prepare the journal entry to record Plank's disposal of the property, plant, and equipment during 2021. Answer: Cash Accumulated depreciation Loss on sale of property, plant, and equipment Property, plant, and equipment
$15 $191 $48 $254
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
113 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
206) In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Custard Cup Inc. included the following note: Note 4 Property, Plant, and Equipment Property, plant, and equipment (PPE) at December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, consisted of the following:
(In millions) Machinery and equipment Buildings and improvements Office furniture and fixtures Less: Accumulated depreciation and Amortization Land Construction in progress
2021
2020
$244 90 _ _6 340
$237 89 ___6 332
183 157 15 24 $196
165 167 15 6 $188
Depreciation expense for property, plant and equipment was $26 million in 2021. Required: Compute the accumulated depreciation on PPE disposed of by Custard Cup during 2021. Answer: Accumulated Dep.— Property, Plant & Equipment (in millions) 165 Beg. Balance Acc. Depreciation 26 Depreciation Exp. on disposals 8 183 End. Balance Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Basics and compare methods; Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
114 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
207) The table below contains data on depreciation for machinery. Required: Fill in the missing data in the table. Acquisition date Cost Accumulated depreciation, 12/31/2021 Depreciation, 2020 Depreciation, 2021 Book value, 12/31/2020 Book value, 12/31/2021 Estimated service life Estimated salvage value Depreciation method
Answer: Acquisition date Cost Accumulated depreciation, 12/31/2021 Depreciation, 2020 Depreciation, 2021 Book value, 12/31/2020 Book value, 12/31/2021 Estimated service life Estimated salvage value Depreciation method
1/1/2019 $250,000
1/1/2019
6/30/2019 $320,000
$120,000 $40,000 $32,000 $160,000
0
1/1/2019 $250,000
$240,000
0 Straight-line
1/1/2019 $320,000
$90,000 $70,000 $180,000 5 $20,000
6/30/2019 $320,000
$122,000 $120,000 $210,000 $40,000 $40,000 $90,000 $32,000 $40,000 $70,000 $160,000 $240,000 $180,000 $128,000 $200,000 $110,000 10 8 5 0 0 $20,000 Double-decliningSum-of-years'balance Straight-line digits
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Basics and compare methods Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
115 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
208) In 2021, the internal auditors of KJI Manufacturing discovered the following material errors made in prior years: 1. Equipment was purchased on June 30, 2019, for $100,000. The purchase was incorrectly recorded as a debit to repair and maintenance expense. The equipment has a useful life of five years and no residual value. 2. On March 31, 2020, $50,000 was paid to a contractor to landscape the area around a manufacturing plant, including the installation of a sprinkler system. The expenditure was debited to the Land account. The landscaping is expected to have a 20-year useful life and no residual value. KJI uses the straight-line method of depreciation for all depreciable assets. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entries at December 31, 2021, to correct the errors (ignore income taxes). 2. Prepare the journal entries to record 2021 depreciation for any assets recorded in requirement.
116 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. Depreciation that should have been recorded in prior years on the equipment: 2019: $100,000 ÷ 5 years = $20,000 × 6/12 = $10,000 2020: 20,000 $30,000 Entry to correct error in recording equipment: Equipment $100,000 Accumulated depreciation–equipment $30,000 Retained earnings $70,000 Depreciation that should have been recorded in prior years on land improvements: 2020: $50,000 ÷ 20 years × 9/12 = $1,875 Entry to correct error in recording land improvements: Land improvements $50,000 Retained earnings $1,875 Accumulated depreciation–land improvements Land
$1,875 $50,000
2. 2021 depreciation: Equipment: $100,000 ÷ 5 years = $20,000 Land improvements: $50,000 ÷ 20 years = $2,500 Depreciation expense $22,500 Accumulated depreciation–equipment $20,000 Accumulated depreciation–land improvements $2,500 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 11-07 Explain the appropriate treatment required when an error in accounting for property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets is discovered. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
117 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
209) Zvinakis Mining Company paid $200,000 for the rights to mine lead in southeast Missouri. The cost to drill and erect a mine shaft was $2,400,000, and equipment to process the lead ore before shipment to the smelter was $1,800,000. The mine is expected to yield 2,000,000 tons of ore during the five years it is expected to be operating. The equipment has an estimated residual value of $150,000 when mining is concluded. The mine started operations on April 30, 2021. In 2021, 300,000 tons of ore were extracted, and in 2022, 700,000 tons were mined. Required: 1. Compute the depletion rate and the units-of-production depreciation rate. 2. Compute depletion and depreciation for 2021 and 2022. Answer: 1. Mineral rights Mine shaft Depletion base Recoverable ore (tons) Depletion rate per ton
2.
$ 200,000 2,400,000 2,600,000 ÷ 2,000,000 $1.30
Mining equipment Less: residual value Depreciable base Recoverable ore (tons) Depreciation rate per ton
$1,800,000 150,000 1,650,000 ÷ 2,000,000 $0.825
Depletion: 2021: 300,000 × $1.30 2022: 700,000 × $1.30
$390,000 $910,000
Depreciation: 2021: 300,000 × $0.825 2022: 700,000 × $0.825
$247,500 $577,500
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Units-of-production method; Depletion of natural resources Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions.; 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
118 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
210) On February 20, 2021, Genoa Mining Company incurred costs of $3,600,000 to acquire and prepare to extract an estimated 4,000,000 tons of mineral deposits. In 2021, 450,000 tons of ore were mined. At the beginning of 2022, Genoa geologists estimated that 3,900,000 tons of ore still remained. In 2022, 700,000 tons of ore were mined. Required: Compute depletion for 2021 and 2022. Answer: 2021: Cost Recoverable ore (tons) Depletion rate Ore mined in 2021 Depletion: 2021
$3,600,000 ÷ 4,000,000 $0.90 450,000 $405,000
Cost Less: 2021 depletion Book value, Jan. 1, 2022 Estimated tons recoverable Revised depletion rate Mined in 2022 (tons) Depletion: 2022
$3,600,000 405,000 3,195,000 ÷ 3,900,000 $0.81923 700,000 $573,461
2022:
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depletion of natural resources Learning Objective: 11-03 Calculate the periodic depletion of a natural resource. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
119 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
211) On August 1, 2021, Reliable Software began developing a software program to allow individuals to customize their investment portfolios. Technological feasibility was established on January 31, 2022, and the program was available for release on March 31, 2022. Development costs were incurred as follows: August 1 through December 31, 2021 January 1 through January 31, 2022 February 1 through March 31, 2022
$6,300,000 1,200,000 1,600,000
Reliable expects a useful life of five years for the software and total revenues of $8,000,000 during that time. During 2022, revenue of $2,000,000 was recognized. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entries to record the development costs in 2021 and 2022. 2. Calculate the required amortization for 2022. Answer: 1. 2021: Research and development expense Cash 2022: Research and development expense Software development costs Cash
$6,300,000 $6,300,000
$1,200,000 $1,600,000 $2,800,000
2. (1) Percentage-of-revenue method: = 25% × $1,600,000 = $400,000
(2) Straight-line method: 1/5 or 20% × $1,600,000 = $320,000. The percentage-of-revenue method is used since it produces the greater amortization, $400,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Intangible assets subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
120 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
212) On September 30, 2021, Morgan, Inc., acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Pathways, Inc., for $100 million. In addition to tangible assets, Morgan recorded the following assets as a result of the acquisition: Patent Developed technology In-process research & development Goodwill
$6 million 3 million 2 million 7 million
Morgan's policy is to amortize intangible assets using the straight-line method, no residual value, and a six-year useful life. Required: What is the total amount of expenses that would appear in Morgan's income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, related to these items? Answer: Expenses for the year include: Amortization of the patent † Amortization of the developed technology* Total
= =
$250,000 $125,000 $375,000
Goodwill is not amortized. In-process research and development is not amortized. †Amortization of the patent: ($6,000,000 ÷ 6) × 3/12 =
$250,000
*Amortization of the developed technology: ($3,000,000 ÷ 6) × 3/12 = $125,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Intangible assets subject to amortization; Intangible assets not subject to amortization Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
121 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
213) Meca Concrete purchased a mixer on January 1, 2019, at a cost of $45,000. Straight-line depreciation for 2019 and 2020 was based on an estimated eight-year life and $3,000 estimated residual value. In 2021, Meca revised its estimate and now believes the mixer will have a total service life of only six years, and that the residual value will be only $2,000. Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022. Answer: Cost Less: Residual value Depreciable base Estimated life (years) Annual depreciation (2019 and 2020) Cost Depreciation: 2019 2020 Book value, Dec. 31, 2020 Less: Revised residual value Remaining depreciable base Remaining life (years) Annual depreciation 2021 and 2022
$45,000 3,000 42,000 ÷8 $ 5,250 $45,000 $5,250 5,250
10,500 34,500 2,000 32,500 ÷4 $8,125
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Changes in estimates Learning Objective: 11-05 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change is made in the service life or residual value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
122 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
214) Eckland Manufacturing Co. purchased equipment on January 1, 2019, at a cost of $90,000. Straight-line depreciation for 2019 and 2020 was based on an estimated eight-year life and $2,000 estimated residual value. In 2021, Eckland revised its estimate and now believes the equipment will have a total service life of only six years, while the residual value remains the same. Required: Compute depreciation for 2021 and 2022. Answer: Cost Less: Residual value Depreciable base Estimated life (years) Annual depreciation charge (2019 and 2020) Cost Depreciation: 2019 2020 Book value, Dec. 31, 2020 Less: Residual value Remaining depreciable base Remaining life (years) Annual depreciation 2021 and 2022
$90,000 2,000 88,000 ÷8 $11,000 $90,000 $11,000 11,000
22,000 68,000 2,000 66,000 ÷4 $16,500
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Changes in estimates Learning Objective: 11-05 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change is made in the service life or residual value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
123 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
215) Weaver Textiles Inc. has used the straight-line method to depreciate its equipment since it started business in 2017. At the beginning of 2021, the company decided to change to the double-declining-balance (DDB) method. Depreciation as reported and as it would have been reported if the company had always used DDB is listed below: Year 2017 2018 2019 2020
Straight-Line $22,500 25,000 28,000 28,000
DDB $45,000 40,000 38,000 32,000
Required: What journal entry, if any, should Weaver make to record the effect of the accounting change (ignore income taxes)? Explain. Answer: The change in depreciation method is treated prospectively, just like a change in accounting estimate. Thus, no entry is required to record the effect of the change, and depreciation for 2021 and remaining years of the assets' lives would be determined by applying the DDB method to the remaining depreciable basis of the assets. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Changes in depreciation method Learning Objective: 11-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in depreciation, amortization, or depletion method is made. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
124 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
216) Gonzaga Company has used the double-declining-balance method for depreciation since it started business in 2017. At the beginning of 2021, the company decided to change to the straight-line method. Depreciation as reported and how it would have been reported if the company had always used straight-line is listed below:
Year 2017 2018 2019 2020
StraightLine $32,000 35,000 39,000 39,000
DDB $64,000 50,000 58,000 48,000
Required: What journal entry, if any, should Gonzaga make to record the effect of the accounting change (ignore income taxes)? Explain. Answer: The change in depreciation method is treated prospectively, just like a change in accounting estimate. Thus, no entry is required to record the effect of the change, and depreciation for 2021 and remaining years of the assets' lives would be determined by applying the straight-line method to the remaining depreciable basis of the assets. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Changes in depreciation method Learning Objective: 11-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in depreciation, amortization, or depletion method is made. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
125 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
217) In December of 2021, XL Computer's internal auditors discovered that office equipment costing $800,000 was charged to expense in 2019. The asset had an expected life of 10 years with no residual value. XL would have recorded a half year of depreciation in 2019. Required: Prepare the necessary correcting entry that would be made in 2021 (ignore income taxes), and the entry to record depreciation for 2021. Answer: Office equipment Accumulated depreciation Retained earnings
$800,000 120,000 680,000
$800,000 ÷ 10 = $80,000 per year. 2019 = $40,000 (1/2 year) Depreciation expense Accumulated depreciation
$80,000 80,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 11-07 Explain the appropriate treatment required when an error in accounting for property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets is discovered. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
126 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: El Dorado Foods Inc. owns a chain of specialty stores in the Pacific Northwest. Recently, four of the stores have experienced declining profits due to market saturation in the area. As a result, management gathered data about possible impairment of the assets of the stores. The information gathered was as follows: Book value: $17.5 million Fair value: $14.9 million Undiscounted sum of future cash flows: $16.5 million 218) Required: Determine the amount, if any, of the impairment loss that El Dorado must recognize on these assets. Answer: An impairment loss must be recognized because the undiscounted sum of future cash flows from the assets is less than the book value. The loss is the difference between the book value and the fair value, $17.5 million — $14.9 million = $2.6 million Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 219) Required: Assume that the undiscounted sum of future cash flows is $18.2 million, instead of $16.5 million. Determine the amount, if any, of the impairment loss that El Dorado must recognize on these assets. Answer: An impairment loss must be recognized when the undiscounted sum of future cash flows from the assets is less than the book value. In this case, no loss need be recognized. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
127 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In 2020, Dooling Corporation acquired Oxford Inc. for $250 million, of which $50 million was attributed to goodwill. At the end of 2021, Dooling's accountants derive the following information for a required goodwill impairment test: Book value of Oxford (including goodwill): Fair value of Oxford's tangible and intangible assets (excluding goodwill): Fair value of Oxford (the reporting unit):
$234.5 million $204.9 million $260.0 million
220) Required: Determine the amount, if any, of the goodwill impairment loss that Dooling must recognize on these assets. Answer: An impairment loss must be recognized if fair value of the reporting unit is below its book value. Fair value of the reporting unit, $260.0 million, is not less than book value of $234.5 million, so no impairment loss is recognized. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Impairment—Indefinite-life intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
128 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
221) Assume the same facts as above, except that the fair value of Oxford (the reporting unit) is $225 million. Required: 1. Determine the amount, if any, of the goodwill impairment loss that Dooling must recognize on these assets. 2. Determine the proper balance of goodwill in Dooling's records at the end of 2021. Answer: An impairment loss must be recognized if fair value of the reporting unit is less than its book value. 1. Fair value of Oxford (reporting unit) $225.0 million Book value of Oxford (with goodwill) 234.5 million Impairment loss $(9.5) million 2. Original goodwill Impairment loss Balance of goodwill
$50.0 million (9.5) million $40.5 million
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Impairment—Indefinite-life intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
129 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
222) Wicker Corporation operates a manufacturing plant in California. Due to a change in business climate, an impairment test is deemed appropriate. Management has acquired the following information for the assets at the plant: Cost Accumulated depreciation Wicker's estimate of the total cash flows to be generated by selling the products manufactured at its California plant, not discounted to present value
$58,500,000 26,400,000
30,000,000
The fair value of the California plant is estimated to be $24,000,000. Required: 1. Determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. 2. If a loss is indicated, where would it appear in Wicker's multiple-step income statement? 3. If a loss is indicated, prepare the entry to record the loss. 4. Repeat requirement 1, assuming that the estimated undiscounted sum of future cash flows is $27,000,000 instead of $30,000,000. 5. Repeat requirement 1, assuming that the estimated undiscounted sum of future cash flows is $34,000,000 instead of $30,000,000. Answer: 1. An impairment loss is indicated because the estimated undiscounted sum of future cash flows of $30 million is less than the book value of $32.1 million. The amount of the loss to be reported is calculated using the estimated fair value rather than the undiscounted future cash flows: Book value Estimated fair value Impairment loss
$32,100,000 24,000,000 $ 8,100,000
2. The loss would appear in the income statement along with other operating expenses. 3. Loss on impairment Accumulated depreciation Plant assets
$8,100,000 $26,400,000 $34,500,000
130 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4. An impairment loss is indicated because the estimated undiscounted sum of future cash flows of $27 million is less than the book value of $32.1 million. The amount of the loss to be reported is calculated using the estimated fair value rather than the undiscounted future cash flows: Book value Estimated fair value Impairment loss
$32,100,000 24,000,000 $ 8,100,000
5. Because the estimated undiscounted sum of future cash flows of $34 million exceeds the book value of $32.1 million, no impairment loss is indicated. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
131 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
223) (Note: The following problem requires students to determine the amount of goodwill in a business acquisition, a Chapter 10 topic.) In 2019, Quasar Ltd. acquired all of the common stock of Penlight Laser for $124 million. The fair value of Penlight's identifiable tangible and intangible assets totaled $205 million, and the fair value of liabilities assumed by Quasar was $95 million. Quasar performed a required goodwill impairment test at the end of its fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. Management has provided the following information: Fair value of Penlight (reporting unit) $115 million Fair value of Penlight's net assets (excluding goodwill) 107 million Book value of Penlight's net assets (including goodwill) 125 million Required: 1. Determine the amount of goodwill that resulted from the Penlight acquisition. 2. Determine the amount of goodwill impairment loss that Quasar should recognize at the end of 2021, if any. 3. If an impairment loss is required, prepare the journal entry to record the loss. Answer: 1. Calculation of goodwill: Consideration exchanged Less fair value of identifiable net assets: Assets Less: Liabilities assumed Goodwill
$124 million $205 million (95) million
(110) million $ 14 million
2. Because the fair value of the reporting unit ($115 million) is less than the book value of net assets including goodwill ($125 million), an impairment loss is indicated. Measurement of impairment loss: Fair value of Penlight (reporting unit) Book value of Penlight (with goodwill) Impairment loss
$115 million 125 million $(10) million
3. Entry to record the impairment loss: Loss on impairment of goodwill Goodwill Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Impairment—Indefinite-life intangible assets
($ in millions) $10 $10
132 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 224) Atlas Trucking incurred the following costs during 2021: 1. Spent $15,000 on a major overhaul for a tractor trailer rig. The overhaul is expected to increase the service life of the rig by three years. 2. Repaired the air-conditioning system for $3,000. 3. Rearranged and reconfigured the maintenance, loading, and unloading facilities at a cost of $75,000. The rearrangement is expected to result in substantial cost savings and increased efficiency over the next several years. Required: Prepare journal entries to record the above costs. Answer: 1. Accumulated depreciation Cash
$15,000
2.
Repairs and maintenance expense Cash
$3,000
Buildings Cash
$75,000
3.
$15,000
$3,000
$75,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Subsequent expenditures—PPE Learning Objective: 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
133 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
225) A company made the following expenditures related to its restaurant: 1. Replaced the heating and air-conditioning equipment at a cost of $15,000. 2. Remodeled the restaurant building. The total cost of the project was $150,000. 3. Performed annual building maintenance at a cost of $47,000. 4. Paid annual insurance premium on the property for the coming year, $7,700. 5. Purchased a new delivery truck, $22,500. 6. Landscaped the property and added outdoor lights, $9,000. Required: Assume the company credits cash for each of these expenditures. Indicate the account to be debited for each of these expenditures. Answer: 1. Equipment (or Building) 2. Building 3. Maintenance Expense 4. Prepaid Insurance 5. Equipment 6. Land Improvements Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Subsequent expenditures—PPE Learning Objective: 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
134 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
226) A company had the following expenditures related to developing its trademark. General advertising costs Advertising specifically focused on trademark development Legal fees to register trademark Registration fees for the trademark Legal fees for successful defense of the new trademark Total
$300,000 120,000 52,000 38,000 33,000 $543,000
During your year-end review of the accounts related to intangibles, you discover that the company has capitalized all the above as costs of the trademark. Management contends that all of the costs increase the value of the trademark; therefore, all the costs should be capitalized. Required: 1. Which of the above costs should the company capitalize to the Trademark account in the balance sheet? 2. Which of the above costs should the company report as expense in the income statement? Answer: 1. Trademark account in the balance sheet: Legal fees to register trademark Registration fees for the trademark Legal fees for successful defense of the new trademark Total costs capitalized
$52,000 38,000 33,000 $123,000
2. Expense in the income statement: General advertising costs Advertising specifically focused on trademark development Total costs expensed
$300,000 120,000 $420,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Subsequent expenditures—Intangible rights Learning Objective: 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
135 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
227) On March 30, 2021, Calvin Exploration purchased a drilling machine for $840,000. The estimated useful life of the machine is 10 years and no residual value is anticipated. An important component of the machine is the drill housing component that will need to be replaced in five years. The $200,000 cost of the drill housing component is included in the $840,000 cost of the machine. Calvin uses the straight-line depreciation method for all machinery. The company's fiscal year ends on December 31. Required: 1. Calculate depreciation on the drilling machine for 2021 and 2022, applying the typical U.S. GAAP treatment. 2. Repeat requirement 1, applying IFRS. Answer: 1. U.S. GAAP: 2021: $840,000 ÷ 10 = $84,000 × 9/12 2022: $840,000 ÷ 10 = 2. IFRS: 2021:
=
$63,000 $84,000
Drilling machine: $640,000 ÷ 10 = $64,000 × 9/12
=
$48,000
Drill housing component: $200,000 ÷ 5 = $40,000 × 9/12
=
30,000 $78,000
Total 2022:
Drilling machine: $640,000 ÷ 10 =
$64,000
Drill housing component: $200,000 ÷ 5 = 40,000 Total $104,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Depreciation—Straight-line method; IFRS—Depreciation Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions.; 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
136 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
228) Synthetic Fuels Corporation prepares its financial statements according to IFRS. On June 30, 2021, the company purchased equipment for $350,000. The equipment is expected to have a seven-year useful life with no residual value. Synthetic uses the straight-line depreciation method for all depreciable assets. On December 31, 2021, the end of the company's fiscal year, Synthetic chooses to revalue the machinery to its fair value of $299,000. Required: 1. Calculate depreciation for 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry at the end of 2021 to record the revaluation of the equipment. 3. Calculate depreciation for 2022. 4. Repeat requirement 2, assuming that the fair value of the equipment at the end of 2021 is $338,000. Answer: 1. Depreciation for 2021: $350,000 ÷ 7 = $50,000 × 6/12 = $25,000 2. ($ in thousands) Before After Revaluation Revaluation Equipment $350 × 299/325 = $322 Accumulated depreciation 25 × 299/325 = 23 Book value $325 × 299/325 = $299 Revaluation expense* ($299,000 – $325,000) Accumulated depreciation ($23,000 – $25,000) Equipment ($322,000 – $350,000)
$26,000 $2,000 $28,000
*If a revaluation surplus account relating to the same asset had existed, that account would have been debited up to the amount of its balance before debiting revaluation expense. 3. Depreciation for 2022: $299,000 ÷ 6½ years = $46,000 4. ($ in thousands) Before Revaluation Equipment $350 × 338/325 = Accumulated depreciation 25 × 338/325 = Book value $325 × 338/325 =
After Revaluation $364 26 $338
Equipment ($364,000 – $350,000) $14,000 Accumulated depreciation ($26,000 – $25,000) $1,000 Revaluation surplus—OCI ($338,000 – $325,000) $13,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS—Depreciation; IFRS Valuation—PPE and intangibles Learning Objective: 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply 137 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Knowledge Application; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement 229) Smithson Ltd. prepares its financial statements according to IFRS. On March 30, 2021, the company purchased a franchise for $3,000,000. The franchise has a 10-year contractual life with no residual value. Smithson uses the straight-line amortization method for all intangible assets. On December 31, 2021, the end of the company's fiscal year, Smithson chooses to revalue the franchise. There is an active market for this particular franchise, and its fair value on December 31 is $2,860,000. Required: 1. Calculate amortization for 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the revaluation of the patent. 3. Calculate amortization for 2022. Answer: 1. 2021 amortization: $3,000,000 ÷ 10 = $300,000 × 9/12 = $225,000 2. Patent ($2,860,000 – [$3,000,000 – $225,000]) Revaluation surplus–OCI
$85,000 $85,000
3. 2022 amortization: $2,860,000 ÷ 9.25 = $309,189 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS Valuation—PPE and intangibles Learning Objective: 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
138 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
230) Sanders Corporation operates a factory in Arizona. Due to a change in business climate, an impairment test is deemed appropriate. Management has acquired the following information for the assets at the plant: Cost Accumulated depreciation Estimate of the total cash flows to be generated by selling the products manufactured at the Arizona factory, not discounted to present value Present value of estimated future cash flows Estimated fair value of the Arizona factory determined by appraisal
$243,000,000 122,000,000 110,000,000 94,000,000 90,000,000
Required: 1. Determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. 2. If a loss is indicated, prepare the entry to record the loss. 3. Repeat requirement 1, assuming that Sanders prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Also assume that the estimated fair value of the factory approximates fair value less costs to sell. Answer: 1. An impairment loss is indicated because the estimated undiscounted sum of future cash flows of $110 million is less than the book value of $121 million. The amount of the loss to be reported is calculated using the estimated fair value rather than the undiscounted future cash flows: Book value $121,000,000 Estimated fair value 90,000,000 Impairment loss $31,000,000 2. Loss on impairment Accumulated depreciation Factory assets
$31,000,000 $122,000,000 $153,000,000
3. Impairment loss is the difference between book value and the recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is $94 million, the higher of the present value of estimated future cash flows ($94 million) and the fair value less costs to sell ($90 million). Book value Recoverable amount Impairment loss
$121,000,000 94,000,000 $27,000,000
139 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Impairment—PPE and finite-life intangibles; IFRS Impairment—PPE-Intangibles-Goodwill Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures.; 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
140 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
231) Kentfield Corporation has $260 million of goodwill on its book from the 2018 acquisition of Seaford Shipping. At the end of its 2021 fiscal year, management has provided the following information for a required goodwill impairment test ($ in millions): Fair value of Seaford (approximates fair value less costs to sell) $ 810 Fair value of Seaford's net assets (excluding goodwill) 650 Book value of Seaford's net assets (including goodwill) 850 Present value of estimated future cash flows 825 Required: Assuming that Seaford is considered a reporting unit for U.S. GAAP and a cash-generating unit for IFRS, determine the amount of goodwill impairment loss that Kentfield should recognize according to U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Answer: U.S. GAAP: Since the fair value of Seaford is less than its book value, there is an impairment loss. The impairment loss is calculated as ($ in millions): Fair value of Seaford (reporting unit) Book value of Seaford (with goodwill) Impairment loss
$810 850 $(40)
IFRS: The impairment loss is the difference between recoverable amount and book value of Seaford ($ in millions): Recoverable amount (cash-generating unit)* Book value of Seaford (with goodwill) Impairment loss
$825 850 $(25)
*The higher of fair value less costs to sell ($810 million) and the present value of estimated future cash flows ($825 million). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Impairment—Indefinite-life intangible assets; IFRS Impairment—PPE-Intangibles-Goodwill Learning Objective: 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
141 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
232) On June 30, 2019, Mobley Corporation acquired a patent for $4 million. The patent was estimated to have an eight-year life and no residual value. Mobley uses the straight-line method of amortization for intangible assets. At the beginning of January 2021, Mobley successfully defended its patent against infringement. Litigation costs totaled $650,000. Required: 1. Calculate patent amortization for 2019 and 2020. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the 2021 litigation costs. 3. Calculate amortization for 2021. 4. Repeat requirements 2 and 3, assuming that Mobley prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Answer: 1. 2019 amortization: $4,000,000 ÷ 8 = $500,000 × 6/12 = $250,000 2020 amortization: $4,000,000 ÷ 8 = $500,000 2. Patent $650,000 Cash $650,000 3.
Calculation of revised annual amortization: $4,000,000 750,000 3,250,000 650,000 3,900,000 ÷6½ $600,000
4. Requirement 2: Litigation expense Cash
Cost Amortization to date (above) Unamortized cost (balance in the patent account) Add New unamortized cost Estimated remaining life (8 years – 1 ½ years) New annual amortization
$650,000 $650,000
Requirement 3: 2021 amortization: $4,000,000 ÷ 8 = $500,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Intangible assets subject to amortization; Subsequent expenditures—Intangible rights; IFRS—Cost of defending intangible rights Learning Objective: 11-04 Calculate the periodic amortization of an intangible asset.; 11-09 Discuss the accounting treatment of repairs and maintenance, additions, improvements, and rearrangements to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets.; 11-10 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the utilization and impairment of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement 142 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
233) Notsofast Inc. acquired land for $500,000 on July 1, 2020. It erroneously recorded the full amount as an expense. Explain what Notsofast must do when it discovers the error in 2021. Answer: If material, the $500,000 should have been capitalized as an asset, land, rather than expensed. A prior period adjustment is required to establish the unrecorded land and to increase retained earnings that were understated by recording the expense in 2020. Prior year's financial statements must be restated to reflect the correction of the error. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 11-07 Explain the appropriate treatment required when an error in accounting for property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets is discovered. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 234) Briefly explain the following statement. Depreciation is a process of cost allocation, not valuation. Answer: Periodic depreciation is not a measure of a decline in value. Rather it is a rational and systematic process of allocating the historical cost of assets to the periods that benefit by their use. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Measuring cost allocation Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 235) Briefly discuss the factors that determine the service life of a depreciable asset. Answer: The physical life sets the maximum limit of service life. The economic usefulness to the business may be less. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Measuring cost allocation Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
143 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
236) Briefly explain the differences between the terms depreciation, depletion, and amortization. Answer: The terms refer to different types of long-term assets used in the business. Depreciation: Plant and equipment Depletion: Natural resources Amortization: Intangible assets Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Measuring cost allocation Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 237) Briefly explain the disclosures that are required relative to depreciable assets. Answer: The note presenting the summary of significant accounting policies should disclose the depreciation method(s) in use. A separate note usually details the components of property, plant, and equipment, including their ranges of useful life. Any liens against property, plant, and equipment, such as mortgages, should be disclosed in the debt disclosure note. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Measuring cost allocation Learning Objective: 11-01 Explain the concept of cost allocation as it pertains to property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 238) Briefly differentiate between activity-based and time-based allocation methods. Answer: Time-based methods allocate an asset's cost based on the passage of time, while activity-based methods allocate cost based on an asset's productivity. Not all assets lend themselves to activity-based methods. Even if they do, there may be little benefit in tracking use and linking it to depreciation. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Basics and compare methods Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
144 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
239) Briefly discuss why straight-line is the most common depreciation method used in practice. Answer: Straight-line depreciation is the easiest method to understand and apply, thus it is probably the most cost-effective method. It also helps to smooth earnings. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Basics and compare methods Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Decision Making; FN Measurement 240) Which depreciation method is most common for financial reporting? Which depreciation method is most common for tax reporting? Why do companies choose these methods? Answer: Most companies use the straight-line method for financial reporting and the Internal Revenue Service's prescribed accelerated method (called MACRS) for income tax purposes. Companies choose straight-line for financial reporting for several reasons. Many probably believe they realize benefits from their plant assets approximately evenly over these assets' useful lives. Another contributing factor is that straight-line is the easiest method to understand and apply. One more important motivation is the positive effect on reported income. Straight-line produces a higher net income than accelerated methods in the earlier years of an asset's life. Most companies choose MACRS for tax reporting to reduce taxable income. MACRS combines declining-balance methods in earlier years with straight-line in later years to allow for a more advantageous tax depreciation deduction. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Basics and compare methods Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Decision Making; FN Measurement
145 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
241) Why is land not depreciated? What are land improvements? Why do we record land and land improvements separately? Answer: Land is not depreciated because its service life never ends. Land improvements are additional amounts spent to improve the land such as a parking lot, paving, temporary landscaping, lighting systems, fences, sprinkler systems, and similar additions. We record land improvements separately from land because, unlike land, these assets are subject to depreciation. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Depreciation—Basics and compare methods Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 242) Kelly Company and its subsidiaries are engaged in the manufacture and marketing of ready-to-eat cereal and convenience foods. In its annual report to shareholders, Kelly disclosed the following: DISPOSITIONS Last year, the Company sold certain assets and liabilities of the Leader's Bagels business to Aura Foods Inc. for $275 million in cash. As a result of this transaction, the Company recorded a pretax charge of $178.9 million ($119.3 million after tax or $.29 per share). This charge included approximately $57 million for disposal of other assets associated with the Leader's business, which were not purchased by Aura. Disposal of these other assets was completed during the current year. The original reserve of $57 million exceeded actual losses from asset sales and related disposal costs by approximately $9 million. This amount was recorded as a credit to other income (expense) net during the current year. Required: Explain how the Kelly transactions described could be interpreted as an example of earnings management. Answer: The disposal of assets required Kelly to anticipate (and create an allowance for) a loss on the disposition. Last year, Kelly's recorded loss was greater than ultimately required. As a result, it reversed the loss by increasing income in the current year. This is an example of managing earnings by creating a reserve in one period that would be reversed in another period, much like that described for allowances for uncollectible accounts in Chapter 7. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Disposition of PPE and intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-02 Determine periodic depreciation using both time-based and activity-based methods and account for dispositions. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 146 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
243) Briefly explain how to account for a change in depreciation method. Answer: A change in depreciation method is treated prospectively, just like a change in accounting estimate. Thus, no entry is required to record the effect of the change. Rather, depreciation for the year of change and subsequent periods would be determined by applying the new depreciation method to the remaining depreciable basis of the assets. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Changes in depreciation method Learning Objective: 11-06 Explain the appropriate accounting treatment required when a change in depreciation, amortization, or depletion method is made. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 244) Qualcomm Inc. engages in the development, design, manufacture, and marketing of digital wireless telecommunications products and services. In a recent income statement the company reported a $114 million goodwill impairment loss. The loss related to the goodwill of its Firethorn reporting unit. Required: 1. Why did Qualcomm conduct an impairment test of the goodwill of this reporting unit? 2. Describe how Qualcomm would measure the impairment loss. 3. Where would the impairment loss be shown in the company's income statement? Answer: 1. Generally accepted accounting principles require that reporting units with significant goodwill be tested at least annually for impairment. A company has the option of first undertaking a qualitative assessment. Companies selecting this option will evaluate relevant events and circumstances to determine whether it is "more likely than not" (a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of the asset is less than its book value. Only if that's determined to be the case will the company move forward with measuring the impairment. 2. The measurement of an impairment loss for indefinite-life intangible assets is a one-step process. If fair value is less than book value, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference. 3. The loss should be included in operating expenses. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Impairment—Indefinite-life intangible assets Learning Objective: 11-08 Identify situations that involve a significant impairment of the value of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets and describe the required accounting procedures. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
147 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 12 Investments 1) Securities classified as held-to-maturity could be reported as either current or long-term in a classified balance sheet, depending upon their maturity dates. 2) All investments in debt securities whose fair values are not readily determinable are carried at historical cost. 3) Both debt and equity securities can be categorized as trading securities. 4) Net unrealized holding gains (losses) are reported in the income statement for trading securities. 5) Purchases and sales of securities are always reported as investing activities in a statement of cash flows. 6) Routine transfers of debt investments among the trading, available-for-sale, and held-to-maturity portfolios need not be disclosed in the financial statements. 7) Both trading securities and securities available-for-sale are reported at their fair values. 8) All securities considered available-for-sale should be reported as current assets in a classified balance sheet. 9) Unrealized holding gains and losses are included in other comprehensive income for securities that are classified as available-for-sale. 10) When available-for-sale securities are sold, the amount of unrealized holding gain or loss realized from the date of purchase is included in before-tax net income. 11) Companies must always use the equity method when they hold between 25% and 50% of the common stock of an investee. 12) The equity method is in many ways a partial consolidation. 13) Under the equity method of accounting for a stock investment, cash dividends received are considered a reduction of the investee's net assets. 14) When an equity-method investment is sold, a gain or loss is recognized for the difference between its selling price and its cost. 15) If an investment is accounted for under the equity method, the investor reduces investment income and the investment account for amortization of goodwill acquired in the investment. 16) Selecting the fair value option for an available-for-sale investment is equivalent to reclassifying that investment as a trading security. 1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
17) The fair value option cannot be elected for significant-influence investments because those must be accounted for under the equity method. 18) Under IFRS No. 9, investments for which the investor lacks significant influence use basically the same reporting classifications as those used under U.S. GAAP. 19) Under IFRS No. 9, debt investments are classified as either "available-for-sale" or "fair value through profit or loss (FVPL)." 20) Under IFRS No. 9, debt investments are classified as either "amortized cost," or "fair value through profit or loss (FVPL)," or "fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)." 21) Under IFRS No. 9, equity investments are classified as either "fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)" or "fair value through profit or loss (FVPL)." 22) Under IFRS No. 9, a debt investment can be accounted for at amortized cost if the debt agreement includes only interest and principal and the investor intends to hold it to collect contractual cash flows. 23) The cash surrender value of a life insurance policy decreases each year by the portion of the premium paid that is related to the additional year that the insured person is still alive. 24) The investment category for which the investor's "positive intent and ability to hold" is important is: A) Securities reported under the equity method. B) Trading securities. C) Securities classified as held-to-maturity. D) Securities available-for-sale. 25) Which of the following investment securities held by Zoogle Inc. may be classified as held-to-maturity securities in its balance sheet? A) Long-term debenture bonds. B) Common stock. C) Callable preferred stock. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 26) Which of the following investment securities held by Zoogle Inc. are not reported at fair value in its balance sheet? A) Debt securities held as available-for-sale securities. B) Debt securities held-to-maturity. C) Bonds held as trading securities. D) All of these answer choices are reported at fair value.
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
27) In which investment category are fair values and subsequent growth of an investee not relevant for reporting? A) Securities reported under the equity method. B) Trading securities. C) Held-to-maturity securities. D) Securities available-for-sale. 28) Which category of securities is presented on the balance sheet at amortized cost? A) Securities available-for-sale. B) Equity investments of less than 20% ownership. C) Held-to-maturity securities. D) Trading securities. 29) In 2019, Osgood Corporation purchased $4 million worth of 10-year municipal bonds at face value. On December 31, 2021, the bonds had a fair value of $3,600,000 and Osgood reclassified the bonds from held-to-maturity to trading securities. Osgood's December 31, 2021, balance sheet and the 2021 income statement would show the following:
a. b. c. d.
Income statement loss Investment in bonds (TS) on investments $ 3,600,000 $ 0 $ 3,600,000 $ 400,000 $ 4,000,000 $ 400,000 $ 4,000,000 $ 0
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d.
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
30) Beresford Inc. purchased several investments in debt securities during 2020, its first year of operations. The following information pertains to these securities. The fluctuations in their fair values are not considered permanent.
Fair Value 12/31/2020 $ 375,000
Fair Value 12/31/2021 $ 400,000
Amortized Cost 12/31/2020 $ 367,500
DEF Co. Bonds GEH Inc. Bonds IJK Inc. Bonds
Fair Value 12/31/2020 $ 48,000 $ 47,000 $ 44,000
Fair Value 12/31/2021 $ 59,500 $ 77,000 $ 38,500
$ $ $
Available-for-Sale Securities: LMN Co. Bonds
Fair Value 12/31/2020 $ 130,500
Fair Value 12/31/2021 $ 150,400
Cost $ 140,000
Held-to-Maturity Securities: ABC Co. Bonds Trading Securities:
Amortized Cost 12/31/2021 $ 360,000
Cost 66,000 39,000 32,900
What balance sheet amount would Beresford report for the total of its investments in bonds at 12/31/2020? A) $637,000. B) $644,500. C) $645,400. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
31) Beresford Inc. purchased several investments in debt securities during 2020, its first year of operations. The following information pertains to these securities. The fluctuations in their fair values are not considered permanent.
Fair Value 12/31/2020 $ 375,000
Fair Value 12/31/2021 $ 400,000
Amortized Cost 12/31/2020 $ 367,500
DEF Co. Bonds GEH Inc. Bonds IJK Inc. Bonds
Fair Value 12/31/2020 $ 48,000 $ 47,000 $ 44,000
Fair Value 12/31/2021 $ 59,500 $ 77,000 $ 38,500
$ $ $
Available-for-Sale Securities: LMN Co. Bonds
Fair Value 12/31/2020 $ 130,500
Fair Value 12/31/2021 $ 150,400
Cost $ 140,000
Held-to-Maturity Securities: ABC Co. Bonds Trading Securities:
Amortized Cost 12/31/2021 $ 360,000
Cost 66,000 39,000 32,900
What would be the balance in Beresford's accumulated other comprehensive income with respect to these investments in its 12/31/2021 balance sheet (ignore taxes)? A) $55,100. B) $26,500. C) $10,400. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
32) Beresford Inc. purchased several investments in debt securities during 2020, its first year of operations. The following information pertains to these securities. The fluctuations in their fair values are not considered permanent.
Fair Value 12/31/2020 $ 375,000
Fair Value 12/31/2021 $ 400,000
Amortized Cost 12/31/2020 $ 367,500
DEF Co. Bonds GEH Inc. Bonds IJK Inc. Bonds
Fair Value 12/31/2020 $ 48,000 $ 47,000 $ 44,000
Fair Value 12/31/2021 $ 59,500 $ 77,000 $ 38,500
Cost $ 66,000 $ 39,000 $ 32,900
Available-for-Sale Securities: LMN Co. Bonds
Fair Value 12/31/2020 $ 130,500
Fair Value 12/31/2021 $ 150,400
Cost $ 140,000
Held-to-Maturity Securities: ABC Co. Bonds Trading Securities:
Amortized Cost 12/31/2021 $ 360,000
What total unrealized holding gain would Beresford report in its 2021 income statement relative to its investments in bonds? A) $55,900. B) $36,000. C) $80,900. D) $48,200. 33) On January 1, 2021, Rupar Retailers purchased $100,000 of Anand Company bonds at a discount of $5,000. The Anand bonds pay 6% interest but were purchased when the market interest rate was 7% for bonds of similar risk and maturity. The bonds pay interest semiannually on June 30 and December 31 of each year. Rupar accounts for the bonds as a held-to-maturity investment, and uses the effective interest method. In Rupar's December 31, 2021, journal entry to record the second period of interest, Rupar would record a credit to interest revenue of: A) $3,336. B) $3,325. C) $3,000. D) $3,500.
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
34) On January 1, 2021, Rupar Retailers purchased $100,000 of Anand Company bonds at a premium of $5,000. The Anand bonds pay 7% interest but were purchased when the market interest rate was 6% for bonds of similar risk and maturity. The bonds pay interest semiannually on June 30 and December 31 of each year. Rupar accounts for the bonds as a held-to-maturity investment, and uses the effective interest method. In Rupar's December 31, 2021, journal entry to record the second period of interest, Rupar would record a credit to interest revenue of: A) $3,336. B) $3,140. C) $3,000. D) $3,500. 35) If Dinsburry Company concluded that an investment originally classified as a trading security would now more appropriately be classified as held-to-maturity, Dinsburry would: A) Not reclassify the investment, as original classifications are irrevocable. B) Reclassify the investment as held-to-maturity and immediately recognize in net income all unrealized holding gains and losses that have not already been recognized as of the reclassification date. C) Reclassify the investment as held-to-maturity and treat the fair value as of the date of reclassification as the investment's amortized cost basis for future amortization. D) Reclassify the investment as held-to-maturity, but there would be no income effect. 36) If Ziggy Company concluded that an investment originally classified as held-to-maturity would now more appropriately be classified as available-for-sale, Ziggy would: A) Not reclassify the investment, as original classifications are irrevocable. B) Reclassify the investment as available-for-sale and immediately recognize in net income any unrealized holding gain or loss on the reclassification date. C) Reclassify the investment as available-for-sale and immediately recognize in accumulated other comprehensive income any unrealized holding gain or loss on the reclassification date. D) Need to restate earnings, as the original classification was in error. 37) If Dizbert Company concluded that an investment originally classified as available-for-sale would now more appropriately be classified as held-to-maturity, Dizbert would: A) Not reclassify the investment, as original classifications are irrevocable. B) Reclassify the investment as held-to-maturity and immediately recognize in net income any unrealized holding gain or loss on the reclassification date. C) Reclassify the investment as held-to-maturity and treat the fair value as of the date of reclassification as the investment's amortized cost basis for future amortization. D) Need to restate earnings, as the original classification was in error. 38) Bonds that are purchased with the intent of selling them in the near future to take advantage of short-term price changes are classified as: A) Securities available-for-sale. B) Consolidating securities. C) Held-to-maturity securities. D) Trading securities. 7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
39) The income statement reports changes in fair value for which type of investment securities? A) Securities reported under the equity method. B) Trading securities. C) Held-to-maturity securities. D) Available-for-sale securities. 40) Trading securities are most commonly found on the books of: A) Oil companies. B) Manufacturing companies. C) Banks. D) Foreign subsidiaries. 41) For trading securities, unrealized holding gains and losses are included in net income: A) Only at the end of the fiscal year. B) On each reporting date. C) Only when they exceed 10% of the underlying investment. D) Based on a vote of the board of directors. 42) Trading securities, by definition, are properly classified in the balance sheet as: A) Shareholders' equity. B) Intangible assets. C) Current assets. D) Other assets. 43) Unrealized holding gains and losses on trading securities are included in net income because: A) They measure the success or failure of taking advantage of short-term price changes. B) The IRS mandates the inclusion. C) The SEC mandates the inclusion. D) They measure the book value of the securities at the balance sheet date. 44) In the statement of cash flows, inflows and outflows of cash from buying and selling trading securities typically are considered: A) Investing activities. B) Operating activities. C) Financing activities. D) Noncash financing activities.
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) Dyckman Dealers has an investment in Thomas Corporation bonds that Dyckman accounts for as a trading security. Thomas Corporation's bonds are publicly traded and the prevailing market price indicates that Dyckman's investment is worth $20,000. However, Dyckman management believes that the bond market is generally overvalued, and their analysis of the Thomas investment suggests to them that it is worth $18,000. Dyckman should carry the Thomas investment on its balance sheet at: A) $20,000. B) $18,000. C) Either $18,000 or $20,000, as either are defensible valuations. D) $19,000, the midpoint of Dyckman's range of reasonably likely valuations of Thomas. 46) Nichols Enterprises has an investment in 250 bonds of Elliott Electronics that Nichols accounts for as a security available-for-sale. Elliott bonds are publicly traded, and The Wall Street Journal quotes a price for those bonds of $1,000 per bond, but Nichols believes the market has not appreciated the full value of the Elliott bonds and that a more accurate price is $1,200 per bond. Nichols should carry the Elliott investment on its balance sheet at: A) $300,000. B) $250,000. C) Either $250,000 or $300,000, as either are defensible valuations. D) $275,000, the midpoint of Nichols's range of reasonably likely valuations of Elliott. 47) Anthers Inc. bought the following portfolio of trading securities near the end of 2021. Security A B C
Cost $ 80,000 60,000 22,000
Fair value 12/31/2021 $ 84,000 54,000 22,000
What amount will be reported in the balance sheet for this portfolio at December 31, 2021, and how will it be classified?
a. b. c. d.
Amount $ 162,000 $ 162,000 $ 160,000 $ 160,000
Classification Noncurrent Asset Current Asset Noncurrent Asset Current Asset
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d.
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) On January 1, 2021, Nana Company paid $100,000 for 8,000 shares of Papa Company common stock. The ownership in Papa Company is 10%. Nana Company does not have significant influence over Papa Company. Papa reported net income of $52,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021. The fair value of the Papa stock on that date was $45 per share. What amount will be reported in the balance sheet of Nana Company for the investment in Papa at December 31, 2021? A) $284,400. B) $300,000. C) $315,600. D) $360,000. 49) Goofy Inc. bought a sizeable amount of Crazy Co.'s bonds for $150,000 on May 5, 2020, and classified the investment as available-for-sale. The market value of the bonds declined to $118,000 by December 31, 2020. Goofy reclassified this investment as trading securities in December of 2021 when the market value had risen to $125,000. What effect on 2021 net income should be reported by Goofy for the Crazy Co. bonds? A) $0. B) $25,000 net unrealized holding loss. C) $7,000 net unrealized holding gain. D) $32,000 net unrealized holding loss. 50) Hobson Company bought the securities listed below during 2020. These securities were classified as trading securities. In its December 31, 2020, income statement Hobson reported a net unrealized holding loss of $13,000 on these securities. Pertinent data at the end of June 2021 is as follows: Security X Y Z
Cost $ 380,000 180,000 420,000
Fair Value $ 352,000 160,000 414,000
What amount of unrealized holding loss on these securities should Hobson include in its income statement for the six months ended June 30, 2021? A) $41,000. B) $54,000. C) $13,000. D) $0.
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) What is the effect on a company's cash flows and reported profit from accounting for an investment as a trading security as compared to accounting for it as an available-for-sale security?
a. b. c. d.
Effect on Total Cash Flows Little, if any, effect Significant effect Little, if any, effect Significant effect
Effect on Net Income Little, if any, effect Significant effect Significant effect Little, if any, effect
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d. 52) The fair value of debt securities not regularly traded can be most reasonably approximated by: A) Calculating the discounted present value of the principal and interest payments. B) Determining the value using similar securities in the NASDAQ market. C) Using the relative fair value method. D) Calling a licensed and registered stockbroker. 53) All investments in debt securities that don't fit the definitions of the other reporting categories are classified as: A) Trading securities. B) Securities available-for-sale. C) Held-to-maturity securities. D) Consolidated securities. 54) Investments in debt securities available-for-sale are reported at: A) Discounted present value. B) Lower of cost or market. C) Historical cost. D) Fair value on the reporting date. 55) All investment securities are initially recorded at: A) Cost. B) Present value. C) Equity value. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 56) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in the shareholders' equity section of the balance sheet reflects changes in the fair value of securities for which type of securities? A) Securities available-for-sale. B) Trading securities. C) Consolidated securities. D) Held-to-maturity securities. 11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
57) GAAP regarding fair value accounting for investments in equity securities will generally apply to an investment when the percentage of ownership of another company is: A) Less than 20%. B) 20% to 50%. C) Over 50%. D) Exactly 100%. 58) When an investor accounts for an investment in common stock at fair value through net income, cash dividends are classified by the investor as: A) A return of capital. B) A loss. C) A deduction from the investment account. D) Dividend income. 59) When a debt security is appropriately carried and reported as available-for-sale, a gain should be reported in the income statement: A) When the fair value of the security increases. B) When the present value of the security increases. C) Only when the Dow Jones Industrial Average increases at least 100 points. D) Only when the security is sold. 60) Investments in securities to be held for an unspecified period of time are reported at: A) Historical cost. B) Present value. C) Lower of cost or market. D) Fair value. 61) Unrealized holding gains and losses on debt securities classified as available-for-sale would have the following effects on accumulated other comprehensive income:
a. b. c. d.
Gains Increase Decrease Decrease Increase
Losses Increase Decrease Increase Decrease
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d.
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
62) In the statement of cash flows, inflows and outflows of cash from buying and selling available-for-sale debt securities are considered: A) Operating activities. B) Financing activities. C) Investing activities. D) Noncash financing activities. 63) Unrealized holding gains and losses on debt securities available-for-sale would have the following effects on retained earnings:
a. b. c. d.
Gains Increase No change No change Increase
Losses No change Decrease No change Decrease
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d. 64) Zwick Company bought 28,000 shares of the voting common stock of Handy Corporation in January 2021. In December, Handy announced $200,000 net income for 2021 and declared and paid a cash dividend of $2 per share on all 200,000 shares of its outstanding common stock. Zwick Company's dividend revenue from Handy Corporation in December 2021 would be: A) $0. B) $28,000. C) $56,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 65) On January 2, 2020, Howdy Doody Corporation purchased 12% of Ranger Corporation's common stock for $50,000. Ranger's net income for the years ended December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2021, were $10,000 and $50,000, respectively. During 2020, Ranger declared and paid a dividend of $60,000. On December 31, 2020, the fair value of the Ranger stock owned by Howdy Doody had increased to $70,000. How much should Howdy Doody show in the 2021 income statement as income from this investment? A) $26,000. B) $7,200. C) $20,000. D) $27,200.
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
66) Jeremiah Corporation purchased debt securities during 2021 and classified them as securities available-for-sale: Security A B C
Cost $ 40,000 70,000 28,000
Fair Value, 12/31/2021 $ 49,000 66,000 39,000
All declines are considered to be temporary. How much gain will be reported by Jeremiah Corporation in the December 31, 2021, income statement relative to the portfolio? A) $0. B) $16,000 C) $20,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 67) Hawk Corporation purchased 1,000 Diamond Corporation bonds in 2018 for $500 per bond and classified the investment as securities available-for-sale. The value of the Diamond investment was $600 per bond on December 31, 2019, and $650 per bond on December 31, 2020. During 2021, Hawk sold all of its Diamond investment at $700 per bond. In its 2021 income statement, Hawk would report: A) A gain of $50,000. B) A gain of $150,000. C) A gain of $200,000. D) A gain of $300,000. 68) Hawk Corporation purchased 1,000 Diamond Corporation bonds in 2018 for $500 per bond and classified the investment as securities available-for-sale. The value of the Diamond investment was $600 per bond on December 31, 2019, and $650 per bond on December 31, 2020. During 2021, Hawk sold all of its Diamond investment at $700 per bond. If Hawk records unrealized holding gains and losses up to the moment of sale, what would be the amount of reclassification adjustment that Hawk would record upon sale? A) A debit of $50,000. B) A debit of $150,000. C) A debit of $200,000. D) A credit of $150,000.
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
69) Dim Corporation purchased 1,000 bonds of Witt Corporation in 2018 for $800 per bond and classified the investment as securities available-for-sale. The value of these holdings was $400 per bond on December 31, 2019, and $300 per bond on December 31, 2020. During 2021, Dim sold all of its Witt bonds at $350 per bond. In its 2021 income statement, Dim would report: A) A realized gain of $50,000. B) A recognition of unrealized holding losses of $400,000. C) A loss on the sale of investments of $450,000. D) A trading gain of $50,000 and an unrealized holding loss of $500,000. 70) Dim Corporation purchased 1,000 bonds of Witt Corporation in 2018 for $800 per bond and classified the investment as securities available-for-sale. The value of these holdings was $400 per bond on December 31, 2019, and $300 per bond on December 31, 2020. During 2021, Dim sold all of its Witt bonds at $350 per bond. If Dim records unrealized holding gains and losses up to the moment of sale, what would be the amount of reclassification adjustment that Dim would record upon sale? A) A debit of $500,000. B) A credit of $500,000. C) A debit of $450,000. D) A credit of $450,000. 71) On January 1, 2021, Everglade Company purchased the following debt securities and properly accounted for them as securities available-for-sale:
Security ABC DEF XYZ
Cost $ 40,000 72,000 16,000
Fair Value, 12/31/2021 $ 55,000 65,000 20,000
All declines in value are considered temporary. What amount should the Everglade Company report relative to these securities in its 2021 statement of other comprehensive income? A) $0. B) $19,000 unrealized holding gain. C) $12,000 net unrealized holding gain. D) $7,000 unrealized holding loss.
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
72) Boulter, Inc., began business on January 1, 2021. At the end of December 2021, Boulter had the following investments in debt securities:
Cost Fair value
Trading $ 60,000 54,000
Available-for-Sale $ 110,000 107,500
All declines in value are deemed to be temporary in nature. How should the corresponding losses be reflected in the financial statements at December 31, 2021?
a. b. c. d.
Income Statement $ 8,500 $ 0 $ 6,000 $ 2,500
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Shareholders' Equity $ 0 $ 8,500 $ 2,500 $ 6,000
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d. 73) A weakness of ________ is that firms can increase or decrease net income by choosing to sell particular investments with net unrealized holding gains or unrealized holding losses. A) the available-for-sale approach B) the trading-securities approach C) both the available-for-sale and trading-securities approaches D) neither the available-for-sale nor the trading-securities approach 74) If an available-for-sale debt investment is sold for which there are unrealized holding gains in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI), a reclassification adjustment affects other comprehensive income (OCI) in the period of sale by: A) Reducing OCI for the amount of unrealized holding gains in AOCI. B) Increasing OCI for the amount of unrealized holding gains in AOCI. C) No effect on OCI, as OCI only includes the effects of unrealized holding gains and losses. D) No effect on OCI, as the realized gain is included in AOCI. 75) If an available-for-sale investment in debt securities is sold for which there are unrealized holding losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI), the total effect on total comprehensive income is: A) An increase. B) A decrease. C) No effect. D) Cannot be determined given this information.
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) Seybert Systems accounts for its investment in Wang Engineering bonds as available-for-sale. Seybert's balance in accumulated other comprehensive income with respect to the Wang investment is a credit balance of $20,000, and Seybert reports the investment as $100,000 on its balance sheet. Seybert purchased the Wang investment for (ignore taxes): A) $100,000. B) $120,000. C) $80,000. D) Cannot be determined from this information. 77) Sloan Company has owned a debt securities investment during 2021 that has increased in fair value. After all closing entries for 2021 are completed, the effect of the increase in fair value on total shareholders' equity would be: A) Higher under the available-for-sale approach than under the trading-securities approach. B) Lower under the available-for-sale approach than under the trading-securities approach. C) The same amount under the available-for-sale and trading-securities approaches. D) Not possible to identify whether the available-for-sale or trading-securities approach yields higher shareholders' equity given this information. 78) When investments in debt securities are treated as available-for-sale, other comprehensive income (OCI) also includes the tax effects associated with unrealized holding gains and losses. As a result: A) Accumulated other comprehensive income would be increased by the tax benefits typically associated with unrealized holding gains. B) Other comprehensive income typically would be reduced by the tax expense associated with unrealized holding gains. C) Accumulated other comprehensive income would not be affected by taxes. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 79) The Guitar World (TGW) holds an investment in bonds that increased in fair value over 2021, and accounts for that investment as available-for-sale. When considering taxes, TGW would: A) Recognize tax expense on the income statement, and probably increase taxes payable. B) Recognize tax expense on the income statement, and probably increase its deferred tax liability. C) Reduce accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) for tax expense, and probably increase taxes payable. D) Reduce accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) for tax expense, and probably increase its deferred tax liability. 80) The equity method of accounting for investments in voting common stock is appropriate when: A) The investor can significantly influence the investee. B) The investor has voting control over the investee. C) The investor intends to hold the common stock indefinitely. D) The investor is assured of a continued supply of a valuable raw material.
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
81) Consolidated financial statements are prepared when one company has: A) Accounted for the investment using the equity method. B) Accounted for the investment as securities available-for-sale. C) Control over another company. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 82) If Pop Company owns 15% of the common stock of Son Company, then Pop Company typically: A) Would record 15% of the net income of Son Company as investment income each year. B) Would record dividends received from Son Company as investment revenue. C) Would increase its investment account by 15% of Son Company income each year. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 83) If Pop Company exercises significant influence over Son Company and owns 40% of its common stock, then Pop Company: A) Would record dividends received from Son Company as investment revenue. B) Would increase its investment account when Son Company declares dividends. C) Would record 40% of the net income of Son Company as investment income each year. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 84) When using the equity method to account for an investment, cash dividends received by the investor from the investee should be recorded: A) As a reduction in the investment account. B) As an increase in the investment account. C) As dividend income. D) As a contra item to stockholders' equity. 85) When the equity method of accounting for investments is used by the investor, the investment account is increased when: A) A cash dividend is received from the investee. B) The investee reports net income for the year. C) The investor records additional depreciation related to the investment. D) The investee reports a net loss for the year. 86) Which of the following increases the investment account under the equity method of accounting? A) Decreases in the market price of the investee's stock. B) Dividends paid by the investee that were declared in the previous year. C) Net loss of the investee company. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
87) If the fair value of equity securities is not determinable and the equity method is not appropriate, the securities should be reported at: A) Amortized cost. B) Cost. C) Consolidated value. D) Net present value. 88) When the investor's level of influence changes, it may be necessary to change from the equity method to another method. When the level of ownership falls from a range of 20% to 50% to less than 20%, the equity method typically would be discontinued and the investment account balance would be carried over at: A) Amortized cost on the date of ownership change. B) Fair value on the date of ownership change. C) Discounted present value on the date of ownership change. D) The current balance, and this balance would serve as the new "cost." 89) When the investor's level of influence changes, it may be necessary to change to the equity method from another method. When the level of ownership rises from less than 20% to a range of 20% to 50%, the equity method typically would become appropriate and the investment account balance should be: A) Retrospectively adjusted to the balance that would have existed if the equity method had been in effect for prior years. B) Carried over as is with no adjustment necessary. C) Carried over at the fair value that exists on date of transfer. D) Adjusted to reflect amortized cost. 90) On July 1, 2021, Tremen Corporation acquired 40% of the shares of Delany Company. Tremen paid $3,000,000 for the investment, and that amount is exactly equal to 40% of the book value of identifiable net assets on Delany's balance sheet. Delany recognized net income of $1,000,000 for 2021, and paid $150,000 of dividends each quarter to its shareholders. After all closing entries are made for the year ended December 31, 2021, Tremen's "Investment in Delany Company" account would have a balance of: A) $3,200,000. B) $3,160,000. C) $3,000,000. D) $3,080,000. 91) Which of the following is not true about accounting for investments using the equity method under IFRS? A) IFRS requires the equity method when the investor exercises significant influence over the investee. B) IFRS is more restrictive than U.S. GAAP concerning when an investor can elect the fair value option. C) IFRS requires that the accounting policies of an investee be adjusted to correspond to those of the investor when applying the equity method. D) IFRS does not allow use of the equity method where two or more investors have joint control. 19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) Bloomfield Bakers accounts for its investment in Clor Confectionary under the equity method. Bloomfield carried the Clor investment at $150,000 and $165,000 at December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2021, respectively. During 2021 Clor recognized $80,000 of net income and paid dividends of $30,000. Assuming that Bloomfield owned the same percentage of Clor throughout 2021, its percentage ownership must have been: A) 15%. B) 18.75%. C) 30%. D) 50%. 93) Jack Corporation purchased a 20% interest in Jill Corporation for $1,500,000 on January 1, 2021. Jack can significantly influence Jill. On December 10, 2021, Jill declared and paid $1 million in dividends. Jill reported a net loss of $6 million for the year. What amount of loss should Jack report in its income statement for 2021 relative to its investment in Jill? A) $1,000,000. B) $1,200,000. C) $1,400,000. D) $1,500,000. 94) Hope Company bought 30% of Faith Corporation in the beginning of 2021. Hope's purchase price of $3,000,000 equaled 30% of the book value of Faith's net identifiable assets, which also equaled 30% of the fair value of Faith. During 2021, Faith reported net income in the amount of $4,000,000 and declared and paid dividends in the amount of $300,000. At the end of 2021, Faith’s fair value was $12,000,000. Hope mistakenly accounted for the investment using the fair value through net income method instead of using the equity method. What effect would this error have on the investment account and net income, respectively, for 2021? A) Overstated by $510,000; overstated by $510,000. B) Understated by $510,000; understated by $510,000. C) Understated by $1,010,000; understated by $1,010,000. D) Understated by $600,000; understated by $510,000. 95) Sox Corporation purchased a 40% interest in Hack Corporation for $1,500,000 on January 1, 2021. On November 1, 2021, Hack declared and paid $1 million in dividends. On December 31, Hack reported a net loss of $6 million for the year. What amount of loss should Sox report on its income statement for 2021 relative to its investment in Hack? A) $1,100,000. B) $2,400,000. C) $1,500,000. D) $1,600,000.
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) Assume that, on January 1, 2021, Matsui Co. paid $1,200,000 for its investment in 60,000 shares of Yankee Inc. Further, assume that Yankee has 200,000 total shares of stock issued. The book value and fair value of Yankee's identifiable net assets were both $4,000,000 at January 1, 2021. The following information pertains to Yankee during 2021: Net income Dividends declared and paid Market price of common stock on 12/31/2021
$ 200,000 $ 60,000 $ 22/share
What amount would Matsui report in its year-end 2021 balance sheet for its investment in Yankee? A) $1,320,000. B) $1,260,000. C) $1,242,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 97) Gerken Company concluded at the beginning of 2021 that the company's ownership interest in DillCo had increased to the point that it became appropriate to begin using the equity method to account for the investment. The balance in the investment account is $50,000 at the time of the change, and accountants working with company records determined that the balance would have been $75,000 if the account had been adjusted for investee net income and dividends as prescribed by the equity method. After implementing the change to the equity method, if financial statements were prepared: A) Net income and retained earnings will be higher by $25,000. B) Net income will be unchanged, and retained earnings will be higher by $25,000. C) Net income and retained earnings will be higher by $75,000. D) The accounts will be unchanged because no adjustment is necessary. 98) On April 1, 2021, BigBen Company acquired 30% of the shares of LittleTick, Inc. BigBen paid $100,000 for the investment, which is $40,000 more than 30% of the book value of LittleTick's identifiable net assets. BigBen attributed $15,000 of the $40,000 difference to inventory that will be sold in the remainder of 2021, and the rest to goodwill. LittleTick recognized a total of $20,000 of net income for 2021, and paid total dividends for the year of $10,000; these dividends were issued quarterly. BigBen's investment in LittleTick will affect BigBen's 2021 net income by: A) A loss of $10,500. B) Earnings of $4,500. C) Earnings of $1,125. D) Earnings of $3,450.
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
99) Cucumber Company concluded at the beginning of 2021 that the company's ownership interest in PickleCo had decreased to the point that it became appropriate to begin accounting for its investment under the fair value through net income method, rather than using the equity method as it had been doing. The balance in the investment account is $75,000 at the time of the change, and accountants working with company records determined that the balance would have been $50,000 if the investment had been accounted for as fair value through net income. At the time of implementing the change to the fair value through net income method, if financial statements were prepared: A) Net income and retained earnings will be lower by $25,000. B) Net income will be unchanged, and retained earnings will be lower by $25,000. C) The accounts will be unchanged because no adjustment is necessary. D) Other comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive income will be lower by $25,000. 100) When the equity method of accounting for investments is used by the investor, the amortization of additional depreciation due to differences between book values and fair values of investee assets on the date of acquisition: A) Reduces the investment account and increases investment revenue. B) Increases the investment account and increases investment revenue. C) Reduces the investment account and reduces investment revenue. D) Increases the investment account and reduces investment revenue. 101) On January 1, 2021, Green Corporation purchased 20% of the outstanding voting common stock of Gold Company for $300,000. The book value of the acquired shares was $275,000. The excess of cost over book value is attributable to an intangible asset on Gold's books that was undervalued and had a remaining useful life of five years. For the year ended December 31, 2021, Gold reported net income of $125,000 and paid cash dividends of $25,000. What is the carrying value of Green's investment in Gold at December 31, 2021? A) $295,000. B) $300,000. C) $315,000. D) $320,000. 102) At the start of the current year, SBC Corp. purchased 30% of Sky Tech Inc. for $45 million. At the time of purchase, the carrying value of Sky Tech's net assets was $75 million. The fair value of Sky Tech's depreciable assets was $15 million in excess of their book value. For this year, Sky Tech reported a net income of $75 million and declared and paid $15 million in dividends. The amount of purchased goodwill is: A) $18 million. B) $30 million. C) $60 million. D) None of the other answers are correct.
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
103) At the start of the current year, SBC Corp. purchased 30% of Sky Tech Inc. for $45 million. At the time of purchase, the carrying value of Sky Tech's net assets was $75 million. The fair value of Sky Tech's depreciable assets was $15 million in excess of their book value. For this year, Sky Tech reported a net income of $75 million and declared and paid $15 million in dividends. The total amount of additional depreciation to be recognized by SBC over the remaining life of the assets is: A) $4.5 million. B) $15 million. C) $27 million. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 104) Assume that, on January 1, 2021, Sosa Enterprises paid $3,000,000 for its investment in 36,000 shares of Orioles Co. Further, assume that Orioles has 120,000 total shares of stock issued and estimates an eight-year remaining useful life and straight-line depreciation with no residual value for its depreciable assets. At January 1, 2021, the book value of Orioles' identifiable net assets was $7,000,000, and the fair value of Orioles was $10,000,000. The difference between Orioles' fair value and the book value of its identifiable net assets is attributable to $1,800,000 of land and the remainder to depreciable assets. Goodwill was not part of this transaction. The following information pertains to Orioles during 2021: Net income Dividends declared and paid Market price of common stock on 12/31/2021
$ 600,000 $ 360,000 $ 80/share
What amount would Sosa Enterprises report in its year-end 2021 balance sheet for its investment in Orioles Co.? A) $3,200,000. B) $3,180,000. C) $3,135,000. D) $3,027,000. 105) Smith buys and sells equity securities. On December 15, 2021, Smith purchased $500,000 of Jones shares and elected the fair value option to account for the Jones investment. As of December 31, 2021, the Jones shares had a fair value of $525,000. In the 2021 financial statements, Smith will report (ignore taxes): A) Investment income of $25,000 in its income statement. B) Other comprehensive income of $25,000. C) Accumulated other comprehensive income of $525,000. D) An investment in Jones of $500,000.
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
106) Which of the following is not true about the fair value option? A) The fair value option is irrevocable. B) The fair value option must be elected for all shares of an investment in a particular company. C) Electing the fair value option for held-to-maturity investments simply reclassifies those investments as trading securities. D) All of these answer choices are true. 107) Which of the following is true about the fair value option under IFRS? A) The fair value option can be used to avoid an "accounting mismatch" that occurs in a risk-hedging arrangement. B) The fair value option is less restrictive under IFRS than under U.S. GAAP. C) The fair value option can be applied to most equity-method investments. D) The fair value option is not allowed. 108) Which of the following is not true when the fair value option is elected for an investment that would normally be accounted for under the equity method? A) No journal entry need be made to recognize the investor's portion of the investee's net income. B) Unrealized holding gains and losses on that investment are recognized in net income. C) No journal entry need be made to recognize the investor's portion of dividends paid by the investee. D) All of these answer choices are true. 109) Under IFRS No. 9, which is not a category for accounting for investments? A) Fair value through profit or loss (FVPL). B) Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). C) Held-to-maturity. D) Amortized cost. 110) Which of the following is not true about the "fair value through profit or loss" (FVPL) approach for accounting for investments under IFRS? A) Allowed under IFRS No. 9. B) Includes unrealized holding gains in earnings. C) Requires reclassification of realized gains from other comprehensive income. D) Not vulnerable to other-than-temporary impairments. 111) Under IFRS No. 9, an investment can be accounted for at amortized cost if: A) The debt consists of interest and principal, and the investor is holding the debt to collect those cash flows. B) The investor elects amortized cost. C) The investor owns between 20% and 50% of outstanding shares. D) The debt is not in technical default.
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
112) Which of the following is not true about accounting for an equity investment under IFRS No. 9? A) The investor can elect to account for the investment as FVOCI. B) Unrealized holding gains and losses on the investment will be recognized in income unless the investor elects to account for the investment as FVOCI. C) If the investor elects to account for the investment as FVOCI, gains and losses will be recognized in net income when the investment is sold. D) Unrealized holding gains and losses are recognized in net income if the investor accounts for the investments as FVPL. 113) Which of the following is not true about the "fair value through other comprehensive income" (FVOCI) approach for accounting for investments under IFRS No. 9? A) Is allowed for equity-method investments. B) Includes unrealized holding gains in other comprehensive income. C) Does not require reclassification of realized gains from other comprehensive income. D) Is allowed for equity investments. 114) Wang Corporation purchased $100,000 of Hales Inc. 6% bonds at par in 2020 with the intent and ability to hold the bonds until the bonds mature in 2025, so Wang classifies its investment as held-to-maturity. Unfortunately, a combination of problems at Hales and in the debt market caused the fair value of the Hales investment to decline to $70,000 during 2021. Wang applies the CECL model to account for its investment and calculates that, of the $30,000 drop in fair value, $10,000 of it relates to credit losses for amounts not expected to be collected, and the $20,000 remainder relates to noncredit losses. Wang's accounting for this impairment will reduce before-tax net income for 2021 by: A) $0. B) $10,000. C) $20,000. D) $30,000. 115) Liang Corporation purchased $100,000 of Hales Inc. 6% bonds at par in 2020 with the intent and ability to hold the bonds until the bonds mature in 2025, so Liang classifies its investment as held-to-maturity. Unfortunately, a combination of problems at Hales and in the debt market caused the fair value of the Hales investment to decline to $70,000 during 2021. When Liang applies the CECL model to account for its investment it calculates that, of the $30,000 drop in fair value, $10,000 of it relates to credit losses for amounts not expected to be collected. Liang's accounting for this impairment will reduce before-tax net income for 2021 by: A) $0. B) $10,000. C) $20,000. D) $30,000.
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) Durney Corporation purchased $100,000 of Hales Inc. 6% bonds at par, and Durney classifies its investment as available-for-sale. Unfortunately, a combination of problems at Hales and in the debt market caused the fair value of the Hales investment to decline to $70,000 during 2021. Durney does not believe it is more likely than not that it will have to sell the investment before its fair value recovers. When Durney applies the CECL model to account for its investment, Durney calculates that, of the $30,000 drop in fair value, $10,000 of it relates to credit losses and the $20,000 remainder relates to noncredit losses. Durney's accounting for this impairment will reduce before-tax net income for 2021 by: A) $0. B) $10,000. C) $20,000. D) $30,000. 117) Witz Corporation purchased $100,000 of Hales Inc. 6% bonds at par, and Witz classifies its investment as available-for-sale. Unfortunately, a combination of problems at Hales and in the debt market caused the fair value of the Hales investment to decline to $70,000 during 2021. Witz believes it is more likely than not that it will have to sell the investment before its fair value recovers. When Witz applies the CECL model to account for its investment, Witz calculates that, of the $30,000 drop in fair value, $10,000 of it relates to credit losses and the $20,000 remainder relates to noncredit losses. Witz's accounting for this impairment will reduce before-tax net income for 2021 by: A) $0. B) $10,000. C) $20,000. D) $30,000. 118) Espana Corporation purchased $100,000 of Hales Inc. 6% bonds at par in 2020 and reported the bonds at amortized cost. Unfortunately, a combination of problems at Hales and in the debt market caused the fair value of the Hales investment to decline to $70,000 during 2021. When Espana applies the ECL model to account for its investment in 2021, Espana concludes that the credit risk on the investment has increased significantly and calculates that, of the $30,000 drop in fair value, $10,000 of it relates to 12-month credit losses, $25,000 to lifetime credit losses (including the 12-month credit losses), and $5,000 to other factors. Espana's accounting for this impairment will reduce before-tax net income for 2021 by: A) $0. B) $10,000. C) $20,000. D) $25,000.
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) KLR Corporation purchased $100,000 of Hales Inc. 6% bonds at par in 2020 and reported the bonds at amortized cost. Unfortunately, a combination of problems at Hales and in the debt market caused the fair value of the Hales investment to decline to $70,000 during 2021. KLR does not believe it is more likely than not that it will have to sell the investment before its fair value recovers. When KLR applies the ECL model to account for its investment in 2021, KLR concludes that the credit risk on the investment has not increased significantly and calculates that, of the $30,000 drop in fair value, $10,000 of it relates to 12-month credit losses, $25,000 to lifetime credit losses (including the 12-month credit losses), and $5,000 to other factors. KLR has not elected to always recognize lifetime credit losses. KLR's accounting for this impairment will reduce before-tax net income for 2021 by: A) $0. B) $10,000. C) $20,000. D) $25,000. 120) If the fair value of a held-to-maturity investment declines below cost, and the company believes it may eventually need to sell the investment before fair value recovers: A) The investment is not written down to fair value, but any credit losses are recognized in net income. B) The investment is written down to fair value, and the entire impairment loss is recognized in net income. C) The investment is written down to fair value, and the entire impairment loss is recognized in other comprehensive income. D) Credit losses and other changes in fair value are not recognized for held-to-maturity investments. 121) If the fair value of a held-to-maturity investment declines below cost, and the company does not intend to sell the investment before fair value recovers: A) The investment is not written down to fair value, but any credit losses are recognized in net income. B) The investment is written down to fair value, and the entire impairment loss is recognized in net income. C) The investment is written down to fair value, and the entire impairment loss is recognized in other comprehensive income. D) Credit losses and other changes in fair value are not recognized for held-to-maturity investments. 122) If the fair value of a trading security declines because of a credit loss: A) The investment is not written down to fair value. B) The investment is written down to fair value, and an "impairment loss" is recognized in net income. C) The investment is written down to fair value, and the impairment loss is recognized in other comprehensive income. D) The investment is treated the same way as accounting for the investment as fair value through net income. 27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
123) If the fair value of an available-for-sale investment declines below cost, and the company intends to sell the investment before fair value recovers: A) The investment is not written down to fair value, but any credit losses are recognized in net income. B) The investment is written down to fair value, and the entire impairment loss is recognized in net income. C) The investment is written down to fair value, and the entire impairment loss is recognized in other comprehensive income. D) The investment is written down to fair value, the credit loss is recognized in net income, and any remaining impairment is recognized in other comprehensive income. 124) If the fair value of an available-for-sale investment declines below cost, and the company does not believe it is more likely than not that it will have to sell the investment before fair value recovers: A) The investment is not written down to fair value, but any credit losses are recognized in net income. B) The investment is written down to fair value, and the entire impairment loss is recognized in net income. C) The investment is written down to fair value, and the entire impairment loss is recognized in other comprehensive income. D) The investment is written down to fair value, the credit loss is recognized in net income, and any remaining impairment is recognized in other comprehensive income. 125) Dicker Furriers purchased 1,000 bonds of Loose Corporation on January 10, 2020, for $800 per bond and classified the investment as securities available-for-sale. Loose's market value was $400 per bond on December 31, 2020, and the decline was due to a noncredit loss. As of December 31, 2021, Dicker still owned the Loose bonds whose market value had declined to $100 per bond. The additional decline is due to a credit loss of $300 per bond. Dicker does not believe (and never has believed) it is more likely than not that it would have to sell the Loose investment before fair value recovers. Dicker's December 31, 2021, balance sheet and the 2021 income statement would show the following:
a. b. c. d.
Investment in Loose bonds $ 100,000 $ 100,000 $ 800,000 $ 500,000
Income statement loss on investments $ 700,000 $ 300,000 $ 0 $ 300,000
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d.
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) Dicker Furriers purchased 1,000 bonds of Loose Corporation on January 10, 2020, for $800 per bond and classified the investment as securities available-for-sale. Loose's market value was $400 per bond on December 31, 2020, and the decline was due to a noncredit loss. As of December 31, 2021, Dicker still owned the Loose bonds whose market value had declined to $100 per bond. The additional decline is due to a credit loss of $300 per bond. During 2021 Dicker determined for the first time that it was more likely than not that it would have to sell the Loose investment before fair value recovers. Dicker's December 31, 2021, balance sheet and the 2021 income statement would show the following:
a. b. c. d.
Investment in Loose bonds $ 100,000 $ 100,000 $ 800,000 $ 500,000
Income statement loss on investments $ 700,000 $ 300,000 $ 0 $ 300,000
A) Option a. B) Option b C) Option c. D) Option d. 127) Dicker Furriers purchased 1,000 bonds of Loose Corporation on January 10, 2020, for $800 per bond at par and classified the investment as a held-to-maturity investment. Loose's market value was $400 per bond on December 31, 2020, and the decline was due to a noncredit loss. As of December 31, 2021, Dicker still owned the Loose bonds whose market value had declined to $100 per bond. The additional decline is due to a credit loss of $300 per bond. Dicker does not believe (and never has believed) it is more likely than not that it would have to sell the Loose investment before fair value recovers. Dicker's December 31, 2021, balance sheet and the 2021 income statement would show the following:
a. b. c. d.
Investment in Loose bonds $ 100,000 $ 100,000 $ 800,000 $ 500,000
Income statement loss on investments $ 700,000 $ 300,000 $ 0 $ 300,000
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d.
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) Which of the following is not an example of a use of special purpose funds? A) Petty cash. B) Payroll. C) Bond repayment. D) Accounts receivable. 129) Several years ago, Cayuga Capital acquired a $1 million insurance policy on the life of its chief executive officer, naming Cayuga Capital as beneficiary. Annual premiums are $20,000, payable at the beginning of each year. In 2021, the cash surrender value of the policy increased from $12,000 to $15,000 according to the contract. Cayuga's journal entry to record payment of the insurance premium in 2021 would include a: A) debit to cash of $20,000. B) debit to cash surrender value of life insurance of $15,000. C) debit to insurance expense of $17,000. D) credit to surrender value revenue of $3,000. 130) Which of the following is not an example of a financial instrument? A) Evidence of an ownership interest in an entity. B) Cash. C) Accounts receivable. D) Retained earnings. 131) Which of the following is not an example of a derivative? A) Interest rate swap. B) Cash. C) Stock option. D) Forward contract. 132) Which of the following is not true about derivatives? A) Large losses on derivative investments have been reported in the press. B) Derivatives are so named because their value is derived from some underlying measure. C) Derivatives are useful instruments for managing risk. D) Accounting for derivatives is fully resolved and no additional rules or interpretations are likely. 133) On January 12, 2021, Jefferson Corporation purchased bonds of Rose Corporation for $73 million at par and classified the securities as available-for-sale. On December 31, 2021, these bonds were valued at $67 million. Nine months later, on October 3, 2022, Jefferson Corporation sold these bonds for $87 million. As part of the multistep approach to record the 2022 transaction, Jefferson Corporation should first update the fair value adjustment on the date of sale by recording: A) An unrealized holding gain of $20 million in 2022. B) A gain of $20 million in 2022. C) An unrealized holding gain of $26 million in 2022. D) A gain of $14 million in 2022. 30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) On January 12, 2021, Jefferson Corporation purchased bonds of Rose Corporation for $73 million at par and classified the securities as available-for-sale. On December 31, 2021, these bonds were valued at $67 million. Nine months later, on October 3, 2022, Jefferson Corporation sold these bonds for $87 million. As part of the multistep approach to record the 2022 transaction, Jefferson Corporation should next take the second step of: A) Reversing total accumulated unrealized holding gains of $20 million. B) Reversing total accumulated unrealized holding gains of $6 million. C) Reversing total accumulated unrealized holding gains of $14 million. D) Reversing total accumulated unrealized holding gains of $26 million. 135) On January 12, 2021, Jefferson Corporation purchased bonds of Rose Corporation for $73 million at par and classified the securities as available-for-sale. On December 31, 2021, these bonds were valued at $67 million. Nine months later, on October 3, 2022, Jefferson Corporation sold these bonds for $87 million. As part of the multistep approach to record the 2022 transaction, Jefferson Corporation should finally take the third step of recording a sales transaction with a gain of: A) $20 million. B) $26 million. C) $6 million. D) $14 million. 136) On March 25, 2021, Phillips Corporation purchased bonds of Atlas Corporation for $132 million and classified the securities as trading securities. On December 31, 2021, these bonds were valued at $150 million. Three months later, on April 3, 2022, Phillips Corporation sold these bonds for $140 million. As part of the multistep approach to record the 2022 transaction, Phillips Corporation should first update the fair value adjustment by recording: A) An unrealized holding gain of $28 million in 2022. B) An unrealized holding loss of $10 million in 2022. C) An unrealized holding gain of $8 million in 2022. D) A gain of $8 million in 2022.
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
137) On March 25, 2021, Phillips Corporation purchased bonds of Atlas Corporation for $132 million and classified the securities as trading securities. On December 31, 2021, these bonds were valued at $150 million. Three months later, on April 3, 2022, Phillips Corporation sold these bonds for $140 million. As part of the multistep approach to record the 2022 transaction, Jefferson Corporation should next take the second step of recording a sales transaction where it: A) Credits a fair value adjustment of $18 million. B) Debits a fair value adjustment of $18 million. C) Debits a fair value adjustment of $8 million. D) Credits a fair value adjustment of $8 million. 138) Match the number for the level of stock ownership that most frequently relates to each concept listed below.
STOCK OWNERSHIP PERCENTAGE
1. Less than 20% 2. 20%–50% 3. More than 50%
CONCEPT NUMBER The investor can significantly influence, but not ____ control, the investee's operating and financial policies. The reporting of the investment depends on whether ____ there is a readily determinable fair value for it. The investment is reported at cost, adjusted for ____ subsequent growth in the investee. The investment is reported at fair value. ____ Financial statements are combined as if for a single ____ company. The investor controls the investee. ____ Unrealized holding gains and losses are recorded at ____ each reporting date. The investee is a subsidiary of the investor. ____ Assets and liabilities of the investee are combined ____ with those of the investor for reporting purposes. The investor does not include an investment account ____ for the investee in the balance sheet.
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
139) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term to indicate the way each of the investments usually should be accounted for under U.S. GAAP based on the information provided. TERM 1. None of the these choices apply 2. Trading Securities 3. Consolidation 4. Securities Held-to-Maturity 5. Equity Method
PHRASE Treasury bonds held for their entire life.
NUMBER ____
Accounts Receivable. Treasury bonds held for short-term profit. Corporate bonds held for immediate resale.
____ ____ ____
40% of the voting common stock of XYZ Company. 85% of the voting common stock of ABC Corporation. 25% of the voting common stock of DEF Corporation. 50% of the voting common stock of JMG Corporation. 18% of voting common stock of Griggs Corporation; investor's CEO on the board of directors of Griggs Corporation; no other investor owns more than 1%. Corporate bonds to be held for full term of 10 years.
____ ____ ____ ____ ____
____
140) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Trading securities only 2. Securities available-for-sale only 3. Unrealized holding losses
4. Dividends received 5. Trading securities and securities available-for-sale
PHRASE NUMBER Temporary declines in the fair value of an ____ available-for-sale security. Reported at fair value. ____ Changes in market value affect comprehensive income, but not net income. Changes in market value affect net income. Reduces the investment account balance under the equity method.
____
____ ____
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms with respect to accounting for investments under IFRS. Match each phrase with the correct term by placing the number designating the best term in the space provided by the phrase. TERM 1. Business purpose test
PHRASE NUMBER Does not allow the "held-to-maturity" approach ____ for debt investments. 2. IFRS No. 9 Can be accounted for as "fair value through ____ profit or loss (FVPL)" or as "fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)" under IFRS No. 9. 3. Debt investments One of the criteria that must be met under IFRS ____ No. 9 to qualify for use of the amortized cost method. 4. Fair value through other Similar to available-for-sale investments, ____ comprehensive income except realized gains and losses are not reclassified into net income. 5. Accounting mismatch One of the circumstances in which the fair value ____ option can be used under IFRS.
142) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Change from the equity method 2. Financial instruments 3. Unrealized holding losses 4. Fair value through net income 5. Unrealized holding gains
PHRASE NUMBER Result from a decline in fair value prior to ____ sale. Change accounted for prospectively. ____ Method used for small ownership ____ percentage of equity investments. Encompass cash, equity securities, and debt ____ securities. When related to trading securities, they ____ increase net income.
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Securities held-to-maturity 2. Unrealized holding gains and losses 3. Impairment of securities available-for-sale 4. Losses of investee 5. Amortization of a patent that was obtained in a business acquisition
PHRASE NUMBER Recognized only to the extent of ____ carrying value under the equity method. Reported in the income statement for ____ trading securities. Reduces investment account under the ____ equity method if its fair value is higher than its book value. Requires positive intent and ability. ____ Requires recognition in the income ____ statement if judged to be other than temporary.
144) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. TERM 1. Investor's share of investee income
PHRASE NUMBER Can be required in the future when, at the time an ____ equity-method investment is made, the fair value of investee's identifiable net assets exceeds their carrying value. 2. Additional depreciation Not recognized as revenue in equity-method ____ investments. 3. Equity method Used when investor can significantly influence ____ investee. 4. Consolidation Used when investor has effective control of ____ investee. 5. Dividends Recognized as revenue for equity-method ____ investments.
145) On March 1, 2021, Navy Corporation used excess cash to purchase U.S. Treasury bonds for $103,000 plus accrued interest. The bonds were purchased at face value. The appropriate interest rate is 6%. Interest on these bonds is payable on January 1 and July 1 of each year. Navy's investment is accounted for as held-to-maturity. The fair value of the Treasury bonds is $104,000 at year-end. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries to record the transactions for the year, including any year-end adjustments. Show calculations, rounded to the nearest dollar.
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) On January 1, 2021, Wildcat Company purchased $93,000 of 10% bonds at face value. The bonds are to be held-to-maturity. The bonds pay interest semiannually on January 1 and July 1. Required: (1.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the acquisition of the bonds. (2.) Record the first two interest payments (ignore year-end accruals). 147) On January 1, 2021, Hoosier Company purchased $930,000 of 10% bonds at face value. The bond market value was $980,000 on December 31, 2021. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entry on December 31, 2021, to properly value the bonds assuming the bonds are classified as: (1.) Trading securities. (2.) Securities available-for-sale. (3.) Held-to-maturity securities. 148) FKG Inc. carries the following debt investments on its books at December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2021. All securities were purchased during 2020. Trading Securities: Company A Company B Company C Company
Cost $25,000 $13,000 $35,000
Value, Dec. 31, 2020 $13,000 $20,000 $30,000
Value, Dec. 31, 2021 $20,000 $20,000 $25,000
Available-for-Sale Securities: Company X Company Y Company
Cost $210,000 $ 50,000
Value, Dec. 31, 2020 $130,000 $ 60,000
Value, Dec. 31, 2021 $50,000 $70,000
Required: (1.) Prepare the necessary journal entries for FKG on December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2021. (2.) What net effect would the valuation of these debt investments have on 2020 net income? (3.) What net effect would the valuation of these debt investments have on 2021 net income?
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
149) The following transactions occurred during the year for XYZ Corporation: (a.) During the year, trading securities were purchased for $250,000. (b.) During the year, securities available-for-sale were purchased for $80,000. (c.) During the year, trading securities that are carried on the balance sheet at their fair value of $125,000 were sold for $125,000 cash. (d.) At the end of the year, the trading securities portfolio has an aggregate fair value of $142,000 and an aggregate cost of $150,000. (e.) At the end of the year the securities available-for-sale portfolio has an aggregate fair value of $95,000. Required: Indicate how each of these transactions would affect the statement of cash flows for a corporation. Assume the statement of cash flows is prepared using the indirect method. Each transaction is assumed to be independent of the other transactions. 150) Jackson Company engaged in the following investment transactions during the current year.
Feb. 17
Purchased 500 shares of Medical Company common stock for $20 per share plus a brokerage commission of $100. Jackson does not have significant influence over Medical.
April 1
Bought 30,000 of the 100,000 outstanding shares of Olde Company for $300,000. Goodwill of $80,000 was included in the price.
June 25
Received a $1.20 per share dividend on Medical Company stock.
June 30
Olde Company reported second-quarter profits of $20,000.
Oct. 1
Purchased 2,000 bonds of Alpha Company for $15 per bond plus a brokerage fee of $400. These bonds are classified as securities available-for-sale.
Dec. 31
Medical Co. shares are selling for $25 and Alpha bonds are selling for $12.
Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries to record the transactions for the year, including year-end adjustments. Show calculations.
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
151) Eastwood Enterprises owns 300 bonds of the Van Cleef Company (5% of the outstanding debt of Van Cleef). Eastwood is trying to determine the fair value of Van Cleef's bonds. The relevant facts are as follows: • Eastwood bought the Van Cleef bonds earlier in the accounting period for $1,000/bond at a time when the bonds were publicly traded. • Since Eastwood bought the bonds, Van Cleef Company has been delisted from the stock exchange and there is no longer an active market in the Van Cleef bonds. • Eastwood's internal valuation specialist estimates the Van Cleef bonds to be worth $800/bond. Eastwood plans to continue holding the bonds, but may someday sell them if their value increases sufficiently. Required: (1) What is the fair value of Eastwood's investment in Van Cleef bonds? Briefly explain your choice of fair value, and relate that choice to the requirements of GAAP regarding fair value measurement. (2) Prepare a journal entry to record any necessary fair value adjustment. 152) On March 17, 2020, Union Corporation purchased 500 bonds of AZQ as a long-term investment at $400 per bond. On December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2021, the market value of the AZQ bonds is $420 and $430, respectively. Required: (1.) What is the appropriate reporting category for this investment? Why? (2.) Prepare the adjusting entry on December 31, 2020. (3.) Prepare the adjusting entry on December 31, 2021.
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Kirby Inc. included the following disclosure regarding its available-for-sale investments in securities:
2021
December 31 2020
2019
-$1,509 -$1,509
$(7,533) $(3,564) $11,097 --
$(6,862) $ (671) -$(7,533)
In thousands Accumulated other comprehensive income Gain (loss) on investments (unrealized): Balance at beginning of year Gain (loss) on investments for the year Loss recognized in NI Balance at end of year
153) Required: Prepare the journal entry (in thousands) that Kirby made at the end of 2021 to record unrealized holding gains arising during the year. 154) In 2020, Kirby made two adjustments to its available-for-sale investments. Required: Briefly explain the adjustments and why they occurred.
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: Fragrance International, a large perfume manufacturer, reported the following in its 2021 annual report to shareholders: ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ("AOCI") included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consist of the following: YEAR ENDED JUNE 30 2021 2020 2019 ($ in millions) Gain on investments (unrealized) beginning of year Gain (loss) on investments for the year Provision for deferred income taxes Net gain (loss) on investments, end of year
$ 2.9 (5.0) 2.0 (0.1)
$ 13.9 (18.3) 7.3 2.9
$ 6.1 13.0 (5.2) 13.9
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS YEAR ENDED JUNE 30 2021 2020 2019 ($ in millions) CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Capital expenditures Acquisition of businesses, net of acquired cash Purchases of long-term investments Proceeds from disposition of long-term investments NET CASH FLOWS USED FOR INVESTING ACTIVITIES
$(203.2)
$(192.2)
$(180.9)
(18.5) --
(16.0) --
(180.5) (15.9)
4.7
1.9
3.0
(217.0)
(206.3)
(374.3)
Investments sold during 2021 originally cost $3.0 million. 155) What was the after-tax realized gain or loss on the sale of available-for-sale securities in 2021? Assume a 40% tax rate. 156) Assuming a constant tax rate of 40%, what was the pre-tax accumulated unrealized holding gain or loss on available-for-sale securities at 7/1/2020? 40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
157) Prepare summary journal entries that Fragrance International recorded on June 30, 2021, to (1) record the total of any necessary changes to the fair value adjustment for available-for-sale securities and (2) record the total of any tax effects associated with those changes. 158) Bentz Corporation bought and sold several securities during 2021. Listed below is a summary of the transactions: February 17
Purchased $102,000 of U.S. Treasury 6% bonds at par plus accrued interest of $1,000. The security is to be held for short-term profits.
April 10
Purchased 500 shares of Gauges Inc. common stock at $140 per share. This security will be held for an unspecified period of time.
August 8
Sold 100 shares of Gauges Inc. for $150 per share.
October 5
Sold half of the U.S. Treasury bonds for $51,500 plus accrued interest of $300.
Required: Prepare the journal entries for the above transactions. Show calculations. 159) Krogstad Corporation bought 1,000 shares of Cole Inc. common stock for $90 per share Three months later, the shares were sold for $110 per share. Required: (1.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the purchase of the stock. (2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the sale of the stock. 160) During 2021, Largent Enterprises purchased bonds as follows: May 17, Purchased 100 Nugent bonds for $800 per bond. July 12, Purchased 40 Alfredo bonds at $600 per bond, plus a $600 brokerage commission. Largent accounts for these investments as securities available-for-sale. At December 31, 2021, the market values of the securities were as follows: Security Nugent Alfredo
Market Value per Bond $720 $640
Required: (1.) Prepare the journal entries to record the acquisition of the two investments. (2.) Prepare any necessary adjusting entries assuming the bonds are both classified as available-for-sale securities. 41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: Cold Cat Inc., a snowmobile manufacturer, reported the following in its 20X5 annual report to shareholders: NOTE B—SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS Short-term investments consist primarily of a diversified portfolio of municipal and corporate bonds and are classified as follows at March 31:
Trading securities Available-for-sale debt securities
20X5 $64,433,000
20X4 $55,282,000
3,196,000 $67,629,000
7,113,000 $62,395,000
Trading securities consist of $54,608,000 and $41,707,000 invested in various corporate bonds at March 31, 20X5 and March 31, 20X4, respectively, while the remainder of trading securities and available-for-sale securities consist primarily of A-rated or higher municipal bond investments. The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities classified as available-for-sale was $3,105,000 and $3,196,000, at March 31, 20X5. The unrealized holding gain on available-for-sale debt securities is reported, net of tax, as a separate component of shareholders' equity. Cold Cat Inc. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY Years Ended March 31 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income changed by the following amounts: 20X4: Loss on investments, net of tax (unrealized)
$(154,000)
20X5: Loss on investments, net of tax (unrealized)
(140,000) 20X5
20X4
$3,703,000
$1,729,000
Cash flows from investing activities: Sale and maturity of available-for-sale securities
In its 20X4 annual report, Cold Cat disclosed, "The contractual maturities of available-for-sale debt securities at March 31, 20X4, are $3,573,000 within one year and $3,340,000 from one year through five years." 42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
161) Assume Cold Cat did not purchase any trading securities during 20X5. Prepare a journal entry to record any unrealized holding gains or losses on trading securities during 20X5. 162) How much did Cold Cat actually receive from the sale of available-for-sale securities during 20X5? 163) What gain or loss would be realized if the available-for-sale securities on Cold Cat's 3/31/X5 balance sheet were sold immediately for their fair value? Prepare any reclassification entry and an entry that would record the sale (ignore taxes). 164) Fredo, Inc., purchased 10% of Sonny Enterprises for $1,000,000 on January 1, 2021. Sonny recognized a total of $400,000 net income during 2021, paid $30,000 of dividends to Fredo during 2021, and at December 31, 2021, the market value of the Sonny investment increased to $1,040,000. Required: Prepare the journal entries necessary to account for the Sonny investment, assuming that Fredo (1) does not have significant influence or (2) does have significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee. 165) On January 2, 2021, MBH Inc. acquired 30% of the voting common stock of Construction Corporation as a long-term investment. Data from Construction Corporation's financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021, include the following: Net income $150,000 Dividends paid $75,000 Required: Prepare any necessary journal entries for MBH at December 31, 2021, under the equity method of accounting for investments. 166) On January 1, 2021, American Corporation purchased 25% of the outstanding voting shares of Short Supplies common stock for $210,000 cash. On that date, Short's book value and fair value were both $840,000. The equity method is deemed appropriate for this investment. Short's net income reported on December 31, 2021, was $80,000. During 2021, Short also paid cash dividends in the amount of $24,000. Required: Compute the amount that would be reported for the investment on American Corporation's financial statements at December 31, 2021.
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
167) On January 1, 2021, American Corporation purchased 25% of the outstanding voting shares of Short Supplies common stock for $210,000 cash. On that date, Short's book value and fair value were both $840,000. The equity method is deemed appropriate for this investment. Short's net income reported on December 31, 2021, was $80,000. During 2021, Short also paid cash dividends in the amount of $24,000. Required: Prepare the journal entries necessary to record the above information on American Corporation's books during 2021. 168) On July 1, 2021, Silverwood Company purchased for cash 35% of the voting common stock of Yellowstone Corporation. Both companies have a December 31 fiscal year-end. Yellowstone Corporation, which is publicly traded on an organized stock exchange, reported its net income for the year to Silverwood and paid a dividend to Silverwood during the year. Required: How should Silverwood report the above information in its year-end income statement and balance sheet? Discuss the rationale for your answer. 169) On July 1, 2021, Clearwater Inc. purchased 6,000 shares of the outstanding common stock of Mountain Corporation at a cost of $140,000. Mountain had 30,000 shares of outstanding common stock. The total book value and total fair value of Mountain's individual net assets on July 1, 2021, are both $700,000. The total fair value of the 30,000 shares of Mountain's common stock on December 31, 2021, is $760,000. Both companies have a January through December fiscal year. The following data pertains to Mountain Corporation during 2021: Dividends declared and paid, January 1–June 30 Dividends declared and paid, July 1–December 31
$12,000 $12,000
Net income, January 1–June 30 Net income, July 1–December 31
$14,000 $18,000
Required: (1.) Prepare the necessary entries for 2021 under the equity method (other than for the purchase). (2.) Prepare any necessary entries for 2021 (other than for the purchase) that would be required if the securities were accounted for under the fair value through net income method.
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) Matrix, Inc., acquired 25% of Neo Enterprises for $2,000,000 on January 1, 2021. The fair value and book value of 25% of Neo's identifiable net assets was $2,000,000 and $1,600,000 on that date, and the difference was attributable to assets that would be depreciated over 10 years. During 2021 Neo recognized net income of $500,000 and paid dividends of $400,000. Neo had a total fair value of $10,000,000 as of December 31, 2021. Required: (1.) Prepare the journal entries necessary to account for the Neo investment, assuming that Matrix accounts for that investment as an equity-method investment. (2.) Prepare the journal entries necessary to account for the Neo investment, assuming that Matrix elects the fair value option. 171) Bourne, Inc., acquired 50% of David Webb Enterprises for $5,000,000 on January 1, 2021. The total fair value and book value of Webb's identifiable net assets was $8,000,000 on that date. During 2021 Webb recognized net income of $1,000,000 and paid dividends of $1,200,000. Webb had a fair value of $11,000,000 as of December 31, 2021. Required: Determine the amounts that will be associated with the Investment in affiliate account and the goodwill calculated upon the purchase of Webb's stock, assuming Bourne accounts for the Webb investment under the equity method. 172) Damon, Inc., acquired 25% of Jolie Enterprises for $8,000,000 on October 1, 2021. The total fair value of Jolie's identifiable net assets was $27,000,000 on that date, and the total book value of those net assets was $23,000,000. The difference between fair value and book value is attributed to equipment that has a remaining useful life of four years. During 2021 Jolie recognized net income of $2,000,000 and paid dividends of $1,200,000 ($300,000 per quarter). Jolie had a fair value of $36,000,000 as of December 31, 2021. Required: Assume Damon accounts for the Jolie investment under the equity method. Indicate the total effect of the Jolie investment on Damon's: 1) net income for 2021. 2) the balance in Damon's investment in equity affiliate account on December 31, 2021.
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
173) On July 1, 2021, Clearwater Inc. purchased 6,000 shares of the outstanding common stock of Mountain Corporation at a cost of $140,000. Clearwater will have significant influence over the financial and operating policies of Mountain. Mountain had 30,000 shares of outstanding common stock. Assume the total book value and fair value of identifiable net assets is $650,000. Both companies have a January through December fiscal year. The following data pertains to Mountain Corporation during 2021: Dividends declared and paid, January 1–June 30 Dividends declared and paid, July 1–December 31 Net income, January 1–June 30 Net income, July 1–December 31
$12,000 $12,000 $14,000 $18,000
Required: (1.) Prepare the entry to record the original investment in Mountain. (2.) Compute the goodwill (if any) on the acquisition. (3.) Prepare the necessary entries (other than acquisition) for 2021 under the equity method. 174) On January 1, 2020, Bactin Corporation acquired 10% of Oakton Company for $100,000. On that date, the total book value and fair value of Oakton's identifiable net assets was $900,000. Any difference between cost and fair value is attributable to goodwill. In 2020, Oakton reported net income of $60,000 and paid dividends of $30,000. On January 1, 2021, Bactin Corporation bought another 10% of Oakton for $100,000, and on that date, the book value and fair value of Oakton's net assets still was $900,000 (the fair value of Oakton did not change during 2020). Bactin concluded that its 20% ownership now allowed it to significantly influence Oakton's operations. In 2021, Oakton reported net income of $80,000 and paid dividends of $40,000. Required: Prepare all journal entries for Bactin for 2020 and 2021, assuming no change in fair value of the Oakton stock during that time period. 175) LaBelle Corporation owns a $6 million whole life insurance policy on the life of its CEO, naming LaBelle as beneficiary. The annual premiums are $95,000 and are payable at the beginning of each year. The cash surrender value of the policy was $56,000 at the beginning of 2021. Required: (1.) Prepare the appropriate 2021 journal entry to record insurance expense and the increase in the investment, assuming the cash surrender value of the policy increased according to the contract to $70,000. (2.) The CEO died at the end of 2021. Prepare the appropriate journal entry.
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In early December of 2021, Blue Corp. purchased $40,000 of Yellow Company bonds, which constitutes less than 3% of Yellow's outstanding debt. Blue accounts for the Yellow investment as available-for-sale. By December 31, 2021, the value of the Yellow investment had fallen to $30,000, and Blue determined that $4,000 of that decline was due to a credit loss. Blue did not believe it was more likely than not that it would have to sell the investment before fair value recovered. By December 31, 2022, the value of the Yellow investment had fallen to $15,000, Blue determined that $2,000 of the additional decline was due to additional credit loss, and Blue determined that it is more likely than not that it will need to sell the bonds before their fair value recovers. By December 31, 2023, Blue still owned the bonds and their fair value had recovered to $20,000. 176) Prepare appropriate entry(ies) at December 31, 2021, and indicate how the scenario will affect net income, OCI, and comprehensive income. 177) Prepare appropriate entry(ies) at December 31, 2022, and indicate how the scenario will affect net income, OCI, and comprehensive income. 178) Prepare appropriate entry(ies) at December 31, 2023, and indicate how the scenario will affect net income, OCI, and comprehensive income. 179) Stanhope Associates accounts for the following investments under IFRS No. 9: 1. 10 shares of Blackstone equity, held for long-term investment, no election of FVOCI. 2. 10 shares of Erickson equity, held for risk management, election to classify as FVOCI. 3. 10 shares of AT&E equity, held for immediate resale. 4. 10 bonds (consisting of only interest and principal) issued by Filo Inc., held for long-term collection of cash flows. 5. 10 bonds (consisting of only interest and principal) of SimSung, held for risk management but also might be sold. 6. 10 bonds (consisting of only interest and principal) issued by Attachi, held for immediate resale. Required: For each investment, indicate (a) the accounting approach that will be used to account for the investment, and briefly explain why that approach is appropriate, and (b) the effect on earnings of an increase in the fair value of the investment in the period following acquisition of the investment, assuming that Stanhope does not sell the investment. You may group the specific investments if they have the same answers. Identify the investments you are including in the group. 180) From time to time, debt securities must be reclassified when conditions and circumstances surrounding the investment change. Required: Describe the general accounting procedures for reclassifying securities from one category to another: held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading. 47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
181) The current accounting standards require fair value reporting for trading securities and securities available-for-sale. Some accountants believe that the FASB was inconsistent when GAAP was issued, requiring changes in the value of trading securities to be reported in the income statement and balance sheet, while changes in the value of securities available-for-sale are reported only in the balance sheet. Required: Evaluate the rationale for these two diverse reporting requirements for debt securities. What arguments could be made to support each treatment? 182) In its 20X4 annual report to shareholders, Honemark Corporation included the following disclosures in its income statement and related disclosure notes: CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME Year Ended December 31 20X4 20X3 20X2 (In thousands) Loss on debt securities
$(7,230) $(17,600)
---
Special Charges and Loss on Securities During the fourth quarter of 20X4, the Company recorded special charges and loss on debt securities totaling $17.0 million, or $13.5 million after taxes. Special charges of $9.8 million, or $6.2 million after taxes, were associated with a salaried workforce reduction of approximately 250 employees. Cash expenditures for 20X4 related to this charge were $3.7 million. Loss on debt securities of $7.2 million resulted from the write-down of the remaining investment in bonds of an Internet-related company. During the fourth quarter of 20X3, the Company recorded special charges and loss on debt securities totaling $57.5 million, or $36.5 million after taxes. Special charges of $39.9 million, or $25.3 million after taxes, were associated with terminated product initiatives, asset write-downs, and executive severance costs related to management changes. Loss on debt securities of $17.6 million, or $11.2 million after taxes, resulted from a lower market valuation of debt securities of TurboChief Technologies, Inc., and debt investments in bonds of Internet-related Companies. The loss on debt securities charge of $17.6 million was noncash. Required: Discuss the possible rationale behind the losses on securities reported by Honemark in 20X3 and 20X4.
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
183) Companies need to consider GAAP regarding fair value measurements when determining the fair value of an investment that distinguishes between various levels of inputs to fair value determination. Required: Describe the various levels of inputs, explaining key aspects that distinguish them, and indicate which level is most preferred and which is least preferred. 184) Jaycom Enterprises has invested its excess cash in the bonds of several different companies and desires to maximize income over the short run. Jaycom is unsure about the appropriate investment policy and thus what reporting practice to follow. Required: What classification procedure and subsequent classification could Jaycom follow in order to meet its objective? How will Jaycom justify its choice to the Jaycom auditors? 185) Newjohn Company owns stock in several affiliated companies. Investments in some of these affiliates are accounted for as fair value through net income while some are accounted for using the equity method. Required: (1.) What factors determine which method should be used? (2.) What events are recorded when the equity method is used? (3.) What events are recorded when the securities are accounted for as fair value through net income? 186) Discuss the following questions. Required: What securities must be classified within one of the three categories of held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, and trading? (Do not describe how to determine how securities are classified among these three categories.) Identify the four primary recording activities related to investments in securities. 187) When an investor owns 20% to 50% of the voting stock of an investee company, the investor is presumed to exercise significant influence over the investee unless there is evidence to the contrary. Required: (1.) What factors could be evidence of significant influence? (2.) What factors could be evidence of lack of significant influence?
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
188) Many corporations own more than 50% of the voting stock in other corporations. Sometimes these affiliated companies operate within the same industry, and many times the companies are in unrelated industries. Required: What is the significance of owning more than 50% of the voting common stock of another company? 189) Sometimes companies change the extent to which they can significantly influence an investee, such that they have to change to the equity method or from the equity method of accounting for the investment. Required: Describe the adjustments necessary when a company (1) changes to the equity method from another method, and (2) when a company changes from the equity method to another method. 190) Assume Gibson Company is an equal partner in a joint venture with Glover Company. Each company owns 50% of Pesci Company and equally shares decision-making authority. Required: Describe how U.S. GAAP and IFRS differ in how they would have Gibson account for this investment. 191) According to GAAP, companies can elect the fair value option when accounting for many investments. Required: Describe how accounting for a held-to-maturity investment, an available-for-sale investment, and an equity-method investment is affected by a company electing the fair value option. 192) IFRS No. 9 is a standard that indicates accounting for investments when the investor does not have significant influence under the investee. Required: Explain how debt investments are accounted for under IFRS No. 9. What alternative accounting approaches are available, what determines whether an investment qualifies for each approach, and what are the key features of each approach with respect to accounting for unrealized holding gains and losses?
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
193) IFRS No. 9 is a standard that indicates accounting for investments when the investor does not have significant influence over the investee. Required: Explain how equity investments are accounted for under IFRS No. 9. What alternative accounting approaches are available, what determines whether an investment qualifies for each approach, and what are the key features of each approach with respect to accounting for unrealized holding gains and losses?
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 12 Investments 1) Securities classified as held-to-maturity could be reported as either current or long-term in a classified balance sheet, depending upon their maturity dates. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Held-to-maturity Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
2) All investments in debt securities whose fair values are not readily determinable are carried at historical cost. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Held-to-maturity; Debt investments—Distinguish categories Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
3) Both debt and equity securities can be categorized as trading securities. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Trading securities Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
4) Net unrealized holding gains (losses) are reported in the income statement for trading securities. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Trading securities Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
12-1 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
5) Purchases and sales of securities are always reported as investing activities in a statement of cash flows. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Trading securities Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
6) Routine transfers of debt investments among the trading, available-for-sale, and held-tomaturity portfolios need not be disclosed in the financial statements. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transfer between debt investment categories Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
7) Both trading securities and securities available-for-sale are reported at their fair values. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Distinguish categories Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
8) All securities considered available-for-sale should be reported as current assets in a classified balance sheet. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
12-2 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
9) Unrealized holding gains and losses are included in other comprehensive income for securities that are classified as available-for-sale. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
10) When available-for-sale securities are sold, the amount of unrealized holding gain or loss realized from the date of purchase is included in before-tax net income. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
11) Companies must always use the equity method when they hold between 25% and 50% of the common stock of an investee. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity investments ‒ Distinguish methods Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
12) The equity method is in many ways a partial consolidation. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
12-3 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
13) Under the equity method of accounting for a stock investment, cash dividends received are considered a reduction of the investee's net assets. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
14) When an equity-method investment is sold, a gain or loss is recognized for the difference between its selling price and its cost. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
15) If an investment is accounted for under the equity method, the investor reduces investment income and the investment account for amortization of goodwill acquired in the investment. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment; Equity method ‒ Further adjustments Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method.; 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
16) Selecting the fair value option for an available-for-sale investment is equivalent to reclassifying that investment as a trading security. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Fair value option for investments Learning Objective: 12-08 Explain how electing the fair value option affects accounting for investments. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
12-4 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
17) The fair value option cannot be elected for significant-influence investments because those must be accounted for under the equity method. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Fair value option for investments Learning Objective: 12-08 Explain how electing the fair value option affects accounting for investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
18) Under IFRS No. 9, investments for which the investor lacks significant influence use basically the same reporting classifications as those used under U.S. GAAP. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS ‒ Investor lacks significant influence Learning Objective: 12-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AACSB: Diversity AICPA:
19) Under IFRS No. 9, debt investments are classified as either "available-for-sale" or "fair value through profit or loss (FVPL)." Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS ‒ Distinguish investment categories Learning Objective: 12-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AACSB: Diversity AICPA:
20) Under IFRS No. 9, debt investments are classified as either "amortized cost," or "fair value through profit or loss (FVPL)," or "fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)." Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS ‒ Distinguish investment categories Learning Objective: 12-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AACSB: Diversity AICPA:
21) Under IFRS No. 9, equity investments are classified as either "fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)" or "fair value through profit or loss (FVPL)." Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS ‒ Distinguish investment categories Learning Objective: 12-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to investments. Blooms: Remember
12-5 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Reflective Thinking AACSB: Diversity AICPA:
22) Under IFRS No. 9, a debt investment can be accounted for at amortized cost if the debt agreement includes only interest and principal and the investor intends to hold it to collect contractual cash flows. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS ‒ Distinguish investment categories Learning Objective: 12-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AACSB: Diversity AICPA:
23) The cash surrender value of a life insurance policy decreases each year by the portion of the premium paid that is related to the additional year that the insured person is still alive. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Life insurance ‒ Appendix A Learning Objective: Appendix 12A Other Investments (Special Purpose Funds, Investments in Life Insurance Policies). Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
24) The investment category for which the investor's "positive intent and ability to hold" is important is: A) Securities reported under the equity method. B) Trading securities. C) Securities classified as held-to-maturity. D) Securities available-for-sale. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Held-to-maturity; Debt investments—Distinguish categories Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
25) Which of the following investment securities held by Zoogle Inc. may be classified as heldto-maturity securities in its balance sheet? A) Long-term debenture bonds. B) Common stock. C) Callable preferred stock. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A 12-6 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Held-to-maturity Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
26) Which of the following investment securities held by Zoogle Inc. are not reported at fair value in its balance sheet? A) Debt securities held as available-for-sale securities. B) Debt securities held-to-maturity. C) Bonds held as trading securities. D) All of these answer choices are reported at fair value. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Held-to-maturity; Debt investments—Distinguish categories Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
27) In which investment category are fair values and subsequent growth of an investee not relevant for reporting? A) Securities reported under the equity method. B) Trading securities. C) Held-to-maturity securities. D) Securities available-for-sale. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Held-to-maturity; Debt investments—Distinguish categories Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
28) Which category of securities is presented on the balance sheet at amortized cost? A) Securities available-for-sale. B) Equity investments of less than 20% ownership. C) Held-to-maturity securities. D) Trading securities. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Held-to-maturity; Debt investments—Distinguish categories Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and
12-7 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
for interest revenue. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
29) In 2019, Osgood Corporation purchased $4 million worth of 10-year municipal bonds at face value. On December 31, 2021, the bonds had a fair value of $3,600,000 and Osgood reclassified the bonds from held-to-maturity to trading securities. Osgood's December 31, 2021, balance sheet and the 2021 income statement would show the following: Income Investment in statement loss bonds (TS) on investments a. $3,600,000 $0 b. $3,600,000 $400,000 c. $4,000,000 $400,000 d. $4,000,000 $0 A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d. Answer: B Explanation: The unrealized holding loss ($400,000) on transfer to a new category of trading securities is included in income. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transfer between debt investment categories Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
30) Beresford Inc. purchased several investments in debt securities during 2020, its first year of operations. The following information pertains to these securities. The fluctuations in their fair values are not considered permanent. Held-to-Maturity Securities:
Fair Value 12/31/2020
ABC Co. Bonds
$
375,00 0
Trading Securities: DEF Co. Bonds GEH Inc. Bonds IJK Inc. Bonds
Fair Value 12/31/2020 $ 48,000 $ 47,000 $ 44,000
Fair Value 12/31/2021 $
400,00 0
Fair Value 12/31/2021 $ 59,500 $ 77,000 $ 38,500
Amortized Cost 12/31/2020 $ 367,50 0
$ $ $
Amortized Cost 12/31/2021 $ 360,000
Cost 66,000 39,000 32,900
12-8 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Available-for-Sale Securities: LMN Co. Bonds
Fair Value 12/31/2020 $
130,50 0
Fair Value 12/31/2021 $
150,40 0
Cost $
140,00 0
What balance sheet amount would Beresford report for the total of its investments in bonds at 12/31/2020? A) $637,000. B) $644,500. C) $645,400. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Explanation: The held-to-maturity securities are reported at amortized cost, and the others are reported at fair value. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Distinguish categories Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
31) Beresford Inc. purchased several investments in debt securities during 2020, its first year of operations. The following information pertains to these securities. The fluctuations in their fair values are not considered permanent.
Held-to-Maturity Securities: ABC Co. Bonds Trading Securities: DEF Co. Bonds GEH Inc. Bonds IJK Inc. Bonds Available-for-Sale Securities: LMN Co. Bonds
Fair Value 12/31/2020 $ 375,000
Amortized Fair Value Amortized Cost Cost 12/31/2021 12/31/2020 12/31/2021 $ 400,000 $ 367,500 $ 360,000
Fair Value 12/31/2020 $ 48,000 $ 47,000 $ 44,000
Fair Value 12/31/2021 $ 59,500 $ 77,000 $ 38,500
Fair Value 12/31/2020
Fair Value 12/31/2021
Cost
$ 130,500
$ 150,400
$ 140,000
$ $ $
Cost 66,000 39,000 32,900
What would be the balance in Beresford's accumulated other comprehensive income with respect to these investments in its 12/31/2021 balance sheet (ignore taxes)? A) $55,100. 12-9 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
B) $26,500. C) $10,400. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: This is the cumulative increase in fair value above cost for its available-for-sale securities. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
32) Beresford Inc. purchased several investments in debt securities during 2020, its first year of operations. The following information pertains to these securities. The fluctuations in their fair values are not considered permanent.
Held-to-Maturity Securities:
Fair Value 12/31/2020
Amortized Fair Value Amortized Cost Cost 12/31/2021 12/31/2020 12/31/2021
ABC Co. Bonds
$ 375,000
$ 400,000
$ 367,500
Fair Value 12/31/2020 $ 48,000 $ 47,000 $ 44,000
Fair Value 12/31/2021 $ 59,500 $ 77,000 $ 38,500
$ $ $
Fair Value 12/31/2020
Fair Value 12/31/2021
Cost
$ 130,500
$ 150,400
$ 140,000
Trading Securities: DEF Co. Bonds GEH Inc. Bonds IJK Inc. Bonds Available-for-Sale Securities: LMN Co. Bonds
$ 360,000
Cost 66,000 39,000 32,900
What total unrealized holding gain would Beresford report in its 2021 income statement relative to its investments in bonds? A) $55,900. B) $36,000. C) $80,900. D) $48,200. Answer: B Explanation: This is the difference between the fair value of trading securities at 12/31/2021 and at 12/31/2020. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Trading securities Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities. Blooms: Apply
12-10 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
33) On January 1, 2021, Rupar Retailers purchased $100,000 of Anand Company bonds at a discount of $5,000. The Anand bonds pay 6% interest but were purchased when the market interest rate was 7% for bonds of similar risk and maturity. The bonds pay interest semiannually on January 1 and July 1June 30 and December 31 of each year. Rupar accounts for the bonds as a held-to-maturity investment, and uses the effective interest method. In Rupar's December 31, 2021, journal entry to record the second period of interest, Rupar would record a credit to interest revenue of: A) $3,336. B) $3,325. C) $3,000. D) $3,500. Answer: A Explanation: 1/1/2021 Investment in bonds
6/30/2021
$100,000
Discount on bond investment
$5,000
Cash
$95,000
Cash (0.06/2) × ($100,000) Discount on bond investment (difference)
$3,000 $325
Interest revenue (0.07/2) × ($100,000 – $5,000) 12/31/2021
Cash (0.06/2) × ($100,000) Discount on bond investment (difference) Interest revenue (0.07/2) × ($100,000 – $5,000 + $325)
$3,325 $3,000 $336 $3,336
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Account for interest Learning Objective: 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
34) On January 1, 2021, Rupar Retailers purchased $100,000 of Anand Company bonds at a premium of $5,000. The Anand bonds pay 7% interest but were purchased when the market interest rate was 6% for bonds of similar risk and maturity. The bonds pay interest semiannually on June 30 and December 31 January 1 and July 1 of each year. Rupar accounts for the bonds as a held-to-maturity investment, and uses the effective interest method. In Rupar's December 31, 2021, journal entry to record the second period of interest, Rupar would record a credit to interest revenue of: A) $3,336. B) $3,140. C) $3,000. 12-11 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
D) $3,500. Answer: B Explanation: 1/1/2021
Investment in bonds Premium on bond investment
$100,000 $5,000 $105,000
Cash 6/30/2021
Cash (0.07/2) × ($100,000) Premium on bond investment (difference)
$3,500 $350 $3,150
Interest revenue (0.06/2) × ($100,000 + $5,000) 12/31/2021
Cash (0.07/2) × ($100,000) Discount Premium on bond investment (difference) Interest revenue (0.06/2) × ($100,000 + $5,000 – $350)
$3,500 $360 $3,140
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Account for interest Learning Objective: 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
35) If Dinsburry Company concluded that an investment originally classified as a trading security would now more appropriately be classified as held-to-maturity, Dinsburry would: A) Not reclassify the investment, as original classifications are irrevocable. B) Reclassify the investment as held-to-maturity and immediately recognize in net income all unrealized holding gains and losses that have not already been recognized as of the reclassification date. C) Reclassify the investment as held-to-maturity and treat the fair value as of the date of reclassification as the investment's amortized cost basis for future amortization. D) Reclassify the investment as held-to-maturity, but there would be no income effect. Answer: B Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transfer between debt investment categories Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
36) If Ziggy Company concluded that an investment originally classified as held-to-maturity would now more appropriately be classified as available-for-sale, Ziggy would: A) Not reclassify the investment, as original classifications are irrevocable. B) Reclassify the investment as available-for-sale and immediately recognize in net income any unrealized holding gain or loss on the reclassification date. 12-12 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Formatted: Space After: 0 pt
C) Reclassify the investment as available-for-sale and immediately recognize in accumulated other comprehensive income any unrealized holding gain or loss on the reclassification date. D) Need to restate earnings, as the original classification was in error. Answer: C Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transfer between debt investment categories Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
37) If Dizbert Company concluded that an investment originally classified as available-for-sale would now more appropriately be classified as held-to-maturity, Dizbert would: A) Not reclassify the investment, as original classifications are irrevocable. B) Reclassify the investment as held-to-maturity and immediately recognize in net income any unrealized holding gain or loss on the reclassification date. C) Reclassify the investment as held-to-maturity and treat the fair value as of the date of reclassification as the investment's amortized cost basis for future amortization. D) Need to restate earnings, as the original classification was in error. Answer: C Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transfer between debt investment categories Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
38) Bonds that are purchased with the intent of selling them in the near future to take advantage of short-term price changes are classified as: A) Securities available-for-sale. B) Consolidating securities. C) Held-to-maturity securities. D) Trading securities. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Distinguish categories; Debt investments—Trading securities Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
39) The income statement reports changes in fair value for which type of investment securities? A) Securities reported under the equity method. B) Trading securities. 12-13 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
C) Held-to-maturity securities. D) Available-for-sale securities. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Distinguish categories; Debt investments—Trading securities Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
40) Trading securities are most commonly found on the books of: A) Oil companies. B) Manufacturing companies. C) Banks. D) Foreign subsidiaries. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Trading securities Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
41) For trading securities, unrealized holding gains and losses are included in net income: A) Only at the end of the fiscal year. B) On each reporting date. C) Only when they exceed 10% of the underlying investment. D) Based on a vote of the board of directors. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Trading securities Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
42) Trading securities, by definition, are properly classified in the balance sheet as: A) Shareholders' equity. B) Intangible assets. C) Current assets. D) Other assets. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Trading securities
12-14 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
43) Unrealized holding gains and losses on trading securities are included in net income because: A) They measure the success or failure of taking advantage of short-term price changes. B) The IRS mandates the inclusion. C) The SEC mandates the inclusion. D) They measure the book value of the securities at the balance sheet date. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Trading securities Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
44) In the statement of cash flows, inflows and outflows of cash from buying and selling trading securities typically are considered: A) Investing activities. B) Operating activities. C) Financing activities. D) Noncash financing activities. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Trading securities Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
45) Dyckman Dealers has an investment in Thomas Corporation bonds that Dyckman accounts for as a trading security. Thomas Corporation's bonds are publicly traded and the prevailing market price indicates that Dyckman's investment is worth $20,000. However, Dyckman management believes that the bond market is generally overvalued, and their analysis of the Thomas investment suggests to them that it is worth $18,000. Dyckman should carry the Thomas investment on its balance sheet at: A) $20,000. B) $18,000. C) Either $18,000 or $20,000, as either are defensible valuations. D) $19,000, the midpoint of Dyckman's range of reasonably likely valuations of Thomas. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Trading securities Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as
12-15 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
trading securities. Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA:
46) Nichols Enterprises has an investment in 250 bonds of Elliott Electronics that Nichols accounts for as a security available-for-sale. Elliott bonds are publicly traded, and The Wall Street Journal quotes a price for those bonds of $1,000 per bond, but Nichols believes the market has not appreciated the full value of the Elliott bonds and that a more accurate price is $1,200 per bond. Nichols should carry the Elliott investment on its balance sheet at: A) $300,000. B) $250,000. C) Either $250,000 or $300,000, as either are defensible valuations. D) $275,000, the midpoint of Nichols's range of reasonably likely valuations of Elliott. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA:
47) Anthers Inc. bought the following portfolio of trading securities near the end of 2021. Security A B C
Cost $ 80,000 60,000 22,000
Fair value 12/31/2021 $ 84,000 54,000 22,000
What amount will be reported in the balance sheet for this portfolio at December 31, 2021, and how will it be classified?
a. b. c. d.
Amount $ 162,000 $ 162,000 $ 160,000 $ 160,000
Classification Noncurrent Asset Current Asset Noncurrent Asset Current Asset
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d. Answer: D Explanation: $84,000 + $54,000 + $22,000 = $160,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Trading securities Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as
12-16 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
trading securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
48) On January 1, 2021, Nana Company paid $100,000 for 8,000 shares of Papa Company common stock. The ownership in Papa Company is 10%. Nana Company does not have significant influence over Papa Company. Papa reported net income of $52,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021. The fair value of the Papa stock on that date was $45 per share. What amount will be reported in the balance sheet of Nana Company for the investment in Papa at December 31, 2021? A) $284,400. B) $300,000. C) $315,600. D) $360,000. Answer: D Explanation: 8,000 × $45 = $360,000 Equity securities with readily determinable fair value, and for which there is not significant influence over the investee company, are reported at fair value. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Equity investments ‒ FV through net income Learning Objective: 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
49) Goofy Inc. bought a sizeable amount of Crazy Co.'s bonds for $150,000 on May 5, 2020, and classified the investment as available-for-sale. The market value of the bonds declined to $118,000 by December 31, 2020. Goofy reclassified this investment as trading securities in December of 2021 when the market value had risen to $125,000. What effect on 2021 net income should be reported by Goofy for the Crazy Co. bonds? A) $0. B) $25,000 net unrealized holding loss. C) $7,000 net unrealized holding gain. D) $32,000 net unrealized holding loss. Answer: B Explanation: Unrealized holding loss of $32,000 is recorded in an allowance to reduce the investment balance, and as other comprehensive loss, in 2020. When the bonds are reclassified in 2021, the $32,000 in accumulated other comprehensive income is reclassified as an unrealized holding loss in the income statement. In addition, $7,000 unrealized holding gain for 2021 goes directly to the income statement. The net effect on net income in 2021 is a $25,000 unrealized holding loss. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Transfer between debt investment categories Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Apply
12-17 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
12-18 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) Hobson Company bought the securities listed below during 2020. These securities were classified as trading securities. In its December 31, 2020, income statement Hobson reported a net unrealized holding loss of $13,000 on these securities. Pertinent data at the end of June 2021 is as follows: Security X Y Z
Cost $ 380,000 180,000 420,000
Fair Value $ 352,000 160,000 414,000
What amount of unrealized holding loss on these securities should Hobson include in its income statement for the six months ended June 30, 2021? A) $41,000. B) $54,000. C) $13,000. D) $0. Answer: A Explanation: Security X Y Z
Cost $ 380,000 180,000 420,000 $ 980,000
0612/301/2021 Value $ 352,000 160,000 414,000 $ 926,000
Total unrealized holding loss to date: $980,000 – $926,000 Less unrealized holding loss recognized in 2020 Unrealized holding loss to report for 2021
$ 54,000 13,000 $ 41,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Trading securities Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
51) What is the effect on a company's cash flows and reported profit from accounting for an investment as a trading security as compared to accounting for it as an available-for-sale security? Effect on Total Cash Flows a. Little, if any, effect b. Significant effect c. Little, if any, effect
Effect on Net Income Little, if any, effect Significant effect Significant effect 12-19
Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
d. Significant effect
Little, if any, effect
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d. Answer: C Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Trading securities; Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Analyze Blooms: Evaluate AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA:
52) The fair value of debt securities not regularly traded can be most reasonably approximated by: A) Calculating the discounted present value of the principal and interest payments. B) Determining the value using similar securities in the NASDAQ market. C) Using the relative fair value method. D) Calling a licensed and registered stockbroker. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
53) All investments in debt securities that don't fit the definitions of the other reporting categories are classified as: A) Trading securities. B) Securities available-for-sale. C) Held-to-maturity securities. D) Consolidated securities. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Distinguish categories; Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities.; 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
54) Investments in debt securities available-for-sale are reported at: 12-20 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
A) Discounted present value. B) Lower of cost or market. C) Historical cost. D) Fair value on the reporting date. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
55) All investment securities are initially recorded at: A) Cost. B) Present value. C) Equity value. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Distinguish categories; Equity investments—Distinguish methods Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities.; 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income.; 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method.; 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
56) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in the shareholders' equity section of the balance sheet reflects changes in the fair value of securities for which type of securities? A) Securities available-for-sale. B) Trading securities. C) Consolidated securities. D) Held-to-maturity securities. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Distinguish categories; Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities.; 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
57) GAAP regarding fair value accounting for investments in equity securities will generally apply to an investment when the percentage of ownership of another company is: 12-21 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
A) Less than 20%. B) 20% to 50%. C) Over 50%. D) Exactly 100%. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity investments—Distinguish methods Learning Objective: 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
58) When an investor accounts for an investment in common stock at fair value through net income, cash dividends are classified by the investor as: A) A return of capital. B) A loss. C) A deduction from the investment account. D) Dividend income. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Equity investments ‒ FV through net income Learning Objective: 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
59) When a debt security is appropriately carried and reported as available-for-sale, a gain should be reported in the income statement: A) When the fair value of the security increases. B) When the present value of the security increases. C) Only when the Dow Jones Industrial Average increases at least 100 points. D) Only when the security is sold. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
60) Investments in securities to be held for an unspecified period of time are reported at: A) Historical cost. B) Present value. C) Lower of cost or market. D) Fair value. 12-22 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
61) Unrealized holding gains and losses on debt securities classified as available-for-sale would have the following effects on accumulated other comprehensive income:
a. b. c. d.
Gains Increase Decrease Decrease Increase
Losses Increase Decrease Increase Decrease
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
62) In the statement of cash flows, inflows and outflows of cash from buying and selling available-for-sale debt securities are considered: A) Operating activities. B) Financing activities. C) Investing activities. D) Noncash financing activities. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
12-23 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
63) Unrealized holding gains and losses on debt securities available-for-sale would have the following effects on retained earnings:
a. b. c. d.
Gains Increase No change No change Increase
Losses No change Decrease No change Decrease
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
64) Zwick Company bought 28,000 shares of the voting common stock of Handy Corporation in January 2021. In December, Handy announced $200,000 net income for 2021 and declared and paid a cash dividend of $2 per share on all 200,000 shares of its outstanding common stock. Zwick Company's dividend revenue from Handy Corporation in December 2021 would be: A) $0. B) $28,000. C) $56,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: Ownership share = 28,000/200,000 = 14%, so the equity method is not appropriate. 28,000 shares × $2.00 per share = $56,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity investments ‒ Distinguish methods; Equity investments ‒ FV through net income Learning Objective: 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
12-24 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
65) On January 2, 2020, Howdy Doody Corporation purchased 12% of Ranger Corporation's common stock for $50,000. Ranger's net income for the years ended December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2021, were $10,000 and $50,000, respectively. During 2021, Ranger declared and paid a dividend of $60,000. There were no dividends in 2020. On December 31, 2020, the fair value of the Ranger stock owned by Howdy Doody had increased to $70,000. How much should Howdy Doody show in the 2021 income statement as income from this investment? A) $26,000. B) $7,200. C) $20,000. D) $27,200. Answer: D Explanation: Investment revenue from dividends: $60,000 × 12% = Increase in fair value: $70,000 – $50,000 = Total =
$
7,200
20,000 $ 27,200
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Equity investments ‒ FV through net income Learning Objective: 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
66) Jeremiah Corporation purchased debt securities during 2021 and classified them as securities available-for-sale: Security A B C
Cost $ 40,000 70,000 28,000
Fair Value, 12/31/2021 $ 49,000 66,000 39,000
All declines are considered to be temporary. How much gain will be reported by Jeremiah Corporation in the December 31, 2021, income statement relative to the portfolio? A) $0. B) $16,000 C) $20,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Explanation: Unrealized holding gains and losses are not included in net income for securities available-for-sale. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities.
12-25 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
67) Hawk Corporation purchased 1,000 Diamond Corporation bonds in 2018 for $500 per bond and classified the investment as securities available-for-sale. The value of the Diamond investment was $600 per bond on December 31, 2019, and $650 per bond on December 31, 2020. During 2021, Hawk sold all of its Diamond investment at $700 per bond. In its 2021 income statement, Hawk would report: A) A gain of $50,000. B) A gain of $150,000. C) A gain of $200,000. D) A gain of $300,000. Answer: C Explanation: In 2018–2020, Hawk accumulated an unrealized holding gain and fair value adjustment of ($650 – $500) × 1,000 bonds = $150,000. An additional increase of $50,000 occurred in 2021, so the total gain realized in the income statement upon sale would be $200,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
68) Hawk Corporation purchased 1,000 Diamond Corporation bonds in 2018 for $500 per bond and classified the investment as securities available-for-sale. The value of the Diamond investment was $600 per bond on December 31, 2019, and $650 per bond on December 31, 2020. During 2021, Hawk sold all of its Diamond investment at $700 per bond. If Hawk records unrealized holding gains and losses up to the moment of sale, what would be the amount of reclassification adjustment that Hawk would record upon sale? A) A debit of $50,000. B) A debit of $150,000. C) A debit of $200,000. D) A credit of $150,000. Answer: C Explanation: Entries upon sale of Diamond bonds Entry 1 – Updating the fair value adjustment Need to move from a fair-value adjustment of $150,000 to $200,000 12-26 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
FV Adjustment $150,000 ? $200,000
Balance on 12/31/2020 Adjustment needed to update fair value Balance needed on date of sale
Fair Value Adjustment 12/31/2020 Change needed Balance on date of sale
$150,000 $50,000 $200,000
Fair value adjustment Gain on investments (unrealized, OCI)
$50,000 $50,000
Entry 2 – Reverse previously recognized unrealized holding gains and losses Reclassification adjustment – OCI Fair value adjustment (account balance)
$200,000 $200,000
Entry 3 – Record the sale transaction Cash
$700,000 $500,000 $200,000
Investment in bonds (AFS) Gain on investments (NI)
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
12-27 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
69) Dim Corporation purchased 1,000 bonds of Witt Corporation in 2018 for $800 per bond and classified the investment as securities available-for-sale. The value of these holdings was $400 per bond on December 31, 2019, and $300 per bond on December 31, 2020. During 2021, Dim sold all of its Witt bonds at $350 per bond. In its 2021 income statement, Dim would report: A) A realized gain of $50,000. B) A recognition of unrealized holding losses of $400,000. C) A loss on the sale of investments of $450,000. D) A trading gain of $50,000 and an unrealized holding loss of $500,000. Answer: C Explanation: As part of year-end fair value adjustment, Dim would remove any previously recorded fair value adjustment and accumulated other comprehensive income associated with the Witt investment. ($800 cost – $350 fair value) per bond × 1,000 bonds = $450,000 loss. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
70) Dim Corporation purchased 1,000 bonds of Witt Corporation in 2018 for $800 per bond and classified the investment as securities available-for-sale. The value of these holdings was $400 per bond on December 31, 2019, and $300 per bond on December 31, 2020. During 2021, Dim sold all of its Witt bonds at $350 per bond. If Dim records unrealized holding gains and losses up to the moment of sale, what would be the amount of reclassification adjustment that Dim would record upon sale? A) A debit of $500,000. B) A credit of $500,000. C) A debit of $450,000. D) A credit of $450,000. Answer: D Explanation: Entries upon sale of Witt bonds Entry 1 – Updating the fair value adjustment Need to move from a fair-value adjustment of ($500,000) to ($450,000) FV Adjustment ($500,000) ? ($450,000)
Balance on 12/31/2020 Adjustment needed to update fair value Balance needed on date of sale 12-28
Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Fair Value Adjustment 12/31/2020 Change needed
$500,000 $50,000
Balance on date of sale
$450,000
Fair value adjustment Gain on investments (unrealized, OCI)
$50,000 $50,000
Entry 2 – Reverse previously recognized unrealized holding gains and losses Fair value adjustment (account balance) Reclassification adjustment – OCI
$450,000 $450,000
Entry 3 – Record the sale transaction Cash $350,000 Loss on investments (NI) $450,000 Investment in bonds $800,000 (As part of year-end fair value adjustment, Dim would remove any previously recorded fair value adjustment and accumulated other comprehensive income associated with the Witt investment.) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
71) On January 1, 2021, Everglade Company purchased the following debt securities and properly accounted for them as securities available-for-sale:
Security ABC DEF XYZ
Fair Value, 12/31/2021 $ 55,000 65,000 20,000
Cost $ 40,000 72,000 16,000
All declines in value are considered temporary. What amount should the Everglade Company report relative to these securities in its 2021 statement of other comprehensive income? A) $0. B) $19,000 unrealized holding gain. C) $12,000 net unrealized holding gain. D) $7,000 unrealized holding loss. Answer: C 12-29 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Explanation: Unrealized holding gains and losses on debt securities available-for-sale do not affect net income. Total fair value of portfolio at end of the year $140,000 – total cost, all acquired at the beginning of the year, $128,000 = net unrealized holding gain in other comprehensive income for the year. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
72) Boulter, Inc., began business on January 1, 2021. At the end of December 2021, Boulter had the following investments in debt securities:
Cost Fair value
Trading $ 60,000 54,000
Available-for-sale $ 110,000 107,500
All declines in value are deemed to be temporary in nature. How should the corresponding losses be reflected in the financial statements at December 31, 2021?
a. b. c. d.
Income Statement $ 8,500 $ 0 $ 6,000 $ 2,500
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Shareholders' Equity $ 0 $ 8,500 $ 2,500 $ 6,000
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d. Answer: C Explanation: Unrealized holding loss on trading securities is included in net income: $60,000 – $54,000 = $6,000 Unrealized holding loss on debt securities available-for-sale is reported as a separate component of shareholders' equity: $110,000 – $107,500 = $2,500 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Trading securities; Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
12-30 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
73) A weakness of ________ is that firms can increase or decrease net income by choosing to sell particular investments with net unrealized holding gains or unrealized holding losses. A) the available-for-sale approach B) the trading-securities approach C) both the available-for-sale and trading-securities approaches D) neither the available-for-sale nor the trading-securities approach Answer: A Explanation: Under the available-for-sale approach, unrealized holding gains and losses are accumulated in AOCI and only recognized in income when the investment is sold. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Evaluate AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA:
74) If an available-for-sale debt investment is sold for which there are unrealized holding gains in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI), a reclassification adjustment affects other comprehensive income (OCI) in the period of sale by: A) Reducing OCI for the amount of unrealized holding gains in AOCI. B) Increasing OCI for the amount of unrealized holding gains in AOCI. C) No effect on OCI, as OCI only includes the effects of unrealized holding gains and losses. D) No effect on OCI, as the realized gain is included in AOCI. Answer: A Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA:
75) If an available-for-sale investment in debt securities is sold for which there are unrealized holding losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI), the total effect on total comprehensive income is: A) An increase. B) A decrease. C) No effect. D) Cannot be determined given this information. Answer: C Explanation: Other comprehensive income will be decreased but net income will be increased, so the total effect on comprehensive income is no change. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Analyze
12-31 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA:
76) Seybert Systems accounts for its investment in Wang Engineering bonds as available-forsale. Seybert's balance in accumulated other comprehensive income with respect to the Wang investment is a credit balance of $20,000, and Seybert reports the investment as $100,000 on its balance sheet. Seybert purchased the Wang investment for (ignore taxes): A) $100,000. B) $120,000. C) $80,000. D) Cannot be determined from this information. Answer: C Explanation: Fair value = $100,000, less unrealized holding gain of $20,000 = cost of $80,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA:
77) Sloan Company has owned a debt securities investment during 2021 that has increased in fair value. After all closing entries for 2021 are completed, the effect of the increase in fair value on total shareholders' equity would be: A) Higher under the available-for-sale approach than under the trading-securities approach. B) Lower under the available-for-sale approach than under the trading-securities approach. C) The same amount under the available-for-sale and trading-securities approaches. D) Not possible to identify whether the available-for-sale or trading-securities approach yields higher shareholders' equity given this information. Answer: C Explanation: Unrealized holding gains end up in retained earnings for trading securities and AOCI for available-for-sale securities, but both accounts are part of shareholders' equity so total shareholders' equity is the same. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Distinguish categories Learning Objective: 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue. Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA:
78) When investments in debt securities are treated as available-for-sale, other comprehensive income (OCI) also includes the tax effects associated with unrealized holding gains and losses. As a result: A) Accumulated other comprehensive income would be increased by the tax benefits typically associated with unrealized holding gains. B) Other comprehensive income typically would be reduced by the tax expense associated with unrealized holding gains. 12-32 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
C) Accumulated other comprehensive income would not be affected by taxes. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: Note: This question tests understanding of an Additional Consideration on accounting for income taxes associated with unrealized holding gains and losses on AFS investments. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA:
79) The Guitar World (TGW) holds an investment in bonds that increased in fair value over 2021, and accounts for that investment as available-for-sale. When considering taxes, TGW would: A) Recognize tax expense on the income statement, and probably increase taxes payable. B) Recognize tax expense on the income statement, and probably increase its deferred tax liability. C) Reduce accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) for tax expense, and probably increase taxes payable. D) Reduce accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) for tax expense, and probably increase its deferred tax liability. Answer: D Explanation: Note: This question tests understanding of an Additional Consideration on accounting for income taxes associated with unrealized holding gains and losses on AFS investments. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA:
80) The equity method of accounting for investments in voting common stock is appropriate when: A) The investor can significantly influence the investee. B) The investor has voting control over the investee. C) The investor intends to hold the common stock indefinitely. D) The investor is assured of a continued supply of a valuable raw material. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Equity investments ‒ Distinguish methods Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Remember
12-33 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
81) Consolidated financial statements are prepared when one company has: A) Accounted for the investment using the equity method. B) Accounted for the investment as securities available-for-sale. C) Control over another company. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Equity investments ‒ Distinguish methods Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
82) If Pop Company owns 15% of the common stock of Son Company, then Pop Company typically: A) Would record 15% of the net income of Son Company as investment income each year. B) Would record dividends received from Son Company as investment revenue. C) Would increase its investment account by 15% of Son Company income each year. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity investments ‒ FV through net income Learning Objective: 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
83) If Pop Company exercises significant influence over Son Company and owns 40% of its common stock, then Pop Company: A) Would record dividends received from Son Company as investment revenue. B) Would increase its investment account when Son Company declares dividends. C) Would record 40% of the net income of Son Company as investment income each year. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
84) When using the equity method to account for an investment, cash dividends received by the investor from the investee should be recorded: A) As a reduction in the investment account. 12-34 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
B) As an increase in the investment account. C) As dividend income. D) As a contra item to stockholders' equity. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
85) When the equity method of accounting for investments is used by the investor, the investment account is increased when: A) A cash dividend is received from the investee. B) The investee reports net income for the year. C) The investor records additional depreciation related to the investment. D) The investee reports a net loss for the year. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
86) Which of the following increases the investment account under the equity method of accounting? A) Decreases in the market price of the investee's stock. B) Dividends paid by the investee that were declared in the previous year. C) Net loss of the investee company. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Explanation: None of the items increase the owners' equity of the investee. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
87) If the fair value of equity securities is not determinable and the equity method is not appropriate, the securities should be reported at: A) Amortized cost. B) Cost. C) Consolidated value. D) Net present value. 12-35 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity investments ‒ Distinguish methods Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
88) When the investor's level of influence changes, it may be necessary to change from the equity method to another method. When the level of ownership falls from a range of 20% to 50% to less than 20%, the equity method typically would be discontinued and the investment account balance would be carried over at: A) Amortized cost on the date of ownership change. B) Fair value on the date of ownership change. C) Discounted present value on the date of ownership change. D) The current balance, and this balance would serve as the new "cost." Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Change to or from equity Learning Objective: 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
89) When the investor's level of influence changes, it may be necessary to change to the equity method from another method. When the level of ownership rises from less than 20% to a range of 20% to 50%, the equity method typically would become appropriate and the investment account balance should be: A) Retrospectively adjusted to the balance that would have existed if the equity method had been in effect for prior years. B) Carried over as is with no adjustment necessary. C) Carried over at the fair value that exists on date of transfer. D) Adjusted to reflect amortized cost. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Change to or from equity Learning Objective: 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
12-36 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) On July 1, 2021, Tremen Corporation acquired 40% of the shares of Delany Company. Tremen paid $3,000,000 for the investment, and that amount is exactly equal to 40% of the book value of identifiable net assets on Delany's balance sheet. Delany recognized net income of $1,000,000 for 2021, and paid $150,000 of dividends each quarter to its shareholders. After all closing entries are made, Tremen's "Investment in Delany Company" account would have a balance of: A) $3,200,000. B) $3,160,000. C) $3,000,000. D) $3,080,000. Answer: D Explanation: $3,000,000 + (40%)(1/2 of the year)($1,000,000 – $600,000) = $3,080,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment; Equity method ‒ Further adjustments Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method.; 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
91) Which of the following is not true about accounting for investments using the equity method under IFRS? A) IFRS requires the equity method when the investor exercises significant influence over the investee. B) IFRS is more restrictive than U.S. GAAP concerning when an investor can elect the fair value option. C) IFRS requires that the accounting policies of an investee be adjusted to correspond to those of the investor when applying the equity method. D) IFRS does not allow use of the equity method where two or more investors have joint control. Answer: D Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS ‒ Equity method; Equity method ‒ Account for investment Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method.; 12-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AACSB: Diversity AICPA:
12-37 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) Bloomfield Bakers accounts for its investment in Clor Confectionary under the equity method. Bloomfield carried the Clor investment at $150,000 and $165,000 at December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2021, respectively. During 2021 Clor recognized $80,000 of net income and paid dividends of $30,000. Assuming that Bloomfield owned the same percentage of Clor throughout 2021, its percentage ownership must have been: A) 15%. B) 18.75%. C) 30%. D) 50%. Answer: C Explanation: $150,000 + X% ($80,000 – $30,000) = $165,000. X% = 30%. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Apply Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Knowledge Application AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA:
93) Jack Corporation purchased a 20% interest in Jill Corporation for $1,500,000 on January 1, 2021. Jack can significantly influence Jill. On December 10, 2021, Jill declared and paid $1 million in dividends. Jill reported a net loss of $6 million for the year. What amount of loss should Jack report in its income statement for 2021 relative to its investment in Jill? A) $1,000,000. B) $1,200,000. C) $1,400,000. D) $1,500,000. Answer: B Explanation: Carrying value before net loss: [$1,500,000 – (20% × $1,000,000)] = $1,300,000 Jack's share of net loss would be recognized in full: 20% × $6,000,000 = $1,200,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment; Equity method ‒ Further adjustments Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method.; 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
12-38 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
94) Hope Company bought 30% of Faith Corporation in the beginning of 2021. Hope's purchase price of $3,000,000 equaled 30% of the book value of Faith's net identifiable assets, which also equaled 30% of the fair value of Faith. During 2021, Faith reported net income in the amount of $4,000,000 and declared and paid dividends in the amount of $300,000. At the end of 2021, Faith’s fair value was $12,000,000. Hope mistakenly Hope Company bought 30% of Faith Corporation in the beginning of 2021. Hope's purchase price equaled 30% of the book value of Faith's net identifiable assets, which also equaled 30% of the fair value of Faith. During 2021, Faith reported net income in the amount of $4,000,000 and declared and paid dividends in the amount of $500,000. Hope mistakenly accounted for the investment using the fair value through net income method instead of using the equity method. What effect would this error have on the investment account and net income, respectively, for 2021? A) Overstated by $1,050510,000; understated overstated by $1,050510,000. B) Understated by $1,05510,000; understated by $1,05510,000. C) Understated by $1,200010,000; overstated understated by $1,0501,010,000. D) Overstated Understated by $1,20600,000; overstated understated by $1,200510,000. Answer: B Explanation: Net income
FV through Net Income
Formatted: Font: Bold
Equity Method
Formatted: Centered
Investment Investment revenue
600,000
Cash Investment revenue
90,000
1,200,000
1,200,000
600,000
Formatted Table Formatted: Right Formatted: Right
90,000
Cash Investment
Formatted: Right Formatted: Right
90,000 90,000
For Fair Value through Net Income, net income and the investment account are increased by an unrealized gain equal to Hope’s share of the increase in the fair value of Faith, which is equal to ($12,000,000 × 30%) − $3,000,000 = $600,000. Net income also is increased by dividend income of $300,000 × 30% = $90,000, but the investment account is not affected. In total, net income is increased by $600,000 + $90,000 = $690,000, and the investment account is increased by $600,000. For the equity method, net income and the investment account are increased by Hope’s share of Faith’s net income, equal to $4,000,000 × 30% = $1,200,000. Net income is not affected by dividends of $300,000 × 30% = $90,000, but the investment account is reduced by that amount. In total, net income is increased by $1,200,000, and the investment account is increased by $1,200,000 − $90,000 = $1,100,000. Therefore, by accounting for the Faith investment as Fair Value through Net Income rather than using the equity method, Hope understated net income by $1,200,000 − $690,000 = $510,000, and understated the investment account by $1,100,000 − $600,000 = $510,000., 12-39 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Formatted: Right Formatted: Right Formatted: Right Formatted: Right
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Equity investments―Distinguish methods Learning Objective: 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income.; 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Apply Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Knowledge Application AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA:
95) Sox Corporation purchased a 40% interest in Hack Corporation for $1,500,000 on January 1, 2021. On November 1, 2021, Hack declared and paid $1 million in dividends. On December 31, Hack reported a net loss of $6 million for the year. What amount of loss should Sox report on its income statement for 2021 relative to its investment in Hack? A) $1,100,000. B) $2,400,000. C) $1,500,000. D) $1,600,000. Answer: A Explanation: Carrying value before net loss: [$1,500,000 – (40% × $1,000,000)] = $1,100,000 Sox's share of net loss = $6 million × 40% = $2.4 million. Because the investment account cannot be reduced below zero, the loss reported in 2021 would be only $1,100,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment; Equity method ‒ Further adjustments Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method.; 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
96) Assume that, on January 1, 2021, Matsui Co. paid $1,200,000 for its investment in 60,000 shares of Yankee Inc. Further, assume that Yankee has 200,000 total shares of stock issued. The book value and fair value of Yankee's identifiable net assets were both $4,000,000 at January 1, 12-40 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2021. The following information pertains to Yankee during 2021: Net income Dividends declared and paid Market price of common stock on 12/31/2021
$ 200,000 $ 60,000 $ 22 /share
What amount would Matsui report in its year-end 2021 balance sheet for its investment in Yankee? A) $1,320,000. B) $1,260,000. C) $1,242,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: This is $1,200,000 + (30% × $200,000 net income) – (30% × $60,000 dividends) = $1,242,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
97) Gerken Company concluded at the beginning of 2021 that the company's ownership interest in DillCo had increased to the point that it became appropriate to begin using the equity method to account for the investment. The balance in the investment account is $50,000 at the time of the change, and accountants working with company records determined that the balance would have been $75,000 if the account had been adjusted for investee net income and dividends as prescribed by the equity method. After implementing the change to the equity method, if financial statements were prepared: A) Net income and retained earnings will be higher by $25,000. B) Net income will be unchanged, and retained earnings will be higher by $25,000. C) Net income and retained earnings will be higher by $75,000. D) The accounts will be unchanged because no adjustment is necessary. Answer: B Explanation: Retained earnings are adjusted directly. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Change to or from equity Learning Objective: 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA:
98) On April 1, 2021, BigBen Company acquired 30% of the shares of LittleTick, Inc. BigBen paid $100,000 for the investment, which is $40,000 more than 30% of the book value of LittleTick's identifiable net assets. BigBen attributed $15,000 of the $40,000 difference to inventory that will be sold in the remainder of 2021, and the rest to goodwill. LittleTick 12-41 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
recognized a total of $20,000 of net income for 2021, and paid total dividends for the year of $10,000; these dividends were issued quarterly. BigBen's investment in LittleTick will affect BigBen's 2021 net income by: A) A loss of $10,500. B) Earnings of $4,500. C) Earnings of $1,125. D) Earnings of $3,450. Answer: A Explanation: (30%)(¾ of the year)($20,000) – $15,000 = ($10,500). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment; Equity method ‒ Further adjustments Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method.; 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
99) Cucumber Company concluded at the beginning of 2021 that the company's ownership interest in PickleCo had decreased to the point that it became appropriate to begin accounting for its investment under the fair value through net income method, rather than using the equity method as it had been doing. The balance in the investment account is $75,000 at the time of the change, and accountants working with company records determined that the balance would have been $50,000 if the investment had been accounted for as fair value through net income. At the time of implementing the change to the fair value through net income method, if financial statements were prepared: A) Net income and retained earnings will be lower by $25,000. B) Net income will be unchanged, and retained earnings will be lower by $25,000. C) The accounts will be unchanged because no adjustment is necessary. D) Other comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive income will be lower by $25,000. Answer: C Explanation: The equity method balance becomes the new cost basis, but after the change, under FV through net income reporting the investment must be marked to fair value with unrealized gains and losses shown in net income. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Change to or from equity Learning Objective: 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA:
100) When the equity method of accounting for investments is used by the investor, the amortization of additional depreciation due to differences between book values and fair values of investee assets on the date of acquisition: A) Reduces the investment account and increases investment revenue. B) Increases the investment account and increases investment revenue. 12-42 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
C) Reduces the investment account and reduces investment revenue. D) Increases the investment account and reduces investment revenue. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Further adjustments Learning Objective: 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
101) On January 1, 2021, Green Corporation purchased 20% of the outstanding voting common stock of Gold Company for $300,000. The book value of the acquired shares was $275,000. The excess of cost over book value is attributable to an intangible asset on Gold's books that was undervalued and had a remaining useful life of five years. For the year ended December 31, 2021, Gold reported net income of $125,000 and paid cash dividends of $25,000. What is the carrying value of Green's investment in Gold at December 31, 2021? A) $295,000. B) $300,000. C) $315,000. D) $320,000. Answer: C Explanation: Cost Share of NI: 20% × $125,000 Share of dividends: 20% × $25,000 Amortization of intangibles: ($300,000 – $275,000)/5 Carrying value, 12/31/2021
$ 300,000 $ 25,000 (5,000) (5,000) $ 315,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment; Equity method ‒ Further adjustments Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method.; 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
102) At the start of the current year, SBC Corp. purchased 30% of Sky Tech Inc. for $45 million. At the time of purchase, the carrying value of Sky Tech's net assets was $75 million. The fair value of Sky Tech's depreciable assets was $15 million in excess of their book value. For this year, Sky Tech reported a net income of $75 million and declared and paid $15 million in dividends. The amount of purchased goodwill is: A) $18 million. B) $30 million. C) $60 million. 12-43 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
D) None of the other answers are correct. Answer: A Explanation: (in millions) Cost FV: 30% × ($75 + $15) Goodwill
$
45 (27) $ 18
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Equity method ‒ Further adjustments Learning Objective: 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
103) At the start of the current year, SBC Corp. purchased 30% of Sky Tech Inc. for $45 million. At the time of purchase, the carrying value of Sky Tech's net assets was $75 million. The fair value of Sky Tech's depreciable assets was $15 million in excess of their book value. For this year, Sky Tech reported a net income of $75 million and declared and paid $15 million in dividends. The total amount of additional depreciation to be recognized by SBC over the remaining life of the assets is: A) $4.5 million. B) $15 million. C) $27 million. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Explanation: (in millions) FV in excess of book value Share of ownership Additional depreciation, in total
$
15 30% $ 4.5
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Further adjustments Learning Objective: 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
104) Assume that, on January 1, 2021, Sosa Enterprises paid $3,000,000 for its investment in 36,000 shares of Orioles Co. Further, assume that Orioles has 120,000 total shares of stock issued and estimates an eight-year remaining useful life and straight-line depreciation with no residual value for its depreciable assets. At January 1, 2021, the book value of Orioles' identifiable net assets was $7,000,000, and the fair 12-44 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
value of Orioles was $10,000,000. The difference between Orioles' fair value and the book value of its identifiable net assets is attributable to $1,800,000 of land and the remainder to depreciable assets. Goodwill was not part of this transaction. The following information pertains to Orioles during 2021: Net income Dividends declared and paid Market price of common stock on 12/31/2021
$ 600,000 $ 360,000 $ 80/share
What amount would Sosa Enterprises report in its year-end 2021 balance sheet for its investment in Orioles Co.? A) $3,200,000. B) $3,180,000. C) $3,135,000. D) $3,027,000. Answer: D Explanation: This is $3,000,000 + (30% × $600,000 net income) – (30% × $360,000 dividends) – (30% × $1,200,000/8 yrs. of additional depreciation). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment; Equity method ‒ Further adjustments Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method.; 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
12-45 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
105) Smith buys and sells equity securities. On December 15, 2021, Smith purchased $500,000 of Jones shares and elected the fair value option to account for the Jones investment. As of December 31, 2021, the Jones shares had a fair value of $525,000. In the 2021 financial statements, Smith will report (ignore taxes): A) Investment income of $25,000 in its income statement. B) Other comprehensive income of $25,000. C) Accumulated other comprehensive income of $525,000. D) An investment in Jones of $500,000. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Fair value option for investments Learning Objective: 12-08 Explain how electing the fair value option affects accounting for investments. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
106) Which of the following is not true about the fair value option? A) The fair value option is irrevocable. B) The fair value option must be elected for all shares of an investment in a particular company. C) Electing the fair value option for held-to-maturity investments simply reclassifies those investments as trading securities. D) All of these answer choices are true. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Fair value option for investments Learning Objective: 12-08 Explain how electing the fair value option affects accounting for investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
107) Which of the following is true about the fair value option under IFRS? A) The fair value option can be used to avoid an “accounting mismatch” that occurs in a riskhedging arrangement. B) The fair value option is less restrictive under IFRS than under U.S. GAAP. C) The fair value option can be applied to most equity-method investments. D) The fair value option is not allowed. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Fair value option for investments Learning Objective: 12-08 Explain how electing the fair value option affects accounting for investments.; 12-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
108) Which of the following is not true when the fair value option is elected for an investment that would normally be accounted for under the equity method? A) No journal entry need be made to recognize the investor's portion of the investee's net income. 12-46 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
B) Unrealized holding gains and losses on that investment are recognized in net income. C) No journal entry need be made to recognize the investor's portion of dividends paid by the investee. D) All of these answer choices are true. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Fair value option for investments Learning Objective: 12-08 Explain how electing the fair value option affects accounting for investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
109) Under IFRS No. 9, which is not a category for accounting for investments? A) Fair value through profit or loss (FVPL). B) Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). C) Held-to-maturity. D) Amortized cost. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS ‒ Distinguish investment categories Learning Objective: 12-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AACSB: Diversity AICPA:
110) Which of the following is not true about the "fair value through profit or loss" (FVPL) approach for accounting for investments under IFRS? A) Allowed under IFRS No. 9. B) Includes unrealized holding gains in earnings. C) Requires reclassification of realized gains from other comprehensive income. D) Not vulnerable to other-than-temporary impairments. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS ‒ Investor lacks significant influence Learning Objective: 12-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AACSB: Diversity AICPA:
111) Under IFRS No. 9, an investment can be accounted for at amortized cost if: A) The debt consists of interest and principal, and the investor is holding the debt to collect those cash flows. B) The investor elects amortized cost. C) The investor owns between 20% and 50% of outstanding shares. D) The debt is not in technical default. 12-47 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS ‒ Distinguish investment categories Learning Objective: 12-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AACSB: Diversity AICPA:
112) Which of the following is not true about accounting for an equity investment under IFRS No. 9? A) The investor can elect to account for the investment as FVOCI. B) Unrealized holding gains and losses on the investment will be recognized in income unless the investor elects to account for the investment as FVOCI. C) If the investor elects to account for the investment as FVOCI, gains and losses will be recognized in net income when the investment is sold. D) Unrealized holding gains and losses are recognized in net income if the investor accounts for the investments as FVPL. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS ‒ Investor lacks significant influence; IFRS ‒ Distinguish investment categories Learning Objective: 12-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AACSB: Diversity AICPA:
113) Which of the following is not true about the "fair value through other comprehensive income" (FVOCI) approach for accounting for investments under IFRS No. 9? A) Is allowed for equity-method investments. B) Includes unrealized holding gains in other comprehensive income. C) Does not require reclassification of realized gains from other comprehensive income. D) Is allowed for equity investments. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS ‒ Investor lacks significant influence Learning Objective: 12-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AACSB: Diversity AICPA:
114) Wang Corporation purchased $100,000 of Hales Inc. 6% bonds at par in 2020 with the intent and ability to hold the bonds until the bonds mature in 2025, so Wang classifies its investment as held-to-maturity. Unfortunately, a combination of problems at Hales and in the debt market caused the fair value of the Hales investment to decline to $70,000 during 2021. Wang applies the CECL model to account for its investment and calculates that, of the $30,000 drop in fair value, $10,000 of it relates to credit losses for amounts not expected to be collected, and the $20,000 remainder relates to noncredit losses. Wang’s accounting for this impairment will reduce before-tax net income for 2021 by: 12-48 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
A) $0. B) $10,000. C) $20,000. D) $30,000. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Impairment of debt investments; Impairment of debt investments‒ Appendix B Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; Appendix 12B Impairment of Debt Investments. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Diversity AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
115) Liang Corporation purchased $100,000 of Hales Inc. 6% bonds at par in 2020 with the intent and ability to hold the bonds until the bonds mature in 2025, so Liang classifies its investment as held-to-maturity. Unfortunately, a combination of problems at Hales and in the debt market caused the fair value of the Hales investment to decline to $70,000 during 2021. When Liang applies the CECL model to account for its investment it calculates that, of the $30,000 drop in fair value, $10,000 of it relates to credit losses for amounts not expected to be collected. Liang’s accounting for this impairment will reduce before-tax net income for 2021 by: A) $0. B) $10,000. C) $20,000. D) $30,000. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Impairment of debt investments; Impairment of debt investments‒ Appendix B Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; Appendix 12B Impairment of Debt Investments. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Diversity AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
116) Durney Corporation purchased $100,000 of Hales Inc. 6% bonds at par, and Durney classifies its investment as available-for-sale. Unfortunately, a combination of problems at Hales and in the debt market caused the fair value of the Hales investment to decline to $70,000 during 2021. Durney does not believe it is more likely than not that it will have to sell the investment before its fair value recovers. When Durney applies the CECL model to account for its investment, Durney calculates that, of the $30,000 drop in fair value, $10,000 of it relates to credit losses and the $20,000 remainder relates to noncredit losses. Durney’s accounting for this impairment will reduce before-tax net income for 2021 by: A) $0. B) $10,000. C) $20,000. D) $30,000. 12-49 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Impairment of debt investments; Impairment of debt investments‒ Appendix B Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities.; Appendix 12B Impairment of Debt Investments. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Diversity AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
117) Witz Corporation purchased $100,000 of Hales Inc. 6% bonds at par, and Witz classifies its investment as available-for-sale. Unfortunately, a combination of problems at Hales and in the debt market caused the fair value of the Hales investment to decline to $70,000 during 2021. Witz believes it is more likely than not that it will have to sell the investment before its fair value recovers. When Witz applies the CECL model to account for its investment, Witz calculates that, of the $30,000 drop in fair value, $10,000 of it relates to credit losses and the $20,000 remainder relates to noncredit losses. Witz’s accounting for this impairment will reduce before-tax net income for 2021 by: A) $0. B) $10,000. C) $20,000. D) $30,000. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Impairment of debt investments; Impairment of debt investments‒ Appendix B Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities.; Appendix 12B Impairment of Debt Investments. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Diversity AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
118) Espana Corporation purchased $100,000 of Hales Inc. 6% bonds at par in 2020 and reported the bonds at amortized cost. Unfortunately, a combination of problems at Hales and in the debt market caused the fair value of the Hales investment to decline to $70,000 during 2021. When Espana applies the ECL model to account for its investment in 2021, Espana concludes that the credit risk on the investment has increased significantly and calculates that, of the $30,000 drop in fair value, $10,000 of it relates to 12-month credit losses, $25,000 to lifetime credit losses (including the 12-month credit losses), and $5,000 to other factors. Espana’s accounting for this impairment will reduce before-tax net income for 2021 by: A) $0. B) $10,000. C) $20,000. D) $25,000. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS – Impairments Learning Objective: 12-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to investments.; Appendix 12B Impairment of Debt Investments.
12-50 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Blooms: Apply AACSB: Diversity AICPA: Knowledge Application AICPA:
119) KLR Corporation purchased $100,000 of Hales Inc. 6% bonds at par in 2020 and reported the bonds at amortized cost. Unfortunately, a combination of problems at Hales and in the debt market caused the fair value of the Hales investment to decline to $70,000 during 2021. KLR does not believe it is more likely than not that it will have to sell the investment before its fair value recovers. When KLR applies the ECL model to account for its investment in 2021, KLR concludes that the credit risk on the investment has not increased significantly and calculates that, of the $30,000 drop in fair value, $10,000 of it relates to 12-month credit losses, $25,000 to lifetime credit losses (including the 12-month credit losses), and $5,000 to other factors. KLR has not elected to always recognize lifetime credit losses. KLR’s accounting for this impairment will reduce before-tax net income for 2021 by: A) $0. B) $10,000. C) $20,000. D) $25,000. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS – Impairments Learning Objective: 12-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to investments,; Appendix 12B Impairment of Debt Investments. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Diversity, AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
120) If the fair value of a held-to-maturity investment declines below cost, and the company believes it may eventually need to sell the investment before fair value recovers: A) The investment is not written down to fair value, but any credit losses are recognized in net income. B) The investment is written down to fair value, and the entire impairment loss is recognized in net income. C) The investment is written down to fair value, and the entire impairment loss is recognized in other comprehensive income. D) Credit losses and other changes in fair value are not recognized for held-to-maturity investments. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Impairment of debt investments; Impairment of debt investments ‒ Appendix B Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; Appendix 12B Impairment of Debt Investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
12-51 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
121) If the fair value of a held-to-maturity investment declines below cost, and the company does not intend to sell the investment before fair value recovers: A) The investment is not written down to fair value, but any credit losses are recognized in net income. B) The investment is written down to fair value, and the entire impairment loss is recognized in net income. C) The investment is written down to fair value, and the entire impairment loss is recognized in other comprehensive income. D) Credit losses and other changes in fair value are not recognized for held-to-maturity investments. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Impairment of debt investments; Impairment of debt investments ‒ Appendix B Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; Appendix 12B Impairment of Debt Investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
122) If the fair value of a trading security declines because of a credit loss: A) The investment is not written down to fair value. B) The investment is written down to fair value, and an "impairment loss" is recognized in net income. C) The investment is written down to fair value, and the impairment loss is recognized in other comprehensive income. D) The investment is treated the same way as accounting for the investment as fair value through net income. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Impairment of debt investments; Impairment of debt investments ‒ Appendix B Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; Appendix 12B Impairment of Debt Investments. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
123) If the fair value of an available-for-sale investment declines below cost, and the company intends to sell the investment before fair value recovers: A) The investment is not written down to fair value, but any credit losses are recognized in net income. B) The investment is written down to fair value, and the entire impairment loss is recognized in net income. C) The investment is written down to fair value, and the entire impairment loss is recognized in other comprehensive income. D) The investment is written down to fair value, the credit loss is recognized in net income, and any remaining impairment is recognized in other comprehensive income. Answer: B 12-52 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Impairment of debt investments; Impairment of debt investments ‒ Appendix B Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities.; Appendix 12B Impairment of Debt Investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
124) If the fair value of an available-for-sale investment declines below cost, and the company does not believe it is more likely than not that it will have to sell the investment before fair value recovers: A) The investment is not written down to fair value, but any credit losses are recognized in net income. B) The investment is written down to fair value, and the entire impairment loss is recognized in net income. C) The investment is written down to fair value, and the entire impairment loss is recognized in other comprehensive income. D) The investment is written down to fair value, the credit loss is recognized in net income, and any remaining impairment is recognized in other comprehensive income. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Impairment of debt investments; Impairment of debt investments ‒ Appendix B Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities.; Appendix 12B Impairment of Debt Investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
125) Dicker Furriers purchased 1,000 bonds of Loose Corporation on January 10, 2020, for $800 per bond and classified the investment as securities available-for-sale. Loose's market value was $400 per bond on December 31, 2020, and the decline was due to a noncredit loss. As of December 31, 2021, Dicker still owned the Loose bonds whose market value had declined to $100 per bond. The additional decline is due to a credit loss of $300 per bond. Dicker does not believe (and never has believed) it is more likely than not that it would have to sell the Loose investment before fair value recovers. Dicker's December 31, 2021, balance sheet and the 2021 income statement would show the following:
a. b. c. d.
Investment in Loose bonds $100,000 100,000 800,000 500,000
Income statement loss on investments $700,000 300,000 0 300,000
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d. 12-53 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: B Explanation: The investment would be carried at fair value, with $300 of credit loss included in net income. Noncredit loss would be recognized in OCI in 2020, the period in which it occurred. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Impairment of debt investments; Impairment of debt investments ‒ Appendix B Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities.; Appendix 12B Impairment of Debt Investments. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
126) Dicker Furriers purchased 1,000 bonds of Loose Corporation on January 10, 2020, for $800 per bond and classified the investment as securities available-for-sale. Loose's market value was $400 per bond on December 31, 2020, and the decline was due to a noncredit loss. As of December 31, 2021, Dicker still owned the Loose bonds whose market value had declined to $100 per bond. The additional decline is due to a credit loss of $300 per bond. During 2021 Dicker determined for the first time that it was more likely than not that it would have to sell the Loose investment before fair value recovers. Dicker's December 31, 2021, balance sheet and the 2021 income statement would show the following:
a. b. c. d.
Investment in Loose bonds $100,000 100,000 800,000 500,000
Income statement loss on investments $700,000 300,000 0 300,000
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d. Answer: A Explanation: The investment would be carried at fair value. Because it is more likely than not that the investment will have to be sold before fair value recovers, the entire $700 of loss would be included in net income, including $400 from 2020 that is reclassified from AOCI to net income. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Impairment of debt investments; Impairment of debt investments ‒ Appendix B Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities.; Appendix 12B Impairment of Debt Investments. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
12-54 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
127) Dicker Furriers purchased 1,000 bonds of Loose Corporation on January 10, 2020, for $800 per bond at par and classified the investment as a held-to-maturity investment. Loose's market value was $400 per bond on December 31, 2020, and the decline was due to a noncredit loss. As of December 31, 2021, Dicker still owned the Loose bonds whose market value had declined to $100 per bond. The additional decline is due to a credit loss of $300 per bond. Dicker does not believe (and never has believed) it is more likely than not that it would have to sell the Loose investment before fair value recovers. Dicker's December 31, 2021, balance sheet and the 2021 income statement would show the following:
a. b. c. d.
Investment in Loose bonds $100,000 100,000 800,000 500,000
Income statement loss on investments $700,000 300,000 0 300,000
A) Option a. B) Option b. C) Option c. D) Option d. Answer: D Explanation: The investment would be carried at amortized cost, reduced for any credit losses. Whether it is more likely than not that fair value recovers before the investment is sold is not relevant for held-to-maturity investments. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Impairment of debt investments; Impairment of debt investments ‒ Appendix B Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; Appendix 12B Impairment of Debt Investments. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
128) Which of the following is not an example of a use of special purpose funds? A) Petty cash. B) Payroll. C) Bond repayment. D) Accounts receivable. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Life insurance ‒ Appendix A Learning Objective: Appendix 12A Other Investments (Special Purpose Funds, Investments in Life Insurance Policies). Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
129) Several years ago, Cayuga Capital acquired a $1 million insurance policy on the life of its chief executive officer, naming Cayuga Capital as beneficiary. Annual premiums are $20,000, 12-55 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
payable at the beginning of each year. In 2021, the cash surrender value of the policy increased from $12,000 to $15,000 according to the contract. Cayuga’s journal entry to record payment of the insurance premium in 2021 would include a: A) debit to cash of $20,000. B) debit to cash surrender value of life insurance of $153,000. C) debit to insurance expense of $17,000. D) credit to surrender value revenue of $3,000. Answer: C Explanation: Insurance expense (difference) Cash surrender value of life insurance ($15,000 – $12,000) Cash (2021 premium)
$17,000 $3,000 $20,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Life insurance ‒ Appendix A Learning Objective: Appendix 12A Other Investments (Special Purpose Funds, Investments in Life Insurance Policies). Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
130) Which of the following is not an example of a financial instrument? A) Evidence of an ownership interest in an entity. B) Cash. C) Accounts receivable. D) Retained earnings. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financial instruments and derivatives Learning Objective: 12-08 Explain how electing the fair value option affects accounting for investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
131) Which of the following is not an example of a derivative? A) Interest rate swap. B) Cash. C) Stock option. D) Forward contract. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financial instruments and derivatives Learning Objective: 12-08 Explain how electing the fair value option affects accounting for investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
12-56 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) Which of the following is not true about derivatives? A) Large losses on derivative investments have been reported in the press. B) Derivatives are so named because their value is derived from some underlying measure. C) Derivatives are useful instruments for managing risk. D) Accounting for derivatives is fully resolved and no additional rules or interpretations are likely. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Financial instruments and derivatives Learning Objective: 12-08 Explain how electing the fair value option affects accounting for investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA:
133) On January 12, 2021, Jefferson Corporation purchased bonds of Rose Corporation for $73 million at par and classified the securities as available-for-sale. On December 31, 2021, these bonds were valued at $67 million. Nine months later, on October 3, 2022, Jefferson Corporation sold these bonds for $87 million. As part of the multistep approach to record the 2022 transaction, Jefferson Corporation should first update the fair value adjustment on the date of sale by recording: A) An unrealized holding gain of $20 million in 2022. B) A gain of $20 million in 2022. C) An unrealized holding gain of $26 million in 2022. D) A gain of $14 million in 2022. Answer: A Explanation: 2022 unrealized gain of $87 million – $67 million = $20 million. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
134) On January 12, 2021, Jefferson Corporation purchased bonds of Rose Corporation for $73 million at par and classified the securities as available-for-sale. On December 31, 2021, these bonds were valued at $67 million. Nine months later, on October 3, 2022, Jefferson Corporation sold these bonds for $87 million. As part of the multistep approach to record the 2022 transaction, Jefferson Corporation should next take the second step of: A) Reversing total accumulated unrealized holding gains of $20 million. B) Reversing total accumulated unrealized holding gains of $6 million. C) Reversing total accumulated unrealized holding gains of $14 million. D) Reversing total accumulated unrealized holding gains of $26 million. Answer: C 12-57 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Explanation: 2021 unrealized holding loss of $6 million offset by 2022 unrealized holding gain of $20 million = $14 million accumulated unrealized holding gain. Alternatively, the accumulated unrealized holding gain from date of purchase to date of sale is $87 million (sale) – $73 million = $14 million accumulated unrealized holding gain. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
135) On January 12, 2021, Jefferson Corporation purchased bonds of Rose Corporation for $73 million at par and classified the securities as available-for-sale. On December 31, 2021, these bonds were valued at $67 million. Nine months later, on October 3, 2022, Jefferson Corporation sold these bonds for $87 million. As part of the multistep approach to record the 2022 transaction, Jefferson Corporation should finally take the third step of recording a sales transaction with a gain of: A) $20 million. B) $26 million. C) $6 million. D) $14 million. Answer: D Explanation: Sales price of $87 million (sale) – $73 million = $14 million as recognized gain in the income statement at date of sale. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
136) On March 25, 2021, Phillips Corporation purchased bonds of Atlas Corporation for $132 million and classified the securities as trading securities. On December 31, 2021, these bonds were valued at $150 million. Three months later, on April 3, 2022, Phillips Corporation sold these bonds for $140 million. As part of the multistep approach to record the 2022 transaction, Phillips Corporation should first update the fair value adjustment by recording: A) An unrealized holding gain of $28 million in 2022. B) An unrealized holding loss of $10 million in 2022. C) An unrealized holding gain of $8 million in 2022. D) A gain of $8 million in 2022. Answer: B Explanation: 2022 unrealized loss of $140 million – $150 million = ($10 million). Difficulty: 2 Medium
12-58 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Topic: Debt investments—Trading securities Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
137) On March 25, 2021, Phillips Corporation purchased bonds of Atlas Corporation for $132 million and classified the securities as trading securities. On December 31, 2021, these bonds were valued at $150 million. Three months later, on April 3, 2022, Phillips Corporation sold these bonds for $140 million. As part of the multistep approach to record the 2022 transaction, Jefferson Corporation should next take the second step of recording a sales transaction where it: A) Credits a fair value adjustment of $18 million. B) Debits a fair value adjustment of $18 million. C) Debits a fair value adjustment of $8 million. D) Credits a fair value adjustment of $8 million. Answer: D Explanation: Sales price of $140 million – $132 million = $8 million. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Trading securities Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA:
138) Match the number for the level of stock ownership that most frequently relates to each concept listed below.
12-59 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
STOCK OWNERSHIP PERCENTAGE
CONCEPT
NUMBER
1. Less than 20%
The investor can significantly influence, but not control, the investee's operating and financial policies.
___
2. 20%–50%
The reporting of the investment depends on whether there is a readily determinable fair value for it.
___
3. More than 50%
The investment is reported at cost, adjusted for subsequent growth in the investee.
___
The investment is reported at fair value.
___
Financial statements are combined as if for a single company.
___
The investor controls the investee.
___
Unrealized holding gains and losses are recorded at each reporting date.
___
The investee is a subsidiary of the investor.
___
Assets and liabilities of the investee are combined with those of the investor for reporting purposes.
___
The investor does not include an investment account for the investee in the balance sheet.
___
Answer:
12-60 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
STOCK OWNERSHIP PERCENTAGE
CONCEPT
NUMBER
1. Less than 20%
The investor can significantly influence, but not control, the investee's operating and financial policies.
2
2. 20%–50%
The reporting of the investment depends on whether there is a readily determinable fair value for it.
1
3. More than 50%
The investment is reported at cost, adjusted for subsequent growth in the investee.
2
The investment is reported at fair value.
1
Financial statements are combined as if for a single company.
3
The investor controls the investee.
3
Unrealized holding gains and losses are recorded at each reporting date.
1
The investee is a subsidiary of the investor.
3
Assets and liabilities of the investee are combined with those of the investor for reporting purposes.
3
The investor does not include an investment account for the investee in the balance sheet.
3
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity investments―Distinguish methods Learning Objective: 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income.; 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
12-61 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
139) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term to indicate the way each of the investments usually should be accounted for under U.S. GAAP based on the information provided. TERM
PHRASE
NUMBER
1. None of the these choices apply
Treasury bonds held for their entire life.
____
2. Trading Securities
Accounts Receivable.
____
3. Consolidation
Treasury bonds held for short-term profit.
____
4. Securities Held-toMaturity
Corporate bonds held for immediate resale.
____
5. Equity Method
40% of the voting common stock of XYZ Company.
____
85% of the voting common stock of ABC Corporation.
____
25% of the voting common stock of DEF Corporation.
____
50% of the voting common stock of JMG Corporation.
____
18% of voting common stock of Griggs Corporation; investor's CEO on the board of directors of Griggs Corporation; no other investor owns more than 1%.
____
Corporate bonds to be held for full term of 10 years.
____
Answer:
12-62 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
TERM
PHRASE
NUMBER
1. None of these choices Treasury bonds held for their entire life. apply
4
2. Trading Securities
Accounts Receivable.
1
3. Consolidation
Treasury bonds held for short-term profit.
2
4. Securities Held-toMaturity
Corporate bonds held for immediate resale.
2
5. Equity Method
40% of the voting common stock of XYZ Company.
5
85% of the voting common stock of ABC Corporation.
3
25% of the voting common stock of DEF Corporation.
5
50% of the voting common stock of JMG Corporation.
5
18% of voting common stock of Griggs Corporation; investor's CEO on the board of directors of Griggs Corporation; no other investor owns more than 1%.
5
Corporate bonds to be held for full term of 10 years.
4
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments―Distinguish categories; Equity investments―Distinguish methods Learning Objective: 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue.; 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income.; 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
12-63 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
140) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Trading securities only
PHRASE
NUMBER
Temporary declines in the fair value of an available-for-sale security.
____
2. Securities available-for-sale only Reported at fair value.
____
3. Unrealized holding losses
Changes in market value affect comprehensive income, but not net income.
____
4. Dividends received
Changes in market value affect net income.
____
5. Trading securities and securities available-for-sale
Reduces the investment account balance under the equity method.
____
Answer: TERM 1. Trading securities only
PHRASE Temporary declines in the fair value of an available-for-sale security.
NUMBER 3
2. Securities available-for-sale only Reported at fair value.
5
3. Unrealized holding losses
Changes in market value affect comprehensive income, but not net income.
2
4. Dividends received
Changes in market value affect net income.
1
5. Trading securities and securities available-for-sale
Reduces the investment account balance under the equity method.
4
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt investments―Distinguish categories; Equity investments―Distinguish methods Learning Objective: 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue.; 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities.; Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
141) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms with respect to accounting for investments under IFRS. Match each phrase with the correct term by placing the number designating the best term in the space provided by the phrase. 12-64 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
TERM
PHRASE
NUMBER
1. Business purpose test
Does not allow the "held-to-maturity" approach for debt investments.
____
2. IFRS No. 9
Can be accounted for as "fair value through profit or loss (FVPL)" or as "fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)" under IFRS No. 9.
____
3. Debt investments
One of the criteria that must be met under IFRS No. 9 to qualify for use of the amortized cost method.
____
4. Fair value through other comprehensive income
Similar to available-for-sale investments, except realized gains and losses are not reclassified into net income.
____
5. Accounting mismatch
One of the circumstances in which the fair value option can be used under IFRS.
____
Answer: TERM
PHRASE
NUMBER
1. Business purpose test
Does not allow the "held-to-maturity" approach for debt investments.
2
2. IFRS No. 9
Can be accounted for as "fair value through profit or loss (FVPL)" or as "fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)" under IFRS No. 9.
3
3. Debt investments
One of the criteria that must be met under IFRS No. 9 to qualify for use of the amortized cost method.
1
4. Fair value through other comprehensive income
Similar to available-for-sale investments, except realized gains and losses are not reclassified into net income.
4
5. Accounting mismatch
One of the circumstances in which the fair value option can be used under IFRS.
5
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS ‒ Distinguish investment categories; IFRS ‒ Fair value option Learning Objective: 12-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to investments. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective thinking AICPA: FN Measurement AICPA: BB Global
12-65 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
142) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term.
TERM
PHRASE
NUMBER
1. Change from the equity method
Result from a decline in fair value prior to sale.
____
2. Financial instruments
Change accounted for prospectively.
____
3. Unrealized holding losses
Method used for small ownership percentage of equity investments.
____
4. Fair value through net income Encompass cash, equity securities, and debt securities.
____
5. Unrealized holding gains
When related to trading securities, they increase net income.
____
PHRASE
NUMBER
1. Change from the equity method
Result from a decline in fair value prior to sale.
3
2. Financial instruments
Change accounted for prospectively.
1
3. Unrealized holding losses
Method used for small ownership percentage equity investments.
4
4. Fair value through net income Encompass cash, equity securities, and debt securities.
2
5. Unrealized holding gains
5
Answer: TERM
When related to trading securities, they increase net income.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments―Trading securities; Equity investments―FV through net income; Equity method ‒ Change to or from equity; Financial instruments and derivatives Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income.; 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method.; 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition.; 12-08 Explain how electing the fair value option affects accounting for investments. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
12-66 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term.
TERM
PHRASE
NUMBER
1. Securities held-to-maturity
Recognized only to the extent of carrying value under the equity method.
____
2. Unrealized holding gains and losses
Reported in the income statement for trading securities.
____
3. Impairment of securities available- Reduces investment account under the for-sale equity method if its fair value is higher than its book value.
____
4. Losses of investee
Requires positive intent and ability.
____
5. Amortization of a patent that was obtained in a business acquisition
Requires recognition in the income statement if judged to be other than temporary.
____
Answer: TERM
PHRASE
NUMBER
1. Securities held-to-maturity
Recognized only to the extent of carrying value under the equity method.
4
2. Unrealized holding gains and losses
Reported in the income statement for trading securities.
2
3. Impairment of securities available- Reduces investment account under the for-sale equity method if its fair value is higher than its book value.
5
4. Losses of investee
Requires positive intent and ability.
1
5. Amortization of a patent that was obtained in a business acquisition
Requires recognition in the income statement if judged to be other than temporary.
3
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments―Trading securities; Debt investments―Available-for-sale; Impairment of debt investments; Equity method ‒ Account for investment; Equity method ‒ Further adjustments Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities.; 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition.
12-67 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
144) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term.
TERM 1. Investor's share of investee income
PHRASE
NUMBER
Can be required in the future when, at the time an equity-method investment is made, the fair value of investee's identifiable net assets exceeds their carrying value.
____
2. Additional depreciation Not recognized as revenue in equity-method investments.
____
3. Equity method
Used when investor can significantly influence investee.
____
4. Consolidation
Used when investor has effective control of investee.
____
5. Dividends
Recognized as revenue for equity-method investments.
____
Answer: TERM 1. Investor's share of investee income
PHRASE
NUMBER
Can be required in the future when, at the time an equity-method investment is made, the fair value of investee's identifiable net assets exceeds their carrying value.
2
2. Additional depreciation Not recognized as revenue in equity-method investments.
5
3. Equity method
Used when investor can significantly influence investee.
3
4. Consolidation
Used when investor has effective control of investee.
4
5. Dividends
Recognized as revenue for equity-method investments.
1
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity investments―Distinguish methods; Equity method ‒ Account for investment; Equity method ‒ Further adjustments
12-68 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Learning Objective: 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income.; 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method.; 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
145) On March 1, 2021, Navy Corporation used excess cash to purchase U.S. Treasury bonds for $103,000 plus accrued interest. The bonds were purchased at face value. The appropriate interest rate is 6%. Interest on these bonds is payable on January 1 and July 1 of each year. Navy's investment is accounted for as held-to-maturity. The fair value of the Treasury bonds is $104,000 at year-end. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries to record the transactions for the year, including any yearend adjustments. Show calculations, rounded to the nearest dollar. Answer: Mar. 1 Interest receivable ($103,000 × 6% × 2/12)
$1,030 $103,000
Investment in bonds
$104,030
Cash
July 1
Dec. 31
$3,090
Cash ($103,000 × 6% × 6/12) Interest revenue
$2,060
Interest receivable
$1,030
$3,090
Interest receivable Interest revenue (held-to-maturity, so no fair value adjustment)
$3,090
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments―Account for interest; Debt investments―Held-to-maturity Learning Objective: 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue.; 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
12-69 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) On January 1, 2021, Wildcat Company purchased $93,000 of 10% bonds at face value. The bonds are to be held-to-maturity. The bonds pay interest semiannually on January 1 and July 1. Required: (1.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the acquisition of the bonds. (2.) Record the first two interest payments (ignore year-end accruals). Answer: (1.) 01/1/2021
(2.)
07/1/2021 01/1/2022
Investment in bonds Cash
$93,000
Cash ($93,000 × 10% × 6/12) Interest revenue Cash Interest revenue
$4,650
$93,000
$4,650 $4,650 $4,650
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments―Account for interest; Debt investments―Held-to-maturity Learning Objective: 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue.; 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
147) On January 1, 2021, Hoosier Company purchased $930,000 of 10% bonds at face value. The bond market value was $980,000 on December 31, 2021. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entry on December 31, 2021, to properly value the bonds assuming the bonds are classified as: (1.) Trading securities. (2.) Securities available-for-sale. (3.) Held-to-maturity securities. Answer: (1.) Fair value adjustment (TS) ($980,000 – $930,000) $50,000 Gain on investments (unrealized, NI) $50,000 (2.) Fair value adjustment, bonds (AFS) ($980,000 – $930,000) $50,000 Gain on investments (unrealized, OCI) $50,000 (3.) Changes in FV of held-to-maturity securities are not recorded. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale; Debt investments—Trading securities; Debt investments—Held-to-maturity Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
148) FKG Inc. carries the following debt investments on its books at December 31, 2020, and 12-70 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
December 31, 2021. All securities were purchased during 2020. Trading Securities: Company A Company B Company C Company
Cost $25,000 $13,000 $35,000
Value, Dec. 31, 2020 $13,000 $20,000 $30,000
Value, Dec. 31, 2021 $20,000 $20,000 $25,000
Available-for-Sale Securities: Company X Company Y Company
Cost $210,000 $ 50,000
Value, Dec. 31, 2020 $130,000 $ 60,000
Value, Dec. 31, 2021 $50,000 $70,000
Required: (1.) Prepare the necessary journal entries for FKG on December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2021. (2.) What net effect would the valuation of these debt investments have on 2020 net income? (3.) What net effect would the valuation of these debt investments have on 2021 net income? Answer: (1.) 2020: Loss on investments (unrealized, NI) Investment in A Investment in B Gain on investments (unrealized, NI) Loss on investments (unrealized, NI) Investment in C
$12,000 $12,000 $7,000 $7,000 $5,000 $5,000
Alternative (combining all entries): Loss on investments (unrealized, NI) Fair value adjustment (TS)
$10,000 $10,000
Loss on investments (unrealized, OCI) Investment in X Investment in Y Gain on investments (unrealized, OCI)
$80,000 $80,000 $10,000 $10,000
12-71 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Alternative (combining all entries): Loss on investments (unrealized, OCI) Fair value adjustment (AFS)
$70,000
2021 Investment in A Gain on investments (unrealized, NI)
$7,000
$70,000
$7,000
NO ENTRY FOR B COMPANY Loss on investments (unrealized, NI) Investment in C
$5,000 $5,000
Alternative (combining all entries): Fair value adjustment (TS) Gain on investments (unrealized, NI)
$2,000 $2,000
Loss on investments (unrealized, OCI) Investment in X Investment in Y Gain on investments (unrealized, OCI)
$80,000 $80,000 $10,000 $10,000
Alternative (combining all entries): Loss on investments (unrealized, OCI) Fair value adjustment (AFS)
70,000 70,00
(2.) 2020: Net Income would be reduced by $10,000 due to the net unrealized holding loss on trading securities on companies A, B, and C. (3.) 2021: Net Income would be increased by $2,000 due to the net unrealized holding gain on trading securities on companies A, B, and C. The unrealized holding gains and losses on the debt securities available-for-sale are reported as a separate component of shareholders' equity in the balance sheet and do not affect the income statement. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments―Trading securities; Debt investments―Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
12-72 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
149) The following transactions occurred during the year for XYZ Corporation: (a.) During the year, trading securities were purchased for $250,000. (b.) During the year, securities available-for-sale were purchased for $80,000. (c.) During the year, trading securities that are carried on the balance sheet at their fair value of $125,000 were sold for $125,000 cash. (d.) At the end of the year, the trading securities portfolio has an aggregate fair value of $142,000 and an aggregate cost of $150,000. (e.) At the end of the year the securities available-for-sale portfolio has an aggregate fair value of $95,000. Required: Indicate how each of these transactions would affect the statement of cash flows for a corporation. Assume the statement of cash flows is prepared using the indirect method. Each transaction is assumed to be independent of the other transactions. Answer: (a.) The $250,000 cash payment for trading securities will be reflected as an increase in the balance of trading securities and deducted from net income in arriving at cash flows from operations. (b.) The $80,000 to purchase securities available-for-sale will be shown as an investing cash outflow. (c.) The $125,000 decrease in trading securities will be added to net income in arriving at cash flows from operations. (d.) The $8,000 unrealized holding loss will be added to net income in arriving at cash flows from operations. (e.) Securities available-for-sale unrealized holding gains/losses are not reported in the statement of cash flows. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale; Debt investments—Trading securities Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
150) Jackson Company engaged in the following investment transactions during the current year.
Feb. 17
Purchased 500 shares of Medical Company common stock for $20 per share plus a brokerage commission of $100. Jackson does not have significant influence over Medical.
April 1
Bought 30,000 of the 100,000 outstanding shares of Olde Company for $300,000. Goodwill of $80,000 was included in the price.
June 25
Received a $1.20 per share dividend on Medical Company stock. 12-73
Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
June 30
Olde Company reported second-quarter profits of $20,000.
Oct. 1
Purchased 2,000 bonds of Alpha Company for $15 per bond plus a brokerage fee of $400. These bonds are classified as securities available-for-sale.
Dec. 31
Medical Co. shares are selling for $25 and Alpha bonds are selling for $12.
Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries to record the transactions for the year, including year-end adjustments. Show calculations. Answer: Feb. 17 Apr. 1 Jun. 25 Jun. 30
Oct. 1
Dec. 31 Dec. 31
Investment in equity securities [($500 × $20) + $100] Cash Investment in equity affiliate Cash Cash (500 × $1.20) Investment revenue Investment in equity affiliate ($20,000 × 30%) Investment revenue Investment in bonds (AFS) [(2,000 × $15) + $400] Cash Fair value adjustment (Medical) [(500 × $25) – $10,100] Gain on investments (unrealized, NI) Loss on investments (unrealized, OCI) Fair value adjustment (Alpha) [(2,000 × $12) — $30,400]
$10,100 $10,100 $300,000 $300,000 $600 $600 $6,000 $6,000 $30,400 $30,400 $2,400 $2,400 $6,400 $6,400
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale; Equity investments—FV through net income; Equity method ‒ Account for investment Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income.; 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
12-74 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
151) Eastwood Enterprises owns 300 bonds of the Van Cleef Company (5% of the outstanding debt of Van Cleef). Eastwood is trying to determine the fair value of Van Cleef’s bonds. The relevant facts are as follows: • Eastwood bought the Van Cleef bonds earlier in the accounting period for $1,000/bond at a time when the bonds were publicly traded. • Since Eastwood bought the bonds, Van Cleef Company has been delisted from the stock exchange and there is no longer an active market in the Van Cleef bonds. • Eastwood's internal valuation specialist estimates the Van Cleef bonds to be worth $800/bond. Eastwood plans to continue holding the bonds, but may someday sell them if their value increases sufficiently. Required: (1) What is the fair value of Eastwood's investment in Van Cleef bonds? Briefly explain your choice of fair value, and relate that choice to the requirements of GAAP regarding fair value measurement. (2) Prepare a journal entry to record any necessary fair value adjustment. Answer: (1) The fair value of the investment is $800/bond × 300 bonds = $240,000. The internal valuation specialist's valuation (considered a level-3 input per GAAP regarding fair value measurement) is used because there is no longer a reliable market quote (considered a level-1 input per GAAP regarding fair value measurement). (2) This is an available-for-sale investment, so the fair value adjustment would appear as follows: Loss on investments (unrealized, OCI) Fair value adjustment (Van Cleef) 300 × ($1000 – $800)
$60,00 0 $60,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
12-75 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
152) On March 17, 2020, Union Corporation purchased 500 bonds of AZQ as a long-term investment at $400 per bond. On December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2021, the market value of the AZQ bonds is $420 and $430, respectively. Required: (1.) What is the appropriate reporting category for this investment? Why? (2.) Prepare the adjusting entry on December 31, 2020. (3.) Prepare the adjusting entry on December 31, 2021. Answer: This investment should be accounted for as available-for-sale since it will be held for an unspecified period of time and doesn't fit any other (1.) category. (2.)
(3.)
12/31/2020
12/31/2021
Fair value adjustment (AZQ) Gain on investments (unrealized, OCI)
$10,000
Fair value adjustment (AZQ) Gain on investments (unrealized, OCI)
$5,000
$10,000
$5,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: Reference: Ch12-Ref01 In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Kirby Inc. included the following disclosure regarding its available-for-sale investments in securities:
2021
December 31 2020
2019
In thousands Accumulated other comprehensive income Gain (loss) on investments (unrealized): Balance at beginning of year Gain (loss) on investments for the year Loss recognized in NI Balance at end of year
-- $(7,533) $1,509 $(3,564) -- $11,097 $1,509 --
$(6,862) $(671) -$(7,533)
153) Required: Prepare the journal entry (in thousands) that Kirby made at the end of 2021 to record unrealized holding gains arising during the year. Answer: 12-76 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Fair value adjustment Gain on investments (unrealized, OCI)
$1,509 $1,509
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
154) In 2020, Kirby made two adjustments to its available-for-sale investments. Required: Briefly explain the adjustments and why they occurred. Answer: The first entry was to record the additional unrealized loss of $3,564,000 that Kirby had incurred from holding these securities. This raised the accumulated unrealized loss to $11,097,000 on these investments. The second adjustment indicates the recognition (reclassification) of that accumulated loss. This occurred because Kirby either wrote off the investment or sold it during the year. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AACSB: Communication AICPA: FN Measurement
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: Reference: Ch12-Ref02 Fragrance International, a large perfume manufacturer, reported the following in its 2021 annual report to shareholders: ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ("AOCI") included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consist of the following: YEAR ENDED JUNE 30 2021 2020 2019 ($ in millions) Gain on investments (unrealized) beginning of year Gain (loss) on investments for the year Provision for deferred income taxes Net gain (loss) on investments, end of year
$ 2.9 (5.0) 2.0 (0.1)
$ 13.9 (18.3) 7.3 2.9
$ 6.1 13.0 (5.2) 13.9
12-77 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS YEAR ENDED JUNE 30 2021 2020 2019 ($ in millions) CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Capital expenditures Acquisition of businesses, net of acquired cash Purchases of long-term investments Proceeds from disposition of long-term investments NET CASH FLOWS USED FOR INVESTING ACTIVITIES
$(203.2)
$(192.2)
$(180.9)
(18.5) --
(16.0) --
(180.5) (15.9)
4.7
1.9
3.0
(217.0)
(206.3)
(374.3)
Investments sold during 2021 originally cost $3.0 million. 155) What was the after-tax realized gain or loss on the sale of available-for-sale securities in 2021? Assume a 40% tax rate. Answer: $1.7 million gain before taxes ($4.7 proceeds – $3.0 securities). Taxes would be $0.68 million ($1.7 million × .4 tax rate). Thus, the after-tax gain would be $1.02 million. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
156) Assuming a constant tax rate of 40%, what was the pre-tax accumulated unrealized holding gain or loss on available-for-sale securities at 7/1/2020? Answer: $4.833 million unrealized holding gain. At a 40% tax rate, the after-tax unrealized holding gain is 60% of the total. Therefore, $2.9 million is 60% of the total. Total is $2.9/.6 = $4.833 million. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
157) Prepare summary journal entries that Fragrance International recorded on June 30, 2021, to (1) record the total of any necessary changes to the fair value adjustment for available-for-sale 12-78 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
securities and (2) record the total of any tax effects associated with those changes. Answer: (1) Loss on investments (unrealized, OCI) Fair value adjustment
$5.0 million
(2)
$2.0 million
Deferred income taxes Tax benefit—OCI
$5.0 million
$2.0 million
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
158) Bentz Corporation bought and sold several securities during 2021. Listed below is a summary of the transactions: February 17
Purchased $102,000 of U.S. Treasury 6% bonds at par plus accrued interest of $1,000. The security is to be held for shortterm profits.
April 10
Purchased 500 shares of Gauges Inc. common stock at $140 per share. This security will be held for an unspecified period of time.
August 8
Sold 100 shares of Gauges Inc. for $150 per share.
October 5
Sold half of the U.S. Treasury bonds for $51,500 plus accrued interest of $300.
Required: Prepare the journal entries for the above transactions. Show calculations. Answer: Feb. 17
Investment in bonds (TS) Interest receivable Cash
$102,000 $1,000
Investment in equity securities Cash
$70,000
$103,000 Apr. 10
$70,000 Aug. 8 (sale of 100 Gauges shares): Entry 1—Updating the fair value adjustment for the equity securities 12-79 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Need to move from a fair value adjustment of $0 to $1,000
Balance on 4/10/2021 Adjustment needed to update fair value Balance needed on 8/8/2021 [100 × ($150 – $140)]
4/10/2021 Change needed 8/8/2021 Aug. 8
FV Adjustment $0 ? $1,000
Fair Value Adjustment 0 $1,000 $1,000
Fair value adjustment Gain on investments (unrealized, NI)
$1,000 $1,000
Entry 2 – Record the sale transaction Aug. 8
Cash
$15,000 Investment in equity securities Fair value adjustment
$14,000 $1,000
Oct. 5 (sold U.S. Treasury bonds): Entry 1—Updating the fair value adjustment Need to move from a fair value adjustment of $0 to $500
Balance on 2/17/2021 Adjustment needed to update fair value Balance needed on 10/5/2021 [51,500 – ($102,000 2)]
2/17/2021 Change needed 10/5/2021 Oct. 5
FV Adjustment $0 ? $500
Fair Value Adjustment 0 $500 $500
Fair value adjustment Gain on investments (unrealized, NI)
$500 $500
Entry 2 –Recording the sale transaction Oct. 5
Cash
$51,800 Investment in bonds Fair value adjustment
$51,000 $500 12-80
Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Interest revenue
$300
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments―Account for interest; Debt investments―Trading securities; Equity investments―FV through net income Learning Objective: 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue.; 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
159) Krogstad Corporation bought 1,000 shares of Cole Inc. common stock for $90 per share Three months later, the shares were sold for $110 per share. Required: (1.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the purchase of the stock. (2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the sale of the stock. Answer: (1.)
Investment in equity securities Cash
90,000 90,000
(2.) Entry 1—Updating the fair value adjustment Need to move from a fair-value adjustment of $0 to $20,000 FV Adjustment $0 ? $20,000
Beginning Balance Adjustment needed to update fair value Ending Balance Needed ($110,000 – $90,000)
Beg. Balance Change needed Ending Balance
Fair-Value Adjustment 0 $20,000 $20,000
Fair value adjustment Gain on investments (unrealized, NI)
20,000 20,000
Entry 2 –Recording the sale transaction Cash
110,000 Investment in equity securities Fair value adjustment
90,000 20,000 12-81
Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity investments―FV through net income Learning Objective: 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
160) During 2021, Largent Enterprises purchased bonds as follows: May 17, Purchased 100 Nugent bonds for $800 per bond. July 12, Purchased 40 Alfredo bonds at $600 per bond, plus a $600 brokerage commission. Largent accounts for these investments as securities available-for-sale. At December 31, 2021, the market values of the securities were as follows: Security Nugent Alfredo
Market Value per Bond $720 $640
Required: (1.) Prepare the journal entries to record the acquisition of the two investments. (2.) Prepare any necessary adjusting entries assuming the bonds are both classified as availablefor-sale securities. Answer: (1.) May 17 Jul. 12 (2.)
Dec. 31 Dec. 31
Investment in bonds (Nugent) $80,000 Cash $80,000 Investment in bonds (Alfredo) $24,600 Cash $24,600 Loss on investments (unrealized, OCI) $8,000 Fair value adjustment (Nugent) $8,000 Fair value adjustment (Alfredo) $1,000 Gain on investments (unrealized, OCI) $1,000
($640 × 40) – $24,600 = $1,000 Alternative (combining all entries): Dec. 31 Loss on investments (unrealized, OCI) Fair value adjustment (AFS)
$7,000 $7,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
12-82 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: Reference: Ch11-Ref03 Cold Cat Inc., a snowmobile manufacturer, reported the following in its 20X5 annual report to shareholders: NOTE B—SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS Short-term investments consist primarily of a diversified portfolio of municipal and corporate bonds and are classified as follows at March 31: 20X5 20X4 $64,433,000 $55,282,000 3,196,000 7,113,000 $67,629,000 $62,395,000
Trading securities Available-for-sale debt securities
Trading securities consist of $54,608,000 and $41,707,000 invested in various corporate bonds at March 31, 20X5 and March 31, 20X4, respectively, while the remainder of trading securities and available-for-sale securities consist primarily of A-rated or higher municipal bond investments. The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities classified as available-for-sale was $3,105,000 and $3,196,000, at March 31, 20X5. The unrealized holding gain on available-for-sale debt securities is reported, net of tax, as a separate component of shareholders' equity. Cold Cat Inc. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY Years Ended March 31 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income changed by the following amounts: 20X4: Loss on investments, net of tax (unrealized)
$(154,000)
20X5: Loss on investments, net of tax (unrealized)
(140,000) 20X5
20X4
$3,703,000
$1,729,000
Cash flows from investing activities: Sale and maturity of available-for-sale securities
In its 20X4 annual report, Cold Cat disclosed, "The contractual maturities of available-for-sale debt securities at March 31, 20X4, are $3,573,000 within one year and $3,340,000 from one year through five years." 12-83 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
161) Assume Cold Cat did not purchase any trading securities during 20X5. Prepare a journal entry to record any unrealized holding gains or losses on trading securities during 20X5. Answer: Fair value adjustment $9,151,000 Gain on investments (unrealized, NI) $9,151,000 ($64,433,000 – $55,282,000 = $9,151,000) Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Trading securities Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
162) How much did Cold Cat actually receive from the sale of available-for-sale securities during 20X5? Answer: $130,000 ($3,703,000 cash flow – $3,573,000 maturity). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
163) What gain or loss would be realized if the available-for-sale securities on Cold Cat's 3/31/X5 balance sheet were sold immediately for their fair value? Prepare any reclassification entry and an entry that would record the sale (ignore taxes). Answer: Cold Cat would report a $91,000 gain (gross of tax). This is the difference between the amortized cost of the investments ($3,105,000) and their fair value ($3,196,000), or $91,000. The transaction would be recorded as follows: Reclassification entry: Reclassification adjustment—OCI Fair value adjustment (account balance)
$91,000 $91,000
Record the sale transaction: Cash Investment in bonds Gain on investments (NI)
$3,196,000 $3,105,000 $91,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Debt investments—Available-for-sale Learning Objective: 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Analyze
12-84 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
164) Fredo, Inc., purchased 10% of Sonny Enterprises for $1,000,000 on January 1, 2021. Sonny recognized a total of $400,000 net income during 2021, paid $30,000 of dividends to Fredo during 2021, and at December 31, 2021, the market value of the Sonny investment increased to $1,040,000. Required: Prepare the journal entries necessary to account for the Sonny investment, assuming that Fredo (1) does not have significant influence or (2) does have significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee. Answer: (1) Investment in equity securities Cash
(2)
$1,000,000 $1,000,000
Cash Dividend revenue
$30,000
Fair value adjustment, Sonny Gain on investments (unrealized, NI)
$40,000
$30,000
$40,000
Investment in equity affiliate Cash
$1,000,000 $1,000,000
Investment in equity affiliate Investment revenue (10% × $400,000)
$40,000
Cash (Dividends received) Investment in equity affiliate
$30,000
$40,000
$30,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity investments―FV through net income; Equity method ‒ Account for investment Learning Objective: 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income.; 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
12-85 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) On January 2, 2021, MBH Inc. acquired 30% of the voting common stock of Construction Corporation as a long-term investment. Data from Construction Corporation's financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021, include the following: Net income $150,000 Dividends paid $75,000 Required: Prepare any necessary journal entries for MBH at December 31, 2021, under the equity method of accounting for investments. Answer: Investment in equity affiliate ($150,000 × 30%) Investment revenue Cash ($75,000 × 30%) Investment in equity affiliate
$45,000 $45,000 $22,500 $22,500
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
166) On January 1, 2021, American Corporation purchased 25% of the outstanding voting shares of Short Supplies common stock for $210,000 cash. On that date, Short's book value and fair value were both $840,000. The equity method is deemed appropriate for this investment. Short's net income reported on December 31, 2021, was $80,000. During 2021, Short also paid cash dividends in the amount of $24,000. Required: Compute the amount that would be reported for the investment on American Corporation's financial statements at December 31, 2021. Answer: Investment in equity affiliate: Purchase of investment Share of net income (25% × $80,000) Less cash dividend (25% × $24,000) Balance, December 31, 2021
$210,000 20,000 (6,000) $224,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
12-86 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
167) On January 1, 2021, American Corporation purchased 25% of the outstanding voting shares of Short Supplies common stock for $210,000 cash. On that date, Short's book value and fair value were both $840,000. The equity method is deemed appropriate for this investment. Short's net income reported on December 31, 2021, was $80,000. During 2021, Short also paid cash dividends in the amount of $24,000. Required: Prepare the journal entries necessary to record the above information on American Corporation's books during 2021. Answer: Jan. 1
Dec. 31
Dec. 31
Investment in equity affiliate Cash
$210,000
Investment in equity affiliate (25% × $80,000) Investment revenue Cash (25% × $24,000) Investment in equity affiliate
$20,000
$210,00 0
$20,000 $6,000 $6,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
168) On July 1, 2021, Silverwood Company purchased for cash 35% of the voting common stock of Yellowstone Corporation. Both companies have a December 31 fiscal year-end. Yellowstone Corporation, which is publicly traded on an organized stock exchange, reported its net income for the year to Silverwood and paid a dividend to Silverwood during the year. Required: How should Silverwood report the above information in its year-end income statement and balance sheet? Discuss the rationale for your answer. Answer: The Silverwood Company should follow the equity method of accounting for this investment. Because Silverwood owns 35% of the voting stock of Yellowstone, the presumption of significant influence exists; 35% of Yellowstone's net income for one half year would be added to Silverwood's investment in equity affiliate account balance. Adjustments would also be made, if appropriate, to reflect additional depreciation. The investment account's adjusted balance would be reported as a long-term investment in the asset section of the balance sheet. Thirty-five percent of Yellowstone's net income, minus any additional depreciation, would be reflected in Silverwood's income statement. Since the equity method is appropriate for this investment, the dividends would not be included in income, but would be deducted from the investment in equity affiliate account. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity investments―Distinguish methods; Equity method ‒ Account for investment; Equity method ‒ Further adjustments
12-87 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method.; 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AACSB: Communication AICPA: FN Measurement
169) On July 1, 2021, Clearwater Inc. purchased 6,000 shares of the outstanding common stock of Mountain Corporation at a cost of $140,000. Mountain had 30,000 shares of outstanding common stock. The total book value and total fair value of Mountain's individual net assets on July 1, 2021, are both $700,000. The total fair value of the 30,000 shares of Mountain's common stock on December 31, 2021, is $760,000. Both companies have a January through December fiscal year. The following data pertains to Mountain Corporation during 2021: Dividends declared and paid, January 1–June 30 Dividends declared and paid, July 1–December 31
$12,000 $12,000
Net income, January 1–June 30 Net income, July 1–December 31
$14,000 $18,000
Required: (1.) Prepare the necessary entries for 2021 under the equity method (other than for the purchase). (2.) Prepare any necessary entries for 2021 (other than for the purchase) that would be required if the securities were accounted for under the fair value through net income method. Answer: (1.) Cash ($12,000 dividends × 20%) Investment in equity affiliate
(2.)
$2,400 $2,400
Investment in equity affiliate ($18,000 NI × 20%) Investment revenue
$3,600
Cash ($12,000 dividends × 20%) Dividend revenue Fair value adjustment [($760 – $700) × 20%] Gain on investments (unrealized, NI)
$2,400
$3,600
$2,400 $12,000 $12,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity investments―Distinguish methods; Equity investments―FV through net income; Equity method ‒ Account for investment Learning Objective: 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income.; 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
12-88 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) Matrix, Inc., acquired 25% of Neo Enterprises for $2,000,000 on January 1, 2021. The fair value and book value of 25% of Neo's identifiable net assets was $2,000,000 and $1,600,000 on that date, and the difference was attributable to assets that would be depreciated over 10 years. During 2021 Neo recognized net income of $500,000 and paid dividends of $400,000. Neo had a total fair value of $10,000,000 as of December 31, 2021. Required: (1.) Prepare the journal entries necessary to account for the Neo investment, assuming that Matrix accounts for that investment as an equity-method investment. (2.) Prepare the journal entries necessary to account for the Neo investment, assuming that Matrix elects the fair value option. Answer: (1) Investment in equity affiliate Cash
$2,000,000 $2,000,000
Cash (25% × $400,000) Investment in equity affiliate
$100,000
Investment in equity affiliate (25% × $500,000) Investment revenue
$125,000
Investment revenue ($2,000,000 – $1,600,000)/10
$40,000
$100,000
$125,000
Investment in equity affiliate (2)
$40,000
Investment in equity affiliate Cash
$2,000,000 $2,000,000
Cash (25% × $400,000) Investment revenue
$100,000
Fair value adjustment Gain on investments (unrealized, NI) (25% × $10,000,000) – $2,000,000
$500,000
$100,000
$500,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment; Equity method ‒ Further adjustments; Fair value option for investments Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method.; 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition.; 12-08 Explain how electing the fair value option affects accounting for investments. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
12-89 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
171) Bourne, Inc., acquired 50% of David Webb Enterprises for $5,000,000 on January 1, 2021. The total fair value and book value of Webb's identifiable net assets was $8,000,000 on that date. During 2021 Webb recognized net income of $1,000,000 and paid dividends of $1,200,000. Webb had a fair value of $11,000,000 as of December 31, 2021. Required: Determine the amounts that will be associated with the Investment in affiliate account and the goodwill calculated upon the purchase of Webb's stock, assuming Bourne accounts for the Webb investment under the equity method. Answer: First note that, at purchase, fair value of Webb is $5,000,000/50% = $10,000,000, implying total goodwill of $10,000,000 – $8,000,000 = $2,000,000. All of the price differential is attributable to goodwill, because fair value of identifiable net assets equals their book value on the date of purchase. Goodwill is not amortized. Investment in Webb = $4,900,000 [$5,000,000 + 50% × ($1,000,000 net income – $1,200,000 dividends)] Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment; Equity method ‒ Further adjustments Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method.; 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
172) Damon, Inc., acquired 25% of Jolie Enterprises for $8,000,000 on October 1, 2021. The total fair value of Jolie's identifiable net assets was $27,000,000 on that date, and the total book value of those net assets was $23,000,000. The difference between fair value and book value is attributed to equipment that has a remaining useful life of four years. During 2021 Jolie recognized net income of $2,000,000 and paid dividends of $1,200,000 ($300,000 per quarter). Jolie had a fair value of $36,000,000 as of December 31, 2021. Required: Assume Damon accounts for the Jolie investment under the equity method. Indicate the total effect of the Jolie investment on Damon's: 1) net income for 2021. 2) the balance in Damon's investment in equity affiliate account on December 31, 2021. Answer: First note that, at purchase, fair value of Webb is $8,000,000/25% = $32,000,000, implying total goodwill of $32,000,000 – $27,000,000 = $5,000,000. Goodwill is not amortized. 1) Fair value of identifiable net assets exceeds their book value on the date of purchase by $27,000,000 – $23,000,000 = $4,000,000. That amount will be amortized over four years, so the imputed depreciation expense will be $4,000,000 ÷ 4 = $1,000,000. Therefore, Damon will recognize $250,062,500 [(25% of the yearownership) × (25% of the year) × ($2,000,000 income – $1,000,000 depreciation)] of income on the Jolie investment for 2021. 2) Damon's 12/31/2021 Jolie investment account will equal $7,98750,5000 [($8,000,000 + 250,00062,500 – (25% ownership × $300,000 dividend)]. 12-90 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment; Equity method ‒ Further adjustments Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method.; 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
173) On July 1, 2021, Clearwater Inc. purchased 6,000 shares of the outstanding common stock of Mountain Corporation at a cost of $140,000. Clearwater will have significant influence over the financial and operating policies of Mountain. Mountain had 30,000 shares of outstanding common stock. Assume the total book value and fair value of identifiable net assets is $650,000. Both companies have a January through December fiscal year. The following data pertains to Mountain Corporation during 2021: Dividends declared and paid, January 1–June 30 Dividends declared and paid, July 1–December 31 Net income, January 1–June 30 Net income, July 1–December 31
$12,000 $12,000 $14,000 $18,000
Required: (1.) Prepare the entry to record the original investment in Mountain. (2.) Compute the goodwill (if any) on the acquisition. (3.) Prepare the necessary entries (other than acquisition) for 2021 under the equity method. Answer: (1.) Investment in equity affiliate Cash
$140,000
(2.)
$140,000
(3.)
$140,000
Purchase price Fair value of identifiable net assets purchased ($650,000 × 20%) Goodwill purchased (difference)
$130,000 $10,000
Cash ($12,000 × 20%) Investment in equity affiliate
$2,400
Investment in equity affiliate ($18,000 × 20%) Investment revenue
$3,600
$2,400
$3,600
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment; Equity method ‒ Further adjustments Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method.; 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
12-91 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
174) On January 1, 2020, Bactin Corporation acquired 10% of Oakton Company for $100,000. On that date, the total book value and fair value of Oakton's identifiable net assets was $900,000. Any difference between cost and fair value is attributable to goodwill. In 2020, Oakton reported net income of $60,000 and paid dividends of $30,000. On January 1, 2021, Bactin Corporation bought another 10% of Oakton for $100,000, and on that date, the book value and fair value of Oakton's net assets still was $900,000 (the fair value of Oakton did not change during 2020). Bactin concluded that its 20% ownership now allowed it to significantly influence Oakton's operations. In 2021, Oakton reported net income of $80,000 and paid dividends of $40,000. Required: Prepare all journal entries for Bactin for 2020 and 2021, assuming no change in fair value of the Oakton stock during that time period. Answer: 1/1/2020 12/31/2020 1/1/2021 1/1/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2021
Investment in equity securities Cash Cash ($30,000 × 10%) Dividend revenue Investment in equity securities Cash Investment in equity affiliate Investment in equity securities Cash ($40,000 × 20%) Investment in equity affiliate Investment in equity affiliate ($80,000 × 20%) Investment revenue
$100,000 $100,000 $3,000 $3,000 $100,000 $100,000 $200,000 $200,000 $8,000 $8,000 $16,000 $16,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Change to or from equity; Equity method ‒ Account for investment; Equity investments―Distinguish methods Learning Objective: 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income.; 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method.; 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
175) LaBelle Corporation owns a $6 million whole life insurance policy on the life of its CEO, naming LaBelle as beneficiary. The annual premiums are $95,000 and are payable at the beginning of each year. The cash surrender value of the policy was $56,000 at the beginning of 2021. Required: (1.) Prepare the appropriate 2021 journal entry to record insurance expense and the increase in the investment, assuming the cash surrender value of the policy increased according to the contract to $70,000. (2.) The CEO died at the end of 2021. Prepare the appropriate journal entry. 12-92 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1) Insurance expense (difference) Cash surrender value of life insurance ($70,000 – $56,000) Cash (2021 premium) 2) Cash (death benefit) Cash surrender value of life insurance (account balance) Gain on life insurance settlement (to balance)
$81,000 $14,000 $95,000 $6,000,000 $70,000 $5,930,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Life insurance ‒ Appendix A Learning Objective: Appendix 12A Other Investments (Special Purpose Funds, Investments in Life Insurance Policies). Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: Reference: Ch12-Ref04 In early December of 2021, Blue Corp. purchased $40,000 of Yellow Company bonds, which constitutes less than 3% of Yellow's outstanding debt. Blue accounts for the Yellow investment as available-for-sale. By December 31, 2021, the value of the Yellow investment had fallen to $30,000, and Blue determined that $4,000 of that decline was due to a credit loss. Blue did not believe it was more likely than not that it would have to sell the investment before fair value recovered. By December 31, 2022, the value of the Yellow investment had fallen to $15,000, Blue determined that $2,000 of the additional decline was due to additional credit loss, and Blue determined that it is more likely than not that it will need to sell the bonds before their fair value recovers. By December 31, 2023, Blue still owned the bonds and their fair value had recovered to $20,000. 176) Prepare appropriate entry(ies) at December 31, 2021, and indicate how the scenario will affect net income, OCI, and comprehensive income. Answer: Blue must record an unrealized holding loss of $10,000 to account for the fact that the fair value of Yellow's shares has fallen from the original cost of $40,000 to $30,000. $4,000 of credit loss will be recorded in net income, and $6,000 in OCI. December 31, 2021 Credit loss expense Allowance for credit losses
$4,000
December 31, 2021 Loss on AFS investment (unrealized, OCI) Fair value adjustment
$6,000
$4,000
$6,000
This adjustment reduces net income by $4,000 and reduces OCI by $6,000, so it reduces comprehensive income by $10,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium
12-93 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Topic: Impairment of debt investments ‒ Appendix B Learning Objective: Appendix 12B Impairment of Debt Investments. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
177) Prepare appropriate entry(ies) at December 31, 2022, and indicate how the scenario will affect net income, OCI, and comprehensive income. Answer: Blue now must record both credit and noncredit losses in net income and reduce the carrying value of the investment to fair value. The total impairment loss is $25,000, but Blue only records an impairment loss of $21,000, as $4,000 already was recognized in 2020. December 31, 20212022 Loss on impairment (NI) Discount on bond investment
$21,000 $21,000
Blue also must reclassify the 2021 unrealized holding loss out of OCI and remove the fair value adjustment, making the following entry that reverses the 2021 entry: December 31, 20212022 Fair value adjustment (account balance) Reclassification adjustment (OCI)
$6,000 $6,000
Because this impairment is permanent, Blue would zero out the allowance for credit losses and increase the discount on bond investment, so that the discount on bond investment included the entire $20,000 reduction in fair value. December 31, 20212022 Allowance for credit losses Discount on bond investment
$4,000 $4,000
On the income statement, the $21,000 will be shown as an impairment loss. OCI will be increased by the $6,000 reclassification, such that the net effect on comprehensive income is $15,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Impairment of debt investments ‒ Appendix B Learning Objective: Appendix 12B Impairment of Debt Investments. Blooms: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA: FN Measurement
12-94 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
178) Prepare appropriate entry(ies) at December 31, 2023, and indicate how the scenario will affect net income, OCI, and comprehensive income. Answer: Blue continues to treat the investment as AFS, but with an amortized cost of $15,000. Given an increase in fair value to $20,000 during 2023, Blue records a $5,000 unrealized holding gain, with no effect on net income but an increase of $5,000 to OCI and comprehensive income: Fair value adjustment Gain on investments (unrealized, OCI)
$5,000 $5,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Impairment of debt investments ‒ Appendix B Learning Objective: Appendix 12B Impairment of Debt Investments. Blooms: Apply Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Knowledge Application AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
179) Stanhope Associates accounts for the following investments under IFRS No. 9: 1. 10 shares of Blackstone equity, held for long-term investment, no election of FVOCI. 2. 10 shares of Erickson equity, held for risk management, election to classify as FVOCI. 3. 10 shares of AT&E equity, held for immediate resale. 4. 10 bonds (consisting of only interest and principal) issued by Filo Inc., held for long-term collection of cash flows. 5. 10 bonds (consisting of only interest and principal) of SimSung, held for risk management but also might be sold. 6. 10 bonds (consisting of only interest and principal) issued by Attachi, held for immediate resale. Required: For each investment, indicate (a) the accounting approach that will be used to account for the investment, and briefly explain why that approach is appropriate, and (b) the effect on earnings of an increase in the fair value of the investment in the period following acquisition of the investment, assuming that Stanhope does not sell the investment. You may group the specific investments if they have the same answers. Identify the investments you are including in the group. Answer: 1, 3, and 6: (a) The accounting approach is FVPL, because that approach is used for all equity investments for which the investor lacks significant influence, unless the investor elects to account for them as FVOCI, and also for debt investments that don't qualify for amortized cost or FVOCI treatment. (b) Under the FVPL approach, an increase in fair value produces an unrealized holding gain that is included in earnings during the period in which it occurs. 2: (a) The accounting approach is FVOCI, because that approach was elected. (b) Under the FVOCI approach, an increase in fair value produces an unrealized holding gain that is included in OCI during the period in which it occurs, so it has no effect on earnings. 12-95 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4: (a) The accounting approach is amortized cost, because that approach is used for debt investments that consist of interest and principal and that are held for collecting cash flows. (b) Under the amortized cost approach, unrealized holding gains and losses are not recognized. 5: (a) The accounting approach is FVOCI, because that approach is used for debt investments that consist of interest and principal and that are held for collecting cash flows but also possibly for sale. (b) Under the FVOCI approach, an increase in fair value produces an unrealized holding gain that is included in OCI during the period in which it occurs, so it has no effect on earnings. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS ‒ Distinguish investment categories Learning Objective: 12-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Communication AACSB: Diversity AICPA: FN Measurement ACIAP: BB Global
180) From time to time, debt securities must be reclassified when conditions and circumstances surrounding the investment change. Required: Describe the general accounting procedures for reclassifying securities from one category to another: held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading. Answer: When a security is reclassified between two categories, the security is transferred at fair value on the date of transfer. Any unrealized holding gain or loss at reclassification should be accounted for in a manner consistent with the classification into which the security is being transferred. Reclassifications are quite unusual, so when they occur, note disclosures should describe the circumstances that resulted in the transfer. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transfers between debt investment categories Learning Objective: 12-02 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as held-to-maturity.; 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
181) The current accounting standards require fair value reporting for trading securities and securities available-for-sale. Some accountants believe that the FASB was inconsistent when GAAP was issued, requiring changes in the value of trading securities to be reported in the income statement and balance sheet, while changes in the value of securities available-for-sale are reported only in the balance sheet. Required: Evaluate the rationale for these two diverse reporting requirements for debt securities. What arguments could be made to support each treatment? Answer: When debt securities are actively managed, as trading securities are, with the express intent of profiting from short-term price changes, the unrealized holding gains and losses that 12-96 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
result from holding securities during market price changes are appropriate measures of success or lack of success in that endeavor. On the other hand, securities available-for-sale are held for reasons other than profiting from short-term price changes, so unrealized holding gains and losses are appropriately included in income only when realized upon sale of the investment. Also, unrealized holding gains and losses prior to sale may cancel one another out. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments―Distinguish categories; Debt investments―Available-for-sale; Debt investments―Trading securities Learning Objective: 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue.; 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Evaluate AACSB: Communication AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
182) In its 20X4 annual report to shareholders, Honemark Corporation included the following disclosures in its income statement and related disclosure notes: CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME Year Ended December 31 20X4 20X3 20X2 (In thousands) Loss on debt securities
$(7,230) $(17,600)
---
Special Charges and Loss on Securities During the fourth quarter of 20X4, the Company recorded special charges and loss on debt securities totaling $17.0 million, or $13.5 million after taxes. Special charges of $9.8 million, or $6.2 million after taxes, were associated with a salaried workforce reduction of approximately 250 employees. Cash expenditures for 20X4 related to this charge were $3.7 million. Loss on debt securities of $7.2 million resulted from the write-down of the remaining investment in bonds of an Internet-related company. During the fourth quarter of 20X3, the Company recorded special charges and loss on debt securities totaling $57.5 million, or $36.5 million after taxes. Special charges of $39.9 million, or $25.3 million after taxes, were associated with terminated product initiatives, asset write-downs, and executive severance costs related to management changes. Loss on debt securities of $17.6 million, or $11.2 million after taxes, resulted from a lower market valuation of debt securities of TurboChief Technologies, Inc., and debt investments in bonds of Internet-related Companies. The loss on debt securities charge of $17.6 million was noncash. Required: Discuss the possible rationale behind the losses on securities reported by Honemark in 20X3 and 20X4. Answer: As indicated in the disclosure note, Honemark held investments in debt securities of 12-97 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
TurboChief Technologies. These may have been treated as trading securities, in which case reductions in their values would have been recorded as an unrealized holding loss against income in 20X3. Alternatively, this loss could result from credit losses, even if they were not from investments classified as trading securities. In addition, Honemark had debt investments in Internet-related companies. The portion of the 20X3 and 20X2 losses on debt securities related to these investments seem to have resulted from impairments. Note that the note disclosure indicates these were noncash losses, thereby ruling out these losses having occurred as a result of Honemark selling the debt securities at a loss. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Impairment of debt investments; Impairment of debt investments ‒ Appendix B Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; Appendix 12B Impairment of Debt Investments. Blooms: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AACSB: Communicative AICPA: FN Measurement
183) Companies need to consider GAAP regarding fair value measurements when determining the fair value of an investment that distinguishes between various levels of inputs to fair value determination. Required: Describe the various levels of inputs, explaining key aspects that distinguish them, and indicate which level is most preferred and which is least preferred. Answer: GAAP regarding fair value measurement distinguishes among three levels of inputs for fair value determination, where level 1 includes readily observable fair values (for example, from a securities exchange), level 2 inputs include other observable amounts (for example, quoted values for similar items, or important inputs such as interest rates), and level 3 inputs are unobservable, like the company's own assumptions. Level 1 is most preferred; level 3 least preferred. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Distinguish categories Learning Objective: 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Communication AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
184) Jaycom Enterprises has invested its excess cash in the bonds of several different companies and desires to maximize income over the short run. Jaycom is unsure about the appropriate investment policy and thus what reporting practice to follow. Required: What classification procedure and subsequent classification could Jaycom follow in order to meet its objective? How will Jaycom justify its choice to the Jaycom auditors? Answer: If Jaycom classifies the debt securities as available-for-sale, none of the fair value changes would be reflected in net income. However, all fair value changes would be reflected in 12-98 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
net income if Jaycom classifies these debt securities as trading securities. This demonstrates how some generally accepted accounting principles can potentially be used to manipulate earnings. To maximize income the company could classify securities that have decreased in value as available-for-sale while classifying as trading securities those that have increased in value. One way to justify this would be to argue that securities that were increasing in value could be sold at any time. The managers could also argue that they held declining securities indefinitely or until they felt the decline was over. However, appropriate accounting procedures require that an investor assign a reporting classification to each security at acquisition, with the classification chosen based on the company's intent at that time. Reasons for transfers between classifications must be explained in note disclosures. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Transfer between debt investment categories; Debt investments ‒ Distinguish categories Learning Objective: 12-03 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as trading securities.; 12-04 Demonstrate how to identify and account for debt investments classified for reporting purposes as available-for-sale securities. Blooms: Create AACSB: Analytical Thinking AACSB: Communication AICPA: FN Measurement
185) Newjohn Company owns stock in several affiliated companies. Investments in some of these affiliates are accounted for as fair value through net income while some are accounted for using the equity method. Required: (1.) What factors determine which method should be used? (2.) What events are recorded when the equity method is used? (3.) What events are recorded when the securities are accounted for as fair value through net income? Answer: (1.) In order to use the equity method, Newjohn must be able to exercise significant influence over the affiliated company. If the ownership is less than 20%, then the lack of significant influence would generally be presumed, the equity method would be inappropriate, and the securities would be classified as fair value through net income. If Newjohn can control the investee, generally represented by an ownership interest greater than 50%, then consolidation would be appropriate. (2.) The investment would be recorded at its cost. The equity method requires that a proportionate share of dividends and reported earnings be recorded as adjustments to respectively decrease and increase the investment account, with the proportion of reported revenue included in net income of the parent. Differences between the price paid for the investment and the underlying book value must be analyzed and amortized, if appropriate. (3.) The investment would be recorded at its cost. If accounted for as fair value through net income, dividends are recorded as revenue by the parent, and the investment is recorded at fair value at each balance sheet date, with unrealized holding gains and losses recognized in net income. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity investments―Distinguish methods
12-99 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Learning Objective: 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income.; 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Communication AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
186) Discuss the following questions. Required: What securities must be classified within one of the three categories of held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, and trading? (Do not describe how to determine how securities are classified among these three categories.) Identify the four primary recording activities related to investments in securities. Answer: The three categories listed apply to all investments in debt securities with a readily determinable fair value. The four major recording activities are: • Recording the purchase • Recording interest • Recording changes in value of the securities • Recording the sale of securities or receiving principal payment at their maturity Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt investments—Distinguish categories Learning Objective: 12-01 Describe the key characteristics of a debt investment and demonstrate how to account for a purchase and for interest revenue. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Communication AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
187) When an investor owns 20% to 50% of the voting stock of an investee company, the investor is presumed to exercise significant influence over the investee unless there is evidence to the contrary. Required: (1.) What factors could be evidence of significant influence? (2.) What factors could be evidence of lack of significant influence? Answer: (1.) Some factors indicating significant influence: • Representation on the board of directors. • Material intercompany transactions. • Participation in the policy-setting process of the company. (2.) Some factors indicating lack of significant influence: • Investor tries and fails to obtain representation on the board of investee. • Majority ownership is concentrated among a small group of investors. • Investor is unable to obtain the information necessary to apply the equity method. 12-100 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment Learning Objective: 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Communication AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
188) Many corporations own more than 50% of the voting stock in other corporations. Sometimes these affiliated companies operate within the same industry, and many times the companies are in unrelated industries. Required: What is the significance of owning more than 50% of the voting common stock of another company? Answer: When a firm owns more than 50% of the voting stock in another corporation, then consolidation procedures are required. Owning more than 50% of an investee company ensures, in most cases, that the parent company has control of the management decisions of the subsidiary by holding over half of the votes at stockholder meetings. Control involves the presence of two essential characteristics: (1) ability to guide the subsidiary's ongoing activities and (2) ability to derive benefit from that power. This usually means that the corporation can choose several board members and can control policy making. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment Learning Objective: 12-05 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments classified for reporting purposes as fair value through net income. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Communication AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
189) Sometimes companies change the extent to which they can significantly influence an investee, such that they have to change to the equity method or from the equity method of accounting for the investment. Required: Describe the adjustments necessary when a company (1) changes to the equity method from another method, and (2) when a company changes from the equity method to another method. Answer: (1) When it becomes necessary to change to the equity method from another method, no adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the investment. The equity method is simply commenced and applied from then on. (2) When it becomes necessary to change from the equity method to another method, no adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the investment. The equity method is simply discontinued and the new method is applied from then on. The investment account balance when the equity method is discontinued would serve as the new "cost" basis for writing the investment up or down to fair value in the next set of financial statements. Difficulty: 2 Medium
12-101 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Topic: Equity method ‒ Change to or from equity Learning Objective: 12-07 Explain the adjustments made in the equity method when the fair value of the net assets underlying an investment exceeds their book value at acquisition. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Communication AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA: FN Measurement
190) Assume Gibson Company is an equal partner in a joint venture with Glover Company. Each company owns 50% of Pesci Company and equally shares decision-making authority. Required: Describe how U.S. GAAP and IFRS differ in how they would have Gibson account for this investment. Answer: Both IFRS and U.S. GAAP generally require that the equity method be used to account for joint ventures. Gibson could elect the fair value option under U.S. GAAP, but not under IFRS. Also, IFRS requires that accounting policies of investees be adjusted to correspond to those of the investor when applying the equity method. U.S. GAAP has no such requirement. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Equity method ‒ Account for investment; Fair value option for investments; IFRS ‒ Fair value option Learning Objective: 12-06 Demonstrate how to identify and account for equity investments accounted for under the equity method.; 12-08 Explain how electing the fair value option affects accounting for investments.; 12-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to investments. Blooms: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AACSB: Diversity AICPA: FN Measurement AICPA: BB Global
191) According to GAAP, companies can elect the fair value option when accounting for many investments. Required: Describe how accounting for a held-to-maturity investment, an available-for-sale investment, and an equity-method investment is affected by a company electing the fair value option. Answer: When a company elects the fair value option for held-to-maturity or available-for-sale investments, it simply reclassifies those investments as trading securities and accounts for them in that fashion. When a company elects the fair value option for a significant influence investment that normally would be accounted for under the equity method, that investment is not reclassified as a trading security. Rather, the investment still appears on the balance sheet as a significant influence investment, but the amount that is accounted for at fair value is indicated on the balance sheet either parenthetically on a single line that includes the total amount of significant influence investment or on a separate line. As with trading securities, unrealized holding gains and losses are included in earnings in the period in which they occur. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Fair value option for investments Learning Objective: 12-08 Explain how electing the fair value option affects accounting for investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Communication AACSB: Reflective Thinking
12-102 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
AICPA: FN Measurement
192) IFRS No. 9 is a standard that indicates accounting for investments when the investor does not have significant influence under the investee. Required: Explain how debt investments are accounted for under IFRS No. 9. What alternative accounting approaches are available, what determines whether an investment qualifies for each approach, and what are the key features of each approach with respect to accounting for unrealized holding gains and losses? Answer: Investments in debt securities are classified as either "amortized cost," FVPL ("fair value through profit or loss"), or FVOCI ("fair value through other comprehensive income"). Classification depends on two criteria: (1) whether the investment's contractual cash flows consist solely of payments of principal and interest (this criterion is called "SPPI"), and (2) whether the business purpose of the investment is to collect contractual cash flows, sell investments, or both. If the investment qualifies as SPPI and is held only to collect cash flows, it is classified as amortized cost, and unrealized holding gains and losses are not recognized (other than credit losses). If it qualifies as SPPI and is held both to collect cash flows and potentially be sold, it is classified as FVOCI, and unrealized holding gains and losses are recognized on other comprehensive income. Otherwise it is classified as FVPL, and unrealized holding gains and losses are recognized in earnings when they occur. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS ‒ Investor lacks significant influence; IFRS ‒ Distinguish investment categories Learning Objective: 12-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AACSB: Diversity AICPA: FN Measurement AICPA: BB Global
193) IFRS No. 9 is a standard that indicates accounting for investments when the investor does not have significant influence over the investee. Required: Explain how equity investments are accounted for under IFRS No. 9. What alternative accounting approaches are available, what determines whether an investment qualifies for each approach, and what are the key features of each approach with respect to accounting for unrealized holding gains and losses? Answer: Investments in equity securities are classified as either "FVPL" ("fair value through profit or loss") or "FVOCI" ("fair value through other comprehensive income"). If the equity is held for trading, it must be classified as FVPL, but otherwise the company can irrevocably elect to classify it as FVOCI. Like the AFS classification in U.S. GAAP, the FVOCI category includes unrealized holding gains and losses in OCI. However, unlike AFS, realized gains and losses on equity investments are not reclassified out of OCI and into net income when the investment is later sold. Rather, the accumulated gain or loss associated with a sold investment is just transferred from AOCI to retained earnings (both shareholders' equity accounts), without passing 12-103 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
through the income statement. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS ‒ Distinguish investment categories; IFRS ‒ Investor lacks significant influence Learning Objective: 12-08 Explain how electing the fair value option affects accounting for investments. Blooms: Remember AACSB: Communication AACSB: Reflective Thinking AACSB: Diversity AICPA: FN Measurement AICPA: BB Global
12-104 Copyright ©2020 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 13 Current Liabilities and Contingencies 1) Some liabilities are not contractual obligations and may not be payable in cash. 2) A line of credit is an agreement to provide long-term financing, typically made with a bank or a group of banks. 3) Amounts withheld from employees in connection with payroll often represent liabilities to be remitted to third parties. 4) A customer advance produces a liability that is satisfied when the product or service is provided. 5) Revenue is recognized upon sale of gift cards, rather than being deferred. 6) Long-term debt that is callable by the creditor in the upcoming year should be classified as a current liability only if the debt is expected to be called. 7) The concept of substance over form influences the classification of obligations expected to be refinanced. 8) Under IFRS, a liability that is refinanced after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued would typically be classified as a current liability. 9) Expense for a quality-assurance warranty is recorded along with the related liability in the reporting period in which the product under warranty is sold. 10) For a loss contingency to be accrued, the claim must have been made before the accounting period ended. 11) A company should accrue a liability for a loss contingency if it is at least reasonably possible that assets have been impaired and the amount of potential loss can be reasonably estimated. 12) A disclosure note is required for all material loss contingencies for which the probability of loss is reasonably possible. 13) A liability for an unasserted claim must be accrued if it is reasonably possible that the claim will be asserted. 14) An asset for a gain contingency should not be accrued unless it is probable that the gain contingency will be realized. 15) Under IFRS, the term "probable" indicates a threshold of probability that is substantially more than a 50 percent chance of occurrence.
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
16) Under IFRS, if it is probable that a contingent liability will result in a future payment but there is a range of equally likely amounts that will be paid, the midpoint of the range should be accrued as a loss. 17) The cost of promotional offers should always be recorded as expenses in the accounting period when the offers are redeemed by customers. 18) Unlike the Social Security tax there is no maximum wage base for the Medicare portion of the FICA tax. 19) State and Federal Unemployment Taxes (SUTA and FUTA) must be withheld from employees' salaries. 20) The most common type of liability is: A) One that comes into existence due to a loss contingency. B) One that must be estimated. C) One that comes into existence due to a gain contingency. D) One to be paid in cash and for which the amount and timing are known. 21) Which of the following is not a characteristic of a liability? A) It represents a probable, future sacrifice of economic benefits. B) It must be payable in cash. C) It arises from present obligations to other entities. D) It results from past transactions or events. 22) Which of the following is the best definition of a current liability? A) An obligation payable within one year. B) An obligation payable within one year of the balance sheet date. C) An obligation payable within one year or within the normal operating cycle, whichever is longer. D) An obligation expected to be satisfied with current assets or by the creation of other current liabilities. 23) Which of the following is not a liability? A) An unused line of credit. B) Estimated income taxes. C) Sales tax collected from customers. D) Advances from customers. 24) Current liabilities normally are recorded at their: A) Present value. B) Cost. C) Maturity amount. D) Expected value.
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
25) Current liabilities are normally recorded at the amount expected to be paid rather than at their present value. This practice can be supported by GAAP according to the concept of: A) Matching. B) Consistency. C) Materiality. D) Conservatism. 26) The key accounting considerations relating to accounts payable are: A) Determining their existence and ensuring that they are recorded in the appropriate accounting period. B) Determining their present value and ensuring that they are recorded in the appropriate accounting period. C) Determining their existence and determining the correct amount. D) Determining the present value of the principal and the amount of the interest. 27) Classifying liabilities as either current or long-term helps creditors assess: A) Profitability. B) The relative risk of a firm's liabilities. C) The degree of a firm's liabilities. D) The amount of a firm's liabilities. 28) When cash is received from customers in the form of a refundable deposit, the cash account is increased with a corresponding increase in: A) A current liability. B) Revenue. C) Shareholders' equity. D) Paid-in capital. 29) A discount on a noninterest-bearing note payable is classified in the balance sheet as: A) An asset. B) A component of shareholders' equity. C) A contingent liability. D) A contra liability. 30) The rate of interest printed on the face of a note payable is called the: A) Yield rate. B) Effective rate. C) Market rate. D) Stated rate. 31) The rate of interest that actually is incurred on a note payable is called the: A) Face rate. B) Contract rate. C) Effective rate. D) Stated rate. 3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
32) On October 31, 2021, Simeon Builders borrowed $16 million cash and issued a 7-month, noninterest-bearing note. The loan was made by Star Finance Co. The stated discount rate is 8%. Simeon's effective interest rate on this loan is: A) More than the stated discount rate of 8%. B) Less than the stated discount rate of 8%. C) Equal to the stated discount rate of 8%. D) Unrelated to the stated discount rate of 8%. 33) On April 31, 2021, Elkhorn Associates borrowed $10 million cash from Colonial Bank and issued a 5-month, noninterest-bearing note, priced to yield an effective interest rate of 10%. The stated discount rate on this loan is: A) More than the effective interest rate. B) Less than the effective interest rate. C) Equal to the effective interest rate. D) Unrelated to the effective interest rate. 34) Large, highly rated firms sometimes sell commercial paper: A) To borrow funds at a lower rate than through a bank. B) To earn a profit on the paper. C) To avoid paperwork. D) Because the interest rate is locked in by the Federal Reserve Board. 35) Jane's Donut Co. borrowed $200,000 on January 1, 2021, and signed a two-year note bearing interest at 12%. Interest is payable in full at maturity on January 1, 2023. In connection with this note, Jane's should report interest expense at December 31, 2021, in the amount of: A) $0. B) $24,000. C) $48,000. D) $50,880. 36) What is the effective interest rate (rounded) on a 3-month, noninterest-bearing note with a stated rate of 12% and a maturity value of $200,000? (Do not round intermediate calculations. Round final answer to 1 decimal place.) A) 12.4%. B) 13.6%. C) 11.5%. D) 3.1%. 37) On September 1, 2021, Hiker Shoes issued a $100,000, 8-month, noninterest-bearing note. The loan was made by Second Commercial Bank where the stated discount rate is 9%. Hiker's effective interest rate on this loan (rounded) is: (Do not round intermediate calculations. Round your final answer to 2 decimal places.) A) 9.0%. B) 9.5%. C) 9.6%. D) 9.7%. 4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
38) Universal Travel Inc. borrowed $500,000 on November 1, 2021, and signed a 12-month note bearing interest at 6%. Interest is payable in full at maturity on October 31, 2022. In connection with this note, Universal Travel Inc. should report interest payable at December 31, 2021, in the amount of: (Round your final answers to the nearest whole dollar.) A) $8,000. B) $30,000. C) $5,000. D) $25,000. 39) Oklahoma Oil Corp. paid interest of $785,000 during 2021, and the interest payable account decreased by $125,000. What was interest expense for the year? A) $910,000. B) $660,000. C) $555,000. D) $785,000. 40) On June 1, 2021, Dirty Harry Co. borrowed cash by issuing a 6-month noninterest-bearing note with a maturity value of $500,000 and a discount rate of 6%. Assuming straight-line amortization of the discount, what is the carrying value of the note as of September 30, 2021? (Round all calculations to the nearest whole dollar amount.) A) $525,000. B) $300,000. C) $495,000. D) $475,000. 41) At times, businesses require advance payments from customers that will be applied to the purchase price when goods are delivered or services provided. These customer advances represent: A) Liabilities until the product or service is provided. B) A component of shareholders' equity. C) Long-term assets until the product or service is provided. D) Revenue upon receipt of the advance payment. 42) Which of the following is not true about deferred revenue? A) Deferred revenue with respect to gift cards is recognized as revenue when the gift cards expire. B) Deferred revenue is a liability. C) Deferred revenue is recognized on credit sales when collectibility can be estimated. D) Customer prepayments typically require recognition of deferred revenue.
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
43) M Corp. has an employee benefit plan for compensated absences that gives each employee 15 paid vacation days. Vacation days can be carried over indefinitely. Employees can elect to receive payment in lieu of vacation days. At December 31, 2021, M's unadjusted balance of liability for compensated absences was $20,000. M estimated that there were 200 total vacation days available at December 31, 2021. M's employees earn an average of $150 per day. After recording any necessary adjustment, In its December 31, 2021, balance sheet, what amount of liability for compensated absences is M required to report? A) $0. B) $30,000. C) $225,000. D) $450,000. 44) Which of the following generally is associated with accounts payable?
a. b. c. d.
Interest expense No No Yes Yes
Reported at present value No Yes No Yes
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 45) Lake Co. receives nonrefundable advance payments with special orders for containers constructed to customer specifications. Related information for 2021 is as follows ($ in millions): Customer advances balance, Dec. 31, 2020 Advances received with 2021 orders Advances applicable to orders shipped in 2021 Advances from orders canceled in 2021
$ 110 195 180 45
What amount should Lake report as a current liability for advances from customers in its Dec. 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $0. B) $80 million. C) $125 million. D) $170 million. 46) All of the following but one represent collections for third parties. Which one of the following is not a collection for a third party? A) Sales tax payable. B) Customer deposits. C) Employee insurance deductions. 6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
D) Social security taxes deductions. 47) When a deposit on returnable containers is forfeited, the firm holding the deposit will experience: A) A decrease in cost of goods sold. B) An increase in current liabilities. C) An increase in accounts receivable. D) An increase in revenue. 48) B Corp. has an employee benefit plan for compensated absences that gives each employee 10 paid vacation days and 10 paid sick days. Both vacation and sick days can be carried over indefinitely. Employees can elect to receive payment in lieu of vacation days; however, no payment is given for sick days not taken. At December 31, 2021, B's unadjusted balance of liability for compensated absences was $42,000. B estimated that there were 300 total vacation days and 150 sick days available at December 31, 2021. B's employees earn an average of $200 per day. In its December 31, 2021, balance sheet, what amount of liability for compensated absences is B required to report? A) $60,000. B) $84,000. C) $90,000. D) $144,000. 49) On January 1, 2021, G Corporation agreed to grant all its employees two weeks paid vacation each year, with the stipulation that vacations earned each year can be taken the following year. For the year ended December 31, 2021, G's employees each earned an average of $800 per week. A total of 500 vacation weeks earned in 2021 were not taken during 2021. Wage rates for employees rose by an average of 5 percent by the time vacations actually were taken in 2022. What is the amount of G's 2022 salaries expense related to 2021 vacation time? A) $0. B) $20,000. C) $400,000. D) $420,000. 50) Revenue for gift card breakage should be recognized: A) When the gift card is sold. B) No later than the last day of the operating period in which the gift card is delivered to the customer. C) When the probability of gift card redemption is viewed as remote. D) Under no circumstances, as gift cards are not themselves a delivered product, but rather a selling technique.
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) All else equal, a large increase in deferred revenue in the current period would be expected to produce what effect on revenue in a future period? A) Large increase, because deferred revenue becomes revenue when the seller has satisfied its performance obligations. B) Large decrease, because deferred revenue implies that less revenue has been earned, which reduces future revenue. C) No effect, because deferred revenue is a liability, so payment will use assets rather than providing revenue. D) Large decrease, because deferred revenue indicates collection problems that will reduce net revenues in future periods. 52) Peterson Photoshop sold $1,000 in gift cards on a special promotion on October 15, 2021, and sold $1,500 in gift cards on another special promotion on November 15, 2021. Of the cards sold in October, $100 were redeemed in October, $250 in November, and $300 in December. Of the gift cards sold in November, $150 were redeemed in November and $350 were redeemed in December. Peterson views the probability of redemption of a gift card as remote if the card has not been redeemed within two months. At 12/31/2021, Peterson would show a deferred revenue account for the gift cards with a balance of: A) $0. B) $1,000. C) $1,350. D) $1,500. 53) When a product or service is delivered for which a customer advance has been previously received, the appropriate journal entry includes: A) A debit to a revenue and a credit to a liability account. B) A debit to a revenue and a credit to an asset account. C) A debit to an asset and a credit to a revenue account. D) A debit to a liability and a credit to a revenue account. 54) Clark's Chemical Company received refundable deposits on returnable containers in the amount of $100,000 during 2021. Twelve percent of the containers were not returned. The deposits are based on the container cost marked up 20%. What is cost of goods sold relative to this forfeiture? A) $0. B) $2,000. C) $10,000. D) $14,400.
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
55) In May of 2021, Raymond Financial Services became involved in a penalty dispute with the EPA. At December 31, 2021, the environmental attorney for Raymond indicated that an unfavorable outcome to the dispute was probable. The additional penalties were estimated to be $770,000 but could be as high as $1,170,000. After the year-end, but before the 2021 financial statements were issued, Raymond accepted an EPA settlement offer of $900,000. Raymond should have reported an accrued liability on its December 31, 2021, balance sheet of: A) $770,000. B) $900,000. C) $970,000. D) $1,170,000. 56) Slotnick Chemical received $300,000 from customers as deposits on returnable containers during 2021. Fifteen percent of the containers were not returned. The deposits are based on the container cost marked up 20%. How much profit did Slotnick realize on the forfeited deposits? A) $0. B) $7,500. C) $9,000. D) $45,000. 57) Which of the following is not a current liability? A) Accounts payable. B) A note payable due in two years. C) Accrued interest payable. D) Sales tax payable. 58) Short-term obligations can be reported as long-term liabilities if: A) The firm has a long-term line of credit. B) The firm has tentative plans to issue long-term bonds. C) The firm intends to and has the ability to refinance as long-term. D) The firm has the ability to refinance on a long-term basis. 59) Of the following, which typically would not be classified as a current liability? A) Estimated liability from cash rebate program. B) A long-term note payable maturing within the coming year. C) Rent revenue received in advance. D) A six-month bank loan to be paid with the proceeds from the sale of common stock. 60) Which of the following situations would not require that long-term liabilities be reported as current liabilities on a classified balance sheet? A) The long-term debt is callable by the creditor. B) The creditor has the right to demand payment due to a contractual violation. C) The long-term debt matures within the upcoming year. D) The company intended to refinance the debt and did so prior to issuance of the financial statements.
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
61) A long-term liability should be reported as a current liability in a classified balance sheet if the long-term debt: A) Is callable by the creditor. B) Is secured by adequate collateral. C) Will be refinanced with stock. D) Will be refinanced with debt. 62) On December 31, 2021, L Inc. had a $1,500,000 note payable outstanding, due July 31, 2022. L borrowed the money to finance construction of a new plant. L planned to refinance the note by issuing long-term bonds. Because L temporarily had excess cash, it prepaid $500,000 of the note on January 23, 2022. In February 2022, L completed a $3,000,000 bond offering. L will use the bond offering proceeds to repay the note payable at its maturity and to pay construction costs during 2022. On March 13, 2022, L issued its 2021 financial statements. What amount of the note payable should L include in the current liabilities section of its December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $0. B) $500,000. C) $1,000,000. D) $1,500,000. 63) Liabilities payable within the coming year are classified as long-term liabilities if refinancing is completed before date of issuance of the financial statements under: A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Either U.S. GAAP or IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. 64) Kline Company refinanced current debt as long-term debt on January 5, 2022. Kline's fiscal year ended on December 31, 2021, and its financial statements will be issued sometime in early March 2022. Under IFRS, how would Kline classify the debt on its December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) In the "mezzanine" between current and noncurrent liabilities. B) Kline would not classify the debt as current or noncurrent, but rather would write a disclosure note explaining the circumstances. C) As a noncurrent liability. D) As a current liability. 65) Branch Company, a building materials supplier, has $18,000,000 of notes payable due April 12, 2022. At December 31, 2021, Branch signed an agreement with First Bank to borrow up to $18,000,000 to refinance the notes on a long-term basis. The agreement specified that borrowings would not exceed 75% of the value of the collateral that Branch provided. At the date of issue of the December 31, 2021, financial statements, the value of Branch's collateral was $20,000,000. On its December 31, 2021, balance sheet, Branch should classify the notes as follows: A) $15,000,000 long-term and $3,000,000 current liabilities. B) $4,500,000 short-term and $13,500,000 current liabilities. C) $18,000,000 of current liabilities. D) $18,000,000 of long-term liabilities. 10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
66) Other things being equal, most managers would prefer to report liabilities as noncurrent rather than current. The logic behind this preference is that the long-term classification permits the company to report: A) Higher working capital and a higher inventory turnover. B) Lower working capital and a higher current ratio. C) Higher working capital and a higher current ratio. D) Higher working capital and a lower debt to equity ratio. 67) Financial statement note disclosure is required for material potential losses when the loss is at least reasonably possible: A) Only if the amount is known. B) Only if the amount is known or reasonably estimable. C) Unless the amount is not reasonably estimable. D) Even if the amount is not reasonably estimable. 68) Gain contingencies usually are recognized in a company's income statement when: A) Realized. B) The amount can be reasonably estimated. C) The gain is reasonably possible and the amount can be reasonable estimated. D) The gain is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. 69) Gray Co. estimates it is probable that it will receive a $10,000 gain contingency and pay a $4,000 loss contingency. After recording the appropriate journal entries to recognize contingent amounts, Gray Co.'s net assets will: A) Increase by $10,000. B) Increase by $6,000. C) Decrease by $4,000. D) Not change. 70) A company should accrue a loss contingency only if the likelihood that a liability has been incurred is: A) More likely than not and the amount of the loss is known. B) At least reasonably possible and the amount of the loss is known. C) At least reasonably possible and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. D) Probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. 71) A loss contingency should be accrued in a company's financial statements only if the likelihood that a liability has been incurred is: A) At least remotely possible and the amount of the loss is known. B) Reasonably possible and the amount of the loss is known. C) Reasonably possible and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. D) Probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
72) A contingent loss should be reported in a disclosure note to the financial statements rather than being accrued if: A) The likelihood of a loss is remote. B) The incurrence of a loss is reasonably possible. C) The incurrence of a loss is more likely than not. D) The likelihood of a loss is probable. 73) Which of the following is a contingency that should be accrued? A) The company is being sued and a loss is reasonably possible and reasonably estimable. B) The company deducts life insurance premiums from employees' paychecks. C) The company offers a two-year warranty and the expenses can be reasonably estimated. D) It is probable that the company will receive $100,000 in settlement of a lawsuit. 74) Paul Company issues a product recall due to an apparently preexisting and material defect discovered after the end of its fiscal year. Financial statements have not yet been issued. The action required of Paul Company for this reasonably estimable contingency for the year just ended is: A) To disclose it in a note to the financial statements. B) To accrue a long-term liability. C) To accrue the liability and explain it in a note to the financial statements. D) To do nothing relative to the contingency. 75) After the end of the 2021 fiscal year but before financial statements were issued, EPK Company learned that an arbitrator had made a $10 million judgment in a litigation judgment against it. The claim had been made in 2020 for alleged defects of products sold in 2019. Prior to learning of the judgment, EPK had not accrued any litigation loss, and does not plan to appeal. For the 2021 fiscal year, EPK should: A) Disclose the potential for a judgment in the notes, but not indicate the amount, since the judgment was made after fiscal year end. B) Disclose in the notes that a $10 million judgment was made after fiscal year end. C) Accrue a $10 million liability and explain it in a note to the financial statements. D) Do nothing relative to the contingency. 76) After the end of the 2021 fiscal year but before financial statements were issued, an accident occurred at KPN's manufacturing facility that probably will result in material losses to KPN. KPN has relatively precise estimates of those losses. KPN should: A) Disclose the potential for loss in the notes, but not indicate their estimate of an amount. B) Disclose the potential losses and their effect on key numbers in the financial statements. C) Accrue the loss, since it is probable and can be reasonably estimated, and explain it in a note to the financial statements. D) Do nothing relative to the contingency. 77) Accounting for incentive programs for customer purchases: A) Requires probability estimation. B) Follows the revenue recognition process. C) Will most likely initially recognize a liability or deferred revenue. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) Providing a monetary rebate program for purchasing a product: A) Is accounted for similarly to refundable deposits. B) Creates an expense for the seller in the period of sale. C) Creates a contingent liability for the seller at the time of sale. D) All these answer choices are correct. 79) An extended warranty typically results in the seller: A) Accruing an expense for anticipated warranty costs at the time the warranty is sold. B) Estimating the contingent liability associated with the warranty at the time the warranty is sold. C) Recognizing revenue over the life of the extended warranty. D) Refunding warranty payments upon expiration of the warranty. 80) A quality-assurance warranty typically results in the seller: A) Accruing an expense for anticipated warranty costs at the time the warrantied product is sold. B) Recognizing an asset for accrued warranty costs which is amortized over the life of the warranty. C) Recognizing revenue over the life of the extended warranty. D) Refunding warranty payments upon expiration of the warranty. 81) Which of the following is true about the initial journal entry used to record quality-assurance warranties?
a. b. c. d.
Recognize a contingent liability No No Yes Yes
Recognize deferred revenue No Yes No Yes
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
82) Which of the following is true about the initial journal entry used to record extended warranties?
a. b. c. d.
Recognize a contingent liability No No Yes Yes
Recognize deferred revenue No Yes No Yes
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 83) Blue Co. can estimate the amount of loss that will occur if a foreign government expropriates some of the company's assets in that country. If the likelihood of expropriation is remote, a loss contingency should be: A) Disclosed but not accrued as a liability. B) Disclosed and accrued as a liability. C) Accrued as liability but not disclosed. D) Neither accrued as a liability nor disclosed. 84) Orange Co. can estimate the amount of loss that will occur if a foreign government expropriates some of the company's assets in that country. If expropriation is reasonably possible, a loss contingency should be: A) Disclosed but not accrued as a liability. B) Disclosed and accrued as a liability. C) Accrued as liability but not disclosed. D) Neither accrued as a liability nor disclosed. 85) Red Co. can estimate the amount of loss that will occur if a foreign government expropriates some of the company's assets in that country. If expropriation is probable, a loss contingency should be: A) Disclosed but not accrued as a liability. B) Disclosed and accrued as a liability. C) Accrued as liability but not disclosed. D) Neither accrued as a liability nor disclosed.
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
86) Z Co. filed suit against W Inc. in 2021 seeking damages for patent infringement. At December 31, 2021, legal counsel for Z believed that it was probable that Z would be successful against W for an estimated amount in the range of $30 million to $60 million, with each amount in that range considered equally likely. Z was awarded $40 million in April 2022. Z should report this award in its 2021 financial statements, issued in March 2022 as: A) A receivable and deferred revenue of $40 million. B) A receivable and revenue of $40 million. C) A disclosure of a gain contingency of $40 million. D) A disclosure of a gain contingency of an undetermined amount in the range of $30 million to $60 million. 87) When a material gain contingency is probable and the amount of gain can be reasonably estimated, the gain should be: A) Reported in the income statement and disclosed. B) Offset against shareholders' equity. C) Disclosed but not recognized in the income statement. D) Neither recognized in the income statement nor disclosed. 88) Which of the following would most likely require initial recording as deferred revenue? A) Potential claims on extended warranties. B) Customer premium offers. C) Potential liability on a product where none have yet been sold. D) Sales tax payable. 89) A customer of RoughEdge Sharpeners alleges that RoughEdge's new razor sharpener had a defect that resulted in serious injury to the customer. RoughEdge believes the customer has a 51% chance of winning the case, and that if the customer wins the case, there is a range of losses of between $1,000,000 and $3,000,000 in which any number is equally likely to occur. Under U.S. GAAP, RoughEdge should accrue a liability in the amount of: A) $0. B) $1,000,000. C) $2,000,000. D) $3,000,000. 90) A customer of Razor Sharpeners alleges that Razor's new razor sharpener had a defect that resulted in serious injury to the customer. Razor believes the customer has a 51% chance of winning the case, and that if the customer wins the case, there is a range of losses of between $1,000,000 and $3,000,000 in which any number is equally likely to occur. Under IFRS, Razor should accrue a liability in the amount of: A) $0. B) $1,000,000. C) $2,000,000. D) $3,000,000.
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
91) Volt Electronics sells equipment that includes a three-year warranty. Repairs under the warranty are performed by an independent service company under contract with Volt. Based on prior experience, warranty costs are estimated to be $25 per item sold. Volt should recognize these warranty costs: A) When the equipment is sold. B) When the repairs are performed. C) When payments are made to the service firm. D) Evenly over the life of the warranty. 92) As part of a promotion campaign, Funzy Cereal includes one coupon in each issue of various national magazines and offers a toy car in exchange for $1.00 and three coupons. The cars cost Funzy $1.50 each. Experience indicates that 4% of the coupons eventually will be redeemed. During the last month of 2021, the first month of the offer, 12 million coupons were distributed and 240,000 million of the coupons were redeemed. Funzy recognizes coupon promotion expense in the period coupons are issued. What amount should Funzy report as coupon promotion expense on its December 31, 2021, income statement? A) $0. B) $40,000. C) $80,000. D) $120,000. 93) At the beginning of 2021, Angel Corporation began offering a two-year warranty on its products. The warranty program was expected to cost Angel 4% of net sales. Net sales made under warranty in 2021 were $180 million. Fifteen percent of the units sold were returned in 2021 and repaired or replaced at a cost of $5.3 million. The amount of warranty expense on Angel's 2021 income statement is: A) $5.3 million. B) $7.2 million. C) $10.6 million. D) $27.0 million. 94) During 2021, Deluxe Leather Goods issued 800,000 coupons which entitles the customer to a $5.00 cash refund when the coupon is submitted at the time of any future purchase. Deluxe estimates that 70% of the coupons will be redeemed. 350,000 coupons had been processed during 2021. Deluxe recognizes coupon expense in the period coupons are issued. At December 31, 2021, Deluxe should report a liability for unredeemed coupons of: A) $560,000. B) $1,050,000. C) $1,225,000. D) $1,750,000.
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
95) In 2021, Holyoak Inc. offers a coupon for $20 off qualifying purchases of its new line of products. Holyoak sold 10,000 of these products during the year. By year-end of 2021, 7,100 coupons had been redeemed and the $20 reduction of purchase price provided to customers. Holyoak's historical experience with such coupons indicates that 85% of customers use the coupon. Holyoak recognizes coupon expense in the period coupons are issued. What is the expense that Holyoak should report for its promotional coupons in its 2021 income statement? A) $142,000. B) $152,000. C) $170,000. D) $200,000. 96) In 2021, Holyoak Inc. offers a coupon for $20 off qualifying purchases of its new line of products. Holyoak sold 10,000 of these products during the year. By year-end of 2021, 7,100 coupons had been redeemed and the $20 reduction of purchase price provided to customers. Holyoak's historical experience with such coupons indicates that 85% of customers use the coupon. Holyoak recognizes coupon expense in the period coupons are issued. What is the coupon promotion liability that Holyoak should report in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $20,000. B) $28,000. C) $18,000. D) $19,000. 97) In the current year, Hanna Company reported quality-assurance warranty expense of $190,000 and the warranty liability account increased by $20,000. What amount of warranty costs were paid during the year? A) $190,000. B) $170,000. C) $210,000. D) $0. 98) Panther Co. had a quality-assurance warranty liability of $350,000 at the beginning of 2021 and $310,000 at the end of 2021. Warranty expense is based on 4% of sales, which were $50 million for the year. What amount of warranty costs were paid during 2021? A) $0. B) $1,960,000. C) $2,000,000. D) $2,040,000.
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
99) Carpenter Inc. had a balance of $80,000 in its quality-assurance warranty liability account as of December 31, 2020. In 2021, Carpenter's warranty expenditures paid were $445,000. Its warranty expense is calculated as 1% of sales. Sales in 2021 were $40 million. What was the balance in the warranty liability account as of December 31, 2021? A) $35,000. B) $425,000. C) $125,000. D) $480,000. 100) General Product Inc. distributed 100 million coupons in 2021. The coupons are redeemable for 30 cents each. General anticipates that 70% of the coupons will be redeemed. The coupons expire on December 31, 2022. There were 45 million coupons redeemed in 2021 and 30 million redeemed in 2022. General recognizes coupon promotion expense in the period coupons are issued. What was General's coupon promotion expense in 2021? A) $30.0 million. B) $21.0 million. C) $13.5 million. D) $7.5 million. 101) General Product Inc. distributed 100 million coupons in 2021. The coupons are redeemable for 30 cents each. General anticipates that 70% of the coupons will be redeemed. The coupons expire on December 31, 2022. There were 45 million coupons redeemed in 2021 and 30 million redeemed in 2022. General recognizes coupon expense in the period coupons are issued. What was General's coupon liability as of December 31, 2021? A) $7.5 million. B) $13.5 million. C) $16.5 million. D) $21.0 million. 102) General Product Inc. distributed 100 million coupons in 2021. The coupons are redeemable for 30 cents each. General anticipates that 70% of the coupons will be redeemed. The coupons expire on December 31, 2022. There were 45 million coupons redeemed in 2021 and 30 million redeemed in 2022. General recognizes coupon expense in the period coupons are issued. What was General's coupon promotional expense in 2022? A) Zero, since the entire coupon expense was recognized in 2021. B) $1.5 million. C) $7.5 million. D) $9.0 million.
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
103) During the year, L&M Leather Goods sold 1,000,000 reversible belts under a new sales promotional program. Each belt carried one rebate certificate which entitles the customer to a $4.00 cash refund when the rebate is submitted for redemption. L&M estimates that 70% of the rebates will be redeemed. 500,000 rebates had been submitted for redemption during the year. At December 31, L&M should report a liability for unredeemed rebate certificates of: A) $700,000. B) $800,000. C) $1,000,000. D) $2,800,000. 104) Which of the following may create employer liabilities in connection with their payrolls? A) Employee withholding taxes. B) Employee voluntary deductions. C) Employee fringe benefits. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 105) Barbara Muller Services (BMS) pays its employees monthly. The payroll information listed below is for January 2024, the first month of BMS's fiscal year. Assume none of the employees' earnings reached $7,000 during the month. Salaries Federal income taxes to be withheld Federal unemployment tax rate (after SUTA deduction) State unemployment tax rate (SUTA) Social security tax rate Medicare tax rate
$ 80,000 16,000 0.80% 5.40% 6.2% 1.45%
The journal entry to record payroll for the January 2024 pay period will include a debit to payroll tax expense of: A) $6,120. B) $4,960. C) $11,080. D) $57,880. 106) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM PHRASE 1. Short-term note Liabilities when received. 2. Warranty liability Confirming event is likely to occur. 3. Advances from customers A loss contingency accrued in the period of related sales. 4. Probable Most common temporary financing arrangement. 5. Secured loan Requires collateral.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Sales tax payable 2. Callable 3. Accrued liabilities 4. Discount on notes payable 5. Interest payable
PHRASE Due on demand. Contra liability. A third party liability. Accrues with passage of time. Expenses incurred but not yet paid.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
108) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Noncommitted lines of credit 2. Gain contingencies 3. Deposits from customers 4. Reasonably possible 5. Interest paid on debt
PHRASE Liabilities until refunded. More than remote but less than likely. Face amount × rate × time. Not recorded until realized. Informal borrowing agreements.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
109) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Subsequent events 2. Unasserted claims 3. Liabilities 4. Remote likelihood of loss 5. Effective interest
PHRASE NUMBER Larger than that stated on discounted notes. ____ May include items that are not legally ____ enforceable. No disclosure note required. ____ Evaluated for recognition only if an unfavorable ____ outcome is probable. Occur in the current year before prior year ____ financial statements are issued.
110) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Noninterest-bearing notes 2. Committed lines of credit 3. Loss contingencies 4. Secured loans 5. Accounts payable
PHRASE NUMBER Use accounts receivable as collateral. ____ Often require compensating balance. ____ The formal credit instrument is the invoice. ____ Effective interest higher than stated interest. ____ Recorded if probable and amount is known ____ or reasonably estimable.
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
111) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Disclosure notes 2. Commercial paper 3. Current liabilities 4. Usual valuation of liabilities 5. Long-term liabilities
PHRASE NUMBER Present value of interest plus present value of ____ principal. Required for contingencies. ____ Payable with current assets. ____ Short-term debt to be refinanced with ____ long-term bonds payable. Avoids registration with SEC. ____
112) Indicate (by number) the way each of the items listed below should be reported in a balance sheet at December 31, 2021. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Accrue liability 2. Disclosure note only
3. Not reported
PHRASE NUMBER A material gain contingent on a future event that ___ appears exceedingly likely. A penalty assessment that probably will be asserted ___ by the EPA, in which case a determinable payment is probable. Unassessed penalty with a reasonable possibility of ___ being asserted, in which case a determinable payment is probable. An extremely likely loss due to an event that ___ occurred previously and whose amount is unknown but estimable.
113) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize five of the terms related to accounting for contingent liabilities under IFRS. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Contingent gains are not accrued unless virtually certain 2. More likely than not 3. Mid-point of the range
4. Report at present value whenever time value of money is material 5. Provision
PHRASE NUMBER How present values affect the measurement ____ of contingent liabilities under IFRS. Definition of "probable" under IFRS. How IFRS refers to an accrued liability that would generally be referred to as an "accrued contingent loss" under U.S. GAAP. The amount IFRS would accrue given a range of equally likely outcomes.
____ ____
Treatment of contingent gains under IFRS.
____
____
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) Indicate (by number) the way each of the items listed below should be reported in a balance sheet at December 31, 2021. Match each phrase with the number of the term for the accounting treatment. TERM 1. Disclosure note only 2. Not reported
3. Current liability
PHRASE NUMBER Estimated cost of quality-assurance ____ warranty. A material gain contingent on a future event ____ that appears extremely likely to occur in three months. Unasserted assessment of penalty that ____ probably will be asserted, in which case there would probably be a loss in six months. Unasserted assessment of penalty with a ____ reasonable possibility of being asserted, in which case there would probably be a loss in 13 months. A determinable loss from a past event that is ____ contingent on a future event that appears extremely likely to occur in three months.
115) Indicate (by letter) the way each of the items listed below should be reported in a balance sheet at December 31, 2021.
___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Item Reporting Method Customer advances. N. Not reported Noncommitted line of credit. C. Current liability Commercial paper. L. Long-term liability Note due June 9, 2022. D. Disclosure note only Accounts payable. Interest accrued on note, Dec. 31, 2021. Short-term bank loan to be paid with proceeds of sale of common stock.
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) Indicate (by letter) the way each of the items listed below should be reported in a balance sheet at December 31, 2021.
____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
____ 7. ____ 8. ____ 9. ____ 10. ____ 11. ____ 12. ____ 13. ____ 14.
Item Reporting Method Customer advances. N. Not reported Noncommitted line of credit. C. Current liability Commercial paper. L. Long-term liability Note due June 9, 2022. D. Disclosure note only Accounts payable. Long-term bonds that will be callable by the creditor in the upcoming year unless an existing violation is not corrected (there is a reasonable possibility the violation will be corrected within the grace period). Long-term bonds callable by the creditor in the upcoming year that are not expected to be called. Estimated cost of quality-assurance warranty. Interest accrued on note, Dec. 31, 2021. Short-term bank loan to be paid with proceeds of sale of common stock. A material gain contingent on a future event that appears extremely likely to occur in three months. Unasserted assessment of penalty that probably will be asserted, in which case there would probably be a loss in six months. Unasserted assessment of penalty with a reasonable possibility of being asserted, in which case there would probably be a loss in 13 months. A determinable loss from a past event that is contingent on a future event that appears extremely likely to occur in three months.
117) Ontario Resources, a natural energy supplier, borrowed $80 million cash on November 1, 2021, to fund a geological survey. The loan was made by Quebec Banque under a short-term financing arrangement. Ontario Resources issued a 9-month, 12% promissory note with interest payable at maturity. Ontario Resources' fiscal period is the calendar year. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry for the issuance of the note by Ontario Resources. 2. Prepare the appropriate adjusting entry for the note by Ontario Resources on December 31, 2021. Show calculations. 3. Prepare the journal entry for the payment of the note at maturity. Show calculations. 118) On September 1, 2021, Triton Entertainment borrowed $24 million cash to fund a new Fun Park. The loan was made by Nevada Bank under a noncommitted short-term financing arrangement. Triton issued a 9-month, 12% promissory note. Interest was payable at maturity. Triton's fiscal period is the calendar year. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry for the issuance of the note by Triton. 2. Prepare the appropriate adjusting entry for the note by Triton on December 31, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry for the payment of the note at maturity. 23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) On May 1, Lectric Industries issued 9-month notes in the amount of $60 million. Interest is payable at maturity. Required: Determine the amount of interest expense that should be recorded in a year-end adjusting entry under each of the following independent assumptions:
1. 2. 3. 4.
Interest rate 8% 10% 9% 13%
Fiscal Year-End January 31 October 31 June 30 December 31
120) Grossman Products began operations in 2021. The following selected transactions occurred from September 2021 through March 2022. Grossman's fiscal year ends on December 31. 2021: (a.) On September 5, Grossman opened a checking account and negotiated a short-term line of credit of up to $10,000,000 at 10% interest. The company is not required to pay any commitment fees. (b.) On October 1, Grossman borrowed $8,000,000 cash and issued a 5-month promissory note with 10% interest payable at maturity. (c.) Grossman received $3,000 of refundable deposits in December for reusable containers. (d.) For the September through December period, sales on account totaled $5,000,000. The state sales tax rate is 4% and 75% of sales are subject to sales tax. (e.) Grossman recorded accrued interest. 2022: (f.) Grossman paid the promissory note on the March 1 due date. (g.) Half of the storage containers are returned in March, with the other half expected to be returned over the next 6 months. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the 2021 transactions. 2. Prepare the liability section of the balance sheet at December 31, 2021, based on the data supplied. 3. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the events occurring in March of 2022. 121) Bencorp issues a $90,000, 6-month, noninterest-bearing note that the bank discounted at a 10% discount rate. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the issuance of the note. 2. Determine the effective interest rate. 24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) On November 1, 2021, a $216,000, 9-month, noninterest-bearing note is issued at a 10% discount rate. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the issuance of the note. 2. Determine the effective interest rate. 3. Prepare the appropriate journal entry on December 31, 2021, to record interest on the note for the 2021 financial statements. 4. Prepare the appropriate journal entry(s) on July 31, 2022, to record interest and the payment of the note. 123) On November 1, 2021, Ziegler Products issued a $200,000, 9-month, noninterest-bearing note to the bank. Interest was discounted at a 12% discount rate. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entry by Ziegler to record the issuance of the note. 2. Determine the effective interest rate. 3. Suppose the note had been structured as a 12% note with interest and principal payable at maturity. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the issuance of the note by Ziegler. 4. Prepare the appropriate journal entry on December 31, 2021, to accrue interest expense on the note described requirement 3, for the 2021 financial statements. 124) On October 1, 2021, Home Builders Company issued to Carlton Bank a $600,000, 8-month, noninterest-bearing note. Interest was discounted by the bank at a 12% discount rate. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entry by Home Builders to record the issuance of the note. 2. Determine the effective interest rate. 3. Suppose the note had been structured as a 12% note with interest and principal payable at maturity. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the issuance of the note by Home Builders. 4. Prepare the appropriate journal entry on December 31, 2021, to accrue interest expense on the note described in requirement 3, for the 2021 financial statements.
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) The following selected transactions relate to liabilities of Rose Dish Corporation. Rose's fiscal year ends on December 31. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries through the maturity of each liability. 2021 Feb. 3 Negotiated a revolving credit agreement with Second Bank, which can be renewed annually upon bank approval. The amount available under the line of credit is $30,000,000 at the bank's prime rate. April 1 Arranged a 3-month bank loan of $12 million with Second Bank under the line of credit agreement. Interest at the prime rate of 8% was payable at maturity. July 1 Paid the 8% loan at maturity. Nov. 1 Supported by the credit agreement, issued $20 million of commercial paper on a 9-month note. Interest was discounted at issuance at a 6% discount rate. Dec. 31 Recorded any necessary adjusting entry(s). 2022 Aug. 1
Paid the commercial paper at maturity.
126) Stern Corporation borrowed $10 million cash on September 1, 2021, to provide additional working capital for the year's production. Stern issued a 6-month, 10% promissory note to Second State Bank. Interest on the note is payable at maturity. Each firm uses the calendar year as the fiscal year. Required: 1. Prepare all journal entries from issuance to maturity for Stern Corporation. 2. Prepare all journal entries from issuance to maturity for Second State Bank. 127) Hot Springs Marine borrowed $20 million cash on December 1, 2021, to provide working capital for year-end inventory. Hot Springs Marine issued a 4-month, 9% promissory note to Third Bank under a prearranged short-term financing arrangement. Interest on the note was payable at maturity. Each firm's fiscal period is the calendar year. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entries to record (a) the issuance of the note by Hot Springs Marine and (b) Third Bank's receivable on December 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entries by both firms to record all subsequent events related to the note through March 31, 2022. 3. Suppose the face amount of the note was adjusted to include interest (a noninterest-bearing note) and 9% is the bank's stated "discount rate." Prepare the journal entries to record the issuance of the noninterest-bearing note by Hot Springs Marine on December 1, 2021. What would be the effective interest rate?
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) On June 30, 2021, Chu Industries issued 9-month notes in the amount of $700,000. Assume that interest is payable at maturity in the following three independent cases:
1. 2. 3.
Interest rate 9% 6% 12%
Fiscal Year-End December 31 August 31 October 31
Required: Determine the amount of interest expense that should be accrued in a year-end adjusting entry under each assumption: 129) The following selected transactions relate to liabilities of Chicago Glass Corporation for 2021. Chicago's fiscal year ends on December 31. 1. On January 15, Chicago received $7,000 from Henry Construction toward the purchase of $66,000 of plate glass to be delivered on February 6. 2. On February 3, Chicago received $6,700 of refundable deposits relating to containers used to transport glass components. 3. On February 6, Chicago delivered the plate glass to Henry Construction and received the balance of the purchase price. 4. First quarter credit sales totaled $700,000. The state sales tax rate is 4% and the local sales tax rate is 2%. Required: Prepare journal entries for the above transactions.
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
130) In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Ank-Morpork Times Inc. included the following disclosure: Revenue Recognition • Advertising revenue is recognized when advertisements are published, are broadcast, or when placed on the Company's websites, net of provisions for estimated rebates, credit and rate adjustments and discounts. • Circulation revenue includes single copy and home-delivery subscription revenue. Single copy revenue is recognized based on date of publication, net of provisions for related returns. Proceeds from home-delivery subscriptions and related costs, principally agency commissions, are deferred at the time of sale and are recognized in earnings on a pro rata basis over the terms of the subscriptions. •
Other revenue is recognized when the related service or product has been delivered.
Also, the following information on its current liabilities was included in its comparative balance sheets: 2021 CURRENT LIABILITIES Commercial paper outstanding Accounts payable Accrued payroll and other related liabilities Accrued expenses Accrued income taxes Deferred subscription revenue Current portion of long-term debt and lease obligations Total current liabilities
2020
$158,300,000 $170,950,000 $81,299,000 $160,867,000 $225,220,000 $61,706,000
$291,251,000 $174,552,000 $126,983,000 $190,748,000 $9,852,000 $81,385,000
$2,534,000 $860,876,000
$2,599,000 $877,370,000
Required: Assuming that Ank-Morpork Times Inc. collected $440,000,000 in cash for home-delivery subscriptions during fiscal year 2021, what amount of revenue did it recognize during 2021 from this source? Show the relevant T-account information to support your answer. 131) MullerB Company's employees earn vacation time at the rate of 1 hour per 40-hour work period. The vacation pay vests immediately, meaning an employee is entitled to the pay even if employment terminates. During 2021, total salaries paid to employees equaled $808,000, including $8,000 for vacations actually taken in 2021, but not including vacations related to 2021 that will be taken in 2022. All vacations earned before 2021 were taken before January 1, 2021. No accrual entries have been made for the vacations. Required: Prepare the appropriate adjusting entry for vacations earned but not taken in 2021. 28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) The following facts relate to gift cards sold by Sunbru Coffee Company during 2021. Sunbru's fiscal year ends on December 31. (a.) In October 2021, sold $3,000 of gift cards, and redeemed $500 of those gift cards. (b.) In November 2021, sold $4,000 of gift cards, and redeemed $1,400 of October gift cards and $700 of November gift cards. (c.) In December 2021, sold $3,000 of gift cards, and redeemed $200 of October gift cards, $2,000 of November gift cards, and $400 of December gift cards. (d.) Sunbru views a gift card to be "broken" (with a remote probability of redemption) two months after the end of the month in which it is sold. Thus, an unredeemed gift card sold at any time during July would be viewed as broken as of September 30. Required: 1. Prepare all journal entries appropriate to be recorded only during the month of December 2021 relevant to gift card sales, gift card redemptions, and gift card breakage. 2. Determine the balance of the deferred revenue liability to be reported in the December 31, 2021, balance sheet. Show the relevant T-account information to support your answer. 133) Diversified Industries sells perishable electronic products. Some must be shipped in reusable containers. Customers pay a deposit for each container. The deposit is equal to the container's cost. Customers receive a refund when the container is returned. During 2021, deposits collected on containers shipped were $700,000. Deposits are forfeited if containers are not returned in 18 months. Containers held by customers on January 1, 2021, were $330,000. During 2021, $410,000 was refunded and deposits of $25,000 were forfeited. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the deposits received and returned during 2021. 2. Determine the liability for refundable deposits to be reported in the December 31, 2021, balance sheet. 134) At December 31, 2021, Cordova Leather's liabilities include the following: 1. $15 million of noncallable 9% notes were issued for $15 million on August 31, 1994. The notes mature on July 31, 2022. Sufficient cash is expected to be available to retire the notes at maturity. 2. $30 million of 8% notes were issued for $30 million on May 31, 2014. The notes mature on May 31, 2024, but investors have the option of calling (demanding payment on) the notes on June 30, 2022. However, the call option is not expected to be exercised, given prevailing market conditions. 3. $18 million of 10% notes are due on March 31, 2023. A debt covenant requires Cordova to maintain current assets at least equal to 150% of its current liabilities. On December 31, 2021, Cordova is in violation of this covenant. Cordova obtained a waiver from Village Bank until June 2022, having convinced the bank that the company's normal 2 to 1 ratio of current assets to current liabilities will be reestablished during the first half of 2022. Required: For each of the three liabilities, indicate the portion of the debt that can be excluded from classification as a current liability (that is, reported as a noncurrent liability). Explain. 29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Border Airlines Inc. presented the following balance sheet information about its liabilities:
CURRENT LIABILITIES Accounts payable Accrued salaries Accrued liabilities Air traffic liability Payable to affiliates, net Current maturities of long-term debt Current obligations under capital leases Total current liabilities LONG-TERM DEBT, LESS CURRENT MATURITIES
2021
2020
$1,717,000,000 $681,000,000 $1,336,000,000 $2,763,000,000 $66,000,000 $421,000,000 $189,000,000 $7,173,000,000
$1,178,000,000 $924,000,000 $1,143,000,000 $2,696,000,000 $511,000,000 $108,000,000 $201,000,000 $6,761,000,000
$6,530,000,000
$2,601,000,000
In addition, Border presented the following among its note disclosures: Maturities of long-term debt (including sinking fund requirements) for the next five years are: 2022 — $421 million; 2023 — $212 million; 2024 — $273 million; 2025 — $1.0 billion; 2026 — $777 million. 136) Mozart Music Co. began operations in December of 2021. The company sold gift certificates during December in various amounts totaling $1,600. The gift certificates are redeemable for merchandise within three years of the purchase date. However, experience within the industry predicts that 90% of gift certificates will be redeemed within one year. Certificates totaling $500 were presented for redemption during 2021 as part of merchandise purchases having a total retail price of $750. Required: 1. Determine the liability for gift certificates to be reported in the December 31, 2021, balance sheet. 2. What is the appropriate classification (current or noncurrent) of the liabilities at December 31, 2021? Show calculations.
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, the Goodday Chemical Company included the following disclosure note excerpts on CONTINGENCIES in its annual report to shareholders: At December 31, 2021, Goodday had recorded liabilities aggregating $66.5 million for anticipated costs related to various environmental matters, primarily the remediation of numerous waste disposal sites and certain properties sold by Goodday. These costs include legal and consulting fees, site studies, the design and implementation of remediation plans, post-remediation monitoring and related activities and will be paid over several years. The amount of Goodday's ultimate liability in respect of these matters may be affected by several uncertainties, primarily the ultimate cost of required remediation and the extent to which other responsible parties contribute. At December 31, 2021, Goodday had recorded liabilities aggregating $218.7 million for potential product liability and other tort claims, including related legal fees expected to be incurred, presently asserted against Goodday. The amount recorded was determined on the basis of an assessment of potential liability using an analysis of available information with respect to pending claims, historical experience, and, where available, current trends. Goodday is a defendant in numerous lawsuits involving at December 31, 2021, approximately 63,000 claimants alleging various asbestos-related personal injuries purported to result from exposure to asbestos in certain rubber-coated products manufactured by Goodday in the past or in certain Goodday facilities. Typically, these lawsuits have been brought against multiple defendants in state and federal courts. In the past, Goodday has disposed of approximately 22,000 cases by defending and obtaining the dismissal thereof or by entering into a settlement. Goodday has policies and coverage-in-place agreements with certain of its insurance carriers that cover a substantial portion of estimated indemnity payments and legal fees in respect of the pending claims. At December 31, 2021, Goodday has recorded an asset in the amount it expects to collect under the policies and coverage-in-place agreements with certain carriers related to its estimated asbestos liability. Goodday has also commenced discussions with certain of its excess coverage insurance carriers to establish arrangements in respect of their policies. Subject to the uncertainties referred to above, Goodday has concluded that in respect of any of the above described liabilities, it is not reasonably possible that it would incur a loss exceeding the amount recognized at December 31, 2021, with respect thereto which would be material relative to the consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity of Goodday. 137) Briefly explain the GAAP requirement from which the costs/obligations for environmental cleanup and product liability/tort claim matters were accrued in the financial statements. 138) What is the point of the last paragraph of the Goodday disclosure? Explain in terms of authoritative GAAP. 139) Prepare the summary journal entry that Goodday recorded for the environmental cleanup and product liability/tort claim matters, described in the note disclosure. 31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
140) The following selected transactions relate to contingencies of Eastern Products Inc., which began operations in July 2021. Eastern's fiscal year ends on December 31. Financial statements are published in April 2022. 1. No customer accounts have been shown to be uncollectible as yet, but Eastern estimates that 3% of credit sales will eventually prove uncollectible. Sales were $300 million (all credit) for 2021. 2. Eastern offers a one-year warranty against manufacturer's defects for all its products. Industry experience indicates that warranty costs will approximate 2% of sales. Actual warranty expenditures were $3.5 million in 2021 and were recorded as warranty expense when incurred. 3. In December 2021, Eastern became aware of an engineering flaw in a product that poses a potential risk of injury. As a result, a product recall appears inevitable. This move would likely cost the company $1.5 million. 4. In November 2021, the State of Vermont filed suit against Eastern, asking civil penalties and injunctive relief for violations of clean water laws. Eastern reached a settlement with state authorities to pay $4.2 million in penalties on February 3, 2022. 5. Eastern is the plaintiff in a $40 million lawsuit filed against a customer for costs and lost profits from contracts rejected in 2021. The lawsuit is in final appeal and attorneys advise that it is virtually certain that Eastern will be awarded $30 million. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries that should be recorded as a result of each of these contingencies. If no journal entry is indicated, state why.
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) The following selected transactions relate to contingencies of Bowe-Whitney Inc. Bowe-Whitney's fiscal year ends on December 31, 2021, and financial statements are published in March 2022. 1. Bowe-Whitney is involved in a lawsuit resulting from a dispute with a customer over a 2021 transaction. At December 31, attorneys advised that it was probable that Bowe-Whitney would lose $3 million in an unfavorable outcome. On February 12, 2022, judgment was rendered against Bowe-Whitney in the amount of $14 million plus interest, a total of $15.2 million. Bowe-Whitney does not plan to appeal the judgment. 2. Since August of 2021, Bowe-Whitney has been involved in labor disputes at two of its facilities. Negotiations between the company and the unions have not produced a settlement and, since January 2021, strikes have been ongoing at these facilities. It is virtually certain that material costs will be incurred but the amount of resultant costs cannot be adequately predicted. 3. Bowe-Whitney is the defendant in a lawsuit filed in January 2022 in which Access Company seeks $10 million as an adjustment to the purchase price related to the sale of Bowe-Whitney's hardwood division in 2021. The lawsuit alleges that Bowe-Whitney misrepresented the division's assets and liabilities. Legal counsel advises that it is reasonably possible that Bowe-Whitney could lose $5 million, but that it's extremely unlikely it could lose the $10 million asked for. 4. At March 1, 2022, the EPA is in the process of investigating the possibility of environmental violations at one of Bowe-Whitney's sites, but has not proposed a penalty assessment. Management feels an assessment is reasonably possible, and if an assessment is made, a settlement of up to $33 million is probable. Required: Prepare journal entries that should be recorded as a result of each of the above contingencies. 142) Concept 1 Office Products sells office electronics that carry a 60-day manufacturer's warranty. At the time of purchase, customers are offered the opportunity to also buy a 1-year or 2-year extended warranty for an additional charge. Required: 1. Does the sale of the extended warranty represent a loss contingency? 2. Provide journal entries for the extended warranty sales and revenue recognition.
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Hyer Aviation Group Inc. included the following disclosure: On October 6, 2020, the company's subsidiary, Pyro Aeroplex, filed suit against Syntex, an unincorporated division of Bright American Corporation, for breach of contract and fraud with regard to the supply of deficient wire rope that is installed as aircraft flight control cables on WD-50 aircraft. The case, filed in the circuit court of Bell County, Arkansas, was brought to trial and on September 20, 2021, a jury returned with a verdict in favor of the company in the amount of $17.5 million. The Court, upon a post-judgment motion filed by Pyro, reduced the judgment to $4.5 million. Pyro has appealed that Order to the Supreme Court of Arkansas. The company believes the appeal is without merit and will continue to pursue final judgment on the Order. The company, pending appeal, has not recorded the $4.5 million favorable judgment. Required: What journal entries, if any, has Hyer recorded regarding this contingency? Explain its rationale. Use the following to answer the question(s) below: The following facts apply to TinyPart Toy Company's pending litigation as of December 31, 2021: a. TinyPart is defending against a lawsuit and believes there is a 51% chance it will lose in court. If it loses, TinyPart estimates that damages will be $100,000. b. TinyPart is defending against another lawsuit for which management believes it is virtually certain to lose in court. If it loses the lawsuit, management estimates damages will fall somewhere in the range of $30,000 to $50,000, with each amount in that range equally likely to occur. c. TinyPart is defending against another lawsuit that is identical to item (b), but the relevant losses will only occur far into the future. The present values of the endpoints of the range are $15,000 and $25,000. TinyPart's management believes the effects of time value of money on these amounts are material, but also believes the timing of these amounts is uncertain. d. TinyPart is defending against a fourth lawsuit and believes there is only a 25% chance it will lose in court. If TinyPart loses, it believes damages will fall somewhere in the range of $35,000 to $40,000, with each amount in that range equally likely to occur. 144) Indicate how TinyPart would disclose or account for the lawsuit described in part (a) under U.S. GAAP and under IFRS in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021. 145) Indicate how TinyPart would disclose or account for the lawsuit described in part (b) under U.S. GAAP and under IFRS in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021. 146) Indicate how TinyPart would disclose or account for the lawsuit described in part (c) under U.S. GAAP and under IFRS in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021. 147) Indicate how TinyPart would disclose or account for the lawsuit described in part (d) under U.S. GAAP and under IFRS in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021.
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) In 2021, Cap City Inc. introduced a new line of televisions that carry a two-year warranty against manufacturer's defects. Based on past experience with similar products, warranty costs are expected to be approximately 1% of sales during the first year of the warranty and approximately an additional 3% of sales during the second year of the warranty. Sales were $6,000,000 for the first year of the product's life and actual payments for warranty expenditures were $29,000. Assume that all sales are on credit. Required: 1. Prepare journal entries to summarize the sales and any aspects of the warranty for 2021. 2. What amount should Cap City report as a liability at December 31, 2021? 149) Albertson Corporation began a special promotion in July 2021 in an attempt to increase sales. A coupon was provided at various grocery stores upon checkout. Customers could send in five coupons to receive $3.00. Albertson's management estimated that 80% of the coupons would be redeemed. Albertson recognizes coupon expense in the period the coupons are issued. For the six months ended December 31, 2021, the following information is available: Coupons distributed Coupons redeemed
2,000,000 560,000
Required: What is the estimated liability associated with the coupons at December 31, 2021? 150) Fusion, Inc. introduced a new line of circuits in 2021 that carry a four-year warranty against manufacturer's defects. Based on experience with previous product introductions, warranty costs are expected to approximate 3% of sales. Sales and actual payments for warranty expenditures for the first year of selling the product were:
Sales $15 million
Actual warranty Payments for expenditures $200,000
Required: 1. Does this situation represent a loss contingency? Why or why not? How should it be accounted for? 2. Prepare journal entries that summarize sales of the circuits (assume all credit sales) and any aspects of the warranty that should be recorded during 2021. 3. What amount should Fusion report as a liability at December 31, 2021?
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
151) Barone, Inc. is involved with several situations that possibly involve contingencies. Each is described below. Barone's fiscal year ends December 31, and the 2021 financial statements are issued on March 1, 2022. 1. At March 1, 2022, the EPA is in the process of investigating possible chemical leaks at two of Barone's facilities, but has not proposed a deficiency assessment. Management feels an assessment is reasonably possible, and if an assessment is made an unfavorable settlement of up to $8 million is reasonably possible. 2. Barone is the plaintiff in a $33 million lawsuit filed against Faze Corp. for damages due to lost profits from rejected contracts and for unpaid receivables. The case is in final appeal and legal counsel advises that it is probable that Finley will prevail and be awarded $25 million. 3. In July 2020, the State of Arkansas filed suit against Barone, seeking civil penalties and injunctive relief for violations of environmental laws regulating hazardous waste. On February 12, 2022, Barone reached a settlement with state authorities. Based upon discussions with legal counsel, the Company feels it is probable that $13 million will be required to cover the cost of violations. Barone believes that the ultimate settlement of this claim will not have a material adverse effect on the company. 4. Barone is involved in a lawsuit resulting from a dispute with a customer. On January 5, 2022, judgment was rendered against Barone in the amount of $16 million plus interest, a total of $18 million. Barone plans to appeal the judgment and is unable to predict its outcome though it is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the company. Required: 1. Determine the appropriate means of reporting each situation. Explain your reasoning. 2. Prepare any necessary journal entries and disclosure notes. 152) At the beginning of 2021, Scarlet Industries began providing a three-year warranty on its products. The warranty program was expected to cost Scarlet 2% of net sales, approximately equally over the three-year warranty period. Net sales made under warranty in 2021 were $270 million. Thirteen percent of the units sold were returned in 2021 and repaired or replaced at a cost of $2 million. This amount was debited to warranty expense as incurred. Required: Prepare the appropriate adjusting entry to adjust warranty expense on December 31, 2021. Show calculations. 153) Yummy Rice Cereal started a program at the beginning of 2021 in which it would provide an all-star bowl in exchange for three proof-of-purchase box tops. Yummy Rice estimates that 30% of box tops will be redeemed. The bowls cost Yummy Rice $1 each. In 2021, 5,000,000 boxes of cereal were sold. By year-end 900,000 box tops had been redeemed. Required: Calculate the premium expense that Yummy Rice should recognize for the year ended December 31, 2021.
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
154) Sunnyvale Computer Company sells a line of computers that carry a six-month warranty. Customers are offered the opportunity to buy a two-year extended warranty for an additional charge. During 2021, Sunnyvale received $320,000 from customers for these extended warranties. All sales are on credit, and funds are received evenly throughout the year and the warranties go into effect immediately after purchase. Required: Prepare a summary journal entry to record sales of the extended warranties. Also prepare any other entries associated with the warranties that should be recorded during 2021.
155) Hardin Widget Manufacturing began operations in January 2021. Hardin sells widgets that carry a two-year manufacturer's warranty against defects in workmanship. Hardin's management projects that 2% of the widgets will require repair during the first year of the warranty while approximately 6% will require repair during the second year of the warranty. The widgets sell for $400 each. The average cost to repair a widget is $50. The company sells 60% of the widgets to retail customers who must pay a 6% sales tax. Sales and warranty information for 2021 and 2022 are as follows: 2021: Sold 200 widgets on account; incurred warranty expenditures of $300 for widget repairs. 2022: Sold 300 widgets on account; actual payments for warranty expenditures were $500. Required: 1. Prepare journal entries that summarize the sales and any aspects of the warranty for 2021. 2. Prepare journal entries that summarize the sales and any aspects of the warranty for 2022. 156) Cracker Corporation began a special promotion in July 2021 in an attempt to increase sales. A coupon was included in various print advertisements. Customers could send in five coupons to receive $2.00. Cracker's management estimated that 70% of the coupons would be redeemed. Cracker recognizes coupon promotion expense in the period the coupons are issued. For the six months ended December 31, 2021, the following information is available: Coupons distributed Coupons redeemed
2,000,000 560,000
Record all necessary journal entries for the coupon offer for 2021.
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
157) Muller Corp. pays its employees monthly. The payroll information listed below is for January 2024, the first month of Muller's fiscal year. Salaries $400,000 Federal income taxes to be withheld 80,000 Federal unemployment tax rate (after SUTA deduction) 0.80% State unemployment tax rate (SUTA) 5.40% Social Security tax rate 6.2% Medicare tax rate 1.45% Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries to record salaries expense and payroll tax expense for the January 2024 pay period. 158) Identify the major components included in the official definition of a liability as set forth by Statement of Financial Accounting Concepts No. 6, "Elements of Financial Statements." 159) Define the following: 1. Liabilities that are definite in amount. 2. Liabilities that must be estimated. 3. Liabilities that are contingent. 160) Bank loans are often arranged in advance as lines of credit. What is a line of credit? How do a committed and a noncommitted line of credit differ? 161) How are customer advances and refundable deposits similar and yet different? 162) Define and distinguish between current and noncurrent liabilities. 163) a) What non-accounting factors are important before evaluating whether a pending lawsuit should be accrued as a liability and reflected in the financial statements? b) What accounting factors should be considered in determining whether a pending lawsuit should be accrued as a liability and reflected in the financial statements? 164) Identify and define the three classifications prescribed by GAAP regarding accounting for contingencies to identify the range of possibilities for the likelihood of a confirming event for contingent liabilities. Describe the accounting action to be taken for each term. 165) Define a loss contingency and give an example that almost always is accrued. 166) Texon Oil is being sued for price fixing and environmental damage. The litigation started this year and is expected to last five years. There is no doubt that Texon is guilty, but the settlement cost will be between $3 billion and $22 billion. Briefly explain how Texon would address this in its current year financial statements.
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
167) Amber Inc. is one of the largest pharmacy retailers in mid-America. In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, it made the following disclosure: In 2016, Amber assigned a number of leases to Bell's Inc. and Home Stores, Inc., as part of the sale of the Company's former Eastern divisions. Amber is contingently liable if Bell's and Home are unable to continue making rental payments on these leases. In 2020, Amber recorded a pretax charge to earnings of $42.7 million to recognize the estimated lease liabilities associated with the Bell's and Home bankruptcies and for a single lease from Amber's former Georgia division. In 2021, Bell's began the liquidation process and Home emerged from bankruptcy and, based on the resolution of various leases, Amber reversed $12.1 million of this accrual. Explain the accounting principle(s) that required Amber to record the $42.7 million charge in 2020 and the $12.1 million reversal in 2021. 168) Swift Drug Company is being sued this year for a wrongful death due to violation of FDA rules. There is no doubt that Swift is guilty and the settlement is reasonably estimable at $10 billion payable evenly over 10 years starting next year. Briefly explain how Swift would address this in its current year financial statements.
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 13 Current Liabilities and Contingencies 1) Some liabilities are not contractual obligations and may not be payable in cash. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Characteristics of liabilities Learning Objective: 13-01 Define liabilities and distinguish between current and long-term liabilities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 2) A line of credit is an agreement to provide long-term financing, typically made with a bank or a group of banks. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3) Amounts withheld from employees in connection with payroll often represent liabilities to be remitted to third parties. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Advance collections-For third parties; Payroll-related liabilities—Appendix Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded.; Appendix 13 Payroll-Related Liabilities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4) A customer advance produces a liability that is satisfied when the product or service is provided. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Advance collections-Deferred revenue Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 5) Revenue is recognized upon sale of gift cards, rather than being deferred. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Advance collections-Gift cards Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 6) Long-term debt that is callable by the creditor in the upcoming year should be classified as a current liability only if the debt is expected to be called. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Current and noncurrent classification Learning Objective: 13-04 Determine when a liability can be classified as a noncurrent obligation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 7) The concept of substance over form influences the classification of obligations expected to be refinanced. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Current and noncurrent classification Learning Objective: 13-04 Determine when a liability can be classified as a noncurrent obligation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
8) Under IFRS, a liability that is refinanced after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued would typically be classified as a current liability. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Product warranties and guarantees Learning Objective: 13-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to current liabilities and contingencies. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 9) Expense for a quality-assurance warranty is recorded along with the related liability in the reporting period in which the product under warranty is sold. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Product warranties and guarantees Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 10) For a loss contingency to be accrued, the claim must have been made before the accounting period ended. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Unasserted claims and assessments Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
11) A company should accrue a liability for a loss contingency if it is at least reasonably possible that assets have been impaired and the amount of potential loss can be reasonably estimated. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Loss contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 12) A disclosure note is required for all material loss contingencies for which the probability of loss is reasonably possible. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Loss contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 13) A liability for an unasserted claim must be accrued if it is reasonably possible that the claim will be asserted. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Unasserted claims and assessments Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
14) An asset for a gain contingency should not be accrued unless it is probable that the gain contingency will be realized. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Gain contingencies Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 15) Under IFRS, the term "probable" indicates a threshold of probability that is substantially more than a 50 percent chance of occurrence. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Contingencies Learning Objective: 13-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to current liabilities and contingencies. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 16) Under IFRS, if it is probable that a contingent liability will result in a future payment but there is a range of equally likely amounts that will be paid, the midpoint of the range should be accrued as a loss. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS‒Contingencies Learning Objective: 13-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to current liabilities and contingencies. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
17) The cost of promotional offers should always be recorded as expenses in the accounting period when the offers are redeemed by customers. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Rebates‒Premiums‒Coupons Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 18) Unlike the Social Security tax there is no maximum wage base for the Medicare portion of the FICA tax. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Payroll-related liabilities‒Appendix Learning Objective: Appendix 13 Payroll-Related Liabilities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 19) State and Federal Unemployment Taxes (SUTA and FUTA) must be withheld from employees' salaries. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Payroll-related liabilities‒Appendix Learning Objective: Appendix 13 Payroll-Related Liabilities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
20) The most common type of liability is: A) One that comes into existence due to a loss contingency. B) One that must be estimated. C) One that comes into existence due to a gain contingency. D) One to be paid in cash and for which the amount and timing are known. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Characteristics of liabilities Learning Objective: 13-01 Define liabilities and distinguish between current and long-term liabilities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 21) Which of the following is not a characteristic of a liability? A) It represents a probable, future sacrifice of economic benefits. B) It must be payable in cash. C) It arises from present obligations to other entities. D) It results from past transactions or events. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Characteristics of liabilities Learning Objective: 13-01 Define liabilities and distinguish between current and long-term liabilities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 22) Which of the following is the best definition of a current liability? A) An obligation payable within one year. B) An obligation payable within one year of the balance sheet date. C) An obligation payable within one year or within the normal operating cycle, whichever is longer. D) An obligation expected to be satisfied with current assets or by the creation of other current liabilities. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Characteristics of liabilities Learning Objective: 13-01 Define liabilities and distinguish between current and long-term liabilities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
23) Which of the following is not a liability? A) An unused line of credit. B) Estimated income taxes. C) Sales tax collected from customers. D) Advances from customers. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Characteristics of liabilities Learning Objective: 13-01 Define liabilities and distinguish between current and long-term liabilities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 24) Current liabilities normally are recorded at their: A) Present value. B) Cost. C) Maturity amount. D) Expected value. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Characteristics of liabilities Learning Objective: 13-01 Define liabilities and distinguish between current and long-term liabilities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 25) Current liabilities are normally recorded at the amount expected to be paid rather than at their present value. This practice can be supported by GAAP according to the concept of: A) Matching. B) Consistency. C) Materiality. D) Conservatism. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Characteristics of liabilities Learning Objective: 13-01 Define liabilities and distinguish between current and long-term liabilities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
26) The key accounting considerations relating to accounts payable are: A) Determining their existence and ensuring that they are recorded in the appropriate accounting period. B) Determining their present value and ensuring that they are recorded in the appropriate accounting period. C) Determining their existence and determining the correct amount. D) Determining the present value of the principal and the amount of the interest. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Accounts payable Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 27) Classifying liabilities as either current or long-term helps creditors assess: A) Profitability. B) The relative risk of a firm's liabilities. C) The degree of a firm's liabilities. D) The amount of a firm's liabilities. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Characteristics of liabilities Learning Objective: 13-01 Define liabilities and distinguish between current and long-term liabilities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
28) When cash is received from customers in the form of a refundable deposit, the cash account is increased with a corresponding increase in: A) A current liability. B) Revenue. C) Shareholders' equity. D) Paid-in capital. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Advance collections-Refundable deposits Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 29) A discount on a noninterest-bearing note payable is classified in the balance sheet as: A) An asset. B) A component of shareholders' equity. C) A contingent liability. D) A contra liability. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 30) The rate of interest printed on the face of a note payable is called the: A) Yield rate. B) Effective rate. C) Market rate. D) Stated rate. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
31) The rate of interest that actually is incurred on a note payable is called the: A) Face rate. B) Contract rate. C) Effective rate. D) Stated rate. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 32) On October 31, 2021, Simeon Builders borrowed $16 million cash and issued a 7-month, noninterest-bearing note. The loan was made by Star Finance Co. The stated discount rate is 8%. Simeon's effective interest rate on this loan is: A) More than the stated discount rate of 8%. B) Less than the stated discount rate of 8%. C) Equal to the stated discount rate of 8%. D) Unrelated to the stated discount rate of 8%. Answer: A Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
33) On April 31, 2021, Elkhorn Associates borrowed $10 million cash from Colonial Bank and issued a 5-month, noninterest-bearing note, priced to yield an effective interest rate of 10%. The stated discount rate on this loan is: A) More than the effective interest rate. B) Less than the effective interest rate. C) Equal to the effective interest rate. D) Unrelated to the effective interest rate. Answer: B Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 34) Large, highly rated firms sometimes sell commercial paper: A) To borrow funds at a lower rate than through a bank. B) To earn a profit on the paper. C) To avoid paperwork. D) Because the interest rate is locked in by the Federal Reserve Board. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
35) Jane's Donut Co. borrowed $200,000 on January 1, 2021, and signed a two-year note bearing interest at 12%. Interest is payable in full at maturity on January 1, 2023. In connection with this note, Jane's should report interest expense at December 31, 2021, in the amount of: A) $0. B) $24,000. C) $48,000. D) $50,880. Answer: B Explanation: $200,000 × 12% × 12/12 = $24,000 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes.; 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 36) What is the effective interest rate (rounded) on a 3-month, noninterest-bearing note with a stated rate of 12% and a maturity value of $200,000? (Do not round intermediate calculations. Round final answer to 1 decimal place.) A) 12.4%. B) 13.6%. C) 11.5%. D) 3.1%. Answer: A Explanation: $200,000 × 12% × 3/12 = $6,000 $6,000/($200,000 − $6,000) = 3.09% 3.09% × 12/3 = 12.4% (rounded) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
37) On September 1, 2021, Hiker Shoes issued a $100,000, 8-month, noninterest-bearing note. The loan was made by Second Commercial Bank where the stated discount rate is 9%. Hiker's effective interest rate on this loan (rounded) is: (Do not round intermediate calculations. Round your final answer to 2 decimal places.) A) 9.0%. B) 9.5%. C) 9.6%. D) 9.7%. Answer: C Explanation: $100,000 × 9% × 8/12 = $6,000 [$6,000/($100,000 − $6,000)] × 12/8 = 9.6% (rounded) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 38) Universal Travel Inc. borrowed $500,000 on November 1, 2021, and signed a 12-month note bearing interest at 6%. Interest is payable in full at maturity on October 31, 2022. In connection with this note, Universal Travel Inc. should report interest payable at December 31, 2021, in the amount of: (Round your final answers to the nearest whole dollar.) A) $8,000. B) $30,000. C) $5,000. D) $25,000. Answer: C Explanation: $500,000 × 6% × 2/12 = $5,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Accrued interest payable Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
39) Oklahoma Oil Corp. paid interest of $785,000 during 2021, and the interest payable account decreased by $125,000. What was interest expense for the year? A) $910,000. B) $660,000. C) $555,000. D) $785,000. Answer: B Explanation: Interest paid Decrease in interest payable Total interest expense
$ $
785,000 (125,000) 660,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Accrued interest payable Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 40) On June 1, 2021, Dirty Harry Co. borrowed cash by issuing a 6-month noninterest-bearing note with a maturity value of $500,000 and a discount rate of 6%. Assuming straight-line amortization of the discount, what is the carrying value of the note as of September 30, 2021? (Round all calculations to the nearest whole dollar amount.) A) $525,000. B) $300,000. C) $495,000. D) $475,000. Answer: C Explanation: Face amount Discount ($500,000 × 6% × 6/12) Carrying value, 6/1/2021 Discount amortization (4/6) Carrying value, 9/30/2021
$ 500,000 (15,000) 485,000 10,000 $ 495,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) At times, businesses require advance payments from customers that will be applied to the purchase price when goods are delivered or services provided. These customer advances represent: A) Liabilities until the product or service is provided. B) A component of shareholders' equity. C) Long-term assets until the product or service is provided. D) Revenue upon receipt of the advance payment. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Advance collections-Deferred revenue Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 42) Which of the following is not true about deferred revenue? A) Deferred revenue with respect to gift cards is recognized as revenue when the gift cards expire. B) Deferred revenue is a liability. C) Deferred revenue is recognized on credit sales when collectibility can be estimated. D) Customer prepayments typically require recognition of deferred revenue. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Advance collections-Deferred revenue Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
43) M Corp. has an employee benefit plan for compensated absences that gives each employee 15 paid vacation days. Vacation days can be carried over indefinitely. Employees can elect to receive payment in lieu of vacation days. At December 31, 2021, M's unadjusted balance of liability for compensated absences was $20,000. M estimated that there were 200 total vacation days available at December 31, 2021. M's employees earn an average of $150 per day. After recording any necessary adjustment, In its December 31, 2021, balance sheet, what amount of liability for compensated absences is M required to report? A) $0. B) $30,000. C) $225,000. D) $450,000. Answer: B Explanation: The liability for compensated absences at December 31, 2021, is $30,000 for the 200 vacation days times $150 per day. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Accrued employee compensation Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 44) Which of the following generally is associated with accounts payable?
a. b. c. d.
Interest expense No No Yes Yes
Reported at present value No Yes No Yes
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Accounts payable Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) Lake Co. receives nonrefundable advance payments with special orders for containers constructed to customer specifications. Related information for 2021 is as follows ($ in millions): Customer advances balance, Dec. 31, 2020 Advances received with 2021 orders Advances applicable to orders shipped in 2021 Advances from orders canceled in 2021
$ 110 195 180 45
What amount should Lake report as a current liability for advances from customers in its Dec. 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $0. B) $80 million. C) $125 million. D) $170 million. Answer: B Explanation: $110 + $195 − $180 − $45 = $80 million Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Advance collections-Deferred revenue Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 46) All of the following but one represent collections for third parties. Which one of the following is not a collection for a third party? A) Sales tax payable. B) Customer deposits. C) Employee insurance deductions. D) Social security taxes deductions. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Advance collections-For third parties; Payroll-related liabilities—Appendix Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded.; Appendix 13 Payroll-Related Liabilities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
47) When a deposit on returnable containers is forfeited, the firm holding the deposit will experience: A) A decrease in cost of goods sold. B) An increase in current liabilities. C) An increase in accounts receivable. D) An increase in revenue. Answer: D Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Advance collections-Refundable deposits Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 48) B Corp. has an employee benefit plan for compensated absences that gives each employee 10 paid vacation days and 10 paid sick days. Both vacation and sick days can be carried over indefinitely. Employees can elect to receive payment in lieu of vacation days; however, no payment is given for sick days not taken. At December 31, 2021, B's unadjusted balance of liability for compensated absences was $42,000. B estimated that there were 300 total vacation days and 150 sick days available at December 31, 2021. B's employees earn an average of $200 per day. In its December 31, 2021, balance sheet, what amount of liability for compensated absences is B required to report? A) $60,000. B) $84,000. C) $90,000. D) $144,000. Answer: A Explanation: The liability for compensated absences at December 31, 2021, is $60,000 for the 300 vacation days times $200 per day. The key word in dealing with sick pay is the word "required." The problem asks what is the liability required at December 31, 2021. Since the payment of sick pay is not probable, B Corp. would not be required to accrue a liability for sick pay. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Accrued employee compensation Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
49) On January 1, 2021, G Corporation agreed to grant all its employees two weeks paid vacation each year, with the stipulation that vacations earned each year can be taken the following year. For the year ended December 31, 2021, G's employees each earned an average of $800 per week. A total of 500 vacation weeks earned in 2021 were not taken during 2021. Wage rates for employees rose by an average of 5 percent by the time vacations actually were taken in 2022. What is the amount of G's 2022 salaries expense related to 2021 vacation time? A) $0. B) $20,000. C) $400,000. D) $420,000. Answer: B Explanation: (500 × $800) × 5% = $20,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Accrued employee compensation Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 50) Revenue for gift card breakage should be recognized: A) When the gift card is sold. B) No later than the last day of the operating period in which the gift card is delivered to the customer. C) When the probability of gift card redemption is viewed as remote. D) Under no circumstances, as gift cards are not themselves a delivered product, but rather a selling technique. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Advance collections-Gift cards Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) All else equal, a large increase in deferred revenue in the current period would be expected to produce what effect on revenue in a future period? A) Large increase, because deferred revenue becomes revenue when the seller has satisfied its performance obligations. B) Large decrease, because deferred revenue implies that less revenue has been earned, which reduces future revenue. C) No effect, because deferred revenue is a liability, so payment will use assets rather than providing revenue. D) Large decrease, because deferred revenue indicates collection problems that will reduce net revenues in future periods. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Advance collections-Deferred revenue Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 52) Peterson Photoshop sold $1,000 in gift cards on a special promotion on October 15, 2021, and sold $1,500 in gift cards on another special promotion on November 15, 2021. Of the cards sold in October, $100 were redeemed in October, $250 in November, and $300 in December. Of the gift cards sold in November, $150 were redeemed in November and $350 were redeemed in December. Peterson views the probability of redemption of a gift card as remote if the card has not been redeemed within two months. At 12/31/2021, Peterson would show a deferred revenue account for the gift cards with a balance of: A) $0. B) $1,000. C) $1,350. D) $1,500. Answer: B Explanation: All of October sales recognized as revenue; $150 + $350 of November sales recognized as revenue, so deferred revenue = $1,500 November sales − $500 recognized as revenue = $1,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Advance collections-Gift cards Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
53) When a product or service is delivered for which a customer advance has been previously received, the appropriate journal entry includes: A) A debit to a revenue and a credit to a liability account. B) A debit to a revenue and a credit to an asset account. C) A debit to an asset and a credit to a revenue account. D) A debit to a liability and a credit to a revenue account. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Advance collections-Deferred revenue Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 54) Clark's Chemical Company received refundable deposits on returnable containers in the amount of $100,000 during 2021. Twelve percent of the containers were not returned. The deposits are based on the container cost marked up 20%. What is cost of goods sold relative to this forfeiture? A) $0. B) $2,000. C) $10,000. D) $14,400. Answer: C Explanation: ($100,000 × 12%) ÷ 120% = $10,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Advance collections-Refundable deposits Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
55) In May of 2021, Raymond Financial Services became involved in a penalty dispute with the EPA. At December 31, 2021, the environmental attorney for Raymond indicated that an unfavorable outcome to the dispute was probable. The additional penalties were estimated to be $770,000 but could be as high as $1,170,000. After the year-end, but before the 2021 financial statements were issued, Raymond accepted an EPA settlement offer of $900,000. Raymond should have reported an accrued liability on its December 31, 2021, balance sheet of: A) $770,000. B) $900,000. C) $970,000. D) $1,170,000. Answer: B Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Loss contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 56) Slotnick Chemical received $300,000 from customers as deposits on returnable containers during 2021. Fifteen percent of the containers were not returned. The deposits are based on the container cost marked up 20%. How much profit did Slotnick realize on the forfeited deposits? A) $0. B) $7,500. C) $9,000. D) $45,000. Answer: B Explanation: Total deposits forfeited ($300,000 × 15%) Less costs ($45,000 ÷ 120%) Profit
$ 45,000 37,500 $ 7,500
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Advance collections-Refundable deposits Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
57) Which of the following is not a current liability? A) Accounts payable. B) A note payable due in two years. C) Accrued interest payable. D) Sales tax payable. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Current and noncurrent classification Learning Objective: 13-04 Determine when a liability can be classified as a noncurrent obligation. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 58) Short-term obligations can be reported as long-term liabilities if: A) The firm has a long-term line of credit. B) The firm has tentative plans to issue long-term bonds. C) The firm intends to and has the ability to refinance as long-term. D) The firm has the ability to refinance on a long-term basis. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Current and noncurrent classification Learning Objective: 13-04 Determine when a liability can be classified as a noncurrent obligation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 59) Of the following, which typically would not be classified as a current liability? A) Estimated liability from cash rebate program. B) A long-term note payable maturing within the coming year. C) Rent revenue received in advance. D) A six-month bank loan to be paid with the proceeds from the sale of common stock. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Current and noncurrent classification Learning Objective: 13-04 Determine when a liability can be classified as a noncurrent obligation. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
60) Which of the following situations would not require that long-term liabilities be reported as current liabilities on a classified balance sheet? A) The long-term debt is callable by the creditor. B) The creditor has the right to demand payment due to a contractual violation. C) The long-term debt matures within the upcoming year. D) The company intended to refinance the debt and did so prior to issuance of the financial statements. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Current and noncurrent classification Learning Objective: 13-04 Determine when a liability can be classified as a noncurrent obligation. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 61) A long-term liability should be reported as a current liability in a classified balance sheet if the long-term debt: A) Is callable by the creditor. B) Is secured by adequate collateral. C) Will be refinanced with stock. D) Will be refinanced with debt. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Current and noncurrent classification Learning Objective: 13-04 Determine when a liability can be classified as a noncurrent obligation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
62) On December 31, 2021, L Inc. had a $1,500,000 note payable outstanding, due July 31, 2022. L borrowed the money to finance construction of a new plant. L planned to refinance the note by issuing long-term bonds. Because L temporarily had excess cash, it prepaid $500,000 of the note on January 23, 2022. In February 2022, L completed a $3,000,000 bond offering. L will use the bond offering proceeds to repay the note payable at its maturity and to pay construction costs during 2022. On March 13, 2022, L issued its 2021 financial statements. What amount of the note payable should L include in the current liabilities section of its December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $0. B) $500,000. C) $1,000,000. D) $1,500,000. Answer: B Explanation: GAAP states that the amount excluded from current liabilities through refinancing cannot exceed the amount actually refinanced. Therefore, L should consider the $1,000,000 paid by the refinancing to be a long-term liability and the $500,000 a current liability in the December 31, 2021, balance sheet. The refinancing was completed before the issuance of the financial statements and meets both criteria (intent and financial ability) for the classification of the $1,000,000 as a long-term liability. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Current and noncurrent classification Learning Objective: 13-04 Determine when a liability can be classified as a noncurrent obligation. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 63) Liabilities payable within the coming year are classified as long-term liabilities if refinancing is completed before date of issuance of the financial statements under: A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Either U.S. GAAP or IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Liabilities to be refinanced Learning Objective: 13-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to current liabilities and contingencies. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
64) Kline Company refinanced current debt as long-term debt on January 5, 2022. Kline's fiscal year ended on December 31, 2021, and its financial statements will be issued sometime in early March 2022. Under IFRS, how would Kline classify the debt on its December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) In the "mezzanine" between current and noncurrent liabilities. B) Kline would not classify the debt as current or noncurrent, but rather would write a disclosure note explaining the circumstances. C) As a noncurrent liability. D) As a current liability. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Liabilities to be refinanced Learning Objective: 13-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to current liabilities and contingencies. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 65) Branch Company, a building materials supplier, has $18,000,000 of notes payable due April 12, 2022. At December 31, 2021, Branch signed an agreement with First Bank to borrow up to $18,000,000 to refinance the notes on a long-term basis. The agreement specified that borrowings would not exceed 75% of the value of the collateral that Branch provided. At the date of issue of the December 31, 2021, financial statements, the value of Branch's collateral was $20,000,000. On its December 31, 2021, balance sheet, Branch should classify the notes as follows: A) $15,000,000 long-term and $3,000,000 current liabilities. B) $4,500,000 short-term and $13,500,000 current liabilities. C) $18,000,000 of current liabilities. D) $18,000,000 of long-term liabilities. Answer: A Explanation: Notes payable Refinancing ability ($20,000,000 × 75%) Current liability from notes payable
$ 18,000,000 15,000,000 L-T $ 3,000,000 S-T
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Current and noncurrent classification Learning Objective: 13-04 Determine when a liability can be classified as a noncurrent obligation. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
66) Other things being equal, most managers would prefer to report liabilities as noncurrent rather than current. The logic behind this preference is that the long-term classification permits the company to report: A) Higher working capital and a higher inventory turnover. B) Lower working capital and a higher current ratio. C) Higher working capital and a higher current ratio. D) Higher working capital and a lower debt to equity ratio. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Decision-makers' perspective Learning Objective: 13-04 Determine when a liability can be classified as a noncurrent obligation. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 67) Financial statement note disclosure is required for material potential losses when the loss is at least reasonably possible: A) Only if the amount is known. B) Only if the amount is known or reasonably estimable. C) Unless the amount is not reasonably estimable. D) Even if the amount is not reasonably estimable. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Loss contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
68) Gain contingencies usually are recognized in a company's income statement when: A) Realized. B) The amount can be reasonably estimated. C) The gain is reasonably possible and the amount can be reasonable estimated. D) The gain is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Gain contingencies Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 69) Gray Co. estimates it is probable that it will receive a $10,000 gain contingency and pay a $4,000 loss contingency. After recording the appropriate journal entries to recognize contingent amounts, Gray Co.'s net assets will: A) Increase by $10,000. B) Increase by $6,000. C) Decrease by $4,000. D) Not change. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Gain contingencies Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
70) A company should accrue a loss contingency only if the likelihood that a liability has been incurred is: A) More likely than not and the amount of the loss is known. B) At least reasonably possible and the amount of the loss is known. C) At least reasonably possible and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. D) Probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Loss contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 71) A loss contingency should be accrued in a company's financial statements only if the likelihood that a liability has been incurred is: A) At least remotely possible and the amount of the loss is known. B) Reasonably possible and the amount of the loss is known. C) Reasonably possible and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. D) Probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Loss contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
72) A contingent loss should be reported in a disclosure note to the financial statements rather than being accrued if: A) The likelihood of a loss is remote. B) The incurrence of a loss is reasonably possible. C) The incurrence of a loss is more likely than not. D) The likelihood of a loss is probable. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Loss contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 73) Which of the following is a contingency that should be accrued? A) The company is being sued and a loss is reasonably possible and reasonably estimable. B) The company deducts life insurance premiums from employees' paychecks. C) The company offers a two-year warranty and the expenses can be reasonably estimated. D) It is probable that the company will receive $100,000 in settlement of a lawsuit. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Loss contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) Paul Company issues a product recall due to an apparently preexisting and material defect discovered after the end of its fiscal year. Financial statements have not yet been issued. The action required of Paul Company for this reasonably estimable contingency for the year just ended is: A) To disclose it in a note to the financial statements. B) To accrue a long-term liability. C) To accrue the liability and explain it in a note to the financial statements. D) To do nothing relative to the contingency. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Subsequent events Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 75) After the end of the 2021 fiscal year but before financial statements were issued, EPK Company learned that an arbitrator had made a $10 million judgment in a litigation judgment against it. The claim had been made in 2020 for alleged defects of products sold in 2019. Prior to learning of the judgment, EPK had not accrued any litigation loss, and does not plan to appeal. For the 2021 fiscal year, EPK should: A) Disclose the potential for a judgment in the notes, but not indicate the amount, since the judgment was made after fiscal year end. B) Disclose in the notes that a $10 million judgment was made after fiscal year end. C) Accrue a $10 million liability and explain it in a note to the financial statements. D) Do nothing relative to the contingency. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Subsequent events Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) After the end of the 2021 fiscal year but before financial statements were issued, an accident occurred at KPN's manufacturing facility that probably will result in material losses to KPN. KPN has relatively precise estimates of those losses. KPN should: A) Disclose the potential for loss in the notes, but not indicate their estimate of an amount. B) Disclose the potential losses and their effect on key numbers in the financial statements. C) Accrue the loss, since it is probable and can be reasonably estimated, and explain it in a note to the financial statements. D) Do nothing relative to the contingency. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Subsequent events Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation 77) Accounting for incentive programs for customer purchases: A) Requires probability estimation. B) Follows the revenue recognition process. C) Will most likely initially recognize a liability or deferred revenue. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Rebates‒Premiums‒Coupons Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) Providing a monetary rebate program for purchasing a product: A) Is accounted for similarly to refundable deposits. B) Creates an expense for the seller in the period of sale. C) Creates a contingent liability for the seller at the time of sale. D) All these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Rebates‒Premiums‒Coupons Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 79) An extended warranty typically results in the seller: A) Accruing an expense for anticipated warranty costs at the time the warranty is sold. B) Estimating the contingent liability associated with the warranty at the time the warranty is sold. C) Recognizing revenue over the life of the extended warranty. D) Refunding warranty payments upon expiration of the warranty. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Product warranties and guarantees Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 80) A quality-assurance warranty typically results in the seller: A) Accruing an expense for anticipated warranty costs at the time the warrantied product is sold. B) Recognizing an asset for accrued warranty costs which is amortized over the life of the warranty. C) Recognizing revenue over the life of the extended warranty. D) Refunding warranty payments upon expiration of the warranty. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Product warranties and guarantees Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
81) Which of the following is true about the initial journal entry used to record quality-assurance warranties?
a. b. c. d.
Recognize a contingent liability No No Yes Yes
Recognize deferred revenue No Yes No Yes
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Product warranties and guarantees Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
82) Which of the following is true about the initial journal entry used to record extended warranties?
a. b. c. d.
Recognize a contingent liability No No Yes Yes
Recognize deferred revenue No Yes No Yes
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Product warranties and guarantees Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 83) Blue Co. can estimate the amount of loss that will occur if a foreign government expropriates some of the company's assets in that country. If the likelihood of expropriation is remote, a loss contingency should be: A) Disclosed but not accrued as a liability. B) Disclosed and accrued as a liability. C) Accrued as liability but not disclosed. D) Neither accrued as a liability nor disclosed. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Unasserted claims and assessments Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
84) Orange Co. can estimate the amount of loss that will occur if a foreign government expropriates some of the company's assets in that country. If expropriation is reasonably possible, a loss contingency should be: A) Disclosed but not accrued as a liability. B) Disclosed and accrued as a liability. C) Accrued as liability but not disclosed. D) Neither accrued as a liability nor disclosed. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Unasserted claims and assessments Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 85) Red Co. can estimate the amount of loss that will occur if a foreign government expropriates some of the company's assets in that country. If expropriation is probable, a loss contingency should be: A) Disclosed but not accrued as a liability. B) Disclosed and accrued as a liability. C) Accrued as liability but not disclosed. D) Neither accrued as a liability nor disclosed. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Unasserted claims and assessments Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
86) Z Co. filed suit against W Inc. in 2021 seeking damages for patent infringement. At December 31, 2021, legal counsel for Z believed that it was probable that Z would be successful against W for an estimated amount in the range of $30 million to $60 million, with each amount in that range considered equally likely. Z was awarded $40 million in April 2022. Z should report this award in its 2021 financial statements, issued in March 2022 as: A) A receivable and deferred revenue of $40 million. B) A receivable and revenue of $40 million. C) A disclosure of a gain contingency of $40 million. D) A disclosure of a gain contingency of an undetermined amount in the range of $30 million to $60 million. Answer: D Explanation: GAAP states that gain contingencies should not be recognized in the financial statements until realized. Adequate disclosure should be made in the footnotes but care should be taken to avoid misleading implications as to the likelihood of realization of the contingent gain. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Gain contingencies Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 87) When a material gain contingency is probable and the amount of gain can be reasonably estimated, the gain should be: A) Reported in the income statement and disclosed. B) Offset against shareholders' equity. C) Disclosed but not recognized in the income statement. D) Neither recognized in the income statement nor disclosed. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Gain contingencies Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) Which of the following would most likely require initial recording as deferred revenue? A) Potential claims on extended warranties. B) Customer premium offers. C) Potential liability on a product where none have yet been sold. D) Sales tax payable. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Rebates‒Premiums‒Coupons Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 89) A customer of RoughEdge Sharpeners alleges that RoughEdge's new razor sharpener had a defect that resulted in serious injury to the customer. RoughEdge believes the customer has a 51% chance of winning the case, and that if the customer wins the case, there is a range of losses of between $1,000,000 and $3,000,000 in which any number is equally likely to occur. Under U.S. GAAP, RoughEdge should accrue a liability in the amount of: A) $0. B) $1,000,000. C) $2,000,000. D) $3,000,000. Answer: A Explanation: 51% probability is less than the typical interpretation of "probable." Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Loss contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) A customer of Razor Sharpeners alleges that Razor's new razor sharpener had a defect that resulted in serious injury to the customer. Razor believes the customer has a 51% chance of winning the case, and that if the customer wins the case, there is a range of losses of between $1,000,000 and $3,000,000 in which any number is equally likely to occur. Under IFRS, Razor should accrue a liability in the amount of: A) $0. B) $1,000,000. C) $2,000,000. D) $3,000,000. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Contingencies Learning Objective: 13-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to current liabilities and contingencies. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 91) Volt Electronics sells equipment that includes a three-year warranty. Repairs under the warranty are performed by an independent service company under contract with Volt. Based on prior experience, warranty costs are estimated to be $25 per item sold. Volt should recognize these warranty costs: A) When the equipment is sold. B) When the repairs are performed. C) When payments are made to the service firm. D) Evenly over the life of the warranty. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Product warranties and guarantees Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) As part of a promotion campaign, Funzy Cereal includes one coupon in each issue of various national magazines and offers a toy car in exchange for $1.00 and three coupons. The cars cost Funzy $1.50 each. Experience indicates that 4% of the coupons eventually will be redeemed. During the last month of 2021, the first month of the offer, 12 million coupons were distributed and 240,000 million of the coupons were redeemed. Funzy recognizes coupon promotion expense in the period coupons are issued. What amount should Funzy report as coupon promotion expense on its December 31, 2021, income statement? A) $0. B) $40,000. C) $80,000. D) $120,000. Answer: C Explanation: [(12,000,000 × 4%) / 3] × ($1.50 − $1.00) = $80,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Rebates‒Premiums‒Coupons Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 93) At the beginning of 2021, Angel Corporation began offering a two-year warranty on its products. The warranty program was expected to cost Angel 4% of net sales. Net sales made under warranty in 2021 were $180 million. Fifteen percent of the units sold were returned in 2021 and repaired or replaced at a cost of $5.3 million. The amount of warranty expense on Angel's 2021 income statement is: A) $5.3 million. B) $7.2 million. C) $10.6 million. D) $27.0 million. Answer: B Explanation: $180 million × 4% = $7.2 million Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Product warranties and guarantees Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
94) During 2021, Deluxe Leather Goods issued 800,000 coupons which entitles the customer to a $5.00 cash refund when the coupon is submitted at the time of any future purchase. Deluxe estimates that 70% of the coupons will be redeemed. 350,000 coupons had been processed during 2021. Deluxe recognizes coupon expense in the period coupons are issued. At December 31, 2021, Deluxe should report a liability for unredeemed coupons of: A) $560,000. B) $1,050,000. C) $1,225,000. D) $1,750,000. Answer: B Explanation: [(800,000 × 70%) − 350,000] × $5 = $1,050,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Rebates‒Premiums‒Coupons Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 95) In 2021, Holyoak Inc. offers a coupon for $20 off qualifying purchases of its new line of products. Holyoak sold 10,000 of these products during the year. By year-end of 2021, 7,100 coupons had been redeemed and the $20 reduction of purchase price provided to customers. Holyoak's historical experience with such coupons indicates that 85% of customers use the coupon. Holyoak recognizes coupon expense in the period coupons are issued. What is the expense that Holyoak should report for its promotional coupons in its 2021 income statement? A) $142,000. B) $152,000. C) $170,000. D) $200,000. Answer: C Explanation: This is the expected amount to be claimed from 2021 sales; i.e., $20 × 10,000 × 0.85 = $170,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Rebates‒Premiums‒Coupons Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) In 2021, Holyoak Inc. offers a coupon for $20 off qualifying purchases of its new line of products. Holyoak sold 10,000 of these products during the year. By year-end of 2021, 7,100 coupons had been redeemed and the $20 reduction of purchase price provided to customers. Holyoak's historical experience with such coupons indicates that 85% of customers use the coupon. Holyoak recognizes coupon expense in the period coupons are issued. What is the coupon promotion liability that Holyoak should report in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $20,000. B) $28,000. C) $18,000. D) $19,000. Answer: B Explanation: This is (8,500 expected − 7,100 redeemed) × $20 = $28,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Rebates‒Premiums‒Coupons Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 97) In the current year, Hanna Company reported quality-assurance warranty expense of $190,000 and the warranty liability account increased by $20,000. What amount of warranty costs were paid during the year? A) $190,000. B) $170,000. C) $210,000. D) $0. Answer: B Explanation: Expense Increase in liability Expenditures paid
$ 190,000 (20,000) $ 170,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Product warranties and guarantees Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) Panther Co. had a quality-assurance warranty liability of $350,000 at the beginning of 2021 and $310,000 at the end of 2021. Warranty expense is based on 4% of sales, which were $50 million for the year. What amount of warranty costs were paid during 2021? A) $0. B) $1,960,000. C) $2,000,000. D) $2,040,000. Answer: D Explanation:
?
Warranty Liability $350,000 2,000,000 310,000
($50,000,000 × 4%) = 2,000,000 $350,000 + $2,000,000 − $310,000 = $2,040,000 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Product warranties and guarantees Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
99) Carpenter Inc. had a balance of $80,000 in its quality-assurance warranty liability account as of December 31, 2020. In 2021, Carpenter's warranty expenditures paid were $445,000. Its warranty expense is calculated as 1% of sales. Sales in 2021 were $40 million. What was the balance in the warranty liability account as of December 31, 2021? A) $35,000. B) $425,000. C) $125,000. D) $480,000. Answer: A Explanation: Warranty Liability ($ in 000s) 80 445 400 35 (40,000 × 1%) = 400 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Product warranties and guarantees Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 100) General Product Inc. distributed 100 million coupons in 2021. The coupons are redeemable for 30 cents each. General anticipates that 70% of the coupons will be redeemed. The coupons expire on December 31, 2022. There were 45 million coupons redeemed in 2021 and 30 million redeemed in 2022. General recognizes coupon promotion expense in the period coupons are issued. What was General's coupon promotion expense in 2021? A) $30.0 million. B) $21.0 million. C) $13.5 million. D) $7.5 million. Answer: B Explanation: 100 million × $0.30 × 70% = $21 million Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Rebates‒Premiums‒Coupons Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
101) General Product Inc. distributed 100 million coupons in 2021. The coupons are redeemable for 30 cents each. General anticipates that 70% of the coupons will be redeemed. The coupons expire on December 31, 2022. There were 45 million coupons redeemed in 2021 and 30 million redeemed in 2022. General recognizes coupon expense in the period coupons are issued. What was General's coupon liability as of December 31, 2021? A) $7.5 million. B) $13.5 million. C) $16.5 million. D) $21.0 million. Answer: A Explanation: 100 million × $0.30 × 70% = $21 million $21 million − (45 million × $0.30) = $7.5 million Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Rebates‒Premiums‒Coupons Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
102) General Product Inc. distributed 100 million coupons in 2021. The coupons are redeemable for 30 cents each. General anticipates that 70% of the coupons will be redeemed. The coupons expire on December 31, 2022. There were 45 million coupons redeemed in 2021 and 30 million redeemed in 2022. General recognizes coupon expense in the period coupons are issued. What was General's coupon promotional expense in 2022? A) Zero, since the entire coupon expense was recognized in 2021. B) $1.5 million. C) $7.5 million. D) $9.0 million. Answer: B Explanation: (in millions) Sales in 2021: General Journal Coupon promotion expense Liability―coupon promotion
Debit 21.0
Credit 21.0
Redemptions in 2021: General Journal Liability―coupon promotion Cash
Debit 13.5
Credit 13.5
Redemptions in 2022: General Journal Liability―coupon promotion Coupon promotion expense Cash
Debit 7.5 1.5
Credit
9.0
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Rebates‒Premiums‒Coupons Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
103) During the year, L&M Leather Goods sold 1,000,000 reversible belts under a new sales promotional program. Each belt carried one rebate certificate which entitles the customer to a $4.00 cash refund when the rebate is submitted for redemption. L&M estimates that 70% of the rebates will be redeemed. 500,000 rebates had been submitted for redemption during the year. At December 31, L&M should report a liability for unredeemed rebate certificates of: A) $700,000. B) $800,000. C) $1,000,000. D) $2,800,000. Answer: B Explanation: 1,000,000 × 70% × $4 = $2,800,000 reduction of sales revenue and a liability for unredeemed rebate certificates. 500,000 × $4 = $2,000,000 reduction of liability for unredeemed rebate certificates. $2,800,000 − $2,000,000 = $800,000 balance in liability for unredeemed rebate certificates. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Rebates‒Premiums‒Coupons Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 104) Which of the following may create employer liabilities in connection with their payrolls? A) Employee withholding taxes. B) Employee voluntary deductions. C) Employee fringe benefits. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Payroll-related liabilities‒Appendix Learning Objective: Appendix 13 Payroll-Related Liabilities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
105) Barbara Muller Services (BMS) pays its employees monthly. The payroll information listed below is for January 2024, the first month of BMS's fiscal year. Assume none of the employees' earnings reached $7,000 during the month. Salaries Federal income taxes to be withheld Federal unemployment tax rate (after SUTA deduction) State unemployment tax rate (SUTA) Social security tax rate Medicare tax rate
$ 80,000 16,000 0.80% 5.40% 6.2% 1.45%
The journal entry to record payroll for the January 2024 pay period will include a debit to payroll tax expense of: A) $6,120. B) $4,960. C) $11,080. D) $57,880. Answer: C Explanation: Salaries expense (total amount incurred) Withholding taxes payable (federal income tax) Social Security taxes payable ($80,000 × 6.2%) Medicare taxes payable ($80,000 × 1.45%) Salaries payable (net pay)
Payroll tax expense (total) Social Security taxes payable (employer's matching amount) Medicare taxes payable (employer's matching amount) FUTA payable ($80,000 × 0.8%) State unemployment tax payable ($80,000 × 5.4%)
80,000 16,000 4,960 1,160 57,880
11,080 4,960 1,160 640 4,320
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Payroll-related liabilities‒Appendix Learning Objective: Appendix 13 Payroll-Related Liabilities. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
106) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Short-term note 2. Warranty liability 3. Advances from customers 4. Probable 5. Secured loan
Answer: TERM 1. Short-term note 2. Warranty liability 3. Advances from customers 4. Probable 5. Secured loan
PHRASE Liabilities when received. Confirming event is likely to occur. A loss contingency accrued in the period of related sales. Most common temporary financing arrangement. Requires collateral.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
PHRASE NUMBER Liabilities when received. 3 Confirming event is likely to occur. 4 A loss contingency accrued in the period of 2 related sales. Most common temporary financing 1 arrangement. Requires collateral. 5
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Credit line―Commercial paper―Notes; Product warranties and guarantees; Advance collections — Deferred revenue; Loss contingencies Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes.; 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded.; 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Legal
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Sales tax payable 2. Callable 3. Accrued liabilities 4. Discount on notes payable 5. Interest payable
PHRASE Due on demand. Contra liability. A third party liability. Accrues with passage of time. Expenses incurred but not yet paid.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Sales tax payable 2. Callable 3. Accrued liabilities 4. Discount on notes payable 5. Interest payable
PHRASE Due on demand. Contra liability. A third party liability. Accrues with passage of time. Expenses incurred but not yet paid.
NUMBER 2 4 1 5 3
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes; Accrued interest payable; Accrued employee compensation; Advance collections-For third parties; Current and noncurrent classification Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes.; 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded.; 13-04 Determine when a liability can be classified as a noncurrent obligation. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal; FN Measurement
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
108) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Noncommitted lines of credit 2. Gain contingencies 3. Deposits from customers 4. Reasonably possible 5. Interest paid on debt
PHRASE Liabilities until refunded. More than remote but less than likely. Face amount × rate × time. Not recorded until realized. Informal borrowing agreements.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM PHRASE NUMBER 3 1. Noncommitted lines of credit Liabilities until refunded. 4 2. Gain contingencies More than remote but less than likely. 5 3. Deposits from customers Face amount × rate × time. 2 4. Reasonably possible Not recorded until realized. 1 5. Interest paid on debt Informal borrowing agreements. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Credit line―Commercial paper―Notes; Advance collections — Deferred revenue; Accrued interest payable; Loss contingencies; Gain contingencies Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes.; 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded.; 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued.; 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal; FN Measurement
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Subsequent events 2. Unasserted claims 3. Liabilities 4. Remote likelihood of loss 5. Effective interest
PHRASE Larger than that stated on discounted notes. May include items that are not legally enforceable. No disclosure note required. Evaluated for recognition only if an unfavorable outcome is probable. Occur in the current year before prior year financial statements are issued.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Subsequent events 2. Unasserted claims 3. Accounting liabilities 4. Remote likelihood of loss 5. Effective interest
PHRASE NUMBER Larger than that stated on discounted notes. 5 May include items that are not legally 3 enforceable. No disclosure note required. 4 Evaluated for recognition only if an 2 unfavorable outcome is probable. Occur in the current year before prior year 1 financial statements are issued.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Characteristics of liabilities; Credit line―Commercial paper―Notes; Subsequent events; Unasserted claims and assessments Learning Objective: 13-01 Define liabilities and distinguish between current and long-term liabilities.; 13-04 Determine when a liability can be classified as a noncurrent obligation.; 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes.; 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal; FN Measurement
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Noninterest-bearing notes 2. Committed lines of credit 3. Loss contingencies 4. Secured loans 5. Accounts payable
PHRASE NUMBER Use accounts receivable as collateral. ____ Often require compensating balance. ____ The formal credit instrument is the invoice. ____ Effective interest higher than stated interest. ____ Recorded if probable and amount is known ____ or reasonably estimable.
Answer: TERM 1. Noninterest-bearing notes 2. Committed lines of credit 3. Loss contingencies 4. Secured loans 5. Accounts payable
PHRASE NUMBER Use accounts receivable as collateral. 4 Often require compensating balance. 2 The formal credit instrument is the invoice. 5 Effective interest higher than stated interest. 1 Recorded if probable and amount is known 3 or reasonably estimable.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes; Accounts payable; Loss contingencies Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes.; 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal; FN Measurement
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
111) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Disclosure notes 2. Commercial paper 3. Current liabilities 4. Usual valuation of liabilities 5. Long-term liabilities
PHRASE NUMBER Present value of interest plus present value ____ of principal. Required for contingencies. ____ Payable with current assets. ____ Short-term debt to be refinanced with long____ term bonds payable. Avoids registration with SEC. ____
Answer: TERM 1. Disclosure notes 2. Commercial paper 3. Current liabilities 4. Usual valuation of liabilities 5. Long-term liabilities
PHRASE NUMBER Present value of interest plus present value 4 of principal. Required for contingencies. 1 Payable with current assets. 3 Short-term debt to be refinanced with long5 term bonds payable. Avoids registration with SEC. 2
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Characteristics of liabilities; Credit line―Commercial paper―Notes; Current and noncurrent classification; Loss contingencies Learning Objective: 13-01 Define liabilities and distinguish between current and long-term liabilities.; 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes.; 13-04 Determine when a liability can be classified as a noncurrent obligation.; 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal; FN Measurement
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
112) Indicate (by number) the way each of the items listed below should be reported in a balance sheet at December 31, 2021. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Accrue liability 2. Disclosure note only
3. Not reported
PHRASE NUMBER A material gain contingent on a future event that ___ appears exceedingly likely. A penalty assessment that probably will be asserted ___ by the EPA, in which case a determinable payment is probable. Unassessed penalty with a reasonable possibility of ___ being asserted, in which case a determinable payment is probable. An extremely likely loss due to an event that ___ occurred previously and whose amount is unknown but estimable.
Answer: TERM 1. Accrue liability 2. Disclosure note only
3. Not reported
PHRASE NUMBER A material gain contingent on a future event that 2 appears exceedingly likely. A penalty assessment that probably will be 1 asserted by the EPA, in which case a determinable payment is probable. Unassessed penalty with a reasonable possibility 3 of being asserted, in which case a determinable payment is probable. An extremely likely loss due to an event that 1 occurred previously and whose amount is unknown but estimable.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Loss contingencies; Unasserted claims and assessments; Gain contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued.; 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
113) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize five of the terms related to accounting for contingent liabilities under IFRS. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Contingent gains are not accrued unless virtually certain 2. More likely than not 3. Mid-point of the range
4. Report at present value whenever time value of money is material 5. Provision
PHRASE NUMBER How present values affect the measurement ____ of contingent liabilities under IFRS. Definition of "probable" under IFRS. How IFRS refers to an accrued liability that would generally be referred to as an "accrued contingent loss" under U.S. GAAP. The amount IFRS would accrue given a range of equally likely outcomes.
____ ____
Treatment of contingent gains under IFRS.
____
PHRASE How present values affect the measurement of contingent liabilities under IFRS.
NUMBER 4
Definition of "probable" under IFRS. How IFRS refers to an accrued liability that would generally be referred to as an "accrued contingent loss" under U.S. GAAP. The amount IFRS would accrue given a range of equally likely outcomes.
2 5
Treatment of contingent gains under IFRS.
1
____
Answer: TERM 1. Contingent gains are not accrued unless virtually certain 2. More likely than not 3. Mid-point of the range
4. Report at present value whenever time value of money is material 5. Provision
3
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Contingencies Learning Objective: 13-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to current liabilities and contingencies. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) Indicate (by number) the way each of the items listed below should be reported in a balance sheet at December 31, 2021. Match each phrase with the number of the term for the accounting treatment. TERM 1. Disclosure note only 2. Not reported 3. Current liability
PHRASE Estimated cost of quality-assurance warranty. A material gain contingent on a future event that appears extremely likely to occur in three months. Unasserted assessment of penalty that probably will be asserted, in which case there would probably be a loss in six months. Unasserted assessment of penalty with a reasonable possibility of being asserted, in which case there would probably be a loss in 13 months. A determinable loss from a past event that is contingent on a future event that appears extremely likely to occur in three months.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____
____
____
Answer: TERM 1. Disclosure note only 2. Not reported 3. Current liability
PHRASE NUMBER Estimated cost of quality-assurance warranty. 3 A material gain contingent on a future event that 1 appears extremely likely to occur in three months. Unasserted assessment of penalty that probably 3 will be asserted, in which case there would probably be a loss in six months. Unasserted assessment of penalty with a 2 reasonable possibility of being asserted, in which case there would probably be a loss in 13 months. A determinable loss from a past event that is 3 contingent on a future event that appears extremely likely to occur in three months.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Product warranties and guarantees; Unasserted claims and assessments; Gain contingencies Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
115) Indicate (by letter) the way each of the items listed below should be reported in a balance sheet at December 31, 2021.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Item Reporting Method Customer advances. N. Not reported Noncommitted line of credit. C. Current liability Commercial paper. L. Long-term liability Note due June 9, 2022. D. Disclosure note only Accounts payable. Interest accrued on note, Dec. 31, 2021. Short-term bank loan to be paid with proceeds of sale of common stock.
Answer: C 1. D 2. C 3. C 4. C 5. C 6. L 7.
Customer advances. N. Not reported Noncommitted line of credit. C. Current liability Commercial paper. L. Long-term liability Note due June 9, 2022. D. Disclosure note only Accounts payable. Interest accrued on note, Dec. 31, 2021. Short-term bank loan to be paid with proceeds of sale of common stock.
___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes; Accounts payable; Current and noncurrent classification Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes.; 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded.; 13-04 Determine when a liability can be classified as a noncurrent obligation. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) Indicate (by letter) the way each of the items listed below should be reported in a balance sheet at December 31, 2021.
____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
____ 7. ____ 8. ____ 9. ____ 10. ____ 11. ____ 12. ____ 13. ____ 14.
Item Reporting Method Customer advances. N. Not reported Noncommitted line of credit. C. Current liability Commercial paper. L. Long-term liability Note due June 9, 2022. D. Disclosure note only Accounts payable. Long-term bonds that will be callable by the creditor in the upcoming year unless an existing violation is not corrected (there is a reasonable possibility the violation will be corrected within the grace period). Long-term bonds callable by the creditor in the upcoming year that are not expected to be called. Estimated cost of quality-assurance warranty. Interest accrued on note, Dec. 31, 2021. Short-term bank loan to be paid with proceeds of sale of common stock. A material gain contingent on a future event that appears extremely likely to occur in three months. Unasserted assessment of penalty that probably will be asserted, in which case there would probably be a loss in six months. Unasserted assessment of penalty with a reasonable possibility of being asserted, in which case there would probably be a loss in 13 months. A determinable loss from a past event that is contingent on a future event that appears extremely likely to occur in three months.
60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: C 1. D 2. C 3. C 4. C 5. C 6.
Customer advances. N. Not reported Noncommitted line of credit. C. Current liability Commercial paper. L. Long-term liability Note due June 9, 2019. D. Disclosure note only Accounts payable. Long-term bonds that will be callable by the creditor in the upcoming year unless an existing violation is not corrected (there is a reasonable possibility the violation will be corrected within the grace period). C 7. Long-term bonds callable by the creditor in the upcoming year that are not expected to be called. C 8. Estimated cost of quality-assurance warranty. C 9. Interest accrued on note, Dec. 31, 2018. L 10. Short-term bank loan to be paid with proceeds of sale of common stock. D 11. A material gain contingent on a future event that appears extremely likely to occur in three months. C 12. Unasserted assessment of penalty that probably will be asserted, in which case there would probably be a loss in six months. N 13. Unasserted assessment of penalty with a reasonable possibility of being asserted, in which case there would probably be a loss in 13 months. C 14. A determinable loss from a past event that is contingent on a future event that appears extremely likely to occur in three months. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Accounts payable; Credit line―Commercial paper―Notes; Advance collections — Refundable deposits; Current and noncurrent classification; Loss contingencies; Product warranties and guarantees; Unasserted claims and assessments Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes.; 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded.; 13-04 Determine when a liability can be classified as a noncurrent obligation.; 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued.; 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Ontario Resources, a natural energy supplier, borrowed $80 million cash on November 1, 2021, to fund a geological survey. The loan was made by Quebec Banque under a short-term financing arrangement. Ontario Resources issued a 9-month, 12% promissory note with interest payable at maturity. Ontario Resources' fiscal period is the calendar year. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry for the issuance of the note by Ontario Resources. 2. Prepare the appropriate adjusting entry for the note by Ontario Resources on December 31, 2021. Show calculations. 3. Prepare the journal entry for the payment of the note at maturity. Show calculations. Answer: 1. 11/1/2021 issuance of the note by Ontario Resources: Cash Notes payable
80,000,000 80,000,000
2. 12/31/2021 adjusting entry for the note by Ontario Resources: Interest expense Interest payable (from adjusting entry)
1,600,000 1,600,000
($80,000,000 × 12% × 2/12) 3.
8/1/2022 payment of the note at maturity:
Interest expense Interest payable Notes payable (face amount) Cash (total)
5,600,000 1,600,000 80,000,000 87,200,000
*($80,000,000 × 12% × 7/12 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes; Accrued interest payable Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes.; 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
118) On September 1, 2021, Triton Entertainment borrowed $24 million cash to fund a new Fun Park. The loan was made by Nevada Bank under a noncommitted short-term financing arrangement. Triton issued a 9-month, 12% promissory note. Interest was payable at maturity. Triton's fiscal period is the calendar year. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry for the issuance of the note by Triton. 2. Prepare the appropriate adjusting entry for the note by Triton on December 31, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry for the payment of the note at maturity. Answer: Requirement 1 Cash Notes payable Requirement 2 Interest expense ($24,000,000 × 12% × 4/12) Interest payable
24,000,000 24,000,000
960,000 960,000
Requirement 3 Interest expense ($24,000,000 × 12% × 5/12) 1,200,000 Interest payable (from adjusting entry) 960,000 Notes payable (face amount) 24,000,000 Cash (total) 26,160,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes; Accrued interest payable Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes.; 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) On May 1, Lectric Industries issued 9-month notes in the amount of $60 million. Interest is payable at maturity. Required: Determine the amount of interest expense that should be recorded in a year-end adjusting entry under each of the following independent assumptions:
1. 2. 3. 4.
Interest rate 8% 10% 9% 13%
Fiscal Year-End January 31 October 31 June 30 December 31
Answer: 1. Interest rate Fiscal year-end 8% January 31 $60 million × 8% × 9/12 = $3.6 million 2. Interest rate Fiscal year-end 10% October 31 $60 million × 10% × 6/12 = $3 million 3. Interest rate Fiscal year-end 9% June 30 $60 million × 9% × 2/12 = $.9 million 4. Interest rate Fiscal year-end 13% December 31 $60 million × 13% × 8/12 = $5.2 million Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Accrued interest payable Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
120) Grossman Products began operations in 2021. The following selected transactions occurred from September 2021 through March 2022. Grossman's fiscal year ends on December 31. 2021: (a.) On September 5, Grossman opened a checking account and negotiated a short-term line of credit of up to $10,000,000 at 10% interest. The company is not required to pay any commitment fees. (b.) On October 1, Grossman borrowed $8,000,000 cash and issued a 5-month promissory note with 10% interest payable at maturity. (c.) Grossman received $3,000 of refundable deposits in December for reusable containers. (d.) For the September through December period, sales on account totaled $5,000,000. The state sales tax rate is 4% and 75% of sales are subject to sales tax. (e.) Grossman recorded accrued interest. 2022: (f.) Grossman paid the promissory note on the March 1 due date. (g.) Half of the storage containers are returned in March, with the other half expected to be returned over the next 6 months. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the 2021 transactions. 2. Prepare the liability section of the balance sheet at December 31, 2021, based on the data supplied. 3. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the events occurring in March of 2022. Answer: Requirement 1: 2021: (a.) No entry is made for a line of credit until a loan is made. It would be disclosed in a note to the financial statements. (b.) Cash Notes payable (c.) Cash Liability-refundable deposits (d.) Accounts receivable Sales Sales taxes payable
(e.) Interest expense Interest payable ($8,000,000 × 10% × 3/12)
8,000,000 8,000,000 3,000 3,000 5,150,000 5,000,000 150,000 ($5M × 75%) × 4%
200,000 200,000
65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Requirement 2: Current Liabilities: Notes payable Sales tax payable Liability-refundable deposits Interest payable Total current liabilities
$8,000,000 150,000 3,000 200,000 $8,353,000
Requirement 3: Transactions for events occurring in March of 2022: (a.) Interest expense* Interest payable Notes payable Cash *($8,000,000 × 10% × 2/12)
133,333 200,000 8,000,000 8,333,333
(b.) Liability-refundable deposits Cash
1,500 1,500
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes; Accrued interest payable; Advance collectionsRefundable deposits; Advance collections-For third parties Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes.; 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
121) Bencorp issues a $90,000, 6-month, noninterest-bearing note that the bank discounted at a 10% discount rate. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the issuance of the note. 2. Determine the effective interest rate. Answer: 1. Issuance of the note Cash Discount on notes payable* Notes payable *($90,000 × 10% × 6/12)
85,500 4,500 90,000
2. Effective interest rate: The effective interest rate is: ($4,500/$85,500) × 12/6 = 10.53% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) On November 1, 2021, a $216,000, 9-month, noninterest-bearing note is issued at a 10% discount rate. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the issuance of the note. 2. Determine the effective interest rate. 3. Prepare the appropriate journal entry on December 31, 2021, to record interest on the note for the 2021 financial statements. 4. Prepare the appropriate journal entry(s) on July 31, 2022, to record interest and the payment of the note. Answer: 1. Issuance of the note (November 1, 2021): Cash 199,800 Discount on notes payable* 16,200 Notes payable *($216,000 × 10% × 9/12)
216,000
2. Effective interest rate: The effective interest rate is: ($16,200 ÷ $199,800) × 12/9 = 10.81% 3. Adjusting entry (December 31, 2021): Interest expense Discount on notes payable ($216,000 × 10% × 2/12) 4. Maturity (July 31, 2022) Interest expense Discount on notes payable ($216,000 × 10% × 7/12)
3,600 3,600
12,600 12,600
Notes payable (face amount) 216,000 Cash 216,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes; Accrued interest payable Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes.; 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
123) On November 1, 2021, Ziegler Products issued a $200,000, 9-month, noninterest-bearing note to the bank. Interest was discounted at a 12% discount rate. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entry by Ziegler to record the issuance of the note. 2. Determine the effective interest rate. 3. Suppose the note had been structured as a 12% note with interest and principal payable at maturity. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the issuance of the note by Ziegler. 4. Prepare the appropriate journal entry on December 31, 2021, to accrue interest expense on the note described requirement 3, for the 2021 financial statements. Answer: 1. Issuance of the note (November 1, 2021) Cash Discount on notes payable ($200,000 × 12% × 9/12) Notes payable
182,000 18,000 200,000
2. Effective interest rate ($18,000 ÷ $182,000) × 12/9 = 13.2% 3. Issuance of the note (November 1, 2021) Cash Notes payable
200,000 200,000
4. Adjusting entry (December 31, 2021) Interest expense ($200,000 × 12% × 2/12) 4,000 Interest payable 4,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes; Accrued interest payable Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes.; 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) On October 1, 2021, Home Builders Company issued to Carlton Bank a $600,000, 8-month, noninterest-bearing note. Interest was discounted by the bank at a 12% discount rate. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entry by Home Builders to record the issuance of the note. 2. Determine the effective interest rate. 3. Suppose the note had been structured as a 12% note with interest and principal payable at maturity. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the issuance of the note by Home Builders. 4. Prepare the appropriate journal entry on December 31, 2021, to accrue interest expense on the note described in requirement 3, for the 2021 financial statements. Answer: 1. Issuance of the note (October 1) Cash Discount on notes payable ($600,000 × 12% × 8/12) Notes payable
552,000 48,000 600,000
2. The effective interest rate is: ($48,000 ÷ $552,000) × 12/8 = 13.04% 3. Issuance of the note (October 1) Cash Notes payable 4. Adjusting Entry (December 31) Interest expense ($600,000 × 12% × 3/12) Interest payable
600,000 600,000 18,000 18,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes; Accrued interest payable Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes.; 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) The following selected transactions relate to liabilities of Rose Dish Corporation. Rose's fiscal year ends on December 31. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries through the maturity of each liability. 2021 Feb. 3 Negotiated a revolving credit agreement with Second Bank, which can be renewed annually upon bank approval. The amount available under the line of credit is $30,000,000 at the bank's prime rate. April 1 Arranged a 3-month bank loan of $12 million with Second Bank under the line of credit agreement. Interest at the prime rate of 8% was payable at maturity. July 1 Paid the 8% loan at maturity. Nov. 1 Supported by the credit agreement, issued $20 million of commercial paper on a 9month note. Interest was discounted at issuance at a 6% discount rate. Dec. 31 Recorded any necessary adjusting entry(s). 2022 Aug. 1
Paid the commercial paper at maturity.
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 2021 Feb. 3 No entry is made for a revolving credit agreement until a loan actually is made. It would be described in a disclosure note. April 1 Cash 12,000,000 Notes payable 12,000,000 July 1 Interest expense ($12,000,000 × 8% × 3/12) 240,000 Notes payable (face amount) 12,000,000 Cash ($12,000,000 + $240,000) 12,240,000 Nov. 1 Cash (difference) 19,100,000 Discount on notes payable ($20,000,000 × 6% × 9/12) 900,000 Notes payable (face amount) 20,000,000 Dec. 31 Interest expense ($20,000,000 × 6% × 2/12) 200,000 Discount on notes payable 200,000 2022 Aug. 1 Interest expense ($20,000,000 × 6% × 7/12) Discount on notes payable
700,000 700,000
Notes payable (balance) 20,000,000 Cash (maturity amount) 20,000,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes; Accrued interest payable Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes.; 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) Stern Corporation borrowed $10 million cash on September 1, 2021, to provide additional working capital for the year's production. Stern issued a 6-month, 10% promissory note to Second State Bank. Interest on the note is payable at maturity. Each firm uses the calendar year as the fiscal year. Required: 1. Prepare all journal entries from issuance to maturity for Stern Corporation. 2. Prepare all journal entries from issuance to maturity for Second State Bank. Answer: 1. Stern Corporation Issuance of note: Cash Notes payable December 31, 2021, adjustment: Interest expense* Interest payable March 1, 2022, maturity: Interest expense** Interest payable Notes payable Cash *($10,000,000 × 10% × 4/12) **($10,000,000 × 10% × 2/12) 2. Second State Bank Issuance of note: Notes receivable Cash December 31, 2021, adjustment: Interest receivable* Interest revenue March 1, 2022, maturity: Cash Interest revenue** Interest receivable Notes receivable
10,000,000 10,000,000
333,333 333,333
166,667 333,333 10,000,000 10,500,000
10,000,000 10,000,000
333,333 333,333
10,500,000 166,667 333,333 10,000,000
*($10,000,000 × 10% × 4/12) **($10,000,000 × 10% × 2/12) 73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes; Accrued interest payable Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes.; 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
127) Hot Springs Marine borrowed $20 million cash on December 1, 2021, to provide working capital for year-end inventory. Hot Springs Marine issued a 4-month, 9% promissory note to Third Bank under a prearranged short-term financing arrangement. Interest on the note was payable at maturity. Each firm's fiscal period is the calendar year. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entries to record (a) the issuance of the note by Hot Springs Marine and (b) Third Bank's receivable on December 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entries by both firms to record all subsequent events related to the note through March 31, 2022. 3. Suppose the face amount of the note was adjusted to include interest (a noninterest-bearing note) and 9% is the bank's stated "discount rate." Prepare the journal entries to record the issuance of the noninterest-bearing note by Hot Springs Marine on December 1, 2021. What would be the effective interest rate? Answer: 1. Hot Springs Marine Cash Notes payable Third Bank Notes receivable Cash 2. Adjusting entries (December 31, 2021) Hot Springs Marine Interest expense ($20,000,000 × 9% × 1/12) Interest payable Third Bank Interest receivable Interest revenue ($20,000,000 × 9% × 1/12) Maturity (March 31, 2022) Hot Springs Marine Interest expense ($20,000,000 × 9% × 3/12) Interest payable (from adjusting entry) Notes payable (face amount) Cash (total) Third Bank Cash (total) Interest revenue ($20,000,000 × 9% × 3/12) Interest receivable (from adjusting entry) Notes receivable (face amount)
20,000,000 20,000,000 20,000,000 20,000,000
150,000 150,000 150,000 150,000
450,000 150,000 20,000,000 20,600,000 20,600,000 450,000 150,000 20,000,000
75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
3. Issuance of note (December 1, 2021) Cash (difference) 19,400,000 Discount on notes payable ($20,000,000 × 9% × 4/12) 600,000 Notes payable (face amount) Adjusting entry (December 31, 2021) Interest expense ($20,000,000 × 9% × 1/12) 150,000 Discount on notes payable Maturity (March 31, 2022) Interest expense ($20,000,000 × 9% × 3/12) 450,000 Discount on notes payable Notes payable (face amount) Cash Effective interest rate: Discount ($20,000,000 × 9% × 4/12) Cash proceeds Interest rate for 4 months'
20,000,000
150,000
450,000
20,000,000 20,000,000 $ 600,000 ÷ $19,400,000 3.09278% × 12/4 9.28%
Annual effective rate Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes; Accrued interest payable Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes.; 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) On June 30, 2021, Chu Industries issued 9-month notes in the amount of $700,000. Assume that interest is payable at maturity in the following three independent cases:
1. 2. 3.
Interest rate 9% 6% 12%
Fiscal Year-End December 31 August 31 October 31
Required: Determine the amount of interest expense that should be accrued in a year-end adjusting entry under each assumption: Answer: 1. Interest rate 9% $700,000 × 9% × 6/12 = $31,500
Fiscal Year-End December 31
2.
Interest rate 6% $700,000 × 6% × 2/12 = $7,000
Fiscal Year-End August 31
3.
Interest rate 12% $700,000 × 12% × 4/12 = $28,000
Fiscal Year-End October 31
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Accrued interest payable Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) The following selected transactions relate to liabilities of Chicago Glass Corporation for 2021. Chicago's fiscal year ends on December 31. 1. On January 15, Chicago received $7,000 from Henry Construction toward the purchase of $66,000 of plate glass to be delivered on February 6. 2. On February 3, Chicago received $6,700 of refundable deposits relating to containers used to transport glass components. 3. On February 6, Chicago delivered the plate glass to Henry Construction and received the balance of the purchase price. 4. First quarter credit sales totaled $700,000. The state sales tax rate is 4% and the local sales tax rate is 2%. Required: Prepare journal entries for the above transactions. Answer: 1. 1/15/2021 Cash Deferred revenue 2.
3.
4.
7,000 7,000
2/3/2021 Cash Liability―refundable deposits
6,700
2/6/2021 Cash Deferred revenue Sales revenue
59,000 7,000
3/31/2021 Accounts receivable Sales revenue Sales taxes payable
6,700
66,000
742,000 700,000 42,000
[(4% + 2%) × $700,000] Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Advance collections-Deferred revenue; Advance collections-Refundable deposits; Advance collections-For third parties Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
130) In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Ank-Morpork Times Inc. included the following disclosure: Revenue Recognition • Advertising revenue is recognized when advertisements are published, are broadcast, or when placed on the Company's websites, net of provisions for estimated rebates, credit and rate adjustments and discounts. • Circulation revenue includes single copy and home-delivery subscription revenue. Single copy revenue is recognized based on date of publication, net of provisions for related returns. Proceeds from home-delivery subscriptions and related costs, principally agency commissions, are deferred at the time of sale and are recognized in earnings on a pro rata basis over the terms of the subscriptions. •
Other revenue is recognized when the related service or product has been delivered.
Also, the following information on its current liabilities was included in its comparative balance sheets: 2021 CURRENT LIABILITIES Commercial paper outstanding Accounts payable Accrued payroll and other related liabilities Accrued expenses Accrued income taxes Deferred subscription revenue Current portion of long-term debt and lease obligations Total current liabilities
2020
$158,300,000 $170,950,000 $81,299,000 $160,867,000 $225,220,000 $61,706,000
$291,251,000 $174,552,000 $126,983,000 $190,748,000 $9,852,000 $81,385,000
$2,534,000 $860,876,000
$2,599,000 $877,370,000
Required: Assuming that Ank-Morpork Times Inc. collected $440,000,000 in cash for home-delivery subscriptions during fiscal year 2021, what amount of revenue did it recognize during 2021 from this source? Show the relevant T-account information to support your answer. Answer: $459,679,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium 79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Topic: Advance collections-Deferred revenue Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 131) MullerB Company's employees earn vacation time at the rate of 1 hour per 40-hour work period. The vacation pay vests immediately, meaning an employee is entitled to the pay even if employment terminates. During 2021, total salaries paid to employees equaled $808,000, including $8,000 for vacations actually taken in 2021, but not including vacations related to 2021 that will be taken in 2022. All vacations earned before 2021 were taken before January 1, 2021. No accrual entries have been made for the vacations. Required: Prepare the appropriate adjusting entry for vacations earned but not taken in 2021. Answer: Salaries expense (increases salaries expense to $820,000) 12,000 Liability–compensated future absences 12,000* * ($808,000 - $8,000] = $800,000 non-vacation salaries × 1/40 = 20,000 vacation pay earned (8,000) vacation pay taken = $ 12,000 vacation pay carried over Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Accrued employee compensation Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) The following facts relate to gift cards sold by Sunbru Coffee Company during 2021. Sunbru's fiscal year ends on December 31. (a.) In October 2021, sold $3,000 of gift cards, and redeemed $500 of those gift cards. (b.) In November 2021, sold $4,000 of gift cards, and redeemed $1,400 of October gift cards and $700 of November gift cards. (c.) In December 2021, sold $3,000 of gift cards, and redeemed $200 of October gift cards, $2,000 of November gift cards, and $400 of December gift cards. (d.) Sunbru views a gift card to be "broken" (with a remote probability of redemption) two months after the end of the month in which it is sold. Thus, an unredeemed gift card sold at any time during July would be viewed as broken as of September 30. Required: 1. Prepare all journal entries appropriate to be recorded only during the month of December 2021 relevant to gift card sales, gift card redemptions, and gift card breakage. 2. Determine the balance of the deferred revenue liability to be reported in the December 31, 2021, balance sheet. Show the relevant T-account information to support your answer. Answer: 1. December gift card sales: Cash Deferred gift card revenue December redemption of gift cards: Deferred gift card revenue Revenue—gift cards ($200 + $2,000 + $400) Gift card breakage recorded in December: Deferred gift card revenue Revenue—gift cards ($3,000 - ($500 + $1,400 + $200))
3,000 3,000
2,600 2,600
900 900
2.
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Advance collections-Gift cards Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. 81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 133) Diversified Industries sells perishable electronic products. Some must be shipped in reusable containers. Customers pay a deposit for each container. The deposit is equal to the container's cost. Customers receive a refund when the container is returned. During 2021, deposits collected on containers shipped were $700,000. Deposits are forfeited if containers are not returned in 18 months. Containers held by customers on January 1, 2021, were $330,000. During 2021, $410,000 was refunded and deposits of $25,000 were forfeited. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the deposits received and returned during 2021. 2. Determine the liability for refundable deposits to be reported in the December 31, 2021, balance sheet. Answer: 1. Deposits Collected: Cash Liability—refundable deposits Containers Returned: Liability—refundable deposits Cash Deposits Forfeited: Liability—refundable deposits Revenue—sale of containers Cost of goods sold Inventory of containers
2.
Determine the liability on December 31, 2021 Balance, Jan. 1 Deposits received Deposits returned Deposits forfeited Balance, Dec. 31
700,000 700,000
410,000 410,000
25,000 25,000 25,000 25,000
$330,000 700,000 (410,000) (25,000) $595,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Advance collections-Refundable deposits Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) At December 31, 2021, Cordova Leather's liabilities include the following: 1. $15 million of noncallable 9% notes were issued for $15 million on August 31, 1994. The notes mature on July 31, 2022. Sufficient cash is expected to be available to retire the notes at maturity. 2. $30 million of 8% notes were issued for $30 million on May 31, 2014. The notes mature on May 31, 2024, but investors have the option of calling (demanding payment on) the notes on June 30, 2022. However, the call option is not expected to be exercised, given prevailing market conditions. 3. $18 million of 10% notes are due on March 31, 2023. A debt covenant requires Cordova to maintain current assets at least equal to 150% of its current liabilities. On December 31, 2021, Cordova is in violation of this covenant. Cordova obtained a waiver from Village Bank until June 2022, having convinced the bank that the company's normal 2 to 1 ratio of current assets to current liabilities will be reestablished during the first half of 2022. Required: For each of the three liabilities, indicate the portion of the debt that can be excluded from classification as a current liability (that is, reported as a noncurrent liability). Explain. Answer: 1. Current liability: $15 million The debt should be reported as a current liability because it is payable in the upcoming year, will not be refinanced with long-term obligations, and will not be paid from a sinking fund. 2. Current liability: $30 million The requirement to classify currently maturing debt as a current liability includes debt that is callable by the creditor in the upcoming year—even if the debt is not expected to be called. 3. Noncurrent liability: $18 million The current liability classification includes (a) situations in which the creditor has the right to demand payment because an existing violation of a provision of the debt agreement makes it callable and (b) situations in which debt is not yet callable, but will be callable within the year if an existing violation is not corrected within a specified grace period—unless it's probable the violation will be corrected within the grace period. In this case, the existing violation is expected to be corrected within 6 months. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Current and noncurrent classification Learning Objective: 13-04 Determine when a liability can be classified as a noncurrent obligation. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Border Airlines Inc. presented the following balance sheet information about its liabilities:
CURRENT LIABILITIES Accounts payable Accrued salaries Accrued liabilities Air traffic liability Payable to affiliates, net Current maturities of long-term debt Current obligations under capital leases Total current liabilities LONG-TERM DEBT, LESS CURRENT MATURITIES
2021
2020
$1,717,000,000 $681,000,000 $1,336,000,000 $2,763,000,000 $66,000,000 $421,000,000 $189,000,000 $7,173,000,000
$1,178,000,000 $924,000,000 $1,143,000,000 $2,696,000,000 $511,000,000 $108,000,000 $201,000,000 $6,761,000,000
$6,530,000,000
$2,601,000,000
In addition, Border presented the following among its note disclosures: Maturities of long-term debt (including sinking fund requirements) for the next five years are: 2022 — $421 million; 2023 — $212 million; 2024 — $273 million; 2025 — $1.0 billion; 2026 — $777 million. Answer: Because some of the debt is being reclassified from long-term to current as installment payments come due, the long-term debt will decline. The current portion will decline (all other things equal) in the year-end 2022 (due 2023) and 2023 (due 2024) balance sheets, but sharply increase in the year-end 2024 and 2025 balance sheets. The liquidity of the company will vary inversely to these changes. Also, assuming no new issuance of long-term debt, the balance will be cut nearly in half by the end of 2026, thereby improving the company's solvency (all other things equal). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Current and noncurrent classification Learning Objective: 13-04 Determine when a liability can be classified as a noncurrent obligation. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
136) Mozart Music Co. began operations in December of 2021. The company sold gift certificates during December in various amounts totaling $1,600. The gift certificates are redeemable for merchandise within three years of the purchase date. However, experience within the industry predicts that 90% of gift certificates will be redeemed within one year. Certificates totaling $500 were presented for redemption during 2021 as part of merchandise purchases having a total retail price of $750. Required: 1. Determine the liability for gift certificates to be reported in the December 31, 2021, balance sheet. 2. What is the appropriate classification (current or noncurrent) of the liabilities at December 31, 2021? Show calculations. Answer: 1. Gift certificates sold Gift certificates redeemed Liability to be reported at December 31 2. The liability for gift certificates is part current and part noncurrent: Gift certificates sold Estimated current liability Gift certificates redeemed Current liability at December 31 Noncurrent liability at December 31 ($1,600 × 10%) Total
$1,600 (500) $1,100
$1,600 × 90% 1,440 (500) 940 160 $1,100
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Advance collections-Gift cards Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, the Goodday Chemical Company included the following disclosure note excerpts on CONTINGENCIES in its annual report to shareholders: At December 31, 2021, Goodday had recorded liabilities aggregating $66.5 million for anticipated costs related to various environmental matters, primarily the remediation of numerous waste disposal sites and certain properties sold by Goodday. These costs include legal and consulting fees, site studies, the design and implementation of remediation plans, postremediation monitoring and related activities and will be paid over several years. The amount of Goodday's ultimate liability in respect of these matters may be affected by several uncertainties, primarily the ultimate cost of required remediation and the extent to which other responsible parties contribute. At December 31, 2021, Goodday had recorded liabilities aggregating $218.7 million for potential product liability and other tort claims, including related legal fees expected to be incurred, presently asserted against Goodday. The amount recorded was determined on the basis of an assessment of potential liability using an analysis of available information with respect to pending claims, historical experience, and, where available, current trends. Goodday is a defendant in numerous lawsuits involving at December 31, 2021, approximately 63,000 claimants alleging various asbestos-related personal injuries purported to result from exposure to asbestos in certain rubber-coated products manufactured by Goodday in the past or in certain Goodday facilities. Typically, these lawsuits have been brought against multiple defendants in state and federal courts. In the past, Goodday has disposed of approximately 22,000 cases by defending and obtaining the dismissal thereof or by entering into a settlement. Goodday has policies and coverage-in-place agreements with certain of its insurance carriers that cover a substantial portion of estimated indemnity payments and legal fees in respect of the pending claims. At December 31, 2021, Goodday has recorded an asset in the amount it expects to collect under the policies and coverage-in-place agreements with certain carriers related to its estimated asbestos liability. Goodday has also commenced discussions with certain of its excess coverage insurance carriers to establish arrangements in respect of their policies. Subject to the uncertainties referred to above, Goodday has concluded that in respect of any of the above described liabilities, it is not reasonably possible that it would incur a loss exceeding the amount recognized at December 31, 2021, with respect thereto which would be material relative to the consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity of Goodday.
86 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
137) Briefly explain the GAAP requirement from which the costs/obligations for environmental cleanup and product liability/tort claim matters were accrued in the financial statements. Answer: GAAP regarding accounting for contingencies requires that contingent losses (and the corresponding obligations) be recorded (accrued) when the loss is both probable and the amount is known or reasonably estimable. Goodday based its analysis on pending claims, historical experience, and current trends, such as recent case verdicts with similar manufacturers. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Loss contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 138) What is the point of the last paragraph of the Goodday disclosure? Explain in terms of authoritative GAAP. Answer: GAAP regarding accounting for contingencies indicates that outcomes of contingent losses that are remote (i.e., less than reasonably possible) need not be accrued or disclosed in the financial statements and the disclosure notes. This is a catchall statement by the company that any other possible losses not disclosed are excluded because of the remote probability assessed. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Loss contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 139) Prepare the summary journal entry that Goodday recorded for the environmental cleanup and product liability/tort claim matters, described in the note disclosure. Answer: Environmental costs Product tort and legal costs Liability—environmental cleanup Liability—product damage and tort claims
66.5 million 218.7 million 66.5 million 218.7 million
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Unasserted claims and assessments Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 87 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
140) The following selected transactions relate to contingencies of Eastern Products Inc., which began operations in July 2021. Eastern's fiscal year ends on December 31. Financial statements are published in April 2022. 1. No customer accounts have been shown to be uncollectible as yet, but Eastern estimates that 3% of credit sales will eventually prove uncollectible. Sales were $300 million (all credit) for 2021. 2. Eastern offers a one-year warranty against manufacturer's defects for all its products. Industry experience indicates that warranty costs will approximate 2% of sales. Actual warranty expenditures were $3.5 million in 2021 and were recorded as warranty expense when incurred. 3. In December 2021, Eastern became aware of an engineering flaw in a product that poses a potential risk of injury. As a result, a product recall appears inevitable. This move would likely cost the company $1.5 million. 4. In November 2021, the State of Vermont filed suit against Eastern, asking civil penalties and injunctive relief for violations of clean water laws. Eastern reached a settlement with state authorities to pay $4.2 million in penalties on February 3, 2022. 5. Eastern is the plaintiff in a $40 million lawsuit filed against a customer for costs and lost profits from contracts rejected in 2021. The lawsuit is in final appeal and attorneys advise that it is virtually certain that Eastern will be awarded $30 million. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries that should be recorded as a result of each of these contingencies. If no journal entry is indicated, state why.
88 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. Bad debt expense Allowance for uncollectible accounts
9,000,000 9,000,000
2. Warranty expense Warranty liability [(2% × $300,000,000) — $3,500,000]
2,500,000
3. Loss–product recall Liability–product recall Note: a disclosure note is also appropriate.
1,500,000
4. Loss–litigation Liability–litigation
4,200,000
2,500,000
1,500,000
4,200,000
Note: This is a loss contingency. Eastern can use the information occurring after the end of the year and before the financial statements are issued to determine appropriate disclosure. A disclosure note is also appropriate. 5. No entry. This is a gain contingency. Gain contingencies are not accrued even if the gain is probable and reasonably estimable. The gain should be recognized only when realized. A disclosure note is appropriate. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Product warranties and guarantees; Loss contingencies; Unasserted claims and assessments Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued.; 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
89 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) The following selected transactions relate to contingencies of Bowe-Whitney Inc. BoweWhitney's fiscal year ends on December 31, 2021, and financial statements are published in March 2022. 1. Bowe-Whitney is involved in a lawsuit resulting from a dispute with a customer over a 2021 transaction. At December 31, attorneys advised that it was probable that Bowe-Whitney would lose $3 million in an unfavorable outcome. On February 12, 2022, judgment was rendered against Bowe-Whitney in the amount of $14 million plus interest, a total of $15.2 million. BoweWhitney does not plan to appeal the judgment. 2. Since August of 2021, Bowe-Whitney has been involved in labor disputes at two of its facilities. Negotiations between the company and the unions have not produced a settlement and, since January 2021, strikes have been ongoing at these facilities. It is virtually certain that material costs will be incurred but the amount of resultant costs cannot be adequately predicted. 3. Bowe-Whitney is the defendant in a lawsuit filed in January 2022 in which Access Company seeks $10 million as an adjustment to the purchase price related to the sale of Bowe-Whitney's hardwood division in 2021. The lawsuit alleges that Bowe-Whitney misrepresented the division's assets and liabilities. Legal counsel advises that it is reasonably possible that Bowe-Whitney could lose $5 million, but that it's extremely unlikely it could lose the $10 million asked for. 4. At March 1, 2022, the EPA is in the process of investigating the possibility of environmental violations at one of Bowe-Whitney's sites, but has not proposed a penalty assessment. Management feels an assessment is reasonably possible, and if an assessment is made, a settlement of up to $33 million is probable. Required: Prepare journal entries that should be recorded as a result of each of the above contingencies. Answer: 1. Loss–litigation Liability–litigation
15,200,000 15,200,000
Note: This is a loss contingency. Bowe-Whitney can use the information occurring after the end of the year and before the financial statements are issued to determine the appropriate amount. A disclosure note is also appropriate. 2. No entry. This is a loss contingency but cannot be accrued unless it is both probable and reasonably estimable. Costs cannot be adequately predicted. A disclosure note is appropriate. 3. No entry. This is a loss contingency but cannot be accrued unless it is both probable and reasonably estimable. It is only reasonably possible, not probable, that a loss will result. A disclosure note is appropriate. 4. No entry. This is an unasserted assessment. It must first be probable that an assessment will be made, and then cannot be accrued unless it is both probable and reasonably estimable that the assessment will result in a loss. It is only reasonably possible, not probable, that an assessment will be made. A disclosure note is not indicated. Difficulty: 3 Hard 90 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Topic: Loss contingencies; Unasserted claims and assessments Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued.; 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 142) Concept 1 Office Products sells office electronics that carry a 60-day manufacturer's warranty. At the time of purchase, customers are offered the opportunity to also buy a 1-year or 2-year extended warranty for an additional charge. Required: 1. Does the sale of the extended warranty represent a loss contingency? 2. Provide journal entries for the extended warranty sales and revenue recognition. Answer: 1. This is not a loss contingency. An extended warranty is priced and sold separately from the warranted product and therefore, essentially constitutes a separate sales transaction. Since the seller satisfies its obligation to provide warranty services over the duration of the extended warranty, revenue should be recognized over the same period. Revenue from separately priced extended warranty contracts are deferred as a liability at the time of sale, and recognized over the contract period on a straight-line basis. 2. Sale of extended warranty: Cash Deferred revenue—extended warranties
XX XX
Adjusting journal entry in each period of the warranty to recognize revenue: Deferred revenue—extended warranties XX Revenue—extended warranties XX Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Product warranties and guarantees Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
91 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Hyer Aviation Group Inc. included the following disclosure: On October 6, 2020, the company's subsidiary, Pyro Aeroplex, filed suit against Syntex, an unincorporated division of Bright American Corporation, for breach of contract and fraud with regard to the supply of deficient wire rope that is installed as aircraft flight control cables on WD-50 aircraft. The case, filed in the circuit court of Bell County, Arkansas, was brought to trial and on September 20, 2021, a jury returned with a verdict in favor of the company in the amount of $17.5 million. The Court, upon a post-judgment motion filed by Pyro, reduced the judgment to $4.5 million. Pyro has appealed that Order to the Supreme Court of Arkansas. The company believes the appeal is without merit and will continue to pursue final judgment on the Order. The company, pending appeal, has not recorded the $4.5 million favorable judgment. Required: What journal entries, if any, has Hyer recorded regarding this contingency? Explain its rationale. Answer: Hyer has not recorded a journal entry for the contingency. Although a jury returned a verdict in favor of Hyer's subsidiary, the case is still on appeal. Thus, this is a gain contingency for Hyer and should not be recorded until the case appeal has been ruled upon. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Gain contingencies Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
92 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: The following facts apply to TinyPart Toy Company's pending litigation as of December 31, 2021: a. TinyPart is defending against a lawsuit and believes there is a 51% chance it will lose in court. If it loses, TinyPart estimates that damages will be $100,000. b. TinyPart is defending against another lawsuit for which management believes it is virtually certain to lose in court. If it loses the lawsuit, management estimates damages will fall somewhere in the range of $30,000 to $50,000, with each amount in that range equally likely to occur. c. TinyPart is defending against another lawsuit that is identical to item (b), but the relevant losses will only occur far into the future. The present values of the endpoints of the range are $15,000 and $25,000. TinyPart's management believes the effects of time value of money on these amounts are material, but also believes the timing of these amounts is uncertain. d. TinyPart is defending against a fourth lawsuit and believes there is only a 25% chance it will lose in court. If TinyPart loses, it believes damages will fall somewhere in the range of $35,000 to $40,000, with each amount in that range equally likely to occur. 144) Indicate how TinyPart would disclose or account for the lawsuit described in part (a) under U.S. GAAP and under IFRS in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021. Answer: Under U.S. GAAP TinyPart would make no accrual, as 51% would not be viewed as probable. Rather, TinyPart would provide note disclosure explaining the pending litigation and its estimates of potential damages. Under IFRS, TinyPart would recognize a loss and accrue a liability of $100,000, as 51% would be viewed as probable. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Loss contingencies; IFRS ‒ Contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued.; 13-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to current liabilities and contingencies. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
93 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
145) Indicate how TinyPart would disclose or account for the lawsuit described in part (b) under U.S. GAAP and under IFRS in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021. Answer: Under U.S. GAAP TinyPart would recognize a loss and accrue a liability for the low end of the range ($30,000). Under IFRS TinyPart would recognize a loss and accrue a liability for the mid-point of the range ($40,000). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Loss contingencies; IFRS ‒ Contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued.; 13-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to current liabilities and contingencies. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement 146) Indicate how TinyPart would disclose or account for the lawsuit described in part (c) under U.S. GAAP and under IFRS in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021. Answer: Under U.S. GAAP TinyPart would not consider time value of money, and so would recognize a loss and accrue a liability for the low end of the range ($30,000). Under IFRS TinyPart would consider time value of money, and so would recognize a loss and accrue a liability for the mid-point of the range ($20,000). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Loss contingencies; IFRS ‒ Contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued.; 13-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to current liabilities and contingencies. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement 147) Indicate how TinyPart would disclose or account for the lawsuit described in part (d) under U.S. GAAP and under IFRS in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021. Answer: Under both U.S. GAAP and IFRS TinyPart would make no accrual, as 25% would not be viewed as probable. Rather, TinyPart would provide note disclosure explaining the pending litigation and their estimates of potential damages. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Loss contingencies; IFRS ‒ Contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued.; 13-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to current liabilities and contingencies. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement 94 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) In 2021, Cap City Inc. introduced a new line of televisions that carry a two-year warranty against manufacturer's defects. Based on past experience with similar products, warranty costs are expected to be approximately 1% of sales during the first year of the warranty and approximately an additional 3% of sales during the second year of the warranty. Sales were $6,000,000 for the first year of the product's life and actual payments for warranty expenditures were $29,000. Assume that all sales are on credit. Required: 1. Prepare journal entries to summarize the sales and any aspects of the warranty for 2021. 2. What amount should Cap City report as a liability at December 31, 2021? Answer: 1. Sales Accounts receivable Sales
6,000,000 6,000,000
Accrued liability and expense: Warranty expense (4% × $6,000,000) Warranty liability
240,000
Actual expenditures: Warranty liability Cash (or salaries payable, parts and supplies, etc.)
29,000
240,000
29,000
2. Estimated liability $240,000 Actual payments for expenditures (29,000) Balance Dec. 31 $211,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Product warranties and guarantees Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
95 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
149) Albertson Corporation began a special promotion in July 2021 in an attempt to increase sales. A coupon was provided at various grocery stores upon checkout. Customers could send in five coupons to receive $3.00. Albertson's management estimated that 80% of the coupons would be redeemed. Albertson recognizes coupon expense in the period the coupons are issued. For the six months ended December 31, 2021, the following information is available: Coupons distributed Coupons redeemed
2,000,000 560,000
Required: What is the estimated liability associated with the coupons at December 31, 2021? Answer: Number of coupons issued Expected participation rate Expected coupon redemptions Divided by # of coupons per $3 payment Estimated payments to be awarded Number awarded to date (560,000 ÷ 5) Expected future payments Amount of each payment Estimated liability, Dec. 31, 2021
2,000,000 80% 1,600,000 5 320,000 112,000 208,000 $3 $ 624,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Rebates‒Premiums‒Coupons Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
96 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
150) Fusion, Inc. introduced a new line of circuits in 2021 that carry a four-year warranty against manufacturer's defects. Based on experience with previous product introductions, warranty costs are expected to approximate 3% of sales. Sales and actual payments for warranty expenditures for the first year of selling the product were:
Sales $15 million
Actual warranty Payments for expenditures $200,000
Required: 1. Does this situation represent a loss contingency? Why or why not? How should it be accounted for? 2. Prepare journal entries that summarize sales of the circuits (assume all credit sales) and any aspects of the warranty that should be recorded during 2021. 3. What amount should Fusion report as a liability at December 31, 2021? Answer: 1. This is a loss contingency. There may be a future sacrifice of economic benefits (cost of satisfying the warranty) due to an existing circumstance (the warranted circuits have been sold) that depends on an uncertain future event (customer claims). The liability is probable because product warranties inevitably entail costs. A reasonably accurate estimate of the total liability for a period is possible based on prior experience. So, the contingent liability for the warranty is accrued. The warranty liability is credited and warranty expense is debited in 2021, the period in which the products under warranty are sold. 2. 2021 Sales Accounts receivable 15,000,000 Sales 15,000,000 Accrued liability and expense Warranty expense (3% × $15,000,000) 450,000 Warranty liability 450,000 Actual payments for expenditures Warranty liability 200,000 Cash (or salaries payable, parts and supplies, etc.) 200,000 3. Warranty Liability = $450,000 - $200,000 = $250,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Loss contingencies; Product warranties and guarantees Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued.; 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 97 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
151) Barone, Inc. is involved with several situations that possibly involve contingencies. Each is described below. Barone's fiscal year ends December 31, and the 2021 financial statements are issued on March 1, 2022. 1. At March 1, 2022, the EPA is in the process of investigating possible chemical leaks at two of Barone's facilities, but has not proposed a deficiency assessment. Management feels an assessment is reasonably possible, and if an assessment is made an unfavorable settlement of up to $8 million is reasonably possible. 2. Barone is the plaintiff in a $33 million lawsuit filed against Faze Corp. for damages due to lost profits from rejected contracts and for unpaid receivables. The case is in final appeal and legal counsel advises that it is probable that Finley will prevail and be awarded $25 million. 3. In July 2020, the State of Arkansas filed suit against Barone, seeking civil penalties and injunctive relief for violations of environmental laws regulating hazardous waste. On February 12, 2022, Barone reached a settlement with state authorities. Based upon discussions with legal counsel, the Company feels it is probable that $13 million will be required to cover the cost of violations. Barone believes that the ultimate settlement of this claim will not have a material adverse effect on the company. 4. Barone is involved in a lawsuit resulting from a dispute with a customer. On January 5, 2022, judgment was rendered against Barone in the amount of $16 million plus interest, a total of $18 million. Barone plans to appeal the judgment and is unable to predict its outcome though it is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the company. Required: 1. Determine the appropriate means of reporting each situation. Explain your reasoning. 2. Prepare any necessary journal entries and disclosure notes. Answer: 1. No disclosure is required because an EPA claim is as yet unasserted, and an assessment is not probable. Even if an unfavorable outcome is thought to be probable in the event of an assessment and the amount is estimable, disclosure is not required at this time unless an unasserted claim is probable. 2. This is a gain contingency. Gain contingencies are not accrued even if the gain is probable and reasonably estimable. The gain should be recognized only when realized. If the amount is deemed material, Barone will disclose information in notes to the financial statements and ensure the wording is not misleading as to the eventual outcome. Note X: contingency Barone is the plaintiff in a pending lawsuit filed against Faze Corp. for damages due to lost profits from rejected contracts and for unpaid receivables. The case is in final appeal. No amount has been accrued in the financial statements for possible collection of any claims in this litigation.
98 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
3. This is a loss contingency. Barone can use the information occurring after the end of the year in determining appropriate disclosure. Barone should accrue the $13 million loss because the ultimate outcome appears settled and the loss is probable. Loss-litigation 13,000,000 Liability-litigation 13,000,000 A disclosure note also is appropriate: Notes: Litigation In July 2020, the State of Arkansas filed suit against the Company, seeking civil penalties and injunctive relief for violations of environmental laws regulating hazardous waste. On February 12, 2022, the Company announced that it had reached a settlement with state authorities on this matter. Based upon discussions with legal counsel, the Company, has accrued and charged to operations in 2021, $13 million to cover the anticipated cost of all violations. The Company believes that the ultimate settlement of this claim will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position. 4. This is a loss contingency. Barone can use the information occurring after the end of the year in determining appropriate disclosure. It is unlikely that Barone would choose to accrue the $18 million loss because the judgment will be appealed and that outcome is uncertain. A disclosure note is appropriate: Note X: contingency In a lawsuit resulting from a dispute with a customer, a judgment was rendered against Barone in the amount of $16 million plus interest, a total of $18 million at January 5, 2022. Barone plans to appeal the judgment. While management and legal counsel are presently unable to predict the outcome or to estimate the amount of any liability the company may have with respect to this lawsuit, it is not expected that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the company. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Loss contingencies; Unasserted claims and assessments; Gain contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued.; 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
99 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
152) At the beginning of 2021, Scarlet Industries began providing a three-year warranty on its products. The warranty program was expected to cost Scarlet 2% of net sales, approximately equally over the three-year warranty period. Net sales made under warranty in 2021 were $270 million. Thirteen percent of the units sold were returned in 2021 and repaired or replaced at a cost of $2 million. This amount was debited to warranty expense as incurred. Required: Prepare the appropriate adjusting entry to adjust warranty expense on December 31, 2021. Show calculations. Answer: ($ in millions) Warranty expense Warranty liability
3.4 3.4
Calculation: ($270 × 2%) - $2.0 = $3.4 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Product warranties and guarantees Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 153) Yummy Rice Cereal started a program at the beginning of 2021 in which it would provide an all-star bowl in exchange for three proof-of-purchase box tops. Yummy Rice estimates that 30% of box tops will be redeemed. The bowls cost Yummy Rice $1 each. In 2021, 5,000,000 boxes of cereal were sold. By year-end 900,000 box tops had been redeemed. Required: Calculate the premium expense that Yummy Rice should recognize for the year ended December 31, 2021. Answer: 900,000 ÷ 3 =
300,000 × $1
Bowls issued
$300,000
Expense
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Rebates‒Premiums‒Coupons Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 100 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
154) Sunnyvale Computer Company sells a line of computers that carry a six-month warranty. Customers are offered the opportunity to buy a two-year extended warranty for an additional charge. During 2021, Sunnyvale received $320,000 from customers for these extended warranties. All sales are on credit, and funds are received evenly throughout the year and the warranties go into effect immediately after purchase. Required: Prepare a summary journal entry to record sales of the extended warranties. Also prepare any other entries associated with the warranties that should be recorded during 2021.
Answer: During 2021: Accounts receivable Deferred revenue—extended warranties December 31, 2021, adjusting entry: Deferred revenue—extended warranties Revenue—extended warranties
320,000 320,000
20,000 20,000
If extended warrantees don't generate any revenue for 180 days (because normal 6-month warranty is in effect), then only sales up until 6/30 can generate any extended-warranty revenue, with sales on 1/1 generating 6 months' worth of revenue, and sales on 6/30 generating 1 day of revenue. If sales proceed smoothly during the year, we can assume that, as of 6/30, they have made $320,000(0.5) = $160,000 of sales. So, during that 6-month period, the $160,000 is outstanding an average of 3 months, and so should generate 3/24 × $160,000 of revenue, or $20,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Product warranties and guarantees Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
101 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
155) Hardin Widget Manufacturing began operations in January 2021. Hardin sells widgets that carry a two-year manufacturer's warranty against defects in workmanship. Hardin's management projects that 2% of the widgets will require repair during the first year of the warranty while approximately 6% will require repair during the second year of the warranty. The widgets sell for $400 each. The average cost to repair a widget is $50. The company sells 60% of the widgets to retail customers who must pay a 6% sales tax. Sales and warranty information for 2021 and 2022 are as follows: 2021: Sold 200 widgets on account; incurred warranty expenditures of $300 for widget repairs. 2022: Sold 300 widgets on account; actual payments for warranty expenditures were $500. Required: 1. Prepare journal entries that summarize the sales and any aspects of the warranty for 2021. 2. Prepare journal entries that summarize the sales and any aspects of the warranty for 2022. Answer: 1. 2021: Accounts receivable Sales (200 × $400) Sales taxes payable ($80,000 × 60% × 6%)
82,880 80,000 2,880
Warranty expense Warranty liability (200 × 8% × $50)
800
Warranty liability Cash (or salaries payable, parts and supplies, etc.)
300
2. 2022: Accounts receivable Sales (300 × $400) Sales tax payable (120,000 × 60% × 6%) Warranty expense Warranty liability (300 × 8% × $50) Warranty liability Cash (or salaries payable, parts and supplies, etc.)
800
300
124,320 120,000 4,320
1,200 1,200
500 500
Difficulty: 3 Hard 102 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Topic: Loss contingencies; Advance collections ‒ For third parties; Product warranties and guarantees Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded.; 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 156) Cracker Corporation began a special promotion in July 2021 in an attempt to increase sales. A coupon was included in various print advertisements. Customers could send in five coupons to receive $2.00. Cracker's management estimated that 70% of the coupons would be redeemed. Cracker recognizes coupon promotion expense in the period the coupons are issued. For the six months ended December 31, 2021, the following information is available: Coupons distributed Coupons redeemed
2,000,000 560,000
Record all necessary journal entries for the coupon offer for 2021. Answer: Coupon promotion expense Liability—coupon promotion [$2 × (2,000,000 × 70%) ÷ 5]
560,000 560,000
Liability—coupon promotion 224,000 Cash 224,000 (560,000 ÷ 5) × $2 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Rebates‒Premiums‒Coupons Learning Objective: 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
103 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
157) Muller Corp. pays its employees monthly. The payroll information listed below is for January 2024, the first month of Muller's fiscal year. Salaries $400,000 Federal income taxes to be withheld 80,000 Federal unemployment tax rate (after SUTA deduction) 0.80% State unemployment tax rate (SUTA) 5.40% Social Security tax rate 6.2% Medicare tax rate 1.45% Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries to record salaries expense and payroll tax expense for the January 2024 pay period. Answer: Salaries expense (total amount incurred) Withholding taxes payable (federal income tax) Social Security taxes payable ($400,000 × 6.2%) Medicare taxes payable ($400,000 × 1.45%) Salaries payable (net pay) Payroll tax expense (total) Social Security payable (employer's matching amount) Medicare taxes payable (employer's matching amount) FUTA payable ($400,000 × 0.8%) State unemployment tax payable ($400,000 × 5.4%) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Payroll-related liabilities‒Appendix Learning Objective: 13-Appendix 13 Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
400,000 80,000 24,800 5,800 289,400 55,400 24,800 5,800 3,200 21,600
104 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
158) Identify the major components included in the official definition of a liability as set forth by Statement of Financial Accounting Concepts No. 6, "Elements of Financial Statements." Answer: The SFAC No. 6 definition of a liability includes the following: 1. A liability is the result of past transactions or events. 2. A liability involves a probable future transfer of assets or services. 3. A liability represents an obligation to a particular entity. All three criteria should be met before a liability is recorded. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Characteristics of liabilities Learning Objective: 13-01 Define liabilities and distinguish between current and long-term liabilities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 159) Define the following: 1. Liabilities that are definite in amount. 2. Liabilities that must be estimated. 3. Liabilities that are contingent. Answer: 1. Liabilities that are definite in amount: Both the existence and the amount of the liability are determinable due to a contract, trade agreement, or business practice. 2. Liabilities that must be estimated: The existence is determinable but the amount is in question. The amount is estimated and the liability is recorded in the current period. 3. Liabilities that are contingent: No definite liability exists, but there is the potential for obligation based on the outcome of a future event (the contingency). Sometimes the amount is known, but the existence of an obligation is still questionable. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Characteristics of liabilities; Loss contingencies Learning Objective: 13-01 Define liabilities and distinguish between current and long-term liabilities.; 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
105 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
160) Bank loans are often arranged in advance as lines of credit. What is a line of credit? How do a committed and a noncommitted line of credit differ? Answer: Lines of credit permit a company to borrow cash from a bank up to a prearranged amount at a predetermined rate of interest. The interest is frequently floating and tied to some prime rate. Lines of credit usually must be available to support the issuance of commercial paper. A committed line of credit is formal and usually requires a commitment fee expressed as a percentage of the unused balance. Sometimes a compensating balance is required. A noncommitted line of credit allows the company to borrow without having to follow a formal loan process at the time the loan is needed. Sometimes a compensating balance is required. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Credit line-Commercial paper-Notes Learning Objective: 13-02 Account for the issuance and payment of various forms of notes and record the interest on the notes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 161) How are customer advances and refundable deposits similar and yet different? Answer: When a company collects cash from a customer as a refundable deposit or as an advance payment for products or services, a liability is created obligating the firm to return the deposit or to supply the goods or services. When the amount is to be returned in cash, it is a refundable deposit. When the amount is to be applied to the purchase of goods or services, it is a customer advance, and recognized as revenue when the seller satisfies its obligation to provide goods or services. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Advance collections-Deferred revenue; Advance collections-Refundable deposits Learning Objective: 13-03 Characterize accrued liabilities and liabilities from advance collection and describe when and how they should be recorded. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
106 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
162) Define and distinguish between current and noncurrent liabilities. Answer: Current liabilities represent claims arising from past transactions or events that are expected to be satisfied with current assets. These current obligations generally must be satisfied within the company's normal operating cycle or one year, whichever is longer. Noncurrent liabilities do not require payment within one year of the balance sheet date, or noncurrent liabilities do not require the use of current assets for payment. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Characteristics of liabilities; Current and noncurrent classification Learning Objective: 13-01 Define liabilities and distinguish between current and long-term liabilities.; 13-04 Determine when a liability can be classified as a noncurrent obligation. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 163) a) What non-accounting factors are important before evaluating whether a pending lawsuit should be accrued as a liability and reflected in the financial statements? b) What accounting factors should be considered in determining whether a pending lawsuit should be accrued as a liability and reflected in the financial statements? Answer: a) Factors that are important for consideration include: 1. When did the cause of action occur? No liability should be recognized until after the cause of action occurs. Cause of action must occur before the balance sheet date. 2. Has the case come to trial? 3. Is there an appeal pending? 4. What is the probability of loss according to legal counsel? 5. Has this type of lawsuit occurred before? What was the outcome? b) If a loss from a lawsuit is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, then a journal entry should be made to recognize the loss. If it is reasonably possible, then only note disclosure is required. If the chance of loss is remote, then nothing is required to be disclosed. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Loss contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
107 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
164) Identify and define the three classifications prescribed by GAAP regarding accounting for contingencies to identify the range of possibilities for the likelihood of a confirming event for contingent liabilities. Describe the accounting action to be taken for each term. Answer: 1. Probable—The future event is likely to occur. Record the event if the amount is known or reasonably estimable. If it is not estimable, report it in a disclosure note. 2. Reasonably possible—The chance of the future event occurring is more than remote but less than likely. Report it in a disclosure note. 3. Remote—Only a slight chance of the future event occurring. No reporting or recording is generally necessary. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Loss contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 165) Define a loss contingency and give an example that almost always is accrued. Answer: A loss contingency is an existing situation, or a set of circumstances, involving potential loss that will be resolved when some future event occurs or doesn't occur. A loss contingency that almost always is accrued is a manufacturers' warranty. These inevitably involve expenditures and can reasonably be estimated using prior experience. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Loss contingencies; Product warranties and guarantees; Rebates ‒ Premiums ‒ Coupons Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued.; 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
108 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
166) Texon Oil is being sued for price fixing and environmental damage. The litigation started this year and is expected to last five years. There is no doubt that Texon is guilty, but the settlement cost will be between $3 billion and $22 billion. Briefly explain how Texon would address this in its current year financial statements. Answer: One has to decide if $3 billion to $22 billion is a reasonably estimable amount. If it is not, disclosure is all that is required. Side issues might include the effect on going concern status and the impact on the auditor's report. Students might suggest accrual of that portion of the cost that becomes reasonably estimable. With a given five-year litigation period with billions at stake, these costs would be sizable. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Loss contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued. Bloom's: Create AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 167) Amber Inc. is one of the largest pharmacy retailers in mid-America. In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, it made the following disclosure: In 2016, Amber assigned a number of leases to Bell's Inc. and Home Stores, Inc., as part of the sale of the Company's former Eastern divisions. Amber is contingently liable if Bell's and Home are unable to continue making rental payments on these leases. In 2020, Amber recorded a pretax charge to earnings of $42.7 million to recognize the estimated lease liabilities associated with the Bell's and Home bankruptcies and for a single lease from Amber's former Georgia division. In 2021, Bell's began the liquidation process and Home emerged from bankruptcy and, based on the resolution of various leases, Amber reversed $12.1 million of this accrual. Explain the accounting principle(s) that required Amber to record the $42.7 million charge in 2020 and the $12.1 million reversal in 2021. Answer: GAAP requires that a loss and corresponding liability be recorded when an unresolved matter leading to a loss is probable and reasonably estimable. In this case, the bankruptcy filings by Bell's and by Home in 2020 raised the probability of Amber having to make good on these leases to a point where accrual was necessary. As a result of events in 2021, Amber made a change in estimate, reducing the contingent loss, and recording a reversal, of $12.1 million. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Loss contingencies; Unasserted claims and assessments Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued.; 13-06 Demonstrate the appropriate accounting treatment for contingencies, including unasserted claims and assessments. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 109 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
168) Swift Drug Company is being sued this year for a wrongful death due to violation of FDA rules. There is no doubt that Swift is guilty and the settlement is reasonably estimable at $10 billion payable evenly over 10 years starting next year. Briefly explain how Swift would address this in its current year financial statements. Answer: In the Swift case, the loss contingency accrual is clearly the full $10 billion. Given the payment terms, the students should note the proper current/noncurrent classification. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Loss contingencies Learning Objective: 13-05 Identify situations that constitute contingencies and the circumstances under which they should be accrued. Bloom's: Create AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
110 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 14 Bonds and Long-Term Notes 1) The specific provisions of a bond issue are described in a document called a bond indenture. 2) Periodic interest expense is the stated interest rate times the amount of debt outstanding during the period. 3) The outstanding balance (book value) of zero-coupon bonds increases by the periodic amount of interest recognized. 4) Bonds will sell for a premium when the market rate of interest exceeds their stated rate. 5) The initial selling price of bonds represents the sum of all the future cash outflows required by the obligation. 6) Amortization of discount on bonds payable results in interest expense that is less than the actual cash outflow. 7) Premium on bonds payable is a contra liability account. 8) An implicit or imputed rate of interest must be used when long-term notes are issued at a stated rate of interest that is materially different from the market rate of interest. 9) The interest expense on an installment note decreases with each periodic payment. 10) Paid-in capital is increased when bonds payable are issued with detachable stock purchase warrants. 11) Companies are not required to, but have the option to, value some or all of their financial assets and liabilities at fair value. 12) If a company chooses the option to report its bonds at fair value, then it reports changes in fair value in its income statement unless the changes are attributable to changes in credit risk. 13) The interest rate that is printed on the bond certificate is referred to as any of the following except: A) Stated rate. B) Contract rate. C) Nominal rate. D) Effective rate.
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
14) Most corporate bonds are: A) Mortgage bonds. B) Debenture bonds. C) Secured bonds. D) Collateral bonds. 15) The method used to pay interest depends on whether the bonds are: A) Registered or coupon. B) Mortgaged or unmortgaged. C) Indentured or debentured. D) Callable or redeemable. 16) The rate of interest that actually is incurred on a bond payable is called the: A) Face rate. B) Contract rate. C) Effective rate. D) Stated rate. 17) An investor purchases a 20-year, $1,000 par value bond that pays semiannual interest of $40. If the semiannual market rate of interest is 5%, what is the current market value of the bond? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $828. B) $893. C) $1,000. D) $1,686. 18) For a bond issue that sells for more than the bond face amount, the effective interest rate is: A) The rate printed on the face of the bond. B) The Wall Street Journal prime rate. C) More than the rate stated on the face of the bond. D) Less than the rate stated on the face of the bond. 19) Bonds usually sell at their: A) Maturity value. B) Face value. C) Present value. D) Statistical expected value. 20) Ordinarily, the proceeds from the sale of a bond issue will be equal to: A) The face amount of the bond. B) The total of the face amount plus all interest payments. C) The present value of the face amount plus the present value of the stream of interest payments. D) The face amount of the bond plus the present value of the stream of interest payments.
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
21) The market price of a bond issued at a discount is the present value of its principal amount at the market (effective) rate of interest: A) Less the present value of all future interest payments at the rate of interest stated on the bond. B) Plus the present value of all future interest payments at the rate of interest stated on the bond. C) Plus the present value of all future interest payments at the market (effective) rate of interest. D) Less the present value of all future interest payments at the market (effective) rate of interest. 22) Seaside issues a bond that has a stated interest rate of 10%, face amount of $50,000, and is due in 5 years. Interest payments are made semi-annually. The market rate for this type of bond is 12%. What is the issue price of the bond? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $83,920. B) $46,320. C) $53,605. D) $50,000. 23) Haste Enterprises issues 20-year, $1,000,000 bonds that pay semiannual interest of $40,000. If the effective annual rate of interest is 10%, what is the issue price of the bonds? Some relevant and irrelevant present value factors: * PV of ordinary annuity of $1: n = 20; i = 10% is 8.51356 **PV of $1: n = 20; i = 10% is 0.14864 * PV of ordinary annuity of $1: n = 40; i = 5% is 17.15909 **PV of $1: n = 40; i = 5% is 0.14205 A) $828,000. B) $893,000. C) $1,000,000. D) $1,686,000. 24) On January 1, 2021, Anne Teak Furniture issued $100,000 of 8% bonds, dated January 1. Interest is payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31. The bonds mature in 10 years. The annual market rate for bonds of similar risk and maturity is 10%. What was the issue price of the bonds? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $85,666. B) $86,711. C) $87,538. D) $87,711.
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
25) Kelly Industries issued 11% bonds, dated January 1, with a face value of $100,000 on January 1, 2021. The bonds mature in 2031 (10 years). Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. For bonds of similar risk and maturity the market yield is 12%. What was the issue price of the bonds? FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $62,256. B) $63,273. C) $94,265. D) $94,349. 26) Scottie Adams Bird Supplies issued 10% bonds, dated January 1, with a face amount of $240,000 on January 1, 2021. The bonds mature in 2031 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. What is the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021? Some relevant and irrelevant present value factors: * PV of annuity due of $1: n = 20; i = 6% is 12.15812 * PV of ordinary annuity of $1: n = 20; i = 6% is 11.46992 **PV of $1: n = 20; i = 6% is 0.31180 A) $212,471. B) $229,729. C) $350,110. D) $366,626. 27) Ocean Adventures issues bonds due in 10 years with a stated interest rate of 6% and a face value of $500,000. Interest payments are made semi-annually. The market rate for this type of bond is 7%. Using a financial calculator or Excel, calculate the issue price of the bonds. A) $537,194. B) $464,469. C) $359,528. D) $500,000. 28) Ocean Adventures issues bonds due in 10 years with a stated interest rate of 6% and a face value of $500,000. Interest payments are made semi-annually. The market rate for this type of bond is 5%. Using a financial calculator or Excel, what is the issue price of the bonds? A) $537,194. B) $464,469. C) $538,973. D) $500,000. 29) Mountain Excursions issues bonds due in 10 years with a stated interest rate of 7% and a face value of $200,000. Interest payments are made semi-annually. The market rate for this type of bond is 8%. Using a financial calculator or Excel, calculate the issue price of the bonds. A) $139,609. B) $186,410. C) $214,877. D) $200,000. 4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
30) Hillside Excursions issues bonds due in 10 years with a stated interest rate of 7% and a face value of $200,000. Interest payments are made semi-annually. The market rate for this type of bond is 6%. Using a financial calculator or Excel, calculate the issue price of the bonds. A) $163,200. B) $186,410. C) $214,877. D) $200,000. 31) Air Destinations issues bonds due in 10 years with a stated interest rate of 6% and a face value of $500,000. Interest payments are made semi-annually. The market rate for this type of bond is 7%. Using present value tables, calculate the issue price of the bonds. (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $537,194. B) $464,471. C) $359,528. D) $500,000. 32) Roman Destinations issues bonds due in 10 years with a stated interest rate of 6% and a face value of $500,000. Interest payments are made semi-annually. The market rate for this type of bond is 5%. Using present value tables, calculate the issue price of the bonds. (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $537,194. B) $464,469. C) $538,972. D) $500,000. 33) Sand Explorers issues bonds due in 10 years with a stated interest rate of 7% and a face value of $200,000. Interest payments are made semi-annually. The market rate for this type of bond is 8%. Using present value tables, calculate the issue price of the bonds. (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $139,609. B) $186,410. C) $214,877. D) $200,000.
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
34) Mind Explorers issues bonds with a stated interest rate of 7%, face value of $200,000, and due in 10 years. Interest payments are made semi-annually. The market rate for this type of bond is 6%. Using present value tables, calculate the issue price of the bonds. (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $163,200. B) $186,410. C) $214,878. D) $200,000. 35) Interest expense is: A) The effective interest rate times the amount of the debt outstanding during the interest period. B) The stated interest rate times the amount of the debt outstanding during the interest period. C) The effective interest rate times the face amount of the debt. D) The stated interest rate times the face amount of the debt. 36) Straight-line amortization of bond discount or premium: A) Can be used for amortization of discount or premium in all cases and circumstances. B) Provides the same amount of interest expense each period as does the effective interest method. C) Is appropriate for deep discount bonds. D) Provides the same total amount of interest expense over the life of the bond issue as does the effective interest method. 37) An amortization schedule for bonds issued at a premium: A) Summarizes the amortization of the premium, a contra-asset account with a credit balance. B) Is reported in the balance sheet. C) Is a schedule that reflects the changes in the debt over its term to maturity. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 38) When bonds are sold at their face amount (no discount, no premium) and the effective interest method is used, at each interest payment date, the interest expense: A) Increases. B) Decreases. C) Remains the same. D) Is equal to the change in outstanding balance (book value).
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
39) Lopez Plastics Co. (LPC) issued callable bonds on January 1, 2021. LPC's accountant has projected the following amortization schedule from issuance until maturity:
Date 1/1/2021 6/30/2021 12/31/2021 6/30/2022 12/31/2022 6/30/2023 12/31/2023 6/30/2024 12/31/2024
Cash interest
Effective interest
Decrease in balance
$ 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000
$ 6,211 6,187 6,163 6,137 6,112 6,085 6,057 6,029
$ 789 813 837 863 888 915 943 971
Outstanding balance $ 207,020 206,230 205,417 204,580 203,717 202,829 201,913 200,971 200,000
LPC issued the bonds: A) At par. B) At a premium. C) At a discount. D) Cannot be determined from the given information. 40) Lopez Plastics Co. (LPC) issued callable bonds on January 1, 2021. LPC's accountant has projected the following amortization schedule from issuance until maturity:
Date 1/1/2021 6/30/2021 12/31/2021 6/30/2022 12/31/2022 6/30/2023 12/31/2023 6/30/2024 12/31/2024
Cash interest
Effective interest
Decrease in balance
$ 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000
$ 6,211 6,187 6,163 6,137 6,112 6,085 6,057 6,029
$ 789 813 837 863 888 915 943 971
Outstanding balance $ 207,020 206,230 205,417 204,580 203,717 202,829 201,913 200,971 200,000
What is the annual stated interest rate on the bonds? A) 3.5% B) 6% C) 7% D) None of the answer choices is correct.
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) Lopez Plastics Co. (LPC) issued callable bonds on January 1, 2021. LPC's accountant has projected the following amortization schedule from issuance until maturity:
Date 1/1/2021 6/30/2021 12/31/2021 6/30/2022 12/31/2022 6/30/2023 12/31/2023 6/30/2024 12/31/2024
Cash interest
Effective interest
Decrease in balance
$ 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000
$ 6,211 6,187 6,163 6,137 6,112 6,085 6,057 6,029
$ 789 813 837 863 888 915 943 971
Outstanding balance $ 207,020 206,230 205,417 204,580 203,717 202,829 201,913 200,971 200,000
What is the annual effective interest rate on the bonds? A) 3% B) 3.5% C) 6% D) 7% 42) Lopez Plastics Co. (LPC) issued callable bonds on January 1, 2021. LPC's accountant has projected the following amortization schedule from issuance until maturity:
Date 1/1/2021 6/30/2021 12/31/2021 6/30/2022 12/31/2022 6/30/2023 12/31/2023 6/30/2024 12/31/2024
Cash interest
Effective interest
Decrease in balance
$ 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000
$ 6,211 6,187 6,163 6,137 6,112 6,085 6,057 6,029
$ 789 813 837 863 888 915 943 971
Outstanding balance $ 207,020 206,230 205,417 204,580 203,717 202,829 201,913 200,971 200,000
LPC calls the bonds at 103 immediately after the interest payment on 12/31/2022 and retires them. What gain or loss, if any, would LPC record on this date? A) No gain or loss B) $3,717 gain C) $6,000 loss D) $2,283 loss
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
43) A $500,000 bond issue sold at 98. Therefore, the bonds: A) Sold at a discount because the stated rate of interest was lower than the effective rate. B) Sold for the $500,000 face amount less $10,000 of accrued interest. C) Sold at a premium because the stated rate of interest was higher than the yield rate. D) Sold at a discount because the effective interest rate was lower than the face rate. 44) Auerbach Inc. issued 4% bonds on October 1, 2021. The bonds have a maturity date of September 30, 2031 and a face value of $300 million. The bonds pay interest each March 31 and September 30, beginning March 31, 2022. The effective interest rate established by the market was 6%. Auerbach issued the bonds: A) At par. B) At a premium. C) At a discount. D) Cannot be determined from the given information. 45) Bond X and bond Y both are issued by the same company. Each of the bonds has a maturity value of $100,000 and each pays interest at 8%. The current market rate of interest is 8% for each. Bond X matures in 7 years while bond Y matures in 10 years. Which of the following is correct? A) Both bonds sell for the same amount. B) Both bonds sell for more than $100,000. C) Bond X sells for more than bond Y. D) Bond Y sells for more than bond X. 46) Bond X and bond Y both are issued by the same company. Each of the bonds has a maturity value of $100,000 and each matures in 10 years. Bond X pays 8% interest while bond Y pays 9% interest. The current market rate of interest is 8%. Which of the following is correct? A) Both bonds sell for the same amount. B) Bond X sells for more than bond Y. C) Bond Y sells for more than bond X. D) Both bonds sell at a discount. 47) A bond issue with a face amount of $500,000 bears interest at the rate of 10%. The current market rate of interest is 11%. These bonds will sell at a price that is: A) Equal to $500,000. B) More than $500,000. C) Less than $500,000. D) The answer cannot be determined from the information provided. 48) A bond is issued with a face amount of $500,000 and a stated interest rate of 10%. The current market rate of interest is 8%. These bonds will sell at a price that is: A) Equal to $500,000. B) More than $500,000. C) Less than $500,000. D) The answer cannot be determined from the information provided. 9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
49) Interest expense is: A) The effective interest rate times the amount of the debt outstanding during the interest period. B) The stated interest rate times the amount of the debt outstanding during the interest period. C) The effective interest rate times the face amount of the debt. D) The stated interest rate times the face amount of the debt. 50) How would the outstanding balance (book value) of bonds payable be affected by the amortization of each of the following?
a. b. c. d.
Premium No effect No effect Increase Decrease
Discount No effect Increase Decrease Increase
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 51) For the issuer of 20-year bonds, the amount of amortization using the effective interest method would decrease each year if the bonds are sold at a:
a. b. c. d.
Discount No No Yes Yes
Premium No Yes Yes No
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 52) Bonds were issued at a discount. In the bond amortization schedule: A) The interest expense is less with each successive interest payment. B) The total effective interest over the term to maturity is equal to the amount of the discount plus the total cash interest paid. C) The outstanding balance (book value) of the bonds declines eventually to face value. D) The reduction in the discount is less with each successive interest payment.
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
53) The interest rate that determines the amount of cash interest paid each interest date is referred to as the: A) Stated rate. B) Market rate. C) Cash rate. D) Effective rate. 54) The interest rate that determines the amount of interest expense each interest date is referred to as the: A) Stated rate. B) Expense rate. C) Cash rate. D) Effective rate. 55) Ohlson Co. is preparing an Excel spreadsheet for its 20-year, 4.5%, $500,000 bonds payable. The bonds were issued on January 1 to yield 5% annually. Interest is paid semi-annually. A portion of the spreadsheet appears as follows: A
B
C
1
Stated rate:
0.045
2
Effective rate:
0.05
3
Face amount: 500,000 Term to maturity in years:
4
D
E
Change in Discount
Outstanding Balance
20
5 6
Period
7
0
8
1
9
2
Cash Payment
Interest Expense
What formula should Ohlson use in cell C8 to calculate interest expense for the first interest payment? A) =B8 – D8 B) =E7*B3 C) =E7*B3/2 D) =E7*C2/2
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
56) When bonds are sold at a premium and the effective interest method is used, at each subsequent interest payment date, the cash paid is: A) Less than the effective interest. B) Equal to the effective interest. C) Greater than the effective interest. D) More than if the bonds had been sold at a discount. 57) When bonds are sold at a discount and the effective interest method is used, at each subsequent interest payment date, the cash paid is: A) More than the effective interest. B) Less than the effective interest. C) Equal to the effective interest. D) More than if the bonds had been sold at a premium. 58) When bonds are sold at a discount and the effective interest method is used, at each interest payment date, the interest expense: A) Increases. B) Decreases. C) Remains the same. D) Is equal to the change in book value. 59) When bonds are sold at a premium and the effective interest method is used, at each interest payment date, the interest expense: A) Remains constant. B) Is equal to the change in outstanding balance (book value). C) Increases. D) Decreases. 60) Tim Burr Lumber issued bonds at a premium. In the bond amortization schedule: A) The reduction in the premium is smaller with each successive interest payment. B) The outstanding balance (book value) of the bonds increases eventually to face value. C) The total effective interest over the term to maturity is equal to the amount of the premium plus the total cash interest paid. D) The interest expense is less with each successive interest payment. 61) When bonds are sold at a discount, if the annual straight-line amortization amount is compared to the annual effective interest amortization amount over the life of the bond issue, the annual amount of the straight-line amortization of discount is: A) Higher than the effective interest amount every year. B) Higher than the effective interest amount in the early years and less than the effective interest amount in the later years. C) Less than the effective interest amount in the early years and more than the effective interest amount in the later years. D) Less than the effective interest amount every year.
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
62) When bonds are sold at a premium, if the annual straight-line amortization amount is compared to the annual effective interest amortization amount over the life of the bond issue, the annual amount of the straight-line amortization of premium is: A) Higher than the effective interest amount in the early years and less than the effective interest amount in the later years. B) Less than the effective interest amount in the early years and more than the effective interest amount in the later years. C) Higher than the effective interest amount every year. D) Less than the effective interest amount every year. 63) Cramer Company sold five-year, 8% bonds on October 1, 2021. The face amount of the bonds was $100,000, while the issue price was $102,000. Interest is payable on April 1 of each year. The fiscal year of Cramer Company ends on December 31. How much interest expense will Cramer Company report in its December 31, 2021, income statement (assume straight-line amortization)? A) $2,000. B) $1,900. C) $1,778. D) $2,040. 64) On January 1, 2021, Legion Company sold $200,000 of 10% ten-year bonds. Interest is payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31. The bonds were sold for $177,000, priced to yield 12%. Legion records interest at the effective rate. Legion should report bond interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2021, in the amount of: A) $8,850. B) $10,000. C) $10,620. D) $12,000. 65) On January 1, 2021, Legion Company sold $200,000 of 10% ten-year bonds. Interest is payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31. The bonds were sold for $177,000, priced to yield 12%. Legion records interest at the effective rate. Legion should pay cash interest for the six months ended June 30, 2021, in the amount of: A) $8,850. B) $10,000. C) $10,620. D) $12,000.
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
66) On January 1, 2024, an investor paid $249,000 for bonds with a face amount of $300,000. The contract rate of interest is 8% while the current market rate of interest is 10%. Using the effective interest method, how much interest income is recognized by the investor in 2025 (assume annual interest payments and amortization)? A) $23,184. B) $25,140. C) $24,900. D) $24,990. 67) On June 30, 2024, L. N. Bean issued $10 million of its 8% bonds for $8 million. The bonds were priced to yield 10%. Interest is payable semiannually on December 31 and July 1. If the effective interest method is used, how much bond interest expense should the company report for the 6 months ended December 31, 2024? A) $400,000 B) $420,000 C) $450,000 D) $500,000 68) On January 1, 2024, an investor paid $249,000 for bonds with a face amount of $300,000. The stated rate of interest is 8% while the current market rate of interest is 10%. Using the effective interest method, how much interest income is recognized by the investor in 2024 (assume annual interest payments and amortization)? A) $19,920. B) $24,900. C) $24,000. D) $30,000. 69) Shaq Corporation issued $10,000 of bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds pay interest semiannually. This is a partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
Effective interest
Increase in balance
1 2 3 4
400 400 400 400
409 409 409 410
9 9 9 10
Outstanding balance 9,080 9,089 9,098 9,107 9,117
What is the effective annual rate of interest on the bonds? A) 4.0%. B) 4.5%. C) 8.0%. D) 9.0%.
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
70) DeKay Dental Supplies issued $10,000 of bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds pay interest semiannually. This is a partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds. (Round your answer to nearest whole dollar amount.)
Payment
Cash
Effective interest
1 2 3 4
400 400 400 400
409 409 409 410
Increase in balance 9 9 9 10
Outstanding balance 9,080 9,089 9,098 9,107 9,117
What is the stated annual rate of interest on the bonds? A) 4.0%. B) 4.5%. C) 8.0%. D) 9.0%. 71) Ferris Wheeler Co. issued $10,000 of bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds pay interest semiannually. This is a partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
400 400 400 400
Effective interest
Increase in balance
409 409 409
9 9 9
Outstanding balance 9,080 9,089 9,098 9,107
What is the interest expense on the bonds for the year ended December 31, 2022? A) $800. B) $809. C) $818. D) $819.
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
72) Earl Lee Riser Alarm Co. issued $10,000 of bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds pay interest semiannually. This is a partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
400 400 400 400
Effective interest
Increase in balance
409 409 409
9 9 9
Outstanding balance 9,080 9,089 9,098 9,107
What would be the total interest expense recognized for the bond issue over its full term? A) $16,000. B) $16,360. C) $16,920. D) $20,000. 73) Gene Poole Co. issued $10,000 of bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds pay interest semiannually. This is a partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds. (Round your answer to nearest whole dollar amount.)
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
400 400 400 400
Effective interest
Increase in balance
409 409 409
9 9 9
Outstanding balance 9,080 9,089 9,098 9,107
What is the book value of the bonds on December 31, 2022? A) $9,116. B) $9,117. C) $9,407. D) $9,416. 74) On January 31, 2021, B Corp. issued $600,000 face value, 12% bonds for $600,000 cash. The bonds are dated December 31, 2020, and mature on December 31, 2030. Interest will be paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. What amount of accrued interest payable should B report in its September 30, 2021, balance sheet? A) $18,000. B) $36,000. C) $54,000. D) $48,000.
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
75) Discount-Mart issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10-year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
345,639 347,464 349,363
45,639 47,464 49,363
Outstanding Balance 8,640,967 8,686,606 8,734,070 8,783,433
What is the stated annual rate of interest on the bonds? A) 3%. B) 4%. C) 6%. D) 8%. 76) Discount-Mart issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10-year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
345,639 347,464 349,363
45,639 47,464 49,363
Outstanding Balance 8,640,967 8,686,606 8,734,070 8,783,433
What is the effective annual rate of interest on the bonds? A) 3%. B) 4%. C) 6%. D) 8%.
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
77) Discount-Mart issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10-year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
345,639 347,464 349,363
45,639 47,464 49,363
Outstanding Balance 8,640,967 8,686,606 8,734,070 8,783,433
What is the interest expense on the bonds for the year ended December 31, 2022? A) $700,700. B) $600,000. C) $347,464. D) $100,700. 78) Discount-Mart issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10-year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
345,639 347,464 349,363
45,639 47,464 49,363
Outstanding Balance 8,640,967 8,686,606 8,734,070 8,783,433
What is the book value of the bonds as of December 31, 2022? A) $8,834,770. B) $8,686,606. C) $8,734,070. D) $8,783,433.
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
79) Discount-Mart issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10-year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
345,639 347,464 349,363
45,639 47,464 49,363
Outstanding Balance 8,640,967 8,686,606 8,734,070 8,783,433
What would be the total interest cost of the bonds over their full term? A) $1,359,033. B) $4,640,967. C) $6,000,000. D) $7,359,033. 80) Prescott Corporation issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10-year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
400,000 400,000 400,000 400,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
344,632 342,971 341,261
55,368 57,029 58,739
Outstanding Balance 11,487,747 11,432,379 11,375,350 11,316,611
What is the stated annual rate of interest on the bonds? A) 3%. B) 4%. C) 6%. D) 8%.
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
81) Prescott Corporation issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10-year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
400,000 400,000 400,000 400,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
344,632 342,971 341,261
55,368 57,029 58,739
Outstanding Balance 11,487,747 11,432,379 11,375,350 11,316,611
What is the effective annual rate of interest on the bonds? A) 3%. B) 4%. C) 6%. D) 8%. 82) Griggs Co. failed to amortize the premium on an outstanding five-year bond issue. What is the resulting effect on interest expense and the bond outstanding balance (book value), respectively? A) Understated, understated. B) Understated, overstated. C) Overstated, understated. D) Overstated, overstated. 83) Prescott Corporation issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10-year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
400,000 400,000 400,000 400,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
344,632 342,971 341,261
55,368 57,029 58,739
Outstanding Balance 11,487,747 11,432,379 11,375,350 11,316,611
What is the interest expense on the bonds for the year 2022? A) $800,000. B) $680,759. C) $342,971. D) $119,241.
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
84) Prescott Corporation issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10-year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
400,000 400,000 400,000 400,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
344,632 342,971 341,261
55,368 57,029 58,739
Outstanding Balance 11,487,747 11,432,379 11,375,350 11,316,611
What is the book value of the bonds as of December 31, 2022? A) $11,432,379. B) $11,375,350. C) $11,316,611. D) $11,256,109. 85) Prescott Corporation issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10-year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
400,000 400,000 400,000 400,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
344,632 342,971 341,261
55,368 57,029 58,739
Outstanding Balance 11,487,747 11,432,379 11,375,350 11,316,611
What would be the total interest expense recognized for the bond issue over its full term? A) $6,512,253. B) $8,000,000. C) $9,487,747. D) $11,487,747. 86) When bonds are sold at a discount and the straight-line interest method is used, at each interest payment date, the interest expense: A) Increases. B) Decreases. C) Remains the same. D) Is equal to the change in outstanding balance (book value).
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
87) Auerbach Inc. issued 4% bonds on October 1, 2021. The bonds have a maturity date of September 30, 2031 and a face value of $300 million. The bonds pay interest each March 31 and September 30, beginning March 31, 2022. The effective interest rate established by the market was 6%. How much cash interest does Auerbach pay on March 31, 2022? A) $6.0 million. B) $12.0 million. C) $9.0 million. D) $18.0 million. 88) Auerbach Inc. issued 4% bonds on October 1, 2021. The bonds have a maturity date of September 30, 2031 and a face value of $300 million. The bonds pay interest each March 31 and September 30, beginning March 31, 2022. The effective interest rate established by the market was 6%. Assuming that Auerbach issued the bonds for $255,369,000, what interest expense would it recognize in its 2021 income statement? A) $0. B) $3,830,535. C) $5,107,380. D) $7,661,070. 89) Auerbach Inc. issued 4% bonds on October 1, 2021. The bonds have a maturity date of September 30, 2031 and a face value of $300 million. The bonds pay interest each March 31 and September 30, beginning March 31, 2022. The effective interest rate established by the market was 6%. Assuming that Auerbach issued the bonds for $255,369,000, what would the company report for its net bond liability balance at December 31, 2021, rounded up to the nearest thousand? A) $252,369,000. B) $256,369,000. C) $256,200,000. D) $257,030,070.
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) Auerbach Inc. issued 4% bonds on October 1, 2021. The bonds have a maturity date of September 30, 2031 and a face value of $300 million. The bonds pay interest each March 31 and September 30, beginning March 31, 2022. The effective interest rate established by the market was 6%. Assuming that Auerbach issued the bonds for $255,369,000, what would the company report for its net bond liability balance after its first interest payment on March 31, 2022, rounded up to the nearest thousand? A) $252,369,000. B) $256,369,000. C) $256,300,000. D) $257,030,000. 91) During the year, Hamlet Inc. paid $20,000 to have bond certificates printed and engraved, paid $100,000 in legal fees, paid $10,000 to a CPA for registration information, and paid $200,000 to an underwriter as a commission. What is the amount of bond issue costs? A) $330,000. B) $300,000. C) $120,000. D) $20,000. 92) When issuing bonds or notes, Papaya Company incurs costs, such as legal and accounting fees, printing costs, and registration and underwriting fees. Papaya records these costs by combining them with any discount (or subtracting them from any premium) on the debt. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) The policy is inappropriate because these costs should be expensed in the period the debt is issued. B) The policy is inappropriate because these costs should be recorded in a Debt Issue Costs account and amortized over the term to maturity of the debt. C) This approach has the appeal of reflecting the effect that debt issue costs have on the effective interest rate because deducting debt issue costs lowers the carrying amount of the debt, which effectively increases the interest rate on that debt. D) This approach is conceptually correct because the net amount borrowed is higher, but interest payments are the same, so the effective rate of borrowing is lower. 93) When bonds and other debt are issued, costs such as legal costs, printing costs, and underwriting fees are referred to as debt issue costs. When debt issue costs are incurred: A) The increase in the effective interest rate caused by the debt issue costs is reflected in the interest expense. B) The decrease in the effective interest rate caused by the debt issue costs is reflected in the interest expense. C) The debt issue costs are recorded separately as an asset. D) The recorded amount of the debt is increased by the debt issue costs.
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
94) Zero-coupon bonds: A) Offer a return in the form of a deep discount off the face value. B) Result in zero interest expense for the issuer. C) Result in zero interest revenue for the investor. D) Are reported as shareholders' equity by the issuer. 95) On June 30, 2021, Moran Corporation issued $4 million of its 8% bonds for $3.5 million. The bonds were priced to yield 9.4%. The bonds are dated June 30, 2021. Interest is payable semiannually on December 31 and July 1. If the effective interest method is used, by how much should the bond discount be reduced for the six months ended December 31, 2021? A) $3,500. B) $4,500. C) $4,800. D) $9,000. 96) On January 1, 2021, Solo Inc. issued 1,000 of its 8%, $1,000 bonds at 98. Interest is payable semiannually on January 1 and July 1. The bonds mature on January 1, 2031. Solo paid $50,000 in bond issue costs. Solo uses straight-line amortization. The amount of interest expense for 2021 is: A) $80,000. B) $82,000. C) $87,000. D) $89,000. 97) On January 1, 2021, Solo Inc. issued 1,000 of its 8%, $1,000 bonds at 98. Interest is payable semiannually on January 1 and July 1. The bonds mature on January 1, 2031. Solo paid $50,000 in bond issue costs. Solo uses straight-line amortization. What is the carrying value of the bonds reported in the December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $1,045,000. B) $1,040,000. C) $987,000. D) $937,000. 98) Mango Corporation issues new long-term bond offerings several times a year. The company follows a policy of using straight-line amortization for all of those issues. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) The policy is appropriate if management typically prices its bond issues at a discount. B) The policy is inappropriate because using the straight-line method is acceptable only when doing so produces results that are not materially different from the effective interest method. C) The policy is appropriate if management typically prices its bond issues at a premium. D) The policy is inappropriate because Mango issues new long-term bond offerings more than once a year.
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
99) When the interest payment dates are March 1 and September 1, and notes are issued on July 1, the amount of interest expense to be accrued at December 31 of the year of issue would: A) Not be required. B) Be for six months. C) Be for four months. D) Be for 10 months. 100) When a long-term note is given in exchange for equipment, the amount considered as paid for the machine is: A) The invoice price. B) The wholesale price. C) The present value of cash outflows discounted at the stated rate. D) The present value of the note payments discounted at the market rate. 101) When an equipment dealer receives a long-term note in exchange for equipment, and the stated rate of interest is indicative of the market rate of interest at the time of the transaction, the present value of the future cash flows received on the notes: A) Is treated as a current liability at the exchange date. B) Is recorded as interest revenue at the exchange date. C) Is recorded as interest receivable at the exchange date. D) Is credited to sales revenue at the exchange date. 102) Warren Peace Bookstore issues a note with no stated interest rate in exchange for a building. In accounting for the transaction: A) If fair values of the note and building are unavailable, the note should be recorded at its face amount. B) The note is recorded at its face amount unless the fair value of the building is readily available. C) Both the note and building are recorded at the fair value of the note or the fair value of the building, whichever is more clearly determinable. D) The building should be depreciated over the note's term to maturity. 103) AMC issues a note with no stated interest rate in exchange for a machine. In accounting for the transaction: A) The machine should be depreciated over the note's term to maturity. B) If fair values of the note and machine are unavailable, the note should be recorded at its present value, discounted at the market rate of interest. C) Both the note and machine are recorded at the face amount of the note or the fair value of the machine, whichever is more clearly determinable. D) The note is recorded at its face amount unless the fair value of the machine is readily available. 104) In each succeeding payment on an installment note: A) The amount of interest paid increases. B) The amount of principal paid increases. C) The amount of principal paid decreases. D) The amounts paid for both interest and principal increase proportionately. 25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
105) Green Industries purchased a machine from Cyan Corporation on October 1, 2021. In payment for the $144,000 purchase, Green issued a one-year installment note to be paid in equal monthly payments at the end of each month. The payments include interest at the rate of 12%. Monthly installment payments are closest to: (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $12,000. B) $12,445. C) $12,668. D) $12,794. 106) Magenta Company purchased a machine from Pink Corporation on October 31, 2021. In payment for the $288,000 purchase, Magenta issued a one-year installment note to be paid in equal monthly payments of $25,588 at the end of each month. The payments include interest at the rate of 12%. The amount of interest expense that Magenta will report in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, is: A) $2,559. B) $2,880. C) $5,533. D) $5,760. 107) On January 1, 2021, Red, Inc. borrowed cash by issuing a $500,000, 5-year note that specified 6% interest to be paid on December 31 of each year and the $500,000 to be paid at maturity. If the note had instead been an installment note to be paid in four equal payments at the end of each year beginning December 31, 2021, which of the following would be true? A) The effective interest rate would have been higher. B) The annual cash payment would have been less. C) The first year's interest expense would have been higher. D) The second year's interest expense would have been less. 108) In a ten-year installment note, the portion of the periodic installment payment in the third year that represents interest is: A) the same as in the fourth year. B) the same as in the first year. C) less than in the fourth year. D) more than in the fourth year.
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) Mann Co. is preparing an Excel spreadsheet for its 5-year, 6%, $400,000 installment notes. The notes were issued on January 1 for $421,236. Installment payments are payable each December 31. A portion of the spreadsheet appears as follows: A
B
C
1
Effective rate:
0.06
2
Cash payments: 100,000
3
Term to maturity in years:
5
Cash Payment
Interest Expense
D
E
Change in Balance
Outstanding Balance
4 5
Period
6
0
7
1
8
2
What formula should Mann use in cell E8 to calculate the outstanding balance (book value) of the notes after the second interest payment? A) =E7 – D8 B) =E7 + D8 C) =E8 + D8 D) =PV(C2,C3,0,C1,type) 110) Bonds payable should be reported as a long-term liability in the balance sheet of the issuing corporation at the: A) Face amount price less any unamortized discount or plus any unamortized premium. B) Current bond market price. C) Face amount less any unamortized premium or plus any unamortized discount. D) Face amount less accrued interest since the last interest payment date. 111) The unamortized balance of discount on bonds payable is reported in the balance sheet as: A) A prepaid expense. B) An expense account. C) A current liability. D) A contra-liability. 112) Eagle Company issued 10-year bonds at 96 during the current year. In the year-end financial statements, the discount should be: A) Deducted from bonds payable. B) Added to bonds payable. C) Included as an expense in the year of issue. D) Reported as a deferred charge. 27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
113) Liberty Company issued 10-year bonds at 105 during the current year. In the year-end financial statements, the premium should be: A) Reported as an intangible asset. B) Included in revenue for the year of sale. C) Deducted from bonds payable. D) Added to bonds payable. 114) To evaluate the risk and quality of an individual bond issue, savvy investors rely heavily on: A) Bond ratings provided by financial investment services such as Moody's. B) Newspaper articles. C) Bond interest payments. D) The company's audit report. 115) Which of the following indicates the margin of safety provided to creditors? A) Rate of return on shareholders' equity. B) Times interest earned ratio. C) Gross margin. D) Debt to equity ratio. 116) Red Corp. has a rate of return on assets of 10% and a debt to equity ratio of 2 to 1. Not including any indirect effects on earnings, the immediate impact of retiring debt on these ratios is a(n):
a. b. c. d.
Return on Assets increase decrease increase decrease
Debt to Equity increase decrease decrease increase
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Yellow Corp. issues 10% bonds. Not including any indirect effects on earnings, the issuance will immediately decrease Yellow's:
a. b. c. d.
Return on Assets yes no yes no
Debt to Equity Ratio yes no no yes
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 118) The times interest earned ratio indicates: A) The margin of safety provided to creditors. B) The extent of "trading on the equity" or financial leverage. C) Profitability without regard to how resources are financed. D) The effectiveness of employing resources provided by owners. 119) The debt to equity ratio indicates: A) The margin of safety provided to creditors. B) The extent of "trading on the equity" or financial leverage. C) Profitability without regard to how resources are financed. D) The effectiveness of employing resources provided by owners. 120) The rate of return on assets indicates: A) The margin of safety provided to creditors. B) The extent of "trading on the equity" or financial leverage. C) Profitability without regard to how resources are financed. D) The effectiveness of employing resources provided by owners. 121) The rate of return on shareholders' equity indicates: A) The margin of safety provided to creditors. B) The extent of "trading on the equity" or financial leverage. C) Profitability without regard to how resources are financed. D) The effectiveness of employing resources provided by owners. 122) When bonds are retired prior to their maturity date: A) GAAP has been violated. B) The issuing company probably will report an ordinary gain or loss. C) The issuing company probably will report a gain. D) The issuing company will report a non-operating gain or loss.
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
123) On February 1, 2020, Pat Weaver Inc. (PWI) issued 10%, $1,000,000 bonds for $1,116,000. PWI retired all of these bonds on January 1, 2021, at 102. Unamortized bond premium on that date was $92,800. How much gain or loss should be recognized on this bond retirement? A) $0 gain. B) $111,800 gain. C) $72,800 gain. D) $96,000 gain. 124) MSG Corporation issued $100,000 of 3-year, 6% bonds outstanding on December 31, 2020 for $106,000. The bonds pay interest annually and MSG uses straight-line amortization. On May 1, 2021, $10,000 of the bonds were retired at 112. As a result of the retirement, MSG will report: A) a $600 loss. B) a $667 loss. C) a $1,200 loss. D) a $1,200 gain. 125) Nickel Inc. bought $100,000 of 3-year, 6% bonds as an investment on December 31, 2020 for $106,000. The investment receives interest annually and Nickel uses straight-line amortization. On May 1, 2021, the issuer retired $10,000 of the bonds at 110. As a result of the retirement, Nickel will report a: A) $467 gain. B) $467 loss. C) $1,000 gain. D) $5,000 loss. 126) On January 1, 2021, Tiny Tim Industries had outstanding $1,000,000 of 12% bonds with a book value of $966,130. The indenture specified a call price of $981,000. The bonds were issued previously at a price to yield 14% and interest payable semi-annually on July 1 and January 1. Tiny Tim called the bonds (retired them) on July 1, 2021. What is the amount of the loss on early extinguishment? A) $0. B) $6,932. C) $7,241. D) $7,629. 127) On March 1, 2021, E Corp. issued $1,000,000 of 10% nonconvertible bonds at 103, due on February 28, 2031. Each $1,000 bond was issued with 30 detachable stock warrants, each of which entitled the holder to purchase, for $50, one share of Evan's $25 par common stock. On March 1, 2021, the market price of each warrant was $4. By what amount should the bond issue proceeds increase shareholders' equity? A) $0. B) $30,000. C) $90,000. D) $120,000.
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) On June 30, 2021, K Co. had outstanding 9%, $10,000,000 face value bonds maturing on June 30, 2026. Interest is payable semiannually every June 30 and December 31. On June 30, 2021, after amortization was recorded for the period, the unamortized bond premium was $60,000. On that date, K acquired all its outstanding bonds on the open market at 98 and retired them. At June 30, 2021, what amount should K Co. recognize as gain on redemption of bonds before income taxes? A) $60,000. B) $160,000. C) $200,000. D) $260,000. 129) On January 1, 2016, F Corp. issued 2,000 of its 10%, $1,000 bonds for $2,080,000. These bonds were to mature on January 1, 2026, but were callable at 101 any time after December 31, 2019. Interest was payable semiannually on July 1 and January 1. On July 1, 2021, F called all of the bonds and retired them. The bond premium was amortized on a straight-line basis. Before income taxes, F Corp.'s gain or loss in 2021 on this early extinguishment of debt was: A) $16,000 gain. B) $20,000 loss. C) $24,000 gain. D) $60,000 gain. 130) On June 30, 2021, Blair Industries had outstanding $80 million of 8% convertible bonds that mature on June 30, 2022. Interest is payable each year on June 30 and December 31. The bonds are convertible into 6 million shares of $10 par common stock. At June 30, 2021, the unamortized balance in the discount on bonds payable account was $4 million. On June 30, 2021, half the bonds were converted when Blair's common stock had a market price of $30 per share. When recording the conversion, Blair should credit paid-in capital–excess of par: A) $6 million. B) $8 million. C) $10 million. D) $12 million. 131) On March 31, 2021, Ashley, Inc.'s bondholders exchanged their convertible bonds for common stock. The book value of these bonds on Ashley's books was less than the fair value but greater than the par value of the common stock issued. If Ashley used the book value method of accounting for the conversion, which of the following statements correctly states an effect of this conversion? A) Shareholders' equity is increased. B) Additional paid-in capital is decreased. C) Retained earnings is increased. D) A loss is recognized.
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) On March 1, 2021, Doll Co. issued 10-year convertible bonds at 106. During 2024, the bonds were converted into common stock when the market price of Doll's common stock was 500 percent above its par value. On March 1, 2021, cash proceeds from the issuance of the convertible bonds should be reported as: A) A liability for the entire proceeds. B) Paid-in capital for the entire proceeds. C) Paid-in capital for the portion of the proceeds attributable to the conversion feature and as a liability for the balance. D) A liability for the face amount of the bonds and paid-in capital for the premium over the par value. 133) When outstanding bonds are converted into common stock, under either the book value method or the market value method, the same amount would be debited to:
a. b. c. d.
Bonds Payable Yes No No Yes
Bond Premium Yes Yes No No
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 134) On January 1, 2021, Bell Co. issued $10 million of 10-year convertible bonds at 105. On January 1, 2026, the bonds were converted into common stock with a market value of $11 million. Upon conversion, Bell would recognize:
a. b. c. d.
Book value method no gain or loss no gain or loss loss loss
Market value method no gain or loss loss no gain or loss loss
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) On January 1, 2021, Ozark Minerals issued $10 million of 9%, 10-year convertible bonds at 101. The bonds pay interest on June 30 and December 31. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 40 shares of Ozark's no par common stock. Bonds that are similar in all respects, except that they are nonconvertible, currently are selling at 99. Upon issuance, Ozark should: A) Debit discount on bonds payable $100,000. B) Credit premium on bonds payable $100,000. C) Credit equity $100,000. D) Credit bonds payable $10,100,000. 136) Patrick Rach International issued 5% bonds convertible into shares of the company's common stock. Rach applies U.S. GAAP. Upon issuance, Patrick Rach International should record: A) The proceeds of the bond issue as part debt and part equity. B) The proceeds of the bond issue entirely as debt. C) The proceeds of the bond issue entirely as equity. D) The proceeds of the bond issue entirely as debt if the bonds are mandatorily redeemable. 137) Harrell's Barrels issued $100 million of 6% convertible bonds at 101. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 45 shares of Harrell's no par common stock. Bonds that are similar in all respects, except that they are nonconvertible, currently are selling at 98. Harrell applies U.S. GAAP. Recording the issuance of the bonds would cause an increase in Harrell's: A) shareholders' equity of $1,000,000. B) shareholders' equity of $3,000,000. C) assets of $98,000,000. D) liabilities of $101,000,000. 138) On March 1, 2021, Doll Co. issued 10-year convertible bonds at 106. During 2024, the bonds were converted into common stock when the market price of Doll's common stock was 500 percent above its par value. Doll prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). On March 1, 2021, cash proceeds from the issuance of the convertible bonds should be reported as: A) A liability for the entire proceeds. B) Paid-in capital for the entire proceeds. C) Paid-in capital for the portion of the proceeds attributable to the conversion feature and as a liability for the balance. D) A liability for the face amount of the bonds and paid-in capital for the premium over the par value.
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
139) On January 1, 2021, Ozark Minerals issued $20 million of 9%, 10-year convertible bonds at 101. The bonds pay interest on June 30 and December 31. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 40 shares of Ozark's no par common stock. Bonds that are similar in all respects, except that they are nonconvertible, currently are selling at 99. Ozark applies International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Upon issuance, Ozark should: A) Credit bonds payable $19,800,000. B) Credit premium on bonds payable $200,000. C) Credit equity $200,000. D) Credit bonds payable $20,200,000. 140) Patrick Rach International issued 5% bonds convertible into shares of the company's common stock. Rach applies International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Upon issuance, Patrick Rach International should record: A) The proceeds of the bond issue as part debt and part equity. B) The proceeds of the bond issue entirely as debt. C) The proceeds of the bond issue entirely as equity. D) The proceeds of the bond issue entirely as debt if the bonds are mandatorily redeemable. 141) Harrell's Barrels issued $100 million of 6% convertible bonds at 101. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 45 shares of Harrell's no par common stock. Bonds that are similar in all respects, except that they are nonconvertible, currently are selling at 98. Harrell applies International Financial Reporting Standards. Recording the issuance of the bonds would cause an increase in Harrell's: A) shareholders' equity of $1,000,000. B) shareholders' equity of $3,000,000. C) assets of $98,000,000. D) liabilities of $101,000,000. 142) When bonds include detachable warrants, what is the appropriate accounting for the cash proceeds from the bond issue? A) The proceeds from the bond issue are allocated between the bonds and the warrants on the basis of their relative market values. B) The proceeds from the bond issue are allocated between the bonds and the warrants on the basis of their relative face values. C) A nominal amount is allocated to the warrants. D) All of the proceeds are allocated to the bonds.
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) On April 1, 2021, Austere Corporation issued $300,000 of 10% bonds at 105. Each $1,000 bond was sold with 25 detachable stock warrants, each permitting the investor to purchase one share of common stock for $17. On that date, the market value of the common stock was $15 per share and the market value of each warrant was $2. Austere should record what amount of the proceeds from the bond issue as an increase in liabilities? A) $285,000. B) $300,000. C) $315,000. D) $0. 144) Crawford Inc. has bonds outstanding during a year in which the general (risk-free) rate of interest has risen. Crawford elected the fair value option for the bonds upon issuance. What will the company report for the bonds in its income statement for the year? A) Interest expense and a gain. B) Interest expense and a loss. C) A gain and no interest expense. D) Interest expense and no gain or loss. 145) Pierce Company issued 11% bonds, dated January 1, with a face amount of $800,000 on January 1, 2021. The bonds sold for $739,816 and mature in 2040 (20 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity the market yield was 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Pierce determines interest at the effective rate and elected the option to report these bonds at their fair value. On December 31, 2021, the fair value of the bonds was $730,000. The entire change in fair value was due to a change in the general (risk-free) rate of interest. Pierce's net income for the year will include: A) An unrealized gain from change in the fair value of debt of $10,617. B) An unrealized loss from change in the fair value of debt of $10,617. C) A gain from change in the fair value of debt of $10,204. D) A loss from change in the fair value of debt of $10,204. 146) Markel Inc. has bonds outstanding during a year in which the general (risk-free) rate of interest has not changed. Markel elected the fair value option for the bonds upon issuance. What will the company report for the bonds in its income statement for the year? A) Interest expense and a gain. B) Interest expense and a loss. C) A gain and no interest expense. D) Interest expense and no gain or loss.
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
147) Rick's Pawn Shop issued 11% bonds, dated January 1, with a face amount of $400,000 on January 1, 2022. The bonds sold for $370,000. For bonds of similar risk and maturity the market yield was 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Rick's determines interest at the effective rate and elected the option to report these bonds at their fair value. On December 31, 2022, the fair value of the bonds was $365,000, with $2,000 of the change due to a change in general interest rates. Rick's statement of comprehensive income will include: A) An unrealized gain from change in the fair value of debt of $5,412. B) An unrealized loss from change in the fair value of debt of $3,412. C) An unrealized gain from change in the fair value of debt of $2,000. D) An unrealized gain from change in the fair value of debt of $3,412. 148) On January 31, 2021, B Corp. issued $600,000 face value, 12% bonds for $600,000 cash. The bonds are dated December 31, 2020, and mature on December 31, 2030. Interest will be paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. For how many months will there be interest expense for the year ended September, 30, 2021? A) 6 months. B) 8 months. C) 9 months. D) 12 months. 149) When the interest payment dates are March 1 and September 1, and the bonds are issued on July 1, the amount of interest expense reported in the December 31 income statement for the year of issue would be for: A) Six months. B) Four months. C) 10 months. D) 12 months. 150) Bonds are issued on June 1, 2021 that have interest payment dates of April 1 and October 1. Bond interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2021, is for a period of: A) Three months. B) Four months. C) Six months. D) Seven months. 151) When a company issues bonds between interest dates, the entry to record the issuance of the bonds will: A) Include a credit to interest payable. B) Include a debit to interest expense. C) Include a debit to cash that has been reduced by interest accrued from the last interest date. D) Include a debit to cash that has been increased by interest that will accrue from sale to the next interest date.
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
152) TMC issued $50 million of its 12% bonds on April 1, 2021 at 96, reflecting a market rate of interest of 14%, plus accrued interest. The bonds are dated January 1, 2021, and mature on December 31, 2040. Interest is payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31. What amount did TMC receive from the bond issuance? (Round your final answer to 2 decimal places.) A) $51.75 million. B) $50.5 million. C) $49.5 million. D) $49.0 million. 153) On September 1, 2021, Sam's Shoe Co. issued $350,000 of 8% bonds. The bonds pay interest semiannually on January 1 and July 1 of each year. The bonds were sold at the face amount. How much cash did Sam's receive upon sale of the bonds? A) $378,000. B) $364,000. C) $354,667. D) $350,000. 154) When a company issues bonds between interest dates the entry to record the issuance of the bonds will: A) Include a debit to cash that has been reduced by accrued interest from the last interest date. B) Include a credit to interest payable. C) Include a debit to interest expense. D) Be unaffected by the timing of issue. 155) Brown Co. issued $100 million of its 11% bonds on April 1, 2021 at 90 ($90 million) plus accrued interest. The bonds are dated January 1, 2021 and have an effective interest rate of 12%. Interest is payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31. What amount did Brown receive from the bond issuance? (Round your final answer to 2 decimal places.) A) $89.25 million. B) $92.25 million. C) $92.75 million. D) $93.0 million. 156) On September 1, 2021, Blue Co., issued $1,600,000 of its 10% bonds at 98 plus accrued interest. The bonds are dated June 1, 2021 and have an effective interest rate of 11%. Interest is payable semiannually on June 1 and December 1. At the time of issuance, Blue would receive cash of: A) $1,640,000. B) $1,608,000. C) $1,607,200. D) $1,568,000.
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
157) On September 1, 2021, Red Co., issued $48 million of its 10% bonds at face value. The bonds are dated June 1, 2021, and mature on May 30, 2031. Interest is payable semiannually on June 1 and December 1. At the time of issuance, Red would receive cash proceeds that would include accrued interest of: A) Zero. B) $600,000. C) $1,200,000. D) $4,800,000. 158) During 2021, Marquis Company was encountering financial difficulties and seemed likely to default on a $300,000, 10%, four-year note dated January 1, 2019, payable to Third Bank. Interest was last paid on December 31, 2020. On December 31, 2021, Third Bank accepted $250,000 in settlement of the note. Ignoring income taxes, what amount should Marquis report as a gain from the debt restructuring in its 2021 income statement? A) $20,000. B) $50,000. C) $80,000. D) $0. 159) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Interest expense 2. Mortgage bond 3. Bond indenture 4. Sinking fund 5. Implicit rate of interest
PHRASE NUMBER Used when the rate is not stated or is materially ____ different from the market rate. Used by a trustee to repurchase bonds in the open ____ market. Conceptually equal to effective rate times ____ balance. Secured by real property. ____ Promises made to bondholders. ____
160) Listed below are 4 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Loss on extinguishment 2. Call feature 3. Fair value option 4. Stock warrant
PHRASE NUMBER Protects the debt issuer if rates fall. ____ The amount by which the reacquisition price of ____ debt exceeds book value. Gain or loss reported in the income statement. ____ Right of an investor to purchase a specific ____ number shares at a fixed price.
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
161) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Times interest earned ratio 2. Debenture bonds 3. Debt to equity ratio 4. Coupon bonds 5. Convertible bonds
PHRASE No specific assets pledged. Name of owner not registered. Measures default risk. Measures ability to service debt. May become stock.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
162) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Premium on bonds 2. Discount on bonds 3. Serial bonds 4. Installment notes 5. Debt issue costs
PHRASE Market rate less than stated rate. Market rate higher than stated rate. No maturity payment. Legal, accounting, printing. Many separate maturity dates.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
163) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Induced conversion 2. Book value method 3. Warrants 4. Zero-coupon bonds 5. Straight-line method
PHRASE Requires(s) no cash outflow before maturity. Often traded separately from associated bonds. A practical expediency when not misleading. Additional consideration is recorded as an expense. No gain or loss recorded when convertible bond option is exercised.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
164) Listed below are several terms and phrases associated with long-term debt. Pair each item from List A (by letter) with the item from List B that is most appropriately associated with it.
____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
List A Materiality concept Convertible bonds Present value of interest plus present value of principal Call feature Debt issue costs Market rate higher than stated rate Coupon bonds Promises made to bondholders Stated rate higher than market rate Face amount times stated rate Registered bonds Debenture bond Mortgage bond Balance times effective rate Subordinated debenture
A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. O.
List B Bond price Discount Liquidation payments after other claims satisfied Name of owner not registered Premium Checks are mailed directly No specific assets pledged Bond indenture Backed by a lien Interest expense May become stock Legal, accounting, printing Protection against falling rates Periodic cash payments Straight-line method
165) On May 1, 2021, Joe purchased $200,000 in zero-coupon bonds that mature on May 1, 2041. The bonds pay no interest during the period of time they are outstanding. The interest rate for such borrowings is at 9%. Interest compounds annually. Required: Calculate the price Joe paid for the bonds. 166) On February 1, 2021, Nell purchased $600,000 in zero-coupon bonds that mature on February 1, 2041. The bonds pay no interest during the period of time they are outstanding. The interest rate for such borrowings is at 12%. Required: Calculate the price Nell paid for the bonds. 167) On January 1, 2021, Morton Sales Co. issued zero-coupon bonds with a face value of $6 million for cash. The bonds mature in 10 years and were issued at a price of $3,050,100. Required: How much interest will Morton Sales Co. pay on these bonds in 2021? 168) On January 1, 2021, Morton Sales Co. issued zero-coupon bonds with a face value of $6 million for cash. The bonds mature in 10 years and were issued at a price of $3,050,100. Required: What was the annual effective interest rate in the market when the bonds were issued?
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
169) On January 1, 2021, Morton Sales Co. issued zero-coupon bonds with a face value of $6 million for cash. The bonds mature in 10 years and were issued at a price of $3,050,100. Required: What amount of interest expense on these bonds would Morton Sales Co. report in its 2021 income statement? 170) On January 1, 2021, Morton Sales Co. issued zero-coupon bonds with a face value of $6 million for cash. The bonds mature in 10 years and were issued at a price of $3,050,100. Required: What will Morton Sales Co. report on these bonds in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet? 171) On January 1, 2021, Morton Sales Co. issued zero-coupon bonds with a face value of $6 million for cash. The bonds mature in 10 years and were issued at a price of $3,050,100. Required: What total interest expense will Morton Sales Co. report over the 10-year life of these bonds? 172) Determine the price of a $200,000 bond issue under each of the following independent assumptions:
1. 2. 3.
Maturity 10 years 10 years 20 years
Interest Paid annually semiannually semiannually
Stated Rate 10% 10% 12%
Effective Rate 12% 12% 12%
173) Determine the price of a $500,000 bond issue under each of the following independent assumptions:
1. 2. 3.
Maturity 10 years 10 years 20 years
Interest Paid annually semiannually semiannually
Stated Rate 10% 10% 12%
Effective Rate 12% 12% 10%
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
174) On January 1, 2021, Bishop Company issued 10% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. The bonds mature in 2030 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond issuance by Bishop on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the effective interest method. 4. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the effective interest method. 175) On January 1, 2021, Mania Enterprises issued 12% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. The bonds mature in 2030 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 10%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond issuance by Mania on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the effective interest method. 4. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the effective interest method. 176) On January 1, 2021, Shirley Corporation purchased 10% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $10 million. The bonds mature in 2030 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond purchase by Shirley on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the effective interest method. 4. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the effective interest method.
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
177) On January 1, 2021, Rare Bird Ltd. purchased 12% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. The bonds mature in 2030 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 10%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond purchase by Rare Bird on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the effective interest method. 4. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the effective interest method. 178) On January 1, 2021, Cool Universe issued 10% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. The bonds mature in 2030 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond issuance by Cool on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the straight-line method. 4. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the straight-line method. 179) On January 1, 2021, Boomer Universal issued 12% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $200 million. The bonds mature in 2030 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 10%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond issuance by Boomer on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the straight-line method. 4. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the straight-line method. 180) On January 1, 2021, Club Company purchased 10% bonds, dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. The bonds mature in 2030 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond purchase by Club on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the straight-line method. 4. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the straight-line method.
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
181) On January 1, 2021, for $18 million, Monument Company purchased 10 year, 10% bonds, dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the straight-line method. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the straight-line method. 182) On January 1, 2021, for $18 million, Cenotaph Company purchased 10% bonds, dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the effective interest method. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the effective interest method. 183) On January 1, 2021, for $18 million, Marker Company issued 10% bonds, dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the effective interest method. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the effective interest method. 184) On January 1, 2021, Shark Company sold $800,000 of 10% ten-year bonds. Interest is payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31. The bonds were sold for $708,000, priced to yield 12%. Shark records interest at the effective rate. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the effective interest method. 185) On July 1, 2021, Flay Foods issued $100 million of its 8%, bonds for $92 million. The bonds were priced to yield 10%. The bonds are dated July 1, 2021. Interest is payable semiannually on December 31 and June 30. Flay records interest at the effective rate. Flay records interest at the effective rate. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021 (the first interest payment). 2. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2022 (the second interest payment).
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
186) On January 1, 2021, Field Company purchased 12% bonds, dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. The bonds mature in 2030 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 10%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond purchase by Field on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the straight-line method. 4. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the straight-line method. 187) On February 1, 2021, Lagune & Sons issued 9% bonds dated February 1, 2021, with a face amount of $200,000. The bonds sold for $182,841 and mature in 20 years. The effective interest rate for these bonds was 10%. Interest is paid semiannually on July 31 and January 31. Lagune's fiscal year is the calendar year. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond issuance on February 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the entry to record interest on July 31, 2021, using the effective interest method. 3. Prepare the necessary journal entry on December 31, 2021. 4. Prepare the necessary journal entry on January 31, 2022. 188) On February 1, 2021, Sanford & Son issued 10% bonds dated February 1, 2021, with a face amount of $200,000. The bonds sold for $239,588 and mature in 20 years. The effective interest rate for these bonds was 8%. Interest is paid semiannually on July 31 and January 31. Sanford & Son's fiscal year is the calendar year. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond issuance on February 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the entry to record interest on July 31, 2021, using the straight-line method 3. Prepare the necessary journal entry on December 31, 2021. 4. Prepare the necessary journal entry on January 31, 2022. 189) On February 1, 2021, Fox Corporation issued 9% bonds dated February 1, 2021, with a face amount of $200,000. The bonds sold for $182,841 and mature in 20 years. The effective interest rate for these bonds was 10%. Interest is paid semiannually on July 31 and January 31. Fox's fiscal year is the calendar year. Fox uses the straight-line method of amortization. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond issuance on February 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the entry to record interest on July 31, 2021. 3. Prepare the necessary journal entry on December 31, 2021. 4. Prepare the necessary journal entry on January 31, 2022.
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
190) On February 1, 2021, Wolf Inc. issued 10% bonds dated February 1, 2021, with a face amount of $200,000. The bonds sold for $239,588 and mature in 20 years. The effective interest rate for these bonds was 8%. Interest is paid semiannually on July 31 and January 31. Wolf's fiscal year is the calendar year. Wolf uses the effective interest method of amortization. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond issuance on February 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the entry to record interest on July 31, 2021. 3. Prepare the necessary journal entry on December 31, 2021. 4. Prepare the necessary journal entry on January 31, 2022. 191) Miranda Company contracted with Stewart Corporation to construct custom-made equipment. The equipment was completed and ready for use on January 1, 2021. Miranda paid for the machine by issuing a $200,000, three-year note that bears interest at the rate of 4%, payable annually on December 31 each year. Since the machine was custom-built, the cash price was unknown. However, when compared to similar contracts, 10% was deemed to be a reasonable rate of interest. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry by Miranda to record the purchase of equipment. 2. Prepare journal entries to record interest for each of the first two years. 192) On January 1, 2021, CPS Co. borrowed $340,000 cash from iLend and issued a five-year, $340,000, 4% note. Interest was payable annually on December 31. Required: Prepare the journal entries for both firms to record interest at December 31, 2021. 193) Holly Springs, Inc. contracted with Coldwater Corporation to have constructed a custom-made lathe. The machine was completed and ready for use on January 1, 2021. Holly Springs paid for the lathe by issuing a $300,000 note due in three years. Interest, specified at 2%, was payable annually on December 31 of each year. The cash market price of the lathe was unknown. It was determined by comparison with similar transactions for which 6% was a reasonable rate of interest. Required: (1.) Prepare the journal entry on January 1, 2021, for Holly Springs' purchase of the lathe. (2.) Prepare an amortization schedule for the three-year term of the note. (3.) Prepare the journal entries to record (a) interest for each of the three years and (b) payment of the note at maturity.
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
194) Holly Springs, Inc. contracted with Coldwater Corporation to have constructed a custom-made lathe. The machine was completed and ready for use on January 1, 2021. Holly Springs paid for the lathe by issuing a $300,000 note due in three years. Interest, specified at 2%, was payable annually on December 31 of each year. The cash market price of the lathe was unknown. It was determined by comparison with similar transactions for which 6% was a reasonable rate of interest. Required: (1.) Prepare the journal entry on January 1, 2021, for Coldwater Corporation's sale of the lathe. (2.) Prepare an amortization schedule for the three-year term of the note. (3.) Prepare the journal entries to record (a) interest for each of the three years and (b) receipt of payment of the note at maturity. 195) Pockets lent $20,000 to Lego Construction on January 1, 2021. Lego signed a three-year, 5% installment note to be paid in three equal payments at the end of each year. Required: (1.) Prepare the journal entry on January 1, 2021, for Pockets' lending the funds. (2.) Calculate the amount of one installment payment. (3.) Prepare an amortization schedule for the three-year term of the installment note. (4.) Prepare Pockets' journal entry for the first installment payment on December 31, 2021. (5.) Prepare Pockets' journal entry for the third installment payment on December 31, 2023. 196) Little Company borrowed $48,000 from Sockets on January 1, 2021, and signed a three-year, 6% installment note to be paid in three equal payments at the end of each year. The present value of an ordinary annuity of $1 for 3 periods at 6% is 2.67301. Required: (1.) Prepare the journal entry on January 1, 2021, for Sockets' lending the funds. (2.) Calculate the amount of one installment payment. (3.) Prepare an amortization schedule for the three-year term of the installment note. (4.) Prepare the journal entry for Sockets' first installment payment received on December 31, 2021. (5.) Prepare the journal entry for Sockets' third installment payment received on December 31, 2023. 197) DCL Industries purchased a supply of mechanical components from E Corporation on November 1, 2021. In payment for the $48,000 purchase, DCL issued a one-year installment note to be paid in equal monthly payments at the end of each month. The payments include interest at the rate of 12%. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry for DCL's purchase of the components on November 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry for the first installment payment on November 30, 2021. 3. What is the amount of interest expense that DCL will report in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021? 47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Health Foods, Inc. disclosed the following information about some of its indebtedness: The fair value of convertible subordinated debentures is estimated using quoted market prices. Book amounts and estimated fair values of our financial instruments other than those for which book amounts approximate fair values as noted above are as follows (in thousands) 2021
Convertible subordinated debentures
Book Amount $ 158,791
2020 Estimated Fair Value $295,923
Book Amount $151,449
Estimated Fair Value $200,396
In addition, the company disclosed the following: We have outstanding zero coupon convertible subordinated debentures which had a book amount of approximately $158.8 million and $151.4 million at September 26, 2021, and September 28, 2020, respectively. The debentures have an effective yield to maturity of 5 percent and a principal amount at maturity on March 2, 2035, of approximately $308.8 million. The debentures are convertible at the option of the holder, at any time on or prior to maturity, unless previously redeemed or otherwise purchased. The debentures have a conversion rate of 10.64 shares per $1,000 principal amount at maturity, representing 3,285,632 shares. The debentures may be redeemed at the option of the holder on March 2, 2025, or March 2, 2030, at the issue price plus accrued original discount totaling approximately $188 million and $241 million, respectively. 198) Required: Explain why the estimated fair value of the debentures exceeds their book amount at the end of fiscal year 2021. 199) Required: Why did the book amount of the debentures increase during fiscal year 2021? 200) Required: What amount of interest expense will Health Foods accrue on the debentures during fiscal year 2022? 201) Required: Determine the gain or loss that Health Foods would have reported in its 2021 income statement if it had redeemed (and retired) the debentures at fair value at the end of the fiscal year. 202) Required: Suppose that half of the bondholders had converted them into Health Foods' stock at the end of the 2021 fiscal year when the stock price is $90 per share. What gain or loss from this conversion would Health Foods have recorded on the transaction using the book value method? The market value method?
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
203) On August 1, 2022, United Corporation issued $10 million of 8% convertible bonds at 105. The bonds mature in 20 years. Each $1,000 bond was issued with 20 detachable stock warrants, each of which entitled the bondholder to purchase, for $50, one share of United $5 par common stock. World Company purchased 10% of the bond issue. On August 1, 2022, the market value per share for United stock was $56 and the market value of each warrant was $6. In March 2028, when United common stock had a market price of $70 per share and the unamortized premium balance was $300,000, World exercised the warrants it held. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entries on August 1, 2022, to record (A) the issuance of the bonds by United and (B) the investment by World. 2. Prepare the journal entries for both companies in March 2028 to record the exercise of the warrants. 204) On January 1, 2020, Slug Corporation issued $6 million of 8%, 10-year convertible bonds at 102. The bonds pay interest on June 30 and December 31. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 40 shares of $1 par common stock. Fuzz Company purchased 20% of the issue as an investment. On July 1, 2024, Fuzz converted all of its bonds into common stock of Slug. The market price per share for Slug was $32 at the time of the conversion. Both companies use the straight-line method for amortization. Required: 1. Prepare journal entries for the issuance of the bonds on the issuer and the investor books. 2. Prepare the journal entries for the conversion on the books of the issuer and the investor. 205) The December 31, 2020, balance sheet of Ming Inc. included 12% bonds with a face amount of $100 million. The bonds were issued in 2008 and had a remaining discount of $3,400,000 at December 31, 2020. On January 1, 2021, Ming called the bonds at a price of 102. Required: Prepare the journal entry by Ming to record the retirement of the bonds on January 1, 2021. 206) On January 1, 2021, Whittington Stoves issued $800 million of its 8% bonds for $736 million. The bonds were priced to yield 10%. Interest is payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Whittington records interest at the effective rate and elected the option to report these bonds at their fair value. One million dollars of the increase in fair value was due to a change in the general (risk-free) rate of interest. On December 31, 2021, the fair value of the bonds was $752 million as determined by their market value on the NYSE. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021 (the first interest payment). 2. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021 (the second interest payment). 3. Prepare the journal entry to adjust the bonds to their fair value for presentation in the December 31, 2021, balance sheet. 49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
207) On January 1, 2021, BBX issued $400,000 of its 8% bonds for $368,000. The bonds were priced to yield 10%. Interest is payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31. BBX records interest at the effective rate and elected the option to report these bonds at their fair value. On December 31, 2021, the fair value of the bonds was $370,000 as determined by their market value on the NYSE. $1,000 of the change in fair value was due to a change in the general (risk-free) rate of interest. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021 (the first interest payment). 2. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021 (the second interest payment). 3. Prepare the journal entry to adjust the bonds to their fair value for presentation in the December 31, 2021, balance sheet. 208) On January 1, 2021, Ouachita Airlines issued $400,000 of its 20-year, 8% bonds. The bonds were priced to yield 10%. Interest is payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Ouachita Airlines records interest at the effective rate and elected the option to report these bonds at their fair value. On December 31, 2021, the fair value of the bonds was $335,000 as determined by their fair value in the over-the-counter market. None of the change in fair value was due to a change in the general (risk-free) rate of interest. Required: 1. Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021, and prepare the journal entry to record their issuance. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021 (the first interest payment). 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021 (the second interest payment). 4. Prepare the journal entry to adjust the bonds to their fair value for presentation in the December 31, 2021, balance sheet. 209) On May 1, 2021, Green Corporation issued $1,000,000 of 9% bonds, dated January 1, 2021 for $910,000 plus accrued interest. The market rate of interest was 10%. The bonds pay interest semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Green's fiscal year ends on December 31 each year. Required: 1. Determine the amount of accrued interest that was included in the proceeds received from the bond sale. Show calculations. 2. Prepare the journal entry for the issuance of the bonds.
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
210) At January 1, 2021, ICN, Inc., was indebted to First Bank under a $480,000, 10% unsecured note. The note was signed January 1, 2017, and was due December 31, 2022. Annual interest was last paid on December 31, 2019. ICN was experiencing severe financial difficulties and negotiated a restructuring of the terms of the debt agreement. First Bank agreed to reduce last year's interest and the remaining two years' interest payments to $23,110 each and delay all payments until December 31, 2022, the maturity date. Required: Prepare the journal entries by ICN, Inc. necessitated by the restructuring of the debt at (A) January 1, 2021, (B) December 31, 2021, and (C) December 31, 2022. 211) At January 1, 2021, BB Industries, Inc., owed Second Bank $24 million, under a 10% note due December 31, 2022. Interest was paid last on December 31, 2019. BB was experiencing severe financial difficulties and asked Second Bank to modify the terms of the debt agreement. After negotiation Second Bank agreed to: • Forgive the interest accrued for the year just ended, • Reduce the remaining two years' interest payments to $2 million each and delay the first payment until December 31, 2022, and • Reduce the principal amount to $22 million. Required: Prepare the journal entries by BB Industries, Inc. necessitated by the restructuring of the debt at (A) January 1, 2021, (B) December 31, 2022, and (C) December 31, 2023. 212) At January 1, 2021, TD owed First Bank $300,000, under an 11% note with three years remaining to maturity. Due to financial difficulties, TD was unable to pay the previous year's interest. First Bank agreed to settle TD's debt in exchange for land having a fair value of $225,000. TD purchased the land in 2017 for $162,000. Required: Prepare the journal entry(s) to record the restructuring of the debt by TD.
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
213) On January 1, 2021, Fowl Products issued $80 million of 6%, 10-year convertible bonds at a net price of $81.6 million. Fowl recently issued similar, but nonconvertible, bonds at 99 (that is, 99% of face amount). The bonds pay interest on June 30 and December 31. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 30 shares of Fowl's no par common stock. Fowl records interest by the straight-line method. On June 1, 2023, Fowl notified bondholders of its intent to call the bonds at face value plus a 1% call premium on July 1, 2023. By June 30 all bondholders had chosen to convert their bonds into shares as of the interest payment date. On June 30, Fowl paid the semiannual interest and issued the requisite number of shares for the bonds being converted. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry for the issuance of the bonds by Fowl. 2. Prepare the journal entry for the June 30, 2021, interest payment. 3. Prepare the journal entries for the June 30, 2023, interest payment by Fowl and the conversion of the bonds (book value method). 214) Comet Products prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). On January 1, 2021, Comet Products issued $80 million of 6%, 10-year convertible bonds at a net price of $81.6 million. Comet recently issued similar, but nonconvertible, bonds at 99 (that is, 99% of face amount). The bonds pay interest on June 30 and December 31. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 30 shares of Comet's no par common stock. Comet records interest by the straight-line method. On June 1, 2023, Comet notified bondholders of its intent to call the bonds at face value plus a 1% call premium on July 1, 2023. By June 30 all bondholders had chosen to convert their bonds into shares as of the interest payment date. On June 30, Comet paid the semiannual interest and issued the requisite number of shares for the bonds being converted. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry for the issuance of the bonds by Comet. 2. Prepare the journal entry for the June 30, 2021, interest payment. 3. Prepare the journal entries for the June 30, 2023, interest payment by Comet and the conversion of the bonds (book value method). 215) On February 28, 2021, Pujols Industries issued 10% bonds, dated January 1, with a face amount of $48 million. The bonds were priced at $42 million (plus accrued interest) to yield 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Pujols' fiscal year ends October 31. Required: 1. What would be the amount(s) related to the bonds Pujols would report in its balance sheet at October 31, 2021? 2. What would be the amount(s) related to the bonds that Pujols would report in its income statement for the year ended October 31, 2021? 3 What would be the amount(s) related to the bonds that Pujols would report in its statement of cash flows for the year ended October 31, 2021?
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
216) Willie Winn Track Shoes acquired a machine from Betty Will Corporation. Betty Will completed construction of the machine on January 1, 2021. In payment for the $12 million machine, Willie Winn issued a 5-year installment note to be paid in five equal payments at the end of each year. The payments include interest at the rate of 10%. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry for Willie Winn's purchase of the machine on January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry for the first installment payment on December 31, 2021. 217) On January 1, 2021, Virginia Beach Industries issued $400,000 of 9%, 10-year convertible bonds at 101. The bonds pay interest on June 30 and December 31. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 30 shares of Beach's no par common stock. Bonds that are similar in all respects, except that they are nonconvertible, currently are selling at a price to yield a market (effective) rate of 10%. Beach prepares its financial statements using IFRS. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry for the issuance of the bonds by Beach. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021. (the first interest payment) assuming Beach records interest at the effective rate. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021. (the second interest payment). 4. If Beach follows U. S. GAAP, how would the bonds be recorded differently? Show the journal entry. 218) Distinguish between: (a) Secured and unsecured bonds. (b) Coupon and registered bonds. 219) Distinguish between: (a) Convertible and callable bonds. (b) Serial and term bonds. 220) What is meant by the "market rate" of interest, the "effective rate" of interest, and the "yield rate" of interest? 221) Why do companies find the issuance of convertible bonds to be an attractive form of financing? 222) How should bond issue costs be accounted for on the books of the issuing corporation? 223) A zero-coupon bond pays no interest. Explain. 224) How are bonds and notes the same? How do they differ?
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
225) A disclosure note in the annual financial statements of Macy's Inc. included the following: "Future maturities of long-term debt, other than capitalized leases and premium on acquired debt, are shown below:" For how many years subsequent to the current year must Macy's report these amounts? Name at least two other items that must be disclosed for a company's long-term debt. 226) In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Bare Sturns Group Inc. disclosed the following: On October 28, 2021, the Company issued $475,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9-1/4% Senior Notes Due 2026 ("Senior Notes") and $618,670,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of 10-1/4% Senior Discount Notes Due 2026 ("Senior Discount Notes" and collectively the "Notes") in a transaction not registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Gross proceeds from the offering amounted to $850,000,000. The discount on the Senior Discount Notes is being accreted under the effective interest method. Explain the last sentence of the disclosure to clarify what accounting was necessary and why. 227) List at least three ways that bonds may be taken off the market prior to maturity. 228) Tru Fashions has bonds outstanding during a year in which the market rate of interest has declined. If Tru has elected the fair value option for the bonds, will it report a gain or a loss on the bonds for the year? Explain. 229) Heidi Baby Products issued 8% bonds with a face amount of $320 million on January 1, 2021. The bonds sold for $300 million. For bonds of similar risk and maturity the market yield was 9%. Upon issuance, Heidi elected the option to report these bonds at their fair value. On June 30, 2021, the fair value of the bonds was $310 million as determined by their market value on the NASDAQ. Will Heidi report a gain or will it report a loss when adjusting the bonds to fair value? If the change in fair value is attributable to a change in the general (risk-free) interest rate, did the rate increase or decrease? If the change in fair value is attributable to a change in the general (risk-free) interest rate, is the gain or loss reported as part of net income? Explain. 230) How do U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) differ with respect to accounting for convertible debt?
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 14 Bonds and Long-Term Notes 1) The specific provisions of a bond issue are described in a document called a bond indenture. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Bond indenture Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 2) Periodic interest expense is the stated interest rate times the amount of debt outstanding during the period. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Determining interest and amortization Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3) The outstanding balance (book value) of zero-coupon bonds increases by the periodic amount of interest recognized. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Zero coupon bonds Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4) Bonds will sell for a premium when the market rate of interest exceeds their stated rate. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management / Keyboard Navigation 5) The initial selling price of bonds represents the sum of all the future cash outflows required by the obligation. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 6) Amortization of discount on bonds payable results in interest expense that is less than the actual cash outflow. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining interest and amortization Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
7) Premium on bonds payable is a contra liability account. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Bonds at issuance; Financial statement disclosures Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method.; 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 8) An implicit or imputed rate of interest must be used when long-term notes are issued at a stated rate of interest that is materially different from the market rate of interest. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term notes‒General concepts Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 9) The interest expense on an installment note decreases with each periodic payment. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Installment notes Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
10) Paid-in capital is increased when bonds payable are issued with detachable stock purchase warrants. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Bonds with detachable warrants Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 11) Companies are not required to, but have the option to, value some or all of their financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Option to report liabilities at fair value Learning Objective: 14-06 Understand the option to report liabilities at their fair values. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 12) If a company chooses the option to report its bonds at fair value, then it reports changes in fair value in its income statement unless the changes are attributable to changes in credit risk. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Option to report liabilities at fair value Learning Objective: 14-06 Understand the option to report liabilities at their fair values. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
13) The interest rate that is printed on the bond certificate is referred to as any of the following except: A) Stated rate. B) Contract rate. C) Nominal rate. D) Effective rate. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Determining interest and amortization Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation 14) Most corporate bonds are: A) Mortgage bonds. B) Debenture bonds. C) Secured bonds. D) Collateral bonds. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Bond indenture Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation 15) The method used to pay interest depends on whether the bonds are: A) Registered or coupon. B) Mortgaged or unmortgaged. C) Indentured or debentured. D) Callable or redeemable. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Bond indenture Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation 5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
16) The rate of interest that actually is incurred on a bond payable is called the: A) Face rate. B) Contract rate. C) Effective rate. D) Stated rate. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 17) An investor purchases a 20-year, $1,000 par value bond that pays semiannual interest of $40. If the semiannual market rate of interest is 5%, what is the current market value of the bond? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $828. B) $893. C) $1,000. D) $1,686. Answer: A Explanation: $40 × 17.15909* = $1,000 × 0.14205** =
$ 686 142 $ 828
*PVA of $1: n = 40; i = 5% **PV of $1: n = 40; i = 5% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
18) For a bond issue that sells for more than the bond face amount, the effective interest rate is: A) The rate printed on the face of the bond. B) The Wall Street Journal prime rate. C) More than the rate stated on the face of the bond. D) Less than the rate stated on the face of the bond. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds; Bonds at issuance Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation 19) Bonds usually sell at their: A) Maturity value. B) Face value. C) Present value. D) Statistical expected value. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation 20) Ordinarily, the proceeds from the sale of a bond issue will be equal to: A) The face amount of the bond. B) The total of the face amount plus all interest payments. C) The present value of the face amount plus the present value of the stream of interest payments. D) The face amount of the bond plus the present value of the stream of interest payments. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management / Keyboard Navigation 7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
21) The market price of a bond issued at a discount is the present value of its principal amount at the market (effective) rate of interest: A) Less the present value of all future interest payments at the rate of interest stated on the bond. B) Plus the present value of all future interest payments at the rate of interest stated on the bond. C) Plus the present value of all future interest payments at the market (effective) rate of interest. D) Less the present value of all future interest payments at the market (effective) rate of interest. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 22) Seaside issues a bond that has a stated interest rate of 10%, face amount of $50,000, and is due in 5 years. Interest payments are made semi-annually. The market rate for this type of bond is 12%. What is the issue price of the bond? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $83,920. B) $46,320. C) $53,605. D) $50,000. Answer: B Explanation: $2,500 × 7.36009* = $50,000 × 0.55839** =
$ 18,400 27,920 $ 46,320
* PV an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 10; i = 6% **PV of $1: n = 10; i = 6% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
23) Haste Enterprises issues 20-year, $1,000,000 bonds that pay semiannual interest of $40,000. If the effective annual rate of interest is 10%, what is the issue price of the bonds? Some relevant and irrelevant present value factors: * PV of ordinary annuity of $1: n = 20; i = 10% is 8.51356 **PV of $1: n = 20; i = 10% is 0.14864 * PV of ordinary annuity of $1: n = 40; i = 5% is 17.15909 **PV of $1: n = 40; i = 5% is 0.14205 A) $828,000. B) $893,000. C) $1,000,000. D) $1,686,000. Answer: A Explanation: $40,000 × 17.15909* = $1,000,000 × 0.14205** =
$ 686,000 142,000 $ 828,000
* PV of ordinary annuity of $1: n = 40; i = 5% **PV of $1: n = 40; i = 5% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
24) On January 1, 2021, Anne Teak Furniture issued $100,000 of 8% bonds, dated January 1. Interest is payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31. The bonds mature in 10 years. The annual market rate for bonds of similar risk and maturity is 10%. What was the issue price of the bonds? (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $85,666. B) $86,711. C) $87,538. D) $87,711. Answer: C Explanation: $4,000¥ × 12.46221* = $100,000 × 0.37689** =
$ 49,849 37,689 $ 87,538
Semiannual: 8%/2 = 4%. 10%/2 = 5% ¥ 4% × $100,000 = $4,000. * PV of ordinary annuity of $1: n = 20; i = 5% **PV of $1: n = 20; i = 5% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
25) Kelly Industries issued 11% bonds, dated January 1, with a face value of $100,000 on January 1, 2021. The bonds mature in 2031 (10 years). Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. For bonds of similar risk and maturity the market yield is 12%. What was the issue price of the bonds? FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $62,256. B) $63,273. C) $94,265. D) $94,349. Answer: C Explanation: Semiannual: 11%/2 = 5.5%. 12%/2 = 6%. $5,500¥ × 11.46992* = $100,000 × 0.31180** =
$ 63,085 31,180 $ 94,265
¥ 5.5% × $100,000 = $5,500.
* PV of ordinary annuity of $1: n = 20; i = 6% **PV of $1: n = 20; i = 6% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
26) Scottie Adams Bird Supplies issued 10% bonds, dated January 1, with a face amount of $240,000 on January 1, 2021. The bonds mature in 2031 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. What is the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021? Some relevant and irrelevant present value factors: * PV of annuity due of $1: n = 20; i = 6% is 12.15812 * PV of ordinary annuity of $1: n = 20; i = 6% is 11.46992 **PV of $1: n = 20; i = 6% is 0.31180 A) $212,471. B) $229,729. C) $350,110. D) $366,626. Answer: A Explanation: Semiannual: 10%/2 = 5%. 12%/2 = 6%. $12,000¥ × 11.46992* = $240,000 × 0.31180** =
$ 137,639 74,832 $ 212,471
¥ 5% × $240,000
* PV of ordinary annuity of $1: n = 20; i = 6% **PV of $1: n = 20; i = 6% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
27) Ocean Adventures issues bonds due in 10 years with a stated interest rate of 6% and a face value of $500,000. Interest payments are made semi-annually. The market rate for this type of bond is 7%. Using a financial calculator or Excel, calculate the issue price of the bonds. A) $537,194. B) $464,469. C) $359,528. D) $500,000. Answer: B Explanation: FV ($500,000); PMT ($15,000); I (3.5%); N (20 periods) = PV ($464,469). PMT = $500,000 × 6% × 1/2 year = $15,000. I = 7%/2 semiannual periods = 3.5%. N = 10 years × 2 periods each year = 20 periods. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation 28) Ocean Adventures issues bonds due in 10 years with a stated interest rate of 6% and a face value of $500,000. Interest payments are made semi-annually. The market rate for this type of bond is 5%. Using a financial calculator or Excel, what is the issue price of the bonds? A) $537,194. B) $464,469. C) $538,973. D) $500,000. Answer: C Explanation: FV ($500,000); PMT ($15,000); I (2.5%); N (20 periods) = PV ($538,973). PMT = $500,000 × 6% × 1/2 year = $15,000. I = 5% ÷ 2 semiannual periods = 2.5%. N = 10 years × 2 periods each year = 20 periods. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
29) Mountain Excursions issues bonds due in 10 years with a stated interest rate of 7% and a face value of $200,000. Interest payments are made semi-annually. The market rate for this type of bond is 8%. Using a financial calculator or Excel, calculate the issue price of the bonds. A) $139,609. B) $186,410. C) $214,877. D) $200,000. Answer: B Explanation: FV ($200,000); PMT ($7,000); I (4%); N (20 periods) = PV ($186,410). PMT = $200,000 × 7% × 1/2 year = $7,000. I = 8% ÷ 2 semiannual periods = 4%. N = 10 years × 2 periods each year = 20 periods. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation 30) Hillside Excursions issues bonds due in 10 years with a stated interest rate of 7% and a face value of $200,000. Interest payments are made semi-annually. The market rate for this type of bond is 6%. Using a financial calculator or Excel, calculate the issue price of the bonds. A) $163,200. B) $186,410. C) $214,877. D) $200,000. Answer: C Explanation: FV ($200,000); PMT ($7,000); I (3%); N (20 periods) = PV ($214,877). PMT = $200,000 × 7% × 1/2 year = $7,000. I = 6% ÷ 2 semiannual periods = 3%. N = 10 years × 2 periods each year = 20 periods. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
31) Air Destinations issues bonds due in 10 years with a stated interest rate of 6% and a face value of $500,000. Interest payments are made semi-annually. The market rate for this type of bond is 7%. Using present value tables, calculate the issue price of the bonds. (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $537,194. B) $464,471. C) $359,528. D) $500,000. Answer: B Explanation: $500,000 × 0.50257* = $15,000¥ × 14.21240** =
$ 251,285 213,186 $ 464,471
¥$500,000 × 6% × 1/2 year = $15,000
*PV of $1, i = 3.5%, n = 20 **PVA of $1, i = 3.5%, n = 20 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
32) Roman Destinations issues bonds due in 10 years with a stated interest rate of 6% and a face value of $500,000. Interest payments are made semi-annually. The market rate for this type of bond is 5%. Using present value tables, calculate the issue price of the bonds. (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $537,194. B) $464,469. C) $538,972. D) $500,000. Answer: C Explanation: $500,000 × 0.61027* = $15,000¥ × 15.58916** =
$ 305,135 233,837 $ 538,972
¥$500,000 × 6% × 1/2 year = $15,000
*PV of $1, i = 2.5%, n = 20 **PVA of $1, i = 2.5%, n = 20 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
33) Sand Explorers issues bonds due in 10 years with a stated interest rate of 7% and a face value of $200,000. Interest payments are made semi-annually. The market rate for this type of bond is 8%. Using present value tables, calculate the issue price of the bonds. (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $139,609. B) $186,410. C) $214,877. D) $200,000. Answer: B Explanation: $200,000 × 0.45639* = $7,000¥ × 13.59033** =
$
91,278 95,132 $ 186,410
¥$200,000 × 7% × 1/2 year = $7,000
*PV of $1, i = 4%, n = 20 **PVA of $1, i = 4%, n = 20 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
34) Mind Explorers issues bonds with a stated interest rate of 7%, face value of $200,000, and due in 10 years. Interest payments are made semi-annually. The market rate for this type of bond is 6%. Using present value tables, calculate the issue price of the bonds. (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $163,200. B) $186,410. C) $214,878. D) $200,000. Answer: C Explanation: $200,000 × 0.55368* = $7,000¥ × 14.87747** =
$ 110,736 104,142 $ 214,878
¥$200,000 × 7% × 1/2 year = $7,000
*PV of $1, i = 3%, n = 20 **PVA of $1, i = 3%, n = 20 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 35) Interest expense is: A) The effective interest rate times the amount of the debt outstanding during the interest period. B) The stated interest rate times the amount of the debt outstanding during the interest period. C) The effective interest rate times the face amount of the debt. D) The stated interest rate times the face amount of the debt. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Determining interest and amortization Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
36) Straight-line amortization of bond discount or premium: A) Can be used for amortization of discount or premium in all cases and circumstances. B) Provides the same amount of interest expense each period as does the effective interest method. C) Is appropriate for deep discount bonds. D) Provides the same total amount of interest expense over the life of the bond issue as does the effective interest method. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Determining interest and amortization Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 37) An amortization schedule for bonds issued at a premium: A) Summarizes the amortization of the premium, a contra-asset account with a credit balance. B) Is reported in the balance sheet. C) Is a schedule that reflects the changes in the debt over its term to maturity. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Determining interest and amortization Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
38) When bonds are sold at their face amount (no discount, no premium) and the effective interest method is used, at each interest payment date, the interest expense: A) Increases. B) Decreases. C) Remains the same. D) Is equal to the change in outstanding balance (book value). Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining interest and amortization Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 39) Lopez Plastics Co. (LPC) issued callable bonds on January 1, 2021. LPC's accountant has projected the following amortization schedule from issuance until maturity:
Date 1/1/2021 6/30/2021 12/31/2021 6/30/2022 12/31/2022 6/30/2023 12/31/2023 6/30/2024 12/31/2024
Cash interest
Effective interest
Decrease in balance
$ 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000
$ 6,211 6,187 6,163 6,137 6,112 6,085 6,057 6,029
$ 789 813 837 863 888 915 943 971
Outstanding balance $ 207,020 206,230 205,417 204,580 203,717 202,829 201,913 200,971 200,000
LPC issued the bonds: A) At par. B) At a premium. C) At a discount. D) Cannot be determined from the given information. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Bonds at issuance; Effective interest method–Premium Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
40) Lopez Plastics Co. (LPC) issued callable bonds on January 1, 2021. LPC's accountant has projected the following amortization schedule from issuance until maturity:
Date 1/1/2021 6/30/2021 12/31/2021 6/30/2022 12/31/2022 6/30/2023 12/31/2023 6/30/2024 12/31/2024
Cash interest
Effective interest
Decrease in balance
$ 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000
$ 6,211 6,187 6,163 6,137 6,112 6,085 6,057 6,029
$ 789 813 837 863 888 915 943 971
Outstanding balance $ 207,020 206,230 205,417 204,580 203,717 202,829 201,913 200,971 200,000
What is the annual stated interest rate on the bonds? A) 3.5% B) 6% C) 7% D) None of the answer choices is correct. Answer: C Explanation: This is the annual cash interest paid ($14,000), divided by the maturity (face) value of $200,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining interest and amortization Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) Lopez Plastics Co. (LPC) issued callable bonds on January 1, 2021. LPC's accountant has projected the following amortization schedule from issuance until maturity:
Date 1/1/2021 6/30/2021 12/31/2021 6/30/2022 12/31/2022 6/30/2023 12/31/2023 6/30/2024 12/31/2024
Cash interest
Effective interest
Decrease in balance
$ 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000
$ 6,211 6,187 6,163 6,137 6,112 6,085 6,057 6,029
$ 789 813 837 863 888 915 943 971
Outstanding balance $ 207,020 206,230 205,417 204,580 203,717 202,829 201,913 200,971 200,000
What is the annual effective interest rate on the bonds? A) 3% B) 3.5% C) 6% D) 7% Answer: C Explanation: This is interest expense × 2, divided by the previous outstanding liability balance. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining interest and amortization; Effective interest method–Premium Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
42) Lopez Plastics Co. (LPC) issued callable bonds on January 1, 2021. LPC's accountant has projected the following amortization schedule from issuance until maturity:
Date 1/1/2021 6/30/2021 12/31/2021 6/30/2022 12/31/2022 6/30/2023 12/31/2023 6/30/2024 12/31/2024
Cash interest
Effective interest
Decrease in balance
$ 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000
$ 6,211 6,187 6,163 6,137 6,112 6,085 6,057 6,029
$ 789 813 837 863 888 915 943 971
Outstanding balance $ 207,020 206,230 205,417 204,580 203,717 202,829 201,913 200,971 200,000
LPC calls the bonds at 103 immediately after the interest payment on 12/31/2022 and retires them. What gain or loss, if any, would LPC record on this date? A) No gain or loss B) $3,717 gain C) $6,000 loss D) $2,283 loss Answer: D Explanation: The cash paid by LPC was 103% of $200,000 maturity (face) value, or $206,000. The liability removed is $203,717. The difference is the loss on the bond retirement, $2,283. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Early extinguishment of debt Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
43) A $500,000 bond issue sold at 98. Therefore, the bonds: A) Sold at a discount because the stated rate of interest was lower than the effective rate. B) Sold for the $500,000 face amount less $10,000 of accrued interest. C) Sold at a premium because the stated rate of interest was higher than the yield rate. D) Sold at a discount because the effective interest rate was lower than the face rate. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Bonds at issuance Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation 44) Auerbach Inc. issued 4% bonds on October 1, 2021. The bonds have a maturity date of September 30, 2031 and a face value of $300 million. The bonds pay interest each March 31 and September 30, beginning March 31, 2022. The effective interest rate established by the market was 6%. Auerbach issued the bonds: A) At par. B) At a premium. C) At a discount. D) Cannot be determined from the given information. Answer: C Explanation: The effective interest rate is more than the stated rate. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Bonds at issuance Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) Bond X and bond Y both are issued by the same company. Each of the bonds has a maturity value of $100,000 and each pays interest at 8%. The current market rate of interest is 8% for each. Bond X matures in 7 years while bond Y matures in 10 years. Which of the following is correct? A) Both bonds sell for the same amount. B) Both bonds sell for more than $100,000. C) Bond X sells for more than bond Y. D) Bond Y sells for more than bond X. Answer: A Explanation: Both bonds are issued at face value. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Bonds at issuance Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation 46) Bond X and bond Y both are issued by the same company. Each of the bonds has a maturity value of $100,000 and each matures in 10 years. Bond X pays 8% interest while bond Y pays 9% interest. The current market rate of interest is 8%. Which of the following is correct? A) Both bonds sell for the same amount. B) Bond X sells for more than bond Y. C) Bond Y sells for more than bond X. D) Both bonds sell at a discount. Answer: C Explanation: Bond Y is issued at a premium. Bond X is issued at face value. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Bonds at issuance Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
47) A bond issue with a face amount of $500,000 bears interest at the rate of 10%. The current market rate of interest is 11%. These bonds will sell at a price that is: A) Equal to $500,000. B) More than $500,000. C) Less than $500,000. D) The answer cannot be determined from the information provided. Answer: C Explanation: When the market rate of interest is higher than the bonds' stated rate, the bonds will sell at a discount. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Bonds at issuance Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation 48) A bond is issued with a face amount of $500,000 and a stated interest rate of 10%. The current market rate of interest is 8%. These bonds will sell at a price that is: A) Equal to $500,000. B) More than $500,000. C) Less than $500,000. D) The answer cannot be determined from the information provided. Answer: B Explanation: When the market rate of interest is lower than the bonds' stated rate, the bonds will sell at a premium. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Bonds at issuance Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
49) Interest expense is: A) The effective interest rate times the amount of the debt outstanding during the interest period. B) The stated interest rate times the amount of the debt outstanding during the interest period. C) The effective interest rate times the face amount of the debt. D) The stated interest rate times the face amount of the debt. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Determining interest and amortization Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 50) How would the outstanding balance (book value) of bonds payable be affected by the amortization of each of the following?
a. b. c. d.
Premium No effect No effect Increase Decrease
Discount No effect Increase Decrease Increase
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining interest and amortization Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) For the issuer of 20-year bonds, the amount of amortization using the effective interest method would decrease each year if the bonds are sold at a:
a. b. c. d.
Discount No No Yes Yes
Premium No Yes Yes No
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: A Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining interest and amortization Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 52) Bonds were issued at a discount. In the bond amortization schedule: A) The interest expense is less with each successive interest payment. B) The total effective interest over the term to maturity is equal to the amount of the discount plus the total cash interest paid. C) The outstanding balance (book value) of the bonds declines eventually to face value. D) The reduction in the discount is less with each successive interest payment. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining interest and amortization Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
53) The interest rate that determines the amount of cash interest paid each interest date is referred to as the: A) Stated rate. B) Market rate. C) Cash rate. D) Effective rate. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Determining interest and amortization Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 54) The interest rate that determines the amount of interest expense each interest date is referred to as the: A) Stated rate. B) Expense rate. C) Cash rate. D) Effective rate. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Determining interest and amortization Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
55) Ohlson Co. is preparing an Excel spreadsheet for its 20-year, 4.5%, $500,000 bonds payable. The bonds were issued on January 1 to yield 5% annually. Interest is paid semi-annually. A portion of the spreadsheet appears as follows: A
B
C
1
Stated rate:
0.045
2
Effective rate:
0.05
3
Face amount: 500,000 Term to maturity in years:
4
D
E
Change in Discount
Outstanding Balance
20
5 6
Period
7
0
8
1
9
2
Cash Payment
Interest Expense
What formula should Ohlson use in cell C8 to calculate interest expense for the first interest payment? A) =B8 – D8 B) =E7*B3 C) =E7*B3/2 D) =E7*C2/2 Answer: D Explanation: Semiannual interest expense is one-half the effective rate (C2/2) times the outstanding balance (E7). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining interest and amortization Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
56) When bonds are sold at a premium and the effective interest method is used, at each subsequent interest payment date, the cash paid is: A) Less than the effective interest. B) Equal to the effective interest. C) Greater than the effective interest. D) More than if the bonds had been sold at a discount. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Effective interest method-Premium Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 57) When bonds are sold at a discount and the effective interest method is used, at each subsequent interest payment date, the cash paid is: A) More than the effective interest. B) Less than the effective interest. C) Equal to the effective interest. D) More than if the bonds had been sold at a premium. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Effective interest method-Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
58) When bonds are sold at a discount and the effective interest method is used, at each interest payment date, the interest expense: A) Increases. B) Decreases. C) Remains the same. D) Is equal to the change in book value. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Effective interest method-Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 59) When bonds are sold at a premium and the effective interest method is used, at each interest payment date, the interest expense: A) Remains constant. B) Is equal to the change in outstanding balance (book value). C) Increases. D) Decreases. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Effective interest method-Premium Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
60) Tim Burr Lumber issued bonds at a premium. In the bond amortization schedule: A) The reduction in the premium is smaller with each successive interest payment. B) The outstanding balance (book value) of the bonds increases eventually to face value. C) The total effective interest over the term to maturity is equal to the amount of the premium plus the total cash interest paid. D) The interest expense is less with each successive interest payment. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Effective interest method-Premium Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 61) When bonds are sold at a discount, if the annual straight-line amortization amount is compared to the annual effective interest amortization amount over the life of the bond issue, the annual amount of the straight-line amortization of discount is: A) Higher than the effective interest amount every year. B) Higher than the effective interest amount in the early years and less than the effective interest amount in the later years. C) Less than the effective interest amount in the early years and more than the effective interest amount in the later years. D) Less than the effective interest amount every year. Answer: B Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Straight-line method‒Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
62) When bonds are sold at a premium, if the annual straight-line amortization amount is compared to the annual effective interest amortization amount over the life of the bond issue, the annual amount of the straight-line amortization of premium is: A) Higher than the effective interest amount in the early years and less than the effective interest amount in the later years. B) Less than the effective interest amount in the early years and more than the effective interest amount in the later years. C) Higher than the effective interest amount every year. D) Less than the effective interest amount every year. Answer: A Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Straight-line method‒Premium Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 63) Cramer Company sold five-year, 8% bonds on October 1, 2021. The face amount of the bonds was $100,000, while the issue price was $102,000. Interest is payable on April 1 of each year. The fiscal year of Cramer Company ends on December 31. How much interest expense will Cramer Company report in its December 31, 2021, income statement (assume straight-line amortization)? A) $2,000. B) $1,900. C) $1,778. D) $2,040. Answer: B Explanation: Cash interest $100,000 × 8% × 3/12 Premium amortization: $2,000 × 1/5 × 3/12 Interest expense
$ 2,000 100 $ 1,900
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Straight-line method‒Premium Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
64) On January 1, 2021, Legion Company sold $200,000 of 10% ten-year bonds. Interest is payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31. The bonds were sold for $177,000, priced to yield 12%. Legion records interest at the effective rate. Legion should report bond interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2021, in the amount of: A) $8,850. B) $10,000. C) $10,620. D) $12,000. Answer: C Explanation: 6% × $177,000 = $10,620 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Effective interest method-Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 65) On January 1, 2021, Legion Company sold $200,000 of 10% ten-year bonds. Interest is payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31. The bonds were sold for $177,000, priced to yield 12%. Legion records interest at the effective rate. Legion should pay cash interest for the six months ended June 30, 2021, in the amount of: A) $8,850. B) $10,000. C) $10,620. D) $12,000. Answer: B Explanation: 10% × 1/2 × $200,000 = $10,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Effective interest method-Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
66) On January 1, 2024, an investor paid $249,000 for bonds with a face amount of $300,000. The contract rate of interest is 8% while the current market rate of interest is 10%. Using the effective interest method, how much interest income is recognized by the investor in 2025 (assume annual interest payments and amortization)? A) $23,184. B) $25,140. C) $24,900. D) $24,990. Answer: D Explanation: [$249,000 + ($249,000 × 10%) − ($300,000 × 8%)] × 10% = $24,990 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Effective interest method-Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 67) On June 30, 2024, L. N. Bean issued $10 million of its 8% bonds for $8 million. The bonds were priced to yield 10%. Interest is payable semiannually on December 31 and July 1. If the effective interest method is used, how much bond interest expense should the company report for the 6 months ended December 31, 2024? A) $400,000 B) $420,000 C) $450,000 D) $500,000 Answer: A Explanation: 10% × 1/2 × $8 million = $400,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Effective interest method-Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
68) On January 1, 2024, an investor paid $249,000 for bonds with a face amount of $300,000. The stated rate of interest is 8% while the current market rate of interest is 10%. Using the effective interest method, how much interest income is recognized by the investor in 2024 (assume annual interest payments and amortization)? A) $19,920. B) $24,900. C) $24,000. D) $30,000. Answer: B Explanation: $249,000 × 10% = $24,900 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Effective interest method-Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 69) Shaq Corporation issued $10,000 of bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds pay interest semiannually. This is a partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
Effective interest
1 2 3 4
400 400 400 400
409 409 409 410
Increase in balance 9 9 9 10
Outstanding balance 9,080 9,089 9,098 9,107 9,117
What is the effective annual rate of interest on the bonds? A) 4.0%. B) 4.5%. C) 8.0%. D) 9.0%. Answer: D Explanation: $409 ÷ $9,080 = 0.045 semi-annual rate 0.045 × 2 = 0.09 annual rate Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Effective interest method-Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
70) DeKay Dental Supplies issued $10,000 of bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds pay interest semiannually. This is a partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds. (Round your answer to nearest whole dollar amount.)
Payment
Cash
Effective interest
Increase in balance
1 2 3 4
400 400 400 400
409 409 409 410
9 9 9 10
Outstanding balance 9,080 9,089 9,098 9,107 9,117
What is the stated annual rate of interest on the bonds? A) 4.0%. B) 4.5%. C) 8.0%. D) 9.0%. Answer: C Explanation: $400 ÷ $10,000 = 0.04 semi-annual rate 0.04 × 2 = 0.08 annual rate Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining interest and amortization; Effective interest method–Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
71) Ferris Wheeler Co. issued $10,000 of bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds pay interest semiannually. This is a partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
400 400 400 400
Effective interest
Increase in balance
409 409 409
9 9 9
Outstanding balance 9,080 9,089 9,098 9,107
What is the interest expense on the bonds for the year ended December 31, 2022? A) $800. B) $809. C) $818. D) $819. Answer: D Explanation: Semiannual effective rate = $409 ÷ $9,080 = .045 Interest expense = $409 + ($9,107 × 4.5%) = $819 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Effective interest method-Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
72) Earl Lee Riser Alarm Co. issued $10,000 of bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds pay interest semiannually. This is a partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
400 400 400 400
Effective interest
Increase in balance
409 409 409
9 9 9
Outstanding balance 9,080 9,089 9,098 9,107
What would be the total interest expense recognized for the bond issue over its full term? A) $16,000. B) $16,360. C) $16,920. D) $20,000. Answer: C Explanation: ($400 × 2 × 20) + ($10,000 − $9,080) = $16,920 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Effective interest method-Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
73) Gene Poole Co. issued $10,000 of bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds pay interest semiannually. This is a partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds. (Round your answer to nearest whole dollar amount.)
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
400 400 400 400
Effective interest
Increase in balance
409 409 409
9 9 9
Outstanding balance 9,080 9,089 9,098 9,107
What is the book value of the bonds on December 31, 2022? A) $9,116. B) $9,117. C) $9,407. D) $9,416. Answer: B Explanation: Semiannual effective rate = $409 ÷ $9,080 = 0.045 Interest expense = $409 + ($9,107 × 4.5%) = $819 Cash Payment 4 = ($9,107 × 4.5%) − $400 = $10 Book value = $9,107 + $10 = $9,117 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Effective interest method-Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) On January 31, 2021, B Corp. issued $600,000 face value, 12% bonds for $600,000 cash. The bonds are dated December 31, 2020, and mature on December 31, 2030. Interest will be paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. What amount of accrued interest payable should B report in its September 30, 2021, balance sheet? A) $18,000. B) $36,000. C) $54,000. D) $48,000. Answer: A Explanation: The interest payable at September 30, 2021, will be for the three months' interest that has accrued since the last interest was paid on June 30, 2021 ($600,000 × 12% × 3/12 = $18,000). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining interest-Between interest dates Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method.; 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
75) Discount-Mart issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
345,639 347,464 349,363
45,639 47,464 49,363
Outstanding Balance 8,640,967 8,686,606 8,734,070 8,783,433
What is the stated annual rate of interest on the bonds? A) 3%. B) 4%. C) 6%. D) 8%. Answer: C Explanation: ($300,000 ÷ $10,000,000) × 2 = 6% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining interest and amortization Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) Discount-Mart issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
345,639 347,464 349,363
45,639 47,464 49,363
Outstanding Balance 8,640,967 8,686,606 8,734,070 8,783,433
What is the effective annual rate of interest on the bonds? A) 3%. B) 4%. C) 6%. D) 8%. Answer: D Explanation: ($345,639 ÷ $8,640,967) × 2 = 8% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining interest and amortization; Effective interest method–Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
77) Discount-Mart issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
345,639 347,464 349,363
45,639 47,464 49,363
Outstanding Balance 8,640,967 8,686,606 8,734,070 8,783,433
What is the interest expense on the bonds for the year ended December 31, 2022? A) $700,700. B) $600,000. C) $347,464. D) $100,700. Answer: A Explanation: Semiannual effective rate = $345,639 ÷ $8,640,967 = 4% Interest expense = $349,363 + ($8,783,433 × 4%) = $700,700 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Effective interest method-Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) Discount-Mart issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
345,639 347,464 349,363
45,639 47,464 49,363
Outstanding Balance 8,640,967 8,686,606 8,734,070 8,783,433
What is the book value of the bonds as of December 31, 2022? A) $8,834,770. B) $8,686,606. C) $8,734,070. D) $8,783,433. Answer: A Explanation: Semiannual effective rate = $345,639 ÷ $8,640,967 = 4% Amortization Payment 4 = ($8,783,433 × 4%) − $300,000 = $51,337 Book value = $8,783,433 + $51,337 = $8,834,770 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Financial statement disclosures; Effective interest method–Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method.; 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
79) Discount-Mart issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
345,639 347,464 349,363
45,639 47,464 49,363
Outstanding Balance 8,640,967 8,686,606 8,734,070 8,783,433
What would be the total interest cost of the bonds over their full term? A) $1,359,033. B) $4,640,967. C) $6,000,000. D) $7,359,033. Answer: D Explanation: ($300,000 × 2 × 10) + ($10,000,000 − $8,640,967) = $7,359,033 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Effective interest method-Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) Prescott Corporation issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10-year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
400,000 400,000 400,000 400,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
344,632 342,971 341,261
55,368 57,029 58,739
Outstanding Balance 11,487,747 11,432,379 11,375,350 11,316,611
What is the stated annual rate of interest on the bonds? A) 3%. B) 4%. C) 6%. D) 8%. Answer: D Explanation: ($400,000 ÷ $10,000,000) × 2 = 8% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining interest and amortization Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
81) Prescott Corporation issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10-year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
400,000 400,000 400,000 400,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
344,632 342,971 341,261
55,368 57,029 58,739
Outstanding Balance 11,487,747 11,432,379 11,375,350 11,316,611
What is the effective annual rate of interest on the bonds? A) 3%. B) 4%. C) 6%. D) 8%. Answer: C Explanation: ($344,632 ÷ $11,487,747) × 2 = 6% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining interest and amortization; Effective interest method–Premium Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 82) Griggs Co. failed to amortize the premium on an outstanding five-year bond issue. What is the resulting effect on interest expense and the bond outstanding balance (book value), respectively? A) Understated, understated. B) Understated, overstated. C) Overstated, understated. D) Overstated, overstated. Answer: D Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining interest and amortization Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
83) Prescott Corporation issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10-year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
400,000 400,000 400,000 400,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
344,632 342,971 341,261
55,368 57,029 58,739
Outstanding Balance 11,487,747 11,432,379 11,375,350 11,316,611
What is the interest expense on the bonds for the year 2022? A) $800,000. B) $680,759. C) $342,971. D) $119,241. Answer: B Explanation: Semiannual effective rate = $344,632 ÷ $11,487,747 = 3% Interest expense = $341,261 + ($11,316,611 × 3%) = $680,759 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Effective interest method-Premium Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
84) Prescott Corporation issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10-year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
400,000 400,000 400,000 400,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
344,632 342,971 341,261
55,368 57,029 58,739
Outstanding Balance 11,487,747 11,432,379 11,375,350 11,316,611
What is the book value of the bonds as of December 31, 2022? A) $11,432,379. B) $11,375,350. C) $11,316,611. D) $11,256,109. Answer: D Explanation: Semiannual effective rate = $344,632 / $11,487,747 = Amortization Payment 4 = $400,000 − ($11,316,611 × 3%) = Book value = $11,316,611 − $60,502
3% $
60,502
$ 11,256,109
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Financial statement disclosures; Effective interest method–Premium Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method.; 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) Prescott Corporation issued ten thousand $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2021. The bonds have a 10-year term and pay interest semiannually. This is the partial bond amortization schedule for the bonds.
Payment
Cash
1 2 3 4
400,000 400,000 400,000 400,000
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
344,632 342,971 341,261
55,368 57,029 58,739
Outstanding Balance 11,487,747 11,432,379 11,375,350 11,316,611
What would be the total interest expense recognized for the bond issue over its full term? A) $6,512,253. B) $8,000,000. C) $9,487,747. D) $11,487,747. Answer: A Explanation: Interest payments over full term minus premium at issuance: ($400,000 × 2 × 10) − ($11,487,747 − $10,000,000) = $6,512,253 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Effective interest method-Premium Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 86) When bonds are sold at a discount and the straight-line interest method is used, at each interest payment date, the interest expense: A) Increases. B) Decreases. C) Remains the same. D) Is equal to the change in outstanding balance (book value). Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining interest and amortization; Straight-line method–Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
87) Auerbach Inc. issued 4% bonds on October 1, 2021. The bonds have a maturity date of September 30, 2031 and a face value of $300 million. The bonds pay interest each March 31 and September 30, beginning March 31, 2022. The effective interest rate established by the market was 6%. How much cash interest does Auerbach pay on March 31, 2022? A) $6.0 million. B) $12.0 million. C) $9.0 million. D) $18.0 million. Answer: A Explanation: This is $300 million × 4% × 6/12. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining interest and amortization Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 88) Auerbach Inc. issued 4% bonds on October 1, 2021. The bonds have a maturity date of September 30, 2031 and a face value of $300 million. The bonds pay interest each March 31 and September 30, beginning March 31, 2022. The effective interest rate established by the market was 6%. Assuming that Auerbach issued the bonds for $255,369,000, what interest expense would it recognize in its 2021 income statement? A) $0. B) $3,830,535. C) $5,107,380. D) $7,661,070. Answer: B Explanation: This is the issue price of $255,369,000 × 6% effective rate × 3 mos. ÷ 12 mos. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining interest-Between interest dates Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
89) Auerbach Inc. issued 4% bonds on October 1, 2021. The bonds have a maturity date of September 30, 2031 and a face value of $300 million. The bonds pay interest each March 31 and September 30, beginning March 31, 2022. The effective interest rate established by the market was 6%. Assuming that Auerbach issued the bonds for $255,369,000, what would the company report for its net bond liability balance at December 31, 2021, rounded up to the nearest thousand? A) $252,369,000. B) $256,369,000. C) $256,200,000. D) $257,030,070. Answer: C Explanation: This is the beginning liability of $255,369,000 + Interest accrued for three months (1.5% of issue price) − Interest payable of $3,000,000 ($300,000,000 × 4% × 3/12). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Financial statement disclosures; Determining interest–Between interest dates Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method.; 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) Auerbach Inc. issued 4% bonds on October 1, 2021. The bonds have a maturity date of September 30, 2031 and a face value of $300 million. The bonds pay interest each March 31 and September 30, beginning March 31, 2022. The effective interest rate established by the market was 6%. Assuming that Auerbach issued the bonds for $255,369,000, what would the company report for its net bond liability balance after its first interest payment on March 31, 2022, rounded up to the nearest thousand? A) $252,369,000. B) $256,369,000. C) $256,300,000. D) $257,030,000. Answer: D Explanation: This is the beginning liability of $255,369,000 + Interest accrued for six months (3% of issue price) − Cash paid of $6,000,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Financial statement disclosures; Determining interest–Between interest dates Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method.; 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
91) During the year, Hamlet Inc. paid $20,000 to have bond certificates printed and engraved, paid $100,000 in legal fees, paid $10,000 to a CPA for registration information, and paid $200,000 to an underwriter as a commission. What is the amount of bond issue costs? A) $330,000. B) $300,000. C) $120,000. D) $20,000. Answer: A Explanation: Printing costs Legal fees CPA fees Underwriting fees Total bond issue costs
$
20,000 100,000 10,000 200,000 $ 330,000
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Debt issue costs Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 92) When issuing bonds or notes, Papaya Company incurs costs, such as legal and accounting fees, printing costs, and registration and underwriting fees. Papaya records these costs by combining them with any discount (or subtracting them from any premium) on the debt. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) The policy is inappropriate because these costs should be expensed in the period the debt is issued. B) The policy is inappropriate because these costs should be recorded in a Debt Issue Costs account and amortized over the term to maturity of the debt. C) This approach has the appeal of reflecting the effect that debt issue costs have on the effective interest rate because deducting debt issue costs lowers the carrying amount of the debt, which effectively increases the interest rate on that debt. D) This approach is conceptually correct because the net amount borrowed is higher, but interest payments are the same, so the effective rate of borrowing is lower. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt issue costs Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation 56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
93) When bonds and other debt are issued, costs such as legal costs, printing costs, and underwriting fees are referred to as debt issue costs. When debt issue costs are incurred: A) The increase in the effective interest rate caused by the debt issue costs is reflected in the interest expense. B) The decrease in the effective interest rate caused by the debt issue costs is reflected in the interest expense. C) The debt issue costs are recorded separately as an asset. D) The recorded amount of the debt is increased by the debt issue costs. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt issue costs Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 94) Zero-coupon bonds: A) Offer a return in the form of a deep discount off the face value. B) Result in zero interest expense for the issuer. C) Result in zero interest revenue for the investor. D) Are reported as shareholders' equity by the issuer. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Zero coupon bonds Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
95) On June 30, 2021, Moran Corporation issued $4 million of its 8% bonds for $3.5 million. The bonds were priced to yield 9.4%. The bonds are dated June 30, 2021. Interest is payable semiannually on December 31 and July 1. If the effective interest method is used, by how much should the bond discount be reduced for the six months ended December 31, 2021? A) $3,500. B) $4,500. C) $4,800. D) $9,000. Answer: B Explanation: 4.7% × $3.5 million = $164,500 4% × $4 million = $160,000 $164,500 − $160,000 = $4,500 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Effective interest method-Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) On January 1, 2021, Solo Inc. issued 1,000 of its 8%, $1,000 bonds at 98. Interest is payable semiannually on January 1 and July 1. The bonds mature on January 1, 2031. Solo paid $50,000 in bond issue costs. Solo uses straight-line amortization. The amount of interest expense for 2021 is: A) $80,000. B) $82,000. C) $87,000. D) $89,000. Answer: C Explanation: Issuance of the bonds. Cash ($980,000 − $50,000) Discount and debt issue costs ([$1,000,000 − $980,000] + $50,000) Bonds payable (face amount)
930,000
Interest expense ($80,000 + $7,000) Discount and debt issue costs ($70,000 ÷ 10) Cash (8% × $1,000,000)
87,000
70,000 1,000,000
7,000 80,000
Although the interest is paid semiannually, the amounts are the same each period under the straight-line method so the entire year is twice the semi-annual amount. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Straight-line method‒Discount; Debt issue costs Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
97) On January 1, 2021, Solo Inc. issued 1,000 of its 8%, $1,000 bonds at 98. Interest is payable semiannually on January 1 and July 1. The bonds mature on January 1, 2031. Solo paid $50,000 in bond issue costs. Solo uses straight-line amortization. What is the carrying value of the bonds reported in the December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $1,045,000. B) $1,040,000. C) $987,000. D) $937,000. Answer: D Explanation: Issuance of the bonds: Cash ($980,000 − 50,000) Discount and debt issue costs ([$1,000,000 − 980,000] + $50,000) Bonds payable (face amount)
930,000
Interest expense ($80,000 + 7,000) Discount and debt issue costs ($70,000 ÷ 10) Cash (8% × $1,000,000)
87,000
Carrying value, Jan.1 Discount and debt issue costs amortization: Carrying value, Dec. 31
70,000 1,000,000
7,000 80,000
$ 930,000 7,000 $ 937,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Straight-line method‒Discount; Debt issue costs Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) Mango Corporation issues new long-term bond offerings several times a year. The company follows a policy of using straight-line amortization for all of those issues. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) The policy is appropriate if management typically prices its bond issues at a discount. B) The policy is inappropriate because using the straight-line method is acceptable only when doing so produces results that are not materially different from the effective interest method. C) The policy is appropriate if management typically prices its bond issues at a premium. D) The policy is inappropriate because Mango issues new long-term bond offerings more than once a year. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Straight-line method‒Discount; Straight-line method‒Premium Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation 99) When the interest payment dates are March 1 and September 1, and notes are issued on July 1, the amount of interest expense to be accrued at December 31 of the year of issue would: A) Not be required. B) Be for six months. C) Be for four months. D) Be for 10 months. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term notes‒General concepts Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
100) When a long-term note is given in exchange for equipment, the amount considered as paid for the machine is: A) The invoice price. B) The wholesale price. C) The present value of cash outflows discounted at the stated rate. D) The present value of the note payments discounted at the market rate. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Note exchanged for assets Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 101) When an equipment dealer receives a long-term note in exchange for equipment, and the stated rate of interest is indicative of the market rate of interest at the time of the transaction, the present value of the future cash flows received on the notes: A) Is treated as a current liability at the exchange date. B) Is recorded as interest revenue at the exchange date. C) Is recorded as interest receivable at the exchange date. D) Is credited to sales revenue at the exchange date. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Note exchanged for assets Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
102) Warren Peace Bookstore issues a note with no stated interest rate in exchange for a building. In accounting for the transaction: A) If fair values of the note and building are unavailable, the note should be recorded at its face amount. B) The note is recorded at its face amount unless the fair value of the building is readily available. C) Both the note and building are recorded at the fair value of the note or the fair value of the building, whichever is more clearly determinable. D) The building should be depreciated over the note's term to maturity. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Note exchanged for assets Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 103) AMC issues a note with no stated interest rate in exchange for a machine. In accounting for the transaction: A) The machine should be depreciated over the note's term to maturity. B) If fair values of the note and machine are unavailable, the note should be recorded at its present value, discounted at the market rate of interest. C) Both the note and machine are recorded at the face amount of the note or the fair value of the machine, whichever is more clearly determinable. D) The note is recorded at its face amount unless the fair value of the machine is readily available. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Note exchanged for assets Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) In each succeeding payment on an installment note: A) The amount of interest paid increases. B) The amount of principal paid increases. C) The amount of principal paid decreases. D) The amounts paid for both interest and principal increase proportionately. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Installment notes Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 105) Green Industries purchased a machine from Cyan Corporation on October 1, 2021. In payment for the $144,000 purchase, Green issued a one-year installment note to be paid in equal monthly payments at the end of each month. The payments include interest at the rate of 12%. Monthly installment payments are closest to: (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $12,000. B) $12,445. C) $12,668. D) $12,794. Answer: D Explanation:
$144,000 amount of loan
Calculation of installment payment: ÷ 11.25508 = (PV of annuity) n=12, i=1%
$12,794 installment payment
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Installment notes Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
106) Magenta Company purchased a machine from Pink Corporation on October 31, 2021. In payment for the $288,000 purchase, Magenta issued a one-year installment note to be paid in equal monthly payments of $25,588 at the end of each month. The payments include interest at the rate of 12%. The amount of interest expense that Magenta will report in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, is: A) $2,559. B) $2,880. C) $5,533. D) $5,760. Answer: C Explanation: November 30, 2021 Interest expense (1% × outstanding balance) Note payable (difference) Cash (payment determined below) December 31, 2021 Interest expense (1% × [$288,000 − $22,708]) Note payable (difference) Cash (payment determined above)
November (1% × $288,000) December (1% × [$288,000 − $22,708]) 2021 interest expense
2,880 22,708 25,588 2,653 22,935 25,588
$ 2,880 2,653 $ 5,533
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Installment notes Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) On January 1, 2021, Red, Inc. borrowed cash by issuing a $500,000, 5-year note that specified 6% interest to be paid on December 31 of each year and the $500,000 to be paid at maturity. If the note had instead been an installment note to be paid in four equal payments at the end of each year beginning December 31, 2021, which of the following would be true? A) The effective interest rate would have been higher. B) The annual cash payment would have been less. C) The first year's interest expense would have been higher. D) The second year's interest expense would have been less. Answer: D Explanation: Because the note is reduced each year in an installment note, interest expense is the effective rate times a reduced amount each year. When a note is paid at maturity instead, the interest is the same each year. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Installment notes Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 108) In a ten-year installment note, the portion of the periodic installment payment in the third year that represents interest is: A) the same as in the fourth year. B) the same as in the first year. C) less than in the fourth year. D) more than in the fourth year. Answer: D Explanation: Each year the portion of the payment that represents interest gets smaller as the balance declines and the interest rate remains the same. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Installment notes Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) Mann Co. is preparing an Excel spreadsheet for its 5-year, 6%, $400,000 installment notes. The notes were issued on January 1 for $421,236. Installment payments are payable each December 31. A portion of the spreadsheet appears as follows: A
B
C
1
Effective rate:
0.06
2
Cash payments: 100,000
3
Term to maturity in years:
5
Cash Payment
Interest Expense
D
E
Change in Balance
Outstanding Balance
4 5
Period
6
0
7
1
8
2
What formula should Mann use in cell E8 to calculate the outstanding balance (book value) of the notes after the second interest payment? A) =E7 – D8 B) =E7 + D8 C) =E8 + D8 D) =PV(C2,C3,0,C1,type) Answer: A Explanation: The outstanding balance declines by the excess of the installment payment over the interest expense. So, the outstanding balance (book value) of the notes at the end of the second period will be equal to their outstanding balance (book value) at the beginning of the period (E7) minus that reduction (D8). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Installment notes Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) Bonds payable should be reported as a long-term liability in the balance sheet of the issuing corporation at the: A) Face amount price less any unamortized discount or plus any unamortized premium. B) Current bond market price. C) Face amount less any unamortized premium or plus any unamortized discount. D) Face amount less accrued interest since the last interest payment date. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financial statement disclosures Learning Objective: 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 111) The unamortized balance of discount on bonds payable is reported in the balance sheet as: A) A prepaid expense. B) An expense account. C) A current liability. D) A contra-liability. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financial statement disclosures Learning Objective: 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 112) Eagle Company issued 10-year bonds at 96 during the current year. In the year-end financial statements, the discount should be: A) Deducted from bonds payable. B) Added to bonds payable. C) Included as an expense in the year of issue. D) Reported as a deferred charge. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financial statement disclosures Learning Objective: 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
113) Liberty Company issued 10-year bonds at 105 during the current year. In the year-end financial statements, the premium should be: A) Reported as an intangible asset. B) Included in revenue for the year of sale. C) Deducted from bonds payable. D) Added to bonds payable. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financial statement disclosures Learning Objective: 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 114) To evaluate the risk and quality of an individual bond issue, savvy investors rely heavily on: A) Bond ratings provided by financial investment services such as Moody's. B) Newspaper articles. C) Bond interest payments. D) The company's audit report. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Decision-makers' perspective Learning Objective: 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 115) Which of the following indicates the margin of safety provided to creditors? A) Rate of return on shareholders' equity. B) Times interest earned ratio. C) Gross margin. D) Debt to equity ratio. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Decision-makers' perspective Learning Objective: 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) Red Corp. has a rate of return on assets of 10% and a debt to equity ratio of 2 to 1. Not including any indirect effects on earnings, the immediate impact of retiring debt on these ratios is a(n):
a. b. c. d.
Return on Assets increase decrease increase decrease
Debt to Equity increase decrease decrease increase
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: C Explanation: Retiring debt reduces both assets and liabilities. Assets are the denominator in the return on assets, and liabilities are the numerator in the debt to equity ratio. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Decision-makers' perspective Learning Objective: 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Yellow Corp. issues 10% bonds. Not including any indirect effects on earnings, the issuance will immediately decrease Yellow's:
a. b. c. d.
Return on Assets yes no yes no
Debt to Equity Ratio yes no no yes
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: C Explanation: The bond issue increases both assets and liabilities. Assets are the denominator in the return on assets so that ratio will decrease; liabilities are the numerator in the debt to equity ratio so that ratio will increase. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Decision-makers' perspective Learning Objective: 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 118) The times interest earned ratio indicates: A) The margin of safety provided to creditors. B) The extent of "trading on the equity" or financial leverage. C) Profitability without regard to how resources are financed. D) The effectiveness of employing resources provided by owners. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Decision-makers' perspective Learning Objective: 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) The debt to equity ratio indicates: A) The margin of safety provided to creditors. B) The extent of "trading on the equity" or financial leverage. C) Profitability without regard to how resources are financed. D) The effectiveness of employing resources provided by owners. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Decision-makers' perspective Learning Objective: 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 120) The rate of return on assets indicates: A) The margin of safety provided to creditors. B) The extent of "trading on the equity" or financial leverage. C) Profitability without regard to how resources are financed. D) The effectiveness of employing resources provided by owners. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Decision-makers' perspective Learning Objective: 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 121) The rate of return on shareholders' equity indicates: A) The margin of safety provided to creditors. B) The extent of "trading on the equity" or financial leverage. C) Profitability without regard to how resources are financed. D) The effectiveness of employing resources provided by owners. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Decision-makers' perspective Learning Objective: 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation
72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) When bonds are retired prior to their maturity date: A) GAAP has been violated. B) The issuing company probably will report an ordinary gain or loss. C) The issuing company probably will report a gain. D) The issuing company will report a non-operating gain or loss. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Early extinguishment of debt Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 123) On February 1, 2020, Pat Weaver Inc. (PWI) issued 10%, $1,000,000 bonds for $1,116,000. PWI retired all of these bonds on January 1, 2021, at 102. Unamortized bond premium on that date was $92,800. How much gain or loss should be recognized on this bond retirement? A) $0 gain. B) $111,800 gain. C) $72,800 gain. D) $96,000 gain. Answer: C Explanation: Paid at redemption: $1,000,000 × 102% = Book value: $1,000,000 + $92,800 Gain on bond retirement
$ 1,020,000 1,092,800 $ 72,800
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Early extinguishment of debt Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) MSG Corporation issued $100,000 of 3-year, 6% bonds outstanding on December 31, 2020 for $106,000. The bonds pay interest annually and MSG uses straight-line amortization. On May 1, 2021, $10,000 of the bonds were retired at 112. As a result of the retirement, MSG will report: A) a $600 loss. B) a $667 loss. C) a $1,200 loss. D) a $1,200 gain. Answer: B Explanation: First, the premium must be amortized through May 1. Using the straight-line method, the annual amount is 1/3 of the three-year bond term and the portion of the current year to the date of retirement is 4 months = 4/12. The face value portion of bonds being retired is $10,000/$100,000 = 10%. Interest expense (to balance) Premium on bonds payable ([$6,000 × 1/3 × 4/12)] × 10%) Interest payable ([$100,000 × 6% × 4/12] × 10%)
133 67 200
Book value of bonds retired: $10,600 original issue price less $67 premium amortized = $10,533. Cash paid at redemption: $10,000 × 112% = $11,200. Bonds payable (book value) Loss on early extinguishment (to balance) Cash (call price)
Paid at redemption: Book value: Loss
10,553 667 11,200
$ 11,200 10,533 $ 667
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Early extinguishment of debt; Straight-line method–Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method.; 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation
74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) Nickel Inc. bought $100,000 of 3-year, 6% bonds as an investment on December 31, 2020 for $106,000. The investment receives interest annually and Nickel uses straight-line amortization. On May 1, 2021, the issuer retired $10,000 of the bonds at 110. As a result of the retirement, Nickel will report a: A) $467 gain. B) $467 loss. C) $1,000 gain. D) $5,000 loss. Answer: A Explanation: First, the premium must be amortized through May 1. Using the straight-line method, the annual amount is 1/3 of the three-year bond term and the portion of the current year to the date of retirement is 4 months = 4/12. The face value portion of bonds being retired is $10,000/$100,000 = 10%. Interest receivable ([$100,000 × 6% × 4/12] × 10%) Premium on bond investment ([$6,000 × 1/3 × 4/12)] × 10%) Interest revenue (to balance)
200 67 133
Book value of bonds retired: $10,600 original investment less $67 premium amortized = $10,533. Proceeds from redemption: $10,000 × 110% = Book value Gain
$ 11,000 10,533 $ 467
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Early extinguishment of debt; Straight-line method–Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method.; 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) On January 1, 2021, Tiny Tim Industries had outstanding $1,000,000 of 12% bonds with a book value of $966,130. The indenture specified a call price of $981,000. The bonds were issued previously at a price to yield 14% and interest payable semi-annually on July 1 and January 1. Tiny Tim called the bonds (retired them) on July 1, 2021. What is the amount of the loss on early extinguishment? A) $0. B) $6,932. C) $7,241. D) $7,629. Answer: C Explanation: Interest expense (7% × $966,130) Discount on bonds payable (difference) Cash (6% × $1,000,000) Bonds payable (face amount) Loss on early extinguishment (to balance) Discount on bonds payable ($1,000,000 − [$966,130 + 7,629]) Cash (call price)
67,629 7,629 60,000 1,000,000 7,241 26,241 981,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Early extinguishment of debt; Effective interest method–Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method.; 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
127) On March 1, 2021, E Corp. issued $1,000,000 of 10% nonconvertible bonds at 103, due on February 28, 2031. Each $1,000 bond was issued with 30 detachable stock warrants, each of which entitled the holder to purchase, for $50, one share of Evan's $25 par common stock. On March 1, 2021, the market price of each warrant was $4. By what amount should the bond issue proceeds increase shareholders' equity? A) $0. B) $30,000. C) $90,000. D) $120,000. Answer: D Explanation: Since no market value is given for the bonds, the amount attributable to the warrants (shareholders' equity) is $4 each × 30 warrants per bond = $120 × 1,000 bonds = $120,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Bonds with detachable warrants Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 128) On June 30, 2021, K Co. had outstanding 9%, $10,000,000 face value bonds maturing on June 30, 2026. Interest is payable semiannually every June 30 and December 31. On June 30, 2021, after amortization was recorded for the period, the unamortized bond premium was $60,000. On that date, K acquired all its outstanding bonds on the open market at 98 and retired them. At June 30, 2021, what amount should K Co. recognize as gain on redemption of bonds before income taxes? A) $60,000. B) $160,000. C) $200,000. D) $260,000. Answer: D Explanation: Book value of bonds at June 30, 2021, is $10,060,000 ($10,000,000 + $60,000). Subtract redemption price: 98% × $10,000,000 = $9,800,000. Gain = $260,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Early extinguishment of debt; Debt issue costs Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method.; 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) On January 1, 2016, F Corp. issued 2,000 of its 10%, $1,000 bonds for $2,080,000. These bonds were to mature on January 1, 2026, but were callable at 101 any time after December 31, 2019. Interest was payable semiannually on July 1 and January 1. On July 1, 2021, F called all of the bonds and retired them. The bond premium was amortized on a straight-line basis. Before income taxes, F Corp.'s gain or loss in 2021 on this early extinguishment of debt was: A) $16,000 gain. B) $20,000 loss. C) $24,000 gain. D) $60,000 gain. Answer: A Explanation: Bond premium at issue Amortization of premium through July 1, 2021: $80,000/20 = $4,000 per period $4,000 × 11 periods Unamortized premium July 1, 2021 Face value Book value July 1, 2021 Call (redemption) price $2,000,000 × 1.01 Gain on extinguishment
$
80,000
44,000 $ 36,000 2,000,000 $ 2,036,000 2,020,000 $ 16,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Early extinguishment of debt; Straight-line method–Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method.; 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
130) On June 30, 2021, Blair Industries had outstanding $80 million of 8% convertible bonds that mature on June 30, 2022. Interest is payable each year on June 30 and December 31. The bonds are convertible into 6 million shares of $10 par common stock. At June 30, 2021, the unamortized balance in the discount on bonds payable account was $4 million. On June 30, 2021, half the bonds were converted when Blair's common stock had a market price of $30 per share. When recording the conversion, Blair should credit paid-in capital–excess of par: A) $6 million. B) $8 million. C) $10 million. D) $12 million. Answer: B Explanation: Bonds payable ($80 million × 1/2) Discount on bonds payable ($4 million × 1/2) Common stock (6 million × 1/2 × $10) PIC (to balance)
40 2 30 8
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 131) On March 31, 2021, Ashley, Inc.'s bondholders exchanged their convertible bonds for common stock. The book value of these bonds on Ashley's books was less than the fair value but greater than the par value of the common stock issued. If Ashley used the book value method of accounting for the conversion, which of the following statements correctly states an effect of this conversion? A) Shareholders' equity is increased. B) Additional paid-in capital is decreased. C) Retained earnings is increased. D) A loss is recognized. Answer: A Explanation: Under the book value approach, the book value of the bonds is transferred to shareholders' equity. There is no gain or loss. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) On March 1, 2021, Doll Co. issued 10-year convertible bonds at 106. During 2024, the bonds were converted into common stock when the market price of Doll's common stock was 500 percent above its par value. On March 1, 2021, cash proceeds from the issuance of the convertible bonds should be reported as: A) A liability for the entire proceeds. B) Paid-in capital for the entire proceeds. C) Paid-in capital for the portion of the proceeds attributable to the conversion feature and as a liability for the balance. D) A liability for the face amount of the bonds and paid-in capital for the premium over the par value. Answer: A Explanation: Convertible bonds are debt securities reported entirely as a liability. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 133) When outstanding bonds are converted into common stock, under either the book value method or the market value method, the same amount would be debited to:
a. b. c. d.
Bonds Payable Yes No No Yes
Bond Premium Yes Yes No No
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) On January 1, 2021, Bell Co. issued $10 million of 10-year convertible bonds at 105. On January 1, 2026, the bonds were converted into common stock with a market value of $11 million. Upon conversion, Bell would recognize:
a. b. c. d.
Book value method no gain or loss no gain or loss loss loss
Market value method no gain or loss loss no gain or loss loss
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: B Explanation: By the book value method we record the stock issued at the book value of the converted bonds. There is no gain or loss recognized. The market value method results in a gain or loss for the difference between the market value of the stock issued and the book value of the converted bonds. At the time of conversion, the common stock's $11 million exceeded the book value of the bonds ($10,500,000 – the amortized premium). Therefore, using the market value method to record the conversion results in a loss. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) On January 1, 2021, Ozark Minerals issued $10 million of 9%, 10-year convertible bonds at 101. The bonds pay interest on June 30 and December 31. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 40 shares of Ozark's no par common stock. Bonds that are similar in all respects, except that they are nonconvertible, currently are selling at 99. Upon issuance, Ozark should: A) Debit discount on bonds payable $100,000. B) Credit premium on bonds payable $100,000. C) Credit equity $100,000. D) Credit bonds payable $10,100,000. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 136) Patrick Rach International issued 5% bonds convertible into shares of the company's common stock. Rach applies U.S. GAAP. Upon issuance, Patrick Rach International should record: A) The proceeds of the bond issue as part debt and part equity. B) The proceeds of the bond issue entirely as debt. C) The proceeds of the bond issue entirely as equity. D) The proceeds of the bond issue entirely as debt if the bonds are mandatorily redeemable. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
137) Harrell's Barrels issued $100 million of 6% convertible bonds at 101. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 45 shares of Harrell's no par common stock. Bonds that are similar in all respects, except that they are nonconvertible, currently are selling at 98. Harrell applies U.S. GAAP. Recording the issuance of the bonds would cause an increase in Harrell's: A) shareholders' equity of $1,000,000. B) shareholders' equity of $3,000,000. C) assets of $98,000,000. D) liabilities of $101,000,000. Answer: D Explanation: Cash (given) Convertible bonds payable Premium on bonds payable
101,000,000 100,000,000 1,000,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 138) On March 1, 2021, Doll Co. issued 10-year convertible bonds at 106. During 2024, the bonds were converted into common stock when the market price of Doll's common stock was 500 percent above its par value. Doll prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). On March 1, 2021, cash proceeds from the issuance of the convertible bonds should be reported as: A) A liability for the entire proceeds. B) Paid-in capital for the entire proceeds. C) Paid-in capital for the portion of the proceeds attributable to the conversion feature and as a liability for the balance. D) A liability for the face amount of the bonds and paid-in capital for the premium over the par value. Answer: C Explanation: Under U.S. GAAP, the entire issue price is recorded as debt. Under IFRS, convertible debt is divided into its liability and equity elements. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for bonds and long-term notes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity 83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 139) On January 1, 2021, Ozark Minerals issued $20 million of 9%, 10-year convertible bonds at 101. The bonds pay interest on June 30 and December 31. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 40 shares of Ozark's no par common stock. Bonds that are similar in all respects, except that they are nonconvertible, currently are selling at 99. Ozark applies International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Upon issuance, Ozark should: A) Credit bonds payable $19,800,000. B) Credit premium on bonds payable $200,000. C) Credit equity $200,000. D) Credit bonds payable $20,200,000. Answer: A Explanation: Cash (given) Convertible bonds payable (99% × $20 million) Paid-in capital - Conversion feature (to balance)
20,200,000 19,800,000 400,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for bonds and long-term notes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 140) Patrick Rach International issued 5% bonds convertible into shares of the company's common stock. Rach applies International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Upon issuance, Patrick Rach International should record: A) The proceeds of the bond issue as part debt and part equity. B) The proceeds of the bond issue entirely as debt. C) The proceeds of the bond issue entirely as equity. D) The proceeds of the bond issue entirely as debt if the bonds are mandatorily redeemable. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS‒Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for bonds and long-term notes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) Harrell's Barrels issued $100 million of 6% convertible bonds at 101. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 45 shares of Harrell's no par common stock. Bonds that are similar in all respects, except that they are nonconvertible, currently are selling at 98. Harrell applies International Financial Reporting Standards. Recording the issuance of the bonds would cause an increase in Harrell's: A) shareholders' equity of $1,000,000. B) shareholders' equity of $3,000,000. C) assets of $98,000,000. D) liabilities of $101,000,000. Answer: B Explanation: Cash (given) Convertible bonds payable (98% × $100 million) Paid-in capital – conversion feature (to balance)
101,000,000 98,000,000 3,000,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for bonds and long-term notes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 142) When bonds include detachable warrants, what is the appropriate accounting for the cash proceeds from the bond issue? A) The proceeds from the bond issue are allocated between the bonds and the warrants on the basis of their relative market values. B) The proceeds from the bond issue are allocated between the bonds and the warrants on the basis of their relative face values. C) A nominal amount is allocated to the warrants. D) All of the proceeds are allocated to the bonds. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Bonds with detachable warrants Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) On April 1, 2021, Austere Corporation issued $300,000 of 10% bonds at 105. Each $1,000 bond was sold with 25 detachable stock warrants, each permitting the investor to purchase one share of common stock for $17. On that date, the market value of the common stock was $15 per share and the market value of each warrant was $2. Austere should record what amount of the proceeds from the bond issue as an increase in liabilities? A) $285,000. B) $300,000. C) $315,000. D) $0. Answer: B Explanation: Proceeds from bonds is allocated between the bonds and the stock warrants on the basis of their fair values. 300 bonds × 25 stock warrants per bond = 7,500 stock warrants. 7,500 × $2 per stock warrant = $15,000 fair value of stock warrants. $300,000 × 1.05 = $315,000 proceeds from bonds with detachable stock warrants. $315,000 − $15,000 = $300,000 allocation to bonds only. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Bonds with detachable warrants Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 144) Crawford Inc. has bonds outstanding during a year in which the general (risk-free) rate of interest has risen. Crawford elected the fair value option for the bonds upon issuance. What will the company report for the bonds in its income statement for the year? A) Interest expense and a gain. B) Interest expense and a loss. C) A gain and no interest expense. D) Interest expense and no gain or loss. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Option to report liabilities at fair value Learning Objective: 14-06 Understand the option to report liabilities at their fair values. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
86 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
145) Pierce Company issued 11% bonds, dated January 1, with a face amount of $800,000 on January 1, 2021. The bonds sold for $739,816 and mature in 2040 (20 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity the market yield was 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Pierce determines interest at the effective rate and elected the option to report these bonds at their fair value. On December 31, 2021, the fair value of the bonds was $730,000. The entire change in fair value was due to a change in the general (risk-free) rate of interest. Pierce's net income for the year will include: A) An unrealized gain from change in the fair value of debt of $10,617. B) An unrealized loss from change in the fair value of debt of $10,617. C) A gain from change in the fair value of debt of $10,204. D) A loss from change in the fair value of debt of $10,204. Answer: A Explanation: June 30, 2021 Interest expense (6% × $739,816) Discount on bonds payable (difference) Cash (5.5% × $800,000) December 31, 2021 Interest expense (6% × [$739,816 + $389]) Discount on bonds payable (difference) Cash (5.5% × $800,000) Fair value adjustment ([$739,816 + $389 + $412] − $730,000) Gain on bonds payable (unrealized, NI)
44,389 389 44,000 44,412 412 44,000 10,617 10,617
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Option to report liabilities at fair value Learning Objective: 14-06 Understand the option to report liabilities at their fair values. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
87 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) Markel Inc. has bonds outstanding during a year in which the general (risk-free) rate of interest has not changed. Markel elected the fair value option for the bonds upon issuance. What will the company report for the bonds in its income statement for the year? A) Interest expense and a gain. B) Interest expense and a loss. C) A gain and no interest expense. D) Interest expense and no gain or loss. Answer: D Explanation: Because general interest rates did not change, we assume any change in the fair value is due to a change in credit risk, so any gain or loss would be reported as OCI. Therefore, no gain or loss is reported in the income statement. Only interest on the bonds would be reported. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Option to report liabilities at fair value Learning Objective: 14-06 Understand the option to report liabilities at their fair values. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
88 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
147) Rick's Pawn Shop issued 11% bonds, dated January 1, with a face amount of $400,000 on January 1, 2022. The bonds sold for $370,000. For bonds of similar risk and maturity the market yield was 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Rick's determines interest at the effective rate and elected the option to report these bonds at their fair value. On December 31, 2022, the fair value of the bonds was $365,000, with $2,000 of the change due to a change in general interest rates. Rick's statement of comprehensive income will include: A) An unrealized gain from change in the fair value of debt of $5,412. B) An unrealized loss from change in the fair value of debt of $3,412. C) An unrealized gain from change in the fair value of debt of $2,000. D) An unrealized gain from change in the fair value of debt of $3,412. Answer: A Explanation: Interest expense ($370,000 × 12% × 6/12) Discount on bonds payable Cash ($400,000 × 11% × 6/12) Interest expense ([$370,000 + 200] × 12% × 6/12) Discount on bonds payable Cash ($400,000 × 11% × 6/12)
Bonds Payable less: Discount Book Value Gain-N/I Gain-OCI Fair value
22,200 200 22,000 22,212 212 22,000
$ 400,000 (29,588 ) $30,000 − 200 − 212 $ 370,412 2,000 3,412 $ 365,000
Comprehensive income includes both net income and OCI. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Option to report liabilities at fair value Learning Objective: 14-06 Understand the option to report liabilities at their fair values. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
89 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) On January 31, 2021, B Corp. issued $600,000 face value, 12% bonds for $600,000 cash. The bonds are dated December 31, 2020, and mature on December 31, 2030. Interest will be paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. For how many months will there be interest expense for the year ended September, 30, 2021? A) 6 months. B) 8 months. C) 9 months. D) 12 months. Answer: B Explanation: Interest expense will be from the issue date January 31, 2021 through the balance sheet date September 30, 2021 = 8 months. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Bonds issued between interest dates-App 14A Learning Objective: Appendix 14A Bonds Issued Between Interest Dates. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 149) When the interest payment dates are March 1 and September 1, and the bonds are issued on July 1, the amount of interest expense reported in the December 31 income statement for the year of issue would be for: A) Six months. B) Four months. C) 10 months. D) 12 months. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Bonds issued between interest dates-App 14A Learning Objective: Appendix 14A Bonds Issued Between Interest Dates. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
90 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
150) Bonds are issued on June 1, 2021 that have interest payment dates of April 1 and October 1. Bond interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2021, is for a period of: A) Three months. B) Four months. C) Six months. D) Seven months. Answer: D Explanation: The interest expense is for the time the bonds were outstanding during the reporting period; seven months in this case. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Bonds issued between interest dates-App 14A Learning Objective: Appendix 14A Bonds Issued Between Interest Dates. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 151) When a company issues bonds between interest dates, the entry to record the issuance of the bonds will: A) Include a credit to interest payable. B) Include a debit to interest expense. C) Include a debit to cash that has been reduced by interest accrued from the last interest date. D) Include a debit to cash that has been increased by interest that will accrue from sale to the next interest date. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Bonds issued between interest dates-App 14A Learning Objective: Appendix 14A Bonds Issued Between Interest Dates. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
91 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
152) TMC issued $50 million of its 12% bonds on April 1, 2021 at 96, reflecting a market rate of interest of 14%, plus accrued interest. The bonds are dated January 1, 2021, and mature on December 31, 2040. Interest is payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31. What amount did TMC receive from the bond issuance? (Round your final answer to 2 decimal places.) A) $51.75 million. B) $50.5 million. C) $49.5 million. D) $49.0 million. Answer: C Explanation: $50 million × 0.96 = $48 million. 12% × $50 million × 3/12 (January through March) = $1.50 million accrued interest at stated rate $48 million + $1.50 million = $49.50 million Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Bonds issued between interest dates-App 14A Learning Objective: Appendix 14A Bonds Issued Between Interest Dates. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 153) On September 1, 2021, Sam's Shoe Co. issued $350,000 of 8% bonds. The bonds pay interest semiannually on January 1 and July 1 of each year. The bonds were sold at the face amount. How much cash did Sam's receive upon sale of the bonds? A) $378,000. B) $364,000. C) $354,667. D) $350,000. Answer: C Explanation: $350,000 + ($350,000 × 8% × 2/12) = $354,667 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Bonds issued between interest dates-App 14A Learning Objective: Appendix 14A Bonds Issued Between Interest Dates. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
92 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
154) When a company issues bonds between interest dates the entry to record the issuance of the bonds will: A) Include a debit to cash that has been reduced by accrued interest from the last interest date. B) Include a credit to interest payable. C) Include a debit to interest expense. D) Be unaffected by the timing of issue. Answer: B Explanation: When bonds are issued between interest payment dates, the cash received is made up of two components: the price of the bond and the interest accrued, but unpaid, since the last interest payment date. The credit relating to the accrued interest portion is interest payable. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Bonds issued between interest dates-App 14A Learning Objective: Appendix 14A Bonds Issued Between Interest Dates. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 155) Brown Co. issued $100 million of its 11% bonds on April 1, 2021 at 90 ($90 million) plus accrued interest. The bonds are dated January 1, 2021 and have an effective interest rate of 12%. Interest is payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31. What amount did Brown receive from the bond issuance? (Round your final answer to 2 decimal places.) A) $89.25 million. B) $92.25 million. C) $92.75 million. D) $93.0 million. Answer: C Explanation: $100 million × 0.90 = $90 million issue price. 11% × $100 million × 3/12 = $2.75 million accrued interest at stated rate. $90 million + $2.75 million = $92.75 million proceeds at issue date. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Bonds issued between interest dates-App 14A Learning Objective: Appendix 14A Bonds Issued Between Interest Dates. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
93 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
156) On September 1, 2021, Blue Co., issued $1,600,000 of its 10% bonds at 98 plus accrued interest. The bonds are dated June 1, 2021 and have an effective interest rate of 11%. Interest is payable semiannually on June 1 and December 1. At the time of issuance, Blue would receive cash of: A) $1,640,000. B) $1,608,000. C) $1,607,200. D) $1,568,000. Answer: B Explanation: $1,600,000 × 0.98 = $1,568,000 10% × $1,600,000 × 3/12 = $40,000 accrued interest at stated rate $1,568,000 + $40,000 = $1,608,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Bonds issued between interest dates-App 14A Learning Objective: Appendix 14A Bonds Issued Between Interest Dates. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 157) On September 1, 2021, Red Co., issued $48 million of its 10% bonds at face value. The bonds are dated June 1, 2021, and mature on May 30, 2031. Interest is payable semiannually on June 1 and December 1. At the time of issuance, Red would receive cash proceeds that would include accrued interest of: A) Zero. B) $600,000. C) $1,200,000. D) $4,800,000. Answer: C Explanation: $1,200,000: ($48,000,000 × 10% × 3/12). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Bonds issued between interest dates-App 14A Learning Objective: Appendix 14A Bonds Issued Between Interest Dates. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
94 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
158) During 2021, Marquis Company was encountering financial difficulties and seemed likely to default on a $300,000, 10%, four-year note dated January 1, 2019, payable to Third Bank. Interest was last paid on December 31, 2020. On December 31, 2021, Third Bank accepted $250,000 in settlement of the note. Ignoring income taxes, what amount should Marquis report as a gain from the debt restructuring in its 2021 income statement? A) $20,000. B) $50,000. C) $80,000. D) $0. Answer: C Explanation: $300,000 + 10% ($300,000) − $250,000 = $80,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Troubled debt restructuring‒App 14B Learning Objective: Appendix 14B Troubled Debt Restructuring. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
95 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
159) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Interest expense 2. Mortgage bond 3. Bond indenture 4. Sinking fund 5. Implicit rate of interest
PHRASE NUMBER Used when the rate is not stated or is materially ____ different from the market rate. Used by a trustee to repurchase bonds in the ____ open market. Conceptually equal to effective rate times ____ balance. Secured by real property. ____ Promises made to bondholders. ____
Answer: TERM 1. Interest expense 2. Mortgage bond 3. Bond indenture 4. Sinking fund 5. Implicit rate of interest
PHRASE Used when the rate is not stated or is materially different from the market rate. Used by a trustee to repurchase bonds in the open market. Conceptually equal to effective rate times balance. Secured by real property. Promises made to bondholders.
NUMBER 5 4 1 2 3
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining interest and amortization; Bond indenture Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal
96 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
160) Listed below are 4 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM PHRASE NUMBER 1. Loss on extinguishment Protects the debt issuer if rates fall. ____ 2. Call feature The amount by which the reacquisition price of ____ debt exceeds book value. 3. Fair value option Gain or loss reported in the income statement. ____ 4. Stock warrant Right of an investor to purchase a specific ____ number shares at a fixed price.
Answer: TERM PHRASE 1. Loss on extinguishment Protects the debt issuer if rates fall. 2. Call feature The amount by which the reacquisition price of debt exceeds book value. 3. Fair value option Gain or loss reported in the statement of comprehensive income. 4. Stock warrant Right of an investor to purchase a specific number shares at a fixed price.
NUMBER 2 1 3 4
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Early extinguishment of debt; Bonds with detachable warrants; Option to report liabilities at fair value Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants.; 14-06 Understand the option to report liabilities at their fair values. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal; FN Measurement
97 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
161) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Times interest earned ratio 2. Debenture bonds 3. Debt to equity ratio 4. Coupon bonds 5. Convertible bonds
PHRASE No specific assets pledged. Name of owner not registered. Measures default risk. Measures ability to service debt. May become stock.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Times interest earned ratio 2. Debenture bonds 3. Debt to equity ratio 4. Coupon bonds 5. Convertible bonds
PHRASE No specific assets pledged. Name of owner not registered. Measures default risk. Measures ability to service debt. May become stock.
NUMBER 2 4 3 1 5
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Bond indenture; Decision-makers' perspective Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; BB Legal; FN Measurement
98 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
162) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Premium on bonds 2. Discount on bonds 3. Serial bonds 4. Installment notes 5. Debt issue costs
PHRASE Market rate less than stated rate. Market rate higher than stated rate. No maturity payment. Legal, accounting, printing. Many separate maturity dates.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Premium on bonds 2. Discount on bonds 3. Serial bonds 4. Installment notes 5. Debt issue costs
PHRASE Market rate less than stated rate. Market rate higher than stated rate. No maturity payment. Legal, accounting, printing. Many separate maturity dates.
NUMBER 1 2 4 5 3
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Bond indenture; Bonds at issuance; Debt issue costs; Long-term notes ‒ General concepts Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method.; 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource management; FN Measurement
99 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
163) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Induced conversion 2. Book value method 3. Warrants 4. Zero-coupon bonds 5. Straight-line method
PHRASE Requires(s) no cash outflow before maturity. Often traded separately from associated bonds. A practical expediency when not misleading. Additional consideration is recorded as an expense. No gain or loss recorded when convertible bond option is exercised.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Induced conversion 2. Book value method 3. Warrants 4. Zero-coupon bonds 5. Straight-line method
PHRASE NUMBER Requires(s) no cash outflow before 4 maturity. Often traded separately from associated 3 bonds. A practical expediency when not 5 misleading. Additional consideration is recorded as an 1 expense. No gain or loss recorded when convertible 2 bond option is exercised.
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining interest and amortization; Zero coupon bonds; Convertible bonds; Bonds with detachable warrants Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method.; Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
100 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
164) Listed below are several terms and phrases associated with long-term debt. Pair each item from List A (by letter) with the item from List B that is most appropriately associated with it.
____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
List A Materiality concept Convertible bonds Present value of interest plus present value of principal Call feature Debt issue costs Market rate higher than stated rate Coupon bonds Promises made to bondholders Stated rate higher than market rate Face amount times stated rate Registered bonds Debenture bond Mortgage bond Balance times effective rate Subordinated debenture
List B A. Bond price B. Discount C. Liquidation payments after other claims satisfied D. Name of owner not registered E. Premium F. Checks are mailed directly G. No specific assets pledged H. Bond indenture I. Backed by a lien J. Interest expense K. May become stock L. Legal, accounting, printing M. Protection against falling rates N. Periodic cash payments O. Straight-line method
Answer: O Materiality concept K Convertible bonds A Present value of interest plus present value of principal M Call feature L Debt issue costs B Market rate higher than stated rate D Coupon bonds H Promises made to bondholders E Stated rate higher than market rate N Face amount times stated rate F Registered bonds G Debenture bond I Mortgage bond J Balance times effective rate C Subordinated debenture Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Bond indenture; Bonds at issuance; Determining interest and amortization; Debt issue costs; Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method.; 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. 101 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal; FN Measurement 165) On May 1, 2021, Joe purchased $200,000 in zero-coupon bonds that mature on May 1, 2041. The bonds pay no interest during the period of time they are outstanding. The interest rate for such borrowings is at 9%. Interest compounds annually. Required: Calculate the price Joe paid for the bonds.
Answer: $200,000 × 0.17843* = $35,686 *PV of $1: n = 20; i = 9% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Zero coupon bonds Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 166) On February 1, 2021, Nell purchased $600,000 in zero-coupon bonds that mature on February 1, 2041. The bonds pay no interest during the period of time they are outstanding. The interest rate for such borrowings is at 12%. Required: Calculate the price Nell paid for the bonds.
Answer: $600,000 × 0.10367* = $62,202 *PV of $1: n = 20; i = 12% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Zero coupon bonds Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
102 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
167) On January 1, 2021, Morton Sales Co. issued zero-coupon bonds with a face value of $6 million for cash. The bonds mature in 10 years and were issued at a price of $3,050,100. Required: How much interest will Morton Sales Co. pay on these bonds in 2021? Answer: None. Zero-coupon bonds make no interest payments until maturity. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Zero coupon bonds Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 168) On January 1, 2021, Morton Sales Co. issued zero-coupon bonds with a face value of $6 million for cash. The bonds mature in 10 years and were issued at a price of $3,050,100. Required: What was the annual effective interest rate in the market when the bonds were issued? Answer: 7% PV/FV = $3,050,100 ÷ $6,000,000 = 0.50835; when n = 10; I = 7%. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Zero coupon bonds Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 169) On January 1, 2021, Morton Sales Co. issued zero-coupon bonds with a face value of $6 million for cash. The bonds mature in 10 years and were issued at a price of $3,050,100. Required: What amount of interest expense on these bonds would Morton Sales Co. report in its 2021 income statement? Answer: $213,507 Interest expense = Outstanding balance × Effective rate = $3,050,100 × 0.07 = $213,507 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Zero coupon bonds Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 103 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) On January 1, 2021, Morton Sales Co. issued zero-coupon bonds with a face value of $6 million for cash. The bonds mature in 10 years and were issued at a price of $3,050,100. Required: What will Morton Sales Co. report on these bonds in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet? Answer: Bonds Payable: $3,263,607 (Issue price, plus accrued interest for 2021) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Financial statement disclosures Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method.; 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 171) On January 1, 2021, Morton Sales Co. issued zero-coupon bonds with a face value of $6 million for cash. The bonds mature in 10 years and were issued at a price of $3,050,100. Required: What total interest expense will Morton Sales Co. report over the 10-year life of these bonds? Answer: $2,949,900 (Maturity value of $6,000,000 - Issue price of $3,050,100) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Zero coupon bonds Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
104 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
172) Determine the price of a $200,000 bond issue under each of the following independent assumptions:
1. 2. 3.
Maturity 10 years 10 years 20 years
Answer: 1. Interest Principal
2.
Interest Principal
Interest Paid annually semiannually semiannually
Stated Rate 10% 10% 12%
Effective Rate 12% 12% 12%
$ 20,000 × 5.65022 = 200,000 × 0.32197 =
$113,004 64,394 $177,398
$ 10,000 × 11.46992 = 200,000 × 0.31180 =
$114,699 62,360 $177,059
Since the stated rate and the effective rate are the same, the price is equal to the face amount $200,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
105 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
173) Determine the price of a $500,000 bond issue under each of the following independent assumptions:
1. 2. 3.
Maturity 10 years 10 years 20 years
Interest Paid annually semiannually semiannually
Stated Rate 10% 10% 12%
Answer: 1. Interest $ 50,000 × 5.65022 = Principal 500,000 × 0.32197 =
Effective Rate 12% 12% 10%
$282,511 160,985 $443,496
2.
Interest $ 25,000 × 11.46992 = Principal 500,000 × 0.31180 =
$286,748 155,900 $442,648
3.
Interest $ 30,000 × 17.15909 = Principal 500,000 × 0.14205 =
$514,773 71,025 $585,798
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
106 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
174) On January 1, 2021, Bishop Company issued 10% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. The bonds mature in 2030 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond issuance by Bishop on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the effective interest method. 4. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the effective interest method. Answer: 1. Interest $ 1,000,000 × 11.46992 = Principal $20,000,000 × 0.31180 =
2.
3.
4.
$11,469,920 6,236,000 $17,705,920
Cash Discount on bonds payable Bonds payable
17,705,920 2,294,080
Interest expense (6% × $17,705,920) Discount on bonds payable Cash (5% x $20,000,000)
1,062,355
Interest expense [6% ($17,705,920 + $62,355)] Discount on bonds payable Cash
20,000,000
62,355 1,000,000
1,066,097 66,097 1,000,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds; Effective interest method ‒ Discount Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
107 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
175) On January 1, 2021, Mania Enterprises issued 12% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. The bonds mature in 2030 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 10%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond issuance by Mania on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the effective interest method. 4. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the effective interest method. Answer: 1. Interest $1,200,000 × 12.46221 = Principal $20,000,000 × 0.37689 =
2.
3.
4.
$14,954,652 7,537,800 $22,492,452
Cash Premium on bonds payable Bonds payable
22,492,452
Interest expense (5% × $22,492,452) Premium on bonds payable Cash (6% × $20,000,000)
1,124,623 75,377
Interest expense [5% ($22,492,452 - $75,377)] Premium on bonds payable Cash
2,492,452 20,000,000
1,200,000
1,120,854 79,146 1,200,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds; Effective interest method ‒ Premium Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
108 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
176) On January 1, 2021, Shirley Corporation purchased 10% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $10 million. The bonds mature in 2030 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond purchase by Shirley on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the effective interest method. 4. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the effective interest method. Answer: 1. Interest $ 500,000 × 11.46992 = Principal $10,000,000 × 0.31180 =
2.
3.
4.
Bond investment Discount on bond investment Cash
$5,734,960 3,118,000 $8,852,960 10,000,000 1,147,040 8,852,960
Cash Discount on bond investment Interest revenue (6% × $8,852,960)
500,000 31,178
Cash (5% × $10,000,000) Discount on bond investment Interest revenue [6% ($8,852,960 + $31,178)]
500,000 33,048
531,178
533,048
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds; Effective interest method ‒ Discount Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
109 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
177) On January 1, 2021, Rare Bird Ltd. purchased 12% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. The bonds mature in 2030 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 10%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond purchase by Rare Bird on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the effective interest method. 4. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the effective interest method.
Answer: 1. Interest $ 1,200,000 × 12.46221 = Principal $20,000,000 × 0.37689 =
2. Bond investment Premium on bond investment Cash
$14,954,652 7,537,800 $22,492,452 20,000,000 2,492,452 22,492,452
3. Cash Premium on bond investment Interest revenue (5% × $22,492,452)
1,200,000
4. Cash (6% × $20,000,000) Premium on bond investment Interest revenue [5% × ($22,492,452 - $75,377)]
1,200,000
75,377 1,124,623
79,146 1,120,854
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds; Effective interest method ‒ Premium Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
110 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
178) On January 1, 2021, Cool Universe issued 10% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. The bonds mature in 2030 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond issuance by Cool on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the straight-line method. 4. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the straight-line method. Answer: 1. Interest $ 1,000,000 × 11.46992 = Principal $20,000,000 × 0.31180 =
$11,469,920 6,236,000 $17,705,920
2. Cash Discount on bonds payable Bonds payable
17,705,920 2,294,080
3. Interest expense (total) Discount on bonds payable ($2,294,080 ÷ 20) Cash (5% × $20,000,000)
1,114,704
4. Interest expense Discount on bonds payable Cash
1,114,704
20,000,000
114,704 1,000,000
114,704 1,000,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds; Straight-line method ‒ Discount Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
111 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
179) On January 1, 2021, Boomer Universal issued 12% bonds dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $200 million. The bonds mature in 2030 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 10%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond issuance by Boomer on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the straight-line method. 4. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the straight-line method. Answer: 1. Interest $ 12,000,000 × 12.46221 = Principal $200,000,000 × 0.37689 =
2.
3.
4.
$149,546,520 75,378,000 $224,924,520
Cash Premium on bonds payable Bonds payable
224,924,520
Interest expense Premium on bonds payable ($24,924,520 ÷ 20) Cash (6% × $200,000,000)
10,753,774
Interest expense Premium on bonds payable Cash
10,753,774 1,246,226
24,924,520 200,000,000
1,246,226 12,000,000
12,000,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds; Straight-line method ‒ Premium Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
112 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
180) On January 1, 2021, Club Company purchased 10% bonds, dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. The bonds mature in 2030 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond purchase by Club on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the straight-line method. 4. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the straight-line method. Answer: 1. Interest $ 1,000,000 × 11.46992 = Principal $20,000,000 × 0.31180 =
2.
3.
4.
$11,469,920 6,236,000 $17,705,920
Bond investment Discount on bond investment Cash
20,000,000
Cash (5% × $20,000,000) Discount on bond investment ($2,294,080 ÷ 20) Interest revenue (total)
1,000,000
Cash Discount on bond investment Interest revenue
1,000,000 114,704
2,294,080 17,705,920
114,704 1,114,704
1,114,704
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds; Straight-line method ‒ Discount Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
113 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
181) On January 1, 2021, for $18 million, Monument Company purchased 10 year, 10% bonds, dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the straight-line method. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the straight-line method. Answer: 1.
2.
Cash (5% × $20,000,000) Discount on bond investment ($2 million ÷ 20) Interest revenue (total)
1,000,000
Cash (5% × $20,000,000) Discount on bond investment ($2 million ÷ 20) Interest revenue (total)
1,000,000
100,000 1,100,000
100,000 1,100,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining interest and amortization; Straight-line method ‒ Discount Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
114 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
182) On January 1, 2021, for $18 million, Cenotaph Company purchased 10% bonds, dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the effective interest method. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the effective interest method. Answer: 1. Cash (5% × $20,000,000) Discount on bond investment (to balance) Interest revenue (6% × $18,000,000)
1,000,000 80,000 1,080,000
2. Cash (5% x $20,000,000) 1,000,000 Discount on bond investment (to balance) 84,800 Interest revenue (6% × [$18,000,000 + $80,000]) 1,084,800 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining interest and amortization; Effective interest method ‒ Discount Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
115 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
183) On January 1, 2021, for $18 million, Marker Company issued 10% bonds, dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the effective interest method. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the effective interest method. Answer: 1. Interest expense (6% × $18,000,000) Discount on bonds payable (to balance) Cash (5% × $20,000,000)
1,080,000 80,000 1,000,000
2. Interest expense (6% × [$18,000,000 + $80,000]) 1,084,800 Discount on bonds payable (to balance) 84,800 Cash (5% × $20,000,000) 1,000,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining interest and amortization; Effective interest method ‒ Discount Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
116 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
184) On January 1, 2021, Shark Company sold $800,000 of 10% ten-year bonds. Interest is payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31. The bonds were sold for $708,000, priced to yield 12%. Shark records interest at the effective rate. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the effective interest method. Answer: Under the effective interest method, the interest expense is computed as the book value of the debt times the effective interest rate: $708,000 × 0.12 × 6/12 = $42,480. Interest expense (6% × $780,000) 42,480 Discount on bonds payable (to balance) 2,480 Cash (5% × $800,000) 40,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining interest expense; Effective interest ‒ Discount Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
117 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
185) On July 1, 2021, Flay Foods issued $100 million of its 8%, bonds for $92 million. The bonds were priced to yield 10%. The bonds are dated July 1, 2021. Interest is payable semiannually on December 31 and June 30. Flay records interest at the effective rate. Flay records interest at the effective rate. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021 (the first interest payment). 2. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2022 (the second interest payment). Answer: 1. Interest expense (5% × $92 million) Discount on bonds payable (difference) Cash (4% × $100 million)
4,600,000 600,000 4,000,000
2. Interest expense (5% × [$92 million + $0.6 million]) 4,630,000 Discount on bonds payable (difference) 630,000 Cash (4% × $100 million) 4,000,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining interest expense; Effective interest ‒ Discount Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
118 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
186) On January 1, 2021, Field Company purchased 12% bonds, dated January 1, 2021, with a face amount of $20 million. The bonds mature in 2030 (10 years). For bonds of similar risk and maturity, the market yield is 10%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Required: 1. Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond purchase by Field on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021, using the straight-line method. 4. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021, using the straight-line method. Answer: 1. Interest $ 1,200,000 × 12.46221 = Principal $20,000,000 × 0.37689 =
2.
3.
4.
$14,954,652 7,537,800 $22,492,452
Bond investment Premium on bond investment Cash
20,000,000 2,492,452
Cash (6% × $20,000,000) Premium on bond investment ($2,492,452 ÷ 20 semiannual periods) Interest revenue (total)
1,200,000
Cash Premium on bond investment Interest revenue
1,200,000
22,492,452
124,623 1,075,377
124,623 1,075,377
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds; Straight-line method ‒ Premium Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
119 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
187) On February 1, 2021, Lagune & Sons issued 9% bonds dated February 1, 2021, with a face amount of $200,000. The bonds sold for $182,841 and mature in 20 years. The effective interest rate for these bonds was 10%. Interest is paid semiannually on July 31 and January 31. Lagune's fiscal year is the calendar year. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond issuance on February 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the entry to record interest on July 31, 2021, using the effective interest method. 3. Prepare the necessary journal entry on December 31, 2021. 4. Prepare the necessary journal entry on January 31, 2022. Answer: 1. Cash Discount on bonds payable Bonds payable 2.
3.
4.
Interest expense (5% × $182,841) Discount on bonds payable (difference) Cash (4.5% × $200,000) Interest expense (5/6 x 5% × [$182,841 + $142]) Discount on bonds payable Interest payable (4.5% × $200,000 × 5/6) Interest expense (1/6 × 5% × [$182,841 + $142]) Interest payable Discount on bonds payable (difference) Cash (4.5% × $200,000)
182,841 17,159 200,000 9,142 142 9,000
7,624 124 7,500
1,525 7,500 25 9,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Bonds at issuance; Determining interest; Effective interest method ‒ Discount Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
120 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
188) On February 1, 2021, Sanford & Son issued 10% bonds dated February 1, 2021, with a face amount of $200,000. The bonds sold for $239,588 and mature in 20 years. The effective interest rate for these bonds was 8%. Interest is paid semiannually on July 31 and January 31. Sanford & Son's fiscal year is the calendar year. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond issuance on February 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the entry to record interest on July 31, 2021, using the straight-line method 3. Prepare the necessary journal entry on December 31, 2021. 4. Prepare the necessary journal entry on January 31, 2022. Answer: 1. Cash Premium on bonds payable Bonds payable 2.
3.
4.
239,588 39,588 200,000
Interest expense (difference) Premium on bonds payable ($39,588 ÷ 40 periods) Cash (5% × $200,000)
9,010 990
Interest expense (difference) Premium on bonds payable (5/6 × $990) Interest payable (5/6 × 5% × $200,000)
7,508 825
Interest expense (difference) Interest payable Premium on bonds payable (1/6 × $990) Cash (5% × $200,000)
1,502 8,333 165
10,000
8,333
10,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Bonds at issuance; Determining interest; Straight-line method ‒ Premium Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
121 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
189) On February 1, 2021, Fox Corporation issued 9% bonds dated February 1, 2021, with a face amount of $200,000. The bonds sold for $182,841 and mature in 20 years. The effective interest rate for these bonds was 10%. Interest is paid semiannually on July 31 and January 31. Fox's fiscal year is the calendar year. Fox uses the straight-line method of amortization. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond issuance on February 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the entry to record interest on July 31, 2021. 3. Prepare the necessary journal entry on December 31, 2021. 4. Prepare the necessary journal entry on January 31, 2022. Answer: 1. Cash Discount on bonds payable Bonds payable 2.
3.
4.
182,841 17,159 200,000
Interest expense (total) Discount on bonds payable ($17,159 ÷ 40 semiannual periods) Cash (4.5% × $200,000)
9,429
Interest expense (total) Discount on bonds payable (5/6 × $429) Interest payable (5/6 × 4.5% × $200,000)
7,858
Interest expense (difference) Interest payable Discount on bonds ($429 - $ 358) Cash (4.5% × $200,000)
429 9,000
358 7,500 1,571 7,500 71 9,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Bonds at issuance; Determining interest; Straight-line method ‒ Discount Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
122 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
190) On February 1, 2021, Wolf Inc. issued 10% bonds dated February 1, 2021, with a face amount of $200,000. The bonds sold for $239,588 and mature in 20 years. The effective interest rate for these bonds was 8%. Interest is paid semiannually on July 31 and January 31. Wolf's fiscal year is the calendar year. Wolf uses the effective interest method of amortization. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record the bond issuance on February 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the entry to record interest on July 31, 2021. 3. Prepare the necessary journal entry on December 31, 2021. 4. Prepare the necessary journal entry on January 31, 2022. Answer: 1. Cash Premium on bonds payable Bonds payable
239,588 39,588 200,000
2. Interest expense (4% × $239,588) Premium on bonds payable (difference) Cash (5% × $200,000)
9,584 416
3. Interest expense (4% × [$239,588 - $416] × 5/6) Premium on bonds payable (difference) Interest payable (5/6 × 5% × $200,000)
7,972 361
4. Interest expense (4% × [$239,588 - $416] × 1/6) Interest payable Premium (difference) Cash (5% × $200,000)
1,594 8,333 73
10,000
8,333
10,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Bonds at issuance; Determining interest; Effective interest method ‒ Premium Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
123 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
191) Miranda Company contracted with Stewart Corporation to construct custom-made equipment. The equipment was completed and ready for use on January 1, 2021. Miranda paid for the machine by issuing a $200,000, three-year note that bears interest at the rate of 4%, payable annually on December 31 each year. Since the machine was custom-built, the cash price was unknown. However, when compared to similar contracts, 10% was deemed to be a reasonable rate of interest. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry by Miranda to record the purchase of equipment. 2. Prepare journal entries to record interest for each of the first two years.
Answer: Interest $8,000 × 2.48685 = Principal $200,000 × 0.75131 = Present value at 10% 1.
2.
$ 19,895 150,262 $170,157
Equipment Discount on notes payable Notes payable Year 1 Interest expense: Interest expense (10% × $170,157) Discount on notes payable (difference) Cash (4% × $200,000) Year 2 Interest expense: Interest expense (10% × [$170,157 + $9,016]) Discount on notes payable (difference) Cash (4% × $200,000)
170,157 29,843 200,000
17,016 9,016 8,000
17,917 9,917 8,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Note exchanged for assets Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
124 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
192) On January 1, 2021, CPS Co. borrowed $340,000 cash from iLend and issued a five-year, $340,000, 4% note. Interest was payable annually on December 31. Required: Prepare the journal entries for both firms to record interest at December 31, 2021. Answer: CPS (Borrower) Interest expense Cash (4% × $340,000)
13,600 13,600
iLend (Lender) Cash (4% × $340,000) 13,600 Interest revenue 13,600 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Long-term notes‒General concepts Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
125 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
193) Holly Springs, Inc. contracted with Coldwater Corporation to have constructed a custommade lathe. The machine was completed and ready for use on January 1, 2021. Holly Springs paid for the lathe by issuing a $300,000 note due in three years. Interest, specified at 2%, was payable annually on December 31 of each year. The cash market price of the lathe was unknown. It was determined by comparison with similar transactions for which 6% was a reasonable rate of interest. Required: (1.) Prepare the journal entry on January 1, 2021, for Holly Springs' purchase of the lathe. (2.) Prepare an amortization schedule for the three-year term of the note. (3.) Prepare the journal entries to record (a) interest for each of the three years and (b) payment of the note at maturity. Answer: 1. Interest $6,000¥ × Principal $300,000 × Present value of the note
2.67301 * = 0.83962 ** =
$ 16,038 251,886 $267,924
¥ 2% × $300,000 * Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 3, i = 6% (Table 4) ** Present value of $1: n = 3, i = 6% (Table 2) Machinery (price determined above) Discount on notes payable (difference) Notes payable (face amount)
267,924 32,076 300,000
2.
1 2 3
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Increase in Balance
2% × Face Amount
6% × Outstanding Balance
Discount Reduction
6,000 6,000 6,000 18,000 * rounded
.06 (267,924) = .06 (277,999) = .06 (288,679) =
16,075 16,680 17,321 50,076
10,075 10,680 11,321 32,076
Outstanding Balance 267,924 277,999 288,679 300,000
126 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
3. Interest expense (market rate × outstanding balance) Discount on notes payable (difference) Cash (stated rate × face amount)
16,075 10,075 6,000
Interest expense (market rate × outstanding balance) Discount on notes payable (difference) Cash (stated rate × face amount)
16,680
Interest expense (market rate × outstanding balance) Discount on notes payable (difference) Cash (stated rate × face amount)
17,321
10,680 6,000
11,321 6,000
Notes payable 300,000 Cash (stated rate × face amount) 300,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Note exchanged for assets Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
127 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
194) Holly Springs, Inc. contracted with Coldwater Corporation to have constructed a custommade lathe. The machine was completed and ready for use on January 1, 2021. Holly Springs paid for the lathe by issuing a $300,000 note due in three years. Interest, specified at 2%, was payable annually on December 31 of each year. The cash market price of the lathe was unknown. It was determined by comparison with similar transactions for which 6% was a reasonable rate of interest. Required: (1.) Prepare the journal entry on January 1, 2021, for Coldwater Corporation's sale of the lathe. (2.) Prepare an amortization schedule for the three-year term of the note. (3.) Prepare the journal entries to record (a) interest for each of the three years and (b) receipt of payment of the note at maturity. Answer: 1. Interest $6,000¥ × Principal $300,000 × Present value of the note
2.67301 * = 0.83962 ** =
$ 16,038 251,886 $267,924
¥ 2% × $300,000 * Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 3, i = 6% (Table 4) ** Present value of $1: n = 3, i = 6% (Table 2) Notes receivable (face amount) Discount on notes receivable (difference) Sales revenue (price determined above)
300,000 32,076 267,924
2. Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Increase in Balance
2% × Face Amount
6% × Outstanding Balance
Discount Reduction
1 2 3
6,000 6,000 6,000 18,000 * rounded
.06 (267,924) = .06 (277,999) = .06 (288,679) =
16,075 16,680 17,321 50,076
10,075 10,680 11,321 32,076
Outstanding Balance 267,924 277,999 288,679 300,000
128 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
3. Cash (stated rate × face amount) Discount on notes receivable (difference) Interest revenue (market rate × outstanding balance)
6,000 10,075 16,075
Cash (stated rate × face amount) Discount on notes receivable (difference) Interest revenue (market rate × outstanding balance)
6,000 10,680
Cash (stated rate × face amount) Discount on notes receivable (difference) Interest revenue (market rate × outstanding balance)
6,000 11,321
16,680
17,321
Cash (stated rate × face amount) 300,000 Notes receivable 300,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Note exchanged for assets Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
129 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
195) Pockets lent $20,000 to Lego Construction on January 1, 2021. Lego signed a three-year, 5% installment note to be paid in three equal payments at the end of each year. Required: (1.) Prepare the journal entry on January 1, 2021, for Pockets' lending the funds. (2.) Calculate the amount of one installment payment. (3.) Prepare an amortization schedule for the three-year term of the installment note. (4.) Prepare Pockets' journal entry for the first installment payment on December 31, 2021. (5.) Prepare Pockets' journal entry for the third installment payment on December 31, 2023. Answer: 1. January 1, 2021 Notes receivable Cash
20,000 20,000
2. Installment payment calculation $20,000 ÷ 2.72325 = $7,344 amount (from Table 4) installment of loan n = 3, i = 5% payment 3. Amortization schedule Cash Payment
2018 2019 2020
7,344 7,344 7,344 22,032
Effective Interest 5% × Outstanding Balance
Decrease in Balance
.05 (20,000) = 1,000 .05 (13,656) = 683 .05 ( 6,994) = 394* 2,032
6,344 6,661 6,995 20,000
Outstanding Balance 20,000 13,656 6,995 0
*rounded 4. December 31, 2021 Cash (payment determined above) Notes receivable (difference) Interest revenue (5% × outstanding balance)
7,344 6,344 1,000
5. December 31, 2023 Cash (payment determined above) 7,344 Notes receivable (difference) 6,995 Interest revenue (5% × outstanding balance) 349 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Installment notes Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Apply 130 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 196) Little Company borrowed $48,000 from Sockets on January 1, 2021, and signed a threeyear, 6% installment note to be paid in three equal payments at the end of each year. The present value of an ordinary annuity of $1 for 3 periods at 6% is 2.67301. Required: (1.) Prepare the journal entry on January 1, 2021, for Sockets' lending the funds. (2.) Calculate the amount of one installment payment. (3.) Prepare an amortization schedule for the three-year term of the installment note. (4.) Prepare the journal entry for Sockets' first installment payment received on December 31, 2021. (5.) Prepare the journal entry for Sockets' third installment payment received on December 31, 2023. Answer: 1. January 1, 2021 Notes receivable Cash
48,000 48,000
2. Installment payment calculation $48,000 ÷ 2.67301 = amount (from Table 4) of loan n = 3, i = 6%
$17,957 installment payment
3. Amortization schedule Cash Payment
2018 2019 2020
17,957 17,957 17,957 53,871
Effective Decrease in Interest Balance 6% × Outstanding Balance .06 (48,000) = .06 (32,923) = .06 (16,941) =
2,880 1,975 1,016 5,871
4. December 31, 2021 Cash (payment determined above) Notes receivable (difference) Interest revenue (6% × outstanding balance) 5. December 31, 2023 Cash (payment determined above) Notes receivable (difference) Interest revenue (6% × outstanding balance)
Outstanding Balance 48,000 32,923 16,941 0
15,077 15,982 16,941 48,000
17,957 15,077 2,880
17,957 16,941 1,016
131 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Installment notes Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
132 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
197) DCL Industries purchased a supply of mechanical components from E Corporation on November 1, 2021. In payment for the $48,000 purchase, DCL issued a one-year installment note to be paid in equal monthly payments at the end of each month. The payments include interest at the rate of 12%. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry for DCL's purchase of the components on November 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry for the first installment payment on November 30, 2021. 3. What is the amount of interest expense that DCL will report in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021?
Answer: 1. November 1, 2021 Inventory Notes payable 2. November 30, 2021 Interest expense (1% × outstanding balance) Notes payable (difference) Cash (payment determined below)
48,000 48,000
480 3,785 4,265
Calculation of installment payment: $48,000 ÷ 11.25508 = $4,265 amount (PV of annuity) installment of loan n=12, i=1% payment 3. December 31, 2021 November (1% × $48,000) December (1% × [$48,000 - $3,785]) 2021 interest expense
$480 442 $922
Journal entry (not required): Interest expense (1% × [$48,000 - $3,785]) 442 Notes payable (difference) 3,823 Cash (payment determined above) 4,265 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Installment notes Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
133 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Health Foods, Inc. disclosed the following information about some of its indebtedness: The fair value of convertible subordinated debentures is estimated using quoted market prices. Book amounts and estimated fair values of our financial instruments other than those for which book amounts approximate fair values as noted above are as follows (in thousands) 2021
Convertible subordinated debentures
Book Amount $ 158,791
2020 Estimated Fair Value $295,923
Book Amount $151,449
Estimated Fair Value $200,396
In addition, the company disclosed the following: We have outstanding zero coupon convertible subordinated debentures which had a book amount of approximately $158.8 million and $151.4 million at September 26, 2021, and September 28, 2020, respectively. The debentures have an effective yield to maturity of 5 percent and a principal amount at maturity on March 2, 2035, of approximately $308.8 million. The debentures are convertible at the option of the holder, at any time on or prior to maturity, unless previously redeemed or otherwise purchased. The debentures have a conversion rate of 10.64 shares per $1,000 principal amount at maturity, representing 3,285,632 shares. The debentures may be redeemed at the option of the holder on March 2, 2025, or March 2, 2030, at the issue price plus accrued original discount totaling approximately $188 million and $241 million, respectively. 198) Required: Explain why the estimated fair value of the debentures exceeds their book amount at the end of fiscal year 2021. Answer: Apparently, the current market interest rate is less than the effective rate (the rate at the time the debentures were issued). This lower discount rate raises the current value because the future expected cash flows expected are discounted by the market at the lesser rate. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Financial statement disclosures Learning Objective: 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management
134 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
199) Required: Why did the book amount of the debentures increase during fiscal year 2021? Answer: These are zero coupon debentures. Therefore, Health Foods pays no annual interest in cash, and the liability increases as interest accrues each year until maturity. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Financial statement disclosures Learning Objective: 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 200) Required: What amount of interest expense will Health Foods accrue on the debentures during fiscal year 2022? Answer: $7,939,550 Interest expense = Book amount × 5% interest yield rate = $158,791,000 × 0.05 = $7,939,550 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Zero coupon bonds; Financial statement disclosures Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method.; 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 201) Required: Determine the gain or loss that Health Foods would have reported in its 2021 income statement if it had redeemed (and retired) the debentures at fair value at the end of the fiscal year. Answer: Loss of $137,132,000 Cash paid would be $295,923,000; debt retired would be $158,791,000. The difference of $137,132,000 would be the reported loss. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Early extinguishment of debt Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
135 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
202) Required: Suppose that half of the bondholders had converted them into Health Foods' stock at the end of the 2021 fiscal year when the stock price is $90 per share. What gain or loss from this conversion would Health Foods have recorded on the transaction using the book value method? The market value method? Answer: (A) Under the book value method? None. Under this method, the shares are recorded at the book value of the debentures removed. (B) Under the market value method? $68,457,940 loss Half of the maturity value for the bonds converted would be $154,400,000 ($308,800,000 ÷ 2). At the conversion rate specified in the note, the number of shares issued would be ($154.4 million ÷ $1,000) × 10.640 shares = 1,642,816. At $90 per share, the stock would be recorded at $147,853,440. The book value of half the bonds on the conversion date is $158,791,000 ÷ 2 =$79,395,500. The difference, $68,457,940, between the book amount of the debentures and the market value of the stock would be recorded as a loss on conversion. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
136 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
203) On August 1, 2022, United Corporation issued $10 million of 8% convertible bonds at 105. The bonds mature in 20 years. Each $1,000 bond was issued with 20 detachable stock warrants, each of which entitled the bondholder to purchase, for $50, one share of United $5 par common stock. World Company purchased 10% of the bond issue. On August 1, 2022, the market value per share for United stock was $56 and the market value of each warrant was $6. In March 2028, when United common stock had a market price of $70 per share and the unamortized premium balance was $300,000, World exercised the warrants it held. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entries on August 1, 2022, to record (A) the issuance of the bonds by United and (B) the investment by World. 2. Prepare the journal entries for both companies in March 2028 to record the exercise of the warrants. Answer: 1(A) ISSUER-Issuance Cash (105% × $10 M) Discount on bonds payable (difference) Bonds payable Paid-in capital–Stock warrants outstanding ($6 × 20 × [($10,000,000 ÷ $1,000] ) (B)
2.
INVESTOR-Purchase 10% of bond issue Investment in stock warrants ($1,200,000 × 10%) Investment in bonds (10% × $10 M) Discount on bond investment (difference) Cash (105% × $10 M) × 10% ISSUER-Exercise of warrants Cash (10% × 10,000 bonds × 20 × $50) Paid-in capital—stock warrants outstanding ($1,200,000 × 10%) Common stock (10% × 10,000 × 20 × $5) Paid-in capital in excess of par (balance) INVESTOR-Exercise of warrants Investment in common stock (balance) Investment in stock warrants Cash (10% × 10,000 × 20 × $50)
10,500,000 700,000 10,000,000 1,200,000
120,000 1,000,000 70,000 1,050,000
1,000,000 120,000 100,000 1,020,000
1,120,000 120,000 1,000,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Bonds with detachable warrants Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Apply 137 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 204) On January 1, 2020, Slug Corporation issued $6 million of 8%, 10-year convertible bonds at 102. The bonds pay interest on June 30 and December 31. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 40 shares of $1 par common stock. Fuzz Company purchased 20% of the issue as an investment. On July 1, 2024, Fuzz converted all of its bonds into common stock of Slug. The market price per share for Slug was $32 at the time of the conversion. Both companies use the straight-line method for amortization. Required: 1. Prepare journal entries for the issuance of the bonds on the issuer and the investor books. 2. Prepare the journal entries for the conversion on the books of the issuer and the investor. Answer: 1. ISSUER-Issuance Cash (102% × $6,000,000) Convertible bonds payable Premium on bonds payable INVESTOR-Purchased 20% of the issue Investment in convertible bonds Premium on bond investment Cash 2. ISSUER-Conversion 9 semiannual periods later Convertible bonds payable Premium on bonds payable ($24,000 - ($24,000 ÷ 20) × 9) Common stock [(1,200 × 40) × $1] Paid-in capital in excess of par (balance) INVESTOR-Conversion 9 semiannual periods later Investment in common stock Investment in convertible bonds Premium on bond investment
6,120,000 6,000,000 120,000
1,200,000 24,000 1,224,000
1,200,000 13,200 48,000 1,165,200
1,213,200 1,200,000 13,200
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
138 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
205) The December 31, 2020, balance sheet of Ming Inc. included 12% bonds with a face amount of $100 million. The bonds were issued in 2008 and had a remaining discount of $3,400,000 at December 31, 2020. On January 1, 2021, Ming called the bonds at a price of 102. Required: Prepare the journal entry by Ming to record the retirement of the bonds on January 1, 2021. Answer: Bonds payable Loss on early extinguishment Discount on bonds payable Cash (102% × $100,000,000)
100,000,000 5,400,000 3,400,000 102,000,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Early extinguishment of debt Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
139 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
206) On January 1, 2021, Whittington Stoves issued $800 million of its 8% bonds for $736 million. The bonds were priced to yield 10%. Interest is payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Whittington records interest at the effective rate and elected the option to report these bonds at their fair value. One million dollars of the increase in fair value was due to a change in the general (risk-free) rate of interest. On December 31, 2021, the fair value of the bonds was $752 million as determined by their market value on the NYSE. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021 (the first interest payment). 2. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021 (the second interest payment). 3. Prepare the journal entry to adjust the bonds to their fair value for presentation in the December 31, 2021, balance sheet. Answer: Requirement 1 June 30, 2021 Interest expense (5% × $736 million) Discount on bonds payable (difference) Cash (4% × $800 million)
36,800,000
Requirement 2 December 31, 2021 Interest expense (5% × [$736 million + $4.8 million]) Discount on bonds payable (difference) Cash (4% × $800 million)
4,800,000 32,000,000
37,040,000 5,040,000 32,000,000
Requirement 3 The interest entries increased the book value from $736,000,000 to $745,840,000. To increase the book value to $752,000,000, Whittington needed the following entry: Loss on bonds payable (unrealized, NI) 1,000,000 Loss on bonds payable (unrealized, OCI) 5,160,000 Fair value adjustment ($752,000,000 - $745,840,000) 6,160,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Option to report liabilities at fair value Learning Objective: 14-06 Understand the option to report liabilities at their fair values. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
140 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
207) On January 1, 2021, BBX issued $400,000 of its 8% bonds for $368,000. The bonds were priced to yield 10%. Interest is payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31. BBX records interest at the effective rate and elected the option to report these bonds at their fair value. On December 31, 2021, the fair value of the bonds was $370,000 as determined by their market value on the NYSE. $1,000 of the change in fair value was due to a change in the general (riskfree) rate of interest. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021 (the first interest payment). 2. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021 (the second interest payment). 3. Prepare the journal entry to adjust the bonds to their fair value for presentation in the December 31, 2021, balance sheet. Answer: Requirement 1 June 30, 2021 Interest expense (5% × $368,000) Discount on bonds payable (difference) Cash (4% × $400,000) Requirement 2 December 31, 2021 Interest expense (5% × [$368,000 + $2,400]) Discount on bonds payable (difference) Cash (4% × $400,000)
18,400 2,400 16,000
18,520 2,520 16,000
Requirement 3 The interest entries increased the book value from $368,000 to $372,920. To decrease the book value to $370,000, BBX needed the following entry: Fair value adjustment ($372,920 — $370,000) 2,920 Gain on bonds payable (unrealized, NI) 1,000 Gain on bonds payable (unrealized, OCI) 1,920 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Option to report liabilities at fair value Learning Objective: 14-06 Understand the option to report liabilities at their fair values. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
141 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
208) On January 1, 2021, Ouachita Airlines issued $400,000 of its 20-year, 8% bonds. The bonds were priced to yield 10%. Interest is payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Ouachita Airlines records interest at the effective rate and elected the option to report these bonds at their fair value. On December 31, 2021, the fair value of the bonds was $335,000 as determined by their fair value in the over-the-counter market. None of the change in fair value was due to a change in the general (risk-free) rate of interest. Required: 1. Determine the price of the bonds at January 1, 2021, and prepare the journal entry to record their issuance. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021 (the first interest payment). 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021 (the second interest payment). 4. Prepare the journal entry to adjust the bonds to their fair value for presentation in the December 31, 2021, balance sheet. Answer: Requirement 1 Interest $ 16,000 × 17.15909 = Principal $400,000 × 0.14205 =
$274,546 56,820 $331,366
4% × $400,000 = $16,000 January 1 Cash Discount on bonds payable Bonds payable
331,366 68,634 400,000
Requirement 2 June 30 Interest expense (5% × $331,366) Discount on bonds payable (difference) Cash (4% × $400,000)
16,568
Requirement 3 December 31 Interest expense (5% × [$331,366 + $568]) Discount on bonds payable (difference) Cash (4% × $400,000)
16,597
568 16,000
597 16,000
Requirement 4 The interest entries increased the book value from $331,366 to $332,531. To increase the book value to $335,000, Ouachita needed the following entry: Loss on bonds payable (unrealized, OCI) Fair value adjustment ($335,000 - $332,531) Difficulty: 3 Hard
2,469 2,469
142 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds; Bonds at issuance; Effective interest method ‒ Discount; Option to report liabilities at fair value Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt.; 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method.; 14-06 Understand the option to report liabilities at their fair values. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 209) On May 1, 2021, Green Corporation issued $1,000,000 of 9% bonds, dated January 1, 2021 for $910,000 plus accrued interest. The market rate of interest was 10%. The bonds pay interest semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Green's fiscal year ends on December 31 each year. Required: 1. Determine the amount of accrued interest that was included in the proceeds received from the bond sale. Show calculations. 2. Prepare the journal entry for the issuance of the bonds. Answer: 1. Compute accrued interest. 2.
$1,000,000 × 9% × 4/12 = $30,000
Entry for bond issuance Cash Discount on bonds payable Bonds payable Interest payable
940,000 90,000 1,000,000 30,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Bonds issued between interest dates‒App 14A Learning Objective: Appendix 14A Bonds Issued Between Interest Dates Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
143 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
210) At January 1, 2021, ICN, Inc., was indebted to First Bank under a $480,000, 10% unsecured note. The note was signed January 1, 2017, and was due December 31, 2022. Annual interest was last paid on December 31, 2019. ICN was experiencing severe financial difficulties and negotiated a restructuring of the terms of the debt agreement. First Bank agreed to reduce last year's interest and the remaining two years' interest payments to $23,110 each and delay all payments until December 31, 2022, the maturity date. Required: Prepare the journal entries by ICN, Inc. necessitated by the restructuring of the debt at (A) January 1, 2021, (B) December 31, 2021, and (C) December 31, 2022. Answer: Analysis: Book value amount: $480,000 + (10% × $480,000) = $528,000 Future payments: ($23,110 × 3) + $480,000 = (549,330) Interest $ 21,330 The discount rate that "equates" the present value of the debt ($528,000) and its future value ($549,330) is the effective rate of interest: $528,000 ÷ $549,330 = .961 – the Table 2 value for n = 2, i = ? In row 2 of Table 2, the value .961 is in the 2% column. So, this is the new effective interest rate. A financial calculator will produce the same rate. A. January 1, 2021 no entry needed B. December 31, 2021 Interest expense (2% × $528,000) 10,560 Interest payable 10,560 [Unpaid interest is accrued at the effective rate times the book amount of the debt.] C. December 31, 2022 Interest expense (2% × [$528,000+ $10,560]) Interest payable *rounded
10,770*
Notes payable (balance) 480,000 Interest payable ($48,000 + $10,560 + $10,770) 69,330 Cash ([$23,110 × 3] + $480,000) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Troubled debt restructuring‒App 14B Learning Objective: Appendix 14B Troubled Debt Restructuring. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
10,770
549,330
144 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
211) At January 1, 2021, BB Industries, Inc., owed Second Bank $24 million, under a 10% note due December 31, 2022. Interest was paid last on December 31, 2019. BB was experiencing severe financial difficulties and asked Second Bank to modify the terms of the debt agreement. After negotiation Second Bank agreed to: • Forgive the interest accrued for the year just ended, • Reduce the remaining two years' interest payments to $2 million each and delay the first payment until December 31, 2022, and • Reduce the principal amount to $22 million. Required: Prepare the journal entries by BB Industries, Inc. necessitated by the restructuring of the debt at (A) January 1, 2021, (B) December 31, 2022, and (C) December 31, 2023. Answer: Analysis: Book value amount: Future payments: Gain to debtor
$24 million + $2.4 million = $26,400,000 ($2 million × 2) + $22 million = 26,000,000 $400,000
A. January 1, 2021 Interest payable (10% × $24,000,000) 2,400,000 Notes payable ($26 million - $24 million)* 2,000,000 Gain on troubled debt restructuring 400,000 * Establishes a balance in the note account equal to the total cash payments under the new agreement. B. December 31, 2022 Notes payable Cash (revised "interest" amount)
2,000,000 2,000,000
Note: No interest should be recorded after the restructuring. All subsequent cash payments result in reductions of principal. C. December 31, 2023 Notes payable 2,000,000 Cash (revised "interest" amount) 2,000,000 Notes payable 22,000,000 Cash (revised principal amount) 22,000,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Troubled debt restructuring‒App 14B Learning Objective: Appendix 14B Troubled Debt Restructuring. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
145 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
212) At January 1, 2021, TD owed First Bank $300,000, under an 11% note with three years remaining to maturity. Due to financial difficulties, TD was unable to pay the previous year's interest. First Bank agreed to settle TD's debt in exchange for land having a fair value of $225,000. TD purchased the land in 2017 for $162,000. Required: Prepare the journal entry(s) to record the restructuring of the debt by TD. Answer: Land ($225,000 - $162,000) Gain on disposition of assets
63,000
Notes payable (face amount) 300,000 Interest payable (11% × $300,000) 33,000 Gain on troubled debt restructuring (difference) Land (fair value) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Troubled debt restructuring‒App 14B Learning Objective: Appendix 14B Troubled Debt Restructuring. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
63,000
108,000 225,000
146 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
213) On January 1, 2021, Fowl Products issued $80 million of 6%, 10-year convertible bonds at a net price of $81.6 million. Fowl recently issued similar, but nonconvertible, bonds at 99 (that is, 99% of face amount). The bonds pay interest on June 30 and December 31. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 30 shares of Fowl's no par common stock. Fowl records interest by the straight-line method. On June 1, 2023, Fowl notified bondholders of its intent to call the bonds at face value plus a 1% call premium on July 1, 2023. By June 30 all bondholders had chosen to convert their bonds into shares as of the interest payment date. On June 30, Fowl paid the semiannual interest and issued the requisite number of shares for the bonds being converted. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry for the issuance of the bonds by Fowl. 2. Prepare the journal entry for the June 30, 2021, interest payment. 3. Prepare the journal entries for the June 30, 2023, interest payment by Fowl and the conversion of the bonds (book value method). Answer: Requirement 1 Cash (given) Convertible bonds payable (face amount) Premium on bonds payable (to balance)
81,600,000 80,000,000 1,600,000
Requirement 2 Interest expense ($2,400,000 - $80,000) Premium on bonds payable ($1,600,000 ÷ 20) Cash (3% × $80,000,000)
2,320,000 80,000 2,400,000
Requirement 3 Interest expense ($2,400,000 - $80,000) Premium on bonds payable ($1,600,000 ÷ 20) Cash (3% × $80,000,000)
2,320,000 80,000 2,400,000
Convertible bonds payable (account balance) 80,000,000 Premium on bonds payable ($1,600,000 - [$80,000 × 5]) 1,200,000 Common stock (to balance) 81,200,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Straight-line method‒Premium; Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method.; 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Apply 147 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 214) Comet Products prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). On January 1, 2021, Comet Products issued $80 million of 6%, 10year convertible bonds at a net price of $81.6 million. Comet recently issued similar, but nonconvertible, bonds at 99 (that is, 99% of face amount). The bonds pay interest on June 30 and December 31. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 30 shares of Comet's no par common stock. Comet records interest by the straight-line method. On June 1, 2023, Comet notified bondholders of its intent to call the bonds at face value plus a 1% call premium on July 1, 2023. By June 30 all bondholders had chosen to convert their bonds into shares as of the interest payment date. On June 30, Comet paid the semiannual interest and issued the requisite number of shares for the bonds being converted. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry for the issuance of the bonds by Comet. 2. Prepare the journal entry for the June 30, 2021, interest payment. 3. Prepare the journal entries for the June 30, 2023, interest payment by Comet and the conversion of the bonds (book value method). Answer: Requirement 1 Under IFRS, convertible debt is divided into its liability and equity elements. We achieve separation by measuring the fair value of a similar liability that does not have an associated equity component. In the exercise, we know that bonds similar in all respects, except that they are nonconvertible, currently are selling at 99 (99% of face amount), so the liability-first separation gives us the following entry: Cash (given) Convertible bonds payable (99% × $80 million) Equity–conversion option (to balance)
81,600,000 79,200,000* 2,400,000
* Note that the discount on the bonds ($80 million - [99% × $80 million] = $800,000) is combined with the face amount, and the net amount is recorded as Bonds payable. This is the "net method." By the gross method, Cash (given) 81,600,000 Discount on bonds payable ($80 million - [99% × $80 million]) 800,000 Convertible bonds payable (face amount) 80,000,000 Equity–conversion option (to balance) 2,400,000
148 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Requirement 2 Interest expense ($2,400,000 + $40,000) Convertible bonds payable* ($800,000 ÷ 20) Cash (3% × $80,000,000)
2,440,000 40,000 2,400,000
* When the net method is used, the discount (or premium) is amortized directly to the bonds account. Requirement 3 Interest expense ($2,400,000 + $40,000) Convertible bonds payable* ($800,000 ÷ 20) Cash (3% × $80,000,000)
2,440,000
Convertible bonds payable (account balance*) Equity-conversion option (account balance) Common stock (to balance)
79,400,000 2,400,000
40,000 2,400,000
81,800,000
* $79,200,000 Initial balance + 200,000 ($40,000 × 5) Amortization for 5 periods (2 ½ years) $79,400,000 Balance at conversion Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS‒Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for bonds and long-term notes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
149 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
215) On February 28, 2021, Pujols Industries issued 10% bonds, dated January 1, with a face amount of $48 million. The bonds were priced at $42 million (plus accrued interest) to yield 12%. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30 and December 31. Pujols' fiscal year ends October 31. Required: 1. What would be the amount(s) related to the bonds Pujols would report in its balance sheet at October 31, 2021? 2. What would be the amount(s) related to the bonds that Pujols would report in its income statement for the year ended October 31, 2021? 3 What would be the amount(s) related to the bonds that Pujols would report in its statement of cash flows for the year ended October 31, 2021? Answer: 1. Liabilities at October 31, 2021 Bonds payable (face amount) Less: discount Initial balance, February 28, 2021 June 30, 2021, discount amortization October 31, 2021, discount amortization October 31, 2021, net bonds payable
$48,000,000 6,000,000 $42,000,000 80,000* 83,200** $42,163,200
Interest payable **
$1,600,000
2. Interest expense for year ended October 31, 2021 June 30, 2021 interest expense October 31, 2021 interest expense Interest expense for fiscal 2021
$1,680,000* 1,683,200** $3,363,200
150 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
3. Statement of cash flows for year ended October 31, 2021 Pujols would report the cash inflow of $42,000,000*** from the sale of the bonds as a cash flow from financing activities in its statement of cash flows. The accrued interest portion of the cash receipt was paid on June 30 and is part of the cash outflow from operating activities (below). The $2,400,000 cash interest paid* is cash outflow from operating activities because interest is an income statement (operating) item. Calculations: February 28, 2021*** Cash ($42 million plus accrued interest) Discount on bonds (difference) Bonds payable (face amount) Interest payable ($48 million × 10% × 2/12) June 30, 2021* Interest expense (6% × $42,000,000 × 4/6) Interest payable (balance) Discount on bonds payable (difference) Cash (5% × $48,000,000)
42,800,000 6,000,000 48,000,000 800,000
1,680,000 800,000 80,000 2,400,000
October 31, 2021** Interest expense (6% × [$42,000,000 + $80,000] × 4/6 ) 1,683,200 Discount on bonds payable (difference) 83,200 Interest payable (5% × $48,000,000 × 4/6) 1,600,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Bonds issued between interest dates‒App 14A Learning Objective: Appendix 14A Bonds Issued Between Interest Dates. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
151 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
216) Willie Winn Track Shoes acquired a machine from Betty Will Corporation. Betty Will completed construction of the machine on January 1, 2021. In payment for the $12 million machine, Willie Winn issued a 5-year installment note to be paid in five equal payments at the end of each year. The payments include interest at the rate of 10%. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry for Willie Winn's purchase of the machine on January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry for the first installment payment on December 31, 2021. Answer: 1. January 1 Machinery Notes payable
12,000,000 12,000,000
2. December 31 $12,000,000 amount of loan
÷
3.79079 (from Table 4) n=5, i=10%
=
$3,165,567 installment payment
Interest expense (10% × outstanding balance) 1,200,000 Notes payable (difference) 1,965,567 Cash (payment determined above) 3,165,567 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Note exchanged for assets Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
152 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
217) On January 1, 2021, Virginia Beach Industries issued $400,000 of 9%, 10-year convertible bonds at 101. The bonds pay interest on June 30 and December 31. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 30 shares of Beach's no par common stock. Bonds that are similar in all respects, except that they are nonconvertible, currently are selling at a price to yield a market (effective) rate of 10%. Beach prepares its financial statements using IFRS. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry for the issuance of the bonds by Beach. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on June 30, 2021. (the first interest payment) assuming Beach records interest at the effective rate. 3. Prepare the journal entry to record interest on December 31, 2021. (the second interest payment). 4. If Beach follows U. S. GAAP, how would the bonds be recorded differently? Show the journal entry. Answer: Requirement 1 Interest $ 18,000 × 12.46221 = Principal $400,000 × 0.37689 =
$224,320 150,756 $375,076
4.5% × $400,000 = $18,000 January 1 Cash ($400,000 × 1.01) Bonds payable Equity–conversion option (difference) Or Cash ($400,000 × 1.01) Discount on bonds payable Bonds payable Equity–conversion option (difference) Requirement 2 January 1 Cash ($400,000 × 1.01) Bonds payable
404,000 375,076 28,924 404,000 24,924 400,000 28,924
404,000 404,000
Or Cash ($400,000 × 1.01) 404,000 Premium on bonds payable 4,000 Bonds payable 400,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Convertible bonds; IFRS ‒ Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. 153 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement 218) Distinguish between: (a) Secured and unsecured bonds. (b) Coupon and registered bonds. Answer: (a) Secured bonds have specific assets pledged as collateral for the bond issue while unsecured bonds, usually called debentures, are issued based on the good credit standing of the corporation. No specific assets are pledged as security for unsecured bonds. (b) Coupon bonds, also called bearer bonds, do not call for registration of the owner with the corporation. Instead, the bondholder actually clips a coupon and presents it for payment at each interest payment date. Registered bonds, on the other hand, call for the registration of the owner in the corporate records or the records of the bond trustee. Interest checks are periodically mailed to the owner of record. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Bond indenture Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management 219) Distinguish between: (a) Convertible and callable bonds. (b) Serial and term bonds. Answer: (a) Convertible bonds may be exchanged for other securities, usually common stock, in accordance with the provisions of the bond indenture. Conversion usually occurs at the option of the bondholder. Callable bonds may be redeemed by the issuing company before maturity at the option of the issuer. The call price is specified in the bond contract. (b) Serial bonds mature in a series, that is, they mature in installments on various dates. Term bonds, on the other hand, mature as a lump sum on a single date. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Bond indenture Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management
154 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
220) What is meant by the "market rate" of interest, the "effective rate" of interest, and the "yield rate" of interest? Answer: These rates are the same when bonds are sold. The market rate of interest is the rate quoted in the market at the moment. The effective rate (also called yield rate) is the rate actually earned by an investor or incurred by an issuer of debt. The market rate of interest changes frequently over the life of a bond issue. The effective (yield) rate, however, does not change for a bond investor as long as the bonds are held. In other words, the effective rate is established on the date the bonds are purchased. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determining the selling price of bonds Learning Objective: 14-01 Identify the underlying characteristics of debt instruments and describe the basic approach to accounting for debt. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis 221) Why do companies find the issuance of convertible bonds to be an attractive form of financing? Answer: Convertible debt securities are attractive as a form of financing because the issuing company obtains needed financing at a lower interest rate. Bondholders usually ascribe value to the conversion feature. Due to the call provision that is frequently found on convertible bonds, the corporation can push the bondholders into conversion if the stock price is rising. It is, therefore, possible that convertible bonds may never require a cash outflow to reduce the bond principal. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management
155 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
222) How should bond issue costs be accounted for on the books of the issuing corporation? Answer: Costs incurred in connection with the issuance of bonds and other debt, such as legal costs, printing costs, and underwriting fees are debt issue costs. We reduce the related debt liability by combining debt issue costs with any discount (add to) or premium (subtract from). The combined valuation account is reported in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the liability. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Debt issue costs Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 223) A zero-coupon bond pays no interest. Explain. Answer: In a strict sense, zero-coupon bonds do not pay interest. However, zero-coupon bonds offer a return in the form of a deep discount off the face value (and ultimately the maturity value) of the bond. Therefore, interest is determined and reported just as if regular interest payments were occurring. That is, the interest expense is accrued each accounting period but it will not be paid until maturity. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Zero coupon bonds Learning Objective: 14-02 Account for bonds issued at face value, at a discount, or at a premium, recording interest using the effective interest method or using the straight-line method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management 224) How are bonds and notes the same? How do they differ? Answer: Bonds and notes are similar in that both obligate the issuing corporation to repay a stated amount at a specified maturity date, usually at a specified interest rate. The periodic interest is expressed as a percentage of the face amount. Bonds and notes differ in that a company will borrow from banks and other lending institutions using notes. Bonds are sold in public bond markets. Bonds usually have longer maturities than notes. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Long-term notes‒General concepts Learning Objective: 14-03 Characterize the accounting treatment of notes, including installment notes, issued for cash or for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management
156 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
225) A disclosure note in the annual financial statements of Macy's Inc. included the following: "Future maturities of long-term debt, other than capitalized leases and premium on acquired debt, are shown below:" For how many years subsequent to the current year must Macy's report these amounts? Name at least two other items that must be disclosed for a company's long-term debt. Answer: For all long-term borrowings, disclosure should include the aggregate amounts maturing for each of the next five years. Disclosures also should include fair values, interest rates, maturity dates, call provisions, conversion options, restrictions imposed by creditors, and any assets pledges as collateral. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Financial statement disclosures Learning Objective: 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 226) In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Bare Sturns Group Inc. disclosed the following: On October 28, 2021, the Company issued $475,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9-1/4% Senior Notes Due 2026 ("Senior Notes") and $618,670,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of 10-1/4% Senior Discount Notes Due 2026 ("Senior Discount Notes" and collectively the "Notes") in a transaction not registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Gross proceeds from the offering amounted to $850,000,000. The discount on the Senior Discount Notes is being accreted under the effective interest method. Explain the last sentence of the disclosure to clarify what accounting was necessary and why. Answer: Bare Sturns received only $850 million for all of the notes in the disclosure, while these notes had a maturity value of over $1.093 billion. The discount notes either did not pay annual interest at all, in which case, they would be issued at a substantial discount from maturity value, or they paid cash at a rate below the going market rate, in which case the present value at issue date was less than the face value at maturity. In either case, this discount is amortized each year to reflect the effective rate of interest on the notes. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Financial statement disclosures Learning Objective: 14-04 Describe the disclosures appropriate to long-term debt in its various forms and calculate related financial ratios. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Communication; Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
157 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
227) List at least three ways that bonds may be taken off the market prior to maturity. Answer: (1.) Bonds may be converted into common stock or other securities, usually at the option of the bondholder. (2.) Bonds may be called in and redeemed by the issuing company, if permitted in the bond indenture. (3.) Bonds may be refinanced with the proceeds from some other source, such as new bonds, preferred stock, or even common stock. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Early extinguishment of debt Learning Objective: 14-05 Record the early extinguishment of debt, its conversion into equity securities, and bond issues with warrants. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management 228) Tru Fashions has bonds outstanding during a year in which the market rate of interest has declined. If Tru has elected the fair value option for the bonds, will it report a gain or a loss on the bonds for the year? Explain. Answer: Falling interest rates, other factors remaining the same, cause prices of fixed-rate securities to rise. For the investor in these securities, the price increase represents a gain; but for Tru Fashions, the debtor, the rise in the value of the liability is a loss. If Tru has elected the fair value option for the bonds, it will report the loss on change in the fair value of the bonds in its income statement to the extent it's due to changes in the general rate of interest. Any change beyond that is reported as OCI. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Option to report liabilities at fair value Learning Objective: 14-06 Understand the option to report liabilities at their fair values. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
158 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
229) Heidi Baby Products issued 8% bonds with a face amount of $320 million on January 1, 2021. The bonds sold for $300 million. For bonds of similar risk and maturity the market yield was 9%. Upon issuance, Heidi elected the option to report these bonds at their fair value. On June 30, 2021, the fair value of the bonds was $310 million as determined by their market value on the NASDAQ. Will Heidi report a gain or will it report a loss when adjusting the bonds to fair value? If the change in fair value is attributable to a change in the general (risk-free) interest rate, did the rate increase or decrease? If the change in fair value is attributable to a change in the general (risk-free) interest rate, is the gain or loss reported as part of net income? Explain. Answer: Heidi will report a loss (unrealized) when adjusting the bonds to fair value. An increase in the fair value of a liability is a loss, just the opposite of an increase in the value of an asset. If the change in fair value is attributable to a change in the general (risk-free) interest rate, the rate decreased. This is because as interest rates fall, the value of a fixed rate instrument, such as bonds, rises as occurred with Heidi's bonds. Heidi will report the loss from the change in the fair value of the bonds in net income if the entire change is due to the change in general interest rates. But any change in the fair value caused by a change in the credit risk associated with the securities is reported as other comprehensive income (OCI) in the statement of comprehensive income. Credit risk is the risk that the investor in the bonds will not receive the promised interest and maturity amounts at the times they are due. Companies can assume that any change in fair value that exceeds the amount caused by a change in the general (risk-free) interest rate to be the result of credit risk changes. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Option to report liabilities at fair value Learning Objective: 14-06 Understand the option to report liabilities at their fair values. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 230) How do U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) differ with respect to accounting for convertible debt? Answer: Under IFRS, convertible debt is divided into its liability and equity elements. Under U.S. GAAP, the entire issue price is recorded as debt. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Convertible bonds Learning Objective: 14-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for bonds and long-term notes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
159 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 15 Leases 1) At the beginning of a lease agreement, a lessee's debt to equity ratio and rate of return on assets are both affected regardless of whether the lease is classified as a finance lease or as an operating lease. 2) Finance leases are agreements that are formulated outwardly as leases, but are installment purchases in substance. 3) If the lease begins "at or near the end" of an asset's economic life, the criterion of the lease term being for the major part of the economic life does not apply when classifying the type of lease. This is consistent with the basic premise of this criterion that most of the risks and rewards of ownership occur prior to that time. 4) If the underlying asset is of such a specialized nature that it is expected to have no alternative use to the lessor at the end of the lease term, then it must be considered to be an operating lease. 5) A bargain purchase option is defined as the option of purchasing leased property at a price that is equal to the expected fair value of a leased asset. 6) In accounting for operating leases, the lessee will recognize lease expense on a straight-line basis. 7) When the lessee guarantees an estimated residual value of $75,000, the amount the lessee records as a right-of-use asset and as a lease liability is increased by $75,000. 8) If the lessee is expected to take ownership of a leased asset at the end of the lease term, the lessor must use an estimated residual value when calculating the lease payments necessary to achieve a desired rate of return. 9) On a transaction that qualifies for sale-leaseback accounting (not a financing arrangement), any gain on the "sale" portion of the transaction is recognized immediately. 10) GAAP requires that some lease agreements be accounted for as purchases of assets. The theoretical justification for this treatment is that a lease of this type: A) Complies with the concept of form over substance. B) Reflects the relationship of cause and effect. C) Satisfies the concept of historical cost. D) Conveys most of the benefits of property ownership. 11) From the perspective of the lessee, leases may be classified as either: A) Sales-type without selling profit or sales-type with selling profit. B) Finance or sales-type without selling profit. C) Finance or operating. D) Sales-type or operating. 1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
12) From the perspective of the lessor, two possible lease classifications are: A) Financing or sales-type. B) Operating or financing. C) Sales-type or indirect financing. D) Operating or sales-type. 13) Distinguishing between operating and finance leases is due in large part to the accounting concept of: A) Conservatism. B) Materiality. C) Substance over form. D) Historical cost. 14) Cook the Books is the lessee in a lease agreement. From the perspective of the lessee, the lease may be classified as: A) operating, sales-type, indirect financing. B) operating or finance. C) operating or sales-type. D) operating, finance, or sales-type. 15) ABC Books is the lessor in a lease agreement. From the perspective of the lessor, the lease may be classified as: A) operating, sales-type, indirect financing. B) operating or finance. C) operating or sales-type. D) operating, finance, or sales-type. 16) Minnetonka Company leases an asset. Information regarding the lease: • • • • • •
Fair value of the asset: $400,000. Useful life of the asset: 6 years with no salvage value. Lease term is 5 years. Annual lease payments are $60,000 Implicit interest rate: 11%. Minnetonka can purchase the asset at the end of the lease period for $50,000.
What type of lease is this? A) Operating. B) Finance. C) Short term. D) Long term.
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
17) Leasing has become the number one method of external financing by U.S. companies. Reasons include each of the following except: A) tax advantages. B) extended use of the asset. C) protection against obsolescence. D) lower upfront cash needed to use an asset. 18) The five criteria provided in GAAP for distinguishing a finance lease from an operating lease do not include: A) The agreement specifies that ownership transfers at the end of the lease term. B) The collectibility of the lease payments must be reasonably predictable. C) The agreement grants the lessee an option to purchase the underlying asset that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise. D) The noncancelable lease term is for the major part of the remaining economic life of the underlying asset. 19) One of the five criteria for a finance lease specifies that the lease term be equal to or greater than: A) the major part of the remaining economic life of the leased property. B) the entire amount of the remaining economic life of the leased property. C) a meaningful part of the remaining economic life of the leased property. D) a non-insignificant part of the remaining economic life of the leased property. 20) One of the five criteria for a finance lease specifies that the present value of the lease payments be equal to or greater than: A) substantially all of the cost of the asset. B) the major part of the fair value of the asset. C) substantially all of the fair value of the asset. D) the major part of the cost of the asset. 21) For the lessee to account for a lease as a finance lease, the lease must meet: A) All five of the criteria specified by GAAP regarding accounting for leases. B) Any one of the six criteria specified by GAAP regarding accounting for leases. C) Any two of the criteria specified by GAAP regarding accounting for leases. D) Any one of the five criteria specified by GAAP regarding accounting for leases. 22) For the lessor to account for a lease as a sales-type lease, the lease must meet: A) Any one of first five classification criteria and both of the last two additional conditions specified by GAAP regarding accounting for leases. B) More than one of the five criteria specified by GAAP regarding accounting for leases. C) All five of the criteria specified by GAAP regarding accounting for leases. D) Any one of the five criteria specified by GAAP regarding accounting for leases.
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
23) Which of the following is not among the criteria for classifying a lease as a finance lease? A) The agreement specifies that ownership of the asset transfers to the lessee. B) The agreement contains an option to purchase the underlying asset that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise. C) The lease term is for substantially all of the remaining economic life of the underlying asset. D) The present value of the sum of the lease payments and any residual value guaranteed by the lessee that isn't already reflected in the lease payments equals or exceeds substantially all of the fair value of the underlying asset. 24) Of the five criteria for a finance lease, which one is not applied if the lease begins "at or near the end" of the economic life of the underlying asset? A) A purchase option is reasonably certain to be exercised. B) The economic life test. C) The present value of lease payments greater or equal to substantially all of fair value test. D) The passage of title criteria. 25) We classify a lease as a finance lease if: A) the present value of lease payments is less than the asset's book value. B) the present value of lease payments is less than the asset's fair value. C) the lessee obtains control of the use of the asset. D) the usual risks and rewards are retained by the lessor. 26) Star Corp. has a rate of return on assets of 10% and a debt/equity ratio of 2 to 1 before entering into an operating lease. Not including any indirect effects on earnings, when Star Corp. records the operating lease, the immediate impact on these ratios is a(an):
a. b. c. d.
Return on Assets increase decrease increase decrease
Debt/Equity increase decrease decrease increase
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
27) S Corp. has a rate of return on assets of 10% and a debt/equity ratio of 2 to 1. The immediate impact of recording a finance lease on these ratios is a(n):
a. b. c. d.
Return on Assets increase decrease increase decrease
Debt/Equity increase decrease decrease increase
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 28) C Corp., a lessee, has a rate of return on assets of 10%. The rate of return on assets is immediately increased when C records:
a. b. c. d.
A Finance Lease yes no yes no
An Operating Lease yes no no yes
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 29) B Corp. is a lessee and has a debt/equity ratio of 2 to 1. The debt/equity ratio is increased when B records:
a. b. c. d.
A Finance Lease yes no yes no
An Operating Lease yes no no yes
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
30) Interest expense is not calculated as the effective interest rate times the amount of the debt outstanding during the interest period for: A) bonds payable. B) notes payable. C) lease payable. D) lease receivable. 31) Jagadison Co. leases computer equipment to customers under sales-type leases. The equipment has no residual value at the end of the lease and the leases do not contain purchase options. Jagadison desires a return of 8% interest on a five-year lease of equipment with a fair value of $970,425. The present value of an annuity due of $1 at 8% for five years is 4.313. What is the total amount of interest revenue that Jagadison will earn over the life of the lease? A) $154,575 B) $225,000 C) $388,080 D) $418,350 32) In a finance lease, the amortization of the right-of-use asset in the third year is: A) the same as in the fourth year. B) zero. C) less than in the fourth year. D) more than in the fourth year. 33) Technoid Inc. sells computer systems. Technoid leases computers to Lone Star Company on January 1, 2021. The manufacturing cost of the computers was $12 million. This noncancelable lease had the following terms: • • • • • •
Lease payments: $2,466,754 semiannually; first payment at January 1, 2021; remaining payments at June 30 and December 31 each year through June 30, 2025. Lease term: five years (10 semiannual payments). No residual value; no purchase option. Economic life of equipment: five years. Implicit interest rate and lessee's incremental borrowing rate: 5% semiannually. Fair value of the computers at January 1, 2021: $20 million.
Technoid would account for this as: A) A finance lease. B) A sales-type lease without selling profit. C) A sales-type lease with selling profit. D) An operating lease.
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
34) Technoid Inc. sells computer systems. Technoid leases computers to Lone Star Company on January 1, 2021. The manufacturing cost of the computers was $12 million. This noncancelable lease had the following terms: • Lease payments: $2,466,754 semiannually; first payment at January 1, 2021; remaining payments at June 30 and December 31 each year through June 30, 2025. • Lease term: five years (10 semiannual payments). • No residual value; no purchase option. • Economic life of equipment: five years. • Implicit interest rate and lessee's incremental borrowing rate: 5% semiannually. • Fair value of the computers at January 1, 2021: $20 million. Lone Star Company would account for this as: A) A finance lease. B) A sales type lease without selling profit. C) A sales type lease with selling profit. D) An operating lease. 35) Technoid Inc. sells computer systems. Technoid leases computers to Lone Star Company on January 1, 2021. The manufacturing cost of the computers was $12 million. This noncancelable lease had the following terms: • Lease payments: $2,466,754 semiannually; first payment at January 1, 2021; remaining payments at June 30 and December 31 each year through June 30, 2025. • Lease term: five years (10 semiannual payments). • No residual value; no purchase option. • Economic life of equipment: five years. • Implicit interest rate and lessee's incremental borrowing rate: 5% semiannually. • Fair value of the computers at January 1, 2021: $20 million. What is the outstanding balance of the lease liability in Lone Star's June 30, 2021, balance sheet? (Round your answer to the nearest whole dollar.) A) $15,943,154. B) $17,533,246. C) $21,000,000. D) None of these answer choices is correct.
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
36) Technoid Inc. sells computer systems. Technoid leases computers to Lone Star Company on January 1, 2021. The manufacturing cost of the computers was $12 million. This noncancelable lease had the following terms: • Lease payments: $2,466,754 semiannually; first payment at January 1, 2021; remaining payments at June 30 and December 31 each year through June 30, 2025. • Lease term: five years (10 semiannual payments). • No residual value; no purchase option. • Economic life of equipment: five years. • Implicit interest rate and lessee's incremental borrowing rate: 5% semiannually. • Fair value of the computers at January 1, 2021: $20 million. What is the interest revenue that Technoid would report for this lease in its 2021 income statement? A) $0. B) $1,673,820. C) $876,662. D) None of these answer choices is correct. 37) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The 10 payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. Title does not transfer to the lessee and there is no purchase option or guaranteed residual value. The asset has an expected economic life of 12 years. The lease is noncancelable.
Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in balance
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
0 6,394 5,961 5,477 4,934 4,326 3,645 2,882 ? ?
10,000 3,606 4,039 4,523 5,066 5,674 6,355 7,118 ? ?
Outstanding Balance 63,282 53,282 49,676 45,638 41,114 36,048 30,373 24,018 16,901 ? ?
What is the effective annual interest rate? A) 9%. B) 10%. C) 11%. D) 12%. 8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
38) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The 10 payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. Title does not transfer to the lessee and there is no purchase option or guaranteed residual value. The asset has an expected economic life of 12 years. The lease is noncancelable.
Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in balance
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
0 6,394 5,961 5,477 4,934 4,326 3,645 2,882 ? ?
10,000 3,606 4,039 4,523 5,066 5,674 6,355 7,118 ? ?
Outstanding Balance 63,282 53,282 49,676 45,638 41,114 36,048 30,373 24,018 16,901 ? ?
What amount would the lessee record as annual amortization on the right-of-use asset using the straight-line method? A) $5,328. B) $6,328. C) $6,392. D) $10,000.
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
39) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The 10 payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. Title does not transfer to the lessee and there is no purchase option or guaranteed residual value. The asset has an expected economic life of 12 years. The lease is noncancelable.
Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in balance
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
0 6,394 5,961 5,477 4,934 4,326 3,645 2,882 ? ?
10,000 3,606 4,039 4,523 5,066 5,674 6,355 7,118 ? ?
Outstanding Balance 63,282 53,282 49,676 45,638 41,114 36,048 30,373 24,018 16,901 ? ?
What would be the outstanding balance after payment 10? A) $0. B) $2,028. C) $8,929. D) $10,000.
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
40) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The 10 payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. Title does not transfer to the lessee and there is no purchase option or guaranteed residual value. The asset has an expected economic life of 12 years. The lease is noncancelable.
Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in balance
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
0 6,394 5,961 5,477 4,934 4,326 3,645 2,882 ? ?
10,000 3,606 4,039 4,523 5,066 5,674 6,355 7,118 ? ?
Outstanding Balance 63,282 53,282 49,676 45,638 41,114 36,048 30,373 24,018 16,901 ? ?
What is the total effective interest paid over the term of the lease? A) $100,000. B) $36,718. C) $53,282. D) $63,282.
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The 10 payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. Title does not transfer to the lessee and there is no purchase option or guaranteed residual value. The asset has an expected economic life of 12 years. The lease is noncancelable.
Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in balance
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
0 6,394 5,961 5,477 4,934 4,326 3,645 2,882 ? ?
10,000 3,606 4,039 4,523 5,066 5,674 6,355 7,118 ? ?
Outstanding Balance 63,282 53,282 49,676 45,638 41,114 36,048 30,373 24,018 16,901 ? ?
What is the outstanding balance after payment 9? A) $8,929. B) $13,463. C) $5,000. D) $5,537. 42) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The five payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. A $2,000 purchase option is reasonably certain to be exercised at the end of the five-year lease. The asset has an expected economic life of eight years. Lease Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
1 2 3 4 5 6
8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 2,000
?? 2,660 2,126 1,539 ?? 182
?? 5,340 5,874 6,461 ?? 1,818
Outstanding Balance 34,600 26,600 21,260 15,386 8,925 ?? 0
What is the effective annual interest rate? A) 9%. B) 10%. C) 11%. D) 20%. 12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
43) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The five payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. A $2,000 purchase option is reasonably certain to be exercised at the end of the five-year lease. The asset has an expected economic life of eight years. Lease Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
1 2 3 4 5 6
8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 2,000
?? 2,660 2,126 1,539 ?? 182
?? 5,340 5,874 6,461 ?? 1,818
Outstanding Balance 34,600 26,600 21,260 15,386 8,925 ?? 0
What amount would the lessee record as annual amortization on the asset using the straight-line method, assuming no residual value? A) $3,325. B) $6,920. C) $4,325. D) $5,320. 44) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The five payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. A $2,000 purchase option is reasonably certain to be exercised at the end of the five-year lease. The asset has an expected economic life of eight years. Lease Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
1 2 3 4 5 6
8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 2,000
?? 2,660 2,126 1,539 ?? 182
?? 5,340 5,874 6,461 ?? 1,818
Outstanding Balance 34,600 26,600 21,260 15,386 8,925 ?? 0
What is the total interest paid over the term of the lease? A) $42,000. B) $8,200. C) $7,400. D) $3,460.
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The five payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. A $2,000 purchase option is reasonably certain to be exercised at the end of the five-year lease. The asset has an expected economic life of eight years. Lease Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
1 2 3 4 5 6
8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 2,000
?? 2,660 2,126 1,539 ?? 182
?? 5,340 5,874 6,461 ?? 1,818
Outstanding Balance 34,600 26,600 21,260 15,386 8,925 ?? 0
What is the outstanding balance after payment 5? A) $1,818. B) $2,000. C) $2,182. D) $3,818. 46) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The five payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. A $2,000 purchase option is reasonably certain to be exercised at the end of the five-year lease. The asset has an expected economic life of eight years. Lease Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
1 2 3 4 5 6
8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 2,000
?? 2,660 2,126 1,539 ?? 182
?? 5,340 5,874 6,461 ?? 1,818
Outstanding Balance 34,600 26,600 21,260 15,386 8,925 ?? 0
What would be the amount of interest expense recorded with payment 5? A) $2,000. B) $893. C) $7,107. D) $1,107. 47) In a ten-year finance lease agreement, the portion of the periodic lease payment that represents interest in the third year is: A) the same as in the fourth year. B) the same as in the first year. C) less than in the fourth year. D) more than in the fourth year. 14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) M & O Company is preparing an Excel spreadsheet for a 5-year finance lease. The implicit interest rate in the lease is 6%. The beginning of the lease is January 1. Lease payments are made each December 31. A portion of the spreadsheet appears as follows: A 1 2 3 4 5 Period 6 0 7 1 8 2
B Effective rate: Lease payments: Term to maturity in years:
Cash Payment
C 0.06 100,000
D
E
Change in Balance
Outstanding Balance
5 Interest Expense
What formula should M & O use in cell E8 to calculate the carrying value of the lease payable after the second lease payment? A) = E7 − D8 B) = E7 + D8 C) = E8 + D8 D) = PV(C2,C3,0,C1,type)
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
49) M & O Company is preparing an Excel spreadsheet for a 5-year finance lease. The implicit interest rate in the lease is 6%. The beginning of the lease is January 1. Lease payments are made each December 31. A portion of the spreadsheet appears as follows: A 1 2 3 4 5 Period 6 0 7 1 8 2
B Effective rate: Lease payments: Term to maturity in years:
Cash Payment
C 0.06 100,000
D
E
Change in Balance
Outstanding Balance
5 Interest Expense
What formula should M & O use in cell C8? A) = B8 + D7 B) = B8 + D8 C) = E7 * C1 D) = E8 * C1 50) The lessee normally measures the lease liability to be recorded as the: A) Future value of the lease payments. B) Sum of the cash payments over the term of the lease. C) Present value of the lease payments. D) Book value of the leased asset. 51) Damon is the lessee in connection with a finance lease. Damon will not record: A) Depreciation expense. B) Amortization expense. C) Interest expense. D) A right-of-use asset. 52) Barr Corp. is the lessee in a finance lease. Barr would record: A) Depreciation expense. B) A right-of-use asset. C) Lease expense. D) Interest revenue.
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
53) On October 1, 2021, Sonoma Company leased equipment from Napa Inc. in lease payable in five equal annual payments of $500,000, beginning Oct. 1, 2022. Similar transactions have carried an 11% interest rate. The right-of-use asset would be recorded at: (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $0. B) $1,847,950. C) $2,115,270. D) $2,500,000. 54) When a finance lease is first recorded at the beginning of the lease, the lessee typically debits: A) Right-of-use asset. B) Rent expense. C) Lease expense. D) Lease receivable. 55) In a finance lease: A) the lessee records an asset and a liability for the present value of lease payments. B) the lessor records an asset and a liability for the present value of lease payments. C) the lessee records an asset and a liability for the total of the lease payments. D) the lessor records an asset and a liability for the total of the lease payments. 56) On January 1, 2021, Calloway Company leased a machine to Zone Corporation. The lease qualifies as a sales-type lease. Calloway paid $240,000 for the machine and is leasing it to Zone for $34,000 per year, an amount that will return 10% to Calloway. The present value of the lease payments is $240,000. The lease payments are due each January 1, beginning in 2021. What is the appropriate interest entry on December 31, 2021? A) Cash 24,000 Interest revenue 24,000 B) Cash
20,600 Interest receivable
20,600
C) Interest receivable Interest revenue
20,600
D) Interest receivable Interest revenue
24,000
20,600
24,000
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
57) The appropriate asset value reported in the balance sheet by the lessee for an operating lease is: A) Present value of the lease payments. B) Sum of the lease payments. C) The lessor's book value of the asset at the beginning of the lease. D) Zero, unless a prepayment or accrual is involved. 58) Francisco leased equipment from Julio on December 31, 2021. The lease is a 10-year lease with annual payments of $150,000 due on December 31 of each year beginning December 31, 2021. The present value of the lease payments is $1,013,854. Francisco's incremental borrowing rate is 12% for this type of lease. The implicit rate of 10% is known by the lessee. What should be the balance in Francisco lease liability at December 31, 2022? A) $824,400. B) $800,239. C) $863,854. D) $792,000. 59) On January 1, 2021, Packard Corporation leased equipment to Hewlitt Company. The lease term is eight years. The first payment of $450,000 was made on January 1, 2021. Remaining payments are made on December 31 each year, beginning with December 31, 2021. The equipment cost Packard Corporation $2,400,000. The present value of the lease payments is $2,640,788. The lease is appropriately classified as a sales-type lease. Assuming the interest rate for this lease is 10%, what will be the balance reported as a liability by Hewlitt in the December 31, 2022, balance sheet? A) $1,950,867. B) $1,509,854. C) $1,959,867. D) $1,705,854. 60) Red Co. recorded a right-of-use asset of $100,000 in a 10-year finance lease. Payments of $16,275 are made annually at the end of each year. The interest rate charged by the lessor and known by Red was 10%. The balance in the lease payable after two years will be: A) $80,000. B) $86,823. C) $116,309. D) $121,000. 61) On January 1, 2021, Rastall Co. signed a long-term finance lease for an office building. The terms of the lease required Rastall to pay $30,000 annually, beginning December 31, 2021, and continuing each year for 30 years. On January 1, 2021, the present value of the lease payments is $337,734 discounted at the 8% interest rate implicit in the lease. In Rastall's December 31, 2021, balance sheet, the lease payable should be: A) $307,734 B) $334,753 C) $337,734 D) $870,000 18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
62) In connection with a lease of more than 12 months, the lessee always will record each of the following except: A) an asset. B) interest revenue. C) an expense. D) a liability. 63) In connection with a lease transaction, the lessor would not record: A) an asset. B) depreciation. C) interest revenue. D) a liability. 64) Lessee Company enters into a lease on January 1, 2021, that is accounted for as a finance lease. The lease calls for quarterly payments of $15,000, beginning on January 1, 2021, and continuing for 5 years. The last payment is due on October 1, 2025. The lease has an implicit annual interest rate of 8%. The present value of an annuity due at 8% per period for 5 periods is 4.312; the present value of an annuity due at 2% per period for 20 periods is 16.678. What amount will Lessee report as a lease payable (not including accrued interest) in its financial statements dated December 31, 2021? A) $198,720 B) $200,000 C) $203,658 D) $208,968 65) BBB Leasing purchased a machine for $250,000 and leased it to Jack Tupp Auto Repair on January 1, 2021. Lease description: Quarterly rental payments Lease term No residual value; no BPO Economic life of machine Implicit interest rate Fair value of asset
$16,315 at beginning of each period 5 years (20 quarters) 5 years 12% $250,000
What is the balance in the lease payable account after the April 1, 2021, lease payment? A) $224,381. B) $233,685. C) $232,569. D) $241,185.
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
66) For a finance lease, an amount equal to the present value of the lease payments should be recorded by the lessee as a(n): A) Asset and a liability. B) Asset and a different amount should be recorded as a liability. C) Liability and a different amount should be recorded as an asset. D) Expense. 67) A sales-type lease is reported in the lessor's balance sheet as: A) An asset. B) A liability. C) Interest revenue. D) A contra account to lease liability. 68) Since the lease payments under a lease agreement are normally paid at the beginning of each period, the appropriate compound interest table to be used to determine the amount at which the right-of-use asset should be recorded is the: A) Ordinary annuity table. B) Present value of $1 table. C) Present value of an annuity due table. D) Future value of an annuity due table. 69) Titanic Corporation leased executive limos under terms of a $20,000 first payment upon signing the lease and four equal annual payments of $30,000 on the anniversary date of the lease. The interest rate implicit in the lease is 11%. The first year's interest expense would be: (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $13,200. B) $10,238. C) $33,200. D) $15,543. 70) Durney Co. recorded a right-of-use asset of $800,000 in a ten-year finance lease. The interest rate charged by the lessor was 10%. The balance in the right-of-use asset after two years will be: A) $648,000 B) $640,000 C) $880,000 D) $968,000
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
71) On January 1, 2021, Princess Corporation leased equipment to King Company. The lease term is eight years. The first payment of $675,000 was made on January 1, 2021. The equipment cost Princess Corporation $3,600,000. The present value of the lease payments is $3,961,183. The lease is appropriately classified as a sales-type lease. Assuming the interest rate for this lease is 10%, how much interest revenue will Princess record in 2022 on this lease? A) $261,000. B) $328,615. C) $325,350. D) $293,980. 72) XYZ Company leased equipment to West Corporation under a lease agreement that qualifies as a finance lease to West but not as a result of a bargain purchase option or a title transfer. The present value of the lease payments is $600,000. The expected economic life of the asset is seven years. The lease term is five years. Using the straight-line method, what would West record as annual amortization? A) $120,000. B) $61,000. C) $60,000. D) $0. 73) ABC Company leased equipment to Best Corporation under a lease agreement that qualifies as a finance lease. The cost of the asset is $120,000. The lease contains a bargain purchase option that is effective at the end of the fifth year. The expected economic life of the asset is 10 years. The lease term is five years. The asset is expected to have a residual value of $2,000 at the end of 10 years. Using the straight-line method, what would Best record as annual amortization? A) $23,600. B) $12,200. C) $12,000. D) $11,800. 74) If the lessee and lessor use different interest rates to account for a finance/sales-type lease, then: A) The lessee is unaware of the lessor's implicit rate. B) Total expenses for the lessee will equal the lessor's total revenues. C) GAAP has been violated by at least one party. D) The lessee will report more net income for the year. 75) J Corp. is a lessee that entered into an operating lease in February of Year 1. The company's statement of cash flows for the year ending December 31, Year 1 will report: A) A cash outflow from investing activities. B) A cash outflow from financing activities. C) A cash outflow from operating activities. D) No cash outflow.
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) In an eight-year finance lease, the portion of the annual lease payment that represents interest in the lease's third year payment is: A) The same as in the fourth year. B) The same as in the first year. C) Less than in the second year. D) More than in the second year 77) Mann Co. is the lessor in a six-year lease that the lessor classifies as a sales-type lease. The lease payments begin December 31, 2021. The agreement specifies that Woo Corp. make equal annual lease payments on December 31 of each year. In its 2022 income statement: A) Woo will report interest expense and amortization expense. B) Woo will report interest expense and lease expense. C) Mann will report interest revenue and depreciation expense. D) Mann will report interest revenue and amortization expense. 78) Warren Co. recorded a right-of-use asset of $800,000 in a 10-year finance lease. The interest rate charged by the lessor was 8%. The balance in the right-of-use asset after two years will be: A) $648,000. B) $640,000. C) $804,000. D) $968,000. 79) Karla Salons leased equipment from Smith Co. on July 1, 2021, in a finance lease. The present value of the lease payments discounted at 10% was $81,100. Ten annual lease payments of $12,000 are due each year beginning July 1, 2021. Smith Co. had constructed the equipment recently for $66,000, and its retail fair value was $81,100. The total decrease in earnings (pretax) in Karla's December 31, 2021, income statement would be (ignore taxes): A) $5,000. B) $7,510. C) $8,400. D) $9,000. 80) Recording a sales-type lease with a selling profit is similar to recording: A) A purchase on account. B) An exchange of assets. C) A sale of a fixed asset. D) A sale of merchandise on account.
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
81) A noncancelable lease contains an option to purchase a leased asset at a price that is sufficiently lower than the asset's expected fair value so that the exercise of the option appears reasonably certain. The fair value of the asset exceeds the lessor's cost of the asset. Therefore, the lease will be accounted for by the lessor as a(n): A) Sales-type lease. B) Financing lease. C) Operating lease. D) Guaranteed lease. 82) On December 31, 2021, Perry Corporation leased equipment to Admiral Company for a five-year period. The annual lease payment, excluding nonlease components, is $40,000. The interest rate for this lease is 10%. The payments are due on December 31 of each year. The first payment was made on December 31, 2021. The normal cash price for this type of equipment is $125,000 while the cost to Perry was $105,000. For the year ended December 31, 2021, by what amount will Perry's earnings increase due to this lease (ignore taxes)? A) $20,000. B) $24,000. C) $28,500. D) $0. 83) Karla Salons leased equipment from Smith Co. on July 1, 2021, in a finance lease. The present value of the lease payments discounted at 10% was $81,100. Ten annual lease payments of $12,000 are due each year beginning July 1, 2021. Smith Co. had constructed the equipment recently for $66,000, and its retail fair value was $81,100. What amount of interest revenue from the lease should Smith Co. report in its December 31, 2021, income statement? A) $12,000. B) $4,055. C) $3,455. D) $8,110. 84) Karla Salons leased equipment from Smith Co. on July 1, 2021, in a finance lease. The present value of the lease payments discounted at 10% was $81,100. Ten annual lease payments of $12,000 are due each year beginning July 1, 2021. Smith Co. had constructed the equipment recently for $66,000, and its retail fair value was $81,100. What amount did Smith Co. record in its income statement for the reporting year ending December 31, 2021, in connection with the lease? (ignore taxes.) A) $3,455. B) $15,100. C) $18,555. D) $22,010.
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) Abhijit Co. leased equipment from Barua Corp. on July 1, 2021, for an 8-year period expiring June 30, 2029. Equal annual payments on July 1 of each year are $120,000. The first payment was made on July 1, 2021. The rate of interest contemplated by Abhijit and Barua is 10%. The cash selling price of the equipment is $704,000, and the cost of the equipment on Barua's accounting records is $560,000. The lease is appropriately recorded as a sales-type lease. What is the amount of selling profit on the sale and interest revenue that Barua will record for the year ended December 31, 2021?
a. b. c. d.
Selling Profit $ 9,000 $ 9,000 $ 144,000 $ 144,000
Interest Revenue $ 29,200 $ 35,200 $ 29,200 $ 35,200
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 86) Andres Company is the lessee in an operating lease in which the asset's economic life and lease term are different. Andres will: A) amortize the leased asset over the term of the lease at a straight-line amount. B) amortize the leased asset at an amount that increases each period. C) amortize the leased asset at an amount that decreases each period. D) amortize the asset over its economic life. 87) Blue Co. recorded a right-of-use asset of $100,000 in a 10-year operating lease. Payments of $16,275 are made annually at the end of each year. The interest rate charged by the lessor was 10% and was known by Blue. The balance in the right-of-use asset after two years will be: A) $80,000. B) $86,823. C) $100,000. D) $121,000. 88) On January 1, 2021, Green Co. recorded a right-of-use asset of $270,360 in an operating lease. The lease calls for ten annual payments of $40,000 at the beginning of each year. The interest rate charged by the lessor was 10%. The balance in the right-of-use asset at December 31, 2021, will be: A) $270,360. B) $253,396. C) $243,324. D) $230,360.
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
89) Cady Salons leased equipment from Smith Co. on January 1, 2021, in an operating lease. The present value of the lease payments discounted at 10% was $81,100. Ten annual lease payments of $12,000 are due at each January 1 beginning January 1, 2021. The amortization of the right-of-use asset for the reporting year ending December 31, 2021, would be: A) $5,090. B) $3,455. C) $8,110. D) $12,000. 90) When the total expenses over the life of an operating lease are compared to the total expenses over the life of a finance lease, one will find that: A) The expenses of a finance lease are greater than the expenses of the operating lease. B) The expenses of the finance lease and operating lease are equal. C) The expenses of an operating lease are greater than the expenses of a finance lease. D) No meaningful comparison can be made. 91) In an operating lease, the amortization of the right-of-use asset in the third year is: A) the same as in the fourth year. B) zero. C) less than in the fourth year. D) more than in the fourth year. 92) On January 1, 2021, PokemonGo Company leased equipment to Waldo Corporation under a lease agreement that qualifies as an operating lease to Waldo. The present value of the end-of-year lease payments of $138,585 discounted at 5% is $600,000. The expected economic life of the asset is seven years. The lease term is five years. What would Waldo record as amortization in 2021? A) $90,000. B) $108,585. C) $120,000. D) $0. 93) I. Lasch Co. recorded a right-of-use asset of $200,000 in a 10-year operating lease. Payments of $32,550 are made annually at the end of each year. The interest rate charged by the lessor was 10%. The balance in the right-of-use asset after the first year will be: A) $180,000. B) $187,450 C) $188,450. D) $200,000.
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
94) I.D. Clair Co. recorded a right-of-use asset of $100,000 in a 10-year operating lease. Payments of $14,795 are made annually at January 1 of each year beginning January 1, 2021. The interest rate charged by the lessor was 10%. The balance in the right-of-use asset at December 31, 2021, will be: (Round your answer to the nearest whole dollar amount.) A) $85,205. B) $91,478. C) $93,726. D) $100,000. 95) In an operating lease: A) the lessee records an asset and a liability for the present value of lease payments. B) the lessor records a receivable for the present value of lease payments. C) the lessee records an asset and a liability for the total of the lease payments. D) the lessor records interest revenue. 96) Which of the following statements characterizes an operating lease? A) The lessee reports cash outflows as financing activities. B) The lessor records depreciation and lease revenue. C) The lessor transfers title at the end of the lease term. D) The lessee has an option to purchase the leased assets and is reasonably sure to exercise the option. 97) If the lessor records deferred lease revenue at the beginning of a lease term, the lease must: A) Be a financing lease. B) Be a sales-type lease. C) Contain a bargain renewal option. D) Be an operating lease.
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) On January 1, 2021, Wellburn Corporation leased an asset from Tabitha Company. The asset originally cost Tabitha $300,000. The lease agreement is an operating lease that calls for four annual payments beginning on January 1, 2021, in the amount of $36,000. The other three remaining payments will be made on January 1 of each subsequent year. Which of the following journal entries should Tabitha record on January 1, 2021? A) Cash 36,000 Lease receivable 36,000 B) Cash
36,000 Deferred revenue
C) Cash
36,000
36,000 Rent revenue
D) Cash
36,000
36,000 Rent expense
36,000
99) Matt Co. is the lessor in connection with an operating lease. Matt Co. would record: A) Depreciation expense. B) A right-of-use asset. C) Amortization expense. D) Interest revenue. 100) Crystal Corporation makes $2,000 payments every month for leasing office equipment. Crystal recorded a lease payment as follows: Lease payable Interest expense Cash
1,200 800
Amortization expense Right-of-use asset
1,200
2,000
1,200
Crystal must have a(n): A) Operating lease. B) Leveraged lease. C) Finance lease. D) Sales-type lease without selling profit. 27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
101) On January 1, 2021, Gibson Corporation entered into a four-year operating lease. The payments were as follows: $20,000 for 2021, $18,000 for 2022, $16,000 for 2023, and $14,000 for 2024. What is the correct amount of total lease expense for 2022? A) $20,500. B) $19,000. C) $17,000. D) $18,000. 102) On September 1, 2021, Custom Shirts Inc. entered into a lease agreement appropriately classified as an operating lease. The lease term is three years. The annual payments by Custom Shirts are (a) $20,000 for year 1, (b) $24,000 for year 2, and (c) $28,000 for year 3. How much total lease expense will Custom Shirts recognize for 2021? A) $6,667. B) $24,000. C) $20,000. D) $8,000. 103) Jacobs Eatery leased restaurant equipment from Gamma Leasing. Gamma earns interest under such arrangements at a 6% annual rate. The lease term is eight months with monthly payments of $20,000 due at the end of each month. Jacobs Eatery elected the short-term lease option. What is the effect of the lease on Jacobs Eatery's earnings during the eight-month term (ignore taxes)? A) An initial expense of $160,000. B) An expense of $20,000 initially and $20,000 at the end of 7 months. C) An expense of $20,000 at the end of each of the 8 months. D) No expense within the 8-month period. 104) Pita Pub leased a specialty machine for a five-year non-cancelable term. At the end of the five-year term, Pita Pub has four consecutive one-year renewal options. A replacement machine can be acquired, but due to an expensive installation process and Pita Pub's lease term for its mall location, Pita Pub expects to lease the machine for seven years. What is the lease term? A) 5 years B) 6 years C) 7 years D) 9 years 105) Trussel Creations leased kitchen equipment under a five-year lease with an option to renew for three years at the end of five years and an option to renew for an additional three years at the end of eight years. The first three-year renewal option can be exercised for one-half the original and usual rate. What is the length of the lease term that Trussel Creations should assume in recording the transactions related to the lease? A) 5 years B) 8 years C) 11 years D) cannot be determined 28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
106) On January 1, Sepe Vineyard Supply leased a truck for a five-year period, at which time possession of the truck will revert back to the lessor. Annual lease payments are $11,000 due on December 31 of each year, calculated by the lessor using a 4% discount rate. If Sepe's revenues exceed a specified amount during the lease term, Sepe will pay an additional $3,000 lease payment at the end of the lease. Sepe estimates a 70% probability of meeting the target revenue amount. What amount, if any, should be added to the right-of-use asset and lease liability under the contingent rental agreement? A) 0 B) $3,000 C) present value of $3,000 D) present value of $14,000 107) Omega leased a machine for a ten-year non-cancelable term. At the end of the ten-year term, Omega has five consecutive one-year renewal options. A replacement machine can be acquired at the end of the term for the leased machine, but due to an expensive installation process and Omega's lease term for its store, Omega expects to lease the machine for 12 years. What is the lease term? A) 10 years B) 11 years C) 12 years D) 15 years 108) On January 1, Porter Moving and Storage leased a truck for a four-year period, at which time possession of the truck will revert back to the lessor. Annual lease payments are $30,000 due on December 31 of each year, calculated by the lessor using a 5% discount rate. If Porter's revenues exceed a specified amount during the lease term, Porter will pay an additional $12,000 lease payment at the end of the lease. Porter estimates a 60% probability of meeting the target revenue amount. What amount, if any, should be added to the right-of-use asset and lease payable under the contingent rent agreement? A) No additional amount should be added. B) An additional $6,000 should be added. C) An additional $7,200 should be added. D) An additional $12,000 should be added. 109) A lessee will reassess variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate: A) Only when the lessee remeasures the right-of-use asset and lease liability for other reasons. B) Only when the lessor also reassesses the variable lease payments. C) Whenever there is a change in the cash flows resulting from a change in the reference index or rate. D) Never.
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) Sometimes lease payments are scheduled to be increased (or decreased) at some future date during the lease term, depending on whether or not some specified event occurs. Papaya Republic leases space in premium mall locations anticipating higher revenue. If the mall attracts a sufficiently higher number of shoppers, Papaya Republic pays the lessor part of the resulting higher profits, but if not, the Papaya Republic makes only the normal lease payments. Management's policy is to include the variable lease payments as part of the lease payments used to calculate the lessee's lease liability and right-of-use asset if the payments are probable. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) The policy is inappropriate because the variable lease payments should be included as part of the lease payments used to calculate the lessee's lease liability and right-of-use asset only if the payments are "reasonably certain." B) The policy is inappropriate because the amounts of future lease payments are uncertain and often avoidable and thus should not be considered as part of the lease payments. C) This approach is inappropriate because the variable lease payments should be included as part of the lease payments only if and when the lessee remeasures the lease liability. D) This approach is conceptually correct because the arrangement also provides the lessor an incentive to attract shoppers to the mall, which is in the lessee's best interest. 111) If it is "reasonably certain" that the lessee will exercise a purchase option: A) The lease is classified as a finance/sales-type lease. B) Both the lessee and the lessor consider the exercise price of the option to be an additional cash payment. C) It's assumed that the lease term ends on the date that the option is expected to be exercised. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 112) For a right-of-use asset under a lease that qualifies as a finance lease because the lease contains a purchase option and the option is reasonably certain to be exercised, the amortization period used by the lessee must be: A) The same period that was used by the lessor. B) The economic life of the asset at the time the lease agreement took effect. C) The term of the lease. D) The term of the lease or the economic life of the asset, whichever is shorter. 113) The lessee's option to purchase a leased asset at a price that is sufficiently lower than the asset's expected fair value so that the exercise of the option appears reasonably certain sometimes is called a: A) Bargain purchase option. B) Lessee buy-out option. C) Lessor sell-out option. D) Guaranteed purchase option.
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) If the lessee expects to obtain title to leased property due to a purchase option that is reasonably certain to be exercised or the passage of title at the end of the lease term: A) The lessee ignores any residual value for the leased property. B) The lessor ignores any residual value for the leased property. C) The lessee adds the present value of the residual value to the amount recorded for the lease. D) The lessor will always charge a higher annual lease rate. 115) On January 2, 2021, Nori Mining Co. (lessee) entered into a 5-year lease for drilling equipment. Nori accounted for the acquisition as a finance lease for $240,000, which includes a $10,000 purchase option at the end of the lease. Nori is reasonably certain to exercise the purchase option. Nori estimates that the equipment's fair value will be $20,000 at the end of its 8-year life. For the year ended December 31, 2021, what amount should Nori recognize as amortization expense on the right-of-use asset? A) $27,500 B) $30,000 C) $48,000 D) $46,000 116) Gamma Leasing acquires equipment and leases it to customers under long-term sales-type leases. Gamma earns interest under these arrangements at a 6% annual rate. Gamma purchased a machine and then leased it for $300,000 under an arrangement that specified annual payments to be received for five years, beginning at the commencement of the lease. The lessee had the option to purchase the machine at the end of the lease term for $50,000 when it was expected to have a residual value of $80,000. Calculate the amount of the annual lease payments. (Round your answer to the nearest whole dollar amount.) The present value of $1: n = 5, i = 6% is 0.74726. The present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 5, i = 6% is 4.21236. The present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 5, i = 6% is 4.46511. A) $62,349 B) $58,820 C) $67,188 D) $78,385 117) Which of the following might shorten the term of the lease? A) Initial direct costs. B) Contingent rentals. C) A renewal option. D) A purchase option.
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
118) On December 31, 2020, Reagan Inc. signed a lease with Silver Leasing Co. for some equipment having a seven-year useful life. The lease payments are made by Reagan annually, beginning at signing date. Title does not transfer to the lessee, so the equipment will be returned to the lessor on December 31, 2026. There is no purchase option, and Reagan guarantees a residual value to the lessor on termination of the lease. Reagan's lease amortization schedule appears below:
Dec. 31 2020 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
Payments
Interest
Decrease in Balance
$ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 36,000
$ 17,165 14,251 11,221 8,070 4,793 1,385
$ 90,000 72,835 75,749 78,779 81,930 85,207 34,615
Outstanding Balance $ 519,115 429,115 356,280 280,531 201,752 119,822 34,615 0
In this situation, Reagan: A) is the lessee in a sales-type lease. B) is the lessee in a finance lease. C) is the lessor in a finance lease. D) is the lessor in a sales-type lease.
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) On December 31, 2020, Reagan Inc. signed a lease with Silver Leasing Co. for some equipment having a seven-year useful life. The lease payments are made by Reagan annually, beginning at signing date. Title does not transfer to the lessee, so the equipment will be returned to the lessor on December 31, 2026. There is no purchase option, and Reagan guarantees a residual value to the lessor on termination of the lease. Reagan's lease amortization schedule appears below:
Dec. 31 2020 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
Payments
Interest
Decrease in Balance
$ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 36,000
$ 17,165 14,251 11,221 8,070 4,793 1,385
$ 90,000 72,835 75,749 78,779 81,930 85,207 34,615
Outstanding Balance $ 519,115 429,115 356,280 280,531 201,752 119,822 34,615 0
What is the balance of the lease liability on Reagan's December 31, 2022, balance sheet (after the third lease payment is made)? A) $280,531. B) $190,530. C) $266,280. D) $356,280.
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
120) On December 31, 2020, Reagan Inc. signed a lease with Silver Leasing Co. for some equipment having a seven-year useful life. The lease payments are made by Reagan annually, beginning at signing date. Title does not transfer to the lessee, so the equipment will be returned to the lessor on December 31, 2026. There is no purchase option, and Reagan guarantees a residual value to the lessor on termination of the lease. Reagan's lease amortization schedule appears below:
Dec. 31 2020 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
Payments
Interest
Decrease in Balance
$ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 36,000
$ 17,165 14,251 11,221 8,070 4,793 1,385
$ 90,000 72,835 75,749 78,779 81,930 85,207 34,615
Outstanding Balance $ 519,115 429,115 356,280 280,531 201,752 119,822 34,615 0
At what amount would Reagan record the right-of-use asset at the beginning of the agreement? A) $519,115. B) $429,115. C) $540,000. D) $576,000.
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
121) On December 31, 2020, Reagan Inc. signed a lease with Silver Leasing Co. for some equipment having a seven-year useful life. The lease payments are made by Reagan annually, beginning at signing date. Title does not transfer to the lessee, so the equipment will be returned to the lessor on December 31, 2026. There is no purchase option, and Reagan guarantees a residual value to the lessor on termination of the lease. Reagan's lease amortization schedule appears below:
Dec. 31 2020 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
Payments
Interest
Decrease in Balance
$ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 36,000
$ 17,165 14,251 11,221 8,070 4,793 1,385
$ 90,000 72,835 75,749 78,779 81,930 85,207 34,615
Outstanding Balance $ 519,115 429,115 356,280 280,531 201,752 119,822 34,615 0
What is the effective annual interest rate charged to Reagan on this lease? A) 4%. B) 6%. C) 8%. D) 17%.
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) On December 31, 2020, Reagan Inc. signed a lease with Silver Leasing Co. for some equipment having a seven-year useful life. The lease payments are made by Reagan annually, beginning at signing date. Title does not transfer to the lessee, so the equipment will be returned to the lessor on December 31, 2026. There is no purchase option, and Reagan guarantees a residual value to the lessor on termination of the lease. Reagan's lease amortization schedule appears below:
Dec. 31 2020 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
Payments
Interest
Decrease in Balance
$ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 36,000
$ 17,165 14,251 11,221 8,070 4,793 1,385
$ 90,000 72,835 75,749 78,779 81,930 85,207 34,615
Outstanding Balance $ 519,115 429,115 356,280 280,531 201,752 119,822 34,615 0
What is the amount of residual value guaranteed by Reagan to the lessor? A) $1,385. B) $34,615. C) $36,000. D) Cannot be determined from the given information. 123) If the lessor retains title to leased property under the terms of the lease: A) The amount to be recovered through periodic lease payments is reduced by the present value of any residual amount. B) The amount to be recovered through periodic lease payments is increased by the present value of the residual amount. C) The amount to be recovered will be the same as if there were no residual value. D) The lessor will record a greater amount of depreciation due to the residual value. 124) By the lessee, a lessee-guaranteed residual value at the beginning of a finance lease should be: A) Excluded from lease payments. B) Included as part of lease payments at present value. C) Included as part of lease payments at future value. D) Included as part of lease payments only to the extent that guaranteed residual value is expected to exceed estimated residual value.
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) Which of the following statements regarding lessee-guaranteed residual values is true for the lessee? A) The asset and liability at the beginning of the lease should be increased by the amount of the residual value to the extent that guaranteed residual value is expected to exceed estimated residual value. B) The asset and liability at the beginning of the lease should be decreased by the amount of the residual value to the extent that guaranteed residual value is expected to exceed estimated residual value. C) The asset and liability at the beginning of the lease should be increased by the present value of the residual value to the extent that guaranteed residual value is expected to exceed estimated residual value. D) The asset and liability at the beginning of the lease should be decreased by the present value of the residual value to the extent that guaranteed residual value is expected to exceed estimated residual value. 126) If the residual value of a leased asset turns out to be more than the amount guaranteed by the lessee, the: A) Lessor must compensate the lessee for the excess. B) Lessee must pay the lessor the amount of the excess. C) Lessee will reduce the last year's depreciation. D) Lessor is not obligated to compensate the lessee for the excess. 127) At the beginning of a finance lease, a guaranteed residual value should be: A) Included as part of lease payments at present value. B) Included as part of lease payments at future value. C) Included as part of lease payments only to the extent that guaranteed residual value is expected to exceed estimated residual value. D) Excluded from lease payments. 128) By the lessor, a lessee-guaranteed residual value at the beginning of a finance lease should be: A) Excluded from lease payments. B) Included as part of lease payments at present value. C) Included as part of lease payments at future value. D) Included as part of lease payments only to the extent that guaranteed residual value is expected to exceed estimated residual value. 129) Which of the following statements regarding a lessee-guaranteed residual value is true? A) The lessor's lease receivable should be increased by the amount of the residual value. B) The lessor's lease receivable should be increased by the amount of the residual value to the extent that guaranteed residual value is expected to exceed estimated residual value. C) The lessee's right-of-use asset and lease payable at the beginning of the lease should be increased by the present value of the residual value. D) The lessee's right-of-use asset and lease payable at the beginning of the lease should be decreased by the present value of the residual value to the extent that guaranteed residual value is expected to exceed estimated residual value. 37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
130) On January 1, Smith Industries leased equipment to a customer for a four-year period, at which time possession of the leased asset will revert back to Smith. The equipment cost Smith $350,000 and has an expected useful life of six years. Its normal sales price is $350,000. The residual value after four years is $50,000. Lease payments are due on December 31 of each year, beginning with the first payment at the end of the first year. The interest rate is 5%. Calculate the amount of the annual lease payments. (Round your answer to the nearest whole dollar amount.) The present value of $1: n = 4, i = 5% is 0.82270. The present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 4, i = 5% is 3.54595. The present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 4, i = 5% is 3.72325. A) $87,104 B) $82,955 C) $98,704 D) $77,337 131) On January 1, Ramirez Supply leased a car for a four-year period, at which time possession of the car will revert back to the lessor. Annual lease payments are $20,000 due on December 31 of each year, calculated by the lessor using a 5% discount rate. Negotiations led to Ramirez guaranteeing the lessor a $72,000 residual value at the end of the lease term although Ramirez estimates that the residual value after four years will be $70,000. What is the amount to be added to the right-of-use asset and lease payable under the residual value guarantee? (Round your answer to the nearest whole dollar amount.) The present value of $1: n = 4, i = 5% is 0.82270. The present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 4, i = 5% is 3.54595. The present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 4, i = 5% is 3.72325. A) $823 B) $1,216 C) $1,645 D) $2,061 132) What makes up a lessor's net investment? A) Lease payments plus residual value B) Present value of lease payments plus present value of residual value C) Present value of lease payments minus present value of residual value D) Lease payments plus non-lease payments 133) When a lease qualifies as a finance lease, what amount is recorded as the cost of the right-of-use asset? A) The present value of the lease payments, exclusive of nonlease components. B) The present value of the lease payments plus nonlease components. C) The sum of the gross lease payments. D) The present value of the lease payments plus the present value of nonlease components.
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) What are the three types of expenses that a lessee experiences with a finance lease? A) Lease expense, payments for nonlease components, interest expense. B) Amortization expense, lease expense, interest expense. C) Payments for nonlease components, lease expense, amortization expense. D) Amortization expense, interest expense, payments for nonlease components. 135) The costs that (a) are associated directly with consummating a lease, (b) are essential to acquire the lease, and (c) would not have been incurred had the lease agreement not occurred, are referred to as initial direct costs. Initial direct costs incurred by the lessee are: A) added to the right-of-use asset and expensed over an amortization period. B) recorded as an expense at the beginning of the lease. C) deferred in an operating lease until the asset is returned to the lessor. D) a reduction to the lease liability at the beginning of the lease. 136) The costs that (a) are associated directly with consummating a lease, (b) are essential to acquire the lease, and (c) would not have been incurred had the lease agreement not occurred, are referred to as initial direct costs. Initial direct costs incurred by the lessor are deferred and expensed over the lease term: A) Only in an operating lease. B) Only in a sales-type lease with selling profit. C) Only in a sales-type lease with no selling profit. D) In both an operating lease and a sales-type lease with no selling profit. 137) The costs that (a) are associated directly with consummating a lease, (b) are essential to acquire the lease, and (c) would not have been incurred had the lease agreement not occurred, are referred to as initial direct costs. Initial direct costs are expensed at the beginning of the lease in: A) An operating lease. B) A sales-type lease with selling profit. C) A sales-type lease with no selling profit. D) Both an operating lease and a sales-type lease with no selling profit. 138) N Corp. entered into a nine-year finance lease on a warehouse on December 31, 2021. Lease payments of $26,000, which includes maintenance services of $1,000, are due annually, beginning on December 31, 2022, and every December 31 thereafter. N does not know the interest rate implicit in the lease; N's incremental borrowing rate is 9%. The rounded present value of an ordinary annuity for nine years at 9% is 5.9952. What amount should N report as recorded lease liability at December 31, 2021? A) $149,880. B) $155,875. C) $225,000. D) $234,000.
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
139) Ira Bates Corp. entered into a 9-year finance lease on a warehouse on December 31, 2021. Lease payments of $39,000, which includes maintenance service of $1,500, are due annually, beginning on December 31, 2022, and every December 31 thereafter. The interest rate implicit in the lease is 9%. The rounded present value of an ordinary annuity for nine years at 9% is 6.0. What amount should Bates record as the lease payable at December 31, 2021? A) $225,000 B) $234,000 C) $337,500 D) $351,000 140) The costs that (a) are associated directly with consummating a lease, (b) are essential to acquire the lease, and (c) would not have been incurred had the lease agreement not occurred, are referred to as: A) Initial direct costs. B) Consummating expenses. C) Lease acquisition expenses. D) Nonlease components. 141) The costs that (a) are associated directly with consummating a lease, (b) are essential to acquire the lease, and (c) would not have been incurred had the lease agreement not occurred, are referred to as initial direct costs. Initial direct costs are expensed at the beginning of the lease in: A) A sales-type lease with a selling profit. B) A sales-type lease without a selling profit. C) Any sales-type lease. D) An operating lease. 142) The costs that (a) are associated directly with consummating a lease, (b) are essential to acquire the lease and (c) would not have been incurred had the lease agreement not occurred are referred to as initial direct costs. Initial direct costs are added to the Lease Receivable in: A) A sales-type lease with a selling profit. B) A sales-type lease without a selling profit. C) Any sales-type lease. D) An operating lease. 143) The costs that (a) are associated directly with consummating a lease, (b) are essential to acquire the lease and (c) would not have been incurred had the lease agreement not occurred are referred to as initial direct costs. Initial direct costs are deferred and expensed over the lease term, generally on a straight-line basis in: A) A sales-type lease with a selling profit. B) A sales-type lease without a selling profit. C) Any sales-type lease. D) An operating lease.
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
144) Bird leased equipment that had a retail cash selling price of $1,200,000 and a useful life of five years with no residual value. The lessor paid $1,060,000 to acquire the equipment and used an implicit rate of 8% when calculating annual lease payments of $278,284 beginning January 1, at the beginning of the lease. Incremental costs of negotiating and consummating the completed lease transaction incurred by the lessor were $30,000. What is the increase in the lessor's earnings during the first year as a result of the lease (ignore taxes)? (Round your answer to the nearest whole dollar amount.) A) Decrease in earnings by $164,839 B) Increase in earnings by $171,242 C) Decrease in earnings by $178,625 D) Increase in earnings by $183,737 145) On January 1, 2021, Gemini Corporation leased equipment under a finance lease designed to earn the lessor a 12% rate of return for providing long-term financing. The lease agreement specified ten annual payments of $225,000 beginning January 1, and each December 31 thereafter through 2029. A 10-year service agreement was scheduled to provide maintenance of the equipment as required for a fee of $15,000 per year. Insurance premiums of $12,000 annually are related to the equipment. Both amounts were to be paid by the lessor and the lease payments reflect both expenditures. At what amount will Gemini record a right-of-use asset? (Round your answer to the nearest whole dollar amount.) A) $1,139,085 B) $1,234,009 C) $1,328,932 D) $1,423,856 146) For convenience, most lease contracts entered into by CPS Corporation, a lessee, specify that the lessor is to pay hazard insurance premiums, but that these additional costs are embedded in the periodic payments made by CPS. CPS Corporation's policy is to treat these costs as separate components of the lease contract (to be expensed by CPS) rather than as amounts to be capitalized as part of the right-of-use asset. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) The policy is appropriate because the charge represents a transfer of a good or service to the lessee and thus qualifies as a "nonlease component" of the payment and is separated from the lease payments. B) The policy is inappropriate because those payments do not transfer to the lessee a separate good or service. C) The policy is appropriate because as a practical expedient, the lessee is given the option to elect to include nonlease components (like maintenance). D) This approach is inappropriate because payments for maintenance and property taxes are specifically identified in the lease accounting guidance as part of the lease payments rather than nonlease components.
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
147) One criterion for an arrangement to constitute a lease is that we have an identified asset. Which of the following is required in order for a contract to contain an identified asset? A) The asset must be explicitly identified in the contract. B) The customer can derive substantially all of the potential economic benefits from using the asset. C) The asset must be property, plant, or equipment (not inventory, intangibles, or natural resources). D) The provider cannot have the right to substitute alternative assets during the period of use and could benefit economically from such a substitution. 148) Which of the following is not required in order for a contract to contain a lease? A) The asset must be explicitly identified in the contract. B) The customer can derive substantially all of the potential economic benefits from using the asset. C) The customer can direct the use of the asset throughout the contract term. D) The provider cannot have the right to substitute alternative assets during the period of use and could benefit economically from such a substitution. 149) Advance payments made by the lessee on an operating lease are considered to be: A) Lease expense. B) Amortization of the right-of-use asset. C) Deferred revenue to the lessor. D) A prepayment of interest expense. 150) Leasehold improvements usually are classified in a balance sheet as: A) Property, plant, and equipment. B) Other long-term assets. C) Investments. D) Expenses. 151) Like other assets, the cost of a leasehold improvement is allocated as depreciation expense over its useful life to the lessee, which will be: A) The shorter of the physical life of the asset or the lease term. B) The physical life of the asset. C) The lease term. D) A time period determined by management. 152) L Corp. recorded a finance lease in February of Year 1 using an annuity due present value table. The company's statement of cash flows for the year ending December 31, Year 1 using the indirect method will report: A) An addition to net income for amortization. B) A cash inflow from financing activities. C) A cash outflow from investing activities. D) A cash inflow from operating activities.
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
153) M Corp. recorded a finance lease in February of Year 1 using an annuity due present value table. The company's statement of cash flows for the year ending December 31, Year 1 using the direct method will report: A) A cash inflow from investing activities. B) A cash outflow from financing activities. C) A cash outflow from investing activities. D) A cash inflow from operating activities. 154) P Corp. leased an asset to L Corp. using an operating lease in February of Year 1. P Corp.'s statement of cash flows for the year ending December 31, Year 1 will report: A) A cash outflow from investing activities. B) A cash outflow from financing activities. C) A cash inflow from operating activities. D) No cash outflow. 155) A short-term lease: A) Must be accounted for by the short-cut method if using U.S. GAAP. B) Is defined as having a value of $10,000 or less. C) Is defined as having a lease term of fifteen months or less. D) Is not required to be accounted for by the short-cut method if using IFRS. 156) For companies that prepare their financial statements in accordance with IFRS, a lessee will reassess variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate: A) not just when the lessee remeasures the right-of-use asset and lease liability for other reasons, but also whenever there is a change in the cash flows resulting from a change in the reference index or rate. B) only when the lessee remeasures the right-of-use asset and lease liability for other reasons. C) using the discount rate in effect at the beginning of the lease. D) only when the terms of the lease are modified by the lessee and lessor. 157) Bishop Company is the lessee in an operating lease. Bishop will report straight-line lease expense if it uses: A) IFRS. B) U.S. GAAP. C) Either U.S. GAAP or IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. 158) A lessee is allowed to elect not to record a right-of-use asset and lease payable at the beginning of the lease term for a lease that has a lease term of 12 months or having a value of $5,000 or less when using: A) IFRS. B) U.S. GAAP. C) Either U.S. GAAP or IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS.
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
159) Which of the following statements characterizes a sale-leaseback arrangement? A) The lessee also is the seller. B) The lessor treats the lease as an operating lease. C) The lessee buys the asset from a third party. D) The lessor's interest rate always is higher than in a finance lease. 160) In a sale-leaseback arrangement, the lessee also is: A) The new owner of the property. B) The buyer. C) A third-party guarantor. D) The seller. 161) On December 31, 2021, B Corp. sold a machine to Royal and simultaneously leased it back for one year. Pertinent information at this date follows: Sales price Book value Present value of lease rentals ($6,000 for 12 months at 12%) Estimated remaining useful life
$ 720,000 660,000 68,200 12years
In B's December 31, 2021, income statement, the recognized gain from the sale of this machine should be: A) $0. B) $8,200. C) $60,000. D) $68,200. 162) If the leaseback portion of a sale-leaseback transaction is classified as an operating lease: A) Any gain is deferred and recognized as a reduction of rent expense. B) Any gain is deferred and recognized as a reduction of depreciation. C) Any gain is recognized at the commencement of the lease. D) There can be no gain.
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
163) On December 31, 2021, Bedford Corp. sold a machine to Sheila Company and simultaneously leased it back for one year. Pertinent information at this date follows: Sales price Carrying amount Present value of lease payments ($9,000 for 12 months at 12%) Machine's estimated remaining useful life
$
940,000 890,000 102,300 12years
In Bedford's December 31, 2021 income statement, the gain recognized from the sale of this machine should be: A) $0. B) $4,167. C) $337,600. D) $50,000. 164) If the leaseback portion of a sale-leaseback transaction meets the criteria to be a finance lease: A) The seller-lessee will record a right-of-use asset. B) The seller-lessee will record interest revenue. C) The seller-lessee will record a gain or loss on the sale of an asset. D) The seller-lessee will record a note payable. 165) If the leaseback portion of a sale-leaseback transaction meets the criteria to be a sales-type lease, the buyer-lessor will: A) record a lease receivable. B) record an addition to property, plant, and equipment. C) record interest revenue on a note receivable. D) record a selling profit. 166) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. TERM 1. Finance leases 2. Present value of lease payments 3. Initial direct costs 4. Bargain purchase option 5. Depreciable assets
PHRASE NUMBER Reduces the lessor's lease payment ____ calculation. The amount recorded as a right-of-use asset ____ by the lessee. Accounting for these is based on substance ____ over form. Legal fees, commissions, and lease ____ processing costs. Leasehold improvements. ____
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
167) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. TERM 1. No amortization of lease asset 2. Lessee's guarantee 3. Nonlease components 4. Bargain purchase option 5. Operating lease
PHRASE Amortization a "plug" figure. Residual value. Maintenance fees. Additional cash payment included in lease liability calculation. Short-term lease.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
168) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. TERM 1. PV of bargain purchase option price 2. Lessee's lease payments 3. Lessor's net investment 4. PV of lease payments 5. Gross investment
PHRASE NUMBER PV of lease payments plus PV of ____ residual value. Deducted in lessor's computation of ____ rental payments. Lease payable. ____ Sum of lease payments. ____ Total of periodic lease payments and any ____ residual value.
169) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. TERM 1. Gross investment 2. Requires disclosure only 3. Depreciation period over useful life 4. Initial direct costs 5. Bargain purchase option
PHRASE Associated directly with consummating a lease. Contingent rentals. Title transfers to lessee.
NUMBER ____
Total of lease payments and residual value. Exercise reasonably certain.
____ ____
____ ____
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. TERM PHRASE NUMBER 1. Discount rate Lessor's rate of return. ____ 2. Amortization on right-of-use Reported as assets. ____ assets 3. Leasehold improvements Based on term of lease for a finance lease. ____ 4. Interest expense Calculated as lease payments plus ____ residual value. 5. Lessor's gross investment Calculated as effective rate times balance. ____
171) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. TERM 1. Purchase option 2. Sales-type lease selling expense 3. Residual value 4. Operating lease 5. Nonlease components
PHRASE Straight-line lease expense. Initial direct costs. Operating costs borne by the lessee. Viewed as an additional payment when less than guarantee. Viewed as an additional payment when reasonably certain.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
172) Listed below are 15 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. TERM 1. Interest expense 2. Disclosure only 3. Lessor's gross investment 4. Lessee's lease payments 5. Lessor's net investment 6. Initial direct costs 7. Operating lease 8. Bargain purchase option 9. Depreciable assets 11. Finance lease expense 12. PV of bargain purchase option price 13. Title transfers to lessee 14. Loan 15. Lessor's lease payments
PHRASE Periodic rent payments plus excess guaranteed residual value. Deducted in lessor's computation of lease payments. Leasehold improvements. Cash paid to satisfy residual value guarantee.
NUMBER ____
Sales-type lease selling expense. Depreciation longer than lease term. Sale-leaseback as operating lease. PV of lease payments plus PV of residual value. Future lease payments in each of the next five years. Lease payments plus guaranteed residual value. Outstanding balance times effective rate.
____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Nonlease payments.
____
Rent revenue. Purchase price less than fair value.
____ ____
____ ____ ____
____ ____
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
173) Each of the independent situations below describes a finance lease in which annual lease payments are payable at the beginning of each year. The lessee is aware of the lessor's implicit interest rate. Situation 1 Lessee 2 Lessor 10 yrs. 20 yrs. 10% 12% 12% 10% $600,000 $400,000
Lease term Lessor's desired rate of return Lessee's incremental borrowing rate Fair value of asset For convenience, here are some table values:
Periods; int. rate 10 periods, 10% 10 periods, 12% 20 periods, 10% 20 periods, 12%
PV, ordinary annuity 6.1446 5.6502 8.5136 7.4694
PV, annuity due 6.7590 6.3283 9.3649 8.3658
Required: For each situation determine the amount of the annual lease payment, as calculated by the lessor. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 174) Each of the four independent situations below describes a lease requiring annual lease payments of $30,000.
Lease term (years) Asset's useful life (years) Asset's fair value Bargain purchase option? Annual lease payments Lessor's implicit rate (known by lessee) Lessee's incremental borrowing rate
Situation 1 4 6 $132,000 No Beg. of yr.
Situation 2 4 6 $114,000 No End of yr.
Situation 3 4 5 $129,000 Yes Beg. of yr.
Situation 4 4 6 $115,000 No End of yr.
5%
6%
6%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
Required: For each situation, determine the appropriate lease classification by the lessee and indicate why. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts.
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
175) On January 1, 2021, Burrito Bill's leased restaurant equipment from Oval Corporation under a nine-year lease agreement. The lease agreement specifies annual payments of $75,000 beginning January 1, 2021, the beginning of the lease, and at each December 31 thereafter through 2028. The equipment was acquired recently by Oval at a cost of $540,000 (its fair value) and was expected to have a useful life of 13 years with no salvage value at the end of its life. (Because the lease term is only 9 years, the asset does have an expected residual value at the end of the lease term of $150,000.) Oval seeks a 10% return on its lease investments. By this arrangement, the lease is deemed to be an operating lease. Required: (a) What will be the effect of the lease on Burrito Bill's earnings for the first year? Show the separate components as well as the total amount. (ignore taxes) (b) What journal entries will the lessee record during 2021 relating to this lease? (c) What will be the balances in the balance sheet accounts related to the lease at the end of the first year for Burrito Bill's? (ignore taxes) 176) On January 1, 2021, Salvatore Company leased several machines from Nola Corporation under a three-year operating lease agreement. The lease calls for semiannual payments of $15,000 each, payable on June 30 and December 31 of each year. The machines were acquired by Nola at a cost of $90,000 and are expected to have a useful life of five years with no expected residual value. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the lessor from the beginning of the lease through the end of 2021.
Use this information to answer the following questions: On January 1, 2021, Robertson Construction leased several items of equipment under a two-year operating lease agreement from Jamison Leasing, which routinely finances equipment for other firms at an annual interest rate of 4%. The contract calls for four rent payments of $40,000 each, payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31 each year. The equipment was acquired by Jamison Leasing at a cost of $360,000 and was expected to have a useful life of five years with no residual value. Both firms record amortization and depreciation semi-annually. 177) Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the lessee from the beginning of the lease through the end of 2021. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 178) Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the lessor (Jamison Leasing) from the beginning of the lease through the end of 2021. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts.
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
179) Eastern Edison Company leased equipment from Low-Tech Leasing on January 1, 2021. Low-Tech recently purchased the equipment at a cost of $222,664. Other information: Lease term Annual payments Life of asset Fair value of asset Implicit interest rate Incremental rate
3 years $80,000 on January 1 each year 3 years $222,664 8% 8%
There is no expected residual value. Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Low-Tech Leasing for 2021. Assume a December 31 year-end. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 180) Python Company leased equipment from Hope Leasing on January 1, 2021. Hope recently purchased the equipment at a cost of $222,664. Other information: Lease term Annual payments Life of asset Fair value of asset Implicit interest rate Incremental rate
3 years $80,000 on January 1 each year 3 years $222,664 8% 8%
There is no expected residual value. Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Python for 2021. Assume straight-line depreciation and a December 31 year-end. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts.
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
181) Elf Leasing purchased a machine for $500,000 and leased it to IGA, Inc. on January 1, 2021. Lease description: Quarterly rental payments Lease term No residual value; no BPO Economic life of machine Implicit interest rate and lessee's incremental borrowing rate Fair value of asset
$32,629 at beginning of each period 5 years (20 quarters) 5 years 12% $500,000
Required: Prepare appropriate entries for both IGA and Elf Leasing from the beginning of the lease through the second rental payment on April 1, 2021. Amortization is recorded at the end of each fiscal year (December 31). Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Use this information to answer the following questions: On June 30, 2021, Blue, Inc. leased a machine from Big Leasing Corporation. The lease agreement calls for Blue to make semiannual lease payments of $281,454 over a three-year lease term, payable each June 30 and December 31, with the first payment at June 30, 2021. Blue's incremental borrowing rate is 10%, the same rate Big uses to calculate lease payment amounts. 182) The lease agreement qualifies as a finance lease. Amortization is recorded on a straight-line basis at the end of each year. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Determine the present value of the lease payments at June 30, 2021, (to the nearest $000) that Blue uses to record the right-of-use asset and lease liability. 2. What would be the amounts related to the lease that Blue would report in its balance sheet at December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.) 3. What would be the amounts related to the lease that Blue would report in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.) 183) The lease agreement qualifies as a sales-type lease without selling profit. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis at the end of each fiscal year. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. What would be the amounts related to the lease that Big would report in its balance sheet at December 31, 2021? (Ignore income taxes). 2. What would be the amounts related to the lease that Big would report in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021? (Ignore income taxes.)
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
184) Southern Edison Company leased equipment from Hi-Tech Leasing on January 1, 2021. Other information: Lease term Annual payments Life of asset Implicit interest rate PV, annuity due, 3 periods, 8% PV, ordinary annuity, 3 periods, 8%
3 years $40,000 on January 1 each year 3 years 8% 2.7833 2.5771
There is no expected residual value. Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Southern Edison for 2021 and 2022. Assume straight-line amortization and a December 31 year-end. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 185) Eastern Edison Company leased equipment from Hi-Tech Leasing on January 1, 2021. Other information: Lease term Annual payments Life of asset Implicit interest rate PV, annuity due, 3 periods, 8% PV, ordinary annuity, 3 periods, 8% Hi-Tech's cost of the equipment
3 years $80,000 on January 1 each year 3 years 8% 2.7833 2.5771 $222,664
There is no expected residual value. Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Hi-Tech Leasing for 2021 and 2022. Assume a December 31 year-end. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 186) Diablo Company leased a machine from Juniper Corporation on January 1, 2021. The machine has a fair value of $20,000,000. The lease agreement calls for four equal payments at the end of each year in the amount of $6,309,410. The useful life of the machine was expected to be four years with no residual value. The appropriate interest rate for this lease is 10%. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the journal entry for Diablo Company at the beginning of the lease. 2. Prepare the journal entry for the first lease payment (ignore amortization). 3. Prepare the journal entry for the second lease payment (ignore amortization).
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
187) Peters Company leased a machine from Johnson Corporation on January 1, 2021. The machine has a fair value of $20,000,000. The lease agreement calls for four equal payments at the end of each year. The useful life of the machine was expected to be four years with no residual value. The appropriate interest rate for this lease is 10%. Other information: PV of an ordinary annuity @10% for 4 periods: 3.16987 PV of an annuity due @ 10% for 4 periods: 3.48685 Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Determine the amount of each lease payment. 2. Prepare the journal entry for Peters Company at the beginning of the lease. 3. Prepare the journal entry for the first lease payment (ignore amortization). 4. Prepare the journal entry for the second lease payment (ignore amortization). 188) Each of the two independent situations below describes a finance lease in which annual lease payments are payable at the beginning of each year. The lessee is aware of the lessor's implicit interest rate.
Lease term Lessor's desired rate of return Fair value of asset
Situation 1 2 10 yrs. 20 yrs. 10% 12% $600,000 $400,000
For convenience, here are some table values: Periods; int. rate 10 periods, 10% 10 periods, 12% 20 periods, 10% 20 periods, 12%
PV, ordinary annuity 6.1446 5.6502 8.5136 7.4694
PV, annuity due 6.7590 6.3283 9.3649 8.3658
Required: For each situation determine the amount recorded as a liability by the lessee at the beginning of the lease. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts.
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Rumsfeld Corporation leased a machine on December 31, 2021, for a three-year period. The lease agreement calls for annual payments in the amount of $16,000 on December 31 of each year beginning on December 31, 2021. Rumsfeld has the option to purchase the machine on December 31, 2024, for $20,000 when its fair value is expected to be $40,000. The machine's estimated useful life is expected to be five years with no residual value. The appropriate interest rate for this lease is 12%. n, i 1 period, 12% 2 periods, 12% 3 periods, 12%
PV of $1 0.89286 0.79719 0.71178
PV, ordinary annuity 0.89286 1.69005 2.40183
PV, annuity due 1.00000 1.89286 2.69005
189) Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Calculate the amount to be recorded as a right-of-use asset and the associated lease payable. 2. Prepare Rumsfeld's journal entries for this lease for 2021 and 2022. 190) Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Calculate the amount to be recorded as a right-of-use asset and the associated lease liability. 2. Prepare an amortization schedule for this lease.
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
191) Maker Corp. manufactures imaging equipment. Easy Leasing purchased an MRI machine from Maker for $1,000,000 and leased it to Imaging Group, Inc. on January 1, 2021. Lease description: Quarterly rental payments Lease term No residual value; no bargain purchase option Economic life of MRI machine Implicit interest rate and lessee's incremental borrowing rate Fair value of asset Present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 20, i = 3%
$65,258: beginning of each period 5 years (20 quarters) 5 years 12% $1,000,000 15.3238
Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. How should this lease be classified by Imaging Group and by Easy Leasing? 2. Prepare appropriate entries for both Imaging Group and Easy Leasing from the beginning of the lease through the second rental payment on April 1, 2021. Depreciation and amortization are recorded at the end of each fiscal year (December 31). 3. Assume Imaging Group leased the machine directly from the manufacturer, Maker Corp., which produced the machine at a cost of $700,000. Prepare appropriate entries for Maker from the beginning of the lease through the second rental payment on April 1, 2021. 192) Scape Corp. manufactures telephony equipment. Scape leased equipment to User, Inc. on January 1, 2021. Scape produced the equipment at a cost of $5,000,000. Lease description: Quarterly rental payments Lease term No residual value; no BPO Economic life of equipment Implicit interest rate and lessee's incremental borrowing rate Fair value of asset
$522,064 at beginning of each period 5 years (20 quarters) 5 years 12% $8,000,000
Required: Prepare appropriate entries for both User and Scape from the beginning of the lease through the second rental payment on April 1, 2021. Depreciation and amortization are recorded at the end of each fiscal year (December 31). Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts.
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
193) On June 30, 2021, Blue, Inc. leased a machine from Large Leasing Corporation. The lease agreement calls for Blue to make semiannual lease payments of $281,454 over a three-year lease term, payable each June 30 and December 31, with the first payment at June 30, 2021. Blue's incremental borrowing rate is 10%, the same rate Big uses to calculate lease payment amounts. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis at the end of each fiscal year. Large constructed the machine at a cost of $1,250,000. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Determine the price at which Large is "selling" the machine (present value of the lease payments) at June 30, 2021 (to the nearest $000). 2. What would be the amounts related to the lease that Large would report in its balance sheet at December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.) 3. What would be the amounts related to the lease that Large would report in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.) 194) Southwestern Edison Company leased equipment from Hi-Tech Leasing on January 1, 2021. Hi-Tech manufactured the equipment at a cost of $90,000. Other information: Lease term Annual payments Life of asset Fair value of asset Implicit interest rate Incremental rate
3 years $40,000 on January 1 each year 3 years $111,332 8% 8%
There is no expected residual value. Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Hi-Tech Leasing for 2021. Assume a December 31 year-end. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts.
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
195) Northwestern Edison Company leased equipment from Hi-Tech Leasing on January 1, 2021. Hi-Tech manufactured the equipment at a cost of $90,000. Other information: Lease term Annual payments Life of asset Implicit interest rate Incremental rate PV, annuity due, 3 periods, 8% PV, ordinary annuity, 3 periods, 8%
3 years $40,000 on January 1 each year 3 years 8% 8% 2.7833 2.5771
There is no expected residual value. Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Hi-Tech Leasing for 2021 and 2022. Assume a December 31 year-end. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 196) The Bobo Company leased equipment from Bolinger Industries on January 1, 2021. Bolinger purchased the equipment at a cost of $270,000. Other information: Lease term Annual payments Life of asset Implicit interest rate Lessee's incremental rate Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1, i = 8, n = 3 Present value of an annuity due of $1, i = 8, n = 3
3 years $120,000 beginning Jan. 1, 2021 3 years 8% 8% 2.5771 2.7833
Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Calculate the amount of selling profit that Bolinger would recognize in this sales-type lease. Round to nearest dollar. Show calculations. 2. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for Bolinger on January 1, 2021. Round to nearest dollar. Show calculations. 3. Prepare the appropriate journal entry for Bolinger on December 31, 2021. Round to nearest dollar.
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
197) Merlin Co. leased equipment to Houdini Inc. The equipment cost the lessor $200,000. The appropriate interest rate for this lease is 15%. The annual lease payments are made at the end of each year. The lease term is three years. The residual value at the end of the lease term is expected to be $40,000. Houdini has the option to purchase the equipment at that time for $20,000. Assume this is a sales-type lease without selling profit. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. n/i 1 period, 15% 2 periods, 15% 3 periods, 15%
PV of $1 .86957 .75614 .65752
PV, ordinary annuity .86957 1.62571 2.28323
PV, annuity due 1.00000 1.86957 2.62571
Required: 1. For this lease: (a) The lease payment computed by the lessor is $________. (b) The amount the lessee should record as an asset is $________. 2. How much interest should be recognized at the end of year 1 by the: (a) Lessor? $________ (b) Lessee? $________
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
198) Here is a lease amortization schedule for Jedi Corporation, the lessee. Asset being leased: High-speed R2D2 unit Initial lease obligation
??
Annual lease payments
30,000
Annual interest rate Payments per year Number of years for lease
?? 1 10
Useful life of asset
12 years
Bargain purchase option
5,000
Lease Payment
Periodic Payment
Effective Interest
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 ?? ??
?? 16,377 15,151 13,815 12,358 10,770 9,040 7,153 5,097 ?? 413
Payable at lease beginning and at beginning of each subsequent year.
No expected residual value at the end of 12 years. Exercisable at end of lease.
Decrease in Outstanding Balance Balance ?? ?? 181,970 13,623 168,347 14,849 153,498 16,185 137,313 17,642 119,671 19,230 100,441 20,960 79,481 22,847 56,634 24,903 31,731 ?? ?? 4,587 ??
Total interest over term of lease ?? Annual straight-line amortization on the right-of-use asset ?? Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. (a) Calculate the effective interest and the decrease in balance for the first lease payment. (b) Calculate the initial lease obligation above. (c) Calculate the annual amortization amount. (Round to the nearest dollar). (d) Calculate the annual interest rate. (e) Calculate the missing amounts for rows for payments 10 and 11. (f) Calculate the total effective interest over the term of the lease.
60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
199) Peridot Leasing entered into an agreement to lease warehouses to AMC Foods. a. The agreement calls for ownership of the warehouses to be transferred to AMC Foods at the end of the lease term. b. The fair value of the warehouses is expected to be $400,000 at the end of the lease term. AMC has the option to purchase the warehouses at the end of the lease term for $80,000. c. The warehouses have a useful life of 10 years and the term of the lease is 4 years. d. The present value of the lease payments is $4,400,000 and the fair value of the leased warehouses is $5,000,000. e. The warehouses were manufactured to meet specifications provided by AMC to optimize its unique food delivery processes. Required: For each independent scenario listed (a-e), indicate whether AMC would classify the lease as an operating lease or finance lease. Assume the lease agreement has not met any of the other indicators of a finance lease. Provide brief explanations. 200) Kate Co. leased a warehouse from Big Dave Industries on July 1, 2021, in a finance lease. The present value of the lease payments discounted at 10% was $162,217. Ten annual lease payments of $24,000 are due each July 1, beginning July 1, 2021. Big Dave had constructed the building recently for $132,000 and its retail fair value was $162,217. Required: Assuming that control of the warehouse building is transferred to Kate Co. at the beginning of the lease. Prepare the two journal entries to record the lease by Big Dave at July 1, 2021. 201) Neely BBQ leased equipment from Smoke Industries on January 1, 2021. Smoke Industries had manufactured the equipment at a cost of $810,000. Other information: Lease term Annual payments Life of asset Rate the lessor charges
4 years $360,000 beginning Jan. 1, 2021, and at Dec. 31, 2021, 2022, and 2023 4 years 8%
Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the appropriate entries for Neely BBQ (Lessee) on January 1, 2021, and December 31, 2021. 2. Prepare the appropriate entries for Smoke Industries (Lessor) on January 1, 2021, and December 31, 2021. Assume that control is transferred to the lessee. 3. Prepare the appropriate entries for Smoke Industries (Lessor) on January 1, 2021, and December 31, 2021. Assume that control is not transferred to the lessee.
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
202) You and a colleague are reviewing a prospective lease transaction for your employer, Ma and Pa Kettle's (MPK). Having heard of the new lease accounting standard update, your CFO has assigned you the task of assessing the impact of the lease transactions on the company's financial statements. The terms are these: At the beginning of its fiscal year, MPK would lease restaurant space from Wilson Corporation under a 10-year lease agreement. The contract calls for annual lease payments of $25,000 each at the end of each year. The building was acquired last week by Wilson at a cost of $300,000 and is expected to have a useful life of 25 years with no residual value for calculating straight-line depreciation. Wilson seeks a 10% return on its lease investments. Required: What will be the effect of the lease on MPK's earnings for the first year, and on the balance sheet at the end of the year (ignore taxes)? Journal entries are not required but might be helpful in your assessment. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 203) Nickle leased equipment to Back Company on July 1, 2021. Lease payments of $18,000 are due each year beginning July 1, 2021. The present value of the lease payments discounted at 10% was $120,000. The asset's useful life is 12 years. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Nickle (lessor) at July 1, 2021, and at December 31, 2021, the end of its fiscal year. Assume that Nickle acquired this equipment for $120,000 on July 1, 2021 for the purpose of this lease and that control of the equipment was transferred to the lessee at the beginning of the lease. 2. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Nickle (lessor) at July 1, 2021, and at December 31, 2021, the end of its fiscal year. Assume that Nickle acquired this equipment for $180,000 on July 1, 2021 for the purpose of this lease and that that control of the equipment was not transferred to the lessee. 204) Big Bucks leased equipment to Shannon Company on July 1, 2021. The lease payments were calculated to provide the lessor a 10% return. Ten annual lease payments of $36,000 are due each July 1, beginning July 1, 2021. Required 1. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Shannon at July 1, 2021, and at December 31, 2021, the end of the reporting period. Consider this to be a finance lease. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 2. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Shannon at July 1, 2021, and at December 31, 2021, the end of the reporting period. Consider this to be an operating lease. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts.
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Deal Leasing leased equipment to Hand Company on January 1, 2021. The lease payments were calculated to provide the lessor a 10% return. Ten annual lease payments of $60,000 are due at the beginning of each year beginning January 1, 2021. The present value of an annuity due of $1 at 10% for ten periods is 6.75902. 205) Required: Consider this to be a finance lease. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Hand (lessee) at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Hand (lessee) at December 31, 2021, the end of the first reporting period. 206) Required: Consider this to be an operating lease. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Hand (lessee) at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Hand (lessee) at December 31, 2021, the end of the first reporting period. 207) Lotsa Bucks leased equipment to Shannon Company on January 1, 2021. The lease payments were calculated to provide the lessor a 10% return. Ten annual lease payments of $20,000 are due at the beginning of each year beginning January 1, 2021. The present value of an annuity due of $1 at 10% for ten periods is 6.75902. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Shannon at January 1, 2021, and at December 31, 2021, the end of the reporting period. Consider this to be a finance lease. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 2. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Shannon at January 1, 2021, and at December 31, 2021, the end of the reporting period. Consider this to be an operating lease. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 208) Sanders Storage owns a large warehouse that can be subdivided to accommodate storage spaces of various sizes using movable walls. Sanders contracts with companies to provide them storage space. Christina Containers Corp (CCC) contracted with Sanders to provide storage for CCC's excess containers. The contract specifies that CCC's containers will be kept in an identified space in the warehouse. However, Sanders has the right to shift the containers to other spaces within its warehouse at its discretion, subject to the requirement to provide 2,500 square feet for a four-year period. Sanders frequently rearranges its customers' goods to meet the needs of new contracts. Costs of reallocating space is low relative to the benefits of being able to accommodate more customers and their specific requests. CCC paid $14,000 on April 1, 2021, for the first year's accommodations. The market rate of interest is 4%. Required: Prepare the appropriate entry(s) for Christina Containers Corp at April 1, the commencement of the agreement. 63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
209) Sanders Storage owns a large warehouse that can be subdivided to accommodate storage spaces of various sizes using movable walls. Sanders contracts with companies to provide them storage space. Christina Containers Corp. (CCC) contracted with Sanders to provide storage for CCC's excess containers. The contract specifies that CCC's containers will be kept in an identified space in the warehouse, providing 2,500 square feet for a four-year period. The contract also specifies that CCC's containers must be stored at a specific temperature. Sanders has only one location in its warehouse with an HVAC system capable of maintaining the required temperatures. CCC can modify the space with shelving and equipment needed to add, move, and remove containers. Sanders cannot switch locations of the containers or modify the space without CCC's consent. CCC paid $14,000 on April 1, 2021, for the first year's accommodations. The market rate of interest is 4%. Required: Prepare the appropriate entry(s) for Christina Containers Corp. at April 1, the commencement of the agreement. 210) Wainwright Ropes leased high-tech electronic equipment from Wacha Leasing on January 1, 2021. Wacha purchased the equipment from Red Bird Machines at a cost of $385,000. The equipment has an estimated useful life of six years and possession of the equipment will revert back to Wacha at the end of the lease. Related information: Lease term Quarterly rental payments Economic life of asset Fair value of asset Implicit interest rate
3 years (12 quarterly periods) $20,000 at the beginning of each period 6 years $385,000 8%
Required: Prepare appropriate entries for Wainwright from the beginning of the lease through March 31, 2021. December 31 is the fiscal year end for Wainright. Appropriate adjusting entries are recorded at the end of each quarter. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 211) Ivan Oder Co. recorded a right-of-use asset of $300,000 in a 10-year operating lease. Lease payments of $44,385 are made annually at January 1 of each year beginning January 1, 2021. The interest rate charged by the lessor was 10%. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries on January 1, 2021, and December 31, 2021. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 212) Hy Marx Co. recorded a right-of-use asset of $600,000 in a 10-year operating lease. Lease payments are made annually at January 1 of each year beginning January 1, 2021. The interest rate charged by the lessor was 10%. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries on January 1, 2021, and December 31, 2021. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
213) Jane Wright Company is preparing an Excel spreadsheet for a 6-year finance lease. The implicit interest rate in the lease is 4%. The beginning of the lease is December 31, 2021. Lease payments are made each December 31 starting at December 31, 2021. A portion of the spreadsheet appears as follows: A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Date 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2022
B Effective rate: Lease payments: Term to maturity in years: Cash Payment
C 0.04 300,000
D
E
Change in Balance
Outstanding Balance 1,635,546
6 Interest Expense =C7-B7
Required: 1. Using the format followed in cell D7, provide the appropriate formula for cell B6. 2. Using the format followed in cell D7, provide the appropriate formula for cell C8. 3. Using the format followed in cell D7, provide the appropriate formula for cell E8. 214) Lancaster Services, Inc. leased equipment from Phillips Corporation. Phillips completed construction of the machine on January 1, 2021. The lease agreement for the $8 million (fair value and present value of the lease payments) machine specified four equal payments at the end of each year. The useful life of the machine was expected to be four years with no residual value. Phillips' implicit interest rate was 10%. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry for Lancaster Services at the beginning of the lease on January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare an amortization schedule for the four-year term of the lease. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 3. Prepare the appropriate journal entries related to the lease on December 31, 2021. 4. Prepare the appropriate journal entries related to the lease on December 31, 2023.
65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: On June 30, 2021, Atlas, Inc. leased a warehouse facility from LT Leasing Corporation. The lease agreement calls for Atlas to make semiannual lease payments of $1,688,721 over a three-year lease term, payable each June 30 and December 31, with the first payment at June 30, 2021. Atlas's incremental borrowing rate is 10%, the same rate LT uses to calculate lease payment amounts. The fair value of the warehouse is $9 million. LT recently purchased the warehouse for $9 million. 215) Required: Amortization is recorded on a straight-line basis at the end of each fiscal year. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Determine the present value of the lease payments at June 30, 2021 (to the nearest $000) that Atlas uses to record the right-of-use asset and lease liability. 2. What amounts related to the lease would Atlas report in its balance sheet at December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.) 3. What amounts related to the lease would Atlas report in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.) 216) Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. What amounts related to the lease would LT report in its balance sheet at December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.) 2. What amounts related to the lease would LT report in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.) 217) On June 30, 2021, Hercule, Inc. leased warehouse equipment from Marble, Inc. The lease agreement calls for Hercule to make semiannual lease payments of $1,688,721 over a three-year lease term, payable each June 30 and December 31, with the first payment at June 30, 2021. Hercule's incremental borrowing rate is 10%, the same rate Marble used to calculate lease payment amounts. Marble manufactured the equipment at a cost of $7.5 million. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Determine the price at which Marble is "selling" the equipment (present value of the lease payments) at June 30, 2021 (to the nearest $000). 2. What amounts related to the lease would Marble report in its balance sheet at December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.) 3. What amounts related to the lease would Marble report in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.)
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Lansing West leased computer hardware from Franklin Leasing on January 1, 2021. Franklin purchased the equipment from International Machines at a cost of $56,040. Related Information: Lease term Quarterly rental payments Economic life of asset Fair value of asset Implicit interest rate (Also, lessee's incremental borrowing rate)
2 years (8 quarterly periods) $7,500 at the beginning of each period 2 years $56,040 8%
218) Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Lansing West from the beginning of the lease through January 1, 2022. Amortization is recorded at the end of each fiscal year (December 31) on a straight-line basis. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 219) Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Franklin Leasing from the beginning of the lease through January 1, 2022. Franklin's fiscal year ends December 31. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 220) Lansing East leased high-tech electronic equipment from Davis Computing on January 1, 2021. Davis Computing manufactured the equipment at a cost of $42,500. Related Information: Lease term Quarterly rental payments Economic life of asset Fair value of asset Implicit interest rate
2 years (8 quarterly periods) $7,500 at the beginning of each period 2 years $56,040 8%
Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Show how Davis Computing determined the $7,500 quarterly rental payments. 2. Prepare appropriate journal entries for Davis Computing to record the lease at its beginning, January 1, 2021, and the second lease payment on April 1, 2021.
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
221) Lansing South leased hardware from Darter Computing on January 1, 2021. Darter Computing manufactured the hardware at a cost of $400,000 and lists a cash selling price of $500,354. Appropriate adjusting entries are made quarterly. Related Information: Lease term Quarterly lease payments Economic life of asset Interest rate charged by the lessor
5 years (20 quarterly periods) $30,000 at Jan 1, 2021 and at Mar 31, June 30, Sept 30 and Dec 31 thereafter 5 years 8%
Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare appropriate journal entries for Lansing South to record the lease at its beginning, January 1, 2021, and on March 31, 2021. 2. Prepare appropriate journal entries for Darter Computing to record the lease at its beginning, January 1, 2021, and on March 31, 2021. 222) At January 1, 2021, Butterfly, Inc. leased mining equipment from Diamond Corporation under a nine-year lease agreement. The lease agreement specifies annual payments of $75,000 beginning January 1, 2021, the beginning of the lease, and at each December 31 thereafter through 2028. The equipment was acquired recently by Crescent at a cost of $540,000 (its fair value) and was expected to have a useful life of 12 years with no salvage value with no salvage value at the end of its life. (Because the lease term is only 9 years, the asset does have an expected residual value at the end of the lease term of $33,684.) Diamond seeks a 10% return on its lease investments. By this arrangement, the lease is deemed to be a finance lease. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. What will be the effect of the lease on Butterfly's earnings for the first year (ignore taxes)? 2. What will be the balances in the balance sheet accounts related to the lease at the end of the first year for Butterfly (ignore taxes)?
68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: At January 1, 2021, Ruby, Inc. leased mining equipment from Sapphire Corporation under a nine-year lease agreement. The lease agreement specifies annual payments of $75,000 beginning January 1, 2021, the beginning of the lease, and at each December 31 thereafter through 2028. The equipment was acquired recently by Sapphire at a cost of $540,000 (its fair value) and was expected to have a useful life of 13 years with no salvage value at the end of its life. (Because the lease term is only 9 years, the asset does have an expected residual value at the end of the lease term of $33,684.) Sapphire seeks a 10% return on its lease investments. By this arrangement, the lease is deemed to be an operating lease. 223) Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. What will be the effect of the lease on Ruby's earnings for the first year (ignore taxes)? 2. What will be the balances in the balance sheet accounts related to the lease at the end of the first year for Ruby (ignore taxes)? 224) Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. What will be the effect of the lease on Sapphire's (lessor's) earnings for the first year (ignore taxes)? 2. What will be the balances in the balance sheet accounts related to the lease at the end of the first year for Sapphire (ignore taxes)? 225) Fisher Company leased equipment from Orkney Industries. The lease agreement qualifies as a finance lease and requires annual lease payments of $26,269 over a six-year lease term (also the asset's useful life), with the first payment at January 1, the beginning of the lease. The interest rate is 5%. The asset being leased cost Mann $115,000 to produce. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Determine the price at which the lessor is "selling" the asset (present value of the lease payments). 2. What would be the amounts related to the lease that the lessor would report in its income statement for the year ended December 31? (Ignore taxes.)
69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
226) Rheims Power leased high-tech electronic equipment from Lyons Leasing on January 1, 2021. Lyons purchased the equipment from Nguyen Machines at a cost of $75,000. Related Information: Lease term Quarterly lease payments Economic life of asset Interest rate charged by the lessor
2 years (8 quarterly periods) $7,500 at Jan 1, 2021 and at Mar 31, June 30, Sept 30 and Dec 31 thereafter 5 years 8%
Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Rheims Power from the commencement of the lease through March 31, 2021. December 31 is the fiscal year end for each company. Appropriate adjusting entries are recorded at the end of each quarter. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts.
227) On January 1, 2021, Duncan-Lang Services, Inc. a computer software training firm, leased several computers under a two-year operating lease agreement from Neble Leasing, which routinely finances equipment for other firms at an annual interest rate of 4%. The contract calls for four rent payments of $40,000 each, payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31 each year. The computers were acquired by Neble at a cost of $360,000 and were expected to have a useful life of five years with no residual value. Appropriate adjusting entries are recorded at the end of each quarter. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries for both (a) the lessee and (b) the lessor from the beginning of the lease through the end of 2021. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 228) Courage Enterprises leased equipment from Sixth Street Leasing on January 1, 2021. Courage purchased the equipment at a cost of $2,000,000. Courage elected the short-term lease option. Appropriate adjusting entries are made annually. Related Information: Lease term Quarterly lease payments Economic life of asset Interest rate charged by the lessor
1 year (4 quarterly periods) $80,000 at Jan 1, 2021 and at Mar 31, June 30 and Sept 30 5 years 8%
Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Courage from the beginning of the lease through December 31, 2021.
70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
229) Needham Industries leased manufacturing equipment from Burlington Leasing on January 1, 2021. Needham has the option to renew the lease at the end of two years for an additional three years. Needham is subject to a $135,000 penalty after two years if it fails to renew the lease. Burlington Leasing purchased the equipment from Springfield Machines at a cost of $250,177. Related Information: Lease term 3 years (12 quarterly periods) Lease renewal option for an additional 2 years Quarterly lease payments $45,000 at Jan 1, 2021 and at Mar 31, June 30, Sept 30 and Dec 31 thereafter. Economic life of asset 5 years Interest rate charged by the lessor 8% Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Needham Industries from the beginning of the lease through March 31, 2021. Appropriate adjusting entries are made quarterly. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 230) On January 1, 2021, Granite State Hospital leased medical equipment from Forest Corp. which had purchased the equipment at a cost of $2,874,474. The lease agreement specifies six annual payments of $600,000 beginning January 1, 2021, the beginning of the lease, and at each December 31 thereafter through 2025. The six-year lease term ending December 31, 2026 (a year after the final payment), is equal to the estimated useful life of the equipment. The contract specifies that lease payments for each year will increase on the basis of the increase in the Consumer Price Index for the year just ended. Thus, the first payment will be $600,000, and the second and subsequent payments might be different. The CPI at the beginning of the lease is 120. Forest routinely acquires medical equipment for lease to other firms. The interest rate in these financing arrangements is 10%. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for Granite State and Forest to record the lease at its beginning. 2. Assuming the CPI is 124 at that time, prepare the appropriate journal entries for Granite State at December 31, 2021, related to the lease.
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
231) On January 1, 2021, NaviFast leased telecommunications equipment from Rapid Voice, Inc. Rapid Voice's cash selling price for the equipment is $435,526. The lease agreement specifies six annual payments of $100,000 beginning December 31, 2021, and at each December 31 thereafter through 2026. The six-year lease is equal to the estimated useful life of the equipment. The contract specifies that lease payments for each year will increase by the higher of (a) the increase in the Consumer Price Index for the preceding year and (b) 3 percent. The CPI at the beginning of the lease is 120. Rapid Voice routinely leases equipment to other firms. The interest rate in these lease arrangements is 10%. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries for NaviFast to record the lease at its beginning. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 232) On January 1, 2021, Antonio's Pizzeria leased retail space from Berenstein Properties. The 12-year finance lease requires annual variable lease payments equal to 3% of Antonio's Pizzeria's sales revenue, with an annual sales minimum of $1,200,000. Payments at the beginning of each year are based on the previous year’s sales. During the previous 5-year period, Antonio's Pizzeria has generated annual sales of over $650,000. Berenstein's interest rate, known by Antonio's Pizzeria, was 5%. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the journal entries for Antonio's Pizzeria at the beginning of the lease. 2. Prepare the journal entries for Antonio's Pizzeria on January 1, 2022 sales were $1,980,000. Amortization is recorded annually. 233) On January 1, 2021, Dave's Transport leased a car from Alfonso Motors for a six-year period with an option to extend the lease for three years. Dave's had no significant economic incentive as of the beginning of the lease to exercise the 3-year extension option. Annual lease payments are $5,000 due on December 31 of each year, calculated by the lessor using a 5% discount rate. The agreement is considered an operating lease. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare Dave's journal entry to record for the right-of-use asset and lease liability at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entries to record interest and amortization at December 31, 2021.
72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
234) At January 1, 2021, Gem Finder leased mining equipment from Emerald Corporation under a nine-year lease agreement. The lease agreement specifies annual payments of $75,000 beginning January 1, 2021, the beginning of the lease, and at each December 31 thereafter through 2028. The equipment was acquired recently by Emerald at a cost of $540,000 (its fair value) and was expected to have a useful life of 12 years with no salvage value at the end of its life. (Because the lease term is only 9 years, the asset does have an expected residual value at the end of the lease term of $152,983.). Both (a) the present value of the lease payments and (b) the present value of the residual value (i.e., the residual asset) are included in the lease receivable because the two amounts combine to allow the lessor to recover its net investment. Emerald seeks a 10% return on its lease investments. By this arrangement, the lease is deemed to be a finance lease. Required: 1. What will be the effect of the lease on Emerald's earnings for the first year (ignore taxes)? 2. What will be the balance(s) in the balance sheet account(s) related to the lease at the end of the first year for Emerald (ignore taxes)? 235) On January 1, 2021, Osiris Inc. leased manufacturing equipment from Giza Leasing for a four-year period ending December 31, 2021, at which time possession of the leased asset will revert back to Giza. The equipment cost Giza $206,092 and has an expected economic life of five years. Giza expects the residual value at December 31, 2021, to be $25,000. Negotiations led to Osiris guaranteeing a $35,000 residual value. Equal payments under the lease are $50,000 and are due on December 31 of each year with the first payment being made on December 31, 2021. Osiris is aware that Giza used a 5% interest rate when calculating lease payments. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entry for Osiris on January 1, 2021, to record the lease. 2. Prepare all appropriate journal entries for Osiris on December 31, 2021, related to the lease. 236) United Health Group leased a life support machine on January 1, 2021, for a three-year period ending December 31, 2023. The lease agreement specified annual payments of $144,000 beginning with the first payment at the beginning of the lease, and each December 31 through 2022. The company had the option to purchase the machine on December 30, 2023, for $180,000 when its fair value was expected to be $240,000, a sufficient difference that exercise seems reasonably certain. The machine's estimated useful life was six years with no salvage value. United Health was aware that the lessor's implicit rate of return was 12%. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Calculate the amount United Health should record as a right-of-use asset and lease liability for this finance lease. 2. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for United Health from the beginning of the lease through the end of the lease term. 73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
237) Franconia Leasing leases equipment to a variety of businesses. The company's primary service is providing alternate financing by acquiring equipment and leasing it to customers under long-term sales-type leases. Franconia earns interest under these arrangements at a 10% annual rate. The company leased an electronic typesetting machine it purchased for $123,600 to a local publisher, MacCleod Inc. on December 31, 2020. The lease contract specified annual payments of $32,000 beginning January 1, 2021, the beginning of the lease, and each December 31 through 2022 (three-year lease term). The publisher had the option to purchase the machine on December 30, 2023, the end of the lease term, for $48,000 when it was expected to have a residual value of $64,000, a sufficient difference that exercise seems reasonably certain. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Show how Franconia calculated the $32,000 annual lease payments for this sales-type lease. 2. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for Franconia Leasing from the beginning of the lease through the end of the lease term. 238) On January 1, 2021, Patagonia Leasing leased equipment to Pebble Services under a finance/sales-type lease designed to earn Patagonia a 12% rate of return for providing long-term financing. The lease agreement specified: a. Ten annual payments of $110,000 beginning January 1, 2021, the beginning of the lease and each December 31 thereafter through 2029. b. The estimated useful life of the leased equipment is 10 years with no residual value. Its cost to Patagonia was $632,824. c. The lease qualifies as a finance lease/sales-type lease. d. A 10-year service agreement with Mechanics International was negotiated to provide maintenance of the equipment as required. Payments of $10,000 per year are specified, beginning January 1, 2021. Patagonia was to pay this cost as incurred, but lease payments reflect this expenditure. e. A partial amortization schedule, appropriate for both the lessee and lessor, follows:
Payments
1/1/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2022
100,000 100,000 100,000
Effective Interest (12% × Outstanding balance)
0.12 (532,825) = 63,939 0.12 (496,764) = 59,612
Decrease in Balance
Outstanding Balance
632,825 100,000 36,061 40,388
532,825 496,764 456,376
Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for both the lessee and lessor related to the lease on: 1. January 1, 2021. 2. December 31, 2021. 74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
239) Terms of a lease agreement and related facts were: a. Costs of legal fees and commissions incurred by the lessor for the lease transaction were $16,968. b. The retail cash selling price of the leased asset (equipment) was $2,000,000. Its useful life was three years with no residual value. c. The lease term is three years and the lessor paid $2,000,000 to acquire the asset. d. Annual lease payments at the beginning of each year were $737,320. e. Lessor's implicit rate when calculating annual rental payments was 11%. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the lessor to record the lease and related payments at its beginning, January 1, 2021. 2. Calculate the effective rate of interest revenue after adjusting the net investment by initial direct costs. 3. Record any journal entry(s) necessary at December 31, 2021, the fiscal year-end. 240) The lease agreement and related facts indicate the following: a. Leased equipment had a retail cash selling price of $900,000. Its useful life was five years with no residual value. b. The lease term is five years and the lessor paid $795,000 to acquire the equipment (thus, selling profit). c. Lessor's implicit rate when calculating annual lease payments was 8%. d. Annual lease payments beginning January 1, 2021, the beginning of the lease, were $208,713. e. The costs of legal fees incurred by the lessor for executing the completed lease transaction were $22,500. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the lessor to record: 1. The lease and the initial payment at its commencement. 2. Any journal entry(s) necessary at December 31, 2021, the fiscal year-end. 241) The following relate to an operating lease agreement: a. The lease term is 3 years, beginning January 1, 2021. b. The leased asset (equipment) cost the lessor $4,000,000 and had a useful life of eight years with no residual value. The lessor uses straight-line depreciation for its depreciable assets. c. Annual lease payments at the beginning of each year were $685,000. d. Direct costs incurred by the lessor to consummate the completed lease transaction were $12,000. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the lessor from the beginning of the lease through the end of the lease term. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
242) To raise operating funds, Azure Sailing sold an airplane on January 1, 2021, to a finance company for $2,310,000. Azure immediately leased the airplane back for a 13-year period, at which time ownership of the airplane will transfer to Azure. The airplane has a fair value of $2,400,000. Its cost and its book value were $1,800,000. Its useful life is estimated to be 15 years. The lease requires Azure to make payments of $308,313 to the finance company each January 1. Signal depreciates assets on a straight-line basis. The lease has an implicit rate of 11%. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for Azure on: 1. January 1, 2021, to record the transaction. 2. December 31, 2021, to record necessary adjustments. 243) To raise operating funds, Coyne Incorporated sold its office building to an insurance company on January 1, 2021, for $1,600,000 and immediately leased the building back. The operating lease is for the final 12 years of the building's estimated 20-year remaining useful life. The building has a fair value of $1,600,000 and a book value of $1,300,000 (its original cost was $2 million). The rental payments of $200,000 are payable to the insurance company each December 31. The lease has an implicit rate of 9%. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for Coyne Incorporated on: 1. January 1, 2021, to record the sale-leaseback. 2. December 31, 2021, to record necessary adjustments.
76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
244) On January 1, 2021, Morris Production leased a machine from Werner Leasing under a finance lease. Lease payments are made annually. Title does not transfer to the lessee and there is no purchase option or guarantee of a residual value by Morris. Portions of the Werner Leasing's lease amortization schedule appear below: Jan. 1
Payments
Effective Interest
2021 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 — — — 2038 2039 2040
40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 —— —— —— 40,000 40,000 40,000
33,460 32,806 32,086 31,295 30,424 29,467 — — — 9,948 6,942 3,636
Decrease in Balance 40,000 6,540 7,194 7,914 8,705 9,576 10,533 — — — 30,052 33,058 36,364
Outstanding Balance 374,596 334,596 328,056 320,861 312,947 304,242 294,666 284,133
69,422 36,364 0
Required: 1. What is Morris's lease liability at the beginning of the lease (after the first payment)? 2. What amount would Majestic record as a right-of-use asset? 3. What is the lease term in years? 4. What is the effective annual interest rate? 5. What is the total amount of lease payments? 6. What is the total effective interest expense recorded over the term of the lease? 245) On January 1, 2021, McCaffrey Inc. leased office space under a three-year operating lease agreement. The arrangement specified three annual rent payments of $320,000 each, beginning December 31, 2021, and at each December 31 through 2023. The lessor, Lowell Leasing, routinely finances equipment for other firms at an annual interest rate of 5%. McCaffrey also paid a $400,000 advance payment at the beginning of the lease in addition to the first $320,000 rent payment. With permission of the owner, McCaffrey made structural modifications to the building before occupying the space at a cost of $720,000. The useful life of the building and the structural modifications were estimated to be 30 years with no residual value. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries for McCaffrey Inc. from the beginning of the lease through the end of 2021. McCaffrey's fiscal year is the calendar year. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts.
77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
246) On January 1, 2021, Tennessee Valley Corporation (TVC) leased equipment from Great Lakes Leasing under a finance lease. Lease payments are made annually. Title does not transfer to the lessee and there is no purchase option or guarantee of a residual value by TVC. Portions of the Great Lakes Leasing's lease amortization schedule appear below:
Jan. 1 2021 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 — — — 2037 2038 2039 2040
Payments
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 — — — 40,000 40,000 40,000 70,000
34,500 33,950 33,345 32,680 31,948 — — — 14,728 12,201 9,421 6,365
40,000 5,500 6,050 6,655 7,320 8,052 — — — 25,272 27,799 30,579 63,635
Outstanding Balance 385,002 345,002 339,502 333,452 326,798 319,477 311,425 — — — 122,012 94,213 63,635 0
Required: 1. What is TVC's lease payable at the beginning of the lease (after the first payment)? 2. What is the lease term in years? 3. What is the asset's residual value expected at the end of the lease term? 4. What is the effective annual interest rate? 5. What is the total amount of lease payments for Great Lakes? 6. What is the total amount of lease payments for TVC? 7. What is Great Lakes' total effective interest revenue recorded over the term of the lease? 8. What amount would TVC record as a right-of-use asset at the beginning of the lease?
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
247) On January 1, 2021, Marlon's Transport leased a car from Fiat Motors for a six-year period with an option to extend the lease for three years. Marlon's had no significant economic incentive as of the beginning of the lease to exercise the 3-year extension option. Annual lease payments are $5,000 due on December 31 of each year, calculated by the lessor using a 5% discount rate. Assume that at the beginning of the third year, January 1, 2023, Marlon's had made significant improvements to the car whose cost could be recovered only if it exercises the extension option, creating an expectation that extension of the lease was "reasonably certain." The relevant interest rate at that time was 6%. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the journal entry, if any, at the end of the second year for the lessee to account for the reassessment. 2. Prepare the journal entry, if any, at the end of the second year for the lessor to account for the reassessment. 248) National Leasing leases equipment to a variety of businesses. The company's primary service is providing alternate financing by acquiring equipment and leasing it to customers under long-term leases. National earns interest under these arrangements at a 10% annual rate. The company leased production equipment it purchased on December 31, 2020 for $270,000 to a local company, Madison Inc. The six-year operating lease term commenced January 1, 2021, and the lease contract specified annual payments of $24,000 beginning December 31, 2021 and each December 31 through 2026. The machine's estimated useful life is 15 years with no estimated residual value. Madison had the option to terminate the lease after four years. At the beginning of the lease, there was no reason to believe the lease would be terminated. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for National Leasing from the beginning of the lease through the end of 2021. 2. At the beginning of 2022, there was a significant indication that Madison's economic incentive to terminate the lease had changed causing both companies to believe termination of the lease at the end of four years (three years remaining) is "reasonably certain". Prepare any appropriate entries for National Leasing at January 1, 2022, to reflect the change in the lease term. 3. Prepare the appropriate journal entries pertaining to the lease for National Leasing at December 31, 2022.
79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
249) On January 1, 2021, Central Industries leased a high-performance conveyer to Dynamic Company for a four-year period ending December 31, 2021, at which time possession of the leased asset will revert back to Central. The equipment cost Central $1,912,000 and has an expected useful life of five years. Central expects the residual value at December 31, 2025, will be $600,000. Negotiations led to the lessee guaranteeing a $680,000 residual value. Equal payments under the finance/sales-type lease are $400,000 and are due on December 31 of each year with the first payment being made on December 31, 2021. Dynamic is aware that Central used a 5% interest rate when calculating lease payments. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for both Dynamic and Central on January 1, 2021, to record the lease. 2. Prepare all appropriate journal entries for both Dynamic and Central on December 31, 2021, related to the lease. 250) Charles River Hospital leased medical equipment from Plymouth Industries on January 1, 2021. Plymouth Industries manufactured the equipment at a cost of $600,000. The equipment has a fair value of $750,654. Appropriate adjusting entries are made quarterly. Related Information: Lease term Quarterly lease payments Economic life of asset Residual value at end of lease term Interest rate charged by the lessor
5 years (20 quarterly periods) $43,641 at Jan. 1, 2021, and at Mar. 31, June 30, Sept. 30, and Dec. 31 thereafter. 6 years $33,684 8%
Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare appropriate journal entries for Charles River Hospital to record the arrangement at its commencement, January 1, 2021, and on March 31, 2021. 2. Prepare appropriate journal entries for Plymouth Industries to record the arrangement at its commencement, January 1, 2021, and on March 31, 2021.
80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
251) Terms of a lease agreement and related facts are: a. A leased asset (equipment) has a retail cash selling price of $200,000. Its useful life is six years. b. Annual lease payments at the beginning of each year are $41,746, beginning January 1. The lease term is six years. c. Lessor's interest rate when calculating annual lease payments was 9%. d. Direct costs by the lessor of legal and commissions to execute the completed lease are $4,124. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the lessor to record the lease, the initial lease payment at its commencement, and at the December 31 fiscal year-end under each of the following two independent assumptions: 1. The lessor recently paid $200,000 to acquire the asset. 2. The lessor recently paid $170,000 to acquire the asset. 252) Terms of a lease agreement and related facts were: a. The lease asset (equipment) had a retail cash selling price of $200,000. Its useful life was six years with no residual value (straight-line depreciation). b. Annual lease payments at the beginning of each year were $41,746, beginning January 1. c. Lessor's implicit rate when calculating annual rental payments was 10%. d. Incremental costs of negotiating costs of negotiating and consummating the completed lease transaction incurred by the lessor were $4,124. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the lessor to record the lease, the initial payment at its beginning, and at the December 31 fiscal year-end under each of the following three independent assumptions: 1. The lease term is three years and the lessor paid $200,000 to acquire the asset (operating lease). 2. The lease term is six years and the lessor paid $200,000 to acquire the asset. Also assume that adjusting the lease receivable (net investment) by initial direct costs reduces the effective rate of interest to 9%. 3. The lease term is six years and the lessor paid $170,000 to acquire the asset.
81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
253) Brady Leasing leases mechanical equipment to industrial consumers under sales-type leases that earn Brady a 10% rate of return for providing long-term financing. A lease agreement with Patel Construction specified 20 annual payments beginning December 31, 2021, the beginning of the lease. The estimated useful life of the leased equipment is 20 years with no residual value. Its cost to Brady was $2,809,500. The lease qualifies as a finance lease to Patel. Maintenance of the equipment was contracted for through a 20-year service agreement with Southwestern Service Company requiring 20 annual payments of $9,000 beginning December 31, 2021. Hazard insurance with Jefferson Insurance on the equipment required $9,000 of annual insurance premiums. Both companies use straight-line depreciation or amortization. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for both the lessee and lessor to record the second lease payment and depreciation on December 31, 2022, under each of three independent assumptions: 1. The lessee pays maintenance costs as incurred. The lessor pays insurance premiums as incurred. The lease agreement requires annual payments of $300,000. 2. The contract specifies that the lessor pays maintenance costs as incurred. The lessee's lease payments were increased to $309,000 to include an amount sufficient to reimburse these costs. 3. The lessee's lease payments of $309,000 included $9,000 for hazard insurance on the equipment rather than maintenance. 254) On January 1, 2021, Park Industrial leased equipment from Rochester Leasing for a four-year period ending December 31, 2021, at which time possession of the leased asset will revert back to Rochester. The equipment cost Rochester $412,184 and has an expected economic life of five years. Rochester expects the residual value at December 31, 2021, will be $50,000. Negotiations led to the lessee guaranteeing a $70,000 residual value. Equal payments under the lease are $100,000 and are due on December 31 of each year with the first payment being made on December 31, 2021. Park is aware that Rochester used a 5% interest rate when calculating lease payments. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for both Park and Rochester on January 1, 2021, to record the lease. 2. Prepare all appropriate journal entries for both Park and Rochester on December 31, 2021, related to the lease.
82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
255) On January 1, 2021, Gravel Inc. leased construction equipment from Rocky Mountain Leasing. Rocky Mountain Leasing purchased the equipment from Bishop Inc. at a cost of $1,916,316. Gravel's borrowing rate for similar transactions is 10%. The lease agreement specified four annual payments of $400,000 beginning January 1, 2021, the beginning of the lease, and at each December 31 thereafter through 2023. The useful life of the equipment is estimated to be six years. The present value of those four payments at a discount rate of 10% is $1,394,740. On January 1, 2023 (after two years and three payments), Gravel and Rocky Mountain agreed to extend the lease term by two years. The market rate of interest at that time was 9%. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for Gravel Inc. on January 1, 2023, to adjust its lease liability for the lease modification. 2. Prepare all appropriate journal entries for Rocky Mountain Leasing on January 1, 2023, to record the lease modification. 3. Prepare all appropriate journal entries for Gravel Inc. on December 31, 2023, related to the lease. 4. Prepare all appropriate journal entries for Rocky Mountain Leasing on December 31, 2023, related to the lease. 256) What amounts are considered to be lease payments when the lessee calculates the right-of-use asset and lease payable? 257) Discuss the financial statement disclosure requirements for all leases entered into by the lessee. 258) Discuss the three major types of leases that may apply to the lessor when there is no third-party guarantee. How do they differ? 259) Discuss the economic advantages to the lessee by leasing rather than buying assets. 260) Describe the use of amortization for an asset leased under a finance lease. Include a discussion of the amortization period. 261) Differentiate between guaranteed and unguaranteed residual value of leased property. Does the difference affect the lessor's accounting for the lease? 262) 1) In a lease transaction, what are initial direct costs? 2) How does the lessor account for initial direct costs in an operating lease, a sales-type lease with selling profit, and a sales-type lease with no selling profit?
83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
263) Discuss the financial statement disclosure requirements for all leases entered into by the lessor. 264) How do U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) compare to classifying a lease as a finance lease? 265) Compare and contrast the way leases are classified between operating leases and finance leases under U.S. GAAP and IFRS. 266) A lessee should classify a lease transaction as a finance lease if it is noncancelable and one or more of five classification criteria are met. What are these criteria? 267) In accounting for a finance lease/sales-type lease, explain how the lessee's and lessor's income statements are affected. 268) What is selling profit in a sales-type lease? How does the lessor account for selling profit in a sales-type lease with a selling profit? 269) In accounting for an operating lease, describe how the lessee's and lessor's income statements are affected. 270) Briefly describe the conceptual basis for asset and liability recognition under the right-of-use approach used by the lessee in a lease transaction. 271) In a financing lease, "front loading" of lease expense and lease revenue occurs. What does this mean, and how is it avoided in an operating lease? 272) The discount rate influences virtually every amount reported in connection with a lease by both the lessor and the lessee. What is the lessor's discount rate when determining the present value of lease payments? What is the lessee's discount rate? 273) Sometimes a lease might specify that lease payments may be increased (or decreased) at some future time during the lease term depending on whether or not some specified event occurs such as revenues or profits exceeding some designated level. Under what circumstances are contingent rentals included or excluded from lease payments? If excluded, how are they recognized in income determination? 274) What is a purchase option? How does it affect accounting for a lease? 275) Sometimes a lease can be renewed for additional periods or terminated after a specified period. How do the lessee and lessor decide the lease term to be used in accounting for the lease? 276) What situations cause a lessee to remeasure a lease liability (and right-of-use asset)? How is that accomplished?
84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
277) Occasionally, a lease agreement includes a guarantee by the lessee that the lessor will recover a specified residual value when custody of the asset reverts back to the lessor at the end of the lease term. Under what circumstance can the guaranteed residual value influence the amounts recorded by the lessee and lessor? In that circumstance, how are the amounts affected? 278) Compare the way a purchase option that is reasonably certain to be exercised and a lessee-guaranteed residual value are treated by the lessee and lessor when determining lease payments. 279) What nonlease costs might be included as part of lease payments? How are they accounted for by the lessee in a finance lease when paid by the lessee? Explain. 280) Is it possible that a finance lease under IFRS be classified as an operating lease under U.S. GAAP? Explain. 281) When a company sells an asset and simultaneously leases it back, what criteria must be met to apply sale-leaseback accounting rather than accounting for the transaction as a loan?
85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 15 Leases 1) At the beginning of a lease agreement, a lessee's debt to equity ratio and rate of return on assets are both affected regardless of whether the lease is classified as a finance lease or as an operating lease. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lease classification‒Criteria Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis; BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 2) Finance leases are agreements that are formulated outwardly as leases, but are installment purchases in substance. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Finance lease compared to installment note Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis; BB Critical Thinking / Keyboard Navigation 3) If the lease begins "at or near the end" of an asset's economic life, the criterion of the lease term being for the major part of the economic life does not apply when classifying the type of lease. This is consistent with the basic premise of this criterion that most of the risks and rewards of ownership occur prior to that time. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lease classification‒Criteria Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4) If the underlying asset is of such a specialized nature that it is expected to have no alternative use to the lessor at the end of the lease term, then it must be considered to be an operating lease. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease classification‒Finance-Sales-type-Operating Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 5) A bargain purchase option is defined as the option of purchasing leased property at a price that is equal to the expected fair value of a leased asset. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease classification‒Criteria Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 6) In accounting for operating leases, the lessee will recognize lease expense on a straight-line basis. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessee‒Operating lease‒Total lease expense Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
7) When the lessee guarantees an estimated residual value of $75,000, the amount the lessee records as a right-of-use asset and as a lease liability is increased by $75,000. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Uncertainty‒Residual value Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 8) If the lessee is expected to take ownership of a leased asset at the end of the lease term, the lessor must use an estimated residual value when calculating the lease payments necessary to achieve a desired rate of return. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 9) On a transaction that qualifies for sale-leaseback accounting (not a financing arrangement), any gain on the "sale" portion of the transaction is recognized immediately. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sale-leaseback transactions Learning Objective: Appendix 15: Sale-Leaseback Arrangements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
10) GAAP requires that some lease agreements be accounted for as purchases of assets. The theoretical justification for this treatment is that a lease of this type: A) Complies with the concept of form over substance. B) Reflects the relationship of cause and effect. C) Satisfies the concept of historical cost. D) Conveys most of the benefits of property ownership. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease classification‒Finance-Sales-type-Operating Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 11) From the perspective of the lessee, leases may be classified as either: A) Sales-type without selling profit or sales-type with selling profit. B) Finance or sales-type without selling profit. C) Finance or operating. D) Sales-type or operating. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease classification‒Finance-Sales-type-Operating Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 12) From the perspective of the lessor, two possible lease classifications are: A) Financing or sales-type. B) Operating or financing. C) Sales-type or indirect financing. D) Operating or sales-type. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease classification‒Finance-Sales-type-Operating Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
13) Distinguishing between operating and finance leases is due in large part to the accounting concept of: A) Conservatism. B) Materiality. C) Substance over form. D) Historical cost. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lease classification‒Finance-Sales-type-Operating Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 14) Cook the Books is the lessee in a lease agreement. From the perspective of the lessee, the lease may be classified as: A) operating, sales-type, indirect financing. B) operating or finance. C) operating or sales-type. D) operating, finance, or sales-type. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease classification‒Finance-Sales-type-Operating Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Resource Management / Keyboard Navigation
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
15) ABC Books is the lessor in a lease agreement. From the perspective of the lessor, the lease may be classified as: A) operating, sales-type, indirect financing. B) operating or finance. C) operating or sales-type. D) operating, finance, or sales-type. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease classification‒Finance-Sales-type-Operating Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Resource Management / Keyboard Navigation 16) Minnetonka Company leases an asset. Information regarding the lease: • • • • • •
Fair value of the asset: $400,000. Useful life of the asset: 6 years with no salvage value. Lease term is 5 years. Annual lease payments are $60,000 Implicit interest rate: 11%. Minnetonka can purchase the asset at the end of the lease period for $50,000.
What type of lease is this? A) Operating. B) Finance. C) Short term. D) Long term. Answer: B Explanation: The 5-year lease term is for the major part of the asset's 6-year life making this a finance lease. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lease classification‒Finance-Sales-type-Operating Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
17) Leasing has become the number one method of external financing by U.S. companies. Reasons include each of the following except: A) tax advantages. B) extended use of the asset. C) protection against obsolescence. D) lower upfront cash needed to use an asset. Answer: B Explanation: Advantages of leasing include: • • • • •
Leasing reduces the upfront cash needed to use an asset. Lease payments often are lower than installment payments. Leasing offers flexibility and a lower cost when disposing of the asset. Leasing might offer protection against the risk of declining asset values. Leasing might offer tax advantages.
Leasing does not extend the lessee's use of the asset beyond that of the lease term. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Advantages of leasing Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 18) The five criteria provided in GAAP for distinguishing a finance lease from an operating lease do not include: A) The agreement specifies that ownership transfers at the end of the lease term. B) The collectibility of the lease payments must be reasonably predictable. C) The agreement grants the lessee an option to purchase the underlying asset that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise. D) The noncancelable lease term is for the major part of the remaining economic life of the underlying asset. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease classification‒Criteria Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
19) One of the five criteria for a finance lease specifies that the lease term be equal to or greater than: A) the major part of the remaining economic life of the leased property. B) the entire amount of the remaining economic life of the leased property. C) a meaningful part of the remaining economic life of the leased property. D) a non-insignificant part of the remaining economic life of the leased property. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease classification‒Criteria Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 20) One of the five criteria for a finance lease specifies that the present value of the lease payments be equal to or greater than: A) substantially all of the cost of the asset. B) the major part of the fair value of the asset. C) substantially all of the fair value of the asset. D) the major part of the cost of the asset. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease classification‒Criteria Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 21) For the lessee to account for a lease as a finance lease, the lease must meet: A) All five of the criteria specified by GAAP regarding accounting for leases. B) Any one of the six criteria specified by GAAP regarding accounting for leases. C) Any two of the criteria specified by GAAP regarding accounting for leases. D) Any one of the five criteria specified by GAAP regarding accounting for leases. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease classification‒Criteria Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
22) For the lessor to account for a lease as a sales-type lease, the lease must meet: A) Any one of first five classification criteria and both of the last two additional conditions specified by GAAP regarding accounting for leases. B) More than one of the five criteria specified by GAAP regarding accounting for leases. C) All five of the criteria specified by GAAP regarding accounting for leases. D) Any one of the five criteria specified by GAAP regarding accounting for leases. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease classification‒Criteria Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 23) Which of the following is not among the criteria for classifying a lease as a finance lease? A) The agreement specifies that ownership of the asset transfers to the lessee. B) The agreement contains an option to purchase the underlying asset that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise. C) The lease term is for substantially all of the remaining economic life of the underlying asset. D) The present value of the sum of the lease payments and any residual value guaranteed by the lessee that isn't already reflected in the lease payments equals or exceeds substantially all of the fair value of the underlying asset. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease classification‒Criteria Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
24) Of the five criteria for a finance lease, which one is not applied if the lease begins "at or near the end" of the economic life of the underlying asset? A) A purchase option is reasonably certain to be exercised. B) The economic life test. C) The present value of lease payments greater or equal to substantially all of fair value test. D) The passage of title criteria. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lease classification‒Criteria Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 25) We classify a lease as a finance lease if: A) the present value of lease payments is less than the asset's book value. B) the present value of lease payments is less than the asset's fair value. C) the lessee obtains control of the use of the asset. D) the usual risks and rewards are retained by the lessor. Answer: C Explanation: We have a finance lease if the lease transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the underlying asset. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease classification‒Criteria Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
26) Star Corp. has a rate of return on assets of 10% and a debt/equity ratio of 2 to 1 before entering into an operating lease. Not including any indirect effects on earnings, when Star Corp. records the operating lease, the immediate impact on these ratios is a(an):
a. b. c. d.
Return on Assets increase decrease increase decrease
Debt/Equity increase decrease decrease increase
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: D Explanation: An operating lease increases assets (ROU asset) and liabilities (lease liability) the same amount and thus has no effect on equity, which is A minus L = Equity. Because assets, the denominator, increase and earnings remain the same, the rate of return decreases. In the debt/equity ratio, the numerator is increased with no effect on the denominator and the ratio increases. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Advantages of leasing Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis; BB Resource Management / Keyboard Navigation
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
27) S Corp. has a rate of return on assets of 10% and a debt/equity ratio of 2 to 1. The immediate impact of recording a finance lease on these ratios is a(n):
a. b. c. d.
Return on Assets increase decrease increase decrease
Debt/Equity increase decrease decrease increase
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: D Explanation: A finance lease increases assets and liabilities the same amount and thus has no effect on equity, which is A minus L = Equity. Because assets, the denominator, increase and earnings remain the same, the rate of return decreases. In the debt/equity ratio, the numerator is increased with no effect on the denominator and the ratio increases. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Advantages of leasing Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis; BB Resource Management / Keyboard Navigation
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
28) C Corp., a lessee, has a rate of return on assets of 10%. The rate of return on assets is immediately increased when C records:
a. b. c. d.
A Finance Lease yes no yes no
An Operating Lease yes no no yes
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: B Explanation: Both operating leases and finance leases increase assets (ROU asset) and liabilities (lease payable) the same amount and thus have no effect on equity, which is A minus L = Equity. Because assets, the denominator, increase and earnings remain the same, the rate of return decreases. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Advantages of leasing Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis; BB Resource Management / Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
29) B Corp. is a lessee and has a debt/equity ratio of 2 to 1. The debt/equity ratio is increased when B records:
a. b. c. d.
A Finance Lease yes no yes no
An Operating Lease yes no no yes
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: A Explanation: Both operating leases and finance leases increase assets (ROU asset) and liabilities (lease liability) the same amount and thus have no effect on equity, which is A minus L = Equity. Because assets, the denominator, increase and earnings remain the same, the ratio increases. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Advantages of leasing Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis; BB Resource Management / Keyboard Navigation 30) Interest expense is not calculated as the effective interest rate times the amount of the debt outstanding during the interest period for: A) bonds payable. B) notes payable. C) lease payable. D) lease receivable. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Interest expense Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
31) Jagadison Co. leases computer equipment to customers under sales-type leases. The equipment has no residual value at the end of the lease and the leases do not contain purchase options. Jagadison desires a return of 8% interest on a five-year lease of equipment with a fair value of $970,425. The present value of an annuity due of $1 at 8% for five years is 4.313. What is the total amount of interest revenue that Jagadison will earn over the life of the lease? A) $154,575 B) $225,000 C) $388,080 D) $418,350 Answer: A Explanation: Annual payments = $970,425 ÷ 4.313 Annual payments = $225,000 $225,000 × 5 payments = $1,125,000 $1,125,000 − $970,425 = $154,575 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒No selling profit Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 32) In a finance lease, the amortization of the right-of-use asset in the third year is: A) the same as in the fourth year. B) zero. C) less than in the fourth year. D) more than in the fourth year. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Amortize ROU asset Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
33) Technoid Inc. sells computer systems. Technoid leases computers to Lone Star Company on January 1, 2021. The manufacturing cost of the computers was $12 million. This noncancelable lease had the following terms: • • • • • •
Lease payments: $2,466,754 semiannually; first payment at January 1, 2021; remaining payments at June 30 and December 31 each year through June 30, 2025. Lease term: five years (10 semiannual payments). No residual value; no purchase option. Economic life of equipment: five years. Implicit interest rate and lessee's incremental borrowing rate: 5% semiannually. Fair value of the computers at January 1, 2021: $20 million.
Technoid would account for this as: A) A finance lease. B) A sales-type lease without selling profit. C) A sales-type lease with selling profit. D) An operating lease. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lease classification‒Finance-Sales-type-Operating; Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒With selling profit Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases.; 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
34) Technoid Inc. sells computer systems. Technoid leases computers to Lone Star Company on January 1, 2021. The manufacturing cost of the computers was $12 million. This noncancelable lease had the following terms: • Lease payments: $2,466,754 semiannually; first payment at January 1, 2021; remaining payments at June 30 and December 31 each year through June 30, 2025. • Lease term: five years (10 semiannual payments). • No residual value; no purchase option. • Economic life of equipment: five years. • Implicit interest rate and lessee's incremental borrowing rate: 5% semiannually. • Fair value of the computers at January 1, 2021: $20 million. Lone Star Company would account for this as: A) A finance lease. B) A sales type lease without selling profit. C) A sales type lease with selling profit. D) An operating lease. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lease classification‒Finance-Sales-type-Operating Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
35) Technoid Inc. sells computer systems. Technoid leases computers to Lone Star Company on January 1, 2021. The manufacturing cost of the computers was $12 million. This noncancelable lease had the following terms: • Lease payments: $2,466,754 semiannually; first payment at January 1, 2021; remaining payments at June 30 and December 31 each year through June 30, 2025. • Lease term: five years (10 semiannual payments). • No residual value; no purchase option. • Economic life of equipment: five years. • Implicit interest rate and lessee's incremental borrowing rate: 5% semiannually. • Fair value of the computers at January 1, 2021: $20 million. What is the outstanding balance of the lease liability in Lone Star's June 30, 2021, balance sheet? (Round your answer to the nearest whole dollar.) A) $15,943,154. B) $17,533,246. C) $21,000,000. D) None of these answer choices is correct. Answer: A Explanation: Step 1 PV, 1/1/2021 Payment 1/1/ 2021
Interest, 6/30/2021 Step 2 2nd Payment Interest Liability reduction Step 3 Liability reduction Liability, 6/30/2021
$ 20,000,000 (2,466,754) $ 17,533,246 × 5% $ 876,662 $
2,466,754 (876,662) $ 1,590,092 $ 17,533,246 (1,590,092) $ 15,943,154
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule; Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
36) Technoid Inc. sells computer systems. Technoid leases computers to Lone Star Company on January 1, 2021. The manufacturing cost of the computers was $12 million. This noncancelable lease had the following terms: • Lease payments: $2,466,754 semiannually; first payment at January 1, 2021; remaining payments at June 30 and December 31 each year through June 30, 2025. • Lease term: five years (10 semiannual payments). • No residual value; no purchase option. • Economic life of equipment: five years. • Implicit interest rate and lessee's incremental borrowing rate: 5% semiannually. • Fair value of the computers at January 1, 2021: $20 million. What is the interest revenue that Technoid would report for this lease in its 2021 income statement? A) $0. B) $1,673,820. C) $876,662. D) None of these answer choices is correct. Answer: B Explanation: This is $876,662 interest for the first six months: ($20,000,000 − lease payment of $2,466,754) × 5%, plus $797,158 for the second six months: ($20,000,000 − lease payment of $2,466,754 − [$2,466,754 − $876,662]) × 5% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒With selling profit; Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
37) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The 10 payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. Title does not transfer to the lessee and there is no purchase option or guaranteed residual value. The asset has an expected economic life of 12 years. The lease is noncancelable.
Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in balance
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
0 6,394 5,961 5,477 4,934 4,326 3,645 2,882 ? ?
10,000 3,606 4,039 4,523 5,066 5,674 6,355 7,118 ? ?
Outstanding Balance 63,282 53,282 49,676 45,638 41,114 36,048 30,373 24,018 16,901 ? ?
What is the effective annual interest rate? A) 9%. B) 10%. C) 11%. D) 12%. Answer: D Explanation: $6,394 ÷ $53,282 = 12% (from Payment 2) Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases.; 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit.; 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
38) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The 10 payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. Title does not transfer to the lessee and there is no purchase option or guaranteed residual value. The asset has an expected economic life of 12 years. The lease is noncancelable.
Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in balance
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
0 6,394 5,961 5,477 4,934 4,326 3,645 2,882 ? ?
10,000 3,606 4,039 4,523 5,066 5,674 6,355 7,118 ? ?
Outstanding Balance 63,282 53,282 49,676 45,638 41,114 36,048 30,373 24,018 16,901 ? ?
What amount would the lessee record as annual amortization on the right-of-use asset using the straight-line method? A) $5,328. B) $6,328. C) $6,392. D) $10,000. Answer: B Explanation: Amortization is over the lease term = $63,282 ÷ 10 years = $6,328 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Amortize ROU asset; Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases.; 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit.; 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
39) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The 10 payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. Title does not transfer to the lessee and there is no purchase option or guaranteed residual value. The asset has an expected economic life of 12 years. The lease is noncancelable.
Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in balance
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
0 6,394 5,961 5,477 4,934 4,326 3,645 2,882 ? ?
10,000 3,606 4,039 4,523 5,066 5,674 6,355 7,118 ? ?
Outstanding Balance 63,282 53,282 49,676 45,638 41,114 36,048 30,373 24,018 16,901 ? ?
What would be the outstanding balance after payment 10? A) $0. B) $2,028. C) $8,929. D) $10,000. Answer: A Explanation: The lease is completely amortized at the end of the lease. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases.; 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit.; 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
40) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The 10 payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. Title does not transfer to the lessee and there is no purchase option or guaranteed residual value. The asset has an expected economic life of 12 years. The lease is noncancelable.
Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in balance
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
0 6,394 5,961 5,477 4,934 4,326 3,645 2,882 ? ?
10,000 3,606 4,039 4,523 5,066 5,674 6,355 7,118 ? ?
Outstanding Balance 63,282 53,282 49,676 45,638 41,114 36,048 30,373 24,018 16,901 ? ?
What is the total effective interest paid over the term of the lease? A) $100,000. B) $36,718. C) $53,282. D) $63,282. Answer: B Explanation: $100,000 − $63,282 = $36,718 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases.; 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit.; 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The 10 payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. Title does not transfer to the lessee and there is no purchase option or guaranteed residual value. The asset has an expected economic life of 12 years. The lease is noncancelable.
Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in balance
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
0 6,394 5,961 5,477 4,934 4,326 3,645 2,882 ? ?
10,000 3,606 4,039 4,523 5,066 5,674 6,355 7,118 ? ?
Outstanding Balance 63,282 53,282 49,676 45,638 41,114 36,048 30,373 24,018 16,901 ? ?
What is the outstanding balance after payment 9? A) $8,929. B) $13,463. C) $5,000. D) $5,537. Answer: A Explanation: $6,394 ÷ $53,282 = 12% (from payment 2) Step 1 Interest = 12% × $16,901 = $2,028 Step 2 Decrease in balance = $10,000 − $2,028 = $7,972 Step 3 Ending balance = $16,901 − $7,972 = $8,929 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases.; 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit.; 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
42) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The five payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. A $2,000 purchase option is reasonably certain to be exercised at the end of the five-year lease. The asset has an expected economic life of eight years. Lease Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
1 2 3 4 5 6
8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 2,000
?? 2,660 2,126 1,539 ?? 182
?? 5,340 5,874 6,461 ?? 1,818
Outstanding Balance 34,600 26,600 21,260 15,386 8,925 ?? 0
What is the effective annual interest rate? A) 9%. B) 10%. C) 11%. D) 20%. Answer: B Explanation: $2,660 ÷ $26,600 = 10% (from payment 2) Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
43) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The five payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. A $2,000 purchase option is reasonably certain to be exercised at the end of the five-year lease. The asset has an expected economic life of eight years. Lease Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
1 2 3 4 5 6
8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 2,000
?? 2,660 2,126 1,539 ?? 182
?? 5,340 5,874 6,461 ?? 1,818
Outstanding Balance 34,600 26,600 21,260 15,386 8,925 ?? 0
What amount would the lessee record as annual amortization on the asset using the straight-line method, assuming no residual value? A) $3,325. B) $6,920. C) $4,325. D) $5,320. Answer: C Explanation: Because the purchase option is reasonably certain to be exercised, the asset is amortized over the longer period of the useful life. Amortization = $34,600 ÷ 8 years = $4,325 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Amortize ROU asset; Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
44) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The five payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. A $2,000 purchase option is reasonably certain to be exercised at the end of the five-year lease. The asset has an expected economic life of eight years. Lease Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
1 2 3 4 5 6
8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 2,000
?? 2,660 2,126 1,539 ?? 182
?? 5,340 5,874 6,461 ?? 1,818
Outstanding Balance 34,600 26,600 21,260 15,386 8,925 ?? 0
What is the total interest paid over the term of the lease? A) $42,000. B) $8,200. C) $7,400. D) $3,460. Answer: C Explanation: Step 1 Interest rate = $2,660 ÷ $26,660 (from payment 2) Step 2 Interest, payment 1 = 0 Interest, payment 5 = $8,925 × 10% = $893 Step 3 Sum of interest = $7,400 Or $42,000 (sum of payments) minus $34,600 = $7,400 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The five payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. A $2,000 purchase option is reasonably certain to be exercised at the end of the five-year lease. The asset has an expected economic life of eight years. Lease Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
1 2 3 4 5 6
8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 2,000
?? 2,660 2,126 1,539 ?? 182
?? 5,340 5,874 6,461 ?? 1,818
Outstanding Balance 34,600 26,600 21,260 15,386 8,925 ?? 0
What is the outstanding balance after payment 5? A) $1,818. B) $2,000. C) $2,182. D) $3,818. Answer: A Explanation: Step 1 Interest rate = $2,660 ÷ $26,660 = 10% (from payment 2) Step 2 Interest, payment 1 = 0 Interest, payment 5 = $8,925 × 10% = $893 Step 3 Decrease in balance = $8,000 − $893 = $7,107 Step 4 Ending balance = $8,925 − $7,107 = $1,818 Or $1,818 Decrease in balance from payment 6 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
46) Refer to the following lease amortization schedule. The five payments are made annually starting with the beginning of the lease. A $2,000 purchase option is reasonably certain to be exercised at the end of the five-year lease. The asset has an expected economic life of eight years. Lease Payment
Cash Payment
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
1 2 3 4 5 6
8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 2,000
?? 2,660 2,126 1,539 ?? 182
?? 5,340 5,874 6,461 ?? 1,818
Outstanding Balance 34,600 26,600 21,260 15,386 8,925 ?? 0
What would be the amount of interest expense recorded with payment 5? A) $2,000. B) $893. C) $7,107. D) $1,107. Answer: B Explanation: Interest rate = $2,660 ÷ $26,600 = 10% Interest, payment 5 = $8,925 × 10% = $893 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
47) In a ten-year finance lease agreement, the portion of the periodic lease payment that represents interest in the third year is: A) the same as in the fourth year. B) the same as in the first year. C) less than in the fourth year. D) more than in the fourth year. Answer: D Explanation: Since interest is computed on the beginning balance of the liability account, as that balance is reduced, the interest component of subsequent payments is reduced. The interest portion of the payment in the third year will therefore be more than the interest portion of the payment in the fourth year. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases.; 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) M & O Company is preparing an Excel spreadsheet for a 5-year finance lease. The implicit interest rate in the lease is 6%. The beginning of the lease is January 1. Lease payments are made each December 31. A portion of the spreadsheet appears as follows: A 1 2 3 4 5 Period 6 0 7 1 8 2
B Effective rate: Lease payments: Term to maturity in years:
Cash Payment
C 0.06 100,000
D
E
Change in Balance
Outstanding Balance
5 Interest Expense
What formula should M & O use in cell E8 to calculate the carrying value of the lease payable after the second lease payment? A) = E7 − D8 B) = E7 + D8 C) = E8 + D8 D) = PV(C2,C3,0,C1,type) Answer: A Explanation: The balance declines by the excess of the lease payment over the interest expense. So, the carrying value of the lease liability at the end of the second year will be equal to its carrying value at the beginning of the period (E7) minus that reduction (D8). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Technology AICPA/Accessibility: BB Leveraging Technology; FN Leveraging Technology / Keyboard Navigation
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
49) M & O Company is preparing an Excel spreadsheet for a 5-year finance lease. The implicit interest rate in the lease is 6%. The beginning of the lease is January 1. Lease payments are made each December 31. A portion of the spreadsheet appears as follows: A 1 2 3 4 5 Period 6 0 7 1 8 2
B Effective rate: Lease payments: Term to maturity in years:
Cash Payment
C 0.06 100,000
D
E
Change in Balance
Outstanding Balance
5 Interest Expense
What formula should M & O use in cell C8? A) = B8 + D7 B) = B8 + D8 C) = E7 * C1 D) = E8 * C1 Answer: C Explanation: Interest expense is the effective rate (C1) times the outstanding balance during the second year (E7). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases.; 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Technology AICPA/Accessibility: BB Leveraging Technology; FN Leveraging Technology / Keyboard Navigation
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) The lessee normally measures the lease liability to be recorded as the: A) Future value of the lease payments. B) Sum of the cash payments over the term of the lease. C) Present value of the lease payments. D) Book value of the leased asset. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases.; 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 51) Damon is the lessee in connection with a finance lease. Damon will not record: A) Depreciation expense. B) Amortization expense. C) Interest expense. D) A right-of-use asset. Answer: A Explanation: In a finance lease, the lessee records amortization expense on its right-of-use asset. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Lessee‒Finance lease‒Amortize ROU asset Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
52) Barr Corp. is the lessee in a finance lease. Barr would record: A) Depreciation expense. B) A right-of-use asset. C) Lease expense. D) Interest revenue. Answer: B Explanation: The lessee records a right-of-use asset and lease payable initially and then interest expense and amortization expense over the lease term. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Lessee‒Finance lease‒Amortize ROU asset Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 53) On October 1, 2021, Sonoma Company leased equipment from Napa Inc. in lease payable in five equal annual payments of $500,000, beginning Oct. 1, 2022. Similar transactions have carried an 11% interest rate. The right-of-use asset would be recorded at: (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $0. B) $1,847,950. C) $2,115,270. D) $2,500,000. Answer: B Explanation: PV ordinary annuity = $500,000 × 3.69590* = $1,847,950 *PV ordinary annuity of $1: n = 5; i = 11% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases.; 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
54) When a finance lease is first recorded at the beginning of the lease, the lessee typically debits: A) Right-of-use asset. B) Rent expense. C) Lease expense. D) Lease receivable. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 55) In a finance lease: A) the lessee records an asset and a liability for the present value of lease payments. B) the lessor records an asset and a liability for the present value of lease payments. C) the lessee records an asset and a liability for the total of the lease payments. D) the lessor records an asset and a liability for the total of the lease payments. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
56) On January 1, 2021, Calloway Company leased a machine to Zone Corporation. The lease qualifies as a sales-type lease. Calloway paid $240,000 for the machine and is leasing it to Zone for $34,000 per year, an amount that will return 10% to Calloway. The present value of the lease payments is $240,000. The lease payments are due each January 1, beginning in 2021. What is the appropriate interest entry on December 31, 2021? A) Cash 24,000 Interest revenue 24,000 B) Cash
20,600 Interest receivable
20,600
C) Interest receivable Interest revenue
20,600
D) Interest receivable Interest revenue
24,000
Answer: C Explanation: $ 240,000 (34,000) $ 206,000
20,600
24,000
$ 206,000 × 10% $ 20,600
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit.; 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
57) The appropriate asset value reported in the balance sheet by the lessee for an operating lease is: A) Present value of the lease payments. B) Sum of the lease payments. C) The lessor's book value of the asset at the beginning of the lease. D) Zero, unless a prepayment or accrual is involved. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 58) Francisco leased equipment from Julio on December 31, 2021. The lease is a 10-year lease with annual payments of $150,000 due on December 31 of each year beginning December 31, 2021. The present value of the lease payments is $1,013,854. Francisco's incremental borrowing rate is 12% for this type of lease. The implicit rate of 10% is known by the lessee. What should be the balance in Francisco lease liability at December 31, 2022? A) $824,400. B) $800,239. C) $863,854. D) $792,000. Answer: B Explanation: Initial liability Payment Dec. 31, 2021 Liability Dec. 31, 2021
$ 1,013,854 (150,000) $ 863,854 × 10% $ 86,385 $ 150,000 (86,385) $ 63,615 $ 863,854 (63,615) $ 800,239
Interest, 2022 Payment Interest, 2022 Reduced balance Liab. Dec. 31, 2021 Reduced balance Liab. Dec. 31, 2022 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
59) On January 1, 2021, Packard Corporation leased equipment to Hewlitt Company. The lease term is eight years. The first payment of $450,000 was made on January 1, 2021. Remaining payments are made on December 31 each year, beginning with December 31, 2021. The equipment cost Packard Corporation $2,400,000. The present value of the lease payments is $2,640,788. The lease is appropriately classified as a sales-type lease. Assuming the interest rate for this lease is 10%, what will be the balance reported as a liability by Hewlitt in the December 31, 2022, balance sheet? A) $1,950,867. B) $1,509,854. C) $1,959,867. D) $1,705,854. Answer: D Explanation: Step 1 PV, Jan. 1, 2021 Payment Jan. 1, 2021
Interest, 2021 Step 2 2nd Payment Interest Reduced balance Step 3 Reduced balance Balance, 12/31/2021 Interest, 2022 Step 4 Reduced balance Step 5 Reduced balance Balance, 12/31/2022
$ 2,640,788 (450,000) $ 2,190,788 × 10% $ 219,079 $
450,000 (219,079) $ 230,921 $ 2,190,788 (230,921) $ 1,959,867 × 10% $ 195,987 $ 450,000 (195,987) $ 254,013 $ 1,959,867 (254,013) $ 1,705,854
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 60) Red Co. recorded a right-of-use asset of $100,000 in a 10-year finance lease. Payments of 38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
$16,275 are made annually at the end of each year. The interest rate charged by the lessor and known by Red was 10%. The balance in the lease payable after two years will be: A) $80,000. B) $86,823. C) $116,309. D) $121,000. Answer: B Explanation: Year 1 Interest expense (10% × $100,000) Lease payable Cash Year 2 Interest expense (10% × [$100,000 − $6,275]) Lease payable Cash
10,000 6,275 16,275 9,373 6,902 16,275
Balance: $100,000 − $6,275 − $6,902 = $86,823 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
61) On January 1, 2021, Rastall Co. signed a long-term finance lease for an office building. The terms of the lease required Rastall to pay $30,000 annually, beginning December 31, 2021, and continuing each year for 30 years. On January 1, 2021, the present value of the lease payments is $337,734 discounted at the 8% interest rate implicit in the lease. In Rastall's December 31, 2021, balance sheet, the lease payable should be: A) $307,734 B) $334,753 C) $337,734 D) $870,000 Answer: B Explanation: Present value at 1/1/2021 Payment made 12/31/2021 Interest for 2021 (8% × $337,734) Reduction in the liability Lease payable December 31, 2021
$ 337,734 $
30,000 (27,019) $
(2,981) 334,753
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 62) In connection with a lease of more than 12 months, the lessee always will record each of the following except: A) an asset. B) interest revenue. C) an expense. D) a liability. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases.; 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
63) In connection with a lease transaction, the lessor would not record: A) an asset. B) depreciation. C) interest revenue. D) a liability. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases.; 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit.; 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
64) Lessee Company enters into a lease on January 1, 2021, that is accounted for as a finance lease. The lease calls for quarterly payments of $15,000, beginning on January 1, 2021, and continuing for 5 years. The last payment is due on October 1, 2025. The lease has an implicit annual interest rate of 8%. The present value of an annuity due at 8% per period for 5 periods is 4.312; the present value of an annuity due at 2% per period for 20 periods is 16.678. What amount will Lessee report as a lease payable (not including accrued interest) in its financial statements dated December 31, 2021? A) $198,720 B) $200,000 C) $203,658 D) $208,968 Answer: C Explanation: $15,000 × 16.678 = $250,170 Cash Payments Jan 1 Apr 1 July 1 Oct 1 Jan 1
15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000
Effective Interest 2.0%
2.0% (235,170) = 4,703 2.0% (224,873) = 4,497 2.0% (214,371) = 4,287 2.0% (203,658) = 4,073
Increase or (decrease) in Balance (15,000) (10,297) (10,503) (10,713) (10,927)
Outstanding Balance 250,170 235,170 224,873 214,371 203,658 192,731
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule; Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
65) BBB Leasing purchased a machine for $250,000 and leased it to Jack Tupp Auto Repair on January 1, 2021. Lease description: Quarterly rental payments Lease term No residual value; no BPO Economic life of machine Implicit interest rate Fair value of asset
$16,315 at beginning of each period 5 years (20 quarters) 5 years 12% $250,000
What is the balance in the lease payable account after the April 1, 2021, lease payment? A) $224,381. B) $233,685. C) $232,569. D) $241,185. Answer: A Explanation: (Lessee) January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset (fair value) Lease payable (fair value) Lease payable Cash (lease payment) April 1, 2021 Interest expense (3% × [$250,000 − $16,315]) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment)
250,000 250,000 16,315 16,315
7,011 9,304 16,315
$250,000 − $16,315 − $9,304 = $224,381 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
66) For a finance lease, an amount equal to the present value of the lease payments should be recorded by the lessee as a(n): A) Asset and a liability. B) Asset and a different amount should be recorded as a liability. C) Liability and a different amount should be recorded as an asset. D) Expense. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Finance lease compared to installment note; Lessee or Lessor–Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases.; 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 67) A sales-type lease is reported in the lessor's balance sheet as: A) An asset. B) A liability. C) Interest revenue. D) A contra account to lease liability. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒No selling profit; Lessor‒ Sales-type lease‒With selling profit Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit.; 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
68) Since the lease payments under a lease agreement are normally paid at the beginning of each period, the appropriate compound interest table to be used to determine the amount at which the right-of-use asset should be recorded is the: A) Ordinary annuity table. B) Present value of $1 table. C) Present value of an annuity due table. D) Future value of an annuity due table. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Interest expense; Lessee‒Operating lease‒Interest Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases.; 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 69) Titanic Corporation leased executive limos under terms of a $20,000 first payment upon signing the lease and four equal annual payments of $30,000 on the anniversary date of the lease. The interest rate implicit in the lease is 11%. The first year's interest expense would be: (FV of $1, PV of $1, FVA of $1, PVA of $1, FVAD of $1 and PVAD of $1) (Use appropriate factor(s) from the tables provided.) A) $13,200. B) $10,238. C) $33,200. D) $15,543. Answer: B Explanation: PV ordinary annuity = $30,000 × 3.10245* = $93,074 $93,074 × 11% = $10,238 *PV ordinary annuity of $1: n = 4; i = 11% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Interest expense; Lessee‒Operating lease‒Interest Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases.; 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
70) Durney Co. recorded a right-of-use asset of $800,000 in a ten-year finance lease. The interest rate charged by the lessor was 10%. The balance in the right-of-use asset after two years will be: A) $648,000 B) $640,000 C) $880,000 D) $968,000 Answer: B Explanation: In a finance lease, the lessee amortizes its right of use asset on a straight line basis. In this case, amortization is $800,000 ÷ 10 years, or $80,000 per year. So, after 2 years, the balance will be $800,000 − $160,000 = $640,000. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Amortize ROU asset Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
71) On January 1, 2021, Princess Corporation leased equipment to King Company. The lease term is eight years. The first payment of $675,000 was made on January 1, 2021. The equipment cost Princess Corporation $3,600,000. The present value of the lease payments is $3,961,183. The lease is appropriately classified as a sales-type lease. Assuming the interest rate for this lease is 10%, how much interest revenue will Princess record in 2022 on this lease? A) $261,000. B) $328,615. C) $325,350. D) $293,980. Answer: D Explanation: Step 1 PV, Jan. 1, 2021 Payment Jan. 1, 2021
Interest, 2021 Step 2 2nd Payment Interest Reduced balance Step 3 Reduced balance Liability, 1/1/2022 Interest, 2022
$ 3,961,183 (675,000) $ 3,286,183 × 10% $ 328,618 $
675,000 (328,618) $ 346,382 $ 3,286,183 (346,382) $ 2,939,801 × 10% $ 293,980
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit.; 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
72) XYZ Company leased equipment to West Corporation under a lease agreement that qualifies as a finance lease to West but not as a result of a bargain purchase option or a title transfer. The present value of the lease payments is $600,000. The expected economic life of the asset is seven years. The lease term is five years. Using the straight-line method, what would West record as annual amortization? A) $120,000. B) $61,000. C) $60,000. D) $0. Answer: A Explanation: $600,000 ÷ 5 = $120,000 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Amortize ROU asset Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 73) ABC Company leased equipment to Best Corporation under a lease agreement that qualifies as a finance lease. The cost of the asset is $120,000. The lease contains a bargain purchase option that is effective at the end of the fifth year. The expected economic life of the asset is 10 years. The lease term is five years. The asset is expected to have a residual value of $2,000 at the end of 10 years. Using the straight-line method, what would Best record as annual amortization? A) $23,600. B) $12,200. C) $12,000. D) $11,800. Answer: D Explanation: Cost Residual Depreciable
$ 120,000 (2,0 00) $ 118,000
$118,000 ÷ 10
=
$11,800
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Amortize ROU asset Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) If the lessee and lessor use different interest rates to account for a finance/sales-type lease, then: A) The lessee is unaware of the lessor's implicit rate. B) Total expenses for the lessee will equal the lessor's total revenues. C) GAAP has been violated by at least one party. D) The lessee will report more net income for the year. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Interest expense; Lessee‒Operating lease‒Interest Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases.; 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 75) J Corp. is a lessee that entered into an operating lease in February of Year 1. The company's statement of cash flows for the year ending December 31, Year 1 will report: A) A cash outflow from investing activities. B) A cash outflow from financing activities. C) A cash outflow from operating activities. D) No cash outflow. Answer: C Explanation: Rent payments for operating leases are reported in a statement of cash flows as operating activities by the lessee. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease effect on statement of cash flows Learning Objective: 15-08 Describe the impact of leases on the statement of cash flows and disclosure requirements pertaining to leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) In an eight-year finance lease, the portion of the annual lease payment that represents interest in the lease's third year payment is: A) The same as in the fourth year. B) The same as in the first year. C) Less than in the second year. D) More than in the second year Answer: C Explanation: Since interest is computed on the beginning balance of the liability account, as that balance is reduced, the interest component of subsequent payments is reduced. The interest portion of the payment in the third year will therefore be less than the interest portion of the payment in the second year. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Interest expense Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 77) Mann Co. is the lessor in a six-year lease that the lessor classifies as a sales-type lease. The lease payments begin December 31, 2021. The agreement specifies that Woo Corp. make equal annual lease payments on December 31 of each year. In its 2022 income statement: A) Woo will report interest expense and amortization expense. B) Woo will report interest expense and lease expense. C) Mann will report interest revenue and depreciation expense. D) Mann will report interest revenue and amortization expense. Answer: A Explanation: The sales-type lease of a lessor is a finance lease for the lessee. The lessee incurs interest expense on its lease liability and amortizes its right-of-use asset. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Interest expense; Lessee‒Finance lease‒Amortize ROU asset Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) Warren Co. recorded a right-of-use asset of $800,000 in a 10-year finance lease. The interest rate charged by the lessor was 8%. The balance in the right-of-use asset after two years will be: A) $648,000. B) $640,000. C) $804,000. D) $968,000. Answer: B Explanation: The lessee amortizes its right-of-use asset at the straight-line amount of $80,000 per year. $80,000 × 2 = $160,000. $800,000 − $160,000 = $640,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Amortize ROU asset Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 79) Karla Salons leased equipment from Smith Co. on July 1, 2021, in a finance lease. The present value of the lease payments discounted at 10% was $81,100. Ten annual lease payments of $12,000 are due each year beginning July 1, 2021. Smith Co. had constructed the equipment recently for $66,000, and its retail fair value was $81,100. The total decrease in earnings (pretax) in Karla's December 31, 2021, income statement would be (ignore taxes): A) $5,000. B) $7,510. C) $8,400. D) $9,000. Answer: B Explanation: Interest expense: (10% × 1/2 year × [$81,100 − $12,000]) = $3,455. Amortization expense: ($81,100 ÷ 10) × 1/2 year = $4,055. $3,455 + $4,055 = $7,510. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Interest expense; Lessee‒Finance lease‒Amortize ROU asset Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) Recording a sales-type lease with a selling profit is similar to recording: A) A purchase on account. B) An exchange of assets. C) A sale of a fixed asset. D) A sale of merchandise on account. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒With selling profit Learning Objective: 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 81) A noncancelable lease contains an option to purchase a leased asset at a price that is sufficiently lower than the asset's expected fair value so that the exercise of the option appears reasonably certain. The fair value of the asset exceeds the lessor's cost of the asset. Therefore, the lease will be accounted for by the lessor as a(n): A) Sales-type lease. B) Financing lease. C) Operating lease. D) Guaranteed lease. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒With selling profit Learning Objective: 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
82) On December 31, 2021, Perry Corporation leased equipment to Admiral Company for a five-year period. The annual lease payment, excluding nonlease components, is $40,000. The interest rate for this lease is 10%. The payments are due on December 31 of each year. The first payment was made on December 31, 2021. The normal cash price for this type of equipment is $125,000 while the cost to Perry was $105,000. For the year ended December 31, 2021, by what amount will Perry's earnings increase due to this lease (ignore taxes)? A) $20,000. B) $24,000. C) $28,500. D) $0. Answer: A Explanation: Fair value Cost Selling profit
$
125,000
Since the lease was signed on December 31, no interest in 2021.
(105,000) $
20,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒With selling profit Learning Objective: 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
83) Karla Salons leased equipment from Smith Co. on July 1, 2021, in a finance lease. The present value of the lease payments discounted at 10% was $81,100. Ten annual lease payments of $12,000 are due each year beginning July 1, 2021. Smith Co. had constructed the equipment recently for $66,000, and its retail fair value was $81,100. What amount of interest revenue from the lease should Smith Co. report in its December 31, 2021, income statement? A) $12,000. B) $4,055. C) $3,455. D) $8,110. Answer: C Explanation: Interest revenue = (10% × 1/2 year × [$81,100 − $12,000]) = $3,455. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒With selling profit Learning Objective: 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
84) Karla Salons leased equipment from Smith Co. on July 1, 2021, in a finance lease. The present value of the lease payments discounted at 10% was $81,100. Ten annual lease payments of $12,000 are due each year beginning July 1, 2021. Smith Co. had constructed the equipment recently for $66,000, and its retail fair value was $81,100. What amount did Smith Co. record in its income statement for the reporting year ending December 31, 2021, in connection with the lease? (ignore taxes.) A) $3,455. B) $15,100. C) $18,555. D) $22,010. Answer: C Explanation: Lease receivable (PV of lease payments ["selling price"]) Selling profit (difference) Asset (lessor's cost: book value)
81,100 15,100 66,000
Interest revenue = (10% × 1/2 year × [$81,100 − $12,000]) = $3,455. Total revenue with regard to the lease = $15,100 profit + $3,455 interest revenue = $18,555. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒With selling profit Learning Objective: 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) Abhijit Co. leased equipment from Barua Corp. on July 1, 2021, for an 8-year period expiring June 30, 2029. Equal annual payments on July 1 of each year are $120,000. The first payment was made on July 1, 2021. The rate of interest contemplated by Abhijit and Barua is 10%. The cash selling price of the equipment is $704,000, and the cost of the equipment on Barua's accounting records is $560,000. The lease is appropriately recorded as a sales-type lease. What is the amount of selling profit on the sale and interest revenue that Barua will record for the year ended December 31, 2021?
a. b. c. d.
Selling Profit $ 9,000 $ 9,000 $ 144,000 $ 144,000
Interest Revenue $ 29,200 $ 35,200 $ 29,200 $ 35,200
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: C Explanation: The selling profit is the difference between the selling price and the carrying value, $704,000 − $560,000 = $144,000. The interest is calculated as follows:
Present value of lease payments and lease obligation, 7/1/2021 Initial payment made 7/1/2021 Liability balance Interest rate 10% = For one-half year =
$
704,000 (120,000) $ 584,000 $ $
58,400 29,200
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒With selling profit Learning Objective: 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
86) Andres Company is the lessee in an operating lease in which the asset's economic life and lease term are different. Andres will: A) amortize the leased asset over the term of the lease at a straight-line amount. B) amortize the leased asset at an amount that increases each period. C) amortize the leased asset at an amount that decreases each period. D) amortize the asset over its economic life. Answer: B Explanation: In an operating lease, the lessee records a right-of-use asset and amortizes it, not on a straight-line basis, but by "plugging" the right-of-use asset amortization at whatever amount is needed to cause interest plus amortization to equal the straight-line lease payment amount (over its economic life). Because the interest component of the straight-line lease expense decreases each period, the amortization component increases each period. In an operating lease, the lessor records no lease receivable and does not remove from its balance sheet the asset being leased. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Operating lease‒Amortization Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
87) Blue Co. recorded a right-of-use asset of $100,000 in a 10-year operating lease. Payments of $16,275 are made annually at the end of each year. The interest rate charged by the lessor was 10% and was known by Blue. The balance in the right-of-use asset after two years will be: A) $80,000. B) $86,823. C) $100,000. D) $121,000. Answer: B Explanation: Year 1 Interest expense (10% × $100,000) Lease payable Cash
10,000 6,275 16,275
Amortization expense ($16,275 − $10,000) Right-of-use asset Year 2 Interest expense (10% × [$100,000 − $6,275]) Lease payable Cash
6,275
Amortization expense ($16,275 − $9,373) Right-of-use asset
6,902
6,275 9,373 6,902 16,275
6,902
Balance: $100,000 − $6,275 − $6,902 = $86,823 Note: Although ASC 842 doesn't specify this decomposition, the lessee must (a) calculate the interest component in order to determine the reduction of the lease payable over the lease term and (b) calculate the amortization component in order to determine the reduction in the balance of the right-of-use asset over the lease term. For convenience, we determine and record these two "components", and then combine them for purposes of reporting. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee‒Operating lease‒Amortization Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) On January 1, 2021, Green Co. recorded a right-of-use asset of $270,360 in an operating lease. The lease calls for ten annual payments of $40,000 at the beginning of each year. The interest rate charged by the lessor was 10%. The balance in the right-of-use asset at December 31, 2021, will be: A) $270,360. B) $253,396. C) $243,324. D) $230,360. Answer: B Explanation: In an operating lease, the lessee amortizes its right of use asset at an amount so that the total of interest expense and amortization will be a straight-line amount equal to the annual payments, $40,000 per year. Interest the first year will be 10% × ($270,360 − $40,000) = $23,036. So, amortization will be $40,000 − $23,036 = $16,964. The year-end balance, then, will be $270,360 − $16,964 = $253,396. Note: Although ASC 842 doesn't specify this decomposition, the lessee must (a) calculate the interest component in order to determine the reduction of the lease payable over the lease term and (b) calculate the amortization component in order to determine the reduction in the balance of the right-of-use asset over the lease term. For convenience, we determine and record these two "components," and then combine them for purposes of reporting. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Operating lease‒Amortization Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
89) Cady Salons leased equipment from Smith Co. on January 1, 2021, in an operating lease. The present value of the lease payments discounted at 10% was $81,100. Ten annual lease payments of $12,000 are due at each January 1 beginning January 1, 2021. The amortization of the right-of-use asset for the reporting year ending December 31, 2021, would be: A) $5,090. B) $3,455. C) $8,110. D) $12,000. Answer: A Explanation: In an operating lease, the lessee amortizes its right-of-use asset at an amount so that the total of interest expense and amortization will be a straight-line amount equal to the annual payments, $12,000 per year. Interest the first year will be 10% × ($81,100 − $12,000) = $6,910. So, amortization will be $12,000 − $6,910 = $5,090. Note: Although ASC 842 doesn't specify this decomposition, the lessee must (a) calculate the interest component in order to determine the reduction of the lease payable over the lease term and (b) calculate the amortization component in order to determine the reduction in the balance of the right-of-use asset over the lease term. For convenience, we determine and record these two "components," and then combine them for purposes of reporting. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Operating lease‒Amortization Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 90) When the total expenses over the life of an operating lease are compared to the total expenses over the life of a finance lease, one will find that: A) The expenses of a finance lease are greater than the expenses of the operating lease. B) The expenses of the finance lease and operating lease are equal. C) The expenses of an operating lease are greater than the expenses of a finance lease. D) No meaningful comparison can be made. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Operating lease‒Total lease expense Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 91) In an operating lease, the amortization of the right-of-use asset in the third year is: A) the same as in the fourth year. 60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
B) zero. C) less than in the fourth year. D) more than in the fourth year. Answer: C Explanation: Since interest is computed on the beginning balance of the liability account, as that balance is reduced, the interest component of subsequent payments is reduced. The interest portion of the payment in the third year will therefore be more than the interest portion of the payment in the fourth year. Since the amortization expense is the difference between the interest portion of the payment, and the payment is the same amount each year, then as the interest portion of the payment declines, the amortization portion of the payment increases. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee‒Operating lease‒Amortization Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 92) On January 1, 2021, PokemonGo Company leased equipment to Waldo Corporation under a lease agreement that qualifies as an operating lease to Waldo. The present value of the end-of-year lease payments of $138,585 discounted at 5% is $600,000. The expected economic life of the asset is seven years. The lease term is five years. What would Waldo record as amortization in 2021? A) $90,000. B) $108,585. C) $120,000. D) $0. Answer: B Explanation: In an operating lease, amortization is plugged to cause interest plus amortization to equal the periodic payment. Interest in 2021 is 5% × $600,000 = $30,000. $138,585 − $30,000 = $108,585. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Operating lease‒Amortization Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
93) I. Lasch Co. recorded a right-of-use asset of $200,000 in a 10-year operating lease. Payments of $32,550 are made annually at the end of each year. The interest rate charged by the lessor was 10%. The balance in the right-of-use asset after the first year will be: A) $180,000. B) $187,450 C) $188,450. D) $200,000. Answer: B Explanation: Year 1 Interest expense (10% × $200,000) Lease payable Cash Amortization expense ($32,550 – $20,000) Right-of-use asset
20,000 12,550 32,550 12,550 12,550
Balance: $200,000 − $12,550 = $187,450 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Operating lease‒Amortization Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
94) I.D. Clair Co. recorded a right-of-use asset of $100,000 in a 10-year operating lease. Payments of $14,795 are made annually at January 1 of each year beginning January 1, 2021. The interest rate charged by the lessor was 10%. The balance in the right-of-use asset at December 31, 2021, will be: (Round your answer to the nearest whole dollar amount.) A) $85,205. B) $91,478. C) $93,726. D) $100,000. Answer: C Explanation: Jan. 1, 2021 Lease payable Cash Dec. 31, 2021 Interest expense (10% × [$100,000 − $14,795]) Interest payable Amortization expense ($14,795 − $8,521) Right-of-use asset
14,795 14,795
8,521 8,521 6,274 6,274
Balance: $100,000 − $6,274 = $93,726 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee‒Operating lease‒Amortization Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 95) In an operating lease: A) the lessee records an asset and a liability for the present value of lease payments. B) the lessor records a receivable for the present value of lease payments. C) the lessee records an asset and a liability for the total of the lease payments. D) the lessor records interest revenue. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) Which of the following statements characterizes an operating lease? A) The lessee reports cash outflows as financing activities. B) The lessor records depreciation and lease revenue. C) The lessor transfers title at the end of the lease term. D) The lessee has an option to purchase the leased assets and is reasonably sure to exercise the option. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessor‒Operating lease‒Revenue and depreciation Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 97) If the lessor records deferred lease revenue at the beginning of a lease term, the lease must: A) Be a financing lease. B) Be a sales-type lease. C) Contain a bargain renewal option. D) Be an operating lease. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessor‒Operating lease‒Revenue and depreciation Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) On January 1, 2021, Wellburn Corporation leased an asset from Tabitha Company. The asset originally cost Tabitha $300,000. The lease agreement is an operating lease that calls for four annual payments beginning on January 1, 2021, in the amount of $36,000. The other three remaining payments will be made on January 1 of each subsequent year. Which of the following journal entries should Tabitha record on January 1, 2021? A) Cash 36,000 Lease receivable 36,000 B) Cash
36,000 Deferred revenue
C) Cash
36,000
36,000 Rent revenue
D) Cash
36,000
36,000 Rent expense
36,000
Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Lessor‒Operating lease‒Revenue and depreciation Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
99) Matt Co. is the lessor in connection with an operating lease. Matt Co. would record: A) Depreciation expense. B) A right-of-use asset. C) Amortization expense. D) Interest revenue. Answer: A Explanation: The lessee, not the lessor, records a right-of-use asset. Straight-line lease revenue is recognized by the lessor in an operating lease. The lessor in an operating lease will not remove the asset from its books, and so would have depreciation on that asset. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Lessor‒Operating lease‒Revenue and depreciation Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 100) Crystal Corporation makes $2,000 payments every month for leasing office equipment. Crystal recorded a lease payment as follows: Lease payable Interest expense Cash
1,200 800
Amortization expense Right-of-use asset
1,200
2,000
1,200
Crystal must have a(n): A) Operating lease. B) Leveraged lease. C) Finance lease. D) Sales-type lease without selling profit. Answer: A Explanation: The amortization of the right-of-use asset is the amount needed to cause the total lease expense (interest plus amortization) to be an equal, straight-line amount over the lease term, equal to the cash payment. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Operating lease‒Total lease expense; Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
101) On January 1, 2021, Gibson Corporation entered into a four-year operating lease. The payments were as follows: $20,000 for 2021, $18,000 for 2022, $16,000 for 2023, and $14,000 for 2024. What is the correct amount of total lease expense for 2022? A) $20,500. B) $19,000. C) $17,000. D) $18,000. Answer: C Explanation: 2021 2022 2023 2024 Total
$
$
20,000 18,000 16,000 14,000 68,000 $68,000 ÷ 4 =
$17,000
In an operating lease for the lessee, the amortization is plugged to cause the total lease expense (interest plus amortization) to be a straight-line amount. If there are uneven payments (advance payment, scheduled rent increases, or scheduled rent decreases), the rent leveling effect will be reflected in the right-of-use asset. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee‒Operating lease‒Total lease expense Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
102) On September 1, 2021, Custom Shirts Inc. entered into a lease agreement appropriately classified as an operating lease. The lease term is three years. The annual payments by Custom Shirts are (a) $20,000 for year 1, (b) $24,000 for year 2, and (c) $28,000 for year 3. How much total lease expense will Custom Shirts recognize for 2021? A) $6,667. B) $24,000. C) $20,000. D) $8,000. Answer: D Explanation: Year 1 $ 20,000 Year 2 24,000 Year 3 28,000 Total $ 72,000
$72,000 ÷ 3 × 4/12 =
$8,000
In an operating lease, the amortization is plugged to cause the total lease expense (interest plus amortization) to be a straight-line amount. If there are uneven payments (advance payment, scheduled rent increases, or scheduled rent decreases), the rent leveling effect will be reflected in the right-of-use asset. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee‒Operating lease‒Total lease expense Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 103) Jacobs Eatery leased restaurant equipment from Gamma Leasing. Gamma earns interest under such arrangements at a 6% annual rate. The lease term is eight months with monthly payments of $20,000 due at the end of each month. Jacobs Eatery elected the short-term lease option. What is the effect of the lease on Jacobs Eatery's earnings during the eight-month term (ignore taxes)? A) An initial expense of $160,000. B) An expense of $20,000 initially and $20,000 at the end of 7 months. C) An expense of $20,000 at the end of each of the 8 months. D) No expense within the 8-month period. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessee‒Short-term lease Learning Objective: 15-05 Explain when and how a lessee accounts for a lease by the shortcut method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) Pita Pub leased a specialty machine for a five-year non-cancelable term. At the end of the five-year term, Pita Pub has four consecutive one-year renewal options. A replacement machine can be acquired, but due to an expensive installation process and Pita Pub's lease term for its mall location, Pita Pub expects to lease the machine for seven years. What is the lease term? A) 5 years B) 6 years C) 7 years D) 9 years Answer: C Explanation: The lease term consists of 5 years plus 2 renewal years, or 7 years, because Pita Pub has a sufficient economic incentive to exercise 2 of its one-year renewal options to make the renewals reasonably certain. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Payments-Term-Termination penalty Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 105) Trussel Creations leased kitchen equipment under a five-year lease with an option to renew for three years at the end of five years and an option to renew for an additional three years at the end of eight years. The first three-year renewal option can be exercised for one-half the original and usual rate. What is the length of the lease term that Trussel Creations should assume in recording the transactions related to the lease? A) 5 years B) 8 years C) 11 years D) cannot be determined Answer: B Explanation: The lease term will be 8 years. The lease term is the contractual lease term modified by any renewal or termination options for which the option is reasonably certain to be exercised. The first three-year renewal option can be exercised for one-half the original and usual rate, which implies a reasonable certainty that the original lease term will be extended to 8 years. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Payments-Term-Termination penalty Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
106) On January 1, Sepe Vineyard Supply leased a truck for a five-year period, at which time possession of the truck will revert back to the lessor. Annual lease payments are $11,000 due on December 31 of each year, calculated by the lessor using a 4% discount rate. If Sepe's revenues exceed a specified amount during the lease term, Sepe will pay an additional $3,000 lease payment at the end of the lease. Sepe estimates a 70% probability of meeting the target revenue amount. What amount, if any, should be added to the right-of-use asset and lease liability under the contingent rental agreement? A) 0 B) $3,000 C) present value of $3,000 D) present value of $14,000 Answer: A Explanation: If the amounts of future lease payments are uncertain due to contingencies or otherwise, we don't consider them as part of the lease payments. There are two exceptions to not including variable payments as part of the lease payments. One is when apparent "variable" payments actually are fixed payments in disguise. These in-substance fixed payments are considered as part of the lease payments. Another exception is when variable lease payments depend on an index or a rate, the Consumer Price Index, for instance. If the amounts of future lease payments vary solely when an index or rate changes, changes in the payments are included as part of the lease payments. So, even though Sepe estimates a 70% probability of meeting the target revenue amount, we cannot include the additional payment, and no amount should be added to the right-of-use asset and lease liability under the contingent lease payment agreement. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Payments-Term-Termination penalty Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) Omega leased a machine for a ten-year non-cancelable term. At the end of the ten-year term, Omega has five consecutive one-year renewal options. A replacement machine can be acquired at the end of the term for the leased machine, but due to an expensive installation process and Omega's lease term for its store, Omega expects to lease the machine for 12 years. What is the lease term? A) 10 years B) 11 years C) 12 years D) 15 years Answer: C Explanation: The lease term consists of ten years plus two renewal years, or 12 years, because the expensive installation now means that Omega is reasonably certain to exercise two of its one-year renewal options. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Payments-Term-Termination penalty Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 108) On January 1, Porter Moving and Storage leased a truck for a four-year period, at which time possession of the truck will revert back to the lessor. Annual lease payments are $30,000 due on December 31 of each year, calculated by the lessor using a 5% discount rate. If Porter's revenues exceed a specified amount during the lease term, Porter will pay an additional $12,000 lease payment at the end of the lease. Porter estimates a 60% probability of meeting the target revenue amount. What amount, if any, should be added to the right-of-use asset and lease payable under the contingent rent agreement? A) No additional amount should be added. B) An additional $6,000 should be added. C) An additional $7,200 should be added. D) An additional $12,000 should be added. Answer: A Explanation: If the amounts of future lease payments are uncertain due to contingencies or otherwise, we don't consider them as part of the lease payments. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Payments-Term-Termination penalty Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) A lessee will reassess variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate: A) Only when the lessee remeasures the right-of-use asset and lease liability for other reasons. B) Only when the lessor also reassesses the variable lease payments. C) Whenever there is a change in the cash flows resulting from a change in the reference index or rate. D) Never. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Payments-Term-Termination penalty Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 110) Sometimes lease payments are scheduled to be increased (or decreased) at some future date during the lease term, depending on whether or not some specified event occurs. Papaya Republic leases space in premium mall locations anticipating higher revenue. If the mall attracts a sufficiently higher number of shoppers, Papaya Republic pays the lessor part of the resulting higher profits, but if not, the Papaya Republic makes only the normal lease payments. Management's policy is to include the variable lease payments as part of the lease payments used to calculate the lessee's lease liability and right-of-use asset if the payments are probable. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) The policy is inappropriate because the variable lease payments should be included as part of the lease payments used to calculate the lessee's lease liability and right-of-use asset only if the payments are "reasonably certain." B) The policy is inappropriate because the amounts of future lease payments are uncertain and often avoidable and thus should not be considered as part of the lease payments. C) This approach is inappropriate because the variable lease payments should be included as part of the lease payments only if and when the lessee remeasures the lease liability. D) This approach is conceptually correct because the arrangement also provides the lessor an incentive to attract shoppers to the mall, which is in the lessee's best interest. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Payments-Term-Termination penalty Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
111) If it is "reasonably certain" that the lessee will exercise a purchase option: A) The lease is classified as a finance/sales-type lease. B) Both the lessee and the lessor consider the exercise price of the option to be an additional cash payment. C) It's assumed that the lease term ends on the date that the option is expected to be exercised. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Purchase option Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 112) For a right-of-use asset under a lease that qualifies as a finance lease because the lease contains a purchase option and the option is reasonably certain to be exercised, the amortization period used by the lessee must be: A) The same period that was used by the lessor. B) The economic life of the asset at the time the lease agreement took effect. C) The term of the lease. D) The term of the lease or the economic life of the asset, whichever is shorter. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Purchase option Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
113) The lessee's option to purchase a leased asset at a price that is sufficiently lower than the asset's expected fair value so that the exercise of the option appears reasonably certain sometimes is called a: A) Bargain purchase option. B) Lessee buy-out option. C) Lessor sell-out option. D) Guaranteed purchase option. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease classification‒Criteria; Uncertainty‒Purchase option Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases.; 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 114) If the lessee expects to obtain title to leased property due to a purchase option that is reasonably certain to be exercised or the passage of title at the end of the lease term: A) The lessee ignores any residual value for the leased property. B) The lessor ignores any residual value for the leased property. C) The lessee adds the present value of the residual value to the amount recorded for the lease. D) The lessor will always charge a higher annual lease rate. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Purchase option Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
115) On January 2, 2021, Nori Mining Co. (lessee) entered into a 5-year lease for drilling equipment. Nori accounted for the acquisition as a finance lease for $240,000, which includes a $10,000 purchase option at the end of the lease. Nori is reasonably certain to exercise the purchase option. Nori estimates that the equipment's fair value will be $20,000 at the end of its 8-year life. For the year ended December 31, 2021, what amount should Nori recognize as amortization expense on the right-of-use asset? A) $27,500 B) $30,000 C) $48,000 D) $46,000 Answer: A Explanation: In a finance lease with a purchase option that is reasonably certain to be exercised, the lessee will control the asset for its entire useful life. Therefore, the amortization should be allocated over the 8-year life of the asset. $240,000 cost − $20,000 salvage value = $220,000 ÷ 8 years = $27,500 per year. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Purchase option Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) Gamma Leasing acquires equipment and leases it to customers under long-term sales-type leases. Gamma earns interest under these arrangements at a 6% annual rate. Gamma purchased a machine and then leased it for $300,000 under an arrangement that specified annual payments to be received for five years, beginning at the commencement of the lease. The lessee had the option to purchase the machine at the end of the lease term for $50,000 when it was expected to have a residual value of $80,000. Calculate the amount of the annual lease payments. (Round your answer to the nearest whole dollar amount.) The present value of $1: n = 5, i = 6% is 0.74726. The present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 5, i = 6% is 4.21236. The present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 5, i = 6% is 4.46511. A) $62,349 B) $58,820 C) $67,188 D) $78,385 Answer: B Explanation: A purchase option is a provision in a lease contract that gives the lessee the option of purchasing the leased property at a specified exercise price. If that price is sufficiently lower than the expected fair value of the property when the option becomes exercisable that the exercise of the option appears "reasonably certain" at the beginning of the lease, transfer of ownership is expected and the lease would be considered a finance lease. Also, the exercise price would be part of the lease payments for both the lessee and lessor, influencing the amount recorded as a right-of-use asset, lease payable, and lease receivable. Furthermore, the lease term would be considered as ending at the time the option becomes exercisable. Amount to be recovered (fair value) Less: Present value of the exercise price ($50,000 × 0.74726*) Amount to be recovered through periodic lease payments Lease payments at the beginning of each of the next 5 years: ($262,637 ÷ 4.46511**)
$
300,000 (37,363 )
$
262,637
$
58,820
* present value of $1: n = 5, i = 6% ** present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 5, i = 6% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncertainty‒Purchase option Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Which of the following might shorten the term of the lease? A) Initial direct costs. B) Contingent rentals. C) A renewal option. D) A purchase option. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Purchase option Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
118) On December 31, 2020, Reagan Inc. signed a lease with Silver Leasing Co. for some equipment having a seven-year useful life. The lease payments are made by Reagan annually, beginning at signing date. Title does not transfer to the lessee, so the equipment will be returned to the lessor on December 31, 2026. There is no purchase option, and Reagan guarantees a residual value to the lessor on termination of the lease. Reagan's lease amortization schedule appears below:
Dec. 31 2020 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
Payments
Interest
Decrease in Balance
$ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 36,000
$ 17,165 14,251 11,221 8,070 4,793 1,385
$ 90,000 72,835 75,749 78,779 81,930 85,207 34,615
Outstanding Balance $ 519,115 429,115 356,280 280,531 201,752 119,822 34,615 0
In this situation, Reagan: A) is the lessee in a sales-type lease. B) is the lessee in a finance lease. C) is the lessor in a finance lease. D) is the lessor in a sales-type lease. Answer: B Explanation: 6-year lease term is > the major part of the 7-year useful life. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease classification‒Finance-Sales-type-Operating; Uncertainty‒Residual value; Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases.; 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) On December 31, 2020, Reagan Inc. signed a lease with Silver Leasing Co. for some equipment having a seven-year useful life. The lease payments are made by Reagan annually, beginning at signing date. Title does not transfer to the lessee, so the equipment will be returned to the lessor on December 31, 2026. There is no purchase option, and Reagan guarantees a residual value to the lessor on termination of the lease. Reagan's lease amortization schedule appears below:
Dec. 31 2020 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
Payments
Interest
Decrease in Balance
$ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 36,000
$ 17,165 14,251 11,221 8,070 4,793 1,385
$ 90,000 72,835 75,749 78,779 81,930 85,207 34,615
Outstanding Balance $ 519,115 429,115 356,280 280,531 201,752 119,822 34,615 0
What is the balance of the lease liability on Reagan's December 31, 2022, balance sheet (after the third lease payment is made)? A) $280,531. B) $190,530. C) $266,280. D) $356,280. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value; Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
120) On December 31, 2020, Reagan Inc. signed a lease with Silver Leasing Co. for some equipment having a seven-year useful life. The lease payments are made by Reagan annually, beginning at signing date. Title does not transfer to the lessee, so the equipment will be returned to the lessor on December 31, 2026. There is no purchase option, and Reagan guarantees a residual value to the lessor on termination of the lease. Reagan's lease amortization schedule appears below:
Dec. 31 2020 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
Payments
Interest
Decrease in Balance
$ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 36,000
$ 17,165 14,251 11,221 8,070 4,793 1,385
$ 90,000 72,835 75,749 78,779 81,930 85,207 34,615
Outstanding Balance $ 519,115 429,115 356,280 280,531 201,752 119,822 34,615 0
At what amount would Reagan record the right-of-use asset at the beginning of the agreement? A) $519,115. B) $429,115. C) $540,000. D) $576,000. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value; Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
121) On December 31, 2020, Reagan Inc. signed a lease with Silver Leasing Co. for some equipment having a seven-year useful life. The lease payments are made by Reagan annually, beginning at signing date. Title does not transfer to the lessee, so the equipment will be returned to the lessor on December 31, 2026. There is no purchase option, and Reagan guarantees a residual value to the lessor on termination of the lease. Reagan's lease amortization schedule appears below:
Dec. 31 2020 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
Payments
Interest
Decrease in Balance
$ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 36,000
$ 17,165 14,251 11,221 8,070 4,793 1,385
$ 90,000 72,835 75,749 78,779 81,930 85,207 34,615
Outstanding Balance $ 519,115 429,115 356,280 280,531 201,752 119,822 34,615 0
What is the effective annual interest rate charged to Reagan on this lease? A) 4%. B) 6%. C) 8%. D) 17%. Answer: A Explanation: Effective rate = interest expense ÷ outstanding liability balance. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value; Lessee‒Finance lease‒Interest expense; Lessee or Lessor‒ Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties.; 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) On December 31, 2020, Reagan Inc. signed a lease with Silver Leasing Co. for some equipment having a seven-year useful life. The lease payments are made by Reagan annually, beginning at signing date. Title does not transfer to the lessee, so the equipment will be returned to the lessor on December 31, 2026. There is no purchase option, and Reagan guarantees a residual value to the lessor on termination of the lease. Reagan's lease amortization schedule appears below:
Dec. 31 2020 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026
Payments
Interest
Decrease in Balance
$ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 90,000 $ 36,000
$ 17,165 14,251 11,221 8,070 4,793 1,385
$ 90,000 72,835 75,749 78,779 81,930 85,207 34,615
Outstanding Balance $ 519,115 429,115 356,280 280,531 201,752 119,822 34,615 0
What is the amount of residual value guaranteed by Reagan to the lessor? A) $1,385. B) $34,615. C) $36,000. D) Cannot be determined from the given information. Answer: C Explanation: The final "payment" to the lessor is the amount the lessor is guaranteed to receive = $36,000, whether just the equipment or the equipment and a cash payment. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value; Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
123) If the lessor retains title to leased property under the terms of the lease: A) The amount to be recovered through periodic lease payments is reduced by the present value of any residual amount. B) The amount to be recovered through periodic lease payments is increased by the present value of the residual amount. C) The amount to be recovered will be the same as if there were no residual value. D) The lessor will record a greater amount of depreciation due to the residual value. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 124) By the lessee, a lessee-guaranteed residual value at the beginning of a finance lease should be: A) Excluded from lease payments. B) Included as part of lease payments at present value. C) Included as part of lease payments at future value. D) Included as part of lease payments only to the extent that guaranteed residual value is expected to exceed estimated residual value. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) Which of the following statements regarding lessee-guaranteed residual values is true for the lessee? A) The asset and liability at the beginning of the lease should be increased by the amount of the residual value to the extent that guaranteed residual value is expected to exceed estimated residual value. B) The asset and liability at the beginning of the lease should be decreased by the amount of the residual value to the extent that guaranteed residual value is expected to exceed estimated residual value. C) The asset and liability at the beginning of the lease should be increased by the present value of the residual value to the extent that guaranteed residual value is expected to exceed estimated residual value. D) The asset and liability at the beginning of the lease should be decreased by the present value of the residual value to the extent that guaranteed residual value is expected to exceed estimated residual value. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 126) If the residual value of a leased asset turns out to be more than the amount guaranteed by the lessee, the: A) Lessor must compensate the lessee for the excess. B) Lessee must pay the lessor the amount of the excess. C) Lessee will reduce the last year's depreciation. D) Lessor is not obligated to compensate the lessee for the excess. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
127) At the beginning of a finance lease, a guaranteed residual value should be: A) Included as part of lease payments at present value. B) Included as part of lease payments at future value. C) Included as part of lease payments only to the extent that guaranteed residual value is expected to exceed estimated residual value. D) Excluded from lease payments. Answer: C Explanation: The lessee and lessor view the expected excess guaranteed residual value as an additional cash flow to be paid to the lessor (addition to lease payments). The lessee would add the present value of the expected excess guaranteed residual to the present value of the periodic lease payments to record the right-of-use asset and lease liability at the beginning of the lease. The lessor also views the expected excess guaranteed residual value as an additional amount to be collected and includes it in the lease receivable. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 128) By the lessor, a lessee-guaranteed residual value at the beginning of a finance lease should be: A) Excluded from lease payments. B) Included as part of lease payments at present value. C) Included as part of lease payments at future value. D) Included as part of lease payments only to the extent that guaranteed residual value is expected to exceed estimated residual value. Answer: B Explanation: The guaranteed residual value is a promise made by the lessee to return a certain asset value to the lessor at the end of the lease for a guaranteed amount. Since this promise is a potential future payment, it must be included in the calculation of the present value of the lessor's future lease payments. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) Which of the following statements regarding a lessee-guaranteed residual value is true? A) The lessor's lease receivable should be increased by the amount of the residual value. B) The lessor's lease receivable should be increased by the amount of the residual value to the extent that guaranteed residual value is expected to exceed estimated residual value. C) The lessee's right-of-use asset and lease payable at the beginning of the lease should be increased by the present value of the residual value. D) The lessee's right-of-use asset and lease payable at the beginning of the lease should be decreased by the present value of the residual value to the extent that guaranteed residual value is expected to exceed estimated residual value. Answer: A Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
86 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
130) On January 1, Smith Industries leased equipment to a customer for a four-year period, at which time possession of the leased asset will revert back to Smith. The equipment cost Smith $350,000 and has an expected useful life of six years. Its normal sales price is $350,000. The residual value after four years is $50,000. Lease payments are due on December 31 of each year, beginning with the first payment at the end of the first year. The interest rate is 5%. Calculate the amount of the annual lease payments. (Round your answer to the nearest whole dollar amount.) The present value of $1: n = 4, i = 5% is 0.82270. The present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 4, i = 5% is 3.54595. The present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 4, i = 5% is 3.72325. A) $87,104 B) $82,955 C) $98,704 D) $77,337 Answer: A Explanation: Amount to be recovered (fair value) Less: Present value of the residual value ($50,000 × 0.82270*) Amount to be recovered through periodic lease payments Lease payments at the end of each of the next 4 years: ($308,865 ÷ 3.54595**)
$ 350,000 (41,135) $ 308,865 $
87,104
* present value of $1: n=4, i=5% ** present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n=4, i=5% When the lessor gets a lease asset back at the end of the lease term, the value of the asset itself, which at the beginning of the lease is estimated as the residual value, will provide another source of recovery of the lessor's investment. That reduces the amount needed from lessee payments. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
87 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
131) On January 1, Ramirez Supply leased a car for a four-year period, at which time possession of the car will revert back to the lessor. Annual lease payments are $20,000 due on December 31 of each year, calculated by the lessor using a 5% discount rate. Negotiations led to Ramirez guaranteeing the lessor a $72,000 residual value at the end of the lease term although Ramirez estimates that the residual value after four years will be $70,000. What is the amount to be added to the right-of-use asset and lease payable under the residual value guarantee? (Round your answer to the nearest whole dollar amount.) The present value of $1: n = 4, i = 5% is 0.82270. The present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 4, i = 5% is 3.54595. The present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 4, i = 5% is 3.72325. A) $823 B) $1,216 C) $1,645 D) $2,061 Answer: C Explanation: If a cash payment under a lessee-guaranteed residual value is predicted, the present value of that payment is added to the present value of the lease payments the lessee records as both a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. Likewise, it also adds to the amount that the lessor records as a lease receivable. Ramirez guarantees a cash payment of $2,000 to make up the difference of the $72,000 total guarantee to the lessor and the guaranteed residual value estimate of $70,000 for the asset to be returned to the lessor. Amount to be added to the right-of-use asset and lease liability: ($72,000 − $70,000 = $2,000) × 0.82270** = $1,645 ** Present value of $1: n = 4, i = 5% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
88 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) What makes up a lessor's net investment? A) Lease payments plus residual value B) Present value of lease payments plus present value of residual value C) Present value of lease payments minus present value of residual value D) Lease payments plus non-lease payments Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 133) When a lease qualifies as a finance lease, what amount is recorded as the cost of the right-of-use asset? A) The present value of the lease payments, exclusive of nonlease components. B) The present value of the lease payments plus nonlease components. C) The sum of the gross lease payments. D) The present value of the lease payments plus the present value of nonlease components. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
89 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) What are the three types of expenses that a lessee experiences with a finance lease? A) Lease expense, payments for nonlease components, interest expense. B) Amortization expense, lease expense, interest expense. C) Payments for nonlease components, lease expense, amortization expense. D) Amortization expense, interest expense, payments for nonlease components. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 135) The costs that (a) are associated directly with consummating a lease, (b) are essential to acquire the lease, and (c) would not have been incurred had the lease agreement not occurred, are referred to as initial direct costs. Initial direct costs incurred by the lessee are: A) added to the right-of-use asset and expensed over an amortization period. B) recorded as an expense at the beginning of the lease. C) deferred in an operating lease until the asset is returned to the lessor. D) a reduction to the lease liability at the beginning of the lease. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
90 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
136) The costs that (a) are associated directly with consummating a lease, (b) are essential to acquire the lease, and (c) would not have been incurred had the lease agreement not occurred, are referred to as initial direct costs. Initial direct costs incurred by the lessor are deferred and expensed over the lease term: A) Only in an operating lease. B) Only in a sales-type lease with selling profit. C) Only in a sales-type lease with no selling profit. D) In both an operating lease and a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 137) The costs that (a) are associated directly with consummating a lease, (b) are essential to acquire the lease, and (c) would not have been incurred had the lease agreement not occurred, are referred to as initial direct costs. Initial direct costs are expensed at the beginning of the lease in: A) An operating lease. B) A sales-type lease with selling profit. C) A sales-type lease with no selling profit. D) Both an operating lease and a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
91 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
138) N Corp. entered into a nine-year finance lease on a warehouse on December 31, 2021. Lease payments of $26,000, which includes maintenance services of $1,000, are due annually, beginning on December 31, 2022, and every December 31 thereafter. N does not know the interest rate implicit in the lease; N's incremental borrowing rate is 9%. The rounded present value of an ordinary annuity for nine years at 9% is 5.9952. What amount should N report as recorded lease liability at December 31, 2021? A) $149,880. B) $155,875. C) $225,000. D) $234,000. Answer: A Explanation: The recorded lease liability should be the annual lease payments less the nonlease component (maintenance), times the present value factor for an ordinary annuity of $1 for nine years at 9%. The calculation would be: ($26,000 − $1,000) × 5.9952 = $149,880. The maintenance fees are a period cost and should be charged to expense. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
92 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
139) Ira Bates Corp. entered into a 9-year finance lease on a warehouse on December 31, 2021. Lease payments of $39,000, which includes maintenance service of $1,500, are due annually, beginning on December 31, 2022, and every December 31 thereafter. The interest rate implicit in the lease is 9%. The rounded present value of an ordinary annuity for nine years at 9% is 6.0. What amount should Bates record as the lease payable at December 31, 2021? A) $225,000 B) $234,000 C) $337,500 D) $351,000 Answer: A Explanation: The lease payable should be recorded as the annual lease payments less the nonlease component (maintenance) times the present value factor for an ordinary annuity of 1 for nine years at 9%. The calculation would be: ($39,000 − $1,500) × 6.0 = $225,000. The maintenance should be charged to expense each year. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 140) The costs that (a) are associated directly with consummating a lease, (b) are essential to acquire the lease, and (c) would not have been incurred had the lease agreement not occurred, are referred to as: A) Initial direct costs. B) Consummating expenses. C) Lease acquisition expenses. D) Nonlease components. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
93 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) The costs that (a) are associated directly with consummating a lease, (b) are essential to acquire the lease, and (c) would not have been incurred had the lease agreement not occurred, are referred to as initial direct costs. Initial direct costs are expensed at the beginning of the lease in: A) A sales-type lease with a selling profit. B) A sales-type lease without a selling profit. C) Any sales-type lease. D) An operating lease. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 142) The costs that (a) are associated directly with consummating a lease, (b) are essential to acquire the lease and (c) would not have been incurred had the lease agreement not occurred are referred to as initial direct costs. Initial direct costs are added to the Lease Receivable in: A) A sales-type lease with a selling profit. B) A sales-type lease without a selling profit. C) Any sales-type lease. D) An operating lease. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
94 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) The costs that (a) are associated directly with consummating a lease, (b) are essential to acquire the lease and (c) would not have been incurred had the lease agreement not occurred are referred to as initial direct costs. Initial direct costs are deferred and expensed over the lease term, generally on a straight-line basis in: A) A sales-type lease with a selling profit. B) A sales-type lease without a selling profit. C) Any sales-type lease. D) An operating lease. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
95 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
144) Bird leased equipment that had a retail cash selling price of $1,200,000 and a useful life of five years with no residual value. The lessor paid $1,060,000 to acquire the equipment and used an implicit rate of 8% when calculating annual lease payments of $278,284 beginning January 1, at the beginning of the lease. Incremental costs of negotiating and consummating the completed lease transaction incurred by the lessor were $30,000. What is the increase in the lessor's earnings during the first year as a result of the lease (ignore taxes)? (Round your answer to the nearest whole dollar amount.) A) Decrease in earnings by $164,839 B) Increase in earnings by $171,242 C) Decrease in earnings by $178,625 D) Increase in earnings by $183,737 Answer: D Explanation: In a sales-type lease that includes selling profit, initial direct costs are expensed in the period of "sale" – that is, at the beginning of the lease. This assumes that in a sales-type lease the primary reason for incurring these costs is to enable the sale of the leased asset. The lessor's earnings will be increased by $183,737 as calculated below:
January 1 interest revenue Dec. 31, interest revenue (8% × [$1,200,000* – $278,284]) Interest revenue for the year
$
0
Sales revenue Cost of goods sold Selling profit Selling expense (initial direct cost) Increase in earnings
1,200,000 (1,060,000) $ 140,000 (30,000) $ 183,737
73,737 $
73,737
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
96 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
145) On January 1, 2021, Gemini Corporation leased equipment under a finance lease designed to earn the lessor a 12% rate of return for providing long-term financing. The lease agreement specified ten annual payments of $225,000 beginning January 1, and each December 31 thereafter through 2029. A 10-year service agreement was scheduled to provide maintenance of the equipment as required for a fee of $15,000 per year. Insurance premiums of $12,000 annually are related to the equipment. Both amounts were to be paid by the lessor and the lease payments reflect both expenditures. At what amount will Gemini record a right-of-use asset? (Round your answer to the nearest whole dollar amount.) A) $1,139,085 B) $1,234,009 C) $1,328,932 D) $1,423,856 Answer: C Explanation: Gemini is receiving two separate benefits in the lease contract (1) the right to use equipment and (2) maintenance on that equipment. So, payments specified in the lease contract contain a separate lease component (use of equipment for $225,000) and a nonlease component (maintenance of $15,000). The payment for insurance does not transfer to the lessee a separate good or service. Payments for insurance and property taxes are specifically identified in the lease standard as part of the lease payments (to be capitalized) rather than nonlease components (to be expensed separately) if they are fixed amounts in the lease contract. (If the payments will be billed separately, they are separate components of the lease and not included in the lease payments.) So, the right-of-use asset and lease liability (and the lessor's lease receivable) would be measured as the present value of the $210,000 lease payments rather than $225,000. At the beginning of the lease, Gemini records a right-of-use asset and lease liability for the present value of the ten $210,000 lease payments. For the first payment of $225,000, $15,000 is recorded as maintenance expense and the remaining $210,000 reduces the lease liability. January 1 Right-of-use asset ([$225,000 – $15,000] × 6.32825**) Lease payable (present value of lease payments)
1,328,933 1,328,933
** present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 10, i = 12% Lease payable (payment less nonlease component) Maintenance expense (2021 fee) Cash (annual payment)
210,000 15,000 225,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 97 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) For convenience, most lease contracts entered into by CPS Corporation, a lessee, specify that the lessor is to pay hazard insurance premiums, but that these additional costs are embedded in the periodic payments made by CPS. CPS Corporation's policy is to treat these costs as separate components of the lease contract (to be expensed by CPS) rather than as amounts to be capitalized as part of the right-of-use asset. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) The policy is appropriate because the charge represents a transfer of a good or service to the lessee and thus qualifies as a "nonlease component" of the payment and is separated from the lease payments. B) The policy is inappropriate because those payments do not transfer to the lessee a separate good or service. C) The policy is appropriate because as a practical expedient, the lessee is given the option to elect to include nonlease components (like maintenance). D) This approach is inappropriate because payments for maintenance and property taxes are specifically identified in the lease accounting guidance as part of the lease payments rather than nonlease components. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other costs‒Nonlease-Indirect-Improvements Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
98 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
147) One criterion for an arrangement to constitute a lease is that we have an identified asset. Which of the following is required in order for a contract to contain an identified asset? A) The asset must be explicitly identified in the contract. B) The customer can derive substantially all of the potential economic benefits from using the asset. C) The asset must be property, plant, or equipment (not inventory, intangibles, or natural resources). D) The provider cannot have the right to substitute alternative assets during the period of use and could benefit economically from such a substitution. Answer: C Explanation: The asset can be either explicitly or implicitly identified in the contract. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other issues‒Is it a lease Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 148) Which of the following is not required in order for a contract to contain a lease? A) The asset must be explicitly identified in the contract. B) The customer can derive substantially all of the potential economic benefits from using the asset. C) The customer can direct the use of the asset throughout the contract term. D) The provider cannot have the right to substitute alternative assets during the period of use and could benefit economically from such a substitution. Answer: A Explanation: The asset can be either explicitly or implicitly identified in the contract. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other issues‒Is it a lease Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
99 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
149) Advance payments made by the lessee on an operating lease are considered to be: A) Lease expense. B) Amortization of the right-of-use asset. C) Deferred revenue to the lessor. D) A prepayment of interest expense. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessor‒Operating lease‒Revenue and depreciation; Other payments‒Advances‒ Improvements Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases.; 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 150) Leasehold improvements usually are classified in a balance sheet as: A) Property, plant, and equipment. B) Other long-term assets. C) Investments. D) Expenses. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other payments‒Advances-Improvements Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
100 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
151) Like other assets, the cost of a leasehold improvement is allocated as depreciation expense over its useful life to the lessee, which will be: A) The shorter of the physical life of the asset or the lease term. B) The physical life of the asset. C) The lease term. D) A time period determined by management. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other payments‒Advances-Improvements Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 152) L Corp. recorded a finance lease in February of Year 1 using an annuity due present value table. The company's statement of cash flows for the year ending December 31, Year 1 using the indirect method will report: A) An addition to net income for amortization. B) A cash inflow from financing activities. C) A cash outflow from investing activities. D) A cash inflow from operating activities. Answer: A Explanation: The company would report the right-of-use asset and the lease liability as a significant noncash investing and financing activity in the disclosure notes to the financial statements. The amount of interest paid would also be disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lease effect on statement of cash flows Learning Objective: 15-08 Describe the impact of leases on the statement of cash flows and disclosure requirements pertaining to leases. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
101 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
153) M Corp. recorded a finance lease in February of Year 1 using an annuity due present value table. The company's statement of cash flows for the year ending December 31, Year 1 using the direct method will report: A) A cash inflow from investing activities. B) A cash outflow from financing activities. C) A cash outflow from investing activities. D) A cash inflow from operating activities. Answer: B Explanation: The company would report the right-of-use asset and the lease liability as a significant noncash investing and financing activity in the disclosure notes to the financial statements. The cash lease payments are divided into the interest portion and the principal portion. The interest portion is reported as a cash outflow from operating activities if using the direct method, but since an annuity due table was used there was no interest in the first payment. The principal portion is reported as a cash outflow from financing activities. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lease effect on statement of cash flows Learning Objective: 15-08 Describe the impact of leases on the statement of cash flows and disclosure requirements pertaining to leases. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 154) P Corp. leased an asset to L Corp. using an operating lease in February of Year 1. P Corp.'s statement of cash flows for the year ending December 31, Year 1 will report: A) A cash outflow from investing activities. B) A cash outflow from financing activities. C) A cash inflow from operating activities. D) No cash outflow. Answer: C Explanation: In a statement of cash flows for the lessor, rent payments for operating leases generally are reported as inflows from operating activities. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease effect on statement of cash flows Learning Objective: 15-08 Describe the impact of leases on the statement of cash flows and disclosure requirements pertaining to leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
102 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
155) A short-term lease: A) Must be accounted for by the short-cut method if using U.S. GAAP. B) Is defined as having a value of $10,000 or less. C) Is defined as having a lease term of fifteen months or less. D) Is not required to be accounted for by the short-cut method if using IFRS. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessee‒Short-term lease; IFRS‒Lease accounting Learning Objective: 15-05 Explain when and how a lessee accounts for a lease by the shortcut method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation 156) For companies that prepare their financial statements in accordance with IFRS, a lessee will reassess variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate: A) not just when the lessee remeasures the right-of-use asset and lease liability for other reasons, but also whenever there is a change in the cash flows resulting from a change in the reference index or rate. B) only when the lessee remeasures the right-of-use asset and lease liability for other reasons. C) using the discount rate in effect at the beginning of the lease. D) only when the terms of the lease are modified by the lessee and lessor. Answer: A Explanation: For companies that prepare their financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, a lessee will reassess variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate only when the lessee remeasures the right-of-use asset and lease liability for other reasons. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Lease accounting Learning Objective: 15-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation
103 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
157) Bishop Company is the lessee in an operating lease. Bishop will report straight-line lease expense if it uses: A) IFRS. B) U.S. GAAP. C) Either U.S. GAAP or IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. Answer: B Explanation: Under IFRS No. 16, all leases are accounted for as finance leases by the lessee (one-model approach). Only lessors apply the classification criteria to distinguish between finance and operating leases. Thus, even for leases that qualify under U.S. GAAP (two-model approach) as operating leases, the lessee amortizes the right-of-use asset on a straight-line basis rather than "plugging" that amount to cause the total of interest and amortization to be a straight-line amount. This means that those leases under IFRS will have a front-loaded expense profile (because interest expense is more at the beginning than at the end). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Lease accounting Learning Objective: 15-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation 158) A lessee is allowed to elect not to record a right-of-use asset and lease payable at the beginning of the lease term for a lease that has a lease term of 12 months or having a value of $5,000 or less when using: A) IFRS. B) U.S. GAAP. C) Either U.S. GAAP or IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. Answer: A Explanation: Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS allow the lessee to elect not to record a right-of-use asset and lease payable at the beginning of the lease term for a lease that has a lease term of 12 months or less. Only IFRS provides this option for "small ticket" leases having a value of $5,000 or less. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Lease accounting Learning Objective: 15-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation
104 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
159) Which of the following statements characterizes a sale-leaseback arrangement? A) The lessee also is the seller. B) The lessor treats the lease as an operating lease. C) The lessee buys the asset from a third party. D) The lessor's interest rate always is higher than in a finance lease. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sale-leaseback transactions Learning Objective: Appendix 15: Sale-Leaseback Arrangements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 160) In a sale-leaseback arrangement, the lessee also is: A) The new owner of the property. B) The buyer. C) A third-party guarantor. D) The seller. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sale-leaseback transactions Learning Objective: Appendix 15: Sale-Leaseback Arrangements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
105 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
161) On December 31, 2021, B Corp. sold a machine to Royal and simultaneously leased it back for one year. Pertinent information at this date follows: Sales price Book value Present value of lease rentals ($6,000 for 12 months at 12%) Estimated remaining useful life
$ 720,000 660,000 68,200 12 years
In B's December 31, 2021, income statement, the recognized gain from the sale of this machine should be: A) $0. B) $8,200. C) $60,000. D) $68,200. Answer: C Explanation: The leaseback is an operating lease because the only criteria provided for classifying the lease are the lease term and remaining life. Since the lease term is one year of the 12-year remaining life of the asset, this is not a "major part" of the remaining life. The sale-leaseback approach is allowed only if the leaseback qualifies as an operating lease. Thus, B will record the sale of the asset and recognize the gain on the sale. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sale-leaseback transactions Learning Objective: Appendix 15: Sale-Leaseback Arrangements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 162) If the leaseback portion of a sale-leaseback transaction is classified as an operating lease: A) Any gain is deferred and recognized as a reduction of rent expense. B) Any gain is deferred and recognized as a reduction of depreciation. C) Any gain is recognized at the commencement of the lease. D) There can be no gain. Answer: C Explanation: The sale-leaseback approach is allowed only if the leaseback qualifies as an operating lease. The sale of the asset with any accompanying gain or loss is recorded for sale portion of the sale-leaseback transaction. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Sale-leaseback transactions Learning Objective: Appendix 15: Sale-Leaseback Arrangements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 106 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
163) On December 31, 2021, Bedford Corp. sold a machine to Sheila Company and simultaneously leased it back for one year. Pertinent information at this date follows: Sales price Carrying amount Present value of lease payments ($9,000 for 12 months at 12%) Machine's estimated remaining useful life
$
940,000 890,000 102,300 12years
In Bedford's December 31, 2021 income statement, the gain recognized from the sale of this machine should be: A) $0. B) $4,167. C) $337,600. D) $50,000. Answer: D Explanation: Since the leaseback qualifies as an operating lease, the sale and the lease are viewed separately and the entire $50,000 gain ($940,000 − $890,000) is recognized on the sale. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sale-leaseback transactions Learning Objective: Appendix 15: Sale-Leaseback Arrangements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 164) If the leaseback portion of a sale-leaseback transaction meets the criteria to be a finance lease: A) The seller-lessee will record a right-of-use asset. B) The seller-lessee will record interest revenue. C) The seller-lessee will record a gain or loss on the sale of an asset. D) The seller-lessee will record a note payable. Answer: D Explanation: If the leaseback qualifies as a finance lease, no sale has occurred and sale-leaseback accounting cannot be applied. The transaction is recorded as a loan to the seller-lessee. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Sale-leaseback transactions Learning Objective: Appendix 15: Sale-Leaseback Arrangements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
107 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) If the leaseback portion of a sale-leaseback transaction meets the criteria to be a sales-type lease, the buyer-lessor will: A) record a lease receivable. B) record an addition to property, plant, and equipment. C) record interest revenue on a note receivable. D) record a selling profit. Answer: C Explanation: If the leaseback qualifies as a sales-type lease, no sale has occurred and sale-leaseback accounting cannot be applied. The transaction is recorded as a loan to the seller-lessee. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sale-leaseback transactions Learning Objective: Appendix 15: Sale-Leaseback Arrangements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
108 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
166) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. TERM 1. Finance leases 2. Present value of lease payments 3. Initial direct costs 4. Bargain purchase option 5. Depreciable assets
PHRASE NUMBER Reduces the lessor's lease payment ____ calculation. The amount recorded as a right-of-use asset ____ by the lessee. Accounting for these is based on substance ____ over form. Legal fees, commissions, and lease ____ processing costs. Leasehold improvements. ____
Answer: TERM 1. Finance leases 2. Present value of lease payments 3. Initial direct costs 4. Bargain purchase option 5. Depreciable assets
PHRASE NUMBER Reduces the lessor's lease payment 4 calculation. The amount recorded as a right-of-use asset 2 by the lessee. Accounting for these is based on substance 1 over form. Legal fees, commissions, and lease 3 processing costs. Leasehold improvements. 5
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lease classification―Finance-Sales-type-Operating; Lessee―Finance lease―Amortize ROU asset; Uncertainty―Purchase option; Other costs―Nonlease-Initial direct; Other payments– -Advances-Improvements Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases.; 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit.; 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties.; 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
109 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
167) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. TERM 1. No amortization of lease asset 2. Lessee's guarantee 3. Nonlease components 4. Bargain purchase option 5. Operating lease
PHRASE Amortization a "plug" figure.
NUMBER ____
Residual value. Maintenance fees. Additional cash payment included in lease liability calculation. Short-term lease.
____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. No amortization of lease asset 2. Lessee's guarantee 3. Nonlease components 4. Bargain purchase option 5. Operating lease
PHRASE Amortization a "plug" figure. Residual value. Maintenance fees. Additional cash payment included in lease liability calculation. Short-term lease.
NUMBER 5 2 3 4 1
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒No selling profit; Lessee‒Operating lease‒Amortization; Lessee‒Short-term lease; Uncertainty‒Residual value; Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct; Sale-leaseback transactions Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit.; 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases.; 15-05 Explain when and how a lessee accounts for a lease by the shortcut method.; 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties.; 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
110 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
168) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. TERM 1. PV of bargain purchase option price 2. Lessee's lease payments 3. Lessor's net investment 4. PV of lease payments 5. Gross investment
PHRASE NUMBER PV of lease payments plus PV of ____ residual value. Deducted in lessor's computation of ____ rental payments. Lease payable. ____ Sum of lease payments. ____ Total of periodic lease payments and any ____ residual value.
Answer: TERM 1. PV of bargain purchase option price 2. Lessee's lease payments 3. Lessor's net investment 4. PV of lease payments 5. Gross investment
PHRASE NUMBER PV of lease payments plus PV of 3 residual value. Deducted in lessor's computation of 1 rental payments. Lease payable. 4 Sum of lease payments. 5 Total of periodic lease payments and any 2 residual value.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Finance lease compared to installment note; Lessor―Sales-type lease―No selling profit; Uncertainty―Purchase option; Uncertainty―Residual value; Lease disclosures Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases.; 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit.; 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties.; 15-08 Describe the impact of leases on the statement of cash flows and disclosure requirements pertaining to leases. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
111 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
169) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. TERM 1.Gross investment 2.Requires disclosure only 3.Depreciation period over useful life 4.Initial direct costs 5. Bargain purchase option
PHRASE Associated directly with consummating a lease. Contingent rentals. Title transfers to lessee.
NUMBER ____
Total of lease payments and residual value. Exercise reasonably certain.
____ ____
PHRASE Associated directly with consummating a lease. Contingent rentals. Title transfers to lessee.
NUMBER 4
Total of lease payments and residual value. Exercise reasonably certain.
1 5
____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Gross investment 2. Requires disclosure only 3. Depreciation period over useful life 4. Initial direct costs 5. Bargain purchase option
2 3
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessor‒Operating lease‒Revenue and depreciation; Uncertainty‒Purchase option; Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct; Lease disclosures Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases.; 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties.; 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements.; 15-08 Describe the impact of leases on the statement of cash flows and disclosure requirements pertaining to leases. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
112 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. TERM 1. Discount rate 2. Amortization on right-of-use assets 3. Leasehold improvements 4. Interest expense 5. Lessor's gross investment
PHRASE Lessor's rate of return. Reported as assets.
NUMBER ____ ____
Based on term of lease for a finance lease. Calculated as lease payments plus residual value. Calculated as effective rate times balance.
____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Discount rate 2. Amortization on right-of-use assets 3. Leasehold improvements 4. Interest expense 5. Lessor's gross investment
PHRASE Lessor's rate of return. Reported as assets. Based on term of lease for a finance lease. Calculated as lease payments plus residual value. Calculated as effective rate times balance.
NUMBER 1 3 2 5 4
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒No selling profit; Lessee‒Finance lease‒Amortize ROU asset; Lessee‒Finance lease‒Interest expense; Other payments‒Advances-Improvements; Lease disclosures Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit.; 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements.; 15-08 Describe the impact of leases on the statement of cash flows and disclosure requirements pertaining to leases. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
113 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
171) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. TERM 1. Purchase option 2. Sales-type lease selling expense 3. Residual value 4. Operating lease 5. Nonlease components
PHRASE Straight-line lease expense. Initial direct costs.
NUMBER ____ ____
Operating costs borne by the lessee. Viewed as an additional payment when less than guarantee. Viewed as an additional payment when reasonably certain.
____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Purchase option 2. Sales-type lease selling expense 3. Residual value 4. Operating lease 5. Nonlease components
PHRASE Straight-line lease expense. Initial direct costs. Operating costs borne by the lessee. Viewed as an additional payment when less than guarantee. Viewed as an additional payment when reasonably certain.
NUMBER 4 2 5 3 1
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lease classification‒Criteria; Lessor‒Operating lease‒Revenue and depreciation; Uncertainty‒Residual value; Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases.; 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases.; 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties.; 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
114 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
172) Listed below are 15 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. TERM 1.Interest expense 2.Disclosure only 3.Lessor's gross investment 4.Lessee's lease payments 5.Lessor's net investment 6.Initial direct costs 7.Operating lease 8.Bargain purchase option 9.Depreciable assets 10.Loss to lessee 11.Finance lease expense 12.PV of bargain purchase option price 13.Title transfers to lessee 14.Loan 15. Lessor's lease payments
PHRASE Periodic rent payments plus excess guaranteed residual value. Deducted in lessor's computation of lease payments. Leasehold improvements. Cash paid to satisfy residual value guarantee. Sales-type lease selling expense. Depreciation longer than lease term. Sale-leaseback as operating lease. PV of lease payments plus PV of residual value. Future lease payments in each of the next five years. Periodic rent payments plus residual value. Lease payments plus guaranteed residual value. Outstanding balance times effective rate. Nonlease payments. Rent revenue. Purchase price less than fair value.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
115 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: TERM 1. Interest expense 2. Disclosure only 3. Lessor's gross investment 4. Lessee's lease payments 5. Lessor's net investment 6. Initial direct costs 7. Operating lease 8. Bargain purchase option 9. Depreciable assets 10. Loss to lessee 11. Finance lease expense 12. PV of bargain purchase option price 13. Title transfers to lessee 14. Loan 15. Lessor's lease payments
PHRASE NUMBER Periodic rent payments plus excess 4 guaranteed residual value. Deducted in lessor's computation of lease 12 payments. Leasehold improvements. 9 Cash paid to satisfy residual value guarantee. 10 Sales-type lease selling expense. 6 Depreciation longer than lease term. 13 Sale-leaseback as operating lease. 14 PV of lease payments plus PV of residual 5 value. Future lease payments in each of the next five 2 years. Periodic rent payments plus residual value. 3 Lease payments plus guaranteed residual 15 value. Outstanding balance times effective rate. 1 Nonlease payments. Rent revenue. Purchase price less than fair value.
11 7 8
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lease classification‒Finance-Sales-type-Operating; Lease classification‒Criteria; Lessee‒Finance lease‒Interest expense; Lessor‒Operating lease‒Revenue and depreciation; Uncertainty‒Residual value; Uncertainty‒Purchase option; Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct; Other payments‒Advances-Improvements; Lease disclosures; Sale‒leaseback transactions Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases.; 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit.; 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases.; 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties.; 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements.; 15-08 Describe the impact of leases on the statement of cash flows and disclosure requirements pertaining to leases.; 15-App15 Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
116 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
173) Each of the independent situations below describes a finance lease in which annual lease payments are payable at the beginning of each year. The lessee is aware of the lessor's implicit interest rate.
Lease term Lessor's desired rate of return Lessee's incremental borrowing rate Fair value of asset
Situation 1 Lessee 2 Lessor 10 yrs. 20 yrs. 10% 12% 12% 10% $600,000 $400,000
For convenience, here are some table values:
Periods; int. rate 10 periods, 10% 10 periods, 12% 20 periods, 10% 20 periods, 12%
PV, ordinary annuity 6.1446 5.6502 8.5136 7.4694
PV, annuity due 6.7590 6.3283 9.3649 8.3658
Required: For each situation determine the amount of the annual lease payment, as calculated by the lessor. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: Situation 1: $600,000 ÷ 6.7590 = $88,771 PV of an annuity due of $1, n = 10, i =10% Situation 2: $400,000 ÷ 8.3658 = $47,814 PV of an annuity due of $1, n = 20, i = 12% Lessor uses implicit rate. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Interest expense; Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒No selling profit Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
117 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
174) Each of the four independent situations below describes a lease requiring annual lease payments of $30,000.
Lease term (years) Asset's useful life (years) Asset's fair value Bargain purchase option? Annual lease payments Lessor's implicit rate (known by lessee) Lessee's incremental borrowing rate
Situation 1 4 6 $132,000 No Beg. of yr.
Situation 2 4 6 $114,000 No End of yr.
Situation 3 4 5 $129,000 Yes Beg. of yr.
Situation 4 4 6 $115,000 No End of yr.
5%
6%
6%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
Required: For each situation, determine the appropriate lease classification by the lessee and indicate why. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: Situation 1 Since none of the criteria is met, this is an operating lease to the lessee.
118 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Situation 2 Since at least one (#4 in this case) criterion is met, this is a finance lease.
119 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Situation 3 Since at least one (two in this case: #2 and #3) classification criterion is met, this is a finance lease.
120 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Situation 4 Since at least one (#4 in this case) classification criterion is met, this is a finance lease.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lease classification‒Criteria Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
121 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
175) On January 1, 2021, Burrito Bill's leased restaurant equipment from Oval Corporation under a nine-year lease agreement. The lease agreement specifies annual payments of $75,000 beginning January 1, 2021, the beginning of the lease, and at each December 31 thereafter through 2028. The equipment was acquired recently by Oval at a cost of $540,000 (its fair value) and was expected to have a useful life of 13 years with no salvage value at the end of its life. (Because the lease term is only 9 years, the asset does have an expected residual value at the end of the lease term of $150,000.) Oval seeks a 10% return on its lease investments. By this arrangement, the lease is deemed to be an operating lease. Required: (a) What will be the effect of the lease on Burrito Bill's earnings for the first year? Show the separate components as well as the total amount. (ignore taxes) (b) What journal entries will the lessee record during 2021 relating to this lease? (c) What will be the balances in the balance sheet accounts related to the lease at the end of the first year for Burrito Bill's? (ignore taxes) Answer: (a) Income statement: Interest (10% × [$475,120* - $75,000] Amortization for the year ($75,000 - $40,012) Lease expense; decrease in earnings (pretax)
$40,012 34,988 $75,000
*$75,000 × 6.33493~ = $475,120 ~ present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 9, i = 10% In an operating lease, the lessee records interest the normal way (at the effective interest rate) and then "plugs" the right-of-use asset amortization to equal the straight-line lease payment. The lessee records that amount as a single lease expense in the income statement. Note: Although ASC 842 doesn't specify this decomposition, the lessee must (a) calculate the interest component in order to determine the reduction of the lease payable over the lease term and (b) calculate the amortization component in order to determine the reduction in the balance of the right-of-use asset over the lease term. For convenience, we determine and record these two "components", and then combine them for purposes of reporting.
122 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
(b) January 1, 2021 Right-of-use-asset (present value of lease payments) Lease payable ($75,000 × 6.33493~)
475,120 475,120
~ present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 9, i = 10% Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment) December 31, 2021 Interest expense (10% × [$475,120 - $75,000]) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment) Amortization expense ($75,000 - $40,012) Right-of-use asset
75,000 75,000
40,012 34,988 75,000 34,988 34,988
(c) Balance Sheet: Lease Payable Initial balance ($75,000 × 6.33493~) $475,120 Jan. 1, 2021 reduction (first lease payment) (75,000) Dec. 31, 2021 reduction ($75,000 - 10% × [$475,120 - $75,000] (34,988) End-of-year balance $365,132 Right-of-Use Asset Initial balance ($75,000 × 6.33493~) Amortization for the year ($75,000 - 10% × [$475,120 - $75,000] End-of-year balance
$475,120 (34,988) $440,132
~ present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 9, i = 10% Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee‒Operating lease‒Total lease expense; Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
123 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
176) On January 1, 2021, Salvatore Company leased several machines from Nola Corporation under a three-year operating lease agreement. The lease calls for semiannual payments of $15,000 each, payable on June 30 and December 31 of each year. The machines were acquired by Nola at a cost of $90,000 and are expected to have a useful life of five years with no expected residual value. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the lessor from the beginning of the lease through the end of 2021.
Answer: June 30, 2021: Cash 15,000 Lease revenue 15,000 December 31, 2021 Cash 15,000 Lease revenue 15,000 Depreciation expense 18,000 Accumulated depreciation 18,000 ($90,000 ÷ 5 yrs. = $18,000) Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessor‒Operating lease‒Revenue and depreciation; Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
124 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: On January 1, 2021, Robertson Construction leased several items of equipment under a two-year operating lease agreement from Jamison Leasing, which routinely finances equipment for other firms at an annual interest rate of 4%. The contract calls for four rent payments of $40,000 each, payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31 each year. The equipment was acquired by Jamison Leasing at a cost of $360,000 and was expected to have a useful life of five years with no residual value. Both firms record amortization and depreciation semi-annually. 177) Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the lessee from the beginning of the lease through the end of 2021. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: Robertson Construction January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset Lease payable ($40,000 × 3.80773*)
152,309 152,309
*present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n=4, i=2% June 30, 2021 Interest expense (2% × $152,309) Lease payable (difference) Cash Amortization expense ($40,000 - $3,046) Right-of-use asset
3,046 36,954 40,000 36,954 36,954
In an operating lease, the lessee records interest the normal way (at the effective interest rate) and then "plugs" the right-of-use asset amortization at the amount is needed for interest plus amortization to equal the straight-line lease payment. The lessee records that amount as a single lease expense in the income statement. Note: Although ASC 842 doesn't specify this decomposition, the lessee must (a) calculate the interest component in order to determine the reduction of the lease payable over the lease term and (b) calculate the amortization component in order to determine the reduction in the balance of the right-of-use asset over the lease term. For convenience, we determine and record these two "components," and then combine them for purposes of reporting.
125 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
December 31, 2021 Interest expense (2% × $152,309 - $36,954]) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment)
2,307 37,693 40,000
Amortization expense ($40,000 - $2,307) 37,693 Right-of-use asset 37,693 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 178) Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the lessor (Jamison Leasing) from the beginning of the lease through the end of 2021. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: Jamison Leasing June 30, 2021 Cash Lease revenue
40,000
Depreciation expense ($360,000 ÷ 10 semi-annual periods) Accumulated depreciation
36,000
40,000
36,000
December 31, 2021 Cash Lease revenue
40,000 40,000
Depreciation expense ($360,000 ÷ 10 semi-annual periods) 36,000 Accumulated depreciation 36,000 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
126 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
179) Eastern Edison Company leased equipment from Low-Tech Leasing on January 1, 2021. Low-Tech recently purchased the equipment at a cost of $222,664. Other information: Lease term Annual payments Life of asset Fair value of asset Implicit interest rate Incremental rate
3 years $80,000 on January 1 each year 3 years $222,664 8% 8%
There is no expected residual value. Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Low-Tech Leasing for 2021. Assume a December 31 year-end. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: January 1, 2021: Lease receivable 222,664 Equipment (lessor's cost) Cash 80,000 Lease receivable
222,664 80,000
December 31, 2021: Interest receivable 11,413 [($222,664 - $80,000) × 8%] Interest revenue 11,413 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
127 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
180) Python Company leased equipment from Hope Leasing on January 1, 2021. Hope recently purchased the equipment at a cost of $222,664. Other information: Lease term Annual payments Life of asset Fair value of asset Implicit interest rate Incremental rate
3 years $80,000 on January 1 each year 3 years $222,664 8% 8%
There is no expected residual value. Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Python for 2021. Assume straight-line depreciation and a December 31 year-end. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: January 1, 2021: Right-of-use asset Lease payable Lease payable Cash
222,664 222,664 80,000 80,000
December 31, 2021: Interest expense 11,413 [($222,664 - $80,000) × 8%] Interest payable 11,413 Amortization expense 74,221 ($222,664/3) Right-of-use asset 74,221 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
128 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
181) Elf Leasing purchased a machine for $500,000 and leased it to IGA, Inc. on January 1, 2021. Lease description: Quarterly rental payments Lease term No residual value; no BPO Economic life of machine Implicit interest rate and lessee's incremental borrowing rate Fair value of asset
$32,629 at beginning of each period 5 years (20 quarters) 5 years 12% $500,000
Required: Prepare appropriate entries for both IGA and Elf Leasing from the beginning of the lease through the second rental payment on April 1, 2021. Amortization is recorded at the end of each fiscal year (December 31). Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: IGA (Lessee) January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset (fair value) Lease payable (fair value) Lease payable Cash (lease payment) April 1, 2021 Interest expense (3% × [$500,000 - $32,629]) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment)
500,000 500,000 32,629 32,629 14,021 18,608 32,629
Elf Leasing (Lessor) January 1, 2021 Lease receivable (fair value) 500,000 Equipment (lessor's cost) 500,000 Cash (lease payment) 32,629 Lease receivable 32,629 April 1, 2021 Cash (lease payment) 32,629 Lease receivable (difference) 18,608 Interest revenue (3% × [$500,000 - $32,629]) 14,021 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement Use this information to answer the following questions: 129 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
On June 30, 2021, Blue, Inc. leased a machine from Big Leasing Corporation. The lease agreement calls for Blue to make semiannual lease payments of $281,454 over a three-year lease term, payable each June 30 and December 31, with the first payment at June 30, 2021. Blue's incremental borrowing rate is 10%, the same rate Big uses to calculate lease payment amounts. 182) The lease agreement qualifies as a finance lease. Amortization is recorded on a straight-line basis at the end of each year. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Determine the present value of the lease payments at June 30, 2021, (to the nearest $000) that Blue uses to record the right-of-use asset and lease liability. 2. What would be the amounts related to the lease that Blue would report in its balance sheet at December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.) 3. What would be the amounts related to the lease that Blue would report in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.) Answer: 1. Calculation of the present value of lease payments $281,454 × 5.32948* = $1,500,000 (rounded) * present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 6, i = 5% 2. Liability at December 31, 2021 Initial balance, June 30, 2021 June 30, 2021, reduction Dec. 31, 2021, reduction December 31, 2021, net liability Asset at December 31, 2021 Initial balance, June 30, 2021 Accumulated amortization as of Dec. 31, 2021 December 31, 2021
$1,500,000 (281,454) * (220,527) ** $998,019 $1,500,000 (250,000) ** $1,250,000
130 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
3. Expenses for year ended December 31, 2021 June 30, 2021, interest expense Dec. 31, 2021, interest expense Interest expense for 2021 Amortization expense for 2021 Total expenses
$0 * 60,927 ** $60,927 250,000 $310,927
Calculations: June 30, 2021* Right-of-use asset (calculated in req. 1) 1,500,000 Lease payable (calculated in req. 1) 1,500,000 Lease payable 281,454 Cash (lease payment) 281,454 December 31, 2021** Interest expense (5% × [$1,500,000 - $281,454]) 60,927 Lease payable (difference) 220,527 Cash (lease payment) 281,454 Amortization expense ($1,500,000/3 years × ½ year) 250,000 Right-of-use asset 250,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Amortize ROU asset; Lessee‒Finance lease‒Interest expense; Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 183) The lease agreement qualifies as a sales-type lease without selling profit. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis at the end of each fiscal year. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. What would be the amounts related to the lease that Big would report in its balance sheet at December 31, 2021? (Ignore income taxes). 2. What would be the amounts related to the lease that Big would report in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021? (Ignore income taxes.) Answer: 1. Receivable at December 31, 2021 $281,454 × 5.32948 * = $1,500,000 (rounded) * present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 6, i = 5% Receivable Initial balance, June 30, 2021 $1,500,000 June 30, 2021, reduction (281,454) * Dec. 31, 2021, reduction (220,527)** 131 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
December 31, 2021, net receivable
$998,019
The receivable replaces the $1,500,000 equipment in the balance sheet. 2. Interest revenue for year ended December 31, 2021 June 30, 2021, interest revenue $0 * Dec. 31, 2021, interest revenue 60,927 ** Interest revenue for 2021 $60,927 Calculations: June 30, 2021 Lease receivable (present value calculated above) 1,500,000 Equipment (lessor's cost) 1,500,000 Cash (lease payment) 281,454 Lease receivable* 281,454 December 31, 2021 Cash (lease payment) 281,454 Lease receivable (difference)** 220,527 Interest revenue (5% × [$1,500,000 - $281,454]) 60,927 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒No selling profit; Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 184) Southern Edison Company leased equipment from Hi-Tech Leasing on January 1, 2021. Other information: Lease term Annual payments Life of asset Implicit interest rate PV, annuity due, 3 periods, 8% PV, ordinary annuity, 3 periods, 8%
3 years $40,000 on January 1 each year 3 years 8% 2.7833 2.5771
There is no expected residual value. Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Southern Edison for 2021 and 2022. Assume straight-line amortization and a December 31 year-end. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: January 1, 2021: Right-of-use asset
111,332
($40,000 × 2.7833)
132 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Lease payable Lease payable Cash December 31, 2021: Interest expense Interest payable Amortization expense Right-of-use asset January 1, 2022: Interest payable Lease payable Cash
111,332 40,000 40,000
[($111,332 - $40,000) × 8%]
5,707 5,707 37,111
($111,332 ÷ 3) 37,111
5,707 34,293 40,000
December 31, 2022: Interest expense 2,963 [($111,332 - $40,000 - $34,293) × 8%] Interest payable 2,963 Amortization expense 37,111 ($111,332 ÷ 3) Right-of-use asset 37,111 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 185) Eastern Edison Company leased equipment from Hi-Tech Leasing on January 1, 2021. Other information: Lease term Annual payments Life of asset Implicit interest rate PV, annuity due, 3 periods, 8% PV, ordinary annuity, 3 periods, 8% Hi-Tech's cost of the equipment
3 years $80,000 on January 1 each year 3 years 8% 2.7833 2.5771 $222,664
There is no expected residual value. Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Hi-Tech Leasing for 2021 and 2022. Assume a December 31 year-end. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: 133 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
January 1, 2021: Lease receivable Equipment Cash Lease receivable December 31, 2021: Interest receivable Interest revenue January 1, 2022: Cash Interest receivable Lease receivable
222,664 222,664 80,000 80,000
[($222,664 - $80,000) × 8%]
11,413 11,413
80,000 11,413 68,587
December 31, 2022: Interest receivable 5,926 [($222,664 - $80,000 - $68,587) × 8%] Interest revenue 5,926 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
134 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
186) Diablo Company leased a machine from Juniper Corporation on January 1, 2021. The machine has a fair value of $20,000,000. The lease agreement calls for four equal payments at the end of each year in the amount of $6,309,410. The useful life of the machine was expected to be four years with no residual value. The appropriate interest rate for this lease is 10%. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the journal entry for Diablo Company at the beginning of the lease. 2. Prepare the journal entry for the first lease payment (ignore amortization). 3. Prepare the journal entry for the second lease payment (ignore amortization). Answer: 1. Right-of-use asset Lease payable
20,000,000 20,000,000
2. Interest expense Lease payable Cash
2,000,000 4,309,410
3. Interest expense
1,569,059
(10% × $20,000,000) 6,309,410 [10% × ($20,000,000 $4,309,410)]
Lease payable 4,740,351 Cash 6,309,410 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
135 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
187) Peters Company leased a machine from Johnson Corporation on January 1, 2021. The machine has a fair value of $20,000,000. The lease agreement calls for four equal payments at the end of each year. The useful life of the machine was expected to be four years with no residual value. The appropriate interest rate for this lease is 10%. Other information: PV of an ordinary annuity @10% for 4 periods: 3.16987 PV of an annuity due @ 10% for 4 periods: 3.48685 Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Determine the amount of each lease payment. 2. Prepare the journal entry for Peters Company at the beginning of the lease. 3. Prepare the journal entry for the first lease payment (ignore amortization). 4. Prepare the journal entry for the second lease payment (ignore amortization). Answer: 1. $20,000,000 ÷ 3.16987 = $6,309,407 2. Right-of-use asset Lease payable
20,000,000
3. Interest expense Lease payable Cash
2,000,000 4,309,407
4. Interest expense
1,569,059
20,000,000 (10% × $20,000,000) 6,309,407 [10% × ($20,000,000 $4,309,407)]
Lease payable 4,740,348 Cash 6,309,407 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
136 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
188) Each of the two independent situations below describes a finance lease in which annual lease payments are payable at the beginning of each year. The lessee is aware of the lessor's implicit interest rate.
Lease term Lessor's desired rate of return Fair value of asset
Situation 1 2 10 yrs. 20 yrs. 10% 12% $600,000 $400,000
For convenience, here are some table values: Periods; int. rate 10 periods, 10% 10 periods, 12% 20 periods, 10% 20 periods, 12%
PV, ordinary annuity 6.1446 5.6502 8.5136 7.4694
PV, annuity due 6.7590 6.3283 9.3649 8.3658
Required: For each situation determine the amount recorded as a liability by the lessee at the beginning of the lease. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: Using the implicit rate the lessor determines the amount of annual payments. Then, to calculate the liability, the lessee uses the lessor's implicit rate, if known, and otherwise uses its own incremental rate. Situation 1: Lessee PV of an annuity due of $1, n = 10, i = 10% $600,000 ÷ 6.7590 = $88,770 (rounded down) $88,770 × 6.7590 = $600,000 (rounded up) = Fair value of asset. Asset and liability are recorded at fair value of $600,000. Situation 2: PV of an annuity due of $1, n = 20, i = 12% $400,000 ÷ 8.3658 = $47,814. Then $47,814 × 9.3649 = $447,773 which exceeds fair value of the asset. Asset and liability recorded at fair value of $400,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Interest expense Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
137 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Rumsfeld Corporation leased a machine on December 31, 2021, for a three-year period. The lease agreement calls for annual payments in the amount of $16,000 on December 31 of each year beginning on December 31, 2021. Rumsfeld has the option to purchase the machine on December 31, 2024, for $20,000 when its fair value is expected to be $40,000. The machine's estimated useful life is expected to be five years with no residual value. The appropriate interest rate for this lease is 12%. n, i 1 period, 12% 2 periods, 12% 3 periods, 12%
PV of $1 0.89286 0.79719 0.71178
PV, ordinary annuity 0.89286 1.69005 2.40183
PV, annuity due 1.00000 1.89286 2.69005
189) Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Calculate the amount to be recorded as a right-of-use asset and the associated lease payable. 2. Prepare Rumsfeld's journal entries for this lease for 2021 and 2022. Answer: 1. PV of $1, n = 3, i = 12% = .71178 PV of an annuity due of $1, n = 3, i = 12% = 2.69005 PV of payments $16,000 × 2.69005: PV of BPO $20,000 × 0.71178:
$43,041 14,236 $57,277
2. Because exercise of the option is reasonably certain, the lease term is five years. Since the useful life also is five years, it's a finance lease. December 31, 2021: Right-of-use asset Lease payable Lease payable Cash
57,277 57,277 16,000 16,000
December 31, 2022: Interest expense 4,953 [($57,277 - $16,000) × 12%] Lease payable 11,047 Cash 16,000 Amortization expense 11,455 ($57,277 ÷ 5) Right-of-use asset 11,455 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncertainty‒Purchase option; Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries
138 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit; 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 190) Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Calculate the amount to be recorded as a right-of-use asset and the associated lease liability. 2. Prepare an amortization schedule for this lease. Answer: 1. PV of $1, n = 3, i = 12% = .71178 PV of an annuity due of $1, n = 3, i = 12% = 2.69005 PV of payments $16,000 × 2.69005 = PV of BPO $20,000 × 0.71178 =
$43,041 14,236 $57,277
2. Because exercise of the option is reasonably certain, the lease term is five years. Since the useful life also is five years, it's a finance lease. Amortization Schedule Dec. 31 Payments 2021 2022 2023 2024
16,000 16,000 16,000 20,000
Effective Interest 0 0.12 (41,277) = 4,953 0.12 (30,230) = 3,628 0.12 (17,858) = 2,142*
Decrease in Bal. 16,000 11,047 12,372 17,858
Balance 57,277 41,277 30,230 17,858 0
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncertainty‒Purchase option; Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
139 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
191) Maker Corp. manufactures imaging equipment. Easy Leasing purchased an MRI machine from Maker for $1,000,000 and leased it to Imaging Group, Inc. on January 1, 2021. Lease description: Quarterly rental payments Lease term No residual value; no bargain purchase option Economic life of MRI machine Implicit interest rate and lessee's incremental borrowing rate Fair value of asset Present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 20, i = 3%
$65,258: beginning of each period 5 years (20 quarters) 5 years 12% $1,000,000 15.3238
Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. How should this lease be classified by Imaging Group and by Easy Leasing? 2. Prepare appropriate entries for both Imaging Group and Easy Leasing from the beginning of the lease through the second rental payment on April 1, 2021. Depreciation and amortization are recorded at the end of each fiscal year (December 31). 3. Assume Imaging Group leased the machine directly from the manufacturer, Maker Corp., which produced the machine at a cost of $700,000. Prepare appropriate entries for Maker from the beginning of the lease through the second rental payment on April 1, 2021.
140 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. Finance lease to lessee; Sales-type lease to lessor since the lease term is for the major part (100%) of the economic life of the asset. Although only one of five classification criteria is necessary, the present value of the lease payments equals the fair value of the asset and this also satisfies the finance/sales-type lease classification. For the lessor, there is no selling profit because the fair value equals the lessor's cost. Calculation of the Present Value of Lease Payments Present value of periodic lease payments $65,258 × 15.3238** = $1,000,000 (rounded) ** present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 20, i = 3% 2. Neither depreciation nor amortization are required to be recorded since the entries are only required through April. Imaging Group (Lessee) January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset (calculated above) Lease payable (calculated above) Lease payable Cash (lease payment) April 1, 2021 Interest expense (3% × [$1 million - $65,258]) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment) Easy Leasing (Lessor) January 1, 2021 Lease receivable (present value calculated above) Equipment (lessor's cost) Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable April 1, 2021 Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable (difference) Interest revenue (3% × [$1 million - $65,258])
1,000,000 1,000,000 65,258 65,258 28,042 37,216 65,258
1,000,000 1,000,000 65,258 65,258 65,258 37,216 28,042
141 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
3. For the lessor, there is a selling profit because the fair value is more than the manufacturing cost. Maker (Lessor) January 1, 2021 Lease receivable (present value calculated above) 1,000,000 Cost of goods sold (lessor's cost) 700,000 Sales revenue (present value calculated above) 1,000,000 Equipment (lessor's cost) 700,000 Cash (lease payment) 65,258 Lease receivable 65,258 April 1, 2021 Cash (lease payment) 65,258 Lease receivable (difference) 37,216 Interest revenue (3% × [$1 million - $65,258]) 28,042 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Lease classification‒Finance-Sales-type-Operating Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit, 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
142 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
192) Scape Corp. manufactures telephony equipment. Scape leased equipment to User, Inc. on January 1, 2021. Scape produced the equipment at a cost of $5,000,000. Lease description: Quarterly rental payments Lease term No residual value; no BPO Economic life of equipment Implicit interest rate and lessee's incremental borrowing rate Fair value of asset
$522,064 at beginning of each period 5 years (20 quarters) 5 years 12% $8,000,000
Required: Prepare appropriate entries for both User and Scape from the beginning of the lease through the second rental payment on April 1, 2021. Depreciation and amortization are recorded at the end of each fiscal year (December 31). Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts.
143 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: Neither depreciation nor amortization are required to be recorded since the entries are only required through April. User (Lessee) January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset (fair value) Lease payable (fair value) Lease payable Cash (lease payment) April 1, 2021 Interest expense (3% × [$8 million - $522,064]) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment)
8,000,000 8,000,000 522,064 522,064 224,338 297,726 522,064
Scape (Lessor) January 1, 2021 Lease receivable (fair value) 8,000,000 Cost of goods sold (lessor's cost) 5,000,000 Sales revenue (fair value) 8,000,000 Equipment (lessor's cost) 5,000,000 Cash (lease payment) 522,064 Lease receivable 522,064 April 1, 2021 Cash (lease payment) 522,064 Lease receivable (difference) 297,726 Interest revenue (3% × [$8 million - $522,064]) 224,338 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit, 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
144 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
193) On June 30, 2021, Blue, Inc. leased a machine from Large Leasing Corporation. The lease agreement calls for Blue to make semiannual lease payments of $281,454 over a three-year lease term, payable each June 30 and December 31, with the first payment at June 30, 2021. Blue's incremental borrowing rate is 10%, the same rate Big uses to calculate lease payment amounts. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis at the end of each fiscal year. Large constructed the machine at a cost of $1,250,000. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Determine the price at which Large is "selling" the machine (present value of the lease payments) at June 30, 2021 (to the nearest $000). 2. What would be the amounts related to the lease that Large would report in its balance sheet at December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.) 3. What would be the amounts related to the lease that Large would report in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.)
145 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. Calculation of the present value of lease payments ("selling price") $281,454 × 5.32948* = $1,500,000 (rounded) * present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 6, i = 5% 2. Receivable at December 31, 2021 Initial balance, June 30, 2021 June 30, 2021, reduction Dec. 31, 2021, reduction December 31, 2021, net receivable
$1,500,000 (281,454)* (220,527) $998,019
**
3. Income effect for year ended December 31, 2021 June 30, 2021, interest revenue $0 * Dec. 31, 2021, interest revenue 60,927 ** Interest revenue for 2021 $60,927 $60,927 Sales revenue* 1,500,000 Cost of goods sold* (1,250,000) 250,000 Gross Profit $310,927 Income Effect $310,927 Calculations: June 30, 2021* Lease receivable (present value calculated above) 1,500,000 Cost of goods sold (lessor's cost) 1,250,000 Sales revenue (present value calculated above) Equipment (lessor's cost) Cash (lease payment) 281,454 Lease receivable December 31, 2021** Cash (lease payment) 281,454 Lease receivable (difference) Interest revenue (5% × [$1,500,000 - $281,454])
1,500,000 1,250,000 281,454
220,527 60,927
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒With selling profit; Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance Learning Objective: 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
146 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
194) Southwestern Edison Company leased equipment from Hi-Tech Leasing on January 1, 2021. Hi-Tech manufactured the equipment at a cost of $90,000. Other information: Lease term Annual payments Life of asset Fair value of asset Implicit interest rate Incremental rate
3 years $40,000 on January 1 each year 3 years $111,332 8% 8%
There is no expected residual value. Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Hi-Tech Leasing for 2021. Assume a December 31 year-end. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: January 1, 2021: Lease receivable Cost of goods sold Sales revenue Equipment (lessor's cost) Cash Lease receivable
111,332 90,000 111,332 90,000 40,000 40,000
December 31, 2021: Interest receivable 5,707 [($111,332 - $40,000) × 8%] Interest revenue 5,707 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
147 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
195) Northwestern Edison Company leased equipment from Hi-Tech Leasing on January 1, 2021. Hi-Tech manufactured the equipment at a cost of $90,000. Other information: Lease term Annual payments Life of asset Implicit interest rate Incremental rate PV, annuity due, 3 periods, 8% PV, ordinary annuity, 3 periods, 8%
3 years $40,000 on January 1 each year 3 years 8% 8% 2.7833 2.5771
There is no expected residual value. Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Hi-Tech Leasing for 2021 and 2022. Assume a December 31 year-end. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: January 1, 2021: Lease receivable 111,332 Cost of goods sold 90,000 Sales revenue Equipment (lessor's cost) Cash 40,000 Lease receivable December 31, 2021: Interest receivable 5,707 Interest revenue January 1, 2022: Cash 40,000 Interest receivable Lease receivable December 31, 2022: Interest receivable 2,963 Interest revenue
111,332 ($40,000 × 2.7833) 90,000 40,000 [($111,332 - $40,000) × 8%] 5,707
5,707 34,293 [($111,332 - $40,000 - $34,293) × 8%] 2,963
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
148 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
196) The Bobo Company leased equipment from Bolinger Industries on January 1, 2021. Bolinger purchased the equipment at a cost of $270,000. Other information: Lease term Annual payments Life of asset Implicit interest rate Lessee's incremental rate Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1, i = 8, n = 3 Present value of an annuity due of $1, i = 8, n = 3
3 years $120,000 beginning Jan. 1, 2021 3 years 8% 8% 2.5771 2.7833
Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Calculate the amount of selling profit that Bolinger would recognize in this sales-type lease. Round to nearest dollar. Show calculations. 2. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for Bolinger on January 1, 2021. Round to nearest dollar. Show calculations. 3. Prepare the appropriate journal entry for Bolinger on December 31, 2021. Round to nearest dollar. Answer: 1. Sales revenue ($120,000 × 2.7833) Cost of goods sold Selling profit 2. January 1, 2021 Leased receivable ($120,000 × 2.7833) Cost of goods sold Sales revenue ($120,000 × 2.7833) Equipment (lessor's cost) Cash Lease receivable
$333,996 270,000 $63,996
333,996 270,000 333,996 270,000 120,000 120,000
3. December 31, 2021 Interest receivable ($333,996 - $120,000) × 8% 17,120 Interest revenue 17,120 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒No selling profit; Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒With selling profit; Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries 149 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Learning Objective: 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 197) Merlin Co. leased equipment to Houdini Inc. The equipment cost the lessor $200,000. The appropriate interest rate for this lease is 15%. The annual lease payments are made at the end of each year. The lease term is three years. The residual value at the end of the lease term is expected to be $40,000. Houdini has the option to purchase the equipment at that time for $20,000. Assume this is a sales-type lease without selling profit. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. n/i 1 period, 15% 2 periods, 15% 3 periods, 15%
PV of $1 .86957 .75614 .65752
PV, ordinary annuity .86957 1.62571 2.28323
PV, annuity due 1.00000 1.86957 2.62571
Required: 1. For this lease: (a) The lease payment computed by the lessor is $________. (b) The amount the lessee should record as an asset is $________. 2. How much interest should be recognized at the end of year 1 by the: (a) Lessor? $________ (b) Lessee? $________ Answer: 1. (a) Cost of leased asset $200,000 Less PV of BPO 13,150 Amount to be recovered through payments $186,850 Payment = $186,850 ÷ 2.28323 = $81,836 (b) $200,000 Amount recorded as an asset
($20,000 × .65752)
2. (a) $200,000 × 15% = $30,000 (b) $200,000 × 15% = $30,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Purchase option; Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
150 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
198) Here is a lease amortization schedule for Jedi Corporation, the lessee. Asset being leased: High-speed R2D2 unit Initial lease obligation
??
Annual lease payments
30,000
Annual interest rate Payments per year Number of years for lease
?? 1 10
Useful life of asset
12 years
Bargain purchase option
5,000
Lease Payment
Periodic Payment
Effective Interest
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 ?? ??
?? 16,377 15,151 13,815 12,358 10,770 9,040 7,153 5,097 ?? 413
Payable at lease beginning and at beginning of each subsequent year.
No expected residual value at the end of 12 years. Exercisable at end of lease.
Decrease in Outstanding Balance Balance ?? ?? 181,970 13,623 168,347 14,849 153,498 16,185 137,313 17,642 119,671 19,230 100,441 20,960 79,481 22,847 56,634 24,903 31,731 ?? ?? 4,587 ??
Total interest over term of lease ?? Annual straight-line amortization on the right-of-use asset ?? Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. (a) Calculate the effective interest and the decrease in balance for the first lease payment. (b) Calculate the initial lease obligation above. (c) Calculate the annual amortization amount. (Round to the nearest dollar). (d) Calculate the annual interest rate. (e) Calculate the missing amounts for rows for payments 10 and 11. (f) Calculate the total effective interest over the term of the lease.
151 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: a. Effective interest = 0 for the first payment. The decrease in balance is $30,000 b. Initial lease obligation = $211,970 ($181,970 + $30,000) c. Annual straight-line amortization on the right-of-use asset = $17,664 ($211,970 ÷ 12) d. Annual interest = 9.00% ($16,377 ÷ $181,970) e. 10 30,000 2,856 27,144 4,587 11 5,000 413 4,587 0 f. Total interest over term of lease = $93,030 ($305,000 payments - $211,970 beginning liability) Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
152 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
199) Peridot Leasing entered into an agreement to lease warehouses to AMC Foods. a. The agreement calls for ownership of the warehouses to be transferred to AMC Foods at the end of the lease term. b. The fair value of the warehouses is expected to be $400,000 at the end of the lease term. AMC has the option to purchase the warehouses at the end of the lease term for $80,000. c. The warehouses have a useful life of 10 years and the term of the lease is 4 years. d. The present value of the lease payments is $4,400,000 and the fair value of the leased warehouses is $5,000,000. e. The warehouses were manufactured to meet specifications provided by AMC to optimize its unique food delivery processes. Required: For each independent scenario listed (a-e), indicate whether AMC would classify the lease as an operating lease or finance lease. Assume the lease agreement has not met any of the other indicators of a finance lease. Provide brief explanations. Answer: a. Transfer of ownership is one of five criteria, any of which is sufficient to qualify this as a finance lease. Ownership will be transferred. The lease meets this criterion. b. A bargain purchase option is one of five criteria any of which is sufficient to qualify this as a finance lease because, by definition, ownership is expected to transfer. The lease meets this criterion. c. If the term of the lease constitutes the major part of the remaining economic life of an asset, this is one of five criteria any of which is sufficient to qualify this as a finance lease; this lease does not meet this criterion. d. If the present value of the lease payments equals or exceeds substantially all of the fair value of the asset, this is one of five criteria any of which is sufficient to qualify this as a finance lease; this lease does not meet this criterion. e. If the leased asset is of a specialized nature such that only the lessee can use it without major modifications being made, this is one of five criteria any of which is sufficient to qualify this as a finance lease; the lease meets this fifth criteria as the asset has no alternative use to the lessor at the end of the lease term Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease classification‒Finance-Sales-type-Operating; Lease classification‒Criteria Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases, 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
153 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
200) Kate Co. leased a warehouse from Big Dave Industries on July 1, 2021, in a finance lease. The present value of the lease payments discounted at 10% was $162,217. Ten annual lease payments of $24,000 are due each July 1, beginning July 1, 2021. Big Dave had constructed the building recently for $132,000 and its retail fair value was $162,217. Required: Assuming that control of the warehouse building is transferred to Kate Co. at the beginning of the lease. Prepare the two journal entries to record the lease by Big Dave at July 1, 2021. Answer: Lease receivable (PV of lease payments ["selling price"]) 162,217 Cost of goods sold 132,000 Sales revenue 162,217 Building (lessor's cost) 132,000 Cash 24,000 Lease receivable 24,000 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
154 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
201) Neely BBQ leased equipment from Smoke Industries on January 1, 2021. Smoke Industries had manufactured the equipment at a cost of $810,000. Other information: Lease term Annual payments Life of asset Rate the lessor charges
4 years $360,000 beginning Jan. 1, 2021, and at Dec. 31, 2021, 2022, and 2023 4 years 8%
Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the appropriate entries for Neely BBQ (Lessee) on January 1, 2021, and December 31, 2021. 2. Prepare the appropriate entries for Smoke Industries (Lessor) on January 1, 2021, and December 31, 2021. Assume that control is transferred to the lessee. 3. Prepare the appropriate entries for Smoke Industries (Lessor) on January 1, 2021, and December 31, 2021. Assume that control is not transferred to the lessee. Answer: Requirement 1 Lessee January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset Lease payable ($360,000 × 3.5771) Lease payable Cash (lease payment) December 31, 2021 Interest expense ([$1,287,756 - $360,000] × 8%] Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment) Amortization expense ($1,287,756 ÷ 4 years) Right-of-use asset
1,287,756 1,287,756 360,000 360,000 74,220 285,780 360,000 321,939 321,939
155 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Requirement 2 Lessor January 1 Lease receivable ($360,000 × 3.5771) Cost of goods sold Sales revenue Equipment (lessor's cost) Cash Lease receivable December 31 Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable (difference) Interest revenue ([$1,287,756 - $360,000] × 8%]
1,287,756 810,000 1,287,756 810,000 360,000 360,000 360,000 285,780 74,220
Requirement 3 Lessor January 1 No entry to record a Lease receivable or to derecognize the asset Cash (lease payment) 360,000 Deferred lease revenue 360,000 December 31 Deferred lease revenue 360,000 Lease revenue 360,000 Cash (lease payment) 360,000 Deferred lease revenue 360,000 Depreciation expense (810,000 ÷ 4 years) 202,500 Accumulated depreciation 202,500 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-3 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit, 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
156 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
202) You and a colleague are reviewing a prospective lease transaction for your employer, Ma and Pa Kettle's (MPK). Having heard of the new lease accounting standard update, your CFO has assigned you the task of assessing the impact of the lease transactions on the company's financial statements. The terms are these: At the beginning of its fiscal year, MPK would lease restaurant space from Wilson Corporation under a 10-year lease agreement. The contract calls for annual lease payments of $25,000 each at the end of each year. The building was acquired last week by Wilson at a cost of $300,000 and is expected to have a useful life of 25 years with no residual value for calculating straight-line depreciation. Wilson seeks a 10% return on its lease investments. Required: What will be the effect of the lease on MPK's earnings for the first year, and on the balance sheet at the end of the year (ignore taxes)? Journal entries are not required but might be helpful in your assessment. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts.
157 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: Journal entries (not required): Beginning of lease Right-of-use asset Lease payable ($25,000 × 6.14457) End of fiscal year Interest expense (10% × $153,614) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment) Amortization expense ($25,000 - $15,361) Right-of-use asset
153,614 153,614 15,361 9,639 * 25,000 9,639 ** 9,639
Income Statement: Interest expense: Amortization expense Decrease in earnings (pretax)
$15,361 * 15,361 ** $30,722
Balance Sheet: Lease Payable Initial balance Reduction End-of-year balance
$153,614 (9,639) * $143,975
Right-of-Use Asset Initial balance $153,614 Amortization for the year (15,361) ** End-of-year balance $138,253 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
158 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
203) Nickle leased equipment to Back Company on July 1, 2021. Lease payments of $18,000 are due each year beginning July 1, 2021. The present value of the lease payments discounted at 10% was $120,000. The asset's useful life is 12 years. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Nickle (lessor) at July 1, 2021, and at December 31, 2021, the end of its fiscal year. Assume that Nickle acquired this equipment for $120,000 on July 1, 2021 for the purpose of this lease and that control of the equipment was transferred to the lessee at the beginning of the lease. 2. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Nickle (lessor) at July 1, 2021, and at December 31, 2021, the end of its fiscal year. Assume that Nickle acquired this equipment for $180,000 on July 1, 2021 for the purpose of this lease and that that control of the equipment was not transferred to the lessee. Answer: Requirement 1 July 1, 2021 Lease receivable (PV of lease payments ["selling price"]) Equipment (lessor's cost) Cash Lease receivable December 31, 2021 Interest revenue (10% × ½ year × [$120,000 - $18,000]) Interest receivable
120,000 120,000 18,000 18,000 5,100 5,100
159 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Requirement 2 Asset: Equipment (lessor's cost: carrying value) July 1, 2021 No entry to record a Lease receivable or to derecognize the asset
180,000
Cash (lease payment) 18,000 Deferred lease revenue 18,000 December 31 Deferred lease revenue 18,000 Lease revenue 18,000 Cash (lease payment) 18,000 Deferred lease revenue 18,000 Depreciation expense (180,000 ÷ 12 years) 15,000 Accumulated depreciation 15,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit, 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
160 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
204) Big Bucks leased equipment to Shannon Company on July 1, 2021. The lease payments were calculated to provide the lessor a 10% return. Ten annual lease payments of $36,000 are due each July 1, beginning July 1, 2021. Required 1. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Shannon at July 1, 2021, and at December 31, 2021, the end of the reporting period. Consider this to be a finance lease. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 2. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Shannon at July 1, 2021, and at December 31, 2021, the end of the reporting period. Consider this to be an operating lease. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: 1. Finance lease July 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset (present value) Lease payable (6.75902 × $36,000) Lease payable Cash December 31, 2021 Interest expense (10% × ½ year × [$243,325 - $36,000]) Interest payable Amortization expense Right-of-use asset ($243,325 ÷ 10 × ½ year) 2. Operating lease July 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset (present value) Lease payable (6.75902 × $36,000) Lease payable Cash December 31, 2021 Interest expense (10% × ½ year × [$243,325 - $36,000]) Interest payable Amortization expense Right-of-use asset ([$36,000 × ½ year] - $10,366)
243,325 243,325 36,000 36,000 10,366 10,366 12,166 12,166
243,325 243,325 36,000 36,000 10,366 10,366 7,634 7,634
Note: Although ASC 842 doesn't specify this decomposition, the lessee must (a) calculate the interest component in order to determine the reduction of the lease payable over the lease term and (b) calculate the amortization component in order to determine the reduction in the balance of the right-of-use asset over the lease term. For convenience, we determine and record these two "components", and then combine them for purposes of reporting. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries
161 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit, 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement Use this information to answer the following questions: Deal Leasing leased equipment to Hand Company on January 1, 2021. The lease payments were calculated to provide the lessor a 10% return. Ten annual lease payments of $60,000 are due at the beginning of each year beginning January 1, 2021. The present value of an annuity due of $1 at 10% for ten periods is 6.75902. 205) Required: Consider this to be a finance lease. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Hand (lessee) at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Hand (lessee) at December 31, 2021, the end of the first reporting period. Answer: January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset (present value) 405,541 Lease payable (6.75902 × $60,000) 405,541 Lease payable 60,000 Cash 60,000 December 31, 2021 Interest expense (10% × [$405,541 - $60,000]) 34,554 Interest payable 34,554 Amortization expense 40,554 Right-of-use asset ($405,541 ÷ 10 years) 40,554 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
162 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
206) Required: Consider this to be an operating lease. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Hand (lessee) at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Hand (lessee) at December 31, 2021, the end of the first reporting period. Answer: January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset (present value) Lease payable (6.75902 × $60,000) Lease payable Cash December 31, 2021 Interest expense (10% × [$405,541 - $60,000]) Interest payable Amortization expense Right-of-use asset ($60,000 - $34,554)
405,541 405,541 60,000 60,000 34,554 34,554 25,446 25,446
Note: Although ASC 842 doesn't specify this decomposition, the lessee must (a) calculate the interest component in order to determine the reduction of the lease payable over the lease term and (b) calculate the amortization component in order to determine the reduction in the balance of the right-of-use asset over the lease term. For convenience, we determine and record these two "components", and then combine them for purposes of reporting. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
163 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
207) Lotsa Bucks leased equipment to Shannon Company on January 1, 2021. The lease payments were calculated to provide the lessor a 10% return. Ten annual lease payments of $20,000 are due at the beginning of each year beginning January 1, 2021. The present value of an annuity due of $1 at 10% for ten periods is 6.75902. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Shannon at January 1, 2021, and at December 31, 2021, the end of the reporting period. Consider this to be a finance lease. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 2. Prepare the journal entries to record the lease by Shannon at January 1, 2021, and at December 31, 2021, the end of the reporting period. Consider this to be an operating lease. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: 1. Finance lease January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset (present value) Lease payable (6.75902 × $20,000) Lease payable Cash December 31, 2021 Interest expense (10% × [$135,180 - $20,000]) Lease payable Cash Amortization expense Right-of-use asset ($135,180 ÷ 10 years) 2. Operating lease January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset (present value) Lease payable (6.75902 × $20,000) Lease payable Cash December 31, 2021 Interest expense (10% × [$135,180 - $20,000]) Lease payable Cash Amortization expense Right-of-use asset ($20,000 - $11,518)
135,180 135,180 20,000 20,000 11,518 8,482 20,000 13,518 13,518
135,180 135,180 20,000 20,000 11,518 8,482 20,000 8,482 8,482
Note: Although ASC 842 doesn't specify this decomposition, the lessee must (a) calculate the interest component in order to determine the reduction of the lease payable over the lease term and (b) calculate the amortization component in order to determine the reduction in the balance of the right-of-use asset over the lease term. For convenience, we determine and record these two "components", and then combine them for purposes of reporting. Difficulty: 2 Medium 164 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit, 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 208) Sanders Storage owns a large warehouse that can be subdivided to accommodate storage spaces of various sizes using movable walls. Sanders contracts with companies to provide them storage space. Christina Containers Corp (CCC) contracted with Sanders to provide storage for CCC's excess containers. The contract specifies that CCC's containers will be kept in an identified space in the warehouse. However, Sanders has the right to shift the containers to other spaces within its warehouse at its discretion, subject to the requirement to provide 2,500 square feet for a four-year period. Sanders frequently rearranges its customers' goods to meet the needs of new contracts. Costs of reallocating space is low relative to the benefits of being able to accommodate more customers and their specific requests. CCC paid $14,000 on April 1, 2021, for the first year's accommodations. The market rate of interest is 4%. Required: Prepare the appropriate entry(s) for Christina Containers Corp at April 1, the commencement of the agreement. Answer: Two key criteria must be met for an arrangement to constitute a lease: 1. There must be an identified asset, and 2. The lessee must have the right to control the use of the identified asset. The asset is not identified because Sanders has a substantive substitution right. Although Sanders has agreed to provide a specific level of capacity within its warehouse, it has the unilateral right to relocate CCC's containers for its own benefit and can do so without significant cost. So, this agreement constitutes a service contract, not a lease. April 1, 2021 Prepaid expense 14,000 Cash 14,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other issues‒Is it a lease Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
165 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
209) Sanders Storage owns a large warehouse that can be subdivided to accommodate storage spaces of various sizes using movable walls. Sanders contracts with companies to provide them storage space. Christina Containers Corp. (CCC) contracted with Sanders to provide storage for CCC's excess containers. The contract specifies that CCC's containers will be kept in an identified space in the warehouse, providing 2,500 square feet for a four-year period. The contract also specifies that CCC's containers must be stored at a specific temperature. Sanders has only one location in its warehouse with an HVAC system capable of maintaining the required temperatures. CCC can modify the space with shelving and equipment needed to add, move, and remove containers. Sanders cannot switch locations of the containers or modify the space without CCC's consent. CCC paid $14,000 on April 1, 2021, for the first year's accommodations. The market rate of interest is 4%. Required: Prepare the appropriate entry(s) for Christina Containers Corp. at April 1, the commencement of the agreement.
166 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: Two key criteria must be met for an arrangement to constitute a lease: 1. There must be an identified asset, and 2. The lessee must have the right to control the use of the identified asset. The space is specifically identified in the contract. But another consideration for this first criterion is whether Sanders has the right to substitute alternative space during the period of use and could benefit economically from such a substitution. If so, it's not an identified asset. Sanders has agreed to provide a specific level of capacity within its warehouse at a specific location within the warehouse and does not have the unilateral right to relocate CCC's containers without significant cost of modifying its HVAC system. So, yes; we have an identified asset. Since there is an identified asset, we check Criterion 2: Does CCC have the right to control the use of the asset. What that means under the lease accounting guidance is that the customer can "derive substantially all of the potential economic benefits from using the asset"and"direct the use of the asset throughout the contract term." In this situation CCC "(a) has sole use of the space throughout the four-year period, indicating that it has the right to obtain substantially all the economic benefits from using of the slips and (b) can modify the space with shelving and equipment needed to add, move, and remove containers." Yes, both requirements are met: (1) There is an identified asset, and (2) the lessee has the right to control the use of the identified asset. We have a lease, and the lessee records a right-of-use asset and lease liability for the present value of the three lease payments. April 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset ($14,000 × 3.77509*) Lease payable (present value of lease payments) * present value of an annuity due of $1: n=4, i=4%
52,851 52,851
Lease payable 14,000 Cash 14,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other issues‒Is it a lease Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
167 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
210) Wainwright Ropes leased high-tech electronic equipment from Wacha Leasing on January 1, 2021. Wacha purchased the equipment from Red Bird Machines at a cost of $385,000. The equipment has an estimated useful life of six years and possession of the equipment will revert back to Wacha at the end of the lease. Related information: Lease term Quarterly rental payments Economic life of asset Fair value of asset Implicit interest rate
3 years (12 quarterly periods) $20,000 at the beginning of each period 6 years $385,000 8%
Required: Prepare appropriate entries for Wainwright from the beginning of the lease through March 31, 2021. December 31 is the fiscal year end for Wainright. Appropriate adjusting entries are recorded at the end of each quarter. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset Lease payable Lease payable Cash (lease payment) March 31, 2021 Interest expense (2% quarterly rate × [$215,732 - $20,000]) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment) Amortization expense ($20,000 - $3,915*) Right-of-use asset
215,732 215,732 20,000 20,000
3,915 * 16,084 20,000 16,085 16,085
In an operating lease, the lessee records interest the normal way (at the effective interest rate) and then "plugs" the right-of-use asset amortization at the amount is needed for interest plus amortization to equal the straight-line lease payment. The lessee records that amount as a single lease expense in the income statement. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
168 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
211) Ivan Oder Co. recorded a right-of-use asset of $300,000 in a 10-year operating lease. Lease payments of $44,385 are made annually at January 1 of each year beginning January 1, 2021. The interest rate charged by the lessor was 10%. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries on January 1, 2021, and December 31, 2021. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: Jan. 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset 300,000 Lease payable 300,000 Lease payable 44,385 Cash 44,385 Dec. 31, 2021 Interest expense (10% × [$300,000 - $44,385]) 25,561 Interest payable 25,561 Amortization expense ($44,385 - $25,561) 18,824 Right-of-use asset 18,824 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
169 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
212) Hy Marx Co. recorded a right-of-use asset of $600,000 in a 10-year operating lease. Lease payments are made annually at January 1 of each year beginning January 1, 2021. The interest rate charged by the lessor was 10%. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries on January 1, 2021, and December 31, 2021. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: Lease payments: $600,000 ÷ 6.75902 = $88,770 Jan. 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset 600,000 Lease payable 600,000 Lease payable 88,770 Cash 88,770 Dec. 31, 2021 Interest expense (10% × [$600,000 - $88,770]) 51,123 Interest payable 51,123 Amortization expense ($88,770 - $51,123) 37,647 Right-of-use asset 37,647 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
170 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
213) Jane Wright Company is preparing an Excel spreadsheet for a 6-year finance lease. The implicit interest rate in the lease is 4%. The beginning of the lease is December 31, 2021. Lease payments are made each December 31 starting at December 31, 2021. A portion of the spreadsheet appears as follows: A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Date 12/31/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2022
B Effective rate: Lease payments: Term to maturity in years: Cash Payment
C 0.04 300,000
D
E
Change in Balance
Outstanding Balance 1,635,546
6 Interest Expense =C7-B7
Required: 1. Using the format followed in cell D7, provide the appropriate formula for cell B6. 2. Using the format followed in cell D7, provide the appropriate formula for cell C8. 3. Using the format followed in cell D7, provide the appropriate formula for cell E8. Answer: 1. =C2 The lease payment amount is provided in the input cell: C2. 2. =E7*C1 (or = C1*E7) Interest expense is the effective rate (C1) times the outstanding balance (E7). 3. =E7-D8 The balance declines by the excess of the lease payment over the interest expense. So, the carrying value of the lease liability at the end of the second year will be equal to its carrying value at the beginning of the period (E7) minus that reduction (D8). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Technology AICPA/Accessibility: BB Leveraging Technology; FN Leveraging Technology
171 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
214) Lancaster Services, Inc. leased equipment from Phillips Corporation. Phillips completed construction of the machine on January 1, 2021. The lease agreement for the $8 million (fair value and present value of the lease payments) machine specified four equal payments at the end of each year. The useful life of the machine was expected to be four years with no residual value. Phillips' implicit interest rate was 10%. Required: 1. Prepare the journal entry for Lancaster Services at the beginning of the lease on January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare an amortization schedule for the four-year term of the lease. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 3. Prepare the appropriate journal entries related to the lease on December 31, 2021. 4. Prepare the appropriate journal entries related to the lease on December 31, 2023. Answer: 1. Right-of-use asset Lease payable 2. $8,000,000 present value
8,000,000 8,000,000
÷ 3.16987** =
$2,523,763 lease payment
** present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 4, i = 10%
Lease Payments
2021 2022 2023 2024
2,523,763 2,523,763 2,523,763 2,523,763 10,095,052
Lease Amortization Schedule Decrease in Outstanding Effective Interest Balance Balance 10% × Outstanding Balance 8,000,000 0.10 (8,000,000) = 800,000 1,723,763 6,276,237 0.10 (6,276,237) = 627,624 1,896,139 4,380,098 0.10 (4,380,098) = 438,010 2,085,753 2,294,344 0.10 (2,294,344) = 229,419 * 2,294,344 0 2,095,053 8,000,000
* adjusted for rounding of other numbers in the schedule 3. Interest expense (10% × outstanding balance) Lease payable (difference) Cash (payment determined above) Amortization expense ($8 million ÷ 4 years) Right-of-use asset
800,000 1,723,763 2,523,763 2,000,000 2,000,000
172 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4. Interest expense (10% × outstanding balance) Lease payable (difference) Cash (payment determined above)
438,010 2,085,753 2,523,763
Amortization expense ($8 million ÷ 4 years) 2,000,000 Right-of-use asset 2,000,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries, Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
173 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: On June 30, 2021, Atlas, Inc. leased a warehouse facility from LT Leasing Corporation. The lease agreement calls for Atlas to make semiannual lease payments of $1,688,721 over a three-year lease term, payable each June 30 and December 31, with the first payment at June 30, 2021. Atlas's incremental borrowing rate is 10%, the same rate LT uses to calculate lease payment amounts. The fair value of the warehouse is $9 million. LT recently purchased the warehouse for $9 million. 215) Required: Amortization is recorded on a straight-line basis at the end of each fiscal year. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Determine the present value of the lease payments at June 30, 2021 (to the nearest $000) that Atlas uses to record the right-of-use asset and lease liability. 2. What amounts related to the lease would Atlas report in its balance sheet at December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.) 3. What amounts related to the lease would Atlas report in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.) Answer: 1. Calculation of the present value of lease payments $1,688,721 × 5.32948* = $9,000,000 (rounded) * present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 6, i = 5% June 30, 2021* Right-of-use asset (calculated in req. 1) Lease payable (calculated in req.1) Lease payable Cash (lease payment) December 31, 2021** Interest expense (5% × [$9 million - $1,688,721]) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment)
9,000,000 9,000,000 1,688,721 1,688,721
365,564 1,323,157
Amortization expense ($9 million ÷ 3 years × 1/2 year) 1,500,000 Right-of-use asset
1,688,721
1,500,000
174 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Liability at December 31, 2021 Initial balance, June 30, 2021 June 30, 2021 reduction Dec. 31, 2021 reduction December 31, 2021 net liability
$9,000,000 (1,688,721) * (1,323,157) ** $5,998,122
Right-of-Use Asset at December 31, 2021 Initial balance, June 30, 2021 Dec. 31, 2021 reduction December 31, 2021
$9,000,000 (500,000) ** $2,500,000
3. Expenses for year ended December 31, 2021 June 30, 2021 interest expense Dec. 31, 2021 interest expense Interest expense for 2021
$0 * 365,564 ** $365,564
Amortization expense for 2021 1,500,000 Total expenses $1,865,564 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Interest expense; Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
175 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
216) Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. What amounts related to the lease would LT report in its balance sheet at December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.) 2. What amounts related to the lease would LT report in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.) Answer: Calculations: June 30, 2021* Lease receivable (present value calculated below) Equipment (lessor's cost) Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable*
9,000,000 9,000,000 1,688,721 1,688,721
December 31, 2021** Cash (lease payment) 1,688,721 Lease receivable (difference)** Interest revenue (5% × [$9,000,000 - $1,688,721])
1,323,157 365,564
1. Receivable at December 31, 2021 $1,688,721 × 5.32948* = $9,000,000 (rounded) * present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 6, i = 5%
Initial balance, June 30, 2021 June 30, 2021 reduction Dec. 31, 2021 reduction December 31, 2021 net receivable
Net Receivable $9,000,000 (1,688,721) * (1,323,157) ** $5,988,122
2. There is no selling profit since LT's cost is $9 million which is the same as the lease receivable at the beginning of the lease. Interest revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021 June 30, 2021 interest revenue $0 * Dec. 31, 2021 interest revenue 365,564 ** Interest revenue for 2021 $365,564 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒No selling profit; Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 176 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
217) On June 30, 2021, Hercule, Inc. leased warehouse equipment from Marble, Inc. The lease agreement calls for Hercule to make semiannual lease payments of $1,688,721 over a three-year lease term, payable each June 30 and December 31, with the first payment at June 30, 2021. Hercule's incremental borrowing rate is 10%, the same rate Marble used to calculate lease payment amounts. Marble manufactured the equipment at a cost of $7.5 million. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Determine the price at which Marble is "selling" the equipment (present value of the lease payments) at June 30, 2021 (to the nearest $000). 2. What amounts related to the lease would Marble report in its balance sheet at December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.) 3. What amounts related to the lease would Marble report in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2021? (Ignore taxes.) Answer: 1. Calculation of the present value of lease payments ("selling price") $1,688,721 × 5.32948* = $9,000,000 (rounded) * present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 6, i = 5% 2. Receivable at December 31, 2021 Initial balance, June 30, 2021 June 30, 2021 reduction Dec. 31, 2021 reduction December 31, 2021 receivable
Receivable $9,000,000 (1,688,721) * (1,323,157) ** $5,988,122
177 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
3. Income effect for year ended December 31, 2021 June 30, 2021 interest revenue Dec. 31, 2021 interest revenue Interest revenue for 2021 Sales revenue* Cost of goods sold* Selling profit
$0 * 365,564 ** $ 365,564 9,000,000 (7,500,000) $ 1,865,564
Calculations: June 30, 2021* Lease receivable (present value calculated above) Cost of goods sold (lessor's cost) Sales revenue (present value calculated above) Equipment (lessor's cost) Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable
9,000,000 7,500,000 9,000,000 7,500,000 1,688,721 1,688,721
December 31, 2021** Cash (lease payment) 1,688,721 Lease receivable (difference) 1,323,157 Interest revenue (5% × [$9,000,000 - $1,688,721]) 365,564 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance; Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒With selling profit Learning Objective: 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
178 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: Lansing West leased computer hardware from Franklin Leasing on January 1, 2021. Franklin purchased the equipment from International Machines at a cost of $56,040. Related Information: Lease term Quarterly rental payments Economic life of asset Fair value of asset Implicit interest rate (Also, lessee's incremental borrowing rate)
2 years (8 quarterly periods) $7,500 at the beginning of each period 2 years $56,040 8%
218) Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Lansing West from the beginning of the lease through January 1, 2022. Amortization is recorded at the end of each fiscal year (December 31) on a straight-line basis. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: Present Value of Lease Payments: ($7,500 × 7.47199*) lease payments
=
$56,040 present value
* present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 8, i = 2% [i = 2% (8% ÷ 4) because the lease calls for quarterly payments] January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset (calculated above) Lease payable (calculated above) Lease payable Cash (lease payment)
56,040 56,040 7,500 7,500
April 1, 2021 Interest expense (2% × [$56,040 - $7,500]) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment)
971 6,529
July 1, 2021 Interest expense (2% × $42,011: from schedule) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment)
840 6,660
7,500
7,500
179 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
October 1, 2021 Interest expense (2% × $35,351: from schedule) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment)
707 6,793
December 31, 2021 Interest expense (2% × $28,558: from schedule) Interest payable
571
Amortization expense ($56,040 ÷ 2 years) Right-of-use asset
7,500
571 28,020 28,020
January 1, 2022 Interest payable (from adjusting entry) 571 Lease payable (difference) 6,929 Cash (lease payment) 7,500 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
180 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
219) Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Franklin Leasing from the beginning of the lease through January 1, 2022. Franklin's fiscal year ends December 31. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: January 1, 2021 Lease receivable (fair value) Equipment (lessor's cost) Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable
56,040 56,040 7,500 7,500
No depreciation April 1, 2021 Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable (difference) Interest revenue (2% × [$56,040 - $7,500])
7,500 6,529 971
No depreciation July 1, 2021 Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable (difference) Interest revenue (2% × $42,011: from schedule)
7,500 6,660 840
No depreciation October 1, 2021 Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable (difference) Interest revenue (2% × $35,351: from schedule)
7,500 6,793 707
No depreciation December 31, 2021 Interest receivable Interest revenue (2% × $28,558: from schedule)
571 571
No depreciation January 1, 2022 Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable (difference) Interest receivable (from adjusting entry)
7,500 6,929 571
181 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
182 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
220) Lansing East leased high-tech electronic equipment from Davis Computing on January 1, 2021. Davis Computing manufactured the equipment at a cost of $42,500. Related Information: Lease term Quarterly rental payments Economic life of asset Fair value of asset Implicit interest rate
2 years (8 quarterly periods) $7,500 at the beginning of each period 2 years $56,040 8%
Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Show how Davis Computing determined the $7,500 quarterly rental payments. 2. Prepare appropriate journal entries for Davis Computing to record the lease at its beginning, January 1, 2021, and the second lease payment on April 1, 2021. Answer: 1. Lessor's Calculation of Lease Payments Amount to be recovered (fair value)
$56,040
Lease payments at the beginning of each of eight quarters: ($56,040 ÷ 7.47199**) ** present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 8, i = 2%
$7,500
2. January 1, 2021 Lease receivable (fair value / present value) Cost of goods sold (lessor's cost) Sales revenue (fair value / present value) Equipment (lessor's cost) Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable
56,040 42,500 56,040 42,500 7,500 7,500
April 1, 2021 Cash (lease payment) 7,500 Lease receivable (difference) 6,529 Interest revenue (2% × [$56,040 - $7,500]) 971 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 183 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
221) Lansing South leased hardware from Darter Computing on January 1, 2021. Darter Computing manufactured the hardware at a cost of $400,000 and lists a cash selling price of $500,354. Appropriate adjusting entries are made quarterly. Related Information: Lease term Quarterly lease payments Economic life of asset Interest rate charged by the lessor
5 years (20 quarterly periods) $30,000 at Jan 1, 2021 and at Mar 31, June 30, Sept 30 and Dec 31 thereafter 5 years 8%
Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare appropriate journal entries for Lansing South to record the lease at its beginning, January 1, 2021, and on March 31, 2021. 2. Prepare appropriate journal entries for Darter Computing to record the lease at its beginning, January 1, 2021, and on March 31, 2021. Answer: Present Value of Lease Payments: ($30,000 × 16.67846*) contract payments
=
$500,354 present value
* Present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 20, i = 2% [i = 2% (8% ÷ 4) because the contract calls for quarterly payments] 1. Lessee January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset (PV calculated above) Lease payable (PV calculated above) Lease liability Cash (lease payment) March 31, 2021 Interest expense (2% × [$500,354 - $30,000]) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment) Amortization expense ($500,354 ÷ 20 quarters) Right-of-use asset
500,354 500,354 30,000 30,000
9,407 20,593 30,000 25,018 25,018
184 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Lessor January 1, 2021 Lease receivable (present value of lease payments) Cost of goods sold Sales revenue (present value of lease payments) Equipment (carrying value) Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable
500,354 400,000 500,354 400,000 30,000 30,000
March 31, 2021 Cash (lease payment) 30,000 Lease receivable (difference) 20,593 Interest revenue (2% × [$500,354 - $15,000]) 9,407 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit; 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
185 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
222) At January 1, 2021, Butterfly, Inc. leased mining equipment from Diamond Corporation under a nine-year lease agreement. The lease agreement specifies annual payments of $75,000 beginning January 1, 2021, the beginning of the lease, and at each December 31 thereafter through 2028. The equipment was acquired recently by Crescent at a cost of $540,000 (its fair value) and was expected to have a useful life of 12 years with no salvage value with no salvage value at the end of its life. (Because the lease term is only 9 years, the asset does have an expected residual value at the end of the lease term of $33,684.) Diamond seeks a 10% return on its lease investments. By this arrangement, the lease is deemed to be a finance lease. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. What will be the effect of the lease on Butterfly's earnings for the first year (ignore taxes)? 2. What will be the balances in the balance sheet accounts related to the lease at the end of the first year for Butterfly (ignore taxes)? Answer: 1. Income Statement: Interest expense (10% × [($75,000 × 6.33493*) — $75,000]) Amortization expense ($475,120 ÷ 9 years) Decrease in earnings (pretax) * present value of an ordinary annuity due of $1: n = 9, i = 10% 2. Balance Sheet: Lease payable Initial balance ($75,000 × 6.33493*) Jan. 1, 2021 reduction (first lease payment) Dec. 31, 2021 reduction ($75,000 - 10% × [$475,120 - $75,000]) End-of-year balance
$40,012 52,791 $92,803
$475,120 (75,000) (34,988) $365,132
Right-of-Use Asset Initial balance $475,120 Amortization for the year ($475,120 ÷ 9 years) (52,791) ** End-of-year balance $422,329 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance; Lessee‒Finance lease‒Interest expense Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
186 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use this information to answer the following questions: At January 1, 2021, Ruby, Inc. leased mining equipment from Sapphire Corporation under a nine-year lease agreement. The lease agreement specifies annual payments of $75,000 beginning January 1, 2021, the beginning of the lease, and at each December 31 thereafter through 2028. The equipment was acquired recently by Sapphire at a cost of $540,000 (its fair value) and was expected to have a useful life of 13 years with no salvage value at the end of its life. (Because the lease term is only 9 years, the asset does have an expected residual value at the end of the lease term of $33,684.) Sapphire seeks a 10% return on its lease investments. By this arrangement, the lease is deemed to be an operating lease. 223) Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. What will be the effect of the lease on Ruby's earnings for the first year (ignore taxes)? 2. What will be the balances in the balance sheet accounts related to the lease at the end of the first year for Ruby (ignore taxes)? Answer: 1. Income Statement: Interest (10% × [$475,120* — $75,000]) Amortization for the year ($75,000 — $40,012) Lease expense; decrease in earnings (pretax) * $75,000 × 6.33493 ** = $475,120 ** present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 9, i = 10%
$40,012 34,988 $75,000
In an operating lease, the lessee records interest the normal way (at the effective interest rate) and then "plugs" the right-of-use asset amortization at the amount is needed for interest plus amortization to equal the straight-line lease payment. The lessee records that amount as a single lease expense in the income statement. 2. Balance Sheet: Lease Payable Initial balance ($75,000 × 6.33493*) Jan. 1, 2021 reduction (first lease payment) Dec. 31, 2021 reduction ($75,000 - 10% × [$475,120 - $75,000]) End-of-year balance Right-of-Use Asset Initial balance ($75,000 × 6.33493*) Amortization for the year ($75,000 - 10% × [$475,120 - $75,000]) End-of-year balance * present value of an annuity due of $1: n=9, i=10% Difficulty: 2 Medium
$475,120 (75,000) (34,988) $365,132
$475,120 (34,988) $440,132
187 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Topic: Lessee‒Operating lease‒Total lease expense; Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 224) Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. What will be the effect of the lease on Sapphire's (lessor's) earnings for the first year (ignore taxes)? 2. What will be the balances in the balance sheet accounts related to the lease at the end of the first year for Sapphire (ignore taxes)? Answer: 1. Income Statement: Lease revenue (straight-line amount) Depreciation ($540,000 ÷ 13 years) Increase in earnings (pretax)
$75,000 (41,538) $33,462
In an operating lease, the lessor records lease revenue on a straight-line basis. The lessor, having recorded no entry affecting its balance sheet at the beginning of the lease, simply records lease payments as lease revenue on a straight-line basis and records depreciation on the asset it doesn't remove from its records. 2. Balance Sheet: Restaurant equipment (cost) Accumulated depreciation ($540,000 ÷ 13 years)
$540,000 (41,538) $498,462
In an operating lease, the lessor records lease revenue on a straight-line basis. The lessor, having recorded no entry affecting its balance sheet at the beginning of the lease, simply records lease payments as lease revenue on a straight-line basis and records depreciation on the asset it doesn't remove from its records. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessor‒Operating lease‒Revenue and depreciation; Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
188 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
225) Fisher Company leased equipment from Orkney Industries. The lease agreement qualifies as a finance lease and requires annual lease payments of $26,269 over a six-year lease term (also the asset's useful life), with the first payment at January 1, the beginning of the lease. The interest rate is 5%. The asset being leased cost Mann $115,000 to produce. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Determine the price at which the lessor is "selling" the asset (present value of the lease payments). 2. What would be the amounts related to the lease that the lessor would report in its income statement for the year ended December 31? (Ignore taxes.) Answer: 1. The price at which the lessor is "selling" the asset being leased is the present value of the lease payments: $26,269 × 5.32948*
=
$140,000 (rounded) * present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 6, i = 5% 2. The lessor's income statement will report an increase of $30,687 as calculated below: January 1, interest revenue Dec. 31, interest revenue (5% × [$140,000 - $26,269]) Interest revenue for the year Sales revenue Cost of goods sold Selling profit
$0 5,687 $ 5,687 $140,000 (115,000) 25,000
Income statement increase $ 30,687 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒With selling profit; Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
189 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
226) Rheims Power leased high-tech electronic equipment from Lyons Leasing on January 1, 2021. Lyons purchased the equipment from Nguyen Machines at a cost of $75,000. Related Information: Lease term Quarterly lease payments Economic life of asset Interest rate charged by the lessor
2 years (8 quarterly periods) $7,500 at Jan 1, 2021 and at Mar 31, June 30, Sept 30 and Dec 31 thereafter 5 years 8%
Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Rheims Power from the commencement of the lease through March 31, 2021. December 31 is the fiscal year end for each company. Appropriate adjusting entries are recorded at the end of each quarter. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts.
190 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: Present Value of Lease Payments: ($7,500 × 7.47199*) = $56,040 lease present payments value * Present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 8, i = 2% [i = 2% (8% ÷ 4) because the lease calls for quarterly payments] January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset (present value calculated above) Lease payable (present value calculated above) Lease payable Cash (lease payment) March 31, 2021 Interest expense (2% × [$56,040 - $7,500]) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment) Amortization expense ($7,500 - $971) Right-of-use asset
56,040 56,040 7,500 7,500
971 6,529 7,500 6,529 6,529
In an operating lease, the lessee records interest the normal way (at the effective interest rate) and then "plugs" the right-of-use asset amortization at the amount is needed for interest plus amortization to equal the straight-line lease payment. The lessee records that amount as a single lease expense in the income statement. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
191 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
227) On January 1, 2021, Duncan-Lang Services, Inc. a computer software training firm, leased several computers under a two-year operating lease agreement from Neble Leasing, which routinely finances equipment for other firms at an annual interest rate of 4%. The contract calls for four rent payments of $40,000 each, payable semiannually on June 30 and December 31 each year. The computers were acquired by Neble at a cost of $360,000 and were expected to have a useful life of five years with no residual value. Appropriate adjusting entries are recorded at the end of each quarter. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries for both (a) the lessee and (b) the lessor from the beginning of the lease through the end of 2021. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: (a) (Lessee) January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset Lease payable ($40,000 × 3.80773*)
152,309 152,309
* present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 4, i = 2% June 30, 2021 Interest expense (2% × $152,309) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment) Amortization expense ($40,000 - $3,046) Right-of-use asset
3,046 36,954 40,000 36,954 36,954
Note: In an operating lease, the lessee records interest the normal way (at the effective interest rate) and then "plugs" the right-of-use asset amortization at the amount is needed for interest plus amortization to equal the straight-line lease payment. The lessee records that amount as a single lease expense in the income statement. December 31, 2021 Interest expense (2% × [$152,309 - $36,954]) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment) Amortization expense ($40,000 - $2,307) Right-of-use asset
2,307 37,693 40,000 37,693 37,693
192 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
(b) (Lessor) June 30, 2021 Cash Lease revenue Depreciation expense ($360,000 ÷ 10 semi-annual periods) Accumulated depreciation December 31, 2021 Cash Lease revenue
40,000 40,000 36,000 36,000
40,000 40,000
Depreciation expense 36,000 ($360,000 ÷ 10 semi-annual periods) Accumulated depreciation 36,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
193 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
228) Courage Enterprises leased equipment from Sixth Street Leasing on January 1, 2021. Courage purchased the equipment at a cost of $2,000,000. Courage elected the short-term lease option. Appropriate adjusting entries are made annually. Related Information: Lease term Quarterly lease payments Economic life of asset Interest rate charged by the lessor
1 year (4 quarterly periods) $80,000 at Jan 1, 2021 and at Mar 31, June 30 and Sept 30 5 years 8%
Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Courage from the beginning of the lease through December 31, 2021. Answer: A lease that has a maximum possible lease term (including options to terminate or renew that are reasonably certain) of twelve months or less is considered a "short-term lease." A lessee that has a short-term lease has the option to not record a right-of-use asset or lease payable and to simply record lease payments as periodic expense. January 1, 2021 No entry to record a right-of-use asset and liability Lease expense Cash (lease payment)
80,000 80,000
March 31, 2021 Lease expense Cash (lease payment)
80,000
June 30, 2021 Lease expense Cash (lease payment)
80,000
September 30, 2021 Lease expense Cash (lease payment)
80,000
80,000
80,000
80,000
Note: These payments technically could be recorded as prepaid expenses at the beginning of each quarter. Then, at the end of each quarter, we would need to credit prepaid lease expense and debit lease expense. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Lessee‒Short-term lease Learning Objective: 15-05 Explain when and how a lessee accounts for a lease by the shortcut method. 194 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 229) Needham Industries leased manufacturing equipment from Burlington Leasing on January 1, 2021. Needham has the option to renew the lease at the end of two years for an additional three years. Needham is subject to a $135,000 penalty after two years if it fails to renew the lease. Burlington Leasing purchased the equipment from Springfield Machines at a cost of $250,177. Related Information: Lease term 3 years (12 quarterly periods) Lease renewal option for an additional 2 years Quarterly lease payments $45,000 at Jan 1, 2021 and at Mar 31, June 30, Sept 30 and Dec 31 thereafter. Economic life of asset 5 years Interest rate charged by the lessor 8% Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries for Needham Industries from the beginning of the lease through March 31, 2021. Appropriate adjusting entries are made quarterly. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts.
195 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: The lease term will be five years. The lease term for both the lessee and the lessor is the contractual lease term modified by any renewal or termination options for which exercise of the options is reasonably certain. The $135,000 penalty for failure to exercise the three-year renewal option implies that it is reasonably certain the original lease term will be extended to five years (20 quarters). Present Value of Lease Payments: ($45,000 × 16.67846*) contract payments
=
$750,531 present value
* Present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 20, i = 2% [i = 2% (8% ÷ 4) because the contract calls for quarterly payments] January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset (PV calculated above) Lease payable (PV calculated above) Lease liability Cash (lease payment) March 31, 2021 Interest expense (2% × [$750,531 - $45,000]) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment)
750,531 750,531 45,000 45,000
14,111 30,889 45,000
Amortization expense ($750,531 ÷ 20 quarters) 37,527 Right-of-use asset 37,527 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Uncertainty‒Payments-Term-Termination penalty Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
196 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
230) On January 1, 2021, Granite State Hospital leased medical equipment from Forest Corp. which had purchased the equipment at a cost of $2,874,474. The lease agreement specifies six annual payments of $600,000 beginning January 1, 2021, the beginning of the lease, and at each December 31 thereafter through 2025. The six-year lease term ending December 31, 2026 (a year after the final payment), is equal to the estimated useful life of the equipment. The contract specifies that lease payments for each year will increase on the basis of the increase in the Consumer Price Index for the year just ended. Thus, the first payment will be $600,000, and the second and subsequent payments might be different. The CPI at the beginning of the lease is 120. Forest routinely acquires medical equipment for lease to other firms. The interest rate in these financing arrangements is 10%. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for Granite State and Forest to record the lease at its beginning. 2. Assuming the CPI is 124 at that time, prepare the appropriate journal entries for Granite State at December 31, 2021, related to the lease.
197 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. If the amounts of future lease payments depend on an index or a rate, the Consumer Price Index for instance, the payments are included in calculating the present value of lease payments, but without trying to forecast the future payments. That is, the payments indicated at the beginning of the lease are the amounts used. Granite State records the transaction based on current lease payments: $600,000 × 4.79079* Lease payments
=
$2,874,474 Lessee's cost
*Present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 6, i = 10%. Beginning of the Lease (January 1, 2021) Right-of-use asset (present value of lease payments) Lease payable (present value of lease payments) Lease payable Cash (initial payment) 2.
2,874,474 2,874,474 600,000 600,000
December 31, 2021
At the end of one year, the CPI is 124, so the amount of the current payment and the remaining five payments is adjusted to be $620,000 ($600,000 × 124 ÷ 120). The right-of-use asset and liability are not adjusted to reflect the higher future payments. A lessee should adjust the right-of-use asset and lease liability for the present value of the payment increase only if and when the lessee remeasures the lease liability for reasons other than a change in the index (for example, because of a term extension or a revision to the base rent). Lease expense (payment adjustment for CPI increase) Interest expense (10% × $2,874,474 - $600,000]) Lease payable (difference) Cash (new payment)
20,000 227,447 372,553 620,000
Amortization expense ($2,874,474 ÷ 6 years) 479,079 Right-of-use asset 479,079 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Uncertainty‒Payments-Term-Termination penalty Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 198 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
231) On January 1, 2021, NaviFast leased telecommunications equipment from Rapid Voice, Inc. Rapid Voice's cash selling price for the equipment is $435,526. The lease agreement specifies six annual payments of $100,000 beginning December 31, 2021, and at each December 31 thereafter through 2026. The six-year lease is equal to the estimated useful life of the equipment. The contract specifies that lease payments for each year will increase by the higher of (a) the increase in the Consumer Price Index for the preceding year and (b) 3 percent. The CPI at the beginning of the lease is 120. Rapid Voice routinely leases equipment to other firms. The interest rate in these lease arrangements is 10%. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries for NaviFast to record the lease at its beginning. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: When apparent "variable" payments actually are in-substance fixed payments we include these fixed payments in disguise as part of the lessee's lease payments. Because NaviFast, the lessee, is required to make payments each year that are at least 3 percent more than the previous year, regardless of changes in the CPI, those payments are considered in-substance fixed payments. At the beginning of the lease, then, NaviFast measures the right-of-use asset and lease payable at $1,397,091, the present value of those payments: Year
In-Substance Fixed Payments
1 2 3 4 5 6
$100,000 103,000 106,090 109,273 112,551 115,927
Present Value factor* × × × × × ×
0.90909 0.82645 0.75131 0.68301 0.62092 0.56447
Present Value = = = = = =
$ 90,909 85,124 79,706 74,634 69,885 65,438 $465,697
*Present value of $1: n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, i = 10%. Beginning of the Lease (January 1, 2021) Right-of-use asset (present value of lease payments) 465,697 Lease payable (present value of lease payments) 465,697 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Uncertainty‒Payments-Term-Termination penalty Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
199 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
232) On January 1, 2021, Antonio's Pizzeria leased retail space from Berenstein Properties. The 12-year finance lease requires annual variable lease payments equal to 3% of Antonio's Pizzeria's sales revenue, with an annual sales minimum of $1,200,000. Payments at the beginning of each year are based on the previous year’s sales. During the previous 5-year period, Antonio's Pizzeria has generated annual sales of over $650,000. Berenstein's interest rate, known by Antonio's Pizzeria, was 5%. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the journal entries for Antonio's Pizzeria at the beginning of the lease. 2. Prepare the journal entries for Antonio's Pizzeria on January 1, 2022 sales were $1,980,000. Amortization is recorded annually. Answer: 1. Because Antonio's Pizzeria is required to make annual payments based on sales revenue of $1,200,000, lease payments are $36,000 ($1,200,000 × 3%) and are the basis for measurement of the right-of-use asset and lessee's lease liability. January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset Lease payable ($36,000 × 9.30641*)
335,031 335,031
* present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 12, i = 5% Lease payable Cash ($1,200,000 × 3%)
36,000 36,000
2. Annual variable lease payments based on sales over $1,200,000 per year are recognized only as incurred: January 1, 2022 Interest expense (5% × [$335,031 – $36,000]) Lease expense ([$1,980,000 – $1,200,000] × 3%)]) Lease payable (difference) Cash ($1,980,000 × 3%)
14,952 23,400 21,048 59,400
Amortization expense ($335,031 ÷ 12) 27,919 Right-of-use asset 27,919 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Uncertainty‒Payments-Term-Termination penalty Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 200 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
233) On January 1, 2021, Dave's Transport leased a car from Alfonso Motors for a six-year period with an option to extend the lease for three years. Dave's had no significant economic incentive as of the beginning of the lease to exercise the 3-year extension option. Annual lease payments are $5,000 due on December 31 of each year, calculated by the lessor using a 5% discount rate. The agreement is considered an operating lease. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare Dave's journal entry to record for the right-of-use asset and lease liability at January 1, 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entries to record interest and amortization at December 31, 2021. Answer: The lease term will be 6 years. The lease term is the contractual lease term modified by any renewal or termination options for which exercise of the options is "reasonably certain." 1. January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset 25,378 Lease payable ($5,000 × 5.07569 *) 25,378 * present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 6, i = 5% 2. December 31, 2021 Interest expense (5% × $25,378) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment)
1,269 3,731
Amortization expense ($5,000 — $1,269) Right-of-use asset
3,731
5,000
3,731
In an operating lease, the lessee records interest the normal way (at the effective interest rate) and then "plugs" the right-of-use asset amortization at the amount is needed for interest plus amortization to equal the straight-line lease payment. The lessee records that amount as a single lease expense in the income statement. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
201 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
234) At January 1, 2021, Gem Finder leased mining equipment from Emerald Corporation under a nine-year lease agreement. The lease agreement specifies annual payments of $75,000 beginning January 1, 2021, the beginning of the lease, and at each December 31 thereafter through 2028. The equipment was acquired recently by Emerald at a cost of $540,000 (its fair value) and was expected to have a useful life of 12 years with no salvage value at the end of its life. (Because the lease term is only 9 years, the asset does have an expected residual value at the end of the lease term of $152,983.). Both (a) the present value of the lease payments and (b) the present value of the residual value (i.e., the residual asset) are included in the lease receivable because the two amounts combine to allow the lessor to recover its net investment. Emerald seeks a 10% return on its lease investments. By this arrangement, the lease is deemed to be a finance lease. Required: 1. What will be the effect of the lease on Emerald's earnings for the first year (ignore taxes)? 2. What will be the balance(s) in the balance sheet account(s) related to the lease at the end of the first year for Emerald (ignore taxes)? Answer: 1. Income Statement: Interest revenue (10% × $540,000)
$ 54,000
2. Balance Sheet: Lease Receivable Initial balance ([$75,000 × 6.33493 = $475,120] + PV of the residual value [$152,983 × 0.42410 = $64,880) Less: Payment, Jan. 1, 2021 Balance, Jan. 1, 2021 Reduction (($75,000 - [10% × ($540,000 - $75,000)]) End-of-year balance
$540,000 (75,000) $465,000 (28,500) $436,500
$540,000 asset under lease no longer in balance sheet Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value; Lessee or Lessor‒Outstanding balance Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
202 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
235) On January 1, 2021, Osiris Inc. leased manufacturing equipment from Giza Leasing for a four-year period ending December 31, 2021, at which time possession of the leased asset will revert back to Giza. The equipment cost Giza $206,092 and has an expected economic life of five years. Giza expects the residual value at December 31, 2021, to be $25,000. Negotiations led to Osiris guaranteeing a $35,000 residual value. Equal payments under the lease are $50,000 and are due on December 31 of each year with the first payment being made on December 31, 2021. Osiris is aware that Giza used a 5% interest rate when calculating lease payments. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entry for Osiris on January 1, 2021, to record the lease. 2. Prepare all appropriate journal entries for Osiris on December 31, 2021, related to the lease. Answer: 1. Lessee's Calculation of the Right-of-Use Asset and Lease Liability: Present value of periodic lease payments ($50,000 × 3.54595*) $177,298 Plus: Present value of an estimated cash payment under a residual value guarantee ($10,000† × .82270**) 8,227 Present value of expected lease payments $185,525 * present value of $1: n = 4, i = 5% ** present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 4, i = 5% † $35,000 guaranteed residual value minus $25,000 expected residual value If a cash payment under a lessee-guaranteed residual value is predicted, the present value of that payment is added to the present value of the lease payments that the lessee records as both a right-of-use asset and a lease liability and, if a sales-type lease, that the lessor records as a lease receivable. Beginning of the Lease (January 1, 2021) Lessee Right-of-use asset Lease payable (calculated above) 2. December 31, 2021 Amortization expense ($185,525 ÷ 4 years) Right-of-use asset Interest expense (5% × 185,525) Lease payable (difference: from schedule) Cash (annual payment)
185,525 185,525
46,381 46,381 9,276 40,724 50,000
203 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Uncertainty‒Residual value Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
204 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
236) United Health Group leased a life support machine on January 1, 2021, for a three-year period ending December 31, 2023. The lease agreement specified annual payments of $144,000 beginning with the first payment at the beginning of the lease, and each December 31 through 2022. The company had the option to purchase the machine on December 30, 2023, for $180,000 when its fair value was expected to be $240,000, a sufficient difference that exercise seems reasonably certain. The machine's estimated useful life was six years with no salvage value. United Health was aware that the lessor's implicit rate of return was 12%. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Calculate the amount United Health should record as a right-of-use asset and lease liability for this finance lease. 2. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for United Health from the beginning of the lease through the end of the lease term. Answer: 1. Because exercise of the option appears at the beginning of the lease to be reasonably certain, payment of the option price ($180,000) is expected to occur when the option becomes exercisable (at the end of the third year). Present value of annual lease payments ($144,000 × 2.69005**) $ 387,367 * Plus: Present value of the exercise price ($180,000 × .71178 ) 128,120 Present value of lease payments $515,488 * present value of $1: n = 3, i = 12% ** present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 3, i = 12% 2. January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset (calculated above) Lease payable (calculated above) Lease payable Cash (annual payment)
515,488 515,488 144,000 144,000
December 31, 2021 Amortization expense ($515,488 ÷ 6 years*) Right-of-use asset
85,915
Interest expense (12% × [$515,488 — $144,000]) Lease payable (difference: from schedule) Cash (annual payment)
44,579 99,421
85,915
144,000
205 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
December 31, 2022 Amortization expense ($515,488 ÷ 6 years*) Right-of-use asset Interest expense (12% × $272,066: from schedule) Lease payable (difference: from schedule) Cash (annual payment) December 31, 2023 Amortization expense ($515,488 ÷ 6 years*) Right-of-use asset Interest expense (12% × $160,714: from schedule) Lease payable (difference: from schedule) Cash (option price)
85,915 85,915 32,648 111,352 144,000
85,915 85,915 19,286 160,714 180,000
* Because title passes with the expected exercise of the option, amortization is for the entire six-year useful life of the asset. The amortization entry will be recorded for three years after the completion of the lease term. Lease Amortization Schedule Lease Decrease in Outstanding Payments Effective Interest Balance Balance 12% × Outstanding Balance 1/1/2021 144,000 144,000 371,488 12/31/2021 144,000 .12 (371,488) = 44,579 99,421 272,066 12/31/2022 144,000 .12 (272,066) = 32,648 111,352 160,714 12/31/2023 180,000 .12 (160,714) = 19,286 160,714 0 612,000 24,128 515,488 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Uncertainty‒Purchase option Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
206 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
237) Franconia Leasing leases equipment to a variety of businesses. The company's primary service is providing alternate financing by acquiring equipment and leasing it to customers under long-term sales-type leases. Franconia earns interest under these arrangements at a 10% annual rate. The company leased an electronic typesetting machine it purchased for $123,600 to a local publisher, MacCleod Inc. on December 31, 2020. The lease contract specified annual payments of $32,000 beginning January 1, 2021, the beginning of the lease, and each December 31 through 2022 (three-year lease term). The publisher had the option to purchase the machine on December 30, 2023, the end of the lease term, for $48,000 when it was expected to have a residual value of $64,000, a sufficient difference that exercise seems reasonably certain. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Show how Franconia calculated the $32,000 annual lease payments for this sales-type lease. 2. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for Franconia Leasing from the beginning of the lease through the end of the lease term. Answer: 1. Amount to be recovered (fair value)
$123,600
Less: Present value of the exercise price ($48,000 × .75131*)
(36,063)
Amount to be recovered through periodic lease payments
$87,537
Lease payments at the beginning each of three years: ($87,537 ÷ 2.73554**) * present value of $1: n = 3, i = 10% ** present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 3, i = 10% 2. January 1, 2021 Lease receivable (PV of lease payments + PV of exercise price) Equipment (lessor's cost) Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable
$32,000
123,600 123,600 32,000 32,000
207 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
December 31, 2021 Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable (difference) Interest revenue (10% × [$123,600 - $32,000]) December 31, 2022 Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable Interest revenue (10% × $68,760: from schedule) December 30, 2023 Cash (exercise price) Lease receivable (account balance) Interest revenue (10% × $43,636: from schedule)
Payments
1/1/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2022 12/31/2023
32,000 22,840 9,160
32,000 25,124 6,876
48,000
Lease Amortization Schedule Effective Interest Decrease 10% × Outstanding Balance in Balance
43,636 4,364
Outstanding Balance 123,600 91,600 68,760 43,636 0
32,000 32,000 32,000 .10 (91,600) = 9,160 6022,840 32,000 .10 (68,760) = 6,876 25,124 48,000 .10 (43,636) = 4,364 43,636 144,000 20,400 123,600 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Uncertainty‒Purchase option Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
208 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
238) On January 1, 2021, Patagonia Leasing leased equipment to Pebble Services under a finance/sales-type lease designed to earn Patagonia a 12% rate of return for providing long-term financing. The lease agreement specified: a. Ten annual payments of $110,000 beginning January 1, 2021, the beginning of the lease and each December 31 thereafter through 2029. b. The estimated useful life of the leased equipment is 10 years with no residual value. Its cost to Patagonia was $632,824. c. The lease qualifies as a finance lease/sales-type lease. d. A 10-year service agreement with Mechanics International was negotiated to provide maintenance of the equipment as required. Payments of $10,000 per year are specified, beginning January 1, 2021. Patagonia was to pay this cost as incurred, but lease payments reflect this expenditure. e. A partial amortization schedule, appropriate for both the lessee and lessor, follows:
Payments
1/1/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2022
100,000 100,000 100,000
Effective Interest (12% × Outstanding balance)
0.12 (532,825) = 63,939 0.12 (496,764) = 59,612
Decrease in Balance
Outstanding Balance
632,825 100,000 36,061 40,388
532,825 496,764 456,376
Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for both the lessee and lessor related to the lease on: 1. January 1, 2021. 2. December 31, 2021.
209 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. Pebble Services (Lessee) Right-of-use asset ([$110,000 - $10,000] × 6.32825**) 632,825 Lease payable (present value of lease payments) * present value of $1: n = 10, i = 12% ** present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 10, i = 12% Lease payable (payment less maintenance costs) Maintenance expense (2021 fee) Cash (annual payment) Patagonia (Lessor) Lease receivable ([$110,000 - $10,000] × 6.32825**) Equipment (lessor's cost) Cash (annual payment) Maintenance fee payable [or cash] Lease receivable 2. December 31, 2021 Pebble Services (Lessee) Interest expense (12% × [$632,825 - $100,000]) Lease payable (difference) Prepaid expense (2022 maintenance fee) Cash (lease payment) Amortization expense ($632,825 ÷ 10 years) Right-of-use asset
632,825
100,000 10,000 110,000
632,825 632,825 110,000 10,000 100,000
63,939 36,061 10,000 110,000 63,283 63,283
Patagonia (Lessor) Cash (lease payment) 110,000 Lease receivable (difference) 36,061 Maintenance fee payable [or cash] 10,000 Interest revenue (12% × [$632,825 - $100,000]) 63,939 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct; Lessee or Lessor‒ Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 210 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
239) Terms of a lease agreement and related facts were: a. Costs of legal fees and commissions incurred by the lessor for the lease transaction were $16,968. b. The retail cash selling price of the leased asset (equipment) was $2,000,000. Its useful life was three years with no residual value. c. The lease term is three years and the lessor paid $2,000,000 to acquire the asset. d. Annual lease payments at the beginning of each year were $737,320. e. Lessor's implicit rate when calculating annual rental payments was 11%. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the lessor to record the lease and related payments at its beginning, January 1, 2021. 2. Calculate the effective rate of interest revenue after adjusting the net investment by initial direct costs. 3. Record any journal entry(s) necessary at December 31, 2021, the fiscal year-end. Answer: 1. In a sales-type lease with no selling profit, initial direct costs are deferred and expensed over the lease term. This can be accomplished by not recording the "prepaid expense" separately, but including it in the lease receivable (net investment). Increasing the receivable causes the implicit rate (the effective interest rate that causes the present value of the lease payments to equal the receivable) to be lower. Determining interest revenue at this lower rate accomplishes the purpose of reducing interest revenue each period by a portion of the prepaid expense. January 1, 2021 Lease receivable (fair value / present value) Equipment (lessor's cost)
2,000,000 2,000,000
Lease receivable Cash (initial direct costs)
16,968
Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable
737,320
16,968
737,320
211 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Effective rate of interest revenue: The initial direct costs increase the net investment (lease receivable): $2,000,000 + $16,968. The new effective rate is the discount rate that equates the net investment and the future lease payments: $2,016,968 ÷ ? ** = $737,320 lessor's lease net investment payments ** present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 3, i = ?% Rearranging algebraically: $2,016,968 ÷ $737,320 = 2.73554. When you consult the present value table for an annuity due, you search row 3 (n=3) for this value and find it in the 10% column. So, the new effective interest rate is 10%. The net investment is amortized at the new rate. 3. December 31, 2021 Interest receivable 127,965 Interest revenue (10% × [$2,000,000 + $16,968 - $737,320]) 127,965 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties; 05-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
212 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
240) The lease agreement and related facts indicate the following: a. Leased equipment had a retail cash selling price of $900,000. Its useful life was five years with no residual value. b. The lease term is five years and the lessor paid $795,000 to acquire the equipment (thus, selling profit). c. Lessor's implicit rate when calculating annual lease payments was 8%. d. Annual lease payments beginning January 1, 2021, the beginning of the lease, were $208,713. e. The costs of legal fees incurred by the lessor for executing the completed lease transaction were $22,500. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the lessor to record: 1. The lease and the initial payment at its commencement. 2. Any journal entry(s) necessary at December 31, 2021, the fiscal year-end. Answer: 1. Beginning of the Lease, January 1, 2021 Lease receivable (fair value) Cost of goods sold (lessor's cost) Sales revenue (fair value) Equipment (lessor's cost)
900,000 795,000 900,000 795,000
Selling expense Cash (initial direct costs)
22,500
Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable
208,713
22,500
208,713
2. December 31, 2021 Interest receivable 55,303 Interest revenue (8% × [$900,000 - $208,713) 55,303 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit; 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
213 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
241) The following relate to an operating lease agreement: a. The lease term is 3 years, beginning January 1, 2021. b. The leased asset (equipment) cost the lessor $4,000,000 and had a useful life of eight years with no residual value. The lessor uses straight-line depreciation for its depreciable assets. c. Annual lease payments at the beginning of each year were $685,000. d. Direct costs incurred by the lessor to consummate the completed lease transaction were $12,000. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the lessor from the beginning of the lease through the end of the lease term. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: January 1, 2021, 2022, 2023 Cash Lease revenue Deferred initial direct costs Cash December 31, 2021, 2022, 2023 Lease expense ($12,000 ÷ 3 years) Deferred initial direct costs
685,000 685,000 12,000 12,000
4,000 4,000
Depreciation expense ($4,000,000 ÷ 8 years) 500,000 Accumulated depreciation 500,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
214 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
242) To raise operating funds, Azure Sailing sold an airplane on January 1, 2021, to a finance company for $2,310,000. Azure immediately leased the airplane back for a 13-year period, at which time ownership of the airplane will transfer to Azure. The airplane has a fair value of $2,400,000. Its cost and its book value were $1,800,000. Its useful life is estimated to be 15 years. The lease requires Azure to make payments of $308,313 to the finance company each January 1. Signal depreciates assets on a straight-line basis. The lease has an implicit rate of 11%. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for Azure on: 1. January 1, 2021, to record the transaction. 2. December 31, 2021, to record necessary adjustments. Answer: 1. Transfer of ownership indicates that the leaseback arrangement qualifies as a finance lease, instead of an operating lease. So, the transaction does not qualify for sale-leaseback accounting. We view the transaction, not as a sale, but as a loan by the finance company to the Signal for the $2,310,000 "sale" price. The asset remains on the lessee's books. The "lease" payments are considered to be repayment of the loan. Present value of periodic payments: $308,313 × 7.49236** = $2,310,000* * rounded ** present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 13, i = 11% January 1, 2021 Cash (given) Notes payable Notes payable Cash 2. December 31, 2021 Interest expense (11% × [$2,310,000 - $308,313]) Interest payable
2,310,000 2,310,000 308,313 308,313
220,186
Depreciation expense ($1,800,000 ÷ 15 years*) 120,000 Accumulated depreciation Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Sale-leaseback transactions Learning Objective: 15-APP15 Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
220,186
120,000
215 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
243) To raise operating funds, Coyne Incorporated sold its office building to an insurance company on January 1, 2021, for $1,600,000 and immediately leased the building back. The operating lease is for the final 12 years of the building's estimated 20-year remaining useful life. The building has a fair value of $1,600,000 and a book value of $1,300,000 (its original cost was $2 million). The rental payments of $200,000 are payable to the insurance company each December 31. The lease has an implicit rate of 9%. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for Coyne Incorporated on: 1. January 1, 2021, to record the sale-leaseback. 2. December 31, 2021, to record necessary adjustments. Answer: 1. January 1, 2021 Cash (given) Accumulated depreciation (cost - book value) Building (original cost) Gain on sale (difference) Right-of-use asset Lease payable ($200,000 × 7.16073 *)
1,600,000 700,000 2,000,000 300,000 1,432,146 1,432,146
* present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 12, i = 9% 2. December 31, 2021 Interest expense (9% × $1,432,146) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment) Amortization expense ($200,000 - $128,893) Right-of-use asset
128,893 71,107 200,000 71,107 71,107
In an operating lease, the lessee records interest the normal way (at the effective interest rate) and then "plugs" the right-of-use asset amortization at the amount is needed for interest plus amortization to equal the straight-line lease payment. The lessee records that amount as a single lease expense in the income statement. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Sale-leaseback transactions Learning Objective: 15-APP15 Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 216 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
244) On January 1, 2021, Morris Production leased a machine from Werner Leasing under a finance lease. Lease payments are made annually. Title does not transfer to the lessee and there is no purchase option or guarantee of a residual value by Morris. Portions of the Werner Leasing's lease amortization schedule appear below: Jan. 1
Payments
Effective Interest
2021 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 — — — 2038 2039 2040
40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 —— —— —— 40,000 40,000 40,000
33,460 32,806 32,086 31,295 30,424 29,467 — — — 9,948 6,942 3,636
Decrease in Balance 40,000 6,540 7,194 7,914 8,705 9,576 10,533 — — — 30,052 33,058 36,364
Outstanding Balance 374,596 334,596 328,056 320,861 312,947 304,242 294,666 284,133
69,422 36,364 0
Required: 1. What is Morris's lease liability at the beginning of the lease (after the first payment)? 2. What amount would Majestic record as a right-of-use asset? 3. What is the lease term in years? 4. What is the effective annual interest rate? 5. What is the total amount of lease payments? 6. What is the total effective interest expense recorded over the term of the lease?
217 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. Morris's lease payable at the beginning of the lease $334,596: [$374,596 - $40,000] (present value of lease payments or initial lease balance minus first payment) 2. Right-of-use asset $374,596 (present value of lease payments; initial lease balance) 3. Lease term in years 20 years: 2021 to 2040 4. Effective annual interest rate 10%: ($33,460 ÷ $334,596) 5. Total of lease payments $800,000: [$40,000 × 20 years] 6. Total effective interest expense over the term of the lease $425,404: [$800,000 - $374,596] Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
218 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
245) On January 1, 2021, McCaffrey Inc. leased office space under a three-year operating lease agreement. The arrangement specified three annual rent payments of $320,000 each, beginning December 31, 2021, and at each December 31 through 2023. The lessor, Lowell Leasing, routinely finances equipment for other firms at an annual interest rate of 5%. McCaffrey also paid a $400,000 advance payment at the beginning of the lease in addition to the first $320,000 rent payment. With permission of the owner, McCaffrey made structural modifications to the building before occupying the space at a cost of $720,000. The useful life of the building and the structural modifications were estimated to be 30 years with no residual value. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entries for McCaffrey Inc. from the beginning of the lease through the end of 2021. McCaffrey's fiscal year is the calendar year. Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Answer: Beginning of the Lease (January 1, 2021) Right-of-use asset ($400,000 + [$320,000 × 2.72325*) Lease payable (present value of lease payments) Lease payable Cash (advance payment) * present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 3, i = 5% First Lease Payment (December 31, 2021) Interest expense (5% × $1,271,440 - $400,000]) Lease payable (difference) Cash (1st lease payment) Amortization expense ($453,333* - $43,572) Right-of-use asset (to balance)
1,271,440 1,271,440 400,000 400,000
43,572 276,428 320,000 409,761 409,761
* ($400,000 + [$320,000 × 3]) ÷ 3 = $453,333 straight-line lease expense Note: For most leases, the asset and liability will be the same at any point during the life of the lease. If there are uneven payments (advance payment, scheduled rent increases, or scheduled rent decreases), the rent leveling effect will be reflected in the right-of-use asset. Depreciation expense ($720,000 ÷ 3 years) Accumulated depreciation
180,000 180,000
219 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Second Lease Payment (December 31, 2022) Interest expense (5% × [$1,271,440 - $400,000 - $276,428]) 29,751 Lease payable (difference) 290,249 nd Cash (2 lease payment)
320,000
Amortization expense ($453,333 - $29,751) Right-of-use asset (to balance)
423,582 423,582
Depreciation expense ($720,000 ÷ 3 years) Accumulated depreciation
240,000
Third Lease Payment (December 31, 2023) Interest expense (5% × [$1,271,440 - $400,000 - $276,428 - $290,249]) Lease payable (difference) Cash (3rd lease payment) Amortization expense ($453,333 - $15,238) Right-of-use asset
240,000
15,238 304,762 320,000 438,095 438,095
Depreciation expense ($720,000 ÷ 3 years) 240,000 Accumulated depreciation 240,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Other payments‒Advances-Improvements Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
220 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
246) On January 1, 2021, Tennessee Valley Corporation (TVC) leased equipment from Great Lakes Leasing under a finance lease. Lease payments are made annually. Title does not transfer to the lessee and there is no purchase option or guarantee of a residual value by TVC. Portions of the Great Lakes Leasing's lease amortization schedule appear below:
Jan. 1 2021 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 — — — 2037 2038 2039 2040
Payments
Effective Interest
Decrease in Balance
40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 — — — 40,000 40,000 40,000 70,000
34,500 33,950 33,345 32,680 31,948 — — — 14,728 12,201 9,421 6,365
40,000 5,500 6,050 6,655 7,320 8,052 — — — 25,272 27,799 30,579 63,635
Outstanding Balance 385,002 345,002 339,502 333,452 326,798 319,477 311,425 — — — 122,012 94,213 63,635 0
Required: 1. What is TVC's lease payable at the beginning of the lease (after the first payment)? 2. What is the lease term in years? 3. What is the asset's residual value expected at the end of the lease term? 4. What is the effective annual interest rate? 5. What is the total amount of lease payments for Great Lakes? 6. What is the total amount of lease payments for TVC? 7. What is Great Lakes' total effective interest revenue recorded over the term of the lease? 8. What amount would TVC record as a right-of-use asset at the beginning of the lease?
221 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. Lease Payable $345,002: ($385,002 - $40,000) 2. Lease term in years 20 years 3. Asset's residual value expected at the end of the lease term $70,000: Even if not guaranteed, the residual value is expected by the lessor 4. Effective annual interest rate 10%: ($34,500 ÷ $345,002) 5. Total of lease payments – Great Lakes $870,000: [$40,000 × 20 years] + $70,000: Even if not guaranteed, the residual value is expected by the lessor. 6. Total of lease payments–TVC $800,000: $40,000 × 20 years 7. Total effective interest revenue over the term of the lease $484,998: [$870,000 - $385,002] 8. Right-of-use asset $374,597 (present value of NIC's lease payments; $40,000 × 9.36492*) *present value of annuity due; n = 20, i = 10% Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Interpret amortization schedule Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
222 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
247) On January 1, 2021, Marlon's Transport leased a car from Fiat Motors for a six-year period with an option to extend the lease for three years. Marlon's had no significant economic incentive as of the beginning of the lease to exercise the 3-year extension option. Annual lease payments are $5,000 due on December 31 of each year, calculated by the lessor using a 5% discount rate. Assume that at the beginning of the third year, January 1, 2023, Marlon's had made significant improvements to the car whose cost could be recovered only if it exercises the extension option, creating an expectation that extension of the lease was "reasonably certain." The relevant interest rate at that time was 6%. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the journal entry, if any, at the end of the second year for the lessee to account for the reassessment. 2. Prepare the journal entry, if any, at the end of the second year for the lessor to account for the reassessment. Answer: 1. The lease term should be reassessed only when there is a significant event or change is circumstances, within the control of the lessee, that the lessee's economic incentive to exercise any options to extend or terminate the lease has changed. That is the case here. At the end of the second year, Marlon's had made significant improvements to the asset whose cost could be recovered only if it exercises the extension option, making it "reasonably certain" that the Marlon's will exercise the option to extend the lease having considered the relevant economic factors. So, the lessee would re-assess the lease term, so the revised term is now a total of nine years with seven years remaining. Marlon's should re-measure the lease payable as the present value of the remaining seven lease payments. The discount rate for the new term is the incremental borrowing rate of the lessee using market interest rates at the time of the reassessment, 6% in this instance, rather than the rate used at the beginning of the lease. Here are the entries:
223 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Entries for first two years (not required) January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset 25,378 Lease payable ($5,000 × 5.07569Φ) 25,378 Φpresent value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 6, i = 5% December 31, 2021 Interest expense (5% × $25,378) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment) Amortization expense ($5,000 - $1,269) Right-of-use asset
1,269 3,731 5,000 3,731 3,731
In an operating lease, the lessee records interest the normal way (at the effective interest rate) and then "plugs" the right-of-use asset amortization at the amount is needed for interest plus amortization to equal the straight-line lease payment. The lessee records that amount as a single lease expense in the income statement. December 31, 2022 Interest expense (5% × [$25,378 - $3,731]) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment) Amortization expense ($5,000 - $1,082) Right-of-use asset January 1, 2023 Reassessment: Right-of-use asset Lease payable (increase in balance*)
1,082 3,918 5,000 3,918 3,918
10,182 10,182
* PV of remaining 7 payments, discounted at 6% ($5,000 × 5.58238) Liability balance after 2 years ($25,378 - $3,731 - $3,918) Increase in balance
$27,912 17,730 $10,182
Also, lessees are required to reassess the classification of a lease when there is a change in the lease term (or a change in the assessment of a lessee option to purchase the underlying asset). Because, with the assumed renewal, the lease term is for the entire useful life of the asset, it would be considered a finance lease rather than an operating lease as previously classified. As a result, we had an operating lease for two years, and now have a seven-year finance lease. So, amortization of the right-of-use asset will be a straight-line allocation of the balance in that account at this point ([$25,378 - $3,731 - $3,918] + $10,182) = $27,912 over the next seven years. December 31, 2023 224 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Interest expense (5% × $27,912) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment)
1,396 3,604
Amortization expense ($27,912 ÷ 7 years) Right-of-use asset
3,987
5,000
3,987
2. A lessor is never required to reassess the lease term. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Uncertainty‒Payments-Term-Termination penalty Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
225 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
248) National Leasing leases equipment to a variety of businesses. The company's primary service is providing alternate financing by acquiring equipment and leasing it to customers under long-term leases. National earns interest under these arrangements at a 10% annual rate. The company leased production equipment it purchased on December 31, 2020 for $270,000 to a local company, Madison Inc. The six-year operating lease term commenced January 1, 2021, and the lease contract specified annual payments of $24,000 beginning December 31, 2021 and each December 31 through 2026. The machine's estimated useful life is 15 years with no estimated residual value. Madison had the option to terminate the lease after four years. At the beginning of the lease, there was no reason to believe the lease would be terminated. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for National Leasing from the beginning of the lease through the end of 2021. 2. At the beginning of 2022, there was a significant indication that Madison's economic incentive to terminate the lease had changed causing both companies to believe termination of the lease at the end of four years (three years remaining) is "reasonably certain". Prepare any appropriate entries for National Leasing at January 1, 2022, to reflect the change in the lease term. 3. Prepare the appropriate journal entries pertaining to the lease for National Leasing at December 31, 2022.
226 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. January 1, 2021 Operating lease: no entry December 31, 2021 Cash (lease payment) Lease revenue
24,000 24,000
2. January 1, 2022 Operating lease: no entry The lease term now is expected to be four years, three years remaining after the first year. It still is considered an operating lease. Lease revenue continues to be $24,000 per year, but now for three remaining years rather than five years. 3. December 31, 2022 Cash (lease payment) 24,000 Lease revenue 24,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Uncertainty‒Payments-Term-Termination penalty Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
227 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
249) On January 1, 2021, Central Industries leased a high-performance conveyer to Dynamic Company for a four-year period ending December 31, 2021, at which time possession of the leased asset will revert back to Central. The equipment cost Central $1,912,000 and has an expected useful life of five years. Central expects the residual value at December 31, 2025, will be $600,000. Negotiations led to the lessee guaranteeing a $680,000 residual value. Equal payments under the finance/sales-type lease are $400,000 and are due on December 31 of each year with the first payment being made on December 31, 2021. Dynamic is aware that Central used a 5% interest rate when calculating lease payments. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for both Dynamic and Central on January 1, 2021, to record the lease. 2. Prepare all appropriate journal entries for both Dynamic and Central on December 31, 2021, related to the lease.
228 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. January 1, 2021 Present Value of Lease Payments for Lessee Present value of periodic lease payments ($400,000 × 3.54595**) $1,418,380 Plus: Present value of the excess lessee-guaranteed residual value ($80,000 × .82270*) 65,816 Present value of lease payments $1,484,196 * present value of $1: n = 4, i = 5% ** present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 4, i = 5% If a lessee-guaranteed residual value exceeds the estimate of the actual residual value, that excess added to the present value of the lease payments the lessee records as both a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. Dynamic (Lessee) Right-of-use asset (calculated above) Lease payable (calculated above)
1,484,196 1,484,196
Present Value of Lease Payments for Lessor Present value of periodic lease payments ($400,000 × 3.54595**) $1,418,380 Plus: Present value of the residual value ($600,000 × .82270*) 493,620 Present value of lease payments $1,912,000 * present value of $1: n = 4, i = 5% ** present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 4, i = 5% Central (Lessor) Lease receivable (calculated above) Equipment (lessor's cost)
1,912,000 1,912,000
229 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2. December 31, 2021 Dynamic (Lessee) Interest expense (5% × $184,196) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment) Amortization expense ($184,196 ÷ 4 years) Right-of-use asset Central (Lessor) Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable (difference) Interest revenue (5% × $1,912,000)
74,210 325,790 400,000 371,049 371,049
400,000 304,400 95,600
The situation described, in which the lessee-guaranteed residual value exceeds the estimate of the actual residual value, is unusual in practice. However, the requirement to account for it in this way serves as a deterrent to lessees and lessors who might be inclined to manipulate reported numbers by reducing lease payments while creating an excess lessee-guaranteed residual value to compensate for the reduced lease payments. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Uncertainty‒Residual value Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
230 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
250) Charles River Hospital leased medical equipment from Plymouth Industries on January 1, 2021. Plymouth Industries manufactured the equipment at a cost of $600,000. The equipment has a fair value of $750,654. Appropriate adjusting entries are made quarterly. Related Information: Lease term Quarterly lease payments
5 years (20 quarterly periods) $43,641 at Jan. 1, 2021, and at Mar. 31, June 30, Sept. 30, and Dec. 31 thereafter. 6 years $33,684 8%
Economic life of asset Residual value at end of lease term Interest rate charged by the lessor
Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare appropriate journal entries for Charles River Hospital to record the arrangement at its commencement, January 1, 2021, and on March 31, 2021. 2. Prepare appropriate journal entries for Plymouth Industries to record the arrangement at its commencement, January 1, 2021, and on March 31, 2021. Answer: 1. Present Value of Lease Payments: ($43,641 × 16.67846**) lease payments
=
$727,865 present value
** Present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 20, i = 2% [i = 2% (8% ÷ 4) because the contract calls for quarterly payments] January 1, 2021 Right-of-use asset (PV calculated above) Lease payable (PV calculated above) Lease payable Cash (lease payment) March 31, 2021 Interest expense (2% × [$727,865 - $43,641]) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment) Amortization expense ($727,865 ÷ 20 quarters) Right-of-use asset
727,865 727,865 43,641 43,641
13,684 29,957 43,641 36,393 36,393
231 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2. January 1, 2021 Lease receivable Cost of goods sold ($600,000 - $22,668) Sales revenue ($750,654 - $22,668) Equipment (lessor's cost)
750,654 577,332 727,986 600,000
* Present value of $1: n = 20, i = 2% ** Present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 20, i = 2% Residual asset calculated as the present value (n = 20, i = 0.02) of the anticipated fair value at the end of the lease term: $33,684 × 0.67297 = $22,668. Both (a) the present value of the lease payments, $727,865, and (b) the present value of the residual value (i.e., the residual asset) are included in the lease receivable because the two amounts combine to allow the lessor to recover its $750,654 net investment. Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable
43,641 43,641
March 31, 2021 Cash (lease payment) 43,641 Lease receivable (difference) 29,501 Interest revenue (2% × [$750,654 - $43,641]) 14,140 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Uncertainty‒Residual value Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
232 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
251) Terms of a lease agreement and related facts are: a. A leased asset (equipment) has a retail cash selling price of $200,000. Its useful life is six years. b. Annual lease payments at the beginning of each year are $41,746, beginning January 1. The lease term is six years. c. Lessor's interest rate when calculating annual lease payments was 9%. d. Direct costs by the lessor of legal and commissions to execute the completed lease are $4,124. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the lessor to record the lease, the initial lease payment at its commencement, and at the December 31 fiscal year-end under each of the following two independent assumptions: 1. The lessor recently paid $200,000 to acquire the asset. 2. The lessor recently paid $170,000 to acquire the asset. Answer: 1. January 1 Lessor's calculation of lease payments" $204,124 ÷ 4.88965** = lessor's total cost including initial direct costs ** Present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 6, i = 9%
$41,746 lease payments
January 1 Lease receivable = (PV of lease payments + initial direct costs) Lease receivable Equipment (lessor's cost) Cash (initial direct costs)
204,124
Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable
41,746
December 31 Interest receivable Interest revenue (9% × [$204,124 - $41,746])
200,000 4,124
41,746
14,614 14,614
233 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2. January 1 Lease receivable Cost of goods sold (cost) Sales revenue Cash (initial direct costs) Equipment (lessor's cost) Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable
204,124 170,000 200,000 4,124 170,000 41,746 41,746
December 31 Interest receivable 14,614 Interest revenue (9% × [$204,124 - $204,124]) 14,614 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
234 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
252) Terms of a lease agreement and related facts were: a. The lease asset (equipment) had a retail cash selling price of $200,000. Its useful life was six years with no residual value (straight-line depreciation). b. Annual lease payments at the beginning of each year were $41,746, beginning January 1. c. Lessor's implicit rate when calculating annual rental payments was 10%. d. Incremental costs of negotiating costs of negotiating and consummating the completed lease transaction incurred by the lessor were $4,124. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for the lessor to record the lease, the initial payment at its beginning, and at the December 31 fiscal year-end under each of the following three independent assumptions: 1. The lease term is three years and the lessor paid $200,000 to acquire the asset (operating lease). 2. The lease term is six years and the lessor paid $200,000 to acquire the asset. Also assume that adjusting the lease receivable (net investment) by initial direct costs reduces the effective rate of interest to 9%. 3. The lease term is six years and the lessor paid $170,000 to acquire the asset. Answer: 1. January 1 Cash Deferred lease revenue Deferred initial direct costs Cash December 31 Deferred lease revenue Lease revenue
41,746 41,746 4,124 4,124
41,746 41,746
Lease expense ($4,124 ÷ 3 years) Deferred initial direct costs
1,375
Depreciation expense ($200,000 ÷ 6 years) Accumulated depreciation
33,333
1,375
33,333
2. In a sales-type lease with no selling profit, initial direct costs are deferred and expensed over the lease term. This can be accomplished by not recording the "prepaid expense" separately, but including it in the lease receivable (net investment). Increasing the receivable causes the implicit rate (the effective interest rate that causes the present value of the lease payments to equal the receivable) to be lower. Determining interest revenue at this lower rate accomplishes the purpose of reducing interest revenue each period by a portion of the prepaid expense. 235 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
January 1 Proof that new implicit rate is 9% (not required): $204,124 ÷ 4.88965** = $41,746 lessor's lease net investment payments ** present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 6, i = 9% January 1 Lease receivable (fair value / present value) Equipment (lessor's cost)
200,000 200,000
Lease receivable Cash (initial direct costs)
4,124
Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable
41,746
4,124
41,746
December 31 Interest receivable 14,614 Interest revenue (9% × [$200,000 + $4,124 - $41,746])
14,614
3. January 1 Lease receivable (fair value / present value) Cost of goods sold (lessor's cost) Sales revenue (fair value / present value) Equipment (lessor's cost)
200,000 170,000
200,000 170,000
Selling expense Cash (initial direct costs)
4,124
Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable
41,746
4,124
41,746
December 31 Interest receivable 15,825 Interest revenue (10% × [$200,000 - $41,746]) 15,825 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 236 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
253) Brady Leasing leases mechanical equipment to industrial consumers under sales-type leases that earn Brady a 10% rate of return for providing long-term financing. A lease agreement with Patel Construction specified 20 annual payments beginning December 31, 2021, the beginning of the lease. The estimated useful life of the leased equipment is 20 years with no residual value. Its cost to Brady was $2,809,500. The lease qualifies as a finance lease to Patel. Maintenance of the equipment was contracted for through a 20-year service agreement with Southwestern Service Company requiring 20 annual payments of $9,000 beginning December 31, 2021. Hazard insurance with Jefferson Insurance on the equipment required $9,000 of annual insurance premiums. Both companies use straight-line depreciation or amortization. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for both the lessee and lessor to record the second lease payment and depreciation on December 31, 2022, under each of three independent assumptions: 1. The lessee pays maintenance costs as incurred. The lessor pays insurance premiums as incurred. The lease agreement requires annual payments of $300,000. 2. The contract specifies that the lessor pays maintenance costs as incurred. The lessee's lease payments were increased to $309,000 to include an amount sufficient to reimburse these costs. 3. The lessee's lease payments of $309,000 included $9,000 for hazard insurance on the equipment rather than maintenance. Answer: 1. Patel Construction (Lessee) Interest expense (10% × [$2,809,476* - $300,000]) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment)
250,948 49,052 300,000
* $300,000 × 9.36492 ** present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 20, i = 10% Maintenance expense Cash (2022 expenses as incurred) Amortization expense ($2,809,476 ÷ 20 years) Right-of-use asset
9,000 9,000 140,474
Brady Leasing (Lessor) Cash (lease payment) 300,000 Lease receivable (difference) Interest revenue (10% × [$2,809,476 * - $300,000])
140,474
49,052 250,948
* $300,000 × 9.36492 ** present value of an annuity due of $1: n=20, i=10% 237 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Patel Construction (Lessee) Interest expense (10% × [$2,809,476* - $300,000]) Lease payable (to balance) Maintenance expense (annual fee)*** Cash (lease payment)
250,948 49,052 9,000 309,000
* $300,000 × 9.36492 ** present value of an annuity due of $1: n=20, i=10% Amortization expense ($2,809,476 ÷ 20 years) Right-of-use asset
140,474 140,474
*** This debit to maintenance expense is the net effect of (a) expensing the current year's costs that were prepaid with the first lease payment the last day of 2021 and (b) prepaying next year's expense with the 2022 payment: Maintenance expense (2022 costs) Prepaid expense (maintenance fee paid in 2021)
9,000
Interest expense (10% × [$2,809,476 - $300,000]) Lease payable (difference) Prepaid expense (2023 maintenance fees) Cash (lease payment)
250,948 49,052 9,000
Brady Leasing (Lessor) Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable (to balance) Maintenance fee payable [or cash] Interest revenue (10% × [$2,809,476* - $300,000])
9,000
309,000
309,000 49,052 9,000 250,948
* $300,000 × 9.36492 ** present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 20, i = 10%
238 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
3. Patel Construction (Lessee) Interest expense (10% × [$2,893,760* - $309,000]) Lease payable (to balance) Cash (lease payment)
258,476 50,524 309,000
* $309,000 × 9.36492 ** present value of an annuity due of $1: n = 20, i = 10% Whether to include costs as separate components of the lease contract (to be expensed by the lessee) or, instead, included in the payments to be capitalized as part of the right-of-use asset depends on whether the charge represents a transfer of a good or service to the lessee. If so, it qualifies as a "nonlease component" of the payment and is separated from the lease payments and expensed. That was the case for maintenance costs, but not for insurance costs. In fact, ASC 842 specifically excludes insurance and taxes from costs that can be expensed. So, in this case, the entire $309,000 is capitalized. Amortization expense ($2,893,760 ÷ 20 years) Right-of-use asset
144,688 144,688
Brady Leasing (Lessor) Cash (lease payment) 309,000 Lease receivable (to balance) 50,524 Interest revenue (10% × [$2,893,760* - $309,000]) 258,476 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
239 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
254) On January 1, 2021, Park Industrial leased equipment from Rochester Leasing for a four-year period ending December 31, 2021, at which time possession of the leased asset will revert back to Rochester. The equipment cost Rochester $412,184 and has an expected economic life of five years. Rochester expects the residual value at December 31, 2021, will be $50,000. Negotiations led to the lessee guaranteeing a $70,000 residual value. Equal payments under the lease are $100,000 and are due on December 31 of each year with the first payment being made on December 31, 2021. Park is aware that Rochester used a 5% interest rate when calculating lease payments. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for both Park and Rochester on January 1, 2021, to record the lease. 2. Prepare all appropriate journal entries for both Park and Rochester on December 31, 2021, related to the lease. Answer: 1. January 1, 2021 Present Value of Lease payments Present value of periodic lease payments ($100,000 × 3.54595**) Plus: Present value of the excess lessee-guaranteed residual value ($20,000 × 0.82270*)
$354,595 16,454
Present value of lease payments $371,049 * Present value of $1: n = 4, i = 5% ** present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 4, i = 5% If a lessee-guaranteed residual value exceeds the estimate of the actual residual value, that excess added to the present value of the lease payments the lessee records as both a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. The present value of the estimated amount payable also is added to the lessor's present value of lease payments for its lease receivable. Park (Lessee) Right-of-use asset (calculated above) Lease payable (calculated above)
371,049
Rochester (Lessor) Lease receivable ($371,049 + [$50,000 × 0.82270]) Equipment (lessor's cost])
412,184
371,049
412,184
240 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2. December 31, 2021 Park (Lessee) Interest expense (5% × $371,049) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment) Amortization expense ($371,049 ÷ 4) Right-of-use asset Rochester (Lessor) Cash (lease payment) Lease receivable (difference) Interest revenue (5% × $412,184)
18,552 81,448 100,000 92,762 92,762
100,000 79,391 20,609
The situation described, in which the lessee-guaranteed residual value exceeds the estimate of the actual residual value, is unusual in practice. However, the requirement to account for it in this way serves as a deterrent to lessees and lessors who might be inclined to manipulate reported numbers by reducing lease payments while creating an excess lessee-guaranteed residual value to compensate for the reduced lease payments. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Uncertainty‒Residual value Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
241 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
255) On January 1, 2021, Gravel Inc. leased construction equipment from Rocky Mountain Leasing. Rocky Mountain Leasing purchased the equipment from Bishop Inc. at a cost of $1,916,316. Gravel's borrowing rate for similar transactions is 10%. The lease agreement specified four annual payments of $400,000 beginning January 1, 2021, the beginning of the lease, and at each December 31 thereafter through 2023. The useful life of the equipment is estimated to be six years. The present value of those four payments at a discount rate of 10% is $1,394,740. On January 1, 2023 (after two years and three payments), Gravel and Rocky Mountain agreed to extend the lease term by two years. The market rate of interest at that time was 9%. Required: Round your answers to the nearest whole dollar amounts. 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entries for Gravel Inc. on January 1, 2023, to adjust its lease liability for the lease modification. 2. Prepare all appropriate journal entries for Rocky Mountain Leasing on January 1, 2023, to record the lease modification. 3. Prepare all appropriate journal entries for Gravel Inc. on December 31, 2023, related to the lease. 4. Prepare all appropriate journal entries for Rocky Mountain Leasing on December 31, 2023, related to the lease. Answer: 1. Modification of the Lease Gravel Inc. (Lessee) Right-of-use asset (present value of lease payments) Lease payable (present value of lease payments)
648,880
* PV of remaining 3 payments, discounted at 9% current rate Liability balance on January 1, 2023 Increase in balance
648,880 $1,012,516 363,636 $648,880
$400,000 × 2.53129* = $1,012,516 Lease Present Payments value *Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1: n = 3, i = 9%.
242 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Modification of the Lease Rocky Mountain Leasing, the lessor, previously viewed its operating lease as simply renting the asset to the lessee and thus recorded lease revenue of $400,000 each year on a straight-line basis while depreciating the asset over the first two years. Now, it's a sales-type lease, so Newton records a lease receivable for the present value of the remaining lease payments (discounted at the current interest rate) and derecognizes the equipment (and related accumulated depreciation). Rocky Mountain Leasing (Lessor) Lease receivable (PV of 3 remaining lease payments) Accumulated depreciation ([$1,916,316 ÷ 6 years] × 2 years) Cost of goods sold ($1,916,316 - $638,772) Sales revenue (PV of 3 remaining lease payments) Equipment (lessor's cost)
1,012,516 638,772 1,277,544 1,012,516 1,916,316
Book value (carrying value) = $1,916,316 - $638,772 = $1,277,544 Loss = $1,277,544 - $1,012,516 = $265,028 Because the receivable is less than the carrying value of the equipment, Newton also recognizes a selling loss for the difference: Sales revenue of $1,012,516 minus cost of goods sold of $1,277,554 equals a $265,028 selling loss. 3. Gravel Inc. accounts for the modified lease in the same manner as any other finance lease, recording interest at the now current interest rate of 9% and amortizing the balance in the right-of-use asset over the remaining four years: Gravel Inc. (Lessee) Interest expense (9% × $1,012,516) Lease payable (difference) Cash (lease payment) Amortization expense ($1,012,516 ÷ 4 years) Right-of-use asset
91,126 308,874 400,000 253,129 253,129
243 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4. Rocky Mountain Leasing accounts for the modified lease in the same manner as any other sales-type lease, recording interest at the now current interest rate of 9%. Rocky Mountain Leasing (Lessor) Cash (lease payment) 400,000 Lease receivable 308,874 Interest revenue (9% × $1,012,516) 91,126 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee or Lessor‒Journal entries; Uncertainty‒Payments-Term-Termination penalty Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 256) What amounts are considered to be lease payments when the lessee calculates the right-of-use asset and lease payable? Answer: Lease payments include fixed payments plus the exercise price for a purchase option if exercise is "reasonably certain" plus any termination penalty for a termination option if exercise is "reasonably certain" plus variable lease payments only if (a) deemed in-substance fixed payments or (b) based on an index or rate (with any changes in payments included only if and when the lessee remeasures the lease liability for another reason) plus any excess of guaranteed residual value over expected residual value. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value; Uncertainty‒Payments-Term-Termination penalty Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
244 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
257) Discuss the financial statement disclosure requirements for all leases entered into by the lessee. Answer: Lease disclosure requirements are quite extensive for both the lessor and lessee. Virtually all aspects of the lease agreement must be disclosed. For all leases a general description of the leasing arrangement is required as well as other items such as variable lease payments and residual values. Quantitative lease disclosures include: • Finance lease costs, with separate disclosure of interest and amortization. (The total of these two is reported together in the income statement as lease expense.) • Operating lease cost. • Short term lease cost. • Variable lease cost. • Weighted average lease term of operating leases and finance leases. • Weighted average discount rate. • A reconciliation of opening and closing balances of the right-of-use asset. • Contractual obligations (and options that the lessee is "reasonably certain" to exercise) for each of the five succeeding fiscal years, plus a total for the remaining years. • Table of future lease payments, segregated by type of lease, for each of the next five years, and total of payments for the remaining years, and (for finance leases) reconciled with the balance sheet liabilities. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lease disclosures Learning Objective: 15-08 Describe the impact of leases on the statement of cash flows and disclosure requirements pertaining to leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
245 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
258) Discuss the three major types of leases that may apply to the lessor when there is no third-party guarantee. How do they differ? Answer: From the lessor's point of view, a lease may generally be one of three types: operating, sales-type without selling profit, or sales-type with selling profit. The operating lease is accounted for as a rental whereby control is not transferred and periodic lease payments are recorded as rent revenue. Sales-type leases without selling profit and sales-type leases with selling profit are leases whereby the lessor relinquishes control of the asset leased by having any one of five classification criteria apply to the lease. The lessor views the lease as an investment and the revenue on such a lease is in the form of interest. For a sales-type lease with selling profit, the lessor receives income from two sources: profit on the "sale" of the leased equipment and interest on the financing portion of the contract. The distinguishing feature of the sales-type lease with selling profit compared to the sales-type lease without selling profit is the existence of the selling profit or markup. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lease classification‒Finance-Sales-type-Operating Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
246 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
259) Discuss the economic advantages to the lessee by leasing rather than buying assets. Answer: An important advantage for firms with little finance is avoiding down payment requirements. Lessors frequently finance 100% of the value of an asset. This permits the lessee to use funds for other purposes. Instead of paying cash upfront to purchase an asset, a company can begin to use the asset immediately with only the first monthly lease payment. Many companies, especially newer ones, may have insufficient cash to pay the full purchase cost for an asset, but they likely have enough cash to begin monthly payments. Also, some companies that have high credit risk may not be able to obtain financing to purchase an asset. Leasing may be these companies' only option to acquire the asset. Another advantage to the lessee is reduced risk. The risks of ownership include obsolescence, physical deterioration of the asset, or casualty loss. The risks of ownership can be completely or partially avoided through leasing. Installment payments to buy an asset are based on the asset's full fair value. On the other hand, lease payments often are tied only to the portion of the asset's fair value expected to decline over the lease period. Because the lease period can be less than the asset's full life, the monthly payments associated with leasing often are lower. Also, the purchase of an asset can include several additional fees — loan origination fees, closing costs, brokerage fees, and certain taxes. You know that if you've ever bought a house or a car. Many leases, though, begin with the first lease payment including nothing more than the agreed upon monthly amount. Leasing also might offer flexibility and a lower cost when disposing of the asset. Returning a leased asset at the end of the lease term requires little effort or cost. When you've rented a car for the week, you simply return the car to the rental company. When a company is finished with an office building, the company simply moves out. However, selling an asset that you've previously purchased usually isn't that easy. Some unique assets might not have an available market in which used items can be easily sold. Selling an asset also can require significant costs. For example, many realtors charge up to 6% to sell your home or office building. Leasing, too, might offer protection against the risk of declining asset values. When an asset is purchased, there might be certainty about its acquisition costs (and debt payments in the case of financing), but the price for which the asset eventually can be sold is uncertain. Lessees can avoid the risk of declining fair values (selling prices) by leasing the asset. Of course, the lessee also misses out on any increase in fair value. Finally, sometimes leasing offers tax savings over outright purchases. For instance, a company with little or no taxable income—maybe a business just getting started, or one experiencing an economic downturn—will get little benefit from deducting depreciation on its tax return. Normally, depreciation reduces taxable income and thus reduces taxes, but if there's little or no taxable income to reduce, there's little or no tax savings. However, the company can benefit indirectly by leasing assets rather than buying. By allowing the lessor to retain ownership and thus benefit from depreciation deductions, the lessee often can negotiate lower lease payments. Lessees with sufficient taxable income to take advantage of the depreciation deductions, but still in lower tax brackets than lessors, also can achieve similar indirect tax benefits. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Advantages of leasing Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. 247 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management; FN Risk Analysis 260) Describe the use of amortization for an asset leased under a finance lease. Include a discussion of the amortization period. Answer: The lessee's right-of-use asset provides the less with the right to use the asset over the period covered by the lease term and amortization expense each period is a measurement for the period of benefit. The value of the leased asset (present value of the lease payments) is amortized by the lessee typically using a straight-line method. The amortization period depends on the criterion that qualified the lease as a finance lease. If the lease qualifies as a finance lease due to the transfer of ownership or the existence of a purchase option that is reasonably certain to be exercised, the amortization period is the useful life of the asset to the lessee. However, when the lease qualifies as a finance lease because either 1) the lease term is for the "major part" of the remaining economic life of the asset, 2) the present value of the total of the lease payments equals or exceeds "substantially all" of the fair value of the leased asset, or 3) the leased asset is of such a specialized nature that it is expected to have no alternative use to the lessor at the end of the lease term, then the lease term is used as the amortization period. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Amortize ROU asset Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
248 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
261) Differentiate between guaranteed and unguaranteed residual value of leased property. Does the difference affect the lessor's accounting for the lease? Answer: If a lease contains a guaranteed residual value, then the lessee, or some third party, guarantees that the lessor will recover a specified value at the end of the lease term. If the fair value of the asset is below this guaranteed minimum at the end of the lease term, then the lessee or the designated third party must pay the difference to the lessor. If, on the other hand, the residual is not guaranteed, then the lessor reacquires the property at the end of the lease term, and lessee has no further obligation. The lessor includes as part of its lease payments any residual value, guaranteed or not. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 262) 1) In a lease transaction, what are initial direct costs? 2) How does the lessor account for initial direct costs in an operating lease, a sales-type lease with selling profit, and a sales-type lease with no selling profit? Answer: 1) Any costs incurred by the lessor that are associated directly with originating a lease, are essential to acquire that lease, and would not have been incurred had the lease agreement not occurred are called initial direct costs. These costs include legal fees, commissions, and preparing and processing lease documents, but not including legal and processing fees for negotiations and drafting of documents. 2) The method of accounting for initial direct costs depends on the nature of the lease. For an operating lease and for a sales-type lease without selling profit, initial direct costs are deferred (recorded as an asset) and expensed over the term of the lease. For a sales-type lease with selling profit, initial direct costs are expensed in the period of "sale" — that is, at the beginning of the lease. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 249 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
263) Discuss the financial statement disclosure requirements for all leases entered into by the lessor. Answer: Lease disclosure requirements are quite extensive for both the lessor and lessee. Virtually all aspects of the lease agreement must be disclosed. For all leases a general description of the leasing arrangement is required as well as other items such as variable lease payments and residual values. Quantitative lease disclosures include: • • • •
Information about lease contracts and significant assumptions and judgments. Table of lease revenues received. Lease sales disclosed separately from regular sales. Table of future lease payments, segregated by type of lease, for each of the next five years, and total of payments thereafter and (for sales-type leases) reconciled with the balance sheet receivables. • Information about assets under operating lease. • Information about risks associated with residual values. • Information about significant changes in unguaranteed residual values. • The gross investment and net investment in the lease. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lease disclosures Learning Objective: 15-08 Describe the impact of leases on the statement of cash flows and disclosure requirements pertaining to leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 264) How do U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) compare to classifying a lease as a finance lease? Answer: We use five classification criteria under U.S. GAAP to determine whether a lease is a finance lease. Under international standards, there is not a distinction between finance and operating leases. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS‒Lease accounting Learning Objective: 15-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
250 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
265) Compare and contrast the way leases are classified between operating leases and finance leases under U.S. GAAP and IFRS. Answer: U.S. GAAP contains a distinction between operating and finance leases while IFRS does not have a distinction between the types of leases. IFRS requires all leases over a certain value and length of time to be treated in the same manner on the financial statements. Under U.S. GAAP, five criteria distinguish whether leases are considered operating or finance leases. Meeting any one of these five criteria qualifies a lease as a finance lease. Specifically, for U.S. GAAP, if a lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the lessee by the end of the lease term, it is a finance lease. If a lease grants the lessee an option to purchase the underlying asset that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise, it is a finance lease. If a lease term is for the "major part" of the remaining economic life of the underlying asset, it is a finance lease. If the present value of the sum of the lease payments and any residual value guaranteed by the lessee that isn't already reflected in the lease payments equals or exceeds "substantially all" of the fair value of the underlying asset, it is a finance lease. Finally, if the underlying asset is of such a specialized nature that it's expected to have no alternative use to the lessor at the end of the lease term, it is a finance lease. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lease classification‒Criteria; IFRS‒Lease accounting Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases; 15-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to leases. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Diversity; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement 266) A lessee should classify a lease transaction as a finance lease if it is noncancelable and one or more of five classification criteria are met. What are these criteria? Answer: The criteria are: (1) the agreement specifies that ownership of the asset transfers to the lessee, (2) the agreement contains a purchase option that is reasonably certain to be exercised, (3) the lease term is equal to the "major part" of the expected economic life of the asset, (4) the present value of the lease payments is equal to or greater than "substantially all" of the leased asset, or (5) the underlying asset is of such a specialized nature that it is expected to have no alternative use to the lessor at the end of the lease term. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lease classification‒Criteria Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
251 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
267) In accounting for a finance lease/sales-type lease, explain how the lessee's and lessor's income statements are affected. Answer: When accounting for a finance lease, as lease payments are made over the term of the lease, the lessee records interest expense and the lessor records interest revenue at the effective interest rate. The lessee also records amortization expense on its right-of-use asset over the term of the lease. Because the lessor removes the asset from its books at the beginning of the lease, it would not have depreciation to record. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lease classification‒Finance-Sales-type-Operating Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 268) What is selling profit in a sales-type lease? How does the lessor account for selling profit in a sales-type lease with a selling profit? Answer: Selling profit exists when the fair value of the asset, usually the present value of the lease payments, or "selling price," exceeds the cost or carrying value of the asset transferred to the lessee. We account for this type of lease by recognizing the profit at the beginning of the lease. Most companies when recording this profit will record a credit to sales revenue for the present value of the lease payments, or "selling price," and a debit to cost of goods sold for the cost or carrying value of the asset transferred to the lessee in place of the profit. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessor‒Sales-type lease‒With selling profit Learning Objective: 15-03 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with a selling profit. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
252 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
269) In accounting for an operating lease, describe how the lessee's and lessor's income statements are affected. Answer: When accounting for an operating lease, both the lessee and lessor record total lease expense (lessee) and lease revenue (lessor) on a straight-line basis. The lessor, having recorded no entry affecting its balance sheet at the beginning of the lease, simply records lease payments as lease revenue on a straight-line basis. The lessor continues to record depreciation on the asset being leased, and continues to report the asset on its balance sheet. The lessee records its total lease expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. This is accomplished by recording interest the normal way (at the effective interest rate) and then "plugging" the right-of-use asset amortization at whatever amount is needed to cause interest plus amortization to equal the straight-line lease payment amount. Those two components (interest and amortization) comprise a single lease expense amount reported in the income statement. Note: Although ASC 842 doesn't specify this decomposition, the lessee must (a) calculate the interest component in order to determine the reduction of the lease payable over the lease term and (b) calculate the amortization component in order to determine the reduction in the balance of the right-of-use asset over the lease term. For convenience, we determine and record these two "components", and then combine them for purposes of reporting. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Operating lease‒Total lease expense; Lessor‒Operating lease‒Revenue and depreciation Learning Objective: 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 270) Briefly describe the conceptual basis for asset and liability recognition under the right-of-use approach used by the lessee in a lease transaction. Answer: The right to use a leased asset can provide the lessee with a significant benefit. The lessee reports this benefit as a right-of-use asset in its balance sheet. Similarly, the obligation to make the lease payments can be a significant liability that the lessee also reports in its balance sheet. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Lease classification‒Finance-Sales-type-Operating Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
253 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
271) In a financing lease, "front loading" of lease expense and lease revenue occurs. What does this mean, and how is it avoided in an operating lease? Answer: In a finance lease, the lessee records more expense and the lessor records more revenue early in the life of the lease. This "front loading" of lease expense and revenue occurs due to the fact that interest is higher initially than it is in the later stages of a lease (constant interest rate times a declining lease balance), while amortization expense for the lessee's right-of-use asset remains the same straight-line amount each period. (The lessor has no depreciation expense in a finance lease because the asset is removed from its books.) This "front loading" is avoided in an operating lease because both the lessee and lessor record total lease expense (lessee) and interest revenue (lessor) on a straight-line basis. The lessee records its total lease expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. This is accomplished by recording interest the normal way (at the effective interest rate) and then "plugging" its right-of-use asset amortization at whatever amount is needed for interest plus amortization to equal the straight-line lease payment. Note: Although ASC 842 doesn't specify this decomposition, the lessee must (a) calculate the interest component in order to determine the reduction of the lease payable over the lease term and (b) calculate the amortization component in order to determine the reduction in the balance of the right-of-use asset over the lease term. For convenience, we determine and record these two "components", and then combine them for purposes of reporting. The lessor, having recorded no entry affecting its balance sheet at the beginning of the lease, simply records lease payments as lease revenue on a straight-line basis. (The lessor continues to record depreciation on the asset that it retains on its balance sheet in an operating lease.) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Lease classification―Finance-Sales-type-Operating; Lessee―Operating lease―Total lease expense; Lessee―Finance lease―Interest expense Learning Objective: 15-01 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases.; 15-02 Explain why companies frequently choose to lease assets and describe the basis for each of the criteria used to classify leases; 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
254 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
272) The discount rate influences virtually every amount reported in connection with a lease by both the lessor and the lessee. What is the lessor's discount rate when determining the present value of lease payments? What is the lessee's discount rate? Answer: The lessor's discount rate is the effective interest rate the lease payments provide the lessor over and above the "price" at which the right to use the asset is "sold" under the lease. It is the desired rate of return the lessor has in mind when deciding the size of the lease payments. When recording its lease receivable, the lessor uses the discount rate it charges the lessee. This is the rate implicit in the lease agreement. In other words, it is the desired rate of return the lessor has in mind when deciding the size of the lease payments. It is the rate that causes the sum of (a) the present value of lease payments and (b) the present value of any residual value of the leased asset at the end of the lease to equal the fair value of the asset today. In its calculations, the lessee uses its own incremental borrowing rate, which is the rate that the lessee would have to pay to borrow over a similar term the funds needed to purchase an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use asset. "Incremental" refers to the fact that lending institutions tend to view debt as being increasingly risky as the level of debt increases. Thus, additional (i.e., incremental) debt is likely to be loaned at a higher interest rate than existing debt, other things being equal. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Lessee‒Finance lease‒Interest expense; Lessee‒Operating lease‒Interest Learning Objective: 15-02 Describe and demonstrate how the lessee accounts for a finance lease and the lessor accounts for a sales-type lease with no selling profit; 15-04 Describe and demonstrate how the lessor and lessee account for all transactions associated with operating leases. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis
255 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
273) Sometimes a lease might specify that lease payments may be increased (or decreased) at some future time during the lease term depending on whether or not some specified event occurs such as revenues or profits exceeding some designated level. Under what circumstances are contingent rentals included or excluded from lease payments? If excluded, how are they recognized in income determination? Answer: Contingent rentals are considered variable payments and are not included in lease payments but are reported in disclosure notes by both the lessor and lessee. This is because they are not determinable at the beginning of the lease. They are included as components of income when (and if) the payments occur. Two exceptions to not including variable payments in the calculation of the lease liability are: • When "variable" lease payments actually are fixed payments in disguise, these in-substance fixed payments are considered as part of the lease payments. • When the variation in the lease payments depends on an index or a rate, the Consumer Price Index or current market rate of interest, for instance, but changes in payments due to changes in the index or rate affect the lease liability and right-of-use asset only when the lease liability is re-measured for some other reasons (for instance, due to a change in the lease term). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Payments-Term-Termination penalty Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
256 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
274) What is a purchase option? How does it affect accounting for a lease? Answer: A purchase option is a provision in a lease contract that gives the lessee the option to purchase the leased property during, or at the end of, the lease term, at a specified exercise price. If that price is sufficiently lower than the expected fair value of the property when the option becomes exercisable that the exercise of the option appears "reasonably certain" at the beginning of the lease that it will be exercised, transfer of ownership is expected and the lease would be considered a finance lease. Also, the exercise price would be part of the lease payments for both the lessee and lessor, influencing the amount recorded as a right-of-use asset, lease liability, and lease receivable. Furthermore, the lease term would be considered ended at the time the option becomes exercisable. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Purchase option Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 275) Sometimes a lease can be renewed for additional periods or terminated after a specified period. How do the lessee and lessor decide the lease term to be used in accounting for the lease? Answer: Sometimes the actual term of a lease is not obvious. In these situations, we need to decide whether the lessee is "reasonably certain" to exercise any renewal, purchase, or termination options. If so, we adjust the lease term accordingly. Otherwise, we use the contractual lease term. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Uncertainty‒Payments-Term-Termination penalty Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
257 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
276) What situations cause a lessee to remeasure a lease liability (and right-of-use asset)? How is that accomplished? Answer: Several situations cause us to re-measure a lease liability (and right-of-use asset). In each case, we compare the re-measured liability with its current balance to see the adjustment needed, calculating the new amount as the present value of the remaining lease payments: Present value of remaining payments Liability balance (current) Increase in balance
$xxx xxx $xxx
Situations requiring remeasurement of the lease liability are when there is a change in the assessment of: • • • • •
the lease term. whether exercise of a purchase or termination option is reasonably certain. any cash payment due to a guaranteed residual value. whether a variable payment is now a fixed payment. not accounted for as a new lease.
or, when there is a modification of the terms of the lease not accounted for as a new lease. We reassess (a) the lease term or (b) whether exercise of a purchase or termination option is reasonably certain only when some new event, like a leasehold improvement, triggers a reassessment. In those two situations, as well as when there's a modification of the terms of the lease, the discount rate used in present value calculation is updated from rate used at the beginning of the lease to rate current at remeasurement. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncertainty‒Payments-Term-Termination penalty Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
258 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
277) Occasionally, a lease agreement includes a guarantee by the lessee that the lessor will recover a specified residual value when custody of the asset reverts back to the lessor at the end of the lease term. Under what circumstance can the guaranteed residual value influence the amounts recorded by the lessee and lessor? In that circumstance, how are the amounts affected? Answer: A lessee-guaranteed residual value is considered if the lessee-guaranteed residual value exceeds the estimate of the actual residual value. If a cash payment under a lessee-guaranteed residual value is predicted, the present value of that payment is added to the present value of the lease payments the lessee records as both a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. Similarly, its present value (residual asset) also adds to the amount that the lessor records as a lease receivable (as part of its net investment in the lease). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 278) Compare the way a purchase option that is reasonably certain to be exercised and a lessee-guaranteed residual value are treated by the lessee and lessor when determining lease payments. Answer: If a purchase option is reasonably certain to be exercised, the exercise price is included in determining lease payments. A lessee-guaranteed residual value is not included in determining lease payments unless the amount guaranteed exceeds the estimated fair value at the end of the lease. In that case, though, the excess lessee-guaranteed residual value is treated precisely the same way that the reasonably certain exercise price is treated. The expectation that the option price will be paid effectively adds an additional cash flow to the lease. The same is true for the expectation that a cash payment will be made due to a lessee-guaranteed residual value. Those additional payments are included as components of lease payments. They therefore are included in the computation of the amount to be capitalized (as an asset and liability) by the lessee and a lease receivable by the lessor. But, a residual value not guaranteed by the lessee is ignored by the lessee, but still is expected to be received by the lessor, thus influencing the size of the lease payments and becoming part of the lease receivable (as a residual asset). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncertainty‒Residual value; Uncertainty‒Purchase option Learning Objective: 15-06 Explain the impact on lease accounting of uncertainties, including uncertain lease terms, variable lease payments, residual values, purchase options, and termination penalties. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement
259 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
279) What nonlease costs might be included as part of lease payments? How are they accounted for by the lessee in a finance lease when paid by the lessee? Explain. Answer: Repairs, maintenance, hazard insurance, and property taxes are costs often associated with owning and operating an asset. Often, for convenience, a lease contract will specify that the lessor is to pay some or all of these costs, but in reality, these additional costs are embedded in the periodic payments made by the lessee. The accounting question is whether to include these costs as separate components of the lease contract (to be expensed by the lessee) or, instead, included in the payments to be capitalized as part of the right-of-use asset. The determining factor is whether the charge represents a transfer of a good or service to the lessee. If so, it qualifies as a "nonlease component" of the payment and is separated from the lease payments and expensed. As a practical expedient, the lessee is given the option to elect to include non-lease components in the amounts to be capitalized, except for insurance and property taxes, which always must be excluded. For example, a lessee could elect to treat maintenance cost, not as maintenance expense, but instead treat it as part of the lease expense. In that case, the right-of-use asset and lease liability would be measured as the present value of payments that include the maintenance amount. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other costs‒Nonlease-Initial direct Learning Objective: 15-07 Determine whether a contract contains a lease and explain the impact on lease accounting of other payments, including nonlease payments, initial direct costs, and leasehold improvements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Measurement 280) Is it possible that a finance lease under IFRS be classified as an operating lease under U.S. GAAP? Explain. Answer: Yes. A finance lease under IFRS might be classified as an operating lease under U.S. GAAP. The classification criteria are the same for lessors. But, while lessees classify leases as operating or finance leases under U. S. GAAP, lessees classify all leases as finance leases under IFRS No. 16. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS‒Lease accounting Learning Objective: 15-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to leases. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
260 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
281) When a company sells an asset and simultaneously leases it back, what criteria must be met to apply sale-leaseback accounting rather than accounting for the transaction as a loan? Answer: Sale leaseback accounting is permitted only when the sale portion qualifies as a sale under the revenue recognition guidelines. If the leaseback qualifies as a finance lease, no sale has occurred. So, the only way to have a sale leaseback is to have a sale (accounted for as such), followed by an operating lease. If it is not a sale, the transaction is accounted for as a loan from the buyer to the seller. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Sale-leaseback transactions; IFRS―Lease accounting Learning Objective: Appendix 15 Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking; FN Risk Analysis
261 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 16 Accounting for Income Taxes 1) A temporary difference originates in one period and reverses, or turns around, in one or more later periods. 2) Expenditures currently deducted in the tax return but not included with expenses in the income statement until subsequent years create deferred tax liabilities. 3) Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities represent the tax effect of the temporary difference between the financial carrying value of an asset or liability and its tax basis. 4) Revenues from installment sales of property reported on financial statements in prior years and currently reported in the tax return create deferred tax assets. 5) Rent collected in advance results in deferred tax assets. 6) MACRS depreciation typically creates deferred tax liabilities early in the life of an asset. 7) An unrealized gain from marking an investment to fair value typically creates a deferred tax asset. 8) Future taxable amounts result in deferred tax assets. 9) The classification of deferred tax assets is sometimes dependent on when the benefit will be realized. 10) The basic issue in deciding whether to record a valuation allowance for a deferred tax asset is determining whether it is more likely than not if future taxable income will be sufficient to realize the tax benefit. 11) Valuation allowances reduce deferred tax liabilities to the amount that is more likely than not to be payable in the future. 12) Changes in enacted tax rates that do not become effective in the current period affect deferred tax accounts only after the new rates take effect. 13) Changes in enacted tax rates only affect income tax expense in the years those changes affect tax payable. 14) A net operating loss (NOL) carryforward creates a deferred tax liability that should be classified as current to the extent that the NOL will be recovered in the following year. 15) The tax benefit of a net operating loss carried back two years represents a current receivable for income tax to be refunded. 1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
16) Deferred tax assets and liabilities typically are classified as current or long term according to when the underlying temporary difference is expected to reverse. 17) GAAP regarding accounting for income taxes requires which of the following procedures? A) Computation of deferred tax assets and liabilities based on temporary differences. B) Computation of deferred income tax based on permanent differences. C) Computation of income tax expense based on taxable income. D) Computation of deferred income tax based on temporary and permanent differences. 18) A result of inter-period tax allocation is that: A) Large fluctuations in a company's tax liability are eliminated. B) The income tax expense is allocated among the income statement items that caused the expense. C) The income tax expense in the income statement is the sum of the income taxes payable for the year and the changes in deferred tax asset or liability balances for the year. D) The income tax expense shown in the income statement is equal to the deferred taxes for the year. 19) Which of the following causes a temporary difference between taxable and pretax accounting income? A) Investment expenses incurred to generate tax-exempt income. B) MACRS used for depreciating equipment. C) The dividends received deduction. D) Life insurance proceeds received due to the death of an executive. 20) Which of the following differences between financial accounting and tax accounting ordinarily creates a deferred tax liability? A) Interest income on municipal bonds. B) Proceeds from life insurance received due to death of an executive. C) Prepaid utilities. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 21) Which of the following differences between financial accounting and tax accounting ordinarily creates a deferred tax liability? A) Depreciation early in the life of an asset. B) Unrealized losses from recording investments at fair value. C) Rent collected in advance. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 22) Which of the following differences between financial accounting and tax accounting ordinarily creates a deferred tax asset? A) Depreciation early in the life of an asset. B) Unrealized gain from recording investments at fair value. C) Subscriptions collected in advance. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
23) Which of the following differences between financial accounting and tax accounting ordinarily creates a deferred tax asset? A) Unrealized loss from recording inventory impairments. B) Prepaid expenses. C) Installment sales for which taxable income recognized when cash is collected. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 24) Which of the following creates a deferred tax liability? A) An unrealized loss from recording inventory at lower of cost or market. B) Accelerated depreciation in the tax return. C) Estimated warranty expense. D) Subscriptions collected in advance. 25) Which of the following circumstances creates a future taxable amount? A) Service fees collected in advance from customers: taxable when received, recognized for financial reporting when earned. B) Accrued compensation costs for future payments. C) Straight-line depreciation for financial reporting and accelerated depreciation for tax reporting. D) Investment expenses incurred to obtain tax-exempt income (not tax deductible). 26) Which of the following usually results in an increase in a deferred tax liability? A) Accrual of estimated operating expenses. B) Revenue collected in advance. C) Prepaid operating expenses, currently deductible. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 27) For its first year of operations, Tringali Corporation's reconciliation of pretax accounting income to taxable income is as follows: Pretax accounting income Permanent difference Temporary difference-depreciation Taxable income
$ 300,000 (15,000) 285,000 (20,000) $ 265,000
Tringali's tax rate is 25%. Assume that no estimated taxes have been paid. What should Tringali report as income tax payable for its first year of operations? A) $75,000. B) $71,250. C) $66,250. D) $5,000.
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
28) For its first year of operations, Tringali Corporation's reconciliation of pretax accounting income to taxable income is as follows: Pretax accounting income Permanent difference Temporary difference-depreciation Taxable income
$ 300,000 (15,000) 285,000 (20,000) $ 265,000
Tringali's tax rate is 25%. Assume that no estimated taxes have been paid. What should Tringali report as its deferred income tax liability as of the end of its first year of operations? A) $35,000. B) $20,000. C) $8,750 D) $5,000. 29) For its first year of operations, Tringali Corporation's reconciliation of pretax accounting income to taxable income is as follows: Pretax accounting income Permanent difference Temporary difference-depreciation Taxable income
$ 300,000 (15,000) 285,000 (20,000) $ 265,000
Tringali's tax rate is 25%. Assume that no estimated taxes have been paid. What should Tringali report as its income tax expense for its first year of operations? A) $75,000. B) $66,250. C) $71,250 D) $5,000.
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
30) Isaac Inc. began operations in January 2021. For some property sales, Isaac recognizes income in the period of sale for financial reporting purposes. However, for income tax purposes, Isaac recognizes income when it collects cash from the buyer's installment payments. In 2021, Isaac had $600 million in sales of this type. Scheduled collections for these sales are as follows: 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025
$
60 million 120 million 120 million 150 million 150 million $ 600 million
Assume that Isaac has a 25% income tax rate and that there were no other differences in income for financial statement and tax purposes. Ignoring operating expenses, what deferred tax liability would Isaac report in its year-end 2021 balance sheet? A) $18 million. B) $135 million. C) $112.5 million. D) $540 million.
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
31) Isaac Inc. began operations in January 2021. For some property sales, Isaac recognizes income in the period of sale for financial reporting purposes. However, for income tax purposes, Isaac recognizes income when it collects cash from the buyer's installment payments. In 2021, Isaac had $600 million in sales of this type. Scheduled collections for these sales are as follows: 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025
$
60 million 120 million 120 million 150 million 150 million $ 600 million
Assume that Isaac has a 25% income tax rate and that there were no other differences in income for financial statement and tax purposes. Ignoring operating expenses and additional sales in 2022, what deferred tax liability would Isaac report in its year-end 2022 balance sheet? A) $54 million. B) $90 million. C) $105 million. D) $112.5 million.
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
32) Isaac Inc. began operations in January 2021. For some property sales, Isaac recognizes income in the period of sale for financial reporting purposes. However, for income tax purposes, Isaac recognizes income when it collects cash from the buyer's installment payments. In 2021, Isaac had $600 million in sales of this type. Scheduled collections for these sales are as follows: 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025
$
60 million 120 million 120 million 150 million 150 million $ 600 million
Assume that Isaac has a 25% income tax rate and that there were no other differences in income for financial statement and tax purposes. Suppose that, in 2022, legislation revised the income tax rates so that Isaac would be taxed in 2023 and beyond at 30%, rather than 25%. Assume that there were no other differences in income for financial statement and tax purposes. Ignoring operating expenses and additional sales in 2022, what deferred tax liability would Isaac report in its year-end 2022 balance sheet? A) $105 million. B) $144 million. C) $126 million. D) $180 million. 33) In the statement of cash flows, by using the indirect method for determining cash flows from operating activities, a decrease in deferred tax liabilities is: A) Added to net income. B) Subtracted from net income. C) Ignored. D) Included under financing activities. 34) Which of the following statements is true as to GAAP regarding accounting for income taxes, and its use of the asset and liability approach? A) Considerable flexibility is permitted in the balance sheet classification of deferred tax amounts. B) The approach recognizes the time value of money. C) The approach is consistent with a balance sheet emphasis of U.S. GAAP and the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). D) The approach is consistent with cash basis accounting.
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
35) The following information relates to Franklin Freightways for its first year of operations (data in millions of dollars): Pretax accounting income: Pretax accounting income included: Overweight fines (not deductible for tax purposes) Depreciation expense Depreciation in the tax return
$ 195 5 70 110
The applicable tax rate is 25%. There are no other temporary or permanent differences. Franklin's taxable income ($ in millions) is: A) $40. B) $155. C) $110. D) $160. 36) The following information relates to Franklin Freightways for its first year of operations (data in millions of dollars): Pretax accounting income: Pretax accounting income included: Overweight fines (not deductible for tax purposes) Depreciation expense Depreciation in the tax return
$ 195 5 70 110
The applicable tax rate is 25%. There are no other temporary or permanent differences. Franklin Freightways should have recorded ($ in millions): A) Tax payable of $40. B) Tax payable of $22.5. C) Tax payable of $48.75. D) Tax benefit of $10 due to the NOL.
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
37) The following information relates to Franklin Freightways for its first year of operations (data in millions of dollars): Pretax accounting income: Pretax accounting income included: Overweight fines (not deductible for tax purposes) Depreciation expense Depreciation in the tax return
$ 195 5 70 110
The applicable tax rate is 25%. There are no other temporary or permanent differences. Franklin's net income ($ in millions) is: A) $134. B) $147.5. C) $156.25. D) $145. 38) The following information relates to Franklin Freightways for its first year of operations (data in millions of dollars): Pretax accounting income: Pretax accounting income included: Overweight fines (not deductible for tax purposes) Depreciation expense Depreciation in the tax return
$ 195 5 70 110
The applicable tax rate is 25%. There are no other temporary or permanent differences. Which of the following must Franklin Freightways disclose related to the income tax expense reported in the income statement ($ in millions)? A) Only the current portion of tax expense of $40. B) Only the total tax expense of $50. C) Both the current portion of the tax expense of $40 and the deferred portion of the tax expense of $10. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
39) The following information relates to Franklin Freightways for its first year of operations (data in millions of dollars): Pretax accounting income: Pretax accounting income included: Overweight fines (not deductible for tax purposes) Depreciation expense Depreciation in the tax return
$ 195 5 70 110
The applicable tax rate is 25%. There are no other temporary or permanent differences. Franklin's balance sheet at the end of its first year would report: A) A deferred tax liability of $10 million among noncurrent liabilities. B) A deferred tax liability of $10 million among current liabilities. C) A deferred tax asset of $10 million among noncurrent assets. D) A deferred tax asset of $10 million among current assets. 40) Brady's listing of deferred tax assets and liabilities includes the following for operations in the tax jurisdictions of Tambura and Nileboo: Tambura: Deferred tax asset of $5 million Valuation allowance of $2 million Deferred tax liability of $14 million Nileboo: Deferred tax asset of $18 million Deferred tax liability of $3 million Brady files separate tax returns in Tambura and Nileboo. Brady's balance sheet would include the following disclosure of deferred tax assets and liabilities: A) A deferred tax asset of $4 million. B) A deferred tax liability of $17 million and a deferred tax asset of $21 million. C) A deferred tax liability of $11 million and a deferred tax asset of $15 million. D) A deferred tax liability of $19 million and a deferred tax asset of $23 million. 41) Woody Corp. had taxable income of $8,000 in the current year. The amount of depreciation reported in the tax return was $3,000, while the amount of depreciation reported in the income statement was $1,000. Assuming no other differences between tax and accounting income, Woody's pretax accounting income was: A) $5,000. B) $6,000. C) $10,000. D) $11,000.
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
42) Alamo Inc. had $300 million in taxable income for the current year. Alamo also had a decrease in deferred tax assets of $30 million and an increase in deferred tax liabilities of $60 million. The company is subject to a tax rate of 25%. The total income tax expense for the year was: A) $390 million. B) $165 million. C) $105 million. D) $135 million. 43) Wayne Co. had a decrease in deferred tax liability of $20 million, a decrease in deferred tax assets of $10 million, and an increase in tax payable of $100 million. The company is subject to a tax rate of 25%. The total income tax expense for the year was: A) $90 million. B) $100 million. C) $110 million. D) $130 million. 44) Plutonic Inc. had $400 million in taxable income for the current year. Plutonic also had an increase in deferred tax liabilities of $50 million and recognized tax expense of $80 million. The company is subject to a tax rate of 25%. The change in deferred tax assets (ignoring any valuation allowance) was a(n): A) increase of $30 million. B) increase of $70 million. C) decrease of $30 million. D) decrease of $70 million. 45) During the current year, Stern Company had pretax accounting income of $45 million. Stern's only temporary difference for the year was rent received for the following year in the amount of $15 million. Stern's taxable income for the year would be: A) $30 million. B) $60 million. C) $50 million. D) $45 million.
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
46) Information for Kent Corp. for the year 2021: Reconciliation of pretax accounting income and taxable income: Pretax accounting income Permanent differences
$ 180,000 (15,000) 165,000 (12,000) $ 153,000
Temporary difference-depreciation Taxable income
Cumulative future taxable amounts all from depreciation temporary differences: As of December 31, 2020 As of December 31, 2021
$ 13,000 $ 25,000
The enacted tax rate was 25% for 2020 and thereafter. What should be the balance in Kent's deferred tax liability account as of December 31, 2021? A) $5,200. B) $6,250 C) $25,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 47) Information for Kent Corp. for the year 2021: Reconciliation of pretax accounting income and taxable income: Pretax accounting income Permanent differences
$ 180,000 (15,000) 165,000 (12,000) $ 153,000
Temporary difference-depreciation Taxable income
Cumulative future taxable amounts all from depreciation temporary differences: As of December 31, 2020 As of December 31, 2021
$ 13,000 $ 25,000
The enacted tax rate was 25% for 2020 and thereafter. What should Kent report as the current portion of its income tax expense in the year 2021? A) $38,250. B) $41,250. C) $45,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) Information for Kent Corp. for the year 2021: Reconciliation of pretax accounting income and taxable income: Pretax accounting income Permanent differences
$ 180,000 (15,000) 165,000 (12,000) $ 153,000
Temporary difference-depreciation Taxable income
Cumulative future taxable amounts all from depreciation temporary differences: As of December 31, 2020 As of December 31, 2021
$ 13,000 $ 25,000
The enacted tax rate was 25% for 2020 and thereafter. What would Kent's income tax expense be in the year 2021? A) $35,250. B) $38,250. C) $41,250. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 49) Of the following temporary differences, which one ordinarily creates a deferred tax asset? A) Unrealized gain from recording investments at fair value. B) Installment sales for tax reporting. C) Accrued warranty expense. D) Accelerated depreciation for tax reporting. 50) Using straight-line depreciation for financial reporting purposes and accelerated depreciation for tax purposes in the first year of an asset's life creates a: A) Future deductible amount. B) Permanent difference not requiring inter-period tax allocation. C) Deferred tax asset. D) Deferred tax liability. 51) A deferred tax asset represents a: A) Future income tax benefit. B) Future cash collection. C) Future tax refund. D) Future amount of money to be paid out.
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
52) Of the following common types of temporary differences, which one ordinarily creates a deferred tax asset? A) Intangible drilling costs. B) Depreciation. C) Rent received in advance. D) Installment sales. 53) Which of the following differences between financial accounting and tax accounting ordinarily creates a deferred tax asset? A) Tax depreciation in excess of book depreciation. B) Revenue collected in advance. C) The installment sales method for tax purposes. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 54) Which of the following creates a deferred tax asset? A) An unrealized loss from recording investments at fair value. B) Prepaid insurance. C) An unrealized gain from recording investments at fair value. D) Accelerated depreciation in the tax return. 55) Which of the following circumstances creates a future deductible amount? A) Earning of non-taxable interest on municipal bonds. B) Sales of property (installment method for tax purposes). C) Prepaid advertising expense. D) Accrued warranty expenses. 56) Estimated employee compensation expenses earned during the current period but expected to be paid in the next period causes: A) An increase in a deferred tax asset. B) A decrease in a deferred tax asset. C) An increase in a deferred tax liability. D) A decrease in a deferred tax liability. 57) A magazine publisher collects one year in advance for subscription revenue. In the year of providing the magazines to customers, the company would record: A) An increase in a deferred tax asset. B) A decrease in a deferred tax asset. C) An increase in a deferred tax liability. D) A decrease in a deferred tax liability.
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
58) In 2021, Magic Table Inc. decides to add a 36-month warranty on its new product sales. Warranty costs are tax deductible when claims are settled. In its financial statements for 2021, Magic Table Inc incurs: A) An increase in a deferred tax asset. B) A decrease in a deferred tax asset. C) An increase in a deferred tax liability. D) A decrease in a deferred tax liability. 59) Which of the following usually results in an increase in a deferred tax asset? A) Accelerated depreciation for tax reporting and straight-line depreciation for financial reporting. B) Prepaid insurance. C) Subscriptions delivered for which customers had paid in advance. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 60) At the end of the current year, Newsmax Inc. has $400,000 of subscriptions received in advance included in its balance sheet. A disclosure note reveals that the entire $400,000 will be recognized in the income statement in the next year. In the absence of other temporary differences, in the balance sheet one would also expect to find a: A) Noncurrent deferred tax liability. B) Noncurrent deferred tax asset. C) Current deferred tax liability. D) Current deferred tax asset. 61) The valuation allowance account that is used in conjunction with deferred tax assets is a(n): A) Liability. B) Component of shareholders' equity. C) Asset. D) Contra asset. 62) The valuation allowance account that is used in conjunction with deferred taxes relates: A) Only to deferred tax liabilities. B) To both deferred tax assets and liabilities. C) Only to deferred tax assets. D) Only to income taxes receivable due to net operating loss carrybacks. 63) In 2020, HD had reported a deferred tax asset of $90 million with no valuation allowance. At December 31, 2021, the account balances of HD Services showed a deferred tax asset of $120 million before assessing the need for a valuation allowance and income taxes payable of $80 million. HD determined that it was more likely than not that 30% of the deferred tax asset ultimately would not be realized. HD made no estimated tax payments during 2021. What amount should HD report as income tax expense in its 2021 income statement? A) $50 million. B) $80 million. C) $86 million. D) $116 million. 15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
64) For classification purposes, a valuation allowance: A) Is allocated proportionately between deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. B) Is allocated proportionately between the current and noncurrent portions of the deferred tax asset. C) Is contra to the deferred tax asset and classified as noncurrent. D) Is added to the deferred tax asset and classified as current. 65) If a company's deferred tax asset is not reduced by a valuation allowance, the company believes it is: A) Probable that sufficient taxable income will be generated in future years to realize the full tax benefit. B) Probable that sufficient financial income will be generated in future years to realize the full tax benefit. C) More likely than not that sufficient taxable income will be generated in future years to realize the full tax benefit. D) More likely than not that sufficient financial income will be generated in future years to realize the full tax benefit. 66) Which of the following typically causes a permanent difference between taxable income and pretax accounting income? A) The installment method used for sales of property. B) The depreciation method used for equipment. C) Interest income on municipal bonds. D) Percentage-of-completion method for long-term construction contracts. 67) In reconciling net income to taxable income, interest earned on municipal bonds is: A) Ignored. B) A temporary difference. C) A reversing difference. D) A permanent difference. 68) Which of the following causes a permanent difference between taxable income and pretax accounting income? A) Investment expenses incurred to obtain tax-exempt income. B) Unrealized gains from recording investments at fair value. C) Rent collected in advance. D) Prepaid expenses. 69) Which of the following would never require reporting deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities? A) Depreciation on equipment. B) Accrual of warranty expense. C) Life insurance premiums for the payer's benefit. D) Rent revenue received in advance.
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
70) When tax rates are changed subsequent to the creation of a deferred tax asset or liability, GAAP requires that: A) All deferred tax accounts be adjusted to reflect the new tax rates. B) The beginning deferred tax accounts are left unchanged. C) Only the deferred tax asset accounts are adjusted to reflect the new tax rates. D) Only the deferred tax liability accounts are adjusted to reflect the new tax rates. 71) Pretax accounting income for the year ended December 31, 2021, was $50 million for Truffles Company. Truffles' taxable income was $60 million. This was a result of differences between straight-line depreciation for financial reporting purposes and accelerated depreciation for tax purposes. The enacted tax rate is 25% for 2021 and 30% thereafter. What amount should Truffles report as the current portion of income tax expense for 2021? A) $15 million. B) $18 million. C) $12.5 million. D) $24 million. 72) The financial reporting carrying value of Boze Music's only depreciable asset exceeded its tax basis by $150,000 at December 31, 2021. This was a result of differences between straight-line depreciation for financial reporting purposes and accelerated depreciation for tax purposes. The asset was acquired earlier in the year. Boze has no other temporary differences. The enacted tax rate is 25% for 2021 and 30% thereafter. Boze should report the deferred tax effect of this difference in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet as: A) A liability of $45,000. B) A liability of $37,500. C) An asset of $45,000. D) An asset of $37,500. 73) The effect of a change in tax rates: A) Results in a prior period adjustment. B) Is allocated between discontinued operations and continuing operations. C) Is reported separately after discontinued operations. D) Is reflected in income from continuing operations. 74) Giada Foods reported $940 million in income before income taxes for 2021, its first year of operations. Tax depreciation exceeded depreciation for financial reporting purposes by $100 million. The company also had non-tax-deductible expenses of $80 million relating to permanent differences. The income tax rate for 2021 was 25%, but the enacted rate for years after 2021 is 30%. The balance in the deferred tax liability in the December 31, 2021, balance sheet is: A) $16 million. B) $25 million. C) $30 million. D) $54 million.
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
75) In its first year of operations, Woodmount Corporation reported pretax accounting income of $500 million for the current year. Depreciation reported in the tax return in excess of depreciation in the income statement was $60 million. The excess tax will reverse itself evenly over the next three years. The current year's tax rate of 25% will be increased under the current law to 30% next year and 35% for all subsequent years. At the end of the current year, the deferred tax liability related to the excess depreciation will be: A) $21 million. B) $24 million. C) $18 million. D) $20 million. 76) Bumble Bee Co. had taxable income of $7,000, tax depreciation of $5,000, book depreciation of $2,000, and accrued warranty expense of $400 on the books although no warranty work was performed. What is Bumble Bee's pretax accounting income? A) $4,400. B) $3,600. C) $9,600. D) $2,600. 77) For the current year ($ in millions), Centipede Corp. had $80 in pretax accounting income. This included warranty expense of $7 and $20 in depreciation expense. Two million of warranty costs were incurred, and depreciation deductions in the tax return amounted to $35. In the absence of other temporary or permanent differences, what was Centipede's income tax payable currently, assuming a tax rate of 25%? A) 14.5 million. B) 25.2 million. C) 17.5 million. D) 15.75 million. 78) For the current year ($ in millions), Centipede Corp. had $80 in pretax accounting income. This included warranty expense of $7 and $20 in depreciation expense. Two million of warranty costs were incurred, and depreciation deductions in the tax return amounted to $35. In the absence of other temporary or permanent differences, what was Centipede's taxable income? A) $74 million. B) $70 million. C) $64 million. D) $50 million. 79) Under current tax law for an industry where NOL carryback is allowed, generally a net operating loss may be carried back: A) 2 years. B) 5 years. C) 15 years. D) 20 years.
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) Under current tax law a net operating loss typically may be carried forward up to: A) 5 years. B) 10 years. C) 15 years. D) indefinitely. 81) If a company's deferred tax asset is not reduced by a valuation allowance, the company believes it is more likely than not that: A) Sufficient accounting income will be generated in future years to realize the full tax benefit. B) Sufficient accounting and taxable income will exist in future years to realize the full tax benefit. C) Sufficient taxable income will be generated in future years to realize the full tax benefit. D) Tax rates will not change in future years. 82) Assuming no other deferred tax items exist in a particular year, a net operating loss (NOL) carryforward will be shown in the balance sheet at the end of the NOL year as: A) A receivable under current assets for an income tax refund. B) A current deferred tax asset. C) A noncurrent deferred tax asset. D) Both a current and a noncurrent deferred tax asset. 83) If a net operating loss (NOL) carryback is allowed to be recognized, it usually: A) Results in a current receivable in the NOL year. B) Is subject to a valuation allowance. C) Is reflected as deferred tax asset at the end of the NOL year. D) Is reflected as a deferred tax liability at the end of the NOL year. 84) Recognizing tax benefits in a loss year due to a net operating loss carryforward requires: A) Creating a tax refund receivable. B) Note disclosure only. C) Creating a deferred tax asset. D) Creating a deferred tax liability.
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) Assume that Peridot operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed. In its first four years of operations Peridot reported the following operating income (loss) amounts: 2018 2019 2020 2021
$
150,000 100,000 (425,000) 450,000
There were no other items affecting deferred income taxes in any year. In 2020, Peridot elected to carry back its operating loss. The enacted income tax rate was 25%. In its 2021 income statement, what amount should Peridot report as income tax expense? A) $80,000. B) $110,000. C) $170,000. D) $112,500. 86) Assume that the Kelso Company operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed. The Kelso Company had the following operating results: Year 2019 2020 2021
Income (loss) 30,000 45,000 (60,000)
Tax rate 35% 30% 25%
Income tax 10,500 first year of operations 13,500 0
What is the income tax refund receivable? A) $18,000. B) $19,500. C) $18,750. D) $24,000. 87) In 2021, Bodily Corporation reported $300,000 pretax accounting income. The income tax rate for that year was 25%. Bodily had an unused $120,000 net operating loss carryforward from 2019 when the tax rate was 30%. Bodily's income tax payable for 2021 would be: A) $54,000. B) $45,000. C) $90,000. D) $72,000.
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) Assume that Sharp operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed. In its first three years of operations Sharp reported the following operating income (loss) amounts: 2019 2020 2021
$
1,350,000 (3,150,000) 5,400,000
There were no deferred income taxes in any year. In 2020, Sharp elected to carry back its operating loss. The enacted income tax rate was 25% in 2019 and 30% thereafter. In its 2021 balance sheet, what amount should Sharp report as current income tax payable? A) $900,000. B) $1,260,000. C) $1,080,000. D) $2,160,000. 89) Assume that Peridot operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is not allowed. In its first four years of operations Peridot Jewelers reported the following operating income (loss) amounts: 2018 2019 2020 2021
$
150,000 100,000 (425,000) 450,000
There were no other deferred income taxes in any year. The enacted income tax rate was 25%. In its 2021 income statement, what amount should Peridot report as current income tax payable? A) $22,500. B) $106,250. C) $6,250. D) $112,500. 90) According to GAAP for accounting for income taxes, when a company has a net operating loss carryforward: A) A deferred tax liability is recognized. B) A receivable is created. C) A deferred tax equity account is created. D) A deferred tax asset is recorded along with any applicable valuation allowance.
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
91) Assume that Puritan Corp. operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed. Puritan Corp. reported the following pretax accounting income and taxable income for its first three years of operations: 2020 2021 2022
$
350,000 (600,000) 700,000
Puritan's tax rate is 25% for all years. Puritan elected a loss carryback. As of December 31, 2021. Puritan was certain that it would recover the full tax benefit of the NOL that remained after the operating loss carryback. What did Puritan report on December 31, 2021, as the deferred tax asset for the NOL carryforward? A) $280,000. B) $200,000. C) $62,500 D) $0. 92) Assume that Puritan Corp. operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed. Puritan Corp. reported the following pretax accounting income and taxable income for its first three years of operations: 2020 2021 2022
$
350,000 (600,000) 700,000
Puritan's tax rate is 25% for all years. Puritan elected a loss carryback. As of December 31, 2021. Puritan was certain that it would recover the full tax benefit of the NOL that remained after the operating loss carryback. What would be the net loss in 2021 reported in Puritan's income statement? A) $450,000. B) $240,000. C) $460,000. D) $500,000.
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
93) Assume that Puritan Corp. operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed. Puritan Corp. reported the following pretax accounting income and taxable income for its first three years of operations: 2020 2021 2022
$
350,000 (600,000) 700,000
Puritan's tax rate is 25% for all years. Puritan elected a loss carryback. As of December 31, 2021. Puritan was certain that it would recover the full tax benefit of the NOL that remained after the operating loss carryback. What would Puritan report as net income for 2022? A) $620,000. B) $525,000. C) $270,000. D) $460,000. 94) Before considering a net operating loss carryforward of $80 million, Fama Corporation reported $200 million of pretax accounting and taxable income in the current year. The income tax rate for all previous years was 30%. On January 1 of the current year, a new tax law was enacted, reducing the rate to 25% effective immediately. Fama's income tax payable for the current year would be: A) $48 million. B) $28 million. C) $30 million. D) $36 million. 95) Assume that Reliable Corp. operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed. Reliable Corp. had a pretax accounting income of $30 million this year. This included the collection of $40 million of life insurance proceeds when several key executives died in a plane crash. Temporary differences for the current year netted out to zero. Reliable has had a 25% tax rate and taxable income of $120 million over the previous two years and plans to elect a net operating loss carryback for tax purposes. In the current year financial statements, Reliable would report: A) Net income of $32.5 million. B) A tax benefit of $10 million. C) Net income of $26 million. D) A deferred tax asset of $2.5 million.
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) Assume that Theodore Enterprises operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed. Theodore Enterprises had the following pretax income (loss) over its first three years of operations: 2019 2020 2021
$
500,000 (900,000) 1,500,000
For each year there were no deferred income taxes and the tax rate was 25%. In its 2020 tax return, Theodore elected a net operating loss carryback. No valuation account was deemed necessary for the deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2020. What was Theodore's income tax expense for 2021? A) $375,000. B) $330,000. C) $270,000. D) $180,000. 97) Clinton Corp. operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is not allowed, and had the following pretax income (loss) over its first three years of operations 2019 2020 2021
$ 1,200,000 (900,000) 1,500,000
For each year there were no deferred income taxes and the tax rate was 25%. No valuation account was deemed necessary for the deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2020. What was Clinton's income tax expense in 2021? A) 375,000 B) 480,000. C) 240,000. D) 160,000. 98) Assume that The Bell Company operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed. The Bell Company had the following operating results: Year 2018 2019 2020 2021
Income (loss) 40,000 20,000 50,000 (60,000)
Tax rate 25% 25% 30% 30%
Income tax 10,000 5,000 15,000 0
What is the income tax refund receivable? A) $27,000. B) $24,000. C) $17,000 D) $21,000. 24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
99) For reporting purposes, current deferred tax assets and current deferred tax liabilities for the same company and tax jurisdiction are: A) Netted against one another and shown as a net current asset or liability in the balance sheet. B) Reported separately in the balance sheet. C) Reflected only in the notes to the financial statements. D) Combined with noncurrent deferred tax assets and noncurrent deferred tax liabilities in the balance sheet to show a single net noncurrent amount. 100) Financial statement disclosure of the components of income tax expense: A) Must be made on the face of the income statement. B) Usually is included in the disclosure notes. C) Is not necessary when only permanent differences exist. D) Must include the amount of cash paid for taxes. 101) At December 31, 2021, Moonlight Bay Resorts had the following deferred income tax items: Deferred tax asset of $54 million related to a current liability Deferred tax asset of $36 million related to a noncurrent liability Deferred tax liability of $120 million related to a noncurrent asset Deferred tax liability of $72 million related to a current asset
Moonlight Bay should report in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet a: A) Noncurrent deferred tax asset of $90 million and a non-current deferred tax liability of $192 million. B) Current deferred tax liability of $18 million. C) Noncurrent deferred tax asset of $84,000 and a non-current deferred tax liability of $45 million. D) Noncurrent deferred tax liability of $102 million. 102) Due to differences between depreciation reported in the income statement and depreciation deducted for tax purposes, Lucas Corp. has $2 million in temporary differences that will increase taxable income next year. Assuming that Lucas has no other temporary differences, deferred income taxes should be reported in this year's ending balance sheet as a: A) Current deferred asset. B) Noncurrent deferred tax liability. C) Current deferred tax liability. D) Noncurrent deferred tax asset.
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
103) A reconciliation of pretax financial statement income to taxable income is shown below for Fieval Industries for the year ended December 31, 2021, its first year of operations. The income tax rate is 25%. Pretax accounting income (income statement) Interest revenue on municipal securities Warranty expense in excess of deductible amount Depreciation in excess of financial statement amount Taxable income (tax return)
$ 300,000 (15,000) 25,000 (70,000) $ 240,000
What amount(s) should Fieval report related to deferred income taxes in its 2021 balance sheet? A) Current deferred tax asset of $6,250 and noncurrent deferred tax liability of $17,500. B) Noncurrent deferred tax liability of $11,250. C) Current deferred tax asset of $4,000 and noncurrent deferred tax liability of $17,500. D) Noncurrent deferred tax liability of $24,000. 104) A reconciliation of pretax financial statement income to taxable income is shown below for Chan Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2021, its first year of operations. The income tax rate is 25%. Pretax accounting income (income statement) Inventory impairments in excess of deductible amount Depreciation in excess of financial statement amount Taxable income (tax return)
$
500,000 40,000 (120,000) $ 420,000
The inventory impairments relate to Chan's Columbian tax return. The depreciation relates to Chan's U.S. tax return. What amount(s) should Chan report related to deferred income taxes in its 2021 balance sheet? A) Current deferred tax asset of $10,000 and noncurrent deferred tax liability of $30,000. B) Noncurrent deferred tax liability of $20,000. C) Noncurrent deferred tax asset of $10,000 and noncurrent deferred tax liability of $30,000. D) Noncurrent deferred tax asset of $20,000.
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
105) A reconciliation of pretax financial statement income to taxable income is shown below for See Shipping for the year ended December 31, 2021, its first year of operations. The income tax rate is 25%. Pretax accounting income (income statement) Installment income taxable upon receipt next year Warranty expense in excess of deductible amount Tax depreciation in excess of income statement amount Taxable income (tax return)
$ 600,000 (30,000) 5,000 (20,000) $ 555,000
What amount should See report as a noncurrent item related to deferred income taxes in its 2021 balance sheet? A) Deferred income tax asset of $11,250. B) Deferred income tax liability of $12,500. C) Deferred income tax liability of $45,000. D) Deferred income tax liability of $11,250. 106) On its tax return at the end of the current year Webnet Inc. has $6 million of tax depreciation in excess of depreciation in its income statement. A disclosure note reveals that $1 million of the $6 million difference will reverse itself next year, and the remainder will reverse over the next 4 years. In the absence of other temporary differences, in the balance sheet at the end of the current year Webnet would report: A) Both a current deferred tax asset and a noncurrent deferred tax asset. B) A noncurrent deferred tax asset. C) Both a current deferred tax liability and a noncurrent deferred tax liability. D) A noncurrent deferred tax liability. 107) Madison Company has taken a position in its tax return to claim a tax credit of $60 million (direct reduction in taxes payable) and has determined that its sustainability is "more likely than not," based on its technical merits. The tax credit would be a direct reduction in current taxes payable. Madison believes the likelihood that a $60 million, $36 million, or $12 million tax benefit will be sustained is 25%, 30%, and 45%, respectively. Madison's taxable income is $520 million for the year. Its effective tax rate is 25%. What is Madison's income tax expense for the year? A) $24 million. B) $70 million. C) $94 million. D) $130 million.
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
108) Information for Hobson Corp. for the current year ($ in millions): Income from continuing operations before tax Loss on discontinued operation (pretax) Temporary differences (all related to operating income): Accrued warranty expense in excess of expense included in operating income Depreciation deducted on tax return in excess of depreciation expense Permanent differences (all related to operating income): Nondeductible portion of entertainment expense
$ 155 32
10 25 5
The applicable enacted tax rate for all periods is 25%. How much tax expense on income from continuing operations would be reported in Hobson's income statement? A) $36.25 million. B) $38.75 million. C) $40.0 million. D) $32.5 million. 109) Information for Hobson Corp. for the current year ($ in millions): Income from continuing operations before tax Loss on discontinued operation (pretax) Temporary differences (all related to operating income): Accrued warranty expense in excess of expense included in operating income Depreciation deducted on tax return in excess of depreciation expense Permanent differences (all related to operating income): Nondeductible portion of entertainment expense
$ 155 32
10 25 5
The applicable enacted tax rate for all periods is 25%. What should Hobson report as income from continuing operations? A) $118.75 million. B) $115.0 million. C) $116.25 million. D) $155.0 million.
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) Information for Hobson Corp. for the current year ($ in millions): Income from continuing operations before tax Loss on discontinued operation (pretax) Temporary differences (all related to operating income): Accrued warranty expense in excess of expense included in operating income Depreciation deducted on tax return in excess of depreciation expense Permanent differences (all related to operating income): Nondeductible portion of entertainment expense
$ 155 32
10 25 5
The applicable enacted tax rate for all periods is 25%. What should Hobson report as net income? A) $91.0 million. B) $46.75 million. C) $83.0 million. D) $115.0 million. 111) Information for Hobson Corp. for the current year ($ in millions): Income from continuing operations before tax Loss on discontinued operation (pretax) Temporary differences (all related to operating income): Accrued warranty expense in excess of expense included in operating income Depreciation deducted on tax return in excess of depreciation expense Permanent differences (all related to operating income): Nondeductible portion of entertainment expense
$ 155 32
10 25 5
The applicable enacted tax rate for all periods is 25%. What is Hobson's income tax payable for the current year? A) $33.75 million. B) $32.50 million. C) $33.25 million. D) $28.25 million.
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
112) Information for Hobson Corp. for the current year ($ in millions): Income from continuing operations before tax Loss on discontinued operation (pretax) Temporary differences (all related to operating income): Accrued warranty expense in excess of expense included in operating income Depreciation deducted on tax return in excess of depreciation expense Permanent differences (all related to operating income): Nondeductible portion of entertainment expense
$ 155 32
10 25 5
The applicable enacted tax rate for all periods is 25%. How should Hobson report tax on the discontinued operation? A) A tax receivable of $8 million in the balance sheet. B) A tax benefit of $8 million to net against the $32 million pretax loss. C) A deferred tax asset of $8 million in the balance sheet. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 113) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the most correct term. _____ 1. Valuation allowance _____ 2. Operating loss carryback _____ 3. Taxable income _____ 4. Deferred tax asset _____ 5. Intraperiod tax allocation A) Is the basis for computing the tax liability for taxes currently payable. B) Is a process of allocating income tax expense among income from continuing operations. C) Reduces the net deferred tax asset and is classified as noncurrent in a balance sheet. D) Arises when future deductible amounts are created by temporary differences. E) Will generate a refund of taxes paid in prior years.
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the most correct term. _____ 1. Operating loss carryforward _____ 2. Deferred tax asset _____ 3. Interperiod tax allocation _____ 4. Deferred tax liability _____ 5. Permanent difference A) Is usually a revenue or expense item that is excluded or not deductible in determining taxable income. B) Is reduced by a valuation allowance if realization of future tax benefit is not more likely than not. C) Arises when future taxable amounts are created by temporary differences. D) Is the process of allocating income taxes among two or more reporting periods. E) Will always create a deferred tax asset. 115) Listed below are five independent situations. For each situation indicate (by letter) whether it will create (A) a deferred tax asset, (L) a deferred tax liability, or (N) neither. _____ 1) Research and development costs reported in the income statement but elected to be capitalized and amortized over five years for tax purposes. _____ 2) An operating loss carryforward. _____ 3) Organization costs reported in the income statement but amortized and deducted over five years for tax purposes. _____ 4) Premiums paid on life insurance policies covering key corporate executives. _____ 5) The nondeductible portion of travel and entertainment expenses.
116) Listed below are five independent situations. For each situation indicate (by letter) whether it will create (A) a deferred tax asset, (L) a deferred tax liability, or (N) neither. _____ 1) An operating loss carryback. _____ 2) Warranty expense, tax deductible when paid. _____ 3) Interest earned on investments in state and local government bonds. _____ 4) Fines and penalties due to violations of law. _____ 5) Prepaid expenses, tax deductible when paid.
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the most correct term. _____ 1. Balance sheet classification _____ 2. Permanent difference _____ 3. Temporary difference _____ 4. Income tax expense _____ 5. Valuation allowance A) No tax consequences. B) Produces future taxable amounts or future deductible amounts. C) "More likely than not" test. D) Noncurrent. E) A "plug" for the net effect of the current tax liability and changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities. 118) Roberts Corp. reports pretax accounting income of $200,000, but due to a single temporary difference, taxable income is only $150,000. At the beginning of the year, no temporary differences existed. Roberts is subject to a tax rate of 25%. Required: Prepare the compound journal entry to record Roberts Corp.'s income taxes. Show well-labeled computations.
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Black Inc. disclosed the following information about income taxes. A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the United States federal statutory income tax rate (20%) to the provision (benefit) for income taxes reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 is as follows ($ in millions): 2021 Provision (benefit) for income taxes at United States federal statutory rate of 20% State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit Taxes on foreign income which differ from the United States statutory rate Losses with no tax benefit Benefit of foreign sales corporation Other
2020
2019
$5.2 (4.1)
$ (4.9) (4.3)
$(11.3) (3.9)
(2.5) 2.8 -0.5 $1.9
0.6 4.2 -(3.2) $(7.6)
(0.7) 6.2 (0.5) -$(10.2)
The significant components of the net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows ($ in millions):
Deferred Tax Assets: Net operating loss carry forwards Sales incentive discounts. Inventory valuation reserves Postretirement benefits Other Valuation allowance Total deferred tax assets Deferred Tax Liabilities: Tax over book depreciation Tax over book amortization of patent Other Total deferred tax liabilities Net deferred tax assets
2021
2020
$141.6 30.6 15.0 7.8 64.2 (52.7)
$139.0 22.8 8.3 8.2 74.1 (71.8)
206.5
180.6
23.5 18.2 19.1 60.8 $145.7
24.2 17.9 16.3 58.4 $122.2
119) Why are the depreciation and patent amortization listed as deferred tax liabilities? 120) Estimate the effective tax rate for Black Inc. in 2021. Why is it different from the 20% federal statutory rate? 33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
121) Several years ago, Western Electric Corp. purchased equipment for $20,000,000. Western uses straight-line depreciation for financial reporting and accelerated depreciation for tax purposes. At December 31, 2020, the carrying value of the equipment was $18,000,000 and its tax basis was $15,000,000. At December 31, 2021, the carrying value of the equipment was $16,000,000 and the tax basis was $11,000,000. There were no other temporary differences and no permanent differences. Pretax accounting income for the current year was $25,000,000. A tax rate of 25% applies to all years. Required: Prepare one journal entry to record Western's income tax expense for the current year. Show well-labeled computations for the income tax payable and the change in the deferred tax account. 122) North Dakota Corporation began operations in January 2020 and purchased a machine for $20,000. North Dakota uses straight-line depreciation over a four-year period for financial reporting purposes. For tax purposes, the deduction is 50% of cost in 2020, 30% in 2021, and 20% in 2022. Pretax accounting income for 2020 was $150,000, which includes interest revenue of $20,000 from municipal bonds. The enacted tax rate is 25% for all years. There are no other differences between accounting and taxable income. Required: Prepare a journal entry to record income taxes for the year 2020. Show well-labeled computations for the amount of income tax payable and the change in the deferred tax account. 123) The following information is for Hulk Gym's first year of operations. Amounts are in millions of dollars. The enacted tax rate is 25%. Year 2021 Accounting income Temporary difference: Prepaid insurance Taxable income
Future Taxable Amounts 2022 2023 2024 2025
Future Amounts Total
$3
$ 12
$60 (12) $ 48
$3
$3
$3
Required: Prepare a compound journal entry to record the income tax expense for the year 2021. Show well-labeled computations.
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) Gallo Light began operations in 2021. The company sometimes sells used warehouses on an installment basis. In those cases, Gallo Light reports income in its income statement in the year of the sale. In its income tax return, though, Gallo Light reports installment income by the installment method. Installment income in 2021 was $90,000, which Gallo Light expects to collect equally over the next three years. The tax rate is 25%, but based on an enacted law, is scheduled to become 30% in 2023. Gallo Light's pretax accounting income from the 2021 income statement was $830,000, which includes $40,000 of interest revenue from an investment in municipal bonds. There were no differences between accounting income and taxable income other than those described above. Required: (1.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record Gallo Light's 2021 income taxes. Show calculations. (2.) What is Gallo Light's 2021 net income? 125) EZ, Inc., reports pretax accounting income of $400,000, but due to a single temporary difference, taxable income is $500,000. At the beginning of the year, no temporary differences existed. EZ is subject to a tax rate of 25%. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record EZ's income taxes. Show well-labeled computations. 126) In the current year, Bruno Corporation collected rent of $3,600,000. For income tax reporting, the rent is taxed when collected. For financial reporting, the rent is recognized as income in the period earned. At the end of the current year, the unearned portion of the rent collected in the current year amounted to $400,000. Bruno had no temporary differences at the beginning of the current year. Assume an income tax rate of 25%. Required: The current year's income tax liability from the tax return is $800,000. Prepare the journal entry to record income taxes for the year. Show well-labeled computations. 127) At the end of its first year of operations, Prince Charming Corporation had a current liability of $300,000 for unearned rent. This was the only difference between pretax accounting income and taxable income. Assume an income tax rate of 25%. Required: The tax liability from the tax return is $750,000. Prepare the journal entry to record income taxes for Prince Charming's first year of operations. Show well-labeled computations.
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) Pocus, Inc., reports warranty expense when related products are sold. For tax purposes, the warranty costs are deductible as incurred. At the end of the current year, Pocus has a warranty liability of $200,000 and taxable income of $20,000,000. At the end of the previous year, Pocus reported a deferred tax asset of $80,000 related to the difference in reporting warranty expense, its only temporary difference. The enacted tax rate is 25% each year. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entry for Pocus to record the income tax provision for the current year. Show well-labeled supporting computations. 129) Pocus Inc. reports warranty expense when related products are sold. For tax purposes, the warranty costs are deductible as incurred. At the end of the current year, Pocus has a warranty liability of $500,000 and taxable income of $50,000,000. At the beginning of the current year, Pocus reported a deferred tax asset of $210,000 related to the difference in reporting warranty expense, its only temporary difference. The enacted tax rate is 25% each year. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entry for Pocus to record the income tax provision for the current year. Show well-labeled computations to support the three amounts in your journal entry. 130) Gore Company, organized on January 2, 2021, had pretax accounting income of $7,000,000 and taxable income of $10,000,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021. The 2021 tax rate was 25%. The only difference between book and taxable income is estimated warranty costs. Expected payments and scheduled enacted tax rates are as follows: 2022 2023 2024 2025
$1,000,000 500,000 500,000 1,000,000
30% 30% 30% 35%
Required: Prepare one compound journal entry to record Gore's provision for taxes for the year 2021.
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In LMC's 2021 annual report to shareholders, it disclosed the following information about its income taxes: INCOME TAXES Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities for accounting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax liabilities and assets as of December 31 were as follows: ($ in millions) Deferred tax liabilities: Property, plant and equipment Partnership tax basis difference Other liabilities Total deferred tax liabilities Deferred tax assets: Alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards Capital loss carryforwards Net operating loss carryforwards Postretirement and postemployment benefits Foreign tax credit carryforwards Reclamation and decommissioning accruals Restructuring charges Other assets Subtotal Valuation allowance Total deferred tax assets Net deferred tax liabilities
2021
2020
$ 441.2 125.0 253.7 819.9
$ 468.4 125.0 223.7 817.1
154.7
155.3
122.5 242.9 35.5
110.7 39.5
77.9 31.6
133.2 38.3
90.6 111.4 867.1 (209.4) 657.7 $ 162.2
104.7 170.4 752.1 (142.2) 609.9 $ 207.2
131) Explain why LMC has a $209.4 million valuation allowance for its deferred tax assets. 132) Assuming these amounts relate to the same tax-paying component of the company and the same tax jurisdiction, will LMC report $819.9 million as a liability in its balance sheet at December 31, 2021? Explain. 133) Indicate why LMC lists net operating loss carryforwards as a component of deferred tax assets.
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) At the end of the preceding year, World Industries had a deferred tax asset of $17,500,000, attributable to its only temporary difference of $70,000,000 for estimated expenses. At the end of the current year, the temporary difference is $45,000,000. At the beginning of the year there was no valuation account for the deferred tax asset. At year-end, World Industries now estimates that it is more likely than not that one-third of the deferred tax asset will never be realized. Taxable income is $12,000,000 for the current year and the tax rate is 25% for all years. Required: Prepare journal entries to record World Industries' income tax expense for the current year. Show well-labeled supporting computations for each component of the journal entries. 135) At the end of the prior year, Doubtful Inc. had a deferred tax asset of $20,000,000 attributable to its only timing difference, a temporary difference of $80,000,000 in a liability for estimated expenses. At that time, a valuation allowance of $4,000,000 was established. At the end of the current year, the temporary difference is $45,000,000, and Doubtful determines that the balance in the valuation account should now be $5,000,000. Taxable income is $15,000,000 and the tax rate is 25% for all years. Required: Prepare journal entries to record Doubtful's income tax expense for the current year. Show well-labeled supporting computations for the income tax payable, the valuation allowance, and the change in the deferred tax asset account. 136) The following information is for James Industries' first year of operations. Amounts are in millions of dollars.
Year 2020 Accounting income Temporary difference: Advance rent payment Taxable income
Future Taxable Amounts 2021 2022 2023 2024
Future Amounts Total
$3
$ 12
$60 (12) $ 48
$3
$3
$3
In 2021 the company's pretax accounting income was $67. The enacted tax rate for 2020 and 2021 is 25%, and it is 30% for years after 2021. Required: Prepare a journal entry to record the income tax expense for the year 2021. Show well-labeled computations for income tax payable and the change in the deferred tax account.
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: Typical Corp. reported a deferred tax liability of $3,750,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020, when the tax rate was 25%. The deferred tax liability was related to a temporary difference of $15,000,000 caused by an installment sale in 2020. The temporary difference is expected to reverse in 2022 when the income deferred from taxation will become taxable. There are no other temporary differences. Assume a new tax law passed in 2021 and the tax rate, which will remain at 25% through December 31, 2021, will become 30% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2021. Pretax accounting income and taxable income for the year 2021 is $30,000,000. 137) Required: Prepare a compound journal entry to record Typical's income tax expense for the year 2021. Show well-labeled computations. 138) Prepare two disclosure notes for Typical's year 2021 financial statements to: (a.) Show the composition of Typical's income tax expense for the year. (b.) Explain the classification and description of the deferred tax liability. Give supporting computations to show how you arrived at the dollar amounts disclosed in your disclosure notes. 139) Patterson Development sometimes sells property on an installment basis. In those cases, Patterson reports income in its income statement in the year of the sale but reports installment income by the installment method on the tax return. Installment income in 2021 was $120 million, which Patterson expects to collect equally over the next four years. The tax rate is 25%, but based on an enacted law, is scheduled to become 35% in 2023. Patterson's pretax accounting income for the 2021 income statement was $530 million. Of this amount, $30 million is non-taxable revenue from proceeds of a life insurance policy. There were no differences between accounting income and taxable income other than those described above and no cumulative temporary differences existed at the beginning of the year. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record Patterson's 2021 income taxes. Show calculations. 2. What is Patterson's 2021 net income?
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
140) Tobac Company reported an operating loss of $132,000 for financial reporting and tax purposes in 2021. The enacted tax rate is 25% for 2021 and all future years. Assume that Tobac operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed and elects a loss carryback. No valuation allowance is needed for any deferred tax assets. Taxable income, tax rates, and income taxes paid in Tobac's first four years of operations were as follows:
2017 2018 2019 2020
Taxable income $30,000 35,000 42,000 40,000
Tax rates 30% 30% 35% 40%
Taxes paid $9,000 10,500 14,700 16,000
Required: 1.) Prepare a compound journal entry to record Tobac's tax provision for the year 2021. Show well-labeled computations. 2.) Compute Tobac's net loss for 2021. 141) The information that follows pertains to Julia Company: (a.) Temporary differences for the year 2021 are summarized below. Expenses deducted in the tax return, but not included in the income statement: Depreciation $60,000 Prepaid expense 8,000 Expenses reported in the income statement, but not deducted in the tax return: Warranty expense 9,000 (b.) No temporary differences existed at the beginning of 2021. (c.) Pretax accounting income was $67,000 and taxable income was $8,000 for 2021. (d.) There were no permanent differences. (e.) The tax rate is 25%. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the tax provision for 2021. Provide supporting computations.
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
142) The information below pertains to Mondavi Corporation: (a.) For the current year temporary differences existed between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of the following:
Buildings and equipment Prepaid insurance Liability-loss contingency
Carrying Amount
Tax Basis
Future Taxable or (Deductible) Amount
$60,000,000 1,000,000
$45,000,000 0
$15,000,000 1,000,000
10,000,000
0
(10,000,000)
(b.) No temporary differences existed at the beginning of the year. (c.) Pretax accounting income was $300,000,000 and taxable income was $120,000,000 for the year and the tax rate is 25%. Permanent differences are the cause of any difference between pretax accounting income and taxable income that are not due to temporary differences. Required: Prepare one journal entry to record the tax provision for the current year. Provide supporting computations. 143) Two independent situations are described below. Each involves future deductible amounts and/or future taxable amounts produced by temporary differences: SITUATION Taxable income Amounts at year-end: Future deductible amounts Future taxable amounts Balances at beginning of year, dr (cr): Deferred tax asset Deferred tax liability
1 $40,000
2 $80,000
5,000 0
10,000 5,000
$1,000 0
$4,000 1,000
The enacted tax rate is 25% for both situations. Required: For each situation determine the: (a.) Income tax payable currently. (b.) Deferred tax asset - balance at year-end. (c.) Deferred tax asset change dr or (cr) for the year. (d.) Deferred tax liability - balance at year-end. (e.) Deferred tax liability change dr or (cr) for the year. (f.) Income tax expense for the year.
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
144) Two independent situations are described below. Each involves future deductible amounts and/or future taxable amounts produced by temporary differences: SITUATION Taxable income Amounts at year-end: Future deductible amounts Future taxable amounts Balances at beginning of year: Deferred tax asset Deferred tax liability
1 $100,000
2 $130,000
0 10,000
10,000 15,000
0 2,000
$2,000 0
The enacted tax rate is 25% for both situations. Required: For each situation determine the: (a.) Income tax payable currently. (b.) Deferred tax asset - balance at year-end. (c.) Deferred tax asset change dr or (cr) for the year. (d.) Deferred tax liability - balance at year-end. (e.) Deferred tax liability change dr or (cr) for the year. (f.) Income tax expense for the year. 145) Four independent situations are described below. Each involves future deductible amounts and/or future taxable amounts produced by temporary differences reported first on:
(1.) (2.) (3.) (4.)
Income Statement Tax Return Revenue Expense Revenue Expense $20,000 $20,000 $15,000 $20,000 $15,000 $20,000 $10,000
Required: For each situation, determine the taxable income assuming pretax accounting income is $100,000. Show well-labeled computations.
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) Four independent situations are described below. Each involves future deductible amounts and/or future taxable amounts produced by temporary differences reported first on:
(1.) (2.) (3.) (4.)
Income Statement Tax Return Revenue Expense Revenue Expense $20,000 $20,000 $20,000 $15,000 $15,000 $20,000 $ 5,000 $10,000
Required: For each situation, determine the taxable income assuming pretax accounting income is $100,000. Show well-labeled computations. 147) Cabot Company reported a pretax operating loss of $50,000 for financial reporting and tax purposes in 2021. The enacted tax rate is 25% for 2021 and subsequent years. Assume that Cabot operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed and requests a refund of taxes already paid by electing a loss carryback. Taxable income, tax rates, and income taxes paid in Cabot's first four years of operations were as follows:
2017 2018 2019 2020
Taxable income $30,000 35,000 42,000 40,000
Tax rates 30% 30% 35% 40%
Taxes paid $9,000 10,500 14,700 16,000
Required: 1.) Prepare the journal entry to record Cabot's income taxes for the year 2021. Show well-labeled computations. 2.) Compute Cabot's net loss for 2021.
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) Brook Company has taken a position on its tax return to claim a tax credit of $30 million (direct reduction in taxes payable) and has determined that its sustainability is "more likely than not" based on its technical merits. Brook's management has developed the probability table shown below of all possible material outcomes: Probability Table ($ in millions) Amount of the tax benefit that management expects to receive $30 Percentage likelihood that the tax benefit will be sustained at this level 10%
$24
$18
$12
$6
20%
25%
20%
25%
Brook's taxable income is $300 million for the year, and its effective tax rate is 25%. The tax credit would be a direct reduction in current taxes payable. Required: 1. At what amount would Brook measure the tax benefit in its income statement? 2. Prepare the appropriate journal entry for Brook to record its income taxes for the year. 149) What is the justification for a corporation determining income for financial reporting purposes differently than the way it is determined for tax purposes? 150) What argument serves as the basis for the GAAP requirement that deferred taxes should be recognized for all temporary differences? 151) Sometimes a temporary difference will produce future deductible amounts. Explain what is meant by future deductible amounts. Describe at least one situation that has this effect. How are future deductible amounts recognized in the financial statements? 152) What is a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and when is it used? 153) Identify three examples of permanent differences between accounting income and taxable income. 154) What events create permanent differences between accounting income and taxable income? What effect do these events have on the determination of income taxes payable and deferred income taxes? 155) When a new tax rate is enacted, what adjustment, if any, is made to the retained earnings account as a result of the change? 156) Some accountants believe that deferred taxes should not be recognized for certain temporary differences. What is the conceptual basis for this argument? 157) How are deferred tax assets arising from net operating loss carryforwards classified with regard to GAAP accounting for income taxes? 44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
158) How are deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities reported in a classified balance sheet? 159) The way companies deal with uncertainty in tax positions is prescribed by GAAP in FASB ASC 740–10: Income Taxes–Overall (previously FASB Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48)). Describe the two-step process provided by GAAP (previously FIN 48). 160) What disclosures for deferred taxes, pertaining to the income statement, are required by GAAP regarding accounting for income taxes? 161) Why are differences in reported amounts for deferred taxes are among the most frequent between IFRS and U.S. GAAP, despite the fact that the two follow similar approaches for accounting for taxation?
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 16 Accounting for Income Taxes 1) A temporary difference originates in one period and reverses, or turns around, in one or more later periods. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish type of temporary difference Learning Objective: 16-01 Explain the conceptual underpinnings of accounting for temporary differences and the four-step method used to calculate income tax expense. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 2) Expenditures currently deducted in the tax return but not included with expenses in the income statement until subsequent years create deferred tax liabilities. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish type of temporary difference Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3) Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities represent the tax effect of the temporary difference between the financial carrying value of an asset or liability and its tax basis. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Deferred tax assets Learning Objective: 16-01 Explain the conceptual underpinnings of accounting for temporary differences and the four-step method used to calculate income tax expense. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4) Revenues from installment sales of property reported on financial statements in prior years and currently reported in the tax return create deferred tax assets. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish items causing deferred tax Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 5) Rent collected in advance results in deferred tax assets. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish items causing deferred tax Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 6) MACRS depreciation typically creates deferred tax liabilities early in the life of an asset. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish items causing deferred tax Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 7) An unrealized gain from marking an investment to fair value typically creates a deferred tax asset. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish items causing deferred tax Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
8) Future taxable amounts result in deferred tax assets. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish type of temporary difference Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 9) The classification of deferred tax assets is sometimes dependent on when the benefit will be realized. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Balance sheet classification Learning Objective: 16-08 Explain how deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are reported in a classified balance sheet and describe related disclosures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 10) The basic issue in deciding whether to record a valuation allowance for a deferred tax asset is determining whether it is more likely than not if future taxable income will be sufficient to realize the tax benefit. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Valuation allowance Learning Objective: 16-04 Describe when and how a valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
11) Valuation allowances reduce deferred tax liabilities to the amount that is more likely than not to be payable in the future. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Valuation allowance Learning Objective: 16-04 Describe when and how a valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 12) Changes in enacted tax rates that do not become effective in the current period affect deferred tax accounts only after the new rates take effect. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Tax rate considerations Learning Objective: 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 13) Changes in enacted tax rates only affect income tax expense in the years those changes affect tax payable. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Tax rate considerations Learning Objective: 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
14) A net operating loss (NOL) carryforward creates a deferred tax liability that should be classified as current to the extent that the NOL will be recovered in the following year. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 15) The tax benefit of a net operating loss carried back two years represents a current receivable for income tax to be refunded. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 16) Deferred tax assets and liabilities typically are classified as current or long term according to when the underlying temporary difference is expected to reverse. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Balance sheet classification Learning Objective: 16-08 Explain how deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are reported in a classified balance sheet and describe related disclosures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
17) GAAP regarding accounting for income taxes requires which of the following procedures? A) Computation of deferred tax assets and liabilities based on temporary differences. B) Computation of deferred income tax based on permanent differences. C) Computation of income tax expense based on taxable income. D) Computation of deferred income tax based on temporary and permanent differences. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish type of temporary difference Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 18) A result of inter-period tax allocation is that: A) Large fluctuations in a company's tax liability are eliminated. B) The income tax expense is allocated among the income statement items that caused the expense. C) The income tax expense in the income statement is the sum of the income taxes payable for the year and the changes in deferred tax asset or liability balances for the year. D) The income tax expense shown in the income statement is equal to the deferred taxes for the year. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine tax expense Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
19) Which of the following causes a temporary difference between taxable and pretax accounting income? A) Investment expenses incurred to generate tax-exempt income. B) MACRS used for depreciating equipment. C) The dividends received deduction. D) Life insurance proceeds received due to the death of an executive. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish items causing deferred tax Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 20) Which of the following differences between financial accounting and tax accounting ordinarily creates a deferred tax liability? A) Interest income on municipal bonds. B) Proceeds from life insurance received due to death of an executive. C) Prepaid utilities. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Temporary differences; Deferred tax liabilities Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
21) Which of the following differences between financial accounting and tax accounting ordinarily creates a deferred tax liability? A) Depreciation early in the life of an asset. B) Unrealized losses from recording investments at fair value. C) Rent collected in advance. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish items causing deferred tax; Deferred tax liabilities Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 22) Which of the following differences between financial accounting and tax accounting ordinarily creates a deferred tax asset? A) Depreciation early in the life of an asset. B) Unrealized gain from recording investments at fair value. C) Subscriptions collected in advance. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Deferred tax assets; Distinguish items causing deferred tax Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
23) Which of the following differences between financial accounting and tax accounting ordinarily creates a deferred tax asset? A) Unrealized loss from recording inventory impairments. B) Prepaid expenses. C) Installment sales for which taxable income recognized when cash is collected. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Deferred tax assets; Distinguish items causing deferred tax Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 24) Which of the following creates a deferred tax liability? A) An unrealized loss from recording inventory at lower of cost or market. B) Accelerated depreciation in the tax return. C) Estimated warranty expense. D) Subscriptions collected in advance. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish items causing deferred tax; Deferred tax liabilities Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
25) Which of the following circumstances creates a future taxable amount? A) Service fees collected in advance from customers: taxable when received, recognized for financial reporting when earned. B) Accrued compensation costs for future payments. C) Straight-line depreciation for financial reporting and accelerated depreciation for tax reporting. D) Investment expenses incurred to obtain tax-exempt income (not tax deductible). Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish type of temporary difference Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 26) Which of the following usually results in an increase in a deferred tax liability? A) Accrual of estimated operating expenses. B) Revenue collected in advance. C) Prepaid operating expenses, currently deductible. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish items causing deferred tax; Deferred tax liabilities Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
27) For its first year of operations, Tringali Corporation's reconciliation of pretax accounting income to taxable income is as follows: Pretax accounting income Permanent difference Temporary difference-depreciation Taxable income
$ 300,000 (15,000) 285,000 (20,000) $ 265,000
Tringali's tax rate is 25%. Assume that no estimated taxes have been paid. What should Tringali report as income tax payable for its first year of operations? A) $75,000. B) $71,250. C) $66,250. D) $5,000. Answer: C Explanation: $265,000 × 25% = $66,250 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Permanent differences; Determine tax payable Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
28) For its first year of operations, Tringali Corporation's reconciliation of pretax accounting income to taxable income is as follows: Pretax accounting income Permanent difference Temporary difference-depreciation Taxable income
$ 300,000 (15,000) 285,000 (20,000) $ 265,000
Tringali's tax rate is 25%. Assume that no estimated taxes have been paid. What should Tringali report as its deferred income tax liability as of the end of its first year of operations? A) $35,000. B) $20,000. C) $8,750 D) $5,000. Answer: D Explanation: $20,000 × 25% = $5,000 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Deferred tax liabilities; Permanent differences Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
29) For its first year of operations, Tringali Corporation's reconciliation of pretax accounting income to taxable income is as follows: Pretax accounting income Permanent difference Temporary difference-depreciation Taxable income
$ 300,000 (15,000) 285,000 (20,000) $ 265,000
Tringali's tax rate is 25%. Assume that no estimated taxes have been paid. What should Tringali report as its income tax expense for its first year of operations? A) $75,000. B) $66,250. C) $71,250 D) $5,000. Answer: C Explanation: $265,000 × 25% = $ 66,250 20,000 × 25% = 5,000 $ 71,250 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine tax expense; Deferred tax liabilities; Permanent differences Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
30) Isaac Inc. began operations in January 2021. For some property sales, Isaac recognizes income in the period of sale for financial reporting purposes. However, for income tax purposes, Isaac recognizes income when it collects cash from the buyer's installment payments. In 2021, Isaac had $600 million in sales of this type. Scheduled collections for these sales are as follows: 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025
$
60 million 120 million 120 million 150 million 150 million $ 600 million
Assume that Isaac has a 25% income tax rate and that there were no other differences in income for financial statement and tax purposes. Ignoring operating expenses, what deferred tax liability would Isaac report in its year-end 2021 balance sheet? A) $18 million. B) $135 million. C) $112.5 million. D) $540 million. Answer: B Explanation: Total future taxable income ($540 million) × tax rate of 25% = $135 million. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Deferred tax liabilities Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
31) Isaac Inc. began operations in January 2021. For some property sales, Isaac recognizes income in the period of sale for financial reporting purposes. However, for income tax purposes, Isaac recognizes income when it collects cash from the buyer's installment payments. In 2021, Isaac had $600 million in sales of this type. Scheduled collections for these sales are as follows: 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025
$
60 million 120 million 120 million 150 million 150 million $ 600 million
Assume that Isaac has a 25% income tax rate and that there were no other differences in income for financial statement and tax purposes. Ignoring operating expenses and additional sales in 2022, what deferred tax liability would Isaac report in its year-end 2022 balance sheet? A) $54 million. B) $90 million. C) $105 million. D) $112.5 million. Answer: C Explanation: Total future taxable income ($420 million) × tax rate of 25% = $105 million. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Deferred tax liabilities Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
32) Isaac Inc. began operations in January 2021. For some property sales, Isaac recognizes income in the period of sale for financial reporting purposes. However, for income tax purposes, Isaac recognizes income when it collects cash from the buyer's installment payments. In 2021, Isaac had $600 million in sales of this type. Scheduled collections for these sales are as follows: 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025
$
60 million 120 million 120 million 150 million 150 million $ 600 million
Assume that Isaac has a 25% income tax rate and that there were no other differences in income for financial statement and tax purposes. Suppose that, in 2022, legislation revised the income tax rates so that Isaac would be taxed in 2023 and beyond at 30%, rather than 25%. Assume that there were no other differences in income for financial statement and tax purposes. Ignoring operating expenses and additional sales in 2022, what deferred tax liability would Isaac report in its year-end 2022 balance sheet? A) $105 million. B) $144 million. C) $126 million. D) $180 million. Answer: C Explanation: Total future taxable income ($420 million) × tax rate of 30% = $126 million. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Tax rate considerations Learning Objective: 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
33) In the statement of cash flows, by using the indirect method for determining cash flows from operating activities, a decrease in deferred tax liabilities is: A) Added to net income. B) Subtracted from net income. C) Ignored. D) Included under financing activities. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Deferred tax liabilities Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 34) Which of the following statements is true as to GAAP regarding accounting for income taxes, and its use of the asset and liability approach? A) Considerable flexibility is permitted in the balance sheet classification of deferred tax amounts. B) The approach recognizes the time value of money. C) The approach is consistent with a balance sheet emphasis of U.S. GAAP and the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). D) The approach is consistent with cash basis accounting. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS Income tax accounting Learning Objective: 16-11 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
35) The following information relates to Franklin Freightways for its first year of operations (data in millions of dollars): Pretax accounting income: Pretax accounting income included: Overweight fines (not deductible for tax purposes) Depreciation expense Depreciation in the tax return
$ 195 5 70 110
The applicable tax rate is 25%. There are no other temporary or permanent differences. Franklin's taxable income ($ in millions) is: A) $40. B) $155. C) $110. D) $160. Answer: D Explanation: Accounting income Permanent difference: Fines Temporary difference: Depreciation
$ 195 5 (40) $ 160
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Permanent differences; Determine taxable income Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
36) The following information relates to Franklin Freightways for its first year of operations (data in millions of dollars): Pretax accounting income: Pretax accounting income included: Overweight fines (not deductible for tax purposes) Depreciation expense Depreciation in the tax return
$ 195 5 70 110
The applicable tax rate is 25%. There are no other temporary or permanent differences. Franklin Freightways should have recorded ($ in millions): A) Tax payable of $40. B) Tax payable of $22.5. C) Tax payable of $48.75. D) Tax benefit of $10 due to the NOL. Answer: A Explanation: ($195 + 5 – 40) × 25% = $40 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Permanent differences; Determine tax payable Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
37) The following information relates to Franklin Freightways for its first year of operations (data in millions of dollars): Pretax accounting income: Pretax accounting income included: Overweight fines (not deductible for tax purposes) Depreciation expense Depreciation in the tax return
$ 195 5 70 110
The applicable tax rate is 25%. There are no other temporary or permanent differences. Franklin's net income ($ in millions) is: A) $134. B) $147.5. C) $156.25. D) $145. Answer: D Explanation: Accounting income Less income tax expense: Tax payable ($195 + 5 – 40) × 25% Deferred tax liability $40 × 25% Net income
$ 195 $ 40 10
50 $ 145
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Permanent differences; Intraperiod tax allocation Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences.; 16-10 Explain intraperiod tax allocation. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
38) The following information relates to Franklin Freightways for its first year of operations (data in millions of dollars): Pretax accounting income: Pretax accounting income included: Overweight fines (not deductible for tax purposes) Depreciation expense Depreciation in the tax return
$ 195 5 70 110
The applicable tax rate is 25%. There are no other temporary or permanent differences. Which of the following must Franklin Freightways disclose related to the income tax expense reported in the income statement ($ in millions)? A) Only the current portion of tax expense of $40. B) Only the total tax expense of $50. C) Both the current portion of the tax expense of $40 and the deferred portion of the tax expense of $10. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: Disclosures should reveal both the current portion of the tax expense [($195 + 5 – 40) × 25% = $40] and the deferred portion of the tax expense. ($40 × 25% = $10). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disclosure notes Learning Objective: 16-08 Explain how deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are reported in a classified balance sheet and describe related disclosures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
39) The following information relates to Franklin Freightways for its first year of operations (data in millions of dollars): Pretax accounting income: Pretax accounting income included: Overweight fines (not deductible for tax purposes) Depreciation expense Depreciation in the tax return
$ 195 5 70 110
The applicable tax rate is 25%. There are no other temporary or permanent differences. Franklin's balance sheet at the end of its first year would report: A) A deferred tax liability of $10 million among noncurrent liabilities. B) A deferred tax liability of $10 million among current liabilities. C) A deferred tax asset of $10 million among noncurrent assets. D) A deferred tax asset of $10 million among current assets. Answer: A Explanation: The deferred tax liability of $10 million ($40 × 25%) would be reported under noncurrent liabilities. All deferred tax items are classified as noncurrent. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Balance sheet classification Learning Objective: 16-08 Explain how deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are reported in a classified balance sheet and describe related disclosures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
40) Brady's listing of deferred tax assets and liabilities includes the following for operations in the tax jurisdictions of Tambura and Nileboo: Tambura: Deferred tax asset of $5 million Valuation allowance of $2 million Deferred tax liability of $14 million Nileboo: Deferred tax asset of $18 million Deferred tax liability of $3 million Brady files separate tax returns in Tambura and Nileboo. Brady's balance sheet would include the following disclosure of deferred tax assets and liabilities: A) A deferred tax asset of $4 million. B) A deferred tax liability of $17 million and a deferred tax asset of $21 million. C) A deferred tax liability of $11 million and a deferred tax asset of $15 million. D) A deferred tax liability of $19 million and a deferred tax asset of $23 million. Answer: C Explanation: Tambura and Nileboo can't be offset against each other, so Tambura has a net deferred tax liability of $14 – ($5 – 2) = $11, and Nileboo has a net deferred tax asset of $18 – 3 = $15. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Balance sheet classification Learning Objective: 16-08 Explain how deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are reported in a classified balance sheet and describe related disclosures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) Woody Corp. had taxable income of $8,000 in the current year. The amount of depreciation reported in the tax return was $3,000, while the amount of depreciation reported in the income statement was $1,000. Assuming no other differences between tax and accounting income, Woody's pretax accounting income was: A) $5,000. B) $6,000. C) $10,000. D) $11,000. Answer: C Explanation: Accounting income Temporary difference Depreciation ($3,000 - 1,000) Taxable income
? (2,000) $ 8,000
$8,000 + 2,000 = $10,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determine taxable income Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
42) Alamo Inc. had $300 million in taxable income for the current year. Alamo also had a decrease in deferred tax assets of $30 million and an increase in deferred tax liabilities of $60 million. The company is subject to a tax rate of 25%. The total income tax expense for the year was: A) $390 million. B) $165 million. C) $105 million. D) $135 million. Answer: B Explanation: Income tax expense Deferred tax asset Deferred tax liability Income tax payable ($300 × 25%) $30 + $60 + $75 = $165
? 30 60 75
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determine taxable income Learning Objective: 16-01 Explain the conceptual underpinnings of accounting for temporary differences and the four-step method used to calculate income tax expense.; 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
43) Wayne Co. had a decrease in deferred tax liability of $20 million, a decrease in deferred tax assets of $10 million, and an increase in tax payable of $100 million. The company is subject to a tax rate of 25%. The total income tax expense for the year was: A) $90 million. B) $100 million. C) $110 million. D) $130 million. Answer: A Explanation: Income tax expense Deferred tax liability Deferred tax asset Income tax payable $100 + $10 - $20 = $90
? 20 10 100
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine taxable income Learning Objective: 16-01 Explain the conceptual underpinnings of accounting for temporary differences and the four-step method used to calculate income tax expense.; 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
44) Plutonic Inc. had $400 million in taxable income for the current year. Plutonic also had an increase in deferred tax liabilities of $50 million and recognized tax expense of $80 million. The company is subject to a tax rate of 25%. The change in deferred tax assets (ignoring any valuation allowance) was a(n): A) increase of $30 million. B) increase of $70 million. C) decrease of $30 million. D) decrease of $70 million. Answer: B Explanation: Income tax expense Deferred tax assets Deferred tax liability Income tax payable ($400 × 25%) $100 + $50 - $80 = $70
80 ? 50 100
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Deferred tax assets Learning Objective: 16-01 Explain the conceptual underpinnings of accounting for temporary differences and the four-step method used to calculate income tax expense.; 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) During the current year, Stern Company had pretax accounting income of $45 million. Stern's only temporary difference for the year was rent received for the following year in the amount of $15 million. Stern's taxable income for the year would be: A) $30 million. B) $60 million. C) $50 million. D) $45 million. Answer: B Explanation: Accounting income Temporary difference: Unearned rent Taxable income
$ 45 15 $ 60
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine taxable income Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
46) Information for Kent Corp. for the year 2021: Reconciliation of pretax accounting income and taxable income: Pretax accounting income Permanent differences
$ 180,000 (15,000) 165,000 (12,000) $ 153,000
Temporary difference-depreciation Taxable income
Cumulative future taxable amounts all from depreciation temporary differences: As of December 31, 2020 As of December 31, 2021
$ 13,000 $ 25,000
The enacted tax rate was 25% for 2020 and thereafter. What should be the balance in Kent's deferred tax liability account as of December 31, 2021? A) $5,200. B) $6,250 C) $25,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: $25,000 × 25% = $6,250 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Deferred tax liabilities; Permanent differences Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
47) Information for Kent Corp. for the year 2021: Reconciliation of pretax accounting income and taxable income: Pretax accounting income Permanent differences
$ 180,000 (15,000) 165,000 (12,000) $ 153,000
Temporary difference-depreciation Taxable income
Cumulative future taxable amounts all from depreciation temporary differences: As of December 31, 2020 As of December 31, 2021
$ 13,000 $ 25,000
The enacted tax rate was 25% for 2020 and thereafter. What should Kent report as the current portion of its income tax expense in the year 2021? A) $38,250. B) $41,250. C) $45,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Explanation: $153,000 × 25% = $38,250 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine tax payable Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) Information for Kent Corp. for the year 2021: Reconciliation of pretax accounting income and taxable income: Pretax accounting income Permanent differences
$ 180,000 (15,000) 165,000 (12,000) $ 153,000
Temporary difference-depreciation Taxable income
Cumulative future taxable amounts all from depreciation temporary differences: As of December 31, 2020 As of December 31, 2021
$ 13,000 $ 25,000
The enacted tax rate was 25% for 2020 and thereafter. What would Kent's income tax expense be in the year 2021? A) $35,250. B) $38,250. C) $41,250. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: Income tax expense (to balance) Deferred tax liability Income tax payable ($153,000 × 25%) *[($25,000 × 25%) - ($13,000 × 25%)]
41,250 3,000* 38,250
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine tax expense Learning Objective: 16-01 Explain the conceptual underpinnings of accounting for temporary differences and the four-step method used to calculate income tax expense.; 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
49) Of the following temporary differences, which one ordinarily creates a deferred tax asset? A) Unrealized gain from recording investments at fair value. B) Installment sales for tax reporting. C) Accrued warranty expense. D) Accelerated depreciation for tax reporting. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Deferred tax assets; Distinguish items causing deferred tax Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 50) Using straight-line depreciation for financial reporting purposes and accelerated depreciation for tax purposes in the first year of an asset's life creates a: A) Future deductible amount. B) Permanent difference not requiring inter-period tax allocation. C) Deferred tax asset. D) Deferred tax liability. Answer: D Explanation: This temporary difference creates a future taxable amount giving rise to a deferred tax liability. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish type of temporary difference; Deferred tax liabilities Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) A deferred tax asset represents a: A) Future income tax benefit. B) Future cash collection. C) Future tax refund. D) Future amount of money to be paid out. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Deferred tax assets Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 52) Of the following common types of temporary differences, which one ordinarily creates a deferred tax asset? A) Intangible drilling costs. B) Depreciation. C) Rent received in advance. D) Installment sales. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Deferred tax assets; Distinguish items causing deferred tax Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 53) Which of the following differences between financial accounting and tax accounting ordinarily creates a deferred tax asset? A) Tax depreciation in excess of book depreciation. B) Revenue collected in advance. C) The installment sales method for tax purposes. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Deferred tax assets; Distinguish items causing deferred tax Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
54) Which of the following creates a deferred tax asset? A) An unrealized loss from recording investments at fair value. B) Prepaid insurance. C) An unrealized gain from recording investments at fair value. D) Accelerated depreciation in the tax return. Answer: A Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Deferred tax assets; Distinguish items causing deferred tax Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 55) Which of the following circumstances creates a future deductible amount? A) Earning of non-taxable interest on municipal bonds. B) Sales of property (installment method for tax purposes). C) Prepaid advertising expense. D) Accrued warranty expenses. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish type of temporary difference Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 56) Estimated employee compensation expenses earned during the current period but expected to be paid in the next period causes: A) An increase in a deferred tax asset. B) A decrease in a deferred tax asset. C) An increase in a deferred tax liability. D) A decrease in a deferred tax liability. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish type of temporary difference; Deferred tax assets Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
57) A magazine publisher collects one year in advance for subscription revenue. In the year of providing the magazines to customers, the company would record: A) An increase in a deferred tax asset. B) A decrease in a deferred tax asset. C) An increase in a deferred tax liability. D) A decrease in a deferred tax liability. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish type of temporary difference; Deferred tax assets Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 58) In 2021, Magic Table Inc. decides to add a 36-month warranty on its new product sales. Warranty costs are tax deductible when claims are settled. In its financial statements for 2021, Magic Table Inc incurs: A) An increase in a deferred tax asset. B) A decrease in a deferred tax asset. C) An increase in a deferred tax liability. D) A decrease in a deferred tax liability. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish type of temporary difference; Deferred tax assets Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
59) Which of the following usually results in an increase in a deferred tax asset? A) Accelerated depreciation for tax reporting and straight-line depreciation for financial reporting. B) Prepaid insurance. C) Subscriptions delivered for which customers had paid in advance. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish type of temporary difference; Deferred tax assets Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 60) At the end of the current year, Newsmax Inc. has $400,000 of subscriptions received in advance included in its balance sheet. A disclosure note reveals that the entire $400,000 will be recognized in the income statement in the next year. In the absence of other temporary differences, in the balance sheet one would also expect to find a: A) Noncurrent deferred tax liability. B) Noncurrent deferred tax asset. C) Current deferred tax liability. D) Current deferred tax asset. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish type of temporary difference; Balance sheet classification Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-08 Explain how deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are reported in a classified balance sheet and describe related disclosures. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
61) The valuation allowance account that is used in conjunction with deferred tax assets is a(n): A) Liability. B) Component of shareholders' equity. C) Asset. D) Contra asset. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Valuation allowance Learning Objective: 16-04 Describe when and how a valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 62) The valuation allowance account that is used in conjunction with deferred taxes relates: A) Only to deferred tax liabilities. B) To both deferred tax assets and liabilities. C) Only to deferred tax assets. D) Only to income taxes receivable due to net operating loss carrybacks. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Valuation allowance Learning Objective: 16-04 Describe when and how a valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
63) In 2020, HD had reported a deferred tax asset of $90 million with no valuation allowance. At December 31, 2021, the account balances of HD Services showed a deferred tax asset of $120 million before assessing the need for a valuation allowance and income taxes payable of $80 million. HD determined that it was more likely than not that 30% of the deferred tax asset ultimately would not be realized. HD made no estimated tax payments during 2021. What amount should HD report as income tax expense in its 2021 income statement? A) $50 million. B) $80 million. C) $86 million. D) $116 million. Answer: C Explanation: The tax expense of $80 million is adjusted for two items. (1) It is reduced by the $30 million increase in the deferred tax asset, and (2) it is increased by the $36 million increase in the valuation allowance (30% × $120 million). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Valuation allowance Learning Objective: 16-04 Describe when and how a valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 64) For classification purposes, a valuation allowance: A) Is allocated proportionately between deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. B) Is allocated proportionately between the current and noncurrent portions of the deferred tax asset. C) Is contra to the deferred tax asset and classified as noncurrent. D) Is added to the deferred tax asset and classified as current. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Valuation allowance Learning Objective: 16-04 Describe when and how a valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
65) If a company's deferred tax asset is not reduced by a valuation allowance, the company believes it is: A) Probable that sufficient taxable income will be generated in future years to realize the full tax benefit. B) Probable that sufficient financial income will be generated in future years to realize the full tax benefit. C) More likely than not that sufficient taxable income will be generated in future years to realize the full tax benefit. D) More likely than not that sufficient financial income will be generated in future years to realize the full tax benefit. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Valuation allowance Learning Objective: 16-04 Describe when and how a valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 66) Which of the following typically causes a permanent difference between taxable income and pretax accounting income? A) The installment method used for sales of property. B) The depreciation method used for equipment. C) Interest income on municipal bonds. D) Percentage-of-completion method for long-term construction contracts. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Permanent differences Learning Objective: 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
67) In reconciling net income to taxable income, interest earned on municipal bonds is: A) Ignored. B) A temporary difference. C) A reversing difference. D) A permanent difference. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Permanent differences Learning Objective: 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 68) Which of the following causes a permanent difference between taxable income and pretax accounting income? A) Investment expenses incurred to obtain tax-exempt income. B) Unrealized gains from recording investments at fair value. C) Rent collected in advance. D) Prepaid expenses. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Permanent differences Learning Objective: 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 69) Which of the following would never require reporting deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities? A) Depreciation on equipment. B) Accrual of warranty expense. C) Life insurance premiums for the payer's benefit. D) Rent revenue received in advance. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Permanent differences Learning Objective: 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
70) When tax rates are changed subsequent to the creation of a deferred tax asset or liability, GAAP requires that: A) All deferred tax accounts be adjusted to reflect the new tax rates. B) The beginning deferred tax accounts are left unchanged. C) Only the deferred tax asset accounts are adjusted to reflect the new tax rates. D) Only the deferred tax liability accounts are adjusted to reflect the new tax rates. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Tax rate considerations Learning Objective: 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 71) Pretax accounting income for the year ended December 31, 2021, was $50 million for Truffles Company. Truffles' taxable income was $60 million. This was a result of differences between straight-line depreciation for financial reporting purposes and accelerated depreciation for tax purposes. The enacted tax rate is 25% for 2021 and 30% thereafter. What amount should Truffles report as the current portion of income tax expense for 2021? A) $15 million. B) $18 million. C) $12.5 million. D) $24 million. Answer: A Explanation: $60 × 25% = $15 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Tax rate considerations; Determine tax payable Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
72) The financial reporting carrying value of Boze Music's only depreciable asset exceeded its tax basis by $150,000 at December 31, 2021. This was a result of differences between straightline depreciation for financial reporting purposes and accelerated depreciation for tax purposes. The asset was acquired earlier in the year. Boze has no other temporary differences. The enacted tax rate is 25% for 2021 and 30% thereafter. Boze should report the deferred tax effect of this difference in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet as: A) A liability of $45,000. B) A liability of $37,500. C) An asset of $45,000. D) An asset of $37,500. Answer: A Explanation: $150,000 × 30% = $45,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Tax rate considerations Learning Objective: 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 73) The effect of a change in tax rates: A) Results in a prior period adjustment. B) Is allocated between discontinued operations and continuing operations. C) Is reported separately after discontinued operations. D) Is reflected in income from continuing operations. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Tax rate considerations Learning Objective: 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) Giada Foods reported $940 million in income before income taxes for 2021, its first year of operations. Tax depreciation exceeded depreciation for financial reporting purposes by $100 million. The company also had non-tax-deductible expenses of $80 million relating to permanent differences. The income tax rate for 2021 was 25%, but the enacted rate for years after 2021 is 30%. The balance in the deferred tax liability in the December 31, 2021, balance sheet is: A) $16 million. B) $25 million. C) $30 million. D) $54 million. Answer: C Explanation: $100 × 30% = $30 deferred tax liability Permanent differences have no effect on deferred taxes. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Tax rate considerations Learning Objective: 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 75) In its first year of operations, Woodmount Corporation reported pretax accounting income of $500 million for the current year. Depreciation reported in the tax return in excess of depreciation in the income statement was $60 million. The excess tax will reverse itself evenly over the next three years. The current year's tax rate of 25% will be increased under the current law to 30% next year and 35% for all subsequent years. At the end of the current year, the deferred tax liability related to the excess depreciation will be: A) $21 million. B) $24 million. C) $18 million. D) $20 million. Answer: D Explanation: Next year: $20 × 30% Subsequent years: $40 × 35% Deferred tax liability
$
6 14 $ 20
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Tax rate considerations Learning Objective: 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) Bumble Bee Co. had taxable income of $7,000, tax depreciation of $5,000, book depreciation of $2,000, and accrued warranty expense of $400 on the books although no warranty work was performed. What is Bumble Bee's pretax accounting income? A) $4,400. B) $3,600. C) $9,600. D) $2,600. Answer: C Explanation: Accounting income Temporary difference Depreciation ($5,000 - 2,000) Warranty expense Taxable income
? (3,000) 400 $ 7,000
$7,000 – 400 + 3,000 = $9,600 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Multiple temporary differences Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
77) For the current year ($ in millions), Centipede Corp. had $80 in pretax accounting income. This included warranty expense of $7 and $20 in depreciation expense. Two million of warranty costs were incurred, and depreciation deductions in the tax return amounted to $35. In the absence of other temporary or permanent differences, what was Centipede's income tax payable currently, assuming a tax rate of 25%? A) 14.5 million. B) 25.2 million. C) 17.5 million. D) 15.75 million. Answer: C Explanation: Accounting income Temporary difference Depreciation ($35 – 20) Warranty expense ($7 – 2) Taxable income Enacted tax rate Tax payable currently
$
80.0
(15.0) 5.0 $ 70.0 25% $ 17.5
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Multiple temporary differences Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) For the current year ($ in millions), Centipede Corp. had $80 in pretax accounting income. This included warranty expense of $7 and $20 in depreciation expense. Two million of warranty costs were incurred, and depreciation deductions in the tax return amounted to $35. In the absence of other temporary or permanent differences, what was Centipede's taxable income? A) $74 million. B) $70 million. C) $64 million. D) $50 million. Answer: B Explanation: Accounting income Temporary difference Depreciation ($35 - 20) Warranty expense ($7 - 2) Taxable income
$
80
(15) 5 $ 70
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Multiple temporary differences Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 79) Under current tax law for an industry where NOL carryback is allowed, generally a net operating loss may be carried back: A) 2 years. B) 5 years. C) 15 years. D) 20 years. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) Under current tax law a net operating loss typically may be carried forward up to: A) 5 years. B) 10 years. C) 15 years. D) indefinitely. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 81) If a company's deferred tax asset is not reduced by a valuation allowance, the company believes it is more likely than not that: A) Sufficient accounting income will be generated in future years to realize the full tax benefit. B) Sufficient accounting and taxable income will exist in future years to realize the full tax benefit. C) Sufficient taxable income will be generated in future years to realize the full tax benefit. D) Tax rates will not change in future years. Answer: C Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Valuation allowance Learning Objective: 16-04 Describe when and how a valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
82) Assuming no other deferred tax items exist in a particular year, a net operating loss (NOL) carryforward will be shown in the balance sheet at the end of the NOL year as: A) A receivable under current assets for an income tax refund. B) A current deferred tax asset. C) A noncurrent deferred tax asset. D) Both a current and a noncurrent deferred tax asset. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 83) If a net operating loss (NOL) carryback is allowed to be recognized, it usually: A) Results in a current receivable in the NOL year. B) Is subject to a valuation allowance. C) Is reflected as deferred tax asset at the end of the NOL year. D) Is reflected as a deferred tax liability at the end of the NOL year. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 84) Recognizing tax benefits in a loss year due to a net operating loss carryforward requires: A) Creating a tax refund receivable. B) Note disclosure only. C) Creating a deferred tax asset. D) Creating a deferred tax liability. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) Assume that Peridot operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed. In its first four years of operations Peridot reported the following operating income (loss) amounts: 2018 2019 2020 2021
$
150,000 100,000 (425,000) 450,000
There were no other items affecting deferred income taxes in any year. In 2020, Peridot elected to carry back its operating loss. The enacted income tax rate was 25%. In its 2021 income statement, what amount should Peridot report as income tax expense? A) $80,000. B) $110,000. C) $170,000. D) $112,500. Answer: D Explanation: The NOL in 2020 that is available for carryforward was reflected in a 2020 tax benefit and deferred tax asset [($425,000 – $150,000 – $100,000 × 25%) = $43,750] which reverse when used in 2021. 100% of the NOL is available for carryback. Income tax expense (to balance) Deferred tax asset Income tax payable [($450,000 – 175,000) × 25%]
112,500 43,750 68,750
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
86) Assume that the Kelso Company operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed. The Kelso Company had the following operating results: Year 2019 2020 2021
Income (loss) 30,000 45,000 (60,000)
Tax rate 35% 30% 25%
Income tax 10,500first year of operations 13,500 0
What is the income tax refund receivable? A) $18,000. B) $19,500. C) $18,750. D) $24,000. Answer: B Explanation: 100% of the NOL is available for carryback. $10,500 + $9,000 (30% × $30,000) = $19,500 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation 87) In 2021, Bodily Corporation reported $300,000 pretax accounting income. The income tax rate for that year was 25%. Bodily had an unused $120,000 net operating loss carryforward from 2019 when the tax rate was 30%. Bodily's income tax payable for 2021 would be: A) $54,000. B) $45,000. C) $90,000. D) $72,000. Answer: B Explanation: ($300,000 – 120,000) × 25% = $45,000. The change in tax rate does not affect the calculation of the current tax payable. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) Assume that Sharp operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed. In its first three years of operations Sharp reported the following operating income (loss) amounts: 2019 2020 2021
$
1,350,000 (3,150,000) 5,400,000
There were no deferred income taxes in any year. In 2020, Sharp elected to carry back its operating loss. The enacted income tax rate was 25% in 2019 and 30% thereafter. In its 2021 balance sheet, what amount should Sharp report as current income tax payable? A) $900,000. B) $1,260,000. C) $1,080,000. D) $2,160,000. Answer: C Explanation: 100% of the NOL is available for carryback. Because the remaining NOL carryforward from 2020 is less than 80% of 2021 taxable income, the 80% constraint does not affect the calculation. [$5,400,000 – ($3,150,000 – 1,350,000)] × 30% = $1,080,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
89) Assume that Peridot operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is not allowed. In its first four years of operations Peridot Jewelers reported the following operating income (loss) amounts: 2018 2019 2020 2021
$
150,000 100,000 (425,000) 450,000
There were no other deferred income taxes in any year. The enacted income tax rate was 25%. In its 2021 income statement, what amount should Peridot report as current income tax payable? A) $22,500. B) $106,250. C) $6,250. D) $112,500. Answer: A Explanation: The NOL in 2020 that is available for carryforward was reflected in a 2020 tax benefit and deferred tax asset [($425,000 × 25%) = $106,250], a portion of which is reversed out when used in 2021. $360,000 of the 2021 taxable income (80% × $450,000) is eligible for offset, therefore $90,000 of the deferred tax asset will be reversed out in 2021 ($360,000 × 25%). Income tax expense (to balance) Deferred tax asset ($360,000 × 25%) Income tax payable [($450,000 – 360,000) × 25%]
112,500 90,000 22,500
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) According to GAAP for accounting for income taxes, when a company has a net operating loss carryforward: A) A deferred tax liability is recognized. B) A receivable is created. C) A deferred tax equity account is created. D) A deferred tax asset is recorded along with any applicable valuation allowance. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Remember; Apply AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 91) Assume that Puritan Corp. operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed. Puritan Corp. reported the following pretax accounting income and taxable income for its first three years of operations: 2020 2021 2022
$
350,000 (600,000) 700,000
Puritan's tax rate is 25% for all years. Puritan elected a loss carryback. As of December 31, 2021. Puritan was certain that it would recover the full tax benefit of the NOL that remained after the operating loss carryback. What did Puritan report on December 31, 2021, as the deferred tax asset for the NOL carryforward? A) $280,000. B) $200,000. C) $62,500 D) $0. Answer: C Explanation: 100% of the NOL is available for carryback. ($600,000 – 350,000) × 25% = $62,500 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) Assume that Puritan Corp. operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed. Puritan Corp. reported the following pretax accounting income and taxable income for its first three years of operations: 2020 2021 2022
$
350,000 (600,000) 700,000
Puritan's tax rate is 25% for all years. Puritan elected a loss carryback. As of December 31, 2021. Puritan was certain that it would recover the full tax benefit of the NOL that remained after the operating loss carryback. What would be the net loss in 2021 reported in Puritan's income statement? A) $450,000. B) $240,000. C) $460,000. D) $500,000. Answer: A Explanation: Operating loss Tax benefit from loss carryback $350,000 × 25% Tax benefit from loss carryforward ($600,000 – $350,000) × 25% Net loss
$ (600,000) 87,500 62,500 $ (450,000)
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
93) Assume that Puritan Corp. operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed. Puritan Corp. reported the following pretax accounting income and taxable income for its first three years of operations: 2020 2021 2022
$
350,000 (600,000) 700,000
Puritan's tax rate is 25% for all years. Puritan elected a loss carryback. As of December 31, 2021. Puritan was certain that it would recover the full tax benefit of the NOL that remained after the operating loss carryback. What would Puritan report as net income for 2022? A) $620,000. B) $525,000. C) $270,000. D) $460,000. Answer: B Explanation: 100% of the NOL is available for carryback. Accounting income Tax expense* Net income
$ 700,000 175,000 $ 525,000
*The tax benefit of the loss carryforward was recognized in 2021 and is reversed in 2022. The journal entry to record the tax expense in 2022 is: Income tax expense (to balance) Deferred tax asset ($250,000 × 25%) Income tax payable [($700,000 – 250,000) × 25%]
175,000 62,500 112,500
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
94) Before considering a net operating loss carryforward of $80 million, Fama Corporation reported $200 million of pretax accounting and taxable income in the current year. The income tax rate for all previous years was 30%. On January 1 of the current year, a new tax law was enacted, reducing the rate to 25% effective immediately. Fama's income tax payable for the current year would be: A) $48 million. B) $28 million. C) $30 million. D) $36 million. Answer: C Explanation: Because the NOL carryforward of $80,000 is less than 80% of taxable income of $200,000, the 80% constraint does not affect the calculation. Taxable income before NOL NOL Carryforward Taxable income Enacted tax rate Tax payable currently
$ 200 (80) $ 120 × 25% $ 30
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Tax rate considerations; Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts.; 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
95) Assume that Reliable Corp. operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed. Reliable Corp. had a pretax accounting income of $30 million this year. This included the collection of $40 million of life insurance proceeds when several key executives died in a plane crash. Temporary differences for the current year netted out to zero. Reliable has had a 25% tax rate and taxable income of $120 million over the previous two years and plans to elect a net operating loss carryback for tax purposes. In the current year financial statements, Reliable would report: A) Net income of $32.5 million. B) A tax benefit of $10 million. C) Net income of $26 million. D) A deferred tax asset of $2.5 million. Answer: A Explanation: 100% of the NOL is available for carryback. Accounting income Permanent difference: Life insurance Taxable income (NOL) Enacted rate for carryback years Income tax refundable
$
Accounting income Tax benefit from NOL Net income
$
$ $
30 (40) (10) 25% 2.5
30 2.5 $ 32.5
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) Assume that Theodore Enterprises operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed. Theodore Enterprises had the following pretax income (loss) over its first three years of operations: 2019 2020 2021
$
500,000 (900,000) 1,500,000
For each year there were no deferred income taxes and the tax rate was 25%. In its 2020 tax return, Theodore elected a net operating loss carryback. No valuation account was deemed necessary for the deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2020. What was Theodore's income tax expense for 2021? A) $375,000. B) $330,000. C) $270,000. D) $180,000. Answer: A Explanation: 100% of the NOL is available for carryback. Because the remaining NOL carryforward is less than 80% of 2021 taxable income, the 80% constraint does not affect the calculation. The tax benefit from the carryforward was recognized in 2020 and is reversed in 2021. $1,500,000 × 25% = $375,000. Income tax expense (to balance) Deferred tax asset ($400,000 × 25%) Income tax payable [($1,500,000 – 400,000) × 25%]
375,000 100,000 275,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
97) Clinton Corp. operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is not allowed, and had the following pretax income (loss) over its first three years of operations 2019 2020 2021
$ 1,200,000 (900,000) 1,500,000
For each year there were no deferred income taxes and the tax rate was 25%. No valuation account was deemed necessary for the deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2020. What was Clinton's income tax expense in 2021? A) 375,000 B) 480,000. C) 240,000. D) 160,000. Answer: A Explanation: Because the NOL carryforward of $900,000 is less than 80% of 2021 taxable income of $1,500,000, the 80% constraint does not affect the calculation. $1,500,000 × 25% = $375,000. The tax benefit from the carryforward was recognized in 2020 and reversed in 2021. Income tax expense (to balance) Deferred tax asset ($900,000 × 25%) Income tax payable [($1,500,000 – 900,000) × 25%]
375,000 225,000 150,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) Assume that The Bell Company operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed. The Bell Company had the following operating results: Year 2018 2019 2020 2021
Income (loss) 40,000 20,000 50,000 (60,000)
Tax rate 25% 25% 30% 30%
Income tax 10,000 5,000 15,000 0
What is the income tax refund receivable? A) $27,000. B) $24,000. C) $17,000 D) $21,000. Answer: C Explanation: $5,000 + ($40,000 × 30%) = $17,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 99) For reporting purposes, current deferred tax assets and current deferred tax liabilities for the same company and tax jurisdiction are: A) Netted against one another and shown as a net current asset or liability in the balance sheet. B) Reported separately in the balance sheet. C) Reflected only in the notes to the financial statements. D) Combined with noncurrent deferred tax assets and noncurrent deferred tax liabilities in the balance sheet to show a single net noncurrent amount. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Balance sheet classification Learning Objective: 16-08 Explain how deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are reported in a classified balance sheet and describe related disclosures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
100) Financial statement disclosure of the components of income tax expense: A) Must be made on the face of the income statement. B) Usually is included in the disclosure notes. C) Is not necessary when only permanent differences exist. D) Must include the amount of cash paid for taxes. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Disclosure notes Learning Objective: 16-08 Explain how deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are reported in a classified balance sheet and describe related disclosures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 101) At December 31, 2021, Moonlight Bay Resorts had the following deferred income tax items: Deferred tax asset of $54 million related to a current liability Deferred tax asset of $36 million related to a noncurrent liability Deferred tax liability of $120 million related to a noncurrent asset Deferred tax liability of $72 million related to a current asset
Moonlight Bay should report in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet a: A) Noncurrent deferred tax asset of $90 million and a non-current deferred tax liability of $192 million. B) Current deferred tax liability of $18 million. C) Noncurrent deferred tax asset of $84,000 and a non-current deferred tax liability of $45 million. D) Noncurrent deferred tax liability of $102 million. Answer: D Explanation: All amounts should be netted to show a single noncurrent net deferred tax asset or liability. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Balance sheet classification Learning Objective: 16-08 Explain how deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are reported in a classified balance sheet and describe related disclosures. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
102) Due to differences between depreciation reported in the income statement and depreciation deducted for tax purposes, Lucas Corp. has $2 million in temporary differences that will increase taxable income next year. Assuming that Lucas has no other temporary differences, deferred income taxes should be reported in this year's ending balance sheet as a: A) Current deferred asset. B) Noncurrent deferred tax liability. C) Current deferred tax liability. D) Noncurrent deferred tax asset. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Balance sheet classification Learning Objective: 16-08 Explain how deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are reported in a classified balance sheet and describe related disclosures. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
103) A reconciliation of pretax financial statement income to taxable income is shown below for Fieval Industries for the year ended December 31, 2021, its first year of operations. The income tax rate is 25%. Pretax accounting income (income statement) Interest revenue on municipal securities Warranty expense in excess of deductible amount Depreciation in excess of financial statement amount Taxable income (tax return)
$ 300,000 (15,000) 25,000 (70,000) $ 240,000
What amount(s) should Fieval report related to deferred income taxes in its 2021 balance sheet? A) Current deferred tax asset of $6,250 and noncurrent deferred tax liability of $17,500. B) Noncurrent deferred tax liability of $11,250. C) Current deferred tax asset of $4,000 and noncurrent deferred tax liability of $17,500. D) Noncurrent deferred tax liability of $24,000. Answer: B Explanation: $25,000 × 25% = $6,250 deferred tax asset $70,000 × 25% = $17,500 deferred tax liability The deferred tax asset and liability would be offset and shown as a single noncurrent deferred tax liability. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Balance sheet classification; Multiple temporary differences Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-08 Explain how deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are reported in a classified balance sheet and describe related disclosures.; 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) A reconciliation of pretax financial statement income to taxable income is shown below for Chan Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2021, its first year of operations. The income tax rate is 25%. Pretax accounting income (income statement) Inventory impairments in excess of deductible amount Depreciation in excess of financial statement amount Taxable income (tax return)
$
500,000 40,000 (120,000) $ 420,000
The inventory impairments relate to Chan's Columbian tax return. The depreciation relates to Chan's U.S. tax return. What amount(s) should Chan report related to deferred income taxes in its 2021 balance sheet? A) Current deferred tax asset of $10,000 and noncurrent deferred tax liability of $30,000. B) Noncurrent deferred tax liability of $20,000. C) Noncurrent deferred tax asset of $10,000 and noncurrent deferred tax liability of $30,000. D) Noncurrent deferred tax asset of $20,000. Answer: C Explanation: $40,000 × 25% = $10,000 deferred tax asset $120,000 × 25% = $30,000 deferred tax liability The deferred tax asset and liability could not be offset because they relate to different tax jurisdictions. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Balance sheet classification; Multiple temporary differences Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-08 Explain how deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are reported in a classified balance sheet and describe related disclosures.; 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
105) A reconciliation of pretax financial statement income to taxable income is shown below for See Shipping for the year ended December 31, 2021, its first year of operations. The income tax rate is 25%. Pretax accounting income (income statement) Installment income taxable upon receipt next year Warranty expense in excess of deductible amount Tax depreciation in excess of income statement amount Taxable income (tax return)
$ 600,000 (30,000) 5,000 (20,000) $ 555,000
What amount should See report as a noncurrent item related to deferred income taxes in its 2021 balance sheet? A) Deferred income tax asset of $11,250. B) Deferred income tax liability of $12,500. C) Deferred income tax liability of $45,000. D) Deferred income tax liability of $11,250. Answer: D Explanation: $30,000 × 25% = $7,500 deferred tax liability $20,000 × 25% = $5,000 deferred tax liability $5,000 × 25% = $1,250 deferred tax asset $7,500 + 5,000 – 1,250 = $11,250 net noncurrent deferred tax liability Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Balance sheet classification; Multiple temporary differences Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-08 Explain how deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are reported in a classified balance sheet and describe related disclosures.; 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
106) On its tax return at the end of the current year Webnet Inc. has $6 million of tax depreciation in excess of depreciation in its income statement. A disclosure note reveals that $1 million of the $6 million difference will reverse itself next year, and the remainder will reverse over the next 4 years. In the absence of other temporary differences, in the balance sheet at the end of the current year Webnet would report: A) Both a current deferred tax asset and a noncurrent deferred tax asset. B) A noncurrent deferred tax asset. C) Both a current deferred tax liability and a noncurrent deferred tax liability. D) A noncurrent deferred tax liability. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Balance sheet classification Learning Objective: 16-08 Explain how deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are reported in a classified balance sheet and describe related disclosures. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) Madison Company has taken a position in its tax return to claim a tax credit of $60 million (direct reduction in taxes payable) and has determined that its sustainability is "more likely than not," based on its technical merits. The tax credit would be a direct reduction in current taxes payable. Madison believes the likelihood that a $60 million, $36 million, or $12 million tax benefit will be sustained is 25%, 30%, and 45%, respectively. Madison's taxable income is $520 million for the year. Its effective tax rate is 25%. What is Madison's income tax expense for the year? A) $24 million. B) $70 million. C) $94 million. D) $130 million. Answer: C Explanation: Probability table: Amount of the tax benefit that $ 60 management expects to sustain Percentage likelihood that the tax position will be sustained at this 25% level Cumulative probability that the tax 25% position will be sustained
$ 36
$
12
30%
45%
55%
100%
$36 million is the amount of tax benefit that would be recognized in the financial statements; it represents the largest amount of benefit that is more than 50% likely to be the end result. $520 × 25% = $130 – 60 = $70 tax currently payable. Add additional projected liability ($60 – $36) of $24. Total income tax expense = $94. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncertainty in income taxes Learning Objective: 16-09 Demonstrate how to account for uncertainty in income tax decisions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
108) Information for Hobson Corp. for the current year ($ in millions): Income from continuing operations before tax Loss on discontinued operation (pretax) Temporary differences (all related to operating income): Accrued warranty expense in excess of expense included in operating income Depreciation deducted on tax return in excess of depreciation expense Permanent differences (all related to operating income): Nondeductible portion of entertainment expense
$ 155 32
10 25 5
The applicable enacted tax rate for all periods is 25%. How much tax expense on income from continuing operations would be reported in Hobson's income statement? A) $36.25 million. B) $38.75 million. C) $40.0 million. D) $32.5 million. Answer: C Explanation: Tax payable = ($155 – 25 + 10 + 5) × 25% = $36.25 Net deferred tax liability = ($25 – 10) × 25% = $3.75. Tax expense balances the journal entry to equal $40. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Intraperiod tax allocation Learning Objective: 16-10 Explain intraperiod tax allocation. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) Information for Hobson Corp. for the current year ($ in millions): Income from continuing operations before tax Loss on discontinued operation (pretax) Temporary differences (all related to operating income): Accrued warranty expense in excess of expense included in operating income Depreciation deducted on tax return in excess of depreciation expense Permanent differences (all related to operating income): Nondeductible portion of entertainment expense
$ 155 32
10 25 5
The applicable enacted tax rate for all periods is 25%. What should Hobson report as income from continuing operations? A) $118.75 million. B) $115.0 million. C) $116.25 million. D) $155.0 million. Answer: B Explanation: Tax payable = ($155 – 25 + 10 + 5) × 25% = $36.25. Net deferred tax liability = ($25 – 10) × 25% = $3.75. Tax expense balances the journal entry to equal $40. Income from continuing operations before tax Income tax expense Income from continuing operations
$ 155 40 $ 115
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Intraperiod tax allocation Learning Objective: 16-10 Explain intraperiod tax allocation. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) Information for Hobson Corp. for the current year ($ in millions): Income from continuing operations before tax Loss on discontinued operation (pretax) Temporary differences (all related to operating income): Accrued warranty expense in excess of expense included in operating income Depreciation deducted on tax return in excess of depreciation expense Permanent differences (all related to operating income): Nondeductible portion of entertainment expense
$ 155 32
10 25 5
The applicable enacted tax rate for all periods is 25%. What should Hobson report as net income? A) $91.0 million. B) $46.75 million. C) $83.0 million. D) $115.0 million. Answer: A Explanation: Tax payable = ($155 – 25 + 10 + 5) × 25% = $36.25 Net deferred tax liability = ($25 – 10) × 25% = $3.75. Tax expense balances the journal entry to equal $40. The tax benefit associated with the $32 loss on discontinued operation would be $32 × 25% = $8. Income from continuing operations before tax Income tax expense Income from continuing operations Loss on discontinued operation (net of $12 tax benefit) Net income
$ 155 40 $ 115 24 $ 91
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Intraperiod tax allocation Learning Objective: 16-10 Explain intraperiod tax allocation. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
111) Information for Hobson Corp. for the current year ($ in millions): Income from continuing operations before tax Loss on discontinued operation (pretax) Temporary differences (all related to operating income): Accrued warranty expense in excess of expense included in operating income Depreciation deducted on tax return in excess of depreciation expense Permanent differences (all related to operating income): Nondeductible portion of entertainment expense
$ 155 32
10 25 5
The applicable enacted tax rate for all periods is 25%. What is Hobson's income tax payable for the current year? A) $33.75 million. B) $32.50 million. C) $33.25 million. D) $28.25 million. Answer: D Explanation: Income from continuing operations before tax Loss on discontinued operation (pretax) Accrued warranty expense Depreciation expense Nondeductible portion of entertainment expense Taxable income Enacted rate Income tax payable
$
155 (32) 10 (25) 5 113 25% $ 28.25
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Intraperiod tax allocation Learning Objective: 16-10 Explain intraperiod tax allocation. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
112) Information for Hobson Corp. for the current year ($ in millions): Income from continuing operations before tax Loss on discontinued operation (pretax) Temporary differences (all related to operating income): Accrued warranty expense in excess of expense included in operating income Depreciation deducted on tax return in excess of depreciation expense Permanent differences (all related to operating income): Nondeductible portion of entertainment expense
$ 155 32
10 25 5
The applicable enacted tax rate for all periods is 25%. How should Hobson report tax on the discontinued operation? A) A tax receivable of $8 million in the balance sheet. B) A tax benefit of $8 million to net against the $32 million pretax loss. C) A deferred tax asset of $8 million in the balance sheet. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: The loss on discontinued operations is reported in the income statement net of $8 tax benefit [$32 – ($32 × 25%) = $24]. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Intraperiod tax allocation Learning Objective: 16-10 Explain intraperiod tax allocation. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
113) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the most correct term. _____ 1. Valuation allowance _____ 2. Operating loss carryback _____ 3. Taxable income _____ 4. Deferred tax asset _____ 5. Intraperiod tax allocation A) Is the basis for computing the tax liability for taxes currently payable. B) Is a process of allocating income tax expense among income from continuing operations. C) Reduces the net deferred tax asset and is classified as noncurrent in a balance sheet. D) Arises when future deductible amounts are created by temporary differences. E) Will generate a refund of taxes paid in prior years. Answer: C 1. Valuation allowance E 2. Operating loss carryback A 3. Taxable income D 4. Deferred tax asset B 5. Intraperiod tax allocation Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine tax payable; Deferred tax assets; Valuation allowance; Net operating losses; Intraperiod tax allocation Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes; 16-04 Describe when and how a valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets; 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements; 16-10 Explain intraperiod tax allocation. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the most correct term. _____ 1. Operating loss carryforward _____ 2. Deferred tax asset _____ 3. Interperiod tax allocation _____ 4. Deferred tax liability _____ 5. Permanent difference A) Is usually a revenue or expense item that is excluded or not deductible in determining taxable income. B) Is reduced by a valuation allowance if realization of future tax benefit is not more likely than not. C) Arises when future taxable amounts are created by temporary differences. D) Is the process of allocating income taxes among two or more reporting periods. E) Will always create a deferred tax asset. Answer: E 1. Operating loss carryforward B 2. Deferred tax asset D 3. Interperiod tax allocation C 4. Deferred tax liability A 5. Permanent difference Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Deferred tax liabilities; Permanent differences; Valuation allowance; Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes; 16-04 Describe when and how a valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets; 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences; 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
115) Listed below are five independent situations. For each situation indicate (by letter) whether it will create (A) a deferred tax asset, (L) a deferred tax liability, or (N) neither. _____ 1) Research and development costs reported in the income statement but elected to be capitalized and amortized over five years for tax purposes. _____ 2) An operating loss carryforward. _____ 3) Organization costs reported in the income statement but amortized and deducted over five years for tax purposes. _____ 4) Premiums paid on life insurance policies covering key corporate executives. _____ 5) The nondeductible portion of travel and entertainment expenses.
Answer: 1) a deferred tax asset (A) 2) a deferred tax asset (A) 3) a deferred tax asset (A) 4) neither (N) 5) neither (N) Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish type of temporary difference; Permanent differences Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes; 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) Listed below are five independent situations. For each situation indicate (by letter) whether it will create (A) a deferred tax asset, (L) a deferred tax liability, or (N) neither. _____ 1) An operating loss carryback. _____ 2) Warranty expense, tax deductible when paid. _____ 3) Interest earned on investments in state and local government bonds. _____ 4) Fines and penalties due to violations of law. _____ 5) Prepaid expenses, tax deductible when paid.
Answer: 1) neither (N) 2) a deferred tax asset (A) 3) neither (N) 4) neither (N) 5) a deferred tax liability (L) Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish type of temporary difference; Permanent differences Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes; 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes; 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Listed below are 5 terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the most correct term. _____ 1. Balance sheet classification _____ 2. Permanent difference _____ 3. Temporary difference _____ 4. Income tax expense _____ 5. Valuation allowance A) No tax consequences. B) Produces future taxable amounts or future deductible amounts. C) "More likely than not" test. D) Noncurrent. E) A "plug" for the net effect of the current tax liability and changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Answer: D 1. Balance sheet classification A 2. Permanent difference B 3. Temporary difference E 4. Income tax expense C 5. Valuation allowance Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish items causing deferred tax; Determine tax expense; Valuation allowance; Permanent differences; Balance sheet classification Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes; 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes; 16-04 Describe when and how a valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets; 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences; 16-08 Explain how deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are reported in a classified balance sheet and describe related disclosures. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
118) Roberts Corp. reports pretax accounting income of $200,000, but due to a single temporary difference, taxable income is only $150,000. At the beginning of the year, no temporary differences existed. Roberts is subject to a tax rate of 25%. Required: Prepare the compound journal entry to record Roberts Corp.'s income taxes. Show well-labeled computations. Answer: Income tax expense (to balance) 50,000 Deferred tax liability [($200,000 - $150,000) × 25%] 12,500 Income tax payable ($150,000 × 25%) 37,500 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Determine tax expense Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Black Inc. disclosed the following information about income taxes. A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the United States federal statutory income tax rate (20%) to the provision (benefit) for income taxes reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 is as follows ($ in millions): 2021 Provision (benefit) for income taxes at United States federal statutory rate of 20% State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit Taxes on foreign income which differ from the United States statutory rate Losses with no tax benefit Benefit of foreign sales corporation Other
2020
2019
$5.2 (4.1)
$ (4.9) (4.3)
$(11.3) (3.9)
(2.5) 2.8 -0.5 $1.9
0.6 4.2 -(3.2) $(7.6)
(0.7) 6.2 (0.5) -$(10.2)
The significant components of the net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows ($ in millions): 2021
2020
Deferred Tax Assets: Net operating loss carry forwards Sales incentive discounts. Inventory valuation reserves Postretirement benefits Other Valuation allowance
$141.6 30.6 15.0 7.8 64.2 (52.7)
$139.0 22.8 8.3 8.2 74.1 (71.8)
Total deferred tax assets
206.5
180.6
Deferred Tax Liabilities: Tax over book depreciation Tax over book amortization of patent Other Total deferred tax liabilities Net deferred tax assets
23.5 18.2 19.1 60.8 $145.7
24.2 17.9 16.3 58.4 $122.2
79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) Why are the depreciation and patent amortization listed as deferred tax liabilities? Answer: The depreciation for tax purposes is accelerated relative to the depreciation for book purposes (which is straight line), which makes the income for book purposes more than the income for tax purposes. In turn, this makes the current tax liability less than the tax expense for book purposes, thereby creating a deferred tax liability for the future. The amortization period for the patent apparently was longer for book than tax purposes. This has the same effect as the accelerated depreciation. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish type of temporary difference Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 120) Estimate the effective tax rate for Black Inc. in 2021. Why is it different from the 20% federal statutory rate? Answer: 7.31% [= 20% × ($1.9 / $5.2)] The effective rate is substantially less than the federal rate because of savings due to deductible state taxes and taxes based on foreign income. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Distinguish type of temporary difference Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
121) Several years ago, Western Electric Corp. purchased equipment for $20,000,000. Western uses straight-line depreciation for financial reporting and accelerated depreciation for tax purposes. At December 31, 2020, the carrying value of the equipment was $18,000,000 and its tax basis was $15,000,000. At December 31, 2021, the carrying value of the equipment was $16,000,000 and the tax basis was $11,000,000. There were no other temporary differences and no permanent differences. Pretax accounting income for the current year was $25,000,000. A tax rate of 25% applies to all years. Required: Prepare one journal entry to record Western's income tax expense for the current year. Show well-labeled computations for the income tax payable and the change in the deferred tax account. Answer: Income tax expense (to balance) Deferred tax liability (calculated) Income tax payable (calculated below)
Accounting income Depr. diff.(18M - 16M) - (15M - 11M) Taxable income Enacted tax rate Tax payable currently
6,250,000 500,000 5,750,000 2021 Future taxable amount $25,000,000 (2,000,000) $5,000,000 (16M - 11M) $23,000,000 25% 25% $ 5,750,000
Deferred tax liability (5M × 25%) 1,250,000 Less: Beginning balance (18M - 15M) × 25% (750,000) Change in balance $ 500,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determine tax expense; Determine tax payable Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) North Dakota Corporation began operations in January 2020 and purchased a machine for $20,000. North Dakota uses straight-line depreciation over a four-year period for financial reporting purposes. For tax purposes, the deduction is 50% of cost in 2020, 30% in 2021, and 20% in 2022. Pretax accounting income for 2020 was $150,000, which includes interest revenue of $20,000 from municipal bonds. The enacted tax rate is 25% for all years. There are no other differences between accounting and taxable income. Required: Prepare a journal entry to record income taxes for the year 2020. Show well-labeled computations for the amount of income tax payable and the change in the deferred tax account. Answer: Income tax expense (to balance) Deferred tax liability (change in deferred tax balance per below) Income tax payable
32,500 1,250 31,250 2020
Accounting income Permanent diff — municipal bond interest Depreciation diff (20K × 50%) - (20K × 25%) Taxable income Enacted tax rate Tax payable currently
$150,000 (20,000) (5,000) 125,000 25% $31,250
Future taxable amount
$5,000 25%
Deferred tax liability (5K × 25%) $1,250 Less: Beginning balance 0 Change in balance $1,250 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determine tax payable; Determine tax expense; Permanent differences Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes; 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
123) The following information is for Hulk Gym's first year of operations. Amounts are in millions of dollars. The enacted tax rate is 25%. Year 2021 Accounting income Temporary difference: Prepaid insurance Taxable income
Future Taxable Amounts 2022 2023 2024 2025
Future Amounts Total
$3
$ 12
$60 (12) $ 48
$3
$3
$3
Required: Prepare a compound journal entry to record the income tax expense for the year 2021. Show well-labeled computations. Answer: $ in millions
Accounting income Temporary difference: Prepaid insurance Taxable income Enacted tax rate Tax payable currently
Year 2021 $60 (12) $ 48 25% $12.0
Future Taxable Amounts 2022 2023 2024 2025
Future Amounts Total
$3
$12
$3
$3
$3
Deferred tax liability December 31, 2021 (change & ending balance)
25%
$3.0
Journal entry to record 2021 income tax expense: Income tax expense (to balance) 15,000,000 Deferred tax liability (increase in deferred tax liability) 3,000,000 Income tax payable (tax currently payable) 12,000,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determine tax expense Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) Gallo Light began operations in 2021. The company sometimes sells used warehouses on an installment basis. In those cases, Gallo Light reports income in its income statement in the year of the sale. In its income tax return, though, Gallo Light reports installment income by the installment method. Installment income in 2021 was $90,000, which Gallo Light expects to collect equally over the next three years. The tax rate is 25%, but based on an enacted law, is scheduled to become 30% in 2023. Gallo Light's pretax accounting income from the 2021 income statement was $830,000, which includes $40,000 of interest revenue from an investment in municipal bonds. There were no differences between accounting income and taxable income other than those described above. Required: (1.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record Gallo Light's 2021 income taxes. Show calculations. (2.) What is Gallo Light's 2021 net income? Answer: (1.) ($ in 000s)
Accounting income Permanent difference Temporary difference: Installment sales Taxable income Enacted tax rate Tax payable currently Deferred tax liability
Current Year 2021 830 (40) (90) 700 25% 175
Future Taxable Amounts 2022 2023 2024
30
30
30
25%
30%
30%
7.5
9
9
Less beginning balance Change in balance: credit (debit)
Journal entry at the end of 2021 (bold) Income tax expense (to balance) Deferred tax liability (determined above) Income tax payable (determined above)
25.5 0 25.5
200.5 25.5 175.0
84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
(2.) ($ in 000s) Pretax accounting income $830.0 Income tax expense (200.5) Net income $629.5 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determine tax payable; Determine tax expense; Permanent differences; Tax rate considerations Learning Objective: 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 125) EZ, Inc., reports pretax accounting income of $400,000, but due to a single temporary difference, taxable income is $500,000. At the beginning of the year, no temporary differences existed. EZ is subject to a tax rate of 25%. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record EZ's income taxes. Show well-labeled computations. Answer: Income tax expense (to balance) 100,000 Deferred tax asset [($500,000 - $400,000) × 25%] 25,000 Income tax payable ($500,000 × 25%) 125,000 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Determine tax expense Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) In the current year, Bruno Corporation collected rent of $3,600,000. For income tax reporting, the rent is taxed when collected. For financial reporting, the rent is recognized as income in the period earned. At the end of the current year, the unearned portion of the rent collected in the current year amounted to $400,000. Bruno had no temporary differences at the beginning of the current year. Assume an income tax rate of 25%. Required: The current year's income tax liability from the tax return is $800,000. Prepare the journal entry to record income taxes for the year. Show well-labeled computations. Answer: Income tax expense (to balance) 700,000 Deferred tax asset [($400,000 × 25%)] 100,000 Income tax payable (given) 800,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine tax expense Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 127) At the end of its first year of operations, Prince Charming Corporation had a current liability of $300,000 for unearned rent. This was the only difference between pretax accounting income and taxable income. Assume an income tax rate of 25%. Required: The tax liability from the tax return is $750,000. Prepare the journal entry to record income taxes for Prince Charming's first year of operations. Show well-labeled computations. Answer: Income tax expense (to balance) 675,000 Deferred tax asset ($300,000 × 25%) 75,000 Income tax payable (given) 750,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine tax expense Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
86 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) Pocus, Inc., reports warranty expense when related products are sold. For tax purposes, the warranty costs are deductible as incurred. At the end of the current year, Pocus has a warranty liability of $200,000 and taxable income of $20,000,000. At the end of the previous year, Pocus reported a deferred tax asset of $80,000 related to the difference in reporting warranty expense, its only temporary difference. The enacted tax rate is 25% each year. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entry for Pocus to record the income tax provision for the current year. Show well-labeled supporting computations. Answer: Income tax expense (to balance) 5,030,000 Deferred tax asset [($200,000 × 25%) - $80,000] 30,000 Income tax payable ($20,000,000 × 25%) 5,000,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine tax payable; Determine tax expense Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 129) Pocus Inc. reports warranty expense when related products are sold. For tax purposes, the warranty costs are deductible as incurred. At the end of the current year, Pocus has a warranty liability of $500,000 and taxable income of $50,000,000. At the beginning of the current year, Pocus reported a deferred tax asset of $210,000 related to the difference in reporting warranty expense, its only temporary difference. The enacted tax rate is 25% each year. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entry for Pocus to record the income tax provision for the current year. Show well-labeled computations to support the three amounts in your journal entry. Answer: Income tax expense (to balance) 12,585,000 Deferred tax asset [($500,000 × 25%) — $210,000]] 85,000 Income tax payable ($50,000,000 × 25%) 12,500,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine tax expense; Determine tax payable Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 87 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
130) Gore Company, organized on January 2, 2021, had pretax accounting income of $7,000,000 and taxable income of $10,000,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021. The 2021 tax rate was 25%. The only difference between book and taxable income is estimated warranty costs. Expected payments and scheduled enacted tax rates are as follows: 2022 2023 2024 2025
$1,000,000 500,000 500,000 1,000,000
30% 30% 30% 35%
Required: Prepare one compound journal entry to record Gore's provision for taxes for the year 2021. Answer: Income tax expense (to balance) Deferred tax asset (change in deferred tax balance) Income tax payable (tax currently payable)
Accounting income Temp. diff — estimated warranty expense Taxable income Enacted tax rate Tax payable currently
1,550,000 950,000 2,500,000
Future deductible amount 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 $7,000,000 3,000,000 $1M 10,000,000 25% 30% $2,500,000
$.5M
$.5M
$1M
30%
30%
35%
Deferred tax asset $300K $150K $150K $350K = $950K Less: Beginning balance 0 Change in balance $950K Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determine tax payable; Determine tax expense; Tax rate considerations Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes; 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
88 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In LMC's 2021 annual report to shareholders, it disclosed the following information about its income taxes: INCOME TAXES Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities for accounting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax liabilities and assets as of December 31 were as follows: ($ in millions) Deferred tax liabilities: Property, plant and equipment Partnership tax basis difference Other liabilities Total deferred tax liabilities Deferred tax assets: Alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards Capital loss carryforwards Net operating loss carryforwards Postretirement and postemployment benefits Foreign tax credit carryforwards Reclamation and decommissioning accruals Restructuring charges Other assets Subtotal Valuation allowance Total deferred tax assets Net deferred tax liabilities
2021
2020
$ 441.2 125.0 253.7 819.9
$ 468.4 125.0 223.7 817.1
154.7
155.3
122.5 242.9 35.5
110.7 39.5
77.9 31.6
133.2 38.3
90.6 111.4 867.1 (209.4) 657.7 $ 162.2
104.7 170.4 752.1 (142.2) 609.9 $ 207.2
89 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
131) Explain why LMC has a $209.4 million valuation allowance for its deferred tax assets. Answer: Apparently, it is more likely than not that this portion of the total tax benefits are unlikely to be realized because the future deductible amounts are useful only if LMC has sufficient future taxable income to offset with these future deductible amounts. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Valuation allowance Learning Objective: 16-04 Describe when and how a valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 132) Assuming these amounts relate to the same tax-paying component of the company and the same tax jurisdiction, will LMC report $819.9 million as a liability in its balance sheet at December 31, 2021? Explain. Answer: No. LMC will report a net noncurrent deferred tax liability of $162.2 million for its deferred tax amounts. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Balance sheet classification Learning Objective: 16-08 Explain how deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are reported in a classified balance sheet and describe related disclosures. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 133) Indicate why LMC lists net operating loss carryforwards as a component of deferred tax assets. Answer: LMC has generated tax carryforwards from operating losses. This provides LMC with opportunities to gain future tax benefits through use of the future deductible amounts. The deferred tax assets represent the tax savings from reducing taxable income in the future. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
90 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) At the end of the preceding year, World Industries had a deferred tax asset of $17,500,000, attributable to its only temporary difference of $70,000,000 for estimated expenses. At the end of the current year, the temporary difference is $45,000,000. At the beginning of the year there was no valuation account for the deferred tax asset. At year-end, World Industries now estimates that it is more likely than not that one-third of the deferred tax asset will never be realized. Taxable income is $12,000,000 for the current year and the tax rate is 25% for all years. Required: Prepare journal entries to record World Industries' income tax expense for the current year. Show well-labeled supporting computations for each component of the journal entries. Answer: Income tax expense (to balance) Deferred tax asset [($45M × 25%) - ($17,500,000)] Income tax payable ($12M × 25%)
9,250,000 6,250,000 3,000,000
Income tax expense 3,750,000 Valuation allowance - deferred tax asset [(1/3 × ($45M × 25%)) 3,750,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determine tax expense; Determine tax payable; Valuation allowance Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes; 16-04 Describe when and how a valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
91 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) At the end of the prior year, Doubtful Inc. had a deferred tax asset of $20,000,000 attributable to its only timing difference, a temporary difference of $80,000,000 in a liability for estimated expenses. At that time, a valuation allowance of $4,000,000 was established. At the end of the current year, the temporary difference is $45,000,000, and Doubtful determines that the balance in the valuation account should now be $5,000,000. Taxable income is $15,000,000 and the tax rate is 25% for all years. Required: Prepare journal entries to record Doubtful's income tax expense for the current year. Show welllabeled supporting computations for the income tax payable, the valuation allowance, and the change in the deferred tax asset account. Answer: Income tax expense (to balance) Deferred tax asset [($45M × 25%) - ($20M)] Income tax payable ($15 M × 25%)
12,500,000 8,750,000 3,750,000
Income tax expense 1,000,000 Valuation allowance - deferred tax asset ($4 M - $5 M) 1,000,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determine tax payable; Determine tax expense; Valuation allowance Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes; 16-04 Describe when and how a valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
92 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
136) The following information is for James Industries' first year of operations. Amounts are in millions of dollars.
Year 2020 Accounting income Temporary difference: Advance rent payment Taxable income
Future Taxable Amounts 2021 2022 2023 2024
Future Amounts Total
$3
$ 12
$60 (12) $ 48
$3
$3
$3
In 2021 the company's pretax accounting income was $67. The enacted tax rate for 2020 and 2021 is 25%, and it is 30% for years after 2021. Required: Prepare a journal entry to record the income tax expense for the year 2021. Show well-labeled computations for income tax payable and the change in the deferred tax account.
93 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer:
Accounting Income
Future Amounts
Year
Future Taxable Amounts
2020 $60
2021
2022
2023
2024
Total
(12) $48
$3
$3
$3
$3
$12
25% 0.75M
30% 0.9M
30% 0.9M
30% 0.9M
3.45M
Temporary difference: Advance rent payment Taxable income Enacted tax rate Deferred tax liability
Accounting Income
Year
Future Taxable Amounts
Future Amounts
2021 $67
2022
2023
2024
Total
$3 $70 25% 17.5
$3
$3
$3
$9
Temporary difference: Advance rent payment Taxable income Enacted tax rate Tax payable currently
Deferred tax liability December 31, 2021 Less beginning balance (see above) Decrease in deferred tax liability for 2021
30% 2.7M 2.70M (3.45M) $0.75M
Journal entry to record 2021 income tax expense: Income tax expense (to balance) 16,750,000 Deferred tax liability (decrease in deferred tax liability) 750,000 Income tax payable (tax currently payable) 17,500,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Tax rate considerations Learning Objective: 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 94 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: Typical Corp. reported a deferred tax liability of $3,750,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020, when the tax rate was 25%. The deferred tax liability was related to a temporary difference of $15,000,000 caused by an installment sale in 2020. The temporary difference is expected to reverse in 2022 when the income deferred from taxation will become taxable. There are no other temporary differences. Assume a new tax law passed in 2021 and the tax rate, which will remain at 25% through December 31, 2021, will become 30% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2021. Pretax accounting income and taxable income for the year 2021 is $30,000,000. 137) Required: Prepare a compound journal entry to record Typical's income tax expense for the year 2021. Show well-labeled computations. Answer: Income tax expense (to balance) 8,250,000 Deferred tax liability (increase in deferred tax liability, 5% × $15M) 750,000 Income tax payable (tax currently payable, $30M × 25%) 7,500,00 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Tax rate considerations Learning Objective: 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
95 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
138) Prepare two disclosure notes for Typical's year 2021 financial statements to: (a.) Show the composition of Typical's income tax expense for the year. (b.) Explain the classification and description of the deferred tax liability. Give supporting computations to show how you arrived at the dollar amounts disclosed in your disclosure notes. Answer: Students may show the journal entry for the year 2021 tax provision as supporting detail: Income tax expense (to balance) Deferred tax liability (increase in deferred tax liability, 5% × $15M) Income tax payable (tax currently payable, $30M × 25%)
8,250,000 750,000 7,500,000
The provision for income tax for 2021 consists of: Current portion: Tax payable currently Deferred portion: Increase in deferred tax liability Total income tax expense for 2021
$7,500,000 750,000 $8,250,000
(b) The balance of the deferred tax liability as of 12/31/2021 would be reported as a noncurrent liability since deferred tax assets and liabilities always are classified as noncurrent. The balance would be $4,500,000, which is 30% of the $15,000,000 receivable. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determine tax expense; Tax rate considerations; Balance sheet classification; Disclosure notes Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes; 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts; 16-08 Explain how deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are reported in a classified balance sheet and describe related disclosures. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
96 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
139) Patterson Development sometimes sells property on an installment basis. In those cases, Patterson reports income in its income statement in the year of the sale but reports installment income by the installment method on the tax return. Installment income in 2021 was $120 million, which Patterson expects to collect equally over the next four years. The tax rate is 25%, but based on an enacted law, is scheduled to become 35% in 2023. Patterson's pretax accounting income for the 2021 income statement was $530 million. Of this amount, $30 million is non-taxable revenue from proceeds of a life insurance policy. There were no differences between accounting income and taxable income other than those described above and no cumulative temporary differences existed at the beginning of the year. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record Patterson's 2021 income taxes. Show calculations. 2. What is Patterson's 2021 net income?
97 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. Current Year
Accounting income Permanent difference Temporary difference: Installment sales Taxable income Enacted tax rate Tax payable currently Deferred tax liability
Future Taxable Amounts
2021 $530 (30)
2022
2023
2024
2025
$(120)
$30
$30
$30
$30
380 25% $95
25%
35%
35%
35%
$7.5
$10.5
$10.5
$10.5
Less: beginning balance: Change in balance: credit (debit) Journal Entry at the end of 2021 ($ in millions) Income tax expense (to balance) Deferred tax liability (determined above) Income tax payable (determined above)
134 39 95
2. ($ in millions) Pretax accounting income $530 Income tax expense (134) Net income $396 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determine tax payable; Determine tax expense; Permanent differences; Tax rate considerations Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes; 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences; 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
98 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
140) Tobac Company reported an operating loss of $132,000 for financial reporting and tax purposes in 2021. The enacted tax rate is 25% for 2021 and all future years. Assume that Tobac operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed and elects a loss carryback. No valuation allowance is needed for any deferred tax assets. Taxable income, tax rates, and income taxes paid in Tobac's first four years of operations were as follows:
2017 2018 2019 2020
Taxable income $30,000 35,000 42,000 40,000
Tax rates 30% 30% 35% 40%
Taxes paid $9,000 10,500 14,700 16,000
Required: 1.) Prepare a compound journal entry to record Tobac's tax provision for the year 2021. Show well-labeled computations. 2.) Compute Tobac's net loss for 2021. Answer: 1) Receivable income tax refund ($14,700 + $16,000) Deferred tax asset (see below) Income tax expense (to balance) Prior years 2019 2020 Operating loss Loss CB/CF Tax rates Tax refund
$(42,000) 35% $14,700
Deferred tax asset from NOL CF
$(40,000) 40% $16,000
30,700 12,500 43,200 Current year Future 2021 2022 $(132,000) 132,000 $(50,000) 25%
$12,500
2.) Net loss for 2021 is $88,800 ($132,000 - 30,700 - 12,500 tax benefit of NOL) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Tax rate considerations; Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts; 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
99 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) The information that follows pertains to Julia Company: (a.) Temporary differences for the year 2021 are summarized below. Expenses deducted in the tax return, but not included in the income statement: Depreciation $60,000 Prepaid expense 8,000 Expenses reported in the income statement, but not deducted in the tax return: Warranty expense 9,000 (b.) No temporary differences existed at the beginning of 2021. (c.) Pretax accounting income was $67,000 and taxable income was $8,000 for 2021. (d.) There were no permanent differences. (e.) The tax rate is 25%. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the tax provision for 2021. Provide supporting computations. Answer: Income tax expense (to balance) 16,750 Deferred tax asset ($9,000 × 25%) 2,250 Deferred tax liability ($68,000 × 25%) 17,000 Income tax payable ($8,000 × 25%) 2,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Multiple temporary differences Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes; 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
100 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
142) The information below pertains to Mondavi Corporation: (a.) For the current year temporary differences existed between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of the following:
Buildings and equipment Prepaid insurance Liability-loss contingency
Carrying Amount
Tax Basis
Future Taxable or (Deductible) Amount
$60,000,000 1,000,000
$45,000,000 0
$15,000,000 1,000,000
10,000,000
0
(10,000,000)
(b.) No temporary differences existed at the beginning of the year. (c.) Pretax accounting income was $300,000,000 and taxable income was $120,000,000 for the year and the tax rate is 25%. Permanent differences are the cause of any difference between pretax accounting income and taxable income that are not due to temporary differences. Required: Prepare one journal entry to record the tax provision for the current year. Provide supporting computations. Answer: Income tax expense (to balance) 31,500,000 Deferred tax asset ($10M × 25%) 2,500,000 Deferred tax liability ($16M × 25%) 4,000,000 Income tax payable ($120M × 25%) 30,000,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Multiple temporary differences Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes; 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
101 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) Two independent situations are described below. Each involves future deductible amounts and/or future taxable amounts produced by temporary differences: SITUATION Taxable income Amounts at year-end: Future deductible amounts Future taxable amounts Balances at beginning of year, dr (cr): Deferred tax asset Deferred tax liability
1 $40,000
2 $80,000
5,000 0
10,000 5,000
$1,000 0
$4,000 1,000
The enacted tax rate is 25% for both situations. Required: For each situation determine the: (a.) Income tax payable currently. (b.) Deferred tax asset - balance at year-end. (c.) Deferred tax asset change dr or (cr) for the year. (d.) Deferred tax liability - balance at year-end. (e.) Deferred tax liability change dr or (cr) for the year. (f.) Income tax expense for the year.
102 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: Situation 1 Taxable income
2
(a.)
Income tax payable currently
$40,000 25% $10,000
(b.) (c.)
Future deductible amounts Tax rate Deferred tax asset ending balance Deferred tax asset beginning balance Change in deferred tax asset dr (cr)
$5,000 25% 1,250 1,000 $250
$10,000 25% 2,500 4,000 $(1,500)
$0 25%
(d.)
Future taxable amounts Tax rate Deferred tax liability ending balance
0
$5,000 25% (1,250)
Deferred tax liability beginning balance
(1,000) (250) $(20,000) (1,500) (250) $21,750
Tax rate
(e.)
Change in deferred tax liability dr (cr)
0 n/a
(f.)
Income tax payable Change in deferred tax asset dr (cr) Change in deferred tax liability dr (cr) Income tax expense
$(10,000) 250 n/a $9,750
$80,000 25% $20,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Multiple temporary differences Learning Objective: 16-01 Explain the conceptual underpinnings of accounting for temporary differences and the four-step method used to calculate income tax expense. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
103 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
144) Two independent situations are described below. Each involves future deductible amounts and/or future taxable amounts produced by temporary differences: SITUATION Taxable income Amounts at year-end: Future deductible amounts Future taxable amounts Balances at beginning of year: Deferred tax asset Deferred tax liability
1 $100,000
2 $130,000
0 10,000
10,000 15,000
0 2,000
$2,000 0
The enacted tax rate is 25% for both situations. Required: For each situation determine the: (a.) Income tax payable currently. (b.) Deferred tax asset - balance at year-end. (c.) Deferred tax asset change dr or (cr) for the year. (d.) Deferred tax liability - balance at year-end. (e.) Deferred tax liability change dr or (cr) for the year. (f.) Income tax expense for the year.
104 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer:
(a.)
(b.) (c.)
(d.) (e.)
Situation Taxable income Tax rate Income tax payable currently
1 $100,000 25% $25,000
2 $130,000 25% $32,500
Future deductible amounts Tax rate Deferred tax asset ending balance Deferred tax asset beginning balance Change in deferred tax asset dr (cr)
$0 25% 0 0 no change
$10,000 25% 2,500 2,000 500
Future taxable amounts Tax rate Deferred tax liability ending balance Deferred tax liability beginning bal. Change in deferred tax liability dr (cr)
$10,000 25% (2,500) (2,000) $(500)
$15,000 25% (3,750) 0 $(3,750)
Income tax payable $(25,000) $(32,500) Change in deferred tax asset dr (cr) no change 500 Change in deferred tax liability dr (cr) (500) (3,750) (f.) Income tax expense $25,500 $35,750 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Multiple temporary differences Learning Objective: 16-01 Explain the conceptual underpinnings of accounting for temporary differences and the four-step method used to calculate income tax expense. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
105 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
145) Four independent situations are described below. Each involves future deductible amounts and/or future taxable amounts produced by temporary differences reported first on:
(1.) (2.) (3.) (4.)
Income Statement Tax Return Revenue Expense Revenue Expense $20,000 $20,000 $15,000 $20,000 $15,000 $20,000 $10,000
Required: For each situation, determine the taxable income assuming pretax accounting income is $100,000. Show well-labeled computations. Answer: 1 $100,000
2 $100,000
3 $100,000
4 $100,000
Accounting income Temporary differences: Income statement first: Revenue (20,000) (15,000) (15,000) Expense 20,000 20,000 Tax return first: Revenue 20,000 Expense ________ ________ ________ (10,0000) Taxable income $80,000 $120,000 $105,000 $95,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Multiple temporary differences Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
106 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) Four independent situations are described below. Each involves future deductible amounts and/or future taxable amounts produced by temporary differences reported first on:
(1.) (2.) (3.) (4.)
Income Statement Tax Return Revenue Expense Revenue Expense $20,000 $20,000 $20,000 $15,000 $15,000 $20,000 $ 5,000 $10,000
Required: For each situation, determine the taxable income assuming pretax accounting income is $100,000. Show well-labeled computations. Answer: 1 $100,000
2 $100,000
3 $100,000
4 $100,000
Accounting income Temporary diff: Income statement first: Revenue (20,000) (15,000) Expense 20,000 20,000 Tax return first: Revenue 15,000 5,000 Expense _______ (20,000) ________ (10,000) Taxable income $80,000 $ 80,000 $135,000 $100,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Multiple temporary differences Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
107 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
147) Cabot Company reported a pretax operating loss of $50,000 for financial reporting and tax purposes in 2021. The enacted tax rate is 25% for 2021 and subsequent years. Assume that Cabot operates in an industry for which NOL carryback is allowed and requests a refund of taxes already paid by electing a loss carryback. Taxable income, tax rates, and income taxes paid in Cabot's first four years of operations were as follows:
2017 2018 2019 2020
Taxable income $30,000 35,000 42,000 40,000
Tax rates 30% 30% 35% 40%
Taxes paid $9,000 10,500 14,700 16,000
Required: 1.) Prepare the journal entry to record Cabot's income taxes for the year 2021. Show well-labeled computations. 2.) Compute Cabot's net loss for 2021. Answer: (1.) Receivable income tax refund ($14,700 + 3,200) Income tax expense (to balance) Prior years 2019 2020 Operating loss Loss carryback Tax rates Tax refund
$(42,000) 35% $(14,700)
$(8,000) 40% $(3,200)
17,900 17,900 Current year 2021 ($50,000) 50,000
(2.) Net loss for 2021 is $32,100 ($50,000 - 17,900 tax benefit of NOL) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
108 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) Brook Company has taken a position on its tax return to claim a tax credit of $30 million (direct reduction in taxes payable) and has determined that its sustainability is "more likely than not" based on its technical merits. Brook's management has developed the probability table shown below of all possible material outcomes: Probability Table ($ in millions) Amount of the tax benefit that management expects to receive $30 Percentage likelihood that the tax benefit will be sustained at this level 10%
$24
$18
$12
$6
20%
25%
20%
25%
Brook's taxable income is $300 million for the year, and its effective tax rate is 25%. The tax credit would be a direct reduction in current taxes payable. Required: 1. At what amount would Brook measure the tax benefit in its income statement? 2. Prepare the appropriate journal entry for Brook to record its income taxes for the year.
109 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: Requirement 1 Probability table: Amount of the tax benefit that management expects to sustain $30 $24 $18 $12 $6 Percentage likelihood that the tax position will be sustained at this level 10% 20% 25% 20% 25% Cumulative probability that the tax position will be sustained 10% 30% 55% 75% 100% $18 million is the amount of tax benefit that would be recognized in the financial statements; it represents the largest amount of benefit that is more than 50% likely to be the end result. Requirement 2 Brook would record tax expense as if there is an $18 million tax credit, income tax payable that reflects the entire $30 million credit, and a liability that represents the potential obligation to pay the additional taxes if the deduction is not ultimately upheld: ($ in millions) Income tax expense ([$300 × 25%] - $18* tax credit) 57 Income tax payable ([$300 × 25%] - $30 tax credit) 45 Liability — projected additional tax ($30 - 18*) 12 *largest amount of tax credit that has a higher than 50% likelihood of being sustained upon examination The Liability — Projected additional tax represents the eventual additional tax payment for the $12 million not included in the current income tax payable. The timing of the potential payment depends on the resolution of the uncertainty in the tax position. It likely will be reported as a long-term liability because that resolution probably will not be made within the coming year. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Uncertainty in income taxes Learning Objective: 16-09 Demonstrate how to account for uncertainty in income tax decisions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
110 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
149) What is the justification for a corporation determining income for financial reporting purposes differently than the way it is determined for tax purposes? Answer: In some instances, tax laws and financial accounting standards differ because they are guided by different goals. Corporations must follow GAAP for financial reporting and tax laws for tax reporting. The starting point for computing taxable income is net income as determined by GAAP. The only differences between taxable income and net income are permanent and temporary differences for those items in the tax law that are handled differently than under GAAP. GAAP = fair presentation for decision making. Taxes = revenue source for government, way to spur economic activity. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish items causing deferred tax Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 150) What argument serves as the basis for the GAAP requirement that deferred taxes should be recognized for all temporary differences? Answer: GAAP represents that all deferred tax accounts do indeed represent future tax benefits or liabilities. Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities, like long-term corporate debt, may never be reduced to zero as long as you have a going concern, but the fact is they both represent debt. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish type of temporary difference Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
111 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
151) Sometimes a temporary difference will produce future deductible amounts. Explain what is meant by future deductible amounts. Describe at least one situation that has this effect. How are future deductible amounts recognized in the financial statements? Answer: Future deductible amounts mean that taxable income will be decreased relative to accounting income in one or more future years. An example is estimated expenses that are recognized on the income statement but deducted on the tax return in later years when actually paid. Future deductible amounts have favorable tax consequences and are recognized as deferred tax assets. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish type of temporary difference Learning Objective: 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 152) What is a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and when is it used? Answer: A valuation allowance is necessary when available evidence indicates that it is "more likely than not" that some part or all of the tax benefit of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Valuation allowance Learning Objective: 16-04 Describe when and how a valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 153) Identify three examples of permanent differences between accounting income and taxable income. Answer: The following are all examples of permanent differences: (1) interest received on bonds issued by state or local governmental entities, (2) investment expenses incurred to purchase or carry tax-exempt investments, (3) life insurance proceeds upon the death of an insured executive, and (4) expenses for items contrary to public policy, such as penalties and fines. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Permanent differences Learning Objective: 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
112 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
154) What events create permanent differences between accounting income and taxable income? What effect do these events have on the determination of income taxes payable and deferred income taxes? Answer: Permanent differences between accounting income and taxable income are caused by transactions and events that, under existing tax law, will never affect taxable income or taxes payable. Some provisions of the tax law exempt certain revenues from taxation and prohibit the deduction of certain expenses. Permanent differences are disregarded when determining both the tax payable currently and deferred income taxes. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Permanent differences Learning Objective: 16-05 Explain why permanent differences have no deferred tax consequences. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 155) When a new tax rate is enacted, what adjustment, if any, is made to the retained earnings account as a result of the change? Answer: No adjustment is made to retained earnings for a change in tax rates. The effect of the change in tax rates is included in income tax expense and reflected in operating income in the year of the change. For example, assume an increase in corporate tax rates is enacted in 2021, to become effective for years ending after December 31, 2021. Income tax expense reported for 2021 would include the effect of the change on any deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities. A disclosure note should reveal the various components of income tax expense and describe the effect of the change in rates. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Tax rate considerations Learning Objective: 16-06 Explain how a change in tax rates affects the measurement of deferred tax amounts. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
113 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
156) Some accountants believe that deferred taxes should not be recognized for certain temporary differences. What is the conceptual basis for this argument? Answer: Some argue that the deferred tax liability arising from recurring temporary differences, such as depreciation, does not require payment. In a growing company, such as Coca-Cola, the argument goes that new originating differences will more than offset reversing differences causing the balance in the deferred tax liability account to continually get larger. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish type of temporary difference Learning Objective: 16-02 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax liabilities and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes.; 16-03 Describe the types of temporary differences that cause deferred tax assets and determine the amounts needed to record periodic income taxes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 157) How are deferred tax assets arising from net operating loss carryforwards classified with regard to GAAP accounting for income taxes? Answer: Deferred tax assets that arise from a net operating loss carryforward are classified as noncurrent They are then offset against any related valuation allowance and deferred tax liabilities for a particular tax-paying component of an entity that is within a particular tax jurisdiction (ASC 740-10-45-6). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Net operating losses Learning Objective: 16-07 Describe when and how the tax effects of net operating losses are recognized in the financial statements. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 158) How are deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities reported in a classified balance sheet? Answer: Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are netted and presented as noncurrent amounts. The deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are not reported individually unless they relate to components of a company that are separate for tax purposes, or relate to different tax jurisdictions for which offset is not possible. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Balance sheet classification Learning Objective: 16-08 Explain how deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are reported in a classified balance sheet and describe related disclosures. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 114 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
159) The way companies deal with uncertainty in tax positions is prescribed by GAAP in FASB ASC 740–10: Income Taxes–Overall (previously FASB Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48)). Describe the two-step process provided by GAAP (previously FIN 48). Answer: GAAP (previously FIN 48) creates a higher standard that tax benefits must meet before they can be recognized in a company's financial statements. The identified tax position must have a "more likely than not" likelihood—a more than 50% chance—of being sustained on examination. The concept of "being sustained" means being capable of making it through the final level of appeal or litigation on the tax position's technical merits, assuming the examining jurisdictions have full knowledge of all facts and circumstances. Once a company concludes that a particular tax position has a "more likely than not" chance of being sustained, it should deal with step two in the FASB's model by measuring the dollar amount of benefit to recognize. Specifically, it should follow the "cumulative probability" methodology under which companies will record in the financial statements the largest benefit that cumulatively is greater than 50% likely to be sustained. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Uncertainty in income taxes Learning Objective: 16-09 Demonstrate how to account for uncertainty in income tax decisions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 160) What disclosures for deferred taxes, pertaining to the income statement, are required by GAAP regarding accounting for income taxes? Answer: The income statement must show, either in the body of the statement or in a note: (1) the current portion of the tax expense or tax benefit, and (2) the deferred tax expense or tax benefit, with separate disclosure of amounts attributable to (a) operating loss carryforwards, (b) adjustments due to changes in tax rates, (c) adjustments to the beginning of the year valuation allowance due to revised estimates, (d) investment tax credits, and (e) the portion that does not include the effect of any items just listed. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Disclosure notes; Intraperiod tax allocation Learning Objective: 16-08 Explain how deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are reported in a classified balance sheet and describe related disclosures.; 16-10 Explain intraperiod tax allocation. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
115 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
161) Why are differences in reported amounts for deferred taxes are among the most frequent between IFRS and U.S. GAAP, despite the fact that the two follow similar approaches for accounting for taxation? Answer: Despite the similar approaches for accounting for taxation under IAS 12, "Income Tax," and U.S. GAAP, differences in reported amounts for deferred taxes are among the most frequent between the two reporting approaches. The reason is that a great many of the non-tax differences between IFRS and U.S. GAAP affect deferred taxes, as well. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS―Income tax accounting Learning Objective: 16-11 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for income taxes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
116 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 17 Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits 1) The projected benefit obligation may be less reliable than the accumulated benefit obligation. 2) The amount of the vested benefit obligation is less than the projected benefit obligation and more than the accumulated benefit obligation. 3) An upward revision of inflation and compensation trends would likely cause a gain in the pension benefit obligation. 4) The difference between pension plan assets and the PBO is equal to the funded status of the plan. 5) A net pension asset is the excess of the projected benefit obligation over the plan assets. 6) If a pension plan is underfunded, the company has a net loss—OCI. 7) Prior service cost is recognized as pension expense over a period of several years. 8) A net gain or net loss affects pension expense only if it exceeds 10% of the pension benefit obligation or 10% of plan assets, whichever is lower. 9) Pension expense and funding amounts are both accounting decisions. 10) The expected postretirement benefit obligation (EPBO) is the discounted present value of the total benefits expected to be paid by the employer to the plan participants. 11) There almost always is a balance sheet liability for plans of postretirement benefits other than pensions since very few of these plans are funded. 12) Conceptually, the service method provides a better matching of costs and benefits in amortizing prior service cost than does the straight-line method. 13) Which of the following is not a requirement for a qualified pension plan? A) It cannot discriminate in favor of highly paid employees. B) It must cover at least 80% of the employees. C) It must be funded in advance of retirement. D) Benefits must vest after a specified period of service, commonly five years. 14) Which of the following is not a characteristic of a qualified pension plan? A) It can be limited to highly compensated salaried employees. B) It must be funded in advance of retirement. C) Benefits must vest after a specified period of service. D) It must cover at least 70% of employees. 1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
15) Which of the following is not true with regard to pension plans? A) Pension plans are arrangements designed to provide income to individuals during their retirement years. B) A defined contribution pension plan creates a liability for the employer. C) A pension fund (plan assets) is established by the employer for a defined benefit pension plan. D) Pension expense is reported for a defined benefit pension plan. 16) A 401(k) plan: A) is a type of defined contribution pension plan. B) is a type of defined benefit pension plan. C) creates a liability for the employer. D) creates a liability for the employee. 17) Which of the following is not usually part of the pension formula under a defined benefit plan? A) Age at retirement. B) Number of years of service. C) Seniority at time of retirement. D) Compensation level. 18) Which of the following describes defined benefit pension plans? A) They raise few accounting issues for employers. B) Retirement benefits depend on how much money has accumulated in an individual's account. C) They are simple to construct. D) Retirement benefits are based on the plan benefit formula. 19) Which of the following describes defined benefit pension plans? A) The investment risk is borne by the employee. B) The plans are simple and easy to construct. C) The investment risk is borne by the employer. D) Retirement benefits depend on the individual's account balance. 20) The key elements of a defined benefit pension plan include each of the following except: A) The pension expense. B) The plan assets. C) Amortized future benefits. D) The employer's obligation. 21) The annual pension expense for what type of pension plan(s) is recorded by a journal entry that includes a debit to pension expense and a credit to a noncurrent liability? A) A defined benefit plan only. B) A defined contribution plan only. C) Both a defined benefit and a defined contribution plan. D) This is not the correct entry.
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
22) Which of the following is not an uncertainty that complicates determining how much to set aside each year to ensure that sufficient funds are available to provide the benefits promised under a defined benefit plan? A) Employee turnover. B) Number of employees who retired last year. C) Future inflation rates. D) Future compensation levels. 23) To help assess the uncertainties that surround a defined benefit pension plan, corporations frequently hire a(n): A) CPA. B) Attorney. C) Investment analyst. D) Actuary. 24) The employer has an obligation to provide future benefits for: A) Defined benefit pension plans. B) Defined contribution pension plans. C) Defined benefit and defined contribution plans. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 25) Which of the following statements typifies defined contribution plans? A) Investment risk is borne by the corporation sponsoring the plan. B) The plans are more complex than defined benefit plans. C) Present value factors are used to determine the annual contributions to the plan. D) The employer's obligation is satisfied by making the periodic contribution to the plan. 26) Defined contribution pension plans that link the amount of contributions to company performance are often called: A) Incentive savings plans. B) Thrift plans. C) Savings plans. D) None of these is correct. 27) The accounting for defined contribution pension plans is easy because each year: A) The employer records pension expense equal to the amount paid out to retirees. B) The employer records pension expense based on an amount provided by the actuary. C) The employer records pension expense equal to the annual contribution. D) The employer records pension expense based on the earnings of the plan assets. 28) Which of the following is not a way of measuring the pension obligation? A) Accumulated benefit obligation. B) Vested benefit obligation. C) Retiree benefit obligation. D) Projected benefit obligation. 3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
29) The portion of the obligation that plan participants are entitled to receive regardless of their continued employment is called the: A) Vested benefit obligation. B) Retiree benefit obligation. C) Actual benefit obligation. D) True benefit obligation. 30) ERISA made major changes in the requirements for pension plan: A) Vesting. B) Reporting. C) Taxing. D) Investing. 31) Compared to the ABO, the PBO usually is: A) Less material. B) Less representationally faithful. C) Less relevant. D) Less reliable. 32) Compared to the ABO, the PBO usually is: A) Larger. B) More reliable. C) Less relevant. D) More material. 33) Consider the following: I. Present value of vested benefits at present pay levels. II. Present value of nonvested benefits at present pay levels. III. Present value of additional benefits related to projected pay increases. Which of the above constitutes the accumulated benefit obligation? A) I & II. B) I, II, III. C) II & III. D) II only.
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
34) Consider the following: I. Present value of vested benefits at present pay levels. II. Present value of nonvested benefits at present pay levels. III. Present value of additional benefits related to projected pay increases. Which of the above constitutes the projected benefit obligation? A) III only. B) I, II. C) I, II, III. D) II only. 35) Consider the following: I. Present value of vested benefits at present pay levels. II. Present value of nonvested benefits at present pay levels. III. Present value of additional benefits related to projected pay increases. Which of the above constitutes the vested benefit obligation? A) I & II. B) I, II, III. C) II only. D) I only. 36) Interest cost will: A) Increase the PBO and increase pension expense. B) Increase pension expense and reduce plan assets. C) Increase the PBO and reduce plan assets. D) Increase pension expense and reduce the return on plan assets. 37) The PBO is increased by: A) An increase in the average life expectancy of employees. B) Amortization of prior service cost. C) An increase in the actuary's assumed discount rate. D) A return on plan assets that is lower than expected. 38) Payment of retirement benefits: A) Increases the PBO. B) Increases the ABO. C) Reduces the GBO. D) Reduces the PBO.
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
39) Pearsall Company's defined benefit pension plan had a PBO of $265,000 on January 1, 2021. During 2021, pension benefits paid were $40,000. The discount rate for the plan for this year was 10%. Service cost for 2021 was $80,000. Plan assets (fair value) increased during the year by $45,000. The amount of the PBO at December 31, 2021, was: A) $225,000. B) $305,000. C) $331,500. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 40) Mars Inc. has a defined benefit pension plan. On December 31 (the end of the fiscal year), the company received the PBO report from the actuary. The following information was included in the report: ending PBO, $110,000; benefits paid to retirees, $10,000; interest cost, $7,200. The discount rate applied by the actuary was 8%. What was the beginning PBO? A) $90,000. B) $100,000. C) $107,200. D) $112,000. 41) Louie Company has a defined benefit pension plan. On December 31 (the end of the fiscal year), the company received the PBO report from the actuary. The following information was included in the report: ending PBO, $110,000; benefits paid to retirees, $10,000; interest cost, $8,000. The discount rate applied by the actuary was 8%. What was the service cost for the year? A) $2,000. B) $12,000. C) $18,000. D) $92,000.
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
42) The following information pertains to Havana Corporation's defined benefit pension plan: ($ in thousands)
Projected benefit obligation Plan assets Prior service cost–AOCI Net loss–AOCI
2021 Beginning balances $ (6,000) 5,760 600 720
2022 Beginning balances $ (6,504) 6,336 552 786
At the end of 2021, Havana contributed $696 thousand to the pension fund and benefit payments of $624 thousand were made to retirees. The expected rate of return on plan assets was 10%, and the actuary's discount rate is 8%. There were no changes in actuarial estimates and assumptions regarding the PBO. What is the 2021 service cost for Havana's plan? A) $276 thousand. B) $528 thousand. C) $648 thousand. D) Cannot be determined from the given information. 43) The following information pertains to Havana Corporation's defined benefit pension plan: ($ in thousands)
Projected benefit obligation Plan assets Prior service cost–AOCI Net loss–AOCI
2021 Beginning balances $ (6,000) 5,760 600 720
2022 Beginning balances $ (6,504) 6,336 552 786
At the end of 2021, Havana contributed $696 thousand to the pension fund and benefit payments of $624 thousand were made to retirees. The expected rate of return on plan assets was 10%, and the actuary's discount rate is 8%. There were no changes in actuarial estimates and assumptions regarding the PBO. What is Havana's 2021 actual return on plan assets? A) $504 thousand. B) $618 thousand. C) $1,128 thousand. D) None of these are correct.
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
44) The following information pertains to Havana Corporation's defined benefit pension plan: ($ in thousands)
Projected benefit obligation Plan assets Prior service cost–AOCI Net loss–AOCI
2021 Beginning balances $ (6,000) 5,760 600 $ 720
2022 Beginning balances $ (6,504) 6,336 552 $ 786
At the end of 2021, Havana contributed $696 thousand to the pension fund and benefit payments of $624 thousand were made to retirees. The expected rate of return on plan assets was 10%, and the actuary's discount rate is 8%. There were no changes in actuarial estimates and assumptions regarding the PBO. What is Havana's 2021 gain or loss on plan assets? A) $115.2 thousand. B) $160.8 thousand. C) $276 thousand. D) None of these are correct. 45) The following information pertains to Havana Corporation's defined benefit pension plan: ($ in thousands)
Projected benefit obligation Plan assets Prior service cost-AOCI Net loss-AOCI
2021 Beginning balances $ (6,000) 5,760 600 $ 720
2022 Beginning balances $ (6,504) 6,336 552 $ 786
At the end of 2021, Havana contributed $696 thousand to the pension fund and benefit payments of $624 thousand were made to retirees. The expected rate of return on plan assets was 10%, and the actuary's discount rate is 8%. There were no changes in actuarial estimates and assumptions regarding the PBO. What is the 2021 pension expense for Havana's plan? A) $594 thousand. B) $606 thousand. C) $678 thousand. D) None of these are correct.
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
46) The projected benefit obligation: A) contains periodic service cost, accrued interest, revised estimates, plan amendments, and the payment of benefits. B) is the pension benefit obligation that is not contingent upon an employee's continuing service. C) is the discounted present value of retirement benefits calculated by applying the pension formula with no attempt to forecast what salaries will be when the formula actually is applied. D) is the present value of retirement benefits calculated by applying the pension formula in which the actuary includes projected salaries in the pension formula. 47) The balance of the plan assets can change due to: A) periodic service cost, accrued interest, revised estimates, plan amendments, and the payment of benefits. B) investment returns, employer contributions, and the payment of benefits. C) periodic service cost, accrued interest, revised estimates, employer contributions, and the payment of benefits. D) periodic service cost, employer contributions, and the payment of benefits. 48) An underfunded pension plan means that the: A) PBO is less than plan assets. B) PBO exceeds plan assets. C) ABO is less than plan assets. D) ABO exceeds plan assets. 49) An overfunded pension plan means that the: A) PBO is less than plan assets. B) PBO exceeds plan assets. C) ABO is less than plan assets. D) ABO exceeds plan assets. 50) Data for 2021 were as follows: PBO, January 1, $240,000 and December 31, $270,000; pension plan assets (fair value) January 1, $180,000, and December 31, $230,000. The projected benefit obligation was underfunded at the end of 2021 by: A) $30,000. B) $60,000. C) $20,000. D) $40,000. 51) Which of the following is a correct statement concerning the reporting of the pension plan on the face of the employer's balance sheet? A) Only the plan assets are separately reported. B) Only the PBO is separately reported. C) Both the PBO and the plan assets are separately reported. D) Neither the PBO nor the plan assets is separately reported.
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
52) Messier Company has a defined benefit pension plan. Management adopted a policy of not reporting either the balance of the projected benefit obligation or the balance of plan assets separately in the balance sheet. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) The policy is inappropriate because without reporting those two amounts, investors have incomplete information about the company's assets and liabilities. B) The policy is appropriate because GAAP requires companies to report the net of the two amounts in the balance sheet rather than reporting separate amounts for each. C) The policy is appropriate because information regarding the projected benefit obligation and the balance of plan assets need only be disclosed in footnotes to the financial statements. D) This approach is appropriate because only companies with defined benefit pension plans have projected benefit obligations and plan assets so comparisons with financial statements of companies with defined contribution plans would be misleading. 53) On January 1, 2021, Gillock Climbing Academy instituted a defined benefit pension plan for its employees. The annual service cost for each year of 2021 and 2022 was $600,000. The interest rate used to determine the projected benefit obligation is 10%. Both the actual and the expected return on plan assets are 8% for both years. Gillock funded the plan in the amount of $400,000 each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2021. What pension liability should Gillock report in its balance sheet for the year ended December 31, 2022? A) $361,440 B) $393,440 C) $421,440 D) $481,440 54) On January 1, 2021, Gillock Climbing Academy instituted a defined benefit pension plan for its employees. The annual service cost for each year of 2021 and 2022 was $600,000. The interest rate used to determine the projected benefit obligation is 10%. Both the actual and the expected return on plan assets are 8% for both years. Gillock funded the plan in the amount of $400,000 each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2021. What amount of pension expense should Gillock report in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2022? A) $593,440. B) $600,000. C) $628,000. D) $726,560. 55) Interest cost is calculated by multiplying the: A) ABO by the expected return on the plan assets. B) ABO by the discount rate. C) PBO by the expected return on plan assets. D) PBO by the discount rate. 10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
56) Service cost with regard to pension plans: A) increases pension expense and reduces the return on plan assets. B) increases the projected benefit obligation and increases pension expense. C) increases the projected benefit obligation and reduces plan assets. D) increases pension expense and reduces plan assets. 57) The three components of pension expense that are present most often are: A) Service cost, prior service cost, and gain on plan assets. B) Service cost, interest cost, and gain from revisions in pension liability. C) Service cost, contribution cost, and prior service cost. D) Service cost, interest cost, and expected return on plan assets. 58) The pension expense includes periodic changes that occur: A) In the PBO. B) In the PBO and the plan assets. C) In the plan assets. D) In the PBO and the ABO. 59) Which of the following is true? A) A projected benefits approach is used to determine the periodic pension expense. B) An accumulated benefits approach is used to determine the periodic pension expense. C) A vested benefits approach is used to determine the periodic pension expense. D) The pension expense is unrelated to the pension obligation. 60) The component of pension expense that results from amending a pension plan to give recognition to previous service of currently enrolled employees is the amortization of: A) Prior service cost. B) Amendment cost. C) Retiree service cost. D) Transition cost. 61) Amortizing prior service cost for pension plans will: A) Decrease assets. B) Increase liabilities. C) Increase shareholders' equity. D) Decrease retained earnings. 62) When accounting for pensions, delayed recognition of gains and losses in earnings achieves: A) Income averaging. B) Expense averaging. C) Income optimization. D) Income smoothing.
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
63) A net gain or loss affects the pension expense only if it exceeds an amount equal to what percentage of the PBO or plan assets, whichever is higher? A) 5%. B) 10%. C) 15%. D) 20%. 64) An employer reports a pension loss in Other comprehensive income when: A) a change in an assumption causes the projected benefit obligation to be less than expected. B) the return on plan assets is lower than expected. C) retiree benefits paid out are more than expected. D) the accumulated benefit obligation is less than expected. 65) Pension gains related to plan assets occur when: A) The return on plan assets is higher than expected. B) The vested benefit obligation is less than expected. C) Retiree benefits paid out are less than expected. D) The accumulated benefit obligation is more than expected. 66) The amortization of a net gain has what effect on pension expense? A) Decreases it. B) Has no effect on it. C) Increases it (but only by the amount over 10% of the PBO). D) Increases it (regardless of the amount). 67) Assume that at the beginning of the current year, a company has a net gain–AOCI of $25,000,000. At the same time, assume the PBO and the plan assets are $200,000,000 and $150,000,000, respectively. The average remaining service period for the employees expected to receive benefits is 10 years. What is the amount of amortization to pension expense for the year? A) $500,000. B) $2,500,000. C) $1,500,000. D) $3,000,000. 68) Assume that at the beginning of the current year, Hankins Company has a net gain–AOCI of $60,000,000. At the same time, assume the PBO and the plan assets are $300,000,000 and $450,000,000, respectively. The average remaining service period for the employees expected to receive benefits is 10 years. What is the amount of amortization to pension expense for the year? A) $6,000,000. B) $15,000,000. C) $1,500,000. D) $7,500,000.
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
69) Pension expense is decreased by: A) Amortization of prior service cost. B) Amortization of net gain. C) Benefits paid to retired employees. D) Prior service cost. 70) In a defined benefit pension plan, gains and losses (either from changing assumptions regarding the PBO or from the return on assets being higher or lower than expected) are: A) deferred and not immediately included in pension expense and net income B) included in pension expense and net income C) included in pension expense but not net income D) included in net income but not in pension expense 71) Which of the following is not a potential component of pension expense? A) Return on plan assets. B) Prior service cost. C) Retiree benefits paid. D) Gains and losses. 72) Bissell Company received the following reports of its defined benefit pension plan for the current calendar year: PBO Balance, January 1 Service cost Interest cost Benefits paid Balance, December 31
$ 400,000 195,000 32,000 (80,000) $ 547,000
Plan assets Balance, January 1 Actual return Annual contribution Benefits paid Balance, December 31
$ 250,000 30,000 110,000 (80,000) $ 310,000
The long-term expected rate of return on plan assets is 10%. Assuming no other data are relevant, what is the pension expense for the year? A) $197,000. B) $227,000. C) $172,000. D) $202,000.
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
73) Babcock Company received the following reports of its defined benefit pension plan for the current calendar year: PBO Balance, January 1 Service cost Interest cost Benefits paid Balance, December 31
$ 600,000 360,000 64,000 (90,000) $ 934,000
Plan assets Balance, January 1 Actual return Annual contribution Benefits paid Balance, December 31
$ 500,000 50,000 220,000 (90,000) $ 680,000
The long-term expected rate of return on plan assets is 8%. Assuming no other data are relevant, what is the pension expense for the year? A) $360,000. B) $424,000. C) $374,000. D) $384,000. 74) The following information is related to the defined benefit pension plan of Dreamworld Company for the year:
Service cost Contributions to pension plan Benefits paid to retirees Plan assets (fair value), January 1 Plan assets (fair value), December 31 Actual return on plan assets PBO, January 1 PBO, December 31 Discount rate Long-term expected return on plan assets
$
60,000 110,000 150,000 640,000 750,000 150,000 900,000 960,000 10% 9%
Assuming no other relevant data exist, what is the pension expense for the year? A) $190,000. B) $92,400. C) $60,000. D) $170,000.
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
75) The following information is related to the defined benefit pension plan of Melissa Larson Company for the year:
Service cost Contributions to pension plan Benefits paid to retirees Plan assets (fair value), January 1 Plan assets (fair value), December 31 Actual return on plan assets PBO, January 1 PBO, December 31 Discount rate Long-term expected return on plan assets
$
90,000 140,000 110,000 540,000 650,000 80,000 800,000 870,000 10% 9%
Assuming no other relevant data exist, what is the pension expense for the year? A) $90,000. B) $230,600. C) $121,400. D) $154,000. 76) Harvey Hotels has provided a defined benefit pension plan for its employees for several years. At the end of the most recent year, the following information was available with regard to the plan: service cost: $6.2 million, expected return on plan assets: $1.2 million, actual return on plan assets: $1 million, interest cost: $1.4 million, payments to retired employees: $2 million, and amortization of prior service cost (created when the pension plan was amended causing a drop in the projected benefit obligation): $1.1 million. What amount should Harvey Hotels report as pension expense in its income statement for the year? A) $1.4 million B) $7.5 million C) $7.7 million D) $8.7 million 77) Gains and losses can occur with pension plans when: A) Either the PBO or the return on plan assets turns out to be different than expected. B) Either the ABO or the return on plan assets turns out to be different than expected. C) Either the PBO, the ABO, or the return on plan assets turns out to be different than expected. D) Either the PBO or the ABO turns out to be different than expected. 78) A gain from changing an estimate regarding the obligation for pension plans will: A) Increase assets. B) Increase liabilities. C) Decrease shareholders' equity. D) Increase shareholders' equity.
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
79) At December 31, 2020, Mongo, Inc. reported in its balance sheet a net loss of $3 million related to its pension plan. The actuary for Mongo at the end of 2021 increased her estimate of future salary levels. Mongo's entry to record the effect of this change will include: A) A debit to loss–OCI and a credit to PBO. B) A debit to PBO and a credit to loss–OCI. C) A debit to pension expense and a credit to PBO. D) A debit to pension expense and a credit to loss–OCI. 80) JL Health Services reported a net loss–AOCI in last year's balance sheet. This year, the company revised its estimate of future salary levels causing its PBO estimate to decline by $24. Also, the $48 million actual return on plan assets was less than the $54 million expected return. As a result: A) The statement of comprehensive income will report a $6 million gain and a $24 million loss. B) The net pension liability will increase by $18 million. C) Accumulated other comprehensive income will increase by $18 million. D) The net pension liability will decrease by $24 million. 81) Amortizing a net loss for pensions will: A) Increase retained earnings and increase accumulated other comprehensive income. B) Decrease retained earnings and decrease accumulated other comprehensive income. C) Increase retained earnings and decrease accumulated other comprehensive income. D) Decrease retained earnings and increase accumulated other comprehensive income. 82) Recording pension expense would usually: A) Increase the PBO. B) Increase current assets. C) Increase the prior service cost–AOCI. D) Increase the net loss–AOCI. 83) In a defined benefit pension plan, the journal entry to record pension expense will not include: A) a debit to service cost. B) a credit to projected benefit obligation. C) a credit to amortization of prior service cost. D) a debit to plan assets. 84) Scott Hobson Enterprises has a defined benefit pension plan. At the end of the reporting year, the following data were available: beginning PBO, $75,000; service cost, $14,000; interest cost, $6,000; benefits paid for the year, $9,000; ending PBO, $89,000; and the expected return on plan assets, $10,000. There were no other pension-related costs. The journal entry to record the annual pension costs will include a debit to pension expense for: A) $20,000. B) $15,000. C) $12,000. D) $10,000.
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) Cassy Budd Company has a defined benefit pension plan. At the end of the reporting year, the following data were available: beginning PBO, $75,000; service cost, $18,000; interest cost, $5,000; benefits paid for the year, $9,000; ending PBO, $89,000; the expected return on plan assets, $10,000; and cash deposited with pension trustee, $17,000. There were no other pension-related costs. The journal entry to record the annual pension costs will include a credit to the PBO for: A) $13,000. B) $17,000. C) $18,000. D) $23,000. 86) In a defined benefit pension plan, the journal entry to record benefits paid to retired employees will include: A) a debit to projected benefit obligation B) a debit to plan assets C) a credit to retiree benefits D) a credit to cash 87) In a defined benefit pension plan, the journal entry to record the employer's annual cash contribution to plan assets: A) reduces the employer's obligation to pay benefits B) includes a credit to plan assets C) might reduce next period's pension expense D) includes a debit to cash 88) Persoff Company has a defined benefit pension plan. Management adopted a policy of reporting the service cost component of pension expense in the income statement as part of the total compensation costs arising from services rendered by the employees during the period and separately reporting the net amount of the non-service cost components of pension expense on a separate line below income from operations. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) This presentation reflects the nature of service cost being different from that of the other elements of pension cost. B) The policy is inappropriate because the other (non-service cost) components of pension expense should each be reported on a separate line within the income statement. C) The policy is inappropriate because all components of pension expense should be combined and reported as a single pension expense. D) This approach is inappropriate because the net amount of the non-service cost components of pension expense should be reported as other comprehensive income in the statement of comprehensive income. 89) Accumulated other comprehensive income: A) Is a liability. B) Might include prior service cost. C) Includes accumulated pension expense. D) Is reported in the income statement. 17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) A statement of comprehensive income does not include: A) Net income. B) Losses from the return on assets exceeding expectations. C) Losses from changes in estimates regarding the PBO. D) Prior service cost. 91) Amortizing prior service cost for pension plans will: A) Increase retained earnings and increase accumulated other comprehensive income. B) Decrease retained earnings and decrease accumulated other comprehensive income. C) Increase retained earnings and decrease accumulated other comprehensive income. D) Decrease retained earnings and increase accumulated other comprehensive income. 92) A statement of comprehensive income does not include: A) Gains from the return on pension assets exceeding expectations. B) Gains and losses on unsold held-to-maturity securities. C) Losses from the return on pension assets falling short of expectations. D) Prior service cost. 93) An employer reports the components of pension expense outside the subtotal of income from operations with the exception of: A) service cost. B) interest cost. C) actual return on plan assets. D) expected return on plan assets. 94) In the income statement, companies report the service cost component of pension expense: A) as part of total compensation costs. B) as part of total service cost that includes past service cost. C) as part of non-operating income. D) separate from the other (non-service cost) components and outside the subtotal of income from operations.
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
95) The following incomplete (columns have missing amounts) pension spreadsheet is for the current year for First Republic Corporation (FRC). ($ in millions) Debit (Credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets Gain/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net gain/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
Plan Assets
PBO (700)
Prior Net (Gain) Pension Service Cost Loss Expense 28
Cash
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset
(90) 62 49
68 (2)
(7) 3 (8) (45) (65) 730
(81)
What was the net pension asset/liability reported in the balance sheet at the end of the year? A) Net pension asset of $50 million. B) Net pension asset of $24 million. C) Net pension liability of $50 million. D) Net pension liability of $24 million.
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) The following incomplete (columns have missing amounts) pension spreadsheet is for the current year for First Republic Corporation (FRC). ($ in millions) Debit (Credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets Gain/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net gain/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
Plan Assets
PBO (700)
Prior Net (Gain) Pension Service Cost Loss Expense 28
Cash
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset
(90) 62 49
68 (2)
(7) 3 (8) (45) (65) 730
(81)
What was FRC's pension expense for the year? A) $44 million. B) $47 million. C) $49 million. D) $107 million.
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
97) The following incomplete (columns have missing amounts) pension spreadsheet is for the current year for First Republic Corporation (FRC). ($ in millions) Debit (Credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets Gain/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net gain/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
Plan Assets
PBO (700)
Prior Net (Gain) Pension Service Cost Loss Expense 28
Cash
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset
(90) 62 49
68 (2)
(7) 3 (8) (45) (65) 730
(81)
What was the actuary's interest (discount) rate? A) 7%. B) 8%. C) 9%. D) 10%.
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) The following refers to the pension spreadsheet (columns have missing amounts) for the current year for Pancho Villa Enterprises (PVE). ($ in millions) Debit (Credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets Gain/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net gain/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
PBO
Plan Assets 450
Prior Net (Gain) Pension Service Cost Loss Expense 60
55
Cash
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset 50
(85) (25) 55 3
(1) (65) 40 (530)
54
122
What was PVE's pension expense for the year? A) $250 million. B) $50 million. C) $68 million. D) $62 million.
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
99) The following refers to the pension spreadsheet (columns have missing amounts) for the current year for Pancho Villa Enterprises (PVE). ($ in millions) Debit (Credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets Gain/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net gain/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
PBO
Plan Assets 450
Prior Net (Gain) Pension Service Cost Loss Expense 60
55
Cash
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset 50
(85) (25) 55 3
(1) (65) 40 (530)
54
122
What was the PBO at the beginning of the year? A) $160 million. B) $400 million. C) $500 million. D) $610 million.
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
100) The following refers to the pension spreadsheet (columns have missing amounts) for the current year for Pancho Villa Enterprises (PVE). ($ in millions) Debit (Credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets Gain/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net gain/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
PBO
Plan Assets 450
Prior Net (Gain) Pension Service Cost Loss Expense 60
Cash
55
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset 50
(85) (25) 55 3
(1) (65) 40 (530)
54
122
What were the retiree benefits paid? A) $45 million. B) $50 million. C) $55 million. D) $60 million. 101) The net pension liability (PBO minus plan assets) is increased by: A) Service cost. B) Expected return on plan assets. C) Amortization of prior service cost. D) Cash contributions to plan assets. 102) The net pension liability (PBO minus plan assets) is decreased by: A) Service cost. B) Expected return on plan assets. C) Amortization of net gain–AOCI. D) Prior service cost.
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
103) The following incomplete (columns have missing amounts) pension spreadsheet is for Old Tucson Corporation (OTC). ($ in millions) Debit (Credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets Gain/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net gain/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
PBO
Plan Assets
Prior Net (Gain) Pension Service Cost Loss Expense
(500)
Cash
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset
58 62
(23) (2)
(6) (25)
25 (56)
43 (574)
(43) 288
54
78
(286)
What was the prior service cost at the beginning of the year? A) $48 million. B) $54 million. C) $56 million. D) $60 million.
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) The following incomplete (columns have missing amounts) pension spreadsheet is for Old Tucson Corporation (OTC). ($ in millions) Debit (Credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets Gain/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net gain/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
PBO
Plan Assets
Prior Net (Gain) Pension Service Cost Loss Expense
(500)
Cash
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset
58 62
(23) (2)
(6) (25)
25 (56)
43 (574)
(43) 288
54
78
(286)
What is OTC's pension expense for the year? A) $78 million. B) $72 million. C) $66 million. D) $18 million.
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
105) The following incomplete (columns have missing amounts) pension spreadsheet is for Old Tucson Corporation (OTC). ($ in millions) Debit (Credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets Gain/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net gain/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
PBO
Plan Assets
Prior Net (Gain) Pension Service Cost Loss Expense
(500)
Cash
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset
58 62
(23) (2)
(6) (25)
25 (56)
43 (574)
(43) 288
54
78
(286)
What was the balance of the net pension asset/liability reported in the balance sheet at the end of the previous year? A) Net pension asset of $250 million. B) Net pension asset of $442 million. C) Net pension liability of $250 million. D) Net pension liability of $442 million. 106) According to generally accepted accounting principles, accounting for postretirement benefits other than pensions must adhere to the: A) Accrual basis of accounting. B) Cash basis of accounting. C) Modified accrual basis. D) Modified cash basis. 107) Eligibility for postretirement health care benefits usually is based on the employee's: A) Job title. B) Number of years in the profession. C) Number of years in the current position. D) Age and/or years of service.
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
108) Eligibility requirements and the nature of benefits for postretirement health care plans usually are specified in the: A) Written plan. B) Informal plan. C) Substantive plan. D) Severance plan. 109) Which of the following is not included among the assumptions needed to estimate postretirement health care benefits? A) Employee turnover. B) Expected retirement age of plan participants. C) Life expectancy of plan participants. D) Return on plan assets. 110) The estimated medical costs are expected to be $7,500 during an employee's retirement. The retiree is expected to pay 30% of the cost and Medicare is expected to pay 50% of the cost. What is the company's estimated net cost of benefits? A) $5,250. B) $7,500. C) $1,500. D) $3,750. 111) Accounting for postretirement health care benefits is similar, in most respects, to accounting for: A) Payroll taxes. B) Health insurance costs for current employees. C) Pension benefits. D) Sick pay and vacation pay. 112) Which one of the following assumptions is needed to estimate both postretirement health care benefits and pension benefits? A) Per capita claims cost. B) Expected cost trend rate. C) Benefits provided by other governmental or private plans. D) Employee turnover. 113) With pensions, service cost reflects additional benefits employees earn from an additional year's service. The service cost for retiree health care plans is: A) An allocation to the current year of a portion of an estimated fixed total cost. B) An allocation to the current year of a portion of an existing liability. C) An amount earned by a defined benefit formula. D) The amount paid to retired employees.
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) Pension benefits and postretirement health benefits typically are similar in their: A) Application of present value concepts. B) Vesting policies. C) Coverage for eligible dependents. D) Relationship between cost of coverage and length of service. 115) Blue Company has a plan whereby it pays for health care insurance for all employees after they retire. Red Company has a defined benefit pension plan for its employees. With respect to these plans, which of the following statements is not true? A) Red Company's obligation tends to increase in a steadier pattern than that of Blue Company. B) Red Company's accounting for its obligation is similar to that of Blue Company. C) Red Company's obligation is less difficult to estimate than that of Blue Company. D) Red Company is less likely to fund its obligation than is Blue Company. 116) A company's total obligation for postretirement benefits is measured by the: A) APBO. B) HMOP. C) HOBO. D) EPBO. 117) The postretirement benefit obligation is the: A) Future value of the estimated benefits during retirement. B) Present value of the estimated benefits during retirement. C) Fair value of the estimated benefits during retirement. D) Actual value of estimated benefits during retirement. 118) The APBO increases each year by the: A) Interest accrued on the APBO and the portion of the EPBO attributed to that year. B) Interest accrued on the EPBO and the portion of the EPBO attributed to that year. C) Interest accrued on the APBO and the portion of the APBO attributed to that year. D) Interest accrued on the EPBO and the portion of the APBO attributed to that year. 119) A company's postretirement health care benefit plan had an APBO of $265,000 on January 1, 2021. During 2021, retiree benefits paid were $40,000. The discount rate for the plan for this year was 10%. Service cost for 2021 was $80,000. Plan assets (fair value) increased during the year by $45,000. The amount of the APBO at December 31, 2021, was: A) $225,000. B) $305,000. C) $331,500. D) $371,500.
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
120) Oregon Co.'s employees are eligible for retirement with benefits at the end of the year in which both age 60 is attained and they have completed 35 years of service. The benefits provide 15 years' reimbursement for health care services of $20,000 annually, beginning one year from the date of retirement. Ralph Young was hired at the beginning of 1985 by Oregon after turning age 22 and is expected to retire at the end of 2023 (age 60). The discount rate is 4%. The plan is unfunded. The PV of an ordinary annuity of $1 where n = 15 and i = 4% is 11.11839. The PV of $1 where n = 2 and i = 4% is 0.92456. What is the present value of Ralph's net benefits as of his expected retirement date, rounded to the nearest dollar? A) $166,580. B) $222,368. C) $300,000. D) None of these are correct. 121) Oregon Co.'s employees are eligible for retirement with benefits at the end of the year in which both age 60 is attained and they have completed 35 years of service. The benefits provide 15 years' reimbursement for health care services of $20,000 annually, beginning one year from the date of retirement. Ralph Young was hired at the beginning of 1985 by Oregon after turning age 22 and is expected to retire at the end of 2023 (age 60). The discount rate is 4%. The plan is unfunded. The PV of an ordinary annuity of $1 where n = 15 and i = 4% is 11.11839. The PV of $1 where n = 2 and i = 4% is 0.92456. With respect to Ralph, what is Oregon's expected postretirement benefit obligation (EPBO) at the end of 2021, rounded to the nearest dollar? A) $137,045. B) $205,593. C) $246,810. D) $768,000.
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) Oregon Co.'s employees are eligible for retirement with benefits at the end of the year in which both age 60 is attained and they have completed 35 years of service. The benefits provide 15 years' reimbursement for health care services of $20,000 annually, beginning one year from the date of retirement. Ralph Young was hired at the beginning of 1985 by Oregon after turning age 22 and is expected to retire at the end of 2023 (age 60). The discount rate is 4%. The plan is unfunded. The PV of an ordinary annuity of $1 where n = 15 and i = 4% is 11.11839. The PV of $1 where n = 2 and i = 4% is 0.92456. With respect to Ralph, what is Oregon's accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (APBO) at the end of 2021, rounded to the nearest dollar? A) $130,544. B) $205,593. C) $195,050. D) None of these answer choices are correct 123) Oregon Co.'s employees are eligible for retirement with benefits at the end of the year in which both age 60 is attained and they have completed 35 years of service. The benefits provide 15 years' reimbursement for health care services of $20,000 annually, beginning one year from the date of retirement. Ralph Young was hired at the beginning of 1985 by Oregon after turning age 22 and is expected to retire at the end of 2023 (age 60). The discount rate is 4%. The plan is unfunded. The PV of an ordinary annuity of $1 where n = 15 and i = 4% is 11.11839. The PV of $1 where n = 2 and i = 4% is 0.92456. With respect to Ralph, what is the service cost to be included in Oregon's 2021 postretirement benefit expense, rounded to the nearest dollar? A) $3,544. B) $6,365. C) $20,000. D) $5,272.
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) Oregon Co.'s employees are eligible for retirement with benefits at the end of the year in which both age 60 is attained and they have completed 35 years of service. The benefits provide 15 years' reimbursement for health care services of $20,000 annually, beginning one year from the date of retirement. Ralph Young was hired at the beginning of 1985 by Oregon after turning age 22 and is expected to retire at the end of 2023 (age 60). The discount rate is 4%. The plan is unfunded. The PV of an ordinary annuity of $1 where n = 15 and i = 4% is 11.11839. The PV of $1 where n = 2 and i = 4% is 0.92456. With respect to Ralph, what is the interest cost to be included in Oregon's 2022 postretirement benefit expense, rounded to the nearest dollar? A) $7,802. B) $7,877. C) $8,766. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 125) The EPBO for a particular employee on January 1, 2021, was $30,000. The APBO at the beginning of the year was $6,000. The appropriate discount rate for this postretirement plan is 5%. The employee is expected to serve the company for a total of 25 years with 5 of those years already served as of January 1, 2021. What is the APBO at December 31, 2021? A) $6,300. B) $7,200. C) $7,500. D) $7,560. 126) The EPBO for a particular employee on January 1, 2021, was $150,000. The APBO at the beginning of the year was $30,000. The appropriate discount rate for this postretirement plan is 5%. The employee is expected to serve the company for a total of 25 years with 5 of those years already served as of January 1, 2021. What is the APBO at December 31, 2021? A) $37,800. B) $42,800. C) $31,500. D) $30,000. 127) The net postretirement benefit liability (APBO minus plan assets) is increased by: A) Service cost. B) Expected return on plan assets. C) Amortization of net gain. D) Cash contributions to plan assets.
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) The following data are for Guava Company's retiree health care plan for the current calendar year. Number of employees covered Years employed as of January 1 Attribution period EPBO, January 1 EPBO, December 31 Interest rate Funding and plan assets
5 4 (each) 20 years $ 60,000 $ 63,600 6% None
What is the interest cost to be included in the current year's postretirement benefit expense? A) $3,600. B) $720. C) $768. D) $4,000. 129) The following data are for Guava Company's retiree health care plan for the current calendar year. Number of employees covered Years employed as of January 1 Attribution period EPBO, January 1 EPBO, December 31 Interest rate Funding and plan assets
5 4 (each) 20 years $ 60,000 $ 63,600 6% None
What is the service cost to be included in the current year's postretirement benefit expense? A) $3,000. B) $3,180. C) $3,200. D) $4,000. 130) The process of assigning the cost of postretirement benefits to the years during which those benefits are assumed to be earned by employees is called: A) Restitution. B) Retribution. C) Attribution. D) Assignation.
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
131) The attribution period for postretirement benefits spans each year of service from the employee's date of hire to the employee's date of: A) Full eligibility. B) Death. C) Retirement. D) Termination. 132) The attribution period for postretirement health care plans does not include: A) The first five years of service. B) The year of hire. C) The employee probation period. D) The years of service beyond the full eligibility date. 133) The attribution approach required by GAAP for postretirement health care plans is to assign: A) An equal fraction of the EPBO to each year the employee is on the company payroll. B) An equal fraction of the APBO to each year the employee is on the company payroll. C) An equal fraction of the APBO to each year of service from the employee's hire date to the employee's full eligibility date. D) An equal fraction of the EPBO to each year of service from the employee's hire date to the employee's full eligibility date. 134) Assume the actuary estimates the net cost of providing health care benefits to a particular employee during his retirement years to have a present value of $60,000. If the benefits relate to an estimated 25 years of service and five of those years have been completed: A) The EPBO would be $12,000. B) The EPBO would be $8,400. C) The APBO would be $8,400. D) The APBO would be $12,000. 135) If no estimates are changed and there is no net loss or gain or prior service cost, which of the following amounts related to an unfunded postretirement benefit plan will not increase with each additional year of service before the full eligibility date? A) Other comprehensive income. B) Postretirement benefit expense. C) APBO. D) EPBO. 136) The amount of cash paid annually for unfunded postretirement health benefit plans, assuming they are not independently insured, usually is equal to: A) The amount required by the actuarial formula. B) The present value of future benefits. C) The amount necessary to cover future benefits. D) The amount necessary to pay the current year's health care cost.
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
137) At December 31, 2020, Mallory, Inc. reported in its balance sheet a net loss of $12 million related to its postretirement benefit plan. The actuary for Mallory at the end of 2021 increased her estimate of future health care costs. Mallory's entry to record the effect of this change will include: A) A debit to Loss-OCI and a credit to APBO. B) A debit to APBO and a credit to Loss-OCI. C) A debit to Postretirement benefit expense and a credit to APBO. D) A debit to Postretirement benefit expense and a credit to Loss-OCI. 138) In a postretirement health care plan, prior service cost is attributed to the service of active employees from the date of the amendment to: A) The partial eligibility date. B) The retirement date. C) The full eligibility date. D) The date of death. 139) Recording the expense for postretirement benefits will not: A) Increase the APBO. B) Increase the postretirement benefit assets. C) Decrease the prior service cost. D) Increase the net loss–AOCI.
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
140) The following data are for Guava Company's retiree health care plan for the current calendar year. Number of employees covered Years employed as of January 1 Attribution period EPBO, January 1 EPBO, December 31 Interest rate Funding and plan assets
5 4 (each) 20 years $ 60,000 $ 63,600 6% None
What is the correct entry to record postretirement benefit expense for the current year? A) Postretirement benefit expense 3,900 APBO 3,900 B) Postretirement benefit expense Cash
3,900
C) Postretirement benefit expense APBO
4,000
D) Postretirement benefit expense APBO
7,600
3,900
4,000
7,600
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) Generic Company sponsors an unfunded postretirement plan providing healthcare benefits. The following information relates to the current year's activity of Generic's postretirement benefit plan:
Postretirement benefit expense Service cost Amortization of net gain–AOCI Prior service cost–AOCI Retiree benefits paid (end of year)
$
150 million 120 million 10 million none 30 million
The interest cost for the year is: A) $20 million B) $40 million C) $30 million D) $50 million 142) Amortizing a net gain for pensions and other postretirement benefit plans will: A) Increase retained earnings and increase accumulated other comprehensive income. B) Decrease retained earnings and decrease accumulated other comprehensive income. C) Increase retained earnings and decrease accumulated other comprehensive income. D) Decrease retained earnings and increase accumulated other comprehensive income. 143) Amortizing prior service cost for pensions and other postretirement benefit plans will: A) Decrease retained earnings. B) Increase assets. C) Decrease assets. D) Decrease shareholders' equity. 144) Under IFRS, components of other comprehensive income: A) Can be reported as part of a single statement of comprehensive income. B) Are not permitted to be reported. C) Must be reported in a separate statement of comprehensive income. D) Can be reported as part of a statement of shareholders' equity. 145) Revenue and expense items and components of other comprehensive income can be reported in a single statement of comprehensive income using: A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS.
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) Revenue and expense items and components of other comprehensive income can be reported in the statement of shareholders' equity using: A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. 147) Persoff Industries International has a defined benefit pension plan. The company revised its estimate of future salary levels causing its defined benefit obligation to increase by $16 million. Also, Persoff's $25 million actual return on plan assets exceeded the 5% high-grade corporate bond rate times the $440 million plan assets. Persoff prepares its financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The company will: A) Record a $3 million decrease in its plan assets. B) Record a $16 million gain—OCI. C) Change an amount in the equity section of the balance sheet to be subsequently amortized to pension expense. D) Change an amount in the equity section of the balance sheet that will never be amortized to pension expense. 148) Actuarial gains and losses are reported as OCI as they occur using: A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. 149) Prior service cost is included among OCI items in the statement of comprehensive income and thus subsequently becomes part of AOCI where it is amortized over the average remaining service period using A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. 150) Prior service cost is expensed immediately using: A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. 151) When the service method is used for amortizing prior service costs, the amount recognized each year is: A) In proportion to the fraction of the total remaining service years worked during the year. B) A constant amount or fixed amount. C) Prior service cost divided by the average remaining service life of the active employee group. D) Prior service cost divided by the average estimated retirement age of the currently enrolled employee group. 38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
152) On January 1, 2020, WOW amended its defined benefit pension plan. The amount of prior service costs caused by this action was $720,000. WOW uses the service method for amortizing prior service costs. The following service years were provided by the company actuary: 2020, 20; 2021, 15; 2022, 12; 2023, 8; and 2024, 5. Twenty employees benefit from this amendment. In 2021, the amortization amount would be: A) $12,000. B) $180,000. C) $144,000. D) $300,000. 153) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the most correct term by placing the number designating that term in the space provided TERM 1. Noncontributory pension plan 2. Contribution to pension fund 3. Pension expense 4. Prior service cost 5. The PBO exceeds plan assets
PHRASE NUMBER A shareholders' equity account. ___ A financing decision. ___ All funding is provided by the employer. ___ Reduced by return on assets. ___ Reported as a net pension liability. ___
154) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Gain on plan assets
PHRASE Causes a loss–other comprehensive income. 2. Return on plan assets less than Caused by changes in assumptions used the expectation to measure the PBO. 3. Prior service cost Caused by plan amendment. 4. Overfunded pension plan Causes a gain–other comprehensive income. 5. Return on plan assets exceeds Pension plan assets exceed the PBO. the expectation
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
155) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM PHRASE NUMBER 1. Loss-other comprehensive Created by "ERISA" legislation. ____ income 2. Accumulated benefit obligation Created only by the passage of time. ____ 3. Pension Benefit Guaranty Corp. Future salary levels estimated to be ____ higher than previously expected. 4. Funded status Current pay levels implicitly assumed. ____ 5. Interest cost Difference between PBO and plan ____ assets.
156) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Amortize net loss—AOCI 2. Delayed recognition in earnings 3. Projected benefit obligation 4. Vested benefit obligation 5. Plan assets
PHRASE Excess over 10% of the larger of plan assets or PBO. Future compensation levels estimated. Gain from revised expectation of return plan assets. Increased by employer contributions. Not contingent on continued employment.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
157) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Accumulated other comprehensive income 2. Service cost 3. Defined benefit plan 4. Vesting requirements 5. Retiree benefits paid
PHRASE Protection for employee pension rights. Reported as a shareholders' equity account. Reduce(s) both the PBO and plan assets. Retirement benefits specified by formula. Included in the calculation of pension expense.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
158) Listed below are six terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1.EPBO 2.Loss or (gain) on plan assets 3.Defined contribution plan 4.Discount rate 5.Choice between PBO and ABO 6.Service cost
PHRASE NUMBER Return on plan assets lower or (higher) than ____ expected. Risk borne by employee. ____ Increase in the PBO. ____ Trade-off between relevance and reliability. ____ Used by actuaries to adjust for the time value ____ of money. Actuarial estimate of other postretirement ____ benefits to be received by participants.
159) Listed below are six terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Attribution 2. EPBO 3. Postretirement health care 4. APBO (postretirement)
5. Service cost 6. Interest cost
PHRASE NUMBER Discounted present value of total ____ postretirement benefit costs. Discount rate times beginning APBO. ____ Portion of the EPBO attributed to the ____ current period. Process of assigning the cost of benefits to ____ the years during which those benefits are assumed to be earned by employees. Related to need, not service. ____ The portion of the EPBO attributed to ____ employee service to date.
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
160) On January 1 of the current reporting year, Coda Company's projected benefit obligation was $30 million. During the year, pension benefits paid by the trustee were $4 million. Service cost was $10 million. Pension plan assets earned $5 million as expected. At the end of the year, there was no net gain or loss and no prior service cost. The actuary's discount rate was 10%. Required: Determine the amount of the projected benefit obligation at December 31. 161) Pension data for Matta Corporation include the following for the current calendar year: ($ in millions) Discount rate, 10% PBO, January 1 PBO, December 31 ABO, January 1 ABO, December 31 Cash contributions to pension fund, December 31 Benefit payments to retirees, December 31
$360 450 200 275 100 54
Required: Assuming no change in actuarial assumptions and estimates, determine the service cost component of pension expense for the current year. 162) The following information relates to Hatami Company's defined benefit pension plan during the current reporting year: Plan assets at fair value, January 1 Expected return on plan assets Actual return on plan assets Contributions to the pension fund (end of year) Amortization of net loss Pension benefits paid (end of year) Pension expense
$600,000,000 50,000,000 40,000,000 90,000,000 0 32,000,000 60,000,000
Required: Determine the balance of pension plan assets at fair value on December 31.
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
163) The following information relates to Schmidt Sausage Co.'s defined benefit pension plan during the current reporting year: ($ in millions) $400 40 32 60 8 9
Plan assets beginning of the year Expected return on plan assets Actual return on plan assets Cash contributions Amortization of net loss Retiree benefits
Required: Determine the amount of pension plan assets at fair value on December 31. 164) Pension data for Sewell Corporation include the following for the current calendar year: Discount rate, 8% Expected return on plan assets, 10% Actual return on plan assets, 12% PBO, January 1 Plan assets, January 1 Plan assets, December 31 Benefit payments to retirees, December 31
$620,000,000 630,000,000 670,000,000 55,000,000
Required: Assuming cash contributions were made at the end of the year, what was the amount of those contributions? 165) Pension data for Goldman Company included the following for the current calendar year: Service cost PBO, January 1 Plan assets, January 1 Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of net loss Discount rate, 8% Expected return on plan assets, 10% Actual return on plan assets, 12%
$100,000 750,000 800,000 6,000 2,000
Required: Determine pension expense for the year.
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
166) Vrable Corporation has a defined benefit pension plan. Two alternative possibilities for pension-related data for the current calendar year are shown below:
Net loss (gain), Jan. 1 Loss (gain) on plan assets Loss (gain) on PBO ABO, Jan. 1 PBO, Jan. 1 Plan assets, Jan.1 Average remaining service period of active employees (years)
Case 1 $240,000 (8,000) (17,000) (1,900,000) (2,500,000) 2,100,000
Case 2 ($230,000) (6,000) 12,000 (1,500,000) (1,700,000) 2,000,000
10
12
Required: For each independent case, calculate amortization of the net loss or gain that should be included as a component of pension expense for the current year. 167) Waddle Company amended its defined benefit pension plan on January 1, 2021, to increase retirement benefits earned with each service year. The actuary estimated the prior service cost to be $216,000. Waddle's 80 present employees are expected to retire at the rate of about 10 each year at the end of each of the next eight years. Required: 1. Using the service method, calculate the amount of prior service cost to be amortized to pension expense in 2021. 2. Using the straight-line method, calculate the amount of prior service cost to be amortized to pension expense in 2021.
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
168) Burrito Corporation has a defined benefit pension plan. Burrito received the following information for the current calendar year: Projected benefit obligation Balance, January 1 Service cost Interest cost Benefits paid Balance, December 31 Plan assets Balance, January 1 Actual return on plan assets Contribution Benefits paid Balance, December 31
$150,000,000 25,000,000 15,000,000 (12,000,000) $178,000,000 $90,000,000 11,000,000 23,000,000 (12,000,000) $112,000,000
The expected long-term return on plan assets is 10%. There were no other relevant data for the year. Required: 1. Determine Burrito's pension expense for the year. 2. Prepare the journal entries to record the pension expense and funding for the year. 169) Lasagna Corporation has a defined benefit pension plan. Lasagna received the following information for the current calendar year: Projected benefit obligation Balance, January 1 Service cost Interest cost Benefits paid Balance, December 31 Plan assets Balance, January 1 Actual return on plan assets Contribution Benefits paid Balance, December 31
$100,000,000 18,000,000 10,000,000 (8,000,000) $120,000,000 $70,000,000 7,000,000 16,000,000 (8,000,000) $85,000,000
The expected long-term return on plan assets is 10%. There were no other relevant data for the year. Required: 1. Determine Lasagna Corporation's pension expense for the year. 2. Prepare the journal entries to record the pension expense and funding for the year. 45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) Pension data for the Ben Franklin Company include the following for the current calendar year: Discount rate, 8% Expected return on plan assets, 10% Actual return on plan assets, 9% Service cost, $200,000 January 1: PBO ABO Plan assets Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of net gain December 31: Cash contributions to pension fund Benefit payments to retirees
1,400,000 1,000,000 1,500,000 20,000 4,000 $220,000 240,000
Required: 1.) Determine pension expense for the year. 2.) Prepare the journal entries to record pension expense and funding for the year. 171) Pension data for Sam Adams Inc. include the following for the current calendar year: Discount rate, 8% Expected return on plan assets, 10% Actual return on plan assets, 9% Service cost, $400,000 January 1: PBO ABO Plan assets Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of net gain December 31: Cash contributions to pension fund Benefit payments to retirees
3,000,000 2,000,000 3,200,000 30,000 7,000 $275,000 310,000
Required: 1.) Determine pension expense for the year. 2.) Prepare the journal entries to record pension expense and funding for the year.
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
172) Carolina Consulting Company has a defined benefit pension plan. The following pension-related data were available for the current calendar year: PBO: Balance, Jan. 1 Service cost Interest cost (5% discount rate) Gain from changes in actuarial assumptions in 2021 Benefits paid to retirees Balance, Dec. 31 Plan assets: Balance, Jan.1 Actual return (expected return was $22,500) Contributions Benefits paid Balance, Dec. 31 ABO, Dec. 31 January 1, 2021, balances: Prior service cost—AOCI (amortization $4,000/yr.) Net gain—AOCI (amortization, if any, over 15 years)
$240,000 41,000 12,000 (5,000) (20,000) $268,000 $250,000 20,000 35,000 (20,000) $285,000 $245,000 4,000 40,000
There were no other relevant data. Required: 1.) Calculate the 2021 pension expense. Show calculations. 2.) Prepare the 2021 journal entries to record pension expense and funding. 3.) Prepare any journal entries to record any 2021 gains or losses.
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
173) Actuary and trustee reports indicate the following changes in the PBO and plan assets of Sporting Industries during 2021: Prior service cost at Jan. 1, 2021, from plan amendment at the beginning of 2018 (amortization: $2 million per year) Net loss—AOCI at Jan.1, 2021 (previous losses exceeded previous gains) Average remaining service life of the active employee group Actuary's discount rate
($ in millions) Beginning of 2021
PBO $300
Service cost Interest cost, 7% Loss (gain) on PBO Less: Retiree benefits End of 2021
40 21 (7) (19) $335
$14 million $40 million 10 years 7%
PLAN ASSETS Beginning of 2021 $200 Return on plan assets, 8% (10% expected) 16 Cash contributions Less: Retiree benefits End of 2021
45 (19) $242
Required: 1.) Determine Sporting's pension expense for 2021 and prepare the appropriate journal entries to record the expense as well as the cash contribution to plan assets. 2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entries to record any 2021 gains and losses.
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
174) Actuary and trustee reports indicate the following changes in the PBO and plan assets of Reeves Uniforms during 2021: Prior service cost at Jan. 1, 2021, from plan amendment at the beginning of 2019 (amortization: $8 million per year) Net loss-pensions at Jan.1, 2021 (previous losses exceeded previous gains) Average remaining service life of the active employee group Actuary's discount rate ($ in millions) Beginning of 2021 Service cost
PBO $600 96
Interest cost, 8% Loss (gain) on PBO Less: Retiree benefits End of 2021
48 (4) (40) $700
$64 million $80 million 10 years 8%
PLAN ASSETS Beginning of 2021 $400 Return on plan assets, 7.5% 30 (10% expected) Cash contributions Less: Retiree benefits End of 2021
90 (40) $480
Required: 1. Determine Reeves' pension expense for 2021 and prepare the appropriate journal entries to record the expense as well as the cash contribution to plan assets. 2. Determine the new gains and/or losses in 2021 and prepare the appropriate journal entry to record them. 3. Prepare a pension spreadsheet to assist you in determining end of 2021 balances in the PBO, plan assets, prior service cost, the net loss—AOCI, and the pension liability—AOCI.
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
175) Orpheum Productions has a noncontributory, defined benefit pension plan. On December 31, 2021 (the end of Orpheum's fiscal year), the following pension-related data were available: Projected Benefit Obligation Balance, January 1, 2021 Service cost Interest cost, discount rate, 5% Gain due to changes in actuarial assumptions in 2021 Pension benefits paid Balance, December 31, 2021 Plan Assets Balance, January 1, 2021 Actual return on plan assets (Expected return on plan assets, $22.5) Cash contributions Pension benefits paid Balance, December 31, 2021 January 1, 2021, balances: Prior service cost (amortization $4 per year) Net gain (any amortization over 15 years)
($ in millions) $240 41 12 (5) (20) $268 $250 20 35 (20) $285 $24 40
Required: 1) Prepare the 2021 journal entry to record pension expense. 2) Prepare the 2021 journal entry to record the contribution to plan assets. 3) Prepare the journal entries to record any 2021 gains and losses.
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
176) On December 31, 2021, the following pension-related data were available for CPS Industries' noncontributory, defined benefit pension plan: Projected Benefit Obligation Balance, January 1, 2021 Service cost Interest cost, discount rate, 5% Gain due to changes in actuarial assumptions in 2021 Pension benefits paid Balance, December 31, 2021 Plan Assets Balance, January 1, 2021 Actual return on plan assets (Expected return on plan assets, $90) Cash contributions Pension benefits paid Balance, December 31, 2021 January 1, 2021, balances: Prior service cost (amortization $16 per year) Net gain (any amortization over 15 years)
($ in millions) $960 164 48 (20) (80) $1,072 $1,000 80 140 (80) $1,140 $96 160
Required: 1) Prepare the 2021 journal entry to record pension expense. 2) How will the statement of comprehensive income be affected by any 2021 gains and losses?
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
177) Hall of Fame Co. has a defined benefit pension plan. Two alternative possibilities for pension-related data for the current calendar year are shown below:
Net loss (gain), Jan. 1 Loss (gain) on plan assets Loss (gain) on PBO ABO, Jan. 1 PBO, Jan. 1 Plan assets, Jan.1 Average remaining service period of active employees (years)
Case 1 ($230,000) (6,000) 12,000 (1,500,000) (1,700,000) 2,000,000
Case 2 $210,000 2,000 (220,000) 1,350,000) (1,600,000) 1,450,000
12
10
Required: 1.) For each independent case, calculate amortization of the net loss or gain that should be included as a component of pension expense for the current year. 2.) Determine the net loss or gain as of December 31 of the current year. 178) Top Foods has an underfunded pension plan. The pension expense is $58 million. This amount includes a $60 million service cost, a $40 million interest cost, a $45 million reduction for the expected return on plan assets, and a $3 million amortization of a prior service cost. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record Top's pension expense. 179) Patey Technologies calculated pension expense for its underfunded pension plan as follows:
Service cost Interest cost Expected return on the plan assets ($300 actual, less $30 gain) Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of net loss Pension expense
($ in millions) $672 450 (270) 24 6 $882
Required: What is the effect of the components of pension expense on Patey's statement of comprehensive income? 180) Carpenter Gems began the year with a net pension liability of $84 million (underfunded pension plan). Pension expense for the year included the following ($ in millions): service cost, $30; interest cost, $18; expected return on assets, $12; amortization of net loss, $6. Required: Prepare the appropriate general journal entry to record Carpenter's pension expense. 52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
181) Suppan Service began the year with a net pension liability of $56 million (underfunded pension plan). Pension expense for the year included the following ($ in millions): service cost, $20; interest cost, $12; expected return on assets, $8; amortization of net gain, $4. Required: Prepare the appropriate general journal entry to record Suppan's pension expense. 182) Wainright Co. began the year with a net pension liability of $112 million (underfunded pension plan). Pension expense for the year included the following ($ in millions): service cost, $40; interest cost, $24; expected return on assets, $16; amortization of net loss, $8; amortization of prior service cost, $12. Required: Prepare the appropriate general journal entry to record Wainright's pension expense. 183) The following is an incomplete pension spreadsheet for the current year for Desperado Corporation.
Prior Net Plan Service (Gain) Pension PBO Assets Cost Loss Expense Cash (500) 250 58 62
($ in millions) debit (credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets (Gain)/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net (gain)/loss Loss on PBO (26) Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid 43 Ending balance (575)
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset
(23) (2) (6) 26 (56) (43) 288
54
79
(287)
Required: 1) Complete the pension spreadsheet. 2) Prepare the journal entry to record pension expense for the year.
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
184) The following is an incomplete pension spreadsheet for the current year for Swiss Mist Corporation.
($ in millions) debit (credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets (Gain)/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net (gain)/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
Prior Net Plan Service (Gain) Pension PBO Assets Cost Loss Expense Cash (700) 28 (90) 62
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset 150
(61) (7) (4) 2 3
(3)
(65) 898
24
(92)
147
Required: 1) Complete the pension spreadsheet. 2) Prepare the journal entry to record pension expense for the year. 185) Trey Transportation reported a net loss—AOCI in last year's balance sheet. This year, the company revised its estimate of future salary levels causing its PBO estimate to decline by $12. Also, the $24 million actual return on plan assets was less than the $27 million expected return. Required: 1) Prepare the appropriate journal entries to record the gain and loss. 2) How do this gain and loss affect Trey's income statement, statement of comprehensive income, and balance sheet?
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
186) The following is an incomplete pension spreadsheet for the current year for Sparky Corporation.
Prior Net Plan Service (Gain) Pension PBO Assets Cost Loss Expense Cash 450 60 55 (85) (45)
($ in millions) debit (credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets (Gain)/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net (gain)/loss Loss on PBO (32) Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance (562)
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset (10)
55 3
(1)
40 54
89
Required: 1) Complete the pension spreadsheet. 2) Prepare the journal entries to record pension expense and funding of plan assets for the year. 3) Prepare the journal entry/ies to record any gains or losses for the year. 187) On January 1, 2021, Tom's Transport Company's accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was $30,000,000. At the end of 2021, retiree benefits paid were $3,500,000. Service cost for 2021 is $6,000,000. At the end of 2021, there was no prior service cost or net gain or loss. Assumptions regarding the trend of future health care costs were revised at the end of 2021. This revision caused the actuary to revise downward the estimate of the APBO by $500,000. The appropriate discount rate was 6%. Required: Determine the amount of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2021.
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
188) Silver Springs Company has an unfunded retiree health care plan. Each of the company's four employees has been with the organization since its inception at the beginning of 2020. As of the end of 2021, the actuary estimates the total net cost of providing benefits to employees during their retirement years to have a present value of $196,000. Each of the employees will become fully eligible for benefits after 28 more years of service, but aren't expected to retire for 30 more years. The interest rate is 8%. Required: 1) What is the expected postretirement benefit obligation at the end of 2021? 2) What is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at the end of 2021? 189) Crystal Company has an unfunded retiree health care plan. Each of the company's four employees has been with the organization since its inception at the beginning of 2020. As of the end of 2021, the actuary estimates the total net cost of providing benefits to employees during their retirement years to have a present value of $196,000. Each of the employees will become fully eligible for benefits after 28 more years of service, but aren't expected to retire for 30 more years. The interest rate is 8%. Required: 1) What is the expected postretirement benefit obligation at the end of 2021? 2) What is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at the end of 2021? 3) What is the expected postretirement benefit obligation at the end of 2022? 4) What is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at the end of 2022? 190) Hart Corporation has an unfunded postretirement health care benefit plan. Life insurance and medical care benefits are provided to employees who render 12 years of service and attain age 55 while in service to the company. At the end of 2021, John Sousa is 35. He was hired by Hart five years ago at age 30 and is expected to retire at the age of 62. The expected postretirement benefit obligation for John is $50,000 at the end of 2021. Required: Calculate the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at the end of 2021 and the service cost for 2021 pertaining to John. 191) Bernard Corporation has an unfunded postretirement health care benefit plan. Life insurance and medical care benefits are provided to employees who render 12 years of service and attain age 55 while in service to the company. At the end of 2021, Teri Clark is 35. She was hired by Bernard five years ago at age 30 and is expected to retire at the age of 62. The expected postretirement benefit obligation for Teri is $50,000 at the end of 2021 and $60,000 at the end of 2022. Required: Calculate the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at the end of 2021 and 2022 and the service cost for 2021 and 2022 pertaining to Teri.
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
192) The following data are available pertaining to Firewall Corporation's retiree health plan for 2021: Number of employees covered Years employed as of January 1, 2021 Attribution period EPBO, January 1 EPBO, December 31 Interest rate Funding
4 5 (each) 20 years $100,000 $106,000 6% none
Required: 1) What is the APBO at the beginning of 2021? 2) What is the interest cost for 2021? 3) What is service cost for 2021? 4) Prepare the journal entry to record the postretirement benefit expense for 2021. 193) Careful Consulting Company has an unfunded postretirement benefit plan. On December 31, 2021, the following data were available concerning changes in the plan's accumulated postretirement benefit obligation with respect to one of Careful's employees: APBO, January 1 Interest cost ($32,728 × 8%) Service cost: ($88,000 × 1/22) APBO, December 31
$32,728 2,618 4,000 $39,346
Required: 1) Over how many years is the expected postretirement benefit obligation being expensed? 2) What is the expected postretirement benefit obligation at the end of 2021? 3) When was the employee hired? 4) What is the expected postretirement benefit obligation at the beginning of 2021?
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
194) Lender Company provides postretirement health care benefits to employees who provide at least 10 years of service and reach the age of 65 while in service. On January 1 of the current calendar year, the following plan-related data were available. APBO balance Fair value of plan assets Average remaining service period to retirement Average remaining service period to full eligibility
$150,000,000 none 25 years 20 years
On January 1 of the current year, Lender amends the plan to provide dental benefits. The actuary determines that the cost of making the amendment increases the APBO by $20,000,000. Management chooses to amortize this amount on a straight-line basis. The service cost is $40,000,000. The appropriate interest rate is 10%. Required: Calculate the postretirement benefit expense for the current year. 195) Data pertaining to the postretirement health care benefit plan of Amazing Delivery Service include the following for the current calendar year: Service cost APBO, January 1 Plan assets (fair value), January 1 Prior service cost Retiree benefits paid (end of year) Net gain (current year amortization, $500) Contribution to health care fund (end of year) Return on plan assets (actual and expected) Discount rate
$100,000 $600,000 $40,000 none $75,000 $82,000 $172,000 10% 7%
Required: 1) Determine Amazing's postretirement benefit expense for the current year. 2) Prepare the journal entry to record the benefit expense for the current year.
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
196) Data pertaining to the postretirement health care benefit plan of Danielson Delivery Service include the following for the current calendar year: Service cost APBO, January 1 Plan assets (fair value), January 1 Prior service cost (current year amortization, $2,000) Retiree benefits paid (end of year) Net gain (current year amortization, $1,000) Contribution to health care fund (end of year) Return on plan assets (actual and expected) Discount rate
$150,000 $800,000 $80,000 $90,000 $90,000 $92,000 $85,000 10% 8%
Required: 1) Determine Danielson's postretirement benefit expense for the current year. 2) Prepare the journal entries to record the benefit expense and funding for the current year. 197) Bazerman Inc. has a postretirement health care benefit plan. On January 1 of the current calendar year, the following plan-related data were available. Net loss-postretirement benefit plan Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation Fair value of plan assets Average remaining service period to retirement Average remaining service period to full eligibility
$244,000 $2,200,000 $450,000 12 years 10 years
The rate of return on plan assets during the year was 12%. The expected return was 10%. The actuary revised assumptions regarding the APBO at the end of the year, resulting in a $42,000 increase in the estimate of the obligation. Required: 1) Calculate any amortization of net loss that should be included as a component of postretirement benefit expense for the current year. 2) Determine the net loss or gain as of December 31 of the current year.
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
198) Oberon Company provides postretirement health care benefits to employees who provide at least 10 years of service and reach the age of 65 while in service. On January 1 of the current year, the following plan-related data were available. Net loss-postretirement benefit plan APBO balance Fair value of plan assets Average remaining service period to retirement Average remaining service period to full eligibility
$10,600,000 $104,000,000 none 20 years 15 years
On January 1 of the current year, Oberon amended the plan to provide dental benefits. The actuary determines that the cost of making the amendment increases the APBO by $10,000,000. Management chooses to amortize this amount on a straight-line basis. The service cost is $60,000,000. The appropriate interest rate is 10%. Required: Calculate the postretirement benefit expense for the current year. 199) Brown Industries provides postretirement health care benefits to employees. On January 1 of the current calendar year, the following data were available. Prior service cost APBO Fair value of plan assets Average remaining service period to retirement Average remaining service period to full eligibility
$50,000 $480,000 none 25 years 20 years
Management amortizes prior service cost on a straight-line basis. The interest rate is 10%. Service cost for the current year is $95,000. Required: 1) Calculate the prior service cost amortization for the current year. 2) Calculate the postretirement benefit expense for the current year. 3) Prepare the entry to record the postretirement benefit expense for the current year. 200) Rodeo Corporation amended its defined benefit pension plan on January 31, 2021, to increase retirement benefits earned with each service year. The actuary estimated the prior service cost to be $216,000. Rodeo's 80 present employees are expected to retire at the rate of about 10 each year at the end of each of the next eight years beginning on December 31, 2021. Required: Using the service method, calculate the amount of prior service cost to be amortized to pension expense in each of the next eight years.
60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
201) Dharma Initiative, Inc. has a defined benefit pension plan. Characteristics of the plan during 2021 are as follows:
PBO balance, January 1 Plan assets balance, January 1 Service cost Interest cost Gain from change in actuarial assumption Benefits paid Actual return on plan assets Contributions 2021
($ in 000s) $960 600 150 90 44 (72) 40 120
The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets was 8%. There were no AOCI balances related to pensions on January 1, 2021, but at the end of 2021, the company amended the pension formula creating a prior service cost of $24 million. Required: 1. Calculate the pension expense for 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record pension expense, gains or losses, past service cost, funding, and payment of benefits for 2021. 3. What amount will Dharma Initiative report in its 2021 balance sheet as a net pension asset or net pension liability?
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
202) Dharma Initiative, Inc., has a defined benefit pension plan. Characteristics of the plan during 2021 are as follows:
PBO balance, January 1 Plan assets balance, January 1 Service cost Interest cost (10%) Gain from change in actuarial assumption Benefits paid Actual return on plan assets Contributions 2021
($ in 000s) $960 600 150 96 44 (72) 40 120
The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets was 8%. There were no AOCI balances related to pensions on January 1, 2021, but at the end of 2021, the company amended the pension formula creating a prior service cost of $24 million. Dharma Initiative prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Required: 1. Calculate the pension expense for 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record pension expense, gains or losses, past service cost, funding, and payment of benefits for 2021. 3. What amount will Dharma Initiative report in its 2021 balance sheet as a net pension asset or net pension liability? 203) Differentiate between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan. 204) Discuss the key quantitative elements of accounting for a defined benefit pension plan. 205) Differentiate between the projected benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation, and the vested benefit obligation. 206) Pension plans typically require some minimum period of employment before benefits vest. What is the 1974 federal law governing vesting (as well as other aspects of pensions)? What are the vesting rules? 207) What is the theoretical and practical trade-off when measuring the pension liability using the projected benefit obligation compared to the accumulated benefit obligation?
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
208) DeAngelo Yards, Inc., calculated pension expense for its underfunded pension plan as follows:
Service cost Interest cost Expected return on the plan assets ($200 actual, less $20 gain) Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of net loss Pension expense
($ in millions) $448 300 (180) 16 4 $588
Required: Which elements of DeAngelo's balance sheet are affected by the components of pension expense? What are the specific changes in these accounts? 209) Discuss income smoothing as the term relates to pension plans. 210) What are the possible components of pension expense? Which of these elements would exist in every defined benefit plan? When would the remaining elements arise? Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, JDS Corporation disclosed the following information about its pension plan: ($ in millions)
2021
2020
PROJECTED BENEFIT OBLIGATION
Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Benefits paid Actuarial loss Ending balance
$120.0 4.1 7.0 (2.6) 6.6 $135.1
$102.2 5.5 6.5 (4.4) 11.4 $121.2
The increase in the underfunded projected benefit obligation was primarily attributable to a reduction in the assumed discount rate. This was combined with the effect of increases in benefits under the terms of the plan in excess of current inflation rates. The net result was reflected as a reduction in accumulated other comprehensive income. 211) Explain how the loss is reported in the financial statements (other than the balance sheet). 212) Why did the loss result in a reduction in accumulated other comprehensive income? 213) Discuss the accounting for postretirement benefits prior to 1993 and under current GAAP. What are the key differences? 63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
214) Prepare a list of how retiree health benefits differ from pension benefits with respect to accounting, funding, regulation, and employee benefits. 215) The components of postretirement benefit expense are similar to the components of pension expense. How does the service cost component differ between the two expenses? 216) What is different about the expected postretirement benefit obligation and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation? 217) What are the five components of postretirement benefit expense? 218) In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Livey Companies Inc. (LCI) disclosed the following information regarding its postemployment benefit plans: The Company and certain of its affiliates sponsor postemployment benefit plans covering substantially all salaried and certain hourly employees. The cost of these plans is charged to expense over the working life of the covered employees. Net postemployment costs consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019: ($ in millions) Service cost Amortization of net loss Other expense Net postemployment costs
2021 $34 8 − $42
2020 $26 6 − $32
2019 $24 2 161 $187
The company instituted workforce reduction programs in its North American food operations in 2019. These actions resulted in incremental postemployment costs, which are shown as other expense above. Required: Describe the three components in the net postemployment costs disclosed by LCI. 219) Open Arms Industries has a noncontributory, defined benefit pension plan. During 2021, changing economic conditions caused the actuary to increase the assumed rate of salary progression. Required: 1. Does the change create a gain or does it create a loss for Open Arms? Why? 2. Assuming the magnitude of the change is $7 million. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record any 2021 gain or loss. (Ignore income taxes.) If Open Arms prepares its financial statements according to U.S. GAAP, how will the company report the gain or loss? 3. Would your response to question 2 differ if Open Arms prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)? 64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
220) The income statement of Starboard Industries includes $12 million for the amortization of a loss resulting from the company's actuary changing an estimate used in calculating the obligation for the pension plan. Does Starboard Industries prepare its financial statements according to U.S. GAAP or IFRS? 221) How do U.S. GAAP and IFRS differ with regard to reporting prior service costs? 222) Describe how employers report the components of pension expense in the company's financial statements.
65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 17 Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits 1) The projected benefit obligation may be less reliable than the accumulated benefit obligation. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension obligation‒ABO‒Vested‒PBO Learning Objective: 17-02 Distinguish among the vested benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation, and the projected benefit obligation (PBO). Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 2) The amount of the vested benefit obligation is less than the projected benefit obligation and more than the accumulated benefit obligation. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension obligation‒ABO‒Vested‒PBO Learning Objective: 17-02 Distinguish among the vested benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation, and the projected benefit obligation (PBO). Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3) An upward revision of inflation and compensation trends would likely cause a gain in the pension benefit obligation. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension obligation‒Changes in the PBO Learning Objective: 17-03 Describe the five events that might change the balance of the PBO. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4) The difference between pension plan assets and the PBO is equal to the funded status of the plan. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Funded status of the pension plan Learning Objective: 17-05 Describe the funded status of pension plans and how that amount is reported. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 5) A net pension asset is the excess of the projected benefit obligation over the plan assets. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Funded status of the pension plan Learning Objective: 17-05 Describe the funded status of pension plans and how that amount is reported. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 6) If a pension plan is underfunded, the company has a net loss—OCI. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Funded status of the pension plan Learning Objective: 17-05 Describe the funded status of pension plans and how that amount is reported. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 7) Prior service cost is recognized as pension expense over a period of several years. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension expense‒Prior service cost Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
8) A net gain or net loss affects pension expense only if it exceeds 10% of the pension benefit obligation or 10% of plan assets, whichever is lower. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension expense‒Net loss or net gain Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 9) Pension expense and funding amounts are both accounting decisions. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension expense‒Service and interest cost Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 10) The expected postretirement benefit obligation (EPBO) is the discounted present value of the total benefits expected to be paid by the employer to the plan participants. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 11) There almost always is a balance sheet liability for plans of postretirement benefits other than pensions since very few of these plans are funded. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Accounting Learning Objective: 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
12) Conceptually, the service method provides a better matching of costs and benefits in amortizing prior service cost than does the straight-line method. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Service method‒Prior service‒Appendix Learning Objective: Appendix 17 - Service Method of Allocating Prior Service Cost. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 13) Which of the following is not a requirement for a qualified pension plan? A) It cannot discriminate in favor of highly paid employees. B) It must cover at least 80% of the employees. C) It must be funded in advance of retirement. D) Benefits must vest after a specified period of service, commonly five years. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Nature of pension plans‒Characteristics Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 14) Which of the following is not a characteristic of a qualified pension plan? A) It can be limited to highly compensated salaried employees. B) It must be funded in advance of retirement. C) Benefits must vest after a specified period of service. D) It must cover at least 70% of employees. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Nature of pension plans‒Characteristics Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
15) Which of the following is not true with regard to pension plans? A) Pension plans are arrangements designed to provide income to individuals during their retirement years. B) A defined contribution pension plan creates a liability for the employer. C) A pension fund (plan assets) is established by the employer for a defined benefit pension plan. D) Pension expense is reported for a defined benefit pension plan. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Nature of pension plans‒Characteristics Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 16) A 401(k) plan: A) is a type of defined contribution pension plan. B) is a type of defined benefit pension plan. C) creates a liability for the employer. D) creates a liability for the employee. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Nature of pension plans‒Characteristics Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 17) Which of the following is not usually part of the pension formula under a defined benefit plan? A) Age at retirement. B) Number of years of service. C) Seniority at time of retirement. D) Compensation level. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Nature of pension plans‒Defined benefit Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation 5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
18) Which of the following describes defined benefit pension plans? A) They raise few accounting issues for employers. B) Retirement benefits depend on how much money has accumulated in an individual's account. C) They are simple to construct. D) Retirement benefits are based on the plan benefit formula. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Nature of pension plans‒Defined benefit Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 19) Which of the following describes defined benefit pension plans? A) The investment risk is borne by the employee. B) The plans are simple and easy to construct. C) The investment risk is borne by the employer. D) Retirement benefits depend on the individual's account balance. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Nature of pension plans‒Defined benefit Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 20) The key elements of a defined benefit pension plan include each of the following except: A) The pension expense. B) The plan assets. C) Amortized future benefits. D) The employer's obligation. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Nature of pension plans‒Defined benefit Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
21) The annual pension expense for what type of pension plan(s) is recorded by a journal entry that includes a debit to pension expense and a credit to a noncurrent liability? A) A defined benefit plan only. B) A defined contribution plan only. C) Both a defined benefit and a defined contribution plan. D) This is not the correct entry. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Nature of pension plans‒Defined benefit Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 22) Which of the following is not an uncertainty that complicates determining how much to set aside each year to ensure that sufficient funds are available to provide the benefits promised under a defined benefit plan? A) Employee turnover. B) Number of employees who retired last year. C) Future inflation rates. D) Future compensation levels. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Nature of pension plans‒Defined benefit Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
23) To help assess the uncertainties that surround a defined benefit pension plan, corporations frequently hire a(n): A) CPA. B) Attorney. C) Investment analyst. D) Actuary. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Nature of pension plans‒Defined benefit Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry / Keyboard Navigation 24) The employer has an obligation to provide future benefits for: A) Defined benefit pension plans. B) Defined contribution pension plans. C) Defined benefit and defined contribution plans. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Nature of pension plans‒Defined benefit Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 25) Which of the following statements typifies defined contribution plans? A) Investment risk is borne by the corporation sponsoring the plan. B) The plans are more complex than defined benefit plans. C) Present value factors are used to determine the annual contributions to the plan. D) The employer's obligation is satisfied by making the periodic contribution to the plan. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Nature of pension plans‒Defined contribution Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
26) Defined contribution pension plans that link the amount of contributions to company performance are often called: A) Incentive savings plans. B) Thrift plans. C) Savings plans. D) None of these is correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Nature of pension plans‒Defined contribution Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 27) The accounting for defined contribution pension plans is easy because each year: A) The employer records pension expense equal to the amount paid out to retirees. B) The employer records pension expense based on an amount provided by the actuary. C) The employer records pension expense equal to the annual contribution. D) The employer records pension expense based on the earnings of the plan assets. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Nature of pension plans‒Defined contribution Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 28) Which of the following is not a way of measuring the pension obligation? A) Accumulated benefit obligation. B) Vested benefit obligation. C) Retiree benefit obligation. D) Projected benefit obligation. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension obligation‒ABO‒Vested‒PBO Learning Objective: 17-02 Distinguish among the vested benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation, and the projected benefit obligation (PBO). Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
29) The portion of the obligation that plan participants are entitled to receive regardless of their continued employment is called the: A) Vested benefit obligation. B) Retiree benefit obligation. C) Actual benefit obligation. D) True benefit obligation. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension obligation‒ABO‒Vested‒PBO Learning Objective: 17-02 Distinguish among the vested benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation, and the projected benefit obligation (PBO). Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 30) ERISA made major changes in the requirements for pension plan: A) Vesting. B) Reporting. C) Taxing. D) Investing. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension obligation‒ABO‒Vested‒PBO Learning Objective: 17-02 Distinguish among the vested benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation, and the projected benefit obligation (PBO). Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 31) Compared to the ABO, the PBO usually is: A) Less material. B) Less representationally faithful. C) Less relevant. D) Less reliable. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension obligation‒ABO‒Vested‒PBO Learning Objective: 17-02 Distinguish among the vested benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation, and the projected benefit obligation (PBO). Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
32) Compared to the ABO, the PBO usually is: A) Larger. B) More reliable. C) Less relevant. D) More material. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension obligation‒ABO‒Vested‒PBO Learning Objective: 17-02 Distinguish among the vested benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation, and the projected benefit obligation (PBO). Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 33) Consider the following: I. Present value of vested benefits at present pay levels. II. Present value of nonvested benefits at present pay levels. III. Present value of additional benefits related to projected pay increases. Which of the above constitutes the accumulated benefit obligation? A) I & II. B) I, II, III. C) II & III. D) II only. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension obligation‒ABO‒Vested‒PBO Learning Objective: 17-02 Distinguish among the vested benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation, and the projected benefit obligation (PBO). Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
34) Consider the following: I. Present value of vested benefits at present pay levels. II. Present value of nonvested benefits at present pay levels. III. Present value of additional benefits related to projected pay increases. Which of the above constitutes the projected benefit obligation? A) III only. B) I, II. C) I, II, III. D) II only. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension obligation‒ABO‒Vested‒PBO Learning Objective: 17-02 Distinguish among the vested benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation, and the projected benefit obligation (PBO). Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 35) Consider the following: I. Present value of vested benefits at present pay levels. II. Present value of nonvested benefits at present pay levels. III. Present value of additional benefits related to projected pay increases. Which of the above constitutes the vested benefit obligation? A) I & II. B) I, II, III. C) II only. D) I only. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension obligation‒ABO‒Vested‒PBO Learning Objective: 17-02 Distinguish among the vested benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation, and the projected benefit obligation (PBO). Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
36) Interest cost will: A) Increase the PBO and increase pension expense. B) Increase pension expense and reduce plan assets. C) Increase the PBO and reduce plan assets. D) Increase pension expense and reduce the return on plan assets. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension obligation‒Changes in the PBO Learning Objective: 17-03 Describe the five events that might change the balance of the PBO. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 37) The PBO is increased by: A) An increase in the average life expectancy of employees. B) Amortization of prior service cost. C) An increase in the actuary's assumed discount rate. D) A return on plan assets that is lower than expected. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension obligation‒Changes in the PBO Learning Objective: 17-03 Describe the five events that might change the balance of the PBO. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 38) Payment of retirement benefits: A) Increases the PBO. B) Increases the ABO. C) Reduces the GBO. D) Reduces the PBO. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension obligation‒Changes in the PBO Learning Objective: 17-03 Describe the five events that might change the balance of the PBO. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
39) Pearsall Company's defined benefit pension plan had a PBO of $265,000 on January 1, 2021. During 2021, pension benefits paid were $40,000. The discount rate for the plan for this year was 10%. Service cost for 2021 was $80,000. Plan assets (fair value) increased during the year by $45,000. The amount of the PBO at December 31, 2021, was: A) $225,000. B) $305,000. C) $331,500. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: PBO 1/1 Service cost Interest cost ($265,000 × 10%) Benefits paid PBO 12/31
$ 265,000 80,000 26,500 (40,000) $ 331,500
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension obligation‒Changes in the PBO Learning Objective: 17-03 Describe the five events that might change the balance of the PBO. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 40) Mars Inc. has a defined benefit pension plan. On December 31 (the end of the fiscal year), the company received the PBO report from the actuary. The following information was included in the report: ending PBO, $110,000; benefits paid to retirees, $10,000; interest cost, $7,200. The discount rate applied by the actuary was 8%. What was the beginning PBO? A) $90,000. B) $100,000. C) $107,200. D) $112,000. Answer: A Explanation: PBO, 1/1 = $7,200 ÷ 8% = $90,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension obligation‒Changes in the PBO Learning Objective: 17-03 Describe the five events that might change the balance of the PBO. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) Louie Company has a defined benefit pension plan. On December 31 (the end of the fiscal year), the company received the PBO report from the actuary. The following information was included in the report: ending PBO, $110,000; benefits paid to retirees, $10,000; interest cost, $8,000. The discount rate applied by the actuary was 8%. What was the service cost for the year? A) $2,000. B) $12,000. C) $18,000. D) $92,000. Answer: B Explanation: Beginning PBO Service cost Interest cost Retiree benefits paid Ending PBO
$ 100,000* 12,000** 8,000 (10,000) $ 110,000
*PBO, 1/1 = $8,000 ÷ 8% = $100,000 **$110,000 + $10,000 − $8,000 − $100,000 = $12,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension obligation‒Changes in the PBO Learning Objective: 17-03 Describe the five events that might change the balance of the PBO. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
42) The following information pertains to Havana Corporation's defined benefit pension plan: ($ in thousands)
2021 Beginning balances $ (6,000) 5,760 600 720
Projected benefit obligation Plan assets Prior service cost–AOCI Net loss–AOCI
2022 Beginning balances $ (6,504) 6,336 552 786
At the end of 2021, Havana contributed $696 thousand to the pension fund and benefit payments of $624 thousand were made to retirees. The expected rate of return on plan assets was 10%, and the actuary's discount rate is 8%. There were no changes in actuarial estimates and assumptions regarding the PBO. What is the 2021 service cost for Havana's plan? A) $276 thousand. B) $528 thousand. C) $648 thousand. D) Cannot be determined from the given information. Answer: C Explanation: The computation is as follows: PBO Beginning of 2021 Service cost Interest cost Loss (gain) on PBO Less: Retiree benefits End of 2021
$ 6,000 ? $648 480 (8% × $6,000) 0 (624) $ 6,504
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension obligation‒Changes in the PBO Learning Objective: 17-03 Describe the five events that might change the balance of the PBO. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
43) The following information pertains to Havana Corporation's defined benefit pension plan: ($ in thousands)
Projected benefit obligation Plan assets Prior service cost–AOCI Net loss–AOCI
2021 Beginning balances $ (6,000) 5,760 600 720
2022 Beginning balances $ (6,504) 6,336 552 786
At the end of 2021, Havana contributed $696 thousand to the pension fund and benefit payments of $624 thousand were made to retirees. The expected rate of return on plan assets was 10%, and the actuary's discount rate is 8%. There were no changes in actuarial estimates and assumptions regarding the PBO. What is Havana's 2021 actual return on plan assets? A) $504 thousand. B) $618 thousand. C) $1,128 thousand. D) None of these are correct. Answer: A Explanation: The computation ($ in thousands) is as follows: Plan assets Beginning of 2021 Actual return Cash contributions Less: Retiree benefits End of 2021
$ 5,760 ? 504 696 (624) $ 6,336
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension plan assets Learning Objective: 17-04 Explain how plan assets accumulate to provide retiree benefits and understand the role of the trustee in administering the fund. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
44) The following information pertains to Havana Corporation's defined benefit pension plan: ($ in thousands)
2021 Beginning balances $ (6,000) 5,760 600 $ 720
Projected benefit obligation Plan assets Prior service cost–AOCI Net loss–AOCI
2022 Beginning balances $ (6,504) 6,336 552 $ 786
At the end of 2021, Havana contributed $696 thousand to the pension fund and benefit payments of $624 thousand were made to retirees. The expected rate of return on plan assets was 10%, and the actuary's discount rate is 8%. There were no changes in actuarial estimates and assumptions regarding the PBO. What is Havana's 2021 gain or loss on plan assets? A) $115.2 thousand. B) $160.8 thousand. C) $276 thousand. D) None of these are correct. Answer: D Explanation: The computation (in $ thousands) is as follows: Expected return Actual return Loss on plan assets
$
576 (10% × $5,760) (504) b $ 72
bPlan assets
Beginning of 2021 Actual return Cash contributions Less: Retiree benefits End of 2021
$ 5,760 ? 504 696 (624) $ 6,336
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension expense‒Return on plan assets Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) The following information pertains to Havana Corporation's defined benefit pension plan: ($ in thousands)
Projected benefit obligation Plan assets Prior service cost-AOCI Net loss-AOCI
2021 Beginning balances $ (6,000) 5,760 600 $ 720
2022 Beginning balances $ (6,504) 6,336 552 $ 786
At the end of 2021, Havana contributed $696 thousand to the pension fund and benefit payments of $624 thousand were made to retirees. The expected rate of return on plan assets was 10%, and the actuary's discount rate is 8%. There were no changes in actuarial estimates and assumptions regarding the PBO. What is the 2021 pension expense for Havana's plan? A) $594 thousand. B) $606 thousand. C) $678 thousand. D) None of these are correct. Answer: B
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Explanation: The computation is as follows: Expected return Actual return Loss on plan assets
$ 576 (10% × $5,760) (504) b $ 72
bPlan assets
Beginning of 2021 Actual return Cash contributions Less: Retiree benefits End of 2021
$ 5,760 ? 504 696 (624) $ 6,336
Service cost Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Amortization of: a. Prior service cost b. Net loss Pension expense
$ 648a 480 (8% × $6,000) (576) (10% × $5,760)
$
48 6 606
($600 − $552) ($720 − $786 + $72*) *2021 loss on plan assets
aPBO
Beginning of 2021 Service cost Interest cost Loss (gain) on PBO Less: Retiree benefits End of 2021
$ 6,000 ? 648 480 (8% × $6,000) 0 (624) $ 6,504
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
46) The projected benefit obligation: A) contains periodic service cost, accrued interest, revised estimates, plan amendments, and the payment of benefits. B) is the pension benefit obligation that is not contingent upon an employee's continuing service. C) is the discounted present value of retirement benefits calculated by applying the pension formula with no attempt to forecast what salaries will be when the formula actually is applied. D) is the present value of retirement benefits calculated by applying the pension formula in which the actuary includes projected salaries in the pension formula. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension obligation‒Changes in the PBO Learning Objective: 17-03 Describe the five events that might change the balance of the PBO. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 47) The balance of the plan assets can change due to: A) periodic service cost, accrued interest, revised estimates, plan amendments, and the payment of benefits. B) investment returns, employer contributions, and the payment of benefits. C) periodic service cost, accrued interest, revised estimates, employer contributions, and the payment of benefits. D) periodic service cost, employer contributions, and the payment of benefits. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension plan assets Learning Objective: 17-04 Explain how plan assets accumulate to provide retiree benefits and understand the role of the trustee in administering the fund. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) An underfunded pension plan means that the: A) PBO is less than plan assets. B) PBO exceeds plan assets. C) ABO is less than plan assets. D) ABO exceeds plan assets. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Funded status of the pension plan Learning Objective: 17-05 Describe the funded status of pension plans and how that amount is reported. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 49) An overfunded pension plan means that the: A) PBO is less than plan assets. B) PBO exceeds plan assets. C) ABO is less than plan assets. D) ABO exceeds plan assets. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Funded status of the pension plan Learning Objective: 17-05 Describe the funded status of pension plans and how that amount is reported. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) Data for 2021 were as follows: PBO, January 1, $240,000 and December 31, $270,000; pension plan assets (fair value) January 1, $180,000, and December 31, $230,000. The projected benefit obligation was underfunded at the end of 2021 by: A) $30,000. B) $60,000. C) $20,000. D) $40,000. Answer: D Explanation: PBO Plan assets Funded status
$ (270,000) 230,000 $ (40,000)
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Funded status of the pension plan Learning Objective: 17-05 Describe the funded status of pension plans and how that amount is reported. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 51) Which of the following is a correct statement concerning the reporting of the pension plan on the face of the employer's balance sheet? A) Only the plan assets are separately reported. B) Only the PBO is separately reported. C) Both the PBO and the plan assets are separately reported. D) Neither the PBO nor the plan assets is separately reported. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Funded status of the pension plan Learning Objective: 17-05 Describe the funded status of pension plans and how that amount is reported. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
52) Messier Company has a defined benefit pension plan. Management adopted a policy of not reporting either the balance of the projected benefit obligation or the balance of plan assets separately in the balance sheet. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) The policy is inappropriate because without reporting those two amounts, investors have incomplete information about the company's assets and liabilities. B) The policy is appropriate because GAAP requires companies to report the net of the two amounts in the balance sheet rather than reporting separate amounts for each. C) The policy is appropriate because information regarding the projected benefit obligation and the balance of plan assets need only be disclosed in footnotes to the financial statements. D) This approach is appropriate because only companies with defined benefit pension plans have projected benefit obligations and plan assets so comparisons with financial statements of companies with defined contribution plans would be misleading. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Funded status of the pension plan Learning Objective: 17-05 Describe the funded status of pension plans and how that amount is reported. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
53) On January 1, 2021, Gillock Climbing Academy instituted a defined benefit pension plan for its employees. The annual service cost for each year of 2021 and 2022 was $600,000. The interest rate used to determine the projected benefit obligation is 10%. Both the actual and the expected return on plan assets are 8% for both years. Gillock funded the plan in the amount of $400,000 each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2021. What pension liability should Gillock report in its balance sheet for the year ended December 31, 2022? A) $361,440 B) $393,440 C) $421,440 D) $481,440 Answer: A Explanation: PBO, Jan, 1, 2021 Service cost Interest cost Gains/losses Retiree payments PBO, Dec. 31, 2021 Service cost Interest cost (10% × $600,000) Gains/losses Retiree payments PBO, Dec. 31, 2022
$
Plan assets, Jan, 1, 2021 Funding Return (8% × $400,000)
$
Plan assets, Dec. 31, 2021 Funding
$ 432,000 400,000
60,000 Return (8% × $832,000)
66,560
0 0 $ 1,260,000 Plan assets, Dec. 31, 2022
$ 898,560
$ $
0 600,000 0 0 0 600,000 600,000
0 400,000 32,000
Net pension liability: $1,260,000 − $898,560 = $361,440 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Funded status of the pension plan Learning Objective: 17-05 Describe the funded status of pension plans and how that amount is reported. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
54) On January 1, 2021, Gillock Climbing Academy instituted a defined benefit pension plan for its employees. The annual service cost for each year of 2021 and 2022 was $600,000. The interest rate used to determine the projected benefit obligation is 10%. Both the actual and the expected return on plan assets are 8% for both years. Gillock funded the plan in the amount of $400,000 each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2021. What amount of pension expense should Gillock report in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2022? A) $593,440. B) $600,000. C) $628,000. D) $726,560. Answer: A Explanation: Pension expense: Service cost Interest cost** Return Pension expense **Calculation of interest cost: Plan assets, Jan, 1, 2021 Funding 2021 Return (8% × $400,000) Plan assets, Dec. 31, 2021 Funding 2022 Return (8% × $832,000) Plan assets, Dec. 31, 2022
$ 600,000 + 60,000 − 66,560 $ 593,440 $
0 400,000 32,000 $ 432,000 400,000 66,560 $ 898,560
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
55) Interest cost is calculated by multiplying the: A) ABO by the expected return on the plan assets. B) ABO by the discount rate. C) PBO by the expected return on plan assets. D) PBO by the discount rate. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension expense‒Service and interest cost Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 56) Service cost with regard to pension plans: A) increases pension expense and reduces the return on plan assets. B) increases the projected benefit obligation and increases pension expense. C) increases the projected benefit obligation and reduces plan assets. D) increases pension expense and reduces plan assets. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension expense‒Service and interest cost Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 57) The three components of pension expense that are present most often are: A) Service cost, prior service cost, and gain on plan assets. B) Service cost, interest cost, and gain from revisions in pension liability. C) Service cost, contribution cost, and prior service cost. D) Service cost, interest cost, and expected return on plan assets. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
58) The pension expense includes periodic changes that occur: A) In the PBO. B) In the PBO and the plan assets. C) In the plan assets. D) In the PBO and the ABO. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 59) Which of the following is true? A) A projected benefits approach is used to determine the periodic pension expense. B) An accumulated benefits approach is used to determine the periodic pension expense. C) A vested benefits approach is used to determine the periodic pension expense. D) The pension expense is unrelated to the pension obligation. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 60) The component of pension expense that results from amending a pension plan to give recognition to previous service of currently enrolled employees is the amortization of: A) Prior service cost. B) Amendment cost. C) Retiree service cost. D) Transition cost. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension expense‒Prior service cost Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
61) Amortizing prior service cost for pension plans will: A) Decrease assets. B) Increase liabilities. C) Increase shareholders' equity. D) Decrease retained earnings. Answer: D Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension expense‒Prior service cost Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 62) When accounting for pensions, delayed recognition of gains and losses in earnings achieves: A) Income averaging. B) Expense averaging. C) Income optimization. D) Income smoothing. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension expense‒Net loss or net gain Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 63) A net gain or loss affects the pension expense only if it exceeds an amount equal to what percentage of the PBO or plan assets, whichever is higher? A) 5%. B) 10%. C) 15%. D) 20%. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension expense‒Net loss or net gain Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
64) An employer reports a pension loss in Other comprehensive income when: A) a change in an assumption causes the projected benefit obligation to be less than expected. B) the return on plan assets is lower than expected. C) retiree benefits paid out are more than expected. D) the accumulated benefit obligation is less than expected. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension expense‒Net loss or net gain Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Understand; Apply AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 65) Pension gains related to plan assets occur when: A) The return on plan assets is higher than expected. B) The vested benefit obligation is less than expected. C) Retiree benefits paid out are less than expected. D) The accumulated benefit obligation is more than expected. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension expense‒Net loss or net gain Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 66) The amortization of a net gain has what effect on pension expense? A) Decreases it. B) Has no effect on it. C) Increases it (but only by the amount over 10% of the PBO). D) Increases it (regardless of the amount). Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension expense‒Net loss or net gain Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
67) Assume that at the beginning of the current year, a company has a net gain–AOCI of $25,000,000. At the same time, assume the PBO and the plan assets are $200,000,000 and $150,000,000, respectively. The average remaining service period for the employees expected to receive benefits is 10 years. What is the amount of amortization to pension expense for the year? A) $500,000. B) $2,500,000. C) $1,500,000. D) $3,000,000. Answer: A Explanation: [$25,000,000 − ($200,000,000 × 10%)] ÷ 10 = $500,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension expense‒Net loss or net gain Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 68) Assume that at the beginning of the current year, Hankins Company has a net gain–AOCI of $60,000,000. At the same time, assume the PBO and the plan assets are $300,000,000 and $450,000,000, respectively. The average remaining service period for the employees expected to receive benefits is 10 years. What is the amount of amortization to pension expense for the year? A) $6,000,000. B) $15,000,000. C) $1,500,000. D) $7,500,000. Answer: C Explanation: [$60,000,000 − ($450,000,000 × 10%)] ÷ 10 = $1,500,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension expense‒Net loss or net gain Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
69) Pension expense is decreased by: A) Amortization of prior service cost. B) Amortization of net gain. C) Benefits paid to retired employees. D) Prior service cost. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension expense‒Net loss or net gain Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 70) In a defined benefit pension plan, gains and losses (either from changing assumptions regarding the PBO or from the return on assets being higher or lower than expected) are: A) deferred and not immediately included in pension expense and net income B) included in pension expense and net income C) included in pension expense but not net income D) included in net income but not in pension expense Answer: A Explanation: Gains and losses (either from changing assumptions regarding the PBO or from the return on assets being higher or lower than expected) are deferred and not immediately included in pension expense and net income. They are, instead, reported in the statement of comprehensive income. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension expense‒Net loss or net gain Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
71) Which of the following is not a potential component of pension expense? A) Return on plan assets. B) Prior service cost. C) Retiree benefits paid. D) Gains and losses. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 72) Bissell Company received the following reports of its defined benefit pension plan for the current calendar year: PBO Balance, January 1 Service cost Interest cost Benefits paid Balance, December 31
$ 400,000 195,000 32,000 (80,000) $ 547,000
Plan assets Balance, January 1 Actual return Annual contribution Benefits paid Balance, December 31
$ 250,000 30,000 110,000 (80,000) $ 310,000
The long-term expected rate of return on plan assets is 10%. Assuming no other data are relevant, what is the pension expense for the year? A) $197,000. B) $227,000. C) $172,000. D) $202,000. Answer: D Explanation: Service cost Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Pension expense
$ 195,000 32,000 (25,000) $ 202,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
73) Babcock Company received the following reports of its defined benefit pension plan for the current calendar year: PBO Balance, January 1 Service cost Interest cost Benefits paid Balance, December 31
$ 600,000 360,000 64,000 (90,000)
Plan assets Balance, January 1 Actual return Annual contribution Benefits paid
$ 500,000 50,000 220,000 (90,000)
$ 934,000
Balance, December 31
$ 680,000
The long-term expected rate of return on plan assets is 8%. Assuming no other data are relevant, what is the pension expense for the year? A) $360,000. B) $424,000. C) $374,000. D) $384,000. Answer: D Explanation: Service cost Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Pension expense
$ 360,000 64,000 (40,000) $ 384,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) The following information is related to the defined benefit pension plan of Dreamworld Company for the year:
Service cost Contributions to pension plan Benefits paid to retirees Plan assets (fair value), January 1 Plan assets (fair value), December 31 Actual return on plan assets PBO, January 1 PBO, December 31 Discount rate Long-term expected return on plan assets
$
60,000 110,000 150,000 640,000 750,000 150,000 900,000 960,000 10% 9%
Assuming no other relevant data exist, what is the pension expense for the year? A) $190,000. B) $92,400. C) $60,000. D) $170,000. Answer: B Explanation: Service cost Interest cost ($900,000 × 10%) Expected return on plan assets ($640,000 × 9%) Pension expense
$
60,000 90,000 (57,600) $ 92,400
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
75) The following information is related to the defined benefit pension plan of Melissa Larson Company for the year:
Service cost Contributions to pension plan Benefits paid to retirees Plan assets (fair value), January 1 Plan assets (fair value), December 31 Actual return on plan assets PBO, January 1 PBO, December 31 Discount rate Long-term expected return on plan assets
$
90,000 140,000 110,000 540,000 650,000 80,000 800,000 870,000 10% 9%
Assuming no other relevant data exist, what is the pension expense for the year? A) $90,000. B) $230,600. C) $121,400. D) $154,000. Answer: C Explanation: Service cost Interest cost ($800,000 × 10%) Expected return on plan assets ($540,000 × 9%) Pension expense
$
90,000 80,000 (48,600) $ 121,400
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) Harvey Hotels has provided a defined benefit pension plan for its employees for several years. At the end of the most recent year, the following information was available with regard to the plan: service cost: $6.2 million, expected return on plan assets: $1.2 million, actual return on plan assets: $1 million, interest cost: $1.4 million, payments to retired employees: $2 million, and amortization of prior service cost (created when the pension plan was amended causing a drop in the projected benefit obligation): $1.1 million. What amount should Harvey Hotels report as pension expense in its income statement for the year? A) $1.4 million B) $7.5 million C) $7.7 million D) $8.7 million Answer: B Explanation: $ in millions Service cost Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Amortization of prior service cost
$
6.2 1.4 (1.2) 1.1
Pension expense
$
7.5
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 77) Gains and losses can occur with pension plans when: A) Either the PBO or the return on plan assets turns out to be different than expected. B) Either the ABO or the return on plan assets turns out to be different than expected. C) Either the PBO, the ABO, or the return on plan assets turns out to be different than expected. D) Either the PBO or the ABO turns out to be different than expected. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Recording gains and losses Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) A gain from changing an estimate regarding the obligation for pension plans will: A) Increase assets. B) Increase liabilities. C) Decrease shareholders' equity. D) Increase shareholders' equity. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension expense‒Net loss or net gain; Recording gains and losses Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets.; 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 79) At December 31, 2020, Mongo, Inc. reported in its balance sheet a net loss of $3 million related to its pension plan. The actuary for Mongo at the end of 2021 increased her estimate of future salary levels. Mongo's entry to record the effect of this change will include: A) A debit to loss–OCI and a credit to PBO. B) A debit to PBO and a credit to loss–OCI. C) A debit to pension expense and a credit to PBO. D) A debit to pension expense and a credit to loss–OCI. Answer: A Explanation: Loss–OCI (from change in assumption) PBO
xx xx
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Recording gains and losses Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) JL Health Services reported a net loss–AOCI in last year's balance sheet. This year, the company revised its estimate of future salary levels causing its PBO estimate to decline by $24. Also, the $48 million actual return on plan assets was less than the $54 million expected return. As a result: A) The statement of comprehensive income will report a $6 million gain and a $24 million loss. B) The net pension liability will increase by $18 million. C) Accumulated other comprehensive income will increase by $18 million. D) The net pension liability will decrease by $24 million. Answer: C Explanation: PBO Gain–OCI (from change in assumption) Loss–OCI ($54 − $48) Plan assets
24 24 6 6
PBO − Plan assets = Net pension liability, so the Net pension liability will decrease by $18 million; the $24 million Gain and $6 million Loss combine for a net gain of $18 million, which reduces the Net loss–AOCI, which is an increase in AOCI. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Recording gains and losses Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
81) Amortizing a net loss for pensions will: A) Increase retained earnings and increase accumulated other comprehensive income. B) Decrease retained earnings and decrease accumulated other comprehensive income. C) Increase retained earnings and decrease accumulated other comprehensive income. D) Decrease retained earnings and increase accumulated other comprehensive income. Answer: D Explanation: Pension expense (total) Plan assets (expected return on assets) PBO (service cost + interest cost) Amortization of net loss–OCI (current amortization)
xx xx xx xx
Pension expense decreases net income and thus RE. The net loss is a negative (debit) AOCI amount, so reducing the negative (debit) balance increases AOCI. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Recording gains and losses Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 82) Recording pension expense would usually: A) Increase the PBO. B) Increase current assets. C) Increase the prior service cost–AOCI. D) Increase the net loss–AOCI. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
83) In a defined benefit pension plan, the journal entry to record pension expense will not include: A) a debit to service cost. B) a credit to projected benefit obligation. C) a credit to amortization of prior service cost. D) a debit to plan assets. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 84) Scott Hobson Enterprises has a defined benefit pension plan. At the end of the reporting year, the following data were available: beginning PBO, $75,000; service cost, $14,000; interest cost, $6,000; benefits paid for the year, $9,000; ending PBO, $89,000; and the expected return on plan assets, $10,000. There were no other pension-related costs. The journal entry to record the annual pension costs will include a debit to pension expense for: A) $20,000. B) $15,000. C) $12,000. D) $10,000. Answer: D Explanation: Service cost Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Pension expense
$
14,000 6,000 (10,000) $ 10,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense; Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets.; 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) Cassy Budd Company has a defined benefit pension plan. At the end of the reporting year, the following data were available: beginning PBO, $75,000; service cost, $18,000; interest cost, $5,000; benefits paid for the year, $9,000; ending PBO, $89,000; the expected return on plan assets, $10,000; and cash deposited with pension trustee, $17,000. There were no other pensionrelated costs. The journal entry to record the annual pension costs will include a credit to the PBO for: A) $13,000. B) $17,000. C) $18,000. D) $23,000. Answer: D Explanation: Service cost Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Pension expense
$
18,000 5,000 (10,000) $ 13,000
Pension expense Plan assets PBO
13,000 10,000
Plan assets Cash
17,000
23,000
17,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
86) In a defined benefit pension plan, the journal entry to record benefits paid to retired employees will include: A) a debit to projected benefit obligation B) a debit to plan assets C) a credit to retiree benefits D) a credit to cash Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Recording funding and payments of plan assets Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur.; 17-04 Explain how plan assets accumulate to provide retiree benefits and understand the role of the trustee in administering the fund. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 87) In a defined benefit pension plan, the journal entry to record the employer's annual cash contribution to plan assets: A) reduces the employer's obligation to pay benefits B) includes a credit to plan assets C) might reduce next period's pension expense D) includes a debit to cash Answer: C Explanation: Pension expense is reduced by the expected return on plan assets. The expected return on plan assets is the expected rate of return times plan assets. If plan assets increases, the expected return on plan assets increases, and pension expense is reduced. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Recording funding and payments of plan assets Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) Persoff Company has a defined benefit pension plan. Management adopted a policy of reporting the service cost component of pension expense in the income statement as part of the total compensation costs arising from services rendered by the employees during the period and separately reporting the net amount of the non-service cost components of pension expense on a separate line below income from operations. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) This presentation reflects the nature of service cost being different from that of the other elements of pension cost. B) The policy is inappropriate because the other (non-service cost) components of pension expense should each be reported on a separate line within the income statement. C) The policy is inappropriate because all components of pension expense should be combined and reported as a single pension expense. D) This approach is inappropriate because the net amount of the non-service cost components of pension expense should be reported as other comprehensive income in the statement of comprehensive income. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Reporting issues‒OCI-AOCI-Income Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation 89) Accumulated other comprehensive income: A) Is a liability. B) Might include prior service cost. C) Includes accumulated pension expense. D) Is reported in the income statement. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Reporting issues‒OCI-AOCI-Income Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) A statement of comprehensive income does not include: A) Net income. B) Losses from the return on assets exceeding expectations. C) Losses from changes in estimates regarding the PBO. D) Prior service cost. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Reporting issues‒OCI-AOCI-Income Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 91) Amortizing prior service cost for pension plans will: A) Increase retained earnings and increase accumulated other comprehensive income. B) Decrease retained earnings and decrease accumulated other comprehensive income. C) Increase retained earnings and decrease accumulated other comprehensive income. D) Decrease retained earnings and increase accumulated other comprehensive income. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Reporting issues‒OCI-AOCI-Income Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 92) A statement of comprehensive income does not include: A) Gains from the return on pension assets exceeding expectations. B) Gains and losses on unsold held-to-maturity securities. C) Losses from the return on pension assets falling short of expectations. D) Prior service cost. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Reporting issues‒OCI-AOCI-Income Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
93) An employer reports the components of pension expense outside the subtotal of income from operations with the exception of: A) service cost. B) interest cost. C) actual return on plan assets. D) expected return on plan assets. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Reporting issues‒OCI-AOCI-Income Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 94) In the income statement, companies report the service cost component of pension expense: A) as part of total compensation costs. B) as part of total service cost that includes past service cost. C) as part of non-operating income. D) separate from the other (non-service cost) components and outside the subtotal of income from operations. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Reporting issues‒OCI-AOCI-Income Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
95) The following incomplete (columns have missing amounts) pension spreadsheet is for the current year for First Republic Corporation (FRC). ($ in millions) Debit (Credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets Gain/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net gain/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
Plan Assets
PBO (700)
Prior Service Cost
Net (Gain) Pension Loss Expense 28
Cash
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset
(90) 62 49
68 (2) (7) 3 (8) (45) (65) 730
(81)
What was the net pension asset/liability reported in the balance sheet at the end of the year? A) Net pension asset of $50 million. B) Net pension asset of $24 million. C) Net pension liability of $50 million. D) Net pension liability of $24 million. Answer: D Explanation: Service cost (from pension expense column) = $62 = ($62) in the PBO column Interest cost (from pension expense column) = $49 = ($49) in the PBO column Loss on PBO (given) = ($8) Retiree benefits (from plan assets column) = ($65) = $65 in the PBO column Ending PBO = ($700) + ($62) + ($49) + ($8) + $65 = ($754) Net pension liability = ($754) + $730 = ($24) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension spreadsheet Learning Objective: 17-05 Describe the funded status of pension plans and how that amount is reported.; 17-08 Understand the interrelationships among the elements that constitute a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) The following incomplete (columns have missing amounts) pension spreadsheet is for the current year for First Republic Corporation (FRC). ($ in millions) Debit (Credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets Gain/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net gain/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
Plan Assets
PBO (700)
Prior Service Cost 28
Net (Gain) Pension Loss Expense
Cash
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset
(90) 62 49
68 (2) (7) 3 (8) (45) (65) 730
(81)
What was FRC's pension expense for the year? A) $44 million. B) $47 million. C) $49 million. D) $107 million. Answer: B Explanation: Service cost (given) = $62 Interest cost (given) = $49 Expected return on assets (from plan assets column) = $68 = ($68) in pension expense column Amortization of prior service cost = from prior service column = $7 Amortization of net gain (from net gain column) = $3 = ($3) in pension expense column Pension expense = $62 + $49 − $68 + $7 − $3 = $47 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension spreadsheet Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets.; 17-08 Understand the interrelationships among the elements that constitute a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
97) The following incomplete (columns have missing amounts) pension spreadsheet is for the current year for First Republic Corporation (FRC). ($ in millions) Debit (Credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets Gain/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net gain/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
Plan Assets
PBO (700)
Prior Service Cost 28
Net (Gain) Pension Loss Expense
Cash
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset
(90) 62 49
68 (2) (7) 3 (8) (45) (65) 730
(81)
What was the actuary's interest (discount) rate? A) 7%. B) 8%. C) 9%. D) 10%. Answer: A Explanation: $49 ÷ $700 = 7% Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension spreadsheet Learning Objective: 17-08 Understand the interrelationships among the elements that constitute a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) The following refers to the pension spreadsheet (columns have missing amounts) for the current year for Pancho Villa Enterprises (PVE). ($ in millions) Debit (Credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets Gain/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net gain/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
PBO
Plan Assets 450
Prior Service Cost
Net (Gain) Pension Loss Expense 60
55
Cash
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset 50
(85) (25) 55 3
(1) (65) 40 (530)
54
122
What was PVE's pension expense for the year? A) $250 million. B) $50 million. C) $68 million. D) $62 million. Answer: D Explanation: Service cost (from PBO column) = $85 Interest cost (from PBO column) = $25 Expected return on assets (from plan assets column) = ($55) Amortization of prior service cost = $60 − $54 (from prior service column) = $6 Amortization of net loss (from net loss column) = $1 Pension expense = $85 + $25 − $55 + $6 + $1 = $62 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension spreadsheet Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets.; 17-08 Understand the interrelationships among the elements that constitute a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
99) The following refers to the pension spreadsheet (columns have missing amounts) for the current year for Pancho Villa Enterprises (PVE). ($ in millions) Debit (Credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets Gain/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net gain/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
PBO
Plan Assets 450
Prior Service Cost
Net (Gain) Pension Loss Expense 60
55
Cash
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset 50
(85) (25) 55 3
(1) (65) 40 (530)
54
122
What was the PBO at the beginning of the year? A) $160 million. B) $400 million. C) $500 million. D) $610 million. Answer: B Explanation: Plan assets PBO Net pension asset
$ 450 ? $ 50
$ 400
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension spreadsheet Learning Objective: 17-05 Describe the funded status of pension plans and how that amount is reported.; 17-08 Understand the interrelationships among the elements that constitute a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
100) The following refers to the pension spreadsheet (columns have missing amounts) for the current year for Pancho Villa Enterprises (PVE). ($ in millions) Debit (Credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets Gain/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net gain/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
PBO
Plan Assets 450
Prior Service Cost
Net (Gain) Pension Loss Expense 60
55
Cash
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset 50
(85) (25) 55 3
(1) (65) 40 (530)
54
122
What were the retiree benefits paid? A) $45 million. B) $50 million. C) $55 million. D) $60 million. Answer: A Explanation: Plan assets PBO beginning of year Net pension asset
$ 450 ? $ 50
$ 400
$400 PBO beginning of year + $85 + $25 + $65 − $? = $530 PBO end of year. ? = $45 retiree benefits paid. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension spreadsheet Learning Objective: 17-03 Describe the five events that might change the balance of the PBO.; 17-08 Understand the interrelationships among the elements that constitute a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
101) The net pension liability (PBO minus plan assets) is increased by: A) Service cost. B) Expected return on plan assets. C) Amortization of prior service cost. D) Cash contributions to plan assets. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension spreadsheet Learning Objective: 17-08 Understand the interrelationships among the elements that constitute a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 102) The net pension liability (PBO minus plan assets) is decreased by: A) Service cost. B) Expected return on plan assets. C) Amortization of net gain–AOCI. D) Prior service cost. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension spreadsheet Learning Objective: 17-08 Understand the interrelationships among the elements that constitute a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
103) The following incomplete (columns have missing amounts) pension spreadsheet is for Old Tucson Corporation (OTC). ($ in millions) Debit (Credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets Gain/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net gain/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
PBO
Plan Assets
Prior Service Cost
(500)
Net (Gain) Pension Loss Expense
Cash
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset
58 62
(23) (2) (6) (25)
25 (56)
43 (574)
(43) 288
54
78
(286)
What was the prior service cost at the beginning of the year? A) $48 million. B) $54 million. C) $56 million. D) $60 million. Answer: D Explanation: Beginning prior service cost = $54 + $6 = $60 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension spreadsheet Learning Objective: 17-08 Understand the interrelationships among the elements that constitute a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) The following incomplete (columns have missing amounts) pension spreadsheet is for Old Tucson Corporation (OTC). ($ in millions) Debit (Credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets Gain/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net gain/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
PBO
Plan Assets
Prior Service Cost
(500)
Net (Gain) Pension Loss Expense
Cash
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset
58 62
(23) (2) (6) (25)
25 (56)
43 (574)
(43) 288
54
78
(286)
What is OTC's pension expense for the year? A) $78 million. B) $72 million. C) $66 million. D) $18 million. Answer: A Explanation: Service cost (from pension expense column) = $62 Interest cost = ($574) + $500 + $62 (from pension expense column) + $25 − $43 = ($30) = $30 in pension expense column Expected return on assets (given) = ($23) Amortization of prior service cost = from prior service column = $6 Amortization of net loss = $78 − $58 + $2 − $25 = ($3) = $3 in pension expense column Pension expense = $62 + $30 − $23 + $6 + $3 = $78 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension spreadsheet Learning Objective: 17-08 Understand the interrelationships among the elements that constitute a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
105) The following incomplete (columns have missing amounts) pension spreadsheet is for Old Tucson Corporation (OTC). ($ in millions) Debit (Credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets Gain/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net gain/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
PBO
Plan Assets
Prior Service Cost
(500)
Net (Gain) Pension Loss Expense
Cash
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset
58 62
(23) (2) (6) (25)
25 (56)
43 (574)
(43) 288
54
78
(286)
What was the balance of the net pension asset/liability reported in the balance sheet at the end of the previous year? A) Net pension asset of $250 million. B) Net pension asset of $442 million. C) Net pension liability of $250 million. D) Net pension liability of $442 million. Answer: C Explanation: Service cost (from pension expense column) = $62 Interest cost = ($574) + $500 + $62 (from pension expense column) + $25 − $43 = ($30) = $30 in pension expense column Expected return on assets (given) = ($23) Gain on assets (given) = $2 Loss on PBO (given) = ($25) Cash contributions (given) = $56 Beginning net pension liability = ($286) + $62 + $30 − $23 − $2 + $25 − $56 = ($250) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension spreadsheet Learning Objective: 17-08 Understand the interrelationships among the elements that constitute a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
106) According to generally accepted accounting principles, accounting for postretirement benefits other than pensions must adhere to the: A) Accrual basis of accounting. B) Cash basis of accounting. C) Modified accrual basis. D) Modified cash basis. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Characteristics Learning Objective: 17-09 Describe the nature of postretirement benefit plans other than pensions and identify the similarities and differences in accounting for those plans and pensions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 107) Eligibility for postretirement health care benefits usually is based on the employee's: A) Job title. B) Number of years in the profession. C) Number of years in the current position. D) Age and/or years of service. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Healthcare Learning Objective: 17-09 Describe the nature of postretirement benefit plans other than pensions and identify the similarities and differences in accounting for those plans and pensions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry / Keyboard Navigation 108) Eligibility requirements and the nature of benefits for postretirement health care plans usually are specified in the: A) Written plan. B) Informal plan. C) Substantive plan. D) Severance plan. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Healthcare Learning Objective: 17-09 Describe the nature of postretirement benefit plans other than pensions and identify the similarities and differences in accounting for those plans and pensions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) Which of the following is not included among the assumptions needed to estimate postretirement health care benefits? A) Employee turnover. B) Expected retirement age of plan participants. C) Life expectancy of plan participants. D) Return on plan assets. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Healthcare Learning Objective: 17-09 Describe the nature of postretirement benefit plans other than pensions and identify the similarities and differences in accounting for those plans and pensions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry / Keyboard Navigation 110) The estimated medical costs are expected to be $7,500 during an employee's retirement. The retiree is expected to pay 30% of the cost and Medicare is expected to pay 50% of the cost. What is the company's estimated net cost of benefits? A) $5,250. B) $7,500. C) $1,500. D) $3,750. Answer: C Explanation: $7,500 × (1 − 0.30 − 0.50) = $1,500 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Healthcare Learning Objective: 17-09 Describe the nature of postretirement benefit plans other than pensions and identify the similarities and differences in accounting for those plans and pensions. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
111) Accounting for postretirement health care benefits is similar, in most respects, to accounting for: A) Payroll taxes. B) Health insurance costs for current employees. C) Pension benefits. D) Sick pay and vacation pay. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Healthcare; Other postretirement plans v pension plans Learning Objective: 17-09 Describe the nature of postretirement benefit plans other than pensions and identify the similarities and differences in accounting for those plans and pensions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 112) Which one of the following assumptions is needed to estimate both postretirement health care benefits and pension benefits? A) Per capita claims cost. B) Expected cost trend rate. C) Benefits provided by other governmental or private plans. D) Employee turnover. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Healthcare; Other postretirement plans v pension plans Learning Objective: 17-09 Describe the nature of postretirement benefit plans other than pensions and identify the similarities and differences in accounting for those plans and pensions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry / Keyboard Navigation
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
113) With pensions, service cost reflects additional benefits employees earn from an additional year's service. The service cost for retiree health care plans is: A) An allocation to the current year of a portion of an estimated fixed total cost. B) An allocation to the current year of a portion of an existing liability. C) An amount earned by a defined benefit formula. D) The amount paid to retired employees. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO; Other postretirement plans v pension plans Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry / Keyboard Navigation 114) Pension benefits and postretirement health benefits typically are similar in their: A) Application of present value concepts. B) Vesting policies. C) Coverage for eligible dependents. D) Relationship between cost of coverage and length of service. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement plans v pension plans Learning Objective: 17-09 Describe the nature of postretirement benefit plans other than pensions and identify the similarities and differences in accounting for those plans and pensions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
115) Blue Company has a plan whereby it pays for health care insurance for all employees after they retire. Red Company has a defined benefit pension plan for its employees. With respect to these plans, which of the following statements is not true? A) Red Company's obligation tends to increase in a steadier pattern than that of Blue Company. B) Red Company's accounting for its obligation is similar to that of Blue Company. C) Red Company's obligation is less difficult to estimate than that of Blue Company. D) Red Company is less likely to fund its obligation than is Blue Company. Answer: D Explanation: Federal law requires a company to fund a defined benefit pension plan; this is not so for a health care plan. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans v pension plans Learning Objective: 17-09 Describe the nature of postretirement benefit plans other than pensions and identify the similarities and differences in accounting for those plans and pensions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 116) A company's total obligation for postretirement benefits is measured by the: A) APBO. B) HMOP. C) HOBO. D) EPBO. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) The postretirement benefit obligation is the: A) Future value of the estimated benefits during retirement. B) Present value of the estimated benefits during retirement. C) Fair value of the estimated benefits during retirement. D) Actual value of estimated benefits during retirement. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 118) The APBO increases each year by the: A) Interest accrued on the APBO and the portion of the EPBO attributed to that year. B) Interest accrued on the EPBO and the portion of the EPBO attributed to that year. C) Interest accrued on the APBO and the portion of the APBO attributed to that year. D) Interest accrued on the EPBO and the portion of the APBO attributed to that year. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) A company's postretirement health care benefit plan had an APBO of $265,000 on January 1, 2021. During 2021, retiree benefits paid were $40,000. The discount rate for the plan for this year was 10%. Service cost for 2021 was $80,000. Plan assets (fair value) increased during the year by $45,000. The amount of the APBO at December 31, 2021, was: A) $225,000. B) $305,000. C) $331,500. D) $371,500. Answer: C Explanation: APBO/1/1 Service cost Interest cost ($265,000 × 10%) Benefits paid APBO 12/31
$ 265,000 80,000 26,500 (40,000) $ 331,500
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
120) Oregon Co.'s employees are eligible for retirement with benefits at the end of the year in which both age 60 is attained and they have completed 35 years of service. The benefits provide 15 years' reimbursement for health care services of $20,000 annually, beginning one year from the date of retirement. Ralph Young was hired at the beginning of 1985 by Oregon after turning age 22 and is expected to retire at the end of 2023 (age 60). The discount rate is 4%. The plan is unfunded. The PV of an ordinary annuity of $1 where n = 15 and i = 4% is 11.11839. The PV of $1 where n = 2 and i = 4% is 0.92456. What is the present value of Ralph's net benefits as of his expected retirement date, rounded to the nearest dollar? A) $166,580. B) $222,368. C) $300,000. D) None of these are correct. Answer: B Explanation: PV of an ordinary annuity of $1 where n = 15 and i = 4% = $20,000 × 11.11839 = $222,368 (rounded). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
121) Oregon Co.'s employees are eligible for retirement with benefits at the end of the year in which both age 60 is attained and they have completed 35 years of service. The benefits provide 15 years' reimbursement for health care services of $20,000 annually, beginning one year from the date of retirement. Ralph Young was hired at the beginning of 1985 by Oregon after turning age 22 and is expected to retire at the end of 2023 (age 60). The discount rate is 4%. The plan is unfunded. The PV of an ordinary annuity of $1 where n = 15 and i = 4% is 11.11839. The PV of $1 where n = 2 and i = 4% is 0.92456. With respect to Ralph, what is Oregon's expected postretirement benefit obligation (EPBO) at the end of 2021, rounded to the nearest dollar? A) $137,045. B) $205,593. C) $246,810. D) $768,000. Answer: B Explanation: EPBO (12/31/2023) = $20,000 × PVA Factor, where n = 15 and i = 4% = $20,000 × 11.11839 = $222,368. EPBO (12/31/2021) = EPBO at 12/31/2023 × PV Factor, where n = 2 and i = 4% = $222,368 × 0.92456 = $205,593 (rounded). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) Oregon Co.'s employees are eligible for retirement with benefits at the end of the year in which both age 60 is attained and they have completed 35 years of service. The benefits provide 15 years' reimbursement for health care services of $20,000 annually, beginning one year from the date of retirement. Ralph Young was hired at the beginning of 1985 by Oregon after turning age 22 and is expected to retire at the end of 2023 (age 60). The discount rate is 4%. The plan is unfunded. The PV of an ordinary annuity of $1 where n = 15 and i = 4% is 11.11839. The PV of $1 where n = 2 and i = 4% is 0.92456. With respect to Ralph, what is Oregon's accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (APBO) at the end of 2021, rounded to the nearest dollar? A) $130,544. B) $205,593. C) $195,050. D) None of these answer choices are correct Answer: C Explanation: EPBO (12/31/2023) = $20,000 × PVA Factor, where n = 15 and i = 4% = $20,000 x 11.11839 = $222,368 EPBO (12/31/2021) = EPBO at 12/31/2023 × PV Factor, where n = 2 and i = 4% = $222,368 × 0.92456 = $205,593 (rounded). APBO (12/31/2021) = EPBO (12/31/2021) × (Years of service ÷ Attribution period) = $205,593 × 37 years ÷ 39 years = $195,050 (rounded). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
123) Oregon Co.'s employees are eligible for retirement with benefits at the end of the year in which both age 60 is attained and they have completed 35 years of service. The benefits provide 15 years' reimbursement for health care services of $20,000 annually, beginning one year from the date of retirement. Ralph Young was hired at the beginning of 1985 by Oregon after turning age 22 and is expected to retire at the end of 2023 (age 60). The discount rate is 4%. The plan is unfunded. The PV of an ordinary annuity of $1 where n = 15 and i = 4% is 11.11839. The PV of $1 where n = 2 and i = 4% is 0.92456. With respect to Ralph, what is the service cost to be included in Oregon's 2021 postretirement benefit expense, rounded to the nearest dollar? A) $3,544. B) $6,365. C) $20,000. D) $5,272. Answer: D Explanation: EPBO (12/31/2023) = $20,000 × PVA Factor, where n = 15 and i = 4% = $20,000 × 11.11839 = $222,368. EPBO (12/31/2021) = EPBO at 12/31/2023 × PV Factor, where n = 2 and i = 4% = $222,368 × 0.92456 = $205,593 (rounded). Service cost
= EPBO (12/31/2021) × (1 year ÷ Attribution period) = $205,593 × 1 year ÷ 39 years = $5,272 (rounded).
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) Oregon Co.'s employees are eligible for retirement with benefits at the end of the year in which both age 60 is attained and they have completed 35 years of service. The benefits provide 15 years' reimbursement for health care services of $20,000 annually, beginning one year from the date of retirement. Ralph Young was hired at the beginning of 1985 by Oregon after turning age 22 and is expected to retire at the end of 2023 (age 60). The discount rate is 4%. The plan is unfunded. The PV of an ordinary annuity of $1 where n = 15 and i = 4% is 11.11839. The PV of $1 where n = 2 and i = 4% is 0.92456. With respect to Ralph, what is the interest cost to be included in Oregon's 2022 postretirement benefit expense, rounded to the nearest dollar? A) $7,802. B) $7,877. C) $8,766. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Explanation: EPBO (12/31/2023) = $20,000 × PVA Factor, where n = 15 and i = 4% = $20,000 × 11.11839 = $222,368. EPBO (12/31/2021) = EPBO at 12/31/2023 × PV Factor, where n = 2 and i = 4% = $222,368 × 0.92456 = $205,593 (rounded). APBO(12/31/2021)
= EPBO (12/31/2021) × (Years of service ÷ Attribution period) = $205,593 × 37 years ÷ 39 years = $195,050 (rounded).
Interest cost
= ABPO (12/31/2021 and 1/1/2022) × interest rate = $195,050 × 4% = $7,802 (rounded)
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) The EPBO for a particular employee on January 1, 2021, was $30,000. The APBO at the beginning of the year was $6,000. The appropriate discount rate for this postretirement plan is 5%. The employee is expected to serve the company for a total of 25 years with 5 of those years already served as of January 1, 2021. What is the APBO at December 31, 2021? A) $6,300. B) $7,200. C) $7,500. D) $7,560. Answer: D Explanation: ($30,000 × 1.05) × 6/25 = $7,560 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 126) The EPBO for a particular employee on January 1, 2021, was $150,000. The APBO at the beginning of the year was $30,000. The appropriate discount rate for this postretirement plan is 5%. The employee is expected to serve the company for a total of 25 years with 5 of those years already served as of January 1, 2021. What is the APBO at December 31, 2021? A) $37,800. B) $42,800. C) $31,500. D) $30,000. Answer: A Explanation: ($150,000 × 1.05) × 6/25 = $37,800 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
127) The net postretirement benefit liability (APBO minus plan assets) is increased by: A) Service cost. B) Expected return on plan assets. C) Amortization of net gain. D) Cash contributions to plan assets. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 128) The following data are for Guava Company's retiree health care plan for the current calendar year. Number of employees covered Years employed as of January 1 Attribution period EPBO, January 1 EPBO, December 31 Interest rate Funding and plan assets
5 4 (each) 20 years $ 60,000 $ 63,600 6% None
What is the interest cost to be included in the current year's postretirement benefit expense? A) $3,600. B) $720. C) $768. D) $4,000. Answer: B Explanation: APBO at 1/1 = $60,000 × 4/20 = $12,000 Interest cost = $12,000 × 6% = $720 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) The following data are for Guava Company's retiree health care plan for the current calendar year. Number of employees covered Years employed as of January 1 Attribution period EPBO, January 1 EPBO, December 31 Interest rate Funding and plan assets
5 4 (each) 20 years $ 60,000 $ 63,600 6% None
What is the service cost to be included in the current year's postretirement benefit expense? A) $3,000. B) $3,180. C) $3,200. D) $4,000. Answer: B Explanation: $63,600 × 1/20 = $3,180 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 130) The process of assigning the cost of postretirement benefits to the years during which those benefits are assumed to be earned by employees is called: A) Restitution. B) Retribution. C) Attribution. D) Assignation. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Attribution Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
131) The attribution period for postretirement benefits spans each year of service from the employee's date of hire to the employee's date of: A) Full eligibility. B) Death. C) Retirement. D) Termination. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Attribution Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 132) The attribution period for postretirement health care plans does not include: A) The first five years of service. B) The year of hire. C) The employee probation period. D) The years of service beyond the full eligibility date. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Attribution Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation
72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
133) The attribution approach required by GAAP for postretirement health care plans is to assign: A) An equal fraction of the EPBO to each year the employee is on the company payroll. B) An equal fraction of the APBO to each year the employee is on the company payroll. C) An equal fraction of the APBO to each year of service from the employee's hire date to the employee's full eligibility date. D) An equal fraction of the EPBO to each year of service from the employee's hire date to the employee's full eligibility date. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Attribution Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 134) Assume the actuary estimates the net cost of providing health care benefits to a particular employee during his retirement years to have a present value of $60,000. If the benefits relate to an estimated 25 years of service and five of those years have been completed: A) The EPBO would be $12,000. B) The EPBO would be $8,400. C) The APBO would be $8,400. D) The APBO would be $12,000. Answer: D Explanation: $60,000 × 5/25 = $12,000 APBO Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Attribution Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) If no estimates are changed and there is no net loss or gain or prior service cost, which of the following amounts related to an unfunded postretirement benefit plan will not increase with each additional year of service before the full eligibility date? A) Other comprehensive income. B) Postretirement benefit expense. C) APBO. D) EPBO. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Accounting Learning Objective: 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 136) The amount of cash paid annually for unfunded postretirement health benefit plans, assuming they are not independently insured, usually is equal to: A) The amount required by the actuarial formula. B) The present value of future benefits. C) The amount necessary to cover future benefits. D) The amount necessary to pay the current year's health care cost. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Accounting Learning Objective: 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
137) At December 31, 2020, Mallory, Inc. reported in its balance sheet a net loss of $12 million related to its postretirement benefit plan. The actuary for Mallory at the end of 2021 increased her estimate of future health care costs. Mallory's entry to record the effect of this change will include: A) A debit to Loss-OCI and a credit to APBO. B) A debit to APBO and a credit to Loss-OCI. C) A debit to Postretirement benefit expense and a credit to APBO. D) A debit to Postretirement benefit expense and a credit to Loss-OCI. Answer: A Explanation: Loss-OCI (from change in assumption) APBO
xx xx
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Accounting Learning Objective: 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 138) In a postretirement health care plan, prior service cost is attributed to the service of active employees from the date of the amendment to: A) The partial eligibility date. B) The retirement date. C) The full eligibility date. D) The date of death. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Accounting Learning Objective: 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation
75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
139) Recording the expense for postretirement benefits will not: A) Increase the APBO. B) Increase the postretirement benefit assets. C) Decrease the prior service cost. D) Increase the net loss–AOCI. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Accounting Learning Objective: 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
140) The following data are for Guava Company's retiree health care plan for the current calendar year. Number of employees covered Years employed as of January 1 Attribution period EPBO, January 1 EPBO, December 31 Interest rate Funding and plan assets
5 4 (each) 20 years $ 60,000 $ 63,600 6% None
What is the correct entry to record postretirement benefit expense for the current year? A) Postretirement benefit expense 3,900 APBO 3,900 B) Postretirement benefit expense Cash
3,900
C) Postretirement benefit expense APBO
4,000
D) Postretirement benefit expense APBO
7,600
3,900
4,000
7,600
Answer: A Explanation: Service cost: $63,600 × 1/20 Interest cost: $60,000 × 4/20 × 6% Postretirement benefit expense
= =
$ 3,180 720 $ 3,900
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Accounting Learning Objective: 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) Generic Company sponsors an unfunded postretirement plan providing healthcare benefits. The following information relates to the current year's activity of Generic's postretirement benefit plan:
Postretirement benefit expense Service cost Amortization of net gain–AOCI Prior service cost–AOCI Retiree benefits paid (end of year)
$
150 million 120 million 10 million none 30 million
The interest cost for the year is: A) $20 million B) $40 million C) $30 million D) $50 million Answer: B Explanation: The postretirement benefit expense ($150) = service cost ($120) + interest cost ($x) – amortization of net gain ($10). Solving for x gives $40 [in millions] Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Accounting Learning Objective: 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 142) Amortizing a net gain for pensions and other postretirement benefit plans will: A) Increase retained earnings and increase accumulated other comprehensive income. B) Decrease retained earnings and decrease accumulated other comprehensive income. C) Increase retained earnings and decrease accumulated other comprehensive income. D) Decrease retained earnings and increase accumulated other comprehensive income. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Accounting; Recording gains and losses Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur.; 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) Amortizing prior service cost for pensions and other postretirement benefit plans will: A) Decrease retained earnings. B) Increase assets. C) Decrease assets. D) Decrease shareholders' equity. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Accounting; Recording gains and losses Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur.; 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 144) Under IFRS, components of other comprehensive income: A) Can be reported as part of a single statement of comprehensive income. B) Are not permitted to be reported. C) Must be reported in a separate statement of comprehensive income. D) Can be reported as part of a statement of shareholders' equity. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Comprehensive income Learning Objective: 17-12 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for postretirement benefit plans. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation 145) Revenue and expense items and components of other comprehensive income can be reported in a single statement of comprehensive income using: A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Comprehensive income Learning Objective: 17-12 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for postretirement benefit plans. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation 79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) Revenue and expense items and components of other comprehensive income can be reported in the statement of shareholders' equity using: A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Comprehensive income Learning Objective: 17-12 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for postretirement benefit plans. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation 147) Persoff Industries International has a defined benefit pension plan. The company revised its estimate of future salary levels causing its defined benefit obligation to increase by $16 million. Also, Persoff's $25 million actual return on plan assets exceeded the 5% high-grade corporate bond rate times the $440 million plan assets. Persoff prepares its financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The company will: A) Record a $3 million decrease in its plan assets. B) Record a $16 million gain—OCI. C) Change an amount in the equity section of the balance sheet to be subsequently amortized to pension expense. D) Change an amount in the equity section of the balance sheet that will never be amortized to pension expense. Answer: D Explanation: Plan assets Remeasurement gain-OCI Loss-OCI DBO
3 3 16 16
Using IFRS, the gain and the loss become part of AOCI in the equity section of the balance sheet. We do not subsequently amortize that amount. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS‒Pension gains and losses Learning Objective: 17-12 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for postretirement benefit plans. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation 80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) Actuarial gains and losses are reported as OCI as they occur using: A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Pension gains and losses Learning Objective: 17-12 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for postretirement benefit plans. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation 149) Prior service cost is included among OCI items in the statement of comprehensive income and thus subsequently becomes part of AOCI where it is amortized over the average remaining service period using A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Prior service cost Learning Objective: 17-12 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for postretirement benefit plans. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation
81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
150) Prior service cost is expensed immediately using: A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Prior service cost Learning Objective: 17-12 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for postretirement benefit plans.; Appendix 17 - Service Method of Allocating Prior Service Cost. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation 151) When the service method is used for amortizing prior service costs, the amount recognized each year is: A) In proportion to the fraction of the total remaining service years worked during the year. B) A constant amount or fixed amount. C) Prior service cost divided by the average remaining service life of the active employee group. D) Prior service cost divided by the average estimated retirement age of the currently enrolled employee group. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Service method‒Prior service‒Appendix Learning Objective: Appendix 17 - Service Method of Allocating Prior Service Cost. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
152) On January 1, 2020, WOW amended its defined benefit pension plan. The amount of prior service costs caused by this action was $720,000. WOW uses the service method for amortizing prior service costs. The following service years were provided by the company actuary: 2020, 20; 2021, 15; 2022, 12; 2023, 8; and 2024, 5. Twenty employees benefit from this amendment. In 2021, the amortization amount would be: A) $12,000. B) $180,000. C) $144,000. D) $300,000. Answer: B Explanation: Total service years = 20 + 15 + 12 + 8 + 5 = 60 Amortization in 2021 = 15/60 × $720,000 = $180,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Service method‒Prior service‒Appendix Learning Objective: Appendix 17 - Service Method of Allocating Prior Service Cost. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
153) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the most correct term by placing the number designating that term in the space provided TERM 1. Noncontributory pension plan 2. Contribution to pension fund 3. Pension expense 4. Prior service cost 5. The PBO exceeds plan assets
PHRASE NUMBER A shareholders' equity account. ___ A financing decision. ___ All funding is provided by the employer. ___ Reduced by return on assets. ___ Reported as a net pension liability. ___
Answer: TERM 1. Noncontributory pension plan 2. Contribution to pension fund 3. Pension expense 4. Prior service cost 5. The PBO exceeds plan assets
PHRASE A shareholders' equity account. A financing decision. All funding is provided by the employer. Reduced by return on assets. Reported as a net pension liability.
NUMBER 4 2 1 3 5
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Funded status of the pension plan; Nature of pension plans-Characteristics; Pension expense-Return on plan assets; Pension obligation-Changes in the PBO Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan.; 17-03 Describe the five events that might change the balance of the PBO.; 17-05 Describe the funded status of pension plans and how that amount is reported.; 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
154) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Gain on plan assets 2. Return on plan assets less than the expectation 3. Prior service cost 4. Overfunded pension plan 5. Return on plan assets exceeds the expectation
PHRASE Causes a loss–other comprehensive income. Caused by changes in assumptions used to measure the PBO. Caused by plan amendment. Causes a gain–other comprehensive income. Pension plan assets exceed the PBO.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Gain on plan assets 2. Return on plan assets less than the expectation 3. Prior service cost 4. Overfunded pension plan 5. Return on plan assets exceeds the expectation
PHRASE NUMBER Causes a loss–other comprehensive 2 income. Caused by changes in assumptions used 1 to measure the PBO. Caused by plan amendment. 3 Causes a gain–other comprehensive 5 income. Pension plan assets exceed the PBO. 4
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension expense‒Return on plan assets; Pension obligation‒Changes in the PBO; Pension plan assets Learning Objective: 17-03 Describe the five events that might change the balance of the PBO.; 17-04 Explain how plan assets accumulate to provide retiree benefits and understand the role of the trustee in administering the fund.; 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
155) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM PHRASE NUMBER 1. Loss-other comprehensive Created by "ERISA" legislation. ____ income 2. Accumulated benefit obligation Created only by the passage of time. ____ 3. Pension Benefit Guaranty Corp. Future salary levels estimated to be ____ higher than previously expected. 4. Funded status Current pay levels implicitly assumed. ____ 5. Interest cost Difference between PBO and plan ____ assets.
Answer: TERM PHRASE NUMBER 1. Loss-other comprehensive Created by "ERISA" legislation. 3 income 2. Accumulated benefit obligation Created only by the passage of time. 5 3. Pension Benefit Guaranty Corp. Future salary levels estimated to be 1 higher than previously expected. 4. Funded status Current pay levels implicitly assumed. 2 5. Interest cost Difference between PBO and plan 4 assets. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Nature of pension plans-Characteristics; Pension expense-Service and interest cost; Pension obligation-ABO-Vested-PBO; Pension obligation-Changes in the PBO; Pension plan assets Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan.; 17-02 Distinguish among the vested benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation, and the projected benefit obligation (PBO).; 1703 Describe the five events that might change the balance of the PBO.; 17-05 Describe the funded status of pension plans and how that amount is reported.; 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal; FN Measurement
86 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
156) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Amortize net loss—AOCI 2. Delayed recognition in earnings 3. Projected benefit obligation 4. Vested benefit obligation 5. Plan assets
PHRASE NUMBER Excess over 10% of the larger of plan assets ____ or PBO. Future compensation levels estimated. ____ Gain from revised expectation of return plan assets. Increased by employer contributions. Not contingent on continued employment.
____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Amortize net loss—AOCI 2. Delayed recognition in earnings 3. Projected benefit obligation 4. Vested benefit obligation 5. Plan assets
PHRASE NUMBER Excess over 10% of the larger of plan assets 1 or PBO. Future compensation levels estimated. 3 Gain from revised expectation of return plan assets. Increased by employer contributions. Not contingent on continued employment.
2 5 4
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension obligation‒ABO-Vested‒PBO; Pension obligation‒Changes in the PBO; Pension plan assets Learning Objective: 17-02 Distinguish among the vested benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation, and the projected benefit obligation (PBO).; 17-03 Describe the five events that might change the balance of the PBO.; 17-04 Explain how plan assets accumulate to provide retiree benefits and understand the role of the trustee in administering the fund.; 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
87 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
157) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Accumulated other comprehensive income 2. Service cost 3. Defined benefit plan 4. Vesting requirements 5. Retiree benefits paid
PHRASE Protection for employee pension rights. Reported as a shareholders' equity account. Reduce(s) both the PBO and plan assets. Retirement benefits specified by formula. Included in the calculation of pension expense.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Accumulated other comprehensive income 2. Service cost 3. Defined benefit plan 4. Vesting requirements 5.Retiree benefits paid
PHRASE Protection for employee pension rights. Reported as a shareholders' equity account. Reduce(s) both the PBO and plan assets. Retirement benefits specified by formula. Included in the calculation of pension expense.
NUMBER 4 1 5 3 2
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Nature of pension plans-Characteristics; Pension expense-Service and interest cost; Reporting issues―OCI—AOCI—Income Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan.; 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets.; 1707 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal; FN Measurement
88 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
158) Listed below are six terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM
PHRASE NUMBER Return on plan assets lower or (higher) than ____ expected. 2. Loss or (gain) on plan assets Risk borne by employee. ____ 3. Defined contribution plan Increase in the PBO. ____ 4. Discount rate Trade-off between relevance and reliability. ____ 5. Choice between PBO and Used by actuaries to adjust for the time ____ ABO value of money. 6. Service cost Actuarial estimate of other postretirement ____ benefits to be received by participants. 1. EPBO
Answer: TERM
PHRASE NUMBER Return on plan assets lower or (higher) than 2 expected. 2. Loss or (gain) on plan assets Risk borne by employee. 3 3. Defined contribution plan Increase in the PBO. 6 4. Discount rate Trade-off between relevance and reliability. 5 5. Choice between PBO and Used by actuaries to adjust for the time 4 ABO value of money. 6.Service cost Actuarial estimate of other postretirement 1 benefits to be received by participants. 1. EPBO
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Nature of pension plans-Defined contribution; Other postretirement plans-EPBO and APBO; Pension obligation-ABO-Vested-PBO; Pension obligation-Changes in the PBO; Pension plan assets Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan.; 17-02 Distinguish among the vested benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation, and the projected benefit obligation (PBO).; Describe the five events that might change the balance of the PBO.; 17-04 Explain how plan assets accumulate to provide retiree benefits and understand the role of the trustee in administering the fund.; 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry; FN Measurement
89 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
159) Listed below are six terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Attribution 2. EPBO 3. Postretirement health care 4. APBO (postretirement)
5. Service cost 6. Interest cost
PHRASE NUMBER Discounted present value of total ____ postretirement benefit costs. Discount rate times beginning APBO. ____ Portion of the EPBO attributed to the ____ current period. Process of assigning the cost of benefits to ____ the years during which those benefits are assumed to be earned by employees. Related to need, not service. ____ The portion of the EPBO attributed to ____ employee service to date.
Answer: TERM 1. Attribution 2. EPBO 3. Postretirement health care 4. APBO (postretirement)
5. Service cost 6. Interest cost
PHRASE NUMBER Discounted present value of total 2 postretirement benefit costs. Discount rate times beginning APBO. 6 Portion of the EPBO attributed to the 5 current period. Process of assigning the cost of benefits to 1 the years during which those benefits are assumed to be earned by employees. Related to need, not service. 3 The portion of the EPBO attributed to 4 employee service to date.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Healthcare; Other postretirement plans‒Attribution; Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-09 Describe the nature of postretirement benefit plans other than pensions and identify the similarities and differences in accounting for those plans and pensions.; 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
90 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
160) On January 1 of the current reporting year, Coda Company's projected benefit obligation was $30 million. During the year, pension benefits paid by the trustee were $4 million. Service cost was $10 million. Pension plan assets earned $5 million as expected. At the end of the year, there was no net gain or loss and no prior service cost. The actuary's discount rate was 10%. Required: Determine the amount of the projected benefit obligation at December 31. Answer: Beginning PBO Service cost Interest cost (10% × $30) Loss (gain) on PBO Retiree benefits paid Ending PBO
($ in millions) $30 10 3 0 (4) $39
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension obligation‒Changes in the PBO Learning Objective: 17-03 Describe the five events that might change the balance of the PBO. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
91 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
161) Pension data for Matta Corporation include the following for the current calendar year: ($ in millions) Discount rate, 10% PBO, January 1 PBO, December 31 ABO, January 1 ABO, December 31 Cash contributions to pension fund, December 31 Benefit payments to retirees, December 31
$360 450 200 275 100 54
Required: Assuming no change in actuarial assumptions and estimates, determine the service cost component of pension expense for the current year. Answer: Beginning PBO, January 1 Service cost Interest cost (10% × $360) Loss (gain) on PBO Retiree benefits paid Ending PBO, December 31
($ in millions) $360 ? 36 0 (54) $450
Service cost = $450 − $360 − $36 + $4 = $108 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension obligation‒Changes in the PBO Learning Objective: 17-03 Describe the five events that might change the balance of the PBO. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
92 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
162) The following information relates to Hatami Company's defined benefit pension plan during the current reporting year: Plan assets at fair value, January 1 Expected return on plan assets Actual return on plan assets Contributions to the pension fund (end of year) Amortization of net loss Pension benefits paid (end of year) Pension expense
$600,000,000 50,000,000 40,000,000 90,000,000 0 32,000,000 60,000,000
Required: Determine the balance of pension plan assets at fair value on December 31. Answer: ($ in millions) Plan assets beginning of the year Actual return Cash contributions Retiree benefits Plan assets end of the year
$600 40 90 (32) $698
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension plan assets Learning Objective: 17-04 Explain how plan assets accumulate to provide retiree benefits and understand the role of the trustee in administering the fund. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
93 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
163) The following information relates to Schmidt Sausage Co.'s defined benefit pension plan during the current reporting year:
Plan assets beginning of the year Expected return on plan assets Actual return on plan assets Cash contributions Amortization of net loss Retiree benefits
($ in millions) $400 40 32 60 8 9
Required: Determine the amount of pension plan assets at fair value on December 31. Answer: Plan assets beginning of the year Actual return on plan assets Cash contributions Retiree benefits Plan assets end of the year
($ in millions) $400 32 60 (9) 483
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension plan assets Learning Objective: 17-04 Explain how plan assets accumulate to provide retiree benefits and understand the role of the trustee in administering the fund. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
94 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
164) Pension data for Sewell Corporation include the following for the current calendar year: Discount rate, 8% Expected return on plan assets, 10% Actual return on plan assets, 12% PBO, January 1 Plan assets, January 1 Plan assets, December 31 Benefit payments to retirees, December 31
$620,000,000 630,000,000 670,000,000 55,000,000
Required: Assuming cash contributions were made at the end of the year, what was the amount of those contributions? Answer: Plan assets beginning of the year Actual return (12% × $630) Cash contributions Retiree benefits Plan assets end of the year
($ in millions) $630 75.6 ? (55) 670
Cash contributions = $670 − $630 − $75.6 + $55 = $19.4 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension plan assets Learning Objective: 17-04 Explain how plan assets accumulate to provide retiree benefits and understand the role of the trustee in administering the fund. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
95 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) Pension data for Goldman Company included the following for the current calendar year: Service cost PBO, January 1 Plan assets, January 1 Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of net loss Discount rate, 8% Expected return on plan assets, 10% Actual return on plan assets, 12%
$100,000 750,000 800,000 6,000 2,000
Required: Determine pension expense for the year. Answer: Service cost Interest cost (8% × $750,000) Expected return on plan assets ($800,000 × 10%) Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of net loss Pension expense
$100,000 60,000 (80,000) 6,000 2,000 $88,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
96 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
166) Vrable Corporation has a defined benefit pension plan. Two alternative possibilities for pension-related data for the current calendar year are shown below:
Net loss (gain), Jan. 1 Loss (gain) on plan assets Loss (gain) on PBO ABO, Jan. 1 PBO, Jan. 1 Plan assets, Jan.1 Average remaining service period of active employees (years)
Case 1 $240,000 (8,000) (17,000) (1,900,000) (2,500,000) 2,100,000
Case 2 ($230,000) (6,000) 12,000 (1,500,000) (1,700,000) 2,000,000
10
12
Required: For each independent case, calculate amortization of the net loss or gain that should be included as a component of pension expense for the current year. Answer: Net loss or gain Less: 10% corridor* Excess Service period Amortization
Case 1 $240,000 250,000 none
Case 2 $230,000 200,000 $30,000 ÷12 yrs $2,500
*10% times the PBO or plan assets, whichever is larger (beginning of year amount) Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension expense‒Net loss or net gain Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
97 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
167) Waddle Company amended its defined benefit pension plan on January 1, 2021, to increase retirement benefits earned with each service year. The actuary estimated the prior service cost to be $216,000. Waddle's 80 present employees are expected to retire at the rate of about 10 each year at the end of each of the next eight years. Required: 1. Using the service method, calculate the amount of prior service cost to be amortized to pension expense in 2021. 2. Using the straight-line method, calculate the amount of prior service cost to be amortized to pension expense in 2021. Answer: Requirement 1
Year 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028
Year 2021
# of Emp. 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 360
# of Emp. 80
Fraction 80/360
Prior Service. Cost $216,000
Amount Amort. $48,000
Requirement 2 $216,000 ÷ 8 years = $27,000 per year Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Service method‒Prior service‒Appendix; Service method of allocating prior service cost. Learning Objective: Appendix 17 Service Method of Allocating Prior Service Cost. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
98 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
168) Burrito Corporation has a defined benefit pension plan. Burrito received the following information for the current calendar year: Projected benefit obligation Balance, January 1 Service cost Interest cost Benefits paid Balance, December 31 Plan assets Balance, January 1 Actual return on plan assets Contribution Benefits paid Balance, December 31
$150,000,000 25,000,000 15,000,000 (12,000,000) $178,000,000 $90,000,000 11,000,000 23,000,000 (12,000,000) $112,000,000
The expected long-term return on plan assets is 10%. There were no other relevant data for the year. Required: 1. Determine Burrito's pension expense for the year. 2. Prepare the journal entries to record the pension expense and funding for the year.
99 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: ($ in millions) $25 15 (9) $31
1)
Service cost Interest cost Expected return Pension expense
2)
Pension expense Plan assets PBO ($25 + $15)
31 9
Plan assets Cash
23
40
23
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense; Recording funding and payments of plan assets; Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets.; 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
100 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
169) Lasagna Corporation has a defined benefit pension plan. Lasagna received the following information for the current calendar year: Projected benefit obligation Balance, January 1 Service cost Interest cost Benefits paid Balance, December 31 Plan assets Balance, January 1 Actual return on plan assets Contribution Benefits paid Balance, December 31
$100,000,000 18,000,000 10,000,000 (8,000,000) $120,000,000 $70,000,000 7,000,000 16,000,000 (8,000,000) $85,000,000
The expected long-term return on plan assets is 10%. There were no other relevant data for the year. Required: 1. Determine Lasagna Corporation's pension expense for the year. 2. Prepare the journal entries to record the pension expense and funding for the year.
101 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: ($ in millions) $18 10 (7) $21
1)
Service cost Interest cost Expected return (70 × 10%) Pension expense
2)
Pension expense Plan assets PBO ($18 + $10)
21 7
Plan assets Cash
16
28
16
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense; Recording funding and payments of plan assets; Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets.; 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
102 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) Pension data for the Ben Franklin Company include the following for the current calendar year: Discount rate, 8% Expected return on plan assets, 10% Actual return on plan assets, 9% Service cost, $200,000 January 1: PBO ABO Plan assets Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of net gain December 31: Cash contributions to pension fund Benefit payments to retirees
1,400,000 1,000,000 1,500,000 20,000 4,000 $220,000 240,000
Required: 1.) Determine pension expense for the year. 2.) Prepare the journal entries to record pension expense and funding for the year.
103 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1) Service cost Interest cost (8% × $1,400,000) Expected return Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of net gain Pension expense
$200,000 112,000 (150,000) 20,000 (4,000) $178,000
2) Pension expense Plan assets Amortization of net gain—OCI PBO ($200 + $112) Amortization of prior service cost—OCI Plan assets Cash
178,000 150,000 4,000 312,000 20,000 220,000 220,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense; Recording funding and payments of plan assets; Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets.; 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
104 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
171) Pension data for Sam Adams Inc. include the following for the current calendar year: Discount rate, 8% Expected return on plan assets, 10% Actual return on plan assets, 9% Service cost, $400,000 January 1: PBO ABO Plan assets Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of net gain December 31: Cash contributions to pension fund Benefit payments to retirees
3,000,000 2,000,000 3,200,000 30,000 7,000 $275,000 310,000
Required: 1) Determine pension expense for the year. 2) Prepare the journal entries to record pension expense and funding for the year.
105 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1) Service cost Interest cost (8% × $3,000,000) Expected return (10% × $3,200,000) Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of net gain Pension expense
$400,000 240,000 (320,000) 30,000 (7,000) $343,000
2) Pension expense Plan assets Amortization of net gain—OCI PBO ($400 + $240) Amortization of prior service cost—OCI Plan assets Cash
343,000 320,000 7,000 640,000 30,000 275,000 275,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense; Recording funding and payments of plan assets; Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets.; 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
106 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
172) Carolina Consulting Company has a defined benefit pension plan. The following pensionrelated data were available for the current calendar year: PBO: Balance, Jan. 1 Service cost Interest cost (5% discount rate) Gain from changes in actuarial assumptions in 2021 Benefits paid to retirees Balance, Dec. 31 Plan assets: Balance, Jan.1 Actual return (expected return was $22,500) Contributions Benefits paid Balance, Dec. 31 ABO, Dec. 31 January 1, 2021, balances: Prior service cost—AOCI (amortization $4,000/yr.) Net gain—AOCI (amortization, if any, over 15 years)
$240,000 41,000 12,000 (5,000) (20,000) $268,000 $250,000 20,000 35,000 (20,000) $285,000 $245,000 4,000 40,000
There were no other relevant data. Required: 1.) Calculate the 2021 pension expense. Show calculations. 2.) Prepare the 2021 journal entries to record pension expense and funding. 3.) Prepare any journal entries to record any 2021 gains or losses.
107 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1.) Service cost Interest cost Expected return on plan assets ($20,000 actual, plus $2,500 loss) Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of net gain Pension expense Computation of net gain amortization: Net gain (previous gains exceeded previous losses) 10% of $250 (greater than $240) Amount to be amortized
$41,000 12,000 (22,500) 4,000 (1,000) $33,500 $40,000 (25,000) $15,000 ÷ 15 $1,000
Amortization 2.) Pension expense (total) Plan assets (expected return) Amortization of net gain—OCI PBO ($41 + $12) Amortization of prior service cost—OCI Plan assets Cash 3.) Loss—OCI Plan assets PBO Gain—OCI
33,500 22,500 1,000 53,000 4,000 35,000 35,000
2,500 2,500 5,000 5,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense; Recording funding and payments of plan assets; Recording gains and losses; Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
108 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
173) Actuary and trustee reports indicate the following changes in the PBO and plan assets of Sporting Industries during 2021: Prior service cost at Jan. 1, 2021, from plan amendment at the beginning of 2018 (amortization: $2 million per year) Net loss—AOCI at Jan.1, 2021 (previous losses exceeded previous gains) Average remaining service life of the active employee group Actuary's discount rate
($ in millions) Beginning of 2021
PBO $300
Service cost Interest cost, 7% Loss (gain) on PBO Less: Retiree benefits End of 2021
40 21 (7) (19) $335
$14 million $40 million 10 years 7%
PLAN ASSETS Beginning of 2021 $200 Return on plan assets, 8% (10% expected) 16 Cash contributions Less: Retiree benefits End of 2021
45 (19) $242
Required: 1.) Determine Sporting's pension expense for 2021 and prepare the appropriate journal entries to record the expense as well as the cash contribution to plan assets. 2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entries to record any 2021 gains and losses.
109 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. Service cost Interest cost Expected return on the plan assets ($16 actual, plus $4 loss) Amortization of prior service cost (given) Amortization of net loss Pension expense *Computation of net loss amortization: Net gain (previous losses exceeded previous gains) 10% of $300 PBO (greater than $200 plan assets) Amount to be amortized Amortization Journal entries: Pension expense (calculated above) Plan assets Amortization of net loss—OCI Amortization of prior service cost—OCI PBO ($40 + $21)
($ in millions) $40 21 (20) 2 1 * $44 $40 (30) ÷ 10 years $1
($ in millions) 44 20
Plan assets Cash (given)
1 2 61 45
2. Loss—OCI ($16 actual return on assets − $20 expected return) Plan assets PBO Gain—OCI (from change in assumption regarding the PBO)
45 ($ in millions) 4 4 7 7
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense; Recording funding and payments of plan assets; Recording gains and losses; Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets.; 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 174) Actuary and trustee reports indicate the following changes in the PBO and plan assets of Reeves Uniforms during 2021: 110 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Prior service cost at Jan. 1, 2021, from plan amendment at the beginning of 2019 (amortization: $8 million per year) Net loss-pensions at Jan.1, 2021 (previous losses exceeded previous gains) Average remaining service life of the active employee group Actuary's discount rate ($ in millions) Beginning of 2021 Service cost
PBO $600 96
Interest cost, 8% Loss (gain) on PBO Less: Retiree benefits End of 2021
48 (4) (40) $700
$64 million $80 million 10 years 8%
PLAN ASSETS Beginning of 2021 $400 Return on plan assets, 7.5% 30 (10% expected) Cash contributions Less: Retiree benefits End of 2021
90 (40) $480
Required: 1. Determine Reeves' pension expense for 2021 and prepare the appropriate journal entries to record the expense as well as the cash contribution to plan assets. 2. Determine the new gains and/or losses in 2021 and prepare the appropriate journal entry to record them. 3. Prepare a pension spreadsheet to assist you in determining end of 2021 balances in the PBO, plan assets, prior service cost, the net loss—AOCI, and the pension liability—AOCI.
111 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. Calculation of pension expense: Service cost (given) Interest cost (given) Expected return on the plan assets ($30 actual, plus $10 loss) Amortization of prior service cost (given) Amortization of the net loss* Pension expense *Amortization of the net loss: Net loss—AOCI (previous losses exceeded previous gains) 10% of $600 ($600 is greater than $400): the "corridor" Excess at the beginning of the year Average remaining service period Amount amortized to 2021 pension expense
($ in millions) $96 48 (40) 8 2 $114
$80 (60) $20 ÷ 10 yrs $2
To record expense ($ in millions) Pension expense (total) 114 Plan assets (expected return on plan assets) 40 PBO ($96 service cost + $48 interest cost) 144 Amortization of prior service cost—OCI (2021 amortization) 8 Amortization of net loss—OCI (2021 amortization) 2 To record funding Plan assets Cash (contribution to plan assets)
2. To record gains and losses Loss—OCI ($40 − $30) loss due to return on assets being less than expected Plan assets PBO Gain—OCI ($4 gain on change of PBO assumption)
($ in millions 90 90
($ in millions) 10 10 4 4
112 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
3. ( )s indicate credits; debits otherwise
($ in millions) Bal., Jan. 1, 2021 Service cost Interest cost, 8% Expected return on assets Loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net loss Gain on PBO Cash contributions Retiree benefits Bal., Dec. 31, 2021
Income Statement
AOCI
PBO (600) (96) (48)
Plan Assets 400
Prior Service Cost 64
Net Loss 80
Cash
96 48 40 (10)
(40)
(2) (4)
4 90 (40) 480
84
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset (200) (96) (48)
8 2 (90)
56
Asset or Liability
40 (10)
10 (8)
40 (700)
Pension Expense
Asset
114
4 90 (220)
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense; Pension spreadsheet; Recording funding and payments of plan assets; Recording gains and losses; Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets.; 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur.; 17-08 Understand the interrelationships among the elements that constitute a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
113 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
175) Orpheum Productions has a noncontributory, defined benefit pension plan. On December 31, 2021 (the end of Orpheum's fiscal year), the following pension-related data were available: Projected Benefit Obligation Balance, January 1, 2021 Service cost Interest cost, discount rate, 5% Gain due to changes in actuarial assumptions in 2021 Pension benefits paid Balance, December 31, 2021 Plan Assets Balance, January 1, 2021 Actual return on plan assets (Expected return on plan assets, $22.5) Cash contributions Pension benefits paid Balance, December 31, 2021 January 1, 2021, balances: Prior service cost (amortization $4 per year) Net gain (any amortization over 15 years)
($ in millions) $240 41 12 (5) (20) $268 $250 20 35 (20) $285 $24 40
Required: 1) Prepare the 2021 journal entry to record pension expense. 2) Prepare the 2021 journal entry to record the contribution to plan assets. 3) Prepare the journal entries to record any 2021 gains and losses.
114 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1) Pension expense (calculated below) Amortization of net gain—OCI Plan assets Amortization of prior service cost—OCI PBO ($41 + $12) Service cost Interest cost Expected return on the plan assets ($20 actual, plus $2.5 loss) Amortization of prior service cost *Amortization of net gain Pension expense *Computation of net gain amortization: Net gain (previous gains exceeded previous losses) 10% of $250 plan assets (greater than $240 PBO) Amount to be amortized Amortization
($ in millions) 33.5* 1.0 22.5 4.0 53.0 $41.0 12.0 (22.5) 4.0 (1.0) $33.5 $40 (25) $15 ÷ 15 yrs $1
2) Plan assets Cash (given)
($ in millions) 35 35
3) Journal entries to record gains and losses ($ in millions) Loss—OCI ($20 actual return on assets − $22.5 expected return) 2.5 Plan assets 2.5 PBO 5 Gain—OCI (from change in assumption regarding the PBO) 5 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense; Recording gains and losses; Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets.; 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
115 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
176) On December 31, 2021, the following pension-related data were available for CPS Industries' noncontributory, defined benefit pension plan: Projected Benefit Obligation Balance, January 1, 2021 Service cost Interest cost, discount rate, 5% Gain due to changes in actuarial assumptions in 2021 Pension benefits paid Balance, December 31, 2021 Plan Assets Balance, January 1, 2021 Actual return on plan assets (Expected return on plan assets, $90) Cash contributions Pension benefits paid Balance, December 31, 2021 January 1, 2021, balances: Prior service cost (amortization $16 per year) Net gain (any amortization over 15 years)
($ in millions) $960 164 48 (20) (80) $1,072 $1,000 80 140 (80) $1,140 $96 160
Required: 1) Prepare the 2021 journal entry to record pension expense. 2) How will the statement of comprehensive income be affected by any 2021 gains and losses?
116 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1) Pension expense (calculated below) Plan assets (expected return on plan assets) Amortization of net gain—OCI Amortization of prior service cost—OCI PBO ($164 + $48) Service cost Interest cost Expected return on the plan assets ($80 actual, plus $10 loss) Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of net gain Pension expense Computation of net gain amortization: Net gain (previous gains exceeded previous losses) 10% of $1,000 plan assets (greater than $960 PBO) Amount to be amortized Amortization
($ in millions) 134* 90 4 16 212 $164 48 (90) 16 (4) $134* $160 (100) $60 ÷ 15 yrs $4
2) The statement of comprehensive income will report a $10 million loss due to the actual return on assets ($80 million) being less than the $90 million expected return as well as a $20 million gain due to changing an assumption regarding the calculation of the projected benefit obligation. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense; Recording pension expense; Reporting issues‒OCI‒AOCI‒Income Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets.; 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
117 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
177) Hall of Fame Co. has a defined benefit pension plan. Two alternative possibilities for pension-related data for the current calendar year are shown below:
Net loss (gain), Jan. 1 Loss (gain) on plan assets Loss (gain) on PBO ABO, Jan. 1 PBO, Jan. 1 Plan assets, Jan.1 Average remaining service period of active employees (years)
Case 1 ($230,000) (6,000) 12,000 (1,500,000) (1,700,000) 2,000,000
Case 2 $210,000 2,000 (220,000) 1,350,000) (1,600,000) 1,450,000
12
10
Required: 1.) For each independent case, calculate amortization of the net loss or gain that should be included as a component of pension expense for the current year. 2.) Determine the net loss or gain as of December 31 of the current year. Answer: 1) Case 1 Net loss or gain Less: 10% corridor* Excess Service period Amortization
$230,000 200,000 $30,000 12 yrs $2,500
Case 2 $210,000 160,000 $50,000 10 yrs $5,000
*10% times the PBO or plan assets, whichever is larger (beginning of year amount) 2) Balance, January 1 Loss (gain) on plan assets Amortization Loss (gain) on PBO Net loss (gain), 12/31
Case 1 ($230,000) (6,000) 2,500 12,000 ($221,500)
Case 2 $210,000 2,000 (5,000) (220,000) ($13,000)
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension expense‒Net loss or net gain; Pension obligation‒Changes in the PBO Learning Objective: 17-03 Describe the five events that might change the balance of the PBO.; 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 118 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
178) Top Foods has an underfunded pension plan. The pension expense is $58 million. This amount includes a $60 million service cost, a $40 million interest cost, a $45 million reduction for the expected return on plan assets, and a $3 million amortization of a prior service cost. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record Top's pension expense. Answer: ($ in millions) Pension expense (to balance) 58 Plan assets 45 PBO ($60 + $40) 100 Amortization of prior service cost—OCI 3 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
119 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
179) Patey Technologies calculated pension expense for its underfunded pension plan as follows:
Service cost Interest cost Expected return on the plan assets ($300 actual, less $30 gain) Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of net loss Pension expense
($ in millions) $672 450 (270) 24 6 $882
Required: What is the effect of the components of pension expense on Patey's statement of comprehensive income? Answer: Gains and losses (either from changing assumptions regarding the PBO or the return on assets being higher or lower than expected) are deferred and not immediately included in pension expense and net income. Instead, we report them in the statement of comprehensive income. So Patey records a gain-other comprehensive income for the $30 million excess of the actual return over the expected return. Also, gains and losses become part of either a net loss—AOCI or a net gain—AOCI account (net loss—AOCI in Patey's case), which is a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, a shareholders' equity account. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Reporting issues‒OCI-AOCI-Income Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Communication; Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
120 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
180) Carpenter Gems began the year with a net pension liability of $84 million (underfunded pension plan). Pension expense for the year included the following ($ in millions): service cost, $30; interest cost, $18; expected return on assets, $12; amortization of net loss, $6. Required: Prepare the appropriate general journal entry to record Carpenter's pension expense. Answer: ($ in millions) Pension expense (total) 42 Plan assets 12 PBO ($30 + $18) 48 Amortization of net loss—OCI 6 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 181) Suppan Service began the year with a net pension liability of $56 million (underfunded pension plan). Pension expense for the year included the following ($ in millions): service cost, $20; interest cost, $12; expected return on assets, $8; amortization of net gain, $4. Required: Prepare the appropriate general journal entry to record Suppan's pension expense. Answer: ($ in millions) 20 8 4 32
Pension expense (total) Plan assets Amortization of net gain—OCI PBO ($20 + $12) Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
121 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
182) Wainright Co. began the year with a net pension liability of $112 million (underfunded pension plan). Pension expense for the year included the following ($ in millions): service cost, $40; interest cost, $24; expected return on assets, $16; amortization of net loss, $8; amortization of prior service cost, $12. Required: Prepare the appropriate general journal entry to record Wainright's pension expense. Answer: ($ in millions) 68 16 64 8 12
Pension expense (total) Plan assets PBO ($40 + $24) Amortization of net loss—OCI Amortization of prior service cost—OCI Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
122 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
183) The following is an incomplete pension spreadsheet for the current year for Desperado Corporation.
Prior Net Plan Service (Gain) Pension PBO Assets Cost Loss Expense Cash (500) 250 58 62
($ in millions) debit (credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets (Gain)/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net (gain)/loss Loss on PBO (26) Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid 43 Ending balance (575)
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset
(23) (2) (6) 26 (56) (43) 288
54
79
(287)
Required: 1) Complete the pension spreadsheet. 2) Prepare the journal entry to record pension expense for the year.
123 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1) ($ in millions) debit (credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets (Gain)/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net (gain)/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
PBO (500) (62) (30)
Plan Assets 250
Prior Service Coast 60
Net (Gain) Loss 58
Cash
62 30 23 2
(23)
(3) 26
(26) 56 (43) 288
54
(79)
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset (250) (62) (30) 23 2
(2) (6)
43 (575)
Pension Expense
6 3
78
(56)
(26) 56
(56)
(287)
2) Pension expense 78 Plan assets 23 PBO ($62 + $30) 92 Amortization of prior service cost—OCI 6 Amortization of net loss—OCI 3 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension spreadsheet; Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur.; 17-08 Understand the interrelationships among the elements that constitute a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 1
124 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
84) The following is an incomplete pension spreadsheet for the current year for Swiss Mist Corporation.
($ in millions) debit (credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets (Gain)/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net (gain)/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
Prior Net Plan Service (Gain) Pension PBO Assets Cost Loss Expense Cash (700) 28 (90) 62
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset 150
(61) (7) (4) 2 3
(3)
(65) 898
24
(92)
147
Required: 1) Complete the pension spreadsheet. 2) Prepare the journal entry to record pension expense for the year.
125 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1) ($ in millions) debit (credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets (Gain)/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net (gain)/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
PBO (700) (62) (51)
Plan Assets 850
Prior Service Coast 28
Net (Gain) Loss (90)
Cash
62 51 61 7
(61)
2 3
(3) 45 (65) 898
24
(92)
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset 150 (62) (51) 61 7
(7) (4)
65 (751)
Pension Expense
4 (2)
54
(45)
(3) 45
(45)
147
2) Pension expense 54 Plan assets 61 Amortization of net gain—OCI 2 Pension liability ($62 + $51) 113 Amortization of prior service cost—OCI 4 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Pension spreadsheet; Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur.; 17-08 Understand the interrelationships among the elements that constitute a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
126 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
185) Trey Transportation reported a net loss—AOCI in last year's balance sheet. This year, the company revised its estimate of future salary levels causing its PBO estimate to decline by $12. Also, the $24 million actual return on plan assets was less than the $27 million expected return. Required: 1) Prepare the appropriate journal entries to record the gain and loss. 2) How do this gain and loss affect Trey's income statement, statement of comprehensive income, and balance sheet? Answer: 1) PBO Gain—OCI (from change in assumption) Loss—OCI (actual return less than expected) Plan assets
12 12 3 3
2) Income statement: Pension gains and losses (either from changing assumptions regarding the PBO or the return on assets being higher or lower than expected) are deferred and not immediately included in pension expense and net income. Statement of comprehensive income: Pension gains and losses are reported as other comprehensive income in the period they occur. Accordingly, these gains and losses are reported in Trey's statement of comprehensive income as a gain of $12 million and a loss of $3 million. Losses increase the cost of having a pension plan; gains reduce that cost. Balance sheet: The net pension liability (PBO-plan assets) declines by the $9 net effect of the loss and the gain. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Recording gains and losses; Reporting issues ‒ OCI ‒ AOCI ‒ Income Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur.; 17-08 Understand the interrelationships among the elements that constitute a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
127 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
186) The following is an incomplete pension spreadsheet for the current year for Sparky Corporation.
Prior Net Plan Service (Gain) Pension PBO Assets Cost Loss Expense Cash 450 60 55 (85) (45)
($ in millions) debit (credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets (Gain)/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net (gain)/loss Loss on PBO (32) Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance (562)
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset (10)
55 3
(1)
40 54
89
Required: 1) Complete the pension spreadsheet. 2) Prepare the journal entries to record pension expense and funding of plan assets for the year. 3) Prepare the journal entry/ies to record any gains or losses for the year.
128 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1) ($ in millions) debit (credit) Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Expected return on assets (Gain)/loss on assets Amortization of: Prior service cost Net (gain)/loss Loss on PBO Contributions to fund Retiree benefits paid Ending balance
PBO (460) (85) (45)
Plan Assets 450
Prior Service Coast 60
55 (3)
Cash
(55)
6 1
(1) 32
(32) 40 (60) 482
54
Net Pension (Liability)/ Asset (10) (85) (45) 55 (3)
3 (6)
60 (562)
Pension Expense 85 45
2) Pension expense Plan assets PBO ($85 + $45) Amortization of prior service cost—OCI Amortization of net loss—OCI Plan assets Cash
Net (Gain) Loss 55
89
82
(40)
(32) 40
(40)
(80)
82 55 130 6 1 40 40
3) Loss—OCI 3 Plan assets 3 Loss—OCI 32 PBO 32 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Recording funding and payments of plan assets; Recording gains and losses; Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur.; 17-08 Understand the interrelationships among the elements that constitute a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
129 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
187) On January 1, 2021, Tom's Transport Company's accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was $30,000,000. At the end of 2021, retiree benefits paid were $3,500,000. Service cost for 2021 is $6,000,000. At the end of 2021, there was no prior service cost or net gain or loss. Assumptions regarding the trend of future health care costs were revised at the end of 2021. This revision caused the actuary to revise downward the estimate of the APBO by $500,000. The appropriate discount rate was 6%. Required: Determine the amount of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2021. Answer: January 1, 2021, balance in APBO Service cost (given) Interest cost (6% × $30,000,000) Gain on APBO Retiree benefits December 31, 2021, balance in APBO
$30,000,000 6,000,000 1,800,000 (500,000) (3,500,000) $33,800,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
130 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
188) Silver Springs Company has an unfunded retiree health care plan. Each of the company's four employees has been with the organization since its inception at the beginning of 2020. As of the end of 2021, the actuary estimates the total net cost of providing benefits to employees during their retirement years to have a present value of $196,000. Each of the employees will become fully eligible for benefits after 28 more years of service, but aren't expected to retire for 30 more years. The interest rate is 8%. Required: 1) What is the expected postretirement benefit obligation at the end of 2021? 2) What is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at the end of 2021? Answer: 1) $196,000 EPBO at the end of 2021 (given) 2) $196,000 × 2/30 = $13,067 APBO at the end of 2021 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
131 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
189) Crystal Company has an unfunded retiree health care plan. Each of the company's four employees has been with the organization since its inception at the beginning of 2020. As of the end of 2021, the actuary estimates the total net cost of providing benefits to employees during their retirement years to have a present value of $196,000. Each of the employees will become fully eligible for benefits after 28 more years of service, but aren't expected to retire for 30 more years. The interest rate is 8%. Required: 1) What is the expected postretirement benefit obligation at the end of 2021? 2) What is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at the end of 2021? 3) What is the expected postretirement benefit obligation at the end of 2022? 4) What is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at the end of 2022? Answer: 1) $196,000 EPBO at the end of 2021 (given) 2) $196,000 × 2/30 = $13,067 APBO at the end of 2021 3) $196,000 × 1.08 = $211,680 EPBO at the end of 2022 4) $211,680 × 3/30 = $21,168 APBO at the end of 2022 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 190) Hart Corporation has an unfunded postretirement health care benefit plan. Life insurance and medical care benefits are provided to employees who render 12 years of service and attain age 55 while in service to the company. At the end of 2021, John Sousa is 35. He was hired by Hart five years ago at age 30 and is expected to retire at the age of 62. The expected postretirement benefit obligation for John is $50,000 at the end of 2021. Required: Calculate the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at the end of 2021 and the service cost for 2021 pertaining to John. Answer: APBO: $50,000 × 5/25 = $10,000 Service Cost: $50,000 × 1/25 = $2,000 25-year attribution period (age 30 to 55) Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Attribution; Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 132 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
191) Bernard Corporation has an unfunded postretirement health care benefit plan. Life insurance and medical care benefits are provided to employees who render 12 years of service and attain age 55 while in service to the company. At the end of 2021, Teri Clark is 35. She was hired by Bernard five years ago at age 30 and is expected to retire at the age of 62. The expected postretirement benefit obligation for Teri is $50,000 at the end of 2021 and $60,000 at the end of 2022. Required: Calculate the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at the end of 2021 and 2022 and the service cost for 2021 and 2022 pertaining to Teri. Answer: APBO 2021: $50,000 × 5/25 = $10,000 2022: $60,000 × 6/25 = $14,400
Service Cost $50,000 × 1/25 = $2,000 $60,000 × 1/25 = $2,400
25-year attribution period (age 30 to 55) Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Attribution; Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
133 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
192) The following data are available pertaining to Firewall Corporation's retiree health plan for 2021: Number of employees covered Years employed as of January 1, 2021 Attribution period EPBO, January 1 EPBO, December 31 Interest rate Funding
4 5 (each) 20 years $100,000 $106,000 6% none
Required: 1) What is the APBO at the beginning of 2021? 2) What is the interest cost for 2021? 3) What is service cost for 2021? 4) Prepare the journal entry to record the postretirement benefit expense for 2021. Answer: 1) $100,000 × 5/20 =$25,000 2) $25,000 × 6% = $1,500 3) $106,000 × 1/20 = $5,300 4) Postretirement benefit expense ($1,500 + $5,300) 6,800 APBO 6,800 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Accounting; Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes.; 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
134 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
193) Careful Consulting Company has an unfunded postretirement benefit plan. On December 31, 2021, the following data were available concerning changes in the plan's accumulated postretirement benefit obligation with respect to one of Careful's employees: APBO, January 1 Interest cost ($32,728 × 8%) Service cost: ($88,000 × 1/22) APBO, December 31
$32,728 2,618 4,000 $39,346
Required: 1) Over how many years is the expected postretirement benefit obligation being expensed? 2) What is the expected postretirement benefit obligation at the end of 2021? 3) When was the employee hired? 4) What is the expected postretirement benefit obligation at the beginning of 2021? Answer: 1) 22 years 2) $88,000 3) $88,000 × ? ÷ 22 = $39,346. The employee was hired 9.8 years prior to Dec. 31, 2021. 4) ? × 1.08 =$88,000 Answer is $81,481. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Accounting; Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes.; 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
135 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
194) Lender Company provides postretirement health care benefits to employees who provide at least 10 years of service and reach the age of 65 while in service. On January 1 of the current calendar year, the following plan-related data were available. APBO balance Fair value of plan assets Average remaining service period to retirement Average remaining service period to full eligibility
$150,000,000 none 25 years 20 years
On January 1 of the current year, Lender amends the plan to provide dental benefits. The actuary determines that the cost of making the amendment increases the APBO by $20,000,000. Management chooses to amortize this amount on a straight-line basis. The service cost is $40,000,000. The appropriate interest rate is 10%. Required: Calculate the postretirement benefit expense for the current year. Answer: Service cost Interest cost [10% × ($150 + $20)] Return on plan assets Amortization of prior service cost ($20 ÷ 20) Postretirement benefit expense
($ in millions) $40 17 0 1 $58
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Accounting Learning Objective: 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
136 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
195) Data pertaining to the postretirement health care benefit plan of Amazing Delivery Service include the following for the current calendar year: Service cost APBO, January 1 Plan assets (fair value), January 1 Prior service cost Retiree benefits paid (end of year) Net gain (current year amortization, $500) Contribution to health care fund (end of year) Return on plan assets (actual and expected) Discount rate
$100,000 $600,000 $40,000 none $75,000 $82,000 $172,000 10% 7%
Required: 1) Determine Amazing's postretirement benefit expense for the current year. 2) Prepare the journal entry to record the benefit expense for the current year. Answer: 1) Service cost Interest cost (7% × $600,000) Return on plan assets (10% × $40,000) Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of net gain Postretirement benefit expense
$100,000 42,000 (4,000) 0 (500) $137,500
2) Postretirement benefit expense 137,500 Plan assets 4,000 Amortization of net gain—OCI 500 APBO ($100 + $42) 142,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Accounting Learning Objective: 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
137 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
196) Data pertaining to the postretirement health care benefit plan of Danielson Delivery Service include the following for the current calendar year: Service cost APBO, January 1 Plan assets (fair value), January 1 Prior service cost (current year amortization, $2,000) Retiree benefits paid (end of year) Net gain (current year amortization, $1,000) Contribution to health care fund (end of year) Return on plan assets (actual and expected) Discount rate
$150,000 $800,000 $80,000 $90,000 $90,000 $92,000 $85,000 10% 8%
Required: 1) Determine Danielson's postretirement benefit expense for the current year. 2) Prepare the journal entries to record the benefit expense and funding for the current year. Answer: 1) Service cost Interest cost (8% × $800,000) Return on plan assets (10% × $80,000) Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of net gain Postretirement benefit expense 2) Postretirement benefit expense Plan assets Amortization of net gain—OCI APBO ($150 + $64) Amortization of prior service cost—OCI
$150,000 64,000 (8,000) 2,000 (1,000) $207,000
207,000 8,000 1,000 214,000 2,000
Plan assets 85,000 Cash 85,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Accounting Learning Objective: 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
138 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
197) Bazerman Inc. has a postretirement health care benefit plan. On January 1 of the current calendar year, the following plan-related data were available. Net loss-postretirement benefit plan Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation Fair value of plan assets Average remaining service period to retirement Average remaining service period to full eligibility
$244,000 $2,200,000 $450,000 12 years 10 years
The rate of return on plan assets during the year was 12%. The expected return was 10%. The actuary revised assumptions regarding the APBO at the end of the year, resulting in a $42,000 increase in the estimate of the obligation. Required: 1) Calculate any amortization of net loss that should be included as a component of postretirement benefit expense for the current year. 2) Determine the net loss or gain as of December 31 of the current year. Answer: 1) Net loss-postretirement benefit plan 10% of $2,200,000 Excess at beginning of year Average remaining service years Amount amortized to expense
$244,000 220,000 $ 24,000 ÷ 12 $2,000
2) Net loss—postretirement benefit plan, January 1 Gain on plan assets [(12% − 10%) × $450,000] Amortization from part 1 Loss on APBO Net loss-postretirement benefit plan, Dec. 31
$244,000 (9,000) (2,000) 42,000 $275,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Accounting Learning Objective: 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
139 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
198) Oberon Company provides postretirement health care benefits to employees who provide at least 10 years of service and reach the age of 65 while in service. On January 1 of the current year, the following plan-related data were available. Net loss-postretirement benefit plan APBO balance Fair value of plan assets Average remaining service period to retirement Average remaining service period to full eligibility
$10,600,000 $104,000,000 none 20 years 15 years
On January 1 of the current year, Oberon amended the plan to provide dental benefits. The actuary determines that the cost of making the amendment increases the APBO by $10,000,000. Management chooses to amortize this amount on a straight-line basis. The service cost is $60,000,000. The appropriate interest rate is 10%. Required: Calculate the postretirement benefit expense for the current year. Answer: Service cost Interest cost [10% × ($104,000 + $10,000)] Return on plan assets Amortization of net loss* Amortization of prior service cost ($10,000 ÷ 15 yrs) Postretirement benefit expense
($ in 000s) $ 60,000 11,400 0 10 667 $ 72,077
*Net loss—postretirement benefit plan 10% of $104,000,000 Excess at beginning of year Average remaining service years Amount amortized to expense
$10,600,000 10,400,000 $ 200,000 ÷ 20 $ 10,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Accounting Learning Objective: 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
140 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
199) Brown Industries provides postretirement health care benefits to employees. On January 1 of the current calendar year, the following data were available. Prior service cost APBO Fair value of plan assets Average remaining service period to retirement Average remaining service period to full eligibility
$50,000 $480,000 none 25 years 20 years
Management amortizes prior service cost on a straight-line basis. The interest rate is 10%. Service cost for the current year is $95,000. Required: 1) Calculate the prior service cost amortization for the current year. 2) Calculate the postretirement benefit expense for the current year. 3) Prepare the entry to record the postretirement benefit expense for the current year. Answer: 1) The negative prior service cost must be offset against any existing prior service cost before it can be amortized. Prior service cost Service period to full eligibility Amortization amount
$50,000 ÷ 20 $2,500
2) Service cost Interest cost (10% × $480,000) Return on plan assets Amortization of prior service expense Postretirement benefit expense
$95,000 48,000 0 2,500 $145,500
3) Postretirement benefit expense APBO ($95 + $48) Amortization of prior service cost—OCI
145,500 143,000 2,500
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Accounting Learning Objective: 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
141 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
200) Rodeo Corporation amended its defined benefit pension plan on January 31, 2021, to increase retirement benefits earned with each service year. The actuary estimated the prior service cost to be $216,000. Rodeo's 80 present employees are expected to retire at the rate of about 10 each year at the end of each of the next eight years beginning on December 31, 2021. Required: Using the service method, calculate the amount of prior service cost to be amortized to pension expense in each of the next eight years. Answer: Year 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028
# of Emp. 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 360
Fraction 80/360 70/360 60/360 50/360 40/360 30/360 20/360 10/360
Prior Svc. Cost $216,000 216,000 216,000 216,000 216,000 216,000 216,000 216,000
Amount Amort. $48,000 42,000 36,000 30,000 24,000 18,000 12,000 6,000 $216,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Service method‒Prior service‒Appendix; Service method of allocating prior service cost. Learning Objective: Appendix 17 Service Method of Allocating Prior Service Cost. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
142 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
201) Dharma Initiative, Inc. has a defined benefit pension plan. Characteristics of the plan during 2021 are as follows:
PBO balance, January 1 Plan assets balance, January 1 Service cost Interest cost Gain from change in actuarial assumption Benefits paid Actual return on plan assets Contributions 2021
($ in 000s) $960 600 150 90 44 (72) 40 120
The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets was 8%. There were no AOCI balances related to pensions on January 1, 2021, but at the end of 2021, the company amended the pension formula creating a prior service cost of $24 million. Required: 1. Calculate the pension expense for 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record pension expense, gains or losses, past service cost, funding, and payment of benefits for 2021. 3. What amount will Dharma Initiative report in its 2021 balance sheet as a net pension asset or net pension liability? Answer: 1.
Service cost Interest cost Expected return on the plan assets ($40 actual, plus $8 loss) Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of net gain or net loss—AOCI Pension expense
($ in 000s) $150 90 (48) 0* 0 $192
*Since the amendment was at the end of the year, there is no amortization of prior service cost in 2021.
143 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2. ($ in 000s) 192 48
Pension expense (calculated above) Plan assets (expected return on assets: 8% × $600) PBO ($150 service cost + $90 interest cost)
240
Prior service cost—OCI (from 2021 amendment) PBO
24
PBO Gain—OCI (current year change in assumption)
44
Loss—OCI ($40 actual return − $48 expected return) Plan assets
8
24
44
8
Plan assets Cash (funding contribution)
120
PBO Plan assets (retiree benefits)
72
120
72
3. PBO balance, January 1 Service cost Interest cost Prior service cost Gain from change in actuarial assumption Benefits paid PBO balance, December 31 Plan assets balance, January 1 Actual return on plan assets Contributions 2021 Benefits paid Plan assets balance, December 31
($ in 000s) $ 960 150 90 24 (44) (72) $1,108 $ 600 40 120 (72) $ 688
Because the plan is underfunded, Dharma Initiative will report a net pension liability: PBO balance, December 31 Plan assets balance, December 31 Net pension liability
$1,108 (688) $ 420
144 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Funded status of the pension plan; Pension expense – Determine expense; Pension obligation-Changes in the PBO; Pension plan assets; Recording funding and payments of plan assets; Recording gains and losses; Recording pension expense Learning Objective: 17-03 Describe the five events that might change the balance of the PBO.; 17-04 Explain how plan assets accumulate to provide retiree benefits and understand the role of the trustee in administering the fund.; 17-05 Describe the funded status of pension plans and how that amount is reported.; 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets.; 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
145 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
202) Dharma Initiative, Inc., has a defined benefit pension plan. Characteristics of the plan during 2021 are as follows:
PBO balance, January 1 Plan assets balance, January 1 Service cost Interest cost (10%) Gain from change in actuarial assumption Benefits paid Actual return on plan assets Contributions 2021
($ in 000s) $960 600 150 96 44 (72) 40 120
The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets was 8%. There were no AOCI balances related to pensions on January 1, 2021, but at the end of 2021, the company amended the pension formula creating a prior service cost of $24 million. Dharma Initiative prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Required: 1. Calculate the pension expense for 2021. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record pension expense, gains or losses, past service cost, funding, and payment of benefits for 2021. 3. What amount will Dharma Initiative report in its 2021 balance sheet as a net pension asset or net pension liability? Answer: 1. ($ in millions) Reported in income statement: Service cost-2021 Past service cost Service cost Net interest cost (10% × [$960 − $600]) Reported as OCI: Remeasurement gain from assumption change—OCI Remeasurement loss on plan assets—OCI ($40 − [10% × $600]) Net pension cost (not separately reported)
$150 24 $174 $36 ($44) 20 ($24) $186
146 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2. ($ in millions) 150 24 174
Service cost-2021 Past service cost DBO Net interest cost (10% × [$960 − $600]) Plan assets (10% × $600: interest income) DBO (10% × $960: interest cost)
36 60
DBO Remeasurement gain from assumption change—OCI
44
Remeasurement loss—OCI ($40 − [10% × $600]) Plan assets (actual return below 10%)
20
96
44
20
When Dharma adds its annual cash investment to its plan assets, the value of those plan assets increases by $120 million: To Record Funding Plan assets Cash (contribution to plan assets)
120 120
Retired employees were paid benefits of $72 million in 2021. Paying those benefits, of course, reduces the obligation to pay benefits (the DBO), and since the payments are made from the plan assets, that balance is reduced as well: To Record Payment of Benefits DBO Plan assets
72 72
147 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
3. DBO balance, January 1 Service cost Interest cost (10% × $960) Gain from change in actuarial assumption Past service cost Benefits paid DBO balance, December 31 Plan assets balance, January 1 Actual return on plan assets Contributions 2021 Benefits paid Plan assets balance, December 31
($ in millions) $ 960 150 96 (44) 24 (72) $1,114 $ 600 40 120 (72) $ 688
Because the plan is underfunded, Dharma Initiative will report a net pension liability: DBO balance, December 31 Plan assets balance, December 31 Net pension liability
$1,114 (688) $ 426
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS‒Pension gains and losses; IFRS-Prior service cost; IFRS-Reporting pension expense Learning Objective: 17-12 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for postretirement benefit plans. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Diversity; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
148 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
203) Differentiate between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan. Answer: A defined contribution plan promises periodic contributions to a pension fund based on salary or some salary-based percentage for the current year. The employee often chooses where the funds are invested. Retirement pay depends on the size of the fund. A defined benefit plan promises fixed benefits defined by a designated formula. Employers have the responsibility to ensure that sufficient funds are available to provide promised benefits. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Nature of pension plans ‒ Characteristics; Nature of pension plans ‒ Defined benefit; Nature of pension plans ‒ Defined contribution Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal 204) Discuss the key quantitative elements of accounting for a defined benefit pension plan. Answer: The key elements of a defined benefit pension plan are: 1) The employer's obligation to pay retirement benefits in the future. 2) The plan assets set aside by the employer from which to pay the retirement benefits in the future. 3) The periodic expense of having a pension plan. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Nature of pension plans ‒ Defined benefit Learning Objective: 17-01 Explain the fundamental differences between a defined contribution pension plan and a defined benefit pension plan. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
149 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
205) Differentiate between the projected benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation, and the vested benefit obligation. Answer: The accumulated benefit obligation is the actuary's estimate of the total retirement benefits earned so far by employees, applying the pension formula using existing compensation levels. The projected benefit obligation is the actuary's estimate of the total retirement benefits earned so far by employees, applying the pension formula using estimated future compensation levels. The vested benefit obligation is that portion of the accumulated benefit obligation that plan participants are entitled to receive regardless of their continued employment. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Pension obligation‒ABO‒Vested‒PBO Learning Objective: 17-02 Distinguish among the vested benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation, and the projected benefit obligation (PBO). Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Industry 206) Pension plans typically require some minimum period of employment before benefits vest. What is the 1974 federal law governing vesting (as well as other aspects of pensions)? What are the vesting rules? Answer: The Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) of 1974, as amended, governs, among other things, vesting rules for pension plans. Beginning in 1989, benefits must vest (a) fully within five years or (b) 20% within three years with another 20% vesting each subsequent year until fully vested after seven years. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension obligation‒ABO‒Vested‒PBO Learning Objective: 17-02 Distinguish among the vested benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation, and the projected benefit obligation (PBO). Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal
150 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
207) What is the theoretical and practical trade-off when measuring the pension liability using the projected benefit obligation compared to the accumulated benefit obligation? Answer: The PBO uses projected future compensation levels while the ABO uses current compensation levels. When the liability is measured by the PBO, reliability is sacrificed for relevancy and representational faithfulness. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension obligation‒ABO‒Vested‒PBO Learning Objective: 17-02 Distinguish among the vested benefit obligation, the accumulated benefit obligation, and the projected benefit obligation (PBO). Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
151 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
208) DeAngelo Yards, Inc., calculated pension expense for its underfunded pension plan as follows:
Service cost Interest cost Expected return on the plan assets ($200 actual, less $20 gain) Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of net loss Pension expense
($ in millions) $448 300 (180) 16 4 $588
Required: Which elements of DeAngelo's balance sheet are affected by the components of pension expense? What are the specific changes in these accounts? Answer: In the balance sheet, the net pension liability increases by $548 million. Specifically, the underfunded plan will increase by the service cost and the interest cost ($748) and decrease by the expected return on assets ($180). The plan assets increase by the gain ($20) due to the actual return exceeding expectations and therefore the net pension liability will decrease by this amount. Shareholders' equity decreases by $548 million. Retained earnings decreases by the reduction of earnings due to the $588 million expense, and accumulated other comprehensive income increases by $40 million. The prior service cost (a negative shareholders' equity account) will be reduced by the $16 million amortization. The net loss—AOCI (a negative shareholders' equity account) will be reduced by the $4 million amortization, and increased by the $20 gain-other comprehensive income. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Funded status of the pension plan; Reporting issues―OCI–AOCI–Income Learning Objective: 17-05 Describe the funded status of pension plans and how that amount is reported.; 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
152 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
209) Discuss income smoothing as the term relates to pension plans. Answer: Gains and losses can occur when either the PBO or the return on plan assets turns out to be different than expected. The gains and losses receive delayed recognition for income statement reporting. This delayed recognition achieves income smoothing. The justification for delayed recognition is that, over time, these gains and losses cancel one another out. Recognition is delayed until a "corridor" amount has been exceeded, and then only a portion of the excess is included in pension expense. Fluctuations in earnings that would be caused by immediate recognition of these gains and losses are avoided. Therefore, income smoothing is achieved. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension expense‒Net loss or net gain Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 210) What are the possible components of pension expense? Which of these elements would exist in every defined benefit plan? When would the remaining elements arise? Answer: (1) service cost; (2) interest cost; (3) expected return on plan assets (doesn't include any gain or loss); (4) amortization of prior service cost; and (5) amortization of net loss or gain. Since all pension funds have plan assets and a PBO, items 1, 2, and 3 would always exist. Item 4 would only be required if prior service cost is created by plan amendments. Item 5 would be present only if a net gain or net loss exceeds the established threshold, which would occur if cumulative gains significantly exceed cumulative losses, or vice versa. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Pension expense‒Determine expense Learning Objective: 17-06 Describe how pension expense is a composite of periodic changes that occur in both the pension obligation and the plan assets. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
153 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the following to answer the question(s) below: In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, JDS Corporation disclosed the following information about its pension plan: ($ in millions)
2021
2020
PROJECTED BENEFIT OBLIGATION
Beginning balance Service cost Interest cost Benefits paid Actuarial loss Ending balance
$120.0 4.1 7.0 (2.6) 6.6 $135.1
$102.2 5.5 6.5 (4.4) 11.4 $121.2
The increase in the underfunded projected benefit obligation was primarily attributable to a reduction in the assumed discount rate. This was combined with the effect of increases in benefits under the terms of the plan in excess of current inflation rates. The net result was reflected as a reduction in accumulated other comprehensive income. 211) Explain how the loss is reported in the financial statements (other than the balance sheet). Answer: The loss is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and included with net income in the statement of comprehensive income. The statement of comprehensive income can be reported either (a) as an extension of the income statement, or (b) in a separate statement immediately following the income statement. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Reporting issues‒OCI-AOCI-Income Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 212) Why did the loss result in a reduction in accumulated other comprehensive income? Answer: Gains and losses become part of either a net loss—AOCI or a net gain—AOCI account (net loss—AOCI in JDS's case), which is a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, a shareholders' equity account. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Reporting issues‒OCI-AOCI-Income Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 154 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
213) Discuss the accounting for postretirement benefits prior to 1993 and under current GAAP. What are the key differences? Answer: Prior to 1993, postretirement costs were accounted for on a pay-as-you-go basis, meaning the expense each year was simply the amount of insurance premiums or medical claims paid, depending upon the way the company provided health care costs for retirees. Current GAAP requires a completely different approach. The expected future health care costs for retirees must be recognized as an expense over the years necessary for employees to earn the benefits. This is the accrual basis, which is also used for pension accounting. The cost of services provided by employees is reflected not only in their salaries, but also in the right they have earned to receive benefits in the future. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Characteristics Learning Objective: 17-09 Describe the nature of postretirement benefit plans other than pensions and identify the similarities and differences in accounting for those plans and pensions. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 214) Prepare a list of how retiree health benefits differ from pension benefits with respect to accounting, funding, regulation, and employee benefits. Answer: Retiree health benefits differ fundamentally from pension benefits in such important respects as: 1) Pension benefits usually are based on the number of years worked, whereas the level of health care benefits is usually unrelated to length of service. 2) The cost of providing health care coverage can vary significantly from retiree to retiree. 3) The retiree often has to share in the cost of health care benefits. 4) Health care coverage is frequently provided for spouses and dependents. 5) Vesting doesn't exist in health care plans. 6) Health care is a perquisite while pension is tied to earnings of the employee. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans‒Healthcare; Other postretirement plans v pension plans Learning Objective: 17-09 Describe the nature of postretirement benefit plans other than pensions and identify the similarities and differences in accounting for those plans and pensions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal
155 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
215) The components of postretirement benefit expense are similar to the components of pension expense. How does the service cost component differ between the two expenses? Answer: The service cost for pensions reflects additional benefits employees earn from an additional year's service, whereas the service cost for retiree health care benefits is simply an allocation of a portion of a fixed total cost (EPBO) to the current year. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Other postretirement plans v pension plans Learning Objective: 17-09 Describe the nature of postretirement benefit plans other than pensions and identify the similarities and differences in accounting for those plans and pensions. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 216) What is different about the expected postretirement benefit obligation and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation? Answer: The EPBO is the actuary's estimate of the TOTAL postretirement benefits (at their discounted present value) expected to be received by plan participants. The APBO is that portion of the EPBO attributed to employee service to date. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement plans‒EPBO and APBO Learning Objective: 17-10 Explain how the obligation for postretirement benefits is measured and how the obligation changes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 217) What are the five components of postretirement benefit expense? Answer: (1) Service cost, (2) interest cost, (3) expected return on plan assets, (4) amortization of prior service cost, and (5) amortization of net loss or gain. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Other postretirement benefit plans‒Accounting Learning Objective: 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
156 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
218) In its 2021 annual report to shareholders, Livey Companies Inc. (LCI) disclosed the following information regarding its postemployment benefit plans: The Company and certain of its affiliates sponsor postemployment benefit plans covering substantially all salaried and certain hourly employees. The cost of these plans is charged to expense over the working life of the covered employees. Net postemployment costs consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019: ($ in millions) Service cost Amortization of net loss Other expense Net postemployment costs
2021 $34 8 − $42
2020 $26 6 − $32
2019 $24 2 161 $187
The company instituted workforce reduction programs in its North American food operations in 2019. These actions resulted in incremental postemployment costs, which are shown as other expense above. Required: Describe the three components in the net postemployment costs disclosed by LCI. Answer: The service cost each year is an allocation of the EBPO. The amortization of net loss is an allocation of losses from revisions in benefit plan estimates (e.g., health care cost increases) that are spread out over time as an income smoothing mechanism. As noted in the disclosure note the other expenses are due to workforce reduction programs in 2019. Presumably, the company offered increased or accelerated benefits to entice these workers to terminate employment. Alternatively, these additional/accelerated benefits are the result of existing contracts with labor unions. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Other postretirement benefit plans‒Accounting Learning Objective: 17-11 Determine the components of postretirement benefit expense. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
157 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
219) Open Arms Industries has a noncontributory, defined benefit pension plan. During 2021, changing economic conditions caused the actuary to increase the assumed rate of salary progression. Required: 1. Does the change create a gain or does it create a loss for Open Arms? Why? 2. Assuming the magnitude of the change is $7 million. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record any 2021 gain or loss. (Ignore income taxes.) If Open Arms prepares its financial statements according to U.S. GAAP, how will the company report the gain or loss? 3. Would your response to question 2 differ if Open Arms prepares its financial statements according to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)? Answer: 1. An increase in the assumed rate of salary progression increases the projected benefit obligation. The higher the salary levels are at retirement, the higher the PBO. When the obligation increases, it is reported as a loss. 2. U.S. GAAP requires that actuarial gains and losses be included among OCI items in the statement of comprehensive income, thus subsequently become part of AOCI.
Loss—OCI (from change in assumption) PBO
($ in millions) 7 7
3. Reporting actuarial gains and losses among OCI items in the statement of comprehensive income also is required under IAS No. 19, referred to as remeasurement gains and losses. Under IAS No. 19 they are not subsequently amortized to expense and recycled or reclassified from other comprehensive income as is required under U.S. GAAP (if the net gain or net loss exceeds the 10% threshold). So, the entry might be identical to the one in question 2 except we call it a "remeasurement" loss and the projected benefit obligation is called the defined benefit obligation (DBO): ($ in millions) Loss-income statement (from change in assumption) 13 DBO 13 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Pension gains and losses Learning Objective: 17-12 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for postretirement benefit plans. Bloom's: Create AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
158 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
220) The income statement of Starboard Industries includes $12 million for the amortization of a loss resulting from the company's actuary changing an estimate used in calculating the obligation for the pension plan. Does Starboard Industries prepare its financial statements according to U.S. GAAP or IFRS? Answer: Starboard Industries prepares its financial statements according to U.S. GAAP, which requires that actuarial gains and losses be included among OCI items in the statement of comprehensive income, and thus subsequently become part of AOCI. It is subsequently amortized to expense and recycled or reclassified from other comprehensive income as is required under U.S. GAAP (when the accumulated net gain or net loss exceeds the 10% threshold). Under IFRS, the gains and losses remain in AOCI; they are not subsequently amortized to expense and recycled or reclassified from other comprehensive income as is required under U.S. GAAP. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Pension gains and losses Learning Objective: 17-12 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for postretirement benefit plans. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Diversity; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement 221) How do U.S. GAAP and IFRS differ with regard to reporting prior service costs? Answer: Under U.S. GAAP, prior service cost is included among OCI items in the statement of comprehensive income, and thus subsequently becomes part of AOCI where it is amortized over the average remaining service period. On the other hand, under IAS No. 19, prior service cost (called past service cost under IFRS) is combined with service cost and reported within the income statement. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Prior service cost Learning Objective: 17-12 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for postretirement benefit plans. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Diversity; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
159 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
222) Describe how employers report the components of pension expense in the company's financial statements. Answer: In the income statement, companies report the service cost component of pension expense as part of the total compensation costs arising from services rendered by the employees during the period, separate from the other (non-service cost) components of pension expense. This presentation reflects the nature of service cost being different from that of the other elements of pension cost. The non-service cost components of pension expense are presented in the income statement also, but separate from the service cost component and outside the subtotal of income from operations. Also, the various components of pension expense are itemized in a disclosure note. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Reporting issues‒OCI-AOCI-Income Learning Objective: 17-07 Record for pension plans the periodic expense and funding as well as new gains and losses and new prior service cost as they occur. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
160 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 18
Shareholders' Equity
1) Paid-in capital must consist solely of amounts invested by shareholders. 2) Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock is reported as a liability. 3) Stock designated as preferred usually has preferential rights over other classes of stock relative to dividends and liquidating distributions. 4) Noncash assets received as consideration for the issue of stock shares are always valued based on the fair value of the stock. 5) Treasury stock transactions never increase retained earnings or net income. 6) Investors should be wary of stock buybacks during down times because the resulting decrease in shares and increase in earnings per share can be used to mask a slowdown in earnings growth. 7) Restrictions on retained earnings must be disclosed on the face of the balance sheet. 8) Cash dividends become a binding liability as of the record date. 9) Dividends in arrears on cumulative preferred stock are liabilities to be paid at a later date. 10) Under GAAP, the declaration of a property dividend may require the recognition of a gain or loss if the fair value of the property is different from its book value on the declaration date. 11) Stock dividends cause a reduction in retained earnings or paid-in capital in excess of par, but they never reduce total shareholders' equity. 12) Sources of shareholders' equity include each of the following except: A) Amounts invested by shareholders in the corporation. B) Amounts earned by the corporation on behalf of its shareholders. C) Amounts borrowed from financial institutions. D) Accumulated other comprehensive income. 13) Two of the three primary account classifications within shareholders' equity are: A) Preferred stock and retained earnings. B) The par of common stock and retained earnings. C) Paid-in capital and retained earnings. D) Preferred and common stock.
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
14) Paid-in capital in excess of par is reported: A) As a reduction of shareholders' equity. B) As a noncurrent asset. C) As a noncurrent liability. D) As an increase in shareholders' equity. 15) Treasury shares are most often reported as: A) A reduction of total shareholders' equity. B) A reduction of total paid-in capital. C) A reduction of retained earnings. D) An expense in the income statement. 16) The net assets of a corporation are equal to: A) Contributed capital. B) Retained earnings. C) Shareholders' equity. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 17) Details of each class of stock must be reported: A) On the face of the balance sheet only. B) In disclosure notes only. C) On the face of the balance sheet or in disclosure notes. D) On the face of the balance sheet and in disclosure notes. 18) The statement of shareholders' equity reports the transactions that cause changes in its shareholders' equity account balances. It shows the beginning and ending balances in primary shareholders' equity accounts and any changes that occur during the years reported. Typical reasons for changes include each of the following except: A) the sale of additional shares of stock. B) the issuance of bonds. C) net income. D) declaration of dividends. 19) The changes in account balances for Elder Company for 2021 are as follows: Assets Common stock Liabilities Paid-in capital—excess of par
$ 480,000debit 250,000credit 160,000credit 30,000credit
Assuming the only changes in retained earnings in 2021 were for net income and a $50,000 dividend, what was net income for 2021? A) $40,000. B) $60,000. C) $70,000. D) $90,000. 2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
20) The changes in account balances for Allen Inc. for 2021 are as follows: Assets Common stock Liabilities Paid-in capital—excess of par
$ 225,000debit 125,000credit 80,000credit 15,000credit
Assuming the only changes in retained earnings in 2021 were for net income and a $25,000 dividend, what was net income for 2021? A) $30,000. B) $20,000. C) $15,000. D) $5,000. 21) Poodle Corporation was organized on January 3, 2021. The firm was authorized to issue 100,000 shares of $5 par common stock. During 2021, Poodle had the following transactions relating to shareholders' equity: Issued 30,000 shares of common stock at $7 per share. Issued 20,000 shares of common stock at $8 per share. Reported net income of $100,000. Paid dividends of $50,000. What is total paid-in capital at the end of 2021? A) $420,000. B) $370,000. C) $470,000. D) $320,000. 22) Roberto Corporation was organized on January 1, 2021. The firm was authorized to issue 100,000 shares of $5 par common stock. During 2021, Roberto had the following transactions relating to shareholders' equity: Issued 10,000 shares of common stock at $7 per share. Issued 20,000 shares of common stock at $8 per share. Reported a net income of $100,000. Paid dividends of $50,000. Purchased 3,000 shares of treasury stock at $10 (part of the 20,000 shares issued at $8). What is total shareholders' equity at the end of 2021? A) $270,000. B) $300,000. C) $250,000. D) $200,000. 3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
23) As of December 31, 2021, Warner Corporation reported the following: Cash dividends payable Treasury stock Paid-in capital—share repurchase Common stock and other paid-in capital accounts Retained earnings
$
20,000 600,000 20,000 4,000,000 3,000,000
What was shareholders' equity as of December 31, 2021? A) $7,020,000. B) $6,440,000. C) $6,420,000. D) $6,400,000. 24) As of December 31, 2021, Purdue Corporation reported the following: Cash dividends payable Treasury stock Paid-in capital—share repurchase Common stock and other paid-in capital accounts Retained earnings
$
20,000 600,000 20,000 4,000,000 3,000,000
During 2022, half of the treasury stock was resold for $240,000; net income was $600,000; cash dividends declared were $500,000; and small stock dividends declared and distributed were $400,000 What would shareholders' equity be as of December 31, 2022? A) None of these amounts is correct. B) $6,760,000. C) $6,820,000. D) $7,760,000.
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
25) Yellow Enterprises reported the following ($ in thousands) as of December 31, 2021. All accounts have normal balances. Deficit (debit balance in retained earnings) Common stock Paid-in capital—share repurchase Treasury stock (at cost) Paid-in capital—excess of par
$
3,000 2,000 1,000 400 30,000
During 2022 ($ in thousands), net income was $9,000; 25% of the treasury stock was resold for $450; cash dividends declared were $600; cash dividends paid were $500. What ($ in thousands) was shareholders' equity as of December 31, 2021? A) $29,600. B) $35,600. C) $30,400. D) $28,600. 26) Yellow Enterprises reported the following ($ in thousands) as of December 31, 2021. All accounts have normal balances. Deficit (debit balance in retained earnings) Common stock Paid-in capital—share repurchase Treasury stock (at cost) Paid-in capital—excess of par
$
3,000 2,000 1,000 400 30,000
During 2022 ($ in thousands), net income was $9,000; 25% of the treasury stock was resold for $450; cash dividends declared were $600; cash dividends paid were $500. What ($ in thousands) was shareholders' equity as of December 31, 2022? A) $38,100. B) $37,450. C) $38,450. D) $38,350. 27) Accumulated other comprehensive income: A) Is an asset. B) Might include gains and losses on certain investments. C) Includes accumulated net income. D) Is reported between assets and liabilities.
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
28) A statement of comprehensive income includes: A) Net income. B) Gains and losses on unsold equity securities. C) Gains and losses on stock dividends. D) None of these options is included. 29) Accumulated other comprehensive income: A) is a liability. B) might include prior service cost from pension plan amendments. C) includes unrealized gains and losses on equity securities. D) is reported in the income statement. 30) A statement of comprehensive income does not include: A) Net income. B) Losses resulting from the return on pension assets exceeding expectations. C) Losses from changes in estimates regarding the PBO of pension plans. D) Prior service cost of pension plans. 31) Accumulated other comprehensive income is reported: A) In the balance sheet as an asset. B) In the balance sheet as a liability. C) In the balance sheet as a component of shareholders' equity. D) In the statement of comprehensive income. 32) A statement of comprehensive income does not include: A) Gains resulting from the return on pension assets exceeding expectations. B) Gains and losses on unsold held-to-maturity debt securities. C) Adjustments from foreign currency translation. D) Prior service cost of pensions. 33) In terms of business volume, the dominant form of business organization is the: A) Partnership. B) Corporation. C) Limited liability company. D) Proprietorship. 34) The corporate charter sometimes is known as (a): A) Articles of incorporation. B) Statement of organization. C) By-laws. D) Registration statement.
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
35) Corporations are formed in accordance with: A) The Model Business Corporation Act. B) Federal statutes. C) The laws of individual states. D) Federal trade commission regulations. 36) The Model Business Corporation Act: A) Uses the words "common" and "preferred" in describing distinguishing characteristics of stock. B) Defines legal capital as the amount of net assets not available for distribution to shareholders. C) Provides guidance for choosing an appropriate par for new issues of stock. D) Has affected the laws of most states. 37) Characteristics of the corporate form that have led to the growth of this form of business ownership include all of the following except: A) Ease of raising capital. B) Low government regulation. C) Limited liability. D) Ease of ownership transfer. 38) Authorized common stock refers to the total number of shares: A) Outstanding. B) Issued. C) Issued and outstanding. D) That can be issued. 39) The par amount of common stock represents: A) The arbitrary dollar amount assigned to a share of stock. B) The liquidation value of a share. C) The book value of a share of stock. D) The amount received when the stock was issued. 40) The preemptive right refers to the shareholder's right to: A) Maintain a proportional ownership interest in the corporation. B) Vote for members of the board of directors. C) Receive a share of dividends. D) Share in profits proportionally with all other stockholders. 41) Common shareholders usually have all of the following rights except: A) To share in the profits. B) To share in assets upon liquidation. C) To elect a board of directors. D) To participate in the day-to-day operations.
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
42) The owners of a corporation are its shareholders. If a corporation has only one class of shares, they typically are labeled common shares. Each of the following are ownership rights held by common shareholders, unless specifically withheld by agreement, except: A) The right to vote on policy issues. B) The right to share in profits when dividends are declared (in proportion to the percentage of shares owned by the shareholder). C) The right to dividends equal to a stated rate times par per share (if dividends are paid). D) The right to share in the distribution of any assets remaining at liquidation after other claims are satisfied. 43) Preferred stock is called preferred because it usually has two preferences. These preferences relate to: A) Dividends and voting rights. B) Par and dividends C) The preemptive right and voting rights. D) Assets at liquidation and dividends. 44) The typical rights of preferred shares usually include: A) the right to vote. B) a preference to a predesignated amount of dividends, that is, a stated dollar amount per share or percent of par per share. C) a preference over common shareholders and lenders in the distribution of assets in the event the corporation is dissolved. D) the "preemptive right" to maintain one's percentage share of ownership when new shares are issued. 45) When preferred stock carries a redemption privilege, the shareholders may: A) Purchase new shares as they become available. B) Exchange their preferred shares for common shares. C) Surrender the preferred shares for a specified amount of cash. D) Purchase treasury shares ahead of common shareholders. 46) Preferred shares that are participating may: A) Vote for the board of directors. B) Be exchanged for common stock. C) Receive extra cash during corporate liquidation. D) Receive additional dividends beyond the stated amount. 47) Heidi Aurora Imports issued shares of the company's Class B stock. Heidi Aurora Imports should report the stock in the company's statement of financial position: A) Among liabilities if the shares are mandatorily redeemable or redeemable at the option of the shareholder. B) As equity unless the shares are mandatorily redeemable. C) As equity unless the shares are redeemable at the option of the issuer. D) Among liabilities unless the shares are mandatorily redeemable. 8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) Roman Company is a super successful producer of electronic parts. The company has 2 million 10%, cumulative preferred shares outstanding that must be redeemed by Roman for cash in 10 years. Since issuance, management has reported the stock in the balance sheet as shareholders' equity. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's reporting policy? A) The policy is inappropriate because preferred stock must be reported separately from common stock. B) The policy is inappropriate because preferred stock must be reported as a liability in the balance sheet. C) The policy is appropriate because the shares are cumulative. D) This approach is inappropriate because the shares are mandatorily redeemable. 49) The common stock account in a company's balance sheet is measured as: A) The number of common shares outstanding multiplied by the stock's par per share. B) The number of common shares outstanding multiplied by the stock's current market price per share. C) The number of common shares issued multiplied by the stock's par per share. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 50) The par amount of shares issued is normally recorded in the: A) Paid-in capital in excess of par account. B) Common stock account. C) Retained earnings account. D) Appropriated retained earnings account.
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) Olsson Corporation received a check from its underwriters for $72 million. This was for the issue of one million of its $5 par stock that the underwriters expect to sell for $72 per share. Which is the correct entry to record the issue of the stock? A) Cash 72,000,000 Stock issue expense 20,000,000 Stock contract receivable 52,000,000 B) Cash
72,000,000 Deferred stock issue revenue Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par
C) Cash
20,000,000 5,000,000 47,000,000
72,000,000 Common stock
D) Cash
72,000,000
72,000,000 Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par
5,000,000 67,000,000
52) When stock traded on an active exchange is issued for a machine: A) No entry is recorded until restrictions are lifted. B) An asset is recorded for the fair value of the stock. C) An asset is recorded for the appraised value of the machine. D) Paid-in capital is increased by the appraised value of the machine. 53) When stock is issued in exchange for property, the best evidence of fair value might be any of the following except: A) The appraised value of the property received. B) The selling price of the stock in a recent transaction. C) The price of the stock quoted on the stock exchange. D) The average book value of outstanding stock.
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
54) Red Inc. issues shares of stock with a par amount of $1 per share in exchange for a machine. In accounting for the transaction: A) If fair values of the stock and machine are unavailable, the stock should be recorded at its par amount. B) The stock is recorded at its par amount unless the fair value of the machine is readily available. C) Both the stock and machine are recorded at the fair value of the stock or the fair value of the machine, whichever is more clearly determinable. D) The machine should not be depreciated because the stock has no term to maturity. 55) Montgomery & Co., a well-established law firm, provided 500 hours of its time to Fink Corporation and received 1,000 shares of Fink's $5 par common stock in exchange for services rendered. Montgomery's usual billing rate is $700 per hour, and Fink's stock has a book value of $250 per share. By what amount will Fink's paid-in capital—excess of par increase for this transaction? A) $345,000. B) $295,000. C) $350,000. D) $300,000. 56) When more than one security is sold for a single price and the total selling price is not equal to the sum of the market prices, the cash received is allocated between the securities based on: A) Relative book values. B) Par amounts C) Relative market values. D) The earnings per share. 57) Tim Howard Gloves issued 4.75% bonds with a face amount of $24 million, together with 4 million shares of its $1 par common stock, for a combined cash amount of $44 million. The fair value of Howard's stock cannot be determined. The bonds would have sold for $18 million if issued separately. For this transaction, Howard should record paid-in capital—excess of par in the amount of: A) $26 million B) $22 million C) $18 million D) $16 million 58) Share issue costs refer to the costs of obtaining the legal, promotional, and accounting services necessary to effect the sale of shares. The costs reduce the net cash proceeds from selling the shares and thus paid-in capital—excess of par, and are: A) Not recorded separately. B) Recorded as an asset. C) Recorded as a liability. D) Amortized over time.
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
59) When issuing common shares, Guava Company incurs costs for the legal, promotional, and accounting services necessary to effect the sale. Guava records these costs by expensing them in the period the shares are issued. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) The policy is inappropriate because the cost of these services reduces the net proceeds from selling the shares and should reduce paid-in capital. B) The policy is inappropriate because these costs should be recorded in a Share Issue Costs account and amortized over the average term to maturity of the company's debt. C) This approach is inappropriate because these costs should be recorded in a Share Issue Costs account and added to accumulated comprehensive income. D) This approach is conceptually correct because it is consistent with the accrual concept of recording expenses in the period they are incurred. 60) When common stock is purchased by the issuing corporation at a price below the original issue price and the stock is retired, the transaction: A) Increases net income for the year. B) Increases retained earnings. C) Increases revenue for the year. D) Increases paid-in capital—share repurchase. 61) Dempsey Company retires shares that it buys back. In its first share repurchase transaction, Dempsey purchased stock for more than the price at which the stock was originally issued. What is the effect of the purchase of the stock on each of the following?
a. b. c. d.
Total paid-in capital no effect decrease decrease no effect
Retained earnings no effect no effect decrease decrease
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
62) The balance sheet of FIFA Cup Company included the following shareholders' equity section at December 31, 2021: ($ in millions) Common stock ($1 par, authorized 200 million shares, issued and outstanding 180 million shares) Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity
$
180
1,080 560 $ 1,820
On January 5, 2022, FIFA purchased and retired 2 million shares for $18 million. Immediately after retirement of the shares, the balances in the paid-in capital—excess of par and retained earnings accounts are:`
a. b. c. d.
Paid-in capital—excess of par $ 1,068 $ 1,064 $ 1,080 $ 1,080
Retained earnings $ 556 $ 560 $ 560 $ 542
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 63) The corporate charter of Alpaca Co. authorized the issuance of 10 million, $1 par common shares. During 2021, its first year of operations, Alpaca had the following transactions: January June December
1 sold 8 million shares at $15 per share 3 retired 2 million shares at $18 per share 28 sold 2 million shares at $20 per share
What amount should Alpaca report as additional paid-in capital—excess of par, in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $122 million B) $116 million C) $112 million D) $74 million
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
64) In 2021, Brock Lee Vegetables issued $1 par value common stock for $30 per share. No other common stock transactions occurred until March 31, 2023, when Brock Lee acquired some of the issued shares for $25 per share and retired them. Which of the following statements is true for this acquisition and retirement? A) 2023 net income is decreased. B) 2023 net income is increased. C) Additional paid-in capital is increased. D) Retained earnings is increased. 65) In 2019, Winn, Inc. issued $1 par common stock for $35 per share. No other common stock transactions occurred until July 31, 2021, when Winn acquired some of the issued shares for $30 per share and retired them. Which of the following statements correctly states an effect of this acquisition and retirement? A) 2021 net income is decreased. B) Additional paid-in capital is increased. C) 2021 net income is increased. D) Retained earnings is increased. 66) Issued stock refers to the number of shares: A) Outstanding plus treasury shares. B) Shares issued for cash. C) Owned by shareholders. D) That may be issued under state law. 67) Outstanding common stock is: A) Stock that is performing well on the New York Stock Exchange. B) Stock that has been authorized by the state for issue. C) Stock held in the corporate treasury. D) Stock owned by shareholders. 68) When treasury shares are sold at a price above cost: A) A gain account is credited. B) A loss is reported. C) A revenue account is credited. D) Paid-in capital is increased. 69) When treasury shares are resold at a price below cost: A) Paid-in capital and/or retained earnings is reduced. B) Paid-in capital and/or retained earnings is increased. C) Retained earnings is always reduced. D) A loss is reported in the income statement
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
70) When treasury stock is purchased for an amount greater than its par, what is the effect on total shareholders' equity? A) Increase. B) Decrease. C) No effect. D) Cannot tell from the given information. 71) Treasury stock transactions might cause: A) A decrease in the balance of retained earnings. B) An increase in the balance of retained earnings. C) An increase or a decrease in the par amount per share. D) An increase or a decrease in the amount of net income. 72) Gabriel Company views share buybacks as treasury stock. In its first treasury stock transaction, Gabriel purchased treasury stock for more than the price at which the stock was originally issued. What is the effect of the purchase of the treasury stock on each of the following?
a. b. c. d.
Total paid-in capital decrease decrease no effect no effect
Retained earnings decrease no effect decrease no effect
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
73) The balance sheet of Messi Services included the following shareholders' equity section at December 31, 2021: ($ in millions) Common stock ($1 par, authorized 200 million shares, issued and outstanding 180 million shares) Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity
$
180
1,080 560 $ 1,820
On January 5, 2022, Messi purchased 2 million treasury shares for $9 million. Immediately after the purchase of the shares, the balances in the paid-in capital—excess of par and retained earnings accounts are:
a. b. c. d.
Paid-in capital—excess of par $ 1,068 $ 1,064 $ 1,080 $ 1,080
Retained earnings $ 556 $ 560 $ 560 $ 544
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) The following partial information is taken from the comparative balance sheet of Levi Corporation: Shareholders' equity Common stock, $5 par; 20 million shares authorized; 15 million shares issued and 9 million shares outstanding at 12/31/2021; and ____ million shares issued and ____ shares outstanding at 12/31/2020. Additional paid-in capital on common stock Retained earnings Treasury common stock, at cost, 6 million shares at 12/31/2021 and 4 million shares at 12/31/2020 Total shareholders' equity
12/31/2021
$
75 million 520 million 197 million
(72 million) $ 720 million
12/31/2020
$
45 million 392 million 157 million
(50 million) $ 544 million
How many of Levi's common shares were outstanding on 12/31/2020? A) 14 million. B) 9 million. C) 5 million. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 75) The following partial information is taken from the comparative balance sheet of Levi Corporation: Shareholders' equity Common stock, $5 par; 20 million shares authorized; 15 million shares issued and 9 million shares outstanding at 12/31/2021; and ____ million shares issued and ____ shares outstanding at 12/31/2020. Additional paid-in capital on common stock Retained earnings Treasury common stock, at cost, 6 million shares at 12/31/2021 and 4 million shares at 12/31/2020 Total shareholders' equity
12/31/2021
$
75 million 520 million 197 million
(72 million) $ 720 million
12/31/2020
$
45 million 392 million 157 million
(50 million) $ 544 million
What was the average price (rounded to the nearest dollar) of the additional shares issued by Levi in 2021? A) $5 per share. B) $26 per share. C) $39 per share. D) Cannot be determined from the given information. 17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) The following partial information is taken from the comparative balance sheet of Levi Corporation: Shareholders' equity Common stock, $5 par; 20 million shares authorized; 15 million shares issued and 9 million shares outstanding at 12/31/2021; and ____ million shares issued and ____ shares outstanding at 12/31/2020. Additional paid-in capital on common stock Retained earnings Treasury common stock, at cost, 6 million shares at 12/31/2021 and 4 million shares at 12/31/2020 Total shareholders' equity
12/31/2021
$
75 million 520 million 197 million
(72 million) $ 720 million
12/31/2020
$
45 million 392 million 157 million
(50 million) $ 544 million
What was the average price of the additional treasury shares purchased by Levi during 2021? A) $11 per share. B) $12 per share. C) $12.50 per share. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 77) The following partial information is taken from the comparative balance sheet of Levi Corporation: Shareholders' equity Common stock, $5 par; 20 million shares authorized; 15 million shares issued and 9 million shares outstanding at 12/31/2021; and ____ million shares issued and ____ shares outstanding at 12/31/2020. Additional paid-in capital on common stock Retained earnings Treasury common stock, at cost, 6 million shares at 12/31/2021 and 4 million shares at 12/31/2020 Total shareholders' equity
12/31/2021
$
75 million 520 million 197 million
(72 million) $ 720 million
12/31/2020
$
45 million 392 million 157 million
(50 million) $ 544 million
What was the amount of Levi's net income for the year 2021? A) $0. B) $40 million. C) $62 million. D) Cannot be determined from the given information. 18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) Renaldo Cross Company views share buybacks as treasury stock. Renaldo repurchased shares and then later sold the shares at more than their acquisition price. What is the effect of the sale of the treasury stock on each of the following?
a. b. c. d.
Retained earnings no effect no effect increase increase
Total paid-in capital increase no effect no effect increase
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 79) The corporate charter of Llama Co. authorized the issuance of 10 million, $1 par common shares. During 2021, its first year of operations, Llama had the following transactions: January June December
1 sold 8 million shares at $15 per share 3 purchased 2 million shares of treasury stock at $18 per share 28 sold the 2 million shares of treasury stock at $20 per share
What amount should Llama report as additional paid-in capital in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $122 million B) $116 million C) $112 million D) $74 million 80) Coy, Inc. initially issued 200,000 shares of $1 par stock for $1,000,000 in 2019. In 2020, the company repurchased 20,000 shares for $200,000. In 2021, 10,000 of the repurchased shares were resold for $160,000. In its balance sheet dated December 31, 2021, Coy, Inc.'s treasury stock account shows a balance of: A) $0. B) $40,000. C) $100,000. D) $200,000. 81) C. Worthy Ships initially issued 300,000 shares of $1 par stock for $1,500,000 in 2021. In 2023, the company repurchased 30,000 shares for $300,000. In 2024, 15,000 of the repurchased shares were resold for $240,000. In its balance sheet dated December 31, 2024, C. Worthy's treasury stock account shows a balance of: A) $0 B) $60,000 C) $150,000 D) $300,000 19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
82) As of December 31, 2021, Warner Corporation reported the following: Cash dividends payable Treasury stock Paid-in capital—share repurchase Common stock and other paid-in capital accounts Retained earnings
$
20,000 600,000 20,000 4,000,000 3,000,000
During 2022, half of the treasury stock was resold for $240,000; net income was $600,000; cash dividends declared were $1,500,000; and stock dividends declared were $500,000. The 2022 sale of half of the treasury stock would: A) Reduce income before tax by $60,000. B) Reduce retained earnings by $60,000. C) Increase total shareholders' equity by $300,000. D) Reduce retained earnings by $40,000. 83) Retained earnings represent: A) Earned capital. B) Cash. C) Assets. D) Net assets. 84) Retained earnings represent a company's: A) Undistributed net income. B) Undistributed net assets. C) Extra paid-in capital. D) Undistributed cash. 85) The retained earnings balance reported in the balance sheet typically is not affected by: A) Net income. B) A prior period adjustment. C) Dividends paid. D) Restrictions. 86) Which of the following transactions decreases retained earnings? A) A property dividend. B) A stock dividend. C) A cash dividend. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 87) Which of the following transactions increases retained earnings? A) A property dividend. B) A stock dividend. C) A stock split. D) None of these answer choices is correct. 20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) When dividends are declared in one fiscal year and paid in the next fiscal year, the liability for the dividend should be recorded as of the: A) Date the dividend is declared. B) Last day of the fiscal year. C) Date of record. D) Date of payment. 89) The board of directors of Capstone Inc. declared a $0.60 per share cash dividend on its $1 par common stock. On the date of declaration, there were 50,000 shares authorized, 20,000 shares issued, and 5,000 shares held as treasury stock. What is the entry for the dividend declaration? A) Retained earnings 9,000 Cash dividends payable 9,000 B) Retained earnings Cash
9,000
C) Retained earnings Cash dividends payable
10,000
D) Retained earnings Cash
10,000
9,000
10,000
10,000
90) For a cash dividend, the ex-dividend date: A) Typically is one business day before the date of record. B) Typically is one business day after the date of record. C) Typically is one business day before the payment date. D) Typically is one business day after the payment date. 91) Any dividend that is considered to be a liquidating dividend will: A) Reduce retained earnings. B) Reduce paid-in capital. C) Increase paid-in capital. D) Reduce the common stock account.
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) On January 1, 2021, the board of directors of Goby Inc. declared a $540,000 dividend. The following data is from the balance sheet of Goby on that date:
Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings Paid-in capital—share repurchase
$ 500,000 300,000 400,000 50,000
How much is the liquidating dividend? A) $140,000. B) $240,000. C) $290,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 93) The shareholders' equity of Green Corporation includes $200,000 of $1 par common stock and $400,000 par of 6% cumulative preferred stock. The board of directors of Green declared cash dividends of $50,000 in 2021 after paying $20,000 cash dividends in each of 2020 and 2019. What is the amount of dividends common shareholders will receive in 2021? A) $18,000. B) $26,000. C) $28,000. D) $32,000. 94) The shareholders' equity of Red Corporation includes $200,000 of $1 par common stock and $400,000 par of 6% cumulative preferred stock. The board of directors of Red declared cash dividends of $50,000 in 2021 after paying $20,000 cash dividends in 2020 and $40,000 in 2019. What is the amount of dividends common shareholders will receive in 2021? A) $18,000. B) $22,000. C) $26,000. D) $28,000. 95) Which of the following statements is true when dividends are not declared or paid on cumulative preferred stock? A) The shareholders must be allowed to convert their shares to common stock. B) The unpaid dividends are accrued as a liability. C) The unpaid dividends are reported in a note to the financial statements. D) The unpaid dividends accrue interest until paid.
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) At the beginning of 2019, Emily Corporation issued 10,000 shares of $100 par, 5%, cumulative, preferred stock for $110 per share. No dividends have been paid to preferred or common shareholders. What amount of dividends will a preferred shareholder owning 100 shares receive in 2021 if Emily pays $1,000,000 in dividends? A) $500. B) $1,500. C) $1,650. D) $10,000. 97) Pug Corporation has 10,000 shares of $10 par common stock outstanding and 20,000 shares of $100 par, 6% noncumulative, nonparticipating preferred stock outstanding. Dividends have not been paid for the past two years. This year, a $150,000 dividend will be paid. What are the dividends per share for preferred and common, respectively? A) $7.50; $0. B) $6; $3. C) $6; $1.50. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 98) Beagle Corporation has 20,000 shares of $10 par common stock outstanding and 10,000 shares of $100 par, 6% cumulative, nonparticipating preferred stock outstanding. Dividends have not been paid for the past two years. This year, a $300,000 dividend will be paid. What are the dividends per share payable to preferred and common, respectively? A) $6; $12. B) $18; $6. C) $6; $6. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 99) When a property dividend is declared, the reduction in retained earnings is for: A) The book value of the property on the date of declaration. B) The book value of the property on the date of distribution. C) The fair value of the property on the date of distribution. D) The fair value of the property on the date of declaration. 100) When a property dividend is declared, the property to be distributed should be revalued to fair value as of the: A) Record date. B) Date of distribution. C) Date of declaration. D) Announcement date.
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
101) Mike Bradley & Company, a family-owned corporation, declared and distributed a property dividend from its overstocked inventory instead of declaring its usual cash dividend. The inventory's book value exceeded its fair value. The excess is: A) Reported as a direct reduction of shareholders' equity. B) Reported as other comprehensive income. C) Reported as a loss. D) Not reported. 102) Boxer Company owned 20,000 shares of King Company that were purchased in 2019 for $500,000. On May 1, 2021, Boxer declared a property dividend of 1 share of King for every 10 shares of Boxer stock. On that date, there were 50,000 shares of Boxer stock outstanding. The market Price of the King stock was $30 per share on the date of declaration and $32 per share on the date of distribution. By how much is retained earnings reduced by the property dividend? A) $0. B) $150,000. C) $160,000. D) $300,000. 103) On June 1, 2021, Blue Co. distributed to its common stockholders 200,000 outstanding common shares of its investment in Red Inc. which is an unrelated party. The book value on Blue's books of Red's $1 par common stock was $2.00 per share. Immediately after the declaration, the market price of Red's stock was $2.50 per share. In its income statement for the year ended June 30, 2021, what amount should Blue report as gain before income taxes on disposal of the stock? A) $0. B) $100,000. C) $400,000. D) $500,000.
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) ABC declared a property dividend. The dividend consisted of 10,000 common shares of its investment in XYZ Company. The shares had originally been purchased at $4 per share and had a $1 par. The value of the shares on the declaration date is $7 per share. What is the first entry that should be recorded related to this dividend? A) Retained earnings 70,000 Property dividends payable 70,000 B) Retained earnings Property dividends payable Gain
70,000 40,000 30,000
C) Investment in equity securities (XYZ) Retained earnings
30,000
D) Investment in equity securities (XYZ) Gain on investments
30,000
30,000
30,000
105) Lucid Company declared a property dividend of 20,000 shares of its investment in $1 par Polk Company common stock. The Polk stock was purchased for $5 per share. The fair value of Polk's stock was $10 per share on the declaration date of the property dividend and $11 per share on the distribution date. What is the amount of the dividend? A) $100,000. B) $200,000. C) $220,000. D) $300,000. 106) On June 27, 2021, Cara Van Travel distributed to its common shareholders 400,000 outstanding common shares of its investment in Constance Noring Pillows. The book value on Van's books of Noring's $1 par common stock was $2.00 per share. Immediately after the distribution, the market price of Noring's stock was $2.50 per share. In its income statement for the year ended June 30, 2023, what amount should Noring report as gain on disposal of the stock (ignore taxes)? A) $0 B) $200,000 C) $800,000 D) $1,000,000
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) The 12/31/2021 balance sheet of Despot Inc. included the following: Common stock, 25 million shares at $20 par Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings
$
500 million 3,000 million 980 million
In January 2021, Despot recorded a transaction with this journal entry: Cash
150 million Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par
100 million 50 million
The transaction was for the: A) Issue of 2 million shares of common stock at par. B) Issue of common stock for $150 million in cash. C) Receipt of $20 per share for a new stock issue. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 108) The 12/31/2021 balance sheet of Despot Inc. included the following: Common stock, 25 million shares at $20 par Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings
$
500 million 3,000 million 980 million
In January 2021, Despot recorded a transaction with this journal entry: Cash
150 million Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par
100 million 50 million
In February 2021, Despot declared cash dividends of $12 million to be paid in April of that year. What effect did the April transaction have on Despot's accounts? A) Decreased assets and liabilities. B) Decreased assets and shareholders' equity. C) Increased liabilities and decreased shareholders' equity. D) None of these answer choices are correct
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) The 12/31/2021 balance sheet of Despot Inc. included the following: Common stock, 25 million shares at $20 par Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings
$
500 million 3,000 million 980 million
In January 2021, Despot recorded a transaction with this journal entry: Cash
150 million Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par
100 million 50 million
Despot declared a property dividend to give marketable equity securities to its common stockholders. The securities had cost Despot $7 million and currently have a fair value of $16 million. Which of the following would be included in recording the property dividend declaration? A) Increase in a liability for $16 million. B) Decrease in retained earnings for $7 million. C) Decrease in marketable securities by $16 million. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 110) A small stock dividend is defined as one that is: A) Less than or equal to 40%. B) Less than 40%. C) Less than or equal to 10%. D) Less than 25%. 111) When a company issues a stock dividend, which of the following would be affected? A) Earnings per share. B) Total assets. C) Total liabilities. D) Total shareholders' equity. 112) F Co. declares a 5% stock dividend. If the market price at declaration is $12 per share, a shareholder with 110 shares likely would receive: A) Five additional shares. B) Fractional share rights for 5½ shares. C) Five additional shares and $6 in cash. D) Five additional shares and a fractional share right for 2½ shares. 113) The declaration and issuance of a stock dividend on shares of common stock: A) Has no effect on assets, liabilities, or total shareholders' equity. B) Decreases total shareholders' equity and increases common stock. C) Decreases assets and decreases total shareholders' equity. D) Does not change retained earnings or paid-in capital.
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) What is the effect of the declaration and subsequent issuance of a 10% stock dividend on each of the following?
a. b. c. d.
Retained earnings decrease no effect increase no effect
Paid-in capital increase increase decrease no effect
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 115) Rick Co. had 30 million shares of $1 par common stock outstanding at January 1, 2021. In October 2021, Rick Co.'s Board of Directors declared and distributed a 1% common stock dividend when the market value of its common stock was $60 per share. In recording this transaction, Rick would: A) Debit retained earnings for $18 million. B) Credit paid-in capital—excess of par for $18 million. C) Credit common stock for $18 million. D) None of these answer choices are correct 116) On October 1, 2021, Chief Corporation declared and issued a 10% stock dividend. Before this date, Chief had 80,000 shares of $5 par common stock outstanding. The market price of Chief Corporation on the date of declaration was $10 per share. As a result of this dividend, Chief's retained earnings will: A) Decrease by $80,000. B) Not change. C) Decrease by $40,000. D) Increase by $80,000.
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Dan Druff Shampoo has 1,000,000 shares of common stock authorized with a par of $1 per share, of which 500,000 shares are outstanding. When the market value was $9 per share, Druff issued a stock dividend by which for each ten shares held, one share was issued as a stock dividend. The par per share did not change. What entry did Druff record for this transaction? A) Retained earnings 50,000 Common stock 50,000 B) Paid-in capital—excess of par Common stock C) Retained earnings Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par D) Paid-in capital—excess of par Common stock Retained earnings
50,000 50,000
450,000 50,000 400,000
450,000 50,000 400,000
118) The shareholders' equity section of Time Company's comparative balance sheets for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, reported the following data:
Common stock, $1 par per share Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings
($ in millions) 2021 2020 $ 612 $ 600 348 300 628 600
During 2021, Time declared and paid cash dividends of $90 million. The company also declared and issued a small stock dividend. No other changes occurred in shares outstanding during 2021. What was Time's net income for 2021? A) $28 million B) $118 million C) $130 million D) $178 million
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) When a company issues a stock dividend of any size, which of the following would be affected? A) Earnings per share. B) Total stockholders' equity. C) Total liabilities. D) Total assets. 120) Stock splits are issued primarily to: A) Increase the number of outstanding shares. B) Increase the number of authorized shares. C) Increase legal capital. D) Induce a decline in market price per share. 121) R Co. has outstanding 100 million shares, $1 par common stock, selling for $8 per share. After a 1 for 4 reverse stock split: A) R would have 25 million shares, $4 par per share. B) The market price per share would be about $2. C) Fractional shares would be issued. D) Retained earnings would be reduced. 122) Retained earnings might be reduced by each of the following except: A) stock split not effected in the form of a stock dividend. B) property dividend. C) treasury stock. D) cash dividend. 123) What is the effect of a stock split (not effected in the form of a stock dividend) on each of the following?
a. b. c. d.
Retained earnings no effect no effect increase decrease
Total Paid-in capital increase no effect decrease increase
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) What is the usual effect of a stock split (effected in the form of a stock dividend) on each of the following?
a. b. c. d.
Retained earnings no effect increase no effect increase
Total paid-in capital no effect decrease increase increase
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 125) Doug Graves Cemetery had 50,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding at January 1, 2021. During 2021, Graves took the following actions: June
1
October
15
Declared a 2-for-1 stock split, when the fair value of the stock was $25 per share. Declared a $0.40 per share cash dividend.
In Graves's statement of shareholders' equity for 2021, what amount should Graves report as dividends? A) $20,000 B) $40,000 C) $60,000 D) $90,000 126) A stock split: A) increases the debt to equity ratio. B) decreases the debt to equity ratio. C) decreases the size of the firm. D) decreases future earnings per share. 127) Heidi Aurora Imports applies International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) in preparing its financial statements. The company issued shares of the company's Class B stock. Heidi Aurora Imports should report the stock in the company's statement of financial position: A) Among liabilities if the shares are mandatorily redeemable or redeemable at the option of the shareholder. B) As equity unless the shares are mandatorily redeemable. C) As equity unless the shares are redeemable at the option of the issuer. D) Among liabilities unless the shares are mandatorily redeemable.
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock (preference shares) is reported as debt, with the dividends reported in the income statement as interest expense, using: A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. 129) Which of the following statements is true with regard to preferred stock (preference shares)? A) Most preferred stock (preference shares) is reported under U.S. GAAP as debt. B) Most preferred stock (preference shares) is reported under IFRS as equity. C) Under U.S. GAAP, mandatorily redeemable preferred stock is reported as equity. D) Under IFRS, preferred stock dividends are reported in the income statement as interest expense. 130) Beasley Crossing prepares its financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The company issued shares of the company's Class B stock. Beasley Crossing should report the stock in the company's statement of financial position: A) among liabilities unless the shares are mandatorily redeemable. B) among liabilities if the shares are mandatorily redeemable or redeemable at the option of the shareholder. C) as equity unless the shares are mandatorily redeemable. D) as equity unless the shares are redeemable at the option of the issuer. 131) Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock (mandatorily redeemable preference shares) is reported among liabilities with related dividends reported in the income statement as interest expense using: A) IFRS. B) U.S. GAAP. C) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. D) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. 132) Net income and other comprehensive income can be reported in a single statement of comprehensive income using: A) IFRS. B) U.S. GAAP. C) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. D) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. 133) Which of the terms or phrases listed below is more associated with financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP than with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)? A) Accumulated other comprehensive income. B) Investment revaluation reserve. C) Share premium. D) Preference shares.
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) Revenue and expense items and components of other comprehensive income can be reported in a single statement of comprehensive income using: A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. 135) Under IFRS, components of other comprehensive income: A) Can be reported as part of a single statement of comprehensive income. B) Are not permitted to be reported. C) Must be reported in a separate statement of comprehensive income. D) Can be reported as part of a statement of shareholders' equity. 136) Which of the following terms or phrases is more associated with financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP than those prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards? A) Ordinary shares. B) Asset revaluation reserve. C) Share premium. D) Accumulated other comprehensive income. 137) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Participating 2. Paid-in capital–share repurchase 3. Deficit 4. Accumulated other comprehensive income 5. Large stock dividend
PHRASE A stock split in the form of a stock dividend. A feature that could increase the dividend yield on preferred stock. A debit balance for retained earnings. Follows retained earnings in a balance sheet. Associated with retiring stock.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
138) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Cumulative 2. Share issue cost 3. Earnings-price ratio 4. Retained earnings 5. Reverse stock split
PHRASE Designed to increase the market value of stock. May be reduced when shares are retired. A feature of preferred stock. May be increased when net income increases. Reduces the net proceeds from selling shares.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
139) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Treasury stock 2. Restriction of retained earnings 3. Return on shareholders' equity 4. Earnings-price ratio 5. Limited liability company
PHRASE NUMBER Preferred practice is to disclose in the notes ____ to the financial statements. Paid-in capital and/or retained earnings ____ affected when sold. Similar to an S corporation, but no limit on ____ number of owners. Net income as a percentage of average book ____ value. Used in evaluating stock performance. ____
140) Use I = Increase, D = Decrease, or N = No effect, to indicate the effect on retained earnings for each of the listed transactions. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Declaration of a property dividend. Net income for the year. Purchase of treasury stock at a cost greater than the original issue price. Purchase of treasury stock at a cost less than the original issue price. Issue common stock. Resale of treasury stock.
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) Use I = Increase, D = Decrease, or N = No effect, to indicate the effect on retained earnings for each of the listed transactions. ____ A net loss for the year. ____ A stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend. A stock split in which the par per share is reduced (but not effected in the ____ form of a stock dividend). ____ Declaration of a 5% stock dividend. ____ Declaration of a cash dividend. ____ Issue stock for noncash assets. ____ Payment of previously declared cash dividend. ____ Retirement of common stock at a cost greater than the original issue price. ____ Retirement of common stock at a cost less than the original issue price. ____ Resale of treasury stock for less than book value.
142) Use I = Increase, D = Decrease, or N = No effect, to indicate the effect on retained earnings for each of the listed transactions. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Preferred stock Investment revaluation reserve Liabilities listed after Equity in the balance sheet (statement of financial position) Accumulated other comprehensive income Asset revaluation reserve Share premium Equity listed after Liabilities in the balance sheet (statement of financial position) Share premium Net gains (losses) on investments—AOCI Paid-in capital—excess of par Ordinary shares Preference shares Common stock
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) Use I = Increase, D = Decrease, or N = No effect, to indicate the effect on retained earnings for each of the listed transactions. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Declaration of a property dividend. Net income for the year. Purchase of treasury stock at a cost greater than the original issue price. Purchase of treasury stock at a cost less than the original issue price. Issue common stock. Resale of treasury stock for less than cost, assuming no previous treasury ____ stock sales. ____ Resale of treasury stock for more than cost.
144) Use I = Increase, D = Decrease, or N = No effect, to indicate the effect on retained earnings for each of the listed transactions. ____ A net loss for the year. ____ A stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend. A stock split in which the par per share is reduced (but not effected in the ____ form of a stock dividend). ____ Declaration of a 5% stock dividend. ____ Declaration of a cash dividend. ____ Issue stock for noncash assets. ____ Payment of previously declared cash dividend. ____ Retirement of common stock at a cost greater than the original issue price. ____ Retirement of common stock at a cost less than the original issue price. Resale of treasury stock for less than book value assuming no previous ____ treasury stock sales.
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
145) The following information comes from the 2021 Annual Report to stockholders of Composition Inc. (in thousands): From the Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity: Paid-in capital– excess of par BALANCES AT December 31, 2019 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5375 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Treasury shares exchanged for Acquisitions Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2020 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5475 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2021
$0 -
Number of Treasury shares
Treasury stock amount
(30,561) $(524,321) -
Retained earnings $1,673,382 242,941
(5,181)
377
10,738
—
—
—
—
(68,952)
(1,802)
395
9,408
—
139,209 — 132,226 —
20,449 (6,668) (16,008) —
318,293 (122,906) (308,788) —
— — 1,847,371 81,965
(3,538)
279
7,095
—
—
—
—
(72,903)
(196)
366
8,271
—
—
(2,933)
(48,678)
—
(18,296) $(342,100)
$1,856,433
$128,492
From the Statement of Cash Flows: Cash flows from financing activities:
Dividends paid
2021 72,244
2020 66,932
What was the average exercise price per share of stock issued under option plans in 2021? 37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) The following information comes from the 2021 Annual Report to stockholders of Composition Inc. (in thousands): From the Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity:
BALANCES AT December 31, 2019 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5375 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Treasury shares exchanged for Acquisitions Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2020 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5475 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2021
Paid-in capital– excess of par
Number of Treasury shares
Treasury stock amount
Retained earnings
$0
(30,561)
$(524,321) -
$1,673,382 242,941
(5,181)
377
10,738
—
—
—
—
(68,952)
(1,802)
395
9,408
—
139,209 132,226 —
20,449 (6,668) (16,008) —
318,293 (122,906) (308,788) —
— — 1,847,371 81,965
(3,538)
279
7,095
—
—
—
—
(72,903)
366 8,271 (2,933) (48,678) (18,296) $(342,100)
— — $1,856,433
(196) — $128,492
From the Statement of Cash Flows: Cash flows from financing activities:
Dividends paid
2021 72,244
2020 66,932
What was the average cost per share of the treasury stock purchased by Composition during 2020 and 2021, respectively?
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
147) The following information comes from the 2021 Annual Report to stockholders of Composition Inc. (in thousands): From the Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity: Paid-in capital– excess of par BALANCES AT December 31, 2019 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5375 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Treasury shares exchanged for Acquisitions Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2020 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5475 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2021
Number of Treasury shares
$0 -
Treasury stock amount
(30,561) $(524,321) -
Retained earnings $1,673,382 242,941
(5,181)
377
10,738
—
—
—
—
(68,952)
(1,802)
395
9,408
—
139,209 — 132,226 —
20,449 (6,668) (16,008) —
318,293 (122,906) (308,788) —
— — 1,847,371 81,965
(3,538)
279
7,095
—
—
—
—
(72,903)
366 8,271 (2,933) (48,678) (18,296) $(342,100)
— — $1,856,433
(196) — $128,492
From the Statement of Cash Flows: Cash flows from financing activities:
Dividends paid
2021 72,244
2020 66,932
How many shares of treasury stock were removed for use during 2020, and for what purpose(s)?
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) The following information comes from the 2021 Annual Report to stockholders of Composition Inc. (in thousands): From the Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity: Paid-in capital– excess of par BALANCES AT December 31, 2019 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5375 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Treasury shares exchanged for Acquisitions Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2020 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5475 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2021
$0 -
Number of Treasury shares
Treasury stock amount
(30,561) $(524,321) -
Retained earnings $1,673,382 242,941
(5,181)
377
10,738
—
—
—
—
(68,952)
(1,802)
395
9,408
—
139,209 — 132,226 —
20,449 (6,668) (16,008) —
318,293 (122,906) (308,788) —
— — 1,847,371 81,965
(3,538)
279
7,095
—
—
—
—
(72,903)
366 8,271 (2,933) (48,678) (18,296) $(342,100)
— — $1,856,433
(196) — $128,492
From the Statement of Cash Flows: Cash flows from financing activities:
Dividends paid
2021 72,244
2020 66,932
What was the fair value of the treasury stock exchanged for asset acquisitions for 2020?
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
149) The following information comes from the 2021 Annual Report to stockholders of Composition Inc. (in thousands): From the Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity: Paid-in capital– excess of par BALANCES AT December 31, 2019 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5375 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Treasury shares exchanged for Acquisitions Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2020 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5475 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2021
Number of Treasury shares
$0 -
Treasury stock amount
(30,561) $(524,321) -
Retained earnings $1,673,382 242,941
(5,181)
377
10,738
—
—
—
—
(68,952)
(1,802)
395
9,408
—
139,209 — 132,226 —
20,449 (6,668) (16,008) —
318,293 (122,906) (308,788) —
— — 1,847,371 81,965
(3,538)
279
7,095
—
—
—
—
(72,903)
366 8,271 (2,933) (48,678) (18,296) $(342,100)
— — $1,856,433
(196) — $128,492
From the Statement of Cash Flows: Cash flows from financing activities:
Dividends paid
2021 72,244
2020 66,932
Assuming that Composition had Dividends Payable of $17,450 thousand at December 31, 2019, compute the balance in that account at December 31, 2021.
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
150) During its first year of operations, Cole's Electronics Inc. completed the following transactions relating to shareholders' equity. January 5:
Issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock for $25 per share. Issued 20,000 shares of common stock to accountants for February 12: $500,000 of professional services. The articles of incorporation authorize 5,000,000 shares of common stock with a par of $1 per share and 1,000,000 preferred shares with a par of $100 per share. Required: Record the above transactions in general journal form. 151) During its first year of operations, Criswell Inc. completed the following transactions relating to shareholders' equity. Issued 300,000 of its common shares for $8 per share and 3,000 preferred January 5: shares at $110. Issued 50,000 shares of common stock in exchange for equipment with a February 12: known cash price of $310,000. The articles of incorporation authorize 5,000,000 shares with a par of $1 per share of common and 1,000,000 preferred shares with a par of $100 per share. Required: Record the above transactions in general journal form. 152) During the current year JET Industries issued 5 million of its $1 par common shares to its underwriters for $25,000,000 less promotional and accounting services of $500,000 to effect the issue. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the issuance of the shares. 153) The shareholders' equity of Tru Corporation includes $600,000 of $1 par common stock and $1,200,000 par of 6% cumulative preferred stock. The board of directors of Tru declared cash dividends of $150,000 in 2021 after paying $60,000 cash dividends in each of 2020 and 2019. Required: What is the amount of dividends common shareholders will receive in 2021? 42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
154) The shareholders' equity of HS Corporation includes $300,000 of $1 par common stock and $600,000 par of 6% cumulative preferred stock. The board of directors of HS declared cash dividends of $70,000 in 2021 after paying $30,000 cash dividends in 2020 and $50,000 in 2019. Required: What is the amount of dividends common shareholders will receive in 2021? 155) Cal Cookie Company (CCC) has 100 million shares of $1 par common stock authorized. The transactions below caused changes in CCC's outstanding shares. January 4, 2021: June 25, 2021:
Repurchased and retired 1 million shares at $8 per share. Repurchased and retired 2 million shares at $2 per share.
Prior to the transactions, CCC's shareholders' equity included the following: Common stock, 80 million shares at $1 par Paid-in capital–excess of par Retained earnings
$80,000,000 160,000,000 120,000,000
Required: Record entries for the above transactions. 156) On December 31, 2020, Rebel Corporation's balance sheet reported the following. Common stock, $1 par Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings Treasury stock (20,000 shares at cost)
$1,000,000 4,000,000 5,280,000 (625,000)
During 2021, Rebel decided to discontinue accounting for share buybacks as treasury shares. Instead, the shares will be treated as having been retired. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entry to effect this change.
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
157) In 2021, Poe's Products completed the treasury stock transactions described below.
January 2: February 15: September 20:
Issued 300,000 of its common shares for $8 per share and 3,000 preferred shares at $110. Sold 3 million treasury shares at $20 per share. Sold 3 million treasury shares at $15 per share.
Poe had issued 50 million shares of its $1 par common stock for $18 several years ago. Required: Record the above transactions assuming that Poe's Products uses the cost method. 158) In 2021, Southwestern Corporation completed the treasury stock transactions listed below. February 2: March 17: May 17:
Reacquired 70,000 shares at $12. Sold 20,000 shares at $14. Sold 25,000 shares at $8.
Southwestern had issued 100,000 shares of its $1 par common stock for $10 several months ago. Required: Prepare the journal entries to record the above transactions, using the cost method. 159) The December 31, 2021, balance sheet of Springer Company included the following: Common stock, 20 million shares outstanding at $1 par Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings
$20,000,000 100,000,000 115,000,000
Springer completed the following transactions in 2021 relating to treasury stock: March 17: May 17: August 10:
Reacquired 5 million shares at $10. Reacquired 3 million shares at $9. Sold 6 million shares at $12.
Required: Assuming Springer uses the cost method, prepare journal entries to record the foregoing transactions on a FIFO basis.
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
160) The December 31, 2021, balance sheet of MBI Company included the following: Common stock, 20 million shares outstanding at $1 par Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings
$20,000,000 100,000,000 115,000,000
MBI completed the following transactions in 2021 relating to treasury stock: March 17: May 17: August 10:
Reacquired 2 million shares at $10. Reacquired 2 million shares at $9. Issued 3 million shares at $12.
Required: Prepare journal entries to record the foregoing transactions on a weighted average basis. 161) The shareholders' equity of Nick Co. includes the items shown below. The board of directors of Nick declared cash dividends of $4 million, $8 million, and $50 million in each of its first 3 years of operation: 2019, 2020, and 2021, respectively. Common stock, $1 par, 50,000,000 shares outstanding Preferred stock, 6%, $100 par, 1,000,000 shares outstanding Required: Determine the amount of dividends per share on preferred and common stock for each of the three years. The preferred stock is noncumulative and nonparticipating. 162) The shareholders' equity of Crystal Company includes the items shown below. The board of directors of Crystal declared cash dividends of $3 million, $6 million, and $50 million in each of its first three years of operation: 2019, 2020, and 2021, respectively. Common stock, $1 par, 50,000,000 shares outstanding Preferred stock, 6%, $100 par, 1,000,000 shares outstanding Required: Determine the amount of dividends per share on preferred and common stock for each of the three years. The preferred stock is cumulative and nonparticipating.
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
163) ZIP Company owns 40,000 shares of the common stock of PIK Company. ZIP decided to divest itself of this investment by distributing the PIK shares in the form of a property dividend. The dividend ratio is one share of PIK for every four shares of ZIP common held by shareholders. ZIP has 160,000 common shares outstanding. On April 15, 2021, the date of declaration, PIK stock had a par of $5 per share, a book value of $12 per share, and a fair value of $17 per share. Required: Prepare any necessary journal entries. The shares were distributed on May 15, 2021, to stockholders of record on May 1, 2021. 164) Fowler Co.'s balance sheet showed the following at December 31, 2021: Common stock, $10 par Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings
$100,000 50,000 20,000
A cash dividend is declared on December 31, 2021, and is payable on January 20, 2022, to shareholders of record on January 10, 2022. Required: (1) Prepare all appropriate journal entries, assuming a cash dividend in the amount of $1.00 per share. (2) Prepare all appropriate journal entries, assuming a cash dividend in the amount of $5.00 per share.
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) On January 1, 2021, Fascom had the following account balances in its shareholders' equity accounts. Common stock, $1 par, 250,000 shares issued Paid-in capital—excess of par, common Paid-in capital—excess of par, preferred Preferred stock, $100 par, 10,000 shares outstanding Retained earnings Treasury stock, at cost, 5,000 shares
250,000 500,000 100,000 1,000,000 2,000,000 25,000
During 2021, Fascom Inc. had several transactions relating to common stock. January 15:
Declared a property dividend of 100,000 shares of Slowdown Company (book value $10 per share, fair value $9 per share). February 17: Distributed the property dividend. April 10: A 2-for-1 stock split was declared and distributed on outstanding common stock and effected in the form of a stock dividend. (Fascom chose to reduce Paid-in capital—excess of par.) The fair value of the stock was $4 on this date. July 18: Declared and distributed a 3% stock dividend on outstanding common stock. The fair value is $5 per share. December 1: Declared a 50 cents per share cash dividend on the outstanding common shares. December 20: Paid the cash dividend. Required: Without preparing journal entries, prepare the shareholders' equity section of Fascom's balance sheet as of December 31, 2021. Assume net income is $500,000 for 2021. 166) On September 15, 2021, the Scottie Company board of directors declared a 10% stock dividend on common shares. The shares are to be distributed on October 10, 2021, to shareholders of record on October 1, 2021. The market price per share on the date of declaration was $24 while the market price on the date of distribution was $26. The common stock has a par of $5 per share and there were 1,000,000 shares outstanding prior to the declaration of the stock dividend. Required: Prepare any necessary journal entries to record the above transactions.
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
167) On October 15, 2021, a 5% stock dividend was declared and distributed. The fair value of the common stock on this date was $32 per share. Fractional share rights represented 100,000 shares. Cash was paid in lieu of issuing fractional share rights. On the date of declaration and payment, the company had 10 million shares of common stock outstanding. The par of the common shares was $5 per share. Required: Prepare any necessary journal entries to record the above events. 168) On January 1, 2021, Gerlach Inc. had the following account balances in its shareholders' equity accounts. Common stock, $1 par, 250,000 shares issued Paid-in capital—excess of par, common Paid-in capital—excess of par, preferred Preferred stock, $100 par, 10,000 shares outstanding Retained earnings Treasury stock, at cost, 5,000 shares
250,000 500,000 100,000 1,000,000 2,000,000 25,000
During 2021, Gerlach Inc. had several transactions relating to common stock. January 15:
Declared a property dividend of 100,000 shares of Slowdown Company (book value $10 per share, fair value $9 per share). February 17: Distributed the property dividend. April 10: A 2-for-1 stock split was declared and distributed on outstanding common stock and effected in the form of a stock dividend. (Fascom chose to reduce Paid-in capital—excess of par.) The fair value of the stock was $4 on this date. July 18: Declared and distributed a 3% stock dividend on outstanding common stock. The fair value is $5 per share. December 1: Declared a 50 cents per share cash dividend on the outstanding common shares. December 20: Paid the cash dividend. Required: Record the above transactions and events in journal entry format.
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
169) A new CEO was hired to revive the floundering Heirloom Watch Corporation. The company had endured operating losses for several years, but confidence was emerging that better times were ahead. The board of directors and shareholders approved a quasi-reorganization for the corporation. The reorganization included devaluing inventory for obsolescence by $210 million and increasing land by $10 million. Immediately before the restatement, at December 31, 2021, Heirloom Watch Corporation's balance sheet appeared as follows (in condensed form): Heirloom Watch Corporation BALANCE SHEET December 31, 2021 ($ in millions) Cash Receivables Inventory Land Buildings and equipment (net) Liabilities Common stock (640 million shares at $1 par) Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings (deficit)
$ 40 80 460 80 180 $840 $480 640 120 (400) $840
Required: 1. Prepare the journal entries appropriate to record the quasi-reorganization on January 1, 2022. 2. Prepare a balance sheet as it would appear immediately after the restatement. 170) The balance sheet reports the balances of shareholders' equity accounts. What additional information is provided by the statement of shareholders' equity? 171) What is comprehensive income and how does it differ from net income? Where is it reported in the balance sheet? 172) Identify the three common forms of business organization and the primary difference in the way we account for them. 173) When stock is issued for consideration other than cash, what is the measurement objective? 174) The costs of legal, promotional, and accounting services necessary to effect the sale of shares are referred to as share issue costs. How are these costs recorded? Compare this approach to the way debt issue costs are recorded.
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
175) When a corporation acquires its own shares, those shares assume the same status as authorized but unissued shares, as if they never had been issued. Explain how this is reflected in the accounting records if the shares are formally retired. 176) Some preferred stock is cumulative while other preferred stock is noncumulative. What does this mean? 177) What is the difference between a stock split and a stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend? 178) The prescribed accounting treatment for stock dividends implicitly assumes that shareholders are fooled by "small" stock dividends and benefit by the market value of their additional shares. Explain this statement. Is it logical? 179) How do U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) differ with respect to debt and equity for preferred stock?
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 18 Shareholders' Equity 1) Paid-in capital must consist solely of amounts invested by shareholders. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Components of shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 2) Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock is reported as a liability. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock‒Classes of shares Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3) Stock designated as preferred usually has preferential rights over other classes of stock relative to dividends and liquidating distributions. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock‒Classes of shares Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4) Noncash assets received as consideration for the issue of stock shares are always valued based on the fair value of the stock. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 5) Treasury stock transactions never increase retained earnings or net income. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 6) Investors should be wary of stock buybacks during down times because the resulting decrease in shares and increase in earnings per share can be used to mask a slowdown in earnings growth. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Decision-makers' perspective Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 7) Restrictions on retained earnings must be disclosed on the face of the balance sheet. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retained earnings Learning Objective: 18-06 Describe retained earnings and distinguish it from paid-in capital. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
8) Cash dividends become a binding liability as of the record date. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Dividends-Cash dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 9) Dividends in arrears on cumulative preferred stock are liabilities to be paid at a later date. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock‒Classes of shares; Dividends‒Preferred stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock.; 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 10) Under GAAP, the declaration of a property dividend may require the recognition of a gain or loss if the fair value of the property is different from its book value on the declaration date. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Dividends-Property dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 11) Stock dividends cause a reduction in retained earnings or paid-in capital in excess of par, but they never reduce total shareholders' equity. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
12) Sources of shareholders' equity include each of the following except: A) Amounts invested by shareholders in the corporation. B) Amounts earned by the corporation on behalf of its shareholders. C) Amounts borrowed from financial institutions. D) Accumulated other comprehensive income. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Components of shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 13) Two of the three primary account classifications within shareholders' equity are: A) Preferred stock and retained earnings. B) The par of common stock and retained earnings. C) Paid-in capital and retained earnings. D) Preferred and common stock. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Components of shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 14) Paid-in capital in excess of par is reported: A) As a reduction of shareholders' equity. B) As a noncurrent asset. C) As a noncurrent liability. D) As an increase in shareholders' equity. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Components of shareholders' equity; Stock—Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity.; 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
15) Treasury shares are most often reported as: A) A reduction of total shareholders' equity. B) A reduction of total paid-in capital. C) A reduction of retained earnings. D) An expense in the income statement. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Components of shareholders' equity; Stock—Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity.; 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 16) The net assets of a corporation are equal to: A) Contributed capital. B) Retained earnings. C) Shareholders' equity. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Components of shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 17) Details of each class of stock must be reported: A) On the face of the balance sheet only. B) In disclosure notes only. C) On the face of the balance sheet or in disclosure notes. D) On the face of the balance sheet and in disclosure notes. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Components of shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
18) The statement of shareholders' equity reports the transactions that cause changes in its shareholders' equity account balances. It shows the beginning and ending balances in primary shareholders' equity accounts and any changes that occur during the years reported. Typical reasons for changes include each of the following except: A) the sale of additional shares of stock. B) the issuance of bonds. C) net income. D) declaration of dividends. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Components of shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
19) The changes in account balances for Elder Company for 2021 are as follows: Assets Common stock Liabilities Paid-in capital—excess of par
$ 480,000debit 250,000credit 160,000credit 30,000credit
Assuming the only changes in retained earnings in 2021 were for net income and a $50,000 dividend, what was net income for 2021? A) $40,000. B) $60,000. C) $70,000. D) $90,000. Answer: D Explanation: Assets Common stock Liabilities Paid-in capital—excess of par Dividends Net income Totals Net income = $90,000
Debits $ 480,000
Credits $ 250,000 160,000 30,000
50,000 $ 530,000
? $ 530,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Components of shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
20) The changes in account balances for Allen Inc. for 2021 are as follows: Assets Common stock Liabilities Paid-in capital—excess of par
$ 225,000debit 125,000credit 80,000credit 15,000credit
Assuming the only changes in retained earnings in 2021 were for net income and a $25,000 dividend, what was net income for 2021? A) $30,000. B) $20,000. C) $15,000. D) $5,000. Answer: A Explanation: Assets Common stock Liabilities Paid-in capital—excess of par Dividends Net income Totals Net income = $30,000
Debits $ 225,000
Credits $ 125,000 80,000 15,000
25,000 $ 250,000
? $ 250,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Components of shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
21) Poodle Corporation was organized on January 3, 2021. The firm was authorized to issue 100,000 shares of $5 par common stock. During 2021, Poodle had the following transactions relating to shareholders' equity: Issued 30,000 shares of common stock at $7 per share. Issued 20,000 shares of common stock at $8 per share. Reported net income of $100,000. Paid dividends of $50,000. What is total paid-in capital at the end of 2021? A) $420,000. B) $370,000. C) $470,000. D) $320,000. Answer: B Explanation: (30,000 × $7) + (20,000 × $8) = $370,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Components of shareholders' equity; Stock—Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity.; 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
22) Roberto Corporation was organized on January 1, 2021. The firm was authorized to issue 100,000 shares of $5 par common stock. During 2021, Roberto had the following transactions relating to shareholders' equity: Issued 10,000 shares of common stock at $7 per share. Issued 20,000 shares of common stock at $8 per share. Reported a net income of $100,000. Paid dividends of $50,000. Purchased 3,000 shares of treasury stock at $10 (part of the 20,000 shares issued at $8). What is total shareholders' equity at the end of 2021? A) $270,000. B) $300,000. C) $250,000. D) $200,000. Answer: C Explanation: Issue of stock (10,000 × $7) Issue of stock (20,000 × $8) Net income Dividends Treasury stock (3,000 × $10)
$
70,000 160,000 100,000 (50,000) (30,000) $ 250,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares; Stock‒Treasury stock; Retained earnings; Determine total shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity.; 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration.; 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares.; 18-06 Describe retained earnings and distinguish it from paid-in capital. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
23) As of December 31, 2021, Warner Corporation reported the following: Cash dividends payable Treasury stock Paid-in capital—share repurchase Common stock and other paid-in capital accounts Retained earnings
$
20,000 600,000 20,000 4,000,000 3,000,000
What was shareholders' equity as of December 31, 2021? A) $7,020,000. B) $6,440,000. C) $6,420,000. D) $6,400,000. Answer: C Explanation: Paid-in capital—share repurchase Common stock and other paid-in capital accounts Retained earnings Treasury stock Total shareholders' equity
$
20,000 4,000,000 3,000,000 (600,000) $ 6,420,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine total shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
24) As of December 31, 2021, Purdue Corporation reported the following: Cash dividends payable Treasury stock Paid-in capital—share repurchase Common stock and other paid-in capital accounts Retained earnings
$
20,000 600,000 20,000 4,000,000 3,000,000
During 2022, half of the treasury stock was resold for $240,000; net income was $600,000; cash dividends declared were $500,000; and small stock dividends declared and distributed were $400,000 What would shareholders' equity be as of December 31, 2022? A) None of these amounts is correct. B) $6,760,000. C) $6,820,000. D) $7,760,000. Answer: B Explanation: Paid-in capital—share repurchase Common stock and other paid-in capital accounts Retained earnings Treasury stock Shareholder's equity, Jan. 1, 2022 Sale of treasury stock: Treasury stock (Cr.) Paid-in capital—share repurchase (Dr.) Retained earnings (Dr.) Net income (Retained earnings, Cr.) Cash dividends (Retained earnings, Dr.) Stock dividends: Retained earnings (Dr.) Common stock and PIC (Cr.) Shareholder's equity, Dec. 31, 2022
$
20,000 4,000,000 3,000,000 (600,000) $6,420,000 300,000 (20,000) (40,000) 600,000 (500,000)
$
(400,000) 400,000 6,760,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock; Retained earnings; Dividends‒Cash dividends; Stock dividends; Determine total shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity.; 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares.; 18-06 Describe retained earnings and distinguish it from paid-in capital.; 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends.; 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Analyze 12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 25) Yellow Enterprises reported the following ($ in thousands) as of December 31, 2021. All accounts have normal balances. Deficit (debit balance in retained earnings) Common stock Paid-in capital—share repurchase Treasury stock (at cost) Paid-in capital—excess of par
$
3,000 2,000 1,000 400 30,000
During 2022 ($ in thousands), net income was $9,000; 25% of the treasury stock was resold for $450; cash dividends declared were $600; cash dividends paid were $500. What ($ in thousands) was shareholders' equity as of December 31, 2021? A) $29,600. B) $35,600. C) $30,400. D) $28,600. Answer: A Explanation: Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par Paid-in capital—share repurchase Retained earnings Treasury stock Total shareholders' equity
$
2,000 30,000 1,000 (3,000) (400) $ 29,600
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Determine total shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
26) Yellow Enterprises reported the following ($ in thousands) as of December 31, 2021. All accounts have normal balances. Deficit (debit balance in retained earnings) Common stock Paid-in capital—share repurchase Treasury stock (at cost) Paid-in capital—excess of par
$
3,000 2,000 1,000 400 30,000
During 2022 ($ in thousands), net income was $9,000; 25% of the treasury stock was resold for $450; cash dividends declared were $600; cash dividends paid were $500. What ($ in thousands) was shareholders' equity as of December 31, 2022? A) $38,100. B) $37,450. C) $38,450. D) $38,350. Answer: C Explanation: Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par Paid-in capital—share repurchase Retained earnings Treasury stock Total shareholders' equity, 12/31/2021 Net income Sale of treasury stock Dividends declared Shareholders' equity 12/31/2022
$
2,000 30,000 1,000 (3,000) (400) $ 29,600 9,000 450 (600) $ 38,450
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock; Retained earnings; Dividends‒Cash dividends; Determine total shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity.; 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares.; 18-06 Describe retained earnings and distinguish it from paid-in capital.; 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
27) Accumulated other comprehensive income: A) Is an asset. B) Might include gains and losses on certain investments. C) Includes accumulated net income. D) Is reported between assets and liabilities. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Comprehensive income and AOCI Learning Objective: 18-02 Describe comprehensive income and its components. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 28) A statement of comprehensive income includes: A) Net income. B) Gains and losses on unsold equity securities. C) Gains and losses on stock dividends. D) None of these options is included. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Comprehensive income and AOCI Learning Objective: 18-02 Describe comprehensive income and its components. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 29) Accumulated other comprehensive income: A) is a liability. B) might include prior service cost from pension plan amendments. C) includes unrealized gains and losses on equity securities. D) is reported in the income statement. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Comprehensive income and AOCI Learning Objective: 18-02 Describe comprehensive income and its components. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
30) A statement of comprehensive income does not include: A) Net income. B) Losses resulting from the return on pension assets exceeding expectations. C) Losses from changes in estimates regarding the PBO of pension plans. D) Prior service cost of pension plans. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Comprehensive income and AOCI Learning Objective: 18-02 Describe comprehensive income and its components. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 31) Accumulated other comprehensive income is reported: A) In the balance sheet as an asset. B) In the balance sheet as a liability. C) In the balance sheet as a component of shareholders' equity. D) In the statement of comprehensive income. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Comprehensive income and AOCI Learning Objective: 18-02 Describe comprehensive income and its components. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 32) A statement of comprehensive income does not include: A) Gains resulting from the return on pension assets exceeding expectations. B) Gains and losses on unsold held-to-maturity debt securities. C) Adjustments from foreign currency translation. D) Prior service cost of pensions. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Comprehensive income and AOCI Learning Objective: 18-02 Describe comprehensive income and its components. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
33) In terms of business volume, the dominant form of business organization is the: A) Partnership. B) Corporation. C) Limited liability company. D) Proprietorship. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Corporate organization Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 34) The corporate charter sometimes is known as (a): A) Articles of incorporation. B) Statement of organization. C) By-laws. D) Registration statement. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Corporate organization Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 35) Corporations are formed in accordance with: A) The Model Business Corporation Act. B) Federal statutes. C) The laws of individual states. D) Federal trade commission regulations. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Corporate organization Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
36) The Model Business Corporation Act: A) Uses the words "common" and "preferred" in describing distinguishing characteristics of stock. B) Defines legal capital as the amount of net assets not available for distribution to shareholders. C) Provides guidance for choosing an appropriate par for new issues of stock. D) Has affected the laws of most states. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Corporate organization Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 37) Characteristics of the corporate form that have led to the growth of this form of business ownership include all of the following except: A) Ease of raising capital. B) Low government regulation. C) Limited liability. D) Ease of ownership transfer. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Corporate organization Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 38) Authorized common stock refers to the total number of shares: A) Outstanding. B) Issued. C) Issued and outstanding. D) That can be issued. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Corporate organization Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
39) The par amount of common stock represents: A) The arbitrary dollar amount assigned to a share of stock. B) The liquidation value of a share. C) The book value of a share of stock. D) The amount received when the stock was issued. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Corporate organization Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 40) The preemptive right refers to the shareholder's right to: A) Maintain a proportional ownership interest in the corporation. B) Vote for members of the board of directors. C) Receive a share of dividends. D) Share in profits proportionally with all other stockholders. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock‒Classes of shares Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 41) Common shareholders usually have all of the following rights except: A) To share in the profits. B) To share in assets upon liquidation. C) To elect a board of directors. D) To participate in the day-to-day operations. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock‒Classes of shares Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
42) The owners of a corporation are its shareholders. If a corporation has only one class of shares, they typically are labeled common shares. Each of the following are ownership rights held by common shareholders, unless specifically withheld by agreement, except: A) The right to vote on policy issues. B) The right to share in profits when dividends are declared (in proportion to the percentage of shares owned by the shareholder). C) The right to dividends equal to a stated rate times par per share (if dividends are paid). D) The right to share in the distribution of any assets remaining at liquidation after other claims are satisfied. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Classes of shares Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 43) Preferred stock is called preferred because it usually has two preferences. These preferences relate to: A) Dividends and voting rights. B) Par and dividends C) The preemptive right and voting rights. D) Assets at liquidation and dividends. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Classes of shares Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
44) The typical rights of preferred shares usually include: A) the right to vote. B) a preference to a predesignated amount of dividends, that is, a stated dollar amount per share or percent of par per share. C) a preference over common shareholders and lenders in the distribution of assets in the event the corporation is dissolved. D) the "preemptive right" to maintain one's percentage share of ownership when new shares are issued. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Classes of shares Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 45) When preferred stock carries a redemption privilege, the shareholders may: A) Purchase new shares as they become available. B) Exchange their preferred shares for common shares. C) Surrender the preferred shares for a specified amount of cash. D) Purchase treasury shares ahead of common shareholders. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock‒Classes of shares Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
46) Preferred shares that are participating may: A) Vote for the board of directors. B) Be exchanged for common stock. C) Receive extra cash during corporate liquidation. D) Receive additional dividends beyond the stated amount. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Classes of shares Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 47) Heidi Aurora Imports issued shares of the company's Class B stock. Heidi Aurora Imports should report the stock in the company's statement of financial position: A) Among liabilities if the shares are mandatorily redeemable or redeemable at the option of the shareholder. B) As equity unless the shares are mandatorily redeemable. C) As equity unless the shares are redeemable at the option of the issuer. D) Among liabilities unless the shares are mandatorily redeemable. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Classes of shares Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) Roman Company is a super successful producer of electronic parts. The company has 2 million 10%, cumulative preferred shares outstanding that must be redeemed by Roman for cash in 10 years. Since issuance, management has reported the stock in the balance sheet as shareholders' equity. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's reporting policy? A) The policy is inappropriate because preferred stock must be reported separately from common stock. B) The policy is inappropriate because preferred stock must be reported as a liability in the balance sheet. C) The policy is appropriate because the shares are cumulative. D) This approach is inappropriate because the shares are mandatorily redeemable. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock‒Classes of shares Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 49) The common stock account in a company's balance sheet is measured as: A) The number of common shares outstanding multiplied by the stock's par per share. B) The number of common shares outstanding multiplied by the stock's current market price per share. C) The number of common shares issued multiplied by the stock's par per share. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) The par amount of shares issued is normally recorded in the: A) Paid-in capital in excess of par account. B) Common stock account. C) Retained earnings account. D) Appropriated retained earnings account. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares; Corporate organization Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock.; 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) Olsson Corporation received a check from its underwriters for $72 million. This was for the issue of one million of its $5 par stock that the underwriters expect to sell for $72 per share. Which is the correct entry to record the issue of the stock? A) Cash 72,000,000 Stock issue expense 20,000,000 Stock contract receivable 52,000,000 B) Cash Deferred stock issue revenue Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par C) Cash Common stock D) Cash Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par
Answer: D Explanation: Cash Common stock (1,000,000 × $5 par) Paid-in capital—excess of par
72,000,000 20,000,000 5,000,000 47,000,000
72,000,000 72,000,000
72,000,000 5,000,000 67,000,000
72,000,000 5,000,000 67,000,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
52) When stock traded on an active exchange is issued for a machine: A) No entry is recorded until restrictions are lifted. B) An asset is recorded for the fair value of the stock. C) An asset is recorded for the appraised value of the machine. D) Paid-in capital is increased by the appraised value of the machine. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 53) When stock is issued in exchange for property, the best evidence of fair value might be any of the following except: A) The appraised value of the property received. B) The selling price of the stock in a recent transaction. C) The price of the stock quoted on the stock exchange. D) The average book value of outstanding stock. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
54) Red Inc. issues shares of stock with a par amount of $1 per share in exchange for a machine. In accounting for the transaction: A) If fair values of the stock and machine are unavailable, the stock should be recorded at its par amount. B) The stock is recorded at its par amount unless the fair value of the machine is readily available. C) Both the stock and machine are recorded at the fair value of the stock or the fair value of the machine, whichever is more clearly determinable. D) The machine should not be depreciated because the stock has no term to maturity. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 55) Montgomery & Co., a well-established law firm, provided 500 hours of its time to Fink Corporation and received 1,000 shares of Fink's $5 par common stock in exchange for services rendered. Montgomery's usual billing rate is $700 per hour, and Fink's stock has a book value of $250 per share. By what amount will Fink's paid-in capital—excess of par increase for this transaction? A) $345,000. B) $295,000. C) $350,000. D) $300,000. Answer: A Explanation: Legal expense (500 × $700) Common stock (1,000 × $5) Paid-in capital—excess of par
350,000 5,000 345,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
56) When more than one security is sold for a single price and the total selling price is not equal to the sum of the market prices, the cash received is allocated between the securities based on: A) Relative book values. B) Par amounts C) Relative market values. D) The earnings per share. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 57) Tim Howard Gloves issued 4.75% bonds with a face amount of $24 million, together with 4 million shares of its $1 par common stock, for a combined cash amount of $44 million. The fair value of Howard's stock cannot be determined. The bonds would have sold for $18 million if issued separately. For this transaction, Howard should record paid-in capital—excess of par in the amount of: A) $26 million B) $22 million C) $18 million D) $16 million Answer: B Explanation: $26 million ($44 - $18) would be allocated to the common stock. The Common stock account would be credited for $4 million, with the remaining $22 million credited to paidin capital—excess of par. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
58) Share issue costs refer to the costs of obtaining the legal, promotional, and accounting services necessary to effect the sale of shares. The costs reduce the net cash proceeds from selling the shares and thus paid-in capital—excess of par, and are: A) Not recorded separately. B) Recorded as an asset. C) Recorded as a liability. D) Amortized over time. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 59) When issuing common shares, Guava Company incurs costs for the legal, promotional, and accounting services necessary to effect the sale. Guava records these costs by expensing them in the period the shares are issued. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) The policy is inappropriate because the cost of these services reduces the net proceeds from selling the shares and should reduce paid-in capital. B) The policy is inappropriate because these costs should be recorded in a Share Issue Costs account and amortized over the average term to maturity of the company's debt. C) This approach is inappropriate because these costs should be recorded in a Share Issue Costs account and added to accumulated comprehensive income. D) This approach is conceptually correct because it is consistent with the accrual concept of recording expenses in the period they are incurred. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
60) When common stock is purchased by the issuing corporation at a price below the original issue price and the stock is retired, the transaction: A) Increases net income for the year. B) Increases retained earnings. C) Increases revenue for the year. D) Increases paid-in capital—share repurchase. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Retirement of shares Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 61) Dempsey Company retires shares that it buys back. In its first share repurchase transaction, Dempsey purchased stock for more than the price at which the stock was originally issued. What is the effect of the purchase of the stock on each of the following?
a. b. c. d.
Total paid-in capital no effect decrease decrease no effect
Retained earnings no effect no effect decrease decrease
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: C Explanation: Total paid-in capital is reduced (debited) for the purchase price. Cash is credited for the amount paid to reacquire the stock. The (debit) plug is to retained earnings. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock‒Retirement of shares Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
62) The balance sheet of FIFA Cup Company included the following shareholders' equity section at December 31, 2021: ($ in millions) Common stock ($1 par, authorized 200 million shares, issued and outstanding 180 million shares) Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity
$
180
1,080 560 $ 1,820
On January 5, 2022, FIFA purchased and retired 2 million shares for $18 million. Immediately after retirement of the shares, the balances in the paid-in capital—excess of par and retained earnings accounts are:`
a. b. c. d.
Paid-in capital—excess of par $ 1,068 $ 1,064 $ 1,080 $ 1,080
Retained earnings $ 556 $ 560 $ 560 $ 542
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: A Explanation: Common stock is debited for $2 ($1par × 2M); Paid-in capital—excess of par is debited for $12 ($6/share × 2M); Cash is credited for $18; Retained earnings is debited for $4 (plug) [all amounts in millions, unless otherwise specified]. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock‒Retirement of shares Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
63) The corporate charter of Alpaca Co. authorized the issuance of 10 million, $1 par common shares. During 2021, its first year of operations, Alpaca had the following transactions: January June December
1 sold 8 million shares at $15 per share 3 retired 2 million shares at $18 per share 28 sold 2 million shares at $20 per share
What amount should Alpaca report as additional paid-in capital—excess of par, in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $122 million B) $116 million C) $112 million D) $74 million Answer: A Explanation: On Jan. 1, additional paid-in capital (PIC—excess of par) was credited for $112 [8 million shares × $14/share ($15 - $1 par)]. On June 3, additional Paid-in capital—excess of par was debited for the original issue of $28 (2 million shares × $14/share), and retained earnings was debited for $6 (2 million shares × $18 $15). On Dec 28, additional paid-in capital (PIC—excess of par) was credited for $38 [2 million shares × $19/share ($20 - $1 par)]. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
64) In 2021, Brock Lee Vegetables issued $1 par value common stock for $30 per share. No other common stock transactions occurred until March 31, 2023, when Brock Lee acquired some of the issued shares for $25 per share and retired them. Which of the following statements is true for this acquisition and retirement? A) 2023 net income is decreased. B) 2023 net income is increased. C) Additional paid-in capital is increased. D) Retained earnings is increased. Answer: C Explanation: The entries to record the stock issuance and subsequent acquisition and retirement (per share) are as follows: Issuance (per share) Cash Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par Retirement (per share) Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par Paid-in capital—share repurchase Cash
30 1 29
1 29 5 25
The net result is an increase in Paid-in capital—share repurchase (additional paid-in capital) of $5 per share retired. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Retirement of shares Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
65) In 2019, Winn, Inc. issued $1 par common stock for $35 per share. No other common stock transactions occurred until July 31, 2021, when Winn acquired some of the issued shares for $30 per share and retired them. Which of the following statements correctly states an effect of this acquisition and retirement? A) 2021 net income is decreased. B) Additional paid-in capital is increased. C) 2021 net income is increased. D) Retained earnings is increased. Answer: B Explanation: The entries to record the stock issuance and subsequent acquisition and retirement (per share) are as follows: Issuance Cash Common Paid-in capital—excess of par Retirement Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par Paid-in capital—share repurchase Cash
35 1 34
1 34 5 30
The net result is an increase in additional paid-in capital of $5 per share retired. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock‒Retirement of shares Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
66) Issued stock refers to the number of shares: A) Outstanding plus treasury shares. B) Shares issued for cash. C) Owned by shareholders. D) That may be issued under state law. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Components of shareholders' equity; Stock—Issuance of shares; Stock—Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity.; 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration.; 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 67) Outstanding common stock is: A) Stock that is performing well on the New York Stock Exchange. B) Stock that has been authorized by the state for issue. C) Stock held in the corporate treasury. D) Stock owned by shareholders. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal / Keyboard Navigation 68) When treasury shares are sold at a price above cost: A) A gain account is credited. B) A loss is reported. C) A revenue account is credited. D) Paid-in capital is increased. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
69) When treasury shares are resold at a price below cost: A) Paid-in capital and/or retained earnings is reduced. B) Paid-in capital and/or retained earnings is increased. C) Retained earnings is always reduced. D) A loss is reported in the income statement Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 70) When treasury stock is purchased for an amount greater than its par, what is the effect on total shareholders' equity? A) Increase. B) Decrease. C) No effect. D) Cannot tell from the given information. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
71) Treasury stock transactions might cause: A) A decrease in the balance of retained earnings. B) An increase in the balance of retained earnings. C) An increase or a decrease in the par amount per share. D) An increase or a decrease in the amount of net income. Answer: A Explanation: Paid-in capital—treasury stock may either increase or decrease, and retained earnings might decrease. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 72) Gabriel Company views share buybacks as treasury stock. In its first treasury stock transaction, Gabriel purchased treasury stock for more than the price at which the stock was originally issued. What is the effect of the purchase of the treasury stock on each of the following?
a. b. c. d.
Total paid-in capital decrease decrease no effect no effect
Retained earnings decrease no effect decrease no effect
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: D Explanation: Treasury stock is deducted from total shareholders' equity as a separate line item – it is not part of either paid-in capital or retained earnings. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
73) The balance sheet of Messi Services included the following shareholders' equity section at December 31, 2021: ($ in millions) Common stock ($1 par, authorized 200 million shares, issued and outstanding 180 million shares) Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings Total shareholders' equity
$
180
1,080 560 $ 1,820
On January 5, 2022, Messi purchased 2 million treasury shares for $9 million. Immediately after the purchase of the shares, the balances in the paid-in capital—excess of par and retained earnings accounts are:
a. b. c. d.
Paid-in capital—excess of par $ 1,068 $ 1,064 $ 1,080 $ 1,080
Retained earnings $ 556 $ 560 $ 560 $ 544
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: C Explanation: The treasury stock is deducted from total shareholders' equity as a separate line item – it is not part of either paid-in capital or retained earnings. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) The following partial information is taken from the comparative balance sheet of Levi Corporation: Shareholders' equity Common stock, $5 par; 20 million shares authorized; 15 million shares issued and 9 million shares outstanding at 12/31/2021; and ____ million shares issued and ____ shares outstanding at 12/31/2020. Additional paid-in capital on common stock Retained earnings Treasury common stock, at cost, 6 million shares at 12/31/2021 and 4 million shares at 12/31/2020 Total shareholders' equity
12/31/2021
$
75 million 520 million 197 million
(72 million) $ 720 million
12/31/2020
$
45 million 392 million 157 million
(50 million) $ 544 million
How many of Levi's common shares were outstanding on 12/31/2020? A) 14 million. B) 9 million. C) 5 million. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: 5 million shares were outstanding at this date (9 million were issued, and 4 million shares were in the treasury). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
75) The following partial information is taken from the comparative balance sheet of Levi Corporation: Shareholders' equity Common stock, $5 par; 20 million shares authorized; 15 million shares issued and 9 million shares outstanding at 12/31/2021; and ____ million shares issued and ____ shares outstanding at 12/31/2020. Additional paid-in capital on common stock Retained earnings Treasury common stock, at cost, 6 million shares at 12/31/2021 and 4 million shares at 12/31/2020 Total shareholders' equity
12/31/2021
$
75 million 520 million 197 million
(72 million) $ 720 million
12/31/2020
$
45 million 392 million 157 million
(50 million) $ 544 million
What was the average price (rounded to the nearest dollar) of the additional shares issued by Levi in 2021? A) $5 per share. B) $26 per share. C) $39 per share. D) Cannot be determined from the given information. Answer: B Explanation: = Increase in common stock + increase in additional paid-in Proceeds capital = $30 million + $128 million = $158 million Average issue = Proceeds/Number of shares issued price = $158 million/6 million shares = $26.33/share, rounded to $26 per share Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) The following partial information is taken from the comparative balance sheet of Levi Corporation: Shareholders' equity Common stock, $5 par; 20 million shares authorized; 15 million shares issued and 9 million shares outstanding at 12/31/2021; and ____ million shares issued and ____ shares outstanding at 12/31/2020. Additional paid-in capital on common stock Retained earnings Treasury common stock, at cost, 6 million shares at 12/31/2021 and 4 million shares at 12/31/2020 Total shareholders' equity
12/31/2021
$
75 million 520 million 197 million
(72 million) $ 720 million
12/31/2020
$
45 million 392 million 157 million
(50 million) $ 544 million
What was the average price of the additional treasury shares purchased by Levi during 2021? A) $11 per share. B) $12 per share. C) $12.50 per share. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Explanation: Cost of additional shares = $72 million − $50 million = $22 million Average price paid = Cost/number of additional treasury shares = $22 million ÷ 2 million shares = $11 per share Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
77) The following partial information is taken from the comparative balance sheet of Levi Corporation: Shareholders' equity Common stock, $5 par; 20 million shares authorized; 15 million shares issued and 9 million shares outstanding at 12/31/2021; and ____ million shares issued and ____ shares outstanding at 12/31/2020. Additional paid-in capital on common stock Retained earnings Treasury common stock, at cost, 6 million shares at 12/31/2021 and 4 million shares at 12/31/2020 Total shareholders' equity
12/31/2021
$
75 million 520 million 197 million
(72 million) $ 720 million
12/31/2020
$
45 million 392 million 157 million
(50 million) $ 544 million
What was the amount of Levi's net income for the year 2021? A) $0. B) $40 million. C) $62 million. D) Cannot be determined from the given information. Answer: D Explanation: The increase in retained earnings is a composite of net income and changes due to dividends. You cannot determine the portion due to net income unless you have information about the dividends. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retained earnings Learning Objective: 18-06 Describe retained earnings and distinguish it from paid-in capital. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) Renaldo Cross Company views share buybacks as treasury stock. Renaldo repurchased shares and then later sold the shares at more than their acquisition price. What is the effect of the sale of the treasury stock on each of the following?
a. b. c. d.
Retained earnings no effect no effect increase increase
Total paid-in capital increase no effect no effect increase
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: A Explanation: The difference between the cash received and the treasury stock balance is credited to paid-in capital—share repurchase. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
79) The corporate charter of Llama Co. authorized the issuance of 10 million, $1 par common shares. During 2021, its first year of operations, Llama had the following transactions: January June December
1 sold 8 million shares at $15 per share 3 purchased 2 million shares of treasury stock at $18 per share 28 sold the 2 million shares of treasury stock at $20 per share
What amount should Llama report as additional paid-in capital in its December 31, 2021, balance sheet? A) $122 million B) $116 million C) $112 million D) $74 million Answer: B Explanation: On Jan.1, additional paid-in capital—excess of par was credited for $112 [8 million shares × $14/share ($15 − $1 par)]. On June 3, there was no impact on PIC. On Dec 28, additional paid-in capital—share repurchase was credited for $4 [2 million shares × $2/share ($20 − $18 cost)] Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares; Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration.; 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) Coy, Inc. initially issued 200,000 shares of $1 par stock for $1,000,000 in 2019. In 2020, the company repurchased 20,000 shares for $200,000. In 2021, 10,000 of the repurchased shares were resold for $160,000. In its balance sheet dated December 31, 2021, Coy, Inc.'s treasury stock account shows a balance of: A) $0. B) $40,000. C) $100,000. D) $200,000. Answer: C Explanation: A treasury stock account is created when a company reacquires its own stock as treasury stock. The full purchase price (cost) is debited to Treasury Stock. When treasury stock is sold, the Treasury Stock account is credited for the cost per share, with an additional credit to Paid-in capital—share repurchase, if the sale price exceeds the reacquisition price. The 2020 repurchase is accounted for with a debit to Treasury Stock for $200,000. When half of the treasury stock is resold, $100,000 is credited to Treasury Stock and $60,000 is credited to Paid-in capital—share repurchase. The balance in the Treasury Stock account is $200,000 − $100,000 = $100,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
81) C. Worthy Ships initially issued 300,000 shares of $1 par stock for $1,500,000 in 2021. In 2023, the company repurchased 30,000 shares for $300,000. In 2024, 15,000 of the repurchased shares were resold for $240,000. In its balance sheet dated December 31, 2024, C. Worthy's treasury stock account shows a balance of: A) $0 B) $60,000 C) $150,000 D) $300,000 Answer: C Explanation: The 2023 repurchase is accounted for with a debit to treasury stock for $300,000. When half of the treasury stock is resold, $150,000 is credited to treasury stock and $90,000 is credited to Paid-in capital—share repurchase. The balance in the treasury stock account is $150,000 ($300,000 − $150,000). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
82) As of December 31, 2021, Warner Corporation reported the following: Cash dividends payable Treasury stock Paid-in capital—share repurchase Common stock and other paid-in capital accounts Retained earnings
$
20,000 600,000 20,000 4,000,000 3,000,000
During 2022, half of the treasury stock was resold for $240,000; net income was $600,000; cash dividends declared were $1,500,000; and stock dividends declared were $500,000. The 2022 sale of half of the treasury stock would: A) Reduce income before tax by $60,000. B) Reduce retained earnings by $60,000. C) Increase total shareholders' equity by $300,000. D) Reduce retained earnings by $40,000. Answer: D Explanation: Cash Paid-in capital—share repurchase Retained earnings Treasury stock ($600,000 ÷ 2)
240,000 20,000 40,000 300,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 83) Retained earnings represent: A) Earned capital. B) Cash. C) Assets. D) Net assets. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retained earnings Learning Objective: 18-06 Describe retained earnings and distinguish it from paid-in capital. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
84) Retained earnings represent a company's: A) Undistributed net income. B) Undistributed net assets. C) Extra paid-in capital. D) Undistributed cash. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retained earnings Learning Objective: 18-06 Describe retained earnings and distinguish it from paid-in capital. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 85) The retained earnings balance reported in the balance sheet typically is not affected by: A) Net income. B) A prior period adjustment. C) Dividends paid. D) Restrictions. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Retained earnings Learning Objective: 18-06 Describe retained earnings and distinguish it from paid-in capital. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 86) Which of the following transactions decreases retained earnings? A) A property dividend. B) A stock dividend. C) A cash dividend. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retained earnings Learning Objective: 18-06 Describe retained earnings and distinguish it from paid-in capital. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
87) Which of the following transactions increases retained earnings? A) A property dividend. B) A stock dividend. C) A stock split. D) None of these answer choices is correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Retained earnings Learning Objective: 18-06 Describe retained earnings and distinguish it from paid-in capital. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 88) When dividends are declared in one fiscal year and paid in the next fiscal year, the liability for the dividend should be recorded as of the: A) Date the dividend is declared. B) Last day of the fiscal year. C) Date of record. D) Date of payment. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Dividends-Cash dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
89) The board of directors of Capstone Inc. declared a $0.60 per share cash dividend on its $1 par common stock. On the date of declaration, there were 50,000 shares authorized, 20,000 shares issued, and 5,000 shares held as treasury stock. What is the entry for the dividend declaration? A) Retained earnings 9,000 Cash dividends payable 9,000 B) Retained earnings Cash
9,000
C) Retained earnings Cash dividends payable
10,000
D) Retained earnings Cash
10,000
Answer: A Explanation: Retained earnings [(20,000 − 5,000) × $0.60] Cash dividends payable
9,000
10,000
10,000
9,000 9,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dividends-Cash dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) For a cash dividend, the ex-dividend date: A) Typically is one business day before the date of record. B) Typically is one business day after the date of record. C) Typically is one business day before the payment date. D) Typically is one business day after the payment date. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Dividends-Cash dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 91) Any dividend that is considered to be a liquidating dividend will: A) Reduce retained earnings. B) Reduce paid-in capital. C) Increase paid-in capital. D) Reduce the common stock account. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Dividends-Liquidating dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) On January 1, 2021, the board of directors of Goby Inc. declared a $540,000 dividend. The following data is from the balance sheet of Goby on that date:
Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings Paid-in capital—share repurchase
$ 500,000 300,000 400,000 50,000
How much is the liquidating dividend? A) $140,000. B) $240,000. C) $290,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Explanation: Total dividend Retained earnings Liquidating dividends
$ 540,000 400,000 $ 140,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dividends-Liquidating dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
93) The shareholders' equity of Green Corporation includes $200,000 of $1 par common stock and $400,000 par of 6% cumulative preferred stock. The board of directors of Green declared cash dividends of $50,000 in 2021 after paying $20,000 cash dividends in each of 2020 and 2019. What is the amount of dividends common shareholders will receive in 2021? A) $18,000. B) $26,000. C) $28,000. D) $32,000. Answer: A Explanation: Green's common shareholders will receive dividends of $18,000 as a result of the 2021 distribution
2019 2020 2021
Preferred $ 20,000* 20,000** 32,000***
Common 0 0 $ 18,000 (remainder)
*$24,000 current preference (6% × $400,000), thus $4,000 dividends in arrears. **$24,000 current preference (6% × $400,000), thus another $4,000 dividends in arrears. ***$8,000 dividends in arrears plus the $24,000 current preference. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dividends-Preferred stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
94) The shareholders' equity of Red Corporation includes $200,000 of $1 par common stock and $400,000 par of 6% cumulative preferred stock. The board of directors of Red declared cash dividends of $50,000 in 2021 after paying $20,000 cash dividends in 2020 and $40,000 in 2019. What is the amount of dividends common shareholders will receive in 2021? A) $18,000. B) $22,000. C) $26,000. D) $28,000. Answer: B Explanation: Red's common shareholders will receive dividends of $22,000 as a result of the 2021 distribution.
2019 2020 2021
Preferred $ 24,000* 20,000** 28,000***
Common $ 16,000 (remainder) 0 $ 22,000 (remainder)
*$24,000 current preference (6% × $400,000). **$24,000 current preference, thus $4,000 dividends in arrears. ***$4,000 dividends in arrears plus the $24,000 current preference. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dividends-Preferred stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 95) Which of the following statements is true when dividends are not declared or paid on cumulative preferred stock? A) The shareholders must be allowed to convert their shares to common stock. B) The unpaid dividends are accrued as a liability. C) The unpaid dividends are reported in a note to the financial statements. D) The unpaid dividends accrue interest until paid. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dividends-Preferred stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) At the beginning of 2019, Emily Corporation issued 10,000 shares of $100 par, 5%, cumulative, preferred stock for $110 per share. No dividends have been paid to preferred or common shareholders. What amount of dividends will a preferred shareholder owning 100 shares receive in 2021 if Emily pays $1,000,000 in dividends? A) $500. B) $1,500. C) $1,650. D) $10,000. Answer: B Explanation: $100 × 5% × 100 shares × 3 years = $1,500. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dividends-Preferred stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 97) Pug Corporation has 10,000 shares of $10 par common stock outstanding and 20,000 shares of $100 par, 6% noncumulative, nonparticipating preferred stock outstanding. Dividends have not been paid for the past two years. This year, a $150,000 dividend will be paid. What are the dividends per share for preferred and common, respectively? A) $7.50; $0. B) $6; $3. C) $6; $1.50. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: Preferred: $6 per share × 20,000 = $120,000; $120,000 ÷ 20,000 shares = $6 per share Common: ($150,000 − $120,000) ÷ 10,000 = $3 per share Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dividends-Preferred stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) Beagle Corporation has 20,000 shares of $10 par common stock outstanding and 10,000 shares of $100 par, 6% cumulative, nonparticipating preferred stock outstanding. Dividends have not been paid for the past two years. This year, a $300,000 dividend will be paid. What are the dividends per share payable to preferred and common, respectively? A) $6; $12. B) $18; $6. C) $6; $6. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: Preferred: $6 × 3 × 10,000 = $180,000; $180,000 ÷ 10,000 = $18 Common: ($300,000 − $180,000) ÷ 20,000 = $6 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dividends-Preferred stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 99) When a property dividend is declared, the reduction in retained earnings is for: A) The book value of the property on the date of declaration. B) The book value of the property on the date of distribution. C) The fair value of the property on the date of distribution. D) The fair value of the property on the date of declaration. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dividends-Property dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
100) When a property dividend is declared, the property to be distributed should be revalued to fair value as of the: A) Record date. B) Date of distribution. C) Date of declaration. D) Announcement date. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dividends-Property dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 101) Mike Bradley & Company, a family-owned corporation, declared and distributed a property dividend from its overstocked inventory instead of declaring its usual cash dividend. The inventory's book value exceeded its fair value. The excess is: A) Reported as a direct reduction of shareholders' equity. B) Reported as other comprehensive income. C) Reported as a loss. D) Not reported. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dividends-Property dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
102) Boxer Company owned 20,000 shares of King Company that were purchased in 2019 for $500,000. On May 1, 2021, Boxer declared a property dividend of 1 share of King for every 10 shares of Boxer stock. On that date, there were 50,000 shares of Boxer stock outstanding. The market Price of the King stock was $30 per share on the date of declaration and $32 per share on the date of distribution. By how much is retained earnings reduced by the property dividend? A) $0. B) $150,000. C) $160,000. D) $300,000. Answer: B Explanation: (500,000 ÷ 10) × $30 = $150,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dividends-Property dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 103) On June 1, 2021, Blue Co. distributed to its common stockholders 200,000 outstanding common shares of its investment in Red Inc. which is an unrelated party. The book value on Blue's books of Red's $1 par common stock was $2.00 per share. Immediately after the declaration, the market price of Red's stock was $2.50 per share. In its income statement for the year ended June 30, 2021, what amount should Blue report as gain before income taxes on disposal of the stock? A) $0. B) $100,000. C) $400,000. D) $500,000. Answer: B Explanation: Property dividends are recorded at the fair value of the property distributed, with any gain or loss being recognized in the current period. $2.50 − $2.00 = $0.50 × 200,000 = $100,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dividends-Property dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) ABC declared a property dividend. The dividend consisted of 10,000 common shares of its investment in XYZ Company. The shares had originally been purchased at $4 per share and had a $1 par. The value of the shares on the declaration date is $7 per share. What is the first entry that should be recorded related to this dividend? A) Retained earnings 70,000 Property dividends payable 70,000 B) Retained earnings Property dividends payable Gain
70,000 40,000 30,000
C) Investment in equity securities (XYZ) Retained earnings
30,000
D) Investment in equity securities (XYZ) Gain on investments
30,000
Answer: D Explanation: Investment in equity securities (XYZ) [10,000 × ($7 − $4)] Gain on investments
30,000
30,000
30,000 30,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dividends-Property dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
105) Lucid Company declared a property dividend of 20,000 shares of its investment in $1 par Polk Company common stock. The Polk stock was purchased for $5 per share. The fair value of Polk's stock was $10 per share on the declaration date of the property dividend and $11 per share on the distribution date. What is the amount of the dividend? A) $100,000. B) $200,000. C) $220,000. D) $300,000. Answer: B Explanation: 20,000 × $10 = $200,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dividends-Property dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 106) On June 27, 2021, Cara Van Travel distributed to its common shareholders 400,000 outstanding common shares of its investment in Constance Noring Pillows. The book value on Van's books of Noring's $1 par common stock was $2.00 per share. Immediately after the distribution, the market price of Noring's stock was $2.50 per share. In its income statement for the year ended June 30, 2023, what amount should Noring report as gain on disposal of the stock (ignore taxes)? A) $0 B) $200,000 C) $800,000 D) $1,000,000 Answer: B Explanation: Property dividends are recorded at the fair value of the asset distributed as of the date of declaration, with any gain or loss being recognized in the current period. Fair value of property dividend $2.50 × 400,000 shares $ 1,000,000 Book value $2.00 × 400,000 shares 800,000 Gain on disposal of stock $ 200,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dividends-Property dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) The 12/31/2021 balance sheet of Despot Inc. included the following: Common stock, 25 million shares at $20 par Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings
$
500 million 3,000 million 980 million
In January 2021, Despot recorded a transaction with this journal entry: Cash Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par
150 million 100 million 50 million
The transaction was for the: A) Issue of 2 million shares of common stock at par. B) Issue of common stock for $150 million in cash. C) Receipt of $20 per share for a new stock issue. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
108) The 12/31/2021 balance sheet of Despot Inc. included the following: Common stock, 25 million shares at $20 par Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings
$
500 million 3,000 million 980 million
In January 2021, Despot recorded a transaction with this journal entry: Cash Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par
150 million 100 million 50 million
In February 2021, Despot declared cash dividends of $12 million to be paid in April of that year. What effect did the April transaction have on Despot's accounts? A) Decreased assets and liabilities. B) Decreased assets and shareholders' equity. C) Increased liabilities and decreased shareholders' equity. D) None of these answer choices are correct Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dividends-Cash dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) The 12/31/2021 balance sheet of Despot Inc. included the following: Common stock, 25 million shares at $20 par Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings
$
500 million 3,000 million 980 million
In January 2021, Despot recorded a transaction with this journal entry: Cash Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par
150 million 100 million 50 million
Despot declared a property dividend to give marketable equity securities to its common stockholders. The securities had cost Despot $7 million and currently have a fair value of $16 million. Which of the following would be included in recording the property dividend declaration? A) Increase in a liability for $16 million. B) Decrease in retained earnings for $7 million. C) Decrease in marketable securities by $16 million. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dividends-Property dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 110) A small stock dividend is defined as one that is: A) Less than or equal to 40%. B) Less than 40%. C) Less than or equal to 10%. D) Less than 25%. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
111) When a company issues a stock dividend, which of the following would be affected? A) Earnings per share. B) Total assets. C) Total liabilities. D) Total shareholders' equity. Answer: A Explanation: When a company issues a stock dividend, earnings per share decreases as the number of shares outstanding increases. There is no effect on total assets, total liabilities, or total shareholders' equity. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 112) F Co. declares a 5% stock dividend. If the market price at declaration is $12 per share, a shareholder with 110 shares likely would receive: A) Five additional shares. B) Fractional share rights for 5½ shares. C) Five additional shares and $6 in cash. D) Five additional shares and a fractional share right for 2½ shares. Answer: C Explanation: 110 shares × 5% = 5.5 shares; one-half share × $12 = $6 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
113) The declaration and issuance of a stock dividend on shares of common stock: A) Has no effect on assets, liabilities, or total shareholders' equity. B) Decreases total shareholders' equity and increases common stock. C) Decreases assets and decreases total shareholders' equity. D) Does not change retained earnings or paid-in capital. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 114) What is the effect of the declaration and subsequent issuance of a 10% stock dividend on each of the following?
a. b. c. d.
Retained earnings decrease no effect increase no effect
Paid-in capital increase increase decrease no effect
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: A Explanation: The stock dividend is a capitalization of retained earnings: debit retained earnings; credit common stock and credit paid-in capital—excess of par. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
115) Rick Co. had 30 million shares of $1 par common stock outstanding at January 1, 2021. In October 2021, Rick Co.'s Board of Directors declared and distributed a 1% common stock dividend when the market value of its common stock was $60 per share. In recording this transaction, Rick would: A) Debit retained earnings for $18 million. B) Credit paid-in capital—excess of par for $18 million. C) Credit common stock for $18 million. D) None of these answer choices are correct Answer: A Explanation: Shares to be distributed = 0.01 × 30 million = 300,000 shares Retained earnings: Market value of shares = 300,000 × $60 = $18 million Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 116) On October 1, 2021, Chief Corporation declared and issued a 10% stock dividend. Before this date, Chief had 80,000 shares of $5 par common stock outstanding. The market price of Chief Corporation on the date of declaration was $10 per share. As a result of this dividend, Chief's retained earnings will: A) Decrease by $80,000. B) Not change. C) Decrease by $40,000. D) Increase by $80,000. Answer: A Explanation: Retained earnings (8,000 shares × $10/share) Common stock (8,000 shares × $5/share) Paid-in capital—excess of par
80,000 40,000 40,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Dan Druff Shampoo has 1,000,000 shares of common stock authorized with a par of $1 per share, of which 500,000 shares are outstanding. When the market value was $9 per share, Druff issued a stock dividend by which for each ten shares held, one share was issued as a stock dividend. The par per share did not change. What entry did Druff record for this transaction? A) Retained earnings 50,000 Common stock 50,000 B) Paid-in capital—excess of par Common stock C) Retained earnings Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par D) Paid-in capital—excess of par Common stock Retained earnings
50,000 50,000
450,000 50,000 400,000
450,000 50,000 400,000
Answer: C Explanation: The number of shares issued for the stock dividend is less than 20—25% of the existing outstanding shares. Therefore, the transaction is considered a small stock dividend and retained earnings should be debited for the fair value at date of declaration. 500,000 shares × 1/10 = 50,000 shares × $9 = $450,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
118) The shareholders' equity section of Time Company's comparative balance sheets for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, reported the following data:
Common stock, $1 par per share Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings
($ in millions) 2021 2020 $ 612 $ 600 348 300 628 600
During 2021, Time declared and paid cash dividends of $90 million. The company also declared and issued a small stock dividend. No other changes occurred in shares outstanding during 2021. What was Time's net income for 2021? A) $28 million B) $118 million C) $130 million D) $178 million Answer: D Explanation: The beginning balance in retained earnings ($600) + net income (?) − cash dividends ($90) − the amount debited for the stock dividend [$612 − 600 = $12 (common stock) + $348 − $300 = $48 (paid-in capital—excess of par)] = ending balance in retained earnings ($628). Net income = $178. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dividends-Cash dividends; Stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity.; 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends.; 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) When a company issues a stock dividend of any size, which of the following would be affected? A) Earnings per share. B) Total stockholders' equity. C) Total liabilities. D) Total assets. Answer: A Explanation: When a company issues a stock dividend, earnings per share decreases as the number of shares outstanding increases. There is no effect on total assets, total liabilities, or total stockholders' equity. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Decision-makers' perspective Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 120) Stock splits are issued primarily to: A) Increase the number of outstanding shares. B) Increase the number of authorized shares. C) Increase legal capital. D) Induce a decline in market price per share. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock splits Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Resource Management / Keyboard Navigation
69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
121) R Co. has outstanding 100 million shares, $1 par common stock, selling for $8 per share. After a 1 for 4 reverse stock split: A) R would have 25 million shares, $4 par per share. B) The market price per share would be about $2. C) Fractional shares would be issued. D) Retained earnings would be reduced. Answer: A Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock splits Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 122) Retained earnings might be reduced by each of the following except: A) stock split not effected in the form of a stock dividend. B) property dividend. C) treasury stock. D) cash dividend. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock splits Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
123) What is the effect of a stock split (not effected in the form of a stock dividend) on each of the following?
a. b. c. d.
Retained earnings no effect no effect increase decrease
Total Paid-in capital increase no effect decrease increase
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: B Explanation: No journal entry is made. The par amount per share is reduced to maintain the same balance in the common stock account. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock splits Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) What is the usual effect of a stock split (effected in the form of a stock dividend) on each of the following?
a. b. c. d.
Retained earnings no effect increase no effect increase
Total paid-in capital no effect decrease increase increase
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: A Explanation: One way to account for the event is to increase (credit) common stock for the par of the shares issued and to decrease (debit) paid-in capital—excess of par for the same amount. Each of these accounts is a paid-in capital account. An alternate accounting treatment is to decrease (debit) retained earnings and this is not an answer choice provided. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock splits Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) Doug Graves Cemetery had 50,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding at January 1, 2021. During 2021, Graves took the following actions: June
1
October
15
Declared a 2-for-1 stock split, when the fair value of the stock was $25 per share. Declared a $0.40 per share cash dividend.
In Graves's statement of shareholders' equity for 2021, what amount should Graves report as dividends? A) $20,000 B) $40,000 C) $60,000 D) $90,000 Answer: B Explanation: Jan. 1 Shares issued and outstanding June 1 2-for-1 stock split June 1 Shares issued and outstanding Oct. 15 Cash dividend declared (per share) Dividends for the year
50,000 2 100,000 × $ 0.40 $ 40,000 ×
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock splits Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends.; 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) A stock split: A) increases the debt to equity ratio. B) decreases the debt to equity ratio. C) decreases the size of the firm. D) decreases future earnings per share. Answer: D Explanation: A stock split results in more shares outstanding but there is no journal entry for the event. Thus, the total dollar amounts of the balance sheet are not affected. However, with more shares outstanding, a corporation will have a lower EPS because there will be more shares in the denominator of the EPS calculation. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Decision-makers' perspective Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 127) Heidi Aurora Imports applies International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) in preparing its financial statements. The company issued shares of the company's Class B stock. Heidi Aurora Imports should report the stock in the company's statement of financial position: A) Among liabilities if the shares are mandatorily redeemable or redeemable at the option of the shareholder. B) As equity unless the shares are mandatorily redeemable. C) As equity unless the shares are redeemable at the option of the issuer. D) Among liabilities unless the shares are mandatorily redeemable. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Preferred stock distinctions Learning Objective: 18-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global / Keyboard Navigation
74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock (preference shares) is reported as debt, with the dividends reported in the income statement as interest expense, using: A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Preferred stock distinctions Learning Objective: 18-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global / Keyboard Navigation 129) Which of the following statements is true with regard to preferred stock (preference shares)? A) Most preferred stock (preference shares) is reported under U.S. GAAP as debt. B) Most preferred stock (preference shares) is reported under IFRS as equity. C) Under U.S. GAAP, mandatorily redeemable preferred stock is reported as equity. D) Under IFRS, preferred stock dividends are reported in the income statement as interest expense. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Preferred stock distinctions Learning Objective: 18-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global / Keyboard Navigation
75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
130) Beasley Crossing prepares its financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The company issued shares of the company's Class B stock. Beasley Crossing should report the stock in the company's statement of financial position: A) among liabilities unless the shares are mandatorily redeemable. B) among liabilities if the shares are mandatorily redeemable or redeemable at the option of the shareholder. C) as equity unless the shares are mandatorily redeemable. D) as equity unless the shares are redeemable at the option of the issuer. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Preferred stock distinctions Learning Objective: 18-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation 131) Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock (mandatorily redeemable preference shares) is reported among liabilities with related dividends reported in the income statement as interest expense using: A) IFRS. B) U.S. GAAP. C) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. D) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. Answer: D Explanation: Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS require that mandatorily redeemable preferred stock (preference shares) be reported among liabilities with their dividends reported in the income statement as interest expense. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS‒Preferred stock distinctions Learning Objective: 18-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation
76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) Net income and other comprehensive income can be reported in a single statement of comprehensive income using: A) IFRS. B) U.S. GAAP. C) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. D) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. Answer: D Explanation: Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS require that companies report a statement of comprehensive income either as a separate statement immediately following the income statement or as a continuation of the income statement. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS‒Preferred stock distinctions Learning Objective: 18-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation 133) Which of the terms or phrases listed below is more associated with financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP than with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)? A) Accumulated other comprehensive income. B) Investment revaluation reserve. C) Share premium. D) Preference shares. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: IFRS‒Terminology Learning Objective: 18-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global / Keyboard Navigation
77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) Revenue and expense items and components of other comprehensive income can be reported in a single statement of comprehensive income using: A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Terminology Learning Objective: 18-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global / Keyboard Navigation 135) Under IFRS, components of other comprehensive income: A) Can be reported as part of a single statement of comprehensive income. B) Are not permitted to be reported. C) Must be reported in a separate statement of comprehensive income. D) Can be reported as part of a statement of shareholders' equity. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Terminology Learning Objective: 18-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global / Keyboard Navigation
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
136) Which of the following terms or phrases is more associated with financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP than those prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards? A) Ordinary shares. B) Asset revaluation reserve. C) Share premium. D) Accumulated other comprehensive income. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Terminology Learning Objective: 18-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation
79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
137) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Participating 2. Paid-in capital–share repurchase 3. Deficit 4. Accumulated other comprehensive income 5. Large stock dividend
PHRASE A stock split in the form of a stock dividend. A feature that could increase the dividend yield on preferred stock. A debit balance for retained earnings. Follows retained earnings in a balance sheet. Associated with retiring stock.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Participating 2. Paid-in capital–share repurchase 3. Deficit 4. Accumulated other comprehensive income 5. Large stock dividend
PHRASE A stock split in the form of a stock dividend. A feature that could increase the dividend yield on preferred stock. A debit balance for retained earnings. Follows retained earnings in a balance sheet. Associated with retiring stock.
NUMBER 5 1 3 4 2
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Comprehensive income and AOCI; Retained earnings; Stock dividends; Stock-Classes of shares; Stock-Retirement of shares Learning Objective: 18-02 Describe comprehensive income and its components.; 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock.; 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares.; 18-06 Describe retained earnings and distinguish it from paid-in capital.; 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
138) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Cumulative 2. Share issue cost 3. Earnings-price ratio 4. Retained earnings 5. Reverse stock split
PHRASE Designed to increase the market value of stock. May be reduced when shares are retired. A feature of preferred stock. May be increased when net income increases. Reduces the net proceeds from selling shares.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Cumulative 2. Share issue cost 3. Earnings-price ratio 4. Retained earnings 5. Reverse stock split
PHRASE Designed to increase the market value of stock. May be reduced when shares are retired. A feature of preferred stock. May be increased when net income increases. Reduces the net proceeds from selling shares.
NUMBER 5 4 1 3 2
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Decision-makers' perspective; Retained earnings; Stock splits; Stock-Classes of shares; Stock-Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock.; 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration.; 18-06 Describe retained earnings and distinguish it from paid-in capital.; 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
139) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Treasury stock
PHRASE NUMBER Preferred practice is to disclose in the notes ____ to the financial statements. 2. Restriction of retained Paid-in capital and/or retained earnings ____ earnings affected when sold. 3. Return on shareholders' Similar to an S corporation, but no limit on ____ equity number of owners. 4. Earnings-price ratio Net income as a percentage of average book ____ value. 5. Limited liability company Used in evaluating stock performance. ____
Answer: TERM 1. Treasury stock
PHRASE NUMBER Preferred practice is to disclose in the 2 notes to the financial statements. 2. Restriction of retained Paid-in capital and/or retained earnings 1 earnings affected when sold. 3. Return on shareholders' Similar to an S corporation, but no limit 5 equity on number of owners. 4. Earnings-price ratio Net income as a percentage of average 3 book value. 5. Limited liability Used in evaluating stock performance. 4 company Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Corporate organization; Decision-makers' perspective; Retained earnings Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock.; 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares.; 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
140) Use I = Increase, D = Decrease, or N = No effect, to indicate the effect on retained earnings for each of the listed transactions. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Declaration of a property dividend. Net income for the year. Purchase of treasury stock at a cost greater than the original issue price. Purchase of treasury stock at a cost less than the original issue price. Issue common stock. Resale of treasury stock.
Answer: D Declaration of a property dividend. I Net income for the year. D Purchase of treasury stock at a cost greater than the original issue price. D Purchase of treasury stock at a cost less than the original issue price. I Issue common stock. I Resale of treasury stock. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine total shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) Use I = Increase, D = Decrease, or N = No effect, to indicate the effect on retained earnings for each of the listed transactions. ____ A net loss for the year. ____ A stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend. ____ A stock split in which the par per share is reduced (but not effected in the form of a stock dividend). ____ Declaration of a 5% stock dividend. ____ Declaration of a cash dividend. ____ Issue stock for noncash assets. ____ Payment of previously declared cash dividend. ____ Retirement of common stock at a cost greater than the original issue price. ____ Retirement of common stock at a cost less than the original issue price. ____ Resale of treasury stock for less than book value.
Answer: D A net loss for the year. N A stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend. N A stock split in which the par per share is reduced (but not effected in the form of a stock dividend). N Declaration of a 5% stock dividend. D Declaration of a cash dividend. I Issue stock for noncash assets. N Payment of previously declared cash dividend. D Retirement of common stock at a cost greater than the original issue price. D Retirement of common stock at a cost less than the original issue price. I Resale of treasury stock for less than book value. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Determine total shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
142) Use I = Increase, D = Decrease, or N = No effect, to indicate the effect on retained earnings for each of the listed transactions. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Preferred stock Investment revaluation reserve Liabilities listed after Equity in the balance sheet (statement of financial position) Accumulated other comprehensive income Asset revaluation reserve Share premium Equity listed after Liabilities in the balance sheet (statement of financial position) Share premium Net gains (losses) on investments—AOCI Paid-in capital—excess of par Ordinary shares Preference shares Common stock
Answer: U Preferred stock I Investment revaluation reserve I Liabilities listed after Equity in the balance sheet (statement of financial position) U Accumulated other comprehensive income I Asset revaluation reserve I Share premium U Equity listed after Liabilities in the balance sheet (statement of financial position) I Share premium U Net gains (losses) on investments—AOCI U Paid-in capital—excess of par I Ordinary shares I Preference shares U Common stock Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Terminology Learning Objective: 18-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global 85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) Use I = Increase, D = Decrease, or N = No effect, to indicate the effect on retained earnings for each of the listed transactions. ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Declaration of a property dividend. Net income for the year. Purchase of treasury stock at a cost greater than the original issue price. Purchase of treasury stock at a cost less than the original issue price. Issue common stock. Resale of treasury stock for less than cost, assuming no previous treasury stock sales. ____ Resale of treasury stock for more than cost.
Answer: D Declaration of a property dividend. I Net income for the year. N Purchase of treasury stock at a cost greater than the original issue price. N Purchase of treasury stock at a cost less than the original issue price. N Issue common stock. D Resale of treasury stock for less than cost, assuming no previous treasury stock sales. N Resale of treasury stock for more than cost. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dividends-Property dividends; Retained earnings; Stock-Issuance of shares; StockTreasury stock Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration.; 18-06 Describe retained earnings and distinguish it from paid-in capital.; 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
86 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
144) Use I = Increase, D = Decrease, or N = No effect, to indicate the effect on retained earnings for each of the listed transactions. ____ A net loss for the year. ____ A stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend. ____ A stock split in which the par per share is reduced (but not effected in the form of a stock dividend). ____ Declaration of a 5% stock dividend. ____ Declaration of a cash dividend. ____ Issue stock for noncash assets. ____ Payment of previously declared cash dividend. ____ Retirement of common stock at a cost greater than the original issue price. ____ Retirement of common stock at a cost less than the original issue price. ____ Resale of treasury stock for less than book value assuming no previous treasury stock sales.
Answer: D A net loss for the year. D A stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend. N A stock split in which the par per share is reduced (but not effected in the form of a stock dividend). D Declaration of a 5% stock dividend. D Declaration of a cash dividend. N Issue stock for noncash assets. N Payment of previously declared cash dividend. D Retirement of common stock at a cost greater than the original issue price. N Retirement of common stock at a cost less than the original issue price. D Resale of treasury stock for less than book value assuming no previous treasury stock sales. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dividends-Cash dividends; Retained earnings; Stock dividends; Stock splits; StockIssuance of shares; Stock-Retirement of shares; Stock-Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration.; 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares.; 18-06 Describe retained earnings and distinguish it from paid-in capital.; 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends.; 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 87 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
145) The following information comes from the 2021 Annual Report to stockholders of Composition Inc. (in thousands): From the Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity: Paid-in capital– excess of par BALANCES AT December 31, 2019 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5375 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Treasury shares exchanged for Acquisitions Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2020 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5475 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2021
Number of Treasury shares
$0 -
Treasury stock amount
(30,561) $(524,321) -
Retained earnings $1,673,382 242,941
(5,181)
377
10,738
—
—
—
—
(68,952)
(1,802)
395
9,408
—
139,209 —
20,449 (6,668)
318,293 (122,906)
— —
132,226 —
(16,008) —
(308,788) —
1,847,371 81,965
(3,538)
279
7,095
—
—
—
—
(72,903)
(196) —
366 (2,933)
8,271 (48,678)
— —
(18,296) $(342,100)
$1,856,433
$128,492
From the Statement of Cash Flows: Cash flows from financing activities:
Dividends paid
2021 72,244
2020 66,932
What was the average exercise price per share of stock issued under option plans in 2021? 88 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: The average price was $12.68/share, $3,538 ÷ 279. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
89 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) The following information comes from the 2021 Annual Report to stockholders of Composition Inc. (in thousands): From the Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity: Paid-in capital– excess of par BALANCES AT December 31, 2019 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5375 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Treasury shares exchanged for Acquisitions Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2020 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5475 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2021
$0 -
Number of Treasury shares
Treasury stock amount
(30,561) $(524,321) -
Retained earnings $1,673,382 242,941
(5,181)
377
10,738
—
—
—
—
(68,952)
(1,802)
395
9,408
—
139,209 —
20,449 (6,668)
318,293 (122,906)
— —
132,226 —
(16,008) —
(308,788) —
1,847,371 81,965
(3,538)
279
7,095
—
—
—
—
(72,903)
(196)
366
8,271
—
—
(2,933)
(48,678)
—
(18,296) $(342,100)
$1,856,433
$128,492
From the Statement of Cash Flows: Cash flows from financing activities:
Dividends paid
2021 72,244
2020 66,932
90 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
What was the average cost per share of the treasury stock purchased by Composition during 2020 and 2021, respectively? Answer: In 2020: $122,906 ÷ 6,668 = $18.43/share In 2021: $48,678 ÷ 2,933 = $16.60/share Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity.; 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
91 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
147) The following information comes from the 2021 Annual Report to stockholders of Composition Inc. (in thousands): From the Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity: Paid-in capital– excess of par BALANCES AT December 31, 2019 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5375 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Treasury shares exchanged for Acquisitions Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2020 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5475 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2021
Number of Treasury shares
Treasury stock amount
Retained earnings
$0 -
(30,561) -
$(524,321) -
$1,673,382 242,941
(5,181)
377
10,738
—
—
—
—
(68,952)
(1,802)
395
9,408
—
139,209 —
20,449 (6,668)
318,293 (122,906)
— —
132,226 —
(16,008) —
(308,788) —
1,847,371 81,965
(3,538)
279
7,095
—
—
—
—
(72,903)
(196) —
366 (2,933)
8,271 (48,678)
— —
$128,492
(18,296)
$(342,100)
$1,856,433
From the Statement of Cash Flows: Cash flows from financing activities:
Dividends paid
2021 72,244
2020 66,932
How many shares of treasury stock were removed for use during 2020, and for what purpose(s)? 92 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 21,221 thousand shares were removed. Of these, the main use was for acquisitions (20,449 thousand shares). The remaining shares were used for stock option and employee incentive plans. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
93 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) The following information comes from the 2021 Annual Report to stockholders of Composition Inc. (in thousands): From the Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity: Paid-in capital– excess of par BALANCES AT December 31, 2019 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5375 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Treasury shares exchanged for Acquisitions Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2020 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5475 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2021
$0 -
Number of Treasury shares
Treasury stock amount
(30,561) $(524,321) -
Retained earnings $1,673,382 242,941
(5,181)
377
10,738
—
—
—
—
(68,952)
(1,802)
395
9,408
—
139,209 —
20,449 (6,668)
318,293 (122,906)
— —
132,226 —
(16,008) —
(308,788) —
1,847,371 81,965
(3,538)
279
7,095
—
—
—
—
(72,903)
(196) —
366 (2,933)
8,271 (48,678)
— —
(18,296) $(342,100)
$1,856,433
$128,492
From the Statement of Cash Flows: Cash flows from financing activities:
Dividends paid
2021 72,244
2020 66,932
What was the fair value of the treasury stock exchanged for asset acquisitions for 2020? 94 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: The total is $457,502 thousand. This is the sum of the $318,293 thousand cost of treasury stock used and the $139,209 thousand additional paid-in capital resulting from the acquisition. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
95 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
149) The following information comes from the 2021 Annual Report to stockholders of Composition Inc. (in thousands): From the Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity: Paid-in capital– excess of par BALANCES AT December 31, 2019 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5375 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Treasury shares exchanged for Acquisitions Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2020 Net earnings Sales of common stock under option plans Cash dividends declared on common stock: $0.5475 per share Compensation under employee incentive plans Purchase of shares for treasury BALANCES AT December 31, 2021
$0 -
Number of Treasury shares
Treasury stock amount
(30,561) $(524,321) -
Retained earnings $1,673,382 242,941
(5,181)
377
10,738
—
—
—
—
(68,952)
(1,802)
395
9,408
—
139,209 —
20,449 (6,668)
318,293 (122,906)
— —
132,226 —
(16,008) —
(308,788) —
1,847,371 81,965
(3,538)
279
7,095
—
—
—
—
(72,903)
(196) —
366 (2,933)
8,271 (48,678)
— —
(18,296) $(342,100)
$1,856,433
$128,492
From the Statement of Cash Flows: Cash flows from financing activities:
Dividends paid
2021 72,244
2020 66,932
Assuming that Composition had Dividends Payable of $17,450 thousand at December 31, 2019, compute the balance in that account at December 31, 2021. 96 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: The balance would be $20,129 thousand, computed as follows: 12/31/2019 balance Add: Dividends declared: In 2020 In 2021 Less: Dividends paid: In 2020 In 2021 12/31/2021 balance
$17,450 68,952 72,903 (66,932) (72,244) $20,129
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dividends-Cash dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
97 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
150) During its first year of operations, Cole's Electronics Inc. completed the following transactions relating to shareholders' equity. January 5:
Issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock for $25 per share. Issued 20,000 shares of common stock to accountants for February 12: $500,000 of professional services. The articles of incorporation authorize 5,000,000 shares of common stock with a par of $1 per share and 1,000,000 preferred shares with a par of $100 per share. Required: Record the above transactions in general journal form. Answer: 1.) January 5 Cash (1,000,000 × $25) 25,000,000 Common stock (1,000,000 × $1) Paid-in capital–excess of par 2.) February 12 Professional services expense (20,000 × $25) 500,000 Common stock (20,000 × $1) Paid-in capital–excess of par
1,000,000 24,000,000
20,000 480,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Classes of shares; Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
98 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
151) During its first year of operations, Criswell Inc. completed the following transactions relating to shareholders' equity. Issued 300,000 of its common shares for $8 per share and 3,000 preferred shares at $110. Issued 50,000 shares of common stock in exchange for equipment with a February 12: known cash price of $310,000. January 5:
The articles of incorporation authorize 5,000,000 shares with a par of $1 per share of common and 1,000,000 preferred shares with a par of $100 per share. Required: Record the above transactions in general journal form. Answer: 1.) January 5 Cash (300,000 × $8) Common stock (300,000 × $1) Paid-in capital–excess of par, common Cash (3,000 × $110) Preferred stock (3,000 × $100) Paid-in capital–excess of par, preferred 2.)
February 12 Equipment (cash price) Common stock (50,000 × $1) Paid-in capital–excess of par
2,400,000 300,000 2,100,000 330,000 300,000 30,000
310,000 50,000 260,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Classes of shares; Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock.; 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
99 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
152) During the current year JET Industries issued 5 million of its $1 par common shares to its underwriters for $25,000,000 less promotional and accounting services of $500,000 to effect the issue. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the issuance of the shares. Answer: Cash ($25,000,000 - $500,000) Common stock (5,000,000 × $1) Paid-in capital—excess of par
24,500,000 5,000,000 19,500,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
100 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
153) The shareholders' equity of Tru Corporation includes $600,000 of $1 par common stock and $1,200,000 par of 6% cumulative preferred stock. The board of directors of Tru declared cash dividends of $150,000 in 2021 after paying $60,000 cash dividends in each of 2020 and 2019. Required: What is the amount of dividends common shareholders will receive in 2021? Answer: Tru's common shareholders will receive dividends of $54,000 as a result of the 2021 distribution.
2019 2020 2021
Preferred $60,000* 60,000** 96,000***
Common 0 0 $54,000
(remainder)
*$72,000 current preference (6% × $1,200,000), thus $12,000 dividends in arrears. **$72,000 current preference (6% × $1,200,000), thus another $12,000 dividends in arrears. ***$24,000 dividends in arrears plus the $72,000 current preference. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dividends-Preferred stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
101 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
154) The shareholders' equity of HS Corporation includes $300,000 of $1 par common stock and $600,000 par of 6% cumulative preferred stock. The board of directors of HS declared cash dividends of $70,000 in 2021 after paying $30,000 cash dividends in 2020 and $50,000 in 2019. Required: What is the amount of dividends common shareholders will receive in 2021? Answer: HS's common shareholders will receive dividends of $28,000 as a result of the 2021 distribution.
2019 2020 2021
Preferred $36,000* 30,000** 42,000***
Common $14,000 0 $28,000
(remainder) (remainder)
*$36,000 current preference (6% × $600,000). **$36,000 current preference, thus $6,000 dividends in arrears. ***$6,000 dividends in arrears plus the $36,000 current preference. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dividends-Preferred stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
102 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
155) Cal Cookie Company (CCC) has 100 million shares of $1 par common stock authorized. The transactions below caused changes in CCC's outstanding shares. January 4, 2021: June 25, 2021:
Repurchased and retired 1 million shares at $8 per share. Repurchased and retired 2 million shares at $2 per share.
Prior to the transactions, CCC's shareholders' equity included the following: Common stock, 80 million shares at $1 par Paid-in capital–excess of par Retained earnings
$80,000,000 160,000,000 120,000,000
Required: Record entries for the above transactions. Answer: January 4, 2021 Common stock (1 million × $1 par) Paid-in capital–excess of par (1 million × $2*) Retained earnings (difference) Cash (1 million × $8) June 25, 2021 Common stock (2 million × $1 par) Paid-in capital–excess of par (2 million × $2) Cash (2 million × $2) Paid-in capital–share repurchase (difference)
1,000,000 2,000,000 5,000,000 8,000,000
2,000,000 4,000,000 4,000,000 2,000,000
*$160,000,000 ÷ 80,000,000 = $2 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock‒Retirement of shares Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
103 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
156) On December 31, 2020, Rebel Corporation's balance sheet reported the following. Common stock, $1 par Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings Treasury stock (20,000 shares at cost)
$1,000,000 4,000,000 5,280,000 (625,000)
During 2021, Rebel decided to discontinue accounting for share buybacks as treasury shares. Instead, the shares will be treated as having been retired. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entry to effect this change. Answer: Common stock (20,000 × $1) Paid-in capital–excess of par Retained earnings (difference) Treasury stock
20,000 80,000 * 525,000 625,000
*($4M ÷ 1M = $4); thus, ($4 × 20,000) = $80,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Retirement of shares Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
104 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
157) In 2021, Poe's Products completed the treasury stock transactions described below. January 2: February 15: September 20:
Issued 300,000 of its common shares for $8 per share and 3,000 preferred shares at $110. Sold 3 million treasury shares at $20 per share. Sold 3 million treasury shares at $15 per share.
Poe had issued 50 million shares of its $1 par common stock for $18 several years ago. Required: Record the above transactions assuming that Poe's Products uses the cost method. Answer: ($ in millions, except per share amounts) January 2, 2021 Treasury stock (10 × $16) Cash (10 × $16) February 15, 2021 Cash (3 × $20) Treasury stock (3 × $16) Paid-in capital–share repurchase
160 160
60 48 12
September 20, 2021 Cash (3 × $15) 45 Paid-in capital–share repurchase 3 Treasury stock (3 × $16) 48 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
105 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
158) In 2021, Southwestern Corporation completed the treasury stock transactions listed below. February 2: March 17: May 17:
Reacquired 70,000 shares at $12. Sold 20,000 shares at $14. Sold 25,000 shares at $8.
Southwestern had issued 100,000 shares of its $1 par common stock for $10 several months ago. Required: Prepare the journal entries to record the above transactions, using the cost method. Answer: February 2, 2021 Treasury stock (70,000 × $12) Cash (70,000 × $12) March 17, 2021 Cash (20,000 × $14) Treasury stock (20,000 × $12) Paid-in capital—share repurchase
840,000 840,000
280,000 240,000 40,000
May 17, 2021 Cash (25,000 × $8) 200,000 Paid-in capital–share repurchase 40,000 Retained earnings (to balance) 60,000 Treasury stock (25,000 × $12) 300,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
106 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
159) The December 31, 2021, balance sheet of Springer Company included the following: Common stock, 20 million shares outstanding at $1 par Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings
$20,000,000 100,000,000 115,000,000
Springer completed the following transactions in 2021 relating to treasury stock: March 17: May 17: August 10:
Reacquired 5 million shares at $10. Reacquired 3 million shares at $9. Sold 6 million shares at $12.
Required: Assuming Springer uses the cost method, prepare journal entries to record the foregoing transactions on a FIFO basis. Answer: (in millions, except per share amounts) March 17, 2021 Treasury stock (5 × $10) Cash
50
May 17, 2021 Treasury stock (3 × $9) Cash
27
August 10, 2021 Cash (6 × $12) Treasury stock * Paid-in capital–share repurchase
50
27
72 59 13
*5 × $10 = 1×$9=
$50 9 $59 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
107 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
160) The December 31, 2021, balance sheet of MBI Company included the following: Common stock, 20 million shares outstanding at $1 par Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings
$20,000,000 100,000,000 115,000,000
MBI completed the following transactions in 2021 relating to treasury stock: March 17: May 17: August 10:
Reacquired 2 million shares at $10. Reacquired 2 million shares at $9. Issued 3 million shares at $12.
Required: Prepare journal entries to record the foregoing transactions on a weighted average basis. Answer: (in millions, except per share amounts) March 17, 2021 Treasury stock (2 × $10) Cash
20
May 17, 2021 Treasury stock (2 × $9) Cash
18
August 10, 2021 Cash (3 × $12) Treasury stock * Paid-in capital–share repurchase *2 × $10 = 2×$9=
20
18
36 28.5 7.5
$20,000,000 18,000,000 $38,000,000
$38 ÷ 4 = $9.50 per share 3 × $9.50 = $28.5 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock‒Treasury stock Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
108 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
161) The shareholders' equity of Nick Co. includes the items shown below. The board of directors of Nick declared cash dividends of $4 million, $8 million, and $50 million in each of its first 3 years of operation: 2019, 2020, and 2021, respectively. Common stock, $1 par, 50,000,000 shares outstanding Preferred stock, 6%, $100 par, 1,000,000 shares outstanding Required: Determine the amount of dividends per share on preferred and common stock for each of the three years. The preferred stock is noncumulative and nonparticipating. Answer: ($ in millions, except per share amounts)
2019 2020 2021
Preferred $4 ÷ 1 = $4 $6 ÷ 1 = $6 $6 ÷ 1 = $6
Common 0 ($8 - $6) ÷ 50 = $0.04 ($50 - $6) ÷ 50 = $0.88
Preferred annual dividend = $100 par × 6% = $6 per share $6 per share × 1,000,000 shares = $6,000,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dividends-Preferred stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
109 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
162) The shareholders' equity of Crystal Company includes the items shown below. The board of directors of Crystal declared cash dividends of $3 million, $6 million, and $50 million in each of its first three years of operation: 2019, 2020, and 2021, respectively. Common stock, $1 par, 50,000,000 shares outstanding Preferred stock, 6%, $100 par, 1,000,000 shares outstanding Required: Determine the amount of dividends per share on preferred and common stock for each of the three years. The preferred stock is cumulative and nonparticipating. Answer: ($ in millions, except per share amounts)
2019 2020 2021
Preferred $3 ÷ 1 = $3 $6 ÷ 1 = $6 $9 ÷ 1 = $9
Common 0 0 ($50 - $9) ÷ 50 = $0.82
Preferred annual dividend = $100 par × 6% = $6 per share $6 per share × 1,000,000 shares = $6,000,000. The dividends in 2019 were $3 in arrears. They were paid in 2020, leaving 2020 $3 in arrears. In 2021, the preferred shareholders will receive their regular dividend ($6) plus the dividends in arrears from 2020 ($3). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dividends-Preferred stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
110 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
163) ZIP Company owns 40,000 shares of the common stock of PIK Company. ZIP decided to divest itself of this investment by distributing the PIK shares in the form of a property dividend. The dividend ratio is one share of PIK for every four shares of ZIP common held by shareholders. ZIP has 160,000 common shares outstanding. On April 15, 2021, the date of declaration, PIK stock had a par of $5 per share, a book value of $12 per share, and a fair value of $17 per share. Required: Prepare any necessary journal entries. The shares were distributed on May 15, 2021, to stockholders of record on May 1, 2021. Answer: April 15, 2021 Investment in equity securities[(40,000 × ($17 - $12)] Gain on investments Retained earnings (40,000 × $17) Property dividends payable
200,000 200,000 680,000 680,000
May 1, 2021 NO ENTRY May 15, 2021 Property dividends payable 680,000 Investment in equity securities 680,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dividends-Property dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
111 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
164) Fowler Co.'s balance sheet showed the following at December 31, 2021: Common stock, $10 par Paid-in capital—excess of par Retained earnings
$100,000 50,000 20,000
A cash dividend is declared on December 31, 2021, and is payable on January 20, 2022, to shareholders of record on January 10, 2022. Required: (1) Prepare all appropriate journal entries, assuming a cash dividend in the amount of $1.00 per share. (2) Prepare all appropriate journal entries, assuming a cash dividend in the amount of $5.00 per share. Answer: (1) December 31, 2021 Retained earnings [($1 × ($100,000 ÷ $10)] Cash dividends payable January 10, 2022 NO ENTRY
(2)
January 20, 2022 Cash dividends payable Cash December 31, 2021 Retained earnings [($2 × ($100,000 ÷ $10)] Paid-in capital–excess of par* Cash dividends payable January 10, 2022 NO ENTRY January 20, 2022 Cash dividends payable Cash
10,000 10,000
10,000 10,000 20,000 30,000 50,000
50,000 50,000
*Since the dividend exceeds the retained earnings balance, the excess is a liquidating dividend. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Dividends-Cash dividends Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
112 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) On January 1, 2021, Fascom had the following account balances in its shareholders' equity accounts. Common stock, $1 par, 250,000 shares issued Paid-in capital—excess of par, common Paid-in capital—excess of par, preferred Preferred stock, $100 par, 10,000 shares outstanding Retained earnings Treasury stock, at cost, 5,000 shares
250,000 500,000 100,000 1,000,000 2,000,000 25,000
During 2021, Fascom Inc. had several transactions relating to common stock. January 15:
Declared a property dividend of 100,000 shares of Slowdown Company (book value $10 per share, fair value $9 per share). February 17: Distributed the property dividend. April 10: A 2-for-1 stock split was declared and distributed on outstanding common stock and effected in the form of a stock dividend. (Fascom chose to reduce Paid-in capital—excess of par.) The fair value of the stock was $4 on this date. July 18: Declared and distributed a 3% stock dividend on outstanding common stock. The fair value is $5 per share. December 1: Declared a 50 cents per share cash dividend on the outstanding common shares. December 20: Paid the cash dividend. Required: Without preparing journal entries, prepare the shareholders' equity section of Fascom's balance sheet as of December 31, 2021. Assume net income is $500,000 for 2021. Answer: Fascom Shareholders' Equity Preferred stock, 10,000 shares at $100 par Common stock, 509,700 shares at $1 par1 Paid-in capital—excess of par, preferred Paid-in capital—excess of par, common2 Retained earnings3 Treasury stock, at cost; 5,000 shares Total shareholders' equity
$1,000,000 509,700 100,000 313,800 1,274,150 (25,000) $3,172,650
113 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
1 Common stock outstanding: January 1: Shares issued Treasury Shares January 1: Outstanding April 10: 2 for 1 stock split in the form of a stock dividend July 18: 3% stock dividend (490,000 × 3%)
250,000 (5,000) 245,000 245,000 490,000 * 14,700
December 31: Shares outstanding Treasury shares issued but not outstanding December 31: Shares issued December 31, Common stock balance at $1
504,700 ** 5,000 509,700 $509,700
2 Paid-in capital—excess of par, common: January 1 balance April 10: 2 for 1 stock split, at par [(250,000 - 5,000) × $1] July 18: stock dividend [(490,000* shares × 3%) × ($5 mkt value - $1 par)] December 31 balance
$500,000 (245,000) 58,800 $313,800.
3 Retained earnings: January 1 balance $2,000,000 January 15: property dividend at fair value (100,000 × $9) (900,000) July 18: small stock dividend at fair value [(490,000 × 3%) × $5] (73,500) December 1: declaration of cash dividend (504,700** × $0.50) (252,350) Net income for the year 500,000 December 31 balance $1,274,150 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dividends-Cash dividends; Dividends-Property dividends; Stock dividends; Stock splits; Determine total shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity.; 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends.; Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
114 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
166) On September 15, 2021, the Scottie Company board of directors declared a 10% stock dividend on common shares. The shares are to be distributed on October 10, 2021, to shareholders of record on October 1, 2021. The market price per share on the date of declaration was $24 while the market price on the date of distribution was $26. The common stock has a par of $5 per share and there were 1,000,000 shares outstanding prior to the declaration of the stock dividend. Required: Prepare any necessary journal entries to record the above transactions. Answer: September 15, 2021 Retained earnings [(1,000,000 × 10%) × $24] Common stock dividends distributable Paid-in capital–excess of par
2,400,000 500,000 1,900,000
October 1, 2021 NO ENTRY October 10, 2021 Common stock dividends distributable 500,000 Common stock 500,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
115 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
167) On October 15, 2021, a 5% stock dividend was declared and distributed. The fair value of the common stock on this date was $32 per share. Fractional share rights represented 100,000 shares. Cash was paid in lieu of issuing fractional share rights. On the date of declaration and payment, the company had 10 million shares of common stock outstanding. The par of the common shares was $5 per share. Required: Prepare any necessary journal entries to record the above events. Answer: October 15, 2021 Retained earnings (500,000 × $32) 16,000,000 Common stock (500,000 - 100,000) × $5 2,000,000 Paid-in capital–excess of par [(400,000 × ($32 - $5)] 10,800,000 Cash (100,000 × $32) 3,200,000 10 million shares × 5% = 500,000 shares Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
116 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
168) On January 1, 2021, Gerlach Inc. had the following account balances in its shareholders' equity accounts. Common stock, $1 par, 250,000 shares issued Paid-in capital—excess of par, common Paid-in capital—excess of par, preferred Preferred stock, $100 par, 10,000 shares outstanding Retained earnings Treasury stock, at cost, 5,000 shares
250,000 500,000 100,000 1,000,000 2,000,000 25,000
During 2021, Gerlach Inc. had several transactions relating to common stock. January 15:
Declared a property dividend of 100,000 shares of Slowdown Company (book value $10 per share, fair value $9 per share). February 17: Distributed the property dividend. April 10: A 2-for-1 stock split was declared and distributed on outstanding common stock and effected in the form of a stock dividend. (Fascom chose to reduce Paid-in capital—excess of par.) The fair value of the stock was $4 on this date. July 18: Declared and distributed a 3% stock dividend on outstanding common stock. The fair value is $5 per share. December 1: Declared a 50 cents per share cash dividend on the outstanding common shares. December 20: Paid the cash dividend. Required: Record the above transactions and events in journal entry format.
117 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: January 15, 2021 Loss on investments [($100,000 - ($10 - $9)] Investment in equity securities Retained earnings (100,000 × $9) Property dividends payable February 17, 2021 Property dividends payable Investment in equity securities
100,000 100,000 900,000 900,000
900,000 900,000
April 10, 2021 Paid-in capital—excess of par [(250,000 - 5,000) × $1]245,000 Common stock 245,000 July 18, 2021 Retained earnings [(3% × 490,000) × $5] Common stock [(3% × 490,000) × $1] Paid-in capital—excess of par December 1, 2021 Retained earnings (504,700 × $0.50) Cash dividends payable
73,500 14,700 58,800
252,350 252,350
December 20, 2021 Cash dividends payable 252,350 Cash 252,350 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Dividends-Cash dividends; Dividends-Property dividends; Stock dividends; Stock splits Learning Objective: 18-07 Explain the basis of corporate dividends, including the similarities and differences between cash and property dividends.; 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
118 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
169) A new CEO was hired to revive the floundering Heirloom Watch Corporation. The company had endured operating losses for several years, but confidence was emerging that better times were ahead. The board of directors and shareholders approved a quasireorganization for the corporation. The reorganization included devaluing inventory for obsolescence by $210 million and increasing land by $10 million. Immediately before the restatement, at December 31, 2021, Heirloom Watch Corporation's balance sheet appeared as follows (in condensed form): Heirloom Watch Corporation BALANCE SHEET December 31, 2021 ($ in millions) Cash Receivables Inventory Land Buildings and equipment (net) Liabilities Common stock (640 million shares at $1 par) Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings (deficit)
$ 40 80 460 80 180 $840 $480 640 120 (400) $840
Required: 1. Prepare the journal entries appropriate to record the quasi-reorganization on January 1, 2022. 2. Prepare a balance sheet as it would appear immediately after the restatement.
119 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. To revalue assets: Retained earnings Inventory Land Retained earnings
210 210 10 10
To eliminate a portion of the deficit against available additional paid-in capital: Paid-in capital–excess of par Retained earnings
120 120
To eliminate the remainder of the deficit against common stock: Common stock Retained earnings
480 480
2. Heirloom Watch Corporation BALANCE SHEET At January 1, 2022 ($ in millions) Cash Receivables Inventory Land Buildings and equipment (net) Liabilities Common stock (640 million shares at $0.25 par) Paid-in capital–excess of par Retained earnings (deficit)
$ 40 80 250 90 180 $640 $480 160 0 (0) $640
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Quasi reorganizations Learning Objective: Appendix 18 Quasi Reorganizations. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
120 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) The balance sheet reports the balances of shareholders' equity accounts. What additional information is provided by the statement of shareholders' equity? Answer: The statement of shareholders' equity reports the transactions that cause changes in its shareholders' equity account balances. It shows the beginning and ending balances in primary shareholders' equity accounts and any changes that occur during the years reported. Typical reasons for changes are the sale of additional shares of stock, the acquisition of treasury stock, net income, and the declaration of dividends. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Components of shareholders' equity Learning Objective: 18-01 Describe the components of shareholders' equity and explain how they are reported in a statement of shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 171) What is comprehensive income and how does it differ from net income? Where is it reported in the balance sheet? Answer: Comprehensive income is a broader view of the change in shareholders' equity than traditional net income. It is the total non-owner change in equity for a reporting period. It encompasses all changes in equity except those caused by transactions with owners. Transactions between the corporation and its owners (shareholders) primarily include dividends and the sale or purchase of shares of the company's stock. Most non-owner changes (e.g., revenues and expenses) are reported in the income statement. So, the changes other than the ones that are part of traditional net income are those reported as "other comprehensive income." Two attributes of other comprehensive income are reported: (1) components of comprehensive income created during the reporting period and (2) the comprehensive income accumulated over the current and prior periods. The components of comprehensive income created during the reporting period can be reported either (a) as a continuation of the income statement or (b) as a separate statement immediately following the income statement. Regardless of the choice a company makes, the presentation will report net income, other components of comprehensive income, and total comprehensive income. The second attribute—the comprehensive income accumulated over the current and prior periods—is reported as a separate component of shareholders' equity. This amount represents the cumulative sum of the changes in each component created during each reporting period throughout all prior years. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Comprehensive income and AOCI Learning Objective: 18-02 Describe comprehensive income and its components. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
121 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
172) Identify the three common forms of business organization and the primary difference in the way we account for them. Answer: The three primary ways a company can be organized are (1) a sole proprietorship, (2) a partnership, or (3) a corporation. Transactions are accounted for the same regardless of the form of business organization with the exception of the method of accounting for capital—the ownership interest in the company. Several capital accounts (as discussed in this chapter) are used to record changes in ownership interests for a corporation, rather than recording all changes in ownership interests in a single capital account for each owner, as we do for sole proprietorships and partnerships. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Corporate organization Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 173) When stock is issued for consideration other than cash, what is the measurement objective? Answer: The measurement objective is that the transaction should be measured and recorded at fair market value. This might be the fair market value of the issued shares or of the noncash asset received in the exchange. The value that should be used is the one that is more clearly evident. This is consistent with the general practice of recording any noncash transaction at market value. When the stock is actively traded on an organized stock exchange, the market value of the stock might be the best evidence. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
122 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
174) The costs of legal, promotional, and accounting services necessary to effect the sale of shares are referred to as share issue costs. How are these costs recorded? Compare this approach to the way debt issue costs are recorded. Answer: Share issue costs reduce the net cash proceeds from selling the shares and thus paidin capital–excess of par. The share issue costs are not expensed over time. Debt issue costs also reduce the net amount received from the issue as they are included in the calculation of the discount or premium and thus, they affect the effective rate of the debt issued. Unlike share issue costs, debt issue costs are expensed over the life of the [debt] issue through the amortization of the discount or premium. The difference often is justified by the presumption that share issue costs and debt issue costs are fundamentally different because a debt issue has a fixed maturity, but that selling shares represents a perpetual equity interest. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock‒Issuance of shares Learning Objective: 18-04 Record the issuance of shares when sold for cash and for noncash consideration. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 175) When a corporation acquires its own shares, those shares assume the same status as authorized but unissued shares, as if they never had been issued. Explain how this is reflected in the accounting records if the shares are formally retired. Answer: The same accounts that previously were increased when the shares were sold are decreased when the shares are retired. Specifically, common (or preferred) stock and paid-in capital—excess of par are reduced by the same amounts they were increased by when the shares were originally sold. If the cash paid to repurchase the shares differs from the amount originally paid in, accounting for the difference depends on whether the cash paid to repurchase the shares is less than or more than the price previously received when the shares were sold. When less cash is distributed to shareholders to retire shares than originally paid in, some of the original investment remains and is labeled paid-in capital–share repurchase. When more cash is distributed to shareholders to retire shares than originally was paid in for those shares, the additional amount is viewed as a dividend on the original investment, and thus a reduction of retained earnings (unless previous share repurchases have created a balance in paid-in capital-share repurchase which would be reduced first). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock‒Retirement of shares Learning Objective: 18-05 Distinguish between accounting for retired shares and for treasury shares. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
123 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
176) Some preferred stock is cumulative while other preferred stock is noncumulative. What does this mean? Answer: If preferred shares are noncumulative, dividends not declared in a given year are irrelevant to the calculation of dividends in any future year. However, if cumulative, when the specified dividend is not paid in a given year, the unpaid dividends accumulate as dividends in arrears and must be made up in a later dividend year before any dividends are paid on common shares. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock‒Classes of shares Learning Objective: 18-03 Understand the corporate form of organization and the nature of stock. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal 177) What is the difference between a stock split and a stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend? Answer: A stock split is usually motivated by a desire to increase a stock's marketability. A stock split has the effect of reducing the market price of the stock to attract a broader participation from investors. When a standard stock split occurs, there is no journal entry prepared by the issuing company. The number of outstanding shares increases while the par per share decreases. However, in those rare instances when the par of the stock is not changed, the stock distribution is accounted for as a stock split effected as stock dividend. In this case there is a transfer of capital from retained earnings to paid-in capital at the par of the stock issued. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock splits Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
124 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
178) The prescribed accounting treatment for stock dividends implicitly assumes that shareholders are fooled by "small" stock dividends and benefit by the market value of their additional shares. Explain this statement. Is it logical? Answer: For a stock dividend of less than 25%, a "small" stock dividend, the fair value of the additional shares distributed is transferred from retained earnings to paid-in capital. The reduction in retained earnings is the same amount as if cash dividends were paid equal to the market value of the shares issued. The treatment is consistent with the belief that per share prices remain unchanged by stock dividends. This is not logical. If the value of each share were to remain the same when additional shares are distributed without compensation, the total value of the company would grow simply because additional stock certificates are distributed. Instead, the market price per share will decline in proportion to the increase in the number of shares distributed in a stock dividend. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock dividends Learning Objective: 18-08 Explain stock dividends and stock splits and how we account for them. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Risk Analysis 179) How do U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) differ with respect to debt and equity for preferred stock? Answer: The primary GAAP for distinguishing between debt and equity in the United States pertains to accounting for certain financial instruments: characteristics of both liabilities and equity, and under IFRS. Differences in the definitions and requirements under these standards can result in the same instrument being classified differently between debt and equity under IFRS and U.S. GAAP. Most preferred stock (preference shares) is reported under IFRS as debt with the dividends reported in the income statement as interest expense. Under U.S. GAAP, that's the case only for "mandatorily redeemable" preferred stock. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS‒Preferred stock distinctions Learning Objective: 18-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for shareholders' equity. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
125 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 19 Share-Based Compensation and Earnings Per Share 1) GAAP requires using intrinsic value accounting for employee stock options. 2) Compensation expense must be adjusted during the service period to reflect changes in the fair value of options caused by changes in the market price of the underlying shares. 3) If previous experience indicates that a material number of stock options will be forfeited before they vest, the fair value estimate of the options on the grant date should be adjusted to reflect that expectation. 4) Current year stock dividends and splits require retroactive restatement of EPS for all prior years presented in comparative financial statements. 5) Dilutive convertible bonds affect both the numerator and the denominator in computing diluted EPS. 6) Except for tax considerations the potentially dilutive effect of convertible preferred stock is handled in EPS calculations in much the same way as convertible debt. 7) If a company's capital structure includes convertible bonds, diluted EPS might be reduced even if the bonds are not actually converted during the year. 8) Stock options will be dilutive and included in the calculation of diluted EPS if the exercise price is greater than the average market value of the stock. 9) No time-weighting of contingently issuable shares is required when computing basic EPS. 10) If a company reports discontinued operations, EPS must be disclosed for both income from continuing operations and net income. 11) Lance Chips granted restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 40 million of its $1 par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within four years. After the recipients of the RSUs satisfy the vesting requirement, the company will distribute the shares. The common shares had a market price of $5 per share on the grant date. The total compensation cost pertaining to the restricted stock units is: A) $5 million. B) $40 million. C) $50 million. D) $200 million.
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
12) Taxon Corp. granted restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 30 million of its $1 par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. After the recipients of the RSUs satisfy the vesting requirement, the company will distribute the shares. The common shares had a market price of $8 per share on the grant date. Ignoring taxes, what is the effect on earnings in the year after the shares are granted to executives? A) $0. B) $30 million. C) $80 million. D) $240 million. 13) The compensation associated with restricted stock units (RSUs) under a stock award plan is: A) The book value of an unrestricted share of the same stock times the number of shares represented by the RSUs. B) Allocated to expense over the service period which usually is the vesting period. C) The estimated fair value of a share of similar stock times the number of shares represented by the RSUs. D) The book value of a share of similar stock times the number of shares represented by the RSUs. 14) The compensation associated with restricted stock units (RSUs) under a stock award plan is the number of shares represented by the RSUs multiplied by: A) The market price of a share of similar fixed income securities. B) The market price of an unrestricted share of the same stock. C) The book value of an unrestricted share of the same stock. D) The book value of a share of similar stock. 15) Restricted stock units (RSUs): A) are a grant valued in terms of a set number of shares of company stock. B) are reported as a liability if payable in shares rather than cash. C) are recorded based on a value estimated by a restricted stock valuation model. D) represent shares issued at the date of grant that must be returned if the recipient fails to satisfy the vesting requirement. 16) Restricted stock units (RSUs): A) are reported as a liability if payable in shares rather than cash. B) are reported as part of shareholders' equity if payable in shares rather than cash. C) are reported as part of shareholders' equity if payable in cash rather than shares. D) are reported as part of shareholders' equity if the recipient will receive cash or can elect to receive cash.
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
17) FX Services granted 15 million of its $1 par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. The common shares have a market price of $8 per share on the grant date. Ignoring taxes, what is the effect on earnings in the year after the shares are granted to executives? A) $0. B) $15 million. C) $40 million. D) $120 million. 18) The compensation associated with restricted stock under a stock award plan is: A) The book value of an unrestricted share of the same stock times the number of shares. B) The estimated fair value of a share of similar stock times the number of shares. C) Allocated to expense over the service period which usually is the vesting period. D) The book value of a share of similar stock times the number of shares. 19) Under its restricted stock unit (RSU) plan, Peach Company granted restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 5 million of its $1 par common shares to certain key executives. At vesting, recipients are given the option to receive the cash equivalent of the number of shares used to value the RSUs. Peach plans to account for these new RSUs in the same manner as described in the company's disclosure notes to its financial statements: Share-Based Compensation (in part) Share-based compensation cost for RSUs is measured based on the closing fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant … The Company reports paid-in capital and recognizes share-based compensation cost over the award's requisite service period on a straight-line basis. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) The policy is inappropriate because we consider a stock award that can be settled in cash to be a liability rather than equity. B) The policy is appropriate as long as Peach periodically adjusts the compensation based on the change in the stock's fair value until the award vests. C) The policy is appropriate because the recipients have only the option to receive cash; cash settlement is not specified. D) This approach is conceptually correct and consistent with accounting for stock options. 20) Common forms of share-based compensation include each of the following except: A) stock splits. B) restricted stock. C) restricted stock units. D) stock options.
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
21) Regardless of the form of share-based compensation, the accounting objective is to record compensation expense: A) as the book value of the compensation expensed over the vesting period. B) as the fair value of the compensation expensed over the vesting period. C) as the book value of the compensation expensed at the date of grant. D) as the fair value of the compensation expensed at the date of grant. 22) On January 1, 2021, M Company granted 90,000 stock options to certain executives. The options are exercisable no sooner than December 31, 2023, and expire on January 1, 2027. Each option can be exercised to acquire one share of $1 par common stock for $12. An option-pricing model estimates the fair value of the options to be $5 on the date of grant. What amount should M recognize as compensation expense for 2021? A) $30,000. B) $60,000. C) $120,000. D) $150,000. 23) Under its executive stock option plan, N Corporation granted options on January 1, 2021, that permit executives to purchase 15 million of the company's $1 par common shares within the next eight years, but not before December 31, 2023 (the vesting date). The exercise price is the market price of the shares on the date of grant, $18 per share. The fair value of the options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $4 per option. No forfeitures are anticipated. Ignoring taxes, what is the effect on earnings in the year after the options are granted to executives? A) $0. B) $20 million. C) $60 million. D) $90 million. 24) The compensation associated with executive stock option plans is: A) The book value of a share of the company's shares times the number of options. B) The estimated fair value of the options. C) Allocated to expense over the number of years until expiration. D) Recorded as compensation expense on the date of grant. 25) The most important accounting objective for executive stock options is: A) Measuring and reporting the amount of compensation expense during the service period. B) Measuring their fair value for balance sheet purposes. C) To disclose increases or decreases in the stock options held at the end of each accounting period. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
26) Executive stock options should be reported as compensation expense: A) Using the intrinsic value method. B) Using the fair value method. C) Using either the fair value method or the intrinsic value method. D) Only on rare occasions. 27) Executive stock options: A) allow the holder the option to buy shares at a specified exercise price during a specified period of time. B) allow the holder the option to buy shares at a specified exercise price any time prior to the executive ceasing to be employed by the firm. C) are expensed at their intrinsic value. D) permit executives to purchase restricted stock. 28) Under its executive stock option plan, W Corporation granted options on January 1, 2021, that permit executives to purchase 15 million of the company's $1 par common shares within the next eight years, but not before December 31, 2023 (the vesting date). The exercise price is the market price of the shares on the date of grant, $18 per share. The fair value of the options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $4 per option. No forfeitures are anticipated. The options are exercised on April 2, 2024, when the market price is $21 per share. By what amount will W's shareholders' equity be increased when the options are exercised? A) $60 million. B) $270 million. C) $315 million. D) $330 million. 29) On January 1, 2021, D Corp. granted an employee an option to purchase 6,000 shares of D's $5 par common stock at $20 per share. The options became exercisable on December 31, 2022, after the employee completed two years of service. The option was exercised on January 10, 2023. The market prices of D's stock were as follows: January 1, 2021, $30; December 31, 2022, $50; and January 10, 2023, $45. An option pricing model estimated the value of the options at $8 each on the grant date. For 2021, D should recognize compensation expense of: A) $0. B) $24,000. C) $30,000. D) $60,000.
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
30) Under its executive stock option plan, Z Corporation granted options on January 1, 2021, that permit executives to purchase 15 million of the company's $1 par common shares within the next eight years, but not before December 31, 2023 (the vesting date). The exercise price is the market price of the shares on the date of grant, $18 per share. The fair value of the options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $4 per option. No forfeitures are anticipated. The options expired in 2027 without being exercised. By what amount will Z's shareholders' equity be increased as a result of having granted the options? A) $60 million. B) $270 million. C) $315 million. D) $330 million. 31) Wilson Inc. developed a business strategy that uses stock options as a major compensation incentive for its top executives. On January 1, 2021, 20 million options were granted, each giving the executive owning them the right to acquire five $1 par common shares. The exercise price is the market price on the grant date—$30 per share ($120 per option). Options vest on January 1, 2025. They cannot be exercised before that date and will expire on December 31, 2027. The fair value of the 20 million options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $40 per option. Ignore income tax. Wilson's compensation expense in 2021 for these stock options was: A) $0. B) $200 million. C) $400 million. D) $800 million. 32) Wilson Inc. developed a business strategy that uses stock options as a major compensation incentive for its top executives. On January 1, 2021, 20 million options were granted, each giving the executive owning them the right to acquire five $1 par common shares. The exercise price is the market price on the grant date—$10 per share. Options vest on January 1, 2025. They cannot be exercised before that date and will expire on December 31, 2027. The fair value of the 20 million options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $40 per option. Ignore income tax. On March 1, 2025, when the market price of Wilson's stock was $14 per share, 3 million of the options were exercised. The journal entry to record this would include: A) A debit to paid-in capital—stock options for $42 million. B) A credit to paid–in capital—excess of par for $255 million. C) A credit to common stock for $75 million. D) All of these answer choices are correct.
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
33) Wilson Inc. developed a business strategy that uses stock options as a major compensation incentive for its top executives. On January 1, 2021, 20 million options were granted, each giving the executive owning them the right to acquire five $1 par common shares. The exercise price is the market price on the grant date—$10 per share. Options vest on January 1, 2025. They cannot be exercised before that date and will expire on December 31, 2027. The fair value of the 20 million options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $40 per option. Ignore income tax. Assume that all compensation expense from the stock options granted by Wilson already has been recorded. Further assume that 200,000 options expire in 2026 without being exercised. The journal entry to record this would include: A) Debit to paid-in capital—stock options for $8 million. B) A debit to common stock for $5 million. C) A debit to paid-in capital—expiration of stock options for $8 million. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 34) Pastore Inc. granted options for 1 million shares of its $1 par common stock at the beginning of the current year. The exercise price is $35 per share, which was also the market value of the stock on the grant date. The fair value of the options was estimated at $8 per option. What would be the total compensation indicated by these options? A) $3 million. B) $27 million. C) $8 million. D) $35 million. 35) Pastore Inc. granted options for 1 million shares of its $1 par common stock at the beginning of the current year. The exercise price is $35 per share, which was also the market value of the stock on the grant date. The fair value of the options was estimated at $8 per option. If the options have a vesting period of five years, what would be the balance in "Paid-in Capital—Stock Options" three years after the grant date? A) A credit of $4.8 million. B) A credit of $16.2 million. C) A debit of $4.8 million. D) A debit of $16.2 million.
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
36) Wall Drugs offered an incentive stock option plan to its employees. On January 1, 2021, options were granted for 60,000 $1 par common shares. The exercise price equals the $5 market price of the common stock on the grant date. The options cannot be exercised before January 1, 2024, and expire December 31, 2025. Each option has a fair value of $1 based on an option pricing model. What is the total compensation cost for this plan? A) $0. B) $60,000. C) $240,000. D) $300,000. 37) Wall Drugs offered an incentive stock option plan to its employees. On January 1, 2021, options were granted for 60,000 $1 par common shares. The exercise price equals the $5 market price of the common stock on the grant date. The options cannot be exercised before January 1, 2024, and expire December 31, 2025. Each option has a fair value of $1 based on an option pricing model. Which is the correct entry to record compensation expense for the year 2021? A) Compensation expense 12,000 Paid-in capital—stock options 12,000 B) Compensation expense Common stock
20,000
C) Compensation expense Paid-in capital—stock options
20,000
D) Compensation expense Paid-in capital—stock options
80,000
20,000
20,000
80,000
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
38) Wall Drugs offered an incentive stock option plan to its employees. On January 1, 2021, options were granted for 60,000 $1 par common shares. The exercise price equals the $5 market price of the common stock on the grant date. The options cannot be exercised before January 1, 2024, and expire December 31, 2025. Each option has a fair value of $1 based on an option pricing model. Which is the correct entry to record the exercise of 90% the options on April 15, 2024, when the market price of the stock was $8? A) Cash 270,000 Paid-in capital—stock options 54,000 Common stock 60,000 Paid-in capital—excess of par 264,000 B) Cash Paid-in capital—stock options Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par C) Cash Paid-in capital—stock options Compensation expense Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par D) Cash Paid-in capital—stock options Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par
378,000 54,000 54,000 378,000
270,000 54,000 108,000 54,000 378,000
270,000 54,000 54,000 270,000
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
39) Wall Drugs offered an incentive stock option plan to its employees. On January 1, 2021, options were granted for 60,000 $1 par common shares. The exercise price equals the $5 market price of the common stock on the grant date. The options cannot be exercised before January 1, 2024, and expire December 31, 2025. Each option has a fair value of $1 based on an option pricing model. What is the entry to record the expiration of 10% of the options on December 31, 2025? A) Paid-in capital—stock options 6,000 Paid-in capital—expired stock options 6,000 B) Paid-in capital—stock options Retained earnings
6,000
C) Paid-in capital—stock options Compensation expense
6,000
D) Stock options receivable Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par
6,000
6,000
30,000 6,000 27,000
40) A deferred tax asset for stock options: A) is created for the cumulative amount of the fair value of the options the company has recorded for compensation expense. B) is the portion of the options' intrinsic value earned to date times the tax rate. C) is the tax rate times the fair value of all the options. D) isn't created if the award is "in the money;" that is, it has intrinsic value.
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) Halo Company is a calendar-year U.S. firm with operations in several countries. At January 1, 2021, the company had issued 40,000 executive stock options permitting executives to buy 40,000 shares of stock for $25. The vesting schedule is 20% the first year, 30% the second year, and 50% the third year (graded-vesting). The fair value of the options is estimated as follows: Vesting Date Dec. 31, 2021 Dec. 31, 2022 Dec. 31, 2023
Amount Vesting 20% 30% 50%
Fair Value per Option $ 7 $ 8 $ 12
What is the compensation expense related to the options to be recorded in 2022? A) $48,000. B) $96,000. C) $128,000. D) $140,000. 42) Green Company is a calendar-year U.S. firm with operations in several countries. At January 1, 2021, the company had issued 40,000 executive stock options permitting executives to buy 40,000 shares of stock for $25. The vesting schedule is 20% the first year, 30% the second year, and 50% the third year (graded-vesting). The fair value of the options is estimated as follows: Vesting Date Dec. 31, 2021 Dec. 31, 2022 Dec. 31, 2023
Amount Vesting 20% 30% 50%
Fair Value per Option $ 7 $ 8 $ 12
Assuming Green uses the straight-line method, what is the compensation expense related to the options to be recorded in 2022? A) $130,667. B) $200,000. C) $333,333. D) $400,000. 43) On January 1, 2021, M Company granted 90,000 stock options to certain executives. The options are exercisable no sooner than December 31, 2023, and expire on January 1, 2027. Each option can be exercised to acquire one share of $1 par common stock for $12. An option-pricing model estimates the fair value of the options to be $5 on the date of grant. If unexpected turnover in 2022 caused the company to estimate that 10% of the options would be forfeited, what amount should M recognize as compensation expense for 2022? A) $30,000. B) $60,000. C) $120,000. D) $150,000.
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
44) On January 1, 2021, G Corp. granted stock options to key employees for the purchase of 80,000 shares of the company's common stock at $25 per share. The options are intended to compensate employees for the next two years. The options are exercisable within a four-year period beginning January 1, 2023, by the grantees still in the employ of the company. No options were terminated during 2021, but the company does have an experience of 4% forfeitures over the life of the stock options. The market price of the common stock was $31 per share at the date of the grant. G Corp. used the Binomial pricing model and estimated the fair value of each of the options at $10. What amount should G charge to compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2021? A) $307,200. B) $320,000. C) $384,000. D) $400,000. 45) Under its executive stock option plan, B Corporation granted options on January 1, 2021, that permit executives to purchase 15 million of the company's $1 par common shares within the next eight years, but not before December 31, 2023 (the vesting date). The exercise price is the market price of the shares on the date of grant, $18 per share. The fair value of the options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $4 per option. No forfeitures were anticipated; however, unexpected turnover during 2022 caused the forfeiture of 5% of the stock options. Ignoring taxes, what is the effect on earnings in 2022? A) $18.5 million. B) $18 million. C) $20 million. D) $19 million. 46) If restricted stock is forfeited because an employee leaves the company, the appropriate accounting procedure is to: A) Reverse related entries previously made. B) Do nothing. C) Prepare correcting entries. D) Record an income item. 47) When recognizing compensation under a stock option plan, unanticipated forfeitures are treated as: A) A change in accounting principle. B) A loss. C) An income item. D) A change in estimate.
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) Under its executive stock option plan, Q Corporation granted options on January 1, 2021, that permit executives to purchase 15 million of the company's $1 par common shares within the next eight years, but not before December 31, 2023 (the vesting date). The exercise price is the market price of the shares on the date of grant, $18 per share. The fair value of the options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $4 per option. No forfeitures were anticipated; however, unexpected turnover during 2022 caused the forfeiture of 5% of the stock options. Ignoring taxes, what is the effect on earnings in 2023? A) $18.5 million. B) $18 million. C) $19 million. D) $20 million. 49) On January 1, 2021, Felix Austead Athletic Club (FAAC) granted stock options to key executives exercisable for 500,000 shares of the company's common stock at $18 per share. The stock options are intended as compensation for the next four years. The options are exercisable within a four-year period beginning January 1, 2025, by the executives still in the employ of the company. No options were terminated during 2021, but the company anticipates 5% forfeitures over the life of the stock options. The market price of the common stock was $18 per share at the date of the grant. FAAC estimated the fair value of the options at $4 each. 1% of the options are forfeited during 2022 due to executive turnover. What amount should FAAC record as compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2022, assuming FAAC chooses the option not to estimate forfeitures? A) $490,000. B) $500,000. C) $1,980,000. D) $2,020,000. 50) On January 1, 2021, Marguerite DeVille Co. granted restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 300,000 of its $1 par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. After the recipients of the RSUs satisfy the vesting requirement, the company will distribute the shares. The common shares had a market price of $12 per share on the grant date. At the date of grant, DeVille anticipated that 6% of the recipients would leave the firm prior to vesting. In 2022, 2% of the options are forfeited due to executive turnover. DeVille chooses the option not to estimate forfeitures. What amount should DeVille record as compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2022? A) $72,000. B) $1,128,000. C) $1,152,000. D) $1,200,000.
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) On January 1, 2021, Wendy Day Co. granted stock options to key executives exercisable for 500,000 shares of the company's common stock at $18 per share. The stock options are intended as compensation for the next four years. The options are exercisable within a four-year period beginning January 1, 2025, by the executives still in the employ of the company. No options were terminated during 2021, but the company anticipates 5% forfeitures over the life of the stock options. The market price of the common stock was $18 per share at the date of the grant. Wendy Day estimated the fair value of the options at $4 each. 1% of the options are forfeited during 2022 due to executive turnover. What amount should Wendy Day record as compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2022, assuming the company chooses to estimate forfeitures? A) $475,000. B) $495,000. C) $500,000. D) $520,000. 52) On January 1, 2021, Cori Ander Herbs granted restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 300,000 of its $1 par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. After the recipients of the RSUs satisfy the vesting requirement, the company will distribute the shares. The common shares had a market price of $12 per share on the grant date. At the date of grant, the company anticipated that 6% of the recipients would leave the firm prior to vesting. In 2022, 2% of the options are forfeited due to executive turnover. The company chooses the option not to estimate forfeitures. What amount should the company record as compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2022? A) $94,000. B) $1,128,000. C) $1,152,000. D) $1,200,000. 53) On January 1, 2021, Red Inc. issued stock options for 200,000 shares to a division manager. The options have an estimated fair value of $6 each. To provide additional incentive for managerial achievement, the options are not exercisable unless divisional revenue increases by 6% in three years. Red initially estimates that it is probable the goal will be achieved. Ignoring taxes, what is compensation expense for 2021? A) $0. B) $200,000. C) $400,000. D) $1,200,000. 54) On January 1, 2021, Oliver Foods issued stock options for 40,000 shares to a division manager. The options have an estimated fair value of $5 each. To provide additional incentive for managerial achievement, the options are not exercisable unless Oliver Foods' stock price increases by 5% in four years. Oliver Foods initially estimates that it is not probable the goal will be achieved. How much compensation will be recorded in each of the next four years? A) $10,000. B) $45,000. C) $50,000. D) No effect. 14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
55) On January 1, 2021, Black Inc. issued stock options for 200,000 shares to a division manager. The options have an estimated fair value of $6 each. To provide additional incentive for managerial achievement, the options are not exercisable unless divisional revenue increases by 6% in three years. Black initially estimates that it is probable the goal will be achieved. In 2022, after one year, Black estimates that it is not probable that divisional revenue will increase by 6% in three years. Ignoring taxes, what is the effect on earnings in 2022? A) $200,000 decrease. B) $200,000 increase. C) $400,000 increase. D) No effect. 56) On January 1, 2021, Blue Inc. issued stock options for 200,000 shares to a division manager. The options have an estimated fair value of $6 each. To provide additional incentive for managerial achievement, the options are not exercisable unless divisional revenue increases by 6% in three years. Blue initially estimates that it is not probable the goal will be achieved, but in 2022, after one year, Blue estimates that it is probable that divisional revenue will increase by 6% by the end of 2023. Ignoring taxes, what is the decrease in earnings in 2022? A) $200,000. B) $400,000. C) $600,000. D) $800,000. 57) On October 1, 2021, Iona Frisbee Co. issued stock options for 300,000 shares to a division manager. The options have an estimated fair value of $3 each. To provide additional incentive for managerial achievement, the options are not exercisable unless divisional revenue increases by 6% in three years. Frisbee initially estimates that it is probable the goal will be achieved. How much compensation will be recorded in each of the next three years? A) $0 B) $100,000 C) $300,000 D) $900,000 58) On October 1, 2021, Iona Ford Co. issued stock options for 300,000 shares to a division manager. The options have an estimated fair value of $3 each. To provide additional incentive for managerial achievement, the options are not exercisable unless divisional revenue increases by 6% in three years. Ford initially estimates that it is probable the goal will be achieved. After one year, Ford estimates that it is not probable that divisional revenue will increase by 5% in three years. In 2022, Ford will: A) reverse the amount expensed in 2021. B) record one-half of the new estimated total compensation. C) take no action. D) continue to record the original estimated compensation.
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
59) On October 1, 2021, Iona Bell Co. issued stock options for 300,000 shares to a division manager. The options have an estimated fair value of $3 each. To provide additional incentive for managerial achievement, the options are not exercisable unless divisional revenue increases by 6% in three years. Bell initially estimates that it is not probable the goal will be achieved, but then after one year, Bell estimates that it is probable that divisional revenue will increase by 6% by the end of 2023. Bell will: A) record compensation expense of $600,000 in 2022 and $300,000 in 2023. B) record compensation expense of $300,000 in 2022 and $300,000 in 2023. C) record compensation expense of $450,000 in 2022 and $450,000 in 2023. D) record compensation expense of zero in 2022 and in 2023. 60) On October 1, 2021, Iona Barr issued stock options for 300,000 shares to a division manager. The options have an estimated fair value of $3 each. To provide additional incentive for managerial achievement, the options are not exercisable unless Barr's stock price increases by 6% in three years. Barr initially estimates that it is not probable the goal will be achieved. How much compensation will be recorded in each of the next three years? A) $100,000 B) $300,000 C) $0 D) $900,000 61) To encourage employee ownership of the company's common shares, KL Corp. permits any of its employees to buy shares directly from the company through payroll deduction. There are no brokerage fees and shares can be purchased at a 15% discount. During May, employees purchased 10,000 shares at a time when the market price of the shares on the New York Stock Exchange was $15 per share. KL will record compensation expense associated with the May purchases of: A) $0. B) $15,000. C) $22,500. D) $150,000. 62) Martin Corp. permits any of its employees to buy shares directly from the company through payroll deduction. There are no brokerage fees and shares can be purchased at a 10% discount. During 2021, employees purchased 8 million shares; during this same period, the shares had a market price of $15 per share at the end of the year. Martin's 2021 pretax earnings will be reduced by: A) $12 million. B) $108 million. C) $120 million. D) $0.
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
63) Under its employee stock purchase plan, Watson Company encourages employee ownership by permitting all employees to buy shares directly from their company at a 15% discount and without brokerage fees. Watson simply records the sale of new shares as employees buy them. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) This approach is conceptually correct and consistent with the sale of shares to non-employees. B) The policy is appropriate as long substantially all employees can participate and employees have no longer than one month after the price is fixed to decide whether to participate. C) The company should record compensation expense when the shares are sold. D) The policy is inappropriate because the plan is noncompensatory. 64) A primary goal of earnings per share determination is: A) Conservatism. B) Comparability. C) Materiality. D) Objectivity. 65) A company is said to have a complex capital structure if: A) the company has preferred stock outstanding at the end of the period. B) the company has potential common shares outstanding at the end of the period. C) the company's capital structure includes more debt than shareholders' equity. D) the company's capital structure includes more shareholders' equity than debt. 66) How many types of potential common shares must a corporation have in order to be said to have a complex capital structure? A) Three. B) Two. C) One. D) Zero. 67) Which of the following does not represent potential shares for an EPS calculation? A) Convertible preferred stock. B) Convertible bonds. C) Stock rights. D) Participating preferred stock. 68) Basic earnings per share ignores: A) All potential common shares. B) Some potential common shares, but not others. C) Dividends declared on noncumulative preferred stock. D) Stock splits. 69) A simple capital structure might include: A) Stock rights. B) Convertible bonds. C) Nonconvertible preferred stock. D) Stock purchase warrants. 17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
70) Which of the following results in increasing basic earnings per share? A) Paying more than book (carrying) value to retire outstanding bonds. B) Issuing cumulative preferred stock. C) Purchasing treasury stock. D) All of these answer choices increase basic earnings per share. 71) ABC declared and paid cash dividends to its common shareholders in January of the current year. The dividend: A) Will be added to the numerator of the earnings per share fraction for the current year. B) Will be added to the denominator of the earnings per share fraction for the current year. C) Will be subtracted from the numerator of the earnings per share fraction for the current year. D) Has no effect on the earnings per share for the coming year. 72) Nonconvertible bonds affect the calculation of: A) Basic earnings per share. B) Diluted earnings per share. C) Basic earnings per share and Diluted earnings per share. D) None of these answer choices are correct 73) Basic earnings per share is computed using: A) The actual number of common shares outstanding at the end of the year. B) A weighted-average of preferred and common shares. C) The number of common shares outstanding plus potential common shares. D) Weighted-average common shares outstanding for the year. 74) Purple Cab Company had 50,000 shares of common stock outstanding on January 1, 2021. On April 1, 2021, the company issued 20,000 shares of common stock. The company had outstanding fully vested incentive stock options for 5,000 shares exercisable at $10 that had not been exercised by its executives. The average market price of common stock was $12. The company reported net income in the amount of $269,915 for 2021. What is the basic earnings per share (rounded)? A) $4.10. B) $3.86. C) $3.60. D) $4.15.
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
75) The following information pertains to Torque Corp.'s outstanding stock for 2021: Common stock, $1 par value Shares outstanding, 1/1/2021 2-for-1 stock split, 4/1/2021 Shares issued, 7/1/2021 Preferred stock, $10 par value, 6% cumulative Shares outstanding, 1/1/2021
60,000 30,000
12,000
How many shares should Torque use to calculate 2021 basic earnings per share? A) 120,000 B) 135,000 C) 150,000 D) 162,000 76) When calculating EPS, the adjustment to the weighted-average shares for retired shares is the same as for issuing new shares except: A) The shares are deducted rather than added. B) The shares are added rather than deducted. C) The shares are treated as being acquired at the end of the year. D) The shares are treated as being acquired at the beginning of the year. 77) The result of a stock split is: A) A larger number of more valuable shares. B) An increase in corporate assets. C) An increase in shareholders' equity. D) A larger number of less valuable shares. 78) If a stock split occurred, when calculating the current year's EPS, the shares are treated as issued: A) At the end of the year. B) On the first day of the next fiscal year. C) At the beginning of the year. D) On the date of distribution. 79) Which of the following will require a recalculation of weighted-average shares outstanding for all years presented? A) Stock dividends and stock splits. B) Stock dividends but not stock splits. C) Stock splits but not stock dividends. D) Stock rights.
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) All other things equal, what is the effect on earnings per share when a corporation acquires shares of its own stock on the open market? A) Decrease. B) No effect if the shares are held as treasury shares. C) Increase only if the shares are considered to be retired. D) Increase. 81) If a stock dividend were distributed, when calculating the current year's EPS, the shares distributed are treated as having been issued: A) At the end of the year. B) At the beginning of the year. C) On the declaration date. D) On the date of distribution. 82) Stock options do not affect the calculation of: A) Diluted EPS. B) Weighted-average common shares. C) The denominator in the diluted EPS fraction. D) Basic EPS. 83) The following information pertains to J Company's outstanding stock for 2021: Common stock, $1 par Shares outstanding, 1/1/2021 2 for 1 stock split, 4/1/2021 Shares issued, 7/1/2021 Preferred stock, $100 par, 7% cumulative Shares outstanding, 1/1/2021
10,000 10,000 5,000 4,000
What is the number of shares J should use to calculate 2021 basic earnings per share? A) 20,000. B) 22,500. C) 25,000. D) 27,000. 84) On December 31, 2020, Beta Company had 300,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Beta issued a 5% stock dividend on June 30, 2021. On September 30, 2021, 40,000 shares of common stock were reacquired as treasury stock. What is the appropriate number of shares to be used in the basic earnings per share computation for 2021? A) 315,000. B) 307,500. C) 305,000. D) 267,500.
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) Cookie Company had 2 million shares of common stock outstanding all through 2020. On April 1, 2021, an additional 100,000 shares were sold and issued. On September 30, 2021, Cookie declared a 2-for-1 stock split. Net income in 2021 and 2020 was $10 million and $8 million, respectively. In the 2021 comparative financial statements, EPS (rounded) would be reported as follows:
a. b. c. d.
2021 EPS $ 2.41 $ 2.41 $ 4.82 $ 4.82
2020 EPS $ 2.00 $ 4.00 $ 4.00 $ 4.00
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 86) Dublin Inc. had the following common stock record during the current calendar year: Outstanding, beginning of year Additional shares issued 6/30 Additional shares issued 9/30
2,000,000 100,000 100,000
A 10% stock dividend was paid on December 1. What is the number of shares to be used in computing basic EPS? A) 2,075,000. B) 2,282,500. C) 2,475,000. D) 2,620,000. 87) Morrison Corporation had the following common stock record during the current calendar year: Outstanding-January 1 Additional shares issued 3/31 Distributed a 10% stock dividend on 6/30 Additional shares issued 9/30
2,000,000 100,000 100,000
What is the number of shares to be used in computing basic EPS? A) 2,000,000. B) 2,205,000. C) 2,307,500. D) 2,335,000.
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) Gear Corporation had the following common stock record during the current calendar year: Outstanding-January 1 Additional shares issued 3/31 Distributed a 10% stock dividend on 6/30 Shares reacquired 9/30
100,000 5,000,000 100,000
What is the number of shares to be used in computing basic EPS? A) 5,500,000. B) 4,210,000. C) 5,303,750. D) 5,050,000. 89) On January 1, 2021, Albacore Company had 300,000 shares of its common stock issued and outstanding. Albacore issued a 10% stock dividend on July 1, 2021. On October 1, 2021, Albacore retired 12,000 of its common shares. When calculating basic earnings per share for 2021, what is the appropriate number of shares for Albacore to use in the denominator of the EPS fraction? A) 303,000. B) 342,000. C) 312,000. D) 327,000. 90) When computing earnings per share, noncumulative preferred dividends not declared should be: A) Ignored. B) Deducted from earnings for the year. C) Added to earnings for the year. D) Deducted, net of tax effect, from earnings for the year. 91) A company has cumulative preferred stock. When computing earnings per share, the current year's dividends not declared on the preferred stock should be: A) Deducted from earnings for the year. B) Deducted, net of tax effect, from earnings for the year. C) Added to earnings for the year. D) Ignored. 92) Preferred dividends are subtracted from earnings when computing basic earnings per share whether or not the dividends are declared or paid if the preferred stock is: A) Callable. B) Convertible. C) Participating. D) Cumulative.
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
93) Preferred dividends would not be subtracted from earnings when computing basic earnings per share in a year when the dividends are not declared if the preferred stock is: A) Noncumulative. B) Convertible. C) Participating. D) Cumulative. 94) XYZ paid $10,000 in dividends in January of the current year to its preferred shareholders. The preferred stock is nonconvertible and noncumulative. The dividend: A) Will be added to the denominator of the earnings per share fraction for the current year. B) Will be added to the numerator of the earnings per share fraction for the current year. C) Will be subtracted from the numerator of the earnings per share fraction for the current year. D) might not affect earnings per share, depending on the declaration date. 95) At December 31, 2021 and 2020, P Co. had 50,000 shares of common stock and 5,000 shares of 5%, $100 par value cumulative preferred stock outstanding. No dividends were declared on either the preferred or common stock in 2021 or 2020. Net income for 2021 was $500,000. For 2021, basic earnings per common share amounted to: A) $5.00. B) $9.50. C) $9.00. D) $10.00. 96) At December 31, 2021, Hansen Corporation had 50,000 shares of common stock and 5,000 shares of 6%, $100 par cumulative preferred stock outstanding. No dividends were declared or paid in 2021. Net income was reported as $200,000. What is basic EPS? A) $4.00. B) $3.40. C) $3.64. D) $4.02. 97) During 2021, Falwell Inc. had 500,000 shares of common stock and 50,000 shares of 6% cumulative preferred stock outstanding. The preferred stock has a par value of $100 per share. Falwell did not declare or pay any dividends during 2021. Falwell's net income for the year ended December 31, 2021, was $2.5 million. The income tax rate is 25%. Falwell granted 10,000 stock options to its executives on January 1 of this year. Each option gives its holder the right to buy 20 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $29 per share. The options vest after one year. The market price of the common stock averaged $30 per share during 2021. What is Falwell's basic earnings per share for 2021, rounded to the nearest cent? A) $3.14. B) $4.40. C) $5.00. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) At December 31, 2021 and 2020, Cow Co. had 100,000 shares of common stock and 5,000 shares of 5%, $100 par value cumulative preferred stock outstanding. No dividends were declared on either the preferred or common stock in 2021 or 2020. Net income for 2021 was $500,000. For 2021, basic earnings per share was: A) $2.50 B) $4.50 C) $4.75 D) $5.00 99) On December 31, 2020, the Frisbee Company had 250,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. On March 31, 2021, the company sold 50,000 additional shares for cash. Frisbee's net income for the year ended December 31, 2021, was $700,000. During 2021, Frisbee declared and paid $80,000 in cash dividends on its nonconvertible preferred stock. What is the 2021 basic earnings per share? (Round final answers to 2 decimal places.) A) $2.16. B) $3.50. C) $3.10. D) $2.80. 100) Flyaway Travel Company reported net income for 2021 in the amount of $90,000. During 2021, Flyaway declared and paid $2,125 in cash dividends on its nonconvertible preferred stock. Flyaway also paid $10,000 cash dividends on its common stock. Flyaway had 40,000 common shares outstanding from January 1 until 10,000 new shares were sold for cash on April 1, 2021. What is 2021 basic earnings per share? A) $1.85. B) $1.64. C) $1.76. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 101) On December 31, 2020, the Bennett Company had 100,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. On July 1, 2021, the company sold 20,000 additional shares for cash. Bennett's net income for the year ended December 31, 2021, was $650,000. During 2021, Bennett declared and paid $89,000 in cash dividends on its nonconvertible preferred stock. What is the 2021 basic earnings per share? A) $5.91. B) $5.61. C) $5.10. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
102) Getaway Travel Company reported net income for 2021 in the amount of $50,000. During 2021, Getaway declared and paid $2,000 in cash dividends on its nonconvertible preferred stock. Getaway also paid $10,000 cash dividends on its common stock. Getaway had 40,000 common shares outstanding from January 1 until 10,000 new shares were sold for cash on July 1, 2021. A 2-for-1 stock split was granted on July 5, 2021. What is the 2021 basic earnings per share? (Round final answers to 2 decimal places.) A) $0.42. B) $0.47. C) $0.53. D) $0.56. 103) When computing diluted earnings per share, which of the following will not be considered in the calculation? A) Dividends paid on common stock. B) The weighted average common shares. C) The effect of stock splits. D) The number of common shares represented by stock purchase warrants. 104) The calculation of diluted earnings per share assumes that stock options were exercised and that the proceeds were used to buy treasury stock at: A) The average market price for the reporting period. B) The market price at the end of the period. C) The purchase price stated on the options. D) The stock's par value. 105) When we take into account the dilutive effect of stock options, rights, and warrants in the calculation of EPS, the method used is called the: A) Optional method. B) If converted method. C) Dilution method. D) Treasury stock method. 106) In computing diluted earnings per share, the treasury stock method is used for: A) Stock warrants. B) Stock splits. C) Reverse stock splits. D) Convertible preferred stock. 107) When calculating diluted earnings per share, stock options: A) Are included if they are antidilutive. B) Should be ignored. C) Are included if they are dilutive. D) Increase the numerator while not affecting the denominator.
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
108) The calculation of diluted earnings per share assumes that stock options were exercised and that the proceeds were used to: A) Buy common stock as an investment. B) Retire preferred stock. C) Buy treasury stock. D) Increase net income. 109) During 2021, Farewell Inc. had 500,000 shares of common stock and 50,000 shares of 6% cumulative preferred stock outstanding. The preferred stock has a par value of $100 per share. Farewell did not declare or pay any dividends during 2021. Farewell's net income for the year ended December 31, 2021, was $2.5 million. The income tax rate is 25%. Farewell granted 10,000 stock options to its executives on January 1 of this year. Each option gives its holder the right to buy 20 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $29 per share. The options vest after one year. The market price of the common stock averaged $30 per share during 2021. What is Farewell's diluted earnings per share for 2021, rounded to the nearest cent? A) $3.14. B) $4.90. C) $4.34. D) Cannot determine from the given information. 110) Blue Cab Company had 50,000 shares of common stock outstanding on January 1, 2021. On April 1, 2021, the company issued 20,000 shares of common stock. The company had outstanding fully vested incentive stock options for 5,000 shares exercisable at $10 that had not been exercised by its executives. The end-of-year market price of common stock was $13 while the average price for the year was $12. The company reported net income in the amount of $269,915 for 2021. What is the diluted earnings per share (rounded)? A) $3.60. B) $4.10. C) $4.50. D) $3.81. 111) Dulce Corporation had 200,000 shares of common stock outstanding during the current year. There were also fully vested options for 10,000 shares of common stock were granted with an exercise price of $20. The market price of the common stock averaged $25 for the year. Net income was $4 million. What is diluted EPS (rounded)? A) $20.00. B) $19.80. C) $19.23. D) $18.18.
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
112) On January 1, 2020, Hage Corporation granted incentive stock options to purchase 18,000 of its common shares at $7 each. The options are exercisable after one year. The market price of common averaged $9 per share during the quarter ending on March 31, 2021. There was no change in the 100,000 shares of outstanding common stock during the quarter ended March 31, 2021. Net income for the quarter was $8,268. The number of shares to be used in computing diluted earnings per share for the quarter is: A) 100,000. B) 104,000. C) 106,000. D) 118,000. 113) January 1, 2021, Woody Forrest Corporation granted executive stock options to purchase 27,000 of its common shares at $7 each. The market price of common stock was $10 per share on December 31, 2021, and averaged $9 per share during the year then ended. There was no change in the 150,000 shares of outstanding common stock during the year. Net income for the year was $25,000. The number of shares to be used in computing diluted earnings per share for the quarter is: A) 150,000 B) 156,000 C) 171,000 D) 177,000 114) When a company's only potential common shares are convertible bonds: A) Diluted EPS will be greater if the bonds are actually converted than if they are not converted. B) Diluted EPS will be smaller if the bonds are actually converted than if the bonds are not converted. C) Diluted EPS will be the same whether or not the bonds are converted. D) The effect of conversion on diluted EPS cannot be determined without additional information. 115) Stock options, rights, and warrants are different from convertible securities in that they: A) Typically increase cash upon exercise. B) Usually reduce total assets upon exercise. C) Often reduce liabilities upon exercise. D) Normally increase retained earnings upon exercise. 116) Rudyard Corporation had 100,000 shares of common stock and 10,000 shares of 8%, $100 par convertible preferred stock outstanding during the year. Net income for the year was $400,000 and dividends were paid to both common and preferred shareholders. Rudyard's effective tax rate is 25%. What is Rudyard's basic EPS? A) $2.13. B) $4.80. C) $4.00. D) $3.20. 27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) When we assume conversion of convertible bonds, the numerator is increased by: A) The amount of after-tax interest. B) The gross amount of interest. C) The weighted-average interest. D) The amount of cash paid during the current year for interest. 118) When we take into account the dilutive effect of convertible securities in the calculation of EPS, the method used is called the: A) Treasury stock method. B) If converted method. C) Optional method. D) Dilution method. 119) If convertible bonds were issued at a discount, when computing diluted EPS, the amortization of the bond discount: A) Will have no effect. B) Will decrease the numerator. C) Will increase the numerator. D) May increase or decrease the numerator, depending on the amortization method used. 120) Rudyard Corporation had 100,000 shares of common stock and 10,000 shares of 8%, $100 par convertible preferred stock outstanding during the year. Net income for the year was $400,000 and dividends were paid to both common and preferred shareholders. Rudyard's effective tax rate is 25%. Each share of preferred stock is convertible into five shares of common stock. What is Rudyard's diluted EPS (rounded)? A) $2.13. B) $2.67. C) $3.20. D) $4.80. 121) On January 2, 2021, L Co. issued at face value $20,000 of 4% bonds convertible in total into 1,000 shares of L's common stock. No bonds were converted during 2021. Throughout 2021, L had 1,000 shares of common stock outstanding. L's 2021 net income was $2,000. L's income tax rate is 25%. No potential common shares other than the convertible bonds were outstanding during 2021. L's diluted earnings per share for 2021 would be: A) $1.00. B) $1.30. C) $1.40. D) $2.00.
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) During 2021, R Co. had the following two classes of stock issued and outstanding for the entire year: • 400,000 shares of common stock, $1 par. • 2,000 shares of 4% preferred stock, $100 par, convertible share-for-share into common stock. R's 2021 net income was $1,800,000, and its income tax rate for the year was 25%. In the computation of diluted earnings per share for 2021, the amount to be used in the numerator is: A) $1,792,000. B) $1,796,000. C) $1,800,000. D) $1,802,400. 123) Jet Corporation had 8 million shares of common stock outstanding during the current calendar year. On July 1, Jet issued ten thousand $1,000 face value, convertible bonds. Each bond is convertible into 50 shares of common stock. The bonds were issued at face amount and pay interest semiannually for 20 years. They have a stated rate of 12%. Jet had income before tax of $24 million and a net income of $18 million. Jet would report the following EPS data (rounded):
a. b. c. d.
Basic EPS $ 2.25 $ 2.25 $ 2.25 $ 2.25
Diluted EPS $ 2.24 n/a antidilutive $ 2.16 $ 2.12
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 124) Baldwin Company had 40,000 shares of common stock outstanding on January 1, 2021. On April 1, 2021, the company issued 20,000 shares of common stock. The company had outstanding fully vested incentive stock options for 10,000 shares exercisable at $10 that had not been exercised by its executives. The average market price of common stock for the year was $12. What number of shares of stock (rounded) should be used in computing diluted earnings per share? A) 65,000. B) 56,667. C) 55,000. D) 46,667.
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) When several types of potential common shares exist, the one that enters the computation of diluted EPS first is the one with the: A) Highest incremental effect. B) Higher numerator. C) Median incremental effect. D) Lowest incremental effect. 126) During 2021, Angel Corporation had 900,000 shares of common stock and 50,000 shares of 6% preferred stock outstanding. The preferred stock does not have cumulative or convertible features. Angel declared and paid cash dividends of $300,000 and $150,000 to common and preferred shareholders, respectively, during 2021. On January 1, 2020, Angel issued $2,000,000 of convertible 5% bonds at face value. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into five common shares. Angel's net income for the year ended December 31, 2021, was $6 million. The income tax rate is 20%. What is Angel's basic earnings per share for 2021, rounded to the nearest cent? A) $5.29. B) $5.57. C) $6.50. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 127) During 2021, Angel Corporation had 900,000 shares of common stock and 50,000 shares of 6% preferred stock outstanding. The preferred stock does not have cumulative or convertible features. Angel declared and paid cash dividends of $300,000 and $150,000 to common and preferred shareholders, respectively, during 2021. On January 1, 2020, Angel issued $2,000,000 of convertible 5% bonds at face value. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into five common shares. Angel's net income for the year ended December 31, 2021, was $6 million. The income tax rate is 20%. What will Angel report as diluted earnings per share for 2021, rounded to the nearest cent? A) $6.43. B) $6.25. C) $6.22. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) Burnet Company had 30,000 shares of common stock outstanding on January 1, 2021. On April 1, 2021, the company issued 15,000 shares of common stock. The company had outstanding fully vested incentive stock options for 5,000 shares exercisable at $10 that had not been exercised by its executives. The average market price of common stock was $9. The company reported net income in the amount of $189,374 for 2021. What is the effect of the options? A) The options are antidilutive. B) The options will dilute EPS by $0.09 per share. C) The options will dilute EPS by $0.33 per share. D) The options will dilute EPS by $0.17 per share. 129) Last year, East Corporation reported basic and diluted EPS in an amount less than basic EPS due to outstanding stock options. Those options were exercised on January 1 of the current year. During the current year, East Corporation had 2 million shares of common stock outstanding. Two thousand 10% convertible bonds, each with $1,000 face value, were issued at face amount at the beginning of the year. East reported net income of $2 million for the year. Each bond is convertible into 10 shares of common stock. The tax rate is 25%. What is diluted EPS (rounded)? A) $0.90. B) $0.95. C) $1.00. D) $1.10. 130) During the current year, High Corporation had 3 million shares of common stock outstanding. $5,000,000 of 6% convertible bonds were issued at face amount at the beginning of the year. High reported income before tax of $4 million and net income of $3 million for the year. The bonds are convertible into 625,000 shares of common. What is diluted EPS (rounded)? A) $0.89. B) $0.91. C) $1.00. D) $1.08 131) Ignatius Corporation had 7 million shares of common stock outstanding during the current calendar year. It issued ten thousand $1,000, convertible bonds on January 1. Each bond is convertible into 50 shares of common stock. The bonds were issued at face amount and pay interest semiannually at an annual rate of 10%. On June 30, Ignatius issued 100,000 shares of $100 par 6% cumulative preferred stock. Dividends are declared and paid quarterly. Ignatius has an effective tax rate of 25%. Ignatius would report the following EPS data (rounded) on its net income of $20 million:
a. b. c. d.
Basic EPS $ 2.77 $ 2.81 $ 2.85 $ 2.81
Diluted EPS $ 2.67 $ 2.73 $ 2.67 $ 2.68
A) Option A B) Option B 31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
C) Option C D) Option D 132) Horrocks Company granted 180,000 restricted stock awards of its no par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. Horrocks' common shares have a market price of $10 per share on January 1, 2020, the grant date, and at December 31, 2021, averaging $10 throughout the year. When calculating diluted EPS at December 31, 2021, the net increase in the denominator of the EPS fraction will be: A) 0 shares. B) 60,000 shares. C) 120,000 shares. D) 180,000 shares. 133) Isadore Bell Company granted 8 million of its no par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. The common shares have a market price of $3 per share on January 1, 2021, the grant date. When calculating diluted EPS at December 31, 2022, what will be the net increase in the denominator of the EPS fraction if the market price of the common shares averaged $4 per share during 2022? A) 2 million B) 2.67 million C) 6 million D) 8 million 134) Contingently issuable shares might be included in: A) Basic EPS. B) Diluted EPS. C) Basic EPS and Diluted EPS. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 135) The single accounting number in the annual report that receives the most attention by investors is: A) Total revenue. B) Book value per share. C) Equity per share. D) Earnings per share. 136) The reporting of earnings per share is required only for: A) Private companies. B) Companies with complex capital structures. C) Publicly traded corporations. D) Medium-sized and large corporations. 137) Earnings per share data is required to be reported: A) In disclosure notes to the financial statements. B) Only if it adds to the relevance of the income statement. C) In the summary section of the annual report. 32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
D) On the face of the income statement. 138) For a firm with a simple capital structure, EPS is: A) earnings available to common and preferred shareholders divided by the weighted-average number of common and preferred shares outstanding. B) earnings available to common and preferred shareholders divided by the number of common and preferred shares outstanding at the end of the reporting period. C) reported for both basic and diluted EPS. D) reported for both earnings before discontinued operations and net income. 139) Which of the following is a correct statement concerning earnings per share? A) Earnings per share can never be a negative number. B) Earnings per share must be reported for all corporations. C) If a company has discontinued operations, at least two EPS amounts must be reported. D) Reported earnings per share is the result of dividing weighted-average shares by net income. 140) When a company's income statement includes discontinued operations, the company should report per share information on:
Net Income Yes Yes No No
a. b. c. d.
Income from Continuing Operations No Yes No Yes
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 141) When a company's income statement includes discontinued operations and a gain on the sale of machinery, the company should report per share information on:
a. b. c. d.
Net Income Yes Yes Yes Yes
Income from Continuing Operations No Yes No Yes
Gain on sale of machinery No No Yes Yes
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
142) Under IFRS, a deferred tax asset for stock options: A) Is created for the cumulative amount of the fair value of the options the company has recorded for compensation expense. B) Is the portion of the options' intrinsic value earned to date times the tax rate. C) Is the tax rate times the amount of compensation. D) Isn't created if the award is "in the money;" that is, it has intrinsic value. 143) Yellow Company is a calendar-year firm with operations in several countries. At January 1, 2021, the company had issued 40,000 executive stock options permitting executives to buy 40,000 shares of stock for $30. The vesting schedule is 25% the first year, 25% the second year, and 50% the third year (graded-vesting). The fair value of the options is estimated as follows:
Vesting Date Dec. 31, 2021 Dec. 31, 2022 Dec. 31, 2023
Amount Vesting 25% 25% 50%
Fair Value per Option $ 6 $ 7 $ 9
Assuming Yellow prepares its financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), what is the compensation expense related to the options to be recorded in 2022? A) $40,000. B) $60,000. C) $95,000. D) $130,000. 144) Which of the following statements is true regarding share appreciation rights (SAR) payable in cash? A) Any change in estimated total compensation is recorded as a prior adjustment. B) The total amount of compensation is not known for certain until the date the SAR is exercised. C) The liability is adjusted to reflect each additional year of service. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 145) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Convertible bonds 2. Diluted EPS 3. Simple capital structure 4. Treasury stock method 5. If-converted method
PHRASE Add after-tax interest to EPS numerator. Dual presentation of EPS does not apply. Assumption used for options, rights, and warrants. Applies to both convertible debt and convertible equity securities. Approximation of EPS assuming potential common shares became common stock.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Stock dividends and splits 2. Contingently issuable shares 3. Undeclared preferred dividends 4. Convertible preferred stock dividends 5. Price-earnings ratio
PHRASE NUMBER Expresses the market value of a stock as a ____ multiple of EPS. Factored into EPS if the stock is ____ cumulative. Omitted from the EPS numerator under the ____ "if converted" method. Included in diluted EPS when performance ____ criterion is met. Handled retroactively in computing current ____ and prior years' EPS.
147) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Antidilutive security 2. Issuance of new shares 3. Reacquired shares 4. Preferred dividends 5. Convertible bonds
PHRASE Does not affect and is not affected by EPS calculations. Time-weighted decrease in the basic EPS denominator. Decrease in the EPS numerator. Time-weighted increase in the basic EPS denominator. Potentially dilutive debt.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
148) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Stock option 2. Performance condition plans 3. Vesting period 4. Bonuses 5. Expired options
PHRASE NUMBER Paid-in capital effectively renamed under the ____ fair value approach. A right to buy shares of stock in the future. ____ Expensed as compensation in the period earned. Shares given for achieving financial goals. Benefit period over which stock option compensation expense is spread.
____ ____ ____
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
149) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term TERM 1. Option exercise price 2. Option exercise date 3. Grant date 4. Stock volatility 5. Market condition plans
PHRASE NUMBER An important factor in option pricing models. ____ The amount paid to convert the option into ____ stock. Date on or after which employees can buy ____ stock with options. Require(s) compensation expense regardless ____ of condition satisfaction. Date on which options are awarded. ____
150) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Options, rights, and warrants 2. Multiple convertible securities 3. Basic EPS 4. Earnings available to common shareholders 5. Dividend payout ratio
PHRASE NUMBER Need to be ranked high to low in terms of ____ dilutive effect. No dilution considered. ____ Tends to be low for growth companies. The numerator in the EPS formula.
____ ____
The treasury stock method is used.
____
151) EG Corporation granted restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 32 million of its $1 par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within four years. After the recipients of the RSUs satisfy the vesting requirement, the company will distribute the shares. The common shares had a market price of $6 per share on the grant date. Required: (1.) Ignoring taxes, determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the restricted stock units. (2.) What is the effect on earnings in the year after the shares are granted to executives?
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
152) On January 1, 2021, Cobbler Corporation awarded restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 30 million of its $1 par common shares to key officers, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. After the recipients of the RSUs satisfy the vesting requirement, the company will distribute the shares. On the grant date, the shares had a market price of $3 per share. Required: (1.) Determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the RSUs. (2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the award of RSUs on January 1, 2021. (3.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. (4.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2022. (5.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2023. (6.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the lifting of restrictions on the RSUs and issuing shares at December 31, 2023. 153) Tweet Inc. included the following disclosure note in an annual report: Share-Based Compensation (in part) …compensation expense related to these grants is based on the grant date fair value of the RSUs and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the applicable three-year vesting period. The following table summarizes the activities for our unvested RSUs for the year ended December 31, 2021:
Unvested at December 31, 2020 Granted Vested Forfeited Unvested at December 31, 2021
Number of Shares 110,000 54,000 (48,300) (14,800) 100,900
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value $21.40 29.50 17.00 25.30 $27.30
Required: (1.) Ignoring taxes, determine compensation expense Tweet reported in the year ended December 31, 2022, for the restricted stock units granted during the year ended December 31, 2021. (2.) Based on the information provided in the disclosure note, prepare the journal entry that summarizes the vesting of RSUs during the year ended December 31, 2021. (Tweet's common shares have a par amount per share of $0.01.) 38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
154) As part of its stock-based compensation package, on January 1, 2021, Weldon Well Supplies granted restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 100,000 $1 par common shares. At exercise, holders of the RSUs are entitled to receive cash or stock equal in value to the market price of those shares at exercise. The RSUs cannot be exercised until the end of 2024 (vesting date) and expire at the end of 2026. The $1 par common shares have a market price of $6 per share on the grant date. The fair value at December 31, 2021, 2022, 2023, 2024, and 2025, is $16, $12, $16, $10, and $12, respectively. All recipients are expected to remain employed through the vesting date. Required: (1.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the award of RSUs on January 1, 2021. (2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entries pertaining to the RSUs on December 31, 2021-December 31, 2024. (3.) The RSUs remain unexercised on December 31, 2025. Prepare the appropriate journal entry on that date. (4.) The RSUs are exercised on June 6, 2026, when the share price is $13, and executives choose to receive cash. Prepare the appropriate journal entry(s) on that date. 155) The Peach Corporation provides restricted stock to certain executives. Under the plan, the company granted 30 million shares on January 1, 2021, which vest in four years. The fair value of the shares is $14. No forfeitures are anticipated. Ignore taxes. Required: 1. Determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the restricted stock. 2. Prepare the appropriate journal entry (if any) to record the award of restricted stock on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the appropriate journal entry (if any) to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. 156) Jmart Corporation included the following disclosure note in a recent annual report: RESTRICTED STOCK (in part) We issued 100,000 shares of restricted stock at market prices ranging from $46.00 to $60. The restricted stock generally vests over three years, during which time we will recognize total compensation expense of approximately $6 million. Required: 1. Based on the information provided in the disclosure note, determine the weighted average market price of the restricted stock issued. 2. How much compensation expense did Jmart report for the year following the year in which the restricted stock was issued?
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
157) Mann Inc. offers a restricted stock award plan to its vice presidents. On January 1, 2021, the corporation granted 10 million of its $5 par common shares, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within two years. The common shares have a market value of $10 per share on the date the award is granted. Required: 1. Assume that no shares are forfeited. Determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the restricted shares. 2. Prepare the appropriate journal entries related to the restricted stock through December 31, 2022. 158) On January 1, 2021, Jeans-R-Us Company awarded 15 million of its $1 par common shares to key executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. On the date of the grant, the stock had a market price of $3 per share. Required: (1.) Determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the restricted shares. (2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the award on January 1, 2021. (3.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. 159) On January 1, 2021, La-Dee-Da Company awarded 15 million of its $1 par common shares to key officers, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. On the date of the grant, the stock had a market price of $3 per share. Required: (1.) Determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the restricted shares. (2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the award on January 1, 2021. (3.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. (4.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2022. (5.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2023. (6.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the lifting of restrictions on December 31, 2023.
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
160) Cartel Products Inc. offers a restricted stock award plan to its vice presidents. On January 1, 2021, the corporation granted 12 million of its $1 par common shares, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within two years. The common shares have a market value of $6 per share on the date the award is granted. Required: (1.) Assume that no shares are forfeited. Determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the restricted shares. (2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entries related to the restricted stock through December 31, 2022. 161) The Santiago Corporation provides an executive stock option plan. Under the plan, the company granted options on January 1, 2021, that permit executives to acquire 70 million of the company's $1 par value common shares within the next eight years, but not before December 31, 2024 (the vesting date). The exercise price is the market price of the shares on the date of the grant, $27 per share. The fair value of the options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $4 per option. No forfeitures are anticipated. Ignore taxes. Required: 1. Determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the options. 2. Prepare the appropriate journal entry (if any) to record the award of options on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the appropriate journal entry (if any) to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. 162) Olde Corporation provides an executive stock option plan. Under the plan, the company granted options on January 1, 2021, that permit executives to acquire 2 million of the company's $1 par value common shares within the next five years, but not before December 31, 2022 (the vesting date). The exercise price is the market price of the shares on the date of the grant, $14 per share. The fair value of the options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $2 per option. No forfeitures are anticipated. Ignore taxes. Required: (1.) Determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the options, assuming the fair value approach has been selected. (2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the award of the options on January 1, 2021. (3.) Prepare the journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. (4.) Prepare the journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2022.
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
163) The Burford Corporation provides an executive stock option plan. Under the plan, the company granted options on January 1, 2021, that permit executives to acquire 12 million of the company's $1 par value common shares within the next five years, but not before December 31, 2024 (the vesting date). The exercise price is the market price of the shares on the date of the grant, $14 per share. The fair value of the options, estimated by an appropriate model, is $3 per option. No forfeitures are anticipated. Ignore taxes. Required: (1.) Determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the options. Show calculations. (2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry (if any) to record the award of options on January 1, 2021. (3.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry (if any) to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. 164) Hammerstein Corporation offers a variety of share-based compensation plans to employees. Under its restricted stock award plan, the company, on January 1, 2021, granted 2 million of its $1 par common shares to various division managers. The shares are subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within four years. The common shares have a market price of $20 per share on the award date. Required: (1.) Determine the total compensation cost from these restricted shares. (2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the award on January 1, 2021. (3.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. (4.) Suppose a 15% forfeiture rate was expected prior to vesting. Determine the total compensation cost, assuming the company follows the fair value approach and chooses to anticipate forfeitures at the grant date.
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) On January 1, 2021, Lawson Brothers Enterprises (LBE) granted restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 40 million of its $1 par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within four years. After the recipients of the RSUs satisfy the vesting requirement, the company will distribute the shares. The common shares had a market price of $10 per share on the grant date. At the date of grant, LBE anticipated that 5% of the recipients would leave the firm prior to vesting. Ignore taxes. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. 2. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2022. 3. During 2023 third year, LBE revised its estimate of forfeitures from 5% to 10%. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2023. 4. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2024. 166) On January 1, 2021, M.T. Toombe Mausoleum granted restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 60 million of its $1 par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. After the recipients of the RSUs satisfy the vesting requirement, the company will distribute the shares. The common shares had a market price of $15 per share on the grant date. At the date of grant, Toombe anticipated that 5% of the recipients would leave the firm prior to vesting. In 2022, 3% of the options are forfeited due to executive turnover. Toombe chooses the option not to estimate forfeitures. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. Ignore taxes. 2. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2022. Ignore taxes. 167) In order to encourage employee ownership of the company's $1 par common shares, T Corp. permits any of its employees to buy shares directly from the company through payroll deduction. There are no brokerage fees and shares can be purchased at a 15% discount. During June, employees purchased 150,000 shares at a time when the market price of the shares on the New York Stock Exchange was $10 per share. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the June purchases of shares under the employee share purchase plan.
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
168) Sugarland Industries reported a net income of $750,750 on December 31, 2021. At the beginning of the year, the company had 500,000 common shares outstanding. On April 1, the company sold 27,000 shares for cash. On August 31, the company issued 48,000 additional shares as part of a merger. Required: Compute Sugarland's net income that would produce a basic EPS of $2.00 per share for 2021. 169) Nagy Industries reported a net income of $619,369 on December 31, 2021. At the beginning of the year, the company had 500,000 common shares outstanding. On April 1, the company sold 27,000 shares for cash. On August 31, the company issued 48,000 additional shares as part of a merger. On December 1, 2021, the company declared and issued a 10% stock dividend. Required: Compute Nagy's net income that would produce a basic EPS of $2.00 per share for 2021. 170) Burns Company reported $752.4 million in net income in 2021. On January 1, 2021, the company had 400 million shares of common stock outstanding. On March 1, 2021, 24 million new shares of common stock were sold for cash. On June 1, 2021, the company's common stock split 2 for 1. On July 1, 2021, 8 million shares were reacquired as treasury stock. Required: Compute Burns' basic earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2021. 171) On January 1, 2021, Algerian Delivery had 100,000 shares of common stock outstanding. The following transactions occurred during 2021: March 1: September 30: December 1: December 31:
Reacquired 3,000 shares, accounted for as treasury stock. Sold all the treasury shares. Sold 12,000 new shares for cash. Reported a net income of $297,750.
Required: Calculate Algerian Delivery's basic earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2021.
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
172) On January 1, 2021, Shamu Corporation had 100,000 shares of common stock outstanding. The following transactions occurred during 2021: March 1: September 30: December 1: December 31:
Reacquired 3,000 shares, accounted for as treasury stock. Sold all the treasury shares. Sold 12,000 new shares for cash. Reported a net income of $198,500.
The following transactions occurred during 2022: January 10: December 31:
Declared and issued a 25% stock dividend. Reported a net income of $268,800.
Required: Calculate Shamu's basic earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for both years for presentation in comparative financial statements that will be prepared at the end of 2022. 173) Kramer Inc. had 95 million shares of common stock, 1 million shares of 6%, $100 par, cumulative preferred stock, and 1 million shares of 8%, $100 par, noncumulative preferred stock outstanding at the end of 2020 and 2021. No dividends were declared or paid on common stock in either year. In 2021, a $3 million dividend was paid on the 6% preferred stock and a $4 million dividend was paid on the 8% preferred stock. Net income for 2021 was $300 million. The company's tax rate is 25%. Required: Compute basic earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for the year ended December 31, 2021 174) Rice Inc. had 420 million shares of common stock and 1 million shares of 6%, $200 par, cumulative preferred stock outstanding at the end of 2020 and 2021. No dividends were declared or paid on either class of stock in either year. Net income for 2021 was $398.4 million. The company's tax rate is 25%. Required: Compute basic earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2021.
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
175) Capital Consulting Company had 400,000 shares of common stock outstanding on December 31, 2020. On that date, there were also 5,000 shares of $100 par, 6% noncumulative preferred stock outstanding. On March 1, 2021, the company's common stock split 3-for-1. On December 15, 2021, a preferred dividend was declared and paid in the amount of $25,000. Net income for 2021 was $3,000,000. Required: Compute basic earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for the year ended December 31, 2021. 176) Parsley Corporation had 250,000 shares of common stock and 5,000 shares of 8%, $100 par, preferred stock outstanding on December 31, 2020. The preferred stock is cumulative, nonconvertible preferred stock. On June 1, 2021, Parsley sold 36,000 shares of common stock for cash. No cash dividends were declared for 2021. Parsley reported a net loss of $320,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021. Required: Calculate Parsley's loss per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for the year ended December 31, 2021. 177) On December 31, 2020, Belair Corporation had 100,000 shares of common stock outstanding and 30,000 shares of 7%, $50 par, cumulative preferred stock outstanding. On February 28, 2021, Belair purchased 24,000 shares of common stock on the open market as treasury stock paying $20 per share. On June 30, 2021, Belair declared and issued a 2-for-1 stock split on outstanding common stock. Belair sold 6,000 treasury shares on September 30, 2021, for $15 per share. Net income for 2021 was $180,905. Required: Compute Belair's basic earnings per share for 2021. 178) On December 31, 2020, Witherspoon Services had 800,000 shares of common stock and 200,000 shares of 5.5%, noncumulative, nonconvertible $10 par preferred stock issued and outstanding. On March 2, 2021, Witherspoon sold 120,000 common shares. In keeping with its long-term share repurchase plan, 30,000 shares were retired on August 31. Witherspoon distributed a 10% common stock dividend on June 3. Witherspoon's net income for the year ended December 31, 2019, was $600,000. The company paid cash dividends of $110,000 to preferred shareholders on December 20, 2021. The income tax rate is 25%. Required: Compute Witherspoon's earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2021.
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
179) On December 31, 2020, Clarkson Company had 100,000 shares of common stock outstanding and 30,000 shares of 7%, $50 par, cumulative preferred stock outstanding. On February 28, 2021, Clarkson purchased 24,000 shares of common stock on the open market as treasury stock paying $45 per share. Clarkson sold 6,000 of the treasury shares on September 30, 2021, for $47 per share. Net income for 2021 was $180,905. Also outstanding at December 31, 2020, were fully vested incentive stock options giving key executives the option to buy 50,000 common shares at $40. These stock options were exercised on November 1, 2021. The market price of the common shares averaged $50 during 2021. Required: Compute Clarkson's basic and diluted earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for 2021. 180) Fully vested incentive stock options for 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $50 were outstanding for the entire year. The market price of the stock during the year averaged $56. Required: By how many shares will the assumed exercise of these options increase the weighted-average number of shares outstanding when calculating diluted earnings per share? 181) Fully vested incentive stock options for 60,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $50 were outstanding at the beginning of 2021. The market price of the stock averaged $56 during the year. Required: If these options are exercised on March 1 of the current year, by how many shares will the options increase the weighted-average number of shares outstanding when calculating diluted earnings per share? 182) XYZ Company had 200,000 shares of common stock outstanding on December 31, 2020. On July 1, 2021, XYZ issued an additional 50,000 shares for cash. On January 1, 2021, XYZ issued 20,000 shares of convertible preferred stock. The preferred stock had a par value of $100 per share and paid a 5% dividend. Each share of preferred stock is convertible into 8 shares of common. During 2021, XYZ paid the regular annual dividend on the preferred and common stock. Net income for the year was $300,000. Required: Calculate XYZ's basic and diluted earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for 2021.
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
183) Paul Company had 100,000 shares of common stock outstanding on January 1, 2021. On September 30, 2021, Paul sold 48,000 shares of common stock for cash. Paul also had 10,000 shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding throughout 2021. The preferred stock is $100 par, 6%, and is convertible into 3 shares of common for each share of preferred. Paul also had 500, 8%, convertible bonds outstanding throughout 2021. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 30 shares of common stock. The bonds sold originally at face value. Reported net income for 2021 was $300,000 with a 25% tax rate. Common shareholders received $2 per share dividends after preferred dividends were paid in 2021. Required: Compute basic and diluted earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for 2021. 184) Woolery, Inc. had 50,000 shares of common stock outstanding at January 1, 2021. On March 31, 2021, an additional 12,000 shares were sold for cash. Woolery also had $4,000,000 of 6% convertible bonds outstanding throughout the year. The bonds are convertible into 40,000 shares of common stock. Net income for the year was $350,000. The tax rate is 25%. Required: Compute basic and diluted earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for the year ended December 31, 2021. 185) On December 31, 2020, Brisbane Company had 100,000 shares of common stock outstanding and 30,000 shares of 7%, $50 par, cumulative preferred stock outstanding. On February 28, 2021, Brisbane purchased 24,000 shares of common stock on the open market as treasury stock paying $40 per share. Brisbane sold 6,000 treasury shares on September 30, 2021, for $45 per share. Net income for 2021 was $180,905. Also outstanding during the year were fully vested incentive stock options giving key officers the option to buy 50,000 common shares at $40. The market price of the common shares averaged $50 during 2021. Required: Compute Brisbane's basic and diluted earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for 2021.
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
186) On December 31, 2020, Heffner Company had 100,000 shares of common stock outstanding and 30,000 shares of 7%, $100 par, cumulative preferred stock outstanding. On February 28, 2021, Heffner purchased 24,000 shares of common stock on the open market as treasury stock paying $45 per share. Heffner sold 6,000 of the treasury shares on September 30, 2021, for $47 per share. Net income for 2021 was $540,000. The income tax rate is 25%. Also outstanding at December 31, 2020, were fully vested incentive stock options giving key employees the option to buy 50,000 common shares at $40. The market price of the common shares averaged $50 during 2021. Five thousand 6% bonds were issued at par on January 1, 2021. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 125 shares of common stock. None of the bonds had been converted by December 31, 2021, and no stock options were exercised during the year. Required: Compute basic and diluted earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for Heffner Company for 2021. 187) On December 31, 2020, Vitners Company had outstanding 400,000 shares of common stock and 40,000 shares of 8% cumulative preferred stock (par $10). February 28, 2021, issued an additional 36,000 shares of common stock September 1, 2021, 9,000 shares were retired. A 10% stock dividend was declared and distributed on July 1, 2021. At year-end, there were fully vested incentive stock options outstanding for 30,000 shares of common stock (adjusted for the stock dividend). The exercise price was $18. The market price of the common stock averaged $20 during the year. Also outstanding were $1,000,000 face amount of 10% convertible bonds issued in 2018 and convertible into 50,000 common shares (adjusted for the stock dividend). Net income was $900,000. The tax rate for the year was 25%. Required: Compute basic and diluted EPS (rounded to 2 decimal places) for the year ended December 31, 2021.
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
188) On December 31, 2020, Merlin Company had outstanding 400,000 shares of common stock and 40,000 shares of 8% cumulative preferred stock (par $10). On February 28, 2021, the preferred stock was convertible into 30,000 shares of common stock. Merlin issued an additional 36,000 shares of common stock. A 10% stock dividend was declared and distributed on July 1, 2021. On September 1, 2021, 9,000 shares were retired. At year-end, there were fully vested incentive stock options outstanding for 30,000 shares of common stock (adjusted for the stock dividend). The exercise price was $18. The market price of the common stock averaged $20 during the year. Also outstanding were $1,000,000 face amount of 10% convertible bonds issued in 2018 and convertible into 50,000 common shares (adjusted for the stock dividend). Net income was $900,000. The tax rate for the year was 25%. Required: Compute basic and diluted EPS (rounded to 2 decimal places) for the year ended December 31, 2021. 189) On December 31, 2020, Jackson Company had 100,000 shares of common stock outstanding and 30,000 shares of 7%, $50 par, cumulative preferred stock outstanding. On February 28, 2021, Jackson purchased 24,000 shares of common stock on the open market as treasury stock for $35 per share. Jackson sold 6,000 treasury shares on September 30, 2021, for $37 per share. Net income for 2021 was $180,905. Also outstanding during the year were fully vested incentive stock options giving key executives the option to buy 50,000 common shares at $40. The market price of the common shares averaged $39 during 2021. Required: Compute Jackson's basic and diluted earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for 2021. 190) At December 31, 2021, MedX Corporation had outstanding 200,000 shares of common stock. Also outstanding were 120,000 shares of preferred stock convertible into 64,000 common shares and $1,800,000 of 10% bonds convertible into 27,000 common shares. MedX's net income for the year ended December 31, 2021, is $1,040,000. The income tax rate is 25%. MedX paid dividends of $2 per share on its preferred stock during 2021. Required: Compute basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2021, considering possible antidilutive effects.
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
191) DJ Co. is a calendar-year firm with 120 million common shares outstanding throughout 2021. As part of its executive compensation plan, at January 1, 2020, the company had issued 12 million executive stock options permitting executives to buy 12 million shares of stock for $10 each within the next eight years, but not prior to January 1, 2023. The fair value of the options was estimated on the grant date to be $3 per option. The stock options qualify for tax purposes as an incentive plan. The company's net income was $480 million in 2021. Its income tax rate is 25%. The average market price of the stock during 2021 was $12 per share. Required: Determine basic and diluted earnings per share (rounded to two decimal places) for DJ in 2021. 192) JD Co. is a calendar-year firm with 600 million common shares outstanding throughout 2021 and 2022. As part of its executive compensation plan, at January 1, 2020, the company had issued 60 million executive stock options permitting executives to buy 60 million shares of stock for $10 per share within the next eight years, but not prior to January 1, 2023. The fair value of the options was estimated on the grant date to be $3 per option. In 2021, JD began granting employees stock awards rather than stock options as part of its equity compensation plans and granted 30 million restricted common shares to senior executives at January 1, 2021. The shares vest four years later. The fair value of the stock was $12 per share on the grant date. The average market price of the common shares was $12 and $15 during 2021 and 2022, respectively. The stock options qualify for tax purposes as an incentive plan. The restricted stock does not. The company's income before tax was $400 million and $500 million, and the net income was $240 million and $300 million, in 2021 and 2022, respectively. Required: 1. Determine basic and diluted earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for JD in 2021. 2. Determine basic and diluted earnings per share for JD (rounded to 2 decimal places) in 2022.
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
193) During 2021, Quattro entered into the following transactions relating to shareholders' equity. The corporation was authorized to issue 20 million common shares, $1 par per share. Net income for 2021 was $110 million. Jan. 2:
Jan. 3:
Issued 10 million common shares for cash. Entered an agreement with the company president to issue up to 2 million additional shares of common stock in 2021 based on the earnings of Quattro in 2021. If net income exceeds $100 million, the president will receive 1 million shares; if net income exceeds $120 million, the president will receive 2 million shares.
Required: Compute basic and diluted EPS for 2021. 194) Pastner Brands is a calendar-year firm with operations in several countries. As part of its executive compensation plan, at January 1, 2021, the company had issued 20 million executive stock options permitting executives to buy 20 million shares of stock for $25. The vesting schedule is 20% the first year, 30% the second year, and 50% the third year (graded-vesting). The fair value of the options is estimated as follows: Vesting Date Dec. 31, 2021 Dec. 31, 2022 Dec. 31, 2023
Amount Vesting 20% 30% 50%
Fair Value per Option $3.50 $4.00 $6.00
Required: Determine the compensation expense related to the options to be recorded each year for 2021-2023, assuming Pastner prepares its financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). 195) What is restricted stock? Describe how compensation expense is determined and recorded for a restricted stock plan. 196) The tax code differentiates between qualified and nonqualified incentive plans. What are the major differences in tax treatment between the two?
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
197) Blair Systems offers its employees a variety of share-based compensation plans including stock options, stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock. The following is an excerpt from a disclosure note from Blair's 2021 financial statements: Note 11 Employee Benefit Plans (in part) The Company adopted accounting guidelines under ASC Topic 718 which require the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to the Company's employees and directors including employee stock options and employee stock purchase rights, based on estimated fair values. Employee share-based compensation expense under ASC Topic 718 was as follows (in millions): Years Ended Total employee share-based compensation expense
2021 $455
2020 $870
2019 $760
Required: 1. Blair's share-based compensation includes stock options, stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock awards. What is the general financial reporting objective when recording compensation expense for these forms of compensation? 2. Blair reported share-based expense of $455 million in 2021. Without referring to specific numbers and ignoring other forms of share-based compensation, describe how this amount reflects the value of stock options. 198) Reacting to opposition to the FASB's "Share-Based Payment" Exposure Draft, Senator Carl Levin stated, "Stock options are the 800-pound gorilla that has yet to be caged by corporate reform." In reference to a bill that would thwart the FASB's position, Senator John McCain said, "This legislation blocking stock option expensing not only undermines FASB's independence, but undermines the effort to restore confidence in our financial markets as well." Discuss what these two senators meant by their statements. 199) Stock option plans give employees the option to purchase (a) a specified number of shares of the firm's stock, (b) at a specified price, (c) during a specified period of time. One of the most heated controversies in standard-setting history has been the debate over the amount of compensation to be recognized as expense for stock options. At issue is how the value of stock options is measured, which for most options determines whether any expense at all is recognized. The opposition included corporate executives, auditors, members of Congress, and the SEC. Required: Describe the primary objections of critics of the FASB's eventually successful attempt to require expensing of the fair value of the options.
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
200) A disclosure note from E Corp.'s 2021 annual report is shown below: Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We have an employee stock purchase plan for all eligible employees. Compensation expense for the employee stock purchase plan is recognized in accordance with GAAP. Shares of our common stock may be purchased by employees at three-month intervals at 85% of the fair value on the last day of each three-month period. Employees may purchase shares having a value not exceeding 10% of their gross compensation during an offering period. Employees purchased the following shares:
Shares purchased (in millions) Average price paid per share
2021 15 $25.25
2020 14 $23.92
2019 12 $23.83
At June 30, 2021, 150 million shares were reserved for future issuance. Required: Describe the way "Compensation expense for the employee stock purchase plan" is recognized in accordance with GAAP by E Corp. Include in your explanation the journal entry that summarizes employee share purchases during 2021. 201) How is a complex capital structure different from a simple capital structure? 202) What is the treasury stock method of accounting for stock options, warrants, and rights?
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
203) In its 2021 Annual Report to shareholders, V Co. had the following disclosure note about its EPS: NOTE 9 - EARNINGS PER SHARE: The following represents the reconciliation from basic earnings per share to diluted earnings per share. Options to purchase 8.3 million and 9.7 million shares of common stock were outstanding at May 31, 2021 and May 31, 2020, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options' exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common shares and, therefore, the effect would be antidilutive. No such antidilutive options were outstanding at May 31, 2019. Determination of shares:
Average common shares outstanding Assumed conversion of dilutive stock options and awards Diluted average common shares outstanding Basic earnings per common share Diluted earnings per common share
IN MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA Year ended May 31, 2021 2020 2019 270.0 275.7 283.3 3.3 273.3 $2.18 $2.16
3.7 279.4 $2.10 $2.07
5.0 288.3 $1.59 $1.57
At the end of 2021, what is the maximum number of shares that could possibly be issued if all stock options and awards are exercised? Explain why V Co. used only 3.3 million in its computation for 2021. 204) Why are earnings per share figures for prior years adjusted for stock splits and stock dividends when data from prior years is presented in comparative financial statements? 205) Why are preferred dividends deducted from net income when calculating EPS? 206) What is the "if converted method"? 207) What is an antidilutive security? 208) X, Inc. supplies consumer products used in the United States and other markets. In its 2021 Annual Report to Shareholders, M, Inc. disclosed the following note about its EPS: Basic earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share incorporates the incremental shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of stock options and upon the assumed conversion of the Company's Convertible Notes in fiscal 2021 as if conversion to common shares had occurred at the beginning of the fiscal year. Earnings have also been adjusted for interest expense on the Convertible Notes in fiscal 2021. Explain why X mentioned the adjustment in the last sentence of the disclosure note. 55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
209) Salle Services issued $300 million of 6% bonds in 2019. The bonds are convertible into 60 million shares of its no par common stock. Salle elected the option to report the bonds at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in earnings. As a result, the bonds are reported at $312 million in the December 31, 2021, balance sheet. Required: When calculating diluted EPS at December 31, 2021, what will be the net increase in the denominator of the EPS fraction? Explain. 210) If executive stock options or restricted stock are outstanding when calculating diluted EPS, what are the components of the "proceeds" assumed available for the repurchase of shares under the treasury stock method? 211) When the income statement includes discontinued operations, which amounts require per share presentation? 212) Compare the concepts of basic and diluted earnings per share with respect to their calculation. 213) What is the advantage of stock appreciation rights over stock options?
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 19 Share-Based Compensation and Earnings Per Share 1) GAAP requires using intrinsic value accounting for employee stock options. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 2) Compensation expense must be adjusted during the service period to reflect changes in the fair value of options caused by changes in the market price of the underlying shares. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3) If previous experience indicates that a material number of stock options will be forfeited before they vest, the fair value estimate of the options on the grant date should be adjusted to reflect that expectation. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock plans and forfeiture Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4) Current year stock dividends and splits require retroactive restatement of EPS for all prior years presented in comparative financial statements. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financial statement presentation; Basic EPS–Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares.; 19-13 Describe the way EPS information should be reported in an income statement. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 5) Dilutive convertible bonds affect both the numerator and the denominator in computing diluted EPS. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Diluted EPS-Convertible securities Learning Objective: 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 6) Except for tax considerations the potentially dilutive effect of convertible preferred stock is handled in EPS calculations in much the same way as convertible debt. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Diluted EPS-Convertible securities Learning Objective: 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
7) If a company's capital structure includes convertible bonds, diluted EPS might be reduced even if the bonds are not actually converted during the year. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Diluted EPS-Convertible securities Learning Objective: 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 8) Stock options will be dilutive and included in the calculation of diluted EPS if the exercise price is greater than the average market value of the stock. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Diluted EPS-Antidilutive securities Learning Objective: 19-10 Determine whether potential common shares are antidilutive. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 9) No time-weighting of contingently issuable shares is required when computing basic EPS. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: EPS issues-Contingently issuable shares Learning Objective: 19-12 Explain the way contingently issuable shares are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 10) If a company reports discontinued operations, EPS must be disclosed for both income from continuing operations and net income. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financial statement presentation Learning Objective: 19-13 Describe the way EPS information should be reported in an income statement. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
11) Lance Chips granted restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 40 million of its $1 par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within four years. After the recipients of the RSUs satisfy the vesting requirement, the company will distribute the shares. The common shares had a market price of $5 per share on the grant date. The total compensation cost pertaining to the restricted stock units is: A) $5 million. B) $40 million. C) $50 million. D) $200 million. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 12) Taxon Corp. granted restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 30 million of its $1 par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. After the recipients of the RSUs satisfy the vesting requirement, the company will distribute the shares. The common shares had a market price of $8 per share on the grant date. Ignoring taxes, what is the effect on earnings in the year after the shares are granted to executives? A) $0. B) $30 million. C) $80 million. D) $240 million. Answer: C Explanation: $ 8 fair value per share × 30million shares represented by RSUs shares granted $ 240million fair value of shares represented by RSUs The $240 million total compensation is expensed equally over the three-year vesting period, reducing earnings by $80 million each year. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
13) The compensation associated with restricted stock units (RSUs) under a stock award plan is: A) The book value of an unrestricted share of the same stock times the number of shares represented by the RSUs. B) Allocated to expense over the service period which usually is the vesting period. C) The estimated fair value of a share of similar stock times the number of shares represented by the RSUs. D) The book value of a share of similar stock times the number of shares represented by the RSUs. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 14) The compensation associated with restricted stock units (RSUs) under a stock award plan is the number of shares represented by the RSUs multiplied by: A) The market price of a share of similar fixed income securities. B) The market price of an unrestricted share of the same stock. C) The book value of an unrestricted share of the same stock. D) The book value of a share of similar stock. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 15) Restricted stock units (RSUs): A) are a grant valued in terms of a set number of shares of company stock. B) are reported as a liability if payable in shares rather than cash. C) are recorded based on a value estimated by a restricted stock valuation model. D) represent shares issued at the date of grant that must be returned if the recipient fails to satisfy the vesting requirement. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
16) Restricted stock units (RSUs): A) are reported as a liability if payable in shares rather than cash. B) are reported as part of shareholders' equity if payable in shares rather than cash. C) are reported as part of shareholders' equity if payable in cash rather than shares. D) are reported as part of shareholders' equity if the recipient will receive cash or can elect to receive cash. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 17) FX Services granted 15 million of its $1 par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. The common shares have a market price of $8 per share on the grant date. Ignoring taxes, what is the effect on earnings in the year after the shares are granted to executives? A) $0. B) $15 million. C) $40 million. D) $120 million. Answer: C Explanation: $ $
8 × 15million 120million
fair value per share shares granted fair value of award
The $120 million total compensation is expensed equally over the three-year vesting period, reducing earnings by $40 million each year. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
18) The compensation associated with restricted stock under a stock award plan is: A) The book value of an unrestricted share of the same stock times the number of shares. B) The estimated fair value of a share of similar stock times the number of shares. C) Allocated to expense over the service period which usually is the vesting period. D) The book value of a share of similar stock times the number of shares. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 19) Under its restricted stock unit (RSU) plan, Peach Company granted restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 5 million of its $1 par common shares to certain key executives. At vesting, recipients are given the option to receive the cash equivalent of the number of shares used to value the RSUs. Peach plans to account for these new RSUs in the same manner as described in the company's disclosure notes to its financial statements: Share-Based Compensation (in part) Share-based compensation cost for RSUs is measured based on the closing fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant … The Company reports paid-in capital and recognizes share-based compensation cost over the award's requisite service period on a straightline basis. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) The policy is inappropriate because we consider a stock award that can be settled in cash to be a liability rather than equity. B) The policy is appropriate as long as Peach periodically adjusts the compensation based on the change in the stock's fair value until the award vests. C) The policy is appropriate because the recipients have only the option to receive cash; cash settlement is not specified. D) This approach is conceptually correct and consistent with accounting for stock options. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
20) Common forms of share-based compensation include each of the following except: A) stock splits. B) restricted stock. C) restricted stock units. D) stock options. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock options; Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options.; 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 21) Regardless of the form of share-based compensation, the accounting objective is to record compensation expense: A) as the book value of the compensation expensed over the vesting period. B) as the fair value of the compensation expensed over the vesting period. C) as the book value of the compensation expensed at the date of grant. D) as the fair value of the compensation expensed at the date of grant. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock options; Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options.; 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
22) On January 1, 2021, M Company granted 90,000 stock options to certain executives. The options are exercisable no sooner than December 31, 2023, and expire on January 1, 2027. Each option can be exercised to acquire one share of $1 par common stock for $12. An option-pricing model estimates the fair value of the options to be $5 on the date of grant. What amount should M recognize as compensation expense for 2021? A) $30,000. B) $60,000. C) $120,000. D) $150,000. Answer: D Explanation: (90,000 × $5 = $450,000; $450,000 ÷ 3 yrs. = $150,000) Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 23) Under its executive stock option plan, N Corporation granted options on January 1, 2021, that permit executives to purchase 15 million of the company's $1 par common shares within the next eight years, but not before December 31, 2023 (the vesting date). The exercise price is the market price of the shares on the date of grant, $18 per share. The fair value of the options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $4 per option. No forfeitures are anticipated. Ignoring taxes, what is the effect on earnings in the year after the options are granted to executives? A) $0. B) $20 million. C) $60 million. D) $90 million. Answer: B Explanation: $ 4 × 15million $ 60million
fair value per option options granted fair value of award
The $60 million total compensation is expensed equally over the three-year vesting period, reducing earnings by $20 million each year. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
24) The compensation associated with executive stock option plans is: A) The book value of a share of the company's shares times the number of options. B) The estimated fair value of the options. C) Allocated to expense over the number of years until expiration. D) Recorded as compensation expense on the date of grant. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 25) The most important accounting objective for executive stock options is: A) Measuring and reporting the amount of compensation expense during the service period. B) Measuring their fair value for balance sheet purposes. C) To disclose increases or decreases in the stock options held at the end of each accounting period. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 26) Executive stock options should be reported as compensation expense: A) Using the intrinsic value method. B) Using the fair value method. C) Using either the fair value method or the intrinsic value method. D) Only on rare occasions. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
27) Executive stock options: A) allow the holder the option to buy shares at a specified exercise price during a specified period of time. B) allow the holder the option to buy shares at a specified exercise price any time prior to the executive ceasing to be employed by the firm. C) are expensed at their intrinsic value. D) permit executives to purchase restricted stock. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
28) Under its executive stock option plan, W Corporation granted options on January 1, 2021, that permit executives to purchase 15 million of the company's $1 par common shares within the next eight years, but not before December 31, 2023 (the vesting date). The exercise price is the market price of the shares on the date of grant, $18 per share. The fair value of the options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $4 per option. No forfeitures are anticipated. The options are exercised on April 2, 2024, when the market price is $21 per share. By what amount will W's shareholders' equity be increased when the options are exercised? A) $60 million. B) $270 million. C) $315 million. D) $330 million. Answer: B Explanation: $ ×
4 fair value per option 15 million options granted $ 60 million fair value of award
The $60 million total compensation is expensed equally over the three-year vesting period, increasing the balance in the Paid-in capital-stock options account.
Cash ($18 exercise price × 15 million shares) Paid-in capital—stock options (account balance) Common stock (15 million shares at $1 par per share) Paid-in capital—excess of par (remainder)
($ in millions) 270 60 15 315
$315 + $15 − $60 = $270 Note: The market price at exercise is irrelevant. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
29) On January 1, 2021, D Corp. granted an employee an option to purchase 6,000 shares of D's $5 par common stock at $20 per share. The options became exercisable on December 31, 2022, after the employee completed two years of service. The option was exercised on January 10, 2023. The market prices of D's stock were as follows: January 1, 2021, $30; December 31, 2022, $50; and January 10, 2023, $45. An option pricing model estimated the value of the options at $8 each on the grant date. For 2021, D should recognize compensation expense of: A) $0. B) $24,000. C) $30,000. D) $60,000. Answer: B Explanation: The total compensation is $48,000, the option model price of $8 each times the number of options, 6,000. Since the service period is two years, the compensation expense for 2021 is $24,000 ($48,000 ÷ 2 years). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
30) Under its executive stock option plan, Z Corporation granted options on January 1, 2021, that permit executives to purchase 15 million of the company's $1 par common shares within the next eight years, but not before December 31, 2023 (the vesting date). The exercise price is the market price of the shares on the date of grant, $18 per share. The fair value of the options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $4 per option. No forfeitures are anticipated. The options expired in 2027 without being exercised. By what amount will Z's shareholders' equity be increased as a result of having granted the options? A) $60 million. B) $270 million. C) $315 million. D) $330 million. Answer: A Explanation: $ ×
4 fair value per option 15 million options granted $ 60 million fair value of award
The $60 million total compensation is expensed equally over the three-year vesting period, increasing the balance in the Paid-in capital-stock options account. Upon expiration:
Paid-in capital—stock options (account balance) Paid-in capital—expiration of stock options
($ in millions) 60 60
The $60 million total compensation is expensed equally over the three-year vesting period, increasing the balance in the Paid-in capital-stock options account. Upon expiration, that balance is transferred to another paid-in capital account, leaving total paid-in capital and thus shareholders' equity increased by $60 million as a result of having granted the options. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
31) Wilson Inc. developed a business strategy that uses stock options as a major compensation incentive for its top executives. On January 1, 2021, 20 million options were granted, each giving the executive owning them the right to acquire five $1 par common shares. The exercise price is the market price on the grant date—$30 per share ($120 per option). Options vest on January 1, 2025. They cannot be exercised before that date and will expire on December 31, 2027. The fair value of the 20 million options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $40 per option. Ignore income tax. Wilson's compensation expense in 2021 for these stock options was: A) $0. B) $200 million. C) $400 million. D) $800 million. Answer: B Explanation: The computation is as follows: Estimated value of the options at January 1, 2021: $ ×
40 20 million $ 800 million
estimated fair value/option options granted fair value of options
Compensation fair value is spread over the four-year vesting period at $200 million/year. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
32) Wilson Inc. developed a business strategy that uses stock options as a major compensation incentive for its top executives. On January 1, 2021, 20 million options were granted, each giving the executive owning them the right to acquire five $1 par common shares. The exercise price is the market price on the grant date—$10 per share. Options vest on January 1, 2025. They cannot be exercised before that date and will expire on December 31, 2027. The fair value of the 20 million options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $40 per option. Ignore income tax. On March 1, 2025, when the market price of Wilson's stock was $14 per share, 3 million of the options were exercised. The journal entry to record this would include: A) A debit to paid-in capital—stock options for $42 million. B) A credit to paid–in capital—excess of par for $255 million. C) A credit to common stock for $75 million. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: The computation is as follows: Cash: 3 million options 5 × shares/option × $10/share = $150 million Paid-in capital-stock options: 3 million options × $40/option) = $120 million Common stock: 15 million shares × $1 par/share = $15 million Paid-in capital–excess of par (to balance) = $255 million Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
33) Wilson Inc. developed a business strategy that uses stock options as a major compensation incentive for its top executives. On January 1, 2021, 20 million options were granted, each giving the executive owning them the right to acquire five $1 par common shares. The exercise price is the market price on the grant date—$10 per share. Options vest on January 1, 2025. They cannot be exercised before that date and will expire on December 31, 2027. The fair value of the 20 million options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $40 per option. Ignore income tax. Assume that all compensation expense from the stock options granted by Wilson already has been recorded. Further assume that 200,000 options expire in 2026 without being exercised. The journal entry to record this would include: A) Debit to paid-in capital—stock options for $8 million. B) A debit to common stock for $5 million. C) A debit to paid-in capital—expiration of stock options for $8 million. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Explanation: This is 200,000 options that had been recorded by credits to paid-in capital-stock options for $8 million, i.e., 200,000 options × $40/option. This is reversed at expiration. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 34) Pastore Inc. granted options for 1 million shares of its $1 par common stock at the beginning of the current year. The exercise price is $35 per share, which was also the market value of the stock on the grant date. The fair value of the options was estimated at $8 per option. What would be the total compensation indicated by these options? A) $3 million. B) $27 million. C) $8 million. D) $35 million. Answer: C Explanation: 1,000,000 × $8 = $8,000,000 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
35) Pastore Inc. granted options for 1 million shares of its $1 par common stock at the beginning of the current year. The exercise price is $35 per share, which was also the market value of the stock on the grant date. The fair value of the options was estimated at $8 per option. If the options have a vesting period of five years, what would be the balance in "Paid-in Capital—Stock Options" three years after the grant date? A) A credit of $4.8 million. B) A credit of $16.2 million. C) A debit of $4.8 million. D) A debit of $16.2 million. Answer: A Explanation: 1,000,000 × $8 × 3/5 = $4,800,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 36) Wall Drugs offered an incentive stock option plan to its employees. On January 1, 2021, options were granted for 60,000 $1 par common shares. The exercise price equals the $5 market price of the common stock on the grant date. The options cannot be exercised before January 1, 2024, and expire December 31, 2025. Each option has a fair value of $1 based on an option pricing model. What is the total compensation cost for this plan? A) $0. B) $60,000. C) $240,000. D) $300,000. Answer: B Explanation: 60,000 × $1 = $60,000 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
37) Wall Drugs offered an incentive stock option plan to its employees. On January 1, 2021, options were granted for 60,000 $1 par common shares. The exercise price equals the $5 market price of the common stock on the grant date. The options cannot be exercised before January 1, 2024, and expire December 31, 2025. Each option has a fair value of $1 based on an option pricing model. Which is the correct entry to record compensation expense for the year 2021? A) Compensation expense 12,000 Paid-in capital—stock options 12,000 B) Compensation expense Common stock
20,000
C) Compensation expense Paid-in capital—stock options
20,000
D) Compensation expense Paid-in capital—stock options
80,000
20,000
20,000
80,000
Answer: C Explanation: (60,000 × $1) ÷ 3 = $20,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
38) Wall Drugs offered an incentive stock option plan to its employees. On January 1, 2021, options were granted for 60,000 $1 par common shares. The exercise price equals the $5 market price of the common stock on the grant date. The options cannot be exercised before January 1, 2024, and expire December 31, 2025. Each option has a fair value of $1 based on an option pricing model. Which is the correct entry to record the exercise of 90% the options on April 15, 2024, when the market price of the stock was $8? A) Cash 270,000 Paid-in capital—stock options 54,000 Common stock 60,000 Paid-in capital—excess of par 264,000 B) Cash Paid-in capital—stock options Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par C) Cash Paid-in capital—stock options Compensation expense Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par D) Cash Paid-in capital—stock options Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par
Answer: D Explanation: Cash (60,000 × 90% × $5) Paid-in capital—stock options ($60,000 × 90%) Common stock (60,000 × 90% × $1) Paid-in capital—excess of par
378,000 54,000 54,000 378,000
270,000 54,000 108,000 54,000 378,000
270,000 54,000 54,000 270,000
270,000 54,000 54,000 270,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard 20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 39) Wall Drugs offered an incentive stock option plan to its employees. On January 1, 2021, options were granted for 60,000 $1 par common shares. The exercise price equals the $5 market price of the common stock on the grant date. The options cannot be exercised before January 1, 2024, and expire December 31, 2025. Each option has a fair value of $1 based on an option pricing model. What is the entry to record the expiration of 10% of the options on December 31, 2025? A) Paid-in capital—stock options 6,000 Paid-in capital—expired stock options 6,000 B) Paid-in capital—stock options Retained earnings
6,000
C) Paid-in capital—stock options Compensation expense
6,000
D) Stock options receivable Common stock Paid-in capital—excess of par
6,000
6,000
30,000 6,000 27,000
Answer: A Explanation: 60,000 × $1 × 10% = $6,000 When unexercised options expire, the paid-in capital is renamed. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
40) A deferred tax asset for stock options: A) is created for the cumulative amount of the fair value of the options the company has recorded for compensation expense. B) is the portion of the options' intrinsic value earned to date times the tax rate. C) is the tax rate times the fair value of all the options. D) isn't created if the award is "in the money;" that is, it has intrinsic value. Answer: A Explanation: A deferred tax asset (DTA) is created for the cumulative amount of the fair value of the options the company has recorded for compensation expense. The DTA is the tax rate times the amount of compensation. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) Halo Company is a calendar-year U.S. firm with operations in several countries. At January 1, 2021, the company had issued 40,000 executive stock options permitting executives to buy 40,000 shares of stock for $25. The vesting schedule is 20% the first year, 30% the second year, and 50% the third year (graded-vesting). The fair value of the options is estimated as follows: Vesting Date Dec. 31, 2021 Dec. 31, 2022 Dec. 31, 2023
Amount Vesting 20% 30% 50%
Fair Value per Option $ 7 $ 8 $ 12
What is the compensation expense related to the options to be recorded in 2022? A) $48,000. B) $96,000. C) $128,000. D) $140,000. Answer: C Explanation: Fair Value per Option $ 7 $ 8 $ 12
Compensation Cost $ 56,000 96,000 240,000 $ 392,000
Vesting Date
Amount Vesting
Dec. 31, 2021 Dec. 31, 2022 Dec. 31, 2023
8,000 12,000 20,000
Shares Vesting at:
Compensation Cost Recognized in: ($ in 000s) 2021 2022 2023 $ 56 48 $ 48 80 80 $ 80 $ 184 $ 128 $ 80 = $392
Dec. 31, 2021 Dec. 31, 2022 Dec. 31, 2023
The only stipulation is that at any given date, a company must have recognized at least the amount vested by that date. The allocation meets that constraint: • The $184,000 recognized in 2021 exceeds the $56,000 vested. • The $312,000 ($184,000 + $128,000) recognized by the end of 2022 exceeds the $152,000 ($56,000 + $96,000) vested by the same time. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 42) Green Company is a calendar-year U.S. firm with operations in several countries. At January 1, 2021, the company had issued 40,000 executive stock options permitting executives to buy 23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
40,000 shares of stock for $25. The vesting schedule is 20% the first year, 30% the second year, and 50% the third year (graded-vesting). The fair value of the options is estimated as follows: Vesting Date Dec. 31, 2021 Dec. 31, 2022 Dec. 31, 2023
Amount Vesting 20% 30% 50%
Fair Value per Option $ 7 $ 8 $ 12
Assuming Green uses the straight-line method, what is the compensation expense related to the options to be recorded in 2022? A) $130,667. B) $200,000. C) $333,333. D) $400,000. Answer: A Explanation: Vesting Date Dec. 31, 2021 Dec. 31, 2022 Dec. 31, 2023
Amount Vesting 8,000 12,000 20,000
Fair Value per Option $ 7 $ 8 $ 12
Compensation Cost $
56,000 96,000 240,000 $ 392,000
GAAP allows companies to use the straight-line method. The $392,000 total compensation cost is allocated equally to 2021, 2022, and 2023 at $130,667 per year. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
43) On January 1, 2021, M Company granted 90,000 stock options to certain executives. The options are exercisable no sooner than December 31, 2023, and expire on January 1, 2027. Each option can be exercised to acquire one share of $1 par common stock for $12. An option-pricing model estimates the fair value of the options to be $5 on the date of grant. If unexpected turnover in 2022 caused the company to estimate that 10% of the options would be forfeited, what amount should M recognize as compensation expense for 2022? A) $30,000. B) $60,000. C) $120,000. D) $150,000. Answer: C Explanation: (90,000 × $5 = $450,000; $450,000 × 90% = $405,000 × 2/3 = $270,000; $270,000 − $150,000 = $120,000) Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans and forfeiture Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 44) On January 1, 2021, G Corp. granted stock options to key employees for the purchase of 80,000 shares of the company's common stock at $25 per share. The options are intended to compensate employees for the next two years. The options are exercisable within a four-year period beginning January 1, 2023, by the grantees still in the employ of the company. No options were terminated during 2021, but the company does have an experience of 4% forfeitures over the life of the stock options. The market price of the common stock was $31 per share at the date of the grant. G Corp. used the Binomial pricing model and estimated the fair value of each of the options at $10. What amount should G charge to compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2021? A) $307,200. B) $320,000. C) $384,000. D) $400,000. Answer: C Explanation: Total compensation is $800,000 (80,000 options estimated fair value of $10 each) times 96% = $768,000 divided by 2-year service period = $384,000 per year. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock plans and forfeiture Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) Under its executive stock option plan, B Corporation granted options on January 1, 2021, that permit executives to purchase 15 million of the company's $1 par common shares within the next eight years, but not before December 31, 2023 (the vesting date). The exercise price is the market price of the shares on the date of grant, $18 per share. The fair value of the options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $4 per option. No forfeitures were anticipated; however, unexpected turnover during 2022 caused the forfeiture of 5% of the stock options. Ignoring taxes, what is the effect on earnings in 2022? A) $18.5 million. B) $18 million. C) $20 million. D) $19 million. Answer: B Explanation: $ ×
4 fair value per option 15 million options granted $ 60 million fair value of award
The $60 million total compensation is originally expensed equally over the three-year vesting period, reducing earnings by $20 million in 2021. The company should adjust the cumulative amount of compensation expense recorded to date in the year the estimate changes. 2022 Compensation expense ([$60 × 95% × 2/3] − $20) Paid-in capital—stock options
18 18
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock plans and forfeiture Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
46) If restricted stock is forfeited because an employee leaves the company, the appropriate accounting procedure is to: A) Reverse related entries previously made. B) Do nothing. C) Prepare correcting entries. D) Record an income item. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans and forfeiture Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 47) When recognizing compensation under a stock option plan, unanticipated forfeitures are treated as: A) A change in accounting principle. B) A loss. C) An income item. D) A change in estimate. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans and forfeiture Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) Under its executive stock option plan, Q Corporation granted options on January 1, 2021, that permit executives to purchase 15 million of the company's $1 par common shares within the next eight years, but not before December 31, 2023 (the vesting date). The exercise price is the market price of the shares on the date of grant, $18 per share. The fair value of the options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $4 per option. No forfeitures were anticipated; however, unexpected turnover during 2022 caused the forfeiture of 5% of the stock options. Ignoring taxes, what is the effect on earnings in 2023? A) $18.5 million. B) $18 million. C) $19 million. D) $20 million. Answer: C Explanation: $ ×
4 fair value per option 15 options granted $ 60 fair value of award
The $60 million total compensation is originally expensed equally over the three-year vesting period, reducing earnings by $20 million in 2021. The company should adjust the cumulative amount of compensation expense recorded to date in the year the estimate changes. 2022 Compensation expense ([$60 × 95% × 2/3] − $20) Paid-in capital—stock options 2023 Compensation expense ([$60 × 95% × 3/3] − $20 − $18) Paid-in capital—stock options
18 18 19 19
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock plans and forfeiture Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
49) On January 1, 2021, Felix Austead Athletic Club (FAAC) granted stock options to key executives exercisable for 500,000 shares of the company's common stock at $18 per share. The stock options are intended as compensation for the next four years. The options are exercisable within a four-year period beginning January 1, 2025, by the executives still in the employ of the company. No options were terminated during 2021, but the company anticipates 5% forfeitures over the life of the stock options. The market price of the common stock was $18 per share at the date of the grant. FAAC estimated the fair value of the options at $4 each. 1% of the options are forfeited during 2022 due to executive turnover. What amount should FAAC record as compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2022, assuming FAAC chooses the option not to estimate forfeitures? A) $490,000. B) $500,000. C) $1,980,000. D) $2,020,000. Answer: A Explanation: We adjust the cumulative amount of compensation expense recorded to date in the year a forfeiture occurs.
2022 Compensation expense: ([$4 × 500 − (1% × $4 × 500)] × 2/4 − [$4 × 500,000 ÷ 4]) Paid-in capital—stock options
490 490
Note: As a practical expedient, companies can elect to account for forfeitures of stock options or restricted stock when they occur rather than estimating them. So rather than reduce in advance the amount to be recorded as compensation expense and paid-in capital, companies choosing this approach reduce those same accounts only if and when a forfeiture occurs. This election only applies to forfeitures related to turnover. For share-based plans with performance conditions, companies must assess the probability that such conditions will be achieved. A company must disclose its policy election for forfeitures (estimated or recorded as they occur). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans and forfeiture Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) On January 1, 2021, Marguerite DeVille Co. granted restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 300,000 of its $1 par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. After the recipients of the RSUs satisfy the vesting requirement, the company will distribute the shares. The common shares had a market price of $12 per share on the grant date. At the date of grant, DeVille anticipated that 6% of the recipients would leave the firm prior to vesting. In 2022, 2% of the options are forfeited due to executive turnover. DeVille chooses the option not to estimate forfeitures. What amount should DeVille record as compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2022? A) $72,000. B) $1,128,000. C) $1,152,000. D) $1,200,000. Answer: B Explanation: $ 3,384,000 total compensation (300,000 options × $12 × 94%) ÷ 3 years $ 1,128,000 per year There is no effect of the 2% actually forfeited since a total of 6% of forfeitures are still expected. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans and forfeiture Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) On January 1, 2021, Wendy Day Co. granted stock options to key executives exercisable for 500,000 shares of the company's common stock at $18 per share. The stock options are intended as compensation for the next four years. The options are exercisable within a four-year period beginning January 1, 2025, by the executives still in the employ of the company. No options were terminated during 2021, but the company anticipates 5% forfeitures over the life of the stock options. The market price of the common stock was $18 per share at the date of the grant. Wendy Day estimated the fair value of the options at $4 each. 1% of the options are forfeited during 2022 due to executive turnover. What amount should Wendy Day record as compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2022, assuming the company chooses to estimate forfeitures? A) $475,000. B) $495,000. C) $500,000. D) $520,000. Answer: A Explanation: $ 1,900,000 total compensation (500,000 options × $4 × 95%) ÷ 4 years $ 475,000 per year There is no effect of the 1% actually forfeited since a total of 5% of forfeitures are still expected. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans and forfeiture Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
52) On January 1, 2021, Cori Ander Herbs granted restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 300,000 of its $1 par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. After the recipients of the RSUs satisfy the vesting requirement, the company will distribute the shares. The common shares had a market price of $12 per share on the grant date. At the date of grant, the company anticipated that 6% of the recipients would leave the firm prior to vesting. In 2022, 2% of the options are forfeited due to executive turnover. The company chooses the option not to estimate forfeitures. What amount should the company record as compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2022? A) $94,000. B) $1,128,000. C) $1,152,000. D) $1,200,000. Answer: C Explanation: $ 3,600,000 total compensation (300,000 shares × $12) ÷ 3 years $ 1,200,000 per year Compensation expense (2022) = ($3,600,000 × 98% × 2/3) − $1,200,000 = $1,152,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans and forfeiture Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
53) On January 1, 2021, Red Inc. issued stock options for 200,000 shares to a division manager. The options have an estimated fair value of $6 each. To provide additional incentive for managerial achievement, the options are not exercisable unless divisional revenue increases by 6% in three years. Red initially estimates that it is probable the goal will be achieved. Ignoring taxes, what is compensation expense for 2021? A) $0. B) $200,000. C) $400,000. D) $1,200,000. Answer: C Explanation: The estimate of the total compensation would be: 200,000 × $6 = $1,200,000 One-third of that amount, or $400,000, will be recorded in each of the three years. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans with conditions Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 54) On January 1, 2021, Oliver Foods issued stock options for 40,000 shares to a division manager. The options have an estimated fair value of $5 each. To provide additional incentive for managerial achievement, the options are not exercisable unless Oliver Foods' stock price increases by 5% in four years. Oliver Foods initially estimates that it is not probable the goal will be achieved. How much compensation will be recorded in each of the next four years? A) $10,000. B) $45,000. C) $50,000. D) No effect. Answer: C Explanation: If an award contains a market condition such as the stock price reaching a specified level, then no special accounting is required. The fair value estimate of the share option ($5) already implicitly reflects market conditions due to the nature of share option pricing models. So, Oliver recognizes compensation expense regardless of when, if ever, the market condition is met. The estimate of the total compensation would be: 40,000 × $5 = $200,000. One-fourth of that amount, or $50,000, will be recorded in each of the four years. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans with conditions Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
55) On January 1, 2021, Black Inc. issued stock options for 200,000 shares to a division manager. The options have an estimated fair value of $6 each. To provide additional incentive for managerial achievement, the options are not exercisable unless divisional revenue increases by 6% in three years. Black initially estimates that it is probable the goal will be achieved. In 2022, after one year, Black estimates that it is not probable that divisional revenue will increase by 6% in three years. Ignoring taxes, what is the effect on earnings in 2022? A) $200,000 decrease. B) $200,000 increase. C) $400,000 increase. D) No effect. Answer: C Explanation: In 2021, the estimate of the total compensation would be: 200,000 × $6 = $1,200,000 One-third of that amount, or $400,000, will be recorded in 2021. In 2022, the new estimate of the total compensation would change to zero. In that case, Black would reverse the $400,000 expensed in 2021 because no compensation can be recognized for options that don't vest due to performance targets not being met, and that's the new expectation. So, earnings are increased (reduction in compensation expense) by that amount. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock plans with conditions Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
56) On January 1, 2021, Blue Inc. issued stock options for 200,000 shares to a division manager. The options have an estimated fair value of $6 each. To provide additional incentive for managerial achievement, the options are not exercisable unless divisional revenue increases by 6% in three years. Blue initially estimates that it is not probable the goal will be achieved, but in 2022, after one year, Blue estimates that it is probable that divisional revenue will increase by 6% by the end of 2023. Ignoring taxes, what is the decrease in earnings in 2022? A) $200,000. B) $400,000. C) $600,000. D) $800,000. Answer: D Explanation: In 2022, the revised estimate of the total compensation would change from zero to 200,000 × $6 = $1,200,000. Blue would reflect the cumulative effect on compensation in 2022 earnings and record compensation thereafter: 2022 Compensation expense ([$1,200,000 × 2/3] − $0) Paid-in capital—stock options 2023 Compensation expense ([$1,200,000 × 3/3] − $800,000) Paid-in capital—stock options
800,000 800,000 400,000 400,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock plans with conditions Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
57) On October 1, 2021, Iona Frisbee Co. issued stock options for 300,000 shares to a division manager. The options have an estimated fair value of $3 each. To provide additional incentive for managerial achievement, the options are not exercisable unless divisional revenue increases by 6% in three years. Frisbee initially estimates that it is probable the goal will be achieved. How much compensation will be recorded in each of the next three years? A) $0 B) $100,000 C) $300,000 D) $900,000 Answer: C Explanation: The estimate of the total compensation would be: 300,000 options expected to vest
×
$3 fair value
=
$900,000 estimated total compensation
One-third of that amount, or $300,000, will be recorded in each of the three years. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans with conditions Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
58) On October 1, 2021, Iona Ford Co. issued stock options for 300,000 shares to a division manager. The options have an estimated fair value of $3 each. To provide additional incentive for managerial achievement, the options are not exercisable unless divisional revenue increases by 6% in three years. Ford initially estimates that it is probable the goal will be achieved. After one year, Ford estimates that it is not probable that divisional revenue will increase by 5% in three years. In 2022, Ford will: A) reverse the amount expensed in 2021. B) record one-half of the new estimated total compensation. C) take no action. D) continue to record the original estimated compensation. Answer: A Explanation: The original estimate of the total compensation would be: 300,000 options expected to vest
×
$3 fair value
=
$900,000 estimated total compensation
One-third of that amount, or $300,000, would be recorded in each of the three years. The new estimate of the total compensation would change to: 0 options expected to vest
×
$6 fair value
=
$0 estimated total compensation
In that case, in 2022, Ford would reverse the $300,000 expensed in 2021 because no compensation can be recognized for options that don't vest due to performance targets not being met, and that's the new expectation. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans with conditions Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
59) On October 1, 2021, Iona Bell Co. issued stock options for 300,000 shares to a division manager. The options have an estimated fair value of $3 each. To provide additional incentive for managerial achievement, the options are not exercisable unless divisional revenue increases by 6% in three years. Bell initially estimates that it is not probable the goal will be achieved, but then after one year, Bell estimates that it is probable that divisional revenue will increase by 6% by the end of 2023. Bell will: A) record compensation expense of $600,000 in 2022 and $300,000 in 2023. B) record compensation expense of $300,000 in 2022 and $300,000 in 2023. C) record compensation expense of $450,000 in 2022 and $450,000 in 2023. D) record compensation expense of zero in 2022 and in 2023. Answer: A Explanation: In that case, in 2022, the revised estimate of the total compensation would change to $900,000: 300,000 options expected to vest
×
$3 fair value
=
$900,000 estimated total compensation
Bell would reflect the cumulative effect on compensation in 2022 earnings and record compensation thereafter: 2022 Compensation expense ([$900,000 × 2/3] – $0) Paid-in capital—stock options
600,000 600,000
2023 Compensation expense ([$900,000 × 3/3] – $600,000) Paid-in capital—stock options
300,000 300,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans with conditions Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
60) On October 1, 2021, Iona Barr issued stock options for 300,000 shares to a division manager. The options have an estimated fair value of $3 each. To provide additional incentive for managerial achievement, the options are not exercisable unless Barr's stock price increases by 6% in three years. Barr initially estimates that it is not probable the goal will be achieved. How much compensation will be recorded in each of the next three years? A) $100,000 B) $300,000 C) $0 D) $900,000 Answer: B Explanation: If an award contains a market condition such as the stock price reaching a specified level, then no special accounting is required. The fair value estimate of the share option ($3) already implicitly reflects market conditions due to the nature of share option pricing models. So, Barr recognizes compensation expense regardless of when, if ever, the market condition is met. The estimate of the total compensation would be: 300,000 options expected to vest
×
$3 fair value
=
$900,000 estimated total compensation
One-third of that amount, or $300,000, will be recorded in each of the three years. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans with conditions Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
61) To encourage employee ownership of the company's common shares, KL Corp. permits any of its employees to buy shares directly from the company through payroll deduction. There are no brokerage fees and shares can be purchased at a 15% discount. During May, employees purchased 10,000 shares at a time when the market price of the shares on the New York Stock Exchange was $15 per share. KL will record compensation expense associated with the May purchases of: A) $0. B) $15,000. C) $22,500. D) $150,000. Answer: C Explanation: Cash ($15 × 10,000 × 85%) Compensation expense ($15 × 10,000 × 15%) Common stock ($15 × 10,000)
127,500 22,500 150,000
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock plans‒Employee share purchase plans Learning Objective: 19-03 Explain and implement the accounting for employee share purchase plans. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
62) Martin Corp. permits any of its employees to buy shares directly from the company through payroll deduction. There are no brokerage fees and shares can be purchased at a 10% discount. During 2021, employees purchased 8 million shares; during this same period, the shares had a market price of $15 per share at the end of the year. Martin's 2021 pretax earnings will be reduced by: A) $12 million. B) $108 million. C) $120 million. D) $0. Answer: A Explanation: Cash ($15 × 8 million × 90%) Compensation expense ($15 × 8 million × 10%) Common stock ($15 × 8 million)
108 12 120
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock plans‒Employee share purchase plans Learning Objective: 19-03 Explain and implement the accounting for employee share purchase plans. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 63) Under its employee stock purchase plan, Watson Company encourages employee ownership by permitting all employees to buy shares directly from their company at a 15% discount and without brokerage fees. Watson simply records the sale of new shares as employees buy them. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) This approach is conceptually correct and consistent with the sale of shares to nonemployees. B) The policy is appropriate as long substantially all employees can participate and employees have no longer than one month after the price is fixed to decide whether to participate. C) The company should record compensation expense when the shares are sold. D) The policy is inappropriate because the plan is noncompensatory. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans‒Employee share purchase plans Learning Objective: 19-03 Explain and implement the accounting for employee share purchase plans. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
64) A primary goal of earnings per share determination is: A) Conservatism. B) Comparability. C) Materiality. D) Objectivity. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basic EPS-Calculation concepts Learning Objective: 19-04 Distinguish between a simple and a complex capital structure. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 65) A company is said to have a complex capital structure if: A) the company has preferred stock outstanding at the end of the period. B) the company has potential common shares outstanding at the end of the period. C) the company's capital structure includes more debt than shareholders' equity. D) the company's capital structure includes more shareholders' equity than debt. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basic EPS-Calculation concepts Learning Objective: 19-04 Distinguish between a simple and a complex capital structure. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 66) How many types of potential common shares must a corporation have in order to be said to have a complex capital structure? A) Three. B) Two. C) One. D) Zero. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basic EPS-Calculation concepts Learning Objective: 19-04 Distinguish between a simple and a complex capital structure. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Resource Management / Keyboard Navigation
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
67) Which of the following does not represent potential shares for an EPS calculation? A) Convertible preferred stock. B) Convertible bonds. C) Stock rights. D) Participating preferred stock. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS-Calculation concepts Learning Objective: 19-04 Distinguish between a simple and a complex capital structure. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Resource Management / Keyboard Navigation 68) Basic earnings per share ignores: A) All potential common shares. B) Some potential common shares, but not others. C) Dividends declared on noncumulative preferred stock. D) Stock splits. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basic EPS-Calculation concepts Learning Objective: 19-04 Distinguish between a simple and a complex capital structure. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 69) A simple capital structure might include: A) Stock rights. B) Convertible bonds. C) Nonconvertible preferred stock. D) Stock purchase warrants. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basic EPS-Calculation concepts Learning Objective: 19-04 Distinguish between a simple and a complex capital structure. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Resource Management / Keyboard Navigation
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
70) Which of the following results in increasing basic earnings per share? A) Paying more than book (carrying) value to retire outstanding bonds. B) Issuing cumulative preferred stock. C) Purchasing treasury stock. D) All of these answer choices increase basic earnings per share. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS-Calculation concepts Learning Objective: 19-04 Distinguish between a simple and a complex capital structure. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 71) ABC declared and paid cash dividends to its common shareholders in January of the current year. The dividend: A) Will be added to the numerator of the earnings per share fraction for the current year. B) Will be added to the denominator of the earnings per share fraction for the current year. C) Will be subtracted from the numerator of the earnings per share fraction for the current year. D) Has no effect on the earnings per share for the coming year. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS-Calculation concepts Learning Objective: 19-04 Distinguish between a simple and a complex capital structure. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 72) Nonconvertible bonds affect the calculation of: A) Basic earnings per share. B) Diluted earnings per share. C) Basic earnings per share and Diluted earnings per share. D) None of these answer choices are correct Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS-Calculation concepts Learning Objective: 19-04 Distinguish between a simple and a complex capital structure. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
73) Basic earnings per share is computed using: A) The actual number of common shares outstanding at the end of the year. B) A weighted-average of preferred and common shares. C) The number of common shares outstanding plus potential common shares. D) Weighted-average common shares outstanding for the year. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basic EPS-Weighted average concept Learning Objective: 19-05 Describe what is meant by the weighted-average number of common shares. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 74) Purple Cab Company had 50,000 shares of common stock outstanding on January 1, 2021. On April 1, 2021, the company issued 20,000 shares of common stock. The company had outstanding fully vested incentive stock options for 5,000 shares exercisable at $10 that had not been exercised by its executives. The average market price of common stock was $12. The company reported net income in the amount of $269,915 for 2021. What is the basic earnings per share (rounded)? A) $4.10. B) $3.86. C) $3.60. D) $4.15. Answer: D Explanation: $269,915 ÷ (50,000 + (20,000 × 9/12)) = $4.15 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS-Weighted average concept Learning Objective: 19-05 Describe what is meant by the weighted-average number of common shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
75) The following information pertains to Torque Corp.'s outstanding stock for 2021: Common stock, $1 par value Shares outstanding, 1/1/2021 2-for-1 stock split, 4/1/2021 Shares issued, 7/1/2021 Preferred stock, $10 par value, 6% cumulative Shares outstanding, 1/1/2021
60,000 30,000
12,000
How many shares should Torque use to calculate 2021 basic earnings per share? A) 120,000 B) 135,000 C) 150,000 D) 162,000 Answer: B Explanation: (60,000 × 2.0) + 30,000 (6/12) = 135,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares.; 19-05 Describe what is meant by the weighted-average number of common shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 76) When calculating EPS, the adjustment to the weighted-average shares for retired shares is the same as for issuing new shares except: A) The shares are deducted rather than added. B) The shares are added rather than deducted. C) The shares are treated as being acquired at the end of the year. D) The shares are treated as being acquired at the beginning of the year. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
77) The result of a stock split is: A) A larger number of more valuable shares. B) An increase in corporate assets. C) An increase in shareholders' equity. D) A larger number of less valuable shares. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basic EPS-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 78) If a stock split occurred, when calculating the current year's EPS, the shares are treated as issued: A) At the end of the year. B) On the first day of the next fiscal year. C) At the beginning of the year. D) On the date of distribution. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basic EPS-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 79) Which of the following will require a recalculation of weighted-average shares outstanding for all years presented? A) Stock dividends and stock splits. B) Stock dividends but not stock splits. C) Stock splits but not stock dividends. D) Stock rights. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basic EPS-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) All other things equal, what is the effect on earnings per share when a corporation acquires shares of its own stock on the open market? A) Decrease. B) No effect if the shares are held as treasury shares. C) Increase only if the shares are considered to be retired. D) Increase. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 81) If a stock dividend were distributed, when calculating the current year's EPS, the shares distributed are treated as having been issued: A) At the end of the year. B) At the beginning of the year. C) On the declaration date. D) On the date of distribution. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basic EPS-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 82) Stock options do not affect the calculation of: A) Diluted EPS. B) Weighted-average common shares. C) The denominator in the diluted EPS fraction. D) Basic EPS. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
83) The following information pertains to J Company's outstanding stock for 2021: Common stock, $1 par Shares outstanding, 1/1/2021 2 for 1 stock split, 4/1/2021 Shares issued, 7/1/2021 Preferred stock, $100 par, 7% cumulative Shares outstanding, 1/1/2021
10,000 10,000 5,000 4,000
What is the number of shares J should use to calculate 2021 basic earnings per share? A) 20,000. B) 22,500. C) 25,000. D) 27,000. Answer: B Explanation: The key point is that the stock split is retroactive to the beginning of the year. 10,000 (2.0) + 5,000 (6/12) = 22,500 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 84) On December 31, 2020, Beta Company had 300,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Beta issued a 5% stock dividend on June 30, 2021. On September 30, 2021, 40,000 shares of common stock were reacquired as treasury stock. What is the appropriate number of shares to be used in the basic earnings per share computation for 2021? A) 315,000. B) 307,500. C) 305,000. D) 267,500. Answer: C Explanation: (300,000 × 1.05) − (40,000 × 3/12) = 305,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
85) Cookie Company had 2 million shares of common stock outstanding all through 2020. On April 1, 2021, an additional 100,000 shares were sold and issued. On September 30, 2021, Cookie declared a 2-for-1 stock split. Net income in 2021 and 2020 was $10 million and $8 million, respectively. In the 2021 comparative financial statements, EPS (rounded) would be reported as follows:
a. b. c. d.
2021 EPS $ 2.41 $ 2.41 $ 4.82 $ 4.82
2020 EPS $ 2.00 $ 4.00 $ 4.00 $ 4.00
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: A Explanation: 2020: $8,000,000 ÷ (2,000,000 × 2) = $2.00 2021: $10,000,000 ÷ [(2,000,000 × 2) + (100,000 × 9/12 × 2)] = $2.41 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basic EPS-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
86) Dublin Inc. had the following common stock record during the current calendar year: Outstanding, beginning of year Additional shares issued 6/30 Additional shares issued 9/30
2,000,000 100,000 100,000
A 10% stock dividend was paid on December 1. What is the number of shares to be used in computing basic EPS? A) 2,075,000. B) 2,282,500. C) 2,475,000. D) 2,620,000. Answer: B Explanation: [2,000,000 + (100,000 × 6/12) + (100,000 × 3/12)] × 1.10 = 2,282,500 Stock dividends are weighted with the same length of time of shares that receive the dividends. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS-Stock-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
87) Morrison Corporation had the following common stock record during the current calendar year: Outstanding-January 1 Additional shares issued 3/31 Distributed a 10% stock dividend on 6/30 Additional shares issued 9/30
2,000,000 100,000 100,000
What is the number of shares to be used in computing basic EPS? A) 2,000,000. B) 2,205,000. C) 2,307,500. D) 2,335,000. Answer: C Explanation: (2,000,000 × 1.10) + (100,000 × 9/12 × 1.10) + (100,000 × 3/12) = 2,307,500 Stock dividends are weighted with the same length of time of shares that receive the dividends. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basic EPS-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) Gear Corporation had the following common stock record during the current calendar year: Outstanding-January 1 Additional shares issued 3/31 Distributed a 10% stock dividend on 6/30 Shares reacquired 9/30
100,000 5,000,000 100,000
What is the number of shares to be used in computing basic EPS? A) 5,500,000. B) 4,210,000. C) 5,303,750. D) 5,050,000. Answer: B Explanation: (100,000 × 1.10) + (5,000,000 × 9/12 × 1.10) − (100,000 × 3/12) = 4,210,000 Stock dividends are weighted with the same length of time of shares that receive the dividends. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basic EPS-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 89) On January 1, 2021, Albacore Company had 300,000 shares of its common stock issued and outstanding. Albacore issued a 10% stock dividend on July 1, 2021. On October 1, 2021, Albacore retired 12,000 of its common shares. When calculating basic earnings per share for 2021, what is the appropriate number of shares for Albacore to use in the denominator of the EPS fraction? A) 303,000. B) 342,000. C) 312,000. D) 327,000. Answer: D Explanation: (300,000 × 1.10) − (12,000 × 3/12) = 327,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) When computing earnings per share, noncumulative preferred dividends not declared should be: A) Ignored. B) Deducted from earnings for the year. C) Added to earnings for the year. D) Deducted, net of tax effect, from earnings for the year. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS and preferred dividends Learning Objective: 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 91) A company has cumulative preferred stock. When computing earnings per share, the current year's dividends not declared on the preferred stock should be: A) Deducted from earnings for the year. B) Deducted, net of tax effect, from earnings for the year. C) Added to earnings for the year. D) Ignored. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basic EPS and preferred dividends Learning Objective: 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 92) Preferred dividends are subtracted from earnings when computing basic earnings per share whether or not the dividends are declared or paid if the preferred stock is: A) Callable. B) Convertible. C) Participating. D) Cumulative. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS and preferred dividends Learning Objective: 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
93) Preferred dividends would not be subtracted from earnings when computing basic earnings per share in a year when the dividends are not declared if the preferred stock is: A) Noncumulative. B) Convertible. C) Participating. D) Cumulative. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS and preferred dividends Learning Objective: 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 94) XYZ paid $10,000 in dividends in January of the current year to its preferred shareholders. The preferred stock is nonconvertible and noncumulative. The dividend: A) Will be added to the denominator of the earnings per share fraction for the current year. B) Will be added to the numerator of the earnings per share fraction for the current year. C) Will be subtracted from the numerator of the earnings per share fraction for the current year. D) might not affect earnings per share, depending on the declaration date. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS and preferred dividends Learning Objective: 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
95) At December 31, 2021 and 2020, P Co. had 50,000 shares of common stock and 5,000 shares of 5%, $100 par value cumulative preferred stock outstanding. No dividends were declared on either the preferred or common stock in 2021 or 2020. Net income for 2021 was $500,000. For 2021, basic earnings per common share amounted to: A) $5.00. B) $9.50. C) $9.00. D) $10.00. Answer: B Explanation: = $9.50 EPS
Even though no dividends were declared, the preferred dividends are subtracted from the numerator since the preferred shares are cumulative. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS and preferred dividends Learning Objective: 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 96) At December 31, 2021, Hansen Corporation had 50,000 shares of common stock and 5,000 shares of 6%, $100 par cumulative preferred stock outstanding. No dividends were declared or paid in 2021. Net income was reported as $200,000. What is basic EPS? A) $4.00. B) $3.40. C) $3.64. D) $4.02. Answer: B Explanation: =
= $3.40
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS and preferred dividends Learning Objective: 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
97) During 2021, Falwell Inc. had 500,000 shares of common stock and 50,000 shares of 6% cumulative preferred stock outstanding. The preferred stock has a par value of $100 per share. Falwell did not declare or pay any dividends during 2021. Falwell's net income for the year ended December 31, 2021, was $2.5 million. The income tax rate is 25%. Falwell granted 10,000 stock options to its executives on January 1 of this year. Each option gives its holder the right to buy 20 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $29 per share. The options vest after one year. The market price of the common stock averaged $30 per share during 2021. What is Falwell's basic earnings per share for 2021, rounded to the nearest cent? A) $3.14. B) $4.40. C) $5.00. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: Net income - Preferred dividends =
= $4.40/share
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS and preferred dividends Learning Objective: 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) At December 31, 2021 and 2020, Cow Co. had 100,000 shares of common stock and 5,000 shares of 5%, $100 par value cumulative preferred stock outstanding. No dividends were declared on either the preferred or common stock in 2021 or 2020. Net income for 2021 was $500,000. For 2021, basic earnings per share was: A) $2.50 B) $4.50 C) $4.75 D) $5.00 Answer: C Explanation: = $4.75 EPS
Even though no dividends were declared, the preferred dividends are subtracted from the numerator since the preferred shares are cumulative. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS and preferred dividends Learning Objective: 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 99) On December 31, 2020, the Frisbee Company had 250,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. On March 31, 2021, the company sold 50,000 additional shares for cash. Frisbee's net income for the year ended December 31, 2021, was $700,000. During 2021, Frisbee declared and paid $80,000 in cash dividends on its nonconvertible preferred stock. What is the 2021 basic earnings per share? (Round final answers to 2 decimal places.) A) $2.16. B) $3.50. C) $3.10. D) $2.80. Answer: A Explanation: =
= $2.16
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS with multiple adjustments Learning Objective: 19-05 Describe what is meant by the weighted-average number of common shares.; 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
100) Flyaway Travel Company reported net income for 2021 in the amount of $90,000. During 2021, Flyaway declared and paid $2,125 in cash dividends on its nonconvertible preferred stock. Flyaway also paid $10,000 cash dividends on its common stock. Flyaway had 40,000 common shares outstanding from January 1 until 10,000 new shares were sold for cash on April 1, 2021. What is 2021 basic earnings per share? A) $1.85. B) $1.64. C) $1.76. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Explanation: =
= $1.85
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS with multiple adjustments Learning Objective: 19-05 Describe what is meant by the weighted-average number of common shares.; 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 101) On December 31, 2020, the Bennett Company had 100,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. On July 1, 2021, the company sold 20,000 additional shares for cash. Bennett's net income for the year ended December 31, 2021, was $650,000. During 2021, Bennett declared and paid $89,000 in cash dividends on its nonconvertible preferred stock. What is the 2021 basic earnings per share? A) $5.91. B) $5.61. C) $5.10. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: =
= $5.10
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS with multiple adjustments Learning Objective: 19-05 Describe what is meant by the weighted-average number of common shares.; 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
102) Getaway Travel Company reported net income for 2021 in the amount of $50,000. During 2021, Getaway declared and paid $2,000 in cash dividends on its nonconvertible preferred stock. Getaway also paid $10,000 cash dividends on its common stock. Getaway had 40,000 common shares outstanding from January 1 until 10,000 new shares were sold for cash on July 1, 2021. A 2-for-1 stock split was granted on July 5, 2021. What is the 2021 basic earnings per share? (Round final answers to 2 decimal places.) A) $0.42. B) $0.47. C) $0.53. D) $0.56. Answer: C Explanation: =
= $0.53
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basic EPS with multiple adjustments Learning Objective: 19-05 Describe what is meant by the weighted-average number of common shares.; 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 103) When computing diluted earnings per share, which of the following will not be considered in the calculation? A) Dividends paid on common stock. B) The weighted average common shares. C) The effect of stock splits. D) The number of common shares represented by stock purchase warrants. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Diluted EPS-Options-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) The calculation of diluted earnings per share assumes that stock options were exercised and that the proceeds were used to buy treasury stock at: A) The average market price for the reporting period. B) The market price at the end of the period. C) The purchase price stated on the options. D) The stock's par value. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Diluted EPS-Options-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 105) When we take into account the dilutive effect of stock options, rights, and warrants in the calculation of EPS, the method used is called the: A) Optional method. B) If converted method. C) Dilution method. D) Treasury stock method. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Diluted EPS-Options-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 106) In computing diluted earnings per share, the treasury stock method is used for: A) Stock warrants. B) Stock splits. C) Reverse stock splits. D) Convertible preferred stock. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Diluted EPS-Options-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) When calculating diluted earnings per share, stock options: A) Are included if they are antidilutive. B) Should be ignored. C) Are included if they are dilutive. D) Increase the numerator while not affecting the denominator. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Diluted EPS-Options-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 108) The calculation of diluted earnings per share assumes that stock options were exercised and that the proceeds were used to: A) Buy common stock as an investment. B) Retire preferred stock. C) Buy treasury stock. D) Increase net income. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Diluted EPS-Options-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) During 2021, Farewell Inc. had 500,000 shares of common stock and 50,000 shares of 6% cumulative preferred stock outstanding. The preferred stock has a par value of $100 per share. Farewell did not declare or pay any dividends during 2021. Farewell's net income for the year ended December 31, 2021, was $2.5 million. The income tax rate is 25%. Farewell granted 10,000 stock options to its executives on January 1 of this year. Each option gives its holder the right to buy 20 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $29 per share. The options vest after one year. The market price of the common stock averaged $30 per share during 2021. What is Farewell's diluted earnings per share for 2021, rounded to the nearest cent? A) $3.14. B) $4.90. C) $4.34. D) Cannot determine from the given information. Answer: C Explanation: The computation is as follows: Net income - Preferred dividends = Common shares at Jan. 1
= $4.34/share
Net shares added from conversion of options
*10,000 options × 20 shares/option = 200,000 shares; Proceeds = 200,000 × $29 = $5,800,000 $5,800,000 ÷ $30 per share = 193,333 shares of treasury stock Net shares added = 200,000 – 193,333 = 6,667 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Diluted EPS-Options-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) Blue Cab Company had 50,000 shares of common stock outstanding on January 1, 2021. On April 1, 2021, the company issued 20,000 shares of common stock. The company had outstanding fully vested incentive stock options for 5,000 shares exercisable at $10 that had not been exercised by its executives. The end-of-year market price of common stock was $13 while the average price for the year was $12. The company reported net income in the amount of $269,915 for 2021. What is the diluted earnings per share (rounded)? A) $3.60. B) $4.10. C) $4.50. D) $3.81. Answer: B Explanation: = $4.10 50,000 + (20,000 × 9/12) + (5,000 – 4,167*) = 65,833 *(5,000 × $10) ÷ $12 = 4,167 from options Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Diluted EPS-Options-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
111) Dulce Corporation had 200,000 shares of common stock outstanding during the current year. There were also fully vested options for 10,000 shares of common stock were granted with an exercise price of $20. The market price of the common stock averaged $25 for the year. Net income was $4 million. What is diluted EPS (rounded)? A) $20.00. B) $19.80. C) $19.23. D) $18.18. Answer: B Explanation: =
= $19.80
*(10,000 × $20) ÷ $25 = 8,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Diluted EPS-Options-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
112) On January 1, 2020, Hage Corporation granted incentive stock options to purchase 18,000 of its common shares at $7 each. The options are exercisable after one year. The market price of common averaged $9 per share during the quarter ending on March 31, 2021. There was no change in the 100,000 shares of outstanding common stock during the quarter ended March 31, 2021. Net income for the quarter was $8,268. The number of shares to be used in computing diluted earnings per share for the quarter is: A) 100,000. B) 104,000. C) 106,000. D) 118,000. Answer: B Explanation: Assumed proceeds from exercise of options = 18,000 shares × $7 = $126,000 Used to repurchase common stock at average market price = $126,000 ÷ $9 = 14,000 shares Number of shares if options exercised Less: Shares assumed repurchased Dilution (potential common shares)
18,000 (14,000) 4,000
Shares for Diluted EPS = 100,000 + 4,000 = 104,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Diluted EPS-Options-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
113) January 1, 2021, Woody Forrest Corporation granted executive stock options to purchase 27,000 of its common shares at $7 each. The market price of common stock was $10 per share on December 31, 2021, and averaged $9 per share during the year then ended. There was no change in the 150,000 shares of outstanding common stock during the year. Net income for the year was $25,000. The number of shares to be used in computing diluted earnings per share for the quarter is: A) 150,000 B) 156,000 C) 171,000 D) 177,000 Answer: B Explanation: Proceeds from exercise of options = 27,000 shs. × $7
=
$ 189,000
÷ $ = Number of shares from exercise Less: Shares assumed repurchased Potential common shares
9 21,000 shs.
27,000 (21,000) 6,000
Shares for diluted EPS = 150,000 + 6,000 = 156,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Diluted EPS-Options-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 114) When a company's only potential common shares are convertible bonds: A) Diluted EPS will be greater if the bonds are actually converted than if they are not converted. B) Diluted EPS will be smaller if the bonds are actually converted than if the bonds are not converted. C) Diluted EPS will be the same whether or not the bonds are converted. D) The effect of conversion on diluted EPS cannot be determined without additional information. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Diluted EPS-Convertible securities Learning Objective: 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
115) Stock options, rights, and warrants are different from convertible securities in that they: A) Typically increase cash upon exercise. B) Usually reduce total assets upon exercise. C) Often reduce liabilities upon exercise. D) Normally increase retained earnings upon exercise. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Diluted EPS-Convertible securities; Diluted EPS–Options-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS.; 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 116) Rudyard Corporation had 100,000 shares of common stock and 10,000 shares of 8%, $100 par convertible preferred stock outstanding during the year. Net income for the year was $400,000 and dividends were paid to both common and preferred shareholders. Rudyard's effective tax rate is 25%. What is Rudyard's basic EPS? A) $2.13. B) $4.80. C) $4.00. D) $3.20. Answer: D Explanation: = $3.20 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS and preferred dividends Learning Objective: 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) When we assume conversion of convertible bonds, the numerator is increased by: A) The amount of after-tax interest. B) The gross amount of interest. C) The weighted-average interest. D) The amount of cash paid during the current year for interest. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Diluted EPS-Convertible securities Learning Objective: 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 118) When we take into account the dilutive effect of convertible securities in the calculation of EPS, the method used is called the: A) Treasury stock method. B) If converted method. C) Optional method. D) Dilution method. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Diluted EPS-Options-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 119) If convertible bonds were issued at a discount, when computing diluted EPS, the amortization of the bond discount: A) Will have no effect. B) Will decrease the numerator. C) Will increase the numerator. D) May increase or decrease the numerator, depending on the amortization method used. Answer: C Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Diluted EPS-Convertible securities Learning Objective: 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
120) Rudyard Corporation had 100,000 shares of common stock and 10,000 shares of 8%, $100 par convertible preferred stock outstanding during the year. Net income for the year was $400,000 and dividends were paid to both common and preferred shareholders. Rudyard's effective tax rate is 25%. Each share of preferred stock is convertible into five shares of common stock. What is Rudyard's diluted EPS (rounded)? A) $2.13. B) $2.67. C) $3.20. D) $4.80. Answer: B Explanation: =
= $2.67
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Diluted EPS-Convertible securities Learning Objective: 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
121) On January 2, 2021, L Co. issued at face value $20,000 of 4% bonds convertible in total into 1,000 shares of L's common stock. No bonds were converted during 2021. Throughout 2021, L had 1,000 shares of common stock outstanding. L's 2021 net income was $2,000. L's income tax rate is 25%. No potential common shares other than the convertible bonds were outstanding during 2021. L's diluted earnings per share for 2021 would be: A) $1.00. B) $1.30. C) $1.40. D) $2.00. Answer: B Explanation: Diluted EPS
=
= = $1.30 *$20,000 × 4% = $800 interest expense Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Diluted EPS-Convertible securities Learning Objective: 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) During 2021, R Co. had the following two classes of stock issued and outstanding for the entire year: • 400,000 shares of common stock, $1 par. • 2,000 shares of 4% preferred stock, $100 par, convertible share-for-share into common stock. R's 2021 net income was $1,800,000, and its income tax rate for the year was 25%. In the computation of diluted earnings per share for 2021, the amount to be used in the numerator is: A) $1,792,000. B) $1,796,000. C) $1,800,000. D) $1,802,400. Answer: C Explanation: The "if converted method" assumes that the preferred stock was converted to common stock and that preferred dividends were not distributed. Therefore, the numerator in the computation of Diluted EPS would be the net income of $1,800,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Diluted EPS-Convertible securities Learning Objective: 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
123) Jet Corporation had 8 million shares of common stock outstanding during the current calendar year. On July 1, Jet issued ten thousand $1,000 face value, convertible bonds. Each bond is convertible into 50 shares of common stock. The bonds were issued at face amount and pay interest semiannually for 20 years. They have a stated rate of 12%. Jet had income before tax of $24 million and a net income of $18 million. Jet would report the following EPS data (rounded):
a. b. c. d.
Basic EPS $ 2.25 $ 2.25 $ 2.25 $ 2.25
Diluted EPS $ 2.24 n/a antidilutive $ 2.16 $ 2.12
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: A Explanation: Basic EPS: = $2.25
Diluted EPS: = $2.24 *($24M income before tax − $18M net income) ÷ $24M = 25% tax rate Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Diluted EPS-Convertible securities; Basic EPS-Weighted average concept Learning Objective: 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS.; 19-05 Describe what is meant by the weighted-average number of common shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) Baldwin Company had 40,000 shares of common stock outstanding on January 1, 2021. On April 1, 2021, the company issued 20,000 shares of common stock. The company had outstanding fully vested incentive stock options for 10,000 shares exercisable at $10 that had not been exercised by its executives. The average market price of common stock for the year was $12. What number of shares of stock (rounded) should be used in computing diluted earnings per share? A) 65,000. B) 56,667. C) 55,000. D) 46,667. Answer: B Explanation: 40,000 + (20,000 × 9/12) + (10,000 − 8,333*) = 56,667 *(10,000 × $10) ÷ $12 = 8,333 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Diluted EPS-Convertible securities; Diluted EPS with multiple adjustments Learning Objective: 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 125) When several types of potential common shares exist, the one that enters the computation of diluted EPS first is the one with the: A) Highest incremental effect. B) Higher numerator. C) Median incremental effect. D) Lowest incremental effect. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Diluted EPS-Antidilutive securities Learning Objective: 19-10 Determine whether potential common shares are antidilutive. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) During 2021, Angel Corporation had 900,000 shares of common stock and 50,000 shares of 6% preferred stock outstanding. The preferred stock does not have cumulative or convertible features. Angel declared and paid cash dividends of $300,000 and $150,000 to common and preferred shareholders, respectively, during 2021. On January 1, 2020, Angel issued $2,000,000 of convertible 5% bonds at face value. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into five common shares. Angel's net income for the year ended December 31, 2021, was $6 million. The income tax rate is 20%. What is Angel's basic earnings per share for 2021, rounded to the nearest cent? A) $5.29. B) $5.57. C) $6.50. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: The basic EPS is $6.50. The computation is as follows: Net income
Preferred dividends =
= $6.50/share
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS and preferred dividends Learning Objective: 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
127) During 2021, Angel Corporation had 900,000 shares of common stock and 50,000 shares of 6% preferred stock outstanding. The preferred stock does not have cumulative or convertible features. Angel declared and paid cash dividends of $300,000 and $150,000 to common and preferred shareholders, respectively, during 2021. On January 1, 2020, Angel issued $2,000,000 of convertible 5% bonds at face value. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into five common shares. Angel's net income for the year ended December 31, 2021, was $6 million. The income tax rate is 20%. What will Angel report as diluted earnings per share for 2021, rounded to the nearest cent? A) $6.43. B) $6.25. C) $6.22. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Explanation:
Net income
Preferred dividends
After-tax interest savings =
Shares at Jan. 1
conversion of bonds
= $6.52/share *($2,000,000 × 5%) = $100,000 in interest; $100,000 × 20% = $20,000 in tax savings So, after-tax interest cost = $80,000. **Because this increases EPS, it is antidilutive. Only $6.50 basic EPS will be reported. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Diluted EPS-Antidilutive securities Learning Objective: 19-10 Determine whether potential common shares are antidilutive. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
128) Burnet Company had 30,000 shares of common stock outstanding on January 1, 2021. On April 1, 2021, the company issued 15,000 shares of common stock. The company had outstanding fully vested incentive stock options for 5,000 shares exercisable at $10 that had not been exercised by its executives. The average market price of common stock was $9. The company reported net income in the amount of $189,374 for 2021. What is the effect of the options? A) The options are antidilutive. B) The options will dilute EPS by $0.09 per share. C) The options will dilute EPS by $0.33 per share. D) The options will dilute EPS by $0.17 per share. Answer: A Explanation: Exercise price is more than market price, so the options are ignored when computing EPS. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Diluted EPS-Antidilutive securities Learning Objective: 19-10 Determine whether potential common shares are antidilutive. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) Last year, East Corporation reported basic and diluted EPS in an amount less than basic EPS due to outstanding stock options. Those options were exercised on January 1 of the current year. During the current year, East Corporation had 2 million shares of common stock outstanding. Two thousand 10% convertible bonds, each with $1,000 face value, were issued at face amount at the beginning of the year. East reported net income of $2 million for the year. Each bond is convertible into 10 shares of common stock. The tax rate is 25%. What is diluted EPS (rounded)? A) $0.90. B) $0.95. C) $1.00. D) $1.10. Answer: C Explanation: Diluted EPS: = $1.00
$2,000,000 bonds × 10% = $200,000 interest. $200,000 × 75% = $150,000 after-tax effect of interest. The bonds are convertible into 20,000 shares of stock. The incremental effect of the bonds is $150,000 ÷ 20,000 shares = $7.5 which is more than the $1.00 basic EPS. So, the bonds are antidilutive and therefore would not be included in the calculation of diluted EPS. If diluted EPS is reported for at least one period, it must be reported for all—even if basic and diluted EPS are the same. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Diluted EPS-Antidilutive securities Learning Objective: 19-10 Determine whether potential common shares are antidilutive. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
130) During the current year, High Corporation had 3 million shares of common stock outstanding. $5,000,000 of 6% convertible bonds were issued at face amount at the beginning of the year. High reported income before tax of $4 million and net income of $3 million for the year. The bonds are convertible into 625,000 shares of common. What is diluted EPS (rounded)? A) $0.89. B) $0.91. C) $1.00. D) $1.08 Answer: A Explanation: Diluted EPS: = Shares at Jan. 1
= $0.89/share
conversion of bonds
*($4M income before tax – $3M net income) ÷ $4M = 25% tax rate on the $4M. ($5,000,000 × 6%) = $300,000 in interest; $300,000 × 25% = $75,000 in tax savings So, after-tax interest cost = $225,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Diluted EPS-Convertible securities Learning Objective: 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
131) Ignatius Corporation had 7 million shares of common stock outstanding during the current calendar year. It issued ten thousand $1,000, convertible bonds on January 1. Each bond is convertible into 50 shares of common stock. The bonds were issued at face amount and pay interest semiannually at an annual rate of 10%. On June 30, Ignatius issued 100,000 shares of $100 par 6% cumulative preferred stock. Dividends are declared and paid quarterly. Ignatius has an effective tax rate of 25%. Ignatius would report the following EPS data (rounded) on its net income of $20 million:
a. b. c. d.
Basic EPS $ 2.77 $ 2.81 $ 2.85 $ 2.81
Diluted EPS $ 2.67 $ 2.73 $ 2.67 $ 2.68
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: B Explanation: Basic EPS: = $2.81 Diluted EPS: $20,000,000 − $300,000 + [($1,000,000 − 25% (1,000,000)] = $20,450,000 = $2.73 7,000,000 + (10,000 × 50) = 7,500,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Diluted EPS-Antidilutive securities Learning Objective: 19-10 Determine whether potential common shares are antidilutive. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) Horrocks Company granted 180,000 restricted stock awards of its no par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. Horrocks' common shares have a market price of $10 per share on January 1, 2020, the grant date, and at December 31, 2021, averaging $10 throughout the year. When calculating diluted EPS at December 31, 2021, the net increase in the denominator of the EPS fraction will be: A) 0 shares. B) 60,000 shares. C) 120,000 shares. D) 180,000 shares. Answer: C Explanation: The total compensation for the award is $1,800,000 ($10 market price per share 180,000 shares). Because the stock award vests over three years, it is expensed as $600,000 each year for three years. At the end of 2021, the second year, $1,200,000 has been expensed and $600,000 remains unexpensed, so $600,000 would be the assumed proceeds in an EPS calculation. If the market price remains at $10, the $600,000 will buy back 60,000 shares and we would add to the denominator of diluted EPS 18 million common shares: No adjustment to the numerator 180,000 - 60,000 = 120,000 *Assumed purchase of treasury shares $600,000 ÷ $ 10 (average market price) 60,000 shares Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: EPS issues-Unexpected compensation Learning Objective: 19-11 Describe the two components of the proceeds used in the treasury stock method and how restricted stock is incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
133) Isadore Bell Company granted 8 million of its no par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. The common shares have a market price of $3 per share on January 1, 2021, the grant date. When calculating diluted EPS at December 31, 2022, what will be the net increase in the denominator of the EPS fraction if the market price of the common shares averaged $4 per share during 2022? A) 2 million B) 2.67 million C) 6 million D) 8 million Answer: C Explanation: The total compensation for the award is $24 million ($3 market price per share × 8 million shares). Because the stock award vests over three years, it is expensed as $8 million each year for three years. At the end of 2022, the second year, $16 million has been expensed and $8 million remains unexpensed, so $8 million would be the assumed proceeds in an EPS calculation. If the market price averages $4, the $8 million will buy back 2 million shares and we would add to the denominator of diluted EPS 6 million common shares: No adjustment to the numerator 8 million – 2* million = 6 million $ 8 million ÷ 4 (average market price) 2 million shares Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: EPS issues-Unexpected compensation Learning Objective: 19-11 Describe the two components of the proceeds used in the treasury stock method and how restricted stock is incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) Contingently issuable shares might be included in: A) Basic EPS. B) Diluted EPS. C) Basic EPS and Diluted EPS. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: EPS issues-Contingently issuable shares Learning Objective: 19-12 Explain the way contingently issuable shares are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 135) The single accounting number in the annual report that receives the most attention by investors is: A) Total revenue. B) Book value per share. C) Equity per share. D) Earnings per share. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financial statement presentation Learning Objective: 19-13 Describe the way EPS information should be reported in an income statement. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 136) The reporting of earnings per share is required only for: A) Private companies. B) Companies with complex capital structures. C) Publicly traded corporations. D) Medium-sized and large corporations. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financial statement presentation Learning Objective: 19-13 Describe the way EPS information should be reported in an income statement. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
137) Earnings per share data is required to be reported: A) In disclosure notes to the financial statements. B) Only if it adds to the relevance of the income statement. C) In the summary section of the annual report. D) On the face of the income statement. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Financial statement presentation Learning Objective: 19-13 Describe the way EPS information should be reported in an income statement. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 138) For a firm with a simple capital structure, EPS is: A) earnings available to common and preferred shareholders divided by the weighted-average number of common and preferred shares outstanding. B) earnings available to common and preferred shareholders divided by the number of common and preferred shares outstanding at the end of the reporting period. C) reported for both basic and diluted EPS. D) reported for both earnings before discontinued operations and net income. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financial statement presentation Learning Objective: 19-13 Describe the way EPS information should be reported in an income statement. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 139) Which of the following is a correct statement concerning earnings per share? A) Earnings per share can never be a negative number. B) Earnings per share must be reported for all corporations. C) If a company has discontinued operations, at least two EPS amounts must be reported. D) Reported earnings per share is the result of dividing weighted-average shares by net income. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financial statement presentation Learning Objective: 19-13 Describe the way EPS information should be reported in an income statement. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
140) When a company's income statement includes discontinued operations, the company should report per share information on:
a. b. c. d.
Net Income Yes Yes No No
Income from Continuing Operations No Yes No Yes
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financial statement presentation Learning Objective: 19-13 Describe the way EPS information should be reported in an income statement. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) When a company's income statement includes discontinued operations and a gain on the sale of machinery, the company should report per share information on:
a. b. c. d.
Net Income Yes Yes Yes Yes
Income from Continuing Operations No Yes No Yes
Gain on sale of machinery No No Yes Yes
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financial statement presentation Learning Objective: 19-13 Describe the way EPS information should be reported in an income statement. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 142) Under IFRS, a deferred tax asset for stock options: A) Is created for the cumulative amount of the fair value of the options the company has recorded for compensation expense. B) Is the portion of the options' intrinsic value earned to date times the tax rate. C) Is the tax rate times the amount of compensation. D) Isn't created if the award is "in the money;" that is, it has intrinsic value. Answer: B Explanation: Under U.S. GAAP, for stock options, a deferred tax asset (DTA) is created for the cumulative amount of the fair value of the options the company has recorded for compensation expense. The DTA is the tax rate times the amount of compensation. Under IFRS, the deferred tax asset isn't created until the award is "in the money;" that is, it has intrinsic value. When it is in the money, the addition to the DTA is the portion of the intrinsic value earned to date times the tax rate. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒EPS Learning Objective: 19-14 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for share-based compensation and earnings per share. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation 86 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
143) Yellow Company is a calendar-year firm with operations in several countries. At January 1, 2021, the company had issued 40,000 executive stock options permitting executives to buy 40,000 shares of stock for $30. The vesting schedule is 25% the first year, 25% the second year, and 50% the third year (graded-vesting). The fair value of the options is estimated as follows:
Vesting Date Dec. 31, 2021 Dec. 31, 2022 Dec. 31, 2023
Amount Vesting 25% 25% 50%
Fair Value per Option $ 6 $ 7 $ 9
Assuming Yellow prepares its financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), what is the compensation expense related to the options to be recorded in 2022? A) $40,000. B) $60,000. C) $95,000. D) $130,000. Answer: C Explanation: Vesting Date Dec. 31, 2021 Dec. 31, 2022 Dec. 31, 2023
Shares Vesting at: Dec. 31, 2021 Dec. 31, 2022 Dec. 31, 2023
Amount Vesting 10,000 10,000 20,000
Fair Value per Option $ 6 $ 7 $ 9
Compensation Cost $
60,000 70,000 180,000 $ 310,000
Compensation Cost Recognized in: ($ in 000s) 2021 2022 2023 $ 60 35 $ 35 60 60 $ 60 $ 155 $ 95 $ 60 = $310
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS‒EPS Learning Objective: 19-14 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for share-based compensation and earnings per share. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation 144) Which of the following statements is true regarding share appreciation rights (SAR) payable in cash? A) Any change in estimated total compensation is recorded as a prior adjustment. 87 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
B) The total amount of compensation is not known for certain until the date the SAR is exercised. C) The liability is adjusted to reflect each additional year of service. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock appreciation rights‒Appendix B Learning Objective: Appendix 19B Stock Appreciation Rights. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
88 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
145) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM PHRASE 1. Convertible bonds Add after-tax interest to EPS numerator. 2. Diluted EPS Dual presentation of EPS does not apply. 3. Simple capital structure Assumption used for options, rights, and warrants. 4. Treasury stock method Applies to both convertible debt and convertible equity securities. 5. If-converted method Approximation of EPS assuming potential common shares became common stock.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Convertible bonds
PHRASE Add after-tax interest to EPS numerator. 2. Diluted EPS Dual presentation of EPS does not apply. 3. Simple capital structure Assumption used for options, rights, and warrants. 4. Treasury stock method Applies to both convertible debt and convertible equity securities. 5. If-converted method Approximation of EPS assuming potential common shares became common stock.
NUMBER 1 3 4 5 2
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS-Calculation concepts; Diluted EPS-Convertible securities; Diluted EPSOptions-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-04 Distinguish between a simple and a complex capital structure.; 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS.; 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
89 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Stock dividends and splits 2. Contingently issuable shares 3. Undeclared preferred dividends 4. Convertible preferred stock dividends 5. Price-earnings ratio
PHRASE NUMBER Expresses the market value of a stock as a multiple of EPS. ____ Factored into EPS if the stock is ____ cumulative. Omitted from the EPS numerator under the ____ "if converted" method. Included in diluted EPS when performance ____ criterion is met. Handled retroactively in computing current ____ and prior years' EPS.
Answer: TERM 1. Stock dividends and splits 2. Contingently issuable shares 3. Undeclared preferred dividends 4. Convertible preferred stock dividends 5. Price-earnings ratio
PHRASE NUMBER Expresses the market value of a stock 5 as a multiple of EPS. Factored into EPS if the stock is 3 cumulative. Omitted from the EPS numerator under 4 the "if converted" method. Included in diluted EPS when 2 performance criterion is met. Handled retroactively in computing 1 current and prior years' EPS.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS and preferred dividends; Basic EPS-Denominator items; Diluted EPSConvertible securities; EPS issues-Contingently issuable shares; Financial statement presentation Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares.; 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS.; 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS.; 19-12 Explain the way contingently issuable shares are incorporated in the calculation of EPS.; 19-13 Describe the way EPS information should be reported in an income statement. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
90 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
147) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Antidilutive security
PHRASE Does not affect and is not affected by EPS calculations. 2. Issuance of new shares Time-weighted decrease in the basic EPS denominator. 3. Reacquired shares Decrease in the EPS numerator. 4. Preferred dividends 5. Convertible bonds
NUMBER ____ ____ ____
Time-weighted increase in the basic EPS denominator. Potentially dilutive debt.
____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Antidilutive security
PHRASE NUMBER Does not affect and is not affected by EPS 1 calculations. 2. Issuance of new shares Time-weighted decrease in the basic EPS 3 denominator. 3. Reacquired shares Decrease in the EPS numerator. 4 4. Preferred dividends 5. Convertible bonds
Time-weighted increase in the basic EPS denominator. Potentially dilutive debt.
2 5
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS and preferred dividends; Basic EPS-Denominator items; Basic EPS-Weighted average concept; Diluted EPS-Antidilutive securities; Diluted EPS-Convertible securities Learning Objective: 19-05 Describe what is meant by the weighted-average number of common shares.; 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares.; 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS.; 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS.; 19-10 Determine whether potential common shares are antidilutive. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
91 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term. TERM 1. Stock option 2. Performance condition plans 3. Vesting period 4. Bonuses 5. Expired options
PHRASE Paid-in capital effectively renamed under the fair value approach. A right to buy shares of stock in the future.
NUMBER ____
Expensed as compensation in the period earned. Shares given for achieving financial goals. Benefit period over which stock option compensation expense is spread.
____
PHRASE Paid-in capital effectively renamed under the fair value approach. A right to buy shares of stock in the future.
NUMBER 5
Expensed as compensation in the period earned. Shares given for achieving financial goals. Benefit period over which stock option compensation expense is spread.
4
____
____ ____
Answer: TERM 1. Stock option 2. Performance condition plans 3. Vesting period 4. Bonuses 5. Expired options
1
2 3
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans with conditions; Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
92 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
149) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the most correct term TERM 1. Option exercise price 2. Option exercise date 3. Grant date 4. Stock volatility 5. Market condition plans
PHRASE NUMBER An important factor in option pricing models. ____ The amount paid to convert the option into ____ stock. Date on or after which employees can buy ____ stock with options. Require(s) compensation expense regardless ____ of condition satisfaction. Date on which options are awarded. ____
Answer: TERM 1. Option exercise price 2. Option exercise date 3. Grant date 4. Stock volatility 5. Market condition plans
PHRASE An important factor in option pricing models. The amount paid to convert the option into stock. Date on or after which employees can buy stock with options. Require(s) compensation expense regardless of condition satisfaction. Date on which options are awarded.
NUMBER 4 1 2 5 3
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans with conditions; Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
93 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
150) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Options, rights, and warrants 2. Multiple convertible securities 3. Basic EPS 4. Earnings available to common shareholders 5. Dividend payout ratio
PHRASE Need to be ranked high to low in terms of dilutive effect. No dilution considered.
NUMBER ____
Tends to be low for growth companies. The numerator in the EPS formula.
____ ____
The treasury stock method is used.
____
____
Answer: TERM 1. Options, rights, and warrants 2. Multiple convertible securities 3. Basic EPS 4. Earnings available to common shareholders 5. Dividend payout ratio
PHRASE Need to be ranked high to low in terms of dilutive effect. No dilution considered.
NUMBER 2
Tends to be low for growth companies. The numerator in the EPS formula.
5
The treasury stock method is used.
1
3
4
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS-Calculation concepts; Diluted EPS-Convertible securities; Diluted EPSOptions-warrants-rights; Financial statement presentation Learning Objective: 19-04 Distinguish between a simple and a complex capital structure.; 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS.; 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS.; 19-13 Describe the way EPS information should be reported in an income statement. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
94 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
151) EG Corporation granted restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 32 million of its $1 par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within four years. After the recipients of the RSUs satisfy the vesting requirement, the company will distribute the shares. The common shares had a market price of $6 per share on the grant date. Required: (1.) Ignoring taxes, determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the restricted stock units. (2.) What is the effect on earnings in the year after the shares are granted to executives? Answer: 1. ($ in millions) $6 fair value per share × 32 million shares represented by RSUs shares granted 192 million fair value of shares represented by RSUs 2. The $192 million total compensation is expensed equally over the four-year vesting period, reducing earnings by $48 million each year. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
95 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
152) On January 1, 2021, Cobbler Corporation awarded restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 30 million of its $1 par common shares to key officers, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. After the recipients of the RSUs satisfy the vesting requirement, the company will distribute the shares. On the grant date, the shares had a market price of $3 per share. Required: (1.) Determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the RSUs. (2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the award of RSUs on January 1, 2021. (3.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. (4.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2022. (5.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2023. (6.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the lifting of restrictions on the RSUs and issuing shares at December 31, 2023.
96 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. ($ in millions) $3 fair value per share × 30 million shares represented by RSUs shares granted 90 million fair value of award 2. no entry 3. ($ in millions) Compensation expense ($90 million ÷ 3 years) Paid-in capital–restricted stock
30
4. Compensation expense ($90 million ÷ 3 years) Paid-in capital–restricted stock
30
5. Compensation expense ($90 million ÷ 3 years) Paid-in capital–restricted stock
30
6. Paid-in capital—restricted stock Common stock (30 million shares × $1 par) Paid-in capital–excess of par (remainder)
30
30
30
90 30 60
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
97 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
153) Tweet Inc. included the following disclosure note in an annual report: Share-Based Compensation (in part) …compensation expense related to these grants is based on the grant date fair value of the RSUs and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the applicable three-year vesting period. The following table summarizes the activities for our unvested RSUs for the year ended December 31, 2021:
Unvested at December 31, 2020 Granted Vested Forfeited Unvested at December 31, 2021
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Number of Shares Value 110,000 $21.40 54,000 29.50 (48,300) 17.00 (14,800) 25.30 100,900 $27.30
Required: (1.) Ignoring taxes, determine compensation expense Tweet reported in the year ended December 31, 2022, for the restricted stock units granted during the year ended December 31, 2021. (2.) Based on the information provided in the disclosure note, prepare the journal entry that summarizes the vesting of RSUs during the year ended December 31, 2021. (Tweet's common shares have a par amount per share of $0.01.)
98 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. $29.50 × 54,000 shares = $1,593,000 The $1,598,300 total compensation is expensed over the three-year vesting period, $531,000 each year. During 2021, the expense is the appropriate portion of $1,593,000, depending on the date the RSUs were issued. For instance, if the RSUs were issued three months before the end of the year, the expense would be 3/12 $531,000 = $132,750. The expense is the full $531,000 in the year following the year in which the RSUs issued. 2. Paid-in capital–restricted stock (account balance of $17 × 48,300 shs) Common stock (48,300 shares at $0.01 par per share) Paid-in capital–excess of par (remainder)
821,100 483 820,617
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Create AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
99 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
154) As part of its stock-based compensation package, on January 1, 2021, Weldon Well Supplies granted restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 100,000 $1 par common shares. At exercise, holders of the RSUs are entitled to receive cash or stock equal in value to the market price of those shares at exercise. The RSUs cannot be exercised until the end of 2024 (vesting date) and expire at the end of 2026. The $1 par common shares have a market price of $6 per share on the grant date. The fair value at December 31, 2021, 2022, 2023, 2024, and 2025, is $16, $12, $16, $10, and $12, respectively. All recipients are expected to remain employed through the vesting date. Required: (1.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the award of RSUs on January 1, 2021. (2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entries pertaining to the RSUs on December 31, 2021December 31, 2024. (3.) The RSUs remain unexercised on December 31, 2025. Prepare the appropriate journal entry on that date. (4.) The RSUs are exercised on June 6, 2026, when the share price is $13, and executives choose to receive cash. Prepare the appropriate journal entry(s) on that date.
100 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. The RSUs are considered to be a liability because employees can elect to receive cash at exercise. January 1, 2021 No entry 2. December 31, 2021 Compensation expense ($16 × 100,000 × 1/4) Liability–restricted stock December 31, 2022 Compensation expense ([$12 × 100,000 × 2/4] – 400,000) Liability–restricted stock December 31, 2023 Compensation expense ([$16 × 100,000 × 3/4] – $400,000 – $200,000) Liability–restricted stock December 31, 2024 Liability–restricted stock Compensation expense ([$10 × 100,000 × 4/4] – $400,000 – $200,000 – $600,000) 3. December 31, 2025 Compensation expense ([$12 × 100,000 × all] – $400,000 – $200,000 – $600,000 + $200,000) Liability–restricted stock
400,000 400,000
200,000 200,000
600,000 600,000
200,000 200,000
200,000
4. June 6, 2026 Compensation expense ([$13 × 100,000 × all] – $400,000 – $200,000 – $600,000 + $200,000 – $200,000) 100,000 Liability–restricted stock Liability–restricted stock (account balance) 1,300,000 Cash
200,000
100,000 1,300,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans.. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
101 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
155) The Peach Corporation provides restricted stock to certain executives. Under the plan, the company granted 30 million shares on January 1, 2021, which vest in four years. The fair value of the shares is $14. No forfeitures are anticipated. Ignore taxes. Required: 1. Determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the restricted stock. 2. Prepare the appropriate journal entry (if any) to record the award of restricted stock on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the appropriate journal entry (if any) to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. Answer: 1. 30 million × $14 $420 million
number of shares fair value total compensation
2. No entry 3. Compensation expense ($420 million ÷ 4 years) Paid-in capital—restricted stock
($ in millions) 105 105
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
102 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
156) Jmart Corporation included the following disclosure note in a recent annual report: RESTRICTED STOCK (in part) We issued 100,000 shares of restricted stock at market prices ranging from $46.00 to $60. The restricted stock generally vests over three years, during which time we will recognize total compensation expense of approximately $6 million. Required: 1. Based on the information provided in the disclosure note, determine the weighted average market price of the restricted stock issued. 2. How much compensation expense did Jmart report for the year following the year in which the restricted stock was issued? Answer: 1. $6,000,000 ÷ 100,000 shares = $60 2. The $6,000,000 total compensation is expensed over the three-year vesting period, $2,000,000 each year. During the first year, the expense is the appropriate portion of $2,000,000, depending on the date the shares were issued. For instance, if the shares were issued three months before the end of the year, the expense would be 3/12 × $2,000,000 = $500,000. The expense is the full $2,000,000 in the year following the year in which the stock was issued. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
103 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
157) Mann Inc. offers a restricted stock award plan to its vice presidents. On January 1, 2021, the corporation granted 10 million of its $5 par common shares, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within two years. The common shares have a market value of $10 per share on the date the award is granted. Required: 1. Assume that no shares are forfeited. Determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the restricted shares. 2. Prepare the appropriate journal entries related to the restricted stock through December 31, 2022. Answer: ($ in millions) 1. $10 × 10 shares = $100 2. December 31, 2021 Compensation expense ($100 ÷ 2) Paid-in capital–restricted stock December 31, 2022 Compensation expense ($100 ÷ 2) Paid-in capital–restricted stock Paid-in capital–restricted stock Common stock (10 × $5) Paid-in capital–excess of par
50 50 50 50 100 50 50
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
104 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
158) On January 1, 2021, Jeans-R-Us Company awarded 15 million of its $1 par common shares to key executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. On the date of the grant, the stock had a market price of $3 per share. Required: (1.) Determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the restricted shares. (2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the award on January 1, 2021. (3.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. Answer: ($ in millions) (1.) $3 × 15 shares = $45 (2.) No entry (3.) Compensation expense ($45 ÷ 3) 15 Paid-in capital–restricted stock 15 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
105 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
159) On January 1, 2021, La-Dee-Da Company awarded 15 million of its $1 par common shares to key officers, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. On the date of the grant, the stock had a market price of $3 per share. Required: (1.) Determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the restricted shares. (2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the award on January 1, 2021. (3.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. (4.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2022. (5.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2023. (6.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the lifting of restrictions on December 31, 2023. Answer: ($ in millions) 1. $3 × 15 shares = $45 2. No entry 3. Compensation expense ($45 ÷ 3) Paid-in capital–restricted stock
15
4. Compensation expense ($45 ÷ 3) Paid-in capital–restricted stock
15
5. Compensation expense ($45 ÷ 3) Paid-in capital–restricted stock
15
15
15
15
6. Paid-in capital–restricted stock 45 Common stock 15 Paid-in capital–excess of par 50 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
106 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
160) Cartel Products Inc. offers a restricted stock award plan to its vice presidents. On January 1, 2021, the corporation granted 12 million of its $1 par common shares, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within two years. The common shares have a market value of $6 per share on the date the award is granted. Required: (1.) Assume that no shares are forfeited. Determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the restricted shares. (2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entries related to the restricted stock through December 31, 2022. Answer: ($ in millions) (1.) $6 × 12 million shares = $72 (2.) December 31, 2021 Compensation expense ($72 ÷ 2) Paid-in capital–restricted stock December 31, 2022 Compensation expense ($72 ÷ 2) Paid-in capital–restricted stock
36 36 36 36
Paid-in capital–restricted stock 72 Common stock (12 × $1) 12 Paid-in capital–excess of par 60 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
107 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
161) The Santiago Corporation provides an executive stock option plan. Under the plan, the company granted options on January 1, 2021, that permit executives to acquire 70 million of the company's $1 par value common shares within the next eight years, but not before December 31, 2024 (the vesting date). The exercise price is the market price of the shares on the date of the grant, $27 per share. The fair value of the options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $4 per option. No forfeitures are anticipated. Ignore taxes. Required: 1. Determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the options. 2. Prepare the appropriate journal entry (if any) to record the award of options on January 1, 2021. 3. Prepare the appropriate journal entry (if any) to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. Answer: 1. 70 million × $4 $280 million
number of options fair value total compensation
2. No entry 3. ($ in millions) 70 70
Compensation expense ($280 million ÷ 4 years) Paid-in capital–stock options Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
108 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
162) Olde Corporation provides an executive stock option plan. Under the plan, the company granted options on January 1, 2021, that permit executives to acquire 2 million of the company's $1 par value common shares within the next five years, but not before December 31, 2022 (the vesting date). The exercise price is the market price of the shares on the date of the grant, $14 per share. The fair value of the options, estimated by an appropriate option pricing model, is $2 per option. No forfeitures are anticipated. Ignore taxes. Required: (1.) Determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the options, assuming the fair value approach has been selected. (2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the award of the options on January 1, 2021. (3.) Prepare the journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. (4.) Prepare the journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2022. Answer: ($ in millions) (1.) $2 × 2 shares = $4 (2.) No entry (3.) Compensation expense ($4 ÷ 2 yrs.) Paid-in capital–stock options
2 2
(4.) Compensation expense ($4 ÷ 2 yrs.) 2 Paid-in capital–stock options 2 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
109 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
163) The Burford Corporation provides an executive stock option plan. Under the plan, the company granted options on January 1, 2021, that permit executives to acquire 12 million of the company's $1 par value common shares within the next five years, but not before December 31, 2024 (the vesting date). The exercise price is the market price of the shares on the date of the grant, $14 per share. The fair value of the options, estimated by an appropriate model, is $3 per option. No forfeitures are anticipated. Ignore taxes. Required: (1.) Determine the total compensation cost pertaining to the options. Show calculations. (2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry (if any) to record the award of options on January 1, 2021. (3.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry (if any) to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. Answer: (1.) 12 million × $3 $36 million
number of options fair value total compensation
(2.) No entry (3.) ($ in millions) 9 9
Compensation expense ($36 million ÷ 4 years) Paid-in capital–stock options Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
110 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
164) Hammerstein Corporation offers a variety of share-based compensation plans to employees. Under its restricted stock award plan, the company, on January 1, 2021, granted 2 million of its $1 par common shares to various division managers. The shares are subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within four years. The common shares have a market price of $20 per share on the award date. Required: (1.) Determine the total compensation cost from these restricted shares. (2.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the award on January 1, 2021. (3.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. (4.) Suppose a 15% forfeiture rate was expected prior to vesting. Determine the total compensation cost, assuming the company follows the fair value approach and chooses to anticipate forfeitures at the grant date. Answer: ($ in millions) 1. $20 × 2 shares = $40 2. No entry 3. Compensation expense ($40 ÷ 4 yrs) Paid-in capital–restricted stock
10 10
4. $20 × 2 shares × 85% = $34 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans and forfeiture Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
111 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) On January 1, 2021, Lawson Brothers Enterprises (LBE) granted restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 40 million of its $1 par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within four years. After the recipients of the RSUs satisfy the vesting requirement, the company will distribute the shares. The common shares had a market price of $10 per share on the grant date. At the date of grant, LBE anticipated that 5% of the recipients would leave the firm prior to vesting. Ignore taxes. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. 2. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2022. 3. During 2023 third year, LBE revised its estimate of forfeitures from 5% to 10%. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2023. 4. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2024. Answer: 2021 Compensation expense ($400 × 95% ÷ 4) Paid-in capital–restricted stock
($ in millions) 95 95
2022 Compensation expense ($400 × 95% ÷ 4) Paid-in capital–restricted stock
95
2023 Compensation expense [($400 × 90% × 3/4) - ($95 + $95)] Paid-in capital–restricted stock
80
2024 Compensation expense [($400 × 90% × 4/4) - ($95 + $95 + $80)] Paid-in capital–restricted stock
90
95
80
90
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans and forfeiture Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
112 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
166) On January 1, 2021, M.T. Toombe Mausoleum granted restricted stock units (RSUs) representing 60 million of its $1 par common shares to executives, subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated within three years. After the recipients of the RSUs satisfy the vesting requirement, the company will distribute the shares. The common shares had a market price of $15 per share on the grant date. At the date of grant, Toombe anticipated that 5% of the recipients would leave the firm prior to vesting. In 2022, 3% of the options are forfeited due to executive turnover. Toombe chooses the option not to estimate forfeitures. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2021. Ignore taxes. 2. Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record compensation expense on December 31, 2022. Ignore taxes. Answer: Requirement 1 2021 Compensation expense ($15 × 60v÷ 3) Paid-in capital–restricted stock
($ in millions) 300 300
Requirement 2 2022 Compensation expense ([$900 – 3% x $900] x 2/3 – $300) Paid-in capital–restricted stock
282 282
Note: As a practical expedient, companies can elect to account for forfeitures of stock options or restricted stock when they occur rather than estimating them. So rather than reduce in advance the amount to be recorded as compensation expense and paid-in capital, companies choosing this approach reduce those same accounts only if and when a forfeiture occurs. This election only applies to forfeitures related to turnover. For share-based plans with performance conditions, companies must assess the probability that such conditions will be achieved. A company must disclose its policy election for forfeitures (estimated or recorded as they occur). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans and forfeiture Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
113 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
167) In order to encourage employee ownership of the company's $1 par common shares, T Corp. permits any of its employees to buy shares directly from the company through payroll deduction. There are no brokerage fees and shares can be purchased at a 15% discount. During June, employees purchased 150,000 shares at a time when the market price of the shares on the New York Stock Exchange was $10 per share. Required: Prepare the appropriate journal entry to record the June purchases of shares under the employee share purchase plan. Answer: Cash ($10 × 150,000 × 85%) Compensation expense ($10 × 150,000 × 15%) Common stock ($1 × 150,000) Paid-in capital–excess of par ($9 × 150,000)
1,275,000 225,000 150,000 1,350,000
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock plans‒Employee share purchase plans Learning Objective: 19-03 Explain and implement the accounting for employee share purchase plans. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 168) Sugarland Industries reported a net income of $750,750 on December 31, 2021. At the beginning of the year, the company had 500,000 common shares outstanding. On April 1, the company sold 27,000 shares for cash. On August 31, the company issued 48,000 additional shares as part of a merger. Required: Compute Sugarland's net income that would produce a basic EPS of $2.00 per share for 2021. Answer: 500,000 + [27,000 × (9/12)] + [(48,000 × (4/12)]) = 536,250 weighted-average shares X ÷ 536,250 = $2.00 EPS X = $1,072,500 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basic EPS-Weighted average concept Learning Objective: 19-04 Distinguish between a simple and a complex capital structure.; 19-05 Describe what is meant by the weighted-average number of common shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
114 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
169) Nagy Industries reported a net income of $619,369 on December 31, 2021. At the beginning of the year, the company had 500,000 common shares outstanding. On April 1, the company sold 27,000 shares for cash. On August 31, the company issued 48,000 additional shares as part of a merger. On December 1, 2021, the company declared and issued a 10% stock dividend. Required: Compute Nagy's net income that would produce a basic EPS of $2.00 per share for 2021. Answer: (500,000 × 1.10) + [27,000 × (9/12) × 1.10] + [48,000 × (4/12) × 1.10] = 589,875 weighted-average shares X ÷ 589,875 = $2.00 EPS X = $1,179,750 Stock dividends are weighted with the same length of time of shares that receive the dividends. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basic EPS-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
115 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) Burns Company reported $752.4 million in net income in 2021. On January 1, 2021, the company had 400 million shares of common stock outstanding. On March 1, 2021, 24 million new shares of common stock were sold for cash. On June 1, 2021, the company's common stock split 2 for 1. On July 1, 2021, 8 million shares were reacquired as treasury stock. Required: Compute Burns' basic earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2021. Answer: (400M × 2) + [24M × (10/12) × 2)] - [(8M × 6/12] = 836,000,000 weighted-average shares $752.4 million ÷ 836 million = $0.90 EPS The stock split is retroactive to the portion of the year the associated shares were outstanding. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-05 Describe what is meant by the weighted-average number of common shares.; 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 171) On January 1, 2021, Algerian Delivery had 100,000 shares of common stock outstanding. The following transactions occurred during 2021: March 1: September 30: December 1: December 31:
Reacquired 3,000 shares, accounted for as treasury stock. Sold all the treasury shares. Sold 12,000 new shares for cash. Reported a net income of $297,750.
Required: Calculate Algerian Delivery's basic earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2021. Answer: $297,750 ÷ [100,000 - (3,000 × 10/12) + (3,000 × 3/12) + (12,000 × 1/12)] = $3.00 EPS Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basic EPS-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
116 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
172) On January 1, 2021, Shamu Corporation had 100,000 shares of common stock outstanding. The following transactions occurred during 2021: March 1: September 30: December 1: December 31:
Reacquired 3,000 shares, accounted for as treasury stock. Sold all the treasury shares. Sold 12,000 new shares for cash. Reported a net income of $198,500.
The following transactions occurred during 2022: January 10: December 31:
Declared and issued a 25% stock dividend. Reported a net income of $268,800.
Required: Calculate Shamu's basic earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for both years for presentation in comparative financial statements that will be prepared at the end of 2022. Answer: 2021: = $1.60
2022: = $1.92
*Since comparative financial statements are being reported in 2022, EPS for 2021 must be recalculated to reflect the stock dividend. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basic EPS-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
117 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
173) Kramer Inc. had 95 million shares of common stock, 1 million shares of 6%, $100 par, cumulative preferred stock, and 1 million shares of 8%, $100 par, noncumulative preferred stock outstanding at the end of 2020 and 2021. No dividends were declared or paid on common stock in either year. In 2021, a $3 million dividend was paid on the 6% preferred stock and a $4 million dividend was paid on the 8% preferred stock. Net income for 2021 was $300 million. The company's tax rate is 25%. Required: Compute basic earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for the year ended December 31, 2021 Answer: (in millions except per share amount) [$300 - (6% × $100) - $4] ÷ 95 = $3.05 EPS The annual dividend on cumulative preferred stock is deducted in the numerator even though it was not declared. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS and preferred dividends Learning Objective: 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 174) Rice Inc. had 420 million shares of common stock and 1 million shares of 6%, $200 par, cumulative preferred stock outstanding at the end of 2020 and 2021. No dividends were declared or paid on either class of stock in either year. Net income for 2021 was $398.4 million. The company's tax rate is 25%. Required: Compute basic earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2021. Answer: (in millions except per share amount) [$398.4 - (6% × $200 × 1)] ÷ 420 = $386.4 ÷ 420 = $0.92 EPS Preferred dividends in arrears for 2020 were included in the 2020 EPS. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basic EPS and preferred dividends Learning Objective: 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 118 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
175) Capital Consulting Company had 400,000 shares of common stock outstanding on December 31, 2020. On that date, there were also 5,000 shares of $100 par, 6% noncumulative preferred stock outstanding. On March 1, 2021, the company's common stock split 3-for-1. On December 15, 2021, a preferred dividend was declared and paid in the amount of $25,000. Net income for 2021 was $3,000,000. Required: Compute basic earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for the year ended December 31, 2021. Answer: ($3,000,000 - $25,000) ÷ (400,000 × 3) = $2.48 EPS Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS with multiple adjustments Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares.; 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 176) Parsley Corporation had 250,000 shares of common stock and 5,000 shares of 8%, $100 par, preferred stock outstanding on December 31, 2020. The preferred stock is cumulative, nonconvertible preferred stock. On June 1, 2021, Parsley sold 36,000 shares of common stock for cash. No cash dividends were declared for 2021. Parsley reported a net loss of $320,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021. Required: Calculate Parsley's loss per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for the year ended December 31, 2021. Answer: [$- 320,000 - (8% × $100 × 5,000)] ÷ [250,000 + (36,000 × 7/12)] = $1.33 Loss Per Share Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basic EPS with multiple adjustments Learning Objective: 19-05 Describe what is meant by the weighted-average number of common shares.; 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares.; 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
119 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
177) On December 31, 2020, Belair Corporation had 100,000 shares of common stock outstanding and 30,000 shares of 7%, $50 par, cumulative preferred stock outstanding. On February 28, 2021, Belair purchased 24,000 shares of common stock on the open market as treasury stock paying $20 per share. On June 30, 2021, Belair declared and issued a 2-for-1 stock split on outstanding common stock. Belair sold 6,000 treasury shares on September 30, 2021, for $15 per share. Net income for 2021 was $180,905. Required: Compute Belair's basic earnings per share for 2021. Answer: $180,905 - (30,000 × $50 × 7%) ÷ (100,000 × 2) - (24,000 × 2 × 10/12) + (6,000 × 3/12) = 75,905 ÷ 161,500 = $0.47 The stock split is retroactive to the portion of the year the associated shares were outstanding. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basic EPS with multiple adjustments; Basic EPS-Denominator items Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares.; 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
120 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
178) On December 31, 2020, Witherspoon Services had 800,000 shares of common stock and 200,000 shares of 5.5%, noncumulative, nonconvertible $10 par preferred stock issued and outstanding. On March 2, 2021, Witherspoon sold 120,000 common shares. In keeping with its long-term share repurchase plan, 30,000 shares were retired on August 31. Witherspoon distributed a 10% common stock dividend on June 3. Witherspoon's net income for the year ended December 31, 2019, was $600,000. The company paid cash dividends of $110,000 to preferred shareholders on December 20, 2021. The income tax rate is 25%. Required: Compute Witherspoon's earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2021. Answer: (amounts in millions, except per share amounts) Basic EPS
=
↑_______
= $.50
_______↑
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basic EPS with multiple adjustments Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares.; 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
121 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
179) On December 31, 2020, Clarkson Company had 100,000 shares of common stock outstanding and 30,000 shares of 7%, $50 par, cumulative preferred stock outstanding. On February 28, 2021, Clarkson purchased 24,000 shares of common stock on the open market as treasury stock paying $45 per share. Clarkson sold 6,000 of the treasury shares on September 30, 2021, for $47 per share. Net income for 2021 was $180,905. Also outstanding at December 31, 2020, were fully vested incentive stock options giving key executives the option to buy 50,000 common shares at $40. These stock options were exercised on November 1, 2021. The market price of the common shares averaged $50 during 2021. Required: Compute Clarkson's basic and diluted earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for 2021. Answer: Basic EPS [$180,905 - (7% × $50 × 30,000)] ÷ [100,000 - (24,000 × 10/12) + (6,000 × 3/12) + (50,000 × 2/12)] = 75,905 ÷ 89,833 = $0.84 EPS Diluted EPS [$180,905 - (7% × $50 × 30,000)] ÷ [100,000 - (24,000 × 10/12) + (6,000 × 3/12) + ({50,000 40,000*} × 10/12) + (50,000 × 2/12)] = $75,905 ÷ 98,166 = $0.77 EPS *(50,000 × 40) ÷ $50 = 40 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basic EPS with multiple adjustments; Diluted EPS-Options-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares.; 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS.; 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
122 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
180) Fully vested incentive stock options for 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $50 were outstanding for the entire year. The market price of the stock during the year averaged $56. Required: By how many shares will the assumed exercise of these options increase the weighted-average number of shares outstanding when calculating diluted earnings per share? Answer: 100,000 - [(100,000 × $50 ÷ $56)] = 10,714 shares Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Diluted EPS-Options-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 181) Fully vested incentive stock options for 60,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $50 were outstanding at the beginning of 2021. The market price of the stock averaged $56 during the year. Required: If these options are exercised on March 1 of the current year, by how many shares will the options increase the weighted-average number of shares outstanding when calculating diluted earnings per share? Answer: [(60,000 - 53,571*) × 2/12] + (60,000 × 10/12) = 51,072 shares **(60,000 × $50 ÷ $56) = 53,571 Alternatively: (60,000 × 2/12) = 10,000 shares × $50 hypothetical exercise = $500,000 $500,000 ÷ $56 = hypothetical buyback 8,929 shares 10,000 - 8,929 = 1,071 1,071 + (60,000 × 10/12) = 51,071 shares Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Diluted EPS-Options-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
123 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
182) XYZ Company had 200,000 shares of common stock outstanding on December 31, 2020. On July 1, 2021, XYZ issued an additional 50,000 shares for cash. On January 1, 2021, XYZ issued 20,000 shares of convertible preferred stock. The preferred stock had a par value of $100 per share and paid a 5% dividend. Each share of preferred stock is convertible into 8 shares of common. During 2021, XYZ paid the regular annual dividend on the preferred and common stock. Net income for the year was $300,000. Required: Calculate XYZ's basic and diluted earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for 2021. Answer: Basic EPS [$300,000 - ($100 × 5% × 20,000)] ÷ [200,000 + (50,000 × 6/12)] = 200,000 ÷ 225,000 = $0.89 Diluted EPS $300,000 ÷ [200,000 + (50,000 × 6/12) + (20,000 × 8)] = 300,000 ÷ 385,000 = $0.78 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS and preferred dividends; Diluted EPS-Convertible securities Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares.; 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS.; 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
124 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
183) Paul Company had 100,000 shares of common stock outstanding on January 1, 2021. On September 30, 2021, Paul sold 48,000 shares of common stock for cash. Paul also had 10,000 shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding throughout 2021. The preferred stock is $100 par, 6%, and is convertible into 3 shares of common for each share of preferred. Paul also had 500, 8%, convertible bonds outstanding throughout 2021. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 30 shares of common stock. The bonds sold originally at face value. Reported net income for 2021 was $300,000 with a 25% tax rate. Common shareholders received $2 per share dividends after preferred dividends were paid in 2021. Required: Compute basic and diluted earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for 2021. Answer: Basic EPS [$300,000 - (6% × $100 × 10,000)] ÷ [100,000 + (48,000 × 3/12)] = $240 ÷ 112 = $2.14 EPS Diluted EPS [$300,000 + ($500,000 × 8% × 75%*)] ÷ [100,000 + (48,000 × 3/12) + (10,000 × 3) + (500 × 30)] = $330 ÷ 157 = $2.10 EPS *1 - 25% tax rate = 75% after-tax Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basic EPS and preferred dividends; Basic EPS-Weighted average concept; Diluted EPSConvertible securities Learning Objective: 19-05 Describe what is meant by the weighted-average number of common shares.; 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares.; 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS.; 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
125 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
184) Woolery, Inc. had 50,000 shares of common stock outstanding at January 1, 2021. On March 31, 2021, an additional 12,000 shares were sold for cash. Woolery also had $4,000,000 of 6% convertible bonds outstanding throughout the year. The bonds are convertible into 40,000 shares of common stock. Net income for the year was $350,000. The tax rate is 25%. Required: Compute basic and diluted earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for the year ended December 31, 2021. Answer: Basic EPS $350,000 ÷ [50,000 + (12,000 × 9/12)] = $350 ÷ 59 = $5.93 per share Diluted EPS [$350,000 + ($4M × 6% × 75%*)] ÷ [50,000 + (12,000 × 9/12) + 40,000] = $530 ÷ 99 = $5.35 per share *1 - 25% tax rate = 75% after-tax Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS-Weighted average concept; Diluted EPS-Convertible securities Learning Objective: 19-05 Describe what is meant by the weighted-average number of common shares.; 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
126 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
185) On December 31, 2020, Brisbane Company had 100,000 shares of common stock outstanding and 30,000 shares of 7%, $50 par, cumulative preferred stock outstanding. On February 28, 2021, Brisbane purchased 24,000 shares of common stock on the open market as treasury stock paying $40 per share. Brisbane sold 6,000 treasury shares on September 30, 2021, for $45 per share. Net income for 2021 was $180,905. Also outstanding during the year were fully vested incentive stock options giving key officers the option to buy 50,000 common shares at $40. The market price of the common shares averaged $50 during 2021. Required: Compute Brisbane's basic and diluted earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for 2021. Answer: Basic EPS [$180,905 - (7% × $50 × 30,000)] ÷ [100,000 - (24,000 × 10/12) + (6,000 × 3/12)] = $0.93 EPS Diluted EPS [$180,905 - (7% × $50 × 30,000)] ÷ [100,000 - (24,000 × 10/12) + (6,000 × 3/12) + (50,000 40,000*)] = 75,905 ÷ 91,500 = $0.83 EPS *(50,000 × $40) ÷ $50 = 40,000 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basic EPS with multiple adjustments; Diluted EPS-Options-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares.; 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS.; 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
127 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
186) On December 31, 2020, Heffner Company had 100,000 shares of common stock outstanding and 30,000 shares of 7%, $100 par, cumulative preferred stock outstanding. On February 28, 2021, Heffner purchased 24,000 shares of common stock on the open market as treasury stock paying $45 per share. Heffner sold 6,000 of the treasury shares on September 30, 2021, for $47 per share. Net income for 2021 was $540,000. The income tax rate is 25%. Also outstanding at December 31, 2020, were fully vested incentive stock options giving key employees the option to buy 50,000 common shares at $40. The market price of the common shares averaged $50 during 2021. Five thousand 6% bonds were issued at par on January 1, 2021. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 125 shares of common stock. None of the bonds had been converted by December 31, 2021, and no stock options were exercised during the year. Required: Compute basic and diluted earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for Heffner Company for 2021. Answer: Basic EPS [$540,000 - (7% × $100 × 30,000)] ÷ [100,000 - (24,000 × 10/12) + (6,000 × 3/12)] = 330,000 ÷ 81,500 = $4.05 EPS Diluted EPS [$540,000 - (7% × $100 × 30,000) + (5,000 × $1,000 × 6% × (1 - 25%))] ÷ [100,000 - (24,000 × 10/12) + (6,000 × 3/12) + (50,000 - 40,000*) + (5,000 × 125)] = 555,000 ÷ 716,500 = $0.77 EPS *(50,000 × $40) ÷ $50 = 40,000 assumed shares repurchased from stock option proceeds Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basic EPS with multiple adjustments; Diluted EPS with multiple adjustments Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares.; 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS.; 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS.; 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
128 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
187) On December 31, 2020, Vitners Company had outstanding 400,000 shares of common stock and 40,000 shares of 8% cumulative preferred stock (par $10). February 28, 2021, issued an additional 36,000 shares of common stock September 1, 2021, 9,000 shares were retired. A 10% stock dividend was declared and distributed on July 1, 2021. At year-end, there were fully vested incentive stock options outstanding for 30,000 shares of common stock (adjusted for the stock dividend). The exercise price was $18. The market price of the common stock averaged $20 during the year. Also outstanding were $1,000,000 face amount of 10% convertible bonds issued in 2018 and convertible into 50,000 common shares (adjusted for the stock dividend). Net income was $900,000. The tax rate for the year was 25%. Required: Compute basic and diluted EPS (rounded to 2 decimal places) for the year ended December 31, 2021.
129 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: Basic EPS = ($ in 000s, except per share amount) =
= $1.85
Diluted EPS =
= $1.80
Stock dividends are weighted with the same length of time of shares that receive the dividends. Shares Reacquired for Diluted EPS 30 thousand shares × $18 (exercise price) $540 thousand ÷ 20 (average market price) 27 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basic EPS with multiple adjustments; Diluted EPS with multiple adjustments Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares.; 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS.; 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS.; 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
130 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
188) On December 31, 2020, Merlin Company had outstanding 400,000 shares of common stock and 40,000 shares of 8% cumulative preferred stock (par $10). On February 28, 2021, the preferred stock was convertible into 30,000 shares of common stock. Merlin issued an additional 36,000 shares of common stock. A 10% stock dividend was declared and distributed on July 1, 2021. On September 1, 2021, 9,000 shares were retired. At year-end, there were fully vested incentive stock options outstanding for 30,000 shares of common stock (adjusted for the stock dividend). The exercise price was $18. The market price of the common stock averaged $20 during the year. Also outstanding were $1,000,000 face amount of 10% convertible bonds issued in 2018 and convertible into 50,000 common shares (adjusted for the stock dividend). Net income was $900,000. The tax rate for the year was 25%. Required: Compute basic and diluted EPS (rounded to 2 decimal places) for the year ended December 31, 2021. Answer: Basic EPS = ($ in 000s, except per share amount) =
= $1.85
Diluted EPS =
= $1.76
Stock dividends are weighted with the same length of time of shares that receive the dividends. Shares Reacquired for Diluted EPS 30 × $18 $540 ÷ 20 27
thousand shares (exercise price) thousand (average market price)
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basic EPS with multiple adjustments; Diluted EPS with multiple adjustments Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares.; 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS.; 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS.; 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 131 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
189) On December 31, 2020, Jackson Company had 100,000 shares of common stock outstanding and 30,000 shares of 7%, $50 par, cumulative preferred stock outstanding. On February 28, 2021, Jackson purchased 24,000 shares of common stock on the open market as treasury stock for $35 per share. Jackson sold 6,000 treasury shares on September 30, 2021, for $37 per share. Net income for 2021 was $180,905. Also outstanding during the year were fully vested incentive stock options giving key executives the option to buy 50,000 common shares at $40. The market price of the common shares averaged $39 during 2021. Required: Compute Jackson's basic and diluted earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for 2021. Answer: Basic EPS [$180,905 - (7% × $50 × 30,000)] ÷ [100,000 - (24,000 × 10/12) + (6,000 × 3/12)] = 75,905 ÷ 81,500 = $0.93 EPS Diluted EPS Since the exercise price is greater than the average price on the open market, the stock options are antidilutive. Therefore, only basic EPS is presented. The existence of the options is disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basic EPS with multiple adjustments; Diluted EPS-Antidilutive securities Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares.; 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS.; 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS.; 19-10 Determine whether potential common shares are antidilutive. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
132 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
190) At December 31, 2021, MedX Corporation had outstanding 200,000 shares of common stock. Also outstanding were 120,000 shares of preferred stock convertible into 64,000 common shares and $1,800,000 of 10% bonds convertible into 27,000 common shares. MedX's net income for the year ended December 31, 2021, is $1,040,000. The income tax rate is 25%. MedX paid dividends of $2 per share on its preferred stock during 2021. Required: Compute basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2021, considering possible antidilutive effects. Answer: Basic EPS + $4.00 Diluted EPS = $3.94 (amounts in millions, except per share amounts) Basic EPS
=
= $4.00
The incremental effect of the conversion of the preferred stock is: Preferred dividends = $375 conversion of preferred stock
The incremental effect of the conversion of the bonds is: After-tax interest savings = $5.00 conversion of bonds *120,000 shares $2 **$1,800,000 × 10% = $180,000 interest expense Order of Entry: We include in our calculation, the convertible security with the lowest "incremental effect" ($3.75) before the one with the higher effect ($5.00). 133 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Diluted EPS (without conversion of bonds)
=
= $3.94
After including the conversion of the preferred stock only, EPS is $3.94. The $4.00 incremental effect of the conversion of the bonds is higher than that amount, so the second security is antidilutive. This is demonstrated by calculating EPS again after including the conversion of the bonds: Diluted EPS (with conversion of bonds)
=
= $4.04
So, we omit the convertible bonds from the calculation and diluted EPS is $3.94. That's why we should include securities in the calculation in reverse order, beginning with the lowest incremental effect (most dilutive). *120,000 shares $2 **$1,800,000 × 10% = $180,000 interest expense Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Basic EPS and preferred dividends; Diluted EPS-Antidilutive securities; Diluted EPSConvertible securities. Learning Objective: 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS.; 1909 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS.; 19-10 Determine whether potential common shares are antidilutive. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
134 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
191) DJ Co. is a calendar-year firm with 120 million common shares outstanding throughout 2021. As part of its executive compensation plan, at January 1, 2020, the company had issued 12 million executive stock options permitting executives to buy 12 million shares of stock for $10 each within the next eight years, but not prior to January 1, 2023. The fair value of the options was estimated on the grant date to be $3 per option. The stock options qualify for tax purposes as an incentive plan. The company's net income was $480 million in 2021. Its income tax rate is 25%. The average market price of the stock during 2021 was $12 per share. Required: Determine basic and diluted earnings per share (rounded to two decimal places) for DJ in 2021.
135 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: (amounts in millions, except per share amount) Basic EPS
=
= $4.00
Diluted EPS
=
= $3.97
*Reacquired shares for assumed exercise of stock options in 2021: 12 × 10 $120 12 $132 ÷ $12 11
million options exercise price million cash proceeds unexpensed compensation** million hypothetical proceeds average market price million shares assumed reacquired
**Calculation of proceeds from unexpensed compensation: 12 million shares × $3 = $36 million total compensation to be expensed $12 million per year over 3 years (2020-2022). So, $12 million compensation (for 2022) remains unexpensed and is considered part of the hypothetical proceeds of the options. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: EPS issues-Unexpensed compensation Learning Objective: 19-11 Describe the two components of the proceeds used in the treasury stock method and how restricted stock is incorporated into the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
136 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
192) JD Co. is a calendar-year firm with 600 million common shares outstanding throughout 2021 and 2022. As part of its executive compensation plan, at January 1, 2020, the company had issued 60 million executive stock options permitting executives to buy 60 million shares of stock for $10 per share within the next eight years, but not prior to January 1, 2023. The fair value of the options was estimated on the grant date to be $3 per option. In 2021, JD began granting employees stock awards rather than stock options as part of its equity compensation plans and granted 30 million restricted common shares to senior executives at January 1, 2021. The shares vest four years later. The fair value of the stock was $12 per share on the grant date. The average market price of the common shares was $12 and $15 during 2021 and 2022, respectively. The stock options qualify for tax purposes as an incentive plan. The restricted stock does not. The company's income before tax was $400 million and $500 million, and the net income was $240 million and $300 million, in 2021 and 2022, respectively. Required: 1. Determine basic and diluted earnings per share (rounded to 2 decimal places) for JD in 2021. 2. Determine basic and diluted earnings per share for JD (rounded to 2 decimal places) in 2022. Answer: 1. (amounts in millions, except per share amount) Basic EPS:
=
= $.40
Diluted EPS
=
= $.39
137 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
*Reacquired shares for assumed exercise of stock options: 60 × 10 $600 60 $660 ÷ $12 55
million options exercise price million cash proceeds unexpensed compensation** million hypothetical proceeds average market price million shares assumed reacquired
**Calculation of proceeds from unexpensed compensation: 60 million shares × $3 = $180 million total compensation to be expensed $60 million per year over 3 years (2020-2022). So, $60 million compensation (for 2022) remains unexpensed and is considered part of the hypothetical proceeds of the options. Restricted Stock Award Like stock options, restricted stock awards represent potential common shares and their dilutive effect is included in diluted EPS. In fact, they too are included using the treasury stock method. That is, the shares are added to the denominator and then reduced by the number of shares that can be bought back with the unexpensed compensation "proceeds" at the average market price of the company's stock for the year. Unlike stock options, though, there is no cash proceeds component of the calculation; only the unexpensed compensation component. ***Reacquired shares for assumed vesting of restricted stock in 2021: $0 270 $270 ÷ $12 22.5
million cash proceeds unexpensed compensation*** million hypothetical proceeds average market price million shares assumed reacquired
****Calculation of proceeds from unexpensed compensation: 30 million shares × $12 = $360 million total compensation to be expensed $90 million per year over 4 years. So, $270 million compensation (for 2022-2024) remains unexpensed and is considered part of the hypothetical proceeds of the options.
138 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2. (amounts in millions, except per share amount) Basic EPS: =
= $0.50
Diluted EPS
=
= $.47
*Reacquired shares for assumed exercise of stock options: 60 × 10 $600 0 $600 ÷ $15 40
million options exercise price million cash proceeds unexpensed compensation** million hypothetical proceeds average market price million shares assumed reacquired
**Calculation of proceeds from unexpensed compensation: 60 million shares × $3 = $180 million total compensation to be expensed $60 million per year over 3 years. The expense has been recorded in 2020, 2021, and 2022, so no unexpensed compensation remains. ***Reacquired shares for assumed vesting of restricted stock in 2022: $0 180 $180 ÷ $15 12
million cash proceeds unexpensed compensation*** million hypothetical proceeds average market price million shares assumed reacquired
139 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
****Calculation of proceeds from unexpensed compensation: 30 million shares × $12 = $360 million total compensation to be expensed $90 million per year over 4 years. The expense has been recorded in 2021 and 2022. So, $180 million compensation (for 2023-2024) remains unexpensed and is considered part of the hypothetical proceeds of the options. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: EPS issues-Unexpensed compensation Learning Objective: 19-11 Describe the two components of the proceeds used in the treasury stock method and how restricted stock is incorporated into the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
140 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
193) During 2021, Quattro entered into the following transactions relating to shareholders' equity. The corporation was authorized to issue 20 million common shares, $1 par per share. Net income for 2021 was $110 million. Jan. 2:
Jan. 3:
Issued 10 million common shares for cash. Entered an agreement with the company president to issue up to 2 million additional shares of common stock in 2021 based on the earnings of Quattro in 2021. If net income exceeds $100 million, the president will receive 1 million shares; if net income exceeds $120 million, the president will receive 2 million shares.
Required: Compute basic and diluted EPS for 2021. Answer: ($ in millions, except per share amount) Basic EPS
=
= $11.00 EPS
Diluted EPS
=
= $10.00 EPS
Because the conditions are met for issuing 1 million shares, those shares are assumed issued for diluted EPS. Conditions for the other 1 million shares are not yet met, so they are ignored. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basic EPS-Calculation concepts; EPS issues-Contingently issuable shares Learning Objective: 19-04 Distinguish between a simple and a complex capital structure.; 19-05 Describe what is meant by the weighted-average number of common shares.; 19-12 Explain the way contingently issuable shares are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
141 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
194) Pastner Brands is a calendar-year firm with operations in several countries. As part of its executive compensation plan, at January 1, 2021, the company had issued 20 million executive stock options permitting executives to buy 20 million shares of stock for $25. The vesting schedule is 20% the first year, 30% the second year, and 50% the third year (graded-vesting). The fair value of the options is estimated as follows: Vesting Date Dec. 31, 2021 Dec. 31, 2022 Dec. 31, 2023
Amount Vesting 20% 30% 50%
Fair Value per Option $3.50 $4.00 $6.00
Required: Determine the compensation expense related to the options to be recorded each year for 20212023, assuming Pastner prepares its financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Answer:
Vesting Date Dec. 31, 2021 Dec. 31, 2022 Dec. 31, 2023
Amount Vesting (shares in millions) 4 6 10
Fair Value per Option $3.50 $4.00 $6.00
Compensation Cost ($ in millions) $14 24 60 $98
The compensation cost is allocated on a straight-line basis over the appropriate vesting (service) period: Share Vesting at: Dec. 31, 2021 Dec. 31, 2022 Dec. 31, 2023
Compensation Cost Recognized in: ($ in millions) 2021 2022 2023 $14 12 $12 20 20 $20 $46 $32 $20 = $98
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS‒EPS Learning Objective: 19-14 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting for share-based compensation and earnings per share. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Diversity; Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
142 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
195) What is restricted stock? Describe how compensation expense is determined and recorded for a restricted stock plan. Answer: Restricted stock refers to shares actually awarded in the name of an employee, although the employer might retain possession of the shares. Typically, the shares must be forfeited if employment is terminated within a specified number of years. Usually, the employee is not free to sell the shares during the restriction period. Restrictions provide an incentive for the employee to stay with the company. Compensation expense is the fair value of the awarded shares on the date of the award. The compensation expense is accrued over the service period required under the restriction. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Restricted stock Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal; FN Measurement 196) The tax code differentiates between qualified and nonqualified incentive plans. What are the major differences in tax treatment between the two? Answer: Under a qualified plan, the recipient pays no tax at the time of the grant or exercise of the options. The tax on the difference between the option price and the market price at the exercise date is paid on the date any shares acquired are subsequently sold. The employer gets no tax deduction at all. Under a nonqualified plan, the employee cannot delay paying tax. On the other hand, the employer is allowed to deduct the difference between the option price and the market price on the date of exercise. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal
143 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
197) Blair Systems offers its employees a variety of share-based compensation plans including stock options, stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock. The following is an excerpt from a disclosure note from Blair's 2021 financial statements: Note 11 Employee Benefit Plans (in part) The Company adopted accounting guidelines under ASC Topic 718 which require the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to the Company's employees and directors including employee stock options and employee stock purchase rights, based on estimated fair values. Employee share-based compensation expense under ASC Topic 718 was as follows (in millions): Years Ended Total employee share-based compensation expense
2021 $455
2020 $870
2019 $760
Required: 1. Blair's share-based compensation includes stock options, stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock awards. What is the general financial reporting objective when recording compensation expense for these forms of compensation? 2. Blair reported share-based expense of $455 million in 2021. Without referring to specific numbers and ignoring other forms of share-based compensation, describe how this amount reflects the value of stock options. Answer: 1. Whether an incentive plan is a stock option plan, a stock award plan, a stock appreciation rights (SARs) plan, or one of the various similar plans, the intention is to provide compensation to designated employees, while at the same time providing those employees with some sort of performance incentive. Likewise, our reporting objectives in accounting for these plans are the same for each: (1) to determine the fair value of the compensation and (2) to expense that compensation over the periods in which participants perform services. 2. The $455 million Blair reported as share-based expense in 2021 includes, among amounts for other forms of share-based compensation, that period's portion of the value of options granted in 2021 and prior years. Each reporting period, Blair determines the fair value of the options granted for that period and expenses that compensation over the periods in which participants perform services, usually the vesting period for the options. So, for instance, if options granted in 2021 had a value of $400 million and a four-year vesting period, $100 million of that amount would be part of the $455 million expensed in 2021. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Restricted stock; Stock appreciation rights―Appendix B; Stock options Learning Objective: 19-01 Explain and implement the accounting for restricted stock plans.; 1902 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options.; Appendix 19B Stock Appreciation Rights. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 144 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
198) Reacting to opposition to the FASB's "Share-Based Payment" Exposure Draft, Senator Carl Levin stated, "Stock options are the 800-pound gorilla that has yet to be caged by corporate reform." In reference to a bill that would thwart the FASB's position, Senator John McCain said, "This legislation blocking stock option expensing not only undermines FASB's independence, but undermines the effort to restore confidence in our financial markets as well." Discuss what these two senators meant by their statements. Answer: The rest of Senator Levin's statement explains the first, namely, "Corporate scandals have shown how current U.S. accounting rules are fueling stock option abuses linked to deceptive accounting, excessive executive pay, and nonpayment of taxes by profitable corporations. Honest accounting of stock options would strengthen the accuracy of U.S. financial statements and help restore investor confidence in our financial markets." Senator McCain's comment on the FASB's independence was in reference to the purpose of having an independent standard-setting body in the private sector, something that would be undermined by congressional intervention. The rest of his statement reinforced what Senator Levin indicated about the need for financial reporting improvements to overcome investor skepticism after highly publicized corporate reporting scandals. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
145 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
199) Stock option plans give employees the option to purchase (a) a specified number of shares of the firm's stock, (b) at a specified price, (c) during a specified period of time. One of the most heated controversies in standard-setting history has been the debate over the amount of compensation to be recognized as expense for stock options. At issue is how the value of stock options is measured, which for most options determines whether any expense at all is recognized. The opposition included corporate executives, auditors, members of Congress, and the SEC. Required: Describe the primary objections of critics of the FASB's eventually successful attempt to require expensing of the fair value of the options. Answer: Critics based their opposition on one or more of three objections: 1. Options with no intrinsic value at issue have zero fair value and should not give rise to expense recognition. 2. It is impossible to measure the fair value of the compensation on the grant date. The contention of these critics was that employee stock options usually can't be traded in the marketplace and thus don't have readily determinable market prices. 3. Expensing options would have unacceptable economic consequences. Essentially, this argument asserted that requiring this popular means of compensation to be expensed would cause companies to discontinue the use of options. Predicted effects ranged from undue penalties on middle-level managers, to stifling the growth of the technology industry and other growth companies, to impeding the recovery of the economy itself. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Stock options Learning Objective: 19-02 Explain and implement the accounting for stock options. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Critical Thinking
146 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
200) A disclosure note from E Corp.'s 2021 annual report is shown below: Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We have an employee stock purchase plan for all eligible employees. Compensation expense for the employee stock purchase plan is recognized in accordance with GAAP. Shares of our common stock may be purchased by employees at three-month intervals at 85% of the fair value on the last day of each three-month period. Employees may purchase shares having a value not exceeding 10% of their gross compensation during an offering period. Employees purchased the following shares:
Shares purchased (in millions) Average price paid per share
2021 15 $25.25
2020 14 $23.92
2019 12 $23.83
At June 30, 2021, 150 million shares were reserved for future issuance. Required: Describe the way "Compensation expense for the employee stock purchase plan" is recognized in accordance with GAAP by E Corp. Include in your explanation the journal entry that summarizes employee share purchases during 2021. Answer: Employee share purchase plans allow employees to buy company stock under convenient or favorable terms. Most such plans are considered compensatory and require the fair value of any discount to be recorded as compensation expense. E's employee purchases during 2021 can be summarized as follows:
Cash ($25.25 × 15) Compensation expense ($445.59 × 15%) Common stock and paid-in capital ($378.75 ÷ .85)*
($ in millions) 378.75 66.84 445.59
* Employees pay 85% of the stock's value; the 15% difference is compensation expense. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Stock plans‒Employee share purchase plans Learning Objective: 19-03 Explain and implement the accounting for employee share purchase plans. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
147 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
201) How is a complex capital structure different from a simple capital structure? Answer: A complex capital structure is one that includes convertible securities and/or rights, options, or warrants that could have a potential dilutive effect on earnings per share if converted or exercised. In a simple capital structure, the company only has common stock or common stock along with nonconvertible preferred stock as the only securities outstanding. There are no potential common shares. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Basic EPS-Calculation concepts Learning Objective: 19-04 Distinguish between a simple and a complex capital structure. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Legal 202) What is the treasury stock method of accounting for stock options, warrants, and rights? Answer: The treasury stock method is a way of determining the extent of dilution of earnings per share due to stock options, stock rights, and stock purchase warrants. Under the treasury stock method, options, rights, and warrants are treated as if they were exercised at the beginning of the year. The funds that would come into the firm from the assumed exercise of options, rights, and warrants are assumed to be used to reacquire shares of common stock (treasury stock) at the average market price of the stock during the year. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Diluted EPS-Options-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
148 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
203) In its 2021 Annual Report to shareholders, V Co. had the following disclosure note about its EPS: NOTE 9 - EARNINGS PER SHARE: The following represents the reconciliation from basic earnings per share to diluted earnings per share. Options to purchase 8.3 million and 9.7 million shares of common stock were outstanding at May 31, 2021 and May 31, 2020, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options' exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common shares and, therefore, the effect would be antidilutive. No such antidilutive options were outstanding at May 31, 2019. Determination of shares:
Average common shares outstanding Assumed conversion of dilutive stock options and awards Diluted average common shares outstanding Basic earnings per common share Diluted earnings per common share
IN MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA Year ended May 31, 2021 2020 2019 270.0 275.7 283.3 3.3 273.3 $2.18 $2.16
3.7 279.4 $2.10 $2.07
5.0 288.3 $1.59 $1.57
At the end of 2021, what is the maximum number of shares that could possibly be issued if all stock options and awards are exercised? Explain why V Co. used only 3.3 million in its computation for 2021. Answer: A total of 11.6 million shares is the maximum (8.3 not included + 3.3 included = 11.6). As the disclosure note indicates, 8.3 million of these were not included because the exercise prices were higher than the average market prices. If they were exercised, there would be more shares bought back than the assumed number issued. This would decrease the denominator and, therefore, be antidilutive. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Diluted EPS-Antidilutive securities Learning Objective: 19-10 Determine whether potential common shares are antidilutive. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
149 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
204) Why are earnings per share figures for prior years adjusted for stock splits and stock dividends when data from prior years is presented in comparative financial statements? Answer: When a company has a stock split or issues a stock dividend, the number of shares of common stock outstanding is increased with no increase in the resources of the corporation. If one is to compare the earnings per share figure of the current period with that of any periods shown for comparative purposes, then the stock split or stock dividend must be reflected in the EPS data for all years presented in the comparative statements. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS-Denominator items; Financial statement presentation Learning Objective: 19-06 Differentiate the effect on EPS of the sale of new shares, a stock dividend or stock split, and the reacquisition of shares. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 205) Why are preferred dividends deducted from net income when calculating EPS? Answer: Preferred dividends are deducted from the numerator in the EPS fraction so that "earnings available to common shareholders" can be divided by the weighted-average common shares outstanding. This is done because preferred shareholders normally receive dividends before common shareholders are entitled to receive any distribution from the company. This is one of the preferences that make preferred stock attractive to certain investors. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Diluted EPS-Antidilutive securities; Diluted EPS-Convertible securities; Diluted EPSOptions-warrants-rights; EPS issues-Unexpensed compensation Learning Objective: 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS.; 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
150 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
206) What is the "if converted method"? Answer: The "if converted method" is used to assume conversion of any convertible preferred stock or convertible bonds outstanding at year-end into common stock. By assuming conversion of preferred stock, the numerator of the basic earnings per share computation is increased by the preferred dividends while the denominator is increased by the number of shares of common stock represented by the convertible preferred stock. By assuming conversion of convertible bonds, the numerator of the basic earnings per share computation is increased by the current year's bond interest (net of tax) while the denominator is increased by the number of common shares represented by the convertible bonds. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Diluted EPS-Convertible securities Learning Objective: 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 207) What is an antidilutive security? Answer: An antidilutive security is one whose terms permit it to be converted into common stock, but if it were converted, EPS would increase rather than decrease. If a loss is reported for the year, it would decrease rather than increase the loss per share. If a convertible security or right to stock is antidilutive, it is ignored in the EPS computations. Although ignored in the calculation of EPS, such securities must still be disclosed in the footnotes. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Diluted EPS-Antidilutive securities Learning Objective: 19-10 Determine whether potential common shares are antidilutive. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
151 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
208) X, Inc. supplies consumer products used in the United States and other markets. In its 2021 Annual Report to Shareholders, M, Inc. disclosed the following note about its EPS: Basic earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share incorporates the incremental shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of stock options and upon the assumed conversion of the Company's Convertible Notes in fiscal 2021 as if conversion to common shares had occurred at the beginning of the fiscal year. Earnings have also been adjusted for interest expense on the Convertible Notes in fiscal 2021. Explain why X mentioned the adjustment in the last sentence of the disclosure note. Answer: In determining its diluted EPS, M assumed conversion of its notes into common stock. In this hypothetical case, the notes would disappear, as would the interest cost on them. Thus, by assuming conversion, the diluted EPS denominator is increased and, correspondingly, the interest expense is eliminated from net income in the numerator. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: EPS issues-Unexpensed compensation Learning Objective: 19-11 Describe the two components of the proceeds used in the treasury stock method and how restricted stock is incorporated into the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 209) Salle Services issued $300 million of 6% bonds in 2019. The bonds are convertible into 60 million shares of its no par common stock. Salle elected the option to report the bonds at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in earnings. As a result, the bonds are reported at $312 million in the December 31, 2021, balance sheet. Required: When calculating diluted EPS at December 31, 2021, what will be the net increase in the denominator of the EPS fraction? Explain. Answer: There will be no increase in the denominator of the EPS fraction. We exclude from the calculation of EPS any instrument that is measured at fair value with changes in fair value reported in earnings. The rationale is that the dilutive effect of such securities already is reflected in the numerator of the fraction. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Diluted EPS-Convertible securities Learning Objective: 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
152 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
210) If executive stock options or restricted stock are outstanding when calculating diluted EPS, what are the components of the "proceeds" assumed available for the repurchase of shares under the treasury stock method? Answer: For the treasury stock method, "proceeds" include (1) the amount, if any, received from the hypothetical exercise of options or vesting of restricted stock and (2) the total compensation from the award that's not yet expensed. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: EPS issues-Unexpensed compensation Learning Objective: 19-11 Describe the two components of the proceeds used in the treasury stock method and how restricted stock is incorporated into the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 211) When the income statement includes discontinued operations, which amounts require per share presentation? Answer: EPS data (basic and diluted) must be presented on the face of the income statement for net income and for income from continuing operations. EPS data (basic and diluted) must be presented on the face of the income statement for income or loss from discontinued operations. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Financial statement presentation Learning Objective: 19-13 Describe the way EPS information should be reported in an income statement. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
153 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
212) Compare the concepts of basic and diluted earnings per share with respect to their calculation. Answer: Basic earnings per share is simply the current year's net income (or loss) minus preferred stock dividends, if any (the numerator), divided by the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the year (the denominator). The diluted earnings per share computation also includes the dilutive effects of potential common shares providing the maximum possible dilution if all potential common shares are converted into common stock. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Basic EPS and preferred dividends; Basic EPS-Weighted average concept; Diluted EPSConvertible securities; Diluted EPS-Options-warrants-rights Learning Objective: 19-05 Describe what is meant by the weighted-average number of common shares.; 19-07 Describe how preferred dividends affect the calculation of EPS.; 19-08 Describe how options, rights, and warrants are incorporated in the calculation of EPS.; 19-09 Describe how convertible securities are incorporated in the calculation of EPS. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 213) What is the advantage of stock appreciation rights over stock options? Answer: With stock appreciation rights, employees can benefit from increased value of a company's shares without having to buy the stock. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Stock appreciation rights‒Appendix B Learning Objective: Appendix 19B Stock Appreciation Rights. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
154 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 20 Accounting Changes and Error Corrections 1) A change in accounting estimate and a change in reporting entity are types of changes in accounting principle. 2) A change in reporting entity and a material error correction are both reported prospectively. 3) Most, but not all, changes in accounting principle are reported using the retrospective approach. 4) Prior years' financial statements are restated when the prospective approach is used. 5) Most changes in accounting principle require a disclosure justifying the change in the first set of financial statements that the change is made. 6) All changes reported using the retrospective approach require cumulative effect adjustments of the change. 7) A change to the LIFO method of valuing inventory usually requires use of the retrospective method. 8) All changes in estimate are accounted for retrospectively. 9) A change in reporting entity requires note disclosure in all subsequent financial statements prepared for the new entity. 10) Error corrections require restatement of all the affected prior year financial statements reported in comparative financial statements. 11) Which of the following is accounted for as a change in accounting principle for a publicly traded corporation? A) A change in the estimated life of a depreciable asset. B) A change from cash accounting to accrual accounting. C) A change from the FIFO method of costing inventories to the LIFO method. D) A change in depreciation methods. 12) When a change in accounting principle is reported, what is sometimes sacrificed? A) Relevance. B) Consistency. C) Conservatism. D) Representational faithfulness.
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
13) Regardless of the type of accounting change that occurs, the most important responsibility is: A) To properly determine the tax effect. B) To communicate that a change has occurred. C) To compute the correct amount of the change. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 14) Which of the following is an example of a change in accounting principle? A) A change in inventory costing methods. B) A change in the estimated useful life of a depreciable asset. C) A change in the actuarial life expectancies of employees under a pension plan. D) Consolidating a new subsidiary. 15) Accounting changes occur for which of the following reasons? A) Management is being fair and consistent in financial reporting. B) Management compensation is affected. C) Debt agreements are impacted. D) All of these answer choices are correct. 16) Which of the following is not one of the approaches for reporting accounting changes? A) The change approach. B) The retrospective approach. C) The prospective approach. D) All of these answer choices are approaches for reporting accounting changes. 17) An accounting change that is reported by the prospective approach is reflected in the financial statements of: A) Prior years only. B) Prior years plus the current year. C) The current year only. D) Current and future years. 18) The prospective approach usually is required for: A) A change in accounting principle. B) A change in reporting entity. C) A change in estimate. D) A correction of an error. 19) A change that uses the prospective approach is accounted for by: A) Implementing it in the current year. B) Reporting pro forma data. C) Retrospective restatement of all prior financial statements in a comparative annual report. D) Giving current recognition of the past effect of the change.
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
20) Retrospective restatement usually is not used for a: A) Change in accounting estimate. B) Change in accounting principle. C) Change in entity. D) Correction of error. 21) When an accounting change is reported under the retrospective approach, prior years' financial statements are: A) Revised to reflect the use of the new principle. B) Reported as previously prepared. C) Left unchanged. D) Adjusted using prior period adjustment procedures. 22) Prior years' financial statements are restated under the: A) Current approach. B) Prospective approach. C) Retrospective approach. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 23) The modified retrospective approach requires: A) a modification of prior years' financial statements. B) a journal entry to adjust account balances in the beginning of the year of change. C) both a modification of prior years' financial statements and a journal entry to adjust account balances in the beginning of the year of change. D) neither a modification of prior years' financial statements nor a journal entry to adjust account balances in the beginning of the year of change. 24) Which of the following changes should be accounted for using the retrospective approach? A) A change in the estimated life of a depreciable asset. B) A change from straight-line to declining balance depreciation. C) A change to the LIFO method of costing inventories. D) A change in accounting for long-term construction contracts by recognizing revenue over time rather than when the contract is completed. 25) Which of the following changes should not be accounted for using the retrospective approach? A) A change in the estimated useful life of a depreciable asset. B) A change from the FIFO method of inventory costing to the average method. C) A change in accounting for long-term construction contracts by recognizing revenue over time rather than when the contract is completed. D) A change from the LIFO method of costing inventories.
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
26) Which of the following is not a change in accounting principle that usually is accounted for by retrospectively revising prior financial statements? A) Change from FIFO to the average method of inventory costing. B) Change from SYD to DDB depreciation. C) Change from the average method of inventory costing to FIFO. D) Change from the LIFO to the FIFO method of inventory costing. 27) Retrospective restatement usually is appropriate for a change in:
a. b. c. d.
Accounting Estimate Yes Yes No No
Accounting Principle Yes No Yes No
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D 28) Companies should report the cumulative effect of an accounting change in the income statement: A) In the quarter in which the change is made. B) In the annual financial statements only. C) In the first quarter of the fiscal year in which the change is made. D) Never. 29) The cumulative effect of most changes in accounting principle is reported: A) In the income statement between income from continuing operations and net income. B) In the income statement after income and before income tax. C) In the income statement before income from continuing operations. D) In the balance sheet accounts affected. 30) When an accounting change is reported under the retrospective approach, account balances in the general ledger: A) Are not adjusted. B) Are closed out and then updated. C) Are adjusted net of the tax effect. D) Are adjusted to what they would have been had the new method been used in previous years. 31) Disclosure notes related to a change in accounting principle under the retrospective approach should include: A) The effect of the change on executive compensation. B) The auditor's approval of the change. C) The SEC's permission to change. D) Justification for the change. 4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
32) Which of the following would not be accounted for using the retrospective approach? A) A change from LIFO to FIFO inventory costing. B) A change in accounting for long-term construction contracts by recognizing revenue over time rather than when the contract is completed. C) A change in depreciation methods. D) A change from the equity method of accounting for investments. 33) Which of the following is not an example of a change in accounting principle? A) A change in the useful life of a depreciable asset. B) A change from LIFO to FIFO for inventory costing. C) A change to the full costing method in the extractive industries. D) A change to the equity method of accounting for investments. 34) When the retrospective approach is used for a change to the FIFO method, which of the following accounts is usually not adjusted? A) Income Taxes Payable. B) Inventory. C) Retained Earnings. D) All of these answer choices are usually adjusted. 35) During 2021, Hoffman Co. decides to use FIFO to account for its inventory transactions. Previously, it had used LIFO. A) Hoffman is not required to make any accounting adjustments. B) Hoffman has made a change in accounting principle requiring retrospective adjustment. C) Hoffman has made a change in accounting principle requiring prospective application. D) Hoffman needs to correct an accounting error. 36) La Casita Restaurants changed from the FIFO method of inventory costing to the weighted average method during 2021. When reported in the 2021 comparative financial statements, the 2020 inventory amount will be: A) Increased. B) Decreased. C) Increased or decreased, depending on how prices changed. D) Unaffected. 37) Which of the following changes is not usually accounted for retrospectively? A) Change from expensing extraordinary repairs to capitalizing the expenditures. B) Change from FIFO to LIFO. C) Change in the composition of firms reporting on a consolidated basis. D) Change from LIFO to FIFO.
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
38) Which of the following changes would not be accounted for using the prospective approach? A) A change to LIFO from average costing for inventories. B) A change from application of the LCNRV rule from individual item costing to an aggregate costing approach. C) A change from straight-line to double-declining balance depreciation. D) A change from double-declining balance to straight-line depreciation. 39) Which of the following accounting changes should not be accounted for prospectively? A) The correction of an error. B) A change from declining balance to straight-line depreciation. C) A change from straight-line to declining balance depreciation. D) A change in the expected salvage value of a depreciable asset. 40) Which of the following would not be accounted for using the prospective approach? A) A change to LIFO from FIFO for inventory costing. B) A change in price indexes used under the LIFO method of inventory costing. C) A change in estimate. D) A change from the cash basis to accrual accounting. 41) Which of the following changes in inventory costing usually should not be reported by revising the financial statements of prior periods? A) The weighted-average method to the LIFO method. B) The weighted-average method to the FIFO method. C) FIFO method to the weighted-average method. D) LIFO method to the weighted-average method. 42) Which of the following is a change in estimate? A) A change from the full costing method in the extractive industries. B) A change from recognizing construction contract revenue over time to recognizing revenue at a point in time. C) Consolidating a subsidiary for the first time. D) A change in the termination rate of employees under a pension plan. 43) Which of the following is accounted for prospectively? A) Changes from the weighted-average method of inventory costing to FIFO. B) Change in reporting entity. C) Change in the percentage used to determine warranty expense. D) Correction of an error. 44) Which of the following is not a change in estimate? A) A change in the useful life of a depreciable asset. B) A change in the mortality rate used for pension computations. C) A change from the cost to the equity method in accounting for investments. D) A change in the warranty expense percentage.
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) A change in the residual value of equipment is accounted for: A) As a prior period adjustment. B) Prospectively. C) Retrospectively. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 46) Blue Co. has a patent on a communication process. The company has amortized the patent on a straight-line basis since 2017, when it was acquired at a cost of $36 million at the beginning of that year. Due to rapid technological advances in the industry, management decided that the patent would benefit the company over a total of six years rather than the nine-year life being used to amortize its cost. The decision was made at the end of 2021 (before adjusting and closing entries). What is the appropriate patent amortization expense in 2021? A) $4 million. B) $5 million. C) $10 million. D) $20 million. 47) For 2020, P Co. estimated its two-year equipment warranty costs based on $23 per unit sold in 2020. Experience during 2021 indicated that the estimate should have been based on $25 per unit. The effect of this $2 difference from the estimate is reported: A) In 2021 income from continuing operations. B) As an accounting change, net of tax, below 2021 income from continuing operations. C) As an accounting change requiring 2020 financial statements to be restated. D) As a correction of an error requiring 2020 financial statements to be restated. 48) Gore Inc. recorded a liability in 2021 for probable litigation losses of $2 million. Ultimately, $5 million in legitimate warranty claims were filed by Gore's customers. A) Gore has made a change in accounting principle, requiring retrospective adjustment. B) Gore needs to correct an accounting error. C) Gore is required to adjust a change in accounting estimate prospectively. D) Gore is not required to make any accounting adjustments. 49) Mobic Inc. acquired some manufacturing equipment in January 2018 for $400,000 and depreciated it $40,000 each year for three years on a straight-line basis. During 2021, the manufacturer announced a new technology for this type of equipment that will make the old models obsolete by the end of 2024. As a result, Mobic will plan to replace the equipment at that time, effectively reducing the asset's life from ten to seven years. In its financial statements for 2021, Mobic should: A) Charge $280,000 in depreciation expense. B) Report the book value of the equipment in its December 31,2021 balance sheet at $210,000. C) Make an adjustment to retained earnings for the error in measuring depreciation during 2018-2020. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) Hepburn Company bought a copyright for $90,000 on January 1, 2018, at which time the copyright had an estimated useful life of 15 years. On January 5, 2021, the company determined that the copyright would expire at the end of 2026. How much should Hepburn record as amortization expense for this copyright for 2021? A) $14,400. B) $7,200. C) $8,000. D) $12,000. 51) Goosen Company bought a copyright for $90,000 on January 1, 2018, at which time the copyright had an estimated useful life of 15 years. On January 5, 2021, the company determined that the copyright would expire at the end of 2026. How much should Goosen record retrospectively as the effect of change? A) $0. B) $12,000. C) $8,000. D) $14,400. 52) Lundholm Company purchased a machine for $100,000 on January 1, 2019. Lundholm depreciates machines of this type by the straight-line method over a 10-year period using no salvage value. Due to a change in sales patterns, on January 1, 2021, management determines the useful life of the machine to be a total of five years. What amount should Lundholm record for depreciation expense for 2021? The tax rate is 25%. A) $20,000. B) $16,000. C) $17,778. D) $26,667. 53) FIFA Footballs acquired a patent in 2018 at a cost of $150 million and amortizes the patent on a straight-line basis. During 2021 management decided that the benefits from the patent would be received over a total period of 8 years rather than the 20-year legal life being used to amortize the cost. FIFA's 2021 financial statements should include: A) A patent balance of $150 million. B) A patent balance of $102 million. C) Patent amortization expense of $15 million. D) Patent amortization expense of $7.5 million.
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
54) PK Precision Tools changed from accelerated depreciation to straight-line depreciation for some equipment it purchased eight years ago. Management decided to account for the change as a change in accounting principle. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) This approach is conceptually correct and consistent with changes in inventory costing and other method changes. B) The policy is inappropriate because companies cannot change depreciation methods for existing assets, only for assets placed in service after the date of the change, and the new method is simply applied prospectively. C) The company should account for the change as a change in accounting estimate because when a company changes the way it depreciates an asset in midstream, the change would be made to reflect a change in estimated future benefits from the asset, the pattern of receiving the benefits, or knowledge about the benefits. D) The policy is inappropriate because the change should be accounted for by the modified retrospective approach. 55) JFS Co. changed from straight-line to double-declining-balance depreciation. The journal entry to record the change includes: A) A credit to accumulated depreciation. B) A debit to accumulated depreciation. C) A debit to a depreciable asset. D) The change does not require a journal entry. 56) National Hoopla Company switches from sum-of-the-years' digits depreciation to straight-line depreciation. As a result: A) Current income tax payable increases. B) The cumulative effect decreases current period earnings. C) Prior periods' financial statements are restated. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 57) If a change is made from straight-line to units-of-production depreciation, one should record the effects by a journal entry including: A) A credit to deferred tax liability. B) A credit to accumulated depreciation. C) A debit to depreciation expense. D) No journal entry is required. 58) On January 2, 2021, Tobias Company began using straight-line depreciation for a certain class of assets. In the past, the company had used double-declining-balance depreciation for these assets. As of January 2, 2021, the amount of the change in accumulated depreciation is $40,000. The appropriate tax rate is 25%. The separately reported change in 2021 earnings is: A) An increase of $40,000. B) A decrease of $40,000. C) An increase of $30,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
59) SkiPark Company purchased a gondola for $440,000 (no residual value) at the beginning of 2018. The gondola was being depreciated over a 10-year life using the double-declining method. At the beginning of 2021, it was decided to change to straight-line. An accompanying disclosure note would include each of the following except: A) The effect of a change on any financial statement line items affected for all periods reported. B) Justification that the change is preferable. C) The cumulative effect of the change. D) The effect of a change on per share amounts affected for all periods reported. 60) Tangerine Corp. constructed a machine at a total cost of $140 million. Construction was completed at the end of 2017 and the machine was placed in service at the beginning of 2018. The machine was being depreciated over a 10-year life using the sum-of-the-years'-digits method. By that method, accumulated depreciation at the end of 2020 is $64.8 million. The residual value is expected to be $8 million. At the beginning of 2021, Tangerine decided to change to the straight-line method. Ignoring income taxes, what will be Tangerine's depreciation expense for 2021? A) $9.6 million. B) $10.8 million. C) $13.2 million. D) $18.8 million. 61) Red Corp. constructed a machine at a total cost of $70 million. Construction was completed at the end of 2017 and the machine was placed in service at the beginning of 2018. The machine was being depreciated over a 10-year life using the straight-line method. The residual value is expected to be $4 million. At the beginning of 2021, Red decided to change to the sum-of-the-years'-digits method. Ignoring income taxes, what will be Red's depreciation expense for 2021? A) $4.80 million. B) $5.40 million. C) $6.60 million. D) $11.55 million. 62) B Company switched from the sum-of-the-years-digits depreciation method to straight-line depreciation in 2021. The change affects machinery purchased at the beginning of 2019 at a cost of $72,000. The machinery has an estimated life of five years and an estimated residual value of $3,600. What is B's 2021 depreciation expense? A) $9,120. B) $13,680. C) $15,840. D) $19,200.
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
63) Orange Corp. constructed a machine at a total cost of $70 million. Construction was completed at the end of 2017 and the machine was placed in service at the beginning of 2018. The machine was being depreciated over a 10-year life using the sum-of-the-years'-digits method. The residual value is expected to be $4 million. At the beginning of 2021, Orange decided to change to the straight-line method. Ignoring income taxes, what will be Orange's depreciation expense for 2021? A) $4.8 million. B) $5.4 million. C) $6.6 million. D) $9.4 million. 64) Doug Smith Industries purchased warehouses for $55 million (no residual value) at the beginning of 2018. The warehouses were being depreciated over a 10-year life using the sum-of-the-years'-digits method. At the beginning of 2021, management decided to change to straight-line. Ignoring taxes, the 2021 adjusting entry will include a debit to depreciation expense of: A) $3.6 million B) $4 million C) $4.3 million D) $34 million 65) Doug Smith Industries purchased warehouses for $55 million (no residual value) at the beginning of 2018. The warehouses were being depreciated over a 10-year life using the sum-of-the-years'-digits method. At the beginning of 2021, management decided to change to straight-line. An accompanying disclosure note would include each of the following except: A) The cumulative effect of the change. B) Justification that the change is preferable. C) The effect of a change on any financial statement line items affected for all periods reported. D) The effect of a change on per share amounts affected for all periods reported. 66) Venice Company purchased a gondola for $440,000 (no residual value) at the beginning of 2018. The gondola was being depreciated over a 10-year life using the sum-of-the-years'-digits method. At the beginning of 2021, it was decided to change to straight-line. Ignoring taxes, the 2021 adjusting entry will include a debit to depreciation expense of: A) $76,000 B) $44,000 C) $32,000 D) $22,000
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
67) Prior to 2021, Trapper John Inc. used sum-of-the-years'-digits depreciation on its store equipment. Beginning in 2021, Trapper John decided to use straight-line depreciation for these assets. The equipment cost $3 million when it was purchased at the beginning of 2019, had an estimated useful life of five years and no estimated residual value. To account for the change in 2021, Trapper John: A) Would retrospectively report $600,000 in depreciation expense annually for 2019 and 2020, and report $600,000 in depreciation expense for 2021. B) Would adjust accumulated depreciation and retained earnings for the excess charges made in 2019 and 2020. C) Would report depreciation expense of $400,000 in its 2021 income statement. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 68) Diversified Systems, Inc. reports consolidated financial statements this year in place of statements of individual companies reported in previous years. This results in: A) An accounting change that should be reported prospectively. B) An accounting change that should be reported by restating the financial statements of all prior periods presented. C) A correction of an error. D) Neither an accounting change nor a correction of an error. 69) Z Company acquired a subsidiary several years ago that was appropriately excluded from consolidation last year. This year Z has consolidated the subsidiary in its financial statements. This results in: A) An accounting change that should be reported prospectively. B) A correction of an error. C) An accounting change that should be reported by restating the financial statements of all prior periods presented. D) Neither an accounting change nor a correction of an error. 70) Which of the following is a change in reporting entity? A) A change to the full cost method in the extractive industries. B) Discontinuing a segment of operations. C) A change from the cost to the equity method. D) Consolidating a subsidiary not previously included in consolidated financial statements. 71) Which of the following is not a change in reporting entity? A) Reporting using comparative financial statements for the first time. B) Changing the companies that comprise a consolidated group. C) Presenting consolidated financial statements for the first time. D) All are changes in reporting entity. 72) An item that should be reported as a prior period adjustment is the: A) Correction of an error in depreciation from last year. B) Payment of taxes due to a tax audit of last year's tax return. C) Payment of a previously recorded warranty expense. D) Receipt of the proceeds of a note receivable that was due last year. 12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
73) Which of the following statements is not true regarding the correction of an error? A) The correction is reported prospectively and previous financial statements are not revised. B) A journal entry is needed to correct any account balances that are incorrect as a result of the error. C) Prior years' financial statements are restated to reflect the correction of the error (if the error affected those statements). D) A disclosure note should describe the nature of the error and the impact of its correction on net income, income from continuing operations, and earnings per share. 74) Washburn Co. spent $10 million to purchase a new patented technology, debiting an intangible asset and crediting cash. Washburn uses SYD depreciation on its depreciable assets and plans to amortize the intangible asset on a straight-line basis. The appropriate accounting treatment is that: A) Washburn is not required to make any accounting adjustments. B) Washburn is required to adjust a change in accounting estimate prospectively. C) Washburn has made a change in accounting principle, requiring retrospective adjustment. D) Washburn needs to correct an accounting error. 75) In 2021, internal auditors discovered that Fay, Inc., had debited an expense account for the $700,000 cost of a machine purchased on January 1, 2018. The machine's useful life was expected to be five years with no residual value. Straight-line depreciation is used by Fay. The journal entry to correct the error will include a credit to accumulated depreciation of: A) $140,000. B) $280,000. C) $420,000. D) $700,000. 76) Popeye Company purchased a machine for $300,000 on January 1, 2020. Popeye depreciates machines of this type by the straight-line method over a five-year period using no salvage value. Due to an error, no depreciation was taken on this machine in 2020. Popeye discovered the error in 2021. What amount should Popeye record as depreciation expense for 2021? The tax rate is 25%. A) $120,000. B) $60,000. C) $45,000. D) $90,000. 77) Due to an error in computing depreciation expense, Prewitt Corporation overstated accumulated depreciation by $20 million as of December 31, 2021. Prewitt has a tax rate of 25%. Prewitt's retained earnings as of December 31, 2021, would be: A) Overstated by $15 million. B) Understated by $15 million. C) Overstated by $5 million. D) Understated by $5 million.
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) Due to an error in computing depreciation expense, Crote Corporation understated accumulated depreciation by $60 million as of December 31, 2021. Crote has a tax rate of 25%. Crote's retained earnings as of December 31, 2021, would be: A) Overstated by $45 million. B) Understated by $45 million. C) Overstated by $15 million. D) Understated by $15 million. 79) In 2021, management discovered that Dual Production had debited expense for the full cost of an asset purchased on January 1, 2018, at a cost of $36 million with no expected residual value. Its useful life was 5 years. Dual uses straight-line depreciation. The correcting entry, assuming the error was discovered in 2021 before preparation of the adjusting and closing entries, includes (ignore taxes): A) A debit to accumulated depreciation of $14.4 million. B) A credit to accumulated depreciation of $21.6 million. C) A credit to an asset of $36 million. D) A debit to retained earnings of $14.4 million. 80) Green Company overstated its inventory by $50 million at the end of 2021. The discovery of this error during 2022, before adjusting or closing entries, would require: A) An increase in retained earnings. B) A prospective adjustment in the 2022 income statement. C) A debit to inventory of $50 million. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 81) Cooper Inc. took physical inventory at the end of 2020. Purchases that were acquired FOB destination were in transit, so they were not included in the physical count. A) Cooper needs to correct an accounting error. B) Cooper has made a change in accounting principle, requiring retrospective adjustment. C) Cooper is required to adjust a change in accounting estimate prospectively. D) Cooper is not required to make any accounting adjustments. 82) After issuing its financial statements, a company discovered that its beginning inventory was overstated by $100,000. Its tax rate is 25%. As a result of this error, net income was: A) Understated by $75,000. B) Overstated by $75,000. C) Understated by $25,000. D) Overstated by $25,000.
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
83) Berkshire Inc. uses a periodic inventory system. At the end of 2020, it missed counting some inventory items, resulting in an inventory understatement by $600,000. Assume that Berkshire has a 25% income tax rate and that this was the only error it made. If undetected, what is the effect of this error on Berkshire's December 31, 2020 balance sheet? A) Assets understated by $600,000 and shareholders' equity understated by $600,000. B) Assets understated by $450,000 and shareholders' equity understated by $450,000. C) Assets understated by $600,000, liabilities understated by $150,000, and shareholders' equity understated by $450,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 84) Berkshire Inc. uses a periodic inventory system. At the end of 2020, it missed counting some inventory items, resulting in an inventory understatement by $600,000. Assume that Berkshire has a 25% income tax rate and that this was the only error it made. What is the effect of the error on Berkshire's 2021 income statement? A) Net income is understated by $450,000. B) Cost of goods sold is understated by $450,000. C) There are no errors in the 2021 income statement. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 85) Berkshire Inc. uses a periodic inventory system. At the end of 2020, it missed counting some inventory items, resulting in an inventory understatement by $600,000. Assume that Berkshire has a 25% income tax rate and that this was the only error it made. What is the effect of the error on Berkshire's December 31, 2021 balance sheet? A) There are no errors in the December 31, 2021 balance sheet. B) Assets understated by $600,000 and shareholders' equity understated by $600,000. C) Assets understated by $450,000 and shareholders' equity understated by $450,000. D) Liabilities understated by $150,000 and shareholders' equity overstated by $450,000. 86) C. Goode Eyeglasses overstated its inventory by $30,000 at the end of 2021. In 2022, the discovery of this error, before adjusting or closing entries, would require: A) An increase in retained earnings. B) A debit to inventory of $30,000. C) A prospective adjustment in the 2022 income statement. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 87) C. Goode Eyeglasses overstated its inventory by $30,000 at the end of 2021. If the error is not discovered until 2023, before adjusting or closing entries, C. Goode would need: A) An increase in 2023 retained earnings. B) A debit to inventory of $30,000 in 2023. C) A prospective adjustment in the 2022 income statement. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) During 2021, P Company discovered that the ending inventories reported on its financial statements were incorrect by the following amounts: 2019 2020
$ 120,000 understated $ 150,000 overstated
P uses the periodic inventory system to ascertain year-end quantities that are converted to dollar amounts using the FIFO cost method. Prior to any adjustments for these errors and ignoring income taxes, P's retained earnings at January 1, 2021, would be: A) Correct. B) $30,000 overstated. C) $150,000 overstated. D) $270,000 overstated. 89) Powell Company had the following errors over the last two years: 2019: Ending inventory was overstated by $30,000 while depreciation expense was overstated by $24,000. 2020: Ending inventory was understated by $5,000 while depreciation expense was understated by $4,000. By how much should retained earnings be adjusted on January 1, 2021? (Ignore taxes) A) Increase by $15,000. B) Decrease by $25,000. C) Decrease by $6,000. D) Increase by $25,000. 90) Early in 2021, Benton Well Supplies discovered that a five-year insurance premium payment of $50,000 at the beginning of 2018 was debited to insurance expense. The correcting entry would include (ignore taxes): A) A credit to retained earnings of $20,000. B) A debit to insurance expense of $20,000. C) A debit to prepaid insurance of $30,000. D) A debit to prepaid insurance of $50,000. 91) Early in 2021, Ashland Granite discovered that a five-year insurance premium payment of $750,000 at the beginning of 2018 was debited to insurance expense. The correcting entry would include: A) A debit to prepaid insurance of $750,000. B) A debit to insurance expense of $300,000. C) A debit to prepaid insurance of $450,000. D) A credit to retained earnings of $300,000.
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) In December 2021, Kojak Insurance Co. received $500,000 in premiums for a two-year property insurance policy. The company recorded the transaction by debiting cash and crediting insurance premium revenue for the full amount. An internal audit conducted in early 2022 flagged this transaction. The appropriate accounting treatment is that: A) Kojak needs to correct an accounting error. B) Kojak has made a change in accounting principle, requiring retrospective adjustment. C) Kojak is required to adjust a change in accounting estimate prospectively. D) Kojak is not required to make any accounting adjustments. 93) C Co. reported a retained earnings balance of $200,000 at December 31, 2020. In September 2021, C determined that insurance premiums of $30,000 for the three-year period beginning January 1, 2020, had been paid and fully expensed in 2020. C has a 25% income tax rate. What amount should C report as adjusted beginning retained earnings in its 2021 statement of retained earnings? A) $210,000. B) $215,000. C) $220,000. D) $222,500. 94) A company overstated its liability for warranties by $200,000. Its tax rate is 25%. As a result of this error, income tax expense is: A) Unaffected. B) Overstated by $50,000. C) Understated by $50,000. D) Understated by $150,000. 95) A company switched from the cash basis to the accrual basis for recognizing warranty expense. The unrecorded liability for warranties was $2 million at the beginning of the year. Its tax rate is 25%. The company booked a year-end warranty liability of $3 million. As a result of this change, the firm would: A) Report a prior period adjustment decreasing retained earnings by $500,000. B) Report a prior period adjustment decreasing retained earnings by $1,500,000. C) Report a current period charge decreasing net income by $500,000. D) Report a current period charge decreasing net income by $1,500,000. 96) At the end of the current year, a company failed to accrue interest of $500,000 on its investments in municipal bonds. Its tax rate is 25%. As a result of this error, net income is: A) Unaffected. B) Understated by $375,000. C) Understated by $500,000. D) Understated by $125,000.
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
97) A broadcasting company failed to make a year-end accrual of $400,000 for fines due to a violation of FCC rules. Its tax rate is 25%. As a result of this error, net income was: A) Unaffected. B) Overstated by $400,000. C) Overstated by $300,000. D) Overstated by $100,000. 98) Moonland Company's income statement contained the following errors: Ending inventory, December 31, 2021, understated by $6,000 Depreciation expense for 2021 overstated by $1,000 What is the effect of the errors on 2021 net income before taxes? A) Overstated by $5,000. B) Understated by $5,000. C) Understated by $7,000. D) Overstated by $7,000. 99) At the end of the current year, a company overstated prepaid insurance by $80,000 and understated supplies expense by $100,000. Its effective tax rate is 25%. As a result of this error, net income is: A) Overstated by $135,000. B) Overstated by $15,000. C) Understated by $135,000. D) Understated by $15,000. 100) In 2021, due to a change in marketing forecasts, Barney Corporation reduced the projected life of its patent for producing round dice. The cumulative patent amortization prior to 2021 would have been $10 million higher had the new life been used. Barney's tax rate is 25%. Barney's retained earnings as of December 31, 2021, would be: A) Overstated by $7.5 million. B) Overstated by $2.5 million. C) Overstated by $10 million. D) Unaffected. 101) A company failed to record unrealized gains of $20 million on its available for sale debt security investments. Its tax rate is 25%. As a result of this error, comprehensive income would be: A) Understated by $15 million. B) Understated by $5 million. C) Understated by $20 million. D) Unaffected.
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
102) A company failed to record unrealized gains of $20 million on its debt investments classified as trading securities. Its tax rate is 25%. As a result of this error, total shareholders' equity would be: A) Understated by $15 million. B) Understated by $5 million. C) Understated by $20 million. D) Unaffected. 103) Patterson Company failed to adjust for a $60,000 actual loss on pension plan assets in 2021, resulting in an underfunded pension plan. Patterson's tax rate is 25%. As result of this error, retained earnings would be: A) Unaffected. B) Overstated by $60,000. C) Overstated by $45,000. D) Overstated by $15,000. 104) Which of the accounting changes listed below is more associated with financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP than with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)? A) Change in reporting entity. B) Change to the LIFO method from the FIFO method. C) Change in accounting estimate. D) Change in depreciation methods. 105) Which of the accounting changes listed below is more associated with financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP than with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)? A) Change in estimated useful life of depreciable assets. B) Change from the FIFO method of costing inventories to the LIFO method. C) Change in depreciation method. D) Change in reporting entity. 106) Which of the following statements is true regarding correcting errors in previously issued financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)? A) The error can be reported in the current period if it's not considered practicable to report it retrospectively. B) The error can be reported in the current period if it's not considered practicable to report it prospectively. C) The error can be reported prospectively if it's not considered practicable to report it retrospectively. D) Retrospective application is required with no exception.
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
107) Using International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), which of the following statements is true regarding correcting errors in previously issued financial statements? A) Retrospective application is required with no exception. B) The error can be reported in the current period if it's not considered practicable to report it prospectively. C) The error can be reported prospectively if it's not considered practicable to report it retrospectively. D) The error can be reported in the current period if it's not considered practicable to report it retrospectively. 108) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Prospective approach 2. Disclosure note 3. Error corrections 4. Changes in accounting principle 5. Changes in reporting entity
PHRASE NUMBER Required for all material accounting changes _____ and error corrections. The approach used for changes in _____ depreciation methods. Most are handled under the retrospective _____ approach. Involves consolidated financial statements. _____ Accounting changes always handled retrospectively.
_____
109) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. TERM 1. Changes in accounting estimates 2. Cumulative effect adjustment to income statement 3. Prior period adjustment 4. Prospective approach 5. Pro forma disclosure
PHRASE NUMBER Not used for changes in accounting _____ principle. Adjustment to retained earnings of earliest _____ year reported. No journal entry needed, but disclosure is _____ required. Handled prospectively. _____ Information for change in reporting entity. _____
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) Indicate the nature of each of the situations described below using the following three-letter code
CPR: CPP: CES: CRE: PPA:
_____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____
CODE DESCRIPTION Change in principle reported retrospectively Change in principle reported prospectively Change in estimate Change in reporting entity Prior period adjustment required
Technological advance that renders worthless a patent with an unamortized cost of $45,000. Change from LIFO inventory costing to average inventory costing. Including in the consolidated financial statements a subsidiary acquired several years earlier that was appropriately not included in previous years. Change from FIFO inventory method to LIFO. Pension plan assets for a defined benefit pension plan achieving a rate of return in excess of the amount anticipated. Change from the pay-as-you-go method to estimating warranty expense in the period the related product is sold. Change from declining balance depreciation to straight-line. Change from determining lower of cost or net realizable value for inventories by the individual item approach to the aggregate approach. Settling a lawsuit for less than the amount accrued previously as a loss contingency. Change in the estimated useful life of office equipment.
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
111) Indicate the nature of each of the situations described below using the following three-letter code CODE DESCRIPTION Change in principle reported retrospectively Change in principle reported prospectively Change in estimate Change in reporting entity Prior period adjustment required
CPR: CPP: CES: CRE: PPA:
_____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____
Change from FIFO inventory costing to LIFO inventory costing. Change from LIFO inventory costing to FIFO inventory costing. Change in the composition of a group of firms reporting on a consolidated basis. Change to the installment method of accounting for receivables. Change in actuarial assumptions for a defined benefit pension plan. Change from sum-of-the-years' digits depreciation to straight-line. Change from expensing extraordinary repairs erroneously recorded as an expense to capitalizing the expenditures. Change in the percentage used to determine warranty expense. Change from reporting postretirement benefits according to the provisions of U.S. GAAP. Change in the residual value of machinery.
112) Babcock Company purchased a piece of machinery for $30,000 on January 1, 2019, and has been depreciating the machine using the sum-of-the-years'-digits method based on a five-year estimated useful life and no salvage value. On January 1, 2021, Babcock decided to switch to the straight-line method of depreciation. The salvage value is still zero and the estimated useful life is changed to a total of six years from the date of purchase. Ignore income taxes. Required: (1.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry, if any, to record the accounting change. (2.) Prepare the journal entry to record depreciation for 2021.
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
113) Albatross Company purchased a piece of machinery for $60,000 on January 1, 2019, and has been depreciating the machine using the double-declining-balance method based on a five-year estimated useful life and no salvage value. On January 1, 2021, Albatross decided to switch to the straight-line method of depreciation. The salvage value is still zero and the estimated useful life did not change. Ignore income taxes. Required: (1) Prepare the appropriate journal entry, if any, to record the accounting change. (2) Prepare the journal entry to record depreciation for 2021. 114) Colorado Consulting Company has been using the sum-of-the-years'-digits depreciation method to depreciate some office equipment that was acquired at the beginning of 2019. At the beginning of 2021, Colorado Consulting decided to change to the straight-line method. The equipment cost $120,000 and is expected to have no salvage value. The estimated useful life of the equipment is five years. Ignore income taxes. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entry, if any, to record the accounting change. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record depreciation for 2021. 115) Universal Semiconductors switched from the double-declining-balance depreciation method to straight-line depreciation in 2021. • The change affects its precision equipment that was purchased at the beginning of 2019 at a cost of $50 million. • The machinery has an expected useful life of ten years and an estimated residual value of $8 million. Required: Prepare the appropriate entry to record depreciation in 2021. 116) Pinnacle Corporation has been using the straight-line depreciation method to depreciate some office equipment that was acquired at the beginning of 2018. At the beginning of 2021, Pinnacle decided to change to the double-declining-balance method. The equipment cost $120,000 and is expected to have no salvage value. The estimated useful life of the equipment is five years. The tax rate is 25%. Required: Prepare the journal entry, if any, to record the accounting change at the beginning of 2021.
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Annual depreciation expense on a building purchased a few years ago (using the straight-line method) is $5,000. The cost of the building was $100,000. The current book value of the equipment (January 1, 2021) is $85,000. At the time of purchase, the asset was estimated to have a zero salvage value. On January 1, 2021, the company decided to reduce the original useful life by 25% and to establish a salvage value of $5,000. The firm also decided double-declining-balance depreciation was more appropriate. Ignore tax effects. Required: (1) Record the journal entry, if any, to report the accounting change. (2) Record the annual depreciation for 2021. 118) Green Co. constructed a machine at a total cost of $70 million. Construction was completed at the end of 2017 and the machine was placed in service at the beginning of 2018. The machine was being depreciated over a 10-year life using the sum-of-the-years'-digits method. The residual value is expected to be $4 million. At the beginning of 2021, Green decided to change to the straight-line method. Required: 1. Ignoring income taxes, what journal entry(s) should Green record relating to the machine for 2021? 2. Suppose Green has been using the straight-line method and switches to the sum-of-the-years'-digits method. Ignoring income taxes, what journal entry(s) should Green record relating to the machine for 2021? 119) Macintosh Inc. changed from LIFO to the FIFO inventory costing method on January 1, 2021. Inventory values at the end of each year since the inception of the company are as follows:
2019 2020
FIFO $200,000 400,000
LIFO $180,000 360,000
Required: Ignoring income tax considerations, prepare the entry to report this accounting change.
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
120) B Co. reported a deferred tax liability of $24 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, related to a temporary difference of $60 million. The tax rate was 25%. The temporary difference is expected to reverse in 2022 at which time the deferred tax liability will become payable. There are no other temporary differences in 2020-2022. Assume a new tax law is enacted in 2021 that causes the tax rate to change from 25% to 20% beginning in 2022. (The rate remains 25% for 2021 taxes.) Taxable income in 2021 is $100 million. Required: Determine the effect of the change and prepare the appropriate journal entry to record B's income tax expense in 2021. What adjustment, if any, is needed to revise retained earnings as a result of the change? 121) Buckeye Company purchased a machine on January 1, 2019. The machine had a cost of $260,000 with a $10,000 residual value. The estimated useful life of the machine was eight years. On January 1, 2021, due to technological innovations, the estimated useful life was reduced by two years from the original life and the residual value was reduced by 50%. The company uses straight-line depreciation. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the annual depreciation on December 31, 2021.
122) Johnson Company receives royalties on a patent it developed several years ago. Royalties are 5% of net sales, to be received on September 30 for sales from January through June and receivable on March 31 for sales from July through December. The patent rights were distributed on July 1, 2020, and Johnson accrued royalty revenue of $50,000 on December 31, 2020, as follows: Receivable-royalty revenue Royalty revenue
50,000 50,000
Johnson received royalties of $65,000 on March 31, 2021, and $90,000 on September 30, 2021. In December, 2021, the patent user indicated to Johnson that sales subject to royalties for the second half of 2021 should be $600,000. Required: Prepare any journal entries Johnson should record during 2021 related to the royalty revenue.
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
123) Mattson Company receives royalties on a patent it developed several years ago. Royalties are 5% of net sales, to be received on September 30 for sales from January through June and receivable on March 31 for sales from July through December. The patent rights were distributed on July 1, 2020, and Mattson accrued royalty revenue of $60,000 on December 31, 2020, as follows: Receivable–royalty revenue Royalty revenue
60,000 60,000
Mattson received royalties of $65,000 on March 31, 2021, and $80,000 on September 30, 2021. In December, 2021, the patent user indicated to Mattson that sales subject to royalties for the second half of 2021 should be $800,000. Required: (1.) Prepare any journal entries Mattson should record during 2021 related to the royalty revenue. (2.) What changes should be made to retained earnings relative to these royalties? 124) Nash Industries changed its method of accounting for warranties from the cash basis to the accrual basis on January 1, 2021. The company's accountant determined that a liability of $70,000 should be established. Ignore income taxes. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the accounting change. 125) Cherokee Company's auditor discovered some errors. No errors were corrected during 2020. The errors are described as follows: (1.) Beginning inventory on January 1, 2020, was understated by $5,000. (2.) A two-year insurance policy purchased on April 30, 2020, in the amount of $24,000 was debited to Prepaid Insurance. No adjustment was made on December 31, 2020, or on December 31, 2021. Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries (assume the 2021 books have not been closed). Ignore income taxes.
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) Lindy Company's auditor discovered two errors. No errors were corrected during 2020. The errors are described as follows: (1.) Merchandise costing $4,000 was sold to a customer for $9,000 on December 31, 2020, but it was recorded as a sale on January 2, 2021. The merchandise was properly excluded from the 2020 ending inventory. Assume the periodic inventory system is used. (2.) A machine with a five-year life was purchased on January 1, 2020. The machine cost $20,000 and has no expected salvage value. No depreciation was taken in 2020 or 2021. Assume the straight-line method for depreciation. Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries (assume the 2021 books have not been closed). Ignore income taxes. 127) Name and briefly describe the three categories of accounting changes. 128) Describe briefly the approaches of reporting changes in accounting principles. 129) There is not always a clear-cut distinction between a change in estimate and a change in principle or a simultaneous change in estimate and change in principle. How are such situations accounted for? 130) How may accounting changes detract from accounting information? 131) How are accounting errors treated? 132) Describe in detail the way companies report most voluntary changes in accounting principle. 133) A company changes depreciation methods. Briefly describe the steps the company should take to report this accounting change in its current comparative financial statements.
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) On December 1, 2021, LCD Distributing Company ("LCD or "Company") issued a press release announcing its financial results for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2021. Included was the following information regarding a change in inventory method (in part): In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company changed its inventory valuation method from the Last-In First-Out (LIFO) method to the First-In First-Out (FIFO) method. The change is preferable as it provides a more meaningful presentation of the Company's financial position as it values inventory in a manner which more closely approximates current cost; better represents the underlying commercial substance of selling the oldest products first; and more accurately reflects the Company's realized periodic income. As required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, this change in accounting principle has been reflected in the consolidated statements of financial position, consolidated statements of operations, and consolidated statements of cash flows through retroactive application of the FIFO method. Previously reported net income (loss) available to common shareholders' for the fiscal years 2021 and 2020 were increased by $0.4 million and $2 million after income taxes, respectively. Required: 1. Why does GAAP require LCD to retrospectively adjust prior years' financial statements for this type of accounting change? 2. Assuming that the quantity of inventory remained stable during 2020, did the cost of LCD's inventory move up or down during that period? 135) Branch Industries changes from declining balance depreciation to straight-line depreciation for existing assets. Describe in detail the way Branch would account for the change and include reasons for the accounting. 136) We record and report most changes in accounting principle retrospectively, but sometimes report the changes prospectively. Explain when it is appropriate to report the changes prospectively. Provide examples. 137) Describe the way we account for a change in estimate. What is the appropriate accounting if we are unable to determine whether a change is a change in estimate or a change in principle? 138) What are the situations deemed to constitute a change in reporting entity? Describe the way changes in reporting entity are reported. 139) Describe the way we account for an error when that error is discovered in a subsequent reporting period. 140) What are the changes in accounting principle that require the prospective approach?
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) L Company discovered that a three-year insurance premium payment of $240,000 one year ago was debited to insurance expense. Required: 1. What action is required? Ignore taxes. 2. What action is required if the error is not discovered until four years after it occurred? 142) Some inventory errors are described as "self-correcting" in that they have the opposite financial statement effect in the period following the errors, thereby "correcting" the original account balance errors. Required: Given this "self-correcting" feature, discuss why these errors should not be ignored and describe the steps needed to correct these errors. 143) If inventory is understated at the end of 2020 and the error is not discovered, how will net income be affected in 2021? 144) What is the difference between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with regard to the correction of accounting errors?
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 20 Accounting Changes and Error Corrections 1) A change in accounting estimate and a change in reporting entity are types of changes in accounting principle. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish Principle-Estimate-Entity-Error Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 2) A change in reporting entity and a material error correction are both reported prospectively. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish Principle-Estimate-Entity-Error; Distinguish retrospective and prospective; Change in reporting entity; Error correction Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes.; 20-05 Describe the situations that constitute a change in reporting entity.; 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3) Most, but not all, changes in accounting principle are reported using the retrospective approach. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish retrospective and prospective Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4) Prior years' financial statements are restated when the prospective approach is used. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish retrospective and prospective Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 5) Most changes in accounting principle require a disclosure justifying the change in the first set of financial statements that the change is made. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish retrospective and prospective Learning Objective: 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 6) All changes reported using the retrospective approach require cumulative effect adjustments of the change. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish retrospective and prospective; Change in accounting principle–Retrospective Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes.; 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
7) A change to the LIFO method of valuing inventory usually requires use of the retrospective method. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting principle-Prospective Learning Objective: 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 8) All changes in estimate are accounted for retrospectively. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 9) A change in reporting entity requires note disclosure in all subsequent financial statements prepared for the new entity. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Change in reporting entity Learning Objective: 20-05 Describe the situations that constitute a change in reporting entity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 10) Error corrections require restatement of all the affected prior year financial statements reported in comparative financial statements. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
11) Which of the following is accounted for as a change in accounting principle for a publicly traded corporation? A) A change in the estimated life of a depreciable asset. B) A change from cash accounting to accrual accounting. C) A change from the FIFO method of costing inventories to the LIFO method. D) A change in depreciation methods. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish Principle-Estimate-Entity-Error Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 12) When a change in accounting principle is reported, what is sometimes sacrificed? A) Relevance. B) Consistency. C) Conservatism. D) Representational faithfulness. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish Principle-Estimate-Entity-Error Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
13) Regardless of the type of accounting change that occurs, the most important responsibility is: A) To properly determine the tax effect. B) To communicate that a change has occurred. C) To compute the correct amount of the change. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish Principle-Estimate-Entity-Error Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 14) Which of the following is an example of a change in accounting principle? A) A change in inventory costing methods. B) A change in the estimated useful life of a depreciable asset. C) A change in the actuarial life expectancies of employees under a pension plan. D) Consolidating a new subsidiary. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish Principle-Estimate-Entity-Error Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
15) Accounting changes occur for which of the following reasons? A) Management is being fair and consistent in financial reporting. B) Management compensation is affected. C) Debt agreements are impacted. D) All of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish Principle-Estimate-Entity-Error Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 16) Which of the following is not one of the approaches for reporting accounting changes? A) The change approach. B) The retrospective approach. C) The prospective approach. D) All of these answer choices are approaches for reporting accounting changes. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish retrospective and prospective Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
17) An accounting change that is reported by the prospective approach is reflected in the financial statements of: A) Prior years only. B) Prior years plus the current year. C) The current year only. D) Current and future years. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish retrospective and prospective Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 18) The prospective approach usually is required for: A) A change in accounting principle. B) A change in reporting entity. C) A change in estimate. D) A correction of an error. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish retrospective and prospective; Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes.; 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
19) A change that uses the prospective approach is accounted for by: A) Implementing it in the current year. B) Reporting pro forma data. C) Retrospective restatement of all prior financial statements in a comparative annual report. D) Giving current recognition of the past effect of the change. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish retrospective and prospective; Change in accounting principle–Prospective Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes.; 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 20) Retrospective restatement usually is not used for a: A) Change in accounting estimate. B) Change in accounting principle. C) Change in entity. D) Correction of error. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish retrospective and prospective Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes.; 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
21) When an accounting change is reported under the retrospective approach, prior years' financial statements are: A) Revised to reflect the use of the new principle. B) Reported as previously prepared. C) Left unchanged. D) Adjusted using prior period adjustment procedures. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish retrospective and prospective Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 22) Prior years' financial statements are restated under the: A) Current approach. B) Prospective approach. C) Retrospective approach. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish retrospective and prospective; Change in accounting principle–Retrospective Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes.; 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
23) The modified retrospective approach requires: A) a modification of prior years' financial statements. B) a journal entry to adjust account balances in the beginning of the year of change. C) both a modification of prior years' financial statements and a journal entry to adjust account balances in the beginning of the year of change. D) neither a modification of prior years' financial statements nor a journal entry to adjust account balances in the beginning of the year of change. Answer: B Explanation: The cumulative effects of the change on prior years' net income is reported as an adjustment to the beginning balance of retained earnings in the current year with an offsetting amount to the balance sheet accounts affected by the change. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish retrospective and prospective; Change in accounting principle–Retrospective Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes.; 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 24) Which of the following changes should be accounted for using the retrospective approach? A) A change in the estimated life of a depreciable asset. B) A change from straight-line to declining balance depreciation. C) A change to the LIFO method of costing inventories. D) A change in accounting for long-term construction contracts by recognizing revenue over time rather than when the contract is completed. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish retrospective and prospective; Change in accounting principle–Retrospective Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes.; 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
25) Which of the following changes should not be accounted for using the retrospective approach? A) A change in the estimated useful life of a depreciable asset. B) A change from the FIFO method of inventory costing to the average method. C) A change in accounting for long-term construction contracts by recognizing revenue over time rather than when the contract is completed. D) A change from the LIFO method of costing inventories. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting principle-Retrospective Learning Objective: 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 26) Which of the following is not a change in accounting principle that usually is accounted for by retrospectively revising prior financial statements? A) Change from FIFO to the average method of inventory costing. B) Change from SYD to DDB depreciation. C) Change from the average method of inventory costing to FIFO. D) Change from the LIFO to the FIFO method of inventory costing. Answer: B Explanation: Changes in depreciation methods are treated as changes in estimates and accounted for prospectively. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting principle-Retrospective; Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported.; 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
27) Retrospective restatement usually is appropriate for a change in:
a. b. c. d.
Accounting Estimate Yes Yes No No
Accounting Principle Yes No Yes No
A) Option A B) Option B C) Option C D) Option D Answer: C Explanation: Most changes in accounting principle are accounted for retrospectively. That is, financial statements of prior periods are restated to report the financial information for the new reporting entity in all periods. Changes in estimate are accounted for prospectively. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish retrospective and prospective; Change in accounting principle–Retrospective Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes.; 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 28) Companies should report the cumulative effect of an accounting change in the income statement: A) In the quarter in which the change is made. B) In the annual financial statements only. C) In the first quarter of the fiscal year in which the change is made. D) Never. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Change in accounting principle-Retrospective Learning Objective: 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
29) The cumulative effect of most changes in accounting principle is reported: A) In the income statement between income from continuing operations and net income. B) In the income statement after income and before income tax. C) In the income statement before income from continuing operations. D) In the balance sheet accounts affected. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Change in accounting principle-Retrospective Learning Objective: 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 30) When an accounting change is reported under the retrospective approach, account balances in the general ledger: A) Are not adjusted. B) Are closed out and then updated. C) Are adjusted net of the tax effect. D) Are adjusted to what they would have been had the new method been used in previous years. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Change in accounting principle-Retrospective Learning Objective: 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 31) Disclosure notes related to a change in accounting principle under the retrospective approach should include: A) The effect of the change on executive compensation. B) The auditor's approval of the change. C) The SEC's permission to change. D) Justification for the change. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Change in accounting principle-Retrospective Learning Objective: 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
32) Which of the following would not be accounted for using the retrospective approach? A) A change from LIFO to FIFO inventory costing. B) A change in accounting for long-term construction contracts by recognizing revenue over time rather than when the contract is completed. C) A change in depreciation methods. D) A change from the equity method of accounting for investments. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting principle-Retrospective Learning Objective: 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 33) Which of the following is not an example of a change in accounting principle? A) A change in the useful life of a depreciable asset. B) A change from LIFO to FIFO for inventory costing. C) A change to the full costing method in the extractive industries. D) A change to the equity method of accounting for investments. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting principle-Retrospective Learning Objective: 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 34) When the retrospective approach is used for a change to the FIFO method, which of the following accounts is usually not adjusted? A) Income Taxes Payable. B) Inventory. C) Retained Earnings. D) All of these answer choices are usually adjusted. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting principle-Retrospective Learning Objective: 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
35) During 2021, Hoffman Co. decides to use FIFO to account for its inventory transactions. Previously, it had used LIFO. A) Hoffman is not required to make any accounting adjustments. B) Hoffman has made a change in accounting principle requiring retrospective adjustment. C) Hoffman has made a change in accounting principle requiring prospective application. D) Hoffman needs to correct an accounting error. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Change in accounting principle-Retrospective Learning Objective: 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 36) La Casita Restaurants changed from the FIFO method of inventory costing to the weighted average method during 2021. When reported in the 2021 comparative financial statements, the 2020 inventory amount will be: A) Increased. B) Decreased. C) Increased or decreased, depending on how prices changed. D) Unaffected. Answer: C Explanation: It will be restated to the balance it would have been if the average method had been used all along. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting principle-Retrospective Learning Objective: 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
37) Which of the following changes is not usually accounted for retrospectively? A) Change from expensing extraordinary repairs to capitalizing the expenditures. B) Change from FIFO to LIFO. C) Change in the composition of firms reporting on a consolidated basis. D) Change from LIFO to FIFO. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish Principle-Estimate-Entity-Error; Distinguish retrospective and prospective; Change in accounting principle–Prospective Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes.; 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 38) Which of the following changes would not be accounted for using the prospective approach? A) A change to LIFO from average costing for inventories. B) A change from application of the LCNRV rule from individual item costing to an aggregate costing approach. C) A change from straight-line to double-declining balance depreciation. D) A change from double-declining balance to straight-line depreciation. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting principle-Prospective Learning Objective: 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
39) Which of the following accounting changes should not be accounted for prospectively? A) The correction of an error. B) A change from declining balance to straight-line depreciation. C) A change from straight-line to declining balance depreciation. D) A change in the expected salvage value of a depreciable asset. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish retrospective and prospective; Change in accounting principle–Prospective Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes.; 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 40) Which of the following would not be accounted for using the prospective approach? A) A change to LIFO from FIFO for inventory costing. B) A change in price indexes used under the LIFO method of inventory costing. C) A change in estimate. D) A change from the cash basis to accrual accounting. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting principle-Prospective Learning Objective: 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) Which of the following changes in inventory costing usually should not be reported by revising the financial statements of prior periods? A) The weighted-average method to the LIFO method. B) The weighted-average method to the FIFO method. C) FIFO method to the weighted-average method. D) LIFO method to the weighted-average method. Answer: A Explanation: Changes to LIFO are handled prospectively. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish retrospective and prospective; Change in accounting principle–Prospective Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes.; 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 42) Which of the following is a change in estimate? A) A change from the full costing method in the extractive industries. B) A change from recognizing construction contract revenue over time to recognizing revenue at a point in time. C) Consolidating a subsidiary for the first time. D) A change in the termination rate of employees under a pension plan. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
43) Which of the following is accounted for prospectively? A) Changes from the weighted-average method of inventory costing to FIFO. B) Change in reporting entity. C) Change in the percentage used to determine warranty expense. D) Correction of an error. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 44) Which of the following is not a change in estimate? A) A change in the useful life of a depreciable asset. B) A change in the mortality rate used for pension computations. C) A change from the cost to the equity method in accounting for investments. D) A change in the warranty expense percentage. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 45) A change in the residual value of equipment is accounted for: A) As a prior period adjustment. B) Prospectively. C) Retrospectively. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
46) Blue Co. has a patent on a communication process. The company has amortized the patent on a straight-line basis since 2017, when it was acquired at a cost of $36 million at the beginning of that year. Due to rapid technological advances in the industry, management decided that the patent would benefit the company over a total of six years rather than the nine-year life being used to amortize its cost. The decision was made at the end of 2021 (before adjusting and closing entries). What is the appropriate patent amortization expense in 2021? A) $4 million. B) $5 million. C) $10 million. D) $20 million. Answer: C Explanation: ($ in millions) $ 36 Cost Less: Amortization to date (2017-2020: $36 ÷ 9 years 16 = $4 per year, × 4 years) $ 20 Unamortized cost (balance in the patent account) ÷ 2 Estimated remaining life (6 years - 4 years) $ 10 New annual amortization Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
47) For 2020, P Co. estimated its two-year equipment warranty costs based on $23 per unit sold in 2020. Experience during 2021 indicated that the estimate should have been based on $25 per unit. The effect of this $2 difference from the estimate is reported: A) In 2021 income from continuing operations. B) As an accounting change, net of tax, below 2021 income from continuing operations. C) As an accounting change requiring 2020 financial statements to be restated. D) As a correction of an error requiring 2020 financial statements to be restated. Answer: A Explanation: The change in the estimate for warranty costs is based on new information obtained from experience and qualifies as a change in accounting estimate. A change in accounting estimate affects current and future periods and is not accounted for by restating prior periods. The accounting change is a part of continuing operations but is not reported net of taxes. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 48) Gore Inc. recorded a liability in 2021 for probable litigation losses of $2 million. Ultimately, $5 million in legitimate warranty claims were filed by Gore's customers. A) Gore has made a change in accounting principle, requiring retrospective adjustment. B) Gore needs to correct an accounting error. C) Gore is required to adjust a change in accounting estimate prospectively. D) Gore is not required to make any accounting adjustments. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
49) Mobic Inc. acquired some manufacturing equipment in January 2018 for $400,000 and depreciated it $40,000 each year for three years on a straight-line basis. During 2021, the manufacturer announced a new technology for this type of equipment that will make the old models obsolete by the end of 2024. As a result, Mobic will plan to replace the equipment at that time, effectively reducing the asset's life from ten to seven years. In its financial statements for 2021, Mobic should: A) Charge $280,000 in depreciation expense. B) Report the book value of the equipment in its December 31,2021 balance sheet at $210,000. C) Make an adjustment to retained earnings for the error in measuring depreciation during 20182020. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: The computation is as follows: Book value at 1/1/2021 = $400,000 (3 × $40,000) = $280,000 Prospective change in depreciation estimate for four remaining years is $280,000/4 = $70,000 per year. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 50) Hepburn Company bought a copyright for $90,000 on January 1, 2018, at which time the copyright had an estimated useful life of 15 years. On January 5, 2021, the company determined that the copyright would expire at the end of 2026. How much should Hepburn record as amortization expense for this copyright for 2021? A) $14,400. B) $7,200. C) $8,000. D) $12,000. Answer: D Explanation: 2018, 2019, 2020: $90,000 ÷ 15 = $6,000 prior amortization per year 2021: [$90,000 − ($6,000 × 3)] ÷ 6 = $12,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) Goosen Company bought a copyright for $90,000 on January 1, 2018, at which time the copyright had an estimated useful life of 15 years. On January 5, 2021, the company determined that the copyright would expire at the end of 2026. How much should Goosen record retrospectively as the effect of change? A) $0. B) $12,000. C) $8,000. D) $14,400. Answer: A Explanation: This is a change in estimate, which is reported using the prospective approach. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 52) Lundholm Company purchased a machine for $100,000 on January 1, 2019. Lundholm depreciates machines of this type by the straight-line method over a 10-year period using no salvage value. Due to a change in sales patterns, on January 1, 2021, management determines the useful life of the machine to be a total of five years. What amount should Lundholm record for depreciation expense for 2021? The tax rate is 25%. A) $20,000. B) $16,000. C) $17,778. D) $26,667. Answer: D Explanation: 2019, 2020: $100,000 ÷ 10 = $10,000 prior depreciation per year 2021: [$100,000 − ($10,000 × 2)] ÷ 3 = $26,667 The tax rate is not relevant to the calculation of the depreciation expense. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
53) FIFA Footballs acquired a patent in 2018 at a cost of $150 million and amortizes the patent on a straight-line basis. During 2021 management decided that the benefits from the patent would be received over a total period of 8 years rather than the 20-year legal life being used to amortize the cost. FIFA's 2021 financial statements should include: A) A patent balance of $150 million. B) A patent balance of $102 million. C) Patent amortization expense of $15 million. D) Patent amortization expense of $7.5 million. Answer: B Explanation: Accumulated amortization at the end of 2021 is $48 million: 3 years' amortization at $7.5 million per year ($150 ÷ 20 years) plus one year's amortization at $25.5 million [($150 − $22.5) ÷ (8 − 3) years]. $150 − $48 = $102. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 54) PK Precision Tools changed from accelerated depreciation to straight-line depreciation for some equipment it purchased eight years ago. Management decided to account for the change as a change in accounting principle. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the company's policy? A) This approach is conceptually correct and consistent with changes in inventory costing and other method changes. B) The policy is inappropriate because companies cannot change depreciation methods for existing assets, only for assets placed in service after the date of the change, and the new method is simply applied prospectively. C) The company should account for the change as a change in accounting estimate because when a company changes the way it depreciates an asset in midstream, the change would be made to reflect a change in estimated future benefits from the asset, the pattern of receiving the benefits, or knowledge about the benefits. D) The policy is inappropriate because the change should be accounted for by the modified retrospective approach. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: / Keyboard Navigation 24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
55) JFS Co. changed from straight-line to double-declining-balance depreciation. The journal entry to record the change includes: A) A credit to accumulated depreciation. B) A debit to accumulated depreciation. C) A debit to a depreciable asset. D) The change does not require a journal entry. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 56) National Hoopla Company switches from sum-of-the-years' digits depreciation to straightline depreciation. As a result: A) Current income tax payable increases. B) The cumulative effect decreases current period earnings. C) Prior periods' financial statements are restated. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
57) If a change is made from straight-line to units-of-production depreciation, one should record the effects by a journal entry including: A) A credit to deferred tax liability. B) A credit to accumulated depreciation. C) A debit to depreciation expense. D) No journal entry is required. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 58) On January 2, 2021, Tobias Company began using straight-line depreciation for a certain class of assets. In the past, the company had used double-declining-balance depreciation for these assets. As of January 2, 2021, the amount of the change in accumulated depreciation is $40,000. The appropriate tax rate is 25%. The separately reported change in 2021 earnings is: A) An increase of $40,000. B) A decrease of $40,000. C) An increase of $30,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Explanation: A change in depreciation method is reported prospectively. Therefore, no cumulative effect of the change is reported in earnings. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
59) SkiPark Company purchased a gondola for $440,000 (no residual value) at the beginning of 2018. The gondola was being depreciated over a 10-year life using the double-declining method. At the beginning of 2021, it was decided to change to straight-line. An accompanying disclosure note would include each of the following except: A) The effect of a change on any financial statement line items affected for all periods reported. B) Justification that the change is preferable. C) The cumulative effect of the change. D) The effect of a change on per share amounts affected for all periods reported. Answer: C Explanation: A change in depreciation methods is considered a change in estimate, and as such is accounted for prospectively. However, the disclosure note should disclose the justification that the change is preferable, the effect of a change on any financial statement line items affected for all periods reported, and the effect of the change on per share amounts affected for all periods reported. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting principle-Prospective; Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively.; 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
60) Tangerine Corp. constructed a machine at a total cost of $140 million. Construction was completed at the end of 2017 and the machine was placed in service at the beginning of 2018. The machine was being depreciated over a 10-year life using the sum-of-the-years'-digits method. By that method, accumulated depreciation at the end of 2020 is $64.8 million. The residual value is expected to be $8 million. At the beginning of 2021, Tangerine decided to change to the straight-line method. Ignoring income taxes, what will be Tangerine's depreciation expense for 2021? A) $9.6 million. B) $10.8 million. C) $13.2 million. D) $18.8 million. Answer: A Explanation: Asset's cost Accumulated depreciation to date (given) Undepreciated cost, Jan. 1, 2021 Estimated residual value To be depreciated over remaining 7 years Annual straight-line depreciation 2021-2027
($ in millions) $ 140.0 (64.8) $ 75.2 (8.0) $ 67.2 7 years $ 9.6
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
61) Red Corp. constructed a machine at a total cost of $70 million. Construction was completed at the end of 2017 and the machine was placed in service at the beginning of 2018. The machine was being depreciated over a 10-year life using the straight-line method. The residual value is expected to be $4 million. At the beginning of 2021, Red decided to change to the sum-of-theyears'-digits method. Ignoring income taxes, what will be Red's depreciation expense for 2021? A) $4.80 million. B) $5.40 million. C) $6.60 million. D) $11.55 million. Answer: D Explanation: A change in depreciation
Asset's cost Accumulated depreciation to date (calculated below) Undepreciated cost, Jan. 1, 2021 Estimated residual value To be depreciated over remaining 7 years
($ in millions) $ 70.0 (19.8) $ 50.2 (4.0) $ 46.2
Calculation of straight-line depreciation to date ($70 − $4) ÷ 10 years = $6.6 × 3 years = $19.8 Adjusting entry (2021 depreciation):
Depreciation expense (calculated below) Accumulated depreciation
($ in millions) 11.55 11.55
Calculation of SYD depreciation × 46.2 million = $11.55 million
*n (n + 1) ÷ 2 = 7 (8) ÷ 2 = 28 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
62) B Company switched from the sum-of-the-years-digits depreciation method to straight-line depreciation in 2021. The change affects machinery purchased at the beginning of 2019 at a cost of $72,000. The machinery has an estimated life of five years and an estimated residual value of $3,600. What is B's 2021 depreciation expense? A) $9,120. B) $13,680. C) $15,840. D) $19,200. Answer: A Explanation: The depreciation prior to the change is as follows: SYD Depreciation: 2019 depreciation 2020 depreciation Accumulated depreciation
$ 22,800([$72,000 − $3,600] × 5/15) 18,240([$72,000 − $3,600] × 4/15) $ 41,040
Since a change in depreciation method is considered a change in accounting estimate resulting from a change in accounting principle, B reports the change prospectively, just like a change in estimate. B depreciates the remaining undepreciated cost on a S-L basis over the remaining useful life: Asset's depreciable cost ($72,000 − $3,600) Accumulated depreciation to date (calculated above) Undepreciated cost, Jan. 1, 2021 Annual straight-line depreciation 2021-2023
$
68,400 (41,040)
$ $
27,360 3 9,120
years
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
63) Orange Corp. constructed a machine at a total cost of $70 million. Construction was completed at the end of 2017 and the machine was placed in service at the beginning of 2018. The machine was being depreciated over a 10-year life using the sum-of-the-years'-digits method. The residual value is expected to be $4 million. At the beginning of 2021, Orange decided to change to the straight-line method. Ignoring income taxes, what will be Orange's depreciation expense for 2021? A) $4.8 million. B) $5.4 million. C) $6.6 million. D) $9.4 million. Answer: A Explanation: Asset's cost Accumulated depreciation to date (calculate below) Undepreciated cost, Jan. 1, 2021 Estimated residual value To be depreciated over remaining 7 years Annual straight-line depreciation 2021-2027
($ in millions) $ 70.0 (32.4) $ 37.6 (4.0) $ 33.6 7 years $ 4.8
Calculation of SYD depreciation × [$70 − $4] million = $32.4 million *n (n + 1) ÷ 2 = 10 (11) ÷ 2 = 55 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
64) Doug Smith Industries purchased warehouses for $55 million (no residual value) at the beginning of 2018. The warehouses were being depreciated over a 10-year life using the sum-ofthe-years'-digits method. At the beginning of 2021, management decided to change to straightline. Ignoring taxes, the 2021 adjusting entry will include a debit to depreciation expense of: A) $3.6 million B) $4 million C) $4.3 million D) $34 million Answer: B Explanation: Sum-of-the-years'-digits depreciation was $27 million {$55 million × [(10 + 9 + 8) ÷ 55]}. Thus, the undepreciated value at the beginning of 2021 is $28 million ($55 million − $27 million), which will be depreciated over seven years. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 65) Doug Smith Industries purchased warehouses for $55 million (no residual value) at the beginning of 2018. The warehouses were being depreciated over a 10-year life using the sum-ofthe-years'-digits method. At the beginning of 2021, management decided to change to straightline. An accompanying disclosure note would include each of the following except: A) The cumulative effect of the change. B) Justification that the change is preferable. C) The effect of a change on any financial statement line items affected for all periods reported. D) The effect of a change on per share amounts affected for all periods reported. Answer: A Explanation: A change in depreciation methods is considered a change in estimate, and as such is accounted for prospectively. However, the disclosure note should disclose the justification that the change is preferable, the effect of a change on any financial statement line items affected for all periods reported, and the effect of the change on per share amounts affected for all periods reported. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
66) Venice Company purchased a gondola for $440,000 (no residual value) at the beginning of 2018. The gondola was being depreciated over a 10-year life using the sum-of-the-years'-digits method. At the beginning of 2021, it was decided to change to straight-line. Ignoring taxes, the 2021 adjusting entry will include a debit to depreciation expense of: A) $76,000 B) $44,000 C) $32,000 D) $22,000 Answer: C Explanation: Sum-of the years' digits depreciation was $216,000 {$440,000 × [(10 + 9 + 8)/55]}. Thus, the undepreciated value at the beginning of 2021 is $224,000 ($440,000 − $216,000), which will be depreciated over seven years. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
67) Prior to 2021, Trapper John Inc. used sum-of-the-years'-digits depreciation on its store equipment. Beginning in 2021, Trapper John decided to use straight-line depreciation for these assets. The equipment cost $3 million when it was purchased at the beginning of 2019, had an estimated useful life of five years and no estimated residual value. To account for the change in 2021, Trapper John: A) Would retrospectively report $600,000 in depreciation expense annually for 2019 and 2020, and report $600,000 in depreciation expense for 2021. B) Would adjust accumulated depreciation and retained earnings for the excess charges made in 2019 and 2020. C) Would report depreciation expense of $400,000 in its 2021 income statement. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: A change in depreciation methods is considered to be a change in accounting estimate that is achieved by a change in accounting principle and handled prospectively. The computation is as follows: Book value at 1/1/2021 = $3,000,000 [(5/15 × $3,000,000) + (4/15 × $3,000,000) = $1,200,000. New depreciation = $1,200,000 ÷ 3 = $400,000 per year for 2021-2023. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 68) Diversified Systems, Inc. reports consolidated financial statements this year in place of statements of individual companies reported in previous years. This results in: A) An accounting change that should be reported prospectively. B) An accounting change that should be reported by restating the financial statements of all prior periods presented. C) A correction of an error. D) Neither an accounting change nor a correction of an error. Answer: B Explanation: This is a change in reporting entity to be accounted for retrospectively. That is, financial statements of prior periods are restated to report the financial information for the new reporting entity in all periods. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in reporting entity Learning Objective: 20-05 Describe the situations that constitute a change in reporting entity. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
69) Z Company acquired a subsidiary several years ago that was appropriately excluded from consolidation last year. This year Z has consolidated the subsidiary in its financial statements. This results in: A) An accounting change that should be reported prospectively. B) A correction of an error. C) An accounting change that should be reported by restating the financial statements of all prior periods presented. D) Neither an accounting change nor a correction of an error. Answer: C Explanation: This is a change in reporting entity to be accounted for retrospectively. That is, financial statements of prior periods are restated to report the financial information for the new reporting entity in all periods. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in reporting entity Learning Objective: 20-05 Describe the situations that constitute a change in reporting entity. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 70) Which of the following is a change in reporting entity? A) A change to the full cost method in the extractive industries. B) Discontinuing a segment of operations. C) A change from the cost to the equity method. D) Consolidating a subsidiary not previously included in consolidated financial statements. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Change in reporting entity Learning Objective: 20-05 Describe the situations that constitute a change in reporting entity. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
71) Which of the following is not a change in reporting entity? A) Reporting using comparative financial statements for the first time. B) Changing the companies that comprise a consolidated group. C) Presenting consolidated financial statements for the first time. D) All are changes in reporting entity. Answer: A Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in reporting entity Learning Objective: 20-05 Describe the situations that constitute a change in reporting entity. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 72) An item that should be reported as a prior period adjustment is the: A) Correction of an error in depreciation from last year. B) Payment of taxes due to a tax audit of last year's tax return. C) Payment of a previously recorded warranty expense. D) Receipt of the proceeds of a note receivable that was due last year. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
73) Which of the following statements is not true regarding the correction of an error? A) The correction is reported prospectively and previous financial statements are not revised. B) A journal entry is needed to correct any account balances that are incorrect as a result of the error. C) Prior years' financial statements are restated to reflect the correction of the error (if the error affected those statements). D) A disclosure note should describe the nature of the error and the impact of its correction on net income, income from continuing operations, and earnings per share. Answer: A Explanation: The effect of the error is reported as an adjustment to beginning-of-period retained earnings and prior years' financial statements are restated. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 74) Washburn Co. spent $10 million to purchase a new patented technology, debiting an intangible asset and crediting cash. Washburn uses SYD depreciation on its depreciable assets and plans to amortize the intangible asset on a straight-line basis. The appropriate accounting treatment is that: A) Washburn is not required to make any accounting adjustments. B) Washburn is required to adjust a change in accounting estimate prospectively. C) Washburn has made a change in accounting principle, requiring retrospective adjustment. D) Washburn needs to correct an accounting error. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
75) In 2021, internal auditors discovered that Fay, Inc., had debited an expense account for the $700,000 cost of a machine purchased on January 1, 2018. The machine's useful life was expected to be five years with no residual value. Straight-line depreciation is used by Fay. The journal entry to correct the error will include a credit to accumulated depreciation of: A) $140,000. B) $280,000. C) $420,000. D) $700,000. Answer: C Explanation: During the three-year period, depreciation expense was understated by $420,000, but other expenses were overstated by $700,000, so net income during the period was understated by $280,000, which means retained earnings is currently understated by that amount. During the three-year period, accumulated depreciation was understated, and continues to be understated by $420,000. To correct incorrect accounts. Equipment Accumulated depreciation ($140,000 × 3 years) Retained earnings ($700,000 − $420,000)
700,000 420,000 280,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) Popeye Company purchased a machine for $300,000 on January 1, 2020. Popeye depreciates machines of this type by the straight-line method over a five-year period using no salvage value. Due to an error, no depreciation was taken on this machine in 2020. Popeye discovered the error in 2021. What amount should Popeye record as depreciation expense for 2021? The tax rate is 25%. A) $120,000. B) $60,000. C) $45,000. D) $90,000. Answer: B Explanation: $300,000 ÷ 5 years = $60,000 per year. The error correction would be recorded as a prior period adjustment. The tax rate is not relevant to calculating depreciation expense. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 77) Due to an error in computing depreciation expense, Prewitt Corporation overstated accumulated depreciation by $20 million as of December 31, 2021. Prewitt has a tax rate of 25%. Prewitt's retained earnings as of December 31, 2021, would be: A) Overstated by $15 million. B) Understated by $15 million. C) Overstated by $5 million. D) Understated by $5 million. Answer: B Explanation: Accumulated depreciation Deferred tax liability Retained earnings
20,000,000 5,000,000 15,000,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) Due to an error in computing depreciation expense, Crote Corporation understated accumulated depreciation by $60 million as of December 31, 2021. Crote has a tax rate of 25%. Crote's retained earnings as of December 31, 2021, would be: A) Overstated by $45 million. B) Understated by $45 million. C) Overstated by $15 million. D) Understated by $15 million. Answer: A Explanation: Depreciation expense would have been understated by $60M, causing net income and retained earnings to be overstated by (1 − 25%) × $60M. To correct error: Retained earnings Deferred tax liability Accumulated depreciation
45,000,000 15,000,000 60,000,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 79) In 2021, management discovered that Dual Production had debited expense for the full cost of an asset purchased on January 1, 2018, at a cost of $36 million with no expected residual value. Its useful life was 5 years. Dual uses straight-line depreciation. The correcting entry, assuming the error was discovered in 2021 before preparation of the adjusting and closing entries, includes (ignore taxes): A) A debit to accumulated depreciation of $14.4 million. B) A credit to accumulated depreciation of $21.6 million. C) A credit to an asset of $36 million. D) A debit to retained earnings of $14.4 million. Answer: B Explanation: Accumulated depreciation would be credited for three year's depreciation (2018 to 2020) at $7.2 million per year. Depreciation for 2021 will be accounted for normally. In addition, an asset account would be debited for $36 million and retained earnings would be credited for $14.4 million. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
80) Green Company overstated its inventory by $50 million at the end of 2021. The discovery of this error during 2022, before adjusting or closing entries, would require: A) An increase in retained earnings. B) A prospective adjustment in the 2022 income statement. C) A debit to inventory of $50 million. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Explanation: In 2022, retained earnings would be debited for $50 million for the 2021 effect on net income (before tax), and 2022 beginning inventory would be credited for $50 million. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 81) Cooper Inc. took physical inventory at the end of 2020. Purchases that were acquired FOB destination were in transit, so they were not included in the physical count. A) Cooper needs to correct an accounting error. B) Cooper has made a change in accounting principle, requiring retrospective adjustment. C) Cooper is required to adjust a change in accounting estimate prospectively. D) Cooper is not required to make any accounting adjustments. Answer: D Explanation: This inventory should be excluded because it had not yet reached its destination, where transfer of control passes. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
82) After issuing its financial statements, a company discovered that its beginning inventory was overstated by $100,000. Its tax rate is 25%. As a result of this error, net income was: A) Understated by $75,000. B) Overstated by $75,000. C) Understated by $25,000. D) Overstated by $25,000. Answer: A Explanation: If beginning inventory is overstated, COGS is overstated and net income is understated: $100,000 × (1 − 25%) = $75,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 83) Berkshire Inc. uses a periodic inventory system. At the end of 2020, it missed counting some inventory items, resulting in an inventory understatement by $600,000. Assume that Berkshire has a 25% income tax rate and that this was the only error it made. If undetected, what is the effect of this error on Berkshire's December 31, 2020 balance sheet? A) Assets understated by $600,000 and shareholders' equity understated by $600,000. B) Assets understated by $450,000 and shareholders' equity understated by $450,000. C) Assets understated by $600,000, liabilities understated by $150,000, and shareholders' equity understated by $450,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: Cost of goods sold is overstated by $600,000 because the ending inventory is understated. So, net income, and thus retained earnings, is understated by $450,000 (= $600,000 − 25% [$600,000]). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
84) Berkshire Inc. uses a periodic inventory system. At the end of 2020, it missed counting some inventory items, resulting in an inventory understatement by $600,000. Assume that Berkshire has a 25% income tax rate and that this was the only error it made. What is the effect of the error on Berkshire's 2021 income statement? A) Net income is understated by $450,000. B) Cost of goods sold is understated by $450,000. C) There are no errors in the 2021 income statement. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Explanation: Cost of goods sold is understated by $600,000 because the beginning inventory is understated. So, net income, and thus retained earnings, is overstated by $450,000 (= $600,000 − 25% [$600,000]). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 85) Berkshire Inc. uses a periodic inventory system. At the end of 2020, it missed counting some inventory items, resulting in an inventory understatement by $600,000. Assume that Berkshire has a 25% income tax rate and that this was the only error it made. What is the effect of the error on Berkshire's December 31, 2021 balance sheet? A) There are no errors in the December 31, 2021 balance sheet. B) Assets understated by $600,000 and shareholders' equity understated by $600,000. C) Assets understated by $450,000 and shareholders' equity understated by $450,000. D) Liabilities understated by $150,000 and shareholders' equity overstated by $450,000. Answer: A Explanation: The inventory error self-corrects over the two years. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
86) C. Goode Eyeglasses overstated its inventory by $30,000 at the end of 2021. In 2022, the discovery of this error, before adjusting or closing entries, would require: A) An increase in retained earnings. B) A debit to inventory of $30,000. C) A prospective adjustment in the 2022 income statement. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Explanation: The effect of the 2021 error was an overstatement of net income and retained earnings. The beginning inventory of 2022 is overstated and thus cost of goods sold is overstated. In 2022, retained earnings would be debited for $30,000, and cost of goods sold would be credited for $30,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 87) C. Goode Eyeglasses overstated its inventory by $30,000 at the end of 2021. If the error is not discovered until 2023, before adjusting or closing entries, C. Goode would need: A) An increase in 2023 retained earnings. B) A debit to inventory of $30,000 in 2023. C) A prospective adjustment in the 2022 income statement. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Explanation: By 2023, the 2021 inventory error was counterbalanced in year 2022 and thus no adjustment is needed in 2023. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) During 2021, P Company discovered that the ending inventories reported on its financial statements were incorrect by the following amounts: 2019 2020
$ 120,000understated $ 150,000overstated
P uses the periodic inventory system to ascertain year-end quantities that are converted to dollar amounts using the FIFO cost method. Prior to any adjustments for these errors and ignoring income taxes, P's retained earnings at January 1, 2021, would be: A) Correct. B) $30,000 overstated. C) $150,000 overstated. D) $270,000 overstated. Answer: C Explanation: The $120,000 understated ending inventory would cause the 2019 COGS to be overstated, understating NI and RE. That same error would cause 2020 beginning inventory to be understated, overstating NI and RE by the same amount, effectively correcting the RE balance. The $150,000 overstated ending inventory would cause the 2020 COGS to be understated, overstating NI and RE. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
89) Powell Company had the following errors over the last two years: 2019: Ending inventory was overstated by $30,000 while depreciation expense was overstated by $24,000. 2020: Ending inventory was understated by $5,000 while depreciation expense was understated by $4,000. By how much should retained earnings be adjusted on January 1, 2021? (Ignore taxes) A) Increase by $15,000. B) Decrease by $25,000. C) Decrease by $6,000. D) Increase by $25,000. Answer: D Explanation:
Accounting error 2019 EI Overstatement self-corrected in 2020 2019 Depreciation expense overstated 2020 EI understated; CGS overstated 2020 Depreciation expense understated Net increase to retained earnings
Retained earnings effect $ 0 $ 24,000 5,000 (4,000) $ 25,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
90) Early in 2021, Benton Well Supplies discovered that a five-year insurance premium payment of $50,000 at the beginning of 2018 was debited to insurance expense. The correcting entry would include (ignore taxes): A) A credit to retained earnings of $20,000. B) A debit to insurance expense of $20,000. C) A debit to prepaid insurance of $30,000. D) A debit to prepaid insurance of $50,000. Answer: A Explanation: The correcting entry would include a debit to prepaid insurance for $20,000 and a credit to retained earnings for $20,000 since there are two years remaining on the insurance policy. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 91) Early in 2021, Ashland Granite discovered that a five-year insurance premium payment of $750,000 at the beginning of 2018 was debited to insurance expense. The correcting entry would include: A) A debit to prepaid insurance of $750,000. B) A debit to insurance expense of $300,000. C) A debit to prepaid insurance of $450,000. D) A credit to retained earnings of $300,000. Answer: D Explanation: The correcting entry would debit prepaid insurance for $300,000 and a credit to retained earnings for $300,000 because there are two years remaining on the insurance policy. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) In December 2021, Kojak Insurance Co. received $500,000 in premiums for a two-year property insurance policy. The company recorded the transaction by debiting cash and crediting insurance premium revenue for the full amount. An internal audit conducted in early 2022 flagged this transaction. The appropriate accounting treatment is that: A) Kojak needs to correct an accounting error. B) Kojak has made a change in accounting principle, requiring retrospective adjustment. C) Kojak is required to adjust a change in accounting estimate prospectively. D) Kojak is not required to make any accounting adjustments. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 93) C Co. reported a retained earnings balance of $200,000 at December 31, 2020. In September 2021, C determined that insurance premiums of $30,000 for the three-year period beginning January 1, 2020, had been paid and fully expensed in 2020. C has a 25% income tax rate. What amount should C report as adjusted beginning retained earnings in its 2021 statement of retained earnings? A) $210,000. B) $215,000. C) $220,000. D) $222,500. Answer: B Explanation: The insurance premiums of $30,000 were charged in error to insurance expense on the 2020 income statements. The premiums should have been allocated equally at $10,000 per year for 2020, 2021, and 2022. Therefore, the beginning retained earnings at 2021 are understated by $15,000—the effect of the error ($20,000) less the $5,000 tax effect ($20,000 × 25%). The corrected retained earnings would be the beginning balance plus the correction of the error ($200,000 + $15,000 = $215,000). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
94) A company overstated its liability for warranties by $200,000. Its tax rate is 25%. As a result of this error, income tax expense is: A) Unaffected. B) Overstated by $50,000. C) Understated by $50,000. D) Understated by $150,000. Answer: C Explanation: $200,000 × 0.25 = $50,000 tax reduction. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 95) A company switched from the cash basis to the accrual basis for recognizing warranty expense. The unrecorded liability for warranties was $2 million at the beginning of the year. Its tax rate is 25%. The company booked a year-end warranty liability of $3 million. As a result of this change, the firm would: A) Report a prior period adjustment decreasing retained earnings by $500,000. B) Report a prior period adjustment decreasing retained earnings by $1,500,000. C) Report a current period charge decreasing net income by $500,000. D) Report a current period charge decreasing net income by $1,500,000. Answer: B Explanation: Retained earnings Deferred tax liability Warranty liability
1,500,000 500,000 2,000,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Analyze; Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) At the end of the current year, a company failed to accrue interest of $500,000 on its investments in municipal bonds. Its tax rate is 25%. As a result of this error, net income is: A) Unaffected. B) Understated by $375,000. C) Understated by $500,000. D) Understated by $125,000. Answer: C Explanation: $500,000 × (1 − 0%) = $500,000. Municipal bond interest is tax exempt. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 97) A broadcasting company failed to make a year-end accrual of $400,000 for fines due to a violation of FCC rules. Its tax rate is 25%. As a result of this error, net income was: A) Unaffected. B) Overstated by $400,000. C) Overstated by $300,000. D) Overstated by $100,000. Answer: B Explanation: $400,000 × (1 − 0%) = $400,000. Fines paid for violations of the law are not tax deductible. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) Moonland Company's income statement contained the following errors: Ending inventory, December 31, 2021, understated by $6,000 Depreciation expense for 2021 overstated by $1,000 What is the effect of the errors on 2021 net income before taxes? A) Overstated by $5,000. B) Understated by $5,000. C) Understated by $7,000. D) Overstated by $7,000. Answer: C Explanation: Cost of goods sold overstated Depreciation expense overstated Net understatement of net income
$ 6,000 1,000 $ 7,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 99) At the end of the current year, a company overstated prepaid insurance by $80,000 and understated supplies expense by $100,000. Its effective tax rate is 25%. As a result of this error, net income is: A) Overstated by $135,000. B) Overstated by $15,000. C) Understated by $135,000. D) Understated by $15,000. Answer: A Explanation: Prepaid insurance overstated $80,000 × (1 − 25%) Supplies expense understated $100,000 × (1 − 25%) Net overstatement of net income
$
(60,000) (75,000) $ (135,000)
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
100) In 2021, due to a change in marketing forecasts, Barney Corporation reduced the projected life of its patent for producing round dice. The cumulative patent amortization prior to 2021 would have been $10 million higher had the new life been used. Barney's tax rate is 25%. Barney's retained earnings as of December 31, 2021, would be: A) Overstated by $7.5 million. B) Overstated by $2.5 million. C) Overstated by $10 million. D) Unaffected. Answer: D Explanation: This is a change in estimate. No prior period adjustment is needed. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 101) A company failed to record unrealized gains of $20 million on its available for sale debt security investments. Its tax rate is 25%. As a result of this error, comprehensive income would be: A) Understated by $15 million. B) Understated by $5 million. C) Understated by $20 million. D) Unaffected. Answer: A Explanation: Unrealized gains on debt securities classified as available for sale are reported net of tax in other comprehensive income. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
102) A company failed to record unrealized gains of $20 million on its debt investments classified as trading securities. Its tax rate is 25%. As a result of this error, total shareholders' equity would be: A) Understated by $15 million. B) Understated by $5 million. C) Understated by $20 million. D) Unaffected. Answer: A Explanation: Unrealized gains on trading securities of debt investments are included in earnings, so retained earnings would be increased by the after-tax amount: $20,000,000 × (1 − 25%) = $15,000,000. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 103) Patterson Company failed to adjust for a $60,000 actual loss on pension plan assets in 2021, resulting in an underfunded pension plan. Patterson's tax rate is 25%. As result of this error, retained earnings would be: A) Unaffected. B) Overstated by $60,000. C) Overstated by $45,000. D) Overstated by $15,000. Answer: A Explanation: The actual loss on pension plan assets is entered to accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) and because it is not reflected as part of pension expense, it has no effect on net income and, thus, no effect on retained earnings. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
104) Which of the accounting changes listed below is more associated with financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP than with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)? A) Change in reporting entity. B) Change to the LIFO method from the FIFO method. C) Change in accounting estimate. D) Change in depreciation methods. Answer: B Explanation: LIFO is not a permissible method of accounting for inventory under IFRS. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Accounting changes and error correction Learning Objective: 20-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting changes and error corrections. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation 105) Which of the accounting changes listed below is more associated with financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP than with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)? A) Change in estimated useful life of depreciable assets. B) Change from the FIFO method of costing inventories to the LIFO method. C) Change in depreciation method. D) Change in reporting entity. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting principle-Retrospective; IFRS-Accounting changes and error correction Learning Objective: 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported.; 20-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting changes and error corrections. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
106) Which of the following statements is true regarding correcting errors in previously issued financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)? A) The error can be reported in the current period if it's not considered practicable to report it retrospectively. B) The error can be reported in the current period if it's not considered practicable to report it prospectively. C) The error can be reported prospectively if it's not considered practicable to report it retrospectively. D) Retrospective application is required with no exception. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Accounting changes and error correction Learning Objective: 20-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting changes and error corrections. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation 107) Using International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), which of the following statements is true regarding correcting errors in previously issued financial statements? A) Retrospective application is required with no exception. B) The error can be reported in the current period if it's not considered practicable to report it prospectively. C) The error can be reported prospectively if it's not considered practicable to report it retrospectively. D) The error can be reported in the current period if it's not considered practicable to report it retrospectively. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Accounting changes and error correction Learning Objective: 20-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting changes and error corrections. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
108) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the number for the correct term. TERM 1. Prospective approach 2. Disclosure note 3. Error corrections 4. Changes in accounting principle 5. Changes in reporting entity
PHRASE NUMBER Required for all material accounting changes _____ and error corrections. The approach used for changes in _____ depreciation methods. Most are handled under the retrospective _____ approach. Involves consolidated financial statements. _____ Accounting changes always handled retrospectively.
_____
Answer: TERM 1. Prospective approach 2. Disclosure note 3. Error corrections 4. Changes in accounting principle 5. Changes in reporting entity
PHRASE NUMBER Required for all material accounting 2 changes and error corrections. The approach used for changes in 1 depreciation methods. Most are handled under the retrospective 4 approach. Involves consolidated financial 5 statements. Accounting changes always handled 3 retrospectively.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting principle-Prospective; Change in accounting principleRetrospective; Change in reporting entity; Error correction Learning Objective: 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported.; 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively.; 20-05 Describe the situations that constitute a change in reporting entity.; 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
109) Listed below are five terms followed by a list of phrases that describe or characterize each of the terms. Match each phrase with the correct term. TERM 1. Changes in accounting estimates 2. Cumulative effect adjustment to income statement 3. Prior period adjustment 4. Prospective approach 5. Pro forma disclosure
PHRASE NUMBER Not used for changes in accounting _____ principle. Adjustment to retained earnings of earliest _____ year reported. No journal entry needed, but disclosure is required. Handled prospectively. Information for change in reporting entity.
_____ _____ _____
Answer: TERM 1. Changes in accounting estimates 2. Cumulative effect adjustment to income statement 3. Prior period adjustment 4. Prospective approach 5. Pro forma disclosure
PHRASE Not used for changes in accounting principle. Adjustment to retained earnings of earliest year reported. No journal entry needed, but disclosure is required. Handled prospectively. Information for change in reporting entity.
NUMBER 2 3
4 1 5
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting estimate; Change in accounting principle-Prospective; Change in accounting principle-Retrospective; Change in reporting entity; Distinguish retrospective and prospective; Error correction Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes.; 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively.; 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively.; 20-05 Describe the situations that constitute a change in reporting entity.; 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) Indicate the nature of each of the situations described below using the following three-letter code
CPR: CPP: CES: CRE: PPA:
_____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____
CODE DESCRIPTION Change in principle reported retrospectively Change in principle reported prospectively Change in estimate Change in reporting entity Prior period adjustment required
Technological advance that renders worthless a patent with an unamortized cost of $45,000. Change from LIFO inventory costing to average inventory costing. Including in the consolidated financial statements a subsidiary acquired several years earlier that was appropriately not included in previous years. Change from FIFO inventory method to LIFO. Pension plan assets for a defined benefit pension plan achieving a rate of return in excess of the amount anticipated. Change from the pay-as-you-go method to estimating warranty expense in the period the related product is sold. Change from declining balance depreciation to straight-line. Change from determining lower of cost or net realizable value for inventories by the individual item approach to the aggregate approach. Settling a lawsuit for less than the amount accrued previously as a loss contingency. Change in the estimated useful life of office equipment.
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: CES Technological advance that renders worthless a patent with an unamortized cost of $45,000. CPR Change from LIFO inventory costing to average inventory costing. CRE Including in the consolidated financial statements a subsidiary acquired several years earlier that was appropriately not included in previous years. CPP Change from FIFO inventory method to LIFO. CES Pension plan assets for a defined benefit pension plan achieving a rate of return in excess of the amount anticipated. PPA Change from the pay-as-you-go method to estimating warranty expense in the period the related product is sold. CPP Change from declining balance depreciation to straight-line. CPR Change from determining lower of cost or net realizable value for inventories by the individual item approach to the aggregate approach. CES Settling a lawsuit for less than the amount accrued previously as a loss contingency. CES Change in the estimated useful life of office equipment. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in accounting estimate; Change in accounting principle-Prospective; Change in accounting principle-Retrospective; Change in depreciation method; Change in reporting entity; Error correction Learning Objective: 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported.; 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively.; 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively.; 20-05 Describe the situations that constitute a change in reporting entity.; 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
111) Indicate the nature of each of the situations described below using the following three-letter code
CPR: CPP: CES: CRE: PPA:
_____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____
CODE DESCRIPTION Change in principle reported retrospectively Change in principle reported prospectively Change in estimate Change in reporting entity Prior period adjustment required
Change from FIFO inventory costing to LIFO inventory costing. Change from LIFO inventory costing to FIFO inventory costing. Change in the composition of a group of firms reporting on a consolidated basis. Change to the installment method of accounting for receivables. Change in actuarial assumptions for a defined benefit pension plan. Change from sum-of-the-years' digits depreciation to straight-line. Change from expensing extraordinary repairs erroneously recorded as an expense to capitalizing the expenditures. Change in the percentage used to determine warranty expense. Change from reporting postretirement benefits according to the provisions of U.S. GAAP. Change in the residual value of machinery.
60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: CPP Change from FIFO inventory costing to LIFO inventory costing. CPR Change from LIFO inventory costing to FIFO inventory costing. CRE Change in the composition of a group of firms reporting on a consolidated basis. CPR Change to the installment method of accounting for receivables. CES Change in actuarial assumptions for a defined benefit pension plan. CPP Change from sum-of-the-years' digits depreciation to straight-line. PPA Change from expensing extraordinary repairs erroneously recorded as an expense to capitalizing the expenditures. CES Change in the percentage used to determine warranty expense. CPP Change from reporting postretirement benefits according to the provisions of U.S. GAAP. CES Change in the residual value of machinery. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting estimate; Change in accounting principle-Prospective; Change in accounting principle-Retrospective; Change in depreciation method; Change in reporting entity; Error correction Learning Objective: 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported.; 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively.; 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively.; 20-05 Describe the situations that constitute a change in reporting entity.; 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
112) Babcock Company purchased a piece of machinery for $30,000 on January 1, 2019, and has been depreciating the machine using the sum-of-the-years'-digits method based on a fiveyear estimated useful life and no salvage value. On January 1, 2021, Babcock decided to switch to the straight-line method of depreciation. The salvage value is still zero and the estimated useful life is changed to a total of six years from the date of purchase. Ignore income taxes. Required: (1.) Prepare the appropriate journal entry, if any, to record the accounting change. (2.) Prepare the journal entry to record depreciation for 2021.
Answer: 1. No entry is required as this is treated prospectively under GAAP. 2.
December 31, 2021 Depreciation expense Accumulated depreciation 2019: $30,000 × 5/15 = 2020: $30,000 × 4/15 = Total SYD Depreciation
3,000 3,000 $10,000 8,000 $18,000
$30,000 - $18,000 = $12,000 book value $12,000 ÷ 4 remaining years = $3,000 new depreciation Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in accounting principle-Prospective; Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively.; 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
113) Albatross Company purchased a piece of machinery for $60,000 on January 1, 2019, and has been depreciating the machine using the double-declining-balance method based on a fiveyear estimated useful life and no salvage value. On January 1, 2021, Albatross decided to switch to the straight-line method of depreciation. The salvage value is still zero and the estimated useful life did not change. Ignore income taxes. Required: (1) Prepare the appropriate journal entry, if any, to record the accounting change. (2) Prepare the journal entry to record depreciation for 2021. Answer: (1) No entry would be made because this change is handled prospectively under GAAP. (2) The depreciation recorded for 2019 and 2020 was: 2019: $60,000 × 1/5 × 2 = 2020: ($60,000 - $24,000) × 1/5 × 2 =
$24,000 14,400
Total DDB Depreciation
$38,400
Therefore, remaining depreciation for years 2021 and following would be: ($60,000 - $38,400) = $21,600 over three years. The journal entry for 2021 would be: December 31, 2021 Depreciation expense Accumulated depreciation
7,200 7,200
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in accounting principle-Prospective; Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively.; 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) Colorado Consulting Company has been using the sum-of-the-years'-digits depreciation method to depreciate some office equipment that was acquired at the beginning of 2019. At the beginning of 2021, Colorado Consulting decided to change to the straight-line method. The equipment cost $120,000 and is expected to have no salvage value. The estimated useful life of the equipment is five years. Ignore income taxes. Required: 1. Prepare the appropriate journal entry, if any, to record the accounting change. 2. Prepare the journal entry to record depreciation for 2021. Answer: 1. No entry would be made because this change is handled prospectively under GAAP. 2. The depreciation recorded for 2019 and 2020 was: 2019: $120,000 × 5/15 = 2020: $120,000 × 4/15 = Total SYD Depreciation
$40,000 32,000 $72,000
Therefore, remaining depreciation for years 2021 and following would be: ($120,000 - $72,000) = $48,000 over three years. The journal entry for 2021 would be: December 31, 2021 Depreciation expense Accumulated depreciation
16,000 16,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in accounting principle-Prospective; Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively.; 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
115) Universal Semiconductors switched from the double-declining-balance depreciation method to straight-line depreciation in 2021. • The change affects its precision equipment that was purchased at the beginning of 2019 at a cost of $50 million. • The machinery has an expected useful life of ten years and an estimated residual value of $8 million. Required: Prepare the appropriate entry to record depreciation in 2021. Answer: The depreciation prior to the change is as follows: DDB Depreciation 2019 depreciation 2020 depreciation Accumulated depreciation
($ in millions) $10 = ($50 × 1/10 × 2) $8 = ([$50 - $10] × 1/10 × 2) $18 = $10 + $8
A change in depreciation method is considered a change in accounting estimate resulting from a change in accounting principle. So, Universal Semiconductors reports the change prospectively; previous financial statements are not revised. Instead, the company simply employs the straightline method from 2021 on. The undepreciated cost remaining at the time of the change is depreciated straight-line over the remaining useful life. Calculation of Straight-Line Depreciation Asset's cost Accumulated depreciation to date (calculated above) Undepreciated cost, Jan. 1, 2021 Estimated residual value To be depreciated over remaining 8 years Annual straight-line depreciation 2021-2028
($ in millions) $50 (18) $32 (8) $24 ÷ 8 years $ 3
Adjusting entry (2021) ($ in millions) Depreciation expense (calculated above) 3 Accumulated depreciation 3 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) Pinnacle Corporation has been using the straight-line depreciation method to depreciate some office equipment that was acquired at the beginning of 2018. At the beginning of 2021, Pinnacle decided to change to the double-declining-balance method. The equipment cost $120,000 and is expected to have no salvage value. The estimated useful life of the equipment is five years. The tax rate is 25%. Required: Prepare the journal entry, if any, to record the accounting change at the beginning of 2021. Answer: No entry would be made because this change is handled prospectively under U.S. GAAP. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting principle-Prospective; Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively.; 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Annual depreciation expense on a building purchased a few years ago (using the straightline method) is $5,000. The cost of the building was $100,000. The current book value of the equipment (January 1, 2021) is $85,000. At the time of purchase, the asset was estimated to have a zero salvage value. On January 1, 2021, the company decided to reduce the original useful life by 25% and to establish a salvage value of $5,000. The firm also decided doubledeclining-balance depreciation was more appropriate. Ignore tax effects. Required: (1) Record the journal entry, if any, to report the accounting change. (2) Record the annual depreciation for 2021. Answer: (1) No entry required because of simultaneous change in accounting principle and estimate. This is treated as a change in estimate. (2) 20 years × .75 = 15 total years 15 years - 3 years already taken = 12 remaining years ($85,000) × 2/12 = $14,167 for 2021 December 31, 2021 Depreciation expense Accumulated depreciation
14,167 14,167
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in accounting estimate; Change in accounting principle-Prospective; Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively.; 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
118) Green Co. constructed a machine at a total cost of $70 million. Construction was completed at the end of 2017 and the machine was placed in service at the beginning of 2018. The machine was being depreciated over a 10-year life using the sum-of-the-years'-digits method. The residual value is expected to be $4 million. At the beginning of 2021, Green decided to change to the straight-line method. Required: 1. Ignoring income taxes, what journal entry(s) should Green record relating to the machine for 2021? 2. Suppose Green has been using the straight-line method and switches to the sum-of-theyears'-digits method. Ignoring income taxes, what journal entry(s) should Green record relating to the machine for 2021? Answer: 1. A change in depreciation method is considered a change in accounting estimate resulting from a change in accounting principle. In other words, a change in the depreciation method is similar to changing the economic useful life of a depreciable asset, and therefore the two events should be reported the same way. Accordingly, Green reports the change prospectively; previous financial statements are not revised. Instead, the company simply employs the straight-line method from then on. The undepreciated cost remaining at the time of the change would be depreciated straight-line over the remaining useful life. ($ in millions) $70.0
Asset's cost Accumulated depreciation to date (calculated below) Undepreciated cost, Jan. 1, 2021 Estimated residual value To be depreciated over remaining 7 years
(32.4) $37.6 (4.0) $33.6 7 years $4.8
Annual straight-line depreciation 2021-2025 Calculation of SYD depreciation = $32.4 million *n (n + 1) ÷ 2 = 10 (11) ÷ 2 = 55 Adjusting entry (2021 depreciation): Depreciation expense (calculated above) Accumulated depreciation
($ in millions) 4.8 4.8
68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Green reports the change prospectively; previous financial statements are not revised. Instead, the undepreciated cost remaining at the time of the change would be depreciated by the sumof-the-years'-digits method over the remaining useful life.
Asset's cost Accumulated depreciation to date (calculated below) Undepreciated cost, Jan. 1, 2021 Estimated residual value To be depreciated over remaining 7 years
($ in millions) $70.0 (19.8) $50.2 (4.0) $46.2
Calculation of straight-line depreciation to date ($70 - $4) ÷ 10 years = $6.6 × 3 years = $19.8 Adjusting entry (2021 depreciation): Depreciation expense (calculated below) Accumulated depreciation
($ in millions) 11.55 11.55
Calculation of SYD depreciation = $11.55 million *n (n + 1) ÷ 2 = 7 (8) ÷ 2 = 28 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in accounting principle-Prospective; Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively.; 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) Macintosh Inc. changed from LIFO to the FIFO inventory costing method on January 1, 2021. Inventory values at the end of each year since the inception of the company are as follows:
2019 2020
FIFO $200,000 400,000
LIFO $180,000 360,000
Required: Ignoring income tax considerations, prepare the entry to report this accounting change. Answer: January 1, 2021 Inventory Retained earnings
40,000 40,000
NOTE: A change from LIFO is handled retrospectively. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in accounting principle-Retrospective Learning Objective: 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
120) B Co. reported a deferred tax liability of $24 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, related to a temporary difference of $60 million. The tax rate was 25%. The temporary difference is expected to reverse in 2022 at which time the deferred tax liability will become payable. There are no other temporary differences in 2020-2022. Assume a new tax law is enacted in 2021 that causes the tax rate to change from 25% to 20% beginning in 2022. (The rate remains 25% for 2021 taxes.) Taxable income in 2021 is $100 million. Required: Determine the effect of the change and prepare the appropriate journal entry to record B's income tax expense in 2021. What adjustment, if any, is needed to revise retained earnings as a result of the change? Answer: A deferred tax liability is established using the currently enacted tax rate for the year(s) a temporary difference is expected to reverse. In this case that rate was 25%. The change in the tax law in 2022 constitutes a change in estimate. The deferred tax liability is simply revised to reflect the new rate.
Income tax expense (to balance) Deferred tax liability ($60 million × [25% - 20%]) Income tax payable ($100 million × 25%)
($ in millions) 22 3 25
When a company revises a previous estimate, prior financial statements are not revised. No adjustment is made to existing accounts. A disclosure note should describe the effect of a change in estimate on income from continuing operations, net income, and related per-share amounts for the current period. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
121) Buckeye Company purchased a machine on January 1, 2019. The machine had a cost of $260,000 with a $10,000 residual value. The estimated useful life of the machine was eight years. On January 1, 2021, due to technological innovations, the estimated useful life was reduced by two years from the original life and the residual value was reduced by 50%. The company uses straight-line depreciation. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the annual depreciation on December 31, 2021.
Answer: $260,000 - $10,000 = $250,000 ÷ 8 = $31,250 annual depreciation 2 × $31,250 = $62,500 accumulated depreciation $260,000 - $62,500 = $197,500 book value at December 31, 2020 $197,500 - $5,000 = $192,500 ÷ 4 remaining years = $48,125 annual depreciation December 31, 2021 Depreciation expense 48,125 Accumulated depreciation 48,125 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
122) Johnson Company receives royalties on a patent it developed several years ago. Royalties are 5% of net sales, to be received on September 30 for sales from January through June and receivable on March 31 for sales from July through December. The patent rights were distributed on July 1, 2020, and Johnson accrued royalty revenue of $50,000 on December 31, 2020, as follows: Receivable-royalty revenue Royalty revenue
50,000 50,000
Johnson received royalties of $65,000 on March 31, 2021, and $90,000 on September 30, 2021. In December, 2021, the patent user indicated to Johnson that sales subject to royalties for the second half of 2021 should be $600,000. Required: Prepare any journal entries Johnson should record during 2021 related to the royalty revenue. Answer: March 31, 2021 Cash Receivable–royalty revenue Royalty revenue September 30, 2021 Cash Royalty revenue December 31, 2021 Receivable–royalty revenue Royalty revenue ($600,000 × 5%)
65,000 50,000 15,000 90,000 90,000 30,000 30,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
123) Mattson Company receives royalties on a patent it developed several years ago. Royalties are 5% of net sales, to be received on September 30 for sales from January through June and receivable on March 31 for sales from July through December. The patent rights were distributed on July 1, 2020, and Mattson accrued royalty revenue of $60,000 on December 31, 2020, as follows: Receivable–royalty revenue Royalty revenue
60,000 60,000
Mattson received royalties of $65,000 on March 31, 2021, and $80,000 on September 30, 2021. In December, 2021, the patent user indicated to Mattson that sales subject to royalties for the second half of 2021 should be $800,000. Required: (1.) Prepare any journal entries Mattson should record during 2021 related to the royalty revenue. (2.) What changes should be made to retained earnings relative to these royalties? Answer: (1.) March 31, 2021 Cash Receivable–royalty revenue Royalty revenue September 30, 2021 Cash Royalty revenue December 31, 2021 Receivable–royalty revenue Royalty revenue ($800,000 × 5%)
65,000 60,000 5,000 80,000 80,000 40,000 40,000
(2.) The fact that more was received than anticipated represents a change in estimate. No adjustments are made to retained earnings or to any financial statements for a change in estimate. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
124) Nash Industries changed its method of accounting for warranties from the cash basis to the accrual basis on January 1, 2021. The company's accountant determined that a liability of $70,000 should be established. Ignore income taxes. Required: Prepare the journal entry to record the accounting change. Answer: This is a change from an unacceptable accounting principle to a principle in compliance with GAAP. Therefore, this is a correction of an error (prior period adjustment). January 1, 202 Retained earnings 70,000 Warranty liability 70,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) Cherokee Company's auditor discovered some errors. No errors were corrected during 2020. The errors are described as follows: (1.) Beginning inventory on January 1, 2020, was understated by $5,000. (2.) A two-year insurance policy purchased on April 30, 2020, in the amount of $24,000 was debited to Prepaid Insurance. No adjustment was made on December 31, 2020, or on December 31, 2021. Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries (assume the 2021 books have not been closed). Ignore income taxes. Answer: (1.) No journal entry is required for the inventory error. It will have self-corrected by the end of 2020 since the 2020 beginning inventory was the 2019 ending inventory and the error in each individual year balances out in the second year (2020). (2.) Insurance expense ($24,000 ÷ 24 months) × 12 Retained earnings ($24,000 ÷ 24 months) × 8 Prepaid insurance
12,000 8,000 20,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) Lindy Company's auditor discovered two errors. No errors were corrected during 2020. The errors are described as follows: (1.) Merchandise costing $4,000 was sold to a customer for $9,000 on December 31, 2020, but it was recorded as a sale on January 2, 2021. The merchandise was properly excluded from the 2020 ending inventory. Assume the periodic inventory system is used. (2.) A machine with a five-year life was purchased on January 1, 2020. The machine cost $20,000 and has no expected salvage value. No depreciation was taken in 2020 or 2021. Assume the straight-line method for depreciation. Required: Prepare appropriate journal entries (assume the 2021 books have not been closed). Ignore income taxes. Answer: 1. Sales Retained earnings 2.
Depreciation expense Retained earnings Accumulated depreciation
9,000 9,000 4,000 4,000 8,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
127) Name and briefly describe the three categories of accounting changes. Answer: (1.) Change in principle—a change from one acceptable accounting method or principle to another. (2.) Change in estimate—new information causes companies to revise estimates previously made. (3.) Change in reporting entity—the group of companies comprising the reporting entity changes. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish change—Principle-Error-Entity Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 128) Describe briefly the approaches of reporting changes in accounting principles. Answer: (1) Retrospective—prior years restated. (2) Modified retrospective—prior years are not restated but the cumulative amount of the change is reflected in beginning retained earnings of the year of the change. (2) Prospectively—only current and future years affected. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish retrospective and prospective Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) There is not always a clear-cut distinction between a change in estimate and a change in principle or a simultaneous change in estimate and change in principle. How are such situations accounted for? Answer: When it is not possible to determine whether an accounting change was a change in principle or a change in estimate, the change should be treated as a change in estimate. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Change in accounting principle-Prospective Learning Objective: 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 130) How may accounting changes detract from accounting information? Answer: Comparability and consistency are sacrificed when accounting changes occur. Comparability allows financial statement users to relate information to a benchmark (last year's information). Consistency means that a company applies the same methods to similar transactions from fiscal year to fiscal year. Both of these principles are compromised when a change in accounting principle occurs unless retrospective reporting is practicable. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish Principle-Estimate-Entity-Error Learning Objective: 20-01 Differentiate among the three types of accounting changes and distinguish among the retrospective, modified retrospective, and prospective approaches to accounting for and reporting accounting changes. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 131) How are accounting errors treated? Answer: Accounting errors are treated retrospectively. If retained earnings is one of the accounts affected, the correction involves a prior period adjustment. The adjustment is made directly to the retained earnings account, net of the tax effect, if any. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) Describe in detail the way companies report most voluntary changes in accounting principle. Answer: In general, companies report voluntary changes in accounting principle retrospectively. This means revising all previous period's financial statements as if the new method were used in those periods. In other words, for each year in the comparative statements reported, companies revise the balance of each account affected. Specifically, we make those statements appear as if the newly adopted accounting method had been applied all along. Also, if retained earnings is one of the accounts whose balance requires adjustment (and it usually is), it's necessary revise the beginning balance of retained earnings for the earliest period reported in the comparative statements of shareholders' equity (or statements of retained earnings if they're presented instead). Then, it's necessary to create a journal entry to adjust all account balances affected as of the date of the change. In the first set of financial statements after the change, a disclosure note would describe the change and justify the new method as preferable. It also would describe the effects of the change on all items affected, including the fact that the retained earnings balance was revised in the statement of shareholders' equity. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting principle-Retrospective Learning Objective: 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 133) A company changes depreciation methods. Briefly describe the steps the company should take to report this accounting change in its current comparative financial statements. Answer: Under generally accepted accounting principles, such a change is treated as a change in estimate, that is, prospectively. No changes are made retrospectively. The depreciation for the current and future periods reflects the remaining depreciation, computed on the new basis. A disclosure note should describe the effect of a change in estimate on income from continuing operations, net income, and related per share amounts for the current period. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively.; 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) On December 1, 2021, LCD Distributing Company ("LCD or "Company") issued a press release announcing its financial results for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2021. Included was the following information regarding a change in inventory method (in part): In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company changed its inventory valuation method from the Last-In First-Out (LIFO) method to the First-In First-Out (FIFO) method. The change is preferable as it provides a more meaningful presentation of the Company's financial position as it values inventory in a manner which more closely approximates current cost; better represents the underlying commercial substance of selling the oldest products first; and more accurately reflects the Company's realized periodic income. As required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, this change in accounting principle has been reflected in the consolidated statements of financial position, consolidated statements of operations, and consolidated statements of cash flows through retroactive application of the FIFO method. Previously reported net income (loss) available to common shareholders' for the fiscal years 2021 and 2020 were increased by $0.4 million and $2 million after income taxes, respectively. Required: 1. Why does GAAP require LCD to retrospectively adjust prior years' financial statements for this type of accounting change? 2. Assuming that the quantity of inventory remained stable during 2020, did the cost of LCD's inventory move up or down during that period? Answer: 1. We report most voluntary changes in accounting principle retrospectively. This means recasting all previous period's financial statements as if the new method were used in those periods. For each year in the comparative statements reported, we revise the balance of each account affected so that those statements appear as if the newly adopted accounting method had been applied all along. Then we create a journal entry to adjust all account balances affected as of the date of the change. GAAP requires retrospective application to enhance comparability of the statements from year to year. The revised statements are made to appear as if the newly adopted accounting method (FIFO inventory costing in this case) had been applied in all previous years. 2. The note reports that the switch to the FIFO cost method caused an increase in previously reported net income. For FIFO to result in higher earnings (lower cost of goods sold) than LIFO (assuming the quantity of inventory did not change), the cost of inventory must have increased during the year. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in accounting principle-Retrospective Learning Objective: 20-02 Describe how changes in accounting principle typically are reported. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) Branch Industries changes from declining balance depreciation to straight-line depreciation for existing assets. Describe in detail the way Branch would account for the change and include reasons for the accounting. Answer: Branch should report its change in depreciation method as a change in estimate, rather than as a change in accounting principle. This is because a change in depreciation method is considered a change in accounting estimate reflected by a change in accounting principle. In other words, a change in the depreciation method is adopted to reflect a change in (a) estimated future benefits from the asset, (b) the pattern of receiving those benefits, or (c) the company's knowledge about those benefits. The effect of the change in depreciation method is inseparable from the effect of the change in accounting estimate. Such changes frequently are related to the ongoing process of obtaining new information and revising estimates and, accordingly, are actually changes in estimates not unlike changing the estimated useful life of a depreciable asset. Logically, the two events should be reported the same way. Accordingly, Branch reports the change prospectively; previous financial statements are not revised. Instead, the company simply employs the straight-line method from then on. The undepreciated cost remaining at the time of the change would be depreciated straight-line over the remaining useful life. A disclosure note should justify that the change is preferable and describe the effect of a change on any financial statement line items and per share amounts affected for all periods reported. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in depreciation method Learning Objective: 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
136) We record and report most changes in accounting principle retrospectively, but sometimes report the changes prospectively. Explain when it is appropriate to report the changes prospectively. Provide examples. Answer: Usually, voluntary changes in accounting principles are reported retrospectively. We don't report changes in depreciation method that way, though, because such changes are considered to be changes in estimate and thus reported prospectively. Also, it's not practicable to report some changes in principle retrospectively because insufficient information is available. Revising balances in prior years means knowing what those balances should be. For instance, suppose we're switching from the FIFO method of inventory costing to the LIFO method. Recall that LIFO inventory consists of "layers" added in prior years at costs existing in those years. So, if FIFO has been used, the company probably hasn't kept track of those costs. Accounting records of prior years typically are inadequate to report the change retrospectively, so a company changing to LIFO usually reports the change prospectively. The beginning inventory in the year the LIFO method is adopted becomes the base year inventory for all future LIFO calculations. Another exception is when an ASU requires prospective application for specific changes in accounting methods. For example, when there's a change from the equity method to another method of accounting for long-term investments, GAAP requires the prospective application of the new method. If an investor's level of influence over an investee changes, it may be necessary to change from the equity method to another method. This might happen if a sale of shares causes the investor's ownership interest to fall from, say, 20% to 10%, resulting in the equity method no longer being appropriate. In such a case, we make no adjustment to the book value (carrying amount) of the investment, but instead, simply discontinue the equity method and apply the new method from then on. The existing balance in the investment account when the equity method is discontinued serves as the new "cost" basis from then on. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Change in accounting principle-Prospective Learning Objective: 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
137) Describe the way we account for a change in estimate. What is the appropriate accounting if we are unable to determine whether a change is a change in estimate or a change in principle? Answer: A change in estimate is accounted for prospectively. When a company revises an estimate, previous financial statements are not revised. Rather, the company simply incorporates the new estimate in any related accounting determinations from then on. A disclosure note should describe the effect of a change in estimate on income from continuing operations, net income, and related per share amounts for the current period. When it's not possible to distinguish between a change in principle and a change in estimate, the change should be treated as a change in estimate. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively.; 20-04 Explain how and why changes in estimates are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 138) What are the situations deemed to constitute a change in reporting entity? Describe the way changes in reporting entity are reported. Answer: The situations deemed to constitute a change in reporting entity are (1) presenting consolidated financial statements in place of statements of individual companies and (2) changing the specific companies that comprise the group for which consolidated or combined statements are prepared. Reporting a change in reporting entity means recasting all previous period's financial statements as if the new reporting entity existed in those periods. In the first set of financial statements after the change, a disclosure note describes the nature of the change and the reason it occurred. Also, the effect of the change on net income, income from continuing operations, and related per share amounts is indicated for all periods presented. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in reporting entity Learning Objective: 20-05 Describe the situations that constitute a change in reporting entity. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
139) Describe the way we account for an error when that error is discovered in a subsequent reporting period. Answer: When an error is discovered, previous years' financial statements that were incorrect as a result of the error are retrospectively restated to reflect the correction. Any account balances that currently are incorrect as a result of the error should be corrected by a journal entry. Also, if retained earnings is one of the accounts whose balance is incorrect, the correction is reported net of tax as a "prior period adjustment" to the beginning balance in a Statement of Shareholders' Equity (or Statement of Retained Earnings if that's presented instead). A disclosure note is needed also to describe the nature of the error and the impact of its correction on operations. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 140) What are the changes in accounting principle that require the prospective approach? Answer: (1.) Whenever the lack of information makes the retrospective approach impracticable, such as a change to the LIFO method of accounting for inventories. (2.) When it is impracticable to determine some period-specific effects. (3.) When it is impracticable to determine the cumulative effect of prior years on Retained Earnings. (4.) When mandated by generally accepted accounting principles such as for changing from the equity method of accounting for investments to another method of accounting for investments. (5.) When there is a change in depreciation, amortization, depletion methods. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting principle-Prospective Learning Objective: 20-03 Explain how and why some changes in accounting principle are reported prospectively. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
141) L Company discovered that a three-year insurance premium payment of $240,000 one year ago was debited to insurance expense. Required: 1. What action is required? Ignore taxes. 2. What action is required if the error is not discovered until four years after it occurred? Answer: 1. Last year, insurance expense would have been overstated by $240,000. If recorded correctly, 1/3 of $240,000 would have been expensed last period. This means retained earnings is currently understated by $240,000 — $80,000 = $160,000. Likewise, prepaid insurance would have been understated, and continues to be understated by $160,000. So, a correcting entry would debit prepaid insurance and credit retained earnings. Also, last year's financial statements that were incorrect as a result of the error would be retrospectively restated to report the prepaid insurance acquired and reflect the correct amount of insurance expense when those statements are reported again for comparative purposes in the current annual report. A net of tax "prior period adjustment" to retained earnings would be reported since retained earnings is one of the accounts incorrect as a result of the error. And, a disclosure note should describe the nature of the error and the impact of its correction on each year's net income, income from continuing operations, and earnings per share. 2. If the error in the previous question is not discovered until the insurance coverage has expired, no correcting entry at all would be needed. By then, the sum of the omitted insurance expense amounts ($80,000 × 3 years) would equal the expense incorrectly recorded when the error occurred, so the retained earnings balance would be the same as if the error never had occurred. Also, the asset—prepaid insurance—would have expired so it also would not need to be recorded. Any statements of prior years that were affected and are reported again in comparative statements still would be restated, and a disclosure note would describe the error. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Change in accounting estimate Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
86 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
142) Some inventory errors are described as "self-correcting" in that they have the opposite financial statement effect in the period following the errors, thereby "correcting" the original account balance errors. Required: Given this "self-correcting" feature, discuss why these errors should not be ignored and describe the steps needed to correct these errors. Answer: Despite the self-correcting feature of certain inventory errors, the errors cause the financial statements of the year of the error as well as the financial statements in the subsequent year to be incorrect. For example, an overstatement of ending inventory at the end of 2020 will correct itself in 2021 and retained earnings at the end of 2021 will be correct. However, cost of goods sold and net income will be incorrect in both years. In addition, inventory and retained earnings on the 2020 balance sheet will be incorrect. If a material inventory error is discovered in an accounting period subsequent to the period in which the error is made, previous years' financial statements that were incorrect as a result of the error are retrospectively restated to reflect the correction. And, of course, any account balances that are incorrect as a result of the error are corrected by journal entry. If retained earnings is one of the incorrect accounts, the correction is reported as a prior period adjustment to the beginning balance of retained earnings, net of tax, in the statement of shareholders' equity. In addition, a disclosure note is needed to describe the nature of the error and the impact of its correction on net income, income from continuing operations, and earnings per share. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 143) If inventory is understated at the end of 2020 and the error is not discovered, how will net income be affected in 2021? Answer: If inventory is understated at the end of 2020, that year's cost of goods sold will be overstated, causing 2020 net income to be understated. Because the 2020 ending inventory is the 2021 beginning inventory, the opposite effect on net income will occur in 2021 and 2021 net income will be overstated. Therefore, if the error is never discovered, it will self-correct. While the error self-corrects, net income for 2020 and 2021 is misstated. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 87 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
144) What is the difference between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with regard to the correction of accounting errors? Answer: When correcting errors in previously issued financial statements, IFRS (IAS No. 8) permits the effect of the error to be reported in the current period if it's not considered practicable to report it retrospectively. Retrospective application is required by U.S. GAAP with no practicability exception. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Error correction; IFRS-Accounting changes and error correction Learning Objective: 20-06 Understand and apply the four-step process of correcting and reporting errors, regardless of the type of error or the timing of its discovery.; 20-07 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to accounting changes and error corrections. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Diversity; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: BB Global; FN Measurement
88 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 21 The Statement of Cash Flows Revisited 1) Amounts held in cash equivalent investments must be reported separately from amounts held as cash in the statement of cash flows. 2) Generally speaking, cash flows from operating activities include the elements of net income reported on a cash basis. 3) Cash paid for taxes and interest must be disclosed on the face of the statement or in the disclosure notes under both the direct and indirect methods of reporting cash flows from operating activities. 4) If the direct method is used to report cash flows from operating activities in the body of the statement of cash flows, a reconciliation of net income to net cash flows from operating activities also is required. 5) A decrease in cash dividends payable means that dividends declared were less than dividends paid. 6) The purchase of treasury stock is an investing cash outflow. 7) Interest payments on debt are classified as cash outflows from financing activities. 8) Transactions that represent noncash investing and financing activities must be reported in the statement of cash flows or in disclosure notes. 9) In using a spreadsheet to prepare the statement of cash flows, the summary entries duplicate the actual journal entries used to record the transactions during the year. 10) When one enters a $50,000 credit entry to the Land account in a spreadsheet for the statement of cash flows, it represents a negative change in that account and probably is due to selling such assets. 11) The primary objective of the statement of cash flows is to provide information about a company's: A) Cash receipts and disbursements. B) Noncash financing and investing activities. C) Financial position. D) Profitability.
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
12) Which of the following financial statements is prepared as of a particular point in time rather than for a period of time? A) Statement of cash flows. B) Income statement. C) Statement of shareholders' equity. D) Balance sheet. 13) Which one of the following financial statements does not report amounts primarily on an accrual basis? A) Income statement. B) Balance sheet. C) Statement of cash flows. D) Statement of shareholders' equity. 14) Which of the following is not required by generally accepted accounting principles? A) Cash flow per share. B) Earnings per share. C) Statement of cash flows. D) Disclosure notes. 15) Creditors and investors would generally find the statement of cash flows least useful for assessing the: A) Ability to generate future cash flows. B) Ability to pay dividends. C) Financial position at a point in time. D) Quality of earnings. 16) During the year, cash increased by $300 million. Investing and financing activities created positive cash flow totaling $500 million. What were net cash flows from operating activities in the statement of cash flows? A) Inflow of $300 million. B) Outflow of $200 million. C) Outflow of $300 million. D) Inflow of $600 million. 17) Which of the following is always reported as an outflow of cash? A) The accrual of warranty expense. B) The declaration of a cash dividend. C) The purchase of equipment for cash. D) Amortization expense. 18) Which of the following causes a change in cash? A) Accrual of interest payable. B) Recording of depreciation expense. C) Write-off of an uncollectible account. D) Payment of a cash dividend declared in the previous fiscal year. 2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
19) In a statement of cash flows: A) Operating activities are the same activities as reported in the income statement. B) The two primary reporting classifications of cash flows are inflows and outflows. C) No noncash transactions are reported in the statement itself or the related footnote. D) Inflows and outflows for cash equivalents are reported as operating activities. 20) In a statement of cash flows: A) Operating activities can be reported by either the direct method or the operating method. B) One of the three primary reporting classifications of cash flows is financing activities. C) Investing activities can be reported by either the direct method or the indirect method. D) Financing activities can be reported by either the direct method or the financing method. 21) Cash flows from financing activities do not include: A) cash received from issuing preferred stock. B) cash paid for treasury stock. C) declaration of a cash dividend. D) repayment of a bank loan. 22) All of the following may qualify as cash equivalents except: A) Money market accounts. B) Certificates of deposit. C) U.S. Treasury bills. D) Newly issued corporate bonds. 23) When a transfer is made between cash and cash equivalents with no gain or loss, how is the transaction treated in the statement of cash flows? A) It is included as an operating activity. B) It is included as a noncash financing activity. C) It is included as an investing activity. D) It is not reported. 24) Cash equivalents generally would not include short-term investments in: A) Commercial paper. B) Certificates of deposit. C) Held-to-maturity debt securities. D) Money market funds. 25) Cash equivalents have each of the following characteristics except: A) Little risk of loss. B) Highly liquid. C) Maturity of at least three months. D) Short-term.
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
26) A company purchases a security it considers a cash equivalent. The cash outflow is: A) Reported as an operating activity. B) Reported as an investing activity. C) Reported as a financing activity. D) Not reported on a statement of cash flows. 27) A firm reported salaries expense of $239,000 for the current year. The beginning and ending balances in salaries payable were $40,000 and $15,000, respectively. What was the amount of cash paid for salaries? A) $214,000. B) $289,000. C) $264,000. D) $239,000. 28) Ludwig Company's prepaid rent was $9,000 at December 31, 2020, and $13,000 at December 31, 2021. Ludwig reported rent expense of $19,000 on the 2021 income statement. What amount would be reported in the statement of cash flows as rent paid using the direct method? A) $15,000. B) $19,000. C) $23,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 29) Pickering Company's prepaid insurance was $8,000 at December 31, 2020, and $10,000 at December 31, 2021. Pickering reported insurance expense of $15,000 on the 2021 income statement. What amount would be reported in the statement of cash flows as insurance paid using the direct method? A) $13,000. B) $17,000. C) $15,000. D) $23,000. 30) Goodfellow Corporation reported insurance expense of $477 for the current year. The beginning and ending balances in the prepaid insurance account were $50 and $30, respectively. What was the amount of cash paid for insurance? A) $477. B) $457. C) $497. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
31) Sneed Corporation reported balances in the following accounts for the current year: Income taxes payable Deferred tax liability
$ 50 80
$
30 140
Income tax expense was $230 for the year. What was the amount paid for taxes? A) $280. B) $220. C) $210. D) $190. 32) A company reported interest expense of $540,000 for the year. Interest payable was $35,000 and $75,000 at the beginning and the end of the year, respectively. What was the amount of interest paid? A) $580,000. B) $615,000. C) $500,000. D) $575,000. 33) Cash paid to suppliers under the direct method is computed as: A) Cost of goods sold plus a decrease in inventory and minus an increase in accounts payable. B) Cost of goods sold plus an increase in inventory and minus an increase in accounts payable. C) Cost of goods sold minus a decrease in inventory and plus an increase in accounts payable. D) Cost of goods sold minus an increase in inventory and plus an increase in accounts payable. 34) Cost of goods sold as reported in the income statement will be less than cash paid to suppliers if: A) The increase in accounts payable is greater than the increase in inventory during the period. B) The decrease in accounts payable is equal to the increase in inventory during the period. C) The decrease in accounts payable is less than the decrease in inventory during the period. D) The increase in accounts payable is equal to the decrease in inventory during the period. 35) Dooling Corporation reported balances in the following accounts for the current year:
Inventories Accounts payable
Beginning $ 600 300
Ending $ 300 500
Cost of goods sold was $7,500. What was the amount of cash paid to suppliers? A) $7,000. B) $7,200. C) $7,300. D) $7,500.
5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
36) Cost of goods sold is $100,000. Accounts payable increased by $2,000. Inventory increased by $5,000. Cash paid to suppliers is: A) $93,000. B) $100,000. C) $103,000. D) $107,000. 37) Using the direct method, cash received from customers is calculated as sales: A) On account. B) On account plus cash sales. C) Plus an increase in accounts receivable. D) Plus a decrease in accounts receivable. 38) Sales revenue is $100,000. Accounts receivable increased by $2,000. Cash received from customers is: A) $98,000. B) $100,000. C) $102,000. D) indeterminable from the information provided. 39) If sales revenue is $80 million and accounts receivable increased by $12 million, the amount of cash received from customers: A) was $52 million. B) was $68 million. C) was $80 million. D) depends on the mix of cash sales and credit sales. 40) Sales revenue for Hy Marx Tutoring was $220,000. The following data are from the accounting records of Marx: Accounts receivable, January 1 Accounts receivable, December 31
$ 66,000 55,000
The cash received from customers was: A) $165,000. B) $209,000. C) $220,000. D) $231,000.
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) On December 31, 2021, Wellstone Company reported net income of $70,000 and sales of $210,000. The company also reported beginning and ending accounts receivable at $20,000 and $25,000, respectively. Wellstone will report cash collected from customers in its 2021 statement of cash flows (direct method) in the amount of: A) $215,000. B) $285,000. C) $135,000. D) $205,000. 42) Bowers Corporation reported the following ($ in 000s) for the year: Balance Accounts receivable
Beginning $ 600
Ending $ 873
Sales on account were $1,900,000 for the year. How much cash was collected from customers on account? A) $1,627 thousands. B) $1,642 thousands. C) $1,638 thousands. D) $2,142 thousands. 43) Lite Travel Company's accounting records include the following information: Payments to suppliers Collections on accounts receivable Cash sales
$ 50,000 79,000 44,000
What is the amount of net cash provided by operating activities indicated by the amounts provided? A) $50,000. B) $73,000. C) $94,000. D) $(6,000).
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
44) Freeman Company's accounting records include the following information: Payments to suppliers Collections on accounts receivable Cash sales Income taxes paid Equipment purchased
$ 50,000 90,000 20,000 5,000 15,000
What is the amount of net cash provided by operating activities indicated by these transactions? A) $40,000. B) $45,000. C) $55,000. D) $60,000. 45) In a statement of cash flows in which operating activities are reported by the direct method, which of the following would increase reported cash flows from operating activities? A) Gain on sale of equipment. B) Interest revenue. C) Gain on early extinguishment of bonds. D) Proceeds from sale of land. 46) Which of the following is reported as an operating activity in the statement of cash flows? A) The payment of dividends. B) The sale of office equipment. C) The payment of interest on long-term notes. D) The issuance of a stock dividend. 47) Which of the following is reported as an operating activity in the statement of cash flows? A) The purchase of long-lived assets. B) The acquisition of treasury stock. C) The retirement of bonds. D) The payment of prepaid insurance. 48) Which of the following does not represent a cash flow relating to operating activities? A) Cash dividends paid to stockholders. B) Cash received from customers. C) Interest paid to bondholders. D) Cash paid for salaries. 49) Which of the following is not classified as an operating activity? A) Interest paid on long-term debt. B) Dividends received on common stock. C) Dividends paid on common stock. D) Payments on accounts payable.
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
50) When preparing a statement of cash flows using the direct method, accrual of payroll expense is: A) Reported as an operating activity. B) Reported as an investing activity. C) Reported as a financing activity. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 51) Which of the following is not true regarding the statement of cash flows? A) The indirect method derives cash flows indirectly by starting with sales revenue and "working backwards" to convert that amount to a cash basis. B) Noncash transactions sometimes are reported in conjunction with the statement. C) Either the direct or the indirect method can be used to calculate and report the net cash increase or decrease from operating activities. D) The statement of cash flows provides information about cash flows that the other statements either do not provide or provide only indirectly. 52) When reporting operating activities in a statement of cash flows, depreciation is: A) added back to net income in the direct method. B) ignored in the indirect method. C) added back to net income in the indirect method. D) subtracted from net income in the indirect method. 53) A loss on the sale of machinery should be reported in the statement of cash flows as: A) An adjustment to net income under the indirect method. B) An operating activity under the direct method. C) An investing activity cash outflow. D) A noncash investing activity. 54) Which of the following is not reported as an adjustment to net income when using the indirect method of computing net cash flows from operating activities? A) Cash dividends paid. B) A change in accounts receivable. C) Depreciation. D) A change in a prepaid expense. 55) On December 31, 2021, Tiras Company reported net income of $50,000 and sales of $200,000. The company also reported beginning and ending accounts receivable at $20,000 and $25,000, respectively. Tiras will report cash collected from customers in its 2021 statement of cash flows (indirect method) in the amount of: A) $0. B) $245,000. C) $205,000. D) $195,000.
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
56) Which of the following never requires an outflow of cash? A) Early extinguishment of debt. B) Retirement of common stock. C) Payment of dividends. D) Amortization of patent. 57) Which of the following is not an inflow of cash? A) Depletion. B) Cash borrowed on a short-term note. C) Sale of a computer. D) Cash borrowed on a long-term note. 58) When using the indirect method to determine cash flows from operating activities, adjustments to net income should not include: A) An addition for amortization expense. B) An addition for bond discount amortization. C) An addition for a gain. D) An addition for a loss. 59) In determining cash flows from operating activities (indirect method), adjustments to net income should not include: A) An addition for depreciation expense. B) An addition for bond discount amortization. C) An addition for a gain on sale of equipment. D) An addition for patent amortization. 60) When reporting operating activities by the indirect method in a statement of cash flows: A) increases in operating assets are added back to net income. B) increases in operating liabilities are subtracted from net income. C) gains are added back to net income. D) amortization is added back to net income. 61) How is the amortization of patents reported in a statement of cash flows that is prepared using the direct method? A) Not reported. B) An increase in cash flows from operating activities. C) A decrease in cash flows from operating activities. D) A decrease in cash flows from investing activities.
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
62) Each year, Red Mountain Enterprises (RME) prepares a reconciliation schedule that compares its income statement with its statement of cash flows on both the direct and indirect method bases. In its 2021 income statement, RME reported a $40,000 loss on the sale of equipment. In its reconciliation schedule, RME should: A) Report a $40,000 cash outflow for the direct method. B) Show a $40,000 positive adjustment to net income under the indirect method. C) Show a $40,000 negative adjustment to net income under the indirect method. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 63) How is the amortization of patents reported in a statement of cash flows that is prepared using the indirect method? A) A decrease in cash flows from investing activities. B) An increase in cash flows from investing activities. C) A deduction from net income in arriving at cash flows from operations. D) An addition to net income in arriving at cash flows from operations. 64) When preparing the statement of cash flows using the indirect method for determining net cash flows from operating activities, depreciation is added to net income because: A) It was deducted as an expense on the income statement, but does not require cash. B) It was deducted as an expense on the income statement and affects the amount of cash. C) It is a significant portion of the year's expenses. D) It represents a source or inflow of cash. 65) The amortization of bond discount is included in the statement of cash flows (indirect method) as: A) A financing cash inflow. B) An investing activity. C) An addition to net income. D) A deduction from net income. 66) Which of the following is reported as a deduction from net income when using the indirect method to determine net cash flows from operating activities? A) Depreciation expense. B) Amortization of a patent. C) Amortization of premium on bonds payable. D) Dividends declared. 67) Moon Company owns 56 million shares of stock as a long-term investment in Center Company and Moon does not have significant influence over Center. During 2021, the fair value of those shares increased by $34 million. What effect does this increase have on Moon's 2021 adjustments in the statement of cash flows? A) Cash flow from operating activities will be decreased. B) Cash flow from investing activities will be increased. C) Cash flow from financing activities will be increased. D) No effect. 11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
68) On January 1, Jim Shorts Corporation issued $300 million face value bonds for $580 million. During the same year, $1,500,000 of the bond premium was amortized. On a statement of cash flows prepared by the indirect method, Jim Shorts Corporation should report: A) An addition to net income of $1,500,000. B) An investing activity of $580 million. C) A financing activity of $300 million. D) A deduction from net income of $1,500,000. 69) S Company reported net income for 2021 in the amount of $400,000. The company's financial statements also included the following: Increase in accounts receivable Decrease in inventory Increase in accounts payable Depreciation expense Gain on sale of land
$
80,000 60,000 200,000 104,000 148,000
What is net cash provided by operating activities under the indirect method? A) $432,000. B) $536,000. C) $580,000. D) $832,000. 70) An analyst compiled the following information for U Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2021: • • • • • • • • •
Net income was $1,700,000. Depreciation expense was $400,000. Interest paid was $200,000. Income taxes paid were $100,000. Common stock was sold for $200,000. Preferred stock (8% annual dividend) was sold at par value of $250,000. Common stock dividends of $50,000 were paid. Preferred stock dividends of $20,000 were paid. Equipment with a book value of $100,000 was sold for $200,000.
Using the indirect method, what was U Inc.'s net cash flow from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2021? A) $2,000,000. B) $2,030,000. C) $2,080,000. D) $2,100,000.
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
71) The net income for Howie Doohan Corporation was $280 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Related information follows: Sale of common stock for cash, $34 million. Amortization of trademark, $2 million. Cash dividends paid, $28 million. Decrease in salaries payable, $2 million. Depreciation expense, $40 million. Increase in accounts payable, $18 million. Increase in bonds payable, $26 million. Net cash flows from operating activities during 2021 should be reported as: A) $302 million. B) $338 million. C) $342 million. D) $364 million. 72) Hemmer Company reported net income for 2021 in the amount of $40,000. The company's financial statements also included the following: Decrease in accounts receivable Increase in inventory Depreciation expense
$ 6,000 1,000 3,000
What is net cash provided by operating activities? A) $38,000. B) $43,000. C) $35,000. D) $48,000. 73) Alpha Company had the following account balances for 2021: Accounts receivable Accounts payable
$ 44,000 55,000
$ 35,000 60,000
Alpha reported net income of $210,000 for 2021. Assuming no other changes in current account balances, what is the amount of net cash provided by operating activities for 2021 reported in the statement of cash flows? A) $224,000. B) $206,000. C) $214,000. D) $196,000.
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) Hogan Company had the following account balances for 2021:
Accounts receivable Accounts payable Prepaid insurance
Dec. 31 $ 44,000 60,000 15,000
Jan. 1 $ 35,000 55,000 10,000
Hogan reported net income of $300,000 for 2021. Assuming no other changes in current account balances, what is the amount of net cash provided by operating activities for 2021 reported in the statement of cash flows? A) $291,000. B) $290,000. C) $281,000. D) $301,000. 75) Hanson Company had the following account balances for 2021:
Inventory Accounts payable
Dec. 31 $ 40,000 40,000
Jan. 1 $ 35,000 55,000
Hanson reported net income of $90,000 for 2021. Assuming no other changes in current account balances, what is the amount of net cash provided by operating activities for 2021 reported in the statement of cash flows? A) $70,000. B) $80,000. C) $100,000. D) $110,000. 76) Creble Company reported net income for 2021 in the amount of $40,000. The company's financial statements also included the following: Increase in accounts receivable Decrease in inventory Depreciation expense Gain on sale of equipment
$ 4,000 2,000 3,000 5,000
In the statement of cash flows what is net cash provided by operating activities under the indirect method? A) $36,000. B) $41,000. C) $40,000. D) $38,000.
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
77) Which of the following is reported as an investing activity in the statement of cash flows? A) Sale of a subsidiary. B) Issuance of a long-term promissory note. C) Sale of treasury stock. D) Purchase of highly liquid, short-term investments, using excess cash. 78) Which of the following is reported as an investing activity in the statement of cash flows? A) The receipt of dividend revenue. B) The payment of cash dividends. C) The payment of interest on bonds. D) The sale of machinery. 79) Which of the following would be reported as a cash outflow from investing activities? A) Issuance of bonds. B) Purchase of land. C) Payment of dividends. D) Retirement of common stock. 80) Which of the following would be an example of an investing activity on a statement of cash flows? A) Sale of equipment. B) Issuance of long-term bonds. C) Receipt of investment revenue. D) Conversion of a cash equivalent into cash. 81) Which of the following would not be a component of cash flows from investing activities? A) Sale of land. B) Purchase of securities. C) Purchase of equipment. D) Dividends paid. 82) Of the following, which is not an investing activity? A) Purchasing a new computer. B) Buying treasury stock. C) Selling a parcel of land. D) Purchasing short-term investments. 83) Cash flows from investing activities do not include cash payments to: A) acquire equipment. B) purchase securities of another company. C) buy land. D) repay debt.
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
84) Under U.S. GAAP, cash flows from investing activities do not include: A) cash payments to acquire equipment. B) cash received from selling investments in securities of another company. C) investment revenue in cash. D) cash paid to buy land. 85) In a statement of cash flows using the indirect method, an increase in the available-for-sale debt securities account not due to an increase in fair value should be reported as: A) A deduction from net income in determining cash flows from operating activities. B) An addition to net income in determining cash flows from operating activities. C) A net cash outflow from investing activity. D) A net cash inflow from investing activity. 86) In a statement of cash flows using the indirect method, an increase in the available-for-sale debt securities account due to an increase in the debt's fair value should be reported as: A) A deduction from net income in determining cash flows from operating activities. B) An addition to net income in determining cash flows from operating activities. C) An investing activity. D) Not reported. 87) Selected information from Peridot Corporation's accounting records and financial statements for 2021 is as follows ($ in millions): Cash paid to acquire machinery Reacquired Peridot common stock Proceeds from sale of land Gain from the sale of land Investment revenue received Cash paid to acquire office equipment
$ 36 50 90 52 66 80
In its statement of cash flows, Peridot should report net cash outflows from investing activities of: A) $26 million. B) $46 million. C) $72 million. D) $78 million.
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) In preparing its cash flow statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, Red Co. gathered the following data: Gain on sale of land Proceeds from sale of land Purchase of Blue, Inc., bonds (face value $200,000) Amortization of bond discount Cash dividends declared Cash dividends paid Proceeds from sales of Red Co. common stock
$
12,000 20,000 360,000 4,000 90,000 76,000 150,000
In its December 31, 2021, statement of cash flows, what amount should Red report as net cash outflows from investing activities? A) $340,000. B) $352,000. C) $376,000. D) $388,000. 89) Selected information from Isadore Bell Corporation's accounting records and financial statements for 2021 is as follows ($ in millions): Cash paid to acquire equipment Cash paid to acquire land Treasury stock acquired with cash and then retired Dividend revenue received Gain from the sale of buildings Proceeds from sale of buildings
$ 120 54 75 66 78 135
In its statement of cash flows, Isadore Bell should report net cash outflows from investing activities of: A) $39 million. B) $69 million. C) $114 million. D) $117 million. 90) Which of the following is reported as a financing activity in the statement of cash flows? A) The sale of securities classified as available for sale. B) The acquisition of stock for the purpose of retiring it. C) The payment of interest on bonds payable. D) The receipt of dividend revenue. 91) Which of the following is reported as a financing activity in the statement of cash flows? A) The amortization of a patent. B) The exchange of common stock for a building. C) The acquisition of long-term investments. D) The repayment of bonds issued at face value. 17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
92) Cash flows from financing activities do not include cash received from: A) issuing common stock. B) issuing bonds. C) selling used equipment. D) a bank loan. 93) Which of the following would not be a cash inflow from financing activities? A) Cash from issuing common stock. B) Cash from issuing bonds. C) Cash from issuing preferred stock. D) Cash from the sale of stock of a supplier. 94) In preparing its cash flow statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, Green Co. gathered the following data: Gain on sale of land Proceeds from sale of land Purchase of Black, Inc., bonds (face value $200,000) Amortization of bond discount Cash dividends declared Cash dividends paid Proceeds from sales of Green Co. common stock
$
12,000 20,000 360,000 4,000 90,000 76,000 150,000
In its December 31, 2021, statement of cash flows, what amount should Green report as net cash from financing activities? A) $40,000. B) $54,000. C) $60,000. D) $74,000. 95) During 2021, T Company engaged in the following activities: Distribution of cash dividends declared in 2020 Fair value of shares issued in a stock dividend Payment to retire bonds Proceeds from the sale of treasury stock (cost: $52)
$
48 220 452 60
In T's statement of cash flows, what were net cash outflows from financing activities for 2021? A) $392. B) $440. C) $560. D) $732.
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) Selected information from Jacklyn Hyde Corporation's accounting records and financial statements for 2021 is as follows ($ in millions): Cash paid to retire notes Common shares acquired for treasury Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock Proceeds from issuance of subordinated bonds Cash dividends paid on preferred stock Cash interest paid to bondholders
$
90 150 210 270 75 105
In its statement of cash flows, Jacklyn Hyde should report net cash inflows from financing activities of: A) $60 million. B) $165 million. C) $210 million. D) $315 million. 97) Interest payments to creditors are reported in a statement of cash flows as: A) An investing activity. B) A borrowing activity. C) A financing activity. D) An operating activity. 98) Red Manufacturing Company owns 40% of the outstanding common stock of Blue Supply Company. During 2021, Red received a $50 million cash dividend from Blue. What effect did this dividend have on Red's 2021 statement of cash flows? A) Cash flow from operating activities increased. B) Cash flow from investing activities increased. C) Cash flow from financing activities increased. D) No effect. 99) Charlene Company sold a printer with a cost of $68,000 and accumulated depreciation of $23,000 for $20,000 cash. This transaction would be reported as: A) An operating activity. B) An investing activity. C) A financing activity. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 100) Hugh Morris Comics sold for $110,000 cash a 3D printer that cost $334,000 with accumulated depreciation of $221,000. This transaction would be reported as: A) An operating activity. B) An investing activity. C) A financing activity. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
101) Payments to acquire bonds of other corporations should be classified on a statement of cash flows as: A) A lending activity. B) An operating activity. C) A financing activity. D) An investing activity. 102) A purchase of equipment for cash is: A) Reported as an operating activity in the statement of cash flows. B) Reported as an investing activity in the statement of cash flows. C) Reported as a financing activity in the statement of cash flows. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 103) Proceeds from the sale of a plant site are: A) Reported as an operating activity in the statement of cash flows. B) Reported as an investing activity in the statement of cash flows. C) Reported as a financing activity in the statement of cash flows. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 104) When using the indirect method to determine cash flows from operating activities, an increase in held-to-maturity securities that does not arise from the interest component of the debt should be reported as: A) A deduction from net income in determining cash flows from operating activities. B) An addition to net income in determining cash flows from operating activities. C) An investing activity. D) A financing activity. 105) A 10% stock dividend is reported in connection with a statement of cash flows as: A) A financing activity. B) An investing activity. C) A noncash activity. D) Not reported in the statement of cash flows. 106) When treasury stock is sold at an amount less than its cost, the sale is classified as: A) A financing activity. B) An operating activity. C) A financing activity and an operating activity. D) An investing activity. 107) The purchase of treasury stock is: A) Reported as a financing activity in the statement of cash flows. B) Reported as an investing activity in the statement of cash flows. C) Reported as an operating activity in the statement of cash flows. D) None of these answer choices are correct.
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
108) A statement of cash flows and its related disclosure note typically do not report: A) An acquisition of the use of a building with a finance lease agreement. B) The purchase of treasury stock. C) Stock dividends. D) Notes payable issued for a tract of land. 109) Property dividends distributed are reported in connection with a statement of cash flows as: A) A financing activity. B) An investing activity. C) A noncash activity. D) Not reported in the statement of cash flows. 110) Acquiring land with a long-term note is: A) Reported as an investing activity in the statement of cash flows. B) Reported as a financing activity in the statement of cash flows. C) Reported as a noncash investing and financing activity. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 111) Rampart Inc. recorded the following transaction: Land Notes payable Cash
15 million 12 million 3 million
In the statement of cash flows, this would be reported as a: A) $3 million outflow from investing activities. B) $15 million outflow from investing activities. C) $3 million outflow from investing activities and $12 million noncash investing and financing activity. D) None of these answer choices are correct. 112) A statement of cash flows and its related disclosure note typically do not report: A) Stock dividends. B) The purchase of treasury stock. C) A finance lease. D) Notes payable issued for a building. 113) When using the indirect method to determine cash flows from operating activities, an increase in prepaid expenses should be reported as: A) An addition to net income in determining cash flows from operating activities. B) A deduction from net income in determining cash flows from operating activities. C) An investing activity. D) Not reported.
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) Which of the following would be added to net income when determining cash flows from operating activities under the indirect method? A) A gain on the sale of land. B) An increase in prepaid expenses. C) A decrease in accounts payable. D) A decrease in accounts receivable. 115) Each year, Grey Mountain Enterprises (GME) prepares a reconciliation schedule that compares its income statement with its statement of cash flows on both the direct and indirect method bases. In its 2021 income statement, GME reported $440,000 for the cost of goods sold. GME paid inventory suppliers $380,000 in 2021, and its inventory balance decreased by $41,000 during the year. In its reconciliation schedule, GME should: A) Show a $19,000 positive adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the increase in accounts payable. B) Show a $19,000 positive adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in accounts payable. C) Show a $19,000 negative adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the increase in accounts payable. D) Show a $19,000 negative adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in accounts payable. 116) Each year, White Mountain Enterprises (WME) prepares a reconciliation schedule that compares its income statement with its statement of cash flows on both the direct and indirect method bases. In its 2021 income statement, WME reported $58,000 for insurance expense. WME paid $72,000 in insurance premiums during 2021. In its reconciliation schedule, WME should: A) Show a $14,000 positive adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the increase in prepaid insurance. B) Show a $14,000 negative adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in prepaid insurance. C) Show a $14,000 negative adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the increase in prepaid insurance. D) Show a $14,000 positive adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in prepaid insurance.
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Each year, Blue Mountain Enterprises (BME) prepares a reconciliation schedule that compares its income statement with its statement of cash flows on both the direct and indirect method bases. In its 2021 income statement, BME reported $695,000 for service revenue from membership fees. BME received $681,000 cash in advance from members during 2021. In its reconciliation schedule, BME should: A) Show a $14,000 negative adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the increase in deferred revenue. B) Show a $14,000 negative adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in deferred revenue. C) Show a $14,000 positive adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the increase in deferred revenue. D) Show a $14,000 positive adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in deferred revenue. 118) Each year, Ash Mountain Enterprises (AME) prepares a reconciliation schedule that compares its income statement with its statement of cash flows on both the direct and indirect method bases. In its 2021 income statement, AME reported $11,000 of interest expense on its outstanding bonds. During the year, AME paid its regular installments of $9,000 of interest in cash. In its reconciliation schedule, AME should: A) Show a $2,000 positive adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in bond premium. B) Show a $2,000 negative adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in bond premium. C) Show a $2,000 positive adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in bond discount. D) Show a $2,000 negative adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in bond discount. 119) If bond interest expense is $800,000, bond interest payable increased by $8,000 and bond discount decreased by $2,000, cash paid for bond interest is: A) $790,000. B) $784,000. C) $806,000. D) $910,000. 120) On June 4, White Corporation issued $400 million of bonds for $386 million. During the same year, $1 million of the bond discount was amortized. In a statement of cash flows prepared by the indirect method, White Corporation should report: A) A financing activity of $400 million. B) An addition to net income of $1 million. C) An investing activity of $386 million. D) A deduction from net income of $1 million.
23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
121) If bond interest expense is $300,000, bond interest payable decreased by $4,000 and the premium on bonds payable decreased by $1,000, cash paid for bond interest is: A) $295,000. B) $300,000. C) $303,000. D) $305,000. 122) Jim Sox Company owns debt securities classified as available for sale which were acquired in 2019 at face value of $17 million. During 2021, the fair value of those securities increased by $220,000. What effect did this increase have on Sox's 2021 statement of cash flows? A) Cash flows from operating activities increased. B) Cash flows from investing activities increased. C) Cash flows from financing activities increased. D) No effect. 123) Ilene South Company owns 40% of the outstanding common stock of Ilene Wright Company. During the year, South received a $150 million cash dividend from Wright. What effect does this dividend have on South's statement of cash flows for the year? A) Cash flows from operating activities increased. B) Cash flows from investing activities increased. C) Cash flows from financing activities increased. D) No effect. 124) Melanie Corporation declared cash dividends of $13,500 during the current year. The beginning and ending balances in dividends payable were $450 and $750, respectively. What was the amount of cash paid for dividends? A) $12,750. B) $13,800. C) $12,900. D) $13,200. 125) A firm reported ($ in millions) net cash inflows (outflows) as follows: operating $75, investing ($200), and financing $350. The beginning cash balance was $250. What was the ending cash balance? A) $875. B) $25. C) $475. D) $125.
24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
126) Like U.S. GAAP, International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) also require a statement of cash flows. Consistent with U.S. GAAP, cash flows are classified as operating, investing, or financing activities. However, with regard to interest and dividend inflows and outflows, the international standard for cash flow statements: A) Allows companies to report cash outflows from interest payments as either operating or investing cash flows. B) Allows companies to report cash inflows from interest and dividends as either operating or investing cash flows. C) Allows companies to report dividends paid as either investing or operating cash flows. D) Designates cash outflows for interest payments and cash inflows from interest and dividends received as operating cash flows. 127) Interest payments and interest received must be reported as operating cash flows using: A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. 128) Companies may report interest received and dividends received as investing activities using: A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. 129) Selected information from Large Corporation's accounting records and financial statements for 2021 is as follows ($ in millions): Cash paid to acquire a patent Treasury stock purchased for cash Proceeds from sale of land and buildings Gain from the sale of land and buildings Investment revenue received Cash paid to acquire office equipment
$ 28 25 45 26 5 40
Large prepares its financial statements in accordance with IFRS. In its statement of cash flows, Large most likely reports net cash outflows from investing activities of: A) $18 million. B) $28 million. C) $38 million. D) $68 million.
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
130) Listed below are the reporting classifications for a statement of cash flows using the direct method for reporting operating cash flows. Indicate the reporting classification that would apply to each of the five transactions described below by placing the number of the reporting classification in the space provided by each transaction. TERM 1. Operating cash inflow 2. Noncash financing and investing activity 3. Investing cash outflow 4. Financing cash inflow 5. Investing cash inflow
PHRASE Cash collected on accounts receivable. Payment of a property dividend.
NUMBER _____ _____
Cash collection of a nontrade note receivable. Cash purchase of securities issued by another corporation. Issuance of a long-term note payable for cash.
_____ _____ _____
131) Listed below are reporting classifications for a statement of cash flows using the indirect method for reporting operating cash flows. Indicate the reporting classification that would apply to each of the five transactions described below by placing the letter of the reporting classification in the space provided by each transaction. TERM 1. Operating cash inflow 2. Noncash financing and investing activity 3. Investing cash outflow 4. Financing cash inflow 5. Investing cash inflow
PHRASE Cash collected on accounts receivable. Payment of a property dividend. Cash collection of a nontrade note receivable. Cash purchase of securities issued by another corporation. Issuance of a long-term note payable for cash.
NUMBER _____ _____ _____ _____ _____
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) Listed below are several transactions that typically produce either an increase or a decrease in cash. Indicate by letter whether the cash effect of each transaction is reported on a statement of cash flows as an operating (O), investing (I), or financing (F) activity.
____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Transactions Sale of preferred stock Sale of equipment Purchase of treasury stock Merchandise sales Issuance of a short-term note payable Purchase of inventory Repayment of note payable Employee salaries Sale of land Issuance of bonds Acquisition of bonds of another corporation Payment of semiannual interest on bonds payable Payment of a cash dividend Purchase of an office building Collection of nontrade note receivable (principal amount) Loan to another company Purchase of the company shares for their retirement Payment of income taxes Issuance of a long-term note payable Sale of a patent
133) Listed below are the reporting classifications for a statement of cash flows using the direct method for reporting operating cash flows. Indicate the reporting classification that would apply to each of the five transactions described below by placing the number of the reporting classification in the space provided by each transaction. CLASSIFICATION 1. Not reported for the statement of cash flows 2. Noncash financing and investing activity 3. Financing cash outflow
4. Financing cash inflow 5. Not reported for the statement of cash flows
TRANSACTIONS Payment of cash dividends.
NUMBER ____
Purchase of treasury stock.
____
Investment of excess cash in an interest-bearing security classified as a cash equivalent. Appropriation of retained earnings for expansion of the R&D program. Acquisition of equipment under a finance lease agreement.
____
____ ____
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) Listed below are the reporting classifications for a statement of cash flows using the direct method for reporting operating cash flows. Indicate the reporting classification that would apply to each of the five transactions described below by placing the number of the reporting classification in the space provided by each transaction. CLASSIFICATION 1. Investing cash outflow 2. Noncash financing and investing activity 3. Financing cash outflow 4. Investing cash inflow 5. Operating cash inflow
TRANSACTIONS NUMBER Acquisition of equipment by issuing bonds ____ payable. Repayment of long-term debt by issuing ____ preferred stock. Interest received on trading securities. ____ Cash sale of a patent at book value. ____ Loan of cash to a supplier in exchange for a ____ six-month note receivable.
135) Listed below are reporting classifications for a statement of cash flows using the indirect method for reporting operating cash flows. Indicate the reporting classification that would apply to each of the five transactions described below by placing the number of the reporting classification in the space provided by each transaction. CLASSIFICATION TRANSACTIONS 1. Operating activity, no adjustment Increase in inventory account. to net income 2. Operating activity, negative Payment of cash dividends. adjustment to net income 3. Financing cash outflow Cash sales. 4. Investing cash inflow Prepayment of an insurance premium for six months. 5. Operating activity, positive Cash proceeds from sale of adjustment to net income equipment.
NUMBER ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
136) Listed below are the reporting classifications for a statement of cash flows using the direct method for reporting operating cash flows. Indicate the reporting classification that would apply to each of the five transactions described below by placing the number of the reporting classification in the space provided by each transaction. CLASSIFICATION 1. Operating cash outflow 2. Not reported for the statement of cash flows 3. Financing cash outflow 4. Operating cash inflow 5. Investing cash inflow
TRANSACTIONS Interest received on cash savings account. Cash purchase of inventory.
NUMBER ____
Cash dividends received under the equity method. Principal payment on a note. Distribution of a stock dividend.
____
____
____ ____
29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the information below to answer the following question(s). In its 2021 Annual Report to Shareholders, Henchman & Co. provided the following Statement of Cash Flows: Years ended December 31 ($ in millions) Operating Activities Cash Inflows: Cash received from customers Progress payments Other collections Proceeds from litigation settlement Interest received Income tax refunds received Other cash receipts Cash provided by operating activities Cash Outflows Cash paid to suppliers and employees Interest paid Income taxes paid Other cash payments Cash used in operating activities Net cash provided by operating activities Investing Activities Payment for businesses purchased, net of cash acquired Additions to property, plant, and equipment Collection of note receivable Proceeds from sale of property, plant, and equipment Proceeds from sale of businesses Other investing activities Net cash used in investing activities
2021
Years ended December 31 ($ in millions) Financing Activities Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt Proceeds from equity security units Borrowings under lines of credit Repayment of borrowings under lines of credit Principal payments of long-term debt/lease agreements Proceeds from issuance of stock Dividends paid Other financing activities Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities Increase in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
2021
2020
$3,102 11,148 220 17 23 24 14,534
$1,438 7,003
13,251 333 126 7 13,717 817
7,250 165 57 1 7,473 1,010
(3,061) (393) 148 86 18 (2) (3,204)
(510) (274)
1,491 690 1,173 (1,306) (119) 825 (158) (64) 2,532 145 319 $464
17 15 10 8,483
44 668 (6) (78) 2020
(175) (485) 19 (114) _____ (755) 177 142 $319
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
137) What method (direct or indirect) does Henchman & Co. use to present its Statement of Cash Flows? Explain how you can determine which method is used. 138) What was the net change in cash and cash equivalents experienced by Henchman & Co. during 2021? Was it positive or negative? 139) Which type of activity (operating, investing, financing) was most responsible for the cash flow experienced by Henchman & Co. during 2021? 140) (a.) What is the most significant change in operating cash outflow activity in 2021 relative to 2020? (b.) What balance sheet accounts would likely have changed during 2021 in relation to the cash flow change that you identify in (a)? 141) What was most responsible for the negative cash flow from financing activities during 2020? What amount was paid? 142) What was most responsible for the positive cash flow from financing activities during 2021? What amount was received? 143) Determine the amount of cash paid to suppliers for each of the four independent situations below.
Situation 1 2 3 4
Cost of goods sold $300,000 300,000 400,000 400,000
Inventory increase (decrease) $6,000 0 6,000 (6,000)
Accounts payable increase (decrease) $0 7,000 7,000 (7,000)
Cash paid to suppliers $ $ $ $
144) Prepare the summary entries necessary to determine the amount of cash received from customers for each of the four independent situations below.
Situation 1 2 3 4
Sales revenue 200,000 200,000 100,000 100,000
Accounts receivable increase (decrease) 10,000 (10,000) (15,000) 15,000
Cash received from customers ? ? ? ?
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
145) Prepare the summary entries necessary to determine the amount of cash paid to suppliers for each of the four independent situations below.
Situation 1 2 3 4
Cost of goods sold 400,000 400,000 100,000 100,000
Inventory increase (decrease) 6,000 0 6,000 (6,000)
Account payable increase (decrease) 0 7,000 7,000 (7,000)
Cash paid to suppliers
146) Partial balance sheets and additional information are listed below for Monaco Company. Monaco Company Partial Balance Sheets as of December 31 2021 $40,000
2020 $20,000
60,000 25,000
90,000 40,000
$60,000
$72,000
Assets Cash Accounts receivable Inventory Liabilities Accounts payable
Additional information for 2021: Net income was $270,000. Depreciation expense was $30,000. Sales totaled $800,000. Cost of goods sold totaled $305,000. Required: Prepare the summary entry for the amount of cash paid to merchandise suppliers during 2021.
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
147) Partial balance sheets and additional information are listed below for Ensign Company. Ensign Company Partial Balance Sheets as of December 31 Assets 2021 Cash $20,000 Accounts receivable 90,000 Inventory 20,000 Liabilities Accounts payable $72,000
2020 $40,000 60,000 25,000 $58,000
Additional information for 2021: Net income was $170,000. Depreciation expense was $30,000. Sales totaled $400,000. Cost of goods sold totaled $145,000. Required: Prepare the summary entry for the amount of cash paid to merchandise suppliers during 2021. 148) Partial balance sheets and additional information are listed below for Funk Company. Funk Company Partial Balance Sheets as of December 31 Assets 2021 Cash $40,000 Accounts receivable 94,000 Inventory 25,000 Liabilities Accounts payable $58,000
2020 $20,000 90,000 40,000 $72,000
Additional information for 2021: Net income was $170,000. Depreciation expense was $30,000. Sales totaled $800,000. Cost of goods sold totaled $325,000. Required: Prepare the summary entry for the amount of cash received from customers during 2021.
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
149) Partial balance sheets and additional information are listed below for Julius Company. Julius Company Partial Balance Sheets as of December 31 Assets 2021 Cash $20,000 Accounts receivable 90,000 Inventory 40,000 Liabilities Accounts payable $72,000
2020 $40,000 60,000 25,000 $58,000
Additional information for 2021: Net income was $70,000. Depreciation expense was $30,000. Sales totaled $600,000. Cost of goods sold totaled $325,000. Required: Prepare the summary entry for the amount of cash received from customers during 2021.
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the information below to answer the following question(s). In its 2021 Annual Report to Shareholders, Kinney Inc. reported the following Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows: For the years ended December 31,
Cash flow from operating activities: Cash received from customers Cash paid to suppliers and employees Interest paid, net Income taxes paid Cash provided by operations Cash flow from investing activities: Capital expenditures and acquisitions Expenditures for other assets Cash used in investing activities Cash flow from financing activities: Principal payments of long-term debt and lease agreements Addition to long-term debt and lease liability Purchase of common stock and other capital transactions Payment of dividends Cash provided by (used in) financing activities Net increase (decrease) in cash Cash at beginning of year Cash at end of year
2021
2020
197,942,040 (191,276,791) (1,563,990) (406,650) 4,694,609
$211,773,952 (200,474,336) (2,098,523) (542,250) 8,658,843
(3,003,579) (43,560) (3,047,139)
(1,667,382) (137,420) (1,804,802)
(2,062,485) 3,068,378
(6,370,175) 1,434,847
(1,605,906) (855,558) (1,455,571) 191,899 192,615 $384,514
(908,231) (1,021,968) (6,865,527) (11,486) 204,101 $192,615
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operations: Net income Depreciation and amortization Deferred income taxes Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions: Decrease (increase) in receivables Decrease (increase) in inventories Increase (decrease) in prepaid expenses Increase (decrease) in controlled disbursements Increase (decrease) in accounts payable Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses Other, net Cash provided by operations
2021
2020
$1,747,833 3,505,504 205,000
$2,382,027 3,525,087 344,766
(2,897,353) (355,508) 361,648 373,394 1,768,676 (14,585)
4,120,668 6,041,490 (94,350) 83,718 (8,164,148) 417,616 1,969 $8,658,843
$4,694,609
150) Assuming the decrease in accrued expenses during fiscal year 2021 included a $20,000 reduction due to taxes, compute the income tax expense for Kinney in that year. 151) Kinney reported cost of goods sold of $168,114,150 in its fiscal 2021 income statement. Compute Kinney's net inventory purchases during the year. 152) Assuming the decrease in accrued expenses during fiscal year 2021 included a $14,000 reduction due to interest on debt, compute the interest expense (net) for Kinney in that year. 153) Kinney reported cost of goods sold of $168,114,150 in its fiscal 2021 income statement Assuming that Kinney uses accounts payable strictly for inventory purchases and that all such purchases are on credit, how much cash did Kinney pay during the year for inventories: (a) To inventory suppliers? (b) To employees? 154) Determine the amount of cash received from customers for each of the two independent situations below.
Situation 1 2
Sales revenue $300,000 300,000
Accounts receivable increase (decrease) $10,000 (10,000)
Cash received from customers ? ?
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
155) Following are the income statement and some additional information for Carolina Consulting Company. Carolina Consulting Company Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Net sales $10,000 Cost of goods sold (1,500) Gross margin 8,500 Operating expenses $2,000 Depreciation expense 900 (2,900) Income before taxes 5,600 Income taxes (1,600) Net income $4,000 All sales were on credit and accounts receivable decreased by $900 in 2021 compared to 2020. Merchandise purchases were on credit with a decrease in accounts payable of $700 during the year. Ending inventory was $500 larger than beginning inventory. Income taxes payable increased $300 during the year. All operating expenses were paid for in cash. Required: Prepare the cash flows from operating activities section of the statement of cash flows using the direct method. 156) Partial balance sheets and additional information are listed below for Sowell Company. Sowell Company Partial Balance Sheets as of December 31 Assets 2021 Cash $40,000 Accounts receivable 70,000 Inventory 40,000 Liabilities Accounts payable $54,000
2020 $20,000 85,000 35,000 $62,000
Additional information for 2021: Net income was $88,000. Depreciation expense was $19,000. Required: Prepare the operating activities section of the statement of cash flows for 2021 using the indirect method. 37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
157) Partial balance sheets and additional information are listed below for Rickey Company. Rickey Company Partial Balance Sheets as of December 31 Assets 2021 Cash $20,000 Accounts receivable 85,000 Inventory 35,000 Liabilities Accounts payable $62,000
2020 $40,000 70,000 40,000 $80,000
Additional information for 2021: Net income was $160,000. Depreciation expense was $20,000. Required: Prepare the operating activities section of the statement of cash flows for 2021 using the indirect method. 158) The accounting records of Eastlake Industries provided the data below. Net income Depreciation expense Increase in inventory Increase in accounts receivable Decrease in interest payable Amortization of bond premium Increase in accounts payable Cash dividends paid
$300,000 15,000 2,000 1,400 1,600 3,000 7,000 20,000
Required: Prepare a reconciliation of net income to net cash flows from operating activities.
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
159) The accounting records of Westlake Industries provided the data below. Net income Depreciation expense Decrease in inventory Increase in accounts receivable Increase in interest payable Amortization of bond discount Increase in accounts payable Cash dividends paid
$200,000 15,000 12,000 1,400 1,600 3,000 7,000 20,000
Required: Prepare a reconciliation of net income to net cash flows from operating activities. 160) Following are the income statement and some additional information for Parson Corporation for 2021. Parson Consulting Company Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Net sales $10,000 Cost of goods sold (1,500) Gross margin 8,500 Operating expenses $2,000 Depreciation expense 900 (2,900) Income before taxes 5,600 Income taxes (1,600) Net income $4,000 All sales were on credit and accounts receivable increased by $600 in 2021 compared to 2020. Merchandise purchases were on credit with an increase in accounts payable of $400 during the year. Ending inventory was $500 larger than beginning inventory. Income taxes payable increased $300 during the year. All operating expenses were paid for in cash. Required: Prepare the cash flows from operating activities section of the statement of cash flows using the indirect method.
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
161) The accounting records of Harrison Company provided the data below. Net loss Depreciation expense Increase in salaries payable Decrease in accounts receivable Increase in inventory Amortization of patent Decrease in discount on bonds payable
$10,000 12,000 1,000 4,000 4,800 700 500
Required: Prepare a reconciliation of net income to net cash flows from operating activities. 162) The accounting records of Unlucky Company provided the data below. Net loss $40,000 Depreciation expense 12,000 Increase in salaries payable 11,000 Increase in accounts receivable 4,000 Decrease in inventory 4,800 Amortization of patent 700 Decrease in premium on bonds payable 500 Required: Prepare a reconciliation of net income to net cash flows from operating activities.
40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
163) Partial balance sheets for Yarborough Company and additional information are found below. Yarborough Company Partial Balance Sheets as of December 31 Assets 2021 Equipment $100,000 Accumulated depreciation (25,000) Shareholders' equity Common stock, $5 par $150,000 Paid-in capital—excess of par 20,000 Retained earnings 40,000
2020 $75,000 (20,000) $100,000 0 30,000
Additional information for 2021: July 1: Issued 10,000 shares of common stock for cash. July 1: Purchased new equipment for cash. Dec. 31 Paid cash dividends of $30,000. Required: Prepare the investing activities section of the statement of cash flows for 2021. 164) In preparation for developing its statement of cash flows for the year just ended, D-Rose Distributors collected the following information: ($ in millions) Purchase of treasury bills (considered a cash equivalent) Sale of preferred stock Gain on sale of land Proceeds from sale of land Issuance of bonds payable for cash Purchase of equipment for cash Purchase of GE stock Declaration of cash dividends Payment of cash dividends declared in previous year Purchase of treasury stock Payment for the early extinguishment of long-term notes (carrying (book) value: $100 million)
6 150 4 25 140 30 35 134 130 120 110
Required: 1. Prepare the investing activities section of D-Rose's statement of cash flows. 2. Prepare the financing activities section of D-Rose's statement of cash flows. 41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) In preparation for developing its statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021, Millennium Solutions, Inc. collected the following information: ($ in millions) Payment for the early extinguishment of long-term notes (book value: $100 million) Sale of common shares Retirement of common shares Loss on sale of equipment Proceeds from sale of equipment Issuance of short-term note payable for cash Acquisition of building for cash Purchase of marketable securities (not a cash equivalent) Purchase of marketable securities (considered a cash equivalent) Cash payment for 3-year insurance policy Collection of note receivable with interest (principal amount, $22) Declaration of cash dividends Distribution of cash dividends declared in 2020
$108 352 244 4 16 20 14 10 2 6 26 66 60
Required: 1. Prepare the investing activities section of Millennium's statement of cash flows for 2021. 2. Prepare the financing activities section of Millennium's statement of cash flows for 2021. 166) Partial balance sheets for ABC Company and additional information are provided below. ABC Company Partial Balance Sheets as of December 31 Assets 2021 Equipment $100,000 Accumulated depreciation (25,000) Shareholders' equity Common stock, $10 par 180,000 Paid-in capital–excess of par 20,000 Retained earnings 40,000
July 1: July 1: December 31:
2020 $75,000 (20,000) 100,000 0 30,000
Additional information for 2021: Issued 8,000 shares of common stock for cash. Purchased new equipment for cash. Paid cash dividends of $20,000.
Required: Prepare the financing activities section of the statement of cash flows for 2021. 42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
167) The Murdock Corporation reported the following balance sheet data for 2021 and 2020:
Cash Available-for-sale debt securities (not cash equivalents) Accounts receivable Inventory Prepaid insurance Land, buildings, and equipment Accumulated depreciation Total assets Accounts payable Salaries payable Notes payable (current) Bonds payable Common stock Retained earnings Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
2021 $77,375
2020 $22,955
15,500 80,000 165,000 1,500 1,250,000 (610,000) $979,375 $76,340 20,000 25,000 200,000 300,000 358,035 $979,375
85,000 68,250 145,000 2,000 1,125,000 (572,000) $876,205 $148,670 24,500 75,000 0 300,000 328,035 $876,205
Additional information for 2021: (1.) Sold available-for-sale debt securities costing $69,500 for $74,000. (2.) Equipment costing $20,000 with a book value of $5,000 was sold for $6,000. (3.) Issued 6% bonds payable at face value, $200,000. (4.) Purchased new equipment for $145,000 cash. (5.) Paid cash dividends of $20,000. (6.) Net income was $50,000. Required: Prepare a statement of cash flows for 2021 in good form using the indirect method for cash flows from operating activities.
43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
168) The following are comparative balance sheets and an income statement for Wentworth Company. Wentworth Company Balance Sheets as of December 31 Assets 2021 Cash $21,500 Accounts receivable 195,000 Inventory 180,000 Long-term investments 0 Totals $396,500 Liabilities and shareholders' equity Accounts payable $75,000 Operating expenses payable 24,000 Bonds payable 70,000 Common stock 125,000 Retained earnings 102,500 Totals $396,500
2020 $120,000 105,000 225,000 60,000 $510,000 $120,000 15000 100,000 125,000 150,000 $510,000
Wentworth Company Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Sales Cost of goods sold: Beginning inventory Purchases Goods available for sale Less: ending inventory Cost of goods sold Gross profit Operating expenses Income from operations Other expenses: Loss on sale of long-term investment Net loss
$560,000 225,000 330,000 555,000 180,000 375,000 185,000 180,000 5,000 (7,500) ($2,500)
Cash dividends of $45,000 were paid in 2021. Required: Prepare a statement of cash flows for 2021 using the direct method.
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
169) The statement of cash flows has been a required financial statement since 1988, but is the reporting of cash flows a relatively new concept? Explain. 170) Why is the statement of cash flows required as part of the set of external financial statements? 171) Do "cash flows from operating activities" report all the elements of the income statement on a cash basis? Explain. 172) Do the statement of cash flows and its related disclosure note report only transactions that cause an increase or decrease in cash? Explain. 173) Why are "cash equivalents" included as part of cash in the statement of cash flows? 174) What are the general guidelines for an investment to be considered a cash equivalent? 175) Transactions that involve merely purchases or sales of cash equivalents generally are not reported on a statement of cash flows. Describe an exception to this generalization. What is the essential characteristic of the transaction that qualifies as an exception? 176) Is depreciation a source of cash? Explain.
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the information below to answer the following question(s). In its 2021 Annual Report to Shareholders, Sisters Corporation included the following information on cash flows from operations: CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in $ thousands) 2018 2017 Operating activities: Net income $10,680 $30,100 Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 25,734 20,051 Deferred income taxes 5,156 9,885 Equity income (486) (864) Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Receivables 17,888 (33,018) Inventories 39,331 (10,173) Accounts payable and accrued expenses (23,737) 13,515 Prepaids and other, net (10,913) 5,893 Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities $ 63,653 $35,389 177) Explain why Sisters Corporation subtracts equity income from its net income in its measurement of cash flows. 178) Did accounts receivable increase or decrease during 2021? Explain. 179) What activities are included in the statement of cash flows under the section titled "Cash flows from investing activities"? 180) What activities are included in the statement of cash flows under the section titled "Cash flows from financing activities"? 181) The sale of stock and the sale of bonds are reported as financing activities. Are payments of dividends to shareholders and payments of interest to bondholders also reported as financing activities? Explain.
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Intermediate Accounting, 10e (Spiceland) Chapter 21 The Statement of Cash Flows Revisited 1) Amounts held in cash equivalent investments must be reported separately from amounts held as cash in the statement of cash flows. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cash-Cash equivalents-Restricted cash Learning Objective: 21-02 Define cash equivalents. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 2) Generally speaking, cash flows from operating activities include the elements of net income reported on a cash basis. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 3) Cash paid for taxes and interest must be disclosed on the face of the statement or in the disclosure notes under both the direct and indirect methods of reporting cash flows from operating activities. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items; Distinguish direct and indirect methods Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
1 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
4) If the direct method is used to report cash flows from operating activities in the body of the statement of cash flows, a reconciliation of net income to net cash flows from operating activities also is required. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish direct and indirect methods Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 5) A decrease in cash dividends payable means that dividends declared were less than dividends paid. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Reconstruct investing or financing entry Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 6) The purchase of treasury stock is an investing cash outflow. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing Learning Objective: 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities.; 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 7) Interest payments on debt are classified as cash outflows from financing activities. Answer: FALSE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 2 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
8) Transactions that represent noncash investing and financing activities must be reported in the statement of cash flows or in disclosure notes. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash investing and financing activities Learning Objective: 21-07 Identify transactions that represent noncash investing and financing activities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 9) In using a spreadsheet to prepare the statement of cash flows, the summary entries duplicate the actual journal entries used to record the transactions during the year. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Spreadsheet preparation Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 10) When one enters a $50,000 credit entry to the Land account in a spreadsheet for the statement of cash flows, it represents a negative change in that account and probably is due to selling such assets. Answer: TRUE Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Spreadsheet preparation Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
3 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
11) The primary objective of the statement of cash flows is to provide information about a company's: A) Cash receipts and disbursements. B) Noncash financing and investing activities. C) Financial position. D) Profitability. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 12) Which of the following financial statements is prepared as of a particular point in time rather than for a period of time? A) Statement of cash flows. B) Income statement. C) Statement of shareholders' equity. D) Balance sheet. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 13) Which one of the following financial statements does not report amounts primarily on an accrual basis? A) Income statement. B) Balance sheet. C) Statement of cash flows. D) Statement of shareholders' equity. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
4 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
14) Which of the following is not required by generally accepted accounting principles? A) Cash flow per share. B) Earnings per share. C) Statement of cash flows. D) Disclosure notes. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 15) Creditors and investors would generally find the statement of cash flows least useful for assessing the: A) Ability to generate future cash flows. B) Ability to pay dividends. C) Financial position at a point in time. D) Quality of earnings. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Risk Analysis / Keyboard Navigation 16) During the year, cash increased by $300 million. Investing and financing activities created positive cash flow totaling $500 million. What were net cash flows from operating activities in the statement of cash flows? A) Inflow of $300 million. B) Outflow of $200 million. C) Outflow of $300 million. D) Inflow of $600 million. Answer: B Explanation: $300 million − $500 million = $(200) million Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 5 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
17) Which of the following is always reported as an outflow of cash? A) The accrual of warranty expense. B) The declaration of a cash dividend. C) The purchase of equipment for cash. D) Amortization expense. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows.; 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 18) Which of the following causes a change in cash? A) Accrual of interest payable. B) Recording of depreciation expense. C) Write-off of an uncollectible account. D) Payment of a cash dividend declared in the previous fiscal year. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 19) In a statement of cash flows: A) Operating activities are the same activities as reported in the income statement. B) The two primary reporting classifications of cash flows are inflows and outflows. C) No noncash transactions are reported in the statement itself or the related footnote. D) Inflows and outflows for cash equivalents are reported as operating activities. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
6 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
20) In a statement of cash flows: A) Operating activities can be reported by either the direct method or the operating method. B) One of the three primary reporting classifications of cash flows is financing activities. C) Investing activities can be reported by either the direct method or the indirect method. D) Financing activities can be reported by either the direct method or the financing method. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 21) Cash flows from financing activities do not include: A) cash received from issuing preferred stock. B) cash paid for treasury stock. C) declaration of a cash dividend. D) repayment of a bank loan. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 22) All of the following may qualify as cash equivalents except: A) Money market accounts. B) Certificates of deposit. C) U.S. Treasury bills. D) Newly issued corporate bonds. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Cash-Cash equivalents-Restricted cash Learning Objective: 21-02 Define cash equivalents. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
7 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
23) When a transfer is made between cash and cash equivalents with no gain or loss, how is the transaction treated in the statement of cash flows? A) It is included as an operating activity. B) It is included as a noncash financing activity. C) It is included as an investing activity. D) It is not reported. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cash-Cash equivalents-Restricted cash Learning Objective: 21-02 Define cash equivalents. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 24) Cash equivalents generally would not include short-term investments in: A) Commercial paper. B) Certificates of deposit. C) Held-to-maturity debt securities. D) Money market funds. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Cash-Cash equivalents-Restricted cash Learning Objective: 21-02 Define cash equivalents. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 25) Cash equivalents have each of the following characteristics except: A) Little risk of loss. B) Highly liquid. C) Maturity of at least three months. D) Short-term. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Cash-Cash equivalents-Restricted cash Learning Objective: 21-02 Define cash equivalents. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
8 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
26) A company purchases a security it considers a cash equivalent. The cash outflow is: A) Reported as an operating activity. B) Reported as an investing activity. C) Reported as a financing activity. D) Not reported on a statement of cash flows. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cash-Cash equivalents-Restricted cash Learning Objective: 21-02 Define cash equivalents. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 27) A firm reported salaries expense of $239,000 for the current year. The beginning and ending balances in salaries payable were $40,000 and $15,000, respectively. What was the amount of cash paid for salaries? A) $214,000. B) $289,000. C) $264,000. D) $239,000. Answer: C Explanation: Beginning balance, Salaries payable Plus: Salaries expense Minus: Ending balance, Salaries payable
$
= Cash paid for salaries
$ 264,000
Salaries expense Salaries payable Cash
40,000 239,000 (15,000)
239,000 25,000 264,000
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Direct method—Cash paid for expenses Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
9 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
28) Ludwig Company's prepaid rent was $9,000 at December 31, 2020, and $13,000 at December 31, 2021. Ludwig reported rent expense of $19,000 on the 2021 income statement. What amount would be reported in the statement of cash flows as rent paid using the direct method? A) $15,000. B) $19,000. C) $23,000. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Explanation: Ending balance, Prepaid rent Plus: Rent expense Minus: Beginning balance, Prepaid rent = Cash paid for rent Rent expense Prepaid rent Cash
$ 13,000 19,000 (9,000) $ 23,000 19,000 4,000 23,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Direct method—Cash paid for expenses Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
10 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
29) Pickering Company's prepaid insurance was $8,000 at December 31, 2020, and $10,000 at December 31, 2021. Pickering reported insurance expense of $15,000 on the 2021 income statement. What amount would be reported in the statement of cash flows as insurance paid using the direct method? A) $13,000. B) $17,000. C) $15,000. D) $23,000. Answer: B Explanation: Ending balance, Prepaid insurance Plus: Insurance expense Minus: Beginning balance, Prepaid insurance = Cash paid for insurance Insurance expense Prepaid insurance Cash
$ 10,000 15,000 (8,000) $ 17,000
15,000 2,000 17,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Direct method—Cash paid for expenses Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
11 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
30) Goodfellow Corporation reported insurance expense of $477 for the current year. The beginning and ending balances in the prepaid insurance account were $50 and $30, respectively. What was the amount of cash paid for insurance? A) $477. B) $457. C) $497. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: Insurance expense
477
Prepaid insurance expense
20
Cash
457
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Direct method—Cash paid for expenses Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
12 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
31) Sneed Corporation reported balances in the following accounts for the current year: Income taxes payable Deferred tax liability
$ 50 80
$
30 140
Income tax expense was $230 for the year. What was the amount paid for taxes? A) $280. B) $220. C) $210. D) $190. Answer: D Explanation: Income tax expense Income taxes payable Deferred tax liability Cash
230 20 60 190
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Direct method—Cash paid for expenses Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
13 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
32) A company reported interest expense of $540,000 for the year. Interest payable was $35,000 and $75,000 at the beginning and the end of the year, respectively. What was the amount of interest paid? A) $580,000. B) $615,000. C) $500,000. D) $575,000. Answer: C Explanation: Interest expense
540,000
Interest payable
40,000
Cash
500,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Direct method—Cash paid for expenses Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 33) Cash paid to suppliers under the direct method is computed as: A) Cost of goods sold plus a decrease in inventory and minus an increase in accounts payable. B) Cost of goods sold plus an increase in inventory and minus an increase in accounts payable. C) Cost of goods sold minus a decrease in inventory and plus an increase in accounts payable. D) Cost of goods sold minus an increase in inventory and plus an increase in accounts payable. Answer: B Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Direct method—Cash paid to suppliers Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
14 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
34) Cost of goods sold as reported in the income statement will be less than cash paid to suppliers if: A) The increase in accounts payable is greater than the increase in inventory during the period. B) The decrease in accounts payable is equal to the increase in inventory during the period. C) The decrease in accounts payable is less than the decrease in inventory during the period. D) The increase in accounts payable is equal to the decrease in inventory during the period. Answer: B Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Direct method—Cash paid to suppliers Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 35) Dooling Corporation reported balances in the following accounts for the current year:
Inventories Accounts payable
Beginning $ 600 300
Ending $ 300 500
Cost of goods sold was $7,500. What was the amount of cash paid to suppliers? A) $7,000. B) $7,200. C) $7,300. D) $7,500. Answer: A Explanation: Cost of goods sold Inventory Accounts payable Cash
7,500 300 200 7,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Direct method—Cash paid to suppliers Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
15 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
36) Cost of goods sold is $100,000. Accounts payable increased by $2,000. Inventory increased by $5,000. Cash paid to suppliers is: A) $93,000. B) $100,000. C) $103,000. D) $107,000. Answer: C Explanation: Cost of goods sold Inventory Accounts payable Cash
100 5 2 103
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Direct method—Cash paid to suppliers Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 37) Using the direct method, cash received from customers is calculated as sales: A) On account. B) On account plus cash sales. C) Plus an increase in accounts receivable. D) Plus a decrease in accounts receivable. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Direct method—Cash received Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
16 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
38) Sales revenue is $100,000. Accounts receivable increased by $2,000. Cash received from customers is: A) $98,000. B) $100,000. C) $102,000. D) indeterminable from the information provided. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Direct method—Cash received Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 39) If sales revenue is $80 million and accounts receivable increased by $12 million, the amount of cash received from customers: A) was $52 million. B) was $68 million. C) was $80 million. D) depends on the mix of cash sales and credit sales. Answer: B Explanation: The $80 million in sales is decreased by the $12 million increase in accounts receivable. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Direct method—Cash received Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
17 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
40) Sales revenue for Hy Marx Tutoring was $220,000. The following data are from the accounting records of Marx: Accounts receivable, January 1 Accounts receivable, December 31
$ 66,000 55,000
The cash received from customers was: A) $165,000. B) $209,000. C) $220,000. D) $231,000. Answer: D Explanation: Cash Accounts receivable Sales revenue
231 11 220
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Direct method—Cash received Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
18 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
41) On December 31, 2021, Wellstone Company reported net income of $70,000 and sales of $210,000. The company also reported beginning and ending accounts receivable at $20,000 and $25,000, respectively. Wellstone will report cash collected from customers in its 2021 statement of cash flows (direct method) in the amount of: A) $215,000. B) $285,000. C) $135,000. D) $205,000. Answer: D Explanation: Beginning balance, Accounts receivable Plus: Sales Minus: Ending balance, Account receivable = Cash collected from customers Cash Accounts receivable Sales revenue
$
20,000 210,000 (25,000) $ 205,000
205,000 5,000 210,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Direct method—Cash received Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
19 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
42) Bowers Corporation reported the following ($ in 000s) for the year: Balance Accounts receivable
Beginning $ 600
Ending $ 873
Sales on account were $1,900,000 for the year. How much cash was collected from customers on account? A) $1,627 thousands. B) $1,642 thousands. C) $1,638 thousands. D) $2,142 thousands. Answer: A Explanation: Cash Accounts receivable Sales revenue
1,627 273 1,900
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Direct method—Cash received Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
20 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
43) Lite Travel Company's accounting records include the following information: Payments to suppliers Collections on accounts receivable Cash sales
$ 50,000 79,000 44,000
What is the amount of net cash provided by operating activities indicated by the amounts provided? A) $50,000. B) $73,000. C) $94,000. D) $(6,000). Answer: B Explanation: Cash received, cash sales Plus: Cash received, accounts receivable Minus: cash paid to suppliers = Cash provided, operating activities Cash Accounts payable Accounts receivable Sales revenue
$
44,000 79,000 (50,000) $ 73,000
73,000 50,000 79,000 44,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Calculate net operating cash flow-Direct Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
21 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
44) Freeman Company's accounting records include the following information: Payments to suppliers Collections on accounts receivable Cash sales Income taxes paid Equipment purchased
$ 50,000 90,000 20,000 5,000 15,000
What is the amount of net cash provided by operating activities indicated by these transactions? A) $40,000. B) $45,000. C) $55,000. D) $60,000. Answer: C Explanation: Cash Accounts payable Income taxes payable Accounts receivable Sales revenue
55,000 50,000 5,000 90,000 20,000
The purchase of equipment is an investing activity. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Calculate net operating cash flow-Direct Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
22 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
45) In a statement of cash flows in which operating activities are reported by the direct method, which of the following would increase reported cash flows from operating activities? A) Gain on sale of equipment. B) Interest revenue. C) Gain on early extinguishment of bonds. D) Proceeds from sale of land. Answer: B Explanation: The two gains are not cash flows. Proceeds from the sale of land are reported as a component of investing activities. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify operating transactions Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 46) Which of the following is reported as an operating activity in the statement of cash flows? A) The payment of dividends. B) The sale of office equipment. C) The payment of interest on long-term notes. D) The issuance of a stock dividend. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify operating transactions Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 47) Which of the following is reported as an operating activity in the statement of cash flows? A) The purchase of long-lived assets. B) The acquisition of treasury stock. C) The retirement of bonds. D) The payment of prepaid insurance. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Identify operating transactions Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 23 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
48) Which of the following does not represent a cash flow relating to operating activities? A) Cash dividends paid to stockholders. B) Cash received from customers. C) Interest paid to bondholders. D) Cash paid for salaries. Answer: A Explanation: Dividends paid to stockholders are considered cash flows relating to financing activities. However, U.S. GAAP requires interest paid to bondholders to be considered an operating activity. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify operating transactions Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 49) Which of the following is not classified as an operating activity? A) Interest paid on long-term debt. B) Dividends received on common stock. C) Dividends paid on common stock. D) Payments on accounts payable. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify operating transactions Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 50) When preparing a statement of cash flows using the direct method, accrual of payroll expense is: A) Reported as an operating activity. B) Reported as an investing activity. C) Reported as a financing activity. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish direct and indirect methods Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 24 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
51) Which of the following is not true regarding the statement of cash flows? A) The indirect method derives cash flows indirectly by starting with sales revenue and "working backwards" to convert that amount to a cash basis. B) Noncash transactions sometimes are reported in conjunction with the statement. C) Either the direct or the indirect method can be used to calculate and report the net cash increase or decrease from operating activities. D) The statement of cash flows provides information about cash flows that the other statements either do not provide or provide only indirectly. Answer: A Explanation: The indirect method derives cash flows indirectly by starting with net income and "working backwards" to convert that amount to a cash basis. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish direct and indirect methods Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 52) When reporting operating activities in a statement of cash flows, depreciation is: A) added back to net income in the direct method. B) ignored in the indirect method. C) added back to net income in the indirect method. D) subtracted from net income in the indirect method. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish direct and indirect methods Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
25 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
53) A loss on the sale of machinery should be reported in the statement of cash flows as: A) An adjustment to net income under the indirect method. B) An operating activity under the direct method. C) An investing activity cash outflow. D) A noncash investing activity. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish direct and indirect methods; Noncash operating items-Depreciation etc Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 54) Which of the following is not reported as an adjustment to net income when using the indirect method of computing net cash flows from operating activities? A) Cash dividends paid. B) A change in accounts receivable. C) Depreciation. D) A change in a prepaid expense. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish direct and indirect methods Learning Objective: 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
26 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
55) On December 31, 2021, Tiras Company reported net income of $50,000 and sales of $200,000. The company also reported beginning and ending accounts receivable at $20,000 and $25,000, respectively. Tiras will report cash collected from customers in its 2021 statement of cash flows (indirect method) in the amount of: A) $0. B) $245,000. C) $205,000. D) $195,000. Answer: A Explanation: When using the indirect method to determine cash flows from operating activities, cash collected from customers is not calculated or reported. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish direct and indirect methods Learning Objective: 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 56) Which of the following never requires an outflow of cash? A) Early extinguishment of debt. B) Retirement of common stock. C) Payment of dividends. D) Amortization of patent. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Noncash operating items‒Depreciation etc. Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
27 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
57) Which of the following is not an inflow of cash? A) Depletion. B) Cash borrowed on a short-term note. C) Sale of a computer. D) Cash borrowed on a long-term note. Answer: A Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Noncash operating items‒Depreciation etc. Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 58) When using the indirect method to determine cash flows from operating activities, adjustments to net income should not include: A) An addition for amortization expense. B) An addition for bond discount amortization. C) An addition for a gain. D) An addition for a loss. Answer: C Explanation: A gain is added in the income statement and would need to be deducted from net income. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash operating items‒Depreciation etc. Learning Objective: 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
28 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
59) In determining cash flows from operating activities (indirect method), adjustments to net income should not include: A) An addition for depreciation expense. B) An addition for bond discount amortization. C) An addition for a gain on sale of equipment. D) An addition for patent amortization. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish direct and indirect methods; Noncash operating items-Depreciation etc Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 60) When reporting operating activities by the indirect method in a statement of cash flows: A) increases in operating assets are added back to net income. B) increases in operating liabilities are subtracted from net income. C) gains are added back to net income. D) amortization is added back to net income. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash operating items‒Depreciation etc. Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 61) How is the amortization of patents reported in a statement of cash flows that is prepared using the direct method? A) Not reported. B) An increase in cash flows from operating activities. C) A decrease in cash flows from operating activities. D) A decrease in cash flows from investing activities. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish direct and indirect methods; Noncash operating items-Depreciation etc Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 29 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
62) Each year, Red Mountain Enterprises (RME) prepares a reconciliation schedule that compares its income statement with its statement of cash flows on both the direct and indirect method bases. In its 2021 income statement, RME reported a $40,000 loss on the sale of equipment. In its reconciliation schedule, RME should: A) Report a $40,000 cash outflow for the direct method. B) Show a $40,000 positive adjustment to net income under the indirect method. C) Show a $40,000 negative adjustment to net income under the indirect method. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: This loss reduces net income, but has no effect on cash flow. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Distinguish direct and indirect methods; Noncash operating items-Depreciation etc Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 63) How is the amortization of patents reported in a statement of cash flows that is prepared using the indirect method? A) A decrease in cash flows from investing activities. B) An increase in cash flows from investing activities. C) A deduction from net income in arriving at cash flows from operations. D) An addition to net income in arriving at cash flows from operations. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash operating items‒Depreciation etc. Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
30 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
64) When preparing the statement of cash flows using the indirect method for determining net cash flows from operating activities, depreciation is added to net income because: A) It was deducted as an expense on the income statement, but does not require cash. B) It was deducted as an expense on the income statement and affects the amount of cash. C) It is a significant portion of the year's expenses. D) It represents a source or inflow of cash. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash operating items‒Depreciation etc. Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 65) The amortization of bond discount is included in the statement of cash flows (indirect method) as: A) A financing cash inflow. B) An investing activity. C) An addition to net income. D) A deduction from net income. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash operating items‒Depreciation etc. Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
31 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
66) Which of the following is reported as a deduction from net income when using the indirect method to determine net cash flows from operating activities? A) Depreciation expense. B) Amortization of a patent. C) Amortization of premium on bonds payable. D) Dividends declared. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash operating items‒Depreciation etc. Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 67) Moon Company owns 56 million shares of stock as a long-term investment in Center Company and Moon does not have significant influence over Center. During 2021, the fair value of those shares increased by $34 million. What effect does this increase have on Moon's 2021 adjustments in the statement of cash flows? A) Cash flow from operating activities will be decreased. B) Cash flow from investing activities will be increased. C) Cash flow from financing activities will be increased. D) No effect. Answer: A Explanation: The unrealized gain was included as an increase in net income but is not a cash flow and therefore is a reduction from net income in the operating activities section of the cash flow statement. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash operating items‒Depreciation etc. Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
32 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
68) On January 1, Jim Shorts Corporation issued $300 million face value bonds for $580 million. During the same year, $1,500,000 of the bond premium was amortized. On a statement of cash flows prepared by the indirect method, Jim Shorts Corporation should report: A) An addition to net income of $1,500,000. B) An investing activity of $580 million. C) A financing activity of $300 million. D) A deduction from net income of $1,500,000. Answer: D Explanation: The amount of interest paid was more than the effective interest expense on the bonds at a premium. Thus the amortization must be subtracted from net income to adjust for the cash payments in excess of the amount expensed. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Noncash operating items‒Depreciation etc. Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 69) S Company reported net income for 2021 in the amount of $400,000. The company's financial statements also included the following: Increase in accounts receivable Decrease in inventory Increase in accounts payable Depreciation expense Gain on sale of land
$
80,000 60,000 200,000 104,000 148,000
What is net cash provided by operating activities under the indirect method? A) $432,000. B) $536,000. C) $580,000. D) $832,000. Answer: B Explanation: $400,000 − $80,000 + $60,000 + $200,000 + $104,000 − $148,000 = $536,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Calculate net operating cash flow-Indirect Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
33 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
70) An analyst compiled the following information for U Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2021: • • • • • • • • •
Net income was $1,700,000. Depreciation expense was $400,000. Interest paid was $200,000. Income taxes paid were $100,000. Common stock was sold for $200,000. Preferred stock (8% annual dividend) was sold at par value of $250,000. Common stock dividends of $50,000 were paid. Preferred stock dividends of $20,000 were paid. Equipment with a book value of $100,000 was sold for $200,000.
Using the indirect method, what was U Inc.'s net cash flow from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2021? A) $2,000,000. B) $2,030,000. C) $2,080,000. D) $2,100,000. Answer: A Explanation: Cash flows from operations using the indirect method are computed by taking net income plus noncash expenses (e.g., depreciation) less gains from the equipment sale. Note that cash flow from operations must be adjusted downward for the amount of the gain on the sale of the equipment. Cash flow from operations is ($1,700,000 + $400,000 − ($200,000 − $100,000)) = $2,000,000. Note that interest and income taxes paid are expenses shown on the income statement and will already be factored into net income. The other information relates to financing and investing cash flows. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Calculate net operating cash flow-Indirect Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
34 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
71) The net income for Howie Doohan Corporation was $280 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Related information follows: Sale of common stock for cash, $34 million. Amortization of trademark, $2 million. Cash dividends paid, $28 million. Decrease in salaries payable, $2 million. Depreciation expense, $40 million. Increase in accounts payable, $18 million. Increase in bonds payable, $26 million. Net cash flows from operating activities during 2021 should be reported as: A) $302 million. B) $338 million. C) $342 million. D) $364 million. Answer: B Explanation: Cash flows from operating activities = $280 + $2 (amortization of trademark) + $18 (increase in accounts payable) − $2 (decrease in salaries payable) + $40 (depreciation expense). Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Calculate net operating cash flow-Indirect Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
35 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
72) Hemmer Company reported net income for 2021 in the amount of $40,000. The company's financial statements also included the following: Decrease in accounts receivable Increase in inventory Depreciation expense
$ 6,000 1,000 3,000
What is net cash provided by operating activities? A) $38,000. B) $43,000. C) $35,000. D) $48,000. Answer: D Explanation: Net income Decrease in accounts receivable Increase in inventory Depreciation expense Net cash flows from operating activities
$ 40,000 6,000 (1,000) 3,000 $ 48,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Calculate net operating cash flow-Indirect Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
36 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
73) Alpha Company had the following account balances for 2021: Accounts receivable Accounts payable
$ 44,000 55,000
$ 35,000 60,000
Alpha reported net income of $210,000 for 2021. Assuming no other changes in current account balances, what is the amount of net cash provided by operating activities for 2021 reported in the statement of cash flows? A) $224,000. B) $206,000. C) $214,000. D) $196,000. Answer: D Explanation: Net income Increase in accounts receivable Decrease in accounts payable Net cash flows from operating activities
$ 210,000 (9,000) (5,000) $ 196,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Calculate net operating cash flow-Indirect Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
37 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
74) Hogan Company had the following account balances for 2021:
Accounts receivable Accounts payable Prepaid insurance
Dec. 31 $ 44,000 60,000 15,000
Jan. 1 $ 35,000 55,000 10,000
Hogan reported net income of $300,000 for 2021. Assuming no other changes in current account balances, what is the amount of net cash provided by operating activities for 2021 reported in the statement of cash flows? A) $291,000. B) $290,000. C) $281,000. D) $301,000. Answer: A Explanation: Net income Increase in accounts receivable Increase in accounts payable Increase in prepaid insurance Net cash flows from operating activities
$ 300,000 (9,000) 5,000 (5,000) $ 291,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Calculate net operating cash flow-Indirect Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
38 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
75) Hanson Company had the following account balances for 2021:
Inventory Accounts payable
Dec. 31 $ 40,000 40,000
Jan. 1 $ 35,000 55,000
Hanson reported net income of $90,000 for 2021. Assuming no other changes in current account balances, what is the amount of net cash provided by operating activities for 2021 reported in the statement of cash flows? A) $70,000. B) $80,000. C) $100,000. D) $110,000. Answer: A Explanation: Net income Increase in inventory Decrease in accounts payable Net cash flows from operating activities
$
90,000 (5,000) (15,000) $ 70,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Calculate net operating cash flow-Indirect Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
39 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
76) Creble Company reported net income for 2021 in the amount of $40,000. The company's financial statements also included the following: Increase in accounts receivable Decrease in inventory Depreciation expense Gain on sale of equipment
$ 4,000 2,000 3,000 5,000
In the statement of cash flows what is net cash provided by operating activities under the indirect method? A) $36,000. B) $41,000. C) $40,000. D) $38,000. Answer: A Explanation: Net income Increase in accounts receivable Decrease in inventory Depreciation expense Gain on sale of equipment
$ 40,000 (4,000) 2,000 3,000 (5,000)
Net cash flows from operating activities
$ 36,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Calculate net operating cash flow-Indirect Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 77) Which of the following is reported as an investing activity in the statement of cash flows? A) Sale of a subsidiary. B) Issuance of a long-term promissory note. C) Sale of treasury stock. D) Purchase of highly liquid, short-term investments, using excess cash. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify investing transactions Learning Objective: 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 40 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
78) Which of the following is reported as an investing activity in the statement of cash flows? A) The receipt of dividend revenue. B) The payment of cash dividends. C) The payment of interest on bonds. D) The sale of machinery. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Identify investing transactions Learning Objective: 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 79) Which of the following would be reported as a cash outflow from investing activities? A) Issuance of bonds. B) Purchase of land. C) Payment of dividends. D) Retirement of common stock. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Identify investing transactions Learning Objective: 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 80) Which of the following would be an example of an investing activity on a statement of cash flows? A) Sale of equipment. B) Issuance of long-term bonds. C) Receipt of investment revenue. D) Conversion of a cash equivalent into cash. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify investing transactions Learning Objective: 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
41 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
81) Which of the following would not be a component of cash flows from investing activities? A) Sale of land. B) Purchase of securities. C) Purchase of equipment. D) Dividends paid. Answer: D Explanation: Dividends paid is not a component of cash flow from investing; it is a component of cash flow from financing. The other items are all components of cash flow from investing. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Identify investing transactions Learning Objective: 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 82) Of the following, which is not an investing activity? A) Purchasing a new computer. B) Buying treasury stock. C) Selling a parcel of land. D) Purchasing short-term investments. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify investing transactions Learning Objective: 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 83) Cash flows from investing activities do not include cash payments to: A) acquire equipment. B) purchase securities of another company. C) buy land. D) repay debt. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Identify investing transactions Learning Objective: 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
42 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
84) Under U.S. GAAP, cash flows from investing activities do not include: A) cash payments to acquire equipment. B) cash received from selling investments in securities of another company. C) investment revenue in cash. D) cash paid to buy land. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Identify investing transactions Learning Objective: 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 85) In a statement of cash flows using the indirect method, an increase in the available-for-sale debt securities account not due to an increase in fair value should be reported as: A) A deduction from net income in determining cash flows from operating activities. B) An addition to net income in determining cash flows from operating activities. C) A net cash outflow from investing activity. D) A net cash inflow from investing activity. Answer: C Explanation: The increase would indicate an investment in the securities. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Identify investing transactions Learning Objective: 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 86) In a statement of cash flows using the indirect method, an increase in the available-for-sale debt securities account due to an increase in the debt's fair value should be reported as: A) A deduction from net income in determining cash flows from operating activities. B) An addition to net income in determining cash flows from operating activities. C) An investing activity. D) Not reported. Answer: D Explanation: The unrealized gain increased other comprehensive income, not net income, and is not a cash flow. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Identify investing transactions Learning Objective: 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 43 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
87) Selected information from Peridot Corporation's accounting records and financial statements for 2021 is as follows ($ in millions): Cash paid to acquire machinery Reacquired Peridot common stock Proceeds from sale of land Gain from the sale of land Investment revenue received Cash paid to acquire office equipment
$ 36 50 90 52 66 80
In its statement of cash flows, Peridot should report net cash outflows from investing activities of: A) $26 million. B) $46 million. C) $72 million. D) $78 million. Answer: A Explanation: −$36 + $90 − $80 = −$26 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Calculate net investing cash flow Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
44 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
88) In preparing its cash flow statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, Red Co. gathered the following data: Gain on sale of land Proceeds from sale of land Purchase of Blue, Inc., bonds (face value $200,000) Amortization of bond discount Cash dividends declared Cash dividends paid Proceeds from sales of Red Co. common stock
$
12,000 20,000 360,000 4,000 90,000 76,000 150,000
In its December 31, 2021, statement of cash flows, what amount should Red report as net cash outflows from investing activities? A) $340,000. B) $352,000. C) $376,000. D) $388,000. Answer: A Explanation: $20,000 − $360,000 = −$340,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Calculate net investing cash flow Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
45 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
89) Selected information from Isadore Bell Corporation's accounting records and financial statements for 2021 is as follows ($ in millions): Cash paid to acquire equipment Cash paid to acquire land Treasury stock acquired with cash and then retired Dividend revenue received Gain from the sale of buildings Proceeds from sale of buildings
$ 120 54 75 66 78 135
In its statement of cash flows, Isadore Bell should report net cash outflows from investing activities of: A) $39 million. B) $69 million. C) $114 million. D) $117 million. Answer: A Explanation: $135 million (proceeds from sale of buildings) − $54 (cash paid to acquire land) − $120 million (cash paid to acquire equipment). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Calculate net investing cash flow Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 90) Which of the following is reported as a financing activity in the statement of cash flows? A) The sale of securities classified as available for sale. B) The acquisition of stock for the purpose of retiring it. C) The payment of interest on bonds payable. D) The receipt of dividend revenue. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify financing transactions Learning Objective: 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
46 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
91) Which of the following is reported as a financing activity in the statement of cash flows? A) The amortization of a patent. B) The exchange of common stock for a building. C) The acquisition of long-term investments. D) The repayment of bonds issued at face value. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify financing transactions Learning Objective: 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 92) Cash flows from financing activities do not include cash received from: A) issuing common stock. B) issuing bonds. C) selling used equipment. D) a bank loan. Answer: C Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Identify financing transactions Learning Objective: 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 93) Which of the following would not be a cash inflow from financing activities? A) Cash from issuing common stock. B) Cash from issuing bonds. C) Cash from issuing preferred stock. D) Cash from the sale of stock of a supplier. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify financing transactions Learning Objective: 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
47 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
94) In preparing its cash flow statement for the year ended December 31, 2021, Green Co. gathered the following data: Gain on sale of land Proceeds from sale of land Purchase of Black, Inc., bonds (face value $200,000) Amortization of bond discount Cash dividends declared Cash dividends paid Proceeds from sales of Green Co. common stock
$
12,000 20,000 360,000 4,000 90,000 76,000 150,000
In its December 31, 2021, statement of cash flows, what amount should Green report as net cash from financing activities? A) $40,000. B) $54,000. C) $60,000. D) $74,000. Answer: D Explanation: $150,000 − $76,000 = $74,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Calculate net financing cash flow Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
48 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
95) During 2021, T Company engaged in the following activities: Distribution of cash dividends declared in 2020 Fair value of shares issued in a stock dividend Payment to retire bonds Proceeds from the sale of treasury stock (cost: $52)
$
48 220 452 60
In T's statement of cash flows, what were net cash outflows from financing activities for 2021? A) $392. B) $440. C) $560. D) $732. Answer: B Explanation: −$48 − $452 + $60 = −$440 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Calculate net financing cash flow Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
49 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
96) Selected information from Jacklyn Hyde Corporation's accounting records and financial statements for 2021 is as follows ($ in millions): Cash paid to retire notes Common shares acquired for treasury Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock Proceeds from issuance of subordinated bonds Cash dividends paid on preferred stock Cash interest paid to bondholders
$
90 150 210 270 75 105
In its statement of cash flows, Jacklyn Hyde should report net cash inflows from financing activities of: A) $60 million. B) $165 million. C) $210 million. D) $315 million. Answer: B Explanation: $210 (proceeds from issuance of preferred stock) + $270 (proceeds from issuance of bonds) − $90 (cash paid to retire notes) − $150 (reacquired stock) − $75 (cash dividends paid on stock). Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Calculate net financing cash flow Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 97) Interest payments to creditors are reported in a statement of cash flows as: A) An investing activity. B) A borrowing activity. C) A financing activity. D) An operating activity. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
50 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
98) Red Manufacturing Company owns 40% of the outstanding common stock of Blue Supply Company. During 2021, Red received a $50 million cash dividend from Blue. What effect did this dividend have on Red's 2021 statement of cash flows? A) Cash flow from operating activities increased. B) Cash flow from investing activities increased. C) Cash flow from financing activities increased. D) No effect. Answer: A Explanation: Investment revenue is an operating activity. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing Learning Objective: 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 99) Charlene Company sold a printer with a cost of $68,000 and accumulated depreciation of $23,000 for $20,000 cash. This transaction would be reported as: A) An operating activity. B) An investing activity. C) A financing activity. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing Learning Objective: 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
51 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
100) Hugh Morris Comics sold for $110,000 cash a 3D printer that cost $334,000 with accumulated depreciation of $221,000. This transaction would be reported as: A) An operating activity. B) An investing activity. C) A financing activity. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Explanation: Selling (as well as buying) productive assets is considered an investing activity. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 101) Payments to acquire bonds of other corporations should be classified on a statement of cash flows as: A) A lending activity. B) An operating activity. C) A financing activity. D) An investing activity. Answer: D Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing Learning Objective: 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 102) A purchase of equipment for cash is: A) Reported as an operating activity in the statement of cash flows. B) Reported as an investing activity in the statement of cash flows. C) Reported as a financing activity in the statement of cash flows. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing Learning Objective: 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
52 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
103) Proceeds from the sale of a plant site are: A) Reported as an operating activity in the statement of cash flows. B) Reported as an investing activity in the statement of cash flows. C) Reported as a financing activity in the statement of cash flows. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: B Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing Learning Objective: 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 104) When using the indirect method to determine cash flows from operating activities, an increase in held-to-maturity securities that does not arise from the interest component of the debt should be reported as: A) A deduction from net income in determining cash flows from operating activities. B) An addition to net income in determining cash flows from operating activities. C) An investing activity. D) A financing activity. Answer: C Explanation: Purchasing investment securities is reported as an investing activity in the statement of cash flows. The interest adjustment which reduces a discount and increases the amortized cost basis of the securities would be reflected in the operating activities section. The other increase in the account would be from investing in additional securities. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
53 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
105) A 10% stock dividend is reported in connection with a statement of cash flows as: A) A financing activity. B) An investing activity. C) A noncash activity. D) Not reported in the statement of cash flows. Answer: D Explanation: A stock dividend does not represent a significant operating, investing, or financing activity. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing Learning Objective: 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 106) When treasury stock is sold at an amount less than its cost, the sale is classified as: A) A financing activity. B) An operating activity. C) A financing activity and an operating activity. D) An investing activity. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing Learning Objective: 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 107) The purchase of treasury stock is: A) Reported as a financing activity in the statement of cash flows. B) Reported as an investing activity in the statement of cash flows. C) Reported as an operating activity in the statement of cash flows. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing Learning Objective: 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
54 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
108) A statement of cash flows and its related disclosure note typically do not report: A) An acquisition of the use of a building with a finance lease agreement. B) The purchase of treasury stock. C) Stock dividends. D) Notes payable issued for a tract of land. Answer: C Explanation: Stock dividends don't change assets, liabilities, or shareholders' equity. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash investing and financing activities Learning Objective: 21-07 Identify transactions that represent noncash investing and financing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 109) Property dividends distributed are reported in connection with a statement of cash flows as: A) A financing activity. B) An investing activity. C) A noncash activity. D) Not reported in the statement of cash flows. Answer: C Explanation: Property dividends represent a significant noncash investing and financing activity. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash investing and financing activities Learning Objective: 21-07 Identify transactions that represent noncash investing and financing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
55 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
110) Acquiring land with a long-term note is: A) Reported as an investing activity in the statement of cash flows. B) Reported as a financing activity in the statement of cash flows. C) Reported as a noncash investing and financing activity. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash investing and financing activities Learning Objective: 21-07 Identify transactions that represent noncash investing and financing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 111) Rampart Inc. recorded the following transaction: Land Notes payable Cash
15 million 12 million 3 million
In the statement of cash flows, this would be reported as a: A) $3 million outflow from investing activities. B) $15 million outflow from investing activities. C) $3 million outflow from investing activities and $12 million noncash investing and financing activity. D) None of these answer choices are correct. Answer: C Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Noncash investing and financing activities Learning Objective: 21-07 Identify transactions that represent noncash investing and financing activities. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
56 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
112) A statement of cash flows and its related disclosure note typically do not report: A) Stock dividends. B) The purchase of treasury stock. C) A finance lease. D) Notes payable issued for a building. Answer: A Explanation: Stock dividends do not affect assets or liabilities and are not considered investing or financing activities. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash investing and financing activities Learning Objective: 21-07 Identify transactions that represent noncash investing and financing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 113) When using the indirect method to determine cash flows from operating activities, an increase in prepaid expenses should be reported as: A) An addition to net income in determining cash flows from operating activities. B) A deduction from net income in determining cash flows from operating activities. C) An investing activity. D) Not reported. Answer: B Explanation: Increases in current operating assets are considered cash inflows and deducted from net income under the indirect method. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Effect of operating changes-Indirect Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
57 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
114) Which of the following would be added to net income when determining cash flows from operating activities under the indirect method? A) A gain on the sale of land. B) An increase in prepaid expenses. C) A decrease in accounts payable. D) A decrease in accounts receivable. Answer: D Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Effect of operating changes-Indirect Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 115) Each year, Grey Mountain Enterprises (GME) prepares a reconciliation schedule that compares its income statement with its statement of cash flows on both the direct and indirect method bases. In its 2021 income statement, GME reported $440,000 for the cost of goods sold. GME paid inventory suppliers $380,000 in 2021, and its inventory balance decreased by $41,000 during the year. In its reconciliation schedule, GME should: A) Show a $19,000 positive adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the increase in accounts payable. B) Show a $19,000 positive adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in accounts payable. C) Show a $19,000 negative adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the increase in accounts payable. D) Show a $19,000 negative adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in accounts payable. Answer: A Explanation: Decrease in inventory balance by $41,000 indicates that purchases were less than cost of goods sold by $41,000, totaling $399,000. If cash paid to suppliers was $380,000, accounts payable increased by $19,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Effect of operating changes-Indirect Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
58 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
116) Each year, White Mountain Enterprises (WME) prepares a reconciliation schedule that compares its income statement with its statement of cash flows on both the direct and indirect method bases. In its 2021 income statement, WME reported $58,000 for insurance expense. WME paid $72,000 in insurance premiums during 2021. In its reconciliation schedule, WME should: A) Show a $14,000 positive adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the increase in prepaid insurance. B) Show a $14,000 negative adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in prepaid insurance. C) Show a $14,000 negative adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the increase in prepaid insurance. D) Show a $14,000 positive adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in prepaid insurance. Answer: C Explanation: Prepaid insurance, an asset account, increased by the cash payment of $72,000 and decreased by the $58,000 portion that was expensed. Thus, prepaid insurance increased by $14,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Effect of operating changes-Indirect Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
59 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
117) Each year, Blue Mountain Enterprises (BME) prepares a reconciliation schedule that compares its income statement with its statement of cash flows on both the direct and indirect method bases. In its 2021 income statement, BME reported $695,000 for service revenue from membership fees. BME received $681,000 cash in advance from members during 2021. In its reconciliation schedule, BME should: A) Show a $14,000 negative adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the increase in deferred revenue. B) Show a $14,000 negative adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in deferred revenue. C) Show a $14,000 positive adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the increase in deferred revenue. D) Show a $14,000 positive adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in deferred revenue. Answer: B Explanation: Deferred revenue, a liability account, increased by the cash received for $681,000 and decreased by the $695,000 revenue recognized. Thus, deferred revenue decreased by $14,000. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Effect of operating changes-Indirect Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
60 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
118) Each year, Ash Mountain Enterprises (AME) prepares a reconciliation schedule that compares its income statement with its statement of cash flows on both the direct and indirect method bases. In its 2021 income statement, AME reported $11,000 of interest expense on its outstanding bonds. During the year, AME paid its regular installments of $9,000 of interest in cash. In its reconciliation schedule, AME should: A) Show a $2,000 positive adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in bond premium. B) Show a $2,000 negative adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in bond premium. C) Show a $2,000 positive adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in bond discount. D) Show a $2,000 negative adjustment to net income under the indirect method for the decrease in bond discount. Answer: C Explanation: When interest expense exceeds the cash paid, the effective interest rate exceeds the stated interest rate; therefore, the bond was sold at a discount. The amortization of the discount was deducted from net income as interest expense but was not a cash outflow and therefore is added back to net income. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Noncash operating items‒Depreciation etc. Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
61 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
119) If bond interest expense is $800,000, bond interest payable increased by $8,000 and bond discount decreased by $2,000, cash paid for bond interest is: A) $790,000. B) $784,000. C) $806,000. D) $910,000. Answer: A Explanation: Interest expense
800
Interest payable
8
Discount
2
Cash
790
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Reconstruct investing or financing entry; Direct method–Cash paid for expenses Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 120) On June 4, White Corporation issued $400 million of bonds for $386 million. During the same year, $1 million of the bond discount was amortized. In a statement of cash flows prepared by the indirect method, White Corporation should report: A) A financing activity of $400 million. B) An addition to net income of $1 million. C) An investing activity of $386 million. D) A deduction from net income of $1 million. Answer: B Explanation: It is a financing activity of $386 million and an operating activity addition to net income of $1 million. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Reconstruct investing or financing entry; Noncash operating items-Depreciation etc Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
62 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
121) If bond interest expense is $300,000, bond interest payable decreased by $4,000 and the premium on bonds payable decreased by $1,000, cash paid for bond interest is: A) $295,000. B) $300,000. C) $303,000. D) $305,000. Answer: D Explanation: Premium on bonds payable Interest expense Bond interest payable Cash
1 300 4 305
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Reconstruct investing or financing entry; Direct method–Cash paid for expenses Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 122) Jim Sox Company owns debt securities classified as available for sale which were acquired in 2019 at face value of $17 million. During 2021, the fair value of those securities increased by $220,000. What effect did this increase have on Sox's 2021 statement of cash flows? A) Cash flows from operating activities increased. B) Cash flows from investing activities increased. C) Cash flows from financing activities increased. D) No effect. Answer: D Explanation: The adjustment to fair value each reporting period affects the investment and other comprehensive income, but not net income. Since there was no outflow of cash and no effect on net income, there is no adjustment for the cash flow statement. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Reconstruct investing or financing entry; Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
63 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
123) Ilene South Company owns 40% of the outstanding common stock of Ilene Wright Company. During the year, South received a $150 million cash dividend from Wright. What effect does this dividend have on South's statement of cash flows for the year? A) Cash flows from operating activities increased. B) Cash flows from investing activities increased. C) Cash flows from financing activities increased. D) No effect. Answer: A Explanation: Even though South uses the equity method to account for the investment, cash dividends are received and therefore reported in the operating activities section of the statement of cash flows. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Spreadsheet preparation; Identify operating transactions Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 124) Melanie Corporation declared cash dividends of $13,500 during the current year. The beginning and ending balances in dividends payable were $450 and $750, respectively. What was the amount of cash paid for dividends? A) $12,750. B) $13,800. C) $12,900. D) $13,200. Answer: D Explanation: Retained earnings Dividends payable Cash
13,500 300 13,200
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Reconstruct investing or financing entry Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts.; 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation
64 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
125) A firm reported ($ in millions) net cash inflows (outflows) as follows: operating $75, investing ($200), and financing $350. The beginning cash balance was $250. What was the ending cash balance? A) $875. B) $25. C) $475. D) $125. Answer: C Explanation: $75 - $200 + $350 + $250 = $475 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Reconcile change in cash balance Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement / Keyboard Navigation 126) Like U.S. GAAP, International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) also require a statement of cash flows. Consistent with U.S. GAAP, cash flows are classified as operating, investing, or financing activities. However, with regard to interest and dividend inflows and outflows, the international standard for cash flow statements: A) Allows companies to report cash outflows from interest payments as either operating or investing cash flows. B) Allows companies to report cash inflows from interest and dividends as either operating or investing cash flows. C) Allows companies to report dividends paid as either investing or operating cash flows. D) Designates cash outflows for interest payments and cash inflows from interest and dividends received as operating cash flows. Answer: B Explanation: IFRS allows companies to report cash inflows from interest and dividends as operating, investing, or financing cash flows. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Statement of cash flow Learning Objective: 21-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation
65 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
127) Interest payments and interest received must be reported as operating cash flows using: A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. Answer: A Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Statement of cash flow Learning Objective: 21-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation 128) Companies may report interest received and dividends received as investing activities using: A) U.S. GAAP. B) IFRS. C) Both U.S. GAAP and IFRS. D) Neither U.S. GAAP nor IFRS. Answer: B Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: IFRS‒Statement of cash flow Learning Objective: 21-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation
66 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
129) Selected information from Large Corporation's accounting records and financial statements for 2021 is as follows ($ in millions): Cash paid to acquire a patent Treasury stock purchased for cash Proceeds from sale of land and buildings Gain from the sale of land and buildings Investment revenue received Cash paid to acquire office equipment
$ 28 25 45 26 5 40
Large prepares its financial statements in accordance with IFRS. In its statement of cash flows, Large most likely reports net cash outflows from investing activities of: A) $18 million. B) $28 million. C) $38 million. D) $68 million. Answer: A Explanation: Cash paid to acquire a patent Cash paid to acquire office equipment Proceeds from sale of land and buildings Investment revenue received
$ (28) (40) 45 5 $ (18)
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: IFRS‒Statement of cash flow Learning Objective: 21-09 Discuss the primary differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS with respect to the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application; Diversity AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement; BB Global / Keyboard Navigation
67 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
130) Listed below are the reporting classifications for a statement of cash flows using the direct method for reporting operating cash flows. Indicate the reporting classification that would apply to each of the five transactions described below by placing the number of the reporting classification in the space provided by each transaction. TERM 1. Operating cash inflow 2. Noncash financing and investing activity 3. Investing cash outflow 4. Financing cash inflow 5. Investing cash inflow
PHRASE Cash collected on accounts receivable. Payment of a property dividend.
NUMBER _____ _____
Cash collection of a nontrade note receivable. Cash purchase of securities issued by another corporation. Issuance of a long-term note payable for cash.
_____ _____ _____
Answer: TERM 1. Operating cash inflow 2. Noncash financing and investing activity 3. Investing cash outflow 4. Financing cash inflow 5. Investing cash inflow
PHRASE Cash collected on accounts receivable. Payment of a property dividend.
NUMBER 1 2
Cash collection of a nontrade note receivable. Cash purchase of securities issued by another corporation. Issuance of a long-term note payable for cash.
5 3 4
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities.; 21-07 Identify transactions that represent noncash investing and financing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
68 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
131) Listed below are reporting classifications for a statement of cash flows using the indirect method for reporting operating cash flows. Indicate the reporting classification that would apply to each of the five transactions described below by placing the letter of the reporting classification in the space provided by each transaction. TERM 1. Operating cash inflow 2. Noncash financing and investing activity 3. Investing cash outflow 4. Financing cash inflow 5. Investing cash inflow
PHRASE Cash collected on accounts receivable. Payment of a property dividend.
NUMBER _____ _____
Cash collection of a nontrade note receivable. Cash purchase of securities issued by another corporation. Issuance of a long-term note payable for cash.
_____ _____ _____
Answer: TERM 1. Operating cash inflow 2. Noncash financing and investing activity 3. Investing cash outflow 4. Financing cash inflow 5. Investing cash inflow
PHRASE Cash collected on accounts receivable. Payment of a property dividend.
NUMBER 1 2
Cash collection of a nontrade note receivable. Cash purchase of securities issued by another corporation. Issuance of a long-term note payable for cash.
5 3 4
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing Learning Objective: 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method.; 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities.; 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
69 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
132) Listed below are several transactions that typically produce either an increase or a decrease in cash. Indicate by letter whether the cash effect of each transaction is reported on a statement of cash flows as an operating (O), investing (I), or financing (F) activity.
____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Transactions Sale of preferred stock Sale of equipment Purchase of treasury stock Merchandise sales Issuance of a short-term note payable Purchase of inventory Repayment of note payable Employee salaries Sale of land Issuance of bonds Acquisition of bonds of another corporation Payment of semiannual interest on bonds payable Payment of a cash dividend Purchase of an office building Collection of nontrade note receivable (principal amount) Loan to another company Purchase of the company shares for their retirement Payment of income taxes Issuance of a long-term note payable Sale of a patent
70 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: F I F O F O F O I F I O F I I I F O F I
Transactions Sale of preferred stock Sale of equipment Purchase of treasury stock Merchandise sales Issuance of a short-term note payable Purchase of inventory Repayment of note payable Employee salaries Sale of land Issuance of bonds Acquisition of bonds of another corporation Payment of semiannual interest on bonds payable Payment of a cash dividend Purchase of an office building Collection of nontrade note receivable (principal amount) Loan to another company Purchase of the company's shares for their retirement Payment of income taxes Issuance of a long-term note payable Sale of a patent
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
71 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
133) Listed below are the reporting classifications for a statement of cash flows using the direct method for reporting operating cash flows. Indicate the reporting classification that would apply to each of the five transactions described below by placing the number of the reporting classification in the space provided by each transaction. CLASSIFICATION 1. Not reported for the statement of cash flows 2. Noncash financing and investing activity 3. Financing cash outflow
4. Financing cash inflow 5. Not reported for the statement of cash flows
Answer: CLASSIFICATION 1. Not reported for the statement of cash flows 2. Noncash financing and investing activity 3. Financing cash outflow
4. Financing cash inflow 5. Not reported for the statement of cash flows
TRANSACTIONS Payment of cash dividends.
NUMBER ____
Purchase of treasury stock.
____
Investment of excess cash in an interestbearing security classified as a cash equivalent. Appropriation of retained earnings for expansion of the R&D program. Acquisition of equipment under a finance lease agreement.
____
____ ____
TRANSACTIONS Payment of cash dividends.
NUMBER 3
Purchase of treasury stock.
3
Investment of excess cash in an interestbearing security classified as a cash equivalent. Appropriation of retained earnings for expansion of the R&D program. Acquisition of equipment under a finance lease agreement.
1
1 2
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cash—Cash equivalents—Restricted cash; Identify financing transactions; Noncash investing and financing activities Learning Objective: 21-02 Define cash equivalents.; 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities.; 21-07 Identify transactions that represent noncash investing and financing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
72 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
134) Listed below are the reporting classifications for a statement of cash flows using the direct method for reporting operating cash flows. Indicate the reporting classification that would apply to each of the five transactions described below by placing the number of the reporting classification in the space provided by each transaction. CLASSIFICATION 1. Investing cash outflow 2. Noncash financing and investing activity 3. Financing cash outflow 4. Investing cash inflow 5. Operating cash inflow
Answer: CLASSIFICATION 1. Investing cash outflow 2. Noncash financing and investing activity 3. Financing cash outflow 4. Investing cash inflow 5. Operating cash inflow
TRANSACTIONS NUMBER Acquisition of equipment by issuing bonds ____ payable. Repayment of long-term debt by issuing ____ preferred stock. Interest received on trading securities. ____ Cash sale of a patent at book value. ____ Loan of cash to a supplier in exchange for a ____ six-month note receivable.
TRANSACTIONS NUMBER Acquisition of equipment by issuing bonds 2 payable. Repayment of long-term debt by issuing 2 preferred stock. Interest received on trading securities. 5 Cash sale of a patent at book value. 4 Loan of cash to a supplier in exchange for 1 a six-month note receivable.
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing; Noncash investing and financing activities Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities.; 21-07 Identify transactions that represent noncash investing and financing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
73 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
135) Listed below are reporting classifications for a statement of cash flows using the indirect method for reporting operating cash flows. Indicate the reporting classification that would apply to each of the five transactions described below by placing the number of the reporting classification in the space provided by each transaction. CLASSIFICATION 1. Operating activity, no adjustment to net income 2. Operating activity, negative adjustment to net income 3. Financing cash outflow 4. Investing cash inflow 5. Operating activity, positive adjustment to net income
TRANSACTIONS Increase in inventory account.
NUMBER ____
Payment of cash dividends.
____
Cash sales. Prepayment of an insurance premium for six months. Cash proceeds from sale of equipment.
____ ____ ____
Answer: CLASSIFICATION 1. Operating activity, no adjustment to net income 2. Operating activity, negative adjustment to net income 3. Financing cash outflow 4. Investing cash inflow 5. Operating activity, positive adjustment to net income
TRANSACTIONS NUMBER Increase in inventory account. 2 Payment of cash dividends.
3
Cash sales. Prepayment of an insurance premium for six months. Cash proceeds from sale of equipment.
1 2 4
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing; Effect of operating changes―Indirect Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method.; 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
74 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
136) Listed below are the reporting classifications for a statement of cash flows using the direct method for reporting operating cash flows. Indicate the reporting classification that would apply to each of the five transactions described below by placing the number of the reporting classification in the space provided by each transaction. CLASSIFICATION 1. Operating cash outflow 2. Not reported for the statement of cash flows 3. Financing cash outflow 4. Operating cash inflow 5. Investing cash inflow
TRANSACTIONS Interest received on cash savings account. Cash purchase of inventory.
NUMBER ____
Cash dividends received under the equity method. Principal payment on a note. Distribution of a stock dividend.
____
TRANSACTIONS Interest received on cash savings account.
NUMBER 4
____
____ ____
Answer: CLASSIFICATION 1. Operating cash outflow 2. Not reported for the statement of cash flows 3. Financing cash outflow 4. Operating cash inflow 5. Investing cash inflow
1 Cash purchase of inventory. Cash dividends received under the equity method. Principal payment on a note. Distribution of a stock dividend.
4 3 2
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Identify as Operating-Investing-Financing; Noncash investing and financing activities Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities.; 21-07 Identify transactions that represent noncash investing and financing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
75 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the information below to answer the following question(s). In its 2021 Annual Report to Shareholders, Henchman & Co. provided the following Statement of Cash Flows: Years ended December 31 ($ in millions) Operating Activities Cash Inflows: Cash received from customers Progress payments Other collections Proceeds from litigation settlement Interest received Income tax refunds received Other cash receipts Cash provided by operating activities Cash Outflows Cash paid to suppliers and employees Interest paid Income taxes paid Other cash payments Cash used in operating activities Net cash provided by operating activities Investing Activities Payment for businesses purchased, net of cash acquired Additions to property, plant, and equipment Collection of note receivable Proceeds from sale of property, plant, and equipment Proceeds from sale of businesses Other investing activities Net cash used in investing activities
2021
2020
$3,102 11,148 220 17 23 24 14,534
$1,438 7,003
13,251 333 126 7 13,717 817
7,250 165 57 1 7,473 1,010
(3,061) (393) 148
(510) (274)
86 18 (2) (3,204)
44 668 (6) (78)
17 15 10 8,483
76 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Years ended December 31 ($ in millions) Financing Activities Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt Proceeds from equity security units Borrowings under lines of credit Repayment of borrowings under lines of credit Principal payments of long-term debt/lease agreements Proceeds from issuance of stock Dividends paid Other financing activities Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities Increase in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
2021
2020
1,491 690 1,173 (1,306)
(175)
(119) 825 (158) (64) 2,532 145 319 $464
(485) 19 (114) _____ (755) 177 142 $319
137) What method (direct or indirect) does Henchman & Co. use to present its Statement of Cash Flows? Explain how you can determine which method is used. Answer: Henchman & Co. uses the direct method, one of very few companies that do. One can tell this by the fact that it simply lists sources and uses of cash in the operating activities section, rather than starting with net income and making the series of adjustments necessary to work back to operating cash flows. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Distinguish direct and indirect methods Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 138) What was the net change in cash and cash equivalents experienced by Henchman & Co. during 2021? Was it positive or negative? Answer: $145 million positive change (increase). Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Reconcile change in cash balance Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
77 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
139) Which type of activity (operating, investing, financing) was most responsible for the cash flow experienced by Henchman & Co. during 2021? Answer: Investing activities were most responsible. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 140) (a.) What is the most significant change in operating cash outflow activity in 2021 relative to 2020? (b.) What balance sheet accounts would likely have changed during 2021 in relation to the cash flow change that you identify in (a)? Answer: (a.) Cash payments to suppliers and employees increased from $7,250 million to $13,251 million. (b.) Accounts Payable and Salaries Payable probably are the accounts that would have changed. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 141) What was most responsible for the negative cash flow from financing activities during 2020? What amount was paid? Answer: Principal payments on long-term debt and lease agreements were $485 million. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
78 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
142) What was most responsible for the positive cash flow from financing activities during 2021? What amount was received? Answer: Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt were $1,491 million. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 143) Determine the amount of cash paid to suppliers for each of the four independent situations below.
Situation 1 2 3 4
Cost of goods sold $300,000 300,000 400,000 400,000
Inventory increase (decrease) $6,000 0 6,000 (6,000)
Accounts payable increase (decrease) $0 7,000 7,000 (7,000)
Cash paid to suppliers $ $ $ $
Answer: 1) $300,000 + $6,000 = $306,000 2) $300,000 - $7,000 = $293,000 3) $400,000 + $6,000 - $7,000 = $399,000 4) $400,000 + $7,000 - $6,000 = $401,000 Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Direct method—Cash paid to suppliers Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
79 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
144) Prepare the summary entries necessary to determine the amount of cash received from customers for each of the four independent situations below.
Situation 1 2 3 4
Sales revenue 200,000 200,000 100,000 100,000
Accounts receivable increase (decrease) 10,000 (10,000) (15,000) 15,000
Answer: (1.) Cash Accounts receivable Sales revenue (2.) Cash Accounts receivable Sales revenue (3.) Cash Accounts receivable Sales revenue (4.) Cash Accounts receivable Sales revenue
Cash received from customers ? ? ? ?
190,000 10,000 200,000 210,000 10,000 200,000 115,000 15,000 100,000 85,000 15,000 100,000
Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Direct method—Cash received; Spreadsheet preparation Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
80 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
145) Prepare the summary entries necessary to determine the amount of cash paid to suppliers for each of the four independent situations below.
Situation 1 2 3 4
Cost of goods sold 400,000 400,000 100,000 100,000
Answer: (1.) Cost of goods sold Inventory Cash (2.) Cash Accounts payable Cash (3.) Cost of goods sold Inventory Accounts payable Cash (4.) Cost of goods sold Accounts payable Inventory Cash
Inventory increase (decrease) 6,000 0 6,000 (6,000)
Account payable increase (decrease) 0 7,000 7,000 (7,000)
Cash paid to suppliers
400,000 6,000 406,000 400,000 7,000 393,000 100,000 6,000 7,000 99,000 100,000 7,000 6,000 101,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Direct method—Cash paid to suppliers; Spreadsheet preparation Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
81 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
146) Partial balance sheets and additional information are listed below for Monaco Company. Monaco Company Partial Balance Sheets as of December 31 2021 $40,000
Assets Cash Accounts receivable Inventory Liabilities Accounts payable
2020 $20,000
60,000 25,000
90,000 40,000
$60,000
$72,000
Additional information for 2021: Net income was $270,000. Depreciation expense was $30,000. Sales totaled $800,000. Cost of goods sold totaled $305,000. Required: Prepare the summary entry for the amount of cash paid to merchandise suppliers during 2021. Answer: Cost of goods sold Accounts payable Inventory Cash (paid to suppliers)
305,000 12,000 15,000 302,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Direct method—Cash paid to suppliers; Spreadsheet preparation Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
82 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
147) Partial balance sheets and additional information are listed below for Ensign Company. Ensign Company Partial Balance Sheets as of December 31 Assets 2021 Cash $20,000 Accounts receivable 90,000 Inventory 20,000 Liabilities Accounts payable $72,000
2020 $40,000 60,000 25,000 $58,000
Additional information for 2021: Net income was $170,000. Depreciation expense was $30,000. Sales totaled $400,000. Cost of goods sold totaled $145,000. Required: Prepare the summary entry for the amount of cash paid to merchandise suppliers during 2021. Answer: Cost of goods sold Inventory Accounts payable Cash (paid to suppliers)
145,000 5,000 14,000 126,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Direct method—Cash paid to suppliers; Spreadsheet preparation Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
83 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
148) Partial balance sheets and additional information are listed below for Funk Company. Funk Company Partial Balance Sheets as of December 31 Assets 2021 Cash $40,000 Accounts receivable 94,000 Inventory 25,000 Liabilities Accounts payable $58,000
2020 $20,000 90,000 40,000 $72,000
Additional information for 2021: Net income was $170,000. Depreciation expense was $30,000. Sales totaled $800,000. Cost of goods sold totaled $325,000. Required: Prepare the summary entry for the amount of cash received from customers during 2021. Answer: Cash (received from customers) Accounts receivable Sales revenue
796,000 4,000 800,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Direct method—Cash received; Spreadsheet preparation Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
84 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
149) Partial balance sheets and additional information are listed below for Julius Company. Julius Company Partial Balance Sheets as of December 31 Assets 2021 Cash $20,000 Accounts receivable 90,000 Inventory 40,000 Liabilities Accounts payable $72,000
2020 $40,000 60,000 25,000 $58,000
Additional information for 2021: Net income was $70,000. Depreciation expense was $30,000. Sales totaled $600,000. Cost of goods sold totaled $325,000. Required: Prepare the summary entry for the amount of cash received from customers during 2021. Answer: Cash (received from customers) Accounts receivable Sales revenue
570,000 30,000 600,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Direct method—Cash received; Spreadsheet preparation Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
85 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the information below to answer the following question(s). In its 2021 Annual Report to Shareholders, Kinney Inc. reported the following Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows: For the years ended December 31,
Cash flow from operating activities: Cash received from customers Cash paid to suppliers and employees Interest paid, net Income taxes paid Cash provided by operations Cash flow from investing activities: Capital expenditures and acquisitions Expenditures for other assets Cash used in investing activities Cash flow from financing activities: Principal payments of long-term debt and lease agreements Addition to long-term debt and lease liability Purchase of common stock and other capital transactions Payment of dividends Cash provided by (used in) financing activities Net increase (decrease) in cash Cash at beginning of year Cash at end of year
2021
2020
197,942,040 (191,276,791) (1,563,990) (406,650) 4,694,609
$211,773,952 (200,474,336) (2,098,523) (542,250) 8,658,843
(3,003,579) (43,560) (3,047,139)
(1,667,382) (137,420) (1,804,802)
(2,062,485) 3,068,378
(6,370,175) 1,434,847
(1,605,906) (855,558) (1,455,571) 191,899 192,615 $384,514
(908,231) (1,021,968) (6,865,527) (11,486) 204,101 $192,615
86 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operations: Net income Depreciation and amortization Deferred income taxes Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions: Decrease (increase) in receivables Decrease (increase) in inventories Increase (decrease) in prepaid expenses Increase (decrease) in controlled disbursements Increase (decrease) in accounts payable Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses Other, net Cash provided by operations
2021
2020
$1,747,833 3,505,504 205,000
$2,382,027 3,525,087 344,766
(2,897,353) (355,508) 361,648 373,394 1,768,676 (14,585)
4,120,668 6,041,490 (94,350) 83,718 (8,164,148) 417,616 1,969 $8,658,843
$4,694,609
150) Assuming the decrease in accrued expenses during fiscal year 2021 included a $20,000 reduction due to taxes, compute the income tax expense for Kinney in that year. Answer: The reduction in accrued taxes is actually a reduction in taxes payable, a liability. Therefore, Beg. taxes payable + Income tax expense - Income tax deferred - Income taxes paid = End. taxes payable Therefore, Income tax expense = (End. taxes payable - Beg. taxes payable) + Income taxes deferred + Income taxes paid = ($20,000) + $205,000 + $406,650 = $591,650 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Direct method—Cash paid for expenses; Spreadsheet preparation Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
87 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
151) Kinney reported cost of goods sold of $168,114,150 in its fiscal 2021 income statement. Compute Kinney's net inventory purchases during the year. Answer: Assuming that there were no inventory write-downs, the computation is as follows: CGS = Beg. inventory + Net purchases - End. inventory. Therefore, Net purchases = CGS + (End. inventory - Beg. inventory) = $168,114,150 + $355,508 = $168,469,658 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Direct method—Cash paid to suppliers; Spreadsheet preparation Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 152) Assuming the decrease in accrued expenses during fiscal year 2021 included a $14,000 reduction due to interest on debt, compute the interest expense (net) for Kinney in that year. Answer: The reduction in accrued expenses is actually a reduction in interest payable, a liability. Therefore, Beg. interest payable + Interest expense (net) - Interest paid = End. interest payable. Therefore, Interest expense = (End. interest payable - Beg. interest payable) + Interest paid = ($14,000) + $1,563,990 = $1,549,990 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Direct method—Cash paid for expenses; Spreadsheet preparation Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
88 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
153) Kinney reported cost of goods sold of $168,114,150 in its fiscal 2021 income statement Assuming that Kinney uses accounts payable strictly for inventory purchases and that all such purchases are on credit, how much cash did Kinney pay during the year for inventories: (a) To inventory suppliers? (b) To employees? Answer: (a.) Assuming that there were no inventory impairments, the computation is as follows: CGS = Beg. inventory + Net purchases - End. inventory. Therefore, Net purchases = CGS + (End. inventory - Beg. inventory) = $168,114,150 + $355,508 = $168,469,658 End. acct. payable = Beg. acct. payable + Net inventory purchases - Cash paid to suppliers Therefore, (End. acct. payable - Beg. acct. payable) + Cash paid to suppliers = Net inventory purchases $1,768,676 + Cash paid to suppliers = $168,469,658 Cash paid to suppliers = $168,469,658 - $1,768,676 = $166,700,982 (b.) Cash paid to suppliers and employees is $191,276,791. Therefore, Cash paid to employees = $191,276,791 - $166,700,982 = $24,575,809 Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Direct method—Cash paid for expenses; Direct method—Cash paid to suppliers; Spreadsheet preparation Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
89 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
154) Determine the amount of cash received from customers for each of the two independent situations below.
Situation 1 2
Sales revenue $300,000 300,000
Accounts receivable increase (decrease) $10,000 (10,000)
Cash received from customers ? ?
Answer: 1) $300,000 - $10,000 = $290,000 2) $300,000 + $10,000 = $310,000 Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Direct method—Cash received Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
90 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
155) Following are the income statement and some additional information for Carolina Consulting Company. Carolina Consulting Company Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Net sales $10,000 Cost of goods sold (1,500) Gross margin 8,500 Operating expenses $2,000 Depreciation expense __900 (2,900) Income before taxes 5,600 Income taxes (1,600) Net income $4,000 All sales were on credit and accounts receivable decreased by $900 in 2021 compared to 2020. Merchandise purchases were on credit with a decrease in accounts payable of $700 during the year. Ending inventory was $500 larger than beginning inventory. Income taxes payable increased $300 during the year. All operating expenses were paid for in cash. Required: Prepare the cash flows from operating activities section of the statement of cash flows using the direct method. Answer: Cash flows from operating activities: Cash received from customers ($10,000 + $900) Cash paid to suppliers ($1,500 + $500 + $700) Cash paid for operating expenses Cash paid for taxes ($1,600 - $300) Net cash flows from operating activities
$10,900 (2,700) (2,000) (1,300) $4,900
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Prepare part or all of the Statement Learning Objective: 21-03 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the direct method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
91 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
156) Partial balance sheets and additional information are listed below for Sowell Company. Sowell Company Partial Balance Sheets as of December 31 Assets 2021 Cash $40,000 Accounts receivable 70,000 Inventory 40,000 Liabilities Accounts payable $54,000
2020 $20,000 85,000 35,000 $62,000
Additional information for 2021: Net income was $88,000. Depreciation expense was $19,000. Required: Prepare the operating activities section of the statement of cash flows for 2021 using the indirect method. Answer: Cash flows from operating activities: Net income Adjustment for noncash effects: Depreciation expense Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Decrease in accounts receivable Increase in inventory Decrease in accounts payable Net cash flows from operating activities
$88,000 19,000 15,000 (5,000) (8,000) $109,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Prepare part or all of the Statement Learning Objective: 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
92 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
157) Partial balance sheets and additional information are listed below for Rickey Company. Rickey Company Partial Balance Sheets as of December 31 Assets 2021 Cash $20,000 Accounts receivable 85,000 Inventory 35,000 Liabilities Accounts payable $62,000
2020 $40,000 70,000 40,000 $80,000
Additional information for 2021: Net income was $160,000. Depreciation expense was $20,000. Required: Prepare the operating activities section of the statement of cash flows for 2021 using the indirect method. Answer: Cash flows from operating activities: Net income Adjustment for noncash effects: Depreciation expense Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Increase in accounts receivable Decrease in inventory Decrease in accounts payable Net cash flows from operating activities
$160,000 20,000
(15,000) 5,000 (18,000) $152,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Prepare part or all of the Statement Learning Objective: 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
93 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
158) The accounting records of Eastlake Industries provided the data below. Net income Depreciation expense Increase in inventory Increase in accounts receivable Decrease in interest payable Amortization of bond premium Increase in accounts payable Cash dividends paid
$300,000 15,000 2,000 1,400 1,600 3,000 7,000 20,000
Required: Prepare a reconciliation of net income to net cash flows from operating activities. Answer: Net income Adjustments for noncash effects: Depreciation expense Amortization of bond premium Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Increase in inventory Increase in accounts receivable Decrease in interest payable Increase in accounts payable Net cash flows from operating activities
$300,000 15,000 (3,000) (2,000) (1,400) (1,600) 7,000 $314,000
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Prepare part or all of the Statement Learning Objective: 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
94 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
159) The accounting records of Westlake Industries provided the data below. Net income Depreciation expense Decrease in inventory Increase in accounts receivable Increase in interest payable Amortization of bond discount Increase in accounts payable Cash dividends paid
$200,000 15,000 12,000 1,400 1,600 3,000 7,000 20,000
Required: Prepare a reconciliation of net income to net cash flows from operating activities. Answer: Net income Adjustments for noncash effects: Depreciation expense Amortization of bond discount Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Decrease in inventory Increase in accounts receivable Increase in interest payable Increase in accounts payable Net cash flows from operating activities
$200,000 15,000 3,000 12,000 (1,400) 1,600 7,000 $237,200
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Prepare part or all of the Statement Learning Objective: 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
95 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
160) Following are the income statement and some additional information for Parson Corporation for 2021. Parson Consulting Company Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Net sales $10,000 Cost of goods sold (1,500) Gross margin 8,500 Operating expenses $2,000 Depreciation expense 900 (2,900) Income before taxes 5,600 Income taxes (1,600) Net income $4,000 All sales were on credit and accounts receivable increased by $600 in 2021 compared to 2020. Merchandise purchases were on credit with an increase in accounts payable of $400 during the year. Ending inventory was $500 larger than beginning inventory. Income taxes payable increased $300 during the year. All operating expenses were paid for in cash. Required: Prepare the cash flows from operating activities section of the statement of cash flows using the indirect method. Answer: Cash flows from operating activities: Net income Adjustments for noncash effects: Depreciation expense Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Increase in accounts receivable Increase in inventory Increase in accounts payable Increase in taxes payable Net cash flows from operating activities
$4,000 900 (600) (500) 400 300 $4,500
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Prepare part or all of the Statement Learning Objective: 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
96 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
161) The accounting records of Harrison Company provided the data below. Net loss
$10,000
Depreciation expense Increase in salaries payable Decrease in accounts receivable Increase in inventory Amortization of patent Decrease in discount on bonds payable
12,000 1,000 4,000 4,800 700 500
Required: Prepare a reconciliation of net income to net cash flows from operating activities. Answer: Net loss Adjustments for noncash effects: Depreciation expense Amortization of patent Reduction in discount on bonds payable Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Increase in salaries payable Decrease in accounts receivable Increase in inventory Net cash flows from operating activities
($10,000) 12,000 700 500 1,000 4,000 (4,800) $3,400
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Prepare part or all of the Statement Learning Objective: 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
97 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
162) The accounting records of Unlucky Company provided the data below. Net loss Depreciation expense Increase in salaries payable Increase in accounts receivable Decrease in inventory Amortization of patent Decrease in premium on bonds payable
$40,000 12,000 11,000 4,000 4,800 700 500
Required: Prepare a reconciliation of net income to net cash flows from operating activities. Answer: Net loss Adjustments for noncash effects: Depreciation expense Amortization expense Decrease in premium on bonds payable Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Increase in salaries payable Increase in accounts receivable Decrease in inventory Net cash flows from operating activities
($40,000) 12,000 700 (500) 11,000 (4,000) 4,800 ($16,000)
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Prepare part or all of the Statement Learning Objective: 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
98 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
163) Partial balance sheets for Yarborough Company and additional information are found below. Yarborough Company Partial Balance Sheets as of December 31 Assets 2021 Equipment $100,000 Accumulated depreciation (25,000) Shareholders' equity Common stock, $5 par $150,000 Paid-in capital—excess of par 20,000 Retained earnings 40,000
2020 $75,000 (20,000) $100,000 0 30,000
Additional information for 2021: July 1: Issued 10,000 shares of common stock for cash. July 1: Purchased new equipment for cash. Dec. 31 Paid cash dividends of $30,000. Required: Prepare the investing activities section of the statement of cash flows for 2021. Answer: Cash flows from investing activities: Purchase of equipment Net cash flows from investing activities
($25,000) ($25,000)
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Prepare part or all of the Statement Learning Objective: 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
99 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
164) In preparation for developing its statement of cash flows for the year just ended, D-Rose Distributors collected the following information: ($ in millions) Purchase of treasury bills (considered a cash equivalent) Sale of preferred stock Gain on sale of land Proceeds from sale of land Issuance of bonds payable for cash Purchase of equipment for cash Purchase of GE stock Declaration of cash dividends Payment of cash dividends declared in previous year Purchase of treasury stock Payment for the early extinguishment of long-term notes (carrying (book) value: $100 million)
6 150 4 25 140 30 35 134 130 120 110
Required: 1. Prepare the investing activities section of D-Rose's statement of cash flows. 2. Prepare the financing activities section of D-Rose's statement of cash flows. Answer: 1. Cash Flows from Investing Activities: Proceeds from sale of land $25 Purchase of equipment for cash (30) Purchase of GE stock (35) Net cash inflows from investing activities ($40) 2. Cash Flows from Financing Activities: Sale of preferred shares 150 Issuance of bonds payable for cash 140 Distribution of cash dividends declared in prior year (130) Purchase of treasury stock (120) Payment for the early extinguishment of long-term notes (book value: $100 million) (110) Net cash outflows from financing activities ($70) Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Prepare part or all of the Statement; Calculate net financing cash flow; Calculate net investing cash flow Learning Objective: 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities.; 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 100 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
165) In preparation for developing its statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021, Millennium Solutions, Inc. collected the following information: ($ in millions) Payment for the early extinguishment of long-term notes (book value: $100 million) Sale of common shares Retirement of common shares Loss on sale of equipment Proceeds from sale of equipment Issuance of short-term note payable for cash Acquisition of building for cash Purchase of marketable securities (not a cash equivalent) Purchase of marketable securities (considered a cash equivalent) Cash payment for 3-year insurance policy Collection of note receivable with interest (principal amount, $22) Declaration of cash dividends Distribution of cash dividends declared in 2020
$108 352 244 4 16 20 14 10 2 6 26 66 60
Required: 1. Prepare the investing activities section of Millennium's statement of cash flows for 2021. 2. Prepare the financing activities section of Millennium's statement of cash flows for 2021.
101 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: 1. Cash Flows from Investing Activities: Proceeds from sale of equipment Acquisition of building for cash Purchase of marketable securities (not a cash equivalent) Collection of note receivable with interest (principal amount) Net cash inflows from investing activities 2. Cash Flows from Financing Activities: Payment for the early extinguishment of long-term notes (book value: $100 million) Sale of common shares Retirement of common shares Issuance of short-term note payable for cash Distribution of cash dividends declared in 2020 Net cash outflows from financing activities
$16 (14) (10) 22 $14
($108) 352 (244) 20 (60) ($40)
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Prepare part or all of the Statement; Calculate net investing cash flow; Calculate net financing cash flow Learning Objective: 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities.; 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities.; Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
102 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
166) Partial balance sheets for ABC Company and additional information are provided below. ABC Company Partial Balance Sheets as of December 31 Assets 2021 Equipment $100,000 Accumulated depreciation (25,000) Shareholders' equity Common stock, $10 par 180,000 Paid-in capital–excess of par 20,000 Retained earnings 40,000
July 1: July 1: December 31:
2020 $75,000 (20,000) 100,000 0 30,000
Additional information for 2021: Issued 8,000 shares of common stock for cash. Purchased new equipment for cash. Paid cash dividends of $20,000.
Required: Prepare the financing activities section of the statement of cash flows for 2021. Answer: Cash flows from financing activities: Issuance of common stock Payment of cash dividends Net cash flows from financing activities
$100,000 (20,000) $80,000
Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Calculate net financing cash flow; Prepare part or all of the Statement Learning Objective: 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
103 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
167) The Murdock Corporation reported the following balance sheet data for 2021 and 2020:
Cash Available-for-sale debt securities (not cash equivalents) Accounts receivable Inventory Prepaid insurance Land, buildings, and equipment Accumulated depreciation Total assets Accounts payable Salaries payable Notes payable (current) Bonds payable Common stock Retained earnings Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
2021 $77,375
2020 $22,955
15,500 80,000 165,000 1,500 1,250,000 (610,000) $979,375 $76,340 20,000 25,000 200,000 300,000 358,035 $979,375
85,000 68,250 145,000 2,000 1,125,000 (572,000) $876,205 $148,670 24,500 75,000 0 300,000 328,035 $876,205
Additional information for 2021: (1.) Sold available-for-sale debt securities costing $69,500 for $74,000. (2.) Equipment costing $20,000 with a book value of $5,000 was sold for $6,000. (3.) Issued 6% bonds payable at face value, $200,000. (4.) Purchased new equipment for $145,000 cash. (5.) Paid cash dividends of $20,000. (6.) Net income was $50,000. Required: Prepare a statement of cash flows for 2021 in good form using the indirect method for cash flows from operating activities.
104 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: Note: This can be solved in spreadsheet form if the instructor wishes. Murdock Company Statement of Cash Flows For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Cash flows from operating activities: Net income $50,000 Adjustments for noncash effects: Depreciation expense 53,000 Gain on sale of available-for-sale debt securities (4,500) Gain on sale of equipment (1,000) Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Increase in accounts receivable (11,750) Increase in inventory (20,000) Decrease in prepaid insurance 500 Decrease in accounts payable (72,330) Decrease in salaries payable (4,500) Net cash flows from operating activities Cash flows from investing activities: Sale of available-for-sale debt securities 74,000 Sale of equipment 6,000 Purchase of equipment (145,000) Net cash flows from investing activities Cash flows from financing activities: Sale of bonds payable 200,000 Payment of notes payable (50,000) Payment of cash dividends (20,000) Net cash flows from financing activities Net increase in cash Cash balance, January 1 Cash balance, December 31
$10,580
(65,000)
130,000 54,420 22,955 $77,375
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Prepare part or all of the Statement Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
105 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
168) The following are comparative balance sheets and an income statement for Wentworth Company. Wentworth Company Balance Sheets as of December 31 Assets 2021 Cash $21,500 Accounts receivable 195,000 Inventory 180,000 Long-term investments 0 Totals $396,500 Liabilities and shareholders' equity Accounts payable $75,000 Operating expenses payable 24,000 Bonds payable 70,000 Common stock 125,000 Retained earnings 102,500 Totals $396,500
2020 $120,000 105,000 225,000 60,000 $510,000 $120,000 15000 100,000 125,000 150,000 $510,000
Wentworth Company Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Sales Cost of goods sold: Beginning inventory Purchases Goods available for sale Less: ending inventory Cost of goods sold Gross profit Operating expenses Income from operations Other expenses: Loss on sale of long-term investment Net loss
$560,000 225,000 330,000 555,000 180,000 375,000 185,000 180,000 5,000 (7,500) ($2,500)
Cash dividends of $45,000 were paid in 2021. Required: Prepare a statement of cash flows for 2021 using the direct method.
106 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Answer: Note: This can be solved in spreadsheet form if the instructor wishes. Wentworth Company Statement of Cash Flows For the Year Ended December 31, 2021 Cash flows from operating activities: Cash inflows: From customers $470,000 Cash outflows: To suppliers of goods (375,000) For operating expenses (171,000) Net cash flows from operating activities Cash flows from investing activities: Sale of long-term investments 52,500 Net cash flows from investing activities Cash flows from financing activities: Payment of bonds (30,000) Payment of cash dividends (45,000) Net cash flows from financing activities Net decrease in cash Cash balance, January 1 Cash balance, December 31
($76,000)
52,500
(75,000) (98,500) 120,000 $21,500
Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Prepare part or all of the Statement Learning Objective: 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or Taccounts. Bloom's: Apply AACSB: Knowledge Application AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 169) The statement of cash flows has been a required financial statement since 1988, but is the reporting of cash flows a relatively new concept? Explain. Answer: No. Financial reporting on a cash basis was common several decades ago. The requirement for a cash flow statement represents a renewed emphasis on cash flow reporting. Prior to the mid-1930s, preparing financial statements on the cash basis, rather than the accrual basis, was a common practice. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Evaluate AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
107 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
170) Why is the statement of cash flows required as part of the set of external financial statements? Answer: Generally accepted accounting principles require the statement of cash flows in direct response to FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Concepts No. 8, which states the objective of financial reporting "is to provide information about the reporting entity that is useful to existing and potential investors, lenders, and other creditors in making decisions about providing resources to the entity [par. OB 2]. Investors', lenders', and other creditors' expectations about returns depend on their assessment of the amount, timing, and uncertainty (the prospects for) future net cash inflows to the entity [par. OB3]." Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Research 171) Do "cash flows from operating activities" report all the elements of the income statement on a cash basis? Explain. Answer: Although the cash flows from operating activities section of a statement of cash flows reports income statement elements on a cash basis, not all the elements from the income statement are necessarily reported on a cash basis. No cash effects are reported for depreciation and amortization. Further, no cash effect is reported for gains or losses from the sale of depreciable and amortizable assets and investments. When these assets are bought and sold, the effect is reported under "cash flows from investing activities." Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: General—Cash flow and disclosure items Learning Objective: 21-01 Explain the usefulness of the statement of cash flows. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
108 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
172) Do the statement of cash flows and its related disclosure note report only transactions that cause an increase or decrease in cash? Explain. Answer: A statement of cash flows reports transactions that cause an increase or decrease in cash. However, some transactions that do not increase or decrease cash, but which result in significant investing and financing activities, must be reported in related disclosure notes. Examples of noncash transactions that are important or significant enough to be reported include: 1) Acquiring an asset by incurring debt or issuing stock. 2) Acquiring use of an asset by entering into a lease agreement. 3) Converting debt into common stock. 4) Exchanging noncash assets or liabilities for other noncash assets or liabilities. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Noncash investing and financing activities Learning Objective: 21-07 Identify transactions that represent noncash investing and financing activities. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 173) Why are "cash equivalents" included as part of cash in the statement of cash flows? Answer: Skilled managers will invest temporarily idle cash in short-term investments to earn a return on those funds, rather than maintaining an unnecessarily large checking account. The FASB views short-term, highly liquid investments that can be easily converted into cash, with little risk of loss, to be the equivalent of cash. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cash—Cash equivalents—Restricted cash Learning Objective: 21-02 Define cash equivalents. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
109 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
174) What are the general guidelines for an investment to be considered a cash equivalent? Answer: To be classified as a cash equivalent, an investment must have a maturity date not longer than three months from the date of purchase. The investment must be easily convertible into cash, with little risk of loss on the conversion. However, flexibility is permitted in designating cash equivalents. Each company must establish a policy regarding which shortterm, highly liquid investments it classifies as cash equivalents. The policy should be consistent with the company's customary motivation for acquiring various investments and should be disclosed in the notes accompanying the financial statements. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Cash—Cash equivalents—Restricted cash Learning Objective: 21-02 Define cash equivalents. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 175) Transactions that involve merely purchases or sales of cash equivalents generally are not reported on a statement of cash flows. Describe an exception to this generalization. What is the essential characteristic of the transaction that qualifies as an exception? Answer: Transactions that involve merely transfers from cash to cash equivalents such as the purchase of a three-month treasury bill, or from cash equivalents to cash such as the sale of a treasury bill, should not be reported in the statement of cash flows. A dollar amount is simply transferred from one "cash" account to another "cash" account so that the total of cash and cash equivalents is not altered by such transactions. An exception is the sale of a cash equivalent at a gain or loss. In this case, the total of cash and cash equivalents actually increases or decreases. The increase or decrease is reported as an adjustment to cash flow from operating activities. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Cash—Cash equivalents—Restricted cash Learning Objective: 21-02 Define cash equivalents. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
110 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
176) Is depreciation a source of cash? Explain. Answer: No. Depreciation is simply the systematic and rational allocation of an asset's cost. The expenditure to acquire the item being depreciated was a use of cash. When the indirect method is used to determine cash flows from operating activities, depreciation is added back to net income in the statement of cash flows because it was deducted on the accrual basis income statement but it did not require the use of cash. Difficulty: 1 Easy Topic: Noncash operating items‒Depreciation etc. Learning Objective: 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
111 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
Use the information below to answer the following question(s). In its 2021 Annual Report to Shareholders, Sisters Corporation included the following information on cash flows from operations: CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in $ thousands) 2018 2017 Operating activities: Net income $10,680 $30,100 Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 25,734 20,051 Deferred income taxes 5,156 9,885 Equity income (486) (864) Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Receivables 17,888 (33,018) Inventories 39,331 (10,173) Accounts payable and accrued expenses (23,737) 13,515 Prepaids and other, net (10,913) 5,893 Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities $ 63,653 $35,389 177) Explain why Sisters Corporation subtracts equity income from its net income in its measurement of cash flows. Answer: Under the equity method, income accrues to the investor company when it is reported by the investee company, not when dividends are distributed. In effect, Sisters Corporation has earned investment revenue that has been included in its income statement. However, this amount does not involve cash until Sisters Corporation receives dividends (that will be reported as investment inflows). Therefore, Sisters Corporation makes an adjustment to eliminate this noncash equity income from the company's operating cash flows. Difficulty: 3 Hard Topic: Noncash operating items‒Depreciation etc.; Spreadsheet preparation Learning Objective: 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method.; 21-08 Prepare a statement of cash flows with the aid of a spreadsheet or T-accounts. Bloom's: Understand AACSB: Communication; Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
112 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
178) Did accounts receivable increase or decrease during 2021? Explain. Answer: The accounts receivable balance decreased during 2021. This is apparent because adjustments for current assets are inversely related to the direction of the change in balance. Because the adjustment for accounts receivable was positive, its balance must have decreased. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Effect of operating changes―Indirect Learning Objective: 21-04 Determine cash flows from operating activities by the indirect method. Bloom's: Analyze AACSB: Analytical Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 179) What activities are included in the statement of cash flows under the section titled "Cash flows from investing activities"? Answer: Cash flows from investing activities include the sale or purchase of property, plant, and equipment; the sale or purchase of investment securities; and the collection or making of loans to others. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify investing transactions Learning Objective: 21-05 Identify transactions that are classified as investing activities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement 180) What activities are included in the statement of cash flows under the section titled "Cash flows from financing activities"? Answer: Cash flows from financing activities include the issuance and repurchase of stock, the issuance and repayment of bonds and notes, and the payment of cash dividends. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify financing transactions Learning Objective: 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
113 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.
181) The sale of stock and the sale of bonds are reported as financing activities. Are payments of dividends to shareholders and payments of interest to bondholders also reported as financing activities? Explain. Answer: The payment of cash dividends to shareholders is classified as a financing activity, but paying interest to creditors is classified as an operating activity. This is because "cash flows from operating activities" should reflect the cash effects of items that enter into the determination of net income. Interest expense is a determinant of net income. A dividend, on the other hand, is a distribution of net income and not an expense. Difficulty: 2 Medium Topic: Identify financing transactions Learning Objective: 21-06 Identify transactions that are classified as financing activities. Bloom's: Remember AACSB: Reflective Thinking; Communication AICPA/Accessibility: FN Measurement
114 Copyright 2020 © McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of McGraw-Hill Education.